diff --git a/SharedComponents/obj/Debug/net472/SharedComponents.GeneratedMSBuildEditorConfig.editorconfig b/SharedComponents/obj/Debug/net472/SharedComponents.GeneratedMSBuildEditorConfig.editorconfig deleted file mode 100644 index a02128ff9..000000000 --- a/SharedComponents/obj/Debug/net472/SharedComponents.GeneratedMSBuildEditorConfig.editorconfig +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -is_global = true -build_property.RootNamespace = SharedComponents -build_property.ProjectDir = C:\Users\micha\git\tbf\SharedComponents\ -build_property.EnableComHosting = -build_property.EnableGeneratedComInterfaceComImportInterop = diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/.signature.p7s b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/.signature.p7s new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d48262a29 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/.signature.p7s differ diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/Icon.png b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/Icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb00ecf91 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/Icon.png differ diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/LICENSE.TXT b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/LICENSE.TXT new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a616ed188 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/LICENSE.TXT @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +The MIT License (MIT) + +Copyright (c) .NET Foundation and Contributors + +All rights reserved. + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/PACKAGE.md b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/PACKAGE.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cbc11143d --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/PACKAGE.md @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +# System.Drawing.Common + +The `System.Drawing.Common` package allows .NET Core and .NET 6+ applications to access GDI+ graphics functionality. +This package is especially useful for porting .NET Framework applications that rely on the `System.Drawing` namespace. + +## Getting Started + +To get started with `System.Drawing.Common`, install it using the NuGet Package Manager, the .NET CLI, or by editing your project file directly. + +**NOTE:** If you are developing a **WinForms** application, you **do not** need to install the `System.Drawing.Common` package separately (to this end, you use the `Sdk` attribute for the `Project` element like `` in the .csproj or the .vbproj file and then specify `true`). This package is then automatically included as part of the .NET SDK for WinForms Apps, which means you can start using the `System.Drawing` namespace right away in your WinForms projects. + +## Usage + +The following examples demonstrate some basic tasks you can accomplish with `System.Drawing.Common`. + +### Create a Simple Bitmap and Save it + +#### C# +```csharp +using System.Drawing; + +class Program +{ + static void Main() + { + using (Bitmap bitmap = new Bitmap(100, 100)) + { + using (Graphics g = Graphics.FromImage(bitmap)) + { + g.Clear(Color.Red); + } + bitmap.Save("output.bmp"); + } + } +} +``` + +#### VB +```vb +Imports System.Drawing + +Module Program + Sub Main() + Using bitmap As New Bitmap(100, 100) + Using g As Graphics = Graphics.FromImage(bitmap) + g.Clear(Color.Red) + End Using + bitmap.Save("output.bmp") + End Using + End Sub +End Module +``` + +## Additional Documentation + +For more in-depth tutorials and API references, you can check the following resources: + +- [NuGet Gallery | System.Drawing.Common](https://nuget.org/packages/System.Drawing.Common/) +- [System.Drawing.Common Namespace | Microsoft Docs](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.drawing) +- [Drawing with System.Drawing.Common | Microsoft Learn](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/core/drawing/) + +## Feedback + +- Open an issue on the [GitHub repository](https://github.com/dotnet/winforms/issues) +- Reach out on Twitter with the [hashtag #winforms](https://twitter.com/search?q=%23winforms) +- Join our Discord channel: [dotnet/Discord](https://discord.com/invite/dotnet) diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5.nupkg b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5.nupkg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de6b18c2b Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5.nupkg differ diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/THIRD-PARTY-NOTICES.TXT b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/THIRD-PARTY-NOTICES.TXT new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8d174382 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/THIRD-PARTY-NOTICES.TXT @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +.NET Core uses third-party libraries or other resources that may be +distributed under licenses different than the .NET Core software. + +In the event that we accidentally failed to list a required notice, please +bring it to our attention. Post an issue or email us: + + dotnet@microsoft.com + +The attached notices are provided for information only. + +License notice for Ookie.Dialogs +-------------------------------- + +http://www.ookii.org/software/dialogs/ + +Copyright © Sven Groot (Ookii.org) 2009 +All rights reserved. + + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + +1) Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +2) Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +3) Neither the name of the ORGANIZATION nor the names of its contributors + may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" +AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE +LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF +SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS +INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) +ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF +THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/buildTransitive/net461/System.Drawing.Common.targets b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/buildTransitive/net461/System.Drawing.Common.targets new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83101dbed --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/buildTransitive/net461/System.Drawing.Common.targets @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ + + + + + diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/buildTransitive/netcoreapp2.0/System.Drawing.Common.targets b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/buildTransitive/netcoreapp2.0/System.Drawing.Common.targets new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ba9bf21d --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/buildTransitive/netcoreapp2.0/System.Drawing.Common.targets @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ + + + + + diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net462/System.Drawing.Common.dll b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net462/System.Drawing.Common.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ddcf86ebd Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net462/System.Drawing.Common.dll differ diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net462/System.Drawing.Common.pdb b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net462/System.Drawing.Common.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ee99549e Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net462/System.Drawing.Common.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net462/System.Drawing.Common.xml b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net462/System.Drawing.Common.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2397e65ab --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net462/System.Drawing.Common.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13189 @@ + + + + System.Drawing.Common + + + + Encapsulates a GDI+ bitmap, which consists of the pixel data for a graphics image and its attributes. A is an object used to work with images defined by pixel data. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image, scaled to the specified size. + The from which to create the new . + The structure that represent the size of the new . + The operation failed. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image, scaled to the specified size. + The from which to create the new . + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + The operation failed. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image. + The from which to create the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size and with the resolution of the specified object. + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + The object that specifies the resolution for the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size and format. + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format. + A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size, pixel format, and pixel data. + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + Integer that specifies the byte offset between the beginning of one scan line and the next. This is usually (but not necessarily) the number of bytes in the pixel format (for example, 2 for 16 bits per pixel) multiplied by the width of the bitmap. The value passed to this parameter must be a multiple of four. + The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format. + Pointer to an array of bytes that contains the pixel data. + A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size. + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + The operation failed. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + The data stream used to load the image. + + to use color correction for this ; otherwise, . + + does not contain image data or is . + + -or- + + contains a PNG image file with a single dimension greater than 65,535 pixels. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + The data stream used to load the image. + + does not contain image data or is . + + -or- + + contains a PNG image file with a single dimension greater than 65,535 pixels. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file. + The name of the bitmap file. + + to use color correction for this ; otherwise, . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file. + The bitmap file name and path. + The specified file is not found. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from a specified resource. + The class used to extract the resource. + The name of the resource. + + + + + + + Creates a copy of the section of this defined by structure and with a specified enumeration. + Defines the portion of this to copy. Coordinates are relative to this . + The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format. + + is outside of the source bitmap bounds. + The height or width of is 0. + + -or- + + A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not. + The new that this method creates. + + + Creates a copy of the section of this defined with a specified enumeration. + Defines the portion of this to copy. + Specifies the enumeration for the destination . + + is outside of the source bitmap bounds. + The height or width of is 0. + The that this method creates. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a from a Windows handle to an icon. + A handle to an icon. + The that this method creates. + + + Creates a from the specified Windows resource. + A handle to an instance of the executable file that contains the resource. + A string that contains the name of the resource bitmap. + The that this method creates. + + + Creates a GDI bitmap object from this . + The height or width of the bitmap is greater than Int16.MaxValue. + The operation failed. + A handle to the GDI bitmap object that this method creates. + + + Creates a GDI bitmap object from this . + A structure that specifies the background color. This parameter is ignored if the bitmap is totally opaque. + The height or width of the bitmap is greater than Int16.MaxValue. + The operation failed. + A handle to the GDI bitmap object that this method creates. + + + Returns the handle to an icon. + The operation failed. + A Windows handle to an icon with the same image as the . + + + Gets the color of the specified pixel in this . + The x-coordinate of the pixel to retrieve. + The y-coordinate of the pixel to retrieve. + + is less than 0, or greater than or equal to . + + -or- + + is less than 0, or greater than or equal to . + The operation failed. + A structure that represents the color of the specified pixel. + + + Locks a into system memory. + A rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the to lock. + One of the values that specifies the access level (read/write) for the . + One of the values that specifies the data format of the . + A that contains information about the lock operation. + + value is not a specific bits-per-pixel value. + + -or- + + The incorrect is passed in for a bitmap. + The operation failed. + A that contains information about the lock operation. + + + Locks a into system memory. + A structure that specifies the portion of the to lock. + An enumeration that specifies the access level (read/write) for the . + A enumeration that specifies the data format of this . + The is not a specific bits-per-pixel value. + + -or- + + The incorrect is passed in for a bitmap. + The operation failed. + A that contains information about this lock operation. + + + Makes the default transparent color transparent for this . + The image format of the is an icon format. + The operation failed. + + + Makes the specified color transparent for this . + The structure that represents the color to make transparent. + The image format of the is an icon format. + The operation failed. + + + Sets the color of the specified pixel in this . + The x-coordinate of the pixel to set. + The y-coordinate of the pixel to set. + A structure that represents the color to assign to the specified pixel. + The operation failed. + + + Sets the resolution for this . + The horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the . + The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the . + The operation failed. + + + Unlocks this from system memory. + A that specifies information about the lock operation. + The operation failed. + + + Specifies that, when interpreting declarations, the assembly should look for the indicated resources in the same assembly, but with the configuration value appended to the declared file name. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Specifies that, when interpreting declarations, the assembly should look for the indicated resources in a satellite assembly, but with the configuration value appended to the declared file name. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Defines objects used to fill the interiors of graphical shapes such as rectangles, ellipses, pies, polygons, and paths. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + When overridden in a derived class, creates an exact copy of this . + The new that this method creates. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. + + to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + In a derived class, sets a reference to a GDI+ brush object. + A pointer to the GDI+ brush object. + + + Brushes for all the standard colors. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Provides a graphics buffer for double buffering. + + + Releases all resources used by the object. + + + Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the default device. + + + Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the specified object. + A object to which to write the contents of the graphics buffer. + + + Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the device context associated with the specified handle. + An that points to the device context to which to write the contents of the graphics buffer. + + + Gets a object that outputs to the graphics buffer. + A object that outputs to the graphics buffer. + + + Provides methods for creating graphics buffers that can be used for double buffering. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Creates a graphics buffer of the specified size using the pixel format of the specified . + The to match the pixel format for the new buffer to. + A indicating the size of the buffer to create. + A that can be used to draw to a buffer of the specified dimensions. + + + Creates a graphics buffer of the specified size using the pixel format of the specified . + An to a device context to match the pixel format of the new buffer to. + A indicating the size of the buffer to create. + A that can be used to draw to a buffer of the specified dimensions. + + + Releases all resources used by the . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Disposes of the current graphics buffer, if a buffer has been allocated and has not yet been disposed. + + + Gets or sets the maximum size of the buffer to use. + The height or width of the size is less than or equal to zero. + A indicating the maximum size of the buffer dimensions. + + + Provides access to the main buffered graphics context object for the application domain. + + + Gets the for the current application domain. + The for the current application domain. + + + Specifies a range of character positions within a string. + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure, specifying a range of character positions within a string. + The position of the first character in the range. For example, if is set to 0, the first position of the range is position 0 in the string. + The number of positions in the range. + + + Indicates whether the current instance is equal to another instance of the same type. + An instance to compare with this instance. + + if the current instance is equal to the other instance; otherwise, . + + + Gets a value indicating whether this object is equivalent to the specified object. + The object to compare to for equality. + + to indicate the specified object is an instance with the same and value as this instance; otherwise, . + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + A 32-bit signed integer that is the hash code for this instance. + + + Compares two objects. Gets a value indicating whether the and values of the two objects are equal. + A to compare for equality. + A to compare for equality. + + to indicate the two objects have the same and values; otherwise, . + + + Compares two objects. Gets a value indicating whether the or values of the two objects are not equal. + A to compare for inequality. + A to compare for inequality. + + to indicate the either the or values of the two objects differ; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the position in the string of the first character of this . + The first position of this . + + + Gets or sets the number of positions in this . + The number of positions in this . + + + Specifies alignment of content on the drawing surface. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + Determines how the source color in a copy pixel operation is combined with the destination color to result in a final color. + + + The destination area is filled by using the color associated with index 0 in the physical palette. (This color is black for the default physical palette.) + + + Windows that are layered on top of your window are included in the resulting image. By default, the image contains only your window. Note that this generally cannot be used for printing device contexts. + + + The destination area is inverted. + + + The colors of the source area are merged with the colors of the selected brush of the destination device context using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the inverted source area are merged with the colors of the destination area by using the Boolean operator. + + + The bitmap is not mirrored. + + + The inverted source area is copied to the destination. + + + The source and destination colors are combined using the Boolean operator, and then resultant color is then inverted. + + + The brush currently selected in the destination device context is copied to the destination bitmap. + + + The colors of the brush currently selected in the destination device context are combined with the colors of the destination are using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the brush currently selected in the destination device context are combined with the colors of the inverted source area using the Boolean operator. The result of this operation is combined with the colors of the destination area using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator. + + + The source area is copied directly to the destination area. + + + The inverted colors of the destination area are combined with the colors of the source area using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator. + + + The destination area is filled by using the color associated with index 1 in the physical palette. (This color is white for the default physical palette.) + + + Represents a collection of category name strings. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified collection. + A that contains the names to initialize the collection values to. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified array of names. + An array of strings that contains the names of the categories to initialize the collection values to. + + + Indicates whether the specified category is contained in the collection. + The string to check for in the collection. + + if the specified category is contained in the collection; otherwise, . + + + Copies the collection elements to the specified array at the specified index. + The array to copy to. + The index of the destination array at which to begin copying. + + + Gets the index of the specified value. + The category name to retrieve the index of in the collection. + The index in the collection, or if the string does not exist in the collection. + + + Gets the category name at the specified index. + The index of the collection element to access. + The category name at the specified index. + + + Represents an adjustable arrow-shaped line cap. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width, height, and fill property. Whether an arrow end cap is filled depends on the argument passed to the parameter. + The width of the arrow. + The height of the arrow. + + to fill the arrow cap; otherwise, . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width and height. The arrow end caps created with this constructor are always filled. + The width of the arrow. + The height of the arrow. + + + Gets or sets whether the arrow cap is filled. + This property is if the arrow cap is filled; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the height of the arrow cap. + The height of the arrow cap. + + + Gets or sets the number of units between the outline of the arrow cap and the fill. + The number of units between the outline of the arrow cap and the fill of the arrow cap. + + + Gets or sets the width of the arrow cap. + The width, in units, of the arrow cap. + + + Defines a blend pattern for a object. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified number of factors and positions. + The number of elements in the and arrays. + + + Gets or sets an array of blend factors for the gradient. + An array of blend factors that specify the percentages of the starting color and the ending color to be used at the corresponding position. + + + Gets or sets an array of blend positions for the gradient. + An array of blend positions that specify the percentages of distance along the gradient line. + + + Defines arrays of colors and positions used for interpolating color blending in a multicolor gradient. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified number of colors and positions. + The number of colors and positions in this . + + + Gets or sets an array of colors that represents the colors to use at corresponding positions along a gradient. + An array of structures that represents the colors to use at corresponding positions along a gradient. + + + Gets or sets the positions along a gradient line. + An array of values that specify percentages of distance along the gradient line. + + + Specifies how different clipping regions can be combined. + + + Specifies that the existing region is replaced by the result of the existing region being removed from the new region. Said differently, the existing region is excluded from the new region. + + + Specifies that the existing region is replaced by the result of the new region being removed from the existing region. Said differently, the new region is excluded from the existing region. + + + Two clipping regions are combined by taking their intersection. + + + One clipping region is replaced by another. + + + Two clipping regions are combined by taking the union of both. + + + Two clipping regions are combined by taking only the areas enclosed by one or the other region, but not both. + + + Specifies how the source colors are combined with the background colors. + + + Specifies that when a color is rendered, it overwrites the background color. + + + Specifies that when a color is rendered, it is blended with the background color. The blend is determined by the alpha component of the color being rendered. + + + Specifies the quality level to use during compositing. + + + Assume linear values. + + + Default quality. + + + Gamma correction is used. + + + High quality, low speed compositing. + + + High speed, low quality. + + + Invalid quality. + + + Specifies the system to use when evaluating coordinates. + + + Specifies that coordinates are in the device coordinate context. On a computer screen the device coordinates are usually measured in pixels. + + + Specifies that coordinates are in the page coordinate context. Their units are defined by the property, and must be one of the elements of the enumeration. + + + Specifies that coordinates are in the world coordinate context. World coordinates are used in a nonphysical environment, such as a modeling environment. + + + Encapsulates a custom user-defined line cap. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing enumeration with the specified outline, fill, and inset. + A object that defines the fill for the custom cap. + A object that defines the outline of the custom cap. + The line cap from which to create the custom cap. + The distance between the cap and the line. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing enumeration with the specified outline and fill. + A object that defines the fill for the custom cap. + A object that defines the outline of the custom cap. + The line cap from which to create the custom cap. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified outline and fill. + A object that defines the fill for the custom cap. + A object that defines the outline of the custom cap. + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. + + to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Allows an to attempt to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before the is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Gets the caps used to start and end lines that make up this custom cap. + The enumeration used at the beginning of a line within this cap. + The enumeration used at the end of a line within this cap. + + + Sets the caps used to start and end lines that make up this custom cap. + The enumeration used at the beginning of a line within this cap. + The enumeration used at the end of a line within this cap. + + + Gets or sets the enumeration on which this is based. + The enumeration on which this is based. + + + Gets or sets the distance between the cap and the line. + The distance between the beginning of the cap and the end of the line. + + + Gets or sets the enumeration that determines how lines that compose this object are joined. + The enumeration this object uses to join lines. + + + Gets or sets the amount by which to scale this Class object with respect to the width of the object. + The amount by which to scale the cap. + + + Specifies the type of graphic shape to use on both ends of each dash in a dashed line. + + + Specifies a square cap that squares off both ends of each dash. + + + Specifies a circular cap that rounds off both ends of each dash. + + + Specifies a triangular cap that points both ends of each dash. + + + Specifies the style of dashed lines drawn with a object. + + + Specifies a user-defined custom dash style. + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + Specifies how the interior of a closed path is filled. + + + Specifies the alternate fill mode. + + + Specifies the winding fill mode. + + + Specifies whether commands in the graphics stack are terminated (flushed) immediately or executed as soon as possible. + + + Specifies that the stack of all graphics operations is flushed immediately. + + + Specifies that all graphics operations on the stack are executed as soon as possible. This synchronizes the graphics state. + + + Represents the internal data of a graphics container. This class is used when saving the state of a object using the and methods. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Represents a series of connected lines and curves. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a value of . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration. + The enumeration that determines how the interior of this is filled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and arrays and with the specified enumeration element. + An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this . + An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array. + A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and arrays. + An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this . + An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array. + + + Initializes a new instance of the array with the specified and arrays and with the specified enumeration element. + An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this . + An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array. + A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the array with the specified and arrays. + An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this . + An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure. + A that represents the rectangular bounds of the ellipse from which the arc is taken. + The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the arc. + + + Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure. + A that represents the rectangular bounds of the ellipse from which the arc is taken. + The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the arc. + + + Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The width of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The height of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the arc. + + + Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The width of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The height of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the arc. + + + Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure. + A that represents the starting point of the curve. + A that represents the first control point for the curve. + A that represents the second control point for the curve. + A that represents the endpoint of the curve. + + + Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure. + A that represents the starting point of the curve. + A that represents the first control point for the curve. + A that represents the second control point for the curve. + A that represents the endpoint of the curve. + + + Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the first control point for the curve. + The y-coordinate of the first control point for the curve. + The x-coordinate of the second control point for the curve. + The y-coordinate of the second control point for the curve. + The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve. + + + Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the first control point for the curve. + The y-coordinate of the first control point for the curve. + The x-coordinate of the second control point for the curve. + The y-coordinate of the second control point for the curve. + The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve. + + + Adds a sequence of connected cubic Bézier curves to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curves. + + + Adds a sequence of connected cubic Bézier curves to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curves. + + + + + + + + + Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + A value between from 0 through 1 that specifies the amount that the curve bends between points, with 0 being the smallest curve (sharpest corner) and 1 being the smoothest curve. + + + Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + + + Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + A value between from 0 through 1 that specifies the amount that the curve bends between points, with 0 being the smallest curve (sharpest corner) and 1 being the smoothest curve. + + + Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + The index of the element in the array that is used as the first point in the curve. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + The index of the element in the array that is used as the first point in the curve. + The number of segments used to draw the curve. A segment can be thought of as a line connecting two points. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds an ellipse to the current path. + A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + + Adds an ellipse to the current path. + A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + + Adds an ellipse to the current path. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + + Adds an ellipse to the current path. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + + Appends a line segment to this . + A that represents the starting point of the line. + A that represents the endpoint of the line. + + + Appends a line segment to this . + A that represents the starting point of the line. + A that represents the endpoint of the line. + + + Appends a line segment to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the line. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the line. + The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the line. + The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the line. + + + Appends a line segment to this . + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the line. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the line. + The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the line. + The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the line. + + + Appends a series of connected line segments to the end of this . + An array of structures that represents the points that define the line segments to add. + + + Appends a series of connected line segments to the end of this . + An array of structures that represents the points that define the line segments to add. + + + + + + + + + Appends the specified to this path. + The to add. + A Boolean value that specifies whether the first figure in the added path is part of the last figure in this path. A value of specifies that (if possible) the first figure in the added path is part of the last figure in this path. A value of specifies that the first figure in the added path is separate from the last figure in this path. + + + Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path. + A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from . + + + Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from . + + + Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from . + + + Adds a polygon to this path. + An array of structures that defines the polygon to add. + + + Adds a polygon to this path. + An array of structures that defines the polygon to add. + + + + + + + + + Adds a rectangle to this path. + A that represents the rectangle to add. + + + Adds a rectangle to this path. + A that represents the rectangle to add. + + + Adds a series of rectangles to this path. + An array of structures that represents the rectangles to add. + + + Adds a series of rectangles to this path. + An array of structures that represents the rectangles to add. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds a text string to this path. + The to add. + A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn. + A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section). + The height of the em square box that bounds the character. + A that represents the point where the text starts. + A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment. + + + Adds a text string to this path. + The to add. + A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn. + A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section). + The height of the em square box that bounds the character. + A that represents the point where the text starts. + A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment. + + + Adds a text string to this path. + The to add. + A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn. + A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section). + The height of the em square box that bounds the character. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the text. + A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment. + + + Adds a text string to this path. + The to add. + A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn. + A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section). + The height of the em square box that bounds the character. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the text. + A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment. + + + Clears all markers from this path. + + + Creates an exact copy of this path. + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Closes all open figures in this path and starts a new figure. It closes each open figure by connecting a line from its endpoint to its starting point. + + + Closes the current figure and starts a new figure. If the current figure contains a sequence of connected lines and curves, the method closes the loop by connecting a line from the endpoint to the starting point. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Converts each curve in this path into a sequence of connected line segments. + + + Converts each curve in this into a sequence of connected line segments. + A by which to transform this before flattening. + Specifies the maximum permitted error between the curve and its flattened approximation. A value of 0.25 is the default. Reducing the flatness value will increase the number of line segments in the approximation. + + + Applies the specified transform and then converts each curve in this into a sequence of connected line segments. + A by which to transform this before flattening. + + + Returns a rectangle that bounds this . + A that represents a rectangle that bounds this . + + + Returns a rectangle that bounds this when the current path is transformed by the specified and drawn with the specified . + The that specifies a transformation to be applied to this path before the bounding rectangle is calculated. This path is not permanently transformed; the transformation is used only during the process of calculating the bounding rectangle. + The with which to draw the . + A that represents a rectangle that bounds this . + + + Returns a rectangle that bounds this when this path is transformed by the specified . + The that specifies a transformation to be applied to this path before the bounding rectangle is calculated. This path is not permanently transformed; the transformation is used only during the process of calculating the bounding rectangle. + A that represents a rectangle that bounds this . + + + Gets the last point in the array of this . + A that represents the last point in this . + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified . + A that specifies the location to test. + The to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified . + A that specifies the location to test. + The to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified . + A that specifies the location to test. + The to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified . + A that specifies the location to test. + The to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + A that represents the point to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + A that represents the point to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + A that represents the point to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + A that represents the point to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this , using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this in the visible clip region of the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Empties the and arrays and sets the to . + + + Reverses the order of points in the array of this . + + + Sets a marker on this . + + + Starts a new figure without closing the current figure. All subsequent points added to the path are added to this new figure. + + + Applies a transform matrix to this . + A that represents the transformation to apply. + + + Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this . + An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points. + A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by . + A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path. + A enumeration that specifies whether this warp operation uses perspective or bilinear mode. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies how flat the resulting path is. For more information, see the methods. + + + Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this . + An array of structures that defines a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points. + A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by . + A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path. + A enumeration that specifies whether this warp operation uses perspective or bilinear mode. + + + Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this . + An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points. + A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by . + A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path. + + + Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this . + An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points. + A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by . + + + + + + + + + + Replaces this with curves that enclose the area that is filled when this path is drawn by the specified pen. + A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates. + A that specifies a transform to apply to the path before widening. + A value that specifies the flatness for curves. + + + Adds an additional outline to the . + A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates. + A that specifies a transform to apply to the path before widening. + + + Adds an additional outline to the path. + A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates. + + + Gets or sets a enumeration that determines how the interiors of shapes in this are filled. + A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled. + + + Gets a that encapsulates arrays of points () and types () for this . + A that encapsulates arrays for both the points and types for this . + + + Gets the points in the path. + An array of objects that represent the path. + + + Gets the types of the corresponding points in the array. + An array of bytes that specifies the types of the corresponding points in the path. + + + Gets the number of elements in the or the array. + An integer that specifies the number of elements in the or the array. + + + Provides the ability to iterate through subpaths in a and test the types of shapes contained in each subpath. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object. + The object for which this helper class is to be initialized. + + + Copies the property and property arrays of the associated into the two specified arrays. + Upon return, contains an array of structures that represents the points in the path. + Upon return, contains an array of bytes that represents the types of points in the path. + Specifies the starting index of the arrays. + Specifies the ending index of the arrays. + The number of points copied. + + + + + + + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Copies the property and property arrays of the associated into the two specified arrays. + Upon return, contains an array of structures that represents the points in the path. + Upon return, contains an array of bytes that represents the types of points in the path. + The number of points copied. + + + + + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Indicates whether the path associated with this contains a curve. + This method returns if the current subpath contains a curve; otherwise, . + + + This object has a object associated with it. The method increments the associated to the next marker in its path and copies all the points contained between the current marker and the next marker (or end of path) to a second object passed in to the parameter. + The object to which the points will be copied. + The number of points between this marker and the next. + + + Increments the to the next marker in the path and returns the start and stop indexes by way of the [out] parameters. + [out] The integer reference supplied to this parameter receives the index of the point that starts a subpath. + [out] The integer reference supplied to this parameter receives the index of the point that ends the subpath to which points. + The number of points between this marker and the next. + + + Gets the starting index and the ending index of the next group of data points that all have the same type. + [out] Receives the point type shared by all points in the group. Possible types can be retrieved from the enumeration. + [out] Receives the starting index of the group of points. + [out] Receives the ending index of the group of points. + This method returns the number of data points in the group. If there are no more groups in the path, this method returns 0. + + + Gets the next figure (subpath) from the associated path of this . + A that is to have its data points set to match the data points of the retrieved figure (subpath) for this iterator. + [out] Indicates whether the current subpath is closed. It is if the if the figure is closed, otherwise it is . + The number of data points in the retrieved figure (subpath). If there are no more figures to retrieve, zero is returned. + + + Moves the to the next subpath in the path. The start index and end index of the next subpath are contained in the [out] parameters. + [out] Receives the starting index of the next subpath. + [out] Receives the ending index of the next subpath. + [out] Indicates whether the subpath is closed. + The number of subpaths in the object. + + + Rewinds this to the beginning of its associated path. + + + Gets the number of points in the path. + The number of points in the path. + + + Gets the number of subpaths in the path. + The number of subpaths in the path. + + + Represents the state of a object. This object is returned by a call to the methods. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Defines a rectangular brush with a hatch style, a foreground color, and a background color. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration, foreground color, and background color. + One of the values that represents the pattern drawn by this . + The structure that represents the color of lines drawn by this . + The structure that represents the color of spaces between the lines drawn by this . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration and foreground color. + One of the values that represents the pattern drawn by this . + The structure that represents the color of lines drawn by this . + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Gets the color of spaces between the hatch lines drawn by this object. + A structure that represents the background color for this . + + + Gets the color of hatch lines drawn by this object. + A structure that represents the foreground color for this . + + + Gets the hatch style of this object. + One of the values that represents the pattern of this . + + + Specifies the different patterns available for objects. + + + A pattern of lines on a diagonal from upper right to lower left. + + + Specifies horizontal and vertical lines that cross. + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points, are spaced 50 percent closer together than, and are twice the width of . This hatch pattern is not antialiased. + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than and are twice the width of . + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points, are spaced 50 percent closer together than , and are twice its width, but the lines are not antialiased. + + + Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than and are twice its width. + + + Specifies dashed diagonal lines, that slant to the right from top points to bottom points. + + + Specifies dashed horizontal lines. + + + Specifies dashed diagonal lines, that slant to the left from top points to bottom points. + + + Specifies dashed vertical lines. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of layered bricks that slant to the left from top points to bottom points. + + + A pattern of crisscross diagonal lines. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of divots. + + + Specifies forward diagonal and backward diagonal lines, each of which is composed of dots, that cross. + + + Specifies horizontal and vertical lines, each of which is composed of dots, that cross. + + + A pattern of lines on a diagonal from upper left to lower right. + + + A pattern of horizontal lines. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of horizontally layered bricks. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard with squares that are twice the size of . + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of confetti, and is composed of larger pieces than . + + + Specifies the hatch style . + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points and are spaced 50 percent closer together than , but are not antialiased. + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than . + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points and are spaced 50 percent closer together than , but they are not antialiased. + + + Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than . + + + Specifies hatch style . + + + Specifies hatch style . + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 75 percent closer together than hatch style (or 25 percent closer together than ). + + + Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 75 percent closer together than hatch style (or 25 percent closer together than ). + + + Specifies forward diagonal and backward diagonal lines that cross but are not antialiased. + + + Specifies a 5-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 5:95. + + + Specifies a 10-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 10:90. + + + Specifies a 20-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 20:80. + + + Specifies a 25-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 25:75. + + + Specifies a 30-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 30:70. + + + Specifies a 40-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 40:60. + + + Specifies a 50-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 50:50. + + + Specifies a 60-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 60:40. + + + Specifies a 70-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 70:30. + + + Specifies a 75-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 75:25. + + + Specifies a 80-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 80:100. + + + Specifies a 90-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 90:10. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a plaid material. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of diagonally layered shingles that slant to the right from top points to bottom points. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of confetti. + + + Specifies horizontal and vertical lines that cross and are spaced 50 percent closer together than hatch style . + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard placed diagonally. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of spheres laid adjacent to one another. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a trellis. + + + A pattern of vertical lines. + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are composed of tildes. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a woven material. + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points, have the same spacing as hatch style , and are triple its width, but are not antialiased. + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points, have the same spacing as hatch style , and are triple its width, but are not antialiased. + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are composed of zigzags. + + + The enumeration specifies the algorithm that is used when images are scaled or rotated. + + + Specifies bicubic interpolation. No prefiltering is done. This mode is not suitable for shrinking an image below 25 percent of its original size. + + + Specifies bilinear interpolation. No prefiltering is done. This mode is not suitable for shrinking an image below 50 percent of its original size. + + + Specifies default mode. + + + Specifies high quality interpolation. + + + Specifies high-quality, bicubic interpolation. Prefiltering is performed to ensure high-quality shrinking. This mode produces the highest quality transformed images. + + + Specifies high-quality, bilinear interpolation. Prefiltering is performed to ensure high-quality shrinking. + + + Equivalent to the element of the enumeration. + + + Specifies low quality interpolation. + + + Specifies nearest-neighbor interpolation. + + + Encapsulates a with a linear gradient. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and colors. + A structure that represents the starting point of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the endpoint of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color of the linear gradient. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and colors. + A structure that represents the starting point of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the endpoint of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color of the linear gradient. + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and orientation. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + A enumeration element that specifies the orientation of the gradient. The orientation determines the starting and ending points of the gradient. For example, specifies that the starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle and the ending point is the lower-right corner of the rectangle. + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line. + Set to to specify that the angle is affected by the transform associated with this ; otherwise, . + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line. + + + Creates a new instance of the based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation mode. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + A enumeration element that specifies the orientation of the gradient. The orientation determines the starting and ending points of the gradient. For example, specifies that the starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle and the ending point is the lower-right corner of the rectangle. + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line. + Set to to specify that the angle is affected by the transform associated with this ; otherwise, . + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line. + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Multiplies the that represents the local geometric transform of this by the specified in the specified order. + The by which to multiply the geometric transform. + A that specifies in which order to multiply the two matrices. + + + Multiplies the that represents the local geometric transform of this by the specified by prepending the specified . + The by which to multiply the geometric transform. + + + Resets the property to identity. + + + Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount in the specified order. + The angle of rotation. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix. + + + Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transform. + The angle of rotation. + + + Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts in the specified order. + The amount by which to scale the transform in the x-axis direction. + The amount by which to scale the transform in the y-axis direction. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix. + + + Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transform. + The amount by which to scale the transform in the x-axis direction. + The amount by which to scale the transform in the y-axis direction. + + + Creates a linear gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to a single color on both ends. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color). + A value from 0 through1 that specifies how fast the colors falloff from the starting color to (ending color) + + + Creates a linear gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to a single color on both ends. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color). + + + Creates a gradient falloff based on a bell-shaped curve. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color). + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies how fast the colors falloff from the . + + + Creates a gradient falloff based on a bell-shaped curve. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the starting color and ending color are blended equally). + + + Translates the local geometric transform by the specified dimensions in the specified order. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation. + + + Translates the local geometric transform by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transform. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + + + Gets or sets a that specifies positions and factors that define a custom falloff for the gradient. + A that represents a custom falloff for the gradient. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled for this . + The value is if gamma correction is enabled for this ; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + A that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + + + Gets or sets the starting and ending colors of the gradient. + An array of two structures that represents the starting and ending colors of the gradient. + + + Gets a rectangular region that defines the starting and ending points of the gradient. + A structure that specifies the starting and ending points of the gradient. + + + Gets or sets a copy that defines a local geometric transform for this . + A copy of the that defines a geometric transform that applies only to fills drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets a enumeration that indicates the wrap mode for this . + A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled. + + + Specifies the direction of a linear gradient. + + + Specifies a gradient from upper right to lower left. + + + Specifies a gradient from upper left to lower right. + + + Specifies a gradient from left to right. + + + Specifies a gradient from top to bottom. + + + Specifies the available cap styles with which a object can end a line. + + + Specifies a mask used to check whether a line cap is an anchor cap. + + + Specifies an arrow-shaped anchor cap. + + + Specifies a custom line cap. + + + Specifies a diamond anchor cap. + + + Specifies a flat line cap. + + + Specifies no anchor. + + + Specifies a round line cap. + + + Specifies a round anchor cap. + + + Specifies a square line cap. + + + Specifies a square anchor line cap. + + + Specifies a triangular line cap. + + + Specifies how to join consecutive line or curve segments in a figure (subpath) contained in a object. + + + Specifies a beveled join. This produces a diagonal corner. + + + Specifies a mitered join. This produces a sharp corner or a clipped corner, depending on whether the length of the miter exceeds the miter limit. + + + Specifies a mitered join. This produces a sharp corner or a beveled corner, depending on whether the length of the miter exceeds the miter limit. + + + Specifies a circular join. This produces a smooth, circular arc between the lines. + + + Encapsulates a 3-by-3 affine matrix that represents a geometric transform. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class as the identity matrix. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class to the geometric transform defined by the specified rectangle and array of points. + A structure that represents the rectangle to be transformed. + An array of three structures that represents the points of a parallelogram to which the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners of the rectangle is to be transformed. The lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three corners. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class to the geometric transform defined by the specified rectangle and array of points. + A structure that represents the rectangle to be transformed. + An array of three structures that represents the points of a parallelogram to which the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners of the rectangle is to be transformed. The lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three corners. + + + Constructs a utilizing the specified . + Matrix data to construct from. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified elements. + The value in the first row and first column of the new . + The value in the first row and second column of the new . + The value in the second row and first column of the new . + The value in the second row and second column of the new . + The value in the third row and first column of the new . + The value in the third row and second column of the new . + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The that this method creates. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Tests whether the specified object is a and is identical to this . + The object to test. + This method returns if is the specified identical to this ; otherwise, . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Returns a hash code. + The hash code for this . + + + Inverts this , if it is invertible. + + + Multiplies this by the matrix specified in the parameter, and in the order specified in the parameter. + The by which this is to be multiplied. + The that represents the order of the multiplication. + + + Multiplies this by the matrix specified in the parameter, by prepending the specified . + The by which this is to be multiplied. + + + Resets this to have the elements of the identity matrix. + + + Applies a clockwise rotation of an amount specified in the parameter, around the origin (zero x and y coordinates) for this . + The angle (extent) of the rotation, in degrees. + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the rotation is applied to this . + + + Prepend to this a clockwise rotation, around the origin and by the specified angle. + The angle of the rotation, in degrees. + + + Applies a clockwise rotation about the specified point to this in the specified order. + The angle of the rotation, in degrees. + A that represents the center of the rotation. + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the rotation is applied. + + + Applies a clockwise rotation to this around the point specified in the parameter, and by prepending the rotation. + The angle (extent) of the rotation, in degrees. + A that represents the center of the rotation. + + + Applies the specified scale vector ( and ) to this using the specified order. + The value by which to scale this in the x-axis direction. + The value by which to scale this in the y-axis direction. + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the scale vector is applied to this . + + + Applies the specified scale vector to this by prepending the scale vector. + The value by which to scale this in the x-axis direction. + The value by which to scale this in the y-axis direction. + + + Applies the specified shear vector to this in the specified order. + The horizontal shear factor. + The vertical shear factor. + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the shear is applied. + + + Applies the specified shear vector to this by prepending the shear transformation. + The horizontal shear factor. + The vertical shear factor. + + + Applies the geometric transform represented by this to a specified array of points. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + Applies the geometric transform represented by this to a specified array of points. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + + + + + + + Applies only the scale and rotate components of this to the specified array of points. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + Multiplies each vector in an array by the matrix. The translation elements of this matrix (third row) are ignored. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + + + + + + + Applies the specified translation vector to this in the specified order. + The x value by which to translate this . + The y value by which to translate this . + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the translation is applied to this . + + + Applies the specified translation vector ( and ) to this by prepending the translation vector. + The x value by which to translate this . + The y value by which to translate this . + + + Multiplies each vector in an array by the matrix. The translation elements of this matrix (third row) are ignored. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + + + + Gets an array of floating-point values that represents the elements of this . + An array of floating-point values that represents the elements of this . + + + Gets a value indicating whether this is the identity matrix. + This property is if this is identity; otherwise, . + + + Gets a value indicating whether this is invertible. + This property is if this is invertible; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the elements for the matrix. + + + Gets the x translation value (the dx value, or the element in the third row and first column) of this . + The x translation value of this . + + + Gets the y translation value (the dy value, or the element in the third row and second column) of this . + The y translation value of this . + + + Specifies the order for matrix transform operations. + + + The new operation is applied after the old operation. + + + The new operation is applied before the old operation. + + + Contains the graphical data that makes up a object. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets an array of structures that represents the points through which the path is constructed. + An array of objects that represents the points through which the path is constructed. + + + Gets or sets the types of the corresponding points in the path. + An array of bytes that specify the types of the corresponding points in the path. + + + Encapsulates a object that fills the interior of a object with a gradient. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified path. + The that defines the area filled by this . + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and wrap mode. + An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path. + A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points. + An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and wrap mode. + An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path. + A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points. + An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path. + + + + + + + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Updates the brush's transformation matrix with the product of the brush's transformation matrix multiplied by another matrix. + The that will be multiplied by the brush's current transformation matrix. + A that specifies in which order to multiply the two matrices. + + + Updates the brush's transformation matrix with the product of brush's transformation matrix multiplied by another matrix. + The that will be multiplied by the brush's current transformation matrix. + + + Resets the property to identity. + + + Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount in the specified order. + The angle (extent) of rotation. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix. + + + Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transform. + The angle (extent) of rotation. + + + Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts in the specified order. + The transform scale factor in the x-axis direction. + The transform scale factor in the y-axis direction. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix. + + + Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transform. + The transform scale factor in the x-axis direction. + The transform scale factor in the y-axis direction. + + + Creates a gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to each surrounding color. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the maximum intensity of the center color that gets blended with the boundary color. A value of 1 causes the highest possible intensity of the center color, and it is the default value. + + + Creates a gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to one surrounding color. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path. + + + Creates a gradient brush that changes color starting from the center of the path outward to the path's boundary. The transition from one color to another is based on a bell-shaped curve. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the maximum intensity of the center color that gets blended with the boundary color. A value of 1 causes the highest possible intensity of the center color, and it is the default value. + + + Creates a gradient brush that changes color starting from the center of the path outward to the path's boundary. The transition from one color to another is based on a bell-shaped curve. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path. + + + Applies the specified translation to the local geometric transform in the specified order. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation. + + + Applies the specified translation to the local geometric transform. This method prepends the translation to the transform. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + + + Gets or sets a that specifies positions and factors that define a custom falloff for the gradient. + A that represents a custom falloff for the gradient. + + + Gets or sets the color at the center of the path gradient. + A that represents the color at the center of the path gradient. + + + Gets or sets the center point of the path gradient. + A that represents the center point of the path gradient. + + + Gets or sets the focus point for the gradient falloff. + A that represents the focus point for the gradient falloff. + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + A that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + + + Gets a bounding rectangle for this . + A that represents a rectangular region that bounds the path this fills. + + + Gets or sets an array of colors that correspond to the points in the path this fills. + An array of structures that represents the colors associated with each point in the path this fills. + + + Gets or sets a copy of the that defines a local geometric transform for this . + A copy of the that defines a geometric transform that applies only to fills drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets a that indicates the wrap mode for this . + A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled. + + + Specifies the type of point in a object. + + + A default Bézier curve. + + + A cubic Bézier curve. + + + The endpoint of a subpath. + + + The corresponding segment is dashed. + + + A line segment. + + + A path marker. + + + A mask point. + + + The starting point of a object. + + + Specifies the alignment of a object in relation to the theoretical, zero-width line. + + + Specifies that the object is centered over the theoretical line. + + + Specifies that the is positioned on the inside of the theoretical line. + + + Specifies the is positioned to the left of the theoretical line. + + + Specifies the is positioned on the outside of the theoretical line. + + + Specifies the is positioned to the right of the theoretical line. + + + Specifies the type of fill a object uses to fill lines. + + + Specifies a hatch fill. + + + Specifies a linear gradient fill. + + + Specifies a path gradient fill. + + + Specifies a solid fill. + + + Specifies a bitmap texture fill. + + + Specifies how pixels are offset during rendering. + + + Specifies the default mode. + + + Specifies that pixels are offset by -.5 units, both horizontally and vertically, for high speed antialiasing. + + + Specifies high quality, low speed rendering. + + + Specifies high speed, low quality rendering. + + + Specifies an invalid mode. + + + Specifies no pixel offset. + + + Specifies the overall quality when rendering GDI+ objects. + + + Specifies the default mode. + + + Specifies high quality, low speed rendering. + + + Specifies an invalid mode. + + + Specifies low quality, high speed rendering. + + + Encapsulates the data that makes up a object. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Gets or sets an array of bytes that specify the object. + An array of bytes that specify the object. + + + Specifies whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas. + + + Specifies antialiased rendering. + + + Specifies no antialiasing. + + + Specifies antialiased rendering. + + + Specifies no antialiasing. + + + Specifies an invalid mode. + + + Specifies no antialiasing. + + + Specifies the type of warp transformation applied in a method. + + + Specifies a bilinear warp. + + + Specifies a perspective warp. + + + Specifies how a texture or gradient is tiled when it is smaller than the area being filled. + + + The texture or gradient is not tiled. + + + Tiles the gradient or texture. + + + Reverses the texture or gradient horizontally and then tiles the texture or gradient. + + + Reverses the texture or gradient horizontally and vertically and then tiles the texture or gradient. + + + Reverses the texture or gradient vertically and then tiles the texture or gradient. + + + Defines a particular format for text, including font face, size, and style attributes. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new that uses the specified existing and enumeration. + The existing from which to create the new . + The to apply to the new . Multiple values of the enumeration can be combined with the operator. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set. + The of the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + A that specifies a + + GDI character set to use for this font. + A Boolean value indicating whether the new font is derived from a GDI vertical font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + is + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set. + The of the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + A that specifies a + + GDI character set to use for the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + is . + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, and unit. + The of the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + is . + + + Initializes a new using a specified size and style. + The of the new . + The em-size, in points, of the new font. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + is . + + + Initializes a new using a specified size and unit. Sets the style to . + The of the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + + is . + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size. + The of the new . + The em-size, in points, of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using the specified size, style, unit, and character set. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + A that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font. + A Boolean value indicating whether the new is derived from a GDI vertical font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + A that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, and unit. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size and style. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size, in points, of the new font. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size and unit. The style is set to . + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size, in points, of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity or is not a valid number. + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an . + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same , , , , , and property values as this . + The object to test. + + if the parameter is a and has the same , , , , , and property values as this ; otherwise, . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Creates a from the specified Windows handle to a device context. + A handle to a device context. + The font for the specified device context is not a TrueType font. + The this method creates. + + + Creates a from the specified Windows handle. + A Windows handle to a GDI font. + + points to an object that is not a TrueType font. + The this method creates. + + + + + + + + + + Creates a from the specified GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure. + An that represents the GDI structure from which to create the . + A handle to a device context that contains additional information about the structure. + The font is not a TrueType font. + The that this method creates. + + + Creates a from the specified GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure. + An that represents the GDI structure from which to create the . + The that this method creates. + + + Gets the hash code for this . + The hash code for this . + + + Returns the line spacing, in pixels, of this font. + The line spacing, in pixels, of this font. + + + Returns the line spacing, in the current unit of a specified , of this font. + A that holds the vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the display device as well as settings for page unit and page scale. + + is . + The line spacing, in pixels, of this font. + + + Returns the height, in pixels, of this when drawn to a device with the specified vertical resolution. + The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, used to calculate the height of the font. + The height, in pixels, of this . + + + Populates a with the data needed to serialize the target object. + The to populate with data. + The destination (see ) for this serialization. + + + Returns a handle to this . + The operation was unsuccessful. + A Windows handle to this . + + + + + + + + + + Creates a GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure from this . + An to represent the structure that this method creates. + A that provides additional information for the structure. + + is . + + + Creates a GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure from this . + An to represent the structure that this method creates. + + + Returns a human-readable string representation of this . + A string that represents this . + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this is bold. + + if this is bold; otherwise, . + + + Gets the associated with this . + The associated with this . + + + Gets a byte value that specifies the GDI character set that this uses. + A byte value that specifies the GDI character set that this uses. The default is 1. + + + Gets a Boolean value that indicates whether this is derived from a GDI vertical font. + + if this is derived from a GDI vertical font; otherwise, . + + + Gets the line spacing of this font. + The line spacing, in pixels, of this font. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the font is a member of . + + if the font is a member of ; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this font has the italic style applied. + + to indicate this font has the italic style applied; otherwise, . + + + Gets the face name of this . + A string representation of the face name of this . + + + Gets the name of the font originally specified. + The string representing the name of the font originally specified. + + + Gets the em-size of this measured in the units specified by the property. + The em-size of this . + + + Gets the em-size, in points, of this . + The em-size, in points, of this . + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this specifies a horizontal line through the font. + + if this has a horizontal line through it; otherwise, . + + + Gets style information for this . + A enumeration that contains style information for this . + + + Gets the name of the system font if the property returns . + The name of the system font, if returns ; otherwise, an empty string (""). + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this is underlined. + + if this is underlined; otherwise, . + + + Gets the unit of measure for this . + A that represents the unit of measure for this . + + + Converts objects from one data type to another. + + + Initializes a new object. + + + Determines whether this converter can convert an object in the specified source type to the native type of the converter. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + The type you want to convert from. + This method returns if this object can perform the conversion. + + + Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context. + An object that provides a format context. + A object that represents the type you want to convert to. + This method returns if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts the specified object to the native type of the converter. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies the culture used to represent the font. + The object to convert. + The conversion could not be performed. + The converted object. + + + Converts the specified object to another type. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies the culture used to represent the object. + The object to convert. + The data type to convert the object to. + The conversion was not successful. + The converted object. + + + Creates an object of this type by using a specified set of property values for the object. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + A dictionary of new property values. The dictionary contains a series of name-value pairs, one for each property returned from the method. + The newly created object, or if the object could not be created. The default implementation returns . + + useful for creating non-changeable objects that have changeable properties. + + + Determines whether changing a value on this object should require a call to the method to create a new value. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + This method returns if the object should be called when a change is made to one or more properties of this object; otherwise, . + + + Retrieves the set of properties for this type. By default, a type does not have any properties to return. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + The value of the object to get the properties for. + An array of objects that describe the properties. + The set of properties that should be exposed for this data type. If no properties should be exposed, this may return . The default implementation always returns . + + An easy implementation of this method can call the method for the correct data type. + + + Determines whether this object supports properties. The default is . + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + This method returns if the method should be called to find the properties of this object; otherwise, . + + + + is a type converter that is used to convert a font name to and from various other representations. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Determines if this converter can convert an object in the given source type to the native type of the converter. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + The type you wish to convert from. + + if the converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts the given object to the converter's native type. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + A to use to perform the conversion. + The object to convert. + The conversion cannot be completed. + The converted object. + + + Retrieves a collection containing a set of standard values for the data type this converter is designed for. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + A collection containing a standard set of valid values, or . The default is . + + + Determines if the list of standard values returned from the method is an exclusive list. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + + if the collection returned from is an exclusive list of possible values; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Determines if this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + + if should be called to find a common set of values the object supports; otherwise, . + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + + Converts font units to and from other unit types. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Returns a collection of standard values valid for the type. + An that provides a format context. + + + Defines a group of type faces having a similar basic design and certain variations in styles. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new from the specified generic font family. + The from which to create the new . + + + Initializes a new in the specified with the specified name. + A that represents the name of the new . + The that contains this . + + is an empty string (""). + + -or- + + specifies a font that is not installed on the computer running the application. + + -or- + + specifies a font that is not a TrueType font. + + + Initializes a new with the specified name. + The name of the new . + + is an empty string (""). + + -or- + + specifies a font that is not installed on the computer running the application. + + -or- + + specifies a font that is not a TrueType font. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and is identical to this . + The object to test. + + if is a and is identical to this ; otherwise, . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Returns the cell ascent, in design units, of the of the specified style. + A that contains style information for the font. + The cell ascent for this that uses the specified . + + + Returns the cell descent, in design units, of the of the specified style. + A that contains style information for the font. + The cell descent metric for this that uses the specified . + + + Gets the height, in font design units, of the em square for the specified style. + The for which to get the em height. + The height of the em square. + + + Returns an array that contains all the objects available for the specified graphics context. + The object from which to return objects. + + is . + An array of objects available for the specified object. + + + Gets a hash code for this . + The hash code for this . + + + Returns the line spacing, in design units, of the of the specified style. The line spacing is the vertical distance between the base lines of two consecutive lines of text. + The to apply. + The distance between two consecutive lines of text. + + + Returns the name, in the specified language, of this . + The language in which the name is returned. + A that represents the name, in the specified language, of this . + + + Indicates whether the specified enumeration is available. + The to test. + + if the specified is available; otherwise, . + + + Converts this to a human-readable string representation. + The string that represents this . + + + Returns an array that contains all the objects associated with the current graphics context. + An array of objects associated with the current graphics context. + + + Gets a generic monospace . + A that represents a generic monospace font. + + + Gets a generic sans serif object. + A object that represents a generic sans serif font. + + + Gets a generic serif . + A that represents a generic serif font. + + + Gets the name of this . + A that represents the name of this . + + + Specifies style information applied to text. + + + Bold text. + + + Italic text. + + + Normal text. + + + Text with a line through the middle. + + + Underlined text. + + + Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Adds a comment to the current . + Array of bytes that contains the comment. + + + Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container. + This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call. + + + Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation. + + structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container. + + structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container. + This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call. + + + Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation. + + structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container. + + structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container. + This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call. + + + Clears the entire drawing surface and fills it with the specified background color. + The background color of the drawing surface. + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the . + The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The size of the area to be transferred. + One of the values. + + is not a member of . + The operation failed. + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the . + The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The size of the area to be transferred. + The operation failed. + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the . + The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The size of the area to be transferred. + One of the values. + + is not a member of . + The operation failed. + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the . + The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The size of the area to be transferred. + The operation failed. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. + + structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc. + + is . + + + Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. + + structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc. + + is + + + Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc. + + is . + + + Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc. + + is . + + + Draws a Bézier spline defined by four structures. + + structure that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + + structure that represents the starting point of the curve. + + structure that represents the first control point for the curve. + + structure that represents the second control point for the curve. + + structure that represents the ending point of the curve. + + is . + + + Draws a Bézier spline defined by four structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + + structure that represents the starting point of the curve. + + structure that represents the first control point for the curve. + + structure that represents the second control point for the curve. + + structure that represents the ending point of the curve. + + is . + + + Draws a Bézier spline defined by four ordered pairs of coordinates that represent points. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the first control point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the first control point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the second control point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the second control point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the ending point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the ending point of the curve. + + is . + + + Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + Draws the given . + The that contains the image to be drawn. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + The is not compatible with the device state. + +-or- + +The object has a transform applied other than a translation. + + + Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but ignored. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but is ignored. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve. + Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve. + Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve. + Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that represent the points that define the curve. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draws an ellipse specified by a bounding structure. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. + + structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. + + is . + + + Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding . + + that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. + + structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. + + is . + + + Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by coordinates for the upper-left corner of the rectangle, a height, and a width. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a height, and a width. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Draws the image represented by the specified within the area specified by a structure. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image on the display surface. The image contained in the parameter is scaled to the dimensions of this rectangular area. + + is . + + + Draws the image represented by the specified at the specified coordinates. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the image represented by the specified without scaling the image. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image. The image is not scaled to fit this rectangle, but retains its original size. If the image is larger than the rectangle, it is clipped to fit inside it. + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location. + + to draw. + + structure that represents the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method. + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified shape and size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + is . + + + Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location. + + to draw. + + structure that represents the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified shape and size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for . + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws a portion of an image at a specified location. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + Width of the drawn image. + Height of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified image, using its original physical size, at the location specified by a coordinate pair. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws a portion of an image at a specified location. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + structure that specifies the portion of the to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + Width of the drawn image. + Height of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location. + + to draw. + + that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image. The X and Y properties of the rectangle specify the upper-left corner. The Width and Height properties are ignored. + + is . + + + Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + Not used. + Not used. + + is . + + + Draws the specified image using its original physical size at the location specified by a coordinate pair. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified image without scaling and clips it, if necessary, to fit in the specified rectangle. + The to draw. + The in which to draw the image. + + is . + + + Draws a line connecting two structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line. + + structure that represents the first point to connect. + + structure that represents the second point to connect. + + is . + + + Draws a line connecting two structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line. + + structure that represents the first point to connect. + + structure that represents the second point to connect. + + is . + + + Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line. + The x-coordinate of the first point. + The y-coordinate of the first point. + The x-coordinate of the second point. + The y-coordinate of the second point. + + is . + + + Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line. + The x-coordinate of the first point. + The y-coordinate of the first point. + The x-coordinate of the second point. + The y-coordinate of the second point. + + is . + + + Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments. + Array of structures that represent the points to connect. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments. + Array of structures that represent the points to connect. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + Draws a . + + that determines the color, width, and style of the path. + + to draw. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape. + + is . + + + Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape. + + is . + + + Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape. + + is . + + + Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape. + + is . + + + Draws a polygon defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon. + + is . + + + Draws a polygon defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + Draws a rectangle specified by a structure. + A that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. + A structure that represents the rectangle to draw. + + is . + + + Draws the outline of the specified rectangle. + A pen that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. + The rectangle to draw. + + + Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. + Width of the rectangle to draw. + Height of the rectangle to draw. + + is . + + + Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height. + A that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. + The width of the rectangle to draw. + The height of the rectangle to draw. + + is . + + + Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles. + Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + is a zero-length array. + + + Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles. + Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + is a zero-length array. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Closes the current graphics container and restores the state of this to the state saved by a call to the method. + + that represents the container this method restores. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structures that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Updates the clip region of this to exclude the area specified by a structure. + + structure that specifies the rectangle to exclude from the clip region. + + + Updates the clip region of this to exclude the area specified by a . + + that specifies the region to exclude from the clip region. + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode and tension. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode and tension. + A that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a . + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + that represents the path to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse and two radial lines. + A brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section. + + + Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures using the specified fill mode. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. + Member of the enumeration that determines the style of the fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures using the specified fill mode. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. + Member of the enumeration that determines the style of the fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the rectangle to fill. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the rectangle to fill. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. + Width of the rectangle to fill. + Height of the rectangle to fill. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. + Width of the rectangle to fill. + Height of the rectangle to fill. + + is . + + + Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + is a zero-length array. + + + Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + is a zero-length array. + + + + + + + + + + + Fills the interior of a . + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + that represents the area to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Forces execution of all pending graphics operations and returns immediately without waiting for the operations to finish. + + + Forces execution of all pending graphics operations with the method waiting or not waiting, as specified, to return before the operations finish. + Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the method returns immediately or waits for any existing operations to finish. + + + Creates a new from the specified handle to a device context and handle to a device. + Handle to a device context. + Handle to a device. + This method returns a new for the specified device context and device. + + + Creates a new from the specified handle to a device context. + Handle to a device context. + This method returns a new for the specified device context. + + + Returns a for the specified device context. + Handle to a device context. + A for the specified device context. + + + Creates a new from the specified handle to a window. + Handle to a window. + This method returns a new for the specified window handle. + + + Creates a new for the specified windows handle. + Handle to a window. + A for the specified window handle. + + + Creates a new from the specified . + + from which to create the new . + + is . + + has an indexed pixel format or its format is undefined. + This method returns a new for the specified . + + + Gets the cumulative graphics context. + An representing the cumulative graphics context. + + + Gets the cumulative offset and clip region. + When this method returns, contains the cumulative offset. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + When this method returns, contains the cumulative clip region or if the clip region is infinite. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + + + Gets the cumulative offset. + When this method returns, contains the cumulative offset. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + + + Gets a handle to the current Windows halftone palette. + Internal pointer that specifies the handle to the palette. + + + Gets the handle to the device context associated with this . + Handle to the device context associated with this . + + + Gets the nearest color to the specified structure. + + structure for which to find a match. + A structure that represents the nearest color to the one specified with the parameter. + + + Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified structure. + + structure to intersect with the current clip region. + + + Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified structure. + + structure to intersect with the current clip region. + + + Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified . + + to intersect with the current region. + + + Indicates whether the specified structure is contained within the visible clip region of this . + + structure to test for visibility. + + if the point specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified structure is contained within the visible clip region of this . + + structure to test for visibility. + + if the point specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a structure is contained within the visible clip region of this . + + structure to test for visibility. + + if the rectangle specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a structure is contained within the visible clip region of this . + + structure to test for visibility. + + if the rectangle specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. + Width of the rectangle to test for visibility. + Height of the rectangle to test for visibility. + + if the rectangle defined by the , , , and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. + The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. + + if the point defined by the and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. + Width of the rectangle to test for visibility. + Height of the rectangle to test for visibility. + + if the rectangle defined by the , , , and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. + The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. + + if the point defined by the and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Gets an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string. + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the layout rectangle for the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string. + + + Gets an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string. + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the layout rectangle for the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + + is . + This method returns an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that represents the upper-left corner of the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + Number of characters in the string. + Number of text lines in the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size of the string, in the units specified by the property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified within the specified layout area. + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + Maximum width of the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the format of the string. + Maximum width of the string in pixels. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that represents the upper-left corner of the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + Number of characters in the string. + Number of text lines in the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size of the string, in the units specified by the property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified within the specified layout area. + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + Maximum width of the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the format of the string. + Maximum width of the string in pixels. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + is . + + is . + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the parameter as drawn with the parameter. + + + + + + + + + + + Multiplies the world transformation of this and specified the in the specified order. + 4x4 that multiplies the world transformation. + Member of the enumeration that determines the order of the multiplication. + + + Multiplies the world transformation of this and specified the . + 4x4 that multiplies the world transformation. + + + Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of this . + + + Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of this . + Handle to a device context obtained by a previous call to the method of this . + + + Releases a handle to a device context. + Handle to a device context. + + + Resets the clip region of this to an infinite region. + + + Resets the world transformation matrix of this to the identity matrix. + + + Restores the state of this to the state represented by a . + + that represents the state to which to restore this . + + + Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order. + Angle of rotation in degrees. + Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the rotation is appended or prepended to the matrix transformation. + + + Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this . + Angle of rotation in degrees. + + + Saves the current state of this and identifies the saved state with a . + This method returns a that represents the saved state of this . + + + Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order. + Scale factor in the x direction. + Scale factor in the y direction. + Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the scaling operation is prepended or appended to the transformation matrix. + + + Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this by prepending it to the object's transformation matrix. + Scale factor in the x direction. + Scale factor in the y direction. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the specified . + + to combine. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the specified . + + that represents the new clip region. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified combining operation of the current clip region and the property of the specified . + + that specifies the clip region to combine. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the property of the specified . + + from which to take the new clip region. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure. + + structure to combine. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the rectangle specified by a structure. + + structure that represents the new clip region. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure. + + structure to combine. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the rectangle specified by a structure. + + structure that represents the new clip region. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the specified . + + to combine. + Member from the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this . + Member of the enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space. + Array of structures that represents the points to transformation. + + + Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this . + Member of the enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space. + Array of structures that represent the points to transform. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Translates the clipping region of this by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions. + The x-coordinate of the translation. + The y-coordinate of the translation. + + + Translates the clipping region of this by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions. + The x-coordinate of the translation. + The y-coordinate of the translation. + + + Changes the origin of the coordinate system by applying the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order. + The x-coordinate of the translation. + The y-coordinate of the translation. + Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the translation is prepended or appended to the transformation matrix. + + + Changes the origin of the coordinate system by prepending the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this . + The x-coordinate of the translation. + The y-coordinate of the translation. + + + Gets or sets a that limits the drawing region of this . + A that limits the portion of this that is currently available for drawing. + + + Gets a structure that bounds the clipping region of this . + A structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the clipping region of this . + + + Gets a value that specifies how composited images are drawn to this . + This property specifies a member of the enumeration. The default is . + + + Gets or sets the rendering quality of composited images drawn to this . + This property specifies a member of the enumeration. The default is . + + + Gets the horizontal resolution of this . + The value, in dots per inch, for the horizontal resolution supported by this . + + + Gets the vertical resolution of this . + The value, in dots per inch, for the vertical resolution supported by this . + + + Gets or sets the interpolation mode associated with this . + One of the values. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the clipping region of this is empty. + + if the clipping region of this is empty; otherwise, . + + + Gets a value indicating whether the visible clipping region of this is empty. + + if the visible portion of the clipping region of this is empty; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the scaling between world units and page units for this . + This property specifies a value for the scaling between world units and page units for this . + + + Gets or sets the unit of measure used for page coordinates in this . + + is set to , which is not a physical unit. + One of the values other than . + + + Gets or sets a value specifying how pixels are offset during rendering of this . + This property specifies a member of the enumeration. + + + Gets or sets the rendering origin of this for dithering and for hatch brushes. + A structure that represents the dither origin for 8-bits-per-pixel and 16-bits-per-pixel dithering and is also used to set the origin for hatch brushes. + + + Gets or sets the rendering quality for this . + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets the gamma correction value for rendering text. + The gamma correction value used for rendering antialiased and ClearType text. + + + Gets or sets the rendering mode for text associated with this . + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets a copy of the geometric world transformation for this . + A copy of the that represents the geometric world transformation for this . + + + Gets or sets the world transform elements for this . + + + Gets the bounding rectangle of the visible clipping region of this . + A structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the visible clipping region of this . + + + Provides a callback method for deciding when the method should prematurely cancel execution and stop drawing an image. + Internal pointer that specifies data for the callback method. This parameter is not passed by all overloads. You can test for its absence by checking for the value . + This method returns if it decides that the method should prematurely stop execution. Otherwise it returns to indicate that the method should continue execution. + + + Provides a callback method for the method. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the type of metafile record. + Set of flags that specify attributes of the record. + Number of bytes in the record data. + Pointer to a buffer that contains the record data. + Not used. + Return if you want to continue enumerating records; otherwise, . + + + Specifies the unit of measure for the given data. + + + Specifies the unit of measure of the display device. Typically pixels for video displays, and 1/100 inch for printers. + + + Specifies the document unit (1/300 inch) as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies the inch as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies the millimeter as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a device pixel as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies the world coordinate system unit as the unit of measure. + + + Represents a Windows icon, which is a small bitmap image that is used to represent an object. Icons can be thought of as transparent bitmaps, although their size is determined by the system. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class and attempts to find a version of the icon that matches the requested size. + The from which to load the newly sized icon. + A structure that specifies the height and width of the new . + The parameter is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class and attempts to find a version of the icon that matches the requested size. + The icon to load the different size from. + The width of the new icon. + The height of the new icon. + The parameter is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class of the specified size from the specified stream. + The stream that contains the icon data. + The desired size of the icon. + The is or does not contain image data. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream and with the specified width and height. + The data stream from which to load the icon. + The width, in pixels, of the icon. + The height, in pixels, of the icon. + The parameter is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + The data stream from which to load the . + The parameter is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class of the specified size from the specified file. + The name and path to the file that contains the icon data. + The desired size of the icon. + The is or does not contain image data. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width and height from the specified file. + The name and path to the file that contains the data. + The desired width of the . + The desired height of the . + The is or does not contain image data. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file name. + The file to load the from. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from a resource in the specified assembly. + A that specifies the assembly in which to look for the resource. + The resource name to load. + An icon specified by cannot be found in the assembly that contains the specified . + + + Clones the , creating a duplicate image. + An object that can be cast to an . + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Returns an icon representation of an image that is contained in the specified file. + The path to the file that contains an image. + The does not indicate a valid file. + + -or- + + The indicates a Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path. + The representation of the image that is contained in the specified file. + + + Extracts a specified icon from the given filePath. + Path to an icon or PE (.dll, .exe) file. + Positive numbers refer to an icon index in the given file. Negative numbers refer to a specific native resource identifier in a PE (.dll, .exe) file. + + true to get the at the current system small icon size setting. false to get the at the current system large icon size setting. The default is false. + An , or null if an icon can't be found with the specified id. + + + Extracts a specified icon from the given . + Path to an icon or PE (.dll, .exe) file. + Positive numbers refer to an icon index in the given file. Negative numbers refer to a specific native resource identifier in a PE (.dll, .exe) file. + The desired size. If the specified size does not exist, an existing size will be resampled to give the requested size. + + is negative or larger than . + + could not be accessed. + + is . + An , or if an icon can't be found with the specified . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Creates a GDI+ from the specified Windows handle to an icon (). + A Windows handle to an icon. + The this method creates. + + + Saves this to the specified output . + The to save to. + + + Populates a with the data that is required to serialize the target object. + + The destination (see ) for this serialization. + + + Converts this to a GDI+ . + A that represents the converted . + + + Gets a human-readable string that describes the . + A string that describes the . + + + Gets the Windows handle for this . This is not a copy of the handle; do not free it. + The Windows handle for the icon. + + + Gets the height of this . + The height of this . + + + Gets the size of this . + A structure that specifies the width and height of this . + + + Gets the width of this . + The width of this . + + + Converts an object from one data type to another. Access this class through the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Determines whether this can convert an instance of a specified type to an , using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that specifies the type you want to convert from. + This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Determines whether this can convert an to an instance of a specified type, using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that specifies the type you want to convert to. + This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts a specified object to an . + An that provides a format context. + A that holds information about a specific culture. + The to be converted. + The conversion could not be performed. + If this method succeeds, it returns the that it created by converting the specified object. Otherwise, it throws an exception. + + + Converts an (or an object that can be cast to an ) to a specified type. + An that provides a format context. + A object that specifies formatting conventions used by a particular culture. + The object to convert. This object should be of type icon or some type that can be cast to . + The type to convert the icon to. + The conversion could not be performed. + This method returns the converted object. + + + Defines methods for obtaining and releasing an existing handle to a Windows device context. + + + Returns the handle to a Windows device context. + An representing the handle of a device context. + + + Releases the handle of a Windows device context. + + + An abstract base class that provides functionality for the and descended classes. + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. + + to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Creates an from the specified file using embedded color management information in that file. + A string that contains the name of the file from which to create the . + Set to to use color management information embedded in the image file; otherwise, . + The file does not have a valid image format. + + -or- + + GDI+ does not support the pixel format of the file. + The specified file does not exist. + + is a . + The this method creates. + + + Creates an from the specified file. + A string that contains the name of the file from which to create the . + The file does not have a valid image format. + + -or- + + GDI+ does not support the pixel format of the file. + The specified file does not exist. + + is a . + The this method creates. + + + Creates a from a handle to a GDI bitmap and a handle to a GDI palette. + The GDI bitmap handle from which to create the . + A handle to a GDI palette used to define the bitmap colors if the bitmap specified in the parameter is not a device-independent bitmap (DIB). + The this method creates. + + + Creates a from a handle to a GDI bitmap. + The GDI bitmap handle from which to create the . + The this method creates. + + + Creates an from the specified data stream, optionally using embedded color management information and validating the image data. + A that contains the data for this . + + to use color management information embedded in the data stream; otherwise, . + + to validate the image data; otherwise, . + The stream does not have a valid image format. + The stream does not have a valid image format. + The this method creates. + + + Creates an from the specified data stream, optionally using embedded color management information in that stream. + A that contains the data for this . + + to use color management information embedded in the data stream; otherwise, . + The stream does not have a valid image format + + -or- + + is . + The stream does not have a valid image format. + The this method creates. + + + Creates an from the specified data stream. + A that contains the data for this . + The stream does not have a valid image format + + -or- + + is . + The stream does not have a valid image format. + The this method creates. + + + Gets the bounds of the image in the specified unit. + One of the values indicating the unit of measure for the bounding rectangle. + The that represents the bounds of the image, in the specified unit. + + + Returns information about the parameters supported by the specified image encoder. + A GUID that specifies the image encoder. + An that contains an array of objects. Each contains information about one of the parameters supported by the specified image encoder. + + + Returns the number of frames of the specified dimension. + A that specifies the identity of the dimension type. + The number of frames in the specified dimension. + + + Returns the color depth, in number of bits per pixel, of the specified pixel format. + The member that specifies the format for which to find the size. + The color depth of the specified pixel format. + + + Gets the specified property item from this . + The ID of the property item to get. + The image format of this image does not support property items. + The this method gets. + + + Returns a thumbnail for this . + The width, in pixels, of the requested thumbnail image. + The height, in pixels, of the requested thumbnail image. + A delegate. + + Note You must create a delegate and pass a reference to the delegate as the parameter, but the delegate is not used. + Must be . + An that represents the thumbnail. + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format for this contains alpha information. + The to test. + + if contains alpha information; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format is 32 bits per pixel. + The to test. + + if is canonical; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format is 64 bits per pixel. + The enumeration to test. + + if is extended; otherwise, . + + + Removes the specified property item from this . + The ID of the property item to remove. + The image does not contain the requested property item. + + -or- + + The image format for this image does not support property items. + + + Rotates, flips, or rotates and flips the . + A member that specifies the type of rotation and flip to apply to the image. + + + Saves this image to the specified stream, with the specified encoder and image encoder parameters. + The where the image will be saved. + The for this . + An that specifies parameters used by the image encoder. + + is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + + Saves this image to the specified stream in the specified format. + The where the image will be saved. + An that specifies the format of the saved image. + + or is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + + Saves this to the specified file, with the specified encoder and image-encoder parameters. + A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this . + The for this . + An to use for this . + + or is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + -or- + + The image was saved to the same file it was created from. + + + Saves this to the specified file in the specified format. + A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this . + The for this . + + or is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + -or- + + The image was saved to the same file it was created from. + + + Saves this to the specified file or stream. + A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this . + + is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + -or- + + The image was saved to the same file it was created from. + + + Adds a frame to the file or stream specified in a previous call to the method. + An that contains the frame to add. + An that holds parameters required by the image encoder that is used by the save-add operation. + + is . + + + Adds a frame to the file or stream specified in a previous call to the method. Use this method to save selected frames from a multiple-frame image to another multiple-frame image. + An that holds parameters required by the image encoder that is used by the save-add operation. + + + Selects the frame specified by the dimension and index. + A that specifies the identity of the dimension type. + The index of the active frame. + Always returns 0. + + + Stores a property item (piece of metadata) in this . + The to be stored. + The image format of this image does not support property items. + + + Populates a with the data needed to serialize the target object. + + The destination (see ) for this serialization. + + + Gets attribute flags for the pixel data of this . + The integer representing a bitwise combination of for this . + + + Gets an array of GUIDs that represent the dimensions of frames within this . + An array of GUIDs that specify the dimensions of frames within this from most significant to least significant. + + + Gets the height, in pixels, of this . + The height, in pixels, of this . + + + Gets the horizontal resolution, in pixels per inch, of this . + The horizontal resolution, in pixels per inch, of this . + + + Gets or sets the color palette used for this . + A that represents the color palette used for this . + + + Gets the width and height of this image. + A structure that represents the width and height of this . + + + Gets the pixel format for this . + A that represents the pixel format for this . + + + Gets IDs of the property items stored in this . + An array of the property IDs, one for each property item stored in this image. + + + Gets all the property items (pieces of metadata) stored in this . + An array of objects, one for each property item stored in the image. + + + Gets the file format of this . + The that represents the file format of this . + + + Gets the width and height, in pixels, of this image. + A structure that represents the width and height, in pixels, of this image. + + + Gets or sets an object that provides additional data about the image. + The that provides additional data about the image. + + + Gets the vertical resolution, in pixels per inch, of this . + The vertical resolution, in pixels per inch, of this . + + + Gets the width, in pixels, of this . + The width, in pixels, of this . + + + Provides a callback method for determining when the method should prematurely cancel execution. + This method returns if it decides that the method should prematurely stop execution; otherwise, it returns . + + + Animates an image that has time-based frames. + + + Displays a multiple-frame image as an animation. + The object to animate. + An object that specifies the method that is called when the animation frame changes. + + + Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the specified image contains time-based frames. + The object to test. + This method returns if the specified image contains time-based frames; otherwise, . + + + Terminates a running animation. + The object to stop animating. + An object that specifies the method that is called when the animation frame changes. + + + Advances the frame in all images currently being animated. The new frame is drawn the next time the image is rendered. + + + Advances the frame in the specified image. The new frame is drawn the next time the image is rendered. This method applies only to images with time-based frames. + The object for which to update frames. + + + + is a class that can be used to convert objects from one data type to another. Access this class through the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Determines whether this can convert an instance of a specified type to an , using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that specifies the type you want to convert from. + This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Determines whether this can convert an to an instance of a specified type, using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that specifies the type you want to convert to. + This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts a specified object to an . + An that provides a format context. + A that holds information about a specific culture. + The to be converted. + The conversion cannot be completed. + If this method succeeds, it returns the that it created by converting the specified object. Otherwise, it throws an exception. + + + Converts an (or an object that can be cast to an ) to the specified type. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies formatting conventions used by a particular culture. + The to convert. + The to convert the to. + The conversion cannot be completed. + This method returns the converted object. + + + Gets the set of properties for this type. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + The value of the object to get the properties for. + An array of objects that describe the properties. + The set of properties that should be exposed for this data type. If no properties should be exposed, this can return . The default implementation always returns . + + + Indicates whether this object supports properties. By default, this is . + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + This method returns if the method should be called to find the properties of this object. + + + + is a class that can be used to convert objects from one data type to another. Access this class through the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Indicates whether this converter can convert an object in the specified source type to the native type of the converter. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + The type you want to convert from. + This method returns if this object can perform the conversion. + + + Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert an object to the specified destination type using the context. + An that specifies the context for this type conversion. + The that represents the type to which you want to convert this object. + This method returns if this object can perform the conversion. + + + Converts the specified object to an object. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies formatting conventions for a particular culture. + The object to convert. + The conversion cannot be completed. + The converted object. + + + Converts the specified object to the specified type. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies formatting conventions for a particular culture. + The object to convert. + The type to convert the object to. + The conversion cannot be completed. + + is . + The converted object. + + + Gets a collection that contains a set of standard values for the data type this validator is designed for. Returns if the data type does not support a standard set of values. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A collection that contains a standard set of valid values, or . The default implementation always returns . + + + Indicates whether this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + This method returns if the method should be called to find a common set of values the object supports. + + + Specifies the attributes of a bitmap image. The class is used by the and methods of the class. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the pixel height of the object. Also sometimes referred to as the number of scan lines. + The pixel height of the object. + + + Gets or sets the format of the pixel information in the object that returned this object. + A that specifies the format of the pixel information in the associated object. + + + Reserved. Do not use. + Reserved. Do not use. + + + Gets or sets the address of the first pixel data in the bitmap. This can also be thought of as the first scan line in the bitmap. + The address of the first pixel data in the bitmap. + + + Gets or sets the stride width (also called scan width) of the object. + The stride width, in bytes, of the object. + + + Gets or sets the pixel width of the object. This can also be thought of as the number of pixels in one scan line. + The pixel width of the object. + + + Represents a device-dependent copy of a matching a specified object's current device (display) settings. Avoids reformatting step when rendering, which can significantly improve performance. + + + Creates a device-dependent copy of for the device settings of . + The to convert. + The object to use to format the cached copy of the . + + or is . + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + + + Specifies which GDI+ objects use color adjustment information. + + + The number of types specified. + + + Color adjustment information for objects. + + + Color adjustment information for objects. + + + The number of types specified. + + + Color adjustment information that is used by all GDI+ objects that do not have their own color adjustment information. + + + Color adjustment information for objects. + + + Color adjustment information for text. + + + Specifies individual channels in the CMYK (cyan, magenta, yellow, black) color space. This enumeration is used by the methods. + + + The cyan color channel. + + + The black color channel. + + + The last selected channel should be used. + + + The magenta color channel. + + + The yellow color channel. + + + Defines a map for converting colors. Several methods of the class adjust image colors by using a color-remap table, which is an array of structures. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the new structure to which to convert. + The new structure to which to convert. + + + Gets or sets the existing structure to be converted. + The existing structure to be converted. + + + Specifies the types of color maps. + + + Specifies a color map for a . + + + A default color map. + + + Defines a 5 x 5 matrix that contains the coordinates for the RGBAW space. Several methods of the class adjust image colors by using a color matrix. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the elements in the specified matrix . + The values of the elements for the new . + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified row and column in the . + The row of the element. + The column of the element. + The element at the specified row and column. + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and 0 column of this . + The element at the 0 row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and first column of this . + The element at the 0 row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and second column of this . + The element at the 0 row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component. + The element at the 0 row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and fourth column of this . + The element at the 0 row and fourth column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and 0 (zero) column of this . + The element at the first row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and first column of this . + The element at the first row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and second column of this . + The element at the first row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component. + The element at the first row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and fourth column of this . + The element at the first row and fourth column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and 0 (zero) column of this . + The element at the second row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and first column of this . + The element at the second row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and second column of this . + The element at the second row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and third column of this . + The element at the second row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and fourth column of this . + The element at the second row and fourth column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and 0 (zero) column of this . + The element at the third row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and first column of this . + The element at the third row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and second column of this . + The element at the third row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component. + The element at the third row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and fourth column of this . + The element at the third row and fourth column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and 0 (zero) column of this . + The element at the fourth row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and first column of this . + The element at the fourth row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and second column of this . + The element at the fourth row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component. + The element at the fourth row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and fourth column of this . + The element at the fourth row and fourth column of this . + + + Specifies the types of images and colors that will be affected by the color and grayscale adjustment settings of an . + + + Only gray shades are adjusted. + + + All color values, including gray shades, are adjusted by the same color-adjustment matrix. + + + All colors are adjusted, but gray shades are not adjusted. A gray shade is any color that has the same value for its red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies two modes for color component values. + + + The integer values supplied are 32-bit values. + + + The integer values supplied are 64-bit values. + + + Defines an array of colors that make up a color palette. The colors are 32-bit ARGB colors. Not inheritable. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets an array of structures. + The array of structure that make up this . + + + Gets a value that specifies how to interpret the color information in the array of colors. + The following flag values are valid: + + 0x00000001 + The color values in the array contain alpha information. + + 0x00000002 + The colors in the array are grayscale values. + + 0x00000004 + The colors in the array are halftone values. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the methods available for use with a metafile to read and write graphic commands. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + Specifies a character string, a location, and formatting information. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See . + + + Identifies a record that marks the last EMF+ record of a metafile. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + Identifies a record that is the EMF+ header. + + + Indicates invalid data. + + + The maximum value for this enumeration. + + + The minimum value for this enumeration. + + + Marks the end of a multiple-format section. + + + Marks a multiple-format section. + + + Marks the start of a multiple-format section. + + + See methods. + + + Marks an object. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + See . + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + Used internally. + + + See methods. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + Increases or decreases the size of a logical palette based on the specified value. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + Copies the color data for a rectangle of pixels in a DIB to the specified destination rectangle. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + Specifies the nature of the records that are placed in an Enhanced Metafile (EMF) file. This enumeration is used by several constructors in the class. + + + Specifies that all the records in the metafile are EMF records, which can be displayed by GDI or GDI+. + + + Specifies that all EMF+ records in the metafile are associated with an alternate EMF record. Metafiles of type can be displayed by GDI or by GDI+. + + + Specifies that all the records in the metafile are EMF+ records, which can be displayed by GDI+ but not by GDI. + + + An object encapsulates a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies the category of an image encoder parameter. + + + An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the chrominance table parameter category. + + + An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the color depth parameter category. + + + Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the color space category. + + + An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the compression parameter category. + + + Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the image items category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the luminance table parameter category. + + + Gets an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the quality parameter category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the render method parameter category. + + + Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the save as CMYK category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the save flag parameter category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the scan method parameter category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the transformation parameter category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the version parameter category. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified globally unique identifier (GUID). The GUID specifies an image encoder parameter category. + A globally unique identifier that identifies an image encoder parameter category. + + + Gets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies an image encoder parameter category. + The GUID that identifies an image encoder parameter category. + + + Used to pass a value, or an array of values, to an image encoder. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one 8-bit value. Sets the property to or , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A byte that specifies the value stored in the object. + If , the property is set to ; otherwise, the property is set to . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one unsigned 8-bit integer. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An 8-bit unsigned integer that specifies the value stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of bytes. Sets the property to or , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of bytes that specifies the values stored in the object. + If , the property is set to ; otherwise, the property is set to . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of unsigned 8-bit integers. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 8-bit unsigned integers that specifies the values stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one, 16-bit integer. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 16-bit integer that specifies the value stored in the object. Must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of 16-bit integers. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 16-bit integers that specifies the values stored in the object. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object, number of values, data type of the values, and a pointer to the values stored in the object. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An integer that specifies the number of values stored in the object. The property is set to this value. + A member of the enumeration that specifies the data type of the values stored in the object. The and properties are set to this value. + A pointer to an array of values of the type specified by the parameter. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and four, 32-bit integers. The four integers represent a range of fractions. The first two integers represent the smallest fraction in the range, and the remaining two integers represent the largest fraction in the range. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative. + A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative. + A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative. + A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of the largest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and three integers that specify the number of values, the data type of the values, and a pointer to the values stored in the object. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An integer that specifies the number of values stored in the object. The property is set to this value. + A member of the enumeration that specifies the data type of the values stored in the object. The and properties are set to this value. + A pointer to an array of values of the type specified by the parameter. + Type is not a valid . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a pair of 32-bit integers. The pair of integers represents a fraction, the first integer being the numerator, and the second integer being the denominator. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of a fraction. Must be nonnegative. + A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of a fraction. Must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and four arrays of 32-bit integers. The four arrays represent an array rational ranges. A rational range is the set of all fractions from a minimum fractional value through a maximum fractional value. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the other three arrays. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the minimum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the minimum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the maximum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the maximum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and two arrays of 32-bit integers. The two arrays represent an array of fractions. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the fractions. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the fractions. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. A denominator of a given index is paired with the numerator of the same index. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a pair of 64-bit integers. The pair of integers represents a range of integers, the first integer being the smallest number in the range, and the second integer being the largest number in the range. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 64-bit integer that represents the smallest number in a range of integers. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object. + A 64-bit integer that represents the largest number in a range of integers. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one 64-bit integer. Sets the property to (32 bits), and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 64-bit integer that specifies the value stored in the object. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and two arrays of 64-bit integers. The two arrays represent an array integer ranges. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the minimum values for the integer ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object. + An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the maximum values for the integer ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object. A maximum value of a given index is paired with the minimum value of the same index. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of 64-bit integers. Sets the property to (32-bit), and sets the property to the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the values stored in the object. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a character string. The string is converted to a null-terminated ASCII string before it is stored in the object. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the length of the ASCII string including the NULL terminator. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A that specifies the value stored in the object. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Allows an object to attempt to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before the object is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Gets or sets the object associated with this object. The object encapsulates the globally unique identifier (GUID) that specifies the category (for example , , or ) of the parameter stored in this object. + An object that encapsulates the GUID that specifies the category of the parameter stored in this object. + + + Gets the number of elements in the array of values stored in this object. + An integer that indicates the number of elements in the array of values stored in this object. + + + Gets the data type of the values stored in this object. + A member of the enumeration that indicates the data type of the values stored in this object. + + + Gets the data type of the values stored in this object. + A member of the enumeration that indicates the data type of the values stored in this object. + + + Encapsulates an array of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class that can contain one object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class that can contain the specified number of objects. + An integer that specifies the number of objects that the object can contain. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Gets or sets an array of objects. + The array of objects. + + + Specifies the data type of the used with the or method of an image. + + + An 8-bit ASCII value. This field specifies that the array of values is a null-terminated ASCII character string. + + + An 8-bit unsigned integer. + + + A 32-bit unsigned integer. + + + Two long values that specify a range of integer values. The first value specifies the lower end, and the second value specifies the higher end. All values are inclusive at both ends. + + + A pointer to a block of custom metadata. + + + A pair of 32-bit unsigned integers. Each pair represents a fraction, the first integer being the numerator and the second integer being the denominator. + + + + A set of four 32-bit unsigned integers. The first two integers represent one fraction, and the second two integers represent a second fraction. + The two fractions represent a range of rational numbers. The first fraction is the smallest rational number in the range, and the second fraction is the largest rational number in the range. The values are inclusive at both ends. + + + + A 16-bit, unsigned integer. + + + A byte that has no data type defined. The variable can take any value depending on field definition. + + + Used to specify the parameter value passed to a JPEG or TIFF image encoder when using the or methods. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Specifies the CCITT3 compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category. + + + Specifies the CCITT4 compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category. + + + Specifies the LZW compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the Compression category. + + + Specifies no compression. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category. + + + Specifies the RLE compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category. + + + Specifies that a multiple-frame file or stream should be closed. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category. + + + Specifies that a frame is to be added to the page dimension of an image. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Specifies the last frame in a multiple-frame image. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category. + + + Specifies that the image has more than one frame (page). Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Specifies that the image is to be flipped horizontally (about the vertical axis). Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Specifies that the image is to be flipped vertically (about the horizontal axis). Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Specifies that the image is to be rotated 180 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Specifies that the image is to be rotated clockwise 270 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Specifies that the image is to be rotated clockwise 90 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Provides properties that get the frame dimensions of an image. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified structure. + A structure that contains a GUID for this object. + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the specified object is a equivalent to this object. + The object to test. + + if is a equivalent to this object; otherwise, . + + + Returns a hash code for this object. + The hash code of this object. + + + Converts this object to a human-readable string. + A string that represents this object. + + + Gets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that represents this object. + A structure that contains a GUID that represents this object. + + + Gets the page dimension. + The page dimension. + + + Gets the resolution dimension. + The resolution dimension. + + + Gets the time dimension. + The time dimension. + + + Contains information about how bitmap and metafile colors are manipulated during rendering. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Clears the brush color-remap table of this object. + + + Clears the color key (transparency range) for the default category. + + + Clears the color key (transparency range) for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color key is cleared. + + + Clears the color-adjustment matrix for the default category. + + + Clears the color-adjustment matrix for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment matrix is cleared. + + + Disables gamma correction for the default category. + + + Disables gamma correction for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which gamma correction is disabled. + + + Clears the setting for the default category. + + + Clears the setting for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the setting is cleared. + + + Clears the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel setting for the default category. + + + Clears the (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel setting for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel setting is cleared. + + + Clears the output channel color profile setting for the default category. + + + Clears the output channel color profile setting for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel profile setting is cleared. + + + Clears the color-remap table for the default category. + + + Clears the color-remap table for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the remap table is cleared. + + + Clears the threshold value for the default category. + + + Clears the threshold value for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the threshold is cleared. + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The object this class creates, cast as an object. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Adjusts the colors in a palette according to the adjustment settings of a specified category. + A that on input contains the palette to be adjusted, and on output contains the adjusted palette. + An element of that specifies the category whose adjustment settings will be applied to the palette. + + + Sets the color-remap table for the brush category. + An array of objects. + + + + + + + + + Sets the color key (transparency range) for a specified category. + The low color-key value. + The high color-key value. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color key is set. + + + Sets the color key for the default category. + The low color-key value. + The high color-key value. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for a specified category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + The grayscale-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices are set. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for the default category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + The grayscale-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for the default category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + The grayscale-adjustment matrix. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix for a specified category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment matrix is set. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix for the default category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment matrix. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix for the default category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + + + Sets the gamma value for a specified category. + The gamma correction value. + An element of the enumeration that specifies the category for which the gamma value is set. + + + Sets the gamma value for the default category. + The gamma correction value. + + + Turns off color adjustment for the default category. You can call the method to reinstate the color-adjustment settings that were in place before the call to the method. + + + Turns off color adjustment for a specified category. You can call the method to reinstate the color-adjustment settings that were in place before the call to the method. + An element of that specifies the category for which color correction is turned off. + + + Sets the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the output channel. + An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel is set. + + + Sets the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel for the default category. + An element of that specifies the output channel. + + + Sets the output channel color-profile file for a specified category. + The path name of a color-profile file. If the color-profile file is in the %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\Color directory, this parameter can be the file name. Otherwise, this parameter must be the fully qualified path name. + An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel color-profile file is set. + + + Sets the output channel color-profile file for the default category. + The path name of a color-profile file. If the color-profile file is in the %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\Color directory, this parameter can be the file name. Otherwise, this parameter must be the fully qualified path name. + + + + + + + + + + + Sets the color-remap table for a specified category. + An array of color pairs of type . Each color pair contains an existing color (the first value) and the color that it will be mapped to (the second value). + An element of that specifies the category for which the color-remap table is set. + + + Sets the color-remap table for the default category. + An array of color pairs of type . Each color pair contains an existing color (the first value) and the color that it will be mapped to (the second value). + + + + + + + + + Sets the threshold (transparency range) for a specified category. + A threshold value from 0.0 to 1.0 that is used as a breakpoint to sort colors that will be mapped to either a maximum or a minimum value. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color threshold is set. + + + Sets the threshold (transparency range) for the default category. + A real number that specifies the threshold value. + + + Sets the wrap mode and color used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling. + An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area. + A color object that specifies the color of pixels outside of a rendered image. This color is visible if the mode parameter is set to and the source rectangle passed to is larger than the image itself. + This parameter has no effect. Set it to . + + + Sets the wrap mode and color used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling. + An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area. + An object that specifies the color of pixels outside of a rendered image. This color is visible if the mode parameter is set to and the source rectangle passed to is larger than the image itself. + + + Sets the wrap mode that is used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling. + An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area. + + + Provides attributes of an image encoder/decoder (codec). + + + The decoder has blocking behavior during the decoding process. + + + The codec is built into GDI+. + + + The codec supports decoding (reading). + + + The codec supports encoding (saving). + + + The encoder requires a seekable output stream. + + + The codec supports raster images (bitmaps). + + + The codec supports vector images (metafiles). + + + Not used. + + + Not used. + + + The class provides the necessary storage members and methods to retrieve all pertinent information about the installed image encoders and decoders (called codecs). Not inheritable. + + + Returns an array of objects that contain information about the image decoders built into GDI+. + An array of objects. Each object in the array contains information about one of the built-in image decoders. + + + Returns an array of objects that contain information about the image encoders built into GDI+. + An array of objects. Each object in the array contains information about one of the built-in image encoders. + + + Gets or sets a structure that contains a GUID that identifies a specific codec. + A structure that contains a GUID that identifies a specific codec. + + + Gets or sets a string that contains the name of the codec. + A string that contains the name of the codec. + + + Gets or sets string that contains the path name of the DLL that holds the codec. If the codec is not in a DLL, this pointer is . + A string that contains the path name of the DLL that holds the codec. + + + Gets or sets string that contains the file name extension(s) used in the codec. The extensions are separated by semicolons. + A string that contains the file name extension(s) used in the codec. + + + Gets or sets 32-bit value used to store additional information about the codec. This property returns a combination of flags from the enumeration. + A 32-bit value used to store additional information about the codec. + + + Gets or sets a string that describes the codec's file format. + A string that describes the codec's file format. + + + Gets or sets a structure that contains a GUID that identifies the codec's format. + A structure that contains a GUID that identifies the codec's format. + + + Gets or sets a string that contains the codec's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type. + A string that contains the codec's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type. + + + Gets or sets a two dimensional array of bytes that can be used as a filter. + A two dimensional array of bytes that can be used as a filter. + + + Gets or sets a two dimensional array of bytes that represents the signature of the codec. + A two dimensional array of bytes that represents the signature of the codec. + + + Gets or sets the version number of the codec. + The version number of the codec. + + + Specifies the attributes of the pixel data contained in an object. The property returns a member of this enumeration. + + + The pixel data can be cached for faster access. + + + The pixel data uses a CMYK color space. + + + The pixel data is grayscale. + + + The pixel data uses an RGB color space. + + + Specifies that the image is stored using a YCBCR color space. + + + Specifies that the image is stored using a YCCK color space. + + + The pixel data contains alpha information. + + + Specifies that dots per inch information is stored in the image. + + + Specifies that the pixel size is stored in the image. + + + Specifies that the pixel data has alpha values other than 0 (transparent) and 255 (opaque). + + + There is no format information. + + + The pixel data is partially scalable, but there are some limitations. + + + The pixel data is read-only. + + + The pixel data is scalable. + + + Specifies the file format of the image. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class by using the specified structure. + The structure that specifies a particular image format. + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the specified object is an object that is equivalent to this object. + The object to test. + + if is an object that is equivalent to this object; otherwise, . + + + Returns a hash code value that represents this object. + A hash code that represents this object. + + + Converts this object to a human-readable string. + A string that represents this object. + + + Gets the bitmap (BMP) image format. + An object that indicates the bitmap image format. + + + Gets the enhanced metafile (EMF) image format. + An object that indicates the enhanced metafile image format. + + + Gets the Exchangeable Image File (Exif) format. + An object that indicates the Exif format. + + + Gets the Graphics Interchange Format (GIF) image format. + An object that indicates the GIF image format. + + + Gets a structure that represents this object. + A structure that represents this object. + + + Specifies the High Efficiency Image Format (HEIF). + + + Gets the Windows icon image format. + An object that indicates the Windows icon image format. + + + Gets the Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) image format. + An object that indicates the JPEG image format. + + + Gets the format of a bitmap in memory. + An object that indicates the format of a bitmap in memory. + + + Gets the W3C Portable Network Graphics (PNG) image format. + An object that indicates the PNG image format. + + + Gets the Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) image format. + An object that indicates the TIFF image format. + + + Specifies the WebP image format. + + + Gets the Windows metafile (WMF) image format. + An object that indicates the Windows metafile image format. + + + Specifies flags that are passed to the flags parameter of the method. The method locks a portion of an image so that you can read or write the pixel data. + + + Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for reading. + + + Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for reading or writing. + + + Specifies that the buffer used for reading or writing pixel data is allocated by the user. If this flag is set, the parameter of the method serves as an input parameter (and possibly as an output parameter). If this flag is cleared, then the parameter serves only as an output parameter. + + + Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for writing. + + + Defines a graphic metafile. A metafile contains records that describe a sequence of graphics operations that can be recorded (constructed) and played back (displayed). This class is not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle. + A handle to an enhanced metafile. + + to delete the enhanced metafile handle when the is deleted; otherwise, . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle to a device context and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be supplied to name the file. + The handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + A descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle to a device context and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + The handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle and a . Also, the parameter can be used to delete the handle when the metafile is deleted. + A windows handle to a . + A . + + to delete the handle to the new when the is deleted; otherwise, . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle and a . + A windows handle to a . + A . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be provided to name the file. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be provided to name the file. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . Also, a string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + The from which to create the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can be added, as well. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can also be added. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. A descriptive string can also be added. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can also be added. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. A descriptive string can also be added. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file name. + A that represents the file name from which to create the new . + + + Returns a Windows handle to an enhanced . + A Windows handle to this enhanced . + + + Returns the associated with this . + The associated with this . + + + Returns the associated with the specified . + The handle to the for which to return a header. + A . + The associated with the specified . + + + Returns the associated with the specified . + The handle to the enhanced for which a header is returned. + The associated with the specified . + + + Returns the associated with the specified . + A containing the for which a header is retrieved. + The associated with the specified . + + + Returns the associated with the specified . + A containing the name of the for which a header is retrieved. + The associated with the specified . + + + Plays an individual metafile record. + Element of the that specifies the type of metafile record being played. + A set of flags that specify attributes of the record. + The number of bytes in the record data. + An array of bytes that contains the record data. + + + Specifies the unit of measurement for the rectangle used to size and position a metafile. This is specified during the creation of the object. + + + The unit of measurement is 1/300 of an inch. + + + The unit of measurement is 0.01 millimeter. Provided for compatibility with GDI. + + + The unit of measurement is 1 inch. + + + The unit of measurement is 1 millimeter. + + + The unit of measurement is 1 pixel. + + + The unit of measurement is 1 printer's point. + + + Contains attributes of an associated . Not inheritable. + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is device dependent. + + if the associated is device dependent; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format. + + if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format or the Windows enhanced metafile plus format. + + if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format or the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile plus format. + + if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Dual enhanced metafile format. This format supports both the enhanced and the enhanced plus format. + + if the associated is in the Dual enhanced metafile format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated supports only the Windows enhanced metafile plus format. + + if the associated supports only the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows metafile format. + + if the associated is in the Windows metafile format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows placeable metafile format. + + if the associated is in the Windows placeable metafile format; otherwise, . + + + Gets a that bounds the associated . + A that bounds the associated . + + + Gets the horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + The horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + + + Gets the vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + + + Gets the size, in bytes, of the enhanced metafile plus header file. + The size, in bytes, of the enhanced metafile plus header file. + + + Gets the logical horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + The logical horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + + + Gets the logical vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + The logical vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + + + Gets the size, in bytes, of the associated . + The size, in bytes, of the associated . + + + Gets the type of the associated . + A enumeration that represents the type of the associated . + + + Gets the version number of the associated . + The version number of the associated . + + + Gets the Windows metafile (WMF) header file for the associated . + A that contains the WMF header file for the associated . + + + Specifies types of metafiles. The property returns a member of this enumeration. + + + Specifies an Enhanced Metafile (EMF) file. Such a file contains only GDI records. + + + Specifies an EMF+ Dual file. Such a file contains GDI+ records along with alternative GDI records and can be displayed by using either GDI or GDI+. Displaying the records using GDI may cause some quality degradation. + + + Specifies an EMF+ file. Such a file contains only GDI+ records and must be displayed by using GDI+. Displaying the records using GDI may cause unpredictable results. + + + Specifies a metafile format that is not recognized in GDI+. + + + Specifies a WMF (Windows Metafile) file. Such a file contains only GDI records. + + + Specifies a WMF (Windows Metafile) file that has a placeable metafile header in front of it. + + + Contains information about a windows-format (WMF) metafile. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the header file. + The size, in bytes, of the header file. + + + Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the largest record in the associated object. + The size, in bytes, of the largest record in the associated object. + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of objects that exist in the object at the same time. + The maximum number of objects that exist in the object at the same time. + + + Not used. Always returns 0. + Always 0. + + + Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the associated object. + The size, in bytes, of the associated object. + + + Gets or sets the type of the associated object. + The type of the associated object. + + + Gets or sets the version number of the header format. + The version number of the header format. + + + Specifies the type of color data in the system palette. The data can be color data with alpha, grayscale data only, or halftone data. + + + Grayscale data. + + + Halftone data. + + + Alpha data. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the format of the color data for each pixel in the image. + + + The pixel data contains alpha values that are not premultiplied. + + + The default pixel format of 32 bits per pixel. The format specifies 24-bit color depth and an 8-bit alpha channel. + + + No pixel format is specified. + + + Reserved. + + + The pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 32,768 shades of color, of which 5 bits are red, 5 bits are green, 5 bits are blue, and 1 bit is alpha. + + + The pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 65536 shades of gray. + + + Specifies that the format is 16 bits per pixel; 5 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. The remaining bit is not used. + + + Specifies that the format is 16 bits per pixel; 5 bits are used for the red component, 6 bits are used for the green component, and 5 bits are used for the blue component. + + + Specifies that the pixel format is 1 bit per pixel and that it uses indexed color. The color table therefore has two colors in it. + + + Specifies that the format is 24 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. The red, green, and blue components are premultiplied, according to the alpha component. + + + Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. The remaining 8 bits are not used. + + + Specifies that the format is 48 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies that the format is 4 bits per pixel, indexed. + + + Specifies that the format is 64 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies that the format is 64 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. The red, green, and blue components are premultiplied according to the alpha component. + + + Specifies that the format is 8 bits per pixel, indexed. The color table therefore has 256 colors in it. + + + The pixel data contains GDI colors. + + + The pixel data contains color-indexed values, which means the values are an index to colors in the system color table, as opposed to individual color values. + + + The maximum value for this enumeration. + + + The pixel format contains premultiplied alpha values. + + + The pixel format is undefined. + + + This delegate is not used. For an example of enumerating the records of a metafile, see . + Not used. + Not used. + Not used. + Not used. + + + Encapsulates a metadata property to be included in an image file. Not inheritable. + + + Gets or sets the ID of the property. + The integer that represents the ID of the property. + + + Gets or sets the length (in bytes) of the property. + An integer that represents the length (in bytes) of the byte array. + + + Gets or sets an integer that defines the type of data contained in the property. + An integer that defines the type of data contained in . + + + Gets or sets the value of the property item. + A byte array that represents the value of the property item. + + + Defines a placeable metafile. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + The y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + + + Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + + + Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + The x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + + + Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + + + Gets or sets the checksum value for the previous ten s in the header. + The checksum value for the previous ten s in the header. + + + Gets or sets the handle of the metafile in memory. + The handle of the metafile in memory. + + + Gets or sets the number of twips per inch. + The number of twips per inch. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the presence of a placeable metafile header. + A value indicating presence of a placeable metafile header. + + + Reserved. Do not use. + Reserved. Do not use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Defines an object used to draw lines and curves. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and . + A that determines the characteristics of this . + The width of the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified . + A that determines the fill properties of this . + + is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and properties. + A structure that indicates the color of this . + A value indicating the width of this . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified color. + A structure that indicates the color of this . + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + An that can be cast to a . + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Multiplies the transformation matrix for this by the specified in the specified order. + The by which to multiply the transformation matrix. + The order in which to perform the multiplication operation. + + + Multiplies the transformation matrix for this by the specified . + The object by which to multiply the transformation matrix. + + + Resets the geometric transformation matrix for this to identity. + + + Rotates the local geometric transformation by the specified angle in the specified order. + The angle of rotation. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix. + + + Rotates the local geometric transformation by the specified angle. This method prepends the rotation to the transformation. + The angle of rotation. + + + Scales the local geometric transformation by the specified factors in the specified order. + The factor by which to scale the transformation in the x-axis direction. + The factor by which to scale the transformation in the y-axis direction. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix. + + + Scales the local geometric transformation by the specified factors. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transformation. + The factor by which to scale the transformation in the x-axis direction. + The factor by which to scale the transformation in the y-axis direction. + + + Sets the values that determine the style of cap used to end lines drawn by this . + A that represents the cap style to use at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + A that represents the cap style to use at the end of lines drawn with this . + A that represents the cap style to use at the beginning or end of dashed lines drawn with this . + + + Translates the local geometric transformation by the specified dimensions in the specified order. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation. + + + Translates the local geometric transformation by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transformation. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + + + Gets or sets the alignment for this . + The specified value is not a member of . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the alignment for this . + + + Gets or sets the that determines attributes of this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that determines attributes of this . + + + Gets or sets the color of this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A structure that represents the color of this . + + + Gets or sets an array of values that specifies a compound pen. A compound pen draws a compound line made up of parallel lines and spaces. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + An array of real numbers that specifies the compound array. The elements in the array must be in increasing order, not less than 0, and not greater than 1. + + + Gets or sets a custom cap to use at the end of lines drawn with this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the cap used at the end of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets a custom cap to use at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the cap used at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the cap style used at the end of the dashes that make up dashed lines drawn with this . + The specified value is not a member of . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + One of the values that represents the cap style used at the beginning and end of the dashes that make up dashed lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + The distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern. + + + Gets or sets an array of custom dashes and spaces. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + An array of real numbers that specifies the lengths of alternating dashes and spaces in dashed lines. + + + Gets or sets the style used for dashed lines drawn with this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the style used for dashed lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the cap style used at the end of lines drawn with this . + The specified value is not a member of . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + One of the values that represents the cap style used at the end of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the join style for the ends of two consecutive lines drawn with this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the join style for the ends of two consecutive lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the limit of the thickness of the join on a mitered corner. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + The limit of the thickness of the join on a mitered corner. + + + Gets the style of lines drawn with this . + A enumeration that specifies the style of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the cap style used at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + The specified value is not a member of . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + One of the values that represents the cap style used at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets a copy of the geometric transformation for this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A copy of the that represents the geometric transformation for this . + + + Gets or sets the width of this , in units of the object used for drawing. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + The width of this . + + + Pens for all the standard colors. This class cannot be inherited. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Specifies the printer's duplex setting. + + + The printer's default duplex setting. + + + Double-sided, horizontal printing. + + + Single-sided printing. + + + Double-sided, vertical printing. + + + Represents the exception that is thrown when you try to access a printer using printer settings that are not valid. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + A that specifies the settings for a printer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with serialized data. + The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + is . + The class name is or is 0. + + + Overridden. Sets the with information about the exception. + The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + is . + + + Specifies the dimensions of the margins of a printed page. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with 1-inch wide margins. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified left, right, top, and bottom margins. + The left margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The right margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The top margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The parameter value is less than 0. + + -or- + + The parameter value is less than 0. + + -or- + + The parameter value is less than 0. + + -or- + + The parameter value is less than 0. + + + Retrieves a duplicate of this object, member by member. + A duplicate of this object. + + + Compares this to the specified to determine whether they have the same dimensions. + The object to which to compare this . + + if the specified object is a and has the same , , and values as this ; otherwise, . + + + Calculates and retrieves a hash code based on the width of the left, right, top, and bottom margins. + A hash code based on the left, right, top, and bottom margins. + + + Compares two to determine if they have the same dimensions. + The first to compare for equality. + The second to compare for equality. + + to indicate the , , , and properties of both margins have the same value; otherwise, . + + + Compares two to determine whether they are of unequal width. + The first to compare for inequality. + The second to compare for inequality. + + to indicate if the , , , or properties of both margins are not equal; otherwise, . + + + Converts the to a string. + A representation of the . + + + Gets or sets the bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is set to a value that is less than 0. + The bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets or sets the left margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is set to a value that is less than 0. + The left margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets or sets the right margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is set to a value that is less than 0. + The right margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets or sets the top margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is set to a value that is less than 0. + The top margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Provides a for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object of the specified source type to the native type of the converter using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type from which you want to convert. + + if an object can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context. + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type to which you want to convert. + + if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts the specified object to the converter's native type. + An that provides a format context. + A that provides the language to convert to. + The to convert. + + does not contain values for all four margins. For example, "100,100,100,100" specifies 1 inch for the left, right, top, and bottom margins. + The conversion cannot be performed. + An that represents the converted value. + + + Converts the given value object to the specified destination type using the specified context and arguments. + An that provides a format context. + A that provides the language to convert to. + The to convert. + The to which to convert the value. + + is . + The conversion cannot be performed. + An that represents the converted value. + + + Creates an given a set of property values for the object. + An that provides a format context. + An of new property values. + + is . + An representing the specified , or if the object cannot be created. + + + Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to the method to create a new value, using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + + if changing a property on this object requires a call to to create a new value; otherwise, . This method always returns . + + + Specifies settings that apply to a single, printed page. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the default printer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using a specified printer. + The that describes the printer to use. + + + Creates a copy of this . + A copy of this object. + + + Copies the relevant information from the to the specified structure. + The handle to a Win32 structure. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + + + Copies relevant information to the from the specified structure. + The handle to a Win32 structure. + The printer handle is not valid. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + + + Converts the to string form. + A string showing the various property settings for the . + + + Gets the size of the page, taking into account the page orientation specified by the property. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + A that represents the length and width, in hundredths of an inch, of the page. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page should be printed in color. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + + if the page should be printed in color; otherwise, . The default is determined by the printer. + + + Gets the x-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the left of the page. + The x-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the left-hand hard margin. + + + Gets the y-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the top of the page. + The y-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the top of the page. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page is printed in landscape or portrait orientation. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + + if the page should be printed in landscape orientation; otherwise, . The default is determined by the printer. + + + Gets or sets the margins for this page. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + A that represents the margins, in hundredths of an inch, for the page. The default is 1-inch margins on all sides. + + + Gets or sets the paper size for the page. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + A that represents the size of the paper. The default is the printer's default paper size. + + + Gets or sets the page's paper source; for example, the printer's upper tray. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + A that specifies the source of the paper. The default is the printer's default paper source. + + + Gets the bounds of the printable area of the page for the printer. + A representing the length and width, in hundredths of an inch, of the area the printer is capable of printing in. + + + Gets or sets the printer resolution for the page. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + A that specifies the printer resolution for the page. The default is the printer's default resolution. + + + Gets or sets the printer settings associated with the page. + A that represents the printer settings associated with the page. + + + Specifies the standard paper sizes. + + + A2 paper (420 mm by 594 mm). + + + A3 paper (297 mm by 420 mm). + + + A3 extra paper (322 mm by 445 mm). + + + A3 extra transverse paper (322 mm by 445 mm). + + + A3 rotated paper (420 mm by 297 mm). + + + A3 transverse paper (297 mm by 420 mm). + + + A4 paper (210 mm by 297 mm). + + + A4 extra paper (236 mm by 322 mm). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers to help save paper. + + + A4 plus paper (210 mm by 330 mm). + + + A4 rotated paper (297 mm by 210 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + A4 small paper (210 mm by 297 mm). + + + A4 transverse paper (210 mm by 297 mm). + + + A5 paper (148 mm by 210 mm). + + + A5 extra paper (174 mm by 235 mm). + + + A5 rotated paper (210 mm by 148 mm). + + + A5 transverse paper (148 mm by 210 mm). + + + A6 paper (105 mm by 148 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + A6 rotated paper (148 mm by 105 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + SuperA/SuperA/A4 paper (227 mm by 356 mm). + + + B4 paper (250 mm by 353 mm). + + + B4 envelope (250 mm by 353 mm). + + + JIS B4 rotated paper (364 mm by 257 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + B5 paper (176 mm by 250 mm). + + + B5 envelope (176 mm by 250 mm). + + + ISO B5 extra paper (201 mm by 276 mm). + + + JIS B5 rotated paper (257 mm by 182 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + JIS B5 transverse paper (182 mm by 257 mm). + + + B6 envelope (176 mm by 125 mm). + + + JIS B6 paper (128 mm by 182 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + JIS B6 rotated paper (182 mm by 128 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + SuperB/SuperB/A3 paper (305 mm by 487 mm). + + + C3 envelope (324 mm by 458 mm). + + + C4 envelope (229 mm by 324 mm). + + + C5 envelope (162 mm by 229 mm). + + + C65 envelope (114 mm by 229 mm). + + + C6 envelope (114 mm by 162 mm). + + + C paper (17 in. by 22 in.). + + + The paper size is defined by the user. + + + DL envelope (110 mm by 220 mm). + + + D paper (22 in. by 34 in.). + + + E paper (34 in. by 44 in.). + + + Executive paper (7.25 in. by 10.5 in.). + + + Folio paper (8.5 in. by 13 in.). + + + German legal fanfold (8.5 in. by 13 in.). + + + German standard fanfold (8.5 in. by 12 in.). + + + Invitation envelope (220 mm by 220 mm). + + + ISO B4 (250 mm by 353 mm). + + + Italy envelope (110 mm by 230 mm). + + + Japanese double postcard (200 mm by 148 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated double postcard (148 mm by 200 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese Chou #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated Chou #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese Chou #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated Chou #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese Kaku #2 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated Kaku #2 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese Kaku #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated Kaku #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese You #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese You #4 rotated envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese postcard (100 mm by 148 mm). + + + Japanese rotated postcard (148 mm by 100 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Ledger paper (17 in. by 11 in.). + + + Legal paper (8.5 in. by 14 in.). + + + Legal extra paper (9.275 in. by 15 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper. + + + Letter paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.). + + + Letter extra paper (9.275 in. by 12 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper. + + + Letter extra transverse paper (9.275 in. by 12 in.). + + + Letter plus paper (8.5 in. by 12.69 in.). + + + Letter rotated paper (11 in. by 8.5 in.). + + + Letter small paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.). + + + Letter transverse paper (8.275 in. by 11 in.). + + + Monarch envelope (3.875 in. by 7.5 in.). + + + Note paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.). + + + #10 envelope (4.125 in. by 9.5 in.). + + + #11 envelope (4.5 in. by 10.375 in.). + + + #12 envelope (4.75 in. by 11 in.). + + + #14 envelope (5 in. by 11.5 in.). + + + #9 envelope (3.875 in. by 8.875 in.). + + + 6 3/4 envelope (3.625 in. by 6.5 in.). + + + 16K paper (146 mm by 215 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 16K rotated paper (146 mm by 215 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 32K paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 32K big paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 32K big rotated paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 32K rotated paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #1 envelope (102 mm by 165 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #10 envelope (324 mm by 458 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #10 rotated envelope (458 mm by 324 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #1 rotated envelope (165 mm by 102 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #2 envelope (102 mm by 176 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #2 rotated envelope (176 mm by 102 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #3 envelope (125 mm by 176 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #3 rotated envelope (176 mm by 125 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #4 envelope (110 mm by 208 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #4 rotated envelope (208 mm by 110 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #5 envelope (110 mm by 220 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Envelope #5 rotated envelope (220 mm by 110 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #6 envelope (120 mm by 230 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #6 rotated envelope (230 mm by 120 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #7 envelope (160 mm by 230 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #7 rotated envelope (230 mm by 160 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #8 envelope (120 mm by 309 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #8 rotated envelope (309 mm by 120 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #9 envelope (229 mm by 324 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #9 rotated envelope (324 mm by 229 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Quarto paper (215 mm by 275 mm). + + + Standard paper (10 in. by 11 in.). + + + Standard paper (10 in. by 14 in.). + + + Standard paper (11 in. by 17 in.). + + + Standard paper (12 in. by 11 in.). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Standard paper (15 in. by 11 in.). + + + Standard paper (9 in. by 11 in.). + + + Statement paper (5.5 in. by 8.5 in.). + + + Tabloid paper (11 in. by 17 in.). + + + Tabloid extra paper (11.69 in. by 18 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper. + + + US standard fanfold (14.875 in. by 11 in.). + + + Specifies the size of a piece of paper. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The name of the paper. + The width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + The height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Provides information about the in string form. + A string. + + + Gets or sets the height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is not set to . + The height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets the type of paper. + The property is not set to . + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets the name of the type of paper. + The property is not set to . + The name of the type of paper. + + + Gets or sets an integer representing one of the values or a custom value. + An integer representing one of the values, or a custom value. + + + Gets or sets the width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is not set to . + The width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Specifies the paper tray from which the printer gets paper. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Provides information about the in string form. + A string. + + + Gets the paper source. + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets the integer representing one of the values or a custom value. + The integer value representing one of the values or a custom value. + + + Gets or sets the name of the paper source. + The name of the paper source. + + + Standard paper sources. + + + Automatically fed paper. + + + A paper cassette. + + + A printer-specific paper source. + + + An envelope. + + + The printer's default input bin. + + + The printer's large-capacity bin. + + + Large-format paper. + + + The lower bin of a printer. + + + Manually fed paper. + + + Manually fed envelope. + + + The middle bin of a printer. + + + Small-format paper. + + + A tractor feed. + + + The upper bin of a printer (or the default bin, if the printer only has one bin). + + + Specifies print preview information for a single page. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The image of the printed page. + The size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets the image of the printed page. + An representing the printed page. + + + Gets the size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch. + A that specifies the size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Specifies a print controller that displays a document on a screen as a series of images. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Captures the pages of a document as a series of images. + An array of type that contains the pages of a as a series of images. + + + Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a page in a print document. + A that represents the document being previewed. + A that contains data about how to preview a page in the print document. + + + Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a print document. + A that represents the document being previewed. + A that contains data about how to preview the print document. + + + Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a page in a print document. + A that represents the document being previewed. + A that contains data about how to preview a page in the print document. Initially, the property of this parameter will be . The value returned from this method will be used to set this property. + A that represents a page from a . + + + Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a print document. + A that represents the document being previewed. + A that contains data about how to print the document. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + + + Gets a value indicating whether this controller is used for print preview. + + in all cases. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use anti-aliasing when displaying the print preview. + + if the print preview uses anti-aliasing; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Specifies the type of print operation occurring. + + + The print operation is printing to a file. + + + The print operation is a print preview. + + + The print operation is printing to a printer. + + + Controls how a document is printed, when printing from a Windows Forms application. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + When overridden in a derived class, completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document. + A that represents the document currently being printed. + A that contains the event data. + + + When overridden in a derived class, completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document. + A that represents the document currently being printed. + A that contains the event data. + + + When overridden in a derived class, begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document. + A that represents the document currently being printed. + A that contains the event data. + A that represents a page from a . + + + When overridden in a derived class, begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document. + A that represents the document currently being printed. + A that contains the event data. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the is used for print preview. + + in all cases. + + + Defines a reusable object that sends output to a printer, when printing from a Windows Forms application. + + + Occurs when the method is called and before the first page of the document prints. + + + Occurs when the last page of the document has printed. + + + Occurs when the output to print for the current page is needed. + + + Occurs immediately before each event. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Raises the event. It is called after the method is called and before the first page of the document prints. + A that contains the event data. + + + Raises the event. It is called when the last page of the document has printed. + A that contains the event data. + + + Raises the event. It is called before a page prints. + A that contains the event data. + + + Raises the event. It is called immediately before each event. + A that contains the event data. + + + Starts the document's printing process. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + + + Provides information about the print document, in string form. + A string. + + + Gets or sets page settings that are used as defaults for all pages to be printed. + A that specifies the default page settings for the document. + + + Gets or sets the document name to display (for example, in a print status dialog box or printer queue) while printing the document. + The document name to display while printing the document. The default is "document". + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the position of a graphics object associated with a page is located just inside the user-specified margins or at the top-left corner of the printable area of the page. + + if the graphics origin starts at the page margins; if the graphics origin is at the top-left corner of the printable page. The default is . + + + Gets or sets the print controller that guides the printing process. + The that guides the printing process. The default is a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the printer that prints the document. + A that specifies where and how the document is printed. The default is a with its properties set to their default values. + + + Represents the resolution supported by a printer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + This member overrides the method. + A that contains information about the . + + + Gets or sets the printer resolution. + The value assigned is not a member of the enumeration. + One of the values. + + + Gets the horizontal printer resolution, in dots per inch. + The horizontal printer resolution, in dots per inch, if is set to ; otherwise, a value. + + + Gets the vertical printer resolution, in dots per inch. + The vertical printer resolution, in dots per inch. + + + Specifies a printer resolution. + + + Custom resolution. + + + Draft-quality resolution. + + + High resolution. + + + Low resolution. + + + Medium resolution. + + + Specifies information about how a document is printed, including the printer that prints it, when printing from a Windows Forms application. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Creates a copy of this . + A copy of this object. + + + Returns a that contains printer information that is useful when creating a . + The printer named in the property does not exist. + A that contains information from a printer. + + + Returns a that contains printer information, optionally specifying the origin at the margins. + + to indicate the origin at the margins; otherwise, . + A that contains printer information from the . + + + Creates a associated with the specified page settings and optionally specifying the origin at the margins. + The to retrieve a object for. + + to specify the origin at the margins; otherwise, . + A that contains printer information from the . + + + Returns a that contains printer information associated with the specified . + The to retrieve a graphics object for. + A that contains printer information from the . + + + Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer settings. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + The printer's initialization information could not be retrieved. + A handle to a structure. + + + Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer and the page settings specified through the parameter. + The object that the structure's handle corresponds to. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + The printer's initialization information could not be retrieved. + A handle to a structure. + + + Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer settings. + A handle to a structure. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the printer supports printing the specified image file. + The image to print. + + if the printer supports printing the specified image; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value indicating whether the printer supports printing the specified image format. + An to print. + + if the printer supports printing the specified image format; otherwise, . + + + Copies the relevant information out of the given handle and into the . + The handle to a Win32 structure. + The printer handle is not valid. + + + Copies the relevant information out of the given handle and into the . + The handle to a Win32 structure. + The printer handle is invalid. + + + Provides information about the in string form. + A string. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the printer supports double-sided printing. + + if the printer supports double-sided printing; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the printed document is collated. + + if the printed document is collated; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Gets or sets the number of copies of the document to print. + The value of the property is less than zero. + The number of copies to print. The default is 1. + + + Gets the default page settings for this printer. + A that represents the default page settings for this printer. + + + Gets or sets the printer setting for double-sided printing. + The value of the property is not one of the values. + One of the values. The default is determined by the printer. + + + Gets or sets the page number of the first page to print. + The property's value is less than zero. + The page number of the first page to print. + + + Gets the names of all printers installed on the computer. + The available printers could not be enumerated. + A that represents the names of all printers installed on the computer. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the property designates the default printer, except when the user explicitly sets . + + if designates the default printer; otherwise, . + + + Gets a value indicating whether the printer is a plotter. + + if the printer is a plotter; if the printer is a raster. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the property designates a valid printer. + + if the property designates a valid printer; otherwise, . + + + Gets the angle, in degrees, that the portrait orientation is rotated to produce the landscape orientation. + The angle, in degrees, that the portrait orientation is rotated to produce the landscape orientation. + + + Gets the maximum number of copies that the printer enables the user to print at a time. + The maximum number of copies that the printer enables the user to print at a time. + + + Gets or sets the maximum or that can be selected in a . + The value of the property is less than zero. + The maximum or that can be selected in a . + + + Gets or sets the minimum or that can be selected in a . + The value of the property is less than zero. + The minimum or that can be selected in a . + + + Gets the paper sizes that are supported by this printer. + A that represents the paper sizes that are supported by this printer. + + + Gets the paper source trays that are available on the printer. + A that represents the paper source trays that are available on this printer. + + + Gets or sets the name of the printer to use. + The name of the printer to use. + + + Gets all the resolutions that are supported by this printer. + A that represents the resolutions that are supported by this printer. + + + Gets or sets the file name, when printing to a file. + The file name, when printing to a file. + + + Gets or sets the page numbers that the user has specified to be printed. + The value of the property is not one of the values. + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the printing output is sent to a file instead of a port. + + if the printing output is sent to a file; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Gets a value indicating whether this printer supports color printing. + + if this printer supports color; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the number of the last page to print. + The value of the property is less than zero. + The number of the last page to print. + + + Contains a collection of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An array of type . + + + Adds a to the end of the collection. + The to add to the collection. + The zero-based index of the newly added item. + + + Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index. + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the . + The index at which to start copying items. + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. + An for the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the collection. + The index at which to start copying items. + + + For a description of this member, see . + An enumerator associated with the collection. + + + Gets the number of different paper sizes in the collection. + The number of different paper sizes in the collection. + + + Gets the at a specified index. + The index of the to get. + The at the specified index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The number of elements contained in the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + + if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, . + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + Contains a collection of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An array of type . + + + Adds the specified to end of the . + The to add to the collection. + The zero-based index where the was added. + + + Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index. + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the . + The index at which to start copying items. + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. + An for the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + The destination array for the contents of the collection. + The index at which to start the copy operation. + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Gets the number of different paper sources in the collection. + The number of different paper sources in the collection. + + + Gets the at a specified index. + The index of the to get. + The at the specified index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The number of elements contained in the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + + if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, . + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + Contains a collection of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An array of type . + + + Adds a to the end of the collection. + The to add to the collection. + The zero-based index of the newly added item. + + + Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index. + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the . + The index at which to start copying items. + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. + An for the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + The destination array. + The index at which to start the copy operation. + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Gets the number of available printer resolutions in the collection. + The number of available printer resolutions in the collection. + + + Gets the at a specified index. + The index of the to get. + The at the specified index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The number of elements contained in the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + + if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, . + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + Contains a collection of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An array of type . + + + Adds a string to the end of the collection. + The string to add to the collection. + The zero-based index of the newly added item. + + + Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index. + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the . + The index at which to start copying items. + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. + An for the . + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The array for items to be copied to. + The starting index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Gets the number of strings in the collection. + The number of strings in the collection. + + + Gets the at a specified index. + The index of the to get. + The at the specified index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The number of elements contained in the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + + if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, . + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + Specifies several of the units of measure used for printing. + + + The default unit (0.01 in.). + + + One-hundredth of a millimeter (0.01 mm). + + + One-tenth of a millimeter (0.1 mm). + + + One-thousandth of an inch (0.001 in.). + + + Specifies a series of conversion methods that are useful when interoperating with the Win32 printing API. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Converts a double-precision floating-point number from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A double-precision floating-point number that represents the converted . + + + Converts a from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A that represents the converted . + + + Converts a from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A that represents the converted . + + + Converts a from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A that represents the converted . + + + Converts a from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A that represents the converted . + + + Converts a 32-bit signed integer from one type to another type. + The value being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A 32-bit signed integer that represents the converted . + + + Provides data for the and events. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Returns in all cases. + + in all cases. + + + Represents the method that will handle the or event of a . + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + Provides data for the event. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The used to paint the item. + The area between the margins. + The total area of the paper. + The for the page. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the print job should be canceled. + + if the print job should be canceled; otherwise, . + + + Gets the used to paint the page. + The used to paint the page. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether an additional page should be printed. + + if an additional page should be printed; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Gets the rectangular area that represents the portion of the page inside the margins. + The rectangular area, measured in hundredths of an inch, that represents the portion of the page inside the margins. + + + Gets the rectangular area that represents the total area of the page. + The rectangular area that represents the total area of the page. + + + Gets the page settings for the current page. + The page settings for the current page. + + + Represents the method that will handle the event of a . + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + Specifies the part of the document to print. + + + All pages are printed. + + + The currently displayed page is printed. + + + The selected pages are printed. + + + The pages between and are printed. + + + Provides data for the event. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The page settings for the page to be printed. + + + Gets or sets the page settings for the page to be printed. + The page settings for the page to be printed. + + + Represents the method that handles the event of a . + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + Specifies a print controller that sends information to a printer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document. + A that represents the document being printed. + A that contains data about how to print a page in the document. + The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not finish writing to a page. + + + Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document. + A that represents the document being printed. + A that contains data about how to print the document. + The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not complete the print job. + + -or- + + The native Windows API could not delete the specified device context (DC). + + + Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page in a document. + A that represents the document being printed. + A that contains data about how to print a page in the document. Initially, the property of this parameter will be . The value returned from the method will be used to set this property. + The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not prepare the printer driver to accept data. + + -or- + + The native Windows API could not update the specified printer or plotter device context (DC) using the specified information. + A object that represents a page from a . + + + Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document. + A that represents the document being printed. + A that contains data about how to print the document. + The printer settings are not valid. + The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not start a print job. + + + Describes the interior of a graphics shape composed of rectangles and paths. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new . + + + Initializes a new with the specified . + A that defines the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new from the specified data. + A that defines the interior of the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new from the specified structure. + A structure that defines the interior of the new . + + + Initializes a new from the specified structure. + A structure that defines the interior of the new . + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The that this method creates. + + + Updates this to contain the portion of the specified that does not intersect with this . + The to complement this . + + is . + + + Updates this to contain the portion of the specified structure that does not intersect with this . + The structure to complement this . + + + Updates this to contain the portion of the specified structure that does not intersect with this . + The structure to complement this . + + + Updates this to contain the portion of the specified that does not intersect with this . + The object to complement this object. + + is . + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Tests whether the specified is identical to this on the specified drawing surface. + The to test. + A that represents a drawing surface. + + or is . + + if the interior of region is identical to the interior of this region when the transformation associated with the parameter is applied; otherwise, . + + + Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified . + The to exclude from this . + + is . + + + Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified structure. + The structure to exclude from this . + + + Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified structure. + The structure to exclude from this . + + + Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified . + The to exclude from this . + + is . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Initializes a new from a handle to the specified existing GDI region. + A handle to an existing . + The new . + + + Gets a structure that represents a rectangle that bounds this on the drawing surface of a object. + The on which this is drawn. + + is . + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this on the specified drawing surface. + + + Returns a Windows handle to this in the specified graphics context. + The on which this is drawn. + + is . + A Windows handle to this . + + + Returns a that represents the information that describes this . + A that represents the information that describes this . + + + Returns an array of structures that approximate this after the specified matrix transformation is applied. + A that represents a geometric transformation to apply to the region. + + is . + An array of structures that approximate this after the specified matrix transformation is applied. + + + Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified . + The to intersect with this . + + + Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified structure. + The structure to intersect with this . + + + Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified structure. + The structure to intersect with this . + + + Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified . + The to intersect with this . + + + Tests whether this has an empty interior on the specified drawing surface. + A that represents a drawing surface. + + is . + + if the interior of this is empty when the transformation associated with is applied; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether this has an infinite interior on the specified drawing surface. + A that represents a drawing surface. + + is . + + if the interior of this is infinite when the transformation associated with is applied; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The structure to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this . + The structure to test. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The structure to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this . + The structure to test. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The structure to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when any portion of the is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this . + The structure to test. + This method returns when any portion of is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The structure to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this . + The structure to test. + + when any portion of is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified point is contained within this object when drawn using the specified object. + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The width of the rectangle to test. + The height of the rectangle to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The width of the rectangle to test. + The height of the rectangle to test. + + when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified point is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The width of the rectangle to test. + The height of the rectangle to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The width of the rectangle to test. + The height of the rectangle to test. + + when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this object; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified point is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + + when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Initializes this to an empty interior. + + + Initializes this object to an infinite interior. + + + Releases the handle of the . + The handle to the . + + is . + + + Transforms this by the specified . + The by which to transform this . + + is . + + + Offsets the coordinates of this by the specified amount. + The amount to offset this horizontally. + The amount to offset this vertically. + + + Offsets the coordinates of this by the specified amount. + The amount to offset this horizontally. + The amount to offset this vertically. + + + Updates this to the union of itself and the specified . + The to unite with this . + + is . + + + Updates this to the union of itself and the specified structure. + The structure to unite with this . + + + Updates this to the union of itself and the specified structure. + The structure to unite with this . + + + Updates this to the union of itself and the specified . + The to unite with this . + + is . + + + Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified . + The to with this . + + is . + + + Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified structure. + The structure to with this . + + + Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified structure. + The structure to with this . + + + Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified . + The to with this . + + is . + + + Specifies how much an image is rotated and the axis used to flip the image. + + + Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation without flipping. + + + Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip. + + + Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation without flipping. + + + Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip. + + + Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation without flipping. + + + Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip. + + + Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip. + + + Specifies no clockwise rotation and no flipping. + + + Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip. + + + Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip. + + + Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip. + + + Defines a brush of a single color. Brushes are used to fill graphics shapes, such as rectangles, ellipses, pies, polygons, and paths. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new object of the specified color. + A structure that represents the color of this brush. + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The object that this method creates. + + + Gets or sets the color of this object. + The property is set on an immutable . + A structure that represents the color of this brush. + + + Provides icon identifiers for use with . + + + Generic application with no custom icon. + + + Audio files. + + + AutoList. + + + Clustered disk. + + + Delete. + + + Desktop computer. + + + Audio player. + + + Camera. + + + Cell phone. + + + Video camera. + + + Document (blank page), no associated program. + + + Document with an associated program. + + + 3.5" floppy disk drive. + + + 5.25" floppy disk drive. + + + BluRay drive. + + + CD drive. + + + DVD drive. + + + Fixed drive. + + + HD-DVD drive. + + + Network drive. + + + Disabled network drive. + + + RAM disk drive. + + + Removable drive. + + + Unknown drive. + + + Error. + + + Find. + + + Closed folder. + + + Folder back. + + + Folder front. + + + Open folder. + + + Help. + + + Image files. + + + Informational. + + + Internet. + + + Key / secure. + + + Overlay for shortcuts to items. + + + Security lock. + + + Audio DVD media. + + + BluRay-R media. + + + BluRay-RE media. + + + BluRay-ROM media. + + + Blank CD media. + + + BluRay media. + + + Audio CD media. + + + CD+ (Enhanced CD) media. + + + Burning CD. + + + CD-R media. + + + CD-ROM media. + + + CD-RW media. + + + Compact Flash. + + + DVD media. + + + DVD+R media. + + + DVD+RW media. + + + DVD-R media. + + + DVD-RAM media. + + + DVD-ROM media. + + + DVD-RW media. + + + Enhanced CD media. + + + Enhanced DVD media. + + + HD-DVD media. + + + HD-DVD-R media. + + + HD-DVD-RAM media. + + + HD-DVD-ROM media. + + + Movied DVD media. + + + Smart media. + + + SVCD media. + + + VCD media. + + + Mixed files. + + + Mobile computer. + + + My network places. + + + Connect to network. + + + Printer. + + + Fax printer. + + + Networked fax printer. + + + Print to file. + + + Network printer. + + + Empty recycle bin. + + + Full recycle bin. + + + Rename. + + + A computer on the network. + + + Server share. + + + Settings. + + + Overlay for shared items. + + + Security shield. Use for UAC prompts only. + + + Overlay for slow items. + + + Software. + + + Stack. + + + Folder containing other items. + + + Users. + + + Video files. + + + Warning. + + + Entire network. + + + ZIP file. + + + Provides options for use with . + + + Use the defaults, which is to retrieve a large version of the icon (as defined by the current system metrics). + + + Add a link overlay onto the icon. + + + Blend the icon with the system highlight color. + + + Retrieve the shell icon size of the icon. + + + Retrieve the small version of the icon (as defined by the current system metrics). + + + Specifies the alignment of a text string relative to its layout rectangle. + + + Specifies that text is aligned in the center of the layout rectangle. + + + Specifies that text is aligned far from the origin position of the layout rectangle. In a left-to-right layout, the far position is right. In a right-to-left layout, the far position is left. + + + Specifies the text be aligned near the layout. In a left-to-right layout, the near position is left. In a right-to-left layout, the near position is right. + + + The enumeration specifies how to substitute digits in a string according to a user's locale or language. + + + Specifies substitution digits that correspond with the official national language of the user's locale. + + + Specifies to disable substitutions. + + + Specifies substitution digits that correspond with the user's native script or language, which may be different from the official national language of the user's locale. + + + Specifies a user-defined substitution scheme. + + + Encapsulates text layout information (such as alignment, orientation and tab stops) display manipulations (such as ellipsis insertion and national digit substitution) and OpenType features. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new object. + + + Initializes a new object from the specified existing object. + The object from which to initialize the new object. + + is . + + + Initializes a new object with the specified enumeration and language. + The enumeration for the new object. + A value that indicates the language of the text. + + + Initializes a new object with the specified enumeration. + The enumeration for the new object. + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The object this method creates. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Gets the tab stops for this object. + The number of spaces between the beginning of a text line and the first tab stop. + An array of distances (in number of spaces) between tab stops. + + + Specifies the language and method to be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. + A National Language Support (NLS) language identifier that identifies the language that will be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. You can pass the property of a object as the NLS language identifier. For example, suppose you create a object by passing the string "ar-EG" to a constructor. If you pass the property of that object along with to the method, then Arabic-Indic digits will be substituted for western digits at display time. + An element of the enumeration that specifies how digits are displayed. + + + Specifies an array of structures that represent the ranges of characters measured by a call to the method. + An array of structures that specifies the ranges of characters measured by a call to the method. + More than 32 character ranges are set. + + + Sets tab stops for this object. + The number of spaces between the beginning of a line of text and the first tab stop. + An array of distances between tab stops in the units specified by the property. + + + Converts this object to a human-readable string. + A string representation of this object. + + + Gets or sets horizontal alignment of the string. + A enumeration that specifies the horizontal alignment of the string. + + + Gets the language that is used when local digits are substituted for western digits. + A National Language Support (NLS) language identifier that identifies the language that will be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. You can pass the property of a object as the NLS language identifier. For example, suppose you create a object by passing the string "ar-EG" to a constructor. If you pass the property of that object along with to the method, then Arabic-Indic digits will be substituted for western digits at display time. + + + Gets the method to be used for digit substitution. + A enumeration value that specifies how to substitute characters in a string that cannot be displayed because they are not supported by the current font. + + + Gets or sets a enumeration that contains formatting information. + A enumeration that contains formatting information. + + + Gets a generic default object. + The generic default object. + + + Gets a generic typographic object. + A generic typographic object. + + + Gets or sets the object for this object. + The object for this object, the default is . + + + Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the string. + A enumeration that represents the vertical line alignment. + + + Gets or sets the enumeration for this object. + A enumeration that indicates how text drawn with this object is trimmed when it exceeds the edges of the layout rectangle. + + + Specifies the display and layout information for text strings. + + + Text is displayed from right to left. + + + Text is vertically aligned. + + + Control characters such as the left-to-right mark are shown in the output with a representative glyph. + + + Parts of characters are allowed to overhang the string's layout rectangle. By default, characters are repositioned to avoid any overhang. + + + Only entire lines are laid out in the formatting rectangle. By default layout continues until the end of the text, or until no more lines are visible as a result of clipping, whichever comes first. Note that the default settings allow the last line to be partially obscured by a formatting rectangle that is not a whole multiple of the line height. To ensure that only whole lines are seen, specify this value and be careful to provide a formatting rectangle at least as tall as the height of one line. + + + Includes the trailing space at the end of each line. By default the boundary rectangle returned by the method excludes the space at the end of each line. Set this flag to include that space in measurement. + + + Overhanging parts of glyphs, and unwrapped text reaching outside the formatting rectangle are allowed to show. By default all text and glyph parts reaching outside the formatting rectangle are clipped. + + + Fallback to alternate fonts for characters not supported in the requested font is disabled. Any missing characters are displayed with the fonts missing glyph, usually an open square. + + + Text wrapping between lines when formatting within a rectangle is disabled. This flag is implied when a point is passed instead of a rectangle, or when the specified rectangle has a zero line length. + + + Specifies how to trim characters from a string that does not completely fit into a layout shape. + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character. + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + The center is removed from trimmed lines and replaced by an ellipsis. The algorithm keeps as much of the last slash-delimited segment of the line as possible. + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + Specifies no trimming. + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word. + + + Specifies the units of measure for a text string. + + + Specifies the device unit as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies 1/300 of an inch as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a printer's em size of 32 as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies an inch as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a millimeter as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a pixel as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies world units as the unit of measure. + + + Each property of the class is a that is the color of a Windows display element. + + + Creates a from the specified structure. + The structure from which to create the . + The this method creates. + + + Gets a that is the color of the active window's border. + A that is the color of the active window's border. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar. + A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the application workspace. + A that is the color of the application workspace. + + + Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element. + A that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element. + A that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the light color of a 3-D element. + A that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the color of text in a 3-D element. + A that is the color of text in a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the color of the desktop. + A that is the color of the desktop. + + + Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of dimmed text. + A that is the color of dimmed text. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of selected items. + A that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text of selected items. + A that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + Gets a that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + A that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + Gets a that is the color of an inactive window's border. + A that is the color of an inactive window's border. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + A that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + A is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + Gets a that is the color of a menu's background. + A that is the color of a menu's background. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + A that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + Gets a that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + A that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + Gets a that is the color of a menu's text. + A that is the color of a menu's text. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + A that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + A that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + Gets a that is the color of a window frame. + A that is the color of a window frame. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + A that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + Specifies the fonts used to display text in Windows display elements. + + + Returns a font object that corresponds to the specified system font name. + The name of the system font you need a font object for. + A if the specified name matches a value in ; otherwise, . + + + Gets a that is used to display text in the title bars of windows. + A that is used to display text in the title bars of windows. + + + Gets the default font that applications can use for dialog boxes and forms. + The default of the system. The value returned will vary depending on the user's operating system and the local culture setting of their system. + + + Gets a font that applications can use for dialog boxes and forms. + A that can be used for dialog boxes and forms, depending on the operating system and local culture setting of the system. + + + Gets a that is used for icon titles. + A that is used for icon titles. + + + Gets a that is used for menus. + A that is used for menus. + + + Gets a that is used for message boxes. + A that is used for message boxes. + + + Gets a that is used to display text in the title bars of small windows, such as tool windows. + A that is used to display text in the title bars of small windows, such as tool windows. + + + Gets a that is used to display text in the status bar. + A that is used to display text in the status bar. + + + Each property of the class is an object for Windows system-wide icons. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Gets the specified Windows shell stock icon. + The stock icon to retrieve. + A bitwise combination of the enumeration values that specifies options for retrieving the icon. + + is an invalid . + The requested . + + + Gets the specified Windows shell stock icon. + The stock icon to retrieve. + The desired size. If the specified size does not exist, an existing size will be resampled to give the requested size. + The requested . + + + Gets an object that contains the default application icon (WIN32: IDI_APPLICATION). + An object that contains the default application icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system asterisk icon (WIN32: IDI_ASTERISK). + An object that contains the system asterisk icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system error icon (WIN32: IDI_ERROR). + An object that contains the system error icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system exclamation icon (WIN32: IDI_EXCLAMATION). + An object that contains the system exclamation icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system hand icon (WIN32: IDI_HAND). + An object that contains the system hand icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system information icon (WIN32: IDI_INFORMATION). + An object that contains the system information icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system question icon (WIN32: IDI_QUESTION). + An object that contains the system question icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the shield icon. + An object that contains the shield icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system warning icon (WIN32: IDI_WARNING). + An object that contains the system warning icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the Windows logo icon (WIN32: IDI_WINLOGO). + An object that contains the Windows logo icon. + + + Each property of the class is a that is the color of a Windows display element and that has a width of 1 pixel. + + + Creates a from the specified . + The for the new . + The this method creates. + + + Gets a that is the color of the active window's border. + A that is the color of the active window's border. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar. + A that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the application workspace. + A that is the color of the application workspace. + + + Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element. + A that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element. + A that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the light color of a 3-D element. + A that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the color of text in a 3-D element. + A that is the color of text in a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the color of the Windows desktop. + A that is the color of the Windows desktop. + + + Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of dimmed text. + A that is the color of dimmed text. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of selected items. + A that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text of selected items. + A that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + Gets a that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + A that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + Gets a is the color of the border of an inactive window. + A that is the color of the border of an inactive window. + + + Gets a that is the color of the title bar caption of an inactive window. + A that is the color of the title bar caption of an inactive window. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + A that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + A that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + Gets a that is the color of a menu's background. + A that is the color of a menu's background. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + A that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + Gets a that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + A that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + Gets a that is the color of a menu's text. + A that is the color of a menu's text. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + A that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + A that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + Gets a that is the color of a window frame. + A that is the color of a window frame. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + A that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + Provides a base class for installed and private font collections. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. + + to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Gets the array of objects associated with this . + An array of objects. + + + Specifies a generic object. + + + A generic Monospace object. + + + A generic Sans Serif object. + + + A generic Serif object. + + + Specifies the type of display for hot-key prefixes that relate to text. + + + Do not display the hot-key prefix. + + + No hot-key prefix. + + + Display the hot-key prefix. + + + Represents the fonts installed on the system. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Provides a collection of font families built from font files that are provided by the client application. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Adds a font from the specified file to this . + A that contains the file name of the font to add. + The specified font is not supported or the font file cannot be found. + + + Adds a font contained in system memory to this . + The memory address of the font to add. + The memory length of the font to add. + + + Specifies the quality of text rendering. + + + Each character is drawn using its antialiased glyph bitmap without hinting. Better quality due to antialiasing. Stem width differences may be noticeable because hinting is turned off. + + + Each character is drawn using its antialiased glyph bitmap with hinting. Much better quality due to antialiasing, but at a higher performance cost. + + + Each character is drawn using its glyph ClearType bitmap with hinting. The highest quality setting. Used to take advantage of ClearType font features. + + + Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is not used. + + + Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is used to improve character appearance on stems and curvature. + + + Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap, with the system default rendering hint. The text will be drawn using whatever font-smoothing settings the user has selected for the system. + + + Each property of the class is a object that uses an image to fill the interior of a shape. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, wrap mode, and bounding rectangle. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, wrap mode, and bounding rectangle. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and wrap mode. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, bounding rectangle, and image attributes. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + An object that contains additional information about the image used by this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and bounding rectangle. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, bounding rectangle, and image attributes. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + An object that contains additional information about the image used by this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and bounding rectangle. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The object this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Multiplies the object that represents the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified object in the specified order. + The object by which to multiply the geometric transformation. + A enumeration that specifies the order in which to multiply the two matrices. + + + Multiplies the object that represents the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified object by prepending the specified object. + The object by which to multiply the geometric transformation. + + + Resets the property of this object to identity. + + + Rotates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amount in the specified order. + The angle of rotation. + A enumeration that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix. + + + Rotates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transformation. + The angle of rotation. + + + Scales the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amounts in the specified order. + The amount by which to scale the transformation in the x direction. + The amount by which to scale the transformation in the y direction. + A enumeration that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix. + + + Scales the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transformation. + The amount by which to scale the transformation in the x direction. + The amount by which to scale the transformation in the y direction. + + + Translates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified dimensions in the specified order. + The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the x direction. + The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the y direction. + The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation. + + + Translates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transformation. + The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the x direction. + The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the y direction. + + + Gets the object associated with this object. + An object that represents the image with which this object fills shapes. + + + Gets or sets a copy of the object that defines a local geometric transformation for the image associated with this object. + A copy of the object that defines a geometric transformation that applies only to fills drawn by using this object. + + + Gets or sets a enumeration that indicates the wrap mode for this object. + A enumeration that specifies how fills drawn by using this object are tiled. + + + Allows you to specify an icon to represent a control in a container, such as the Microsoft Visual Studio Form Designer. + + + A object that has its small image and its large image set to . + + + Initializes a new object with an image from a specified file. + The name of a file that contains a 16 by 16 bitmap. + + + Initializes a new object based on a 16 by 16 bitmap that is embedded as a resource in a specified assembly. + A whose defining assembly is searched for the bitmap resource. + The name of the embedded bitmap resource. + + + Initializes a new object based on a 16 x 16 bitmap that is embedded as a resource in a specified assembly. + A whose defining assembly is searched for the bitmap resource. + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a object and is identical to this object. + The to test. + This method returns if is both a object and is identical to this object. + + + Gets a hash code for this object. + The hash code for this object. + + + Gets the small or large associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type of the object specified by the component parameter. For example, if you pass an object of type ControlA to the component parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + Specifies whether this method returns a large image () or a small image (). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32. + An object associated with this object. + + + Gets the small associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type of the object specified by the component parameter. For example, if you pass an object of type ControlA to the component parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + The small associated with this object. + + + Gets the small or large associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the component type. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + Specifies whether this method returns a large image () or a small image (). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32. + An associated with this object. + + + Gets the small or large associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for an embedded bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the component type. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + The name of the embedded bitmap resource. + Specifies whether this method returns a large image () or a small image (). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32. + An associated with this object. + + + Gets the small associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the type parameter. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + The small associated with this object. + + + Returns an object based on a bitmap resource that is embedded in an assembly. + This method searches for an embedded bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the t parameter. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the t parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + The name of the embedded bitmap resource. + Specifies whether this method returns a large image (true) or a small image (false). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 x 32. + An object based on the retrieved bitmap. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Drawing.Common.dll b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Drawing.Common.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..860fc46e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Drawing.Common.dll differ diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Drawing.Common.pdb b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Drawing.Common.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..658c5e874 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Drawing.Common.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Drawing.Common.xml b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Drawing.Common.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2397e65ab --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Drawing.Common.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13189 @@ + + + + System.Drawing.Common + + + + Encapsulates a GDI+ bitmap, which consists of the pixel data for a graphics image and its attributes. A is an object used to work with images defined by pixel data. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image, scaled to the specified size. + The from which to create the new . + The structure that represent the size of the new . + The operation failed. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image, scaled to the specified size. + The from which to create the new . + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + The operation failed. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image. + The from which to create the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size and with the resolution of the specified object. + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + The object that specifies the resolution for the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size and format. + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format. + A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size, pixel format, and pixel data. + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + Integer that specifies the byte offset between the beginning of one scan line and the next. This is usually (but not necessarily) the number of bytes in the pixel format (for example, 2 for 16 bits per pixel) multiplied by the width of the bitmap. The value passed to this parameter must be a multiple of four. + The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format. + Pointer to an array of bytes that contains the pixel data. + A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size. + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + The operation failed. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + The data stream used to load the image. + + to use color correction for this ; otherwise, . + + does not contain image data or is . + + -or- + + contains a PNG image file with a single dimension greater than 65,535 pixels. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + The data stream used to load the image. + + does not contain image data or is . + + -or- + + contains a PNG image file with a single dimension greater than 65,535 pixels. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file. + The name of the bitmap file. + + to use color correction for this ; otherwise, . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file. + The bitmap file name and path. + The specified file is not found. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from a specified resource. + The class used to extract the resource. + The name of the resource. + + + + + + + Creates a copy of the section of this defined by structure and with a specified enumeration. + Defines the portion of this to copy. Coordinates are relative to this . + The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format. + + is outside of the source bitmap bounds. + The height or width of is 0. + + -or- + + A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not. + The new that this method creates. + + + Creates a copy of the section of this defined with a specified enumeration. + Defines the portion of this to copy. + Specifies the enumeration for the destination . + + is outside of the source bitmap bounds. + The height or width of is 0. + The that this method creates. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a from a Windows handle to an icon. + A handle to an icon. + The that this method creates. + + + Creates a from the specified Windows resource. + A handle to an instance of the executable file that contains the resource. + A string that contains the name of the resource bitmap. + The that this method creates. + + + Creates a GDI bitmap object from this . + The height or width of the bitmap is greater than Int16.MaxValue. + The operation failed. + A handle to the GDI bitmap object that this method creates. + + + Creates a GDI bitmap object from this . + A structure that specifies the background color. This parameter is ignored if the bitmap is totally opaque. + The height or width of the bitmap is greater than Int16.MaxValue. + The operation failed. + A handle to the GDI bitmap object that this method creates. + + + Returns the handle to an icon. + The operation failed. + A Windows handle to an icon with the same image as the . + + + Gets the color of the specified pixel in this . + The x-coordinate of the pixel to retrieve. + The y-coordinate of the pixel to retrieve. + + is less than 0, or greater than or equal to . + + -or- + + is less than 0, or greater than or equal to . + The operation failed. + A structure that represents the color of the specified pixel. + + + Locks a into system memory. + A rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the to lock. + One of the values that specifies the access level (read/write) for the . + One of the values that specifies the data format of the . + A that contains information about the lock operation. + + value is not a specific bits-per-pixel value. + + -or- + + The incorrect is passed in for a bitmap. + The operation failed. + A that contains information about the lock operation. + + + Locks a into system memory. + A structure that specifies the portion of the to lock. + An enumeration that specifies the access level (read/write) for the . + A enumeration that specifies the data format of this . + The is not a specific bits-per-pixel value. + + -or- + + The incorrect is passed in for a bitmap. + The operation failed. + A that contains information about this lock operation. + + + Makes the default transparent color transparent for this . + The image format of the is an icon format. + The operation failed. + + + Makes the specified color transparent for this . + The structure that represents the color to make transparent. + The image format of the is an icon format. + The operation failed. + + + Sets the color of the specified pixel in this . + The x-coordinate of the pixel to set. + The y-coordinate of the pixel to set. + A structure that represents the color to assign to the specified pixel. + The operation failed. + + + Sets the resolution for this . + The horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the . + The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the . + The operation failed. + + + Unlocks this from system memory. + A that specifies information about the lock operation. + The operation failed. + + + Specifies that, when interpreting declarations, the assembly should look for the indicated resources in the same assembly, but with the configuration value appended to the declared file name. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Specifies that, when interpreting declarations, the assembly should look for the indicated resources in a satellite assembly, but with the configuration value appended to the declared file name. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Defines objects used to fill the interiors of graphical shapes such as rectangles, ellipses, pies, polygons, and paths. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + When overridden in a derived class, creates an exact copy of this . + The new that this method creates. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. + + to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + In a derived class, sets a reference to a GDI+ brush object. + A pointer to the GDI+ brush object. + + + Brushes for all the standard colors. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Provides a graphics buffer for double buffering. + + + Releases all resources used by the object. + + + Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the default device. + + + Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the specified object. + A object to which to write the contents of the graphics buffer. + + + Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the device context associated with the specified handle. + An that points to the device context to which to write the contents of the graphics buffer. + + + Gets a object that outputs to the graphics buffer. + A object that outputs to the graphics buffer. + + + Provides methods for creating graphics buffers that can be used for double buffering. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Creates a graphics buffer of the specified size using the pixel format of the specified . + The to match the pixel format for the new buffer to. + A indicating the size of the buffer to create. + A that can be used to draw to a buffer of the specified dimensions. + + + Creates a graphics buffer of the specified size using the pixel format of the specified . + An to a device context to match the pixel format of the new buffer to. + A indicating the size of the buffer to create. + A that can be used to draw to a buffer of the specified dimensions. + + + Releases all resources used by the . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Disposes of the current graphics buffer, if a buffer has been allocated and has not yet been disposed. + + + Gets or sets the maximum size of the buffer to use. + The height or width of the size is less than or equal to zero. + A indicating the maximum size of the buffer dimensions. + + + Provides access to the main buffered graphics context object for the application domain. + + + Gets the for the current application domain. + The for the current application domain. + + + Specifies a range of character positions within a string. + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure, specifying a range of character positions within a string. + The position of the first character in the range. For example, if is set to 0, the first position of the range is position 0 in the string. + The number of positions in the range. + + + Indicates whether the current instance is equal to another instance of the same type. + An instance to compare with this instance. + + if the current instance is equal to the other instance; otherwise, . + + + Gets a value indicating whether this object is equivalent to the specified object. + The object to compare to for equality. + + to indicate the specified object is an instance with the same and value as this instance; otherwise, . + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + A 32-bit signed integer that is the hash code for this instance. + + + Compares two objects. Gets a value indicating whether the and values of the two objects are equal. + A to compare for equality. + A to compare for equality. + + to indicate the two objects have the same and values; otherwise, . + + + Compares two objects. Gets a value indicating whether the or values of the two objects are not equal. + A to compare for inequality. + A to compare for inequality. + + to indicate the either the or values of the two objects differ; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the position in the string of the first character of this . + The first position of this . + + + Gets or sets the number of positions in this . + The number of positions in this . + + + Specifies alignment of content on the drawing surface. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + Determines how the source color in a copy pixel operation is combined with the destination color to result in a final color. + + + The destination area is filled by using the color associated with index 0 in the physical palette. (This color is black for the default physical palette.) + + + Windows that are layered on top of your window are included in the resulting image. By default, the image contains only your window. Note that this generally cannot be used for printing device contexts. + + + The destination area is inverted. + + + The colors of the source area are merged with the colors of the selected brush of the destination device context using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the inverted source area are merged with the colors of the destination area by using the Boolean operator. + + + The bitmap is not mirrored. + + + The inverted source area is copied to the destination. + + + The source and destination colors are combined using the Boolean operator, and then resultant color is then inverted. + + + The brush currently selected in the destination device context is copied to the destination bitmap. + + + The colors of the brush currently selected in the destination device context are combined with the colors of the destination are using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the brush currently selected in the destination device context are combined with the colors of the inverted source area using the Boolean operator. The result of this operation is combined with the colors of the destination area using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator. + + + The source area is copied directly to the destination area. + + + The inverted colors of the destination area are combined with the colors of the source area using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator. + + + The destination area is filled by using the color associated with index 1 in the physical palette. (This color is white for the default physical palette.) + + + Represents a collection of category name strings. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified collection. + A that contains the names to initialize the collection values to. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified array of names. + An array of strings that contains the names of the categories to initialize the collection values to. + + + Indicates whether the specified category is contained in the collection. + The string to check for in the collection. + + if the specified category is contained in the collection; otherwise, . + + + Copies the collection elements to the specified array at the specified index. + The array to copy to. + The index of the destination array at which to begin copying. + + + Gets the index of the specified value. + The category name to retrieve the index of in the collection. + The index in the collection, or if the string does not exist in the collection. + + + Gets the category name at the specified index. + The index of the collection element to access. + The category name at the specified index. + + + Represents an adjustable arrow-shaped line cap. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width, height, and fill property. Whether an arrow end cap is filled depends on the argument passed to the parameter. + The width of the arrow. + The height of the arrow. + + to fill the arrow cap; otherwise, . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width and height. The arrow end caps created with this constructor are always filled. + The width of the arrow. + The height of the arrow. + + + Gets or sets whether the arrow cap is filled. + This property is if the arrow cap is filled; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the height of the arrow cap. + The height of the arrow cap. + + + Gets or sets the number of units between the outline of the arrow cap and the fill. + The number of units between the outline of the arrow cap and the fill of the arrow cap. + + + Gets or sets the width of the arrow cap. + The width, in units, of the arrow cap. + + + Defines a blend pattern for a object. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified number of factors and positions. + The number of elements in the and arrays. + + + Gets or sets an array of blend factors for the gradient. + An array of blend factors that specify the percentages of the starting color and the ending color to be used at the corresponding position. + + + Gets or sets an array of blend positions for the gradient. + An array of blend positions that specify the percentages of distance along the gradient line. + + + Defines arrays of colors and positions used for interpolating color blending in a multicolor gradient. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified number of colors and positions. + The number of colors and positions in this . + + + Gets or sets an array of colors that represents the colors to use at corresponding positions along a gradient. + An array of structures that represents the colors to use at corresponding positions along a gradient. + + + Gets or sets the positions along a gradient line. + An array of values that specify percentages of distance along the gradient line. + + + Specifies how different clipping regions can be combined. + + + Specifies that the existing region is replaced by the result of the existing region being removed from the new region. Said differently, the existing region is excluded from the new region. + + + Specifies that the existing region is replaced by the result of the new region being removed from the existing region. Said differently, the new region is excluded from the existing region. + + + Two clipping regions are combined by taking their intersection. + + + One clipping region is replaced by another. + + + Two clipping regions are combined by taking the union of both. + + + Two clipping regions are combined by taking only the areas enclosed by one or the other region, but not both. + + + Specifies how the source colors are combined with the background colors. + + + Specifies that when a color is rendered, it overwrites the background color. + + + Specifies that when a color is rendered, it is blended with the background color. The blend is determined by the alpha component of the color being rendered. + + + Specifies the quality level to use during compositing. + + + Assume linear values. + + + Default quality. + + + Gamma correction is used. + + + High quality, low speed compositing. + + + High speed, low quality. + + + Invalid quality. + + + Specifies the system to use when evaluating coordinates. + + + Specifies that coordinates are in the device coordinate context. On a computer screen the device coordinates are usually measured in pixels. + + + Specifies that coordinates are in the page coordinate context. Their units are defined by the property, and must be one of the elements of the enumeration. + + + Specifies that coordinates are in the world coordinate context. World coordinates are used in a nonphysical environment, such as a modeling environment. + + + Encapsulates a custom user-defined line cap. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing enumeration with the specified outline, fill, and inset. + A object that defines the fill for the custom cap. + A object that defines the outline of the custom cap. + The line cap from which to create the custom cap. + The distance between the cap and the line. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing enumeration with the specified outline and fill. + A object that defines the fill for the custom cap. + A object that defines the outline of the custom cap. + The line cap from which to create the custom cap. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified outline and fill. + A object that defines the fill for the custom cap. + A object that defines the outline of the custom cap. + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. + + to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Allows an to attempt to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before the is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Gets the caps used to start and end lines that make up this custom cap. + The enumeration used at the beginning of a line within this cap. + The enumeration used at the end of a line within this cap. + + + Sets the caps used to start and end lines that make up this custom cap. + The enumeration used at the beginning of a line within this cap. + The enumeration used at the end of a line within this cap. + + + Gets or sets the enumeration on which this is based. + The enumeration on which this is based. + + + Gets or sets the distance between the cap and the line. + The distance between the beginning of the cap and the end of the line. + + + Gets or sets the enumeration that determines how lines that compose this object are joined. + The enumeration this object uses to join lines. + + + Gets or sets the amount by which to scale this Class object with respect to the width of the object. + The amount by which to scale the cap. + + + Specifies the type of graphic shape to use on both ends of each dash in a dashed line. + + + Specifies a square cap that squares off both ends of each dash. + + + Specifies a circular cap that rounds off both ends of each dash. + + + Specifies a triangular cap that points both ends of each dash. + + + Specifies the style of dashed lines drawn with a object. + + + Specifies a user-defined custom dash style. + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + Specifies how the interior of a closed path is filled. + + + Specifies the alternate fill mode. + + + Specifies the winding fill mode. + + + Specifies whether commands in the graphics stack are terminated (flushed) immediately or executed as soon as possible. + + + Specifies that the stack of all graphics operations is flushed immediately. + + + Specifies that all graphics operations on the stack are executed as soon as possible. This synchronizes the graphics state. + + + Represents the internal data of a graphics container. This class is used when saving the state of a object using the and methods. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Represents a series of connected lines and curves. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a value of . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration. + The enumeration that determines how the interior of this is filled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and arrays and with the specified enumeration element. + An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this . + An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array. + A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and arrays. + An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this . + An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array. + + + Initializes a new instance of the array with the specified and arrays and with the specified enumeration element. + An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this . + An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array. + A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the array with the specified and arrays. + An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this . + An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure. + A that represents the rectangular bounds of the ellipse from which the arc is taken. + The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the arc. + + + Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure. + A that represents the rectangular bounds of the ellipse from which the arc is taken. + The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the arc. + + + Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The width of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The height of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the arc. + + + Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The width of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The height of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the arc. + + + Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure. + A that represents the starting point of the curve. + A that represents the first control point for the curve. + A that represents the second control point for the curve. + A that represents the endpoint of the curve. + + + Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure. + A that represents the starting point of the curve. + A that represents the first control point for the curve. + A that represents the second control point for the curve. + A that represents the endpoint of the curve. + + + Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the first control point for the curve. + The y-coordinate of the first control point for the curve. + The x-coordinate of the second control point for the curve. + The y-coordinate of the second control point for the curve. + The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve. + + + Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the first control point for the curve. + The y-coordinate of the first control point for the curve. + The x-coordinate of the second control point for the curve. + The y-coordinate of the second control point for the curve. + The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve. + + + Adds a sequence of connected cubic Bézier curves to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curves. + + + Adds a sequence of connected cubic Bézier curves to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curves. + + + + + + + + + Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + A value between from 0 through 1 that specifies the amount that the curve bends between points, with 0 being the smallest curve (sharpest corner) and 1 being the smoothest curve. + + + Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + + + Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + A value between from 0 through 1 that specifies the amount that the curve bends between points, with 0 being the smallest curve (sharpest corner) and 1 being the smoothest curve. + + + Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + The index of the element in the array that is used as the first point in the curve. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + The index of the element in the array that is used as the first point in the curve. + The number of segments used to draw the curve. A segment can be thought of as a line connecting two points. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds an ellipse to the current path. + A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + + Adds an ellipse to the current path. + A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + + Adds an ellipse to the current path. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + + Adds an ellipse to the current path. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + + Appends a line segment to this . + A that represents the starting point of the line. + A that represents the endpoint of the line. + + + Appends a line segment to this . + A that represents the starting point of the line. + A that represents the endpoint of the line. + + + Appends a line segment to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the line. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the line. + The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the line. + The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the line. + + + Appends a line segment to this . + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the line. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the line. + The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the line. + The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the line. + + + Appends a series of connected line segments to the end of this . + An array of structures that represents the points that define the line segments to add. + + + Appends a series of connected line segments to the end of this . + An array of structures that represents the points that define the line segments to add. + + + + + + + + + Appends the specified to this path. + The to add. + A Boolean value that specifies whether the first figure in the added path is part of the last figure in this path. A value of specifies that (if possible) the first figure in the added path is part of the last figure in this path. A value of specifies that the first figure in the added path is separate from the last figure in this path. + + + Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path. + A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from . + + + Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from . + + + Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from . + + + Adds a polygon to this path. + An array of structures that defines the polygon to add. + + + Adds a polygon to this path. + An array of structures that defines the polygon to add. + + + + + + + + + Adds a rectangle to this path. + A that represents the rectangle to add. + + + Adds a rectangle to this path. + A that represents the rectangle to add. + + + Adds a series of rectangles to this path. + An array of structures that represents the rectangles to add. + + + Adds a series of rectangles to this path. + An array of structures that represents the rectangles to add. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds a text string to this path. + The to add. + A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn. + A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section). + The height of the em square box that bounds the character. + A that represents the point where the text starts. + A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment. + + + Adds a text string to this path. + The to add. + A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn. + A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section). + The height of the em square box that bounds the character. + A that represents the point where the text starts. + A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment. + + + Adds a text string to this path. + The to add. + A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn. + A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section). + The height of the em square box that bounds the character. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the text. + A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment. + + + Adds a text string to this path. + The to add. + A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn. + A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section). + The height of the em square box that bounds the character. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the text. + A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment. + + + Clears all markers from this path. + + + Creates an exact copy of this path. + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Closes all open figures in this path and starts a new figure. It closes each open figure by connecting a line from its endpoint to its starting point. + + + Closes the current figure and starts a new figure. If the current figure contains a sequence of connected lines and curves, the method closes the loop by connecting a line from the endpoint to the starting point. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Converts each curve in this path into a sequence of connected line segments. + + + Converts each curve in this into a sequence of connected line segments. + A by which to transform this before flattening. + Specifies the maximum permitted error between the curve and its flattened approximation. A value of 0.25 is the default. Reducing the flatness value will increase the number of line segments in the approximation. + + + Applies the specified transform and then converts each curve in this into a sequence of connected line segments. + A by which to transform this before flattening. + + + Returns a rectangle that bounds this . + A that represents a rectangle that bounds this . + + + Returns a rectangle that bounds this when the current path is transformed by the specified and drawn with the specified . + The that specifies a transformation to be applied to this path before the bounding rectangle is calculated. This path is not permanently transformed; the transformation is used only during the process of calculating the bounding rectangle. + The with which to draw the . + A that represents a rectangle that bounds this . + + + Returns a rectangle that bounds this when this path is transformed by the specified . + The that specifies a transformation to be applied to this path before the bounding rectangle is calculated. This path is not permanently transformed; the transformation is used only during the process of calculating the bounding rectangle. + A that represents a rectangle that bounds this . + + + Gets the last point in the array of this . + A that represents the last point in this . + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified . + A that specifies the location to test. + The to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified . + A that specifies the location to test. + The to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified . + A that specifies the location to test. + The to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified . + A that specifies the location to test. + The to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + A that represents the point to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + A that represents the point to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + A that represents the point to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + A that represents the point to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this , using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this in the visible clip region of the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Empties the and arrays and sets the to . + + + Reverses the order of points in the array of this . + + + Sets a marker on this . + + + Starts a new figure without closing the current figure. All subsequent points added to the path are added to this new figure. + + + Applies a transform matrix to this . + A that represents the transformation to apply. + + + Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this . + An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points. + A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by . + A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path. + A enumeration that specifies whether this warp operation uses perspective or bilinear mode. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies how flat the resulting path is. For more information, see the methods. + + + Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this . + An array of structures that defines a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points. + A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by . + A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path. + A enumeration that specifies whether this warp operation uses perspective or bilinear mode. + + + Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this . + An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points. + A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by . + A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path. + + + Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this . + An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points. + A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by . + + + + + + + + + + Replaces this with curves that enclose the area that is filled when this path is drawn by the specified pen. + A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates. + A that specifies a transform to apply to the path before widening. + A value that specifies the flatness for curves. + + + Adds an additional outline to the . + A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates. + A that specifies a transform to apply to the path before widening. + + + Adds an additional outline to the path. + A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates. + + + Gets or sets a enumeration that determines how the interiors of shapes in this are filled. + A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled. + + + Gets a that encapsulates arrays of points () and types () for this . + A that encapsulates arrays for both the points and types for this . + + + Gets the points in the path. + An array of objects that represent the path. + + + Gets the types of the corresponding points in the array. + An array of bytes that specifies the types of the corresponding points in the path. + + + Gets the number of elements in the or the array. + An integer that specifies the number of elements in the or the array. + + + Provides the ability to iterate through subpaths in a and test the types of shapes contained in each subpath. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object. + The object for which this helper class is to be initialized. + + + Copies the property and property arrays of the associated into the two specified arrays. + Upon return, contains an array of structures that represents the points in the path. + Upon return, contains an array of bytes that represents the types of points in the path. + Specifies the starting index of the arrays. + Specifies the ending index of the arrays. + The number of points copied. + + + + + + + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Copies the property and property arrays of the associated into the two specified arrays. + Upon return, contains an array of structures that represents the points in the path. + Upon return, contains an array of bytes that represents the types of points in the path. + The number of points copied. + + + + + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Indicates whether the path associated with this contains a curve. + This method returns if the current subpath contains a curve; otherwise, . + + + This object has a object associated with it. The method increments the associated to the next marker in its path and copies all the points contained between the current marker and the next marker (or end of path) to a second object passed in to the parameter. + The object to which the points will be copied. + The number of points between this marker and the next. + + + Increments the to the next marker in the path and returns the start and stop indexes by way of the [out] parameters. + [out] The integer reference supplied to this parameter receives the index of the point that starts a subpath. + [out] The integer reference supplied to this parameter receives the index of the point that ends the subpath to which points. + The number of points between this marker and the next. + + + Gets the starting index and the ending index of the next group of data points that all have the same type. + [out] Receives the point type shared by all points in the group. Possible types can be retrieved from the enumeration. + [out] Receives the starting index of the group of points. + [out] Receives the ending index of the group of points. + This method returns the number of data points in the group. If there are no more groups in the path, this method returns 0. + + + Gets the next figure (subpath) from the associated path of this . + A that is to have its data points set to match the data points of the retrieved figure (subpath) for this iterator. + [out] Indicates whether the current subpath is closed. It is if the if the figure is closed, otherwise it is . + The number of data points in the retrieved figure (subpath). If there are no more figures to retrieve, zero is returned. + + + Moves the to the next subpath in the path. The start index and end index of the next subpath are contained in the [out] parameters. + [out] Receives the starting index of the next subpath. + [out] Receives the ending index of the next subpath. + [out] Indicates whether the subpath is closed. + The number of subpaths in the object. + + + Rewinds this to the beginning of its associated path. + + + Gets the number of points in the path. + The number of points in the path. + + + Gets the number of subpaths in the path. + The number of subpaths in the path. + + + Represents the state of a object. This object is returned by a call to the methods. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Defines a rectangular brush with a hatch style, a foreground color, and a background color. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration, foreground color, and background color. + One of the values that represents the pattern drawn by this . + The structure that represents the color of lines drawn by this . + The structure that represents the color of spaces between the lines drawn by this . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration and foreground color. + One of the values that represents the pattern drawn by this . + The structure that represents the color of lines drawn by this . + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Gets the color of spaces between the hatch lines drawn by this object. + A structure that represents the background color for this . + + + Gets the color of hatch lines drawn by this object. + A structure that represents the foreground color for this . + + + Gets the hatch style of this object. + One of the values that represents the pattern of this . + + + Specifies the different patterns available for objects. + + + A pattern of lines on a diagonal from upper right to lower left. + + + Specifies horizontal and vertical lines that cross. + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points, are spaced 50 percent closer together than, and are twice the width of . This hatch pattern is not antialiased. + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than and are twice the width of . + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points, are spaced 50 percent closer together than , and are twice its width, but the lines are not antialiased. + + + Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than and are twice its width. + + + Specifies dashed diagonal lines, that slant to the right from top points to bottom points. + + + Specifies dashed horizontal lines. + + + Specifies dashed diagonal lines, that slant to the left from top points to bottom points. + + + Specifies dashed vertical lines. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of layered bricks that slant to the left from top points to bottom points. + + + A pattern of crisscross diagonal lines. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of divots. + + + Specifies forward diagonal and backward diagonal lines, each of which is composed of dots, that cross. + + + Specifies horizontal and vertical lines, each of which is composed of dots, that cross. + + + A pattern of lines on a diagonal from upper left to lower right. + + + A pattern of horizontal lines. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of horizontally layered bricks. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard with squares that are twice the size of . + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of confetti, and is composed of larger pieces than . + + + Specifies the hatch style . + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points and are spaced 50 percent closer together than , but are not antialiased. + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than . + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points and are spaced 50 percent closer together than , but they are not antialiased. + + + Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than . + + + Specifies hatch style . + + + Specifies hatch style . + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 75 percent closer together than hatch style (or 25 percent closer together than ). + + + Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 75 percent closer together than hatch style (or 25 percent closer together than ). + + + Specifies forward diagonal and backward diagonal lines that cross but are not antialiased. + + + Specifies a 5-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 5:95. + + + Specifies a 10-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 10:90. + + + Specifies a 20-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 20:80. + + + Specifies a 25-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 25:75. + + + Specifies a 30-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 30:70. + + + Specifies a 40-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 40:60. + + + Specifies a 50-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 50:50. + + + Specifies a 60-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 60:40. + + + Specifies a 70-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 70:30. + + + Specifies a 75-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 75:25. + + + Specifies a 80-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 80:100. + + + Specifies a 90-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 90:10. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a plaid material. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of diagonally layered shingles that slant to the right from top points to bottom points. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of confetti. + + + Specifies horizontal and vertical lines that cross and are spaced 50 percent closer together than hatch style . + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard placed diagonally. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of spheres laid adjacent to one another. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a trellis. + + + A pattern of vertical lines. + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are composed of tildes. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a woven material. + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points, have the same spacing as hatch style , and are triple its width, but are not antialiased. + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points, have the same spacing as hatch style , and are triple its width, but are not antialiased. + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are composed of zigzags. + + + The enumeration specifies the algorithm that is used when images are scaled or rotated. + + + Specifies bicubic interpolation. No prefiltering is done. This mode is not suitable for shrinking an image below 25 percent of its original size. + + + Specifies bilinear interpolation. No prefiltering is done. This mode is not suitable for shrinking an image below 50 percent of its original size. + + + Specifies default mode. + + + Specifies high quality interpolation. + + + Specifies high-quality, bicubic interpolation. Prefiltering is performed to ensure high-quality shrinking. This mode produces the highest quality transformed images. + + + Specifies high-quality, bilinear interpolation. Prefiltering is performed to ensure high-quality shrinking. + + + Equivalent to the element of the enumeration. + + + Specifies low quality interpolation. + + + Specifies nearest-neighbor interpolation. + + + Encapsulates a with a linear gradient. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and colors. + A structure that represents the starting point of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the endpoint of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color of the linear gradient. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and colors. + A structure that represents the starting point of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the endpoint of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color of the linear gradient. + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and orientation. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + A enumeration element that specifies the orientation of the gradient. The orientation determines the starting and ending points of the gradient. For example, specifies that the starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle and the ending point is the lower-right corner of the rectangle. + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line. + Set to to specify that the angle is affected by the transform associated with this ; otherwise, . + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line. + + + Creates a new instance of the based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation mode. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + A enumeration element that specifies the orientation of the gradient. The orientation determines the starting and ending points of the gradient. For example, specifies that the starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle and the ending point is the lower-right corner of the rectangle. + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line. + Set to to specify that the angle is affected by the transform associated with this ; otherwise, . + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line. + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Multiplies the that represents the local geometric transform of this by the specified in the specified order. + The by which to multiply the geometric transform. + A that specifies in which order to multiply the two matrices. + + + Multiplies the that represents the local geometric transform of this by the specified by prepending the specified . + The by which to multiply the geometric transform. + + + Resets the property to identity. + + + Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount in the specified order. + The angle of rotation. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix. + + + Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transform. + The angle of rotation. + + + Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts in the specified order. + The amount by which to scale the transform in the x-axis direction. + The amount by which to scale the transform in the y-axis direction. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix. + + + Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transform. + The amount by which to scale the transform in the x-axis direction. + The amount by which to scale the transform in the y-axis direction. + + + Creates a linear gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to a single color on both ends. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color). + A value from 0 through1 that specifies how fast the colors falloff from the starting color to (ending color) + + + Creates a linear gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to a single color on both ends. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color). + + + Creates a gradient falloff based on a bell-shaped curve. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color). + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies how fast the colors falloff from the . + + + Creates a gradient falloff based on a bell-shaped curve. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the starting color and ending color are blended equally). + + + Translates the local geometric transform by the specified dimensions in the specified order. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation. + + + Translates the local geometric transform by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transform. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + + + Gets or sets a that specifies positions and factors that define a custom falloff for the gradient. + A that represents a custom falloff for the gradient. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled for this . + The value is if gamma correction is enabled for this ; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + A that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + + + Gets or sets the starting and ending colors of the gradient. + An array of two structures that represents the starting and ending colors of the gradient. + + + Gets a rectangular region that defines the starting and ending points of the gradient. + A structure that specifies the starting and ending points of the gradient. + + + Gets or sets a copy that defines a local geometric transform for this . + A copy of the that defines a geometric transform that applies only to fills drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets a enumeration that indicates the wrap mode for this . + A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled. + + + Specifies the direction of a linear gradient. + + + Specifies a gradient from upper right to lower left. + + + Specifies a gradient from upper left to lower right. + + + Specifies a gradient from left to right. + + + Specifies a gradient from top to bottom. + + + Specifies the available cap styles with which a object can end a line. + + + Specifies a mask used to check whether a line cap is an anchor cap. + + + Specifies an arrow-shaped anchor cap. + + + Specifies a custom line cap. + + + Specifies a diamond anchor cap. + + + Specifies a flat line cap. + + + Specifies no anchor. + + + Specifies a round line cap. + + + Specifies a round anchor cap. + + + Specifies a square line cap. + + + Specifies a square anchor line cap. + + + Specifies a triangular line cap. + + + Specifies how to join consecutive line or curve segments in a figure (subpath) contained in a object. + + + Specifies a beveled join. This produces a diagonal corner. + + + Specifies a mitered join. This produces a sharp corner or a clipped corner, depending on whether the length of the miter exceeds the miter limit. + + + Specifies a mitered join. This produces a sharp corner or a beveled corner, depending on whether the length of the miter exceeds the miter limit. + + + Specifies a circular join. This produces a smooth, circular arc between the lines. + + + Encapsulates a 3-by-3 affine matrix that represents a geometric transform. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class as the identity matrix. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class to the geometric transform defined by the specified rectangle and array of points. + A structure that represents the rectangle to be transformed. + An array of three structures that represents the points of a parallelogram to which the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners of the rectangle is to be transformed. The lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three corners. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class to the geometric transform defined by the specified rectangle and array of points. + A structure that represents the rectangle to be transformed. + An array of three structures that represents the points of a parallelogram to which the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners of the rectangle is to be transformed. The lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three corners. + + + Constructs a utilizing the specified . + Matrix data to construct from. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified elements. + The value in the first row and first column of the new . + The value in the first row and second column of the new . + The value in the second row and first column of the new . + The value in the second row and second column of the new . + The value in the third row and first column of the new . + The value in the third row and second column of the new . + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The that this method creates. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Tests whether the specified object is a and is identical to this . + The object to test. + This method returns if is the specified identical to this ; otherwise, . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Returns a hash code. + The hash code for this . + + + Inverts this , if it is invertible. + + + Multiplies this by the matrix specified in the parameter, and in the order specified in the parameter. + The by which this is to be multiplied. + The that represents the order of the multiplication. + + + Multiplies this by the matrix specified in the parameter, by prepending the specified . + The by which this is to be multiplied. + + + Resets this to have the elements of the identity matrix. + + + Applies a clockwise rotation of an amount specified in the parameter, around the origin (zero x and y coordinates) for this . + The angle (extent) of the rotation, in degrees. + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the rotation is applied to this . + + + Prepend to this a clockwise rotation, around the origin and by the specified angle. + The angle of the rotation, in degrees. + + + Applies a clockwise rotation about the specified point to this in the specified order. + The angle of the rotation, in degrees. + A that represents the center of the rotation. + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the rotation is applied. + + + Applies a clockwise rotation to this around the point specified in the parameter, and by prepending the rotation. + The angle (extent) of the rotation, in degrees. + A that represents the center of the rotation. + + + Applies the specified scale vector ( and ) to this using the specified order. + The value by which to scale this in the x-axis direction. + The value by which to scale this in the y-axis direction. + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the scale vector is applied to this . + + + Applies the specified scale vector to this by prepending the scale vector. + The value by which to scale this in the x-axis direction. + The value by which to scale this in the y-axis direction. + + + Applies the specified shear vector to this in the specified order. + The horizontal shear factor. + The vertical shear factor. + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the shear is applied. + + + Applies the specified shear vector to this by prepending the shear transformation. + The horizontal shear factor. + The vertical shear factor. + + + Applies the geometric transform represented by this to a specified array of points. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + Applies the geometric transform represented by this to a specified array of points. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + + + + + + + Applies only the scale and rotate components of this to the specified array of points. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + Multiplies each vector in an array by the matrix. The translation elements of this matrix (third row) are ignored. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + + + + + + + Applies the specified translation vector to this in the specified order. + The x value by which to translate this . + The y value by which to translate this . + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the translation is applied to this . + + + Applies the specified translation vector ( and ) to this by prepending the translation vector. + The x value by which to translate this . + The y value by which to translate this . + + + Multiplies each vector in an array by the matrix. The translation elements of this matrix (third row) are ignored. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + + + + Gets an array of floating-point values that represents the elements of this . + An array of floating-point values that represents the elements of this . + + + Gets a value indicating whether this is the identity matrix. + This property is if this is identity; otherwise, . + + + Gets a value indicating whether this is invertible. + This property is if this is invertible; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the elements for the matrix. + + + Gets the x translation value (the dx value, or the element in the third row and first column) of this . + The x translation value of this . + + + Gets the y translation value (the dy value, or the element in the third row and second column) of this . + The y translation value of this . + + + Specifies the order for matrix transform operations. + + + The new operation is applied after the old operation. + + + The new operation is applied before the old operation. + + + Contains the graphical data that makes up a object. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets an array of structures that represents the points through which the path is constructed. + An array of objects that represents the points through which the path is constructed. + + + Gets or sets the types of the corresponding points in the path. + An array of bytes that specify the types of the corresponding points in the path. + + + Encapsulates a object that fills the interior of a object with a gradient. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified path. + The that defines the area filled by this . + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and wrap mode. + An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path. + A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points. + An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and wrap mode. + An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path. + A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points. + An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path. + + + + + + + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Updates the brush's transformation matrix with the product of the brush's transformation matrix multiplied by another matrix. + The that will be multiplied by the brush's current transformation matrix. + A that specifies in which order to multiply the two matrices. + + + Updates the brush's transformation matrix with the product of brush's transformation matrix multiplied by another matrix. + The that will be multiplied by the brush's current transformation matrix. + + + Resets the property to identity. + + + Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount in the specified order. + The angle (extent) of rotation. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix. + + + Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transform. + The angle (extent) of rotation. + + + Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts in the specified order. + The transform scale factor in the x-axis direction. + The transform scale factor in the y-axis direction. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix. + + + Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transform. + The transform scale factor in the x-axis direction. + The transform scale factor in the y-axis direction. + + + Creates a gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to each surrounding color. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the maximum intensity of the center color that gets blended with the boundary color. A value of 1 causes the highest possible intensity of the center color, and it is the default value. + + + Creates a gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to one surrounding color. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path. + + + Creates a gradient brush that changes color starting from the center of the path outward to the path's boundary. The transition from one color to another is based on a bell-shaped curve. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the maximum intensity of the center color that gets blended with the boundary color. A value of 1 causes the highest possible intensity of the center color, and it is the default value. + + + Creates a gradient brush that changes color starting from the center of the path outward to the path's boundary. The transition from one color to another is based on a bell-shaped curve. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path. + + + Applies the specified translation to the local geometric transform in the specified order. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation. + + + Applies the specified translation to the local geometric transform. This method prepends the translation to the transform. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + + + Gets or sets a that specifies positions and factors that define a custom falloff for the gradient. + A that represents a custom falloff for the gradient. + + + Gets or sets the color at the center of the path gradient. + A that represents the color at the center of the path gradient. + + + Gets or sets the center point of the path gradient. + A that represents the center point of the path gradient. + + + Gets or sets the focus point for the gradient falloff. + A that represents the focus point for the gradient falloff. + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + A that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + + + Gets a bounding rectangle for this . + A that represents a rectangular region that bounds the path this fills. + + + Gets or sets an array of colors that correspond to the points in the path this fills. + An array of structures that represents the colors associated with each point in the path this fills. + + + Gets or sets a copy of the that defines a local geometric transform for this . + A copy of the that defines a geometric transform that applies only to fills drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets a that indicates the wrap mode for this . + A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled. + + + Specifies the type of point in a object. + + + A default Bézier curve. + + + A cubic Bézier curve. + + + The endpoint of a subpath. + + + The corresponding segment is dashed. + + + A line segment. + + + A path marker. + + + A mask point. + + + The starting point of a object. + + + Specifies the alignment of a object in relation to the theoretical, zero-width line. + + + Specifies that the object is centered over the theoretical line. + + + Specifies that the is positioned on the inside of the theoretical line. + + + Specifies the is positioned to the left of the theoretical line. + + + Specifies the is positioned on the outside of the theoretical line. + + + Specifies the is positioned to the right of the theoretical line. + + + Specifies the type of fill a object uses to fill lines. + + + Specifies a hatch fill. + + + Specifies a linear gradient fill. + + + Specifies a path gradient fill. + + + Specifies a solid fill. + + + Specifies a bitmap texture fill. + + + Specifies how pixels are offset during rendering. + + + Specifies the default mode. + + + Specifies that pixels are offset by -.5 units, both horizontally and vertically, for high speed antialiasing. + + + Specifies high quality, low speed rendering. + + + Specifies high speed, low quality rendering. + + + Specifies an invalid mode. + + + Specifies no pixel offset. + + + Specifies the overall quality when rendering GDI+ objects. + + + Specifies the default mode. + + + Specifies high quality, low speed rendering. + + + Specifies an invalid mode. + + + Specifies low quality, high speed rendering. + + + Encapsulates the data that makes up a object. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Gets or sets an array of bytes that specify the object. + An array of bytes that specify the object. + + + Specifies whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas. + + + Specifies antialiased rendering. + + + Specifies no antialiasing. + + + Specifies antialiased rendering. + + + Specifies no antialiasing. + + + Specifies an invalid mode. + + + Specifies no antialiasing. + + + Specifies the type of warp transformation applied in a method. + + + Specifies a bilinear warp. + + + Specifies a perspective warp. + + + Specifies how a texture or gradient is tiled when it is smaller than the area being filled. + + + The texture or gradient is not tiled. + + + Tiles the gradient or texture. + + + Reverses the texture or gradient horizontally and then tiles the texture or gradient. + + + Reverses the texture or gradient horizontally and vertically and then tiles the texture or gradient. + + + Reverses the texture or gradient vertically and then tiles the texture or gradient. + + + Defines a particular format for text, including font face, size, and style attributes. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new that uses the specified existing and enumeration. + The existing from which to create the new . + The to apply to the new . Multiple values of the enumeration can be combined with the operator. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set. + The of the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + A that specifies a + + GDI character set to use for this font. + A Boolean value indicating whether the new font is derived from a GDI vertical font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + is + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set. + The of the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + A that specifies a + + GDI character set to use for the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + is . + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, and unit. + The of the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + is . + + + Initializes a new using a specified size and style. + The of the new . + The em-size, in points, of the new font. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + is . + + + Initializes a new using a specified size and unit. Sets the style to . + The of the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + + is . + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size. + The of the new . + The em-size, in points, of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using the specified size, style, unit, and character set. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + A that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font. + A Boolean value indicating whether the new is derived from a GDI vertical font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + A that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, and unit. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size and style. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size, in points, of the new font. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size and unit. The style is set to . + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size, in points, of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity or is not a valid number. + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an . + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same , , , , , and property values as this . + The object to test. + + if the parameter is a and has the same , , , , , and property values as this ; otherwise, . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Creates a from the specified Windows handle to a device context. + A handle to a device context. + The font for the specified device context is not a TrueType font. + The this method creates. + + + Creates a from the specified Windows handle. + A Windows handle to a GDI font. + + points to an object that is not a TrueType font. + The this method creates. + + + + + + + + + + Creates a from the specified GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure. + An that represents the GDI structure from which to create the . + A handle to a device context that contains additional information about the structure. + The font is not a TrueType font. + The that this method creates. + + + Creates a from the specified GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure. + An that represents the GDI structure from which to create the . + The that this method creates. + + + Gets the hash code for this . + The hash code for this . + + + Returns the line spacing, in pixels, of this font. + The line spacing, in pixels, of this font. + + + Returns the line spacing, in the current unit of a specified , of this font. + A that holds the vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the display device as well as settings for page unit and page scale. + + is . + The line spacing, in pixels, of this font. + + + Returns the height, in pixels, of this when drawn to a device with the specified vertical resolution. + The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, used to calculate the height of the font. + The height, in pixels, of this . + + + Populates a with the data needed to serialize the target object. + The to populate with data. + The destination (see ) for this serialization. + + + Returns a handle to this . + The operation was unsuccessful. + A Windows handle to this . + + + + + + + + + + Creates a GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure from this . + An to represent the structure that this method creates. + A that provides additional information for the structure. + + is . + + + Creates a GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure from this . + An to represent the structure that this method creates. + + + Returns a human-readable string representation of this . + A string that represents this . + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this is bold. + + if this is bold; otherwise, . + + + Gets the associated with this . + The associated with this . + + + Gets a byte value that specifies the GDI character set that this uses. + A byte value that specifies the GDI character set that this uses. The default is 1. + + + Gets a Boolean value that indicates whether this is derived from a GDI vertical font. + + if this is derived from a GDI vertical font; otherwise, . + + + Gets the line spacing of this font. + The line spacing, in pixels, of this font. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the font is a member of . + + if the font is a member of ; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this font has the italic style applied. + + to indicate this font has the italic style applied; otherwise, . + + + Gets the face name of this . + A string representation of the face name of this . + + + Gets the name of the font originally specified. + The string representing the name of the font originally specified. + + + Gets the em-size of this measured in the units specified by the property. + The em-size of this . + + + Gets the em-size, in points, of this . + The em-size, in points, of this . + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this specifies a horizontal line through the font. + + if this has a horizontal line through it; otherwise, . + + + Gets style information for this . + A enumeration that contains style information for this . + + + Gets the name of the system font if the property returns . + The name of the system font, if returns ; otherwise, an empty string (""). + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this is underlined. + + if this is underlined; otherwise, . + + + Gets the unit of measure for this . + A that represents the unit of measure for this . + + + Converts objects from one data type to another. + + + Initializes a new object. + + + Determines whether this converter can convert an object in the specified source type to the native type of the converter. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + The type you want to convert from. + This method returns if this object can perform the conversion. + + + Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context. + An object that provides a format context. + A object that represents the type you want to convert to. + This method returns if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts the specified object to the native type of the converter. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies the culture used to represent the font. + The object to convert. + The conversion could not be performed. + The converted object. + + + Converts the specified object to another type. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies the culture used to represent the object. + The object to convert. + The data type to convert the object to. + The conversion was not successful. + The converted object. + + + Creates an object of this type by using a specified set of property values for the object. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + A dictionary of new property values. The dictionary contains a series of name-value pairs, one for each property returned from the method. + The newly created object, or if the object could not be created. The default implementation returns . + + useful for creating non-changeable objects that have changeable properties. + + + Determines whether changing a value on this object should require a call to the method to create a new value. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + This method returns if the object should be called when a change is made to one or more properties of this object; otherwise, . + + + Retrieves the set of properties for this type. By default, a type does not have any properties to return. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + The value of the object to get the properties for. + An array of objects that describe the properties. + The set of properties that should be exposed for this data type. If no properties should be exposed, this may return . The default implementation always returns . + + An easy implementation of this method can call the method for the correct data type. + + + Determines whether this object supports properties. The default is . + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + This method returns if the method should be called to find the properties of this object; otherwise, . + + + + is a type converter that is used to convert a font name to and from various other representations. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Determines if this converter can convert an object in the given source type to the native type of the converter. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + The type you wish to convert from. + + if the converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts the given object to the converter's native type. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + A to use to perform the conversion. + The object to convert. + The conversion cannot be completed. + The converted object. + + + Retrieves a collection containing a set of standard values for the data type this converter is designed for. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + A collection containing a standard set of valid values, or . The default is . + + + Determines if the list of standard values returned from the method is an exclusive list. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + + if the collection returned from is an exclusive list of possible values; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Determines if this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + + if should be called to find a common set of values the object supports; otherwise, . + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + + Converts font units to and from other unit types. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Returns a collection of standard values valid for the type. + An that provides a format context. + + + Defines a group of type faces having a similar basic design and certain variations in styles. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new from the specified generic font family. + The from which to create the new . + + + Initializes a new in the specified with the specified name. + A that represents the name of the new . + The that contains this . + + is an empty string (""). + + -or- + + specifies a font that is not installed on the computer running the application. + + -or- + + specifies a font that is not a TrueType font. + + + Initializes a new with the specified name. + The name of the new . + + is an empty string (""). + + -or- + + specifies a font that is not installed on the computer running the application. + + -or- + + specifies a font that is not a TrueType font. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and is identical to this . + The object to test. + + if is a and is identical to this ; otherwise, . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Returns the cell ascent, in design units, of the of the specified style. + A that contains style information for the font. + The cell ascent for this that uses the specified . + + + Returns the cell descent, in design units, of the of the specified style. + A that contains style information for the font. + The cell descent metric for this that uses the specified . + + + Gets the height, in font design units, of the em square for the specified style. + The for which to get the em height. + The height of the em square. + + + Returns an array that contains all the objects available for the specified graphics context. + The object from which to return objects. + + is . + An array of objects available for the specified object. + + + Gets a hash code for this . + The hash code for this . + + + Returns the line spacing, in design units, of the of the specified style. The line spacing is the vertical distance between the base lines of two consecutive lines of text. + The to apply. + The distance between two consecutive lines of text. + + + Returns the name, in the specified language, of this . + The language in which the name is returned. + A that represents the name, in the specified language, of this . + + + Indicates whether the specified enumeration is available. + The to test. + + if the specified is available; otherwise, . + + + Converts this to a human-readable string representation. + The string that represents this . + + + Returns an array that contains all the objects associated with the current graphics context. + An array of objects associated with the current graphics context. + + + Gets a generic monospace . + A that represents a generic monospace font. + + + Gets a generic sans serif object. + A object that represents a generic sans serif font. + + + Gets a generic serif . + A that represents a generic serif font. + + + Gets the name of this . + A that represents the name of this . + + + Specifies style information applied to text. + + + Bold text. + + + Italic text. + + + Normal text. + + + Text with a line through the middle. + + + Underlined text. + + + Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Adds a comment to the current . + Array of bytes that contains the comment. + + + Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container. + This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call. + + + Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation. + + structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container. + + structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container. + This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call. + + + Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation. + + structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container. + + structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container. + This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call. + + + Clears the entire drawing surface and fills it with the specified background color. + The background color of the drawing surface. + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the . + The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The size of the area to be transferred. + One of the values. + + is not a member of . + The operation failed. + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the . + The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The size of the area to be transferred. + The operation failed. + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the . + The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The size of the area to be transferred. + One of the values. + + is not a member of . + The operation failed. + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the . + The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The size of the area to be transferred. + The operation failed. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. + + structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc. + + is . + + + Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. + + structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc. + + is + + + Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc. + + is . + + + Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc. + + is . + + + Draws a Bézier spline defined by four structures. + + structure that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + + structure that represents the starting point of the curve. + + structure that represents the first control point for the curve. + + structure that represents the second control point for the curve. + + structure that represents the ending point of the curve. + + is . + + + Draws a Bézier spline defined by four structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + + structure that represents the starting point of the curve. + + structure that represents the first control point for the curve. + + structure that represents the second control point for the curve. + + structure that represents the ending point of the curve. + + is . + + + Draws a Bézier spline defined by four ordered pairs of coordinates that represent points. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the first control point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the first control point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the second control point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the second control point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the ending point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the ending point of the curve. + + is . + + + Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + Draws the given . + The that contains the image to be drawn. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + The is not compatible with the device state. + +-or- + +The object has a transform applied other than a translation. + + + Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but ignored. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but is ignored. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve. + Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve. + Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve. + Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that represent the points that define the curve. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draws an ellipse specified by a bounding structure. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. + + structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. + + is . + + + Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding . + + that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. + + structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. + + is . + + + Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by coordinates for the upper-left corner of the rectangle, a height, and a width. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a height, and a width. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Draws the image represented by the specified within the area specified by a structure. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image on the display surface. The image contained in the parameter is scaled to the dimensions of this rectangular area. + + is . + + + Draws the image represented by the specified at the specified coordinates. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the image represented by the specified without scaling the image. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image. The image is not scaled to fit this rectangle, but retains its original size. If the image is larger than the rectangle, it is clipped to fit inside it. + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location. + + to draw. + + structure that represents the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method. + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified shape and size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + is . + + + Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location. + + to draw. + + structure that represents the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified shape and size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for . + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws a portion of an image at a specified location. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + Width of the drawn image. + Height of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified image, using its original physical size, at the location specified by a coordinate pair. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws a portion of an image at a specified location. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + structure that specifies the portion of the to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + Width of the drawn image. + Height of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location. + + to draw. + + that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image. The X and Y properties of the rectangle specify the upper-left corner. The Width and Height properties are ignored. + + is . + + + Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + Not used. + Not used. + + is . + + + Draws the specified image using its original physical size at the location specified by a coordinate pair. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified image without scaling and clips it, if necessary, to fit in the specified rectangle. + The to draw. + The in which to draw the image. + + is . + + + Draws a line connecting two structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line. + + structure that represents the first point to connect. + + structure that represents the second point to connect. + + is . + + + Draws a line connecting two structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line. + + structure that represents the first point to connect. + + structure that represents the second point to connect. + + is . + + + Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line. + The x-coordinate of the first point. + The y-coordinate of the first point. + The x-coordinate of the second point. + The y-coordinate of the second point. + + is . + + + Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line. + The x-coordinate of the first point. + The y-coordinate of the first point. + The x-coordinate of the second point. + The y-coordinate of the second point. + + is . + + + Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments. + Array of structures that represent the points to connect. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments. + Array of structures that represent the points to connect. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + Draws a . + + that determines the color, width, and style of the path. + + to draw. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape. + + is . + + + Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape. + + is . + + + Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape. + + is . + + + Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape. + + is . + + + Draws a polygon defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon. + + is . + + + Draws a polygon defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + Draws a rectangle specified by a structure. + A that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. + A structure that represents the rectangle to draw. + + is . + + + Draws the outline of the specified rectangle. + A pen that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. + The rectangle to draw. + + + Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. + Width of the rectangle to draw. + Height of the rectangle to draw. + + is . + + + Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height. + A that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. + The width of the rectangle to draw. + The height of the rectangle to draw. + + is . + + + Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles. + Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + is a zero-length array. + + + Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles. + Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + is a zero-length array. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Closes the current graphics container and restores the state of this to the state saved by a call to the method. + + that represents the container this method restores. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structures that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Updates the clip region of this to exclude the area specified by a structure. + + structure that specifies the rectangle to exclude from the clip region. + + + Updates the clip region of this to exclude the area specified by a . + + that specifies the region to exclude from the clip region. + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode and tension. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode and tension. + A that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a . + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + that represents the path to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse and two radial lines. + A brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section. + + + Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures using the specified fill mode. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. + Member of the enumeration that determines the style of the fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures using the specified fill mode. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. + Member of the enumeration that determines the style of the fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the rectangle to fill. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the rectangle to fill. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. + Width of the rectangle to fill. + Height of the rectangle to fill. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. + Width of the rectangle to fill. + Height of the rectangle to fill. + + is . + + + Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + is a zero-length array. + + + Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + is a zero-length array. + + + + + + + + + + + Fills the interior of a . + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + that represents the area to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Forces execution of all pending graphics operations and returns immediately without waiting for the operations to finish. + + + Forces execution of all pending graphics operations with the method waiting or not waiting, as specified, to return before the operations finish. + Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the method returns immediately or waits for any existing operations to finish. + + + Creates a new from the specified handle to a device context and handle to a device. + Handle to a device context. + Handle to a device. + This method returns a new for the specified device context and device. + + + Creates a new from the specified handle to a device context. + Handle to a device context. + This method returns a new for the specified device context. + + + Returns a for the specified device context. + Handle to a device context. + A for the specified device context. + + + Creates a new from the specified handle to a window. + Handle to a window. + This method returns a new for the specified window handle. + + + Creates a new for the specified windows handle. + Handle to a window. + A for the specified window handle. + + + Creates a new from the specified . + + from which to create the new . + + is . + + has an indexed pixel format or its format is undefined. + This method returns a new for the specified . + + + Gets the cumulative graphics context. + An representing the cumulative graphics context. + + + Gets the cumulative offset and clip region. + When this method returns, contains the cumulative offset. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + When this method returns, contains the cumulative clip region or if the clip region is infinite. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + + + Gets the cumulative offset. + When this method returns, contains the cumulative offset. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + + + Gets a handle to the current Windows halftone palette. + Internal pointer that specifies the handle to the palette. + + + Gets the handle to the device context associated with this . + Handle to the device context associated with this . + + + Gets the nearest color to the specified structure. + + structure for which to find a match. + A structure that represents the nearest color to the one specified with the parameter. + + + Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified structure. + + structure to intersect with the current clip region. + + + Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified structure. + + structure to intersect with the current clip region. + + + Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified . + + to intersect with the current region. + + + Indicates whether the specified structure is contained within the visible clip region of this . + + structure to test for visibility. + + if the point specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified structure is contained within the visible clip region of this . + + structure to test for visibility. + + if the point specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a structure is contained within the visible clip region of this . + + structure to test for visibility. + + if the rectangle specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a structure is contained within the visible clip region of this . + + structure to test for visibility. + + if the rectangle specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. + Width of the rectangle to test for visibility. + Height of the rectangle to test for visibility. + + if the rectangle defined by the , , , and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. + The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. + + if the point defined by the and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. + Width of the rectangle to test for visibility. + Height of the rectangle to test for visibility. + + if the rectangle defined by the , , , and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. + The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. + + if the point defined by the and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Gets an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string. + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the layout rectangle for the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string. + + + Gets an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string. + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the layout rectangle for the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + + is . + This method returns an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that represents the upper-left corner of the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + Number of characters in the string. + Number of text lines in the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size of the string, in the units specified by the property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified within the specified layout area. + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + Maximum width of the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the format of the string. + Maximum width of the string in pixels. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that represents the upper-left corner of the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + Number of characters in the string. + Number of text lines in the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size of the string, in the units specified by the property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified within the specified layout area. + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + Maximum width of the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the format of the string. + Maximum width of the string in pixels. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + is . + + is . + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the parameter as drawn with the parameter. + + + + + + + + + + + Multiplies the world transformation of this and specified the in the specified order. + 4x4 that multiplies the world transformation. + Member of the enumeration that determines the order of the multiplication. + + + Multiplies the world transformation of this and specified the . + 4x4 that multiplies the world transformation. + + + Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of this . + + + Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of this . + Handle to a device context obtained by a previous call to the method of this . + + + Releases a handle to a device context. + Handle to a device context. + + + Resets the clip region of this to an infinite region. + + + Resets the world transformation matrix of this to the identity matrix. + + + Restores the state of this to the state represented by a . + + that represents the state to which to restore this . + + + Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order. + Angle of rotation in degrees. + Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the rotation is appended or prepended to the matrix transformation. + + + Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this . + Angle of rotation in degrees. + + + Saves the current state of this and identifies the saved state with a . + This method returns a that represents the saved state of this . + + + Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order. + Scale factor in the x direction. + Scale factor in the y direction. + Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the scaling operation is prepended or appended to the transformation matrix. + + + Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this by prepending it to the object's transformation matrix. + Scale factor in the x direction. + Scale factor in the y direction. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the specified . + + to combine. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the specified . + + that represents the new clip region. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified combining operation of the current clip region and the property of the specified . + + that specifies the clip region to combine. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the property of the specified . + + from which to take the new clip region. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure. + + structure to combine. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the rectangle specified by a structure. + + structure that represents the new clip region. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure. + + structure to combine. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the rectangle specified by a structure. + + structure that represents the new clip region. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the specified . + + to combine. + Member from the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this . + Member of the enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space. + Array of structures that represents the points to transformation. + + + Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this . + Member of the enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space. + Array of structures that represent the points to transform. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Translates the clipping region of this by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions. + The x-coordinate of the translation. + The y-coordinate of the translation. + + + Translates the clipping region of this by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions. + The x-coordinate of the translation. + The y-coordinate of the translation. + + + Changes the origin of the coordinate system by applying the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order. + The x-coordinate of the translation. + The y-coordinate of the translation. + Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the translation is prepended or appended to the transformation matrix. + + + Changes the origin of the coordinate system by prepending the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this . + The x-coordinate of the translation. + The y-coordinate of the translation. + + + Gets or sets a that limits the drawing region of this . + A that limits the portion of this that is currently available for drawing. + + + Gets a structure that bounds the clipping region of this . + A structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the clipping region of this . + + + Gets a value that specifies how composited images are drawn to this . + This property specifies a member of the enumeration. The default is . + + + Gets or sets the rendering quality of composited images drawn to this . + This property specifies a member of the enumeration. The default is . + + + Gets the horizontal resolution of this . + The value, in dots per inch, for the horizontal resolution supported by this . + + + Gets the vertical resolution of this . + The value, in dots per inch, for the vertical resolution supported by this . + + + Gets or sets the interpolation mode associated with this . + One of the values. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the clipping region of this is empty. + + if the clipping region of this is empty; otherwise, . + + + Gets a value indicating whether the visible clipping region of this is empty. + + if the visible portion of the clipping region of this is empty; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the scaling between world units and page units for this . + This property specifies a value for the scaling between world units and page units for this . + + + Gets or sets the unit of measure used for page coordinates in this . + + is set to , which is not a physical unit. + One of the values other than . + + + Gets or sets a value specifying how pixels are offset during rendering of this . + This property specifies a member of the enumeration. + + + Gets or sets the rendering origin of this for dithering and for hatch brushes. + A structure that represents the dither origin for 8-bits-per-pixel and 16-bits-per-pixel dithering and is also used to set the origin for hatch brushes. + + + Gets or sets the rendering quality for this . + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets the gamma correction value for rendering text. + The gamma correction value used for rendering antialiased and ClearType text. + + + Gets or sets the rendering mode for text associated with this . + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets a copy of the geometric world transformation for this . + A copy of the that represents the geometric world transformation for this . + + + Gets or sets the world transform elements for this . + + + Gets the bounding rectangle of the visible clipping region of this . + A structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the visible clipping region of this . + + + Provides a callback method for deciding when the method should prematurely cancel execution and stop drawing an image. + Internal pointer that specifies data for the callback method. This parameter is not passed by all overloads. You can test for its absence by checking for the value . + This method returns if it decides that the method should prematurely stop execution. Otherwise it returns to indicate that the method should continue execution. + + + Provides a callback method for the method. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the type of metafile record. + Set of flags that specify attributes of the record. + Number of bytes in the record data. + Pointer to a buffer that contains the record data. + Not used. + Return if you want to continue enumerating records; otherwise, . + + + Specifies the unit of measure for the given data. + + + Specifies the unit of measure of the display device. Typically pixels for video displays, and 1/100 inch for printers. + + + Specifies the document unit (1/300 inch) as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies the inch as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies the millimeter as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a device pixel as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies the world coordinate system unit as the unit of measure. + + + Represents a Windows icon, which is a small bitmap image that is used to represent an object. Icons can be thought of as transparent bitmaps, although their size is determined by the system. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class and attempts to find a version of the icon that matches the requested size. + The from which to load the newly sized icon. + A structure that specifies the height and width of the new . + The parameter is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class and attempts to find a version of the icon that matches the requested size. + The icon to load the different size from. + The width of the new icon. + The height of the new icon. + The parameter is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class of the specified size from the specified stream. + The stream that contains the icon data. + The desired size of the icon. + The is or does not contain image data. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream and with the specified width and height. + The data stream from which to load the icon. + The width, in pixels, of the icon. + The height, in pixels, of the icon. + The parameter is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + The data stream from which to load the . + The parameter is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class of the specified size from the specified file. + The name and path to the file that contains the icon data. + The desired size of the icon. + The is or does not contain image data. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width and height from the specified file. + The name and path to the file that contains the data. + The desired width of the . + The desired height of the . + The is or does not contain image data. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file name. + The file to load the from. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from a resource in the specified assembly. + A that specifies the assembly in which to look for the resource. + The resource name to load. + An icon specified by cannot be found in the assembly that contains the specified . + + + Clones the , creating a duplicate image. + An object that can be cast to an . + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Returns an icon representation of an image that is contained in the specified file. + The path to the file that contains an image. + The does not indicate a valid file. + + -or- + + The indicates a Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path. + The representation of the image that is contained in the specified file. + + + Extracts a specified icon from the given filePath. + Path to an icon or PE (.dll, .exe) file. + Positive numbers refer to an icon index in the given file. Negative numbers refer to a specific native resource identifier in a PE (.dll, .exe) file. + + true to get the at the current system small icon size setting. false to get the at the current system large icon size setting. The default is false. + An , or null if an icon can't be found with the specified id. + + + Extracts a specified icon from the given . + Path to an icon or PE (.dll, .exe) file. + Positive numbers refer to an icon index in the given file. Negative numbers refer to a specific native resource identifier in a PE (.dll, .exe) file. + The desired size. If the specified size does not exist, an existing size will be resampled to give the requested size. + + is negative or larger than . + + could not be accessed. + + is . + An , or if an icon can't be found with the specified . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Creates a GDI+ from the specified Windows handle to an icon (). + A Windows handle to an icon. + The this method creates. + + + Saves this to the specified output . + The to save to. + + + Populates a with the data that is required to serialize the target object. + + The destination (see ) for this serialization. + + + Converts this to a GDI+ . + A that represents the converted . + + + Gets a human-readable string that describes the . + A string that describes the . + + + Gets the Windows handle for this . This is not a copy of the handle; do not free it. + The Windows handle for the icon. + + + Gets the height of this . + The height of this . + + + Gets the size of this . + A structure that specifies the width and height of this . + + + Gets the width of this . + The width of this . + + + Converts an object from one data type to another. Access this class through the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Determines whether this can convert an instance of a specified type to an , using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that specifies the type you want to convert from. + This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Determines whether this can convert an to an instance of a specified type, using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that specifies the type you want to convert to. + This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts a specified object to an . + An that provides a format context. + A that holds information about a specific culture. + The to be converted. + The conversion could not be performed. + If this method succeeds, it returns the that it created by converting the specified object. Otherwise, it throws an exception. + + + Converts an (or an object that can be cast to an ) to a specified type. + An that provides a format context. + A object that specifies formatting conventions used by a particular culture. + The object to convert. This object should be of type icon or some type that can be cast to . + The type to convert the icon to. + The conversion could not be performed. + This method returns the converted object. + + + Defines methods for obtaining and releasing an existing handle to a Windows device context. + + + Returns the handle to a Windows device context. + An representing the handle of a device context. + + + Releases the handle of a Windows device context. + + + An abstract base class that provides functionality for the and descended classes. + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. + + to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Creates an from the specified file using embedded color management information in that file. + A string that contains the name of the file from which to create the . + Set to to use color management information embedded in the image file; otherwise, . + The file does not have a valid image format. + + -or- + + GDI+ does not support the pixel format of the file. + The specified file does not exist. + + is a . + The this method creates. + + + Creates an from the specified file. + A string that contains the name of the file from which to create the . + The file does not have a valid image format. + + -or- + + GDI+ does not support the pixel format of the file. + The specified file does not exist. + + is a . + The this method creates. + + + Creates a from a handle to a GDI bitmap and a handle to a GDI palette. + The GDI bitmap handle from which to create the . + A handle to a GDI palette used to define the bitmap colors if the bitmap specified in the parameter is not a device-independent bitmap (DIB). + The this method creates. + + + Creates a from a handle to a GDI bitmap. + The GDI bitmap handle from which to create the . + The this method creates. + + + Creates an from the specified data stream, optionally using embedded color management information and validating the image data. + A that contains the data for this . + + to use color management information embedded in the data stream; otherwise, . + + to validate the image data; otherwise, . + The stream does not have a valid image format. + The stream does not have a valid image format. + The this method creates. + + + Creates an from the specified data stream, optionally using embedded color management information in that stream. + A that contains the data for this . + + to use color management information embedded in the data stream; otherwise, . + The stream does not have a valid image format + + -or- + + is . + The stream does not have a valid image format. + The this method creates. + + + Creates an from the specified data stream. + A that contains the data for this . + The stream does not have a valid image format + + -or- + + is . + The stream does not have a valid image format. + The this method creates. + + + Gets the bounds of the image in the specified unit. + One of the values indicating the unit of measure for the bounding rectangle. + The that represents the bounds of the image, in the specified unit. + + + Returns information about the parameters supported by the specified image encoder. + A GUID that specifies the image encoder. + An that contains an array of objects. Each contains information about one of the parameters supported by the specified image encoder. + + + Returns the number of frames of the specified dimension. + A that specifies the identity of the dimension type. + The number of frames in the specified dimension. + + + Returns the color depth, in number of bits per pixel, of the specified pixel format. + The member that specifies the format for which to find the size. + The color depth of the specified pixel format. + + + Gets the specified property item from this . + The ID of the property item to get. + The image format of this image does not support property items. + The this method gets. + + + Returns a thumbnail for this . + The width, in pixels, of the requested thumbnail image. + The height, in pixels, of the requested thumbnail image. + A delegate. + + Note You must create a delegate and pass a reference to the delegate as the parameter, but the delegate is not used. + Must be . + An that represents the thumbnail. + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format for this contains alpha information. + The to test. + + if contains alpha information; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format is 32 bits per pixel. + The to test. + + if is canonical; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format is 64 bits per pixel. + The enumeration to test. + + if is extended; otherwise, . + + + Removes the specified property item from this . + The ID of the property item to remove. + The image does not contain the requested property item. + + -or- + + The image format for this image does not support property items. + + + Rotates, flips, or rotates and flips the . + A member that specifies the type of rotation and flip to apply to the image. + + + Saves this image to the specified stream, with the specified encoder and image encoder parameters. + The where the image will be saved. + The for this . + An that specifies parameters used by the image encoder. + + is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + + Saves this image to the specified stream in the specified format. + The where the image will be saved. + An that specifies the format of the saved image. + + or is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + + Saves this to the specified file, with the specified encoder and image-encoder parameters. + A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this . + The for this . + An to use for this . + + or is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + -or- + + The image was saved to the same file it was created from. + + + Saves this to the specified file in the specified format. + A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this . + The for this . + + or is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + -or- + + The image was saved to the same file it was created from. + + + Saves this to the specified file or stream. + A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this . + + is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + -or- + + The image was saved to the same file it was created from. + + + Adds a frame to the file or stream specified in a previous call to the method. + An that contains the frame to add. + An that holds parameters required by the image encoder that is used by the save-add operation. + + is . + + + Adds a frame to the file or stream specified in a previous call to the method. Use this method to save selected frames from a multiple-frame image to another multiple-frame image. + An that holds parameters required by the image encoder that is used by the save-add operation. + + + Selects the frame specified by the dimension and index. + A that specifies the identity of the dimension type. + The index of the active frame. + Always returns 0. + + + Stores a property item (piece of metadata) in this . + The to be stored. + The image format of this image does not support property items. + + + Populates a with the data needed to serialize the target object. + + The destination (see ) for this serialization. + + + Gets attribute flags for the pixel data of this . + The integer representing a bitwise combination of for this . + + + Gets an array of GUIDs that represent the dimensions of frames within this . + An array of GUIDs that specify the dimensions of frames within this from most significant to least significant. + + + Gets the height, in pixels, of this . + The height, in pixels, of this . + + + Gets the horizontal resolution, in pixels per inch, of this . + The horizontal resolution, in pixels per inch, of this . + + + Gets or sets the color palette used for this . + A that represents the color palette used for this . + + + Gets the width and height of this image. + A structure that represents the width and height of this . + + + Gets the pixel format for this . + A that represents the pixel format for this . + + + Gets IDs of the property items stored in this . + An array of the property IDs, one for each property item stored in this image. + + + Gets all the property items (pieces of metadata) stored in this . + An array of objects, one for each property item stored in the image. + + + Gets the file format of this . + The that represents the file format of this . + + + Gets the width and height, in pixels, of this image. + A structure that represents the width and height, in pixels, of this image. + + + Gets or sets an object that provides additional data about the image. + The that provides additional data about the image. + + + Gets the vertical resolution, in pixels per inch, of this . + The vertical resolution, in pixels per inch, of this . + + + Gets the width, in pixels, of this . + The width, in pixels, of this . + + + Provides a callback method for determining when the method should prematurely cancel execution. + This method returns if it decides that the method should prematurely stop execution; otherwise, it returns . + + + Animates an image that has time-based frames. + + + Displays a multiple-frame image as an animation. + The object to animate. + An object that specifies the method that is called when the animation frame changes. + + + Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the specified image contains time-based frames. + The object to test. + This method returns if the specified image contains time-based frames; otherwise, . + + + Terminates a running animation. + The object to stop animating. + An object that specifies the method that is called when the animation frame changes. + + + Advances the frame in all images currently being animated. The new frame is drawn the next time the image is rendered. + + + Advances the frame in the specified image. The new frame is drawn the next time the image is rendered. This method applies only to images with time-based frames. + The object for which to update frames. + + + + is a class that can be used to convert objects from one data type to another. Access this class through the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Determines whether this can convert an instance of a specified type to an , using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that specifies the type you want to convert from. + This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Determines whether this can convert an to an instance of a specified type, using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that specifies the type you want to convert to. + This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts a specified object to an . + An that provides a format context. + A that holds information about a specific culture. + The to be converted. + The conversion cannot be completed. + If this method succeeds, it returns the that it created by converting the specified object. Otherwise, it throws an exception. + + + Converts an (or an object that can be cast to an ) to the specified type. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies formatting conventions used by a particular culture. + The to convert. + The to convert the to. + The conversion cannot be completed. + This method returns the converted object. + + + Gets the set of properties for this type. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + The value of the object to get the properties for. + An array of objects that describe the properties. + The set of properties that should be exposed for this data type. If no properties should be exposed, this can return . The default implementation always returns . + + + Indicates whether this object supports properties. By default, this is . + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + This method returns if the method should be called to find the properties of this object. + + + + is a class that can be used to convert objects from one data type to another. Access this class through the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Indicates whether this converter can convert an object in the specified source type to the native type of the converter. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + The type you want to convert from. + This method returns if this object can perform the conversion. + + + Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert an object to the specified destination type using the context. + An that specifies the context for this type conversion. + The that represents the type to which you want to convert this object. + This method returns if this object can perform the conversion. + + + Converts the specified object to an object. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies formatting conventions for a particular culture. + The object to convert. + The conversion cannot be completed. + The converted object. + + + Converts the specified object to the specified type. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies formatting conventions for a particular culture. + The object to convert. + The type to convert the object to. + The conversion cannot be completed. + + is . + The converted object. + + + Gets a collection that contains a set of standard values for the data type this validator is designed for. Returns if the data type does not support a standard set of values. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A collection that contains a standard set of valid values, or . The default implementation always returns . + + + Indicates whether this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + This method returns if the method should be called to find a common set of values the object supports. + + + Specifies the attributes of a bitmap image. The class is used by the and methods of the class. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the pixel height of the object. Also sometimes referred to as the number of scan lines. + The pixel height of the object. + + + Gets or sets the format of the pixel information in the object that returned this object. + A that specifies the format of the pixel information in the associated object. + + + Reserved. Do not use. + Reserved. Do not use. + + + Gets or sets the address of the first pixel data in the bitmap. This can also be thought of as the first scan line in the bitmap. + The address of the first pixel data in the bitmap. + + + Gets or sets the stride width (also called scan width) of the object. + The stride width, in bytes, of the object. + + + Gets or sets the pixel width of the object. This can also be thought of as the number of pixels in one scan line. + The pixel width of the object. + + + Represents a device-dependent copy of a matching a specified object's current device (display) settings. Avoids reformatting step when rendering, which can significantly improve performance. + + + Creates a device-dependent copy of for the device settings of . + The to convert. + The object to use to format the cached copy of the . + + or is . + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + + + Specifies which GDI+ objects use color adjustment information. + + + The number of types specified. + + + Color adjustment information for objects. + + + Color adjustment information for objects. + + + The number of types specified. + + + Color adjustment information that is used by all GDI+ objects that do not have their own color adjustment information. + + + Color adjustment information for objects. + + + Color adjustment information for text. + + + Specifies individual channels in the CMYK (cyan, magenta, yellow, black) color space. This enumeration is used by the methods. + + + The cyan color channel. + + + The black color channel. + + + The last selected channel should be used. + + + The magenta color channel. + + + The yellow color channel. + + + Defines a map for converting colors. Several methods of the class adjust image colors by using a color-remap table, which is an array of structures. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the new structure to which to convert. + The new structure to which to convert. + + + Gets or sets the existing structure to be converted. + The existing structure to be converted. + + + Specifies the types of color maps. + + + Specifies a color map for a . + + + A default color map. + + + Defines a 5 x 5 matrix that contains the coordinates for the RGBAW space. Several methods of the class adjust image colors by using a color matrix. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the elements in the specified matrix . + The values of the elements for the new . + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified row and column in the . + The row of the element. + The column of the element. + The element at the specified row and column. + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and 0 column of this . + The element at the 0 row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and first column of this . + The element at the 0 row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and second column of this . + The element at the 0 row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component. + The element at the 0 row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and fourth column of this . + The element at the 0 row and fourth column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and 0 (zero) column of this . + The element at the first row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and first column of this . + The element at the first row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and second column of this . + The element at the first row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component. + The element at the first row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and fourth column of this . + The element at the first row and fourth column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and 0 (zero) column of this . + The element at the second row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and first column of this . + The element at the second row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and second column of this . + The element at the second row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and third column of this . + The element at the second row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and fourth column of this . + The element at the second row and fourth column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and 0 (zero) column of this . + The element at the third row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and first column of this . + The element at the third row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and second column of this . + The element at the third row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component. + The element at the third row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and fourth column of this . + The element at the third row and fourth column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and 0 (zero) column of this . + The element at the fourth row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and first column of this . + The element at the fourth row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and second column of this . + The element at the fourth row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component. + The element at the fourth row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and fourth column of this . + The element at the fourth row and fourth column of this . + + + Specifies the types of images and colors that will be affected by the color and grayscale adjustment settings of an . + + + Only gray shades are adjusted. + + + All color values, including gray shades, are adjusted by the same color-adjustment matrix. + + + All colors are adjusted, but gray shades are not adjusted. A gray shade is any color that has the same value for its red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies two modes for color component values. + + + The integer values supplied are 32-bit values. + + + The integer values supplied are 64-bit values. + + + Defines an array of colors that make up a color palette. The colors are 32-bit ARGB colors. Not inheritable. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets an array of structures. + The array of structure that make up this . + + + Gets a value that specifies how to interpret the color information in the array of colors. + The following flag values are valid: + + 0x00000001 + The color values in the array contain alpha information. + + 0x00000002 + The colors in the array are grayscale values. + + 0x00000004 + The colors in the array are halftone values. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the methods available for use with a metafile to read and write graphic commands. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + Specifies a character string, a location, and formatting information. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See . + + + Identifies a record that marks the last EMF+ record of a metafile. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + Identifies a record that is the EMF+ header. + + + Indicates invalid data. + + + The maximum value for this enumeration. + + + The minimum value for this enumeration. + + + Marks the end of a multiple-format section. + + + Marks a multiple-format section. + + + Marks the start of a multiple-format section. + + + See methods. + + + Marks an object. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + See . + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + Used internally. + + + See methods. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + Increases or decreases the size of a logical palette based on the specified value. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + Copies the color data for a rectangle of pixels in a DIB to the specified destination rectangle. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + Specifies the nature of the records that are placed in an Enhanced Metafile (EMF) file. This enumeration is used by several constructors in the class. + + + Specifies that all the records in the metafile are EMF records, which can be displayed by GDI or GDI+. + + + Specifies that all EMF+ records in the metafile are associated with an alternate EMF record. Metafiles of type can be displayed by GDI or by GDI+. + + + Specifies that all the records in the metafile are EMF+ records, which can be displayed by GDI+ but not by GDI. + + + An object encapsulates a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies the category of an image encoder parameter. + + + An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the chrominance table parameter category. + + + An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the color depth parameter category. + + + Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the color space category. + + + An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the compression parameter category. + + + Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the image items category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the luminance table parameter category. + + + Gets an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the quality parameter category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the render method parameter category. + + + Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the save as CMYK category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the save flag parameter category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the scan method parameter category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the transformation parameter category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the version parameter category. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified globally unique identifier (GUID). The GUID specifies an image encoder parameter category. + A globally unique identifier that identifies an image encoder parameter category. + + + Gets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies an image encoder parameter category. + The GUID that identifies an image encoder parameter category. + + + Used to pass a value, or an array of values, to an image encoder. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one 8-bit value. Sets the property to or , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A byte that specifies the value stored in the object. + If , the property is set to ; otherwise, the property is set to . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one unsigned 8-bit integer. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An 8-bit unsigned integer that specifies the value stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of bytes. Sets the property to or , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of bytes that specifies the values stored in the object. + If , the property is set to ; otherwise, the property is set to . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of unsigned 8-bit integers. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 8-bit unsigned integers that specifies the values stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one, 16-bit integer. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 16-bit integer that specifies the value stored in the object. Must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of 16-bit integers. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 16-bit integers that specifies the values stored in the object. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object, number of values, data type of the values, and a pointer to the values stored in the object. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An integer that specifies the number of values stored in the object. The property is set to this value. + A member of the enumeration that specifies the data type of the values stored in the object. The and properties are set to this value. + A pointer to an array of values of the type specified by the parameter. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and four, 32-bit integers. The four integers represent a range of fractions. The first two integers represent the smallest fraction in the range, and the remaining two integers represent the largest fraction in the range. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative. + A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative. + A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative. + A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of the largest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and three integers that specify the number of values, the data type of the values, and a pointer to the values stored in the object. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An integer that specifies the number of values stored in the object. The property is set to this value. + A member of the enumeration that specifies the data type of the values stored in the object. The and properties are set to this value. + A pointer to an array of values of the type specified by the parameter. + Type is not a valid . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a pair of 32-bit integers. The pair of integers represents a fraction, the first integer being the numerator, and the second integer being the denominator. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of a fraction. Must be nonnegative. + A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of a fraction. Must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and four arrays of 32-bit integers. The four arrays represent an array rational ranges. A rational range is the set of all fractions from a minimum fractional value through a maximum fractional value. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the other three arrays. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the minimum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the minimum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the maximum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the maximum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and two arrays of 32-bit integers. The two arrays represent an array of fractions. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the fractions. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the fractions. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. A denominator of a given index is paired with the numerator of the same index. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a pair of 64-bit integers. The pair of integers represents a range of integers, the first integer being the smallest number in the range, and the second integer being the largest number in the range. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 64-bit integer that represents the smallest number in a range of integers. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object. + A 64-bit integer that represents the largest number in a range of integers. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one 64-bit integer. Sets the property to (32 bits), and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 64-bit integer that specifies the value stored in the object. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and two arrays of 64-bit integers. The two arrays represent an array integer ranges. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the minimum values for the integer ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object. + An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the maximum values for the integer ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object. A maximum value of a given index is paired with the minimum value of the same index. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of 64-bit integers. Sets the property to (32-bit), and sets the property to the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the values stored in the object. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a character string. The string is converted to a null-terminated ASCII string before it is stored in the object. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the length of the ASCII string including the NULL terminator. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A that specifies the value stored in the object. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Allows an object to attempt to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before the object is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Gets or sets the object associated with this object. The object encapsulates the globally unique identifier (GUID) that specifies the category (for example , , or ) of the parameter stored in this object. + An object that encapsulates the GUID that specifies the category of the parameter stored in this object. + + + Gets the number of elements in the array of values stored in this object. + An integer that indicates the number of elements in the array of values stored in this object. + + + Gets the data type of the values stored in this object. + A member of the enumeration that indicates the data type of the values stored in this object. + + + Gets the data type of the values stored in this object. + A member of the enumeration that indicates the data type of the values stored in this object. + + + Encapsulates an array of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class that can contain one object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class that can contain the specified number of objects. + An integer that specifies the number of objects that the object can contain. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Gets or sets an array of objects. + The array of objects. + + + Specifies the data type of the used with the or method of an image. + + + An 8-bit ASCII value. This field specifies that the array of values is a null-terminated ASCII character string. + + + An 8-bit unsigned integer. + + + A 32-bit unsigned integer. + + + Two long values that specify a range of integer values. The first value specifies the lower end, and the second value specifies the higher end. All values are inclusive at both ends. + + + A pointer to a block of custom metadata. + + + A pair of 32-bit unsigned integers. Each pair represents a fraction, the first integer being the numerator and the second integer being the denominator. + + + + A set of four 32-bit unsigned integers. The first two integers represent one fraction, and the second two integers represent a second fraction. + The two fractions represent a range of rational numbers. The first fraction is the smallest rational number in the range, and the second fraction is the largest rational number in the range. The values are inclusive at both ends. + + + + A 16-bit, unsigned integer. + + + A byte that has no data type defined. The variable can take any value depending on field definition. + + + Used to specify the parameter value passed to a JPEG or TIFF image encoder when using the or methods. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Specifies the CCITT3 compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category. + + + Specifies the CCITT4 compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category. + + + Specifies the LZW compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the Compression category. + + + Specifies no compression. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category. + + + Specifies the RLE compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category. + + + Specifies that a multiple-frame file or stream should be closed. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category. + + + Specifies that a frame is to be added to the page dimension of an image. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Specifies the last frame in a multiple-frame image. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category. + + + Specifies that the image has more than one frame (page). Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Specifies that the image is to be flipped horizontally (about the vertical axis). Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Specifies that the image is to be flipped vertically (about the horizontal axis). Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Specifies that the image is to be rotated 180 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Specifies that the image is to be rotated clockwise 270 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Specifies that the image is to be rotated clockwise 90 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Provides properties that get the frame dimensions of an image. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified structure. + A structure that contains a GUID for this object. + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the specified object is a equivalent to this object. + The object to test. + + if is a equivalent to this object; otherwise, . + + + Returns a hash code for this object. + The hash code of this object. + + + Converts this object to a human-readable string. + A string that represents this object. + + + Gets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that represents this object. + A structure that contains a GUID that represents this object. + + + Gets the page dimension. + The page dimension. + + + Gets the resolution dimension. + The resolution dimension. + + + Gets the time dimension. + The time dimension. + + + Contains information about how bitmap and metafile colors are manipulated during rendering. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Clears the brush color-remap table of this object. + + + Clears the color key (transparency range) for the default category. + + + Clears the color key (transparency range) for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color key is cleared. + + + Clears the color-adjustment matrix for the default category. + + + Clears the color-adjustment matrix for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment matrix is cleared. + + + Disables gamma correction for the default category. + + + Disables gamma correction for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which gamma correction is disabled. + + + Clears the setting for the default category. + + + Clears the setting for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the setting is cleared. + + + Clears the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel setting for the default category. + + + Clears the (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel setting for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel setting is cleared. + + + Clears the output channel color profile setting for the default category. + + + Clears the output channel color profile setting for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel profile setting is cleared. + + + Clears the color-remap table for the default category. + + + Clears the color-remap table for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the remap table is cleared. + + + Clears the threshold value for the default category. + + + Clears the threshold value for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the threshold is cleared. + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The object this class creates, cast as an object. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Adjusts the colors in a palette according to the adjustment settings of a specified category. + A that on input contains the palette to be adjusted, and on output contains the adjusted palette. + An element of that specifies the category whose adjustment settings will be applied to the palette. + + + Sets the color-remap table for the brush category. + An array of objects. + + + + + + + + + Sets the color key (transparency range) for a specified category. + The low color-key value. + The high color-key value. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color key is set. + + + Sets the color key for the default category. + The low color-key value. + The high color-key value. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for a specified category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + The grayscale-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices are set. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for the default category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + The grayscale-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for the default category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + The grayscale-adjustment matrix. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix for a specified category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment matrix is set. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix for the default category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment matrix. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix for the default category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + + + Sets the gamma value for a specified category. + The gamma correction value. + An element of the enumeration that specifies the category for which the gamma value is set. + + + Sets the gamma value for the default category. + The gamma correction value. + + + Turns off color adjustment for the default category. You can call the method to reinstate the color-adjustment settings that were in place before the call to the method. + + + Turns off color adjustment for a specified category. You can call the method to reinstate the color-adjustment settings that were in place before the call to the method. + An element of that specifies the category for which color correction is turned off. + + + Sets the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the output channel. + An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel is set. + + + Sets the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel for the default category. + An element of that specifies the output channel. + + + Sets the output channel color-profile file for a specified category. + The path name of a color-profile file. If the color-profile file is in the %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\Color directory, this parameter can be the file name. Otherwise, this parameter must be the fully qualified path name. + An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel color-profile file is set. + + + Sets the output channel color-profile file for the default category. + The path name of a color-profile file. If the color-profile file is in the %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\Color directory, this parameter can be the file name. Otherwise, this parameter must be the fully qualified path name. + + + + + + + + + + + Sets the color-remap table for a specified category. + An array of color pairs of type . Each color pair contains an existing color (the first value) and the color that it will be mapped to (the second value). + An element of that specifies the category for which the color-remap table is set. + + + Sets the color-remap table for the default category. + An array of color pairs of type . Each color pair contains an existing color (the first value) and the color that it will be mapped to (the second value). + + + + + + + + + Sets the threshold (transparency range) for a specified category. + A threshold value from 0.0 to 1.0 that is used as a breakpoint to sort colors that will be mapped to either a maximum or a minimum value. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color threshold is set. + + + Sets the threshold (transparency range) for the default category. + A real number that specifies the threshold value. + + + Sets the wrap mode and color used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling. + An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area. + A color object that specifies the color of pixels outside of a rendered image. This color is visible if the mode parameter is set to and the source rectangle passed to is larger than the image itself. + This parameter has no effect. Set it to . + + + Sets the wrap mode and color used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling. + An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area. + An object that specifies the color of pixels outside of a rendered image. This color is visible if the mode parameter is set to and the source rectangle passed to is larger than the image itself. + + + Sets the wrap mode that is used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling. + An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area. + + + Provides attributes of an image encoder/decoder (codec). + + + The decoder has blocking behavior during the decoding process. + + + The codec is built into GDI+. + + + The codec supports decoding (reading). + + + The codec supports encoding (saving). + + + The encoder requires a seekable output stream. + + + The codec supports raster images (bitmaps). + + + The codec supports vector images (metafiles). + + + Not used. + + + Not used. + + + The class provides the necessary storage members and methods to retrieve all pertinent information about the installed image encoders and decoders (called codecs). Not inheritable. + + + Returns an array of objects that contain information about the image decoders built into GDI+. + An array of objects. Each object in the array contains information about one of the built-in image decoders. + + + Returns an array of objects that contain information about the image encoders built into GDI+. + An array of objects. Each object in the array contains information about one of the built-in image encoders. + + + Gets or sets a structure that contains a GUID that identifies a specific codec. + A structure that contains a GUID that identifies a specific codec. + + + Gets or sets a string that contains the name of the codec. + A string that contains the name of the codec. + + + Gets or sets string that contains the path name of the DLL that holds the codec. If the codec is not in a DLL, this pointer is . + A string that contains the path name of the DLL that holds the codec. + + + Gets or sets string that contains the file name extension(s) used in the codec. The extensions are separated by semicolons. + A string that contains the file name extension(s) used in the codec. + + + Gets or sets 32-bit value used to store additional information about the codec. This property returns a combination of flags from the enumeration. + A 32-bit value used to store additional information about the codec. + + + Gets or sets a string that describes the codec's file format. + A string that describes the codec's file format. + + + Gets or sets a structure that contains a GUID that identifies the codec's format. + A structure that contains a GUID that identifies the codec's format. + + + Gets or sets a string that contains the codec's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type. + A string that contains the codec's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type. + + + Gets or sets a two dimensional array of bytes that can be used as a filter. + A two dimensional array of bytes that can be used as a filter. + + + Gets or sets a two dimensional array of bytes that represents the signature of the codec. + A two dimensional array of bytes that represents the signature of the codec. + + + Gets or sets the version number of the codec. + The version number of the codec. + + + Specifies the attributes of the pixel data contained in an object. The property returns a member of this enumeration. + + + The pixel data can be cached for faster access. + + + The pixel data uses a CMYK color space. + + + The pixel data is grayscale. + + + The pixel data uses an RGB color space. + + + Specifies that the image is stored using a YCBCR color space. + + + Specifies that the image is stored using a YCCK color space. + + + The pixel data contains alpha information. + + + Specifies that dots per inch information is stored in the image. + + + Specifies that the pixel size is stored in the image. + + + Specifies that the pixel data has alpha values other than 0 (transparent) and 255 (opaque). + + + There is no format information. + + + The pixel data is partially scalable, but there are some limitations. + + + The pixel data is read-only. + + + The pixel data is scalable. + + + Specifies the file format of the image. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class by using the specified structure. + The structure that specifies a particular image format. + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the specified object is an object that is equivalent to this object. + The object to test. + + if is an object that is equivalent to this object; otherwise, . + + + Returns a hash code value that represents this object. + A hash code that represents this object. + + + Converts this object to a human-readable string. + A string that represents this object. + + + Gets the bitmap (BMP) image format. + An object that indicates the bitmap image format. + + + Gets the enhanced metafile (EMF) image format. + An object that indicates the enhanced metafile image format. + + + Gets the Exchangeable Image File (Exif) format. + An object that indicates the Exif format. + + + Gets the Graphics Interchange Format (GIF) image format. + An object that indicates the GIF image format. + + + Gets a structure that represents this object. + A structure that represents this object. + + + Specifies the High Efficiency Image Format (HEIF). + + + Gets the Windows icon image format. + An object that indicates the Windows icon image format. + + + Gets the Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) image format. + An object that indicates the JPEG image format. + + + Gets the format of a bitmap in memory. + An object that indicates the format of a bitmap in memory. + + + Gets the W3C Portable Network Graphics (PNG) image format. + An object that indicates the PNG image format. + + + Gets the Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) image format. + An object that indicates the TIFF image format. + + + Specifies the WebP image format. + + + Gets the Windows metafile (WMF) image format. + An object that indicates the Windows metafile image format. + + + Specifies flags that are passed to the flags parameter of the method. The method locks a portion of an image so that you can read or write the pixel data. + + + Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for reading. + + + Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for reading or writing. + + + Specifies that the buffer used for reading or writing pixel data is allocated by the user. If this flag is set, the parameter of the method serves as an input parameter (and possibly as an output parameter). If this flag is cleared, then the parameter serves only as an output parameter. + + + Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for writing. + + + Defines a graphic metafile. A metafile contains records that describe a sequence of graphics operations that can be recorded (constructed) and played back (displayed). This class is not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle. + A handle to an enhanced metafile. + + to delete the enhanced metafile handle when the is deleted; otherwise, . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle to a device context and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be supplied to name the file. + The handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + A descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle to a device context and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + The handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle and a . Also, the parameter can be used to delete the handle when the metafile is deleted. + A windows handle to a . + A . + + to delete the handle to the new when the is deleted; otherwise, . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle and a . + A windows handle to a . + A . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be provided to name the file. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be provided to name the file. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . Also, a string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + The from which to create the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can be added, as well. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can also be added. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. A descriptive string can also be added. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can also be added. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. A descriptive string can also be added. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file name. + A that represents the file name from which to create the new . + + + Returns a Windows handle to an enhanced . + A Windows handle to this enhanced . + + + Returns the associated with this . + The associated with this . + + + Returns the associated with the specified . + The handle to the for which to return a header. + A . + The associated with the specified . + + + Returns the associated with the specified . + The handle to the enhanced for which a header is returned. + The associated with the specified . + + + Returns the associated with the specified . + A containing the for which a header is retrieved. + The associated with the specified . + + + Returns the associated with the specified . + A containing the name of the for which a header is retrieved. + The associated with the specified . + + + Plays an individual metafile record. + Element of the that specifies the type of metafile record being played. + A set of flags that specify attributes of the record. + The number of bytes in the record data. + An array of bytes that contains the record data. + + + Specifies the unit of measurement for the rectangle used to size and position a metafile. This is specified during the creation of the object. + + + The unit of measurement is 1/300 of an inch. + + + The unit of measurement is 0.01 millimeter. Provided for compatibility with GDI. + + + The unit of measurement is 1 inch. + + + The unit of measurement is 1 millimeter. + + + The unit of measurement is 1 pixel. + + + The unit of measurement is 1 printer's point. + + + Contains attributes of an associated . Not inheritable. + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is device dependent. + + if the associated is device dependent; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format. + + if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format or the Windows enhanced metafile plus format. + + if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format or the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile plus format. + + if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Dual enhanced metafile format. This format supports both the enhanced and the enhanced plus format. + + if the associated is in the Dual enhanced metafile format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated supports only the Windows enhanced metafile plus format. + + if the associated supports only the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows metafile format. + + if the associated is in the Windows metafile format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows placeable metafile format. + + if the associated is in the Windows placeable metafile format; otherwise, . + + + Gets a that bounds the associated . + A that bounds the associated . + + + Gets the horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + The horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + + + Gets the vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + + + Gets the size, in bytes, of the enhanced metafile plus header file. + The size, in bytes, of the enhanced metafile plus header file. + + + Gets the logical horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + The logical horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + + + Gets the logical vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + The logical vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + + + Gets the size, in bytes, of the associated . + The size, in bytes, of the associated . + + + Gets the type of the associated . + A enumeration that represents the type of the associated . + + + Gets the version number of the associated . + The version number of the associated . + + + Gets the Windows metafile (WMF) header file for the associated . + A that contains the WMF header file for the associated . + + + Specifies types of metafiles. The property returns a member of this enumeration. + + + Specifies an Enhanced Metafile (EMF) file. Such a file contains only GDI records. + + + Specifies an EMF+ Dual file. Such a file contains GDI+ records along with alternative GDI records and can be displayed by using either GDI or GDI+. Displaying the records using GDI may cause some quality degradation. + + + Specifies an EMF+ file. Such a file contains only GDI+ records and must be displayed by using GDI+. Displaying the records using GDI may cause unpredictable results. + + + Specifies a metafile format that is not recognized in GDI+. + + + Specifies a WMF (Windows Metafile) file. Such a file contains only GDI records. + + + Specifies a WMF (Windows Metafile) file that has a placeable metafile header in front of it. + + + Contains information about a windows-format (WMF) metafile. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the header file. + The size, in bytes, of the header file. + + + Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the largest record in the associated object. + The size, in bytes, of the largest record in the associated object. + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of objects that exist in the object at the same time. + The maximum number of objects that exist in the object at the same time. + + + Not used. Always returns 0. + Always 0. + + + Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the associated object. + The size, in bytes, of the associated object. + + + Gets or sets the type of the associated object. + The type of the associated object. + + + Gets or sets the version number of the header format. + The version number of the header format. + + + Specifies the type of color data in the system palette. The data can be color data with alpha, grayscale data only, or halftone data. + + + Grayscale data. + + + Halftone data. + + + Alpha data. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the format of the color data for each pixel in the image. + + + The pixel data contains alpha values that are not premultiplied. + + + The default pixel format of 32 bits per pixel. The format specifies 24-bit color depth and an 8-bit alpha channel. + + + No pixel format is specified. + + + Reserved. + + + The pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 32,768 shades of color, of which 5 bits are red, 5 bits are green, 5 bits are blue, and 1 bit is alpha. + + + The pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 65536 shades of gray. + + + Specifies that the format is 16 bits per pixel; 5 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. The remaining bit is not used. + + + Specifies that the format is 16 bits per pixel; 5 bits are used for the red component, 6 bits are used for the green component, and 5 bits are used for the blue component. + + + Specifies that the pixel format is 1 bit per pixel and that it uses indexed color. The color table therefore has two colors in it. + + + Specifies that the format is 24 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. The red, green, and blue components are premultiplied, according to the alpha component. + + + Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. The remaining 8 bits are not used. + + + Specifies that the format is 48 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies that the format is 4 bits per pixel, indexed. + + + Specifies that the format is 64 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies that the format is 64 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. The red, green, and blue components are premultiplied according to the alpha component. + + + Specifies that the format is 8 bits per pixel, indexed. The color table therefore has 256 colors in it. + + + The pixel data contains GDI colors. + + + The pixel data contains color-indexed values, which means the values are an index to colors in the system color table, as opposed to individual color values. + + + The maximum value for this enumeration. + + + The pixel format contains premultiplied alpha values. + + + The pixel format is undefined. + + + This delegate is not used. For an example of enumerating the records of a metafile, see . + Not used. + Not used. + Not used. + Not used. + + + Encapsulates a metadata property to be included in an image file. Not inheritable. + + + Gets or sets the ID of the property. + The integer that represents the ID of the property. + + + Gets or sets the length (in bytes) of the property. + An integer that represents the length (in bytes) of the byte array. + + + Gets or sets an integer that defines the type of data contained in the property. + An integer that defines the type of data contained in . + + + Gets or sets the value of the property item. + A byte array that represents the value of the property item. + + + Defines a placeable metafile. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + The y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + + + Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + + + Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + The x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + + + Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + + + Gets or sets the checksum value for the previous ten s in the header. + The checksum value for the previous ten s in the header. + + + Gets or sets the handle of the metafile in memory. + The handle of the metafile in memory. + + + Gets or sets the number of twips per inch. + The number of twips per inch. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the presence of a placeable metafile header. + A value indicating presence of a placeable metafile header. + + + Reserved. Do not use. + Reserved. Do not use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Defines an object used to draw lines and curves. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and . + A that determines the characteristics of this . + The width of the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified . + A that determines the fill properties of this . + + is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and properties. + A structure that indicates the color of this . + A value indicating the width of this . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified color. + A structure that indicates the color of this . + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + An that can be cast to a . + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Multiplies the transformation matrix for this by the specified in the specified order. + The by which to multiply the transformation matrix. + The order in which to perform the multiplication operation. + + + Multiplies the transformation matrix for this by the specified . + The object by which to multiply the transformation matrix. + + + Resets the geometric transformation matrix for this to identity. + + + Rotates the local geometric transformation by the specified angle in the specified order. + The angle of rotation. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix. + + + Rotates the local geometric transformation by the specified angle. This method prepends the rotation to the transformation. + The angle of rotation. + + + Scales the local geometric transformation by the specified factors in the specified order. + The factor by which to scale the transformation in the x-axis direction. + The factor by which to scale the transformation in the y-axis direction. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix. + + + Scales the local geometric transformation by the specified factors. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transformation. + The factor by which to scale the transformation in the x-axis direction. + The factor by which to scale the transformation in the y-axis direction. + + + Sets the values that determine the style of cap used to end lines drawn by this . + A that represents the cap style to use at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + A that represents the cap style to use at the end of lines drawn with this . + A that represents the cap style to use at the beginning or end of dashed lines drawn with this . + + + Translates the local geometric transformation by the specified dimensions in the specified order. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation. + + + Translates the local geometric transformation by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transformation. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + + + Gets or sets the alignment for this . + The specified value is not a member of . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the alignment for this . + + + Gets or sets the that determines attributes of this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that determines attributes of this . + + + Gets or sets the color of this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A structure that represents the color of this . + + + Gets or sets an array of values that specifies a compound pen. A compound pen draws a compound line made up of parallel lines and spaces. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + An array of real numbers that specifies the compound array. The elements in the array must be in increasing order, not less than 0, and not greater than 1. + + + Gets or sets a custom cap to use at the end of lines drawn with this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the cap used at the end of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets a custom cap to use at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the cap used at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the cap style used at the end of the dashes that make up dashed lines drawn with this . + The specified value is not a member of . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + One of the values that represents the cap style used at the beginning and end of the dashes that make up dashed lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + The distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern. + + + Gets or sets an array of custom dashes and spaces. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + An array of real numbers that specifies the lengths of alternating dashes and spaces in dashed lines. + + + Gets or sets the style used for dashed lines drawn with this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the style used for dashed lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the cap style used at the end of lines drawn with this . + The specified value is not a member of . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + One of the values that represents the cap style used at the end of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the join style for the ends of two consecutive lines drawn with this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the join style for the ends of two consecutive lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the limit of the thickness of the join on a mitered corner. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + The limit of the thickness of the join on a mitered corner. + + + Gets the style of lines drawn with this . + A enumeration that specifies the style of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the cap style used at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + The specified value is not a member of . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + One of the values that represents the cap style used at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets a copy of the geometric transformation for this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A copy of the that represents the geometric transformation for this . + + + Gets or sets the width of this , in units of the object used for drawing. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + The width of this . + + + Pens for all the standard colors. This class cannot be inherited. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Specifies the printer's duplex setting. + + + The printer's default duplex setting. + + + Double-sided, horizontal printing. + + + Single-sided printing. + + + Double-sided, vertical printing. + + + Represents the exception that is thrown when you try to access a printer using printer settings that are not valid. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + A that specifies the settings for a printer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with serialized data. + The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + is . + The class name is or is 0. + + + Overridden. Sets the with information about the exception. + The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + is . + + + Specifies the dimensions of the margins of a printed page. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with 1-inch wide margins. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified left, right, top, and bottom margins. + The left margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The right margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The top margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The parameter value is less than 0. + + -or- + + The parameter value is less than 0. + + -or- + + The parameter value is less than 0. + + -or- + + The parameter value is less than 0. + + + Retrieves a duplicate of this object, member by member. + A duplicate of this object. + + + Compares this to the specified to determine whether they have the same dimensions. + The object to which to compare this . + + if the specified object is a and has the same , , and values as this ; otherwise, . + + + Calculates and retrieves a hash code based on the width of the left, right, top, and bottom margins. + A hash code based on the left, right, top, and bottom margins. + + + Compares two to determine if they have the same dimensions. + The first to compare for equality. + The second to compare for equality. + + to indicate the , , , and properties of both margins have the same value; otherwise, . + + + Compares two to determine whether they are of unequal width. + The first to compare for inequality. + The second to compare for inequality. + + to indicate if the , , , or properties of both margins are not equal; otherwise, . + + + Converts the to a string. + A representation of the . + + + Gets or sets the bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is set to a value that is less than 0. + The bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets or sets the left margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is set to a value that is less than 0. + The left margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets or sets the right margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is set to a value that is less than 0. + The right margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets or sets the top margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is set to a value that is less than 0. + The top margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Provides a for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object of the specified source type to the native type of the converter using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type from which you want to convert. + + if an object can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context. + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type to which you want to convert. + + if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts the specified object to the converter's native type. + An that provides a format context. + A that provides the language to convert to. + The to convert. + + does not contain values for all four margins. For example, "100,100,100,100" specifies 1 inch for the left, right, top, and bottom margins. + The conversion cannot be performed. + An that represents the converted value. + + + Converts the given value object to the specified destination type using the specified context and arguments. + An that provides a format context. + A that provides the language to convert to. + The to convert. + The to which to convert the value. + + is . + The conversion cannot be performed. + An that represents the converted value. + + + Creates an given a set of property values for the object. + An that provides a format context. + An of new property values. + + is . + An representing the specified , or if the object cannot be created. + + + Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to the method to create a new value, using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + + if changing a property on this object requires a call to to create a new value; otherwise, . This method always returns . + + + Specifies settings that apply to a single, printed page. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the default printer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using a specified printer. + The that describes the printer to use. + + + Creates a copy of this . + A copy of this object. + + + Copies the relevant information from the to the specified structure. + The handle to a Win32 structure. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + + + Copies relevant information to the from the specified structure. + The handle to a Win32 structure. + The printer handle is not valid. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + + + Converts the to string form. + A string showing the various property settings for the . + + + Gets the size of the page, taking into account the page orientation specified by the property. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + A that represents the length and width, in hundredths of an inch, of the page. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page should be printed in color. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + + if the page should be printed in color; otherwise, . The default is determined by the printer. + + + Gets the x-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the left of the page. + The x-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the left-hand hard margin. + + + Gets the y-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the top of the page. + The y-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the top of the page. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page is printed in landscape or portrait orientation. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + + if the page should be printed in landscape orientation; otherwise, . The default is determined by the printer. + + + Gets or sets the margins for this page. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + A that represents the margins, in hundredths of an inch, for the page. The default is 1-inch margins on all sides. + + + Gets or sets the paper size for the page. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + A that represents the size of the paper. The default is the printer's default paper size. + + + Gets or sets the page's paper source; for example, the printer's upper tray. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + A that specifies the source of the paper. The default is the printer's default paper source. + + + Gets the bounds of the printable area of the page for the printer. + A representing the length and width, in hundredths of an inch, of the area the printer is capable of printing in. + + + Gets or sets the printer resolution for the page. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + A that specifies the printer resolution for the page. The default is the printer's default resolution. + + + Gets or sets the printer settings associated with the page. + A that represents the printer settings associated with the page. + + + Specifies the standard paper sizes. + + + A2 paper (420 mm by 594 mm). + + + A3 paper (297 mm by 420 mm). + + + A3 extra paper (322 mm by 445 mm). + + + A3 extra transverse paper (322 mm by 445 mm). + + + A3 rotated paper (420 mm by 297 mm). + + + A3 transverse paper (297 mm by 420 mm). + + + A4 paper (210 mm by 297 mm). + + + A4 extra paper (236 mm by 322 mm). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers to help save paper. + + + A4 plus paper (210 mm by 330 mm). + + + A4 rotated paper (297 mm by 210 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + A4 small paper (210 mm by 297 mm). + + + A4 transverse paper (210 mm by 297 mm). + + + A5 paper (148 mm by 210 mm). + + + A5 extra paper (174 mm by 235 mm). + + + A5 rotated paper (210 mm by 148 mm). + + + A5 transverse paper (148 mm by 210 mm). + + + A6 paper (105 mm by 148 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + A6 rotated paper (148 mm by 105 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + SuperA/SuperA/A4 paper (227 mm by 356 mm). + + + B4 paper (250 mm by 353 mm). + + + B4 envelope (250 mm by 353 mm). + + + JIS B4 rotated paper (364 mm by 257 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + B5 paper (176 mm by 250 mm). + + + B5 envelope (176 mm by 250 mm). + + + ISO B5 extra paper (201 mm by 276 mm). + + + JIS B5 rotated paper (257 mm by 182 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + JIS B5 transverse paper (182 mm by 257 mm). + + + B6 envelope (176 mm by 125 mm). + + + JIS B6 paper (128 mm by 182 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + JIS B6 rotated paper (182 mm by 128 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + SuperB/SuperB/A3 paper (305 mm by 487 mm). + + + C3 envelope (324 mm by 458 mm). + + + C4 envelope (229 mm by 324 mm). + + + C5 envelope (162 mm by 229 mm). + + + C65 envelope (114 mm by 229 mm). + + + C6 envelope (114 mm by 162 mm). + + + C paper (17 in. by 22 in.). + + + The paper size is defined by the user. + + + DL envelope (110 mm by 220 mm). + + + D paper (22 in. by 34 in.). + + + E paper (34 in. by 44 in.). + + + Executive paper (7.25 in. by 10.5 in.). + + + Folio paper (8.5 in. by 13 in.). + + + German legal fanfold (8.5 in. by 13 in.). + + + German standard fanfold (8.5 in. by 12 in.). + + + Invitation envelope (220 mm by 220 mm). + + + ISO B4 (250 mm by 353 mm). + + + Italy envelope (110 mm by 230 mm). + + + Japanese double postcard (200 mm by 148 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated double postcard (148 mm by 200 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese Chou #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated Chou #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese Chou #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated Chou #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese Kaku #2 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated Kaku #2 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese Kaku #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated Kaku #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese You #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese You #4 rotated envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese postcard (100 mm by 148 mm). + + + Japanese rotated postcard (148 mm by 100 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Ledger paper (17 in. by 11 in.). + + + Legal paper (8.5 in. by 14 in.). + + + Legal extra paper (9.275 in. by 15 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper. + + + Letter paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.). + + + Letter extra paper (9.275 in. by 12 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper. + + + Letter extra transverse paper (9.275 in. by 12 in.). + + + Letter plus paper (8.5 in. by 12.69 in.). + + + Letter rotated paper (11 in. by 8.5 in.). + + + Letter small paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.). + + + Letter transverse paper (8.275 in. by 11 in.). + + + Monarch envelope (3.875 in. by 7.5 in.). + + + Note paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.). + + + #10 envelope (4.125 in. by 9.5 in.). + + + #11 envelope (4.5 in. by 10.375 in.). + + + #12 envelope (4.75 in. by 11 in.). + + + #14 envelope (5 in. by 11.5 in.). + + + #9 envelope (3.875 in. by 8.875 in.). + + + 6 3/4 envelope (3.625 in. by 6.5 in.). + + + 16K paper (146 mm by 215 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 16K rotated paper (146 mm by 215 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 32K paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 32K big paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 32K big rotated paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 32K rotated paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #1 envelope (102 mm by 165 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #10 envelope (324 mm by 458 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #10 rotated envelope (458 mm by 324 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #1 rotated envelope (165 mm by 102 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #2 envelope (102 mm by 176 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #2 rotated envelope (176 mm by 102 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #3 envelope (125 mm by 176 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #3 rotated envelope (176 mm by 125 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #4 envelope (110 mm by 208 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #4 rotated envelope (208 mm by 110 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #5 envelope (110 mm by 220 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Envelope #5 rotated envelope (220 mm by 110 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #6 envelope (120 mm by 230 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #6 rotated envelope (230 mm by 120 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #7 envelope (160 mm by 230 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #7 rotated envelope (230 mm by 160 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #8 envelope (120 mm by 309 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #8 rotated envelope (309 mm by 120 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #9 envelope (229 mm by 324 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #9 rotated envelope (324 mm by 229 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Quarto paper (215 mm by 275 mm). + + + Standard paper (10 in. by 11 in.). + + + Standard paper (10 in. by 14 in.). + + + Standard paper (11 in. by 17 in.). + + + Standard paper (12 in. by 11 in.). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Standard paper (15 in. by 11 in.). + + + Standard paper (9 in. by 11 in.). + + + Statement paper (5.5 in. by 8.5 in.). + + + Tabloid paper (11 in. by 17 in.). + + + Tabloid extra paper (11.69 in. by 18 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper. + + + US standard fanfold (14.875 in. by 11 in.). + + + Specifies the size of a piece of paper. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The name of the paper. + The width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + The height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Provides information about the in string form. + A string. + + + Gets or sets the height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is not set to . + The height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets the type of paper. + The property is not set to . + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets the name of the type of paper. + The property is not set to . + The name of the type of paper. + + + Gets or sets an integer representing one of the values or a custom value. + An integer representing one of the values, or a custom value. + + + Gets or sets the width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is not set to . + The width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Specifies the paper tray from which the printer gets paper. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Provides information about the in string form. + A string. + + + Gets the paper source. + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets the integer representing one of the values or a custom value. + The integer value representing one of the values or a custom value. + + + Gets or sets the name of the paper source. + The name of the paper source. + + + Standard paper sources. + + + Automatically fed paper. + + + A paper cassette. + + + A printer-specific paper source. + + + An envelope. + + + The printer's default input bin. + + + The printer's large-capacity bin. + + + Large-format paper. + + + The lower bin of a printer. + + + Manually fed paper. + + + Manually fed envelope. + + + The middle bin of a printer. + + + Small-format paper. + + + A tractor feed. + + + The upper bin of a printer (or the default bin, if the printer only has one bin). + + + Specifies print preview information for a single page. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The image of the printed page. + The size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets the image of the printed page. + An representing the printed page. + + + Gets the size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch. + A that specifies the size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Specifies a print controller that displays a document on a screen as a series of images. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Captures the pages of a document as a series of images. + An array of type that contains the pages of a as a series of images. + + + Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a page in a print document. + A that represents the document being previewed. + A that contains data about how to preview a page in the print document. + + + Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a print document. + A that represents the document being previewed. + A that contains data about how to preview the print document. + + + Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a page in a print document. + A that represents the document being previewed. + A that contains data about how to preview a page in the print document. Initially, the property of this parameter will be . The value returned from this method will be used to set this property. + A that represents a page from a . + + + Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a print document. + A that represents the document being previewed. + A that contains data about how to print the document. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + + + Gets a value indicating whether this controller is used for print preview. + + in all cases. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use anti-aliasing when displaying the print preview. + + if the print preview uses anti-aliasing; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Specifies the type of print operation occurring. + + + The print operation is printing to a file. + + + The print operation is a print preview. + + + The print operation is printing to a printer. + + + Controls how a document is printed, when printing from a Windows Forms application. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + When overridden in a derived class, completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document. + A that represents the document currently being printed. + A that contains the event data. + + + When overridden in a derived class, completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document. + A that represents the document currently being printed. + A that contains the event data. + + + When overridden in a derived class, begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document. + A that represents the document currently being printed. + A that contains the event data. + A that represents a page from a . + + + When overridden in a derived class, begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document. + A that represents the document currently being printed. + A that contains the event data. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the is used for print preview. + + in all cases. + + + Defines a reusable object that sends output to a printer, when printing from a Windows Forms application. + + + Occurs when the method is called and before the first page of the document prints. + + + Occurs when the last page of the document has printed. + + + Occurs when the output to print for the current page is needed. + + + Occurs immediately before each event. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Raises the event. It is called after the method is called and before the first page of the document prints. + A that contains the event data. + + + Raises the event. It is called when the last page of the document has printed. + A that contains the event data. + + + Raises the event. It is called before a page prints. + A that contains the event data. + + + Raises the event. It is called immediately before each event. + A that contains the event data. + + + Starts the document's printing process. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + + + Provides information about the print document, in string form. + A string. + + + Gets or sets page settings that are used as defaults for all pages to be printed. + A that specifies the default page settings for the document. + + + Gets or sets the document name to display (for example, in a print status dialog box or printer queue) while printing the document. + The document name to display while printing the document. The default is "document". + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the position of a graphics object associated with a page is located just inside the user-specified margins or at the top-left corner of the printable area of the page. + + if the graphics origin starts at the page margins; if the graphics origin is at the top-left corner of the printable page. The default is . + + + Gets or sets the print controller that guides the printing process. + The that guides the printing process. The default is a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the printer that prints the document. + A that specifies where and how the document is printed. The default is a with its properties set to their default values. + + + Represents the resolution supported by a printer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + This member overrides the method. + A that contains information about the . + + + Gets or sets the printer resolution. + The value assigned is not a member of the enumeration. + One of the values. + + + Gets the horizontal printer resolution, in dots per inch. + The horizontal printer resolution, in dots per inch, if is set to ; otherwise, a value. + + + Gets the vertical printer resolution, in dots per inch. + The vertical printer resolution, in dots per inch. + + + Specifies a printer resolution. + + + Custom resolution. + + + Draft-quality resolution. + + + High resolution. + + + Low resolution. + + + Medium resolution. + + + Specifies information about how a document is printed, including the printer that prints it, when printing from a Windows Forms application. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Creates a copy of this . + A copy of this object. + + + Returns a that contains printer information that is useful when creating a . + The printer named in the property does not exist. + A that contains information from a printer. + + + Returns a that contains printer information, optionally specifying the origin at the margins. + + to indicate the origin at the margins; otherwise, . + A that contains printer information from the . + + + Creates a associated with the specified page settings and optionally specifying the origin at the margins. + The to retrieve a object for. + + to specify the origin at the margins; otherwise, . + A that contains printer information from the . + + + Returns a that contains printer information associated with the specified . + The to retrieve a graphics object for. + A that contains printer information from the . + + + Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer settings. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + The printer's initialization information could not be retrieved. + A handle to a structure. + + + Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer and the page settings specified through the parameter. + The object that the structure's handle corresponds to. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + The printer's initialization information could not be retrieved. + A handle to a structure. + + + Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer settings. + A handle to a structure. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the printer supports printing the specified image file. + The image to print. + + if the printer supports printing the specified image; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value indicating whether the printer supports printing the specified image format. + An to print. + + if the printer supports printing the specified image format; otherwise, . + + + Copies the relevant information out of the given handle and into the . + The handle to a Win32 structure. + The printer handle is not valid. + + + Copies the relevant information out of the given handle and into the . + The handle to a Win32 structure. + The printer handle is invalid. + + + Provides information about the in string form. + A string. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the printer supports double-sided printing. + + if the printer supports double-sided printing; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the printed document is collated. + + if the printed document is collated; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Gets or sets the number of copies of the document to print. + The value of the property is less than zero. + The number of copies to print. The default is 1. + + + Gets the default page settings for this printer. + A that represents the default page settings for this printer. + + + Gets or sets the printer setting for double-sided printing. + The value of the property is not one of the values. + One of the values. The default is determined by the printer. + + + Gets or sets the page number of the first page to print. + The property's value is less than zero. + The page number of the first page to print. + + + Gets the names of all printers installed on the computer. + The available printers could not be enumerated. + A that represents the names of all printers installed on the computer. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the property designates the default printer, except when the user explicitly sets . + + if designates the default printer; otherwise, . + + + Gets a value indicating whether the printer is a plotter. + + if the printer is a plotter; if the printer is a raster. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the property designates a valid printer. + + if the property designates a valid printer; otherwise, . + + + Gets the angle, in degrees, that the portrait orientation is rotated to produce the landscape orientation. + The angle, in degrees, that the portrait orientation is rotated to produce the landscape orientation. + + + Gets the maximum number of copies that the printer enables the user to print at a time. + The maximum number of copies that the printer enables the user to print at a time. + + + Gets or sets the maximum or that can be selected in a . + The value of the property is less than zero. + The maximum or that can be selected in a . + + + Gets or sets the minimum or that can be selected in a . + The value of the property is less than zero. + The minimum or that can be selected in a . + + + Gets the paper sizes that are supported by this printer. + A that represents the paper sizes that are supported by this printer. + + + Gets the paper source trays that are available on the printer. + A that represents the paper source trays that are available on this printer. + + + Gets or sets the name of the printer to use. + The name of the printer to use. + + + Gets all the resolutions that are supported by this printer. + A that represents the resolutions that are supported by this printer. + + + Gets or sets the file name, when printing to a file. + The file name, when printing to a file. + + + Gets or sets the page numbers that the user has specified to be printed. + The value of the property is not one of the values. + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the printing output is sent to a file instead of a port. + + if the printing output is sent to a file; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Gets a value indicating whether this printer supports color printing. + + if this printer supports color; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the number of the last page to print. + The value of the property is less than zero. + The number of the last page to print. + + + Contains a collection of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An array of type . + + + Adds a to the end of the collection. + The to add to the collection. + The zero-based index of the newly added item. + + + Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index. + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the . + The index at which to start copying items. + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. + An for the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the collection. + The index at which to start copying items. + + + For a description of this member, see . + An enumerator associated with the collection. + + + Gets the number of different paper sizes in the collection. + The number of different paper sizes in the collection. + + + Gets the at a specified index. + The index of the to get. + The at the specified index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The number of elements contained in the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + + if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, . + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + Contains a collection of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An array of type . + + + Adds the specified to end of the . + The to add to the collection. + The zero-based index where the was added. + + + Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index. + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the . + The index at which to start copying items. + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. + An for the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + The destination array for the contents of the collection. + The index at which to start the copy operation. + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Gets the number of different paper sources in the collection. + The number of different paper sources in the collection. + + + Gets the at a specified index. + The index of the to get. + The at the specified index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The number of elements contained in the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + + if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, . + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + Contains a collection of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An array of type . + + + Adds a to the end of the collection. + The to add to the collection. + The zero-based index of the newly added item. + + + Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index. + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the . + The index at which to start copying items. + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. + An for the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + The destination array. + The index at which to start the copy operation. + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Gets the number of available printer resolutions in the collection. + The number of available printer resolutions in the collection. + + + Gets the at a specified index. + The index of the to get. + The at the specified index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The number of elements contained in the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + + if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, . + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + Contains a collection of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An array of type . + + + Adds a string to the end of the collection. + The string to add to the collection. + The zero-based index of the newly added item. + + + Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index. + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the . + The index at which to start copying items. + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. + An for the . + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The array for items to be copied to. + The starting index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Gets the number of strings in the collection. + The number of strings in the collection. + + + Gets the at a specified index. + The index of the to get. + The at the specified index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The number of elements contained in the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + + if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, . + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + Specifies several of the units of measure used for printing. + + + The default unit (0.01 in.). + + + One-hundredth of a millimeter (0.01 mm). + + + One-tenth of a millimeter (0.1 mm). + + + One-thousandth of an inch (0.001 in.). + + + Specifies a series of conversion methods that are useful when interoperating with the Win32 printing API. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Converts a double-precision floating-point number from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A double-precision floating-point number that represents the converted . + + + Converts a from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A that represents the converted . + + + Converts a from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A that represents the converted . + + + Converts a from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A that represents the converted . + + + Converts a from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A that represents the converted . + + + Converts a 32-bit signed integer from one type to another type. + The value being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A 32-bit signed integer that represents the converted . + + + Provides data for the and events. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Returns in all cases. + + in all cases. + + + Represents the method that will handle the or event of a . + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + Provides data for the event. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The used to paint the item. + The area between the margins. + The total area of the paper. + The for the page. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the print job should be canceled. + + if the print job should be canceled; otherwise, . + + + Gets the used to paint the page. + The used to paint the page. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether an additional page should be printed. + + if an additional page should be printed; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Gets the rectangular area that represents the portion of the page inside the margins. + The rectangular area, measured in hundredths of an inch, that represents the portion of the page inside the margins. + + + Gets the rectangular area that represents the total area of the page. + The rectangular area that represents the total area of the page. + + + Gets the page settings for the current page. + The page settings for the current page. + + + Represents the method that will handle the event of a . + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + Specifies the part of the document to print. + + + All pages are printed. + + + The currently displayed page is printed. + + + The selected pages are printed. + + + The pages between and are printed. + + + Provides data for the event. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The page settings for the page to be printed. + + + Gets or sets the page settings for the page to be printed. + The page settings for the page to be printed. + + + Represents the method that handles the event of a . + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + Specifies a print controller that sends information to a printer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document. + A that represents the document being printed. + A that contains data about how to print a page in the document. + The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not finish writing to a page. + + + Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document. + A that represents the document being printed. + A that contains data about how to print the document. + The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not complete the print job. + + -or- + + The native Windows API could not delete the specified device context (DC). + + + Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page in a document. + A that represents the document being printed. + A that contains data about how to print a page in the document. Initially, the property of this parameter will be . The value returned from the method will be used to set this property. + The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not prepare the printer driver to accept data. + + -or- + + The native Windows API could not update the specified printer or plotter device context (DC) using the specified information. + A object that represents a page from a . + + + Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document. + A that represents the document being printed. + A that contains data about how to print the document. + The printer settings are not valid. + The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not start a print job. + + + Describes the interior of a graphics shape composed of rectangles and paths. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new . + + + Initializes a new with the specified . + A that defines the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new from the specified data. + A that defines the interior of the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new from the specified structure. + A structure that defines the interior of the new . + + + Initializes a new from the specified structure. + A structure that defines the interior of the new . + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The that this method creates. + + + Updates this to contain the portion of the specified that does not intersect with this . + The to complement this . + + is . + + + Updates this to contain the portion of the specified structure that does not intersect with this . + The structure to complement this . + + + Updates this to contain the portion of the specified structure that does not intersect with this . + The structure to complement this . + + + Updates this to contain the portion of the specified that does not intersect with this . + The object to complement this object. + + is . + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Tests whether the specified is identical to this on the specified drawing surface. + The to test. + A that represents a drawing surface. + + or is . + + if the interior of region is identical to the interior of this region when the transformation associated with the parameter is applied; otherwise, . + + + Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified . + The to exclude from this . + + is . + + + Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified structure. + The structure to exclude from this . + + + Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified structure. + The structure to exclude from this . + + + Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified . + The to exclude from this . + + is . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Initializes a new from a handle to the specified existing GDI region. + A handle to an existing . + The new . + + + Gets a structure that represents a rectangle that bounds this on the drawing surface of a object. + The on which this is drawn. + + is . + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this on the specified drawing surface. + + + Returns a Windows handle to this in the specified graphics context. + The on which this is drawn. + + is . + A Windows handle to this . + + + Returns a that represents the information that describes this . + A that represents the information that describes this . + + + Returns an array of structures that approximate this after the specified matrix transformation is applied. + A that represents a geometric transformation to apply to the region. + + is . + An array of structures that approximate this after the specified matrix transformation is applied. + + + Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified . + The to intersect with this . + + + Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified structure. + The structure to intersect with this . + + + Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified structure. + The structure to intersect with this . + + + Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified . + The to intersect with this . + + + Tests whether this has an empty interior on the specified drawing surface. + A that represents a drawing surface. + + is . + + if the interior of this is empty when the transformation associated with is applied; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether this has an infinite interior on the specified drawing surface. + A that represents a drawing surface. + + is . + + if the interior of this is infinite when the transformation associated with is applied; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The structure to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this . + The structure to test. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The structure to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this . + The structure to test. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The structure to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when any portion of the is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this . + The structure to test. + This method returns when any portion of is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The structure to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this . + The structure to test. + + when any portion of is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified point is contained within this object when drawn using the specified object. + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The width of the rectangle to test. + The height of the rectangle to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The width of the rectangle to test. + The height of the rectangle to test. + + when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified point is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The width of the rectangle to test. + The height of the rectangle to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The width of the rectangle to test. + The height of the rectangle to test. + + when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this object; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified point is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + + when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Initializes this to an empty interior. + + + Initializes this object to an infinite interior. + + + Releases the handle of the . + The handle to the . + + is . + + + Transforms this by the specified . + The by which to transform this . + + is . + + + Offsets the coordinates of this by the specified amount. + The amount to offset this horizontally. + The amount to offset this vertically. + + + Offsets the coordinates of this by the specified amount. + The amount to offset this horizontally. + The amount to offset this vertically. + + + Updates this to the union of itself and the specified . + The to unite with this . + + is . + + + Updates this to the union of itself and the specified structure. + The structure to unite with this . + + + Updates this to the union of itself and the specified structure. + The structure to unite with this . + + + Updates this to the union of itself and the specified . + The to unite with this . + + is . + + + Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified . + The to with this . + + is . + + + Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified structure. + The structure to with this . + + + Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified structure. + The structure to with this . + + + Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified . + The to with this . + + is . + + + Specifies how much an image is rotated and the axis used to flip the image. + + + Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation without flipping. + + + Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip. + + + Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation without flipping. + + + Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip. + + + Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation without flipping. + + + Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip. + + + Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip. + + + Specifies no clockwise rotation and no flipping. + + + Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip. + + + Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip. + + + Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip. + + + Defines a brush of a single color. Brushes are used to fill graphics shapes, such as rectangles, ellipses, pies, polygons, and paths. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new object of the specified color. + A structure that represents the color of this brush. + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The object that this method creates. + + + Gets or sets the color of this object. + The property is set on an immutable . + A structure that represents the color of this brush. + + + Provides icon identifiers for use with . + + + Generic application with no custom icon. + + + Audio files. + + + AutoList. + + + Clustered disk. + + + Delete. + + + Desktop computer. + + + Audio player. + + + Camera. + + + Cell phone. + + + Video camera. + + + Document (blank page), no associated program. + + + Document with an associated program. + + + 3.5" floppy disk drive. + + + 5.25" floppy disk drive. + + + BluRay drive. + + + CD drive. + + + DVD drive. + + + Fixed drive. + + + HD-DVD drive. + + + Network drive. + + + Disabled network drive. + + + RAM disk drive. + + + Removable drive. + + + Unknown drive. + + + Error. + + + Find. + + + Closed folder. + + + Folder back. + + + Folder front. + + + Open folder. + + + Help. + + + Image files. + + + Informational. + + + Internet. + + + Key / secure. + + + Overlay for shortcuts to items. + + + Security lock. + + + Audio DVD media. + + + BluRay-R media. + + + BluRay-RE media. + + + BluRay-ROM media. + + + Blank CD media. + + + BluRay media. + + + Audio CD media. + + + CD+ (Enhanced CD) media. + + + Burning CD. + + + CD-R media. + + + CD-ROM media. + + + CD-RW media. + + + Compact Flash. + + + DVD media. + + + DVD+R media. + + + DVD+RW media. + + + DVD-R media. + + + DVD-RAM media. + + + DVD-ROM media. + + + DVD-RW media. + + + Enhanced CD media. + + + Enhanced DVD media. + + + HD-DVD media. + + + HD-DVD-R media. + + + HD-DVD-RAM media. + + + HD-DVD-ROM media. + + + Movied DVD media. + + + Smart media. + + + SVCD media. + + + VCD media. + + + Mixed files. + + + Mobile computer. + + + My network places. + + + Connect to network. + + + Printer. + + + Fax printer. + + + Networked fax printer. + + + Print to file. + + + Network printer. + + + Empty recycle bin. + + + Full recycle bin. + + + Rename. + + + A computer on the network. + + + Server share. + + + Settings. + + + Overlay for shared items. + + + Security shield. Use for UAC prompts only. + + + Overlay for slow items. + + + Software. + + + Stack. + + + Folder containing other items. + + + Users. + + + Video files. + + + Warning. + + + Entire network. + + + ZIP file. + + + Provides options for use with . + + + Use the defaults, which is to retrieve a large version of the icon (as defined by the current system metrics). + + + Add a link overlay onto the icon. + + + Blend the icon with the system highlight color. + + + Retrieve the shell icon size of the icon. + + + Retrieve the small version of the icon (as defined by the current system metrics). + + + Specifies the alignment of a text string relative to its layout rectangle. + + + Specifies that text is aligned in the center of the layout rectangle. + + + Specifies that text is aligned far from the origin position of the layout rectangle. In a left-to-right layout, the far position is right. In a right-to-left layout, the far position is left. + + + Specifies the text be aligned near the layout. In a left-to-right layout, the near position is left. In a right-to-left layout, the near position is right. + + + The enumeration specifies how to substitute digits in a string according to a user's locale or language. + + + Specifies substitution digits that correspond with the official national language of the user's locale. + + + Specifies to disable substitutions. + + + Specifies substitution digits that correspond with the user's native script or language, which may be different from the official national language of the user's locale. + + + Specifies a user-defined substitution scheme. + + + Encapsulates text layout information (such as alignment, orientation and tab stops) display manipulations (such as ellipsis insertion and national digit substitution) and OpenType features. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new object. + + + Initializes a new object from the specified existing object. + The object from which to initialize the new object. + + is . + + + Initializes a new object with the specified enumeration and language. + The enumeration for the new object. + A value that indicates the language of the text. + + + Initializes a new object with the specified enumeration. + The enumeration for the new object. + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The object this method creates. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Gets the tab stops for this object. + The number of spaces between the beginning of a text line and the first tab stop. + An array of distances (in number of spaces) between tab stops. + + + Specifies the language and method to be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. + A National Language Support (NLS) language identifier that identifies the language that will be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. You can pass the property of a object as the NLS language identifier. For example, suppose you create a object by passing the string "ar-EG" to a constructor. If you pass the property of that object along with to the method, then Arabic-Indic digits will be substituted for western digits at display time. + An element of the enumeration that specifies how digits are displayed. + + + Specifies an array of structures that represent the ranges of characters measured by a call to the method. + An array of structures that specifies the ranges of characters measured by a call to the method. + More than 32 character ranges are set. + + + Sets tab stops for this object. + The number of spaces between the beginning of a line of text and the first tab stop. + An array of distances between tab stops in the units specified by the property. + + + Converts this object to a human-readable string. + A string representation of this object. + + + Gets or sets horizontal alignment of the string. + A enumeration that specifies the horizontal alignment of the string. + + + Gets the language that is used when local digits are substituted for western digits. + A National Language Support (NLS) language identifier that identifies the language that will be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. You can pass the property of a object as the NLS language identifier. For example, suppose you create a object by passing the string "ar-EG" to a constructor. If you pass the property of that object along with to the method, then Arabic-Indic digits will be substituted for western digits at display time. + + + Gets the method to be used for digit substitution. + A enumeration value that specifies how to substitute characters in a string that cannot be displayed because they are not supported by the current font. + + + Gets or sets a enumeration that contains formatting information. + A enumeration that contains formatting information. + + + Gets a generic default object. + The generic default object. + + + Gets a generic typographic object. + A generic typographic object. + + + Gets or sets the object for this object. + The object for this object, the default is . + + + Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the string. + A enumeration that represents the vertical line alignment. + + + Gets or sets the enumeration for this object. + A enumeration that indicates how text drawn with this object is trimmed when it exceeds the edges of the layout rectangle. + + + Specifies the display and layout information for text strings. + + + Text is displayed from right to left. + + + Text is vertically aligned. + + + Control characters such as the left-to-right mark are shown in the output with a representative glyph. + + + Parts of characters are allowed to overhang the string's layout rectangle. By default, characters are repositioned to avoid any overhang. + + + Only entire lines are laid out in the formatting rectangle. By default layout continues until the end of the text, or until no more lines are visible as a result of clipping, whichever comes first. Note that the default settings allow the last line to be partially obscured by a formatting rectangle that is not a whole multiple of the line height. To ensure that only whole lines are seen, specify this value and be careful to provide a formatting rectangle at least as tall as the height of one line. + + + Includes the trailing space at the end of each line. By default the boundary rectangle returned by the method excludes the space at the end of each line. Set this flag to include that space in measurement. + + + Overhanging parts of glyphs, and unwrapped text reaching outside the formatting rectangle are allowed to show. By default all text and glyph parts reaching outside the formatting rectangle are clipped. + + + Fallback to alternate fonts for characters not supported in the requested font is disabled. Any missing characters are displayed with the fonts missing glyph, usually an open square. + + + Text wrapping between lines when formatting within a rectangle is disabled. This flag is implied when a point is passed instead of a rectangle, or when the specified rectangle has a zero line length. + + + Specifies how to trim characters from a string that does not completely fit into a layout shape. + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character. + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + The center is removed from trimmed lines and replaced by an ellipsis. The algorithm keeps as much of the last slash-delimited segment of the line as possible. + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + Specifies no trimming. + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word. + + + Specifies the units of measure for a text string. + + + Specifies the device unit as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies 1/300 of an inch as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a printer's em size of 32 as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies an inch as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a millimeter as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a pixel as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies world units as the unit of measure. + + + Each property of the class is a that is the color of a Windows display element. + + + Creates a from the specified structure. + The structure from which to create the . + The this method creates. + + + Gets a that is the color of the active window's border. + A that is the color of the active window's border. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar. + A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the application workspace. + A that is the color of the application workspace. + + + Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element. + A that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element. + A that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the light color of a 3-D element. + A that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the color of text in a 3-D element. + A that is the color of text in a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the color of the desktop. + A that is the color of the desktop. + + + Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of dimmed text. + A that is the color of dimmed text. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of selected items. + A that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text of selected items. + A that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + Gets a that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + A that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + Gets a that is the color of an inactive window's border. + A that is the color of an inactive window's border. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + A that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + A is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + Gets a that is the color of a menu's background. + A that is the color of a menu's background. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + A that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + Gets a that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + A that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + Gets a that is the color of a menu's text. + A that is the color of a menu's text. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + A that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + A that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + Gets a that is the color of a window frame. + A that is the color of a window frame. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + A that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + Specifies the fonts used to display text in Windows display elements. + + + Returns a font object that corresponds to the specified system font name. + The name of the system font you need a font object for. + A if the specified name matches a value in ; otherwise, . + + + Gets a that is used to display text in the title bars of windows. + A that is used to display text in the title bars of windows. + + + Gets the default font that applications can use for dialog boxes and forms. + The default of the system. The value returned will vary depending on the user's operating system and the local culture setting of their system. + + + Gets a font that applications can use for dialog boxes and forms. + A that can be used for dialog boxes and forms, depending on the operating system and local culture setting of the system. + + + Gets a that is used for icon titles. + A that is used for icon titles. + + + Gets a that is used for menus. + A that is used for menus. + + + Gets a that is used for message boxes. + A that is used for message boxes. + + + Gets a that is used to display text in the title bars of small windows, such as tool windows. + A that is used to display text in the title bars of small windows, such as tool windows. + + + Gets a that is used to display text in the status bar. + A that is used to display text in the status bar. + + + Each property of the class is an object for Windows system-wide icons. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Gets the specified Windows shell stock icon. + The stock icon to retrieve. + A bitwise combination of the enumeration values that specifies options for retrieving the icon. + + is an invalid . + The requested . + + + Gets the specified Windows shell stock icon. + The stock icon to retrieve. + The desired size. If the specified size does not exist, an existing size will be resampled to give the requested size. + The requested . + + + Gets an object that contains the default application icon (WIN32: IDI_APPLICATION). + An object that contains the default application icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system asterisk icon (WIN32: IDI_ASTERISK). + An object that contains the system asterisk icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system error icon (WIN32: IDI_ERROR). + An object that contains the system error icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system exclamation icon (WIN32: IDI_EXCLAMATION). + An object that contains the system exclamation icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system hand icon (WIN32: IDI_HAND). + An object that contains the system hand icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system information icon (WIN32: IDI_INFORMATION). + An object that contains the system information icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system question icon (WIN32: IDI_QUESTION). + An object that contains the system question icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the shield icon. + An object that contains the shield icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system warning icon (WIN32: IDI_WARNING). + An object that contains the system warning icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the Windows logo icon (WIN32: IDI_WINLOGO). + An object that contains the Windows logo icon. + + + Each property of the class is a that is the color of a Windows display element and that has a width of 1 pixel. + + + Creates a from the specified . + The for the new . + The this method creates. + + + Gets a that is the color of the active window's border. + A that is the color of the active window's border. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar. + A that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the application workspace. + A that is the color of the application workspace. + + + Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element. + A that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element. + A that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the light color of a 3-D element. + A that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the color of text in a 3-D element. + A that is the color of text in a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the color of the Windows desktop. + A that is the color of the Windows desktop. + + + Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of dimmed text. + A that is the color of dimmed text. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of selected items. + A that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text of selected items. + A that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + Gets a that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + A that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + Gets a is the color of the border of an inactive window. + A that is the color of the border of an inactive window. + + + Gets a that is the color of the title bar caption of an inactive window. + A that is the color of the title bar caption of an inactive window. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + A that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + A that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + Gets a that is the color of a menu's background. + A that is the color of a menu's background. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + A that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + Gets a that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + A that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + Gets a that is the color of a menu's text. + A that is the color of a menu's text. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + A that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + A that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + Gets a that is the color of a window frame. + A that is the color of a window frame. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + A that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + Provides a base class for installed and private font collections. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. + + to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Gets the array of objects associated with this . + An array of objects. + + + Specifies a generic object. + + + A generic Monospace object. + + + A generic Sans Serif object. + + + A generic Serif object. + + + Specifies the type of display for hot-key prefixes that relate to text. + + + Do not display the hot-key prefix. + + + No hot-key prefix. + + + Display the hot-key prefix. + + + Represents the fonts installed on the system. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Provides a collection of font families built from font files that are provided by the client application. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Adds a font from the specified file to this . + A that contains the file name of the font to add. + The specified font is not supported or the font file cannot be found. + + + Adds a font contained in system memory to this . + The memory address of the font to add. + The memory length of the font to add. + + + Specifies the quality of text rendering. + + + Each character is drawn using its antialiased glyph bitmap without hinting. Better quality due to antialiasing. Stem width differences may be noticeable because hinting is turned off. + + + Each character is drawn using its antialiased glyph bitmap with hinting. Much better quality due to antialiasing, but at a higher performance cost. + + + Each character is drawn using its glyph ClearType bitmap with hinting. The highest quality setting. Used to take advantage of ClearType font features. + + + Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is not used. + + + Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is used to improve character appearance on stems and curvature. + + + Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap, with the system default rendering hint. The text will be drawn using whatever font-smoothing settings the user has selected for the system. + + + Each property of the class is a object that uses an image to fill the interior of a shape. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, wrap mode, and bounding rectangle. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, wrap mode, and bounding rectangle. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and wrap mode. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, bounding rectangle, and image attributes. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + An object that contains additional information about the image used by this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and bounding rectangle. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, bounding rectangle, and image attributes. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + An object that contains additional information about the image used by this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and bounding rectangle. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The object this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Multiplies the object that represents the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified object in the specified order. + The object by which to multiply the geometric transformation. + A enumeration that specifies the order in which to multiply the two matrices. + + + Multiplies the object that represents the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified object by prepending the specified object. + The object by which to multiply the geometric transformation. + + + Resets the property of this object to identity. + + + Rotates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amount in the specified order. + The angle of rotation. + A enumeration that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix. + + + Rotates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transformation. + The angle of rotation. + + + Scales the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amounts in the specified order. + The amount by which to scale the transformation in the x direction. + The amount by which to scale the transformation in the y direction. + A enumeration that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix. + + + Scales the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transformation. + The amount by which to scale the transformation in the x direction. + The amount by which to scale the transformation in the y direction. + + + Translates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified dimensions in the specified order. + The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the x direction. + The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the y direction. + The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation. + + + Translates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transformation. + The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the x direction. + The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the y direction. + + + Gets the object associated with this object. + An object that represents the image with which this object fills shapes. + + + Gets or sets a copy of the object that defines a local geometric transformation for the image associated with this object. + A copy of the object that defines a geometric transformation that applies only to fills drawn by using this object. + + + Gets or sets a enumeration that indicates the wrap mode for this object. + A enumeration that specifies how fills drawn by using this object are tiled. + + + Allows you to specify an icon to represent a control in a container, such as the Microsoft Visual Studio Form Designer. + + + A object that has its small image and its large image set to . + + + Initializes a new object with an image from a specified file. + The name of a file that contains a 16 by 16 bitmap. + + + Initializes a new object based on a 16 by 16 bitmap that is embedded as a resource in a specified assembly. + A whose defining assembly is searched for the bitmap resource. + The name of the embedded bitmap resource. + + + Initializes a new object based on a 16 x 16 bitmap that is embedded as a resource in a specified assembly. + A whose defining assembly is searched for the bitmap resource. + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a object and is identical to this object. + The to test. + This method returns if is both a object and is identical to this object. + + + Gets a hash code for this object. + The hash code for this object. + + + Gets the small or large associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type of the object specified by the component parameter. For example, if you pass an object of type ControlA to the component parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + Specifies whether this method returns a large image () or a small image (). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32. + An object associated with this object. + + + Gets the small associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type of the object specified by the component parameter. For example, if you pass an object of type ControlA to the component parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + The small associated with this object. + + + Gets the small or large associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the component type. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + Specifies whether this method returns a large image () or a small image (). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32. + An associated with this object. + + + Gets the small or large associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for an embedded bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the component type. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + The name of the embedded bitmap resource. + Specifies whether this method returns a large image () or a small image (). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32. + An associated with this object. + + + Gets the small associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the type parameter. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + The small associated with this object. + + + Returns an object based on a bitmap resource that is embedded in an assembly. + This method searches for an embedded bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the t parameter. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the t parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + The name of the embedded bitmap resource. + Specifies whether this method returns a large image (true) or a small image (false). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 x 32. + An object based on the retrieved bitmap. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.dll b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c4f4dcd4 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.dll differ diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.xml b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..752e77874 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.xml @@ -0,0 +1,7259 @@ + + + + System.Private.Windows.Core + + + + + Allows renting a buffer from with a using statement. Can be used directly as if it + were a . + + + + Buffers are not cleared and as such their initial contents will be random. + + + + + + Create the with an initial buffer. Useful for creating with an initial stack + allocated buffer. + + + + + Create the with an initial buffer. Useful for creating with an initial stack + allocated buffer. + + + + + Creating with a stack allocated buffer: + using BufferScope<char> buffer = new(stackalloc char[64]); + + + + Stack allocated buffers should be kept small to avoid overflowing the stack. + + + + The required minimum length. If the is not large enough, this will rent from + the shared . + + + + + Ensure that the buffer has enough space for number of elements. + + + + Consider if creating new instances is possible and cleaner than using + this method. + + + True to copy the existing elements when new space is allocated. + + + + Array based collection that tries to avoid copying the internal array and caps the maximum capacity. + + + + To mitigate corrupted length attacks, the backing array has an initial allocation size cap. + + + + + + The cannot grow past this value and is expected to be this value + when the collection is "finished". + + + + + Creates a list trimmed to the given count. + + + + This is an optimized implementation that avoids iterating over the entire list when possible. + + + + + + Helper class for converting values. + + + + It is intended to save the allocation of a temporary list when converting values. If there are multiple passes + through the list this class should usually be avoided. + + + + + + Used to suppress finalization in debug builds only. + + + + Unfortunately this can only be used when there is a single implicit conversion operator when called from + a ref struct. C# tries to cast to anything that fits in object, which leads to an ambiguous error. + + + You need to add GC.SuppressFinalize under #ifdef when you don't have a single implicit conversion. + + + + + + Enumeration defining the different Graphics properties to apply to an when creating it + from a Graphics object. + + + + + Apply clipping region. + + + + + Apply coordinate transformation. + + + + + Apply all supported Graphics properties. + + + + + Get the encoder guid for the given image format guid. + + + + + Used to provide a way to give direct internal access to HDC's. + + + + + If this flag is true we expect that the object obtained through + should not have a clip or GpMatrix + applied and therefore it is safe to skip getting them. + + + + If a object hasn't been created it, by definition, will be clean when it is + created, so this will return true. + + + + + + Gets the , if the object was created from one. + + + + + Get the object. + + + If true, this will pass back a object, creating a new one *if* needed. + If false, will pass back a object *if* one exists, otherwise returns null. + + + Do not dispose of the returned object. + + + + + Returns if the exception is an exception that isn't recoverable and/or a likely + bug in our implementation. + + + + + Reads a binary formatted from the given . + + The data was invalid. + + + + Creates a object from raw data with validation. + + was invalid. + + + + Returns the remaining amount of bytes in the given . + + + + + Reads an array of primitives. + + + + + + Writes a collection of primitives. + + + + Only supports , , , , + , , , , + , , , , + , , and . + + + + + + Writes a object to the given . + + + + + Writes . + + + + + Simple run length encoder (RLE) that works on spans. + + + + Format used is a byte for the count, followed by a byte for the value. + + + + + + Get the encoded length, in bytes, of the given data. + + + + + Get the decoded length, in bytes, of the given encoded data. + + + + + Encode the given data into the given span. + + + if the span was not large enough to hold the encoded data. + + + + + Get a wrapper around the given . Use the return value + in a scope. + + + + + Array information structure. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.4.2.1 + + + + + + + Base class for array records. + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.4 describes how item records must follow the array record and how multiple null records + can be coalesced into an or + record. + + + + + Identifier for the array. + + + + + Length of the array. + + + + + Typed class for array records. + + + + + The array items. + + + + Multi-null records are always expanded to individual entries when reading. + + + + + + Returns the item at the given index. + + + + + Single dimensional array of objects. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.4.3.2 + + + + + + + Single dimensional array of a primitive type. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.4.3.3 + + + + + + + Single dimensional array of strings. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.4.3.4 + + + + + + + Dereferences records. + + + + + Writer that writes specific types in binary format without using the BinaryFormatter. + + + + + Writes a in binary format. + + + + + Writes a in binary format. + + + + + Writes a in binary format. + + + + + Writes a in binary format. + + + + + Writes a nint in binary format. + + + + + Writes a nuint in binary format. + + + + + Writes a in binary format. + + + + + Writes a in binary format. + + + + + Attempts to write a value in binary format. + + if successful. + + + + Writes a .NET primitive value in binary format. + + + is not a a primitive value. + + + + + Writes a in binary format. + + + + + Writes a primitive list in binary format. + + + + + Writes the given in binary format if supported. + + + + + Writes the given in binary format if supported. + + + + + Writes the given in binary format if supported. + + + + + Tries to write the given if supported. + + + + + Writes a of primitive to primitive values to the given stream in binary format. + + + + Primitive types are anything in the enum. + + + + contained non-primitive values or a custom comparer or hash code provider. + + + + + Writes a in binary format. + + + + + Writes the given if supported. + + + + + Simple wrapper to ensure the is reset to it's original position if the + throws. + + + + + Simple wrapper to ensure the is reset to it's original position if the + throws or returns . + + + + + Library full name information. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.6.2 + + + + + + + String record. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.5.7 + + + + + + + Identifies the remoting type of a class member or array item. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.1.2.2 + + + + + + + Type is defined by and it is not a string. + + + + + Type is + length prefixed string. + + + + + Type is System.Object. + + + + + Type is a standard .NET object. + + + + + Type is an object. + + + + + Type is a single-dimensional array of objects. + + + + + Type is a single-dimensional array of strings. + + + + + Types is a single-dimensional array of a primitive type. + + + + + Class info. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.3.1.1 + + + + + + + Base class for class records. + + + + Includes the values for the class (which trail the record) + + [MS-NRBF] 2.3 + . + + + + + + Writes as specified by the + + + + + Identifies a class by it's name and library id. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.1.1.8 + + + + + + + Class information that references another class record's metadata. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.3.2.5 + + + + + + + The ObjectId of a prior + or . + + + + + Class information with type info and the source library. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.3.2.1 + + + + + + + Expresses that the object can be written with a + + + + + Writes the current object to the given . + + + + + Record that represents a primitive type or an array of primitive types. + + + + + Map of records. + + + + + Non-generic record base interface. + + + + + Id for the record, or null if the record has no id. + + + + + Typed record interface. + + + + + Expresses that the object can be written with a + + + + + Writes the current object to the given . + + + + + Primitive value other than . + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.5.1 + + + + + + is not primitive. + + + + The record contains a reference to another record that contains the actual value. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.5.3 + + + + + + + Member type info. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.3.1.2 + + + + + + + Record that marks the end of the binary format stream. + + + + + Base class for null records. + + + + + Multiple null object record. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.5.5 + + + + + + + Multiple null object record (less than 256). + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.5.5 + + + + + + + Null object record. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.5.4 + + + + + + + Primitive type. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.1.2.3 + + + + + + + Base record class. + + + + + Writes as to the given . + + + + + Writes records, coalescing null records into single entries. + + + contained an object that isn't a record. + + + + + Map of records that ensures that IDs are only entered once. + + + + + Record type. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.1.2.1 + + + + + + + Binary format header. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.6.1 + + + + + + + The id of the root object record. + + + + + Ignored. BinaryFormatter puts out -1. + + + + + Must be 1. + + + + + Must be 0. + + + + + that only returns default values. + + + + Allows creating a when a + isn't necessary. + + + + + + Get a typed value. Hard casts. + + + + + Helper to create and track records for and + when duplicates are found. + + + + + Returns the appropriate record for the given string. + + + + + Returns the for the given . + + or if not a . + + + + Returns the for the given if it is a simple primitive array. + + or if not a primitive array. + + + + Get the proper for the given . + + + + + System class information with type info. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.3.2.3 + + + + + + + Positive enforcing count of items. + + + Idea here is that doing this makes it less likely we'll slip through cases where + we don't check for negative numbers. And also not confuse counts with ids. + + + + + Identifier struct. + + + + + Is Windows 10 first release or later. (Threshold 1, build 10240, version 1507) + + + + + Is Windows 10 Anniversary Update or later. (Redstone 1, build 14393, version 1607) + + + + + Is Windows 10 Creators Update or later. (Redstone 2, build 15063, version 1703) + + + + + Is Windows 10 Creators Update or later. (Redstone 3, build 16299, version 1709) + + + + + Is Windows 10 Creators Update or later. (Redstone 4, build 17134, version 1803) + + + + + Is this Windows 11 public preview or later? + The underlying API does not read supportedOs from the manifest, it returns the actual version. + + + + + Is this Windows 11 version 22H2 or greater? + The underlying API does not read supportedOs from the manifest, it returns the actual version. + + + + + Is Windows 8.1 or later. + + + + + Is Windows 8 or later. + + + + Function was ended. + + + File access is denied. + + + A Graphics object cannot be created from an image that has an indexed pixel format. + + + SetPixel is not supported for images with indexed pixel formats. + + + Destination points define a parallelogram which must have a length of 3. These points will represent the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left coordinates (defined in that order). + + + Destination points must be an array with a length of 3 or 4. A length of 3 defines a parallelogram with the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners. A length of 4 defines a quadrilateral with the fourth element of the array specifying the lower-rig ... + + + File not found. + + + Font '{0}' cannot be found. + + + Font '{0}' does not support style '{1}'. + + + A generic error occurred in GDI+. + + + Buffer is too small (internal GDI+ error). + + + Parameter is not valid. + + + Rectangle '{0}' cannot have a width or height equal to 0. + + + Operation requires a transformation of the image from GDI+ to GDI. GDI does not support images with a width or height greater than 32767. + + + Out of memory. + + + Not implemented. + + + GDI+ is not properly initialized (internal GDI+ error). + + + Only TrueType fonts are supported. '{0}' is not a TrueType font. + + + Only TrueType fonts are supported. This is not a TrueType font. + + + Object is currently in use elsewhere. + + + Overflow error. + + + Property cannot be found. + + + Property is not supported. + + + Unknown GDI+ error occurred. + + + Image format is unknown. + + + Current version of GDI+ does not support this feature. + + + Bitmap region is already locked. + + + Unhandled VT: {0}. + + + + Converts the given exception to a if needed, nesting the original exception + and assigning the original stack trace. + + + + + Tries to get this object as a . + + + + + Tries to get this object as a . + + + + + Tries to get this object as a primitive type or string. + + if this represented a primitive type or string. + + + + Tries to get this object as a of . + + + + + Tries to get this object as a of values. + + + + + Tries to get this object as an of primitive types. + + + + + Tries to get this object as a binary formatted of keys and values. + + + + + Tries to get this object as a binary formatted of keys and values. + + + + + Tries to get this object as a binary formatted . + + + + + Try to get a supported .NET type object (not WinForms). + + + + + Copies the to the , + terminating with null and truncating to fit if + necessary. + + + + + Slices the given at the first null found (if any). + + + + + Slices the given at the first null found (if any). + + + + + Fast stack based reader. + + + + Care must be used when reading struct values that depend on a specific field state for members to work + correctly. For example, has a very specific set of valid values for its packed + field. + + + Inspired by patterns. + + + + + + Fast stack based reader. + + + + Care must be used when reading struct values that depend on a specific field state for members to work + correctly. For example, has a very specific set of valid values for its packed + field. + + + Inspired by patterns. + + + + + + Try to read everything up to the given . Advances the reader past the + if found. + + + + + + Try to read everything up to the given . + + The read data, if any. + The delimiter to look for. + to move past the if found. + if the was found. + + + + Try to read the next value. + + + + + Try to read a span of the given . + + + + + Try to read a value of the given type. The size of the value must be evenly divisible by the size of + . + + + + This is just a straight copy of bits. If has methods that depend on + specific field value constraints this could be unsafe. + + + The compiler will often optimize away the struct copy if you only read from the value. + + + + + + Try to read a span of values of the given type. The size of the value must be evenly divisible by the size of + . + + + + This effectively does a and the same + caveats apply about safety. + + + + + + Check to see if the given values are next. + + The span to compare the next items to. + + + + Advance the reader if the given values are next. + + The span to compare the next items to. + if the values were found and the reader advanced. + + + + Advance the reader past consecutive instances of the given . + + How many positions the reader has been advanced + + + + Advance the reader by the given . + + + + + Rewind the reader by the given . + + + + + Reset the reader to the beginning of the span. + + + + + Advance the reader without bounds checking. + + + + + + Slicing without bounds checking. + + + + + Slicing without bounds checking. + + + + + Fast stack based writer. + + + + + Fast stack based writer. + + + + + Try to write the given value. + + + + + Try to write the given value. + + + + + Try to write the given value times. + + + + + Advance the writer by the given . + + + + + Rewind the writer by the given . + + + + + Reset the reader to the beginning of the span. + + + + + Converts the to string and frees it. + + + + + Converts the to a nullable string and frees it. + + + + + Gets the length of the BSTR in characters. + + + + The DECIMAL structure represents a decimal data type that provides a sign and scale for a number. + + + + Reserved. + + + The high 32 bits of the number. + + + Describes FILETIME and provides syntax, members, and additional remarks. + + A property of type PT_SYSTIME has a **FILETIME** structure for its value. Such a property has a **FILETIME** data type for the **Value** member in its definition in an [SPropValue](spropvalue.md) structure. The definition of the **FILETIME** structure is in the _Win32 Programmer's Reference_ and in the MAPI header file Mapidefs.h. MAPI defines the structure conditionally to make sure that it is defined when the Win32 definition is unavailable. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + > Low-order 32 bits of the file time value. + + + > High-order 32 bits of the file time value. + + + + Adapter to use when owning classes cannot directly implement . + + + + + The **HRESULT** data type is the same as the [SCODE](scode.md) data type. An **HRESULT** value consists of the following fields: - A 1-bit code indicating severity, where zero represents success and 1 represents failure. - A 4-bit reserved value. - An 11-bit code indicating responsibility for the error or warning, also known as a facility code. - A 16-bit code describing the error or warning. Most MAPI interface methods and functions return **HRESULT** values to provide detailed cause formation. **HRESULT** values are also used widely in OLE interface methods. OLE provides several macros for converting between **HRESULT** values and **SCODE** values, another common data type for error handling. > [!NOTE] > In 64-bit MAPI, **HRESULT** is still a 32-bit value. For information about the OLE use of **HRESULT** values, see the *OLE Programmer's Reference*. For more information about the use of these values in MAPI, see [Error Handling](error-handling-in-mapi.md) and any of the following interface methods: [IABLogon::GetLastError](iablogon-getlasterror.md) [IMAPISupport::GetLastError](imapisupport-getlasterror.md) [IMAPIControl::GetLastError](imapicontrol-getlasterror.md) [IMAPITable::GetLastError](imapitable-getlasterror.md) [IMAPIProp::GetLastError](imapiprop-getlasterror.md) [IMAPIViewAdviseSink::OnPrint](imapiviewadvisesink-onprint.md) + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + A pointer to the IErrorInfo interface that provides more information about the + error. You can specify to use the current IErrorInfo interface, or + new IntPtr(-1) to ignore the current IErrorInfo interface and construct the exception + just from the error code. + + , if it does not reflect an error. + + + + The operation could not be completed. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: IMbnConnectionContextEvents.OnSetProvisionedContextComplete, IMbnServiceActivationEvents.OnActivationComplete, IMbnSmsEvents.OnSmsSendComplete. + + + Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: IMbnConnectionContextEvents.OnSetProvisionedContextComplete, IMbnConnectionEvents.OnConnectComplete, IMbnPinEvents.OnChangeComplete, IMbnPinEvents.OnDisableComplete, IMbnPinEvents.OnEnableComplete, IMbnPinEvents.OnEnterComplete, IMbnPinEvents.OnUnblockComplete, IMbnPinManagerEvents.OnGetPinStateComplete, IMbnRadioEvents.OnSetSoftwareRadioStateComplete, IMbnServiceActivationEvents.OnActivationComplete, IMbnSmsEvents.OnSetSmsConfigurationComplete, IMbnSmsEvents.OnSmsDeleteComplete, IMbnSmsEvents.OnSmsReadComplete, IMbnSmsEvents.OnSmsSendComplete. + + + Places the window at the top of the Z order. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Places the window at the bottom of the Z order. If the hWnd parameter identifies a topmost window, the window loses its topmost status and is placed at the bottom of all other windows. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Places the window above all non-topmost windows. The window maintains its topmost position even when it is deactivated. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Places the window above all non-topmost windows (that is, behind all topmost windows). This flag has no effect if the window is already a non-topmost window. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Used to abstract access to classes that contain a potentially owned handle. + + + + The key benefit of this is that we can keep the owning class from being collected during interop calls. + wraps arbitrary owners with target handles. Having this interface allows implicit use + of the classes (such as System.Windows.Forms.Control) that meet this common pattern in interop and encourages + correct alignment with the proper owner. + + + Note that keeping objects alive is necessary ONLY when the object has a finalizer that will explicitly + close the handle. + + + When implementing P/Invoke wrappers that take this interface they should not directly take + , but should take a generic "T" that is constrained to IHandle{T}. Doing + it this way prevents boxing of structs. The "T" parameters should also be marked as + to allow structs to be passed by reference instead of by value. + + + When implementing this on a struct it is important that either the struct itself is marked as readonly + or these properties are to avoid extra struct copies. + + + + + + Owner of the that might close it when finalized. Default is the + implementer. + + + + This allows decoupling the owner from the provider and avoids boxing when + is on a struct. See for a concrete usage. + + + + + + Used to indicate ownership of a native resource pointer. + + + + This should never be put on a struct. + + + + + + A pointer to a null-terminated, constant character string. + + + + + A pointer to the first character in the string. The content should be considered readonly, as it was typed as constant in the SDK. + + + + + Gets the number of characters up to the first null character (exclusive). + + + + + Returns a with a copy of this character array, up to the first null character (exclusive). + + A , or if is . + + + + Returns a span of the characters in this string, up to the first null character (exclusive). + + + + The POINTS structure defines the x- and y-coordinates of a point. + The POINTS structure is similar to the POINT and POINTL structures. The difference is that the members of the POINTS structure are of type SHORT, while those of the other two structures are of type LONG. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the point. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the point. + + + + The length of the string when it is a null separated list of values that is terminated by + a double null. Does not include the final double null. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a span of the characters in this string, up to the first null character (exclusive). + + + + The RECT structure defines a rectangle by the coordinates of its upper-left and lower-right corners. + The RECT structure is identical to the RECTL structure. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangle. + + + + Finalizable wrapper for COM pointers that gives agile access to the specified interface. + + + + This class should be used to hold all COM pointers that are stored as fields to ensure that they are + safely finalized when needed. Finalization should be avoided whenever possible for performance and timely + resource release (that is, this class should be disposed). + + + Fields should be nulled out before calling . Releasing the COM pointer during disposal + can result in callbacks to containing classes. Rather than evaluate the risk of this for every class, always + follow this pattern. facilitates doing this safely. + + + + + + Returns if has the same pointer this + was created from. + + + + + + + + Gets the default interface. Throws if failed. + + + + + Gets the specified interface. Throws if failed. + + + + + Tries to get the default interface. + + + + + Tries to get the specified interface. + + + + + Gets the managed object using the pointer + this was created from. + + + + + Simple list for "typed" COM struct pointer storage. Prevents nulls. + + + + Doesn't implement generic interfaces as pointer types can't be used as generic arguments. + + + + + + Lifetime management struct for a native COM pointer. Meant to be utilized in a statement + to ensure is called when going out of scope with the using. + + + + This struct has implicit conversions to T** and void** so it can be passed directly to out methods. + For example: + + + using ComScope<IUnknown> unknown = new(null); + comObject->QueryInterface(&iid, unknown); + + + Take care to NOT make copies of the struct to avoid accidental over-release. + + + + This should be one of the struct COM definitions as generated by CsWin32. Ideally we'd constrain to + or some other interface tag to enforce that this is being used around + a struct that is actually a COM wrapper. + + + + + Tries querying the requested interface into a new . + + The result of the query. + + + + Queries the requested interface into a new . + + + + + Attempt to create a from the given COM interface. + + + + + Create a from the given COM interface. Throws on failure. + + + + + Simple helper for checking if a given interface is supported. Only use this if you don't intend to + use the interface, otherwise use . + + + + + Wrapper for the COM global interface table. + + + + + Registers the given in the global interface table. This decrements the + ref count so that the entry in the table will "own" the interface (as it increments the ref count). + + The cookie used to refer to the interface in the table. + + + + Gets an agile interface for the that was given back by + + + + + + Revokes the interface registered with . + This will decrement the ref count for the interface. + + + + + Creates a new instance of an for + that uses the Global Interface Table. + + + + The returned instance should not be cached. + + + + + + Strategy for that uses the . + + + + + Gets a pointer to the IID for the given . + + + + + Gets a reference to the IID for the given . + + + + + Empty (GUID_NULL in docs). + + + + + A pointer to a null-terminated, constant, ANSI character string. + + + + + A pointer to the first character in the string. The content should be considered readonly, as it was typed as constant in the SDK. + + + + + Gets the number of characters up to the first null character (exclusive). + + + + + Returns a with a copy of this character array, decoding as UTF-8. + + A , or if is . + + + + Returns a span of the characters in this string, up to the first null character (exclusive). + + + + The POINTL structure defines the x- and y-coordinates of a point. + The POINTL structure is identical to the POINT structure. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the point. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the point. + + + + + + + + + + Returns a span of the characters in this string, up to the first null character (exclusive). + + + + The SIZE structure defines the width and height of a rectangle. + The rectangle dimensions stored in this structure can correspond to viewport extents, window extents, text extents, bitmap dimensions, or the aspect-ratio filter for some extended functions. + + + Specifies the rectangle's width. The units depend on which function uses this structure. + + + Specifies the rectangle's height. The units depend on which function uses this structure. + + + Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end. + + + + Helper to ensure GDI+ is initialized before making calls. + + + + + Returns true if GDI+ has been started. + + + + This should be called anywhere you make calls to GDI+ where you don't + already have a GDI+ handle. In System.Drawing.Common, this is done in the PInvoke static constructor + so it is not necessary for methods defined there. + + + We don't do this implicitly in the Core assembly to avoid unnecessary loading of GDI+. + + + https://github.com/microsoft/CsWin32/issues/1308 tracks a proposal to make this more automatic. + + + + + + Specifies that pixel data contains color indexed values which means they are an index to colors in the + system color table, as opposed to individual color values. + + + + + Specifies that pixel data contains GDI colors. + + + + + Specifies that pixel data contains alpha values that are not pre-multiplied. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format contains pre-multiplied alpha values. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format contains extended color values of 16 bits per channel. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is undefined. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format doesn't matter. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 1 bit per pixel indexed color. The color table therefore has two colors in it. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 4 bits per pixel indexed color. The color table therefore has 16 colors in it. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 8 bits per pixel indexed color. The color table therefore has 256 colors in it. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 65536 shades of gray. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 32768 shades of color of + which 5 bits are red, 5 bits are green and 5 bits are blue. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 32768 shades of color of + which 5 bits are red, 5 bits are green, 5 bits are blue and 1 bit is alpha. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 24 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color + of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 24 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color + of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 32 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color + of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue. The 8 additional bits are alpha bits. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 32 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color + of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue. The 8 additional bits are pre-multiplied alpha bits. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 48 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color + of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue. The 8 additional bits are alpha bits. + + + + + Specifies pixel format is 64 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color of + which 16 bits are red, 16 bits are green and 16 bits are blue. The 16 additional bits are alpha bits. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 64 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color + of which 16 bits are red, 16 bits are green and 16 bits are blue. The 16 additional bits are pre-multiplied + alpha bits. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 64 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color + of which 16 bits are red, 16 bits are green and 16 bits are blue. The 16 additional bits are alpha bits. + + + + Contains a set of four floating-point numbers that represent the location and size of a rectangle. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a D2D1_RECT_F structure that contains the specified dimensions. + + Type: D2D1_RECT_F A rectangle structure that contains the specified dimensions. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + This section lists the styles, in addition to standard window styles, supported by status bar controls. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Buffer for values. Uses the stack for buffer sizes up to 16. Use in a + statement. + + + + + Helper to scope lifetime of a created via + Deletes the (if any) when disposed. + + + + Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass + by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double delete. + + + + + + Creates a bitmap using + + + + + Creates a bitmap compatible with the given via + + + + + Helper to scope lifetime of an HDC retrieved via CreateDC/CreateCompatibleDC. + Deletes the HDC (if any) when disposed. + + + + Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass + by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double delete. + + + + + + Creates a compatible HDC for using . + + + + Passing a HDC will use the current screen. + + + + + + + Helper to scope getting a from a object. Releases + the when disposed, unlocking the parent object. + + + Also saves and restores the state of the HDC. + + + + + Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass by+ + to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double release. + + + + + + Gets the from the given . + + + + When a object is created from a the clipping region and + the viewport origin are applied (). The clipping + region isn't reflected in , which is combined with the HDC HRegion. + + + The Graphics object saves and restores DC state when performing operations that would modify the DC to + maintain the DC in its original or returned state after . + + + + Applies the origin transform and clipping region of the if it is an + object of type . Otherwise this is a no-op. + + + When true, saves and restores the state. + + + + + Prefer to use . + + + + Ideally we'd not bifurcate what properties we apply unless we're absolutely sure we only want one. + + + + + The DEVMODEW structure is used for specifying characteristics of display and print devices in the Unicode (wide) character set. + + The DEVMODEW structure is the Unicode version of the DEVMODE structure (described in the Microsoft Windows SDK documentation). While applications can use either the ANSI or Unicode version of the structure, drivers are required to use the Unicode version. For printer drivers, the DEVMODEW structure is used for specifying printer characteristics required by a print document. It is also used for specifying a printer's default characteristics. Immediately following a DEVMODEW structure's defined members (often referred to as its public members), there can be a set of driver-defined members (often referred to as private DEVMODEW members). The driver supplies the size, in bytes, of this private area in dmDriverExtra. Driver-defined private members are for exclusive use by the driver. The starting address for the private members can be referenced using the dmSize member as follows: + + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + For a display, specifies the name of the display driver's DLL; for example, "perm3dd" for the 3Dlabs Permedia3 display driver. For a printer, specifies the "friendly name"; for example, "PCL/HP LaserJet" in the case of PCL/HP LaserJet. If the name is greater than CCHDEVICENAME characters in length, the spooler truncates it to fit in the array. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Specifies the version number of this DEVMODEW structure. The current version number is identified by the DM_SPECVERSION constant in wingdi.h. + + + + For a printer, specifies the printer driver version number assigned by the printer driver developer. Display drivers can set this member to DM_SPECVERSION. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Specifies the size in bytes of the public DEVMODEW structure, not including any private, driver-specified members identified by the dmDriverExtra member. + + + Specifies the number of bytes of private driver data that follow the public structure members. If a device driver does not provide private DEVMODEW members, this member should be set to zero. + + + Specifies bit flags identifying which of the following DEVMODEW members are in use. For example, the DM_ORIENTATION flag is set when the dmOrientation member contains valid data. The DM_XXX flags are defined in wingdi.h. + + + + For printers, specifies whether a color printer should print color or monochrome. This member can be one of DMCOLOR_COLOR or DMCOLOR_MONOCHROME. This member is not used for displays. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + + For printers, specifies the y resolution of the printer, in DPI. If this member is used, the dmPrintQuality member specifies the x resolution. This member is not used for displays. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + For printers, specifies how TrueType fonts should be printed. This member must be one of the DMTT-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h. This member is not used for displays. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + + For printers, specifies the name of the form to use; such as "Letter" or "Legal". This must be a name that can be obtain by calling the Win32 EnumForms function (described in the Microsoft Window SDK documentation). This member is not used for displays. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + For displays, specifies the number of logical pixels per inch of a display device and should be equal to the ulLogPixels member of the GDIINFO structure. This member is not used for printers. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + For displays, specifies the color resolution, in bits per pixel, of a display device. This member is not used for printers. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + For displays, specifies the width, in pixels, of the visible device surface. This member is not used for printers. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + For displays, specifies the height, in pixels, of the visible device surface. This member is not used for printers. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + For displays, specifies the frequency, in hertz, of a display device in its current mode. This member is not used for printers. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Specifies one of the DMICMMETHOD-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h. + + + Specifies one of the DMICM-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h. + + + Specifies one of the DMMEDIA-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h. + + + Specifies one of the DMDITHER-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h. + + + Is reserved for system use and should be ignored by the driver. + + + Is reserved for system use and should be ignored by the driver. + + + Is reserved for system use and should be ignored by the driver. + + + Is reserved for system use and should be ignored by the driver. + + + + Helper to scope lifetime of an retrieved via and + . Releases the (if any) + when disposed. + + + + Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass by + to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double release. + + + + + + Creates a using . + + + + GetWindowDC calls GetDCEx(hwnd, null, DCX_WINDOW | DCX_USESTYLE). + + + GetDC calls GetDCEx(hwnd, null, DCX_USESTYLE) when given a handle. (When given null it has additional + logic, and can't be replaced directly by GetDCEx. + + + + + + Creates a DC scope for the primary monitor (not the entire desktop). + + + + is the + API to get the DC for the entire desktop. + + + + + + Used when you must keep a handle to an in a field. Avoid keeping HDC handles in fields + when possible. + + + + + Take ownership from a . + + + + Defines the attributes of a font. (LOGFONTW) + + The following situations do not support ClearType antialiasing: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: LONG Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus the internal-leading value. The font mapper interprets the value specified in lfHeight in the following manner. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: LONG Specifies the average width, in logical units, of characters in the font. If lfWidth is not zero, the aspect ratio of the device is matched against the digitization aspect ratio of the available fonts to find the closest match, determined by the absolute value of the difference. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: LONG Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between the escapement vector and the x-axis of the device. The escapement vector is parallel to the base line of a row of text. The lfEscapement member specifies both the escapement and orientation. You should set lfEscapement and lfOrientation to the same value. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: LONG Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between each character's base line and the x-axis of the device. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: LONG Specifies the weight of the font in the range 0 through 1000. For example, 400 is normal and 700 is bold. If this value is zero, a default weight is used. The following values are defined in Wingdi.h for convenience. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: BYTE TRUE to specify an italic font. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: BYTE TRUE to specify an underlined font. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: BYTE TRUE to specify a strikeout font. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: BYTE Specifies the character set. The following values are predefined: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Type: BYTE + + + Type: BYTE + + + Type: BYTE + + + Type: BYTE + + + + Type: TCHAR[LF_FACESIZE] Specifies a null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. The EnumFontFamilies function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. If lfFaceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Helper to scope creating regions. Deletes the region when disposed. + + + + Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass + by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double deletion. + + + + + + Creates a region with the given rectangle via . + + + + + Creates a region with the given rectangle via . + + + + + Creates a clipping region copy via for the given device context. + + Handle to a device context to copy the clipping region from. + + + + Creates a native region from a GDI+ . + + + + + Returns true if this represents a null HRGN. + + + + + Clears the handle. Use this to hand over ownership to another entity. + + + + The RGNDATAHEADER structure describes the data returned by the GetRegionData function. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The size, in bytes, of the header. + + + The type of region. This value must be RDH_RECTANGLES. + + + The number of rectangles that make up the region. + + + The size of the RGNDATA buffer required to receive the RECT structures that make up the region. If the size is not known, this member can be zero. + + + A bounding rectangle for the region in logical units. + + + + Helper to scope lifetime of a saved device context state. + + + + Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass by + to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double restore. + + + The state that is saved includes ICM (color management), palette, path drawing state, and other objects + that are selected into the DC (bitmap, brush, pen, clipping region, font). + + + Ideally saving the entire DC state can be avoided for simple drawing operations and relying on restoring + individual state pieces can be done instead (putting back the original pen, etc.). + + + + + + Saves the device context state using . + + + + + + Helper to scope selecting a GDI object into an . Restores the original + object into the when disposed. + + + + Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass + by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double selection. + + + + + + Selects into the given using + . + + + + + + A BITMAPINFOHEADER structure that contains information about the dimensions of color format. . + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + The bmiColors member contains one of the following: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end. + + + The BITMAPINFOHEADER structure contains information about the dimensions and color format of a device-independent bitmap (DIB). + +

Color Tables

The BITMAPINFOHEADER structure may be followed by an array of palette entries or color masks. The rules depend on the value of biCompression. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Specifies the number of bytes required by the structure. This value does not include the size of the color table or the size of the color masks, if they are appended to the end of structure. See Remarks. + + + Specifies the width of the bitmap, in pixels. For information about calculating the stride of the bitmap, see Remarks. + + + + Specifies the height of the bitmap, in pixels. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Specifies the number of planes for the target device. This value must be set to 1. + + + Specifies the number of bits per pixel (bpp). For uncompressed formats, this value is the average number of bits per pixel. For compressed formats, this value is the implied bit depth of the uncompressed image, after the image has been decoded. + + + + For compressed video and YUV formats, this member is a FOURCC code, specified as a DWORD in little-endian order. For example, YUYV video has the FOURCC 'VYUY' or 0x56595559. For more information, see FOURCC Codes. For uncompressed RGB formats, the following values are possible: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Specifies the size, in bytes, of the image. This can be set to 0 for uncompressed RGB bitmaps. + + + Specifies the horizontal resolution, in pixels per meter, of the target device for the bitmap. + + + Specifies the vertical resolution, in pixels per meter, of the target device for the bitmap. + + + Specifies the number of color indices in the color table that are actually used by the bitmap. See Remarks for more information. + + + Specifies the number of color indices that are considered important for displaying the bitmap. If this value is zero, all colors are important. + + + The MONITORINFO structure contains information about a display monitor.The GetMonitorInfo function stores information in a MONITORINFO structure or a MONITORINFOEX structure.The MONITORINFO structure is a subset of the MONITORINFOEX structure. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + The size of the structure, in bytes. Set this member to sizeof ( MONITORINFO ) before calling the GetMonitorInfo function. Doing so lets the function determine the type of structure you are passing to it. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + A RECT structure that specifies the display monitor rectangle, expressed in virtual-screen coordinates. Note that if the monitor is not the primary display monitor, some of the rectangle's coordinates may be negative values. + + + A RECT structure that specifies the work area rectangle of the display monitor, expressed in virtual-screen coordinates. Note that if the monitor is not the primary display monitor, some of the rectangle's coordinates may be negative values. + + + + A set of flags that represent attributes of the display monitor. The following flag is defined. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The MONITORINFOEX structure contains information about a display monitor.The GetMonitorInfo function stores information into a MONITORINFOEX structure or a MONITORINFO structure.The MONITORINFOEX structure is a superset of the MONITORINFO structure. (Unicode) + + > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines MONITORINFOEX as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes). + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + A string that specifies the device name of the monitor being used. Most applications have no use for a display monitor name, and so can save some bytes by using a MONITORINFO structure. + + + Specifies the color and usage of an entry in a logical palette. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: BYTE The red intensity value for the palette entry. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: BYTE The green intensity value for the palette entry. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: BYTE The blue intensity value for the palette entry. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: BYTE The alpha intensity value for the palette entry. Note that as of DirectX 8, this member is treated differently than documented for Windows. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The RGBQUAD structure describes a color consisting of relative intensities of red, green, and blue. + The bmiColors member of the BITMAPINFO structure consists of an array of RGBQUAD structures. + + + The intensity of blue in the color. + + + The intensity of green in the color. + + + The intensity of red in the color. + + + This member is reserved and must be zero. + + + The RGNDATA structure contains a header and an array of rectangles that compose a region. The rectangles are sorted top to bottom, left to right. They do not overlap. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + A RGNDATAHEADER structure. The members of this structure specify the type of region (whether it is rectangular or trapezoidal), the number of rectangles that make up the region, the size of the buffer that contains the rectangle structures, and so on. + + + Specifies an arbitrary-size buffer that contains the RECT structures that make up the region. + + + Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end. + + + + Helper to scope lifetime of a GDI object. Deletes the given object (if any) when disposed. + + + + Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass + by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double deletion. + + + + + The object to be deleted when the scope closes. + + + + Contains extern methods from "COMCTL32.dll". + + + Contains extern methods from "GDI32.dll". + + + Contains extern methods from "gdiplus.dll". + + + Contains extern methods from "KERNEL32.dll". + + + Contains extern methods from "OLE32.dll". + + + Contains extern methods from "OLEAUT32.dll". + + + Contains extern methods from "USER32.dll". + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + /> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Tries to get system parameter info for the dpi. dpi is ignored if "SystemParametersInfoForDpi()" API + is not available on the OS that this application is running. + + + + Destroys a property sheet page. An application must call this function for pages that have not been passed to the PropertySheet function. + + Type: BOOL Returns nonzero if successful, or zero otherwise. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExW, GetIconInfoExW, LoadIcon, LoadIcon, LoadIconA, LoadIconA, LoadIconW, LoadIconW. + + + Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExW, GetIconInfoExW, LoadIcon, LoadIcon, LoadIconA, LoadIconA, LoadIconW, LoadIconW. + + + Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExW, GetIconInfoExW, LoadIcon, LoadIcon, LoadIconA, LoadIconA, LoadIconW, LoadIconW. + + + Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExW, GetIconInfoExW, LoadIcon, LoadIcon, LoadIconA, LoadIconA, LoadIconW, LoadIconW. + + + Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExW, GetIconInfoExW, LoadIcon, LoadIcon, LoadIconA, LoadIconA, LoadIconW, LoadIconW. + + + Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExW, GetIconInfoExW, LoadIcon, LoadIcon, LoadIconA, LoadIconA, LoadIconW, LoadIconW. + + + Security Shield icon. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Exclamation point icon. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Hand-shaped icon. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Asterisk icon. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The BitBlt function performs a bit-block transfer of the color data corresponding to a rectangle of pixels from the specified source device context into a destination device context. + A handle to the destination device context. + The x-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The y-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The width, in logical units, of the source and destination rectangles. + The height, in logical units, of the source and the destination rectangles. + A handle to the source device context. + The x-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The y-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + + A raster-operation code. These codes define how the color data for the source rectangle is to be combined with the color data for the destination rectangle to achieve the final color. The following list shows some common raster operation codes. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + BitBlt only does clipping on the destination DC. If a rotation or shear transformation is in effect in the source device context, BitBlt returns an error. If other transformations exist in the source device context (and a matching transformation is not in effect in the destination device context), the rectangle in the destination device context is stretched, compressed, or rotated, as necessary. If the color formats of the source and destination device contexts do not match, the BitBlt function converts the source color format to match the destination format. When an enhanced metafile is being recorded, an error occurs if the source device context identifies an enhanced-metafile device context. Not all devices support the BitBlt function. For more information, see the RC_BITBLT raster capability entry in the GetDeviceCaps function as well as the following functions: MaskBlt, PlgBlt, and StretchBlt. BitBlt returns an error if the source and destination device contexts represent different devices. To transfer data between DCs for different devices, convert the memory bitmap to a DIB by calling GetDIBits. To display the DIB to the second device, call SetDIBits or StretchDIBits. ICM: No color management is performed when blits occur. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The DeleteObject function deletes a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette, freeing all system resources associated with the object. After the object is deleted, the specified handle is no longer valid. + A handle to a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the specified handle is not valid or is currently selected into a DC, the return value is zero. + + + Do not delete a drawing object (pen or brush) while it is still selected into a DC. When a pattern brush is deleted, the bitmap associated with the brush is not deleted. The bitmap must be deleted independently. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The CombineRgn function combines two regions and stores the result in a third region. The two regions are combined according to the specified mode. + A handle to a new region with dimensions defined by combining two other regions. (This region must exist before CombineRgn is called.) + A handle to the first of two regions to be combined. + A handle to the second of two regions to be combined. + + + The return value specifies the type of the resulting region. It can be one of the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + The three regions need not be distinct. For example, the hrgnSrc1 parameter can equal the hrgnDest parameter. + + + The CreateBitmap function creates a bitmap with the specified width, height, and color format (color planes and bits-per-pixel). + The bitmap width, in pixels. + The bitmap height, in pixels. + The number of color planes used by the device. + The number of bits required to identify the color of a single pixel. + + A pointer to an array of color data used to set the colors in a rectangle of pixels. Each scan line in the rectangle must be word aligned (scan lines that are not word aligned must be padded with zeros). The buffer size expected, *cj*, can be calculated using the formula: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to a bitmap. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. This function can return the following value. + This doc was truncated. + + + The CreateBitmap function creates a device-dependent bitmap. After a bitmap is created, it can be selected into a device context by calling the SelectObject function. However, the bitmap can only be selected into a device context if the bitmap and the DC have the same format. The CreateBitmap function can be used to create color bitmaps. However, for performance reasons applications should use CreateBitmap to create monochrome bitmaps and CreateCompatibleBitmap to create color bitmaps. Whenever a color bitmap returned from CreateBitmap is selected into a device context, the system checks that the bitmap matches the format of the device context it is being selected into. Because CreateCompatibleBitmap takes a device context, it returns a bitmap that has the same format as the specified device context. Thus, subsequent calls to SelectObject are faster with a color bitmap from CreateCompatibleBitmap than with a color bitmap returned from CreateBitmap. If the bitmap is monochrome, zeros represent the foreground color and ones represent the background color for the destination device context. If an application sets the nWidth or nHeight parameters to zero, CreateBitmap returns the handle to a 1-by-1 pixel, monochrome bitmap. When you no longer need the bitmap, call the DeleteObject function to delete it. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The CreateCompatibleBitmap function creates a bitmap compatible with the device that is associated with the specified device context. + A handle to a device context. + The bitmap width, in pixels. + The bitmap height, in pixels. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the compatible bitmap (DDB). If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + The color format of the bitmap created by the CreateCompatibleBitmap function matches the color format of the device identified by the hdc parameter. This bitmap can be selected into any memory device context that is compatible with the original device. Because memory device contexts allow both color and monochrome bitmaps, the format of the bitmap returned by the CreateCompatibleBitmap function differs when the specified device context is a memory device context. However, a compatible bitmap that was created for a nonmemory device context always possesses the same color format and uses the same color palette as the specified device context. Note: When a memory device context is created, it initially has a 1-by-1 monochrome bitmap selected into it. If this memory device context is used in CreateCompatibleBitmap, the bitmap that is created is a monochrome bitmap. To create a color bitmap, use the HDC that was used to create the memory device context, as shown in the following code: + + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The CreateCompatibleDC function creates a memory device context (DC) compatible with the specified device. + A handle to an existing DC. If this handle is NULL, the function creates a memory DC compatible with the application's current screen. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to a memory DC. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + A memory DC exists only in memory. When the memory DC is created, its display surface is exactly one monochrome pixel wide and one monochrome pixel high. Before an application can use a memory DC for drawing operations, it must select a bitmap of the correct width and height into the DC. To select a bitmap into a DC, use the CreateCompatibleBitmap function, specifying the height, width, and color organization required. When a memory DC is created, all attributes are set to normal default values. The memory DC can be used as a normal DC. You can set the attributes; obtain the current settings of its attributes; and select pens, brushes, and regions. The CreateCompatibleDC function can only be used with devices that support raster operations. An application can determine whether a device supports these operations by calling the GetDeviceCaps function. When you no longer need the memory DC, call the DeleteDC function. We recommend that you call DeleteDC to delete the DC. However, you can also call DeleteObject with the HDC to delete the DC. If hdc is NULL, the thread that calls CreateCompatibleDC owns the HDC that is created. When this thread is destroyed, the HDC is no longer valid. Thus, if you create the HDC and pass it to another thread, then exit the first thread, the second thread will not be able to use the HDC. ICM: If the DC that is passed to this function is enabled for Image Color Management (ICM), the DC created by the function is ICM-enabled. The source and destination color spaces are specified in the DC. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The CreateDC function creates a device context (DC) for a device using the specified name. (Unicode) + A pointer to a null-terminated character string that specifies either DISPLAY or the name of a specific display device. For printing, we recommend that you pass NULL to lpszDriver because GDI ignores lpszDriver for printer devices. + + A pointer to a null-terminated character string that specifies the name of the specific output device being used, as shown by the Print Manager (for example, Epson FX-80). It is not the printer model name. The lpszDevice parameter must be used. To obtain valid names for displays, call EnumDisplayDevices. If lpszDriver is DISPLAY or the device name of a specific display device, then lpszDevice must be NULL or that same device name. If lpszDevice is NULL, then a DC is created for the primary display device. If there are multiple monitors on the system, calling CreateDC(TEXT("DISPLAY"),NULL,NULL,NULL) will create a DC covering all the monitors. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + This parameter is ignored and should be set to NULL. It is provided only for compatibility with 16-bit Windows. + + A pointer to a DEVMODE structure containing device-specific initialization data for the device driver. The DocumentProperties function retrieves this structure filled in for a specified device. The pdm parameter must be NULL if the device driver is to use the default initialization (if any) specified by the user. If lpszDriver is DISPLAY, pdm must be NULL; GDI then uses the display device's current DEVMODE. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to a DC for the specified device. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + Note that the handle to the DC can only be used by a single thread at any one time. For parameters lpszDriver and lpszDevice, call EnumDisplayDevices to obtain valid names for displays. When you no longer need the DC, call the DeleteDC function. If lpszDriver or lpszDevice is DISPLAY, the thread that calls CreateDC owns the HDC that is created. When this thread is destroyed, the HDC is no longer valid. Thus, if you create the HDC and pass it to another thread, then exit the first thread, the second thread will not be able to use the HDC. When you call CreateDC to create the HDC for a display device, you must pass to pdm either NULL or a pointer to DEVMODE that matches the current DEVMODE of the display device that lpszDevice specifies. We recommend to pass NULL and not to try to exactly match the DEVMODE for the current display device. When you call CreateDC to create the HDC for a printer device, the printer driver validates the DEVMODE. If the printer driver determines that the DEVMODE is invalid (that is, printer driver can’t convert or consume the DEVMODE), the printer driver provides a default DEVMODE to create the HDC for the printer device. ICM: To enable ICM, set the dmICMMethod member of the DEVMODE structure (pointed to by the pInitData parameter) to the appropriate value. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The CreateDIBSection function creates a DIB that applications can write to directly. + A handle to a device context. If the value of iUsage is DIB_PAL_COLORS, the function uses this device context's logical palette to initialize the DIB colors. + A pointer to a BITMAPINFO structure that specifies various attributes of the DIB, including the bitmap dimensions and colors. + + The type of data contained in the bmiColors array member of the BITMAPINFO structure pointed to by pbmi (either logical palette indexes or literal RGB values). The following values are defined. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + A pointer to a variable that receives a pointer to the location of the DIB bit values. + + A handle to a file-mapping object that the function will use to create the DIB. This parameter can be NULL. If hSection is not NULL, it must be a handle to a file-mapping object created by calling the CreateFileMapping function with the PAGE_READWRITE or PAGE_WRITECOPY flag. Read-only DIB sections are not supported. Handles created by other means will cause CreateDIBSection to fail. If hSection is not NULL, the CreateDIBSection function locates the bitmap bit values at offset dwOffset in the file-mapping object referred to by hSection. An application can later retrieve the hSection handle by calling the GetObject function with the HBITMAP returned by CreateDIBSection. If hSection is NULL, the system allocates memory for the DIB. In this case, the CreateDIBSection function ignores the dwOffset parameter. An application cannot later obtain a handle to this memory. The dshSection member of the DIBSECTION structure filled in by calling the GetObject function will be NULL. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + The offset from the beginning of the file-mapping object referenced by hSection where storage for the bitmap bit values is to begin. This value is ignored if hSection is NULL. The bitmap bit values are aligned on doubleword boundaries, so dwOffset must be a multiple of the size of a DWORD. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the newly created DIB, and *ppvBits points to the bitmap bit values. If the function fails, the return value is NULL, and *ppvBits is NULL. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. GetLastError can return the following value: + This doc was truncated. + + + As noted above, if hSection is NULL, the system allocates memory for the DIB. The system closes the handle to that memory when you later delete the DIB by calling the DeleteObject function. If hSection is not NULL, you must close the hSection memory handle yourself after calling DeleteObject to delete the bitmap. You cannot paste a DIB section from one application into another application. CreateDIBSection does not use the BITMAPINFOHEADER parameters biXPelsPerMeter or biYPelsPerMeter and will not provide resolution information in the BITMAPINFO structure. You need to guarantee that the GDI subsystem has completed any drawing to a bitmap created by CreateDIBSection before you draw to the bitmap yourself. Access to the bitmap must be synchronized. Do this by calling the GdiFlush function. This applies to any use of the pointer to the bitmap bit values, including passing the pointer in calls to functions such as SetDIBits. ICM: No color management is done. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The CreateFontIndirect function creates a logical font that has the specified characteristics. The font can subsequently be selected as the current font for any device context. (Unicode) + A pointer to a LOGFONT structure that defines the characteristics of the logical font. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to a logical font. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + The CreateFontIndirect function creates a logical font with the characteristics specified in the LOGFONT structure. When this font is selected by using the SelectObject function, GDI's font mapper attempts to match the logical font with an existing physical font. If it fails to find an exact match, it provides an alternative whose characteristics match as many of the requested characteristics as possible. To get the appropriate font on different language versions of the OS, call EnumFontFamiliesEx with the desired font characteristics in the LOGFONT structure, retrieve the appropriate typeface name, and create the font using CreateFont or CreateFontIndirect. When you no longer need the font, call the DeleteObject function to delete it. The fonts for many East Asian languages have two typeface names: an English name and a localized name. CreateFont and CreateFontIndirect take the localized typeface name only on a system locale that matches the language, while they take the English typeface name on all other system locales. The best method is to try one name and, on failure, try the other. Note that EnumFonts, EnumFontFamilies, and EnumFontFamiliesEx return the English typeface name if the system locale does not match the language of the font. The font mapper for CreateFont, CreateFontIndirect, and CreateFontIndirectEx recognizes both the English and the localized typeface name, regardless of locale. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The CreateIC function creates an information context for the specified device. (Unicode) + A pointer to a null-terminated character string that specifies the name of the device driver (for example, Epson). + A pointer to a null-terminated character string that specifies the name of the specific output device being used, as shown by the Print Manager (for example, Epson FX-80). It is not the printer model name. The lpszDevice parameter must be used. + This parameter is ignored and should be set to NULL. It is provided only for compatibility with 16-bit Windows. + A pointer to a DEVMODE structure containing device-specific initialization data for the device driver. The DocumentProperties function retrieves this structure filled in for a specified device. The lpdvmInit parameter must be NULL if the device driver is to use the default initialization (if any) specified by the user. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to an information context. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + When you no longer need the information DC, call the DeleteDC function. + > [!NOTE] > The wingdi.h header defines CreateIC as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes). + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The CreateRectRgn function creates a rectangular region. + Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the region in logical units. + Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the region in logical units. + Specifies the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the region in logical units. + Specifies the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the region in logical units. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to the region. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + When you no longer need the HRGN object, call the DeleteObject function to delete it. Region coordinates are represented as 27-bit signed integers. Regions created by the Create<shape>Rgn methods (such as CreateRectRgn and CreatePolygonRgn) only include the interior of the shape; the shape's outline is excluded from the region. This means that any point on a line between two sequential vertices is not included in the region. If you were to call PtInRegion for such a point, it would return zero as the result. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The DeleteDC function deletes the specified device context (DC). + A handle to the device context. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + An application must not delete a DC whose handle was obtained by calling the GetDC function. Instead, it must call the ReleaseDC function to free the DC. + + + The DeleteEnhMetaFile function deletes an enhanced-format metafile or an enhanced-format metafile handle. + A handle to an enhanced metafile. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + If the hemf parameter identifies an enhanced metafile stored in memory, the DeleteEnhMetaFile function deletes the metafile. If hemf identifies a metafile stored on a disk, the function deletes the metafile handle but does not destroy the actual metafile. An application can retrieve the file by calling the GetEnhMetaFile function. + + + The GetClipRgn function retrieves a handle identifying the current application-defined clipping region for the specified device context. + A handle to the device context. + A handle to an existing region before the function is called. After the function returns, this parameter is a handle to a copy of the current clipping region. + If the function succeeds and there is no clipping region for the given device context, the return value is zero. If the function succeeds and there is a clipping region for the given device context, the return value is 1. If an error occurs, the return value is -1. + + An application-defined clipping region is a clipping region identified by the SelectClipRgn function. It is not a clipping region created when the application calls the BeginPaint function. If the function succeeds, the hrgn parameter is a handle to a copy of the current clipping region. Subsequent changes to this copy will not affect the current clipping region. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The GetDeviceCaps function retrieves device-specific information for the specified device. + A handle to the DC. + + + The return value specifies the value of the desired item. When nIndex is BITSPIXEL and the device has 15bpp or 16bpp, the return value is 16. + + + When nIndex is SHADEBLENDCAPS: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The GetObjectW (Unicode) function (wingdi.h) retrieves information for the specified graphics object. + + If the function succeeds, and lpvObject is a valid pointer, the return value is the number of bytes stored into the buffer. If the function succeeds, and lpvObject is NULL, the return value is the number of bytes required to hold the information the function would store into the buffer. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + The buffer pointed to by the lpvObject parameter must be sufficiently large to receive the information about the graphics object. Depending on the graphics object, the function uses a BITMAP, DIBSECTION, EXTLOGPEN, LOGBRUSH, LOGFONT, or LOGPEN structure, or a count of table entries (for a logical palette). If hgdiobj is a handle to a bitmap created by calling CreateDIBSection, and the specified buffer is large enough, the GetObject function returns a DIBSECTION structure. In addition, the bmBits member of the BITMAP structure contained within the DIBSECTION will contain a pointer to the bitmap's bit values. If hgdiobj is a handle to a bitmap created by any other means, GetObject returns only the width, height, and color format information of the bitmap. You can obtain the bitmap's bit values by calling the GetDIBits or GetBitmapBits function. If hgdiobj is a handle to a logical palette, GetObject retrieves a 2-byte integer that specifies the number of entries in the palette. The function does not retrieve the LOGPALETTE structure defining the palette. To retrieve information about palette entries, an application can call the GetPaletteEntries function. If hgdiobj is a handle to a font, the LOGFONT that is returned is the LOGFONT used to create the font. If Windows had to make some interpolation of the font because the precise LOGFONT could not be represented, the interpolation will not be reflected in the LOGFONT. For example, if you ask for a vertical version of a font that doesn't support vertical painting, the LOGFONT indicates the font is vertical, but Windows will paint it horizontally. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The GetObjectType retrieves the type of the specified object. + A handle to the graphics object. + + If the function succeeds, the return value identifies the object. This value can be one of the following. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The GetPaletteEntries function retrieves a specified range of palette entries from the given logical palette. + A handle to the logical palette. + The first entry in the logical palette to be retrieved. + The number of entries in the logical palette to be retrieved. + A pointer to an array of PALETTEENTRY structures to receive the palette entries. The array must contain at least as many structures as specified by the nEntries parameter. + + If the function succeeds and the handle to the logical palette is a valid pointer (not NULL), the return value is the number of entries retrieved from the logical palette. If the function succeeds and handle to the logical palette is NULL, the return value is the number of entries in the given palette. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + An application can determine whether a device supports palette operations by calling the GetDeviceCaps function and specifying the RASTERCAPS constant. If the nEntries parameter specifies more entries than exist in the palette, the remaining members of the PALETTEENTRY structure are not altered. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The GetRegionData function fills the specified buffer with data describing a region. This data includes the dimensions of the rectangles that make up the region. + A handle to the region. + The size, in bytes, of the lpRgnData buffer. + A pointer to a RGNDATA structure that receives the information. The dimensions of the region are in logical units. If this parameter is NULL, the return value contains the number of bytes needed for the region data. + + If the function succeeds and dwCount specifies an adequate number of bytes, the return value is always dwCount. If dwCount is too small or the function fails, the return value is 0. If lpRgnData is NULL, the return value is the required number of bytes. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + The GetRegionData function is used in conjunction with the ExtCreateRegion function. + + + The GetStockObject function retrieves a handle to one of the stock pens, brushes, fonts, or palettes. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the requested logical object. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + It is not recommended that you employ this method to obtain the current font used by dialogs and windows. Instead, use the SystemParametersInfo function with the SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS parameter to retrieve the current font. SystemParametersInfo will take into account the current theme and provides font information for captions, menus, and message dialogs. Use the DKGRAY_BRUSH, GRAY_BRUSH, and LTGRAY_BRUSH stock objects only in windows with the CS_HREDRAW and CS_VREDRAW styles. Using a gray stock brush in any other style of window can lead to misalignment of brush patterns after a window is moved or sized. The origins of stock brushes cannot be adjusted. The HOLLOW_BRUSH and NULL_BRUSH stock objects are equivalent. It is not necessary (but it is not harmful) to delete stock objects by calling DeleteObject. Both DC_BRUSH and DC_PEN can be used interchangeably with other stock objects like BLACK_BRUSH and BLACK_PEN. For information on retrieving the current pen or brush color, see GetDCBrushColor and GetDCPenColor. See Setting the Pen or Brush Color for an example of setting colors. The GetStockObject function with an argument of DC_BRUSH or DC_PEN can be used interchangeably with the SetDCPenColor and SetDCBrushColor functions. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The GetViewportExtEx function retrieves the x-extent and y-extent of the current viewport for the specified device context. + A handle to the device context. + A pointer to a SIZE structure that receives the x- and y-extents, in device units. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The GetViewportOrgEx function retrieves the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the viewport origin for the specified device context. + A handle to the device context. + A pointer to a POINT structure that receives the coordinates of the origin, in device units. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IntersectClipRect function creates a new clipping region from the intersection of the current clipping region and the specified rectangle. + A handle to the device context. + The x-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. + The y-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. + The x-coordinate, in logical units, of the lower-right corner of the rectangle. + The y-coordinate, in logical units, of the lower-right corner of the rectangle. + + The return value specifies the new clipping region's type and can be one of the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The lower and right-most edges of the given rectangle are excluded from the clipping region. If a clipping region does not already exist then the system may apply a default clipping region to the specified HDC. A clipping region is then created from the intersection of that default clipping region and the rectangle specified in the function parameters. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The OffsetViewportOrgEx function modifies the viewport origin for a device context using the specified horizontal and vertical offsets. + A handle to the device context. + The horizontal offset, in device units. + The vertical offset, in device units. + A pointer to a POINT structure. The previous viewport origin, in device units, is placed in this structure. If lpPoint is NULL, the previous viewport origin is not returned. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + The new origin is the sum of the current origin and the horizontal and vertical offsets. + + + The DeleteMetaFile function deletes a Windows-format metafile or Windows-format metafile handle. + A handle to a Windows-format metafile. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + If the metafile identified by the hmf parameter is stored in memory (rather than on a disk), its content is lost when it is deleted by using the DeleteMetaFile function. + + + The RestoreDC function restores a device context (DC) to the specified state. The DC is restored by popping state information off a stack created by earlier calls to the SaveDC function. + A handle to the DC. + The saved state to be restored. If this parameter is positive, nSavedDC represents a specific instance of the state to be restored. If this parameter is negative, nSavedDC represents an instance relative to the current state. For example, -1 restores the most recently saved state. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + Each DC maintains a stack of saved states. The SaveDC function pushes the current state of the DC onto its stack of saved states. That state can be restored only to the same DC from which it was created. After a state is restored, the saved state is destroyed and cannot be reused. Furthermore, any states saved after the restored state was created are also destroyed and cannot be used. In other words, the RestoreDC function pops the restored state (and any subsequent states) from the state information stack. + + + The SaveDC function saves the current state of the specified device context (DC) by copying data describing selected objects and graphic modes (such as the bitmap, brush, palette, font, pen, region, drawing mode, and mapping mode) to a context stack. + A handle to the DC whose state is to be saved. + + If the function succeeds, the return value identifies the saved state. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + The SaveDC function can be used any number of times to save any number of instances of the DC state. A saved state can be restored by using the RestoreDC function. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The SelectClipRgn function selects a region as the current clipping region for the specified device context. + A handle to the device context. + A handle to the region to be selected. + + The return value specifies the region's complexity and can be one of the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Only a copy of the selected region is used. The region itself can be selected for any number of other device contexts or it can be deleted. The SelectClipRgn function assumes that the coordinates for a region are specified in device units. To remove a device-context's clipping region, specify a NULL region handle. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The SelectObject function selects an object into the specified device context (DC). The new object replaces the previous object of the same type. + A handle to the DC. + + A handle to the object to be selected. The specified object must have been created by using one of the following functions. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the selected object is not a region and the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the object being replaced. If the selected object is a region and the function succeeds, the return value is one of the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + This function returns the previously selected object of the specified type. An application should always replace a new object with the original, default object after it has finished drawing with the new object. An application cannot select a single bitmap into more than one DC at a time. ICM: If the object being selected is a brush or a pen, color management is performed. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Closes an open object handle. + A valid handle to an open object. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. If the application is running under a debugger, the function will throw an exception if it receives either a handle value that is not valid or a pseudo-handle value. This can happen if you close a handle twice, or if you call CloseHandle on a handle returned by the FindFirstFile function instead of calling the FindClose function. + + + The CloseHandle function closes handles to the following objects: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Returns the locale identifier for the system locale.Note  Any application that runs only on Windows Vista and later should use GetSystemDefaultLocaleName in preference to this function. + Returns the locale identifier for the system default locale, identified by LOCALE_SYSTEM_DEFAULT. + This function can retrieve data from custom locales. Data is not guaranteed to be the same from computer to computer or between runs of an application. If your application must persist or transmit data, see Using Persistent Locale Data. + + + Returns the locale identifier of the current locale for the calling thread.Note  This function can retrieve data that changes between releases, for example, due to a custom locale. + + Returns the locale identifier of the locale associated with the current thread. Windows Vista: This function can return the identifier of a custom locale. If the current thread locale is a custom locale, the function returns LOCALE_CUSTOM_DEFAULT. If the current thread locale is a supplemental custom locale, the function can return LOCALE_CUSTOM_UNSPECIFIED. All supplemental locales share this locale identifier. + + + When an application process launches, it uses the Standards and Formats variable for the locale. For more information, see NLS Terminology. When a new thread is created in a process, it inherits the locale of the creating thread. This locale can be either the default Standards and Formats locale or a different locale set for the creating thread in a call to SetThreadLocale. GetThreadLocale and SetThreadLocale can be used to modify the locale of the new thread. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Frees the specified global memory object and invalidates its handle. + + A handle to the global memory object. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function. It is not safe to free memory allocated with LocalAlloc. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is NULL. If the function fails, the return value is equal to a handle to the global memory object. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + If the process examines or modifies the memory after it has been freed, heap corruption may occur or an access violation exception (EXCEPTION_ACCESS_VIOLATION) may be generated. The GlobalFree function will free a locked memory object. A locked memory object has a lock count greater than zero. The GlobalLock function locks a global memory object and increments the lock count by one. The GlobalUnlock function unlocks it and decrements the lock count by one. To get the lock count of a global memory object, use the GlobalFlags function. If an application is running under a debug version of the system, GlobalFree will issue a message that tells you that a locked object is being freed. If you are debugging the application, GlobalFree will enter a breakpoint just before freeing a locked object. This allows you to verify the intended behavior, then continue execution. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Allocates the specified number of bytes from the heap. (GlobalAlloc) + + The number of bytes to allocate. If this parameter is zero and the uFlags parameter specifies GMEM_MOVEABLE, the function returns a handle to a memory object that is marked as discarded. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the newly allocated memory object. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + Windows memory management does not provide a separate local heap and global heap. Therefore, the GlobalAlloc and LocalAlloc functions are essentially the same. The movable-memory flags GHND and GMEM_MOVABLE add unnecessary overhead and require locking to be used safely. They should be avoided unless documentation specifically states that they should be used. New applications should use the heap functions to allocate and manage memory unless the documentation specifically states that a global function should be used. For example, the global functions are still used with Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE), the clipboard functions, and OLE data objects. If the GlobalAlloc function succeeds, it allocates at least the amount of memory requested. If the actual amount allocated is greater than the amount requested, the process can use the entire amount. To determine the actual number of bytes allocated, use the GlobalSize function. If the heap does not contain sufficient free space to satisfy the request, GlobalAlloc returns NULL. Because NULL is used to indicate an error, virtual address zero is never allocated. It is, therefore, easy to detect the use of a NULL pointer. Memory allocated with this function is guaranteed to be aligned on an 8-byte boundary. To execute dynamically generated code, use the VirtualAlloc function to allocate memory and the VirtualProtect function to grant PAGE_EXECUTE access. To free the memory, use the GlobalFree function. It is not safe to free memory allocated with GlobalAlloc using LocalFree. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Locks a global memory object and returns a pointer to the first byte of the object's memory block. + + A handle to the global memory object. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a pointer to the first byte of the memory block. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + The internal data structures for each memory object include a lock count that is initially zero. For movable memory objects, GlobalLock increments the count by one, and the GlobalUnlock function decrements the count by one. Each successful call that a process makes to GlobalLock for an object must be matched by a corresponding call to GlobalUnlock. Locked memory will not be moved or discarded, unless the memory object is reallocated by using the GlobalReAlloc function. The memory block of a locked memory object remains locked until its lock count is decremented to zero, at which time it can be moved or discarded. Memory objects allocated with GMEM_FIXED always have a lock count of zero. For these objects, the value of the returned pointer is equal to the value of the specified handle. If the specified memory block has been discarded or if the memory block has a zero-byte size, this function returns NULL. Discarded objects always have a lock count of zero. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Changes the size or attributes of a specified global memory object. The size can increase or decrease. + + A handle to the global memory object to be reallocated. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + The new size of the memory block, in bytes. If uFlags specifies GMEM_MODIFY, this parameter is ignored. + + The reallocation options. If GMEM_MODIFY is specified, the function modifies the attributes of the memory object only (the dwBytes parameter is ignored.) Otherwise, the function reallocates the memory object. You can optionally combine GMEM_MODIFY with the following value. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the reallocated memory object. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + If GlobalReAlloc reallocates a movable object, the return value is a handle to the memory object. To convert the handle to a pointer, use the GlobalLock function. If GlobalReAlloc reallocates a fixed object, the value of the handle returned is the address of the first byte of the memory block. To access the memory, a process can simply cast the return value to a pointer. If GlobalReAlloc fails, the original memory is not freed, and the original handle and pointer are still valid. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Retrieves the current size of the specified global memory object, in bytes. + + A handle to the global memory object. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the size of the specified global memory object, in bytes. If the specified handle is not valid or if the object has been discarded, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + The size of a memory block may be larger than the size requested when the memory was allocated. To verify that the specified object's memory block has not been discarded, use the GlobalFlags function before calling GlobalSize. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Decrements the lock count associated with a memory object that was allocated with GMEM_MOVEABLE. + + A handle to the global memory object. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the memory object is still locked after decrementing the lock count, the return value is a nonzero value. If the memory object is unlocked after decrementing the lock count, the function returns zero and GetLastError returns NO_ERROR. If the function fails, the return value is zero and GetLastError returns a value other than NO_ERROR. + + + The internal data structures for each memory object include a lock count that is initially zero. For movable memory objects, the GlobalLock function increments the count by one, and GlobalUnlock decrements the count by one. For each call that a process makes to GlobalLock for an object, it must eventually call GlobalUnlock. Locked memory will not be moved or discarded, unless the memory object is reallocated by using the GlobalReAlloc function. The memory block of a locked memory object remains locked until its lock count is decremented to zero, at which time it can be moved or discarded. Memory objects allocated with GMEM_FIXED always have a lock count of zero. If the specified memory block is fixed memory, this function returns TRUE. If the memory object is already unlocked, GlobalUnlock returns FALSE and GetLastError reports ERROR_NOT_LOCKED. A process should not rely on the return value to determine the number of times it must subsequently call GlobalUnlock for a memory object. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Frees the loaded dynamic-link library (DLL) module and, if necessary, decrements its reference count. + + A handle to the loaded library module. The LoadLibrary, LoadLibraryEx, GetModuleHandle, or GetModuleHandleEx function returns this handle. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call the GetLastError function. + + + The system maintains a per-process reference count for each loaded module. A module that was loaded at process initialization due to load-time dynamic linking has a reference count of one. The reference count for a module is incremented each time the module is loaded by a call to LoadLibrary. The reference count is also incremented by a call to LoadLibraryEx unless the module is being loaded for the first time and is being loaded as a data or image file. The reference count is decremented each time the FreeLibrary or FreeLibraryAndExitThread function is called for the module. When a module's reference count reaches zero or the process terminates, the system unloads the module from the address space of the process. Before unloading a library module, the system enables the module to detach from the process by calling the module's DllMain function, if it has one, with the DLL_PROCESS_DETACH value. Doing so gives the library module an opportunity to clean up resources allocated on behalf of the current process. After the entry-point function returns, the library module is removed from the address space of the current process. It is not safe to call FreeLibrary from DllMain. For more information, see the Remarks section in DllMain. Calling FreeLibrary does not affect other processes that are using the same module. Use caution when calling FreeLibrary with a handle returned by GetModuleHandle. The GetModuleHandle function does not increment a module's reference count, so passing this handle to FreeLibrary can cause a module to be unloaded prematurely. A thread that must unload the DLL in which it is executing and then terminate itself should call FreeLibraryAndExitThread instead of calling FreeLibrary and ExitThread separately. Otherwise, a race condition can occur. For details, see the Remarks section of FreeLibraryAndExitThread. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + + + + Creates a single uninitialized object of the class associated with a specified CLSID. + The CLSID associated with the data and code that will be used to create the object. + If NULL, indicates that the object is not being created as part of an aggregate. If non-NULL, pointer to the aggregate object's IUnknown interface (the controlling IUnknown). + Context in which the code that manages the newly created object will run. The values are taken from the enumeration CLSCTX. + A reference to the identifier of the interface to be used to communicate with the object. + Address of pointer variable that receives the interface pointer requested in riid. Upon successful return, *ppv contains the requested interface pointer. Upon failure, *ppv contains NULL. + + This function can return the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The CoCreateInstance function provides a convenient shortcut by connecting to the class object associated with the specified CLSID, creating a default-initialized instance, and releasing the class object. As such, it encapsulates the following functionality: + + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Frees all elements that can be freed in a given PROPVARIANT structure. + + A pointer to an initialized PROPVARIANT structure for which any deallocatable elements are to be freed. On return, all zeroes are written to the PROPVARIANT structure. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + This function returns HRESULT. + + At any level of indirection, NULL pointers are ignored. For example, the pvar parameter points to a PROPVARIANT structure of type VT_CF. The pclipdata member of the PROPVARIANT structure points to a CLIPDATA structure. The pClipData pointer in the CLIPDATA structure is NULL. In this example, the pClipData pointer is ignored. However, the CLIPDATA structure pointed to by the pclipdata member of the PROPVARIANT structure is freed. On return, this function writes zeroes to the specified PROPVARIANT structure, so the VT-type is VT_EMPTY. Passing NULL as the pvar parameter produces a return code of S_OK.
Note  Do not use this function to initialize PROPVARIANT structures. Instead, initialize these structures using the PropVariantInit macro (defined in Propidl.h).
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Deallocates a string allocated previously by SysAllocString, SysAllocStringByteLen, SysReAllocString, SysAllocStringLen, or SysReAllocStringLen. + The previously allocated string. If this parameter is NULL, the function simply returns. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Uses registry information to load a type library. + The GUID of the library. + The major version of the library. + The minor version of the library. + The national language code of the library. + The loaded type library. + + This function can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The function LoadRegTypeLib defers to LoadTypeLib to load the file. + LoadRegTypeLib compares the requested version numbers against those found in the system registry, and takes one of the following actions: + + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Creates a new picture object initialized according to a PICTDESC structure. + Pointer to a caller-allocated structure containing the initial state of the picture. The specified structure can be NULL to create an uninitialized object, in the event the picture needs to initialize via IPersistStream::Load. + Reference to the identifier of the interface describing the type of interface pointer to return in lplpvObj. + If TRUE, the picture object is to destroy its picture when the object is destroyed. If FALSE, the caller is responsible for destroying the picture. + Address of pointer variable that receives the interface pointer requested in riid. Upon successful return, this parameter contains the requested interface pointer on the newly created object. If the call is successful, the caller is responsible for calling Release through this interface pointer when the new object is no longer needed. If the call fails, the value is set to NULL. + + This function returns S_OK on success. Other possible values include the following. + This doc was truncated. + + The fOwn parameter indicates whether the picture is to own the GDI picture handle for the picture it contains, so that the picture object will destroy its picture when the object itself is destroyed. The function returns an interface pointer to the new picture object specified by the caller in the riid parameter. A QueryInterface is built into this call. The caller is responsible for calling Release through the interface pointer returned. + + + + + + Creates a new array descriptor, allocates and initializes the data for the array, and returns a pointer to the new array descriptor. + The base type of the array (the VARTYPE of each element of the array). The VARTYPE is restricted to a subset of the variant types. Neither the VT_ARRAY nor the VT_BYREF flag can be set. VT_EMPTY and VT_NULL are not valid base types for the array. All other types are legal. + The number of dimensions in the array. The number cannot be changed after the array is created. + A vector of bounds (one for each dimension) to allocate for the array. + A safe array descriptor, or null if the array could not be created. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Creates and returns a safe array descriptor from the specified VARTYPE, number of dimensions and bounds. + The base type or the VARTYPE of each element of the array. The FADF_RECORD flag can be set for a variant type VT_RECORD, The FADF_HAVEIID flag can be set for VT_DISPATCH or VT_UNKNOWN, and FADF_HAVEVARTYPE can be set for all other VARTYPEs. + The number of dimensions in the array. + A vector of bounds (one for each dimension) to allocate for the array. + the type information of the user-defined type, if you are creating a safe array of user-defined types. If the vt parameter is VT_RECORD, then pvExtra will be a pointer to an IRecordInfo describing the record. If the vt parameter is VT_DISPATCH or VT_UNKNOWN, then pvExtra will contain a pointer to a GUID representing the type of interface being passed to the array. + A safe array descriptor, or null if the array could not be created. + If the VARTYPE is VT_RECORD then SafeArraySetRecordInfo is called. If the VARTYPE is VT_DISPATCH or VT_UNKNOWN then the elements of the array must contain interfaces of the same type. Part of the process of marshaling this array to other processes does include generating the proxy/stub code of the IID pointed to by the pvExtra parameter. To actually pass heterogeneous interfaces one will need to specify either IID_IUnknown or IID_IDispatch in pvExtra and provide some other means for the caller to identify how to query for the actual interface. + + + Destroys an existing array descriptor and all of the data in the array. + An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate. + + This function can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + Safe arrays of variant will have the VariantClear function called on each member and safe arrays of BSTR will have the SysFreeString function called on each element. IRecordInfo::RecordClear will be called to release object references and other values of a record without deallocating the record. + + + + + + Retrieves a single element of the array. + An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate. + A vector of indexes for each dimension of the array. The right-most (least significant) dimension is rgIndices[0]. The left-most dimension is stored at rgIndices[psa->cDims – 1]. + The element of the array. + + This function can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + This function calls SafeArrayLock and SafeArrayUnlock automatically, before and after retrieving the element. The caller must provide a storage area of the correct size to receive the data. If the data element is a string, object, or variant, the function copies the element in the correct way. + + + Retrieves the IRecordInfo interface of the UDT contained in the specified safe array. + An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate. + The IRecordInfo interface. + + This function can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Gets the VARTYPE stored in the specified safe array. + An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate. + The VARTYPE. + + This function can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + If FADF_HAVEVARTYPE is set, SafeArrayGetVartype returns the VARTYPE stored in the array descriptor. If FADF_RECORD is set, it returns VT_RECORD; if FADF_DISPATCH is set, it returns VT_DISPATCH; and if FADF_UNKNOWN is set, it returns VT_UNKNOWN. SafeArrayGetVartype can fail to return VT_UNKNOWN for SAFEARRAY types that are based on IUnknown. Callers should additionally check whether the SAFEARRAY type's fFeatures field has the FADF_UNKNOWN flag set. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Increments the lock count of an array, and places a pointer to the array data in pvData of the array descriptor. + An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate. + + This function can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The pointer in the array descriptor is valid until the SafeArrayUnlock function is called. Calls to SafeArrayLock can be nested, in which case an equal number of calls to SafeArrayUnlock are required. An array cannot be deleted while it is locked. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Stores the data element at the specified location in the array. + An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate. + A vector of indexes for each dimension of the array. The right-most (least significant) dimension is rgIndices[0]. The left-most dimension is stored at rgIndices[psa->cDims – 1]. + The data to assign to the array. The variant types VT_DISPATCH, VT_UNKNOWN, and VT_BSTR are pointers, and do not require another level of indirection. + + This function can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + This function automatically calls SafeArrayLock and SafeArrayUnlock before and after assigning the element. If the data element is a string, object, or variant, the function copies it correctly when the safe array is destroyed. If the existing element is a string, object, or variant, it is cleared correctly. If the data element is a VT_DISPATCH or VT_UNKNOWN, AddRef is called to increment the object's reference count.
Note  Multiple locks can be on an array. Elements can be put into an array while the array is locked by other operations.
 
For an example that demonstrates calling SafeArrayPutElement, see the COM Fundamentals Lines sample (CLines::Add in Lines.cpp). + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Decrements the lock count of an array so it can be freed or resized. + An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate. + + This function can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + This function is called after access to the data in an array is finished. + + + Creates a new image (icon, cursor, or bitmap) and copies the attributes of the specified image to the new one. If necessary, the function stretches the bits to fit the desired size of the new image. + + Type: HANDLE A handle to the image to be copied. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + Type: UINT + + Type: int The desired width, in pixels, of the image. If this is zero, then the returned image will have the same width as the original hImage. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: int The desired height, in pixels, of the image. If this is zero, then the returned image will have the same height as the original hImage. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + Type: UINT + + Type: HANDLE If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to the newly created image. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + When you are finished using the resource, you can release its associated memory by calling one of the functions in the following table. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Destroys an icon and frees any memory the icon occupied. + + Type: HICON A handle to the icon to be destroyed. The icon must not be in use. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + It is only necessary to call DestroyIcon for icons and cursors created with the following functions: CreateIconFromResourceEx (if called without the LR_SHARED flag), CreateIconIndirect, and CopyIcon. Do not use this function to destroy a shared icon. A shared icon is valid as long as the module from which it was loaded remains in memory. The following functions obtain a shared icon. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Draws an icon or cursor into the specified device context, performing the specified raster operations, and stretching or compressing the icon or cursor as specified. + + Type: HDC A handle to the device context into which the icon or cursor will be drawn. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: int The logical x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the icon or cursor. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: int The logical y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the icon or cursor. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: HICON A handle to the icon or cursor to be drawn. This parameter can identify an animated cursor. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: int The logical width of the icon or cursor. If this parameter is zero and the diFlags parameter is DI_DEFAULTSIZE, the function uses the SM_CXICON system metric value to set the width. If this parameter is zero and DI_DEFAULTSIZE is not used, the function uses the actual resource width. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: int The logical height of the icon or cursor. If this parameter is zero and the diFlags parameter is DI_DEFAULTSIZE, the function uses the SM_CYICON system metric value to set the width. If this parameter is zero and DI_DEFAULTSIZE is not used, the function uses the actual resource height. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: UINT The index of the frame to draw, if hIcon identifies an animated cursor. This parameter is ignored if hIcon does not identify an animated cursor. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: HBRUSH A handle to a brush that the system uses for flicker-free drawing. If hbrFlickerFreeDraw is a valid brush handle, the system creates an offscreen bitmap using the specified brush for the background color, draws the icon or cursor into the bitmap, and then copies the bitmap into the device context identified by hdc. If hbrFlickerFreeDraw is NULL, the system draws the icon or cursor directly into the device context. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + Type: UINT + + Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + The DrawIconEx function places the icon's upper-left corner at the location specified by the xLeft and yTop parameters. The location is subject to the current mapping mode of the device context. If only one of the DI_IMAGE and DI_MASK flags is set, then the corresponding bitmap is drawn with the SRCCOPY raster operation code. If both the DI_IMAGE and DI_MASK flags are set: * If the icon or cursor is a 32-bit alpha-blended icon or cursor, then the image is drawn with AC_SRC_OVER blend function and the mask is ignored. * For all other icons or cursors, the mask is drawn with the SRCAND raster operation code, and the image is drawn with the SRCINVERT raster operation code To duplicate DrawIcon (hDC, X, Y, hIcon), call DrawIconEx as follows: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the coordinates of a window's client area. + + Type: HWND A handle to the window whose client coordinates are to be retrieved. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: LPRECT A pointer to a RECT structure that receives the client coordinates. The left and top members are zero. The right and bottom members contain the width and height of the window. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + In conformance with conventions for the RECT structure, the bottom-right coordinates of the returned rectangle are exclusive. In other words, the pixel at (right, bottom) lies immediately outside the rectangle. + + + The GetDC function retrieves a handle to a device context (DC) for the client area of a specified window or for the entire screen. + A handle to the window whose DC is to be retrieved. If this value is NULL, GetDC retrieves the DC for the entire screen. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the DC for the specified window's client area. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + The GetDC function retrieves a common, class, or private DC depending on the class style of the specified window. For class and private DCs, GetDC leaves the previously assigned attributes unchanged. However, for common DCs, GetDC assigns default attributes to the DC each time it is retrieved. For example, the default font is System, which is a bitmap font. Because of this, the handle to a common DC returned by GetDC does not tell you what font, color, or brush was used when the window was drawn. To determine the font, call GetTextFace. Note that the handle to the DC can only be used by a single thread at any one time. After painting with a common DC, the ReleaseDC function must be called to release the DC. Class and private DCs do not have to be released. ReleaseDC must be called from the same thread that called GetDC. The number of DCs is limited only by available memory. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The GetDCEx function retrieves a handle to a device context (DC) for the client area of a specified window or for the entire screen. + A handle to the window whose DC is to be retrieved. If this value is NULL, GetDCEx retrieves the DC for the entire screen. + A clipping region that may be combined with the visible region of the DC. If the value of flags is DCX_INTERSECTRGN or DCX_EXCLUDERGN, then the operating system assumes ownership of the region and will automatically delete it when it is no longer needed. In this case, the application should not use or delete the region after a successful call to GetDCEx. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to the DC for the specified window. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. An invalid value for the hWnd parameter will cause the function to fail. + + + Unless the display DC belongs to a window class, the ReleaseDC function must be called to release the DC after painting. Also, ReleaseDC must be called from the same thread that called GetDCEx. The number of DCs is limited only by available memory. The function returns a handle to a DC that belongs to the window's class if CS_CLASSDC, CS_OWNDC or CS_PARENTDC was specified as a style in the WNDCLASS structure when the class was registered. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Retrieves a handle to the desktop window. The desktop window covers the entire screen. The desktop window is the area on top of which other windows are painted. + + Type: HWND The return value is a handle to the desktop window. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Retrieves a handle to the foreground window (the window with which the user is currently working). The system assigns a slightly higher priority to the thread that creates the foreground window than it does to other threads. + + Type: HWND The return value is a handle to the foreground window. The foreground window can be NULL in certain circumstances, such as when a window is losing activation. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Retrieves the count of handles to graphical user interface (GUI) objects in use by the specified process. + + A handle to the process. The handle must refer to a process in the current session, and must have the **PROCESS_QUERY_LIMITED_INFORMATION** access right (see [Process security and access rights](/windows/win32/procthread/process-security-and-access-rights)). If this parameter is the special value **GR_GLOBAL**, then the resource usage is reported across all processes in the current session. **Windows Server 2008, Windows Vista, Windows Server 2003, and Windows XP:** The **GR_GLOBAL** value is not supported until Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2. **Windows Server 2003 and Windows XP:** The handle must have the **PROCESS_QUERY_INFORMATION** access right. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the count of handles to GUI objects in use by the process. If no GUI objects are in use, the return value is zero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + A process without a graphical user interface does not use GUI resources, therefore, GetGuiResources will return zero. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves information about the specified icon or cursor. + Type: HICON + + Type: PICONINFO A pointer to an ICONINFO structure. The function fills in the structure's members. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero and the function fills in the members of the specified ICONINFO structure. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + GetIconInfo creates bitmaps for the hbmMask and hbmColor or members of ICONINFO. The calling application must manage these bitmaps and delete them when they are no longer necessary.

DPI Virtualization

This API does not participate in DPI virtualization. The output returned is not affected by the DPI of the calling thread. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The GetMonitorInfo function retrieves information about a display monitor. (Unicode) + A handle to the display monitor of interest. + + A pointer to a MONITORINFO or MONITORINFOEX structure that receives information about the specified display monitor. You must set the cbSize member of the structure to sizeof(MONITORINFO) or sizeof(MONITORINFOEX) before calling the GetMonitorInfo function. Doing so lets the function determine the type of structure you are passing to it. The MONITORINFOEX structure is a superset of the MONITORINFO structure. It has one additional member: a string that contains a name for the display monitor. Most applications have no use for a display monitor name, and so can save some bytes by using a MONITORINFO structure. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines GetMonitorInfo as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes). + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Retrieves the specified system metric or system configuration setting. + Type: int + + Type: int If the function succeeds, the return value is the requested system metric or configuration setting. If the function fails, the return value is 0. GetLastError does not provide extended error information. + + + System metrics can vary from display to display. GetSystemMetrics(SM_CMONITORS) counts only visible display monitors. This is different from EnumDisplayMonitors, which enumerates both visible display monitors and invisible pseudo-monitors that are associated with mirroring drivers. An invisible pseudo-monitor is associated with a pseudo-device used to mirror application drawing for remoting or other purposes. The SM_ARRANGE setting specifies how the system arranges minimized windows, and consists of a starting position and a direction. The starting position can be one of the following values. + + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Destroys a cursor and frees any memory the cursor occupied. Do not use this function to destroy a shared cursor. + + Type: HCURSOR A handle to the cursor to be destroyed. The cursor must not be in use. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + The DestroyCursor function destroys a nonshared cursor. Do not use this function to destroy a shared cursor. A shared cursor is valid as long as the module from which it was loaded remains in memory. The following functions obtain a shared cursor: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Loads the specified icon resource from the executable (.exe) file associated with an application instance. (Unicode) + + Type: HINSTANCE A handle to an instance of the module whose executable file contains the icon to be loaded. This parameter must be NULL when a standard icon is being loaded. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: LPCTSTR The name of the icon resource to be loaded. Alternatively, this parameter can contain the resource identifier in the low-order word and zero in the high-order word. Use the MAKEINTRESOURCE macro to create this value. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: HICON If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the newly loaded icon. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + LoadIcon loads the icon resource only if it has not been loaded; otherwise, it retrieves a handle to the existing resource. The function searches the icon resource for the icon most appropriate for the current display. The icon resource can be a color or monochrome bitmap. LoadIcon can only load an icon whose size conforms to the SM_CXICON and SM_CYICON system metric values. Use the LoadImage function to load icons of other sizes. + > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines LoadIcon as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes). + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The MonitorFromPoint function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that contains a specified point. + A POINT structure that specifies the point of interest in virtual-screen coordinates. + Determines the function's return value if the point is not contained within any display monitor. + + If the point is contained by a display monitor, the return value is an HMONITOR handle to that display monitor. If the point is not contained by a display monitor, the return value depends on the value of dwFlags. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The MonitorFromRect function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with a specified rectangle. + A pointer to a RECT structure that specifies the rectangle of interest in virtual-screen coordinates. + Determines the function's return value if the rectangle does not intersect any display monitor. + + If the rectangle intersects one or more display monitor rectangles, the return value is an HMONITOR handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with the rectangle. If the rectangle does not intersect a display monitor, the return value depends on the value of dwFlags. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The MonitorFromWindow function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with the bounding rectangle of a specified window. + A handle to the window of interest. + Determines the function's return value if the window does not intersect any display monitor. + + If the window intersects one or more display monitor rectangles, the return value is an HMONITOR handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with the window. If the window does not intersect a display monitor, the return value depends on the value of dwFlags. + + If the window is currently minimized, MonitorFromWindow uses the rectangle of the window before it was minimized. + + + The ReleaseDC function releases a device context (DC), freeing it for use by other applications. The effect of the ReleaseDC function depends on the type of DC. It frees only common and window DCs. It has no effect on class or private DCs. + A handle to the window whose DC is to be released. + A handle to the DC to be released. + + The return value indicates whether the DC was released. If the DC was released, the return value is 1. If the DC was not released, the return value is zero. + + + The application must call the ReleaseDC function for each call to the GetWindowDC function and for each call to the GetDC function that retrieves a common DC. An application cannot use the ReleaseDC function to release a DC that was created by calling the CreateDC function; instead, it must use the DeleteDC function. ReleaseDC must be called from the same thread that called GetDC. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Retrieves or sets the value of one of the system-wide parameters. (Unicode) + + Type: UINT The system-wide parameter to be retrieved or set. The possible values are organized in the following tables of related parameters: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: UINT A parameter whose usage and format depends on the system parameter being queried or set. For more information about system-wide parameters, see the uiAction parameter. If not otherwise indicated, you must specify zero for this parameter. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: PVOID A parameter whose usage and format depends on the system parameter being queried or set. For more information about system-wide parameters, see the uiAction parameter. If not otherwise indicated, you must specify NULL for this parameter. For information on the PVOID datatype, see Windows Data Types. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: UINT If a system parameter is being set, specifies whether the user profile is to be updated, and if so, whether the WM_SETTINGCHANGE message is to be broadcast to all top-level windows to notify them of the change. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is a nonzero value. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + This function is intended for use with applications that allow the user to customize the environment. A keyboard layout name should be derived from the hexadecimal value of the language identifier corresponding to the layout. For example, U.S. English has a language identifier of 0x0409, so the primary U.S. English layout is named "00000409". Variants of U.S. English layout, such as the Dvorak layout, are named "00010409", "00020409" and so on. For a list of the primary language identifiers and sublanguage identifiers that make up a language identifier, see the MAKELANGID macro. There is a difference between the High Contrast color scheme and the High Contrast Mode. The High Contrast color scheme changes the system colors to colors that have obvious contrast; you switch to this color scheme by using the Display Options in the control panel. The High Contrast Mode, which uses SPI_GETHIGHCONTRAST and SPI_SETHIGHCONTRAST, advises applications to modify their appearance for visually-impaired users. It involves such things as audible warning to users and customized color scheme (using the Accessibility Options in the control panel). For more information, see HIGHCONTRAST. For more information on general accessibility features, see Accessibility. During the time that the primary button is held down to activate the Mouse ClickLock feature, the user can move the mouse. After the primary button is locked down, releasing the primary button does not result in a WM_LBUTTONUP message. Thus, it will appear to an application that the primary button is still down. Any subsequent button message releases the primary button, sending a WM_LBUTTONUP message to the application, thus the button can be unlocked programmatically or through the user clicking any button. This API is not DPI aware, and should not be used if the calling thread is per-monitor DPI aware. For the DPI-aware version of this API, see SystemParametersInfoForDPI. For more information on DPI awareness, see the Windows High DPI documentation. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Retrieves the value of one of the system-wide parameters, taking into account the provided DPI value. + The system-wide parameter to be retrieved. This function is only intended for use with SPI_GETICONTITLELOGFONT, SPI_GETICONMETRICS, or SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS. See SystemParametersInfo for more information on these values. + A parameter whose usage and format depends on the system parameter being queried. For more information about system-wide parameters, see the uiAction parameter. If not otherwise indicated, you must specify zero for this parameter. + A parameter whose usage and format depends on the system parameter being queried. For more information about system-wide parameters, see the uiAction parameter. If not otherwise indicated, you must specify NULL for this parameter. For information on the PVOID datatype, see Windows Data Types. + Has no effect for with this API. This parameter only has an effect if you're setting parameter. + The DPI to use for scaling the metric. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + This function returns a similar result as SystemParametersInfo, but scales it according to an arbitrary DPI you provide (if appropriate). It only scales with the following possible values for uiAction: SPI_GETICONTITLELOGFONT, SPI_GETICONMETRICS, SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS. Other possible uiAction values do not provide ForDPI behavior, and therefore this function returns 0 if called with them. For uiAction values that contain strings within their associated structures, only Unicode (LOGFONTW) strings are supported in this function. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The WindowFromDC function returns a handle to the window associated with the specified display device context (DC). Output functions that use the specified device context draw into this window. + Handle to the device context from which a handle to the associated window is to be retrieved. + The return value is a handle to the window associated with the specified DC. If no window is associated with the specified DC, the return value is NULL. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Create an interface table for the given interface. + + + + + Create an interface table for the given interfaces. + + + + + Create an interface table for the given interfaces. + + + + + Create an interface table for the given interfaces. + + + + + Create an interface table for the given interfaces. + + + + + Create an interface table for the given interfaces. + + + + + Create an interface table for the given interfaces. + + + + + Create an interface table for the given interfaces. + + + + Returns HRESULT.STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION as a documented way to say we don't support locking + + + Returns HRESULT.STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION as a documented way to say we don't support locking + + + The CY structure is useful for calculations involving money, or for any fixed-point calculation where accuracy is particularly important. + + + + + + + + + + + Used to flag that the COM object is a generated object. + + + + + Get the specified property. + + + + + Get the specified property. + + + + + Get the specified property. + + + + + Get the specified property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Retrieves the number of type information interfaces that an object provides (either 0 or 1). + The number of type information interfaces provided by the object. If the object provides type information, this number is 1; otherwise the number is 0. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + The method may return zero, which indicates that the object does not provide any type information. In this case, the object may still be programmable through IDispatch or a VTBL, but does not provide run-time type information for browsers, compilers, or other programming tools that access type information. This can be useful for hiding an object from browsers. + + + Retrieves the type information for an object, which can then be used to get the type information for an interface. + The type information to return. Pass 0 to retrieve type information for the IDispatch implementation. + The locale identifier for the type information. An object may be able to return different type information for different languages. This is important for classes that support localized member names. For classes that do not support localized member names, this parameter can be ignored. + The requested type information object. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Maps a single member and an optional set of argument names to a corresponding set of integer DISPIDs, which can be used on subsequent calls to Invoke. + Reserved for future use. Must be IID_NULL. + The array of names to be mapped. + The count of the names to be mapped. + The locale context in which to interpret the names. + Caller-allocated array, each element of which contains an identifier (ID) corresponding to one of the names passed in the rgszNames array. The first element represents the member name. The subsequent elements represent each of the member's parameters. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + An IDispatch implementation can associate any positive integer ID value with a given name. Zero is reserved for the default, or Value property; –1 is reserved to indicate an unknown name; and other negative values are defined for other purposes. For example, if GetIDsOfNames is called, and the implementation does not recognize one or more of the names, it returns DISP_E_UNKNOWNNAME, and the rgDispId array contains DISPID_UNKNOWN for the entries that correspond to the unknown names. The member and parameter DISPIDs must remain constant for the lifetime of the object. This allows a client to obtain the DISPIDs once, and cache them for later use. When GetIDsOfNames is called with more than one name, the first name (rgszNames[0]) corresponds to the member name, and subsequent names correspond to the names of the member's parameters. The same name may map to different DISPIDs, depending on context. For example, a name may have a DISPID when it is used as a member name with a particular interface, a different ID as a member of a different interface, and different mapping for each time it appears as a parameter. GetIDsOfNames is used when an IDispatch client binds to names at run time. To bind at compile time instead, an IDispatch client can map names to DISPIDs by using the type information interfaces described in Type Description Interfaces. This allows a client to bind to members at compile time and avoid calling GetIDsOfNames at run time. For a description of binding at compile time, see Type Description Interfaces. The implementation of GetIDsOfNames is case insensitive. Users that need case-sensitive name mapping should use type information interfaces to map names to DISPIDs, rather than call GetIDsOfNames.
Caution  You cannot use this method to access values that have been added dynamically, such as values added through JavaScript. Instead, use the GetDispID of the IDispatchEx interface. For more information, see the IDispatchEx interface.
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Provides access to properties and methods exposed by an object. + Identifies the member. Use GetIDsOfNames or the object's documentation to obtain the dispatch identifier. + Reserved for future use. Must be IID_NULL. + + The locale context in which to interpret arguments. The lcid is used by the GetIDsOfNames function, and is also passed to Invoke to allow the object to interpret its arguments specific to a locale. Applications that do not support multiple national languages can ignore this parameter. For more information, refer to Supporting Multiple National Languages and Exposing ActiveX Objects. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Flags describing the context of the Invoke call. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + Pointer to a DISPPARAMS structure containing an array of arguments, an array of argument DISPIDs for named arguments, and counts for the number of elements in the arrays. + Pointer to the location where the result is to be stored, or NULL if the caller expects no result. This argument is ignored if DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUT or DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUTREF is specified. + Pointer to a structure that contains exception information. This structure should be filled in if DISP_E_EXCEPTION is returned. Can be NULL. + The index within rgvarg of the first argument that has an error. Arguments are stored in pDispParams->rgvarg in reverse order, so the first argument is the one with the highest index in the array. This parameter is returned only when the resulting return value is DISP_E_TYPEMISMATCH or DISP_E_PARAMNOTFOUND. This argument can be set to null. For details, see Returning Errors. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Generally, you should not implement Invoke directly. Instead, use the dispatch interface to create functions CreateStdDispatch and DispInvoke. For details, refer to CreateStdDispatch, DispInvoke, Creating the IDispatch Interface and Exposing ActiveX Objects. If some application-specific processing needs to be performed before calling a member, the code should perform the necessary actions, and then call ITypeInfo::Invoke to invoke the member. ITypeInfo::Invoke acts exactly like Invoke. The standard implementations of Invoke created by CreateStdDispatch and DispInvoke defer to ITypeInfo::Invoke. In an ActiveX client, Invoke should be used to get and set the values of properties, or to call a method of an ActiveX object. The dispIdMember argument identifies the member to invoke. The DISPIDs that identify members are defined by the implementer of the object and can be determined by using the object's documentation, the IDispatch::GetIDsOfNames function, or the ITypeInfo interface. When you use IDispatch::Invoke() with DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUT or DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUTREF, you have to specially initialize the cNamedArgs and rgdispidNamedArgs elements of your DISPPARAMS structure with the following: + + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {00020400-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + + An interface that provides a COM callable wrapper for the implementing class. The implementing class should not + be public and unsealed as it can be derived from and COM interfaces can be added. This is meant to be a fixed + set of interfaces. + + + + NET CCWs generated by built-in COM interop always support IMarshal, ISupportErrorInfo, IDispatchEx, + IProvideClassInfo, and IConnectionPointContainer. They also usually expose IAgileObject. On Exception objects + the CCW also supports IErrorInfo. These must explicitly be provided with this mechanism. + + + .NET Framework also supported the following interfaces, which are not implemented on .NET Core: + + + IManagedObject - used .NET Remoting (not available on .NET Core) + IObjectSafety - for Code Access Security (not available on .NET Core) + IWeakReferenceSource - for WinRT + ICustomPropertyProvider - for WinRT XAML (Jupiter) + IReferenceTrackerTarget - for WinRT + IStringable - for WinRT + + + + + + Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given . The class + must also derive from the given COM wrapper struct's nested Interface. + + + + + Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given and . + The class must also derive from both of the given COM wrapper struct's nested Interface. + + + + + Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the + given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces. + + + + + Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the + given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces. + + + + + Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the + given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces. + + + + + Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the + given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces. + + + + + Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the + given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces. + + + + + Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the + given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Retrieves a TYPEATTR structure that contains the attributes of the type description. + The attributes of this type description. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + To free the TYPEATTR structure, use ITypeInfo::ReleaseTypeAttr. + + + Retrieves the ITypeComp interface for the type description, which enables a client compiler to bind to the type description's members. + The ITypeComp of the containing type library. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + A client compiler can use the ITypeComp interface to bind to members of the type. + + + + + + Retrieves the FUNCDESC structure that contains information about a specified function. + The index of the function whose description is to be returned. The index should be in the range of 0 to 1 less than the number of functions in this type. + A FUNCDESC structure that describes the specified function. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + The function ITypeInfo::GetFuncDesc provides access to a FUNCDESC structure that describes the function with the specified index. The FUNCDESC structure should be freed with ITypeInfo::ReleaseFuncDesc. The number of functions in the type is one of the attributes contained in the TYPEATTR structure. + + + + + + Retrieves a VARDESC structure that describes the specified variable. + The index of the variable whose description is to be returned. The index should be in the range of 0 to 1 less than the number of variables in this type. + A VARDESC that describes the specified variable. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + To free the VARDESC structure, use ReleaseVarDesc. + + + + + + Retrieves the variable with the specified member ID or the name of the property or method and the parameters that correspond to the specified function ID. + The ID of the member whose name (or names) is to be returned. + The caller-allocated array. On return, each of the elements contains the name (or names) associated with the member. + The length of the passed-in rgBstrNames array. + The number of names in the rgBstrNames array. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The caller must release the returned BSTR array. + If the member ID identifies a property that is implemented with property functions, the property name is returned. For property get functions, the names of the function and its parameters are always returned. + For property put and put reference functions, the right side of the assignment is unnamed. If cMaxNames is less than is required to return all of the names of the parameters of a function, then only the names of the first cMaxNames - 1 parameters are returned. The names of the parameters are returned in the array in the same order that they appear elsewhere in the interface (for example, the same order in the parameter array associated with the FUNCDESC enumeration). + If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + If a type description describes a COM class, it retrieves the type description of the implemented interface types. + The index of the implemented type whose handle is returned. The valid range is 0 to the cImplTypes field in the TYPEATTR structure. + A handle for the implemented interface (if any). This handle can be passed to ITypeInfo::GetRefTypeInfo to get the type description. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + If the TKIND_DISPATCH type description is for a dual interface, the TKIND_INTERFACE type description can be obtained by calling GetRefTypeOfImplType with an index of –1, and by passing the returned pRefTypehandle to GetRefTypeInfo to retrieve the type information. + + + + + + Retrieves the IMPLTYPEFLAGS enumeration for one implemented interface or base interface in a type description. + The index of the implemented interface or base interface for which to get the flags. + The IMPLTYPEFLAGS enumeration value. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + The flags are associated with the act of inheritance, and not with the inherited interface. + + + + + + Maps between member names and member IDs, and parameter names and parameter IDs. + An array of names to be mapped. + The count of the names to be mapped. + Caller-allocated array in which name mappings are placed. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The function GetIDsOfNames maps the name of a member (rgszNames[0]) and its parameters (rgszNames[1] ...rgszNames[cNames- 1]) to the ID of the member (pMemId[0]), and to the IDs of the specified parameters (pMemId[1] ... pMemId[cNames- 1]). The IDs of parameters are 0 for the first parameter in the member function's argument list, 1 for the second, and so on. + If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Invokes a method, or accesses a property of an object, that implements the interface described by the type description. + An instance of the interface described by this type description. + The interface member. + + Flags describing the context of the invoke call. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + An array of arguments, an array of DISPIDs for named arguments, and counts of the number of elements in each array. + The result. Should be null if the caller does not expect any result. If wFlags specifies DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUT or DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUTREF, pVarResultis is ignored. + An exception information structure, which is filled in only if DISP_E_EXCEPTION is returned. If pExcepInfo is null on input, only an HRESULT error will be returned. + If Invoke returns DISP_E_TYPEMISMATCH, puArgErr indicates the index (within rgvarg) of the argument with incorrect type. If more than one argument returns an error, puArgErr indicates only the first argument with an error. Arguments in pDispParams->rgvarg appear in reverse order, so the first argument is the one having the highest index in the array. This parameter cannot be null. + + + This doc was truncated. + + + Use the function ITypeInfo::Invoke to access a member of an object or invoke a method that implements the interface described by this type description. For objects that support the IDispatch interface, you can use Invoke to implement IDispatch::Invoke. + ITypeInfo::Invoke takes a pointer to an instance of the class. Otherwise, its parameters are the same as IDispatch::Invoke, except that ITypeInfo::Invoke omits the refiid and lcid parameters. When called, ITypeInfo::Invoke performs the actions described by the IDispatch::Invoke parameters on the specified instance. + For VTBL interface members, ITypeInfo::Invoke passes the LCID of the type information into parameters tagged with the lcid attribute, and the returned value into the retval attribute. + If the type description inherits from another type description, this function recurses on the base type description to find the item with the requested member ID. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the documentation string, the complete Help file name and path, and the context ID for the Help topic for a specified type description. + The ID of the member whose documentation is to be returned. + The name of the specified item. If the caller does not need the item name, pBstrName can be null. + The documentation string for the specified item. If the caller does not need the documentation string, pBstrDocString can be null. + The Help localization context. If the caller does not need the Help context, it can be null. + The fully qualified name of the file containing the DLL used for Help file. If the caller does not need the file name, it can be null. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The function GetDocumentation provides access to the documentation for the member specified by the memid parameter. If the passed-in memid is MEMBERID_NIL, then the documentation for the type description is returned. + If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID. + The caller should use SysFreeString to free the BSTRs referenced by pBstrName, pBstrDocString, and pBstrHelpFile. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves a description or specification of an entry point for a function in a DLL. + The ID of the member function whose DLL entry description is to be returned. + The kind of member identified by memid. This is important for properties, because one memid can identify up to three separate functions. + If not null, the function sets pBstrDllName to the name of the DLL. + If not null, the function sets pBstrName to the name of the entry point. If the entry point is specified by an ordinal, this argument is null. + If not null, and if the function is defined by an ordinal, the function sets pwOrdinal to the ordinal. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The caller passes in a member ID, which represents the member function whose entry description is desired. If the function has a DLL entry point, the name of the DLL that contains the function, as well as its name or ordinal identifier, are placed in the passed-in pointers allocated by the caller. If there is no DLL entry point for the function, an error is returned. + If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID. + The caller should use SysFreeString to free the BSTRs referenced by pBstrName and pBstrDllName. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + If a type description references other type descriptions, it retrieves the referenced type descriptions. + A handle to the referenced type description to return. + The referenced type description. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + On return, the second parameter contains a pointer to a pointer to a type description that is referenced by this type description. A type description must have a reference to each type description that occurs as the type of any of its variables, function parameters, or function return types. For example, if the type of a data member is a record type, the type description for that data member contains the hRefType of a referenced type description. To get a pointer to the type description, the reference is passed to GetRefTypeInfo. + + + + + + Retrieves the addresses of static functions or variables, such as those defined in a DLL. + The member ID of the static member whose address is to be retrieved. The member ID is defined by the DISPID. + Indicates whether the member is a property, and if so, what kind. + The static member. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The addresses are valid until the caller releases its reference to the type description. The invKind parameter can be ignored unless the address of a property function is being requested. If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of a type that describes a component object class (coclass). + The controlling IUnknown. If Null, then a stand-alone instance is created. If valid, then an aggregate object is created. + An ID for the interface that the caller will use to communicate with the resulting object. + An instance of the created object. + + + This doc was truncated. + + For types that describe a component object class (coclass), CreateInstance creates a new instance of the class. Normally, CreateInstance calls CoCreateInstance with the type description's GUID. For an Application object, it first calls GetActiveObject. If the application is active, GetActiveObject returns the active object; otherwise, if GetActiveObject fails, CreateInstance calls CoCreateInstance. + + + Retrieves marshaling information. + The member ID that indicates which marshaling information is needed. + The opcode string used in marshaling the fields of the structure described by the referenced type description, or null if there is no information to return. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + If the passed-in member ID is MEMBERID_NIL, the function returns the opcode string for marshaling the fields of the structure described by the type description. Otherwise, it returns the opcode string for marshaling the function specified by the index. + If the type description inherits from another type description, this function recurses on the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the containing type library and the index of the type description within that type library. + The containing type library. + The index of the type description within the containing type library. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Releases a TYPEATTR previously returned by ITypeInfo::GetTypeAttr. + The TYPEATTR to be freed. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Releases a FUNCDESC previously returned by ITypeInfo::GetFuncDesc. + The FUNCDESC to be freed. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Releases a VARDESC previously returned by ITypeInfo::GetVarDesc. + The VARDESC to be freed. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {00020401-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + + + + + Increments the reference count for an interface pointer to a COM object. You should call this method whenever you make a copy of an interface pointer. + The method returns the new reference count. This value is intended to be used only for test purposes. + + A COM object uses a per-interface reference-counting mechanism to ensure that the object doesn't outlive references to it. You use **AddRef** to stabilize a copy of an interface pointer. It can also be called when the life of a cloned pointer must extend beyond the lifetime of the original pointer. The cloned pointer must be released by calling [IUnknown::Release](/windows/desktop/api/unknwn/nf-unknwn-iunknown-queryinterface(refiid_void)) on it. The internal reference counter that **AddRef** maintains should be a 32-bit unsigned integer. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Decrements the reference count for an interface on a COM object. + The method returns the new reference count. This value is intended to be used only for test purposes. + + When the reference count on an object reaches zero, **Release** must cause the interface pointer to free itself. When the released pointer is the only (formerly) outstanding reference to an object (whether the object supports single or multiple interfaces), the implementation must free the object. Note that aggregation of objects restricts the ability to recover interface pointers. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {00000000-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + Represents a safe array. + + The array rgsabound is stored with the left-most dimension in rgsabound[0] and the right-most dimension in rgsabound[cDims - 1]. If an array was specified in a C-like syntax as a [2][5], it would have two elements in the rgsabound vector. Element 0 has an lLbound of 0 and a cElements of 2. Element 1 has an lLbound of 0 and a cElements of 5. + The fFeatures flags describe attributes of an array that can affect how the array is released. The fFeatures field describes what type of data is stored in the SAFEARRAY and how the array is allocated. This allows freeing the array without referencing its containing variant. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Gets the of the . + + + + + Creates an empty one-dimensional SAFEARRAY of type . + + + + The number of dimensions. + + + + Flags. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The size of an array element. + + + The number of times the array has been locked without a corresponding unlock. + + + The data. + + + One bound for each dimension. + + + Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end. + + + + Helper to scope lifetime of a created via + Destroys the (if any) when disposed. Note that this scope currently only works for a one dimensional . + + + + Use in a statement to ensure the gets disposed. + + + If the you are intending to scope the lifetime of has type , + use for better usability. + + + + + + + A copy will be made of anything that is put into the + and anything the gives out is a copy and has been add ref appropriately if applicable. + Be sure to dispose of items that are given to the if necessary. All + items given out by the should be disposed. + + + + + + Untyped representation of CA* typed arrays in Windows. , etc. + + + + + + + + + + Retrieves a specified number of STATSTG structures, that follow in the enumeration sequence. + The number of STATSTG structures requested. + An array of STATSTG structures returned. + The number of STATSTG structures retrieved in the rgelt parameter. + + This method supports the following return values: + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Skips a specified number of STATSTG structures in the enumeration sequence. + The number of STATSTG structures to skip. + + This method supports the following return values: | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| | S_OK | The specified number of **STATSTG** structures that were successfully skipped. | | S_FALSE | The number of **STATSTG** structures skipped is less than the *celt* parameter. | + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Resets the enumeration sequence to the beginning of the STATSTG structure array. + + This method supports the S_OK return value. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Creates a new enumerator that contains the same enumeration state as the current STATSTG structure enumerator. + + A pointer to the variable that receives the IEnumSTATSTG interface pointer. If the method is unsuccessful, the value of the ppenum parameter is undefined. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method supports the following return values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {0000000d-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + + + + + + + Creates and opens a stream object with the specified name contained in this storage object. + A pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the newly created stream. The name can be used later to open or reopen the stream. The name must not exceed 31 characters in length, not including the string terminator. The 000 through 01f characters, serving as the first character of the stream/storage name, are reserved for use by OLE. This is a compound file restriction, not a structured storage restriction. + Specifies the access mode to use when opening the newly created stream. For more information and descriptions of the possible values, see STGM Constants. + Reserved for future use; must be zero. + Reserved for future use; must be zero. + + On return, pointer to the location of the new IStream interface pointer. This is only valid if the operation is successful. When an error occurs, this parameter is set to NULL. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The new stream was successfully created.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the necessary data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | Not enough permissions to create stream.| |STG_E_FILEALREADYEXISTS | The name specified for the stream already exists in the storage object and the *grfMode* parameter includes the value STGM_FAILIFTHERE.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The stream was not created due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value specified for the *grfMode* parameter is not a valid **STGM** constants value.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The specified combination of flags in the *grfMode* parameter is not supported; for example, when this method is called without the STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE flag.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Invalid value for *pwcsName*.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the stream object was invalid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was invalid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The stream was not created because there are too many open files.| + + + If a stream with the name specified in the pwcsName parameter already exists and the grfMode parameter includes the STGM_CREATE flag, the existing stream is replaced by a newly created one. Both the destruction of the old stream and the creation of the new stream object are subject to the transaction mode on the parent storage object. The COM-provided compound file implementation of the IStorage::CreateStream method does not support the following behaviors: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Opens an existing stream object within this storage object in the specified access mode. + A pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the stream to open. The 000 through 01f characters, serving as the first character of the stream/storage name, are reserved for use by OLE. This is a compound file restriction, not a structured storage restriction. + Reserved for future use; must be NULL. + Specifies the access mode to be assigned to the open stream. For more information and descriptions of possible values, see STGM Constants. Other modes you choose must at least specify STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE when calling this method in the compound file implementation. + Reserved for future use; must be zero. + + A pointer to IStream pointer variable that receives the interface pointer to the newly opened stream object. If an error occurs, *ppstm must be set to NULL. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The stream was successfully opened.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | Not enough permissions to open stream.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The stream with specified name does not exist.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The stream was not opened due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value specified for the *grfMode* parameter is not a valid **STGM** constants value.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The specified combination of flags in the *grfMode* parameter is not supported; for example, when this method is called without the STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE flag.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Invalid value for *pwcsName*.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the stream object was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The stream was not opened because there are too many open files.| + + IStorage::OpenStream opens an existing stream object within this storage object in the access mode specified in grfMode. There are restrictions on the permissions that can be given in grfMode. For example, the permissions on this storage object restrict the permissions on its streams. In general, access restrictions on streams need to be stricter than those on their parent storages. Compound-file streams must be opened with STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE. + + + + + + + + + + Opens an existing storage object with the specified name in the specified access mode. + A pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the storage object to open. The 000 through 01f characters, serving as the first character of the stream/storage name, are reserved for use by OLE. This is a compound file restriction, not a structured storage restriction. It is ignored if pstgPriority is non-NULL. + Must be NULL. A non-NULL value will return STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER. + Specifies the access mode to use when opening the storage object. For descriptions of the possible values, see STGM Constants. Other modes you choose must at least specify STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE when calling this method. + Must be NULL. A non-NULL value will return STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER. + Reserved for future use; must be zero. + + When successful, pointer to the location of an IStorage pointer to the opened storage object. This parameter is set to NULL if an error occurs. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The storage object was opened successfully.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | Not enough permissions to open storage object.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The storage object with the specified name does not exist.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The storage object was not opened due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value specified for the *grfMode* parameter is not a valid **STGM** constants value.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The specified combination of flags in the *grfMode* parameter is not supported.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Not a valid value for *pwcsName*.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the storage object was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The storage object was not created because there are too many open files.| |STG_S_CONVERTED | The existing stream with the specified name was replaced with a new storage object containing a single stream called CONTENTS. In direct mode, the new storage is immediately written to disk. In transacted mode, the new storage is written to a temporary storage in memory and later written to disk when it is committed.| + + + If the pstgPriority parameter is NULL, it is ignored. If the pstgPriority parameter is not NULL, it is an IStorage pointer to a previous opening of an element of the storage object, usually one that was opened in priority mode. The storage object should be closed and reopened according to grfMode. When the IStorage::OpenStorage method returns, pstgPriority is no longer valid. Use the value supplied in the ppstg parameter. Storage objects can be opened with STGM_DELETEONRELEASE, in which case the object is destroyed when it receives its final release. This is useful for creating temporary storage objects. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Copies the entire contents of an open storage object to another storage object. + The number of elements in the array pointed to by rgiidExclude. If rgiidExclude is NULL, then ciidExclude is ignored. + + An array of interface identifiers (IIDs) that either the caller knows about and does not want copied or that the storage object does not support, but whose state the caller will later explicitly copy. The array can include IStorage, indicating that only stream objects are to be copied, and IStream, indicating that only storage objects are to be copied. An array length of zero indicates that only the state exposed by the IStorage object is to be copied; all other interfaces on the object are to be ignored. Passing NULL indicates that all interfaces on the object are to be copied. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + A string name block (refer to SNB) that specifies a block of storage or stream objects that are not to be copied to the destination. These elements are not created at the destination. If IID_IStorage is in the rgiidExclude array, this parameter is ignored. This parameter may be NULL. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + A pointer to the open storage object into which this storage object is to be copied. The destination storage object can be a different implementation of the IStorage interface from the source storage object. Thus, IStorage::CopyTo can use only publicly available methods of the destination storage object. If pstgDest is open in transacted mode, it can be reverted by calling its IStorage::Revert method. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The storage object was successfully copied.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the data to be copied is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The destination storage object is a child of the source storage object.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The copy was not completed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the storage object was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The copy was not completed because there are too many open files.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The copy was not completed because the storage medium is full.| + + + This method merges elements contained in the source storage object with those already present in the destination. The layout of the destination storage object may differ from the source storage object. The copy process is recursive, invoking IStorage::CopyTo and IStream::CopyTo on the elements nested inside the source. When copying a stream on top of an existing stream with the same name, the existing stream is first removed and then replaced with the source stream. When copying a storage on top of an existing storage with the same name, the existing storage is not removed. As a result, after the copy operation, the destination IStorage contains older elements, unless they were replaced by newer ones with the same names. A storage object may expose interfaces other than IStorage, including IRootStorage, IPropertyStorage, or IPropertySetStorage. The rgiidExclude parameter permits the exclusion of any or all of these additional interfaces from the copy operation. A caller with a newer or more efficient copy of an existing substorage or stream object may want to exclude the current versions of these objects from the copy operation. The snbExclude and rgiidExclude parameters provide two ways of excluding a storage objects existing storages or streams.

Note to Callers

The most common way to use the IStorage::CopyTo method is to copy everything from the source to the destination, as in most full-save and save-as operations. The following example code shows how to copy everything from the source storage object to the destination storage object. + + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The MoveElementTo method copies or moves a substorage or stream from this storage object to another storage object. + Pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the element in this storage object to be moved or copied. + IStorage pointer to the destination storage object. + Pointer to a wide character null-terminated unicode string that contains the new name for the element in its new storage object. + + Specifies whether the operation should be a move (STGMOVE_MOVE) or a copy (STGMOVE_COPY). See the STGMOVE enumeration. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The storage object was successfully copied or moved.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the element's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The destination storage object is a child of the source storage object. Or, the destination object and element name are the same as the source object and element name. In other words, you cannot move an element to itself.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The element with the specified name does not exist.| |STG_E_FILEALREADYEXISTS | The specified file already exists.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The copy or move was not completed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the *grfFlags* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Not a valid value for *pwcsName*.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the storage object was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The copy or move was not completed because there are too many open files.| + + + The IStorage::MoveElementTo method is typically the same as invoking the IStorage::CopyTo method on the indicated element and then removing the source element. In this case, the MoveElementTo method uses only the publicly available functions of the destination storage object to carry out the move. If the source and destination storage objects have special knowledge about each other's implementation (they could, for example, be different instances of the same implementation), this method can be implemented more efficiently. Before calling this method, the element to be moved must be closed, and the destination storage must be open. Also, the destination object and element cannot be the same storage object/element name as the source of the move. That is, you cannot move an element to itself. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The Commit method ensures that any changes made to a storage object open in transacted mode are reflected in the parent storage. + + Controls how the changes are committed to the storage object. See the STGC enumeration for a definition of these values. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | Changes to the storage object were successfully committed to the parent level. If STGC_CONSOLIDATE was specified, the storage was successfully consolidated, or the storage was already too compact to consolidate further.| |STG_S_MULTIPLEOPENS | The commit operation succeeded, but the storage could not be consolidated because it had been opened multiple times using the STGM_NOSNAPSHOT flag.| |STG_S_CANNOTCONSOLIDATE | The commit operation succeeded, but the storage could not be consolidated due to an incorrect storage mode. For compound files, the storage may have been opened using the STGM_NOSCRATCH flag, or the storage may not be the outermost transacted level.| |STG_S_CONSOLIDATIONFAILED | The commit operation succeeded, but the storage could not be consolidated due to an internal error (for example, a memory allocation failure).| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous storage only: Part or all of the data to be committed is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the *grfCommitFlags* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_NOTCURRENT | Another open instance of the storage object has committed changes. As a result, the current commit operation may overwrite previous changes.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | No space left on device to commit.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The commit operation could not be completed because there are too many open files.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + IStorage::Commit makes permanent changes to a storage object that is in transacted mode, in which changes are accumulated in a buffer, and not reflected in the storage object until there is a call to this method. The alternative is to open an object in direct mode, in which changes are immediately reflected in the storage object. An object opened in the direct mode does not require calling IStorage::Commit to make permanent changes in the storage object. Calling the IStorage::Commit method on a nonroot storage opened in direct mode has no effect. Opening a root storage object in direct mode ensures that changes in memory buffers are written to the underlying storage device. The commit operation publishes the current changes in this storage object and its children to the next level up in the storage hierarchy. To undo current changes before committing them, call IStorage::Revert to roll back to the last-committed version. Calling IStorage::Commit has no effect on currently opened nested elements of this storage object. They remain valid and can be used. However, the IStorage::Commit method does not automatically commit changes to these nested elements. The commit operation publishes only known changes to the next higher level in the storage hierarchy. Thus, transactions to nested levels must be committed to this storage object before they can be committed to higher levels. In commit operations, you need to take steps to ensure that data is protected during the commit process: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The Revert method discards all changes that have been made to the storage object since the last commit operation. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The revert operation was successful.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The revert operation could not be completed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The revert operation could not be completed because there are too many open files.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + For storage objects opened in transacted mode, the IStorage::Revert method discards any uncommitted changes to this storage object or changes that have been committed to this storage object from nested elements. After this method returns, any existing elements (substorages or streams) that were opened from the reverted storage object are invalid and can no longer be used. Specifying these reverted elements in any call except IUnknown::Release returns the error STG_E_REVERTED This method has no effect on storage objects opened in direct mode. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The EnumElements method retrieves a pointer to an enumerator object that can be used to enumerate the storage and stream objects contained within this storage object. + Reserved for future use; must be zero. + Reserved for future use; must be NULL. + Reserved for future use; must be zero. + + Pointer to IEnumSTATSTG* pointer variable that receives the interface pointer to the new enumerator object. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The enumerator object was successfully returned.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the element's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The enumerator object could not be created due to lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + The enumerator object returned by this method implements the IEnumSTATSTG interface, one of the standard enumerator interfaces that contain the Next, Reset, Clone, and Skip methods. IEnumSTATSTG enumerates the data stored in an array of STATSTG structures. The storage object must be open in read mode to allow the enumeration of its elements. The enumerator object is permitted to enumerate the elements in any order. The enumerator object is also permitted to treat the enumeration as a snapshot or to have the enumeration reflect the current state of the storage object. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + + + + + The RenameElement method renames the specified substorage or stream in this storage object. + + Pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the substorage or stream to be changed.
Note  The pwcsName, created in CreateStorage or CreateStream must not exceed 31 characters in length, not including the string terminator.
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Pointer to a wide character null-terminated unicode string that contains the new name for the specified substorage or stream.
Note  The pwcsName, created in CreateStorage or CreateStream must not exceed 31 characters in length, not including the string terminator.
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The element was successfully renamed.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the element's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for renaming the element.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The element with the specified old name does not exist.| |STG_E_FILEALREADYEXISTS | The element specified by the new name already exists.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The element was not renamed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Invalid value for one of the names.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the element was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The element was not renamed because there are too many open files.| + + + IStorage::RenameElement renames the specified substorage or stream in this storage object. An element in a storage object cannot be renamed while it is open. The rename operation is subject to committing the changes if the storage is open in transacted mode. The IStorage::RenameElement method is not guaranteed to work in low memory with storage objects open in transacted mode. It may work in direct mode. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The SetElementTimes method sets the modification, access, and creation times of the specified storage element, if the underlying file system supports this method. + The name of the storage object element whose times are to be modified. If NULL, the time is set on the root storage rather than one of its elements. + Either the new creation time for the element or NULL if the creation time is not to be modified. + Either the new access time for the element or NULL if the access time is not to be modified. + Either the new modification time for the element or NULL if the modification time is not to be modified. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The time values were successfully set.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the element's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for changing the element.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The element with the specified name does not exist.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The element was not changed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Not a valid value for the element name.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the element was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The element was not changed because there are too many open files.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + SetElementTimes sets time statistics for the specified storage element within this storage object. Not all file systems support all the time values. This method sets those times that are supported and ignores the rest. Each time-value parameter can be NULL; indicating that no modification should occur. Call the IStorage::Stat method to retrieve these time values. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The SetClass method assigns the specified class identifier (CLSID) to this storage object. + The CLSID that is to be associated with the storage object. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The CLSID was successfully assigned.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for assigning a CLSID to the storage object.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | Not enough space was left on device to complete the operation.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + When first created, a storage object has an associated CLSID of CLSID_NULL. Call SetClass to assign a CLSID to the storage object. Call the IStorage::Stat method to retrieve the current CLSID of a storage object. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The SetStateBits method stores up to 32 bits of state information in this storage object. + Specifies the new values of the bits to set. No legal values are defined for these bits; they are all reserved for future use and must not be used by applications. + A binary mask indicating which bits in grfStateBits are significant in this call. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The state information was successfully set.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for changing this storage object.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the grfStateBits or *grfMask* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| + + The values for the state bits are not currently defined. + + + + + + The Stat method retrieves the STATSTG structure for this open storage object. + + On return, pointer to a STATSTG structure where this method places information about the open storage object. This parameter is NULL if an error occurs. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Specifies that some of the members in the STATSTG structure are not returned, thus saving a memory allocation operation. Values are taken from the STATFLAG enumeration. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The STATSTG structure was successfully returned at the specified location.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for accessing statistics for this storage object.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The STATSTG structure was not returned due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the *grfStateFlag* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| + + + IStorage::Stat retrieves the STATSTG structure for the current storage object. The STATSTG structure contains statistical information about the storage object. IStorage::EnumElements returns a pointer to an enumerator object. The enumerator object returned by this method implements the IEnumSTATSTG interface, through which the data stored in the array of the STATSTG structures is enumerated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {0000000b-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + The PROPVARIANT structure is used in the ReadMultiple and WriteMultiple methods of IPropertyStorage to define the type tag and the value of a property in a property set. + + The PROPVARIANT structure can also hold a value of VT_DECIMAL: + + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Describes a pointer. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Pointer to a function. + + + Pointer to a variable, constant, or data member. + + + The ITypeComp that binds the pointer. + + + The BLOB structure (nspapi.h), which is derived from Binary Large Object, contains information about a block of data. + + The structure name BLOB comes from the acronym BLOB, which stands for Binary Large Object. This structure does not describe the nature of the data pointed to by pBlobData.
Note  Windows Sockets defines a similar BLOB structure in Wtypes.h. Using both header files in the same source code file creates redefinition–compile time errors.
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Size of the block of data pointed to by pBlobData, in bytes. + + + Pointer to a block of data. + + + Identifies the calling convention used by a member function described in the METHODDATA structure. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Values that are used in activation calls to indicate the execution contexts in which an object is to be run. + + Values from the CLSCTX enumeration are used in activation calls (CoCreateInstance, CoCreateInstanceEx, CoGetClassObject, and so on) to indicate the preferred execution contexts (in-process, local, or remote) in which an object is to be run. They are also used in calls to CoRegisterClassObject to indicate the set of execution contexts in which a class object is to be made available for requests to construct instances (IClassFactory::CreateInstance). To indicate that more than one context is acceptable, you can combine multiple values with Boolean ORs. The contexts are tried in the order in which they are listed. + Given a set of CLSCTX flags, the execution context to be used depends on the availability of registered class codes and other parameters according to the following algorithm. + + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The code that creates and manages objects of this class is a DLL that runs in the same process as the caller of the function specifying the class context. + + + The code that manages objects of this class is an in-process handler. This is a DLL that runs in the client process and implements client-side structures of this class when instances of the class are accessed remotely. + + + The EXE code that creates and manages objects of this class runs on same machine but is loaded in a separate process space. + + + Obsolete. + + + A remote context. The LocalServer32 or LocalService code that creates and manages objects of this class is run on a different computer. + + + Obsolete. + + + Reserved. + + + Reserved. + + + Reserved. + + + Reserved. + + + Disables the downloading of code from the directory service or the Internet. This flag cannot be set at the same time as CLSCTX_ENABLE_CODE_DOWNLOAD. + + + Reserved. + + + Specify if you want the activation to fail if it uses custom marshalling. + + + Enables the downloading of code from the directory service or the Internet. This flag cannot be set at the same time as CLSCTX_NO_CODE_DOWNLOAD. + + + + The CLSCTX_NO_FAILURE_LOG can be used to override the logging of failures in CoCreateInstanceEx. If the ActivationFailureLoggingLevel is created, the following values can determine the status of event logging: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Disables activate-as-activator (AAA) activations for this activation only. This flag overrides the setting of the EOAC_DISABLE_AAA flag from the EOLE_AUTHENTICATION_CAPABILITIES enumeration. This flag cannot be set at the same time as CLSCTX_ENABLE_AAA. Any activation where a server process would be launched under the caller's identity is known as an activate-as-activator (AAA) activation. Disabling AAA activations allows an application that runs under a privileged account (such as LocalSystem) to help prevent its identity from being used to launch untrusted components. Library applications that use activation calls should always set this flag during those calls. This helps prevent the library application from being used in an escalation-of-privilege security attack. This is the only way to disable AAA activations in a library application because the EOAC_DISABLE_AAA flag from the EOLE_AUTHENTICATION_CAPABILITIES enumeration is applied only to the server process and not to the library application. Windows 2000:  This flag is not supported. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Enables activate-as-activator (AAA) activations for this activation only. This flag overrides the setting of the EOAC_DISABLE_AAA flag from the EOLE_AUTHENTICATION_CAPABILITIES enumeration. This flag cannot be set at the same time as CLSCTX_DISABLE_AAA. Any activation where a server process would be launched under the caller's identity is known as an activate-as-activator (AAA) activation. Enabling this flag allows an application to transfer its identity to an activated component. Windows 2000:  This flag is not supported. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Begin this activation from the default context of the current apartment. + + + + + + Activate or connect to a 32-bit version of the server; fail if one is not registered. + + + Activate or connect to a 64 bit version of the server; fail if one is not registered. + + + + When this flag is specified, COM uses the impersonation token of the thread, if one is present, for the activation request made by the thread. When this flag is not specified or if the thread does not have an impersonation token, COM uses the process token of the thread's process for the activation request made by the thread. + Windows Vista or later:  This flag is supported. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Indicates activation is for an app container. +
Note  This flag is reserved for internal use and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Specify this flag for Interactive User activation behavior for As-Activator servers. A strongly named Medium IL Windows Store app can use this flag to launch an "As Activator" COM server without a strong name. Also, you can use this flag to bind to a running instance of the COM server that's launched by a desktop application. The client must be Medium IL, it must be strongly named, which means that it has a SysAppID in the client token, it can't be in session 0, and it must have the same user as the session ID's user in the client token. If the server is out-of-process and "As Activator", it launches the server with the token of the client token's session user. This token won't be strongly named. If the server is out-of-process and RunAs "Interactive User", this flag has no effect. If the server is out-of-process and is any other RunAs type, the activation fails. This flag has no effect for in-process servers. Off-machine activations fail when they use this flag. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + + + + + Used for loading Proxy/Stub DLLs. +
Note  This flag is reserved for internal use and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Identifies the type description being bound to. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + No match was found. + + + A FUNCDESC was returned. + + + A VARDESC was returned. + + + A TYPECOMP was returned. + + + An IMPLICITAPPOBJ was returned. + + + The end of the enum. + + + Contains the arguments passed to a method or property. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + An array of arguments. **Note**: these arguments appear in reverse order + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The dispatch IDs of the named arguments. + + + The number of arguments. + + + The number of named arguments. + + + The ELEMDESC structure contains the type description and process-transfer information for a variable, a function, or a function parameter. (ELEMDESC) + + + + The type of the element. + + + Describes an exception that occurred during IDispatch::Invoke. + + Use the pfnDeferredFillIn field to enable an object to defer filling in the bstrDescription, bstrHelpFile, and dwHelpContext fields until they are needed. This field might be used, for example, if loading the string for the error is a time-consuming operation. To use deferred fill-in, the object puts a function pointer in this slot and does not fill any of the other fields except wCode, which is required. To get additional information, the caller passes the EXCEPINFO structure back to the pexcepinfo callback function, which fills in the additional information. When the ActiveX object and the ActiveX client are in different processes, the ActiveX object calls pfnDeferredFillIn before returning to the controller. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The error code. Error codes should be greater than 1000. Either this field or the scode field must be filled in; the other must be set to 0. + + + Reserved. Should be 0. + + + The name of the exception source. Typically, this is an application name. This field should be filled in by the implementer of IDispatch. + + + The exception description to display. If no description is available, use null. + + + The fully qualified help file path. If no Help is available, use null. + + + The help context ID. + + + Reserved. Must be null. + + + Provides deferred fill-in. If deferred fill-in is not desired, this field should be set to null. + + + A return value that describes the error. Either this field or wCode (but not both) must be filled in; the other must be set to 0. (16-bit Windows versions only.) + + + Describes a function. (FUNCDESC) + + The cParams field specifies the total number of required and optional parameters. + The cParamsOpt field specifies the form of optional parameters accepted by the function, as follows: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The function member ID. + + + The status code. + + + Description of the element. + + + Indicates the type of function (virtual, static, or dispatch-only). + + + The invocation type. Indicates whether this is a property function, and if so, which type. + + + The calling convention. + + + The total number of parameters. + + + The number of optional parameters. + + + For FUNC_VIRTUAL, specifies the offset in the VTBL. + + + The number of possible return values. + + + The function return type. + + + The function flags. See FUNCFLAGS. + + + Specifies function flags. + + FUNCFLAG_FHIDDEN means that the property should never be shown in object browsers, property browsers, and so on. This function is useful for removing items from an object model. Code can bind to the member, but the user will never know that the member exists. FUNCFLAG_FNONBROWSABLE means that the property should not be displayed in a properties browser. It is used in circumstances in which an error would occur if the property were shown in a properties browser. FUNCFLAG_FRESRICTED means that macro-oriented programmers should not be allowed to access this member. These members are usually treated as _FHIDDEN by tools such as Visual Basic, with the main difference being that code cannot bind to those members. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The function should not be accessible from macro languages. This flag is intended for system-level functions or functions that type browsers should not display. + + + The function returns an object that is a source of events. + + + The function that supports data binding. + + + When set, any call to a method that sets the property results first in a call to IPropertyNotifySink::OnRequestEdit. The implementation of OnRequestEdit determines if the call is allowed to set the property. + + + The function that is displayed to the user as bindable. FUNC_FBINDABLE must also be set. + + + The function that best represents the object. Only one function in a type information can have this attribute. + + + The function should not be displayed to the user, although it exists and is bindable. + + + The function supports GetLastError. If an error occurs during the function, the caller can call GetLastError to retrieve the error code. + + + Permits an optimization in which the compiler looks for a member named xyz on the type of abc. If such a member is found and is flagged as an accessor function for an element of the default collection, then a call is generated to that member function. Permitted on members in dispinterfaces and interfaces; not permitted on modules. For more information, refer to defaultcollelem in Type Libraries and the Object Description Language. + + + The type information member is the default member for display in the user interface. + + + The property appears in an object browser, but not in a properties browser. + + + Tags the interface as having default behaviors. + + + Mapped as individual bindable properties. + + + Specifies the function type. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The function is accessed the same as PUREVIRTUAL, except the function has an implementation. + + + The function is accessed through the virtual function table (VTBL), and takes an implicit this pointer. + + + The function is accessed by static address and takes an implicit this pointer. + + + The function is accessed by static address and does not take an implicit this pointer. + + + The function can be accessed only through IDispatch. + + + + + + The IEnumUnknown::Next (objidlbase.h) method retrieves the specified number of items in the enumeration sequence. + The number of items to be retrieved. If there are fewer than the requested number of items left in the sequence, this method retrieves the remaining elements. + + An array of enumerated items. The enumerator is responsible for calling AddRef, and the caller is responsible for calling Release through each pointer enumerated. If celt is greater than 1, the caller must also pass a non-NULL pointer passed to pceltFetched to know how many pointers to release. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + The number of items that were retrieved. This parameter is always less than or equal to the number of items requested. + If the method retrieves the number of items requested, the return value is S_OK. Otherwise, it is S_FALSE. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IEnumUnknown::Skip (objidlbase.h) method skips over the specified number of items in the enumeration sequence. + The number of items to be skipped. + If the method skips the number of items requested, the return value is S_OK. Otherwise, it is S_FALSE. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IEnumUnknown::Reset (objidlbase.h) method resets the enumeration sequence to the beginning. + The return value is S_OK. + There is no guarantee that the same set of objects will be enumerated after the reset operation has completed. A static collection is reset to the beginning, but it can be too expensive for some collections, such as files in a directory, to guarantee this condition. + + + The IEnumUnknown::Clone (objidlbase.h) method creates a new enumerator that contains the same enumeration state as the current one. + A pointer to the cloned enumerator object. + This method can return the standard return values E_INVALIDARG, E_OUTOFMEMORY, E_UNEXPECTED, and S_OK. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {00000100-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + + + + + + + Registers the specified interface on an object residing in one apartment of a process as a global interface, enabling other apartments access to that interface. + An interface pointer of type riid on the object on which the interface to be registered as global is implemented. + The IID of the interface to be registered as global. + An identifier that can be used by another apartment to get access to a pointer to the interface being registered. The value of an invalid cookie is 0. + + This method can return the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Called in the apartment in which an object resides to register one of the object's interfaces as a global interface. This method supplies a pointer to a cookie that other apartments can use in a call to the GetInterfaceFromGlobal method to get a pointer to that interface. The interface pointer may be a pointer to an in-process object, or it may be a pointer to a proxy for an object residing in another apartment, in another process, or on another computer. The apartment that calls this method must remain alive until the corresponding call to RevokeInterfaceFromGlobal. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Revokes the registration of an interface in the global interface table. + Identifies the interface whose global registration is to be revoked. + + This method can return the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + Call this method when an interface registered in the global interface table object no longer needs to be accessed by other apartments in the same process. This method can be called by any apartment in the process, including apartments other than the one that registered the interface in the global interface table. + + + + + + Retrieves a pointer to an interface on an object that is usable by the calling apartment. This interface must be currently registered in the global interface table. + Identifies the interface (and its object), and is retrieved through a call to IGlobalInterfaceTable::RegisterInterfaceInGlobal. + The IID of the interface. + A pointer to the pointer for the requested interface. + + This method can return the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + After an interface has been registered in the global interface table, an apartment can get a pointer to this interface by calling the GetInterfaceFromGlobal method with the supplied cookie. This pointer to the interface can be used in the calling apartment but not by other apartments in the process. The application is responsible for coordinating access to the global variable during calls to IGlobalInterfaceTable::RevokeInterfaceFromGlobal. That is, the application should ensure that one thread does not call RevokeInterfaceFromGlobal while another thread is calling GetInterfaceFromGlobal with the same cookie. Multiple calls to GetInterfaceFromGlobal for the same cookie are permitted. The GetInterfaceFromGlobal method calls AddRef on the pointer obtained in the ppv parameter. It is the caller's responsibility to call Release on this pointer. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {00000146-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + Specifies the way a function is invoked. + In C, value assignment is written as *pobj1 = *pobj2, while reference assignment is written as pobj1 = pobj2. Other languages have other syntactic conventions. A property or data member can support only a value assignment, a reference assignment, or both. The INVOKEKIND enumeration constants are the same constants that are passed to IDispatch::Invoke to specify the way in which a function is invoked. + + + The member is called using a normal function invocation syntax. + + + The function is invoked using a normal property-access syntax. + + + The function is invoked using a property value assignment syntax. Syntactically, a typical programming language might represent changing a property in the same way as assignment. For example: object.property : = value. + + + The function is invoked using a property reference assignment syntax. + + + + + + Reads a specified number of bytes from the stream object into memory, starting at the current seek pointer. + A pointer to the buffer which the stream data is read into. + The number of bytes of data to read from the stream object. + + A pointer to a ULONG variable that receives the actual number of bytes read from the stream object.
Note  The number of bytes read may be zero.
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | All of the requested data was successfully read from the stream object; the number of bytes requested in *cb* is the same as the number of bytes returned in *pcbRead*.| |S_FALSE | The value returned in *pcbRead* is less than the number of bytes requested in *cb*. This indicates the end of the stream has been reached. The number of bytes read indicates how much of the *pv* buffer has been filled.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous storage only: Part or all of the data to be read is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have permissions required to read this stream object.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | One of the pointer values is invalid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + This method reads bytes from this stream object into memory. The stream object must be opened in STGM_READ mode. This method adjusts the seek pointer by the actual number of bytes read. The number of bytes actually read is also returned in the pcbRead parameter.

Notes to Callers

The actual number of bytes read can be less than the number of bytes requested if an error occurs or if the end of the stream is reached during the read operation. The number of bytes returned should always be compared to the number of bytes requested. If the number of bytes returned is less than the number of bytes requested, it usually means the Read method attempted to read past the end of the stream. The application should handle both a returned error and S_OK return values on end-of-stream read operations. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Writes a specified number of bytes into the stream object starting at the current seek pointer. + A pointer to the buffer that contains the data that is to be written to the stream. A valid pointer must be provided for this parameter even when cb is zero. + The number of bytes of data to attempt to write into the stream. This value can be zero. + A pointer to a ULONG variable where this method writes the actual number of bytes written to the stream object. The caller can set this pointer to NULL, in which case this method does not provide the actual number of bytes written. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The data was successfully written to the stream object.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the data to be written is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The write operation failed because there is no space left on the storage device.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have the required permissions for writing to this stream object.| |STG_E_CANTSAVE | Data cannot be written for reasons other than improper access or insufficient space.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | One of the pointer values is not valid. The *pv* parameter must contain a valid pointer even if *cb* is zero.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_WRITEFAULT | The write operation failed due to a disk error. This value is also returned when this method attempts to write to a stream that was opened in simple mode (using the STGM_SIMPLE flag).| + + + ISequentialStream::Write writes the specified data to a stream object. The seek pointer is adjusted for the number of bytes actually written. The number of bytes actually written is returned in the pcbWritten parameter. If the byte count is zero bytes, the write operation has no effect. If the seek pointer is currently past the end of the stream and the byte count is nonzero, this method increases the size of the stream to the seek pointer and writes the specified bytes starting at the seek pointer. The fill bytes written to the stream are not initialized to any particular value. This is the same as the end-of-file behavior in the MS-DOS FAT file system. With a zero byte count and a seek pointer past the end of the stream, this method does not create the fill bytes to increase the stream to the seek pointer. In this case, you must call the IStream::SetSize method to increase the size of the stream and write the fill bytes. The pcbWritten parameter can have a value even if an error occurs. In the COM-provided implementation, stream objects are not sparse. Any fill bytes are eventually allocated on the disk and assigned to the stream. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {0c733a30-2a1c-11ce-ade5-00aa0044773d} + + + + + + Changes the seek pointer to a new location. The new location is relative to either the beginning of the stream, the end of the stream, or the current seek pointer. + The displacement to be added to the location indicated by the dwOrigin parameter. If dwOrigin is STREAM_SEEK_SET, this is interpreted as an unsigned value rather than a signed value. + The origin for the displacement specified in dlibMove. The origin can be the beginning of the file (STREAM_SEEK_SET), the current seek pointer (STREAM_SEEK_CUR), or the end of the file (STREAM_SEEK_END). For more information about values, see the STREAM_SEEK enumeration. + + A pointer to the location where this method writes the value of the new seek pointer from the beginning of the stream. You can set this pointer to NULL. In this case, this method does not provide the new seek pointer. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The seek pointer was successfully adjusted.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | Indicates that *plibNewPosition* points to invalid memory, because *plibNewPosition* is not read.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The *dwOrigin* parameter contains an invalid value, or the *dlibMove* parameter contains a bad offset value. For example, the result of the seek pointer is a negative offset value.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + IStream::Seek changes the seek pointer so that subsequent read and write operations can be performed at a different location in the stream object. It is an error to seek before the beginning of the stream. It is not, however, an error to seek past the end of the stream. Seeking past the end of the stream is useful for subsequent write operations, as the stream byte range will be extended to the new seek position immediately before the write is complete. You can also use this method to obtain the current value of the seek pointer by calling this method with the dwOrigin parameter set to STREAM_SEEK_CUR and the dlibMove parameter set to 0 so that the seek pointer is not changed. The current seek pointer is returned in the plibNewPosition parameter. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Changes the size of the stream object. + Specifies the new size, in bytes, of the stream. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The size of the stream object was successfully changed.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The stream size is not changed because there is no space left on the storage device.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The value of the *libNewSize* parameter is not supported by the implementation. Not all streams support greater than 232 bytes. If a stream does not support more than 232 bytes, the high DWORD data type of *libNewSize* must be zero. If it is nonzero, the implementation may return STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION. In general, COM-based implementations of the IStream interface do not support streams larger than 232 bytes.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + IStream::SetSize changes the size of the stream object. Call this method to preallocate space for the stream. If the libNewSize parameter is larger than the current stream size, the stream is extended to the indicated size by filling the intervening space with bytes of undefined value. This operation is similar to the ISequentialStream::Write method if the seek pointer is past the current end of the stream. If the libNewSize parameter is smaller than the current stream, the stream is truncated to the indicated size. The seek pointer is not affected by the change in stream size. Calling IStream::SetSize can be an effective way to obtain a large chunk of contiguous space. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Copies a specified number of bytes from the current seek pointer in the stream to the current seek pointer in another stream. + A pointer to the destination stream. The stream pointed to by pstm can be a new stream or a clone of the source stream. + The number of bytes to copy from the source stream. + A pointer to the location where this method writes the actual number of bytes read from the source. You can set this pointer to NULL. In this case, this method does not provide the actual number of bytes read. + A pointer to the location where this method writes the actual number of bytes written to the destination. You can set this pointer to NULL. In this case, this method does not provide the actual number of bytes written. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The stream object was successfully copied.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the data to be copied is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The value of one of the pointer parameters is invalid.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The stream is not copied because there is no space left on the storage device.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + The CopyTo method copies the specified bytes from one stream to another. It can also be used to copy a stream to itself. The seek pointer in each stream instance is adjusted for the number of bytes read or written. This method is equivalent to reading cb bytes into memory using ISequentialStream::Read and then immediately writing them to the destination stream using ISequentialStream::Write, although IStream::CopyTo will be more efficient. The destination stream can be a clone of the source stream created by calling the IStream::Clone method. If IStream::CopyTo returns an error, you cannot assume that the seek pointers are valid for either the source or destination. Additionally, the values of pcbRead and pcbWritten are not meaningful even though they are returned. If IStream::CopyTo returns successfully, the actual number of bytes read and written are the same. To copy the remainder of the source from the current seek pointer, specify the maximum large integer value for the cb parameter. If the seek pointer is the beginning of the stream, this operation copies the entire stream. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The Commit method ensures that any changes made to a stream object open in transacted mode are reflected in the parent storage. + + Controls how the changes for the stream object are committed. See the STGC enumeration for a definition of these values. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | Changes to the stream object were successfully committed to the parent level.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The commit operation failed due to lack of space on the storage device.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + The Commit method ensures that changes to a stream object opened in transacted mode are reflected in the parent storage. Changes that have been made to the stream since it was opened or last committed are reflected to the parent storage object. If the parent is opened in transacted mode, the parent may revert at a later time, rolling back the changes to this stream object. The compound file implementation does not support the opening of streams in transacted mode, so this method has very little effect other than to flush memory buffers. For more information, see IStream - Compound File Implementation. If the stream is open in direct mode, this method ensures that any memory buffers have been flushed out to the underlying storage object. This is much like a flush in traditional file systems. The IStream::Commit method is useful on a direct mode stream when the implementation of the IStream interface is a wrapper for underlying file system APIs. In this case, IStream::Commit would be connected to the file system's flush call. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The Revert method discards all changes that have been made to a transacted stream since the last IStream::Commit call. On streams open in direct mode and streams using the COM compound file implementation of IStream::Revert, this method has no effect. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The stream was successfully reverted to its previous version.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. | + + The Revert method discards changes made to a transacted stream since the last commit operation. + + + The LockRegion method restricts access to a specified range of bytes in the stream. + Integer that specifies the byte offset for the beginning of the range. + Integer that specifies the length of the range, in bytes, to be restricted. + Specifies the restrictions being requested on accessing the range. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The specified range of bytes was locked.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | Locking is not supported at all or the specific type of lock requested is not supported.| |STG_E_LOCKVIOLATION | Requested lock is supported, but cannot be granted because of an existing lock.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + The byte range of the stream can be extended. Locking an extended range for the stream is useful as a method of communication between different instances of the stream without changing data that is actually part of the stream. Three types of locking can be supported: locking to exclude other writers, locking to exclude other readers or writers, and locking that allows only one requester to obtain a lock on the given range, which is usually an alias for one of the other two lock types. A given stream instance might support either of the first two types, or both. The lock type is specified by dwLockType, using a value from the LOCKTYPE enumeration. Any region locked with IStream::LockRegion must later be explicitly unlocked by calling IStream::UnlockRegion with exactly the same values for the libOffset, cb, and dwLockType parameters. The region must be unlocked before the stream is released. Two adjacent regions cannot be locked separately and then unlocked with a single unlock call.

Notes to Callers

Since the type of locking supported is optional and can vary in different implementations of IStream, you must provide code to deal with the STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION error. The LockRegion method has no effect in the compound file implementation, because the implementation does not support range locking.

Notes to Implementers

Support for this method is optional for implementations of stream objects since it may not be supported by the underlying file system. The type of locking supported is also optional. The STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION error is returned if the requested type of locking is not supported. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The UnlockRegion method removes the access restriction on a range of bytes previously restricted with IStream::LockRegion. + Specifies the byte offset for the beginning of the range. + Specifies, in bytes, the length of the range to be restricted. + Specifies the access restrictions previously placed on the range. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The byte range was unlocked.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | Locking is not supported at all or the specific type of lock requested is not supported.| |STG_E_LOCKVIOLATION | The requested unlock operation cannot be granted.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + IStream::UnlockRegion unlocks a region previously locked with the IStream::LockRegion method. Locked regions must later be explicitly unlocked by calling IStream::UnlockRegion with exactly the same values for the libOffset, cb, and dwLockType parameters. The region must be unlocked before the stream is released. Two adjacent regions cannot be locked separately and then unlocked with a single unlock call. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The Stat method retrieves the STATSTG structure for this stream. + + Pointer to a STATSTG structure where this method places information about this stream object. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Specifies that this method does not return some of the members in the STATSTG structure, thus saving a memory allocation operation. Values are taken from the STATFLAG enumeration. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The STATSTG structure was successfully returned at the specified location.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for accessing statistics for this storage object.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The STATSTG structure was not returned due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the *grfStateFlag* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The *pStatStg* pointer is not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + IStream::Stat retrieves a pointer to the STATSTG structure that contains information about this open stream. When this stream is within a structured storage and IStorage::EnumElements is called, it creates an enumerator object with the IEnumSTATSTG interface on it, which can be called to enumerate the storages and streams through the STATSTG structures associated with each of them. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The Clone method creates a new stream object with its own seek pointer that references the same bytes as the original stream. + + When successful, pointer to the location of an IStream pointer to the new stream object. If an error occurs, this parameter is NULL. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The stream was successfully cloned.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The stream was not cloned due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The ppStm pointer is not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + The Clone method creates a new stream object for accessing the same bytes but using a separate seek pointer. The new stream object sees the same data as the source-stream object. Changes written to one object are immediately visible in the other. Range locking is shared between the stream objects. The initial setting of the seek pointer in the cloned stream instance is the same as the current setting of the seek pointer in the original stream at the time of the clone operation. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {0000000c-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + + + + + + + Maps a name to a member of a type, or binds global variables and functions contained in a type library. + The name to be bound. + The hash value for the name computed by LHashValOfNameSys. + One or more of the flags defined in the INVOKEKIND enumeration. Specifies whether the name was referenced as a method or a property. When binding to a variable, specify the flag INVOKE_PROPERTYGET. Specify zero to bind to any type of member. + If a FUNCDESC or VARDESC was returned, then ppTInfo points to a pointer to the type description that contains the item to which it is bound. + Indicates whether the name bound to is a VARDESC, FUNCDESC, or TYPECOMP. If there was no match, DESCKIND_NONE. + The bound-to VARDESC, FUNCDESC, or ITypeComp interface. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Use Bind for binding to the variables and methods of a type, or for binding to the global variables and methods in a type library. The returned DESCKIND pointer pDescKind indicates whether the name was bound to a VARDESC, a FUNCDESC, or to an ITypeComp instance. The returned pBindPtr points to the VARDESC, FUNCDESC, or ITypeComp. If a data member or method is bound to, then ppTInfopoints to the type description that contains the method or data member. + If Bind binds the name to a nested binding context, it returns a pointer to an ITypeComp instance in pBindPtr and a null type description pointer in ppTInfo. For example, if the name of a type description is passed for a module (TKIND_MODULE), enumeration (TKIND_ENUM), or coclass (TKIND_COCLASS), Bind returns the ITypeComp instance of the type description for the module, enumeration, or coclass. This feature supports languages such as Visual Basic that allow references to members of a type description to be qualified by the name of the type description. For example, a function in a module can be referenced by modulename.functionname. The members of TKIND_ENUM, TKIND_MODULE, and TKIND_COCLASS types marked as Application objects can be bound to directly from ITypeComp, without specifying the name of the module. The ITypeComp of a coclass defers to the ITypeComp of its default interface. + As with other methods of ITypeComp, ITypeInfo, and ITypeInfo, the calling code is responsible for releasing the returned object instances or structures. If a VARDESC or FUNCDESC is returned, the caller is responsible for deleting it with the returned type description and releasing the type description instance itself. Otherwise, if an ITypeComp instance is returned, the caller must release it. + Special rules apply if you call a type library's Bind method, passing it the name of a member of an Application object class (a class that has the TYPEFLAG_FAPPOBJECT flag set). In this case, Bind returns DESCKIND_IMPLICITAPPOBJ in pDescKind, a VARDESC that describes the Application object in pBindPtr, and the ITypeInfo of the Application object class in ppTInfo. To bind to the object, ITypeInfo::GetTypeComp must make a call to get the ITypeComp of the Application object class, and then reinvoke its Bind method with the name initially passed to the type library's ITypeComp. + The caller should use the returned ITypeInfo pointer (ppTInfo) to get the address of the member. +
Note  The wflags parameter is the same as the wflags parameter in IDispatch::Invoke.
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Binds to the type descriptions contained within a type library. + The name to be bound. + The hash value for the name computed by LHashValOfName. + An ITypeInfo of the type to which the name was bound. + Passes a valid pointer, such as the address of an ITypeComp variable. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + Use the function BindType for binding a type name to the ITypeInfo that describes the type. This function is invoked on the ITypeComp that is returned by ITypeLib::GetTypeComp to bind to types defined within that library. It can also be used in the future for binding to nested types. + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {00020403-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + + + + Provides the number of type descriptions that are in a type library. + The number of type descriptions in the type library. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Retrieves the specified type description in the library. + The index of the interface to be returned. + If successful, returns a pointer to the pointer to the ITypeInfo interface. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + For dual interfaces, GetTypeInfo returns only the TKIND_DISPATCH type information. To get the TKIND_INTERFACE type information, GetRefTypeOfImplType can be called on the TKIND_DISPATCH type information, passing an index of –1. Then, the returned type information handle can be passed to GetRefTypeInfo. + + + + + + Retrieves the type of a type description. + The index of the type description within the type library. + The TYPEKIND enumeration value for the type description. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the type description that corresponds to the specified GUID. + The GUID of the type description. + The ITypeInfo interface. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the structure that contains the library's attributes. + The library's attributes. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + Use ITypeLib::ReleaseTLibAttr to free the memory occupied by the TLIBATTR structure. + + + Enables a client compiler to bind to the types, variables, constants, and global functions for a library. + The ITypeComp instance for this ITypeLib. A client compiler uses the methods in the ITypeComp interface to bind to types in ITypeLib, as well as to the global functions, variables, and constants defined in ITypeLib + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The Bind function of the returned TypeComp binds to global functions, variables, constants, enumerated values, and coclass members. The Bind function also binds the names of the TYPEKIND enumerations of TKIND_MODULE, TKIND_ENUM, and TKIND_COCLASS. These names shadow any global names defined within the type information. The members of TKIND_ENUM, TKIND_MODULE, and TKIND_COCLASS types marked as Application objects can be directly bound to from ITypeComp without specifying the name of the module. + ITypeComp::Bind and ITypeComp::BindType accept only unqualified names. ITypeLib::GetTypeComp returns a pointer to the ITypeComp interface, which is then used to bind to global elements in the library. The names of some types (TKIND_ENUM, TKIND_MODULE, and TKIND_COCLASS) share the name space with variables, functions, constants, and enumerators. If a member requires qualification to differentiate it from other items in the name space, GetTypeComp can be called successively for each qualifier in order to bind to the desired member. This allows programming language compilers to access members of modules, enumerations, and coclasses, even though the member can't be bound to with a qualified name. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the documentation string for the library, the complete Help file name and path, and the context identifier for the library Help topic in the Help file. + The index of the type description whose documentation is to be returned. If index is -1, then the documentation for the library itself is returned. + The name of the specified item. If the caller does not need the item name, then pBstrName can be null. + The documentation string for the specified item. If the caller does not need the documentation string, then pBstrDocString can be null.. + The Help context identifier (ID) associated with the specified item. If the caller does not need the Help context ID, then pdwHelpContext can be null. + The fully qualified name of the Help file. If the caller does not need the Help file name, then pBstrHelpFile can be null. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + The caller should free the parameters pBstrName, pBstrDocString, and pBstrHelpFile. + + + + + + Indicates whether a passed-in string contains the name of a type or member described in the library. + The string to test. If this method is successful, szNameBuf is modified to match the case (capitalization) found in the type library. + The hash value of szNameBuf. + True if szNameBuf was found in the type library; otherwise false. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Finds occurrences of a type description in a type library. This may be used to quickly verify that a name exists in a type library. + The name to search for. + A hash value to speed up the search, computed by the LHashValOfNameSys function. If lHashVal = 0, a value is computed. + An array of pointers to the type descriptions that contain the name specified in szNameBuf. This parameter cannot be null. + An array of the found items; rgMemId[i] is the MEMBERID that indexes into the type description specified by ppTInfo[i]. This parameter cannot be null. + + On entry, indicates how many instances to look for. For example, *pcFound = 1 can be called to find the first occurrence. The search stops when one is found. On exit, indicates the number of instances that were found. If the in and out values of *pcFound are identical, there may be more type descriptions that contain the name. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + Passing *pcFound = n indicates that there is enough room in the ppTInfo and rgMemId arrays for n (ptinfo, memid) pairs. The function returns MEMBERID_NIL in rgMemId[i], if the name in szNameBuf is the name of the type information in ppTInfo[i]. + + + + + + Releases the TLIBATTR originally obtained from GetLibAttr. + The TLIBATTR to be freed. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {00020402-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + The LOCKTYPE enumeration values indicate the type of locking requested for the specified range of bytes. The values are used in the ILockBytes::LockRegion and IStream::LockRegion methods. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + If this lock is granted, the specified range of bytes can be opened and read any number of times, but writing to the locked range is prohibited except for the owner that was granted this lock. + + + If this lock is granted, writing to the specified range of bytes is prohibited except by the owner that was granted this lock. + + + If this lock is granted, no other LOCK_ONLYONCE lock can be obtained on the range. Usually this lock type is an alias for some other lock type. Thus, specific implementations can have additional behavior associated with this lock type. + + + Represents the bounds of one dimension of the array. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The number of elements in the dimension. + + + The lower bound of the dimension. + + + Indicate whether the method should try to return a name in the pwcsName member of the STATSTG structure. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Requests that the statistics include the pwcsName member of the STATSTG structure. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Requests that the statistics not include the pwcsName member of the STATSTG structure. If the name is omitted, there is no need for the ILockBytes::Stat, IStorage::Stat, and IStream::Stat methods methods to allocate and free memory for the string value of the name, therefore the method reduces time and resources used in an allocation and free operation. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Not implemented. + + + Contains statistical data about an open storage, stream, or byte-array object. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + A pointer to a NULL-terminated Unicode string that contains the name. Space for this string is allocated by the method called and freed by the caller (for more information, see CoTaskMemFree). To not return this member, specify the STATFLAG_NONAME value when you call a method that returns a STATSTG structure, except for calls to IEnumSTATSTG::Next, which provides no way to specify this value. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Indicates the type of storage object. This is one of the values from the STGTY enumeration. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Specifies the size, in bytes, of the stream or byte array. + + + Indicates the last modification time for this storage, stream, or byte array. + + + Indicates the creation time for this storage, stream, or byte array. + + + Indicates the last access time for this storage, stream, or byte array. + + + + Indicates the access mode specified when the object was opened. This member is only valid in calls to Stat methods. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Indicates the class identifier for the storage object; set to CLSID_NULL for new storage objects. This member is not used for streams or byte arrays. + + + + Indicates the current state bits of the storage object; that is, the value most recently set by the IStorage::SetStateBits method. This member is not valid for streams or byte arrays. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Reserved for future use. + + + Flags that indicate conditions for creating and deleting the object and access modes for the object. + You can combine these flags, but you can only choose one flag from each group of related flags. Typically one flag from each of the access and sharing groups must be specified for all functions and methods which use these constants. Flags from other groups are optional. + + + The STGTY enumeration values are used in the type member of the STATSTG structure to indicate the type of the storage element. A storage element is a storage object, a stream object, or a byte-array object (LOCKBYTES). + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Indicates that the storage element is a storage object. + + + Indicates that the storage element is a stream object. + + + Indicates that the storage element is a byte-array object. + + + Indicates that the storage element is a property storage object. + + + Identifies the target operating system platform. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The target operating system for the type library is 16-bit Windows. By default, data members are packed. + + + The target operating system for the type library is 32-bit Windows. By default, data members are naturally aligned (for example, 2-byte integers are aligned on even-byte boundaries; 4-byte integers are aligned on quad-word boundaries, and so on). + + + The target operating system for the type library is Apple Macintosh. By default, all data members are aligned on even-byte boundaries. + + + The target operating system for the type library is 64-bit Windows. + + + Contains information about a type library. Information from this structure is used to identify the type library and to provide national language support for member names. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The globally unique identifier. + + + The locale identifier. + + + The target hardware platform. + + + The major version number. + + + The minor version number. + + + The library flags. + + + Contains attributes of a type. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The GUID of the type information. + + + The locale of member names and documentation strings. + + + Reserved. + + + The constructor ID, or MEMBERID_NIL if none. + + + The destructor ID, or MEMBERID_NIL if none. + + + Reserved. + + + The size of an instance of this type. + + + The kind of type. + + + The number of functions. + + + The number of variables or data members. + + + The number of implemented interfaces. + + + The size of this type's VTBL. + + + The byte alignment for an instance of this type. A value of 0 indicates alignment on the 64K boundary; 1 indicates no special alignment. For other values, n indicates aligned on byte n. + + + The type flags. See TYPEFLAGS. + + + The major version number. + + + The minor version number. + + + If typekind is TKIND_ALIAS, specifies the type for which this type is an alias. + + + The IDL attributes of the described type. + + + Describes the type of a variable, the return type of a function, or the type of a function parameter. + If the variable is VT_SAFEARRAY or VT_PTR, the union portion of the TYPEDESC contains a pointer to a TYPEDESC that specifies the element type. + + + The variant type. + + + Specifies a type. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + A set of enumerators. + + + A structure with no methods. + + + A module that can only have static functions and data (for example, a DLL). + + + A type that has virtual and pure functions. + + + A set of methods and properties that are accessible through IDispatch::Invoke. By default, dual interfaces return TKIND_DISPATCH. + + + A set of implemented component object interfaces. + + + A type that is an alias for another type. + + + A union, all of whose members have an offset of zero. + + + End of enum marker. + + + Describes a variable, constant, or data member. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The member ID. + + + Reserved. + + + The variable type. + + + The variable flags. See VARFLAGS. + + + The variable type. + + + Specifies variable flags. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Assignment to the variable should not be allowed. + + + The variable returns an object that is a source of events. + + + The variable supports data binding. + + + When set, any attempt to directly change the property results in a call to IPropertyNotifySink::OnRequestEdit. The implementation of OnRequestEdit determines if the change is accepted. + + + The variable is displayed to the user as bindable. VARFLAG_FBINDABLE must also be set. + + + The variable is the single property that best represents the object. Only one variable in type information can have this attribute. + + + The variable should not be displayed to the user in a browser, although it exists and is bindable. + + + The variable should not be accessible from macro languages. This flag is intended for system-level variables or variables that you do not want type browsers to display. + + + Permits an optimization in which the compiler looks for a member named "xyz" on the type of abc. If such a member is found and is flagged as an accessor function for an element of the default collection, then a call is generated to that member function. Permitted on members in dispinterfaces and interfaces; not permitted on modules. + + + The variable is the default display in the user interface. + + + The variable appears in an object browser, but not in a properties browser. + + + Tags the interface as having default behaviors. + + + The variable is mapped as individual bindable properties. + + + Specifies the variable type. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The variable is a field or member of the type. It exists at a fixed offset within each instance of the type. + + + There is only one instance of the variable. + + + The VARDESC describes a symbolic constant. There is no memory associated with it. + + + The variable can only be accessed through IDispatch::Invoke. + + + + + + + + + Retrieves the handle to the picture managed within this picture object to a specified location. + A pointer to a variable that receives the handle. The caller is responsible for this handle upon successful return. The variable is set to NULL on failure. + + This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL and E_OUTOFMEMORY, as well as the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + +

Notes to Callers

The picture object may retain ownership of the picture. However, the caller can be assured that the picture will remain valid until either the caller specifically destroys the picture or the picture object is itself destroyed. The fOwn parameter to OleCreatePictureIndirect determines ownership when the picture object is created. OleLoadPicture forces fOwn to TRUE. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves a copy of the palette currently used by the picture object. + A pointer to a variable that receives the palette handle. The variable is set to NULL on failure. + + This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL and E_OUTOFMEMORY, as well as the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + +

Notes to Callers

If the picture object has ownership of the picture, it also has ownership of the palette and will destroy it when the object is itself destroyed. Otherwise the caller owns the palette. The fOwn parameter to OleCreatePictureIndirect determines ownership. OleLoadPicture sets fOwn to TRUE to indicate that the picture object owns the palette. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the current type of the picture contained in the picture object. + Pointer to a variable that receives the picture type. The Type property can have any one of the values contained in the PICTYPE enumeration. + + This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the current width of the picture in the picture object. + A pointer to a variable that receives the width. + + This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the current height of the picture in the picture object. + A pointer to a variable that receives the height. + + This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Renders (draws) a specified portion of the picture defined by the offset (xSrc,ySrc) of the source picture and the dimensions to copy (cxSrc,xySrc). + A handle of the device context on which to render the image. + The horizontal coordinate in hdc at which to place the rendered image. + The vertical coordinate in hdc at which to place the rendered image. + The horizontal dimension (width) of the destination rectangle. + The vertical dimension (height) of the destination rectangle + The horizontal offset in the source picture from which to start copying. + The vertical offset in the source picture from which to start copying. + The horizontal extent to copy from the source picture. + The vertical extent to copy from the source picture. + A pointer to a rectangle containing the position of the destination within a metafile device context if hdc is a metafile DC. Cannot be NULL in such cases. + + This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL, E_INVALIDARG, and E_OUTOFMEMORY, as well as the following: + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Assigns a GDI palette to the picture contained in the picture object. + A handle to the GDI palette assigned to the picture. + This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL, E_INVALIDARG, E_OUTOFMEMORY, and S_OK. + +

Notes to Implementers

Ownership of the palette passed to this method depends on how the picture object was created, as specified by the fOwn parameter to OleCreatePictureIndirect. OleLoadPicture forces fOwn to TRUE; if the object owns the picture, then it takes over ownership of this palette. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the handle of the current device context. This property is valid only for bitmap pictures. + A pointer a variable that receives the device context. + + This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The CurDC property and the IPicture::SelectPicture method exist to circumvent restrictions in Windows; specifically, that an object can only be selected into exactly one device context at a time. In some cases, a picture object may be permanently selected into a particular device context (for example, a control may use a certain picture for a background). To use this picture property elsewhere, it must be temporarily deselected from its old device context, selected into the new device context for the operation, then reselected back into the old device context. The IPicture::get_CurDC method returns the device context handle into which the picture is currently selected. The IPicture::SelectPicture method selects the picture into a new device context, returning the old device context and the picture's GDI handle. The caller should select the picture back into the old device context when the caller is done with it, as is normal for Windows code.

Notes to Callers

The caller always owns any device contexts passed between it and the picture object. Because the picture object maintains a copy of the HDC, the caller should use a memory device context (created with the CreateCompatibleDC function) and not a screen device context (from GetDC, CreateDC, or BeginPaint), because the screen device contexts are a limited system resource. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Selects a bitmap picture into a given device context, and returns the device context in which the picture was previously selected as well as the picture's GDI handle. This method works in conjunction with IPicture::get_CurDC. + A handle for the device context in which to select the picture. + A pointer to a variable that receives the previous device context. This parameter can be NULL if the caller does not need this information. Ownership of the device context is always the responsibility of the caller. + A pointer to a variable that receives the GDI handle of the picture. This parameter can be NULL if the caller does not need the handle. Ownership of this handle is determined by the fOwn parameter passed to OleCreatePictureIndirect. Pictures loaded from a stream always own their resources. + This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL, E_INVALIDARG, E_OUTOFMEMORY, and S_OK. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the current value of the picture's KeepOriginalFormat property. + A pointer to a variable that receives the value of the property. + + This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following value. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Sets the value of the picture's KeepOriginalFormat property. + Specifies the new value to assign to the property. + This method returns S_OK on success and E_FAIL otherwise. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Notifies the picture object that its picture resource has changed. This method only calls IPropertyNotifySink::OnChanged with DISPID_PICT_HANDLE for any connected sinks. + This method S_OK if it succeeds and E_FAIL if the picture object is uninitialized. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Saves the picture's data into a stream in the same format that it would save itself into a file. Bitmaps use the BMP file format, metafiles the WMF format, and icons the ICO format. + A pointer to the stream into which the picture writes its data. + A flag indicating whether to save a copy of the picture in memory. + Pointer to a variable that receives the number of bytes written into the stream. This value can be NULL, indicating that the caller does not require this information. + This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL, E_INVALIDARG, and S_OK. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the current set of the picture's bit attributes. + + A pointer to a variable that receives the value of the Attributes property. The Attributes property can contain any combination of the values from the PICTUREATTRIBUTES enumeration. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {7bf80980-bf32-101a-8bbb-00aa00300cab} + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {7bf80981-bf32-101a-8bbb-00aa00300cab} + + + Contains parameters to create a picture object through the OleCreatePictureIndirect function. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Create a struct describing the given . + + The image type isn't supported. + + + The size of the structure, in bytes. + + + Describes an array, its element type, and its dimension. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The element type. + + + The dimension count. + + + A variable-length array containing one element for each dimension. + + + Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a record. + An instance of a record. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The caller must allocate the memory of the record by its appropriate size using the GetSize method. RecordInit sets all contents of the record to 0 and the record should hold no resources. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Releases object references and other values of a record without deallocating the record. + The record to be cleared. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + RecordClear releases memory blocks held by VT_PTR or VT_SAFEARRAY instance fields. The caller needs to free the instance fields memory, RecordClear will do nothing if there are no resources held. + + + Copies an existing record into the passed in buffer. + The current record instance. + The destination where the record will be copied. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + RecordCopy will release the resources in the destination first. The caller is responsible for allocating sufficient memory in the destination by calling GetSize or RecordCreate. If RecordCopy fails to copy any of the fields then all fields will be cleared, as though RecordClear had been called. + + + + + + Gets the GUID of the record type. + The class GUID of the TypeInfo that describes the UDT. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Gets the name of the record type. + The name. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + The caller must free the BSTR by calling SysFreeString. + + + + + + Gets the number of bytes of memory necessary to hold the record instance. + The size of a record instance, in bytes. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Retrieves the type information that describes a UDT or safearray of UDTs. + The information type of the record. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + AddRef is called on the pointer ppTypeInfo. + + + + + + Returns a pointer to the VARIANT containing the value of a given field name. + The instance of a record. + The field name. + The VARIANT that you want to hold the value of the field name, szFieldName. On return, places a copy of the field's value in the variant. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The VARIANT that you pass in contains a copy of the field's value upon return. If you modify the VARIANT then the underlying record field does not change. The caller allocates memory of the VARIANT. The method VariantClear is called for pvarField before copying. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Returns a pointer to the value of a given field name without copying the value and allocating resources. + The instance of a record. + The name of the field. + The VARIANT that will contain the UDT upon return. + Receives the value of the field upon return. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Upon return, the VARIANT you pass contains a direct pointer to the record's field, ppvDataCArray. If you modify the VARIANT, then the underlying record field will change. The caller allocates memory of the VARIANT, but does not own the memory so cannot free pvarField. This method calls VariantClear for pvarField before filling in the requested field. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Puts a variant into a field. + + The only legal values for the wFlags parameter is INVOKE_PROPERTYPUT or INVOKE_PROPERTYPUTREF. If INVOKE_PROPERTYPUTREF is passed in then PutField just assigns the value of the variant that is passed in to the field using normal coercion rules. If INVOKE_PROPERTYPUT is passed in then specific rules apply. If the field is declared as a class that derives from IDispatch and the field's value is NULL then an error will be returned. If the field's value is not NULL then the variant will be passed to the default property supported by the object referenced by the field. If the field is not declared as a class derived from IDispatch then an error will be returned. If the field is declared as a variant of type VT_Dispatch then the default value of the object is assigned to the field. Otherwise, the variant's value is assigned to the field. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + The pointer to an instance of the record. + The name of the field of the record. + The pointer to the variant. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Passes ownership of the data to the assigned field by placing the actual data into the field. + The only legal values for the wFlags parameter is INVOKE_PROPERTYPUT or INVOKE_PROPERTYPUTREF. + An instance of the record described by IRecordInfo. + The name of the field of the record. + The variant to be put into the field. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Gets the names of the fields of the record. + The number of names to return. + + The name of the array of type BSTR. If the rgBstrNames parameter is NULL, then pcNames is returned with the number of field names. It the rgBstrNames parameter is not NULL, then the string names contained in rgBstrNames are returned. If the number of names in pcNames and rgBstrNames are not equal then the lesser number of the two is the number of returned field names. The caller needs to free the BSTRs inside the array returned in rgBstrNames. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The caller should allocate memory for the array of BSTRs. If the array is larger than needed, set the unused portion to 0. On return, the caller will need to free each contained BSTR using SysFreeString. In case of out of memory, pcNames points to error code. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Determines whether the record that is passed in matches that of the current record information. + The information of the record. + + + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Allocates memory for a new record, initializes the instance and returns a pointer to the record. + This method returns a pointer to the created record. + + The memory is set to zeros before it is returned. The records created must be freed by calling RecordDestroy. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Creates a copy of an instance of a record to the specified location. + An instance of the record to be copied. + The new record with data copied from pvSource. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + The records created must be freed by calling RecordDestroy. + + + Releases the resources and deallocates the memory of the record. + An instance of the record to be destroyed. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + RecordClear is called to release the resources held by the instance of a record without deallocating memory.
Note  This method can only be called on records allocated through RecordCreate and RecordCreateCopy. If you allocate the record yourself, you cannot call this method.
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {0000002f-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + Contains information needed for transferring a structure element, parameter, or function return value between processes. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The default value for the parameter, if PARAMFLAG_FHASDEFAULT is specified in wParamFlags. + + + The parameter flags. See PARAMFLAG Constants. + + + Contains information about the default value of a parameter. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The size of the structure. + + + The default value of the parameter. + + + Describe the type of a picture object as returned by IPicture get\_Type, as well as to describe the type of picture in the picType member of the PICTDESC structure that is passed to OleCreatePictureIndirect. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + VARIANTARG describes arguments passed within DISPPARAMS, and VARIANT to specify variant data that cannot be passed by reference. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Converts the given object to . + + + + Specifies the variant types. + + The following table shows where these values can be used. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Not specified. + + + Null. + + + A 2-byte integer. + + + A 4-byte integer. + + + A 4-byte real. + + + An 8-byte real. + + + Currency. + + + A date. + + + A string. + + + An IDispatch pointer. + + + An SCODE value. + + + A Boolean value. True is -1 and false is 0. + + + A variant pointer. + + + An IUnknown pointer. + + + A 16-byte fixed-pointer value. + + + A character. + + + An unsigned character. + + + An unsigned short. + + + An unsigned long. + + + A 64-bit integer. + + + A 64-bit unsigned integer. + + + An integer. + + + An unsigned integer. + + + A C-style void. + + + An HRESULT value. + + + A pointer type. + + + A safe array. Use VT_ARRAY in VARIANT. + + + A C-style array. + + + A user-defined type. + + + A null-terminated string. + + + A wide null-terminated string. + + + A user-defined type. + + + A signed machine register size width. + + + An unsigned machine register size width. + + + A FILETIME value. + + + Length-prefixed bytes. + + + The name of the stream follows. + + + The name of the storage follows. + + + The stream contains an object. + + + The storage contains an object. + + + The blob contains an object. + + + A clipboard format. + + + A class ID. + + + A stream with a GUID version. + + + Reserved. + + + A simple counted array. + + + A SAFEARRAY pointer. + + + A void pointer for local use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns if built-in COM interop is supported. When using AOT or trimming this will + return . + + + + + Gets a pointer for the specified for the given . Throws if + the desired pointer can not be obtained. + + + + + Attempts to get a pointer for the specified for the given . + + + + + Attempts to get a pointer for the specified for the given . + + + + + Gets the specified interface for the given . Throws if + the desired pointer can not be obtained. + + + + + Attempts to get the specified interface for the given . + + The requested pointer or if unsuccessful. + + + + Queries for the given interface and releases it. + Note that this method should only be used for the purposes of checking if the object supports a given interface. + If that interface is needed, it is best try to get the ComScope directly to avoid querying twice. + + + + + Attempts to get the specified interface for the given . + + + Typically either or . Check for success, not + specific results. + + The requested pointer or if unsuccessful. + + + + Attempts to unwrap a ComWrapper CCW as a particular managed object. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Attempts to get a managed wrapper of the specified type for the given COM interface. + + + When , releases the original whether successful or not. + + + + + Returns if the given is projected as the given . + + + + + + + + + + + capable wrapper for . + + is . + + + + Find the given interface's from the specified type library. + + + + + vtable population hook for CsWin32's generated implementation. + + + + + Contains strings that identify the driver, device, and output port names for a printer. + + + + Learn more about this API from learn.microsoft.com. + + + + Manually copied from a 64 bit project CsWin32 generated wrapper. We can't directly use CsWin32 for this as it + technically isn't compatible with AnyCPU. For our usages this works fine on both 32 bit and 64 bit. + + This is defined with single byte packing on 32 bit, but there are no gaps as everything naturally packs with no + gaps on 32 bit. Issues would arise if this was contained in another native struct where it wouldn't start 32 bit + aligned due to the single byte packing. + + https://github.com/microsoft/CsWin32/issues/882 + + + + + Type: WORD The offset, in characters, from the beginning of this structure to a null-terminated string that contains the file name (without the extension) of the device driver. On input, this string is used to determine the printer to display initially in the dialog box. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: WORD The offset, in characters, from the beginning of this structure to the null-terminated string that contains the name of the device. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: WORD The offset, in characters, from the beginning of this structure to the null-terminated string that contains the device name for the physical output medium (output port). + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: WORD Indicates whether the strings contained in the DEVNAMES structure identify the default printer. This string is used to verify that the default printer has not changed since the last print operation. If any of the strings do not match, a warning message is displayed informing the user that the document may need to be reformatted. On output, the wDefault member is changed only if the Print Setup dialog box was displayed and the user chose the OK button. The DN_DEFAULTPRN flag is used if the default printer was selected. If a specific printer is selected, the flag is not used. All other flags in this member are reserved for internal use by the dialog box procedure for the Print property sheet or Print dialog box. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Contains information that the PrintDlgEx function uses to initialize the Print property sheet. After the user + closes the property sheet, the system uses this structure to return information about the user's selections. + + + + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + Manually copied from a 64 bit project CsWin32 generated wrapper. We can't directly use CsWin32 for this as it + technically isn't compatible with AnyCPU. For our usages this works fine on both 32 bit and 64 bit. + + This is defined with single byte packing on 32 bit, but there are no gaps as everything naturally packs with no + gaps on 32 bit. Issues would arise if this was contained in another native struct where it wouldn't start 32 bit + aligned due to the single byte packing. + + https://github.com/microsoft/CsWin32/issues/882 + + + + + Type: DWORD The structure size, in bytes. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: HWND A handle to the window that owns the property sheet. This member must be a valid window handle; it cannot be NULL. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: HGLOBAL A handle to a movable global memory object that contains a DEVMODE structure. If hDevMode is not NULL on input, you must allocate a movable block of memory for the DEVMODE structure and initialize its members. The PrintDlgEx function uses the input data to initialize the controls in the property sheet. When PrintDlgEx returns, the DEVMODE members indicate the user's input. If hDevMode is NULL on input, PrintDlgEx allocates memory for the DEVMODE structure, initializes its members to indicate the user's input, and returns a handle that identifies it. For more information about the hDevMode and hDevNames members, see the Remarks section at the end of this topic. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: HGLOBAL A handle to a movable global memory object that contains a DEVNAMES structure. If hDevNames is not NULL on input, you must allocate a movable block of memory for the DEVNAMES structure and initialize its members. The PrintDlgEx function uses the input data to initialize the controls in the property sheet. When PrintDlgEx returns, the DEVNAMES members contain information for the printer chosen by the user. You can use this information to create a device context or an information context. The hDevNames member can be NULL, in which case, PrintDlgEx allocates memory for the DEVNAMES structure, initializes its members to indicate the user's input, and returns a handle that identifies it. For more information about the hDevMode and hDevNames members, see the Remarks section at the end of this topic. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: HDC A handle to a device context or an information context, depending on whether the Flags member specifies the PD_RETURNDC or PC_RETURNIC flag. If neither flag is specified, the value of this member is undefined. If both flags are specified, PD_RETURNDC has priority. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + Type: DWORD + + + Type: DWORD + + + + Type: DWORD A set of bit flags that can exclude items from the printer driver property pages in the Print property sheet. This value is used only if the PD_EXCLUSIONFLAGS flag is set in the Flags member. Exclusion flags should be used only if the item to be excluded will be included on either the General page or on an application-defined page in the Print property sheet. This member can specify the following flag. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD On input, set this member to the initial number of page ranges specified in the lpPageRanges array. When the PrintDlgEx function returns, nPageRanges indicates the number of user-specified page ranges stored in the lpPageRanges array. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD The size, in array elements, of the lpPageRanges buffer. This value indicates the maximum number of page ranges that can be stored in the array. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is not specified, this value must be greater than zero. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: LPPRINTPAGERANGE Pointer to a buffer containing an array of PRINTPAGERANGE structures. On input, the array contains the initial page ranges to display in the Pages edit control. When the PrintDlgEx function returns, the array contains the page ranges specified by the user. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is not specified, lpPageRanges must be non-NULL. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD The minimum value for the page ranges specified in the Pages edit control. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD The maximum value for the page ranges specified in the Pages edit control. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD Contains the initial number of copies for the Copies edit control if hDevMode is NULL; otherwise, the dmCopies member of the DEVMODE structure contains the initial value. When PrintDlgEx returns, nCopies contains the actual number of copies the application must print. This value depends on whether the application or the printer driver is responsible for printing multiple copies. If the PD_USEDEVMODECOPIESANDCOLLATE flag is set in the Flags member, nCopies is always 1 on return, and the printer driver is responsible for printing multiple copies. If the flag is not set, the application is responsible for printing the number of copies specified by nCopies. For more information, see the description of the PD_USEDEVMODECOPIESANDCOLLATE flag. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: HINSTANCE If the PD_ENABLEPRINTTEMPLATE flag is set in the Flags member, hInstance is a handle to the application or module instance that contains the dialog box template named by the lpPrintTemplateName member. If the PD_ENABLEPRINTTEMPLATEHANDLE flag is set in the Flags member, hInstance is a handle to a memory object containing a dialog box template. If neither of the template flags is set in the Flags member, hInstance should be NULL. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: LPCTSTR The name of the dialog box template resource in the module identified by the hInstance member. This template replaces the default dialog box template in the lower portion of the General page. The default template contains controls similar to those of the Print dialog box. This member is ignored unless the PD_ENABLEPRINTTEMPLATE flag is set in the Flags member. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: LPUNKNOWN A pointer to an application-defined callback object. The object should contain the IPrintDialogCallback class to receive messages for the child dialog box in the lower portion of the General page. The callback object should also contain the IObjectWithSite class to receive a pointer to the IPrintDialogServices interface. The PrintDlgEx function calls IUnknown::QueryInterface on the callback object for both IID_IPrintDialogCallback and IID_IObjectWithSite to determine which interfaces are supported. If you do not want to retrieve any of the callback information, set lpCallback to NULL. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD The number of property page handles in the lphPropertyPages array. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: HPROPSHEETPAGE* Contains an array of property page handles to add to the Print property sheet. The additional property pages follow the General page. Use the CreatePropertySheetPage function to create these additional pages. When the PrintDlgEx function returns, all the HPROPSHEETPAGE handles in the lphPropertyPages array have been destroyed. If nPropertyPages is zero, lphPropertyPages should be NULL. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD The property page that is initially displayed. To display the General page, specify START_PAGE_GENERAL. Otherwise, specify the zero-based index of a property page in the array specified in the lphPropertyPages member. For consistency, it is recommended that the property sheet always be started on the General page. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + Type: DWORD + + + + Represents a range of pages in a print job. A print job can have more than one page range. This information is + supplied in the structure when calling the function. + + Learn more about this API from learn.microsoft.com. + + + Manually copied from a 64 bit project CsWin32 generated wrapper. We can't directly use CsWin32 for this as it + technically isn't compatible with AnyCPU. For our usages this works fine on both 32 bit and 64 bit. + + This is defined with single byte packing on 32 bit, but there are no gaps as everything naturally packs with no + gaps on 32 bit. Issues would arise if this was contained in another native struct where it wouldn't start 32 bit + aligned due to the single byte packing. + + https://github.com/microsoft/CsWin32/issues/882 + + + + + Type: DWORD The first page of the range. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD The last page of the range. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + Contains information about an icon or a cursor. + + For monochrome icons, the hbmMask is twice the height of the icon (with the AND mask on top and the XOR mask on the bottom), and hbmColor is NULL. Also, in this case the height should be an even multiple of two. For color icons, the hbmMask and hbmColor bitmaps are the same size, each of which is the size of the icon. You can use a GetObject function to get contents of hbmMask and hbmColor in the BITMAP structure. The bitmap bits can be obtained with call to GetDIBits on the bitmaps in this structure. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: BOOL Specifies whether this structure defines an icon or a cursor. A value of TRUE specifies an icon; FALSE specifies a cursor. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD The x-coordinate of a cursor's hot spot. If this structure defines an icon, the hot spot is always in the center of the icon, and this member is ignored. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD The y-coordinate of the cursor's hot spot. If this structure defines an icon, the hot spot is always in the center of the icon, and this member is ignored. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: HBITMAP A handle to the icon monochrome mask bitmap. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: HBITMAP A handle to the icon color bitmap. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Contains the scalable metrics associated with the nonclient area of a nonminimized window. (Unicode) + + If the iPaddedBorderWidth member of the NONCLIENTMETRICS structure is present, this structure is 4 bytes larger than for an application that is compiled with _WIN32_WINNT less than or equal to 0x0502. For more information about conditional compilation, see Using the Windows Headers. Windows Server 2003 and Windows XP/2000:  If an application that is compiled for Windows Server 2008 or Windows Vista must also run on Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP/2000, use the GetVersionEx function to check the operating system version at run time and, if the application is running on Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP/2000, subtract the size of the iPaddedBorderWidth member from the cbSize member of the NONCLIENTMETRICS structure before calling the SystemParametersInfo function. + > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines NONCLIENTMETRICS as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes). + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The size of the structure, in bytes. The caller must set this to sizeof(NONCLIENTMETRICS). For information about application compatibility, see Remarks. + + + The thickness of the sizing border, in pixels. The default is 1 pixel. + + + The width of a standard vertical scroll bar, in pixels. + + + The height of a standard horizontal scroll bar, in pixels. + + + The width of caption buttons, in pixels. + + + The height of caption buttons, in pixels. + + + A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the caption font. + + + The width of small caption buttons, in pixels. + + + The height of small captions, in pixels. + + + A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the small caption font. + + + The width of menu-bar buttons, in pixels. + + + The height of a menu bar, in pixels. + + + A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the font used in menu bars. + + + A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the font used in status bars and tooltips. + + + A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the font used in message boxes. + + + + The thickness of the padded border, in pixels. The default value is 4 pixels. The iPaddedBorderWidth and iBorderWidth members are combined for both resizable and nonresizable windows in the Windows Aero desktop experience. To compile an application that uses this member, define _WIN32_WINNT as 0x0600 or later. For more information, see Remarks. Windows Server 2003 and Windows XP/2000:  This member is not supported. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Contains information about the high contrast accessibility feature. (Unicode) + + An application uses this structure when calling the[SystemParametersInfoW function](nf-winuser-systemparametersinfow.md) with the SPI_GETHIGHCONTRAST or SPI_SETHIGHCONTRAST value. When using SPI_GETHIGHCONTRAST, an application must specify the cbSize member of the HIGHCONTRAST structure; the SystemParametersInfo function fills the remaining members. An application must specify all structure members when using the SPI_SETHIGHCONTRAST value. + > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines HIGHCONTRAST as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes). + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: UINT Specifies the size, in bytes, of this structure. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Type: DWORD + + + + Type: LPTSTR Points to a string that contains the name of the color scheme that will be set to the default scheme. The system allocates this buffer, free it with LocalFree. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The length of the inline array. + + + + Gets a ref to an individual element of the inline array. + ⚠ Important ⚠: When this struct is on the stack, do not let the returned reference outlive the stack frame that defines it. + + + + + Gets this inline array as a span. + + + ⚠ Important ⚠: When this struct is on the stack, do not let the returned span outlive the stack frame that defines it. + + + + + Gets this inline array as a span. + + + ⚠ Important ⚠: When this struct is on the stack, do not let the returned span outlive the stack frame that defines it. + + + + + Copies the fixed array to a new string up to the specified length regardless of whether there are null terminating characters. + + + Thrown when is less than 0 or greater than . + + + + + Copies the fixed array to a new string, stopping before the first null terminator character or at the end of the fixed array (whichever is shorter). + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + The reference that is returned comes from a permanent memory address, and is therefore safe to convert to a pointer and pass around or hold long-term. + + + + Non generic interface that allows constraining against a COM wrapper type directly. COM structs should + implement . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Windows Forms implementation. + + + + Deriving from allows us to leverage the functionality the runtime + has implemented for source generated "RCW"s, including support for adaption + when built-in COM support is available (EnableGeneratedComInterfaceComImportInterop). + + + It isn't immediately clear how we could merge with this as there is no + strategy for . We rely + on to apply the needed vtable functionality and it doesn't appear that we + can apply without manually implementing (or source generating) + on our exposed classes. + + + + + + The implementation for WinForm's COM interop usages. + + + + + For the given pointer unwrap the associated managed object and use it to + invoke . + + + + Handles exceptions and converts to . + + + + + + For the given pointer unwrap the associated managed object and use it to + invoke . + + + + + diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Drawing.Common.dll b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Drawing.Common.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..61ed35fde Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Drawing.Common.dll differ diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Drawing.Common.pdb b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Drawing.Common.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c2ac2f37 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Drawing.Common.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Drawing.Common.xml b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Drawing.Common.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2397e65ab --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Drawing.Common.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13189 @@ + + + + System.Drawing.Common + + + + Encapsulates a GDI+ bitmap, which consists of the pixel data for a graphics image and its attributes. A is an object used to work with images defined by pixel data. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image, scaled to the specified size. + The from which to create the new . + The structure that represent the size of the new . + The operation failed. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image, scaled to the specified size. + The from which to create the new . + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + The operation failed. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image. + The from which to create the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size and with the resolution of the specified object. + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + The object that specifies the resolution for the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size and format. + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format. + A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size, pixel format, and pixel data. + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + Integer that specifies the byte offset between the beginning of one scan line and the next. This is usually (but not necessarily) the number of bytes in the pixel format (for example, 2 for 16 bits per pixel) multiplied by the width of the bitmap. The value passed to this parameter must be a multiple of four. + The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format. + Pointer to an array of bytes that contains the pixel data. + A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size. + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + The operation failed. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + The data stream used to load the image. + + to use color correction for this ; otherwise, . + + does not contain image data or is . + + -or- + + contains a PNG image file with a single dimension greater than 65,535 pixels. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + The data stream used to load the image. + + does not contain image data or is . + + -or- + + contains a PNG image file with a single dimension greater than 65,535 pixels. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file. + The name of the bitmap file. + + to use color correction for this ; otherwise, . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file. + The bitmap file name and path. + The specified file is not found. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from a specified resource. + The class used to extract the resource. + The name of the resource. + + + + + + + Creates a copy of the section of this defined by structure and with a specified enumeration. + Defines the portion of this to copy. Coordinates are relative to this . + The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format. + + is outside of the source bitmap bounds. + The height or width of is 0. + + -or- + + A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not. + The new that this method creates. + + + Creates a copy of the section of this defined with a specified enumeration. + Defines the portion of this to copy. + Specifies the enumeration for the destination . + + is outside of the source bitmap bounds. + The height or width of is 0. + The that this method creates. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a from a Windows handle to an icon. + A handle to an icon. + The that this method creates. + + + Creates a from the specified Windows resource. + A handle to an instance of the executable file that contains the resource. + A string that contains the name of the resource bitmap. + The that this method creates. + + + Creates a GDI bitmap object from this . + The height or width of the bitmap is greater than Int16.MaxValue. + The operation failed. + A handle to the GDI bitmap object that this method creates. + + + Creates a GDI bitmap object from this . + A structure that specifies the background color. This parameter is ignored if the bitmap is totally opaque. + The height or width of the bitmap is greater than Int16.MaxValue. + The operation failed. + A handle to the GDI bitmap object that this method creates. + + + Returns the handle to an icon. + The operation failed. + A Windows handle to an icon with the same image as the . + + + Gets the color of the specified pixel in this . + The x-coordinate of the pixel to retrieve. + The y-coordinate of the pixel to retrieve. + + is less than 0, or greater than or equal to . + + -or- + + is less than 0, or greater than or equal to . + The operation failed. + A structure that represents the color of the specified pixel. + + + Locks a into system memory. + A rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the to lock. + One of the values that specifies the access level (read/write) for the . + One of the values that specifies the data format of the . + A that contains information about the lock operation. + + value is not a specific bits-per-pixel value. + + -or- + + The incorrect is passed in for a bitmap. + The operation failed. + A that contains information about the lock operation. + + + Locks a into system memory. + A structure that specifies the portion of the to lock. + An enumeration that specifies the access level (read/write) for the . + A enumeration that specifies the data format of this . + The is not a specific bits-per-pixel value. + + -or- + + The incorrect is passed in for a bitmap. + The operation failed. + A that contains information about this lock operation. + + + Makes the default transparent color transparent for this . + The image format of the is an icon format. + The operation failed. + + + Makes the specified color transparent for this . + The structure that represents the color to make transparent. + The image format of the is an icon format. + The operation failed. + + + Sets the color of the specified pixel in this . + The x-coordinate of the pixel to set. + The y-coordinate of the pixel to set. + A structure that represents the color to assign to the specified pixel. + The operation failed. + + + Sets the resolution for this . + The horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the . + The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the . + The operation failed. + + + Unlocks this from system memory. + A that specifies information about the lock operation. + The operation failed. + + + Specifies that, when interpreting declarations, the assembly should look for the indicated resources in the same assembly, but with the configuration value appended to the declared file name. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Specifies that, when interpreting declarations, the assembly should look for the indicated resources in a satellite assembly, but with the configuration value appended to the declared file name. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Defines objects used to fill the interiors of graphical shapes such as rectangles, ellipses, pies, polygons, and paths. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + When overridden in a derived class, creates an exact copy of this . + The new that this method creates. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. + + to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + In a derived class, sets a reference to a GDI+ brush object. + A pointer to the GDI+ brush object. + + + Brushes for all the standard colors. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Provides a graphics buffer for double buffering. + + + Releases all resources used by the object. + + + Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the default device. + + + Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the specified object. + A object to which to write the contents of the graphics buffer. + + + Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the device context associated with the specified handle. + An that points to the device context to which to write the contents of the graphics buffer. + + + Gets a object that outputs to the graphics buffer. + A object that outputs to the graphics buffer. + + + Provides methods for creating graphics buffers that can be used for double buffering. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Creates a graphics buffer of the specified size using the pixel format of the specified . + The to match the pixel format for the new buffer to. + A indicating the size of the buffer to create. + A that can be used to draw to a buffer of the specified dimensions. + + + Creates a graphics buffer of the specified size using the pixel format of the specified . + An to a device context to match the pixel format of the new buffer to. + A indicating the size of the buffer to create. + A that can be used to draw to a buffer of the specified dimensions. + + + Releases all resources used by the . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Disposes of the current graphics buffer, if a buffer has been allocated and has not yet been disposed. + + + Gets or sets the maximum size of the buffer to use. + The height or width of the size is less than or equal to zero. + A indicating the maximum size of the buffer dimensions. + + + Provides access to the main buffered graphics context object for the application domain. + + + Gets the for the current application domain. + The for the current application domain. + + + Specifies a range of character positions within a string. + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure, specifying a range of character positions within a string. + The position of the first character in the range. For example, if is set to 0, the first position of the range is position 0 in the string. + The number of positions in the range. + + + Indicates whether the current instance is equal to another instance of the same type. + An instance to compare with this instance. + + if the current instance is equal to the other instance; otherwise, . + + + Gets a value indicating whether this object is equivalent to the specified object. + The object to compare to for equality. + + to indicate the specified object is an instance with the same and value as this instance; otherwise, . + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + A 32-bit signed integer that is the hash code for this instance. + + + Compares two objects. Gets a value indicating whether the and values of the two objects are equal. + A to compare for equality. + A to compare for equality. + + to indicate the two objects have the same and values; otherwise, . + + + Compares two objects. Gets a value indicating whether the or values of the two objects are not equal. + A to compare for inequality. + A to compare for inequality. + + to indicate the either the or values of the two objects differ; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the position in the string of the first character of this . + The first position of this . + + + Gets or sets the number of positions in this . + The number of positions in this . + + + Specifies alignment of content on the drawing surface. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + Determines how the source color in a copy pixel operation is combined with the destination color to result in a final color. + + + The destination area is filled by using the color associated with index 0 in the physical palette. (This color is black for the default physical palette.) + + + Windows that are layered on top of your window are included in the resulting image. By default, the image contains only your window. Note that this generally cannot be used for printing device contexts. + + + The destination area is inverted. + + + The colors of the source area are merged with the colors of the selected brush of the destination device context using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the inverted source area are merged with the colors of the destination area by using the Boolean operator. + + + The bitmap is not mirrored. + + + The inverted source area is copied to the destination. + + + The source and destination colors are combined using the Boolean operator, and then resultant color is then inverted. + + + The brush currently selected in the destination device context is copied to the destination bitmap. + + + The colors of the brush currently selected in the destination device context are combined with the colors of the destination are using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the brush currently selected in the destination device context are combined with the colors of the inverted source area using the Boolean operator. The result of this operation is combined with the colors of the destination area using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator. + + + The source area is copied directly to the destination area. + + + The inverted colors of the destination area are combined with the colors of the source area using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator. + + + The destination area is filled by using the color associated with index 1 in the physical palette. (This color is white for the default physical palette.) + + + Represents a collection of category name strings. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified collection. + A that contains the names to initialize the collection values to. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified array of names. + An array of strings that contains the names of the categories to initialize the collection values to. + + + Indicates whether the specified category is contained in the collection. + The string to check for in the collection. + + if the specified category is contained in the collection; otherwise, . + + + Copies the collection elements to the specified array at the specified index. + The array to copy to. + The index of the destination array at which to begin copying. + + + Gets the index of the specified value. + The category name to retrieve the index of in the collection. + The index in the collection, or if the string does not exist in the collection. + + + Gets the category name at the specified index. + The index of the collection element to access. + The category name at the specified index. + + + Represents an adjustable arrow-shaped line cap. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width, height, and fill property. Whether an arrow end cap is filled depends on the argument passed to the parameter. + The width of the arrow. + The height of the arrow. + + to fill the arrow cap; otherwise, . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width and height. The arrow end caps created with this constructor are always filled. + The width of the arrow. + The height of the arrow. + + + Gets or sets whether the arrow cap is filled. + This property is if the arrow cap is filled; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the height of the arrow cap. + The height of the arrow cap. + + + Gets or sets the number of units between the outline of the arrow cap and the fill. + The number of units between the outline of the arrow cap and the fill of the arrow cap. + + + Gets or sets the width of the arrow cap. + The width, in units, of the arrow cap. + + + Defines a blend pattern for a object. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified number of factors and positions. + The number of elements in the and arrays. + + + Gets or sets an array of blend factors for the gradient. + An array of blend factors that specify the percentages of the starting color and the ending color to be used at the corresponding position. + + + Gets or sets an array of blend positions for the gradient. + An array of blend positions that specify the percentages of distance along the gradient line. + + + Defines arrays of colors and positions used for interpolating color blending in a multicolor gradient. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified number of colors and positions. + The number of colors and positions in this . + + + Gets or sets an array of colors that represents the colors to use at corresponding positions along a gradient. + An array of structures that represents the colors to use at corresponding positions along a gradient. + + + Gets or sets the positions along a gradient line. + An array of values that specify percentages of distance along the gradient line. + + + Specifies how different clipping regions can be combined. + + + Specifies that the existing region is replaced by the result of the existing region being removed from the new region. Said differently, the existing region is excluded from the new region. + + + Specifies that the existing region is replaced by the result of the new region being removed from the existing region. Said differently, the new region is excluded from the existing region. + + + Two clipping regions are combined by taking their intersection. + + + One clipping region is replaced by another. + + + Two clipping regions are combined by taking the union of both. + + + Two clipping regions are combined by taking only the areas enclosed by one or the other region, but not both. + + + Specifies how the source colors are combined with the background colors. + + + Specifies that when a color is rendered, it overwrites the background color. + + + Specifies that when a color is rendered, it is blended with the background color. The blend is determined by the alpha component of the color being rendered. + + + Specifies the quality level to use during compositing. + + + Assume linear values. + + + Default quality. + + + Gamma correction is used. + + + High quality, low speed compositing. + + + High speed, low quality. + + + Invalid quality. + + + Specifies the system to use when evaluating coordinates. + + + Specifies that coordinates are in the device coordinate context. On a computer screen the device coordinates are usually measured in pixels. + + + Specifies that coordinates are in the page coordinate context. Their units are defined by the property, and must be one of the elements of the enumeration. + + + Specifies that coordinates are in the world coordinate context. World coordinates are used in a nonphysical environment, such as a modeling environment. + + + Encapsulates a custom user-defined line cap. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing enumeration with the specified outline, fill, and inset. + A object that defines the fill for the custom cap. + A object that defines the outline of the custom cap. + The line cap from which to create the custom cap. + The distance between the cap and the line. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing enumeration with the specified outline and fill. + A object that defines the fill for the custom cap. + A object that defines the outline of the custom cap. + The line cap from which to create the custom cap. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified outline and fill. + A object that defines the fill for the custom cap. + A object that defines the outline of the custom cap. + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. + + to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Allows an to attempt to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before the is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Gets the caps used to start and end lines that make up this custom cap. + The enumeration used at the beginning of a line within this cap. + The enumeration used at the end of a line within this cap. + + + Sets the caps used to start and end lines that make up this custom cap. + The enumeration used at the beginning of a line within this cap. + The enumeration used at the end of a line within this cap. + + + Gets or sets the enumeration on which this is based. + The enumeration on which this is based. + + + Gets or sets the distance between the cap and the line. + The distance between the beginning of the cap and the end of the line. + + + Gets or sets the enumeration that determines how lines that compose this object are joined. + The enumeration this object uses to join lines. + + + Gets or sets the amount by which to scale this Class object with respect to the width of the object. + The amount by which to scale the cap. + + + Specifies the type of graphic shape to use on both ends of each dash in a dashed line. + + + Specifies a square cap that squares off both ends of each dash. + + + Specifies a circular cap that rounds off both ends of each dash. + + + Specifies a triangular cap that points both ends of each dash. + + + Specifies the style of dashed lines drawn with a object. + + + Specifies a user-defined custom dash style. + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + Specifies how the interior of a closed path is filled. + + + Specifies the alternate fill mode. + + + Specifies the winding fill mode. + + + Specifies whether commands in the graphics stack are terminated (flushed) immediately or executed as soon as possible. + + + Specifies that the stack of all graphics operations is flushed immediately. + + + Specifies that all graphics operations on the stack are executed as soon as possible. This synchronizes the graphics state. + + + Represents the internal data of a graphics container. This class is used when saving the state of a object using the and methods. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Represents a series of connected lines and curves. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a value of . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration. + The enumeration that determines how the interior of this is filled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and arrays and with the specified enumeration element. + An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this . + An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array. + A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and arrays. + An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this . + An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array. + + + Initializes a new instance of the array with the specified and arrays and with the specified enumeration element. + An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this . + An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array. + A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the array with the specified and arrays. + An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this . + An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure. + A that represents the rectangular bounds of the ellipse from which the arc is taken. + The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the arc. + + + Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure. + A that represents the rectangular bounds of the ellipse from which the arc is taken. + The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the arc. + + + Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The width of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The height of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the arc. + + + Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The width of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The height of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the arc. + + + Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure. + A that represents the starting point of the curve. + A that represents the first control point for the curve. + A that represents the second control point for the curve. + A that represents the endpoint of the curve. + + + Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure. + A that represents the starting point of the curve. + A that represents the first control point for the curve. + A that represents the second control point for the curve. + A that represents the endpoint of the curve. + + + Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the first control point for the curve. + The y-coordinate of the first control point for the curve. + The x-coordinate of the second control point for the curve. + The y-coordinate of the second control point for the curve. + The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve. + + + Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the first control point for the curve. + The y-coordinate of the first control point for the curve. + The x-coordinate of the second control point for the curve. + The y-coordinate of the second control point for the curve. + The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve. + + + Adds a sequence of connected cubic Bézier curves to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curves. + + + Adds a sequence of connected cubic Bézier curves to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curves. + + + + + + + + + Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + A value between from 0 through 1 that specifies the amount that the curve bends between points, with 0 being the smallest curve (sharpest corner) and 1 being the smoothest curve. + + + Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + + + Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + A value between from 0 through 1 that specifies the amount that the curve bends between points, with 0 being the smallest curve (sharpest corner) and 1 being the smoothest curve. + + + Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + The index of the element in the array that is used as the first point in the curve. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + The index of the element in the array that is used as the first point in the curve. + The number of segments used to draw the curve. A segment can be thought of as a line connecting two points. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds an ellipse to the current path. + A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + + Adds an ellipse to the current path. + A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + + Adds an ellipse to the current path. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + + Adds an ellipse to the current path. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + + Appends a line segment to this . + A that represents the starting point of the line. + A that represents the endpoint of the line. + + + Appends a line segment to this . + A that represents the starting point of the line. + A that represents the endpoint of the line. + + + Appends a line segment to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the line. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the line. + The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the line. + The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the line. + + + Appends a line segment to this . + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the line. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the line. + The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the line. + The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the line. + + + Appends a series of connected line segments to the end of this . + An array of structures that represents the points that define the line segments to add. + + + Appends a series of connected line segments to the end of this . + An array of structures that represents the points that define the line segments to add. + + + + + + + + + Appends the specified to this path. + The to add. + A Boolean value that specifies whether the first figure in the added path is part of the last figure in this path. A value of specifies that (if possible) the first figure in the added path is part of the last figure in this path. A value of specifies that the first figure in the added path is separate from the last figure in this path. + + + Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path. + A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from . + + + Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from . + + + Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from . + + + Adds a polygon to this path. + An array of structures that defines the polygon to add. + + + Adds a polygon to this path. + An array of structures that defines the polygon to add. + + + + + + + + + Adds a rectangle to this path. + A that represents the rectangle to add. + + + Adds a rectangle to this path. + A that represents the rectangle to add. + + + Adds a series of rectangles to this path. + An array of structures that represents the rectangles to add. + + + Adds a series of rectangles to this path. + An array of structures that represents the rectangles to add. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds a text string to this path. + The to add. + A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn. + A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section). + The height of the em square box that bounds the character. + A that represents the point where the text starts. + A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment. + + + Adds a text string to this path. + The to add. + A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn. + A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section). + The height of the em square box that bounds the character. + A that represents the point where the text starts. + A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment. + + + Adds a text string to this path. + The to add. + A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn. + A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section). + The height of the em square box that bounds the character. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the text. + A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment. + + + Adds a text string to this path. + The to add. + A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn. + A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section). + The height of the em square box that bounds the character. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the text. + A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment. + + + Clears all markers from this path. + + + Creates an exact copy of this path. + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Closes all open figures in this path and starts a new figure. It closes each open figure by connecting a line from its endpoint to its starting point. + + + Closes the current figure and starts a new figure. If the current figure contains a sequence of connected lines and curves, the method closes the loop by connecting a line from the endpoint to the starting point. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Converts each curve in this path into a sequence of connected line segments. + + + Converts each curve in this into a sequence of connected line segments. + A by which to transform this before flattening. + Specifies the maximum permitted error between the curve and its flattened approximation. A value of 0.25 is the default. Reducing the flatness value will increase the number of line segments in the approximation. + + + Applies the specified transform and then converts each curve in this into a sequence of connected line segments. + A by which to transform this before flattening. + + + Returns a rectangle that bounds this . + A that represents a rectangle that bounds this . + + + Returns a rectangle that bounds this when the current path is transformed by the specified and drawn with the specified . + The that specifies a transformation to be applied to this path before the bounding rectangle is calculated. This path is not permanently transformed; the transformation is used only during the process of calculating the bounding rectangle. + The with which to draw the . + A that represents a rectangle that bounds this . + + + Returns a rectangle that bounds this when this path is transformed by the specified . + The that specifies a transformation to be applied to this path before the bounding rectangle is calculated. This path is not permanently transformed; the transformation is used only during the process of calculating the bounding rectangle. + A that represents a rectangle that bounds this . + + + Gets the last point in the array of this . + A that represents the last point in this . + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified . + A that specifies the location to test. + The to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified . + A that specifies the location to test. + The to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified . + A that specifies the location to test. + The to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified . + A that specifies the location to test. + The to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + A that represents the point to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + A that represents the point to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + A that represents the point to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + A that represents the point to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this , using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this in the visible clip region of the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Empties the and arrays and sets the to . + + + Reverses the order of points in the array of this . + + + Sets a marker on this . + + + Starts a new figure without closing the current figure. All subsequent points added to the path are added to this new figure. + + + Applies a transform matrix to this . + A that represents the transformation to apply. + + + Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this . + An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points. + A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by . + A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path. + A enumeration that specifies whether this warp operation uses perspective or bilinear mode. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies how flat the resulting path is. For more information, see the methods. + + + Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this . + An array of structures that defines a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points. + A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by . + A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path. + A enumeration that specifies whether this warp operation uses perspective or bilinear mode. + + + Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this . + An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points. + A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by . + A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path. + + + Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this . + An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points. + A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by . + + + + + + + + + + Replaces this with curves that enclose the area that is filled when this path is drawn by the specified pen. + A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates. + A that specifies a transform to apply to the path before widening. + A value that specifies the flatness for curves. + + + Adds an additional outline to the . + A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates. + A that specifies a transform to apply to the path before widening. + + + Adds an additional outline to the path. + A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates. + + + Gets or sets a enumeration that determines how the interiors of shapes in this are filled. + A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled. + + + Gets a that encapsulates arrays of points () and types () for this . + A that encapsulates arrays for both the points and types for this . + + + Gets the points in the path. + An array of objects that represent the path. + + + Gets the types of the corresponding points in the array. + An array of bytes that specifies the types of the corresponding points in the path. + + + Gets the number of elements in the or the array. + An integer that specifies the number of elements in the or the array. + + + Provides the ability to iterate through subpaths in a and test the types of shapes contained in each subpath. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object. + The object for which this helper class is to be initialized. + + + Copies the property and property arrays of the associated into the two specified arrays. + Upon return, contains an array of structures that represents the points in the path. + Upon return, contains an array of bytes that represents the types of points in the path. + Specifies the starting index of the arrays. + Specifies the ending index of the arrays. + The number of points copied. + + + + + + + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Copies the property and property arrays of the associated into the two specified arrays. + Upon return, contains an array of structures that represents the points in the path. + Upon return, contains an array of bytes that represents the types of points in the path. + The number of points copied. + + + + + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Indicates whether the path associated with this contains a curve. + This method returns if the current subpath contains a curve; otherwise, . + + + This object has a object associated with it. The method increments the associated to the next marker in its path and copies all the points contained between the current marker and the next marker (or end of path) to a second object passed in to the parameter. + The object to which the points will be copied. + The number of points between this marker and the next. + + + Increments the to the next marker in the path and returns the start and stop indexes by way of the [out] parameters. + [out] The integer reference supplied to this parameter receives the index of the point that starts a subpath. + [out] The integer reference supplied to this parameter receives the index of the point that ends the subpath to which points. + The number of points between this marker and the next. + + + Gets the starting index and the ending index of the next group of data points that all have the same type. + [out] Receives the point type shared by all points in the group. Possible types can be retrieved from the enumeration. + [out] Receives the starting index of the group of points. + [out] Receives the ending index of the group of points. + This method returns the number of data points in the group. If there are no more groups in the path, this method returns 0. + + + Gets the next figure (subpath) from the associated path of this . + A that is to have its data points set to match the data points of the retrieved figure (subpath) for this iterator. + [out] Indicates whether the current subpath is closed. It is if the if the figure is closed, otherwise it is . + The number of data points in the retrieved figure (subpath). If there are no more figures to retrieve, zero is returned. + + + Moves the to the next subpath in the path. The start index and end index of the next subpath are contained in the [out] parameters. + [out] Receives the starting index of the next subpath. + [out] Receives the ending index of the next subpath. + [out] Indicates whether the subpath is closed. + The number of subpaths in the object. + + + Rewinds this to the beginning of its associated path. + + + Gets the number of points in the path. + The number of points in the path. + + + Gets the number of subpaths in the path. + The number of subpaths in the path. + + + Represents the state of a object. This object is returned by a call to the methods. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Defines a rectangular brush with a hatch style, a foreground color, and a background color. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration, foreground color, and background color. + One of the values that represents the pattern drawn by this . + The structure that represents the color of lines drawn by this . + The structure that represents the color of spaces between the lines drawn by this . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration and foreground color. + One of the values that represents the pattern drawn by this . + The structure that represents the color of lines drawn by this . + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Gets the color of spaces between the hatch lines drawn by this object. + A structure that represents the background color for this . + + + Gets the color of hatch lines drawn by this object. + A structure that represents the foreground color for this . + + + Gets the hatch style of this object. + One of the values that represents the pattern of this . + + + Specifies the different patterns available for objects. + + + A pattern of lines on a diagonal from upper right to lower left. + + + Specifies horizontal and vertical lines that cross. + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points, are spaced 50 percent closer together than, and are twice the width of . This hatch pattern is not antialiased. + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than and are twice the width of . + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points, are spaced 50 percent closer together than , and are twice its width, but the lines are not antialiased. + + + Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than and are twice its width. + + + Specifies dashed diagonal lines, that slant to the right from top points to bottom points. + + + Specifies dashed horizontal lines. + + + Specifies dashed diagonal lines, that slant to the left from top points to bottom points. + + + Specifies dashed vertical lines. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of layered bricks that slant to the left from top points to bottom points. + + + A pattern of crisscross diagonal lines. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of divots. + + + Specifies forward diagonal and backward diagonal lines, each of which is composed of dots, that cross. + + + Specifies horizontal and vertical lines, each of which is composed of dots, that cross. + + + A pattern of lines on a diagonal from upper left to lower right. + + + A pattern of horizontal lines. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of horizontally layered bricks. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard with squares that are twice the size of . + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of confetti, and is composed of larger pieces than . + + + Specifies the hatch style . + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points and are spaced 50 percent closer together than , but are not antialiased. + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than . + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points and are spaced 50 percent closer together than , but they are not antialiased. + + + Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than . + + + Specifies hatch style . + + + Specifies hatch style . + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 75 percent closer together than hatch style (or 25 percent closer together than ). + + + Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 75 percent closer together than hatch style (or 25 percent closer together than ). + + + Specifies forward diagonal and backward diagonal lines that cross but are not antialiased. + + + Specifies a 5-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 5:95. + + + Specifies a 10-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 10:90. + + + Specifies a 20-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 20:80. + + + Specifies a 25-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 25:75. + + + Specifies a 30-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 30:70. + + + Specifies a 40-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 40:60. + + + Specifies a 50-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 50:50. + + + Specifies a 60-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 60:40. + + + Specifies a 70-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 70:30. + + + Specifies a 75-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 75:25. + + + Specifies a 80-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 80:100. + + + Specifies a 90-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 90:10. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a plaid material. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of diagonally layered shingles that slant to the right from top points to bottom points. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of confetti. + + + Specifies horizontal and vertical lines that cross and are spaced 50 percent closer together than hatch style . + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard placed diagonally. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of spheres laid adjacent to one another. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a trellis. + + + A pattern of vertical lines. + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are composed of tildes. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a woven material. + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points, have the same spacing as hatch style , and are triple its width, but are not antialiased. + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points, have the same spacing as hatch style , and are triple its width, but are not antialiased. + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are composed of zigzags. + + + The enumeration specifies the algorithm that is used when images are scaled or rotated. + + + Specifies bicubic interpolation. No prefiltering is done. This mode is not suitable for shrinking an image below 25 percent of its original size. + + + Specifies bilinear interpolation. No prefiltering is done. This mode is not suitable for shrinking an image below 50 percent of its original size. + + + Specifies default mode. + + + Specifies high quality interpolation. + + + Specifies high-quality, bicubic interpolation. Prefiltering is performed to ensure high-quality shrinking. This mode produces the highest quality transformed images. + + + Specifies high-quality, bilinear interpolation. Prefiltering is performed to ensure high-quality shrinking. + + + Equivalent to the element of the enumeration. + + + Specifies low quality interpolation. + + + Specifies nearest-neighbor interpolation. + + + Encapsulates a with a linear gradient. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and colors. + A structure that represents the starting point of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the endpoint of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color of the linear gradient. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and colors. + A structure that represents the starting point of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the endpoint of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color of the linear gradient. + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and orientation. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + A enumeration element that specifies the orientation of the gradient. The orientation determines the starting and ending points of the gradient. For example, specifies that the starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle and the ending point is the lower-right corner of the rectangle. + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line. + Set to to specify that the angle is affected by the transform associated with this ; otherwise, . + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line. + + + Creates a new instance of the based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation mode. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + A enumeration element that specifies the orientation of the gradient. The orientation determines the starting and ending points of the gradient. For example, specifies that the starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle and the ending point is the lower-right corner of the rectangle. + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line. + Set to to specify that the angle is affected by the transform associated with this ; otherwise, . + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line. + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Multiplies the that represents the local geometric transform of this by the specified in the specified order. + The by which to multiply the geometric transform. + A that specifies in which order to multiply the two matrices. + + + Multiplies the that represents the local geometric transform of this by the specified by prepending the specified . + The by which to multiply the geometric transform. + + + Resets the property to identity. + + + Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount in the specified order. + The angle of rotation. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix. + + + Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transform. + The angle of rotation. + + + Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts in the specified order. + The amount by which to scale the transform in the x-axis direction. + The amount by which to scale the transform in the y-axis direction. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix. + + + Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transform. + The amount by which to scale the transform in the x-axis direction. + The amount by which to scale the transform in the y-axis direction. + + + Creates a linear gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to a single color on both ends. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color). + A value from 0 through1 that specifies how fast the colors falloff from the starting color to (ending color) + + + Creates a linear gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to a single color on both ends. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color). + + + Creates a gradient falloff based on a bell-shaped curve. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color). + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies how fast the colors falloff from the . + + + Creates a gradient falloff based on a bell-shaped curve. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the starting color and ending color are blended equally). + + + Translates the local geometric transform by the specified dimensions in the specified order. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation. + + + Translates the local geometric transform by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transform. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + + + Gets or sets a that specifies positions and factors that define a custom falloff for the gradient. + A that represents a custom falloff for the gradient. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled for this . + The value is if gamma correction is enabled for this ; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + A that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + + + Gets or sets the starting and ending colors of the gradient. + An array of two structures that represents the starting and ending colors of the gradient. + + + Gets a rectangular region that defines the starting and ending points of the gradient. + A structure that specifies the starting and ending points of the gradient. + + + Gets or sets a copy that defines a local geometric transform for this . + A copy of the that defines a geometric transform that applies only to fills drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets a enumeration that indicates the wrap mode for this . + A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled. + + + Specifies the direction of a linear gradient. + + + Specifies a gradient from upper right to lower left. + + + Specifies a gradient from upper left to lower right. + + + Specifies a gradient from left to right. + + + Specifies a gradient from top to bottom. + + + Specifies the available cap styles with which a object can end a line. + + + Specifies a mask used to check whether a line cap is an anchor cap. + + + Specifies an arrow-shaped anchor cap. + + + Specifies a custom line cap. + + + Specifies a diamond anchor cap. + + + Specifies a flat line cap. + + + Specifies no anchor. + + + Specifies a round line cap. + + + Specifies a round anchor cap. + + + Specifies a square line cap. + + + Specifies a square anchor line cap. + + + Specifies a triangular line cap. + + + Specifies how to join consecutive line or curve segments in a figure (subpath) contained in a object. + + + Specifies a beveled join. This produces a diagonal corner. + + + Specifies a mitered join. This produces a sharp corner or a clipped corner, depending on whether the length of the miter exceeds the miter limit. + + + Specifies a mitered join. This produces a sharp corner or a beveled corner, depending on whether the length of the miter exceeds the miter limit. + + + Specifies a circular join. This produces a smooth, circular arc between the lines. + + + Encapsulates a 3-by-3 affine matrix that represents a geometric transform. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class as the identity matrix. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class to the geometric transform defined by the specified rectangle and array of points. + A structure that represents the rectangle to be transformed. + An array of three structures that represents the points of a parallelogram to which the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners of the rectangle is to be transformed. The lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three corners. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class to the geometric transform defined by the specified rectangle and array of points. + A structure that represents the rectangle to be transformed. + An array of three structures that represents the points of a parallelogram to which the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners of the rectangle is to be transformed. The lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three corners. + + + Constructs a utilizing the specified . + Matrix data to construct from. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified elements. + The value in the first row and first column of the new . + The value in the first row and second column of the new . + The value in the second row and first column of the new . + The value in the second row and second column of the new . + The value in the third row and first column of the new . + The value in the third row and second column of the new . + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The that this method creates. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Tests whether the specified object is a and is identical to this . + The object to test. + This method returns if is the specified identical to this ; otherwise, . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Returns a hash code. + The hash code for this . + + + Inverts this , if it is invertible. + + + Multiplies this by the matrix specified in the parameter, and in the order specified in the parameter. + The by which this is to be multiplied. + The that represents the order of the multiplication. + + + Multiplies this by the matrix specified in the parameter, by prepending the specified . + The by which this is to be multiplied. + + + Resets this to have the elements of the identity matrix. + + + Applies a clockwise rotation of an amount specified in the parameter, around the origin (zero x and y coordinates) for this . + The angle (extent) of the rotation, in degrees. + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the rotation is applied to this . + + + Prepend to this a clockwise rotation, around the origin and by the specified angle. + The angle of the rotation, in degrees. + + + Applies a clockwise rotation about the specified point to this in the specified order. + The angle of the rotation, in degrees. + A that represents the center of the rotation. + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the rotation is applied. + + + Applies a clockwise rotation to this around the point specified in the parameter, and by prepending the rotation. + The angle (extent) of the rotation, in degrees. + A that represents the center of the rotation. + + + Applies the specified scale vector ( and ) to this using the specified order. + The value by which to scale this in the x-axis direction. + The value by which to scale this in the y-axis direction. + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the scale vector is applied to this . + + + Applies the specified scale vector to this by prepending the scale vector. + The value by which to scale this in the x-axis direction. + The value by which to scale this in the y-axis direction. + + + Applies the specified shear vector to this in the specified order. + The horizontal shear factor. + The vertical shear factor. + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the shear is applied. + + + Applies the specified shear vector to this by prepending the shear transformation. + The horizontal shear factor. + The vertical shear factor. + + + Applies the geometric transform represented by this to a specified array of points. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + Applies the geometric transform represented by this to a specified array of points. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + + + + + + + Applies only the scale and rotate components of this to the specified array of points. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + Multiplies each vector in an array by the matrix. The translation elements of this matrix (third row) are ignored. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + + + + + + + Applies the specified translation vector to this in the specified order. + The x value by which to translate this . + The y value by which to translate this . + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the translation is applied to this . + + + Applies the specified translation vector ( and ) to this by prepending the translation vector. + The x value by which to translate this . + The y value by which to translate this . + + + Multiplies each vector in an array by the matrix. The translation elements of this matrix (third row) are ignored. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + + + + Gets an array of floating-point values that represents the elements of this . + An array of floating-point values that represents the elements of this . + + + Gets a value indicating whether this is the identity matrix. + This property is if this is identity; otherwise, . + + + Gets a value indicating whether this is invertible. + This property is if this is invertible; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the elements for the matrix. + + + Gets the x translation value (the dx value, or the element in the third row and first column) of this . + The x translation value of this . + + + Gets the y translation value (the dy value, or the element in the third row and second column) of this . + The y translation value of this . + + + Specifies the order for matrix transform operations. + + + The new operation is applied after the old operation. + + + The new operation is applied before the old operation. + + + Contains the graphical data that makes up a object. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets an array of structures that represents the points through which the path is constructed. + An array of objects that represents the points through which the path is constructed. + + + Gets or sets the types of the corresponding points in the path. + An array of bytes that specify the types of the corresponding points in the path. + + + Encapsulates a object that fills the interior of a object with a gradient. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified path. + The that defines the area filled by this . + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and wrap mode. + An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path. + A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points. + An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and wrap mode. + An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path. + A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points. + An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path. + + + + + + + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Updates the brush's transformation matrix with the product of the brush's transformation matrix multiplied by another matrix. + The that will be multiplied by the brush's current transformation matrix. + A that specifies in which order to multiply the two matrices. + + + Updates the brush's transformation matrix with the product of brush's transformation matrix multiplied by another matrix. + The that will be multiplied by the brush's current transformation matrix. + + + Resets the property to identity. + + + Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount in the specified order. + The angle (extent) of rotation. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix. + + + Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transform. + The angle (extent) of rotation. + + + Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts in the specified order. + The transform scale factor in the x-axis direction. + The transform scale factor in the y-axis direction. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix. + + + Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transform. + The transform scale factor in the x-axis direction. + The transform scale factor in the y-axis direction. + + + Creates a gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to each surrounding color. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the maximum intensity of the center color that gets blended with the boundary color. A value of 1 causes the highest possible intensity of the center color, and it is the default value. + + + Creates a gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to one surrounding color. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path. + + + Creates a gradient brush that changes color starting from the center of the path outward to the path's boundary. The transition from one color to another is based on a bell-shaped curve. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the maximum intensity of the center color that gets blended with the boundary color. A value of 1 causes the highest possible intensity of the center color, and it is the default value. + + + Creates a gradient brush that changes color starting from the center of the path outward to the path's boundary. The transition from one color to another is based on a bell-shaped curve. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path. + + + Applies the specified translation to the local geometric transform in the specified order. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation. + + + Applies the specified translation to the local geometric transform. This method prepends the translation to the transform. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + + + Gets or sets a that specifies positions and factors that define a custom falloff for the gradient. + A that represents a custom falloff for the gradient. + + + Gets or sets the color at the center of the path gradient. + A that represents the color at the center of the path gradient. + + + Gets or sets the center point of the path gradient. + A that represents the center point of the path gradient. + + + Gets or sets the focus point for the gradient falloff. + A that represents the focus point for the gradient falloff. + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + A that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + + + Gets a bounding rectangle for this . + A that represents a rectangular region that bounds the path this fills. + + + Gets or sets an array of colors that correspond to the points in the path this fills. + An array of structures that represents the colors associated with each point in the path this fills. + + + Gets or sets a copy of the that defines a local geometric transform for this . + A copy of the that defines a geometric transform that applies only to fills drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets a that indicates the wrap mode for this . + A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled. + + + Specifies the type of point in a object. + + + A default Bézier curve. + + + A cubic Bézier curve. + + + The endpoint of a subpath. + + + The corresponding segment is dashed. + + + A line segment. + + + A path marker. + + + A mask point. + + + The starting point of a object. + + + Specifies the alignment of a object in relation to the theoretical, zero-width line. + + + Specifies that the object is centered over the theoretical line. + + + Specifies that the is positioned on the inside of the theoretical line. + + + Specifies the is positioned to the left of the theoretical line. + + + Specifies the is positioned on the outside of the theoretical line. + + + Specifies the is positioned to the right of the theoretical line. + + + Specifies the type of fill a object uses to fill lines. + + + Specifies a hatch fill. + + + Specifies a linear gradient fill. + + + Specifies a path gradient fill. + + + Specifies a solid fill. + + + Specifies a bitmap texture fill. + + + Specifies how pixels are offset during rendering. + + + Specifies the default mode. + + + Specifies that pixels are offset by -.5 units, both horizontally and vertically, for high speed antialiasing. + + + Specifies high quality, low speed rendering. + + + Specifies high speed, low quality rendering. + + + Specifies an invalid mode. + + + Specifies no pixel offset. + + + Specifies the overall quality when rendering GDI+ objects. + + + Specifies the default mode. + + + Specifies high quality, low speed rendering. + + + Specifies an invalid mode. + + + Specifies low quality, high speed rendering. + + + Encapsulates the data that makes up a object. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Gets or sets an array of bytes that specify the object. + An array of bytes that specify the object. + + + Specifies whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas. + + + Specifies antialiased rendering. + + + Specifies no antialiasing. + + + Specifies antialiased rendering. + + + Specifies no antialiasing. + + + Specifies an invalid mode. + + + Specifies no antialiasing. + + + Specifies the type of warp transformation applied in a method. + + + Specifies a bilinear warp. + + + Specifies a perspective warp. + + + Specifies how a texture or gradient is tiled when it is smaller than the area being filled. + + + The texture or gradient is not tiled. + + + Tiles the gradient or texture. + + + Reverses the texture or gradient horizontally and then tiles the texture or gradient. + + + Reverses the texture or gradient horizontally and vertically and then tiles the texture or gradient. + + + Reverses the texture or gradient vertically and then tiles the texture or gradient. + + + Defines a particular format for text, including font face, size, and style attributes. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new that uses the specified existing and enumeration. + The existing from which to create the new . + The to apply to the new . Multiple values of the enumeration can be combined with the operator. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set. + The of the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + A that specifies a + + GDI character set to use for this font. + A Boolean value indicating whether the new font is derived from a GDI vertical font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + is + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set. + The of the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + A that specifies a + + GDI character set to use for the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + is . + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, and unit. + The of the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + is . + + + Initializes a new using a specified size and style. + The of the new . + The em-size, in points, of the new font. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + is . + + + Initializes a new using a specified size and unit. Sets the style to . + The of the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + + is . + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size. + The of the new . + The em-size, in points, of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using the specified size, style, unit, and character set. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + A that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font. + A Boolean value indicating whether the new is derived from a GDI vertical font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + A that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, and unit. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size and style. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size, in points, of the new font. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size and unit. The style is set to . + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size, in points, of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity or is not a valid number. + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an . + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same , , , , , and property values as this . + The object to test. + + if the parameter is a and has the same , , , , , and property values as this ; otherwise, . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Creates a from the specified Windows handle to a device context. + A handle to a device context. + The font for the specified device context is not a TrueType font. + The this method creates. + + + Creates a from the specified Windows handle. + A Windows handle to a GDI font. + + points to an object that is not a TrueType font. + The this method creates. + + + + + + + + + + Creates a from the specified GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure. + An that represents the GDI structure from which to create the . + A handle to a device context that contains additional information about the structure. + The font is not a TrueType font. + The that this method creates. + + + Creates a from the specified GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure. + An that represents the GDI structure from which to create the . + The that this method creates. + + + Gets the hash code for this . + The hash code for this . + + + Returns the line spacing, in pixels, of this font. + The line spacing, in pixels, of this font. + + + Returns the line spacing, in the current unit of a specified , of this font. + A that holds the vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the display device as well as settings for page unit and page scale. + + is . + The line spacing, in pixels, of this font. + + + Returns the height, in pixels, of this when drawn to a device with the specified vertical resolution. + The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, used to calculate the height of the font. + The height, in pixels, of this . + + + Populates a with the data needed to serialize the target object. + The to populate with data. + The destination (see ) for this serialization. + + + Returns a handle to this . + The operation was unsuccessful. + A Windows handle to this . + + + + + + + + + + Creates a GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure from this . + An to represent the structure that this method creates. + A that provides additional information for the structure. + + is . + + + Creates a GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure from this . + An to represent the structure that this method creates. + + + Returns a human-readable string representation of this . + A string that represents this . + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this is bold. + + if this is bold; otherwise, . + + + Gets the associated with this . + The associated with this . + + + Gets a byte value that specifies the GDI character set that this uses. + A byte value that specifies the GDI character set that this uses. The default is 1. + + + Gets a Boolean value that indicates whether this is derived from a GDI vertical font. + + if this is derived from a GDI vertical font; otherwise, . + + + Gets the line spacing of this font. + The line spacing, in pixels, of this font. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the font is a member of . + + if the font is a member of ; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this font has the italic style applied. + + to indicate this font has the italic style applied; otherwise, . + + + Gets the face name of this . + A string representation of the face name of this . + + + Gets the name of the font originally specified. + The string representing the name of the font originally specified. + + + Gets the em-size of this measured in the units specified by the property. + The em-size of this . + + + Gets the em-size, in points, of this . + The em-size, in points, of this . + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this specifies a horizontal line through the font. + + if this has a horizontal line through it; otherwise, . + + + Gets style information for this . + A enumeration that contains style information for this . + + + Gets the name of the system font if the property returns . + The name of the system font, if returns ; otherwise, an empty string (""). + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this is underlined. + + if this is underlined; otherwise, . + + + Gets the unit of measure for this . + A that represents the unit of measure for this . + + + Converts objects from one data type to another. + + + Initializes a new object. + + + Determines whether this converter can convert an object in the specified source type to the native type of the converter. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + The type you want to convert from. + This method returns if this object can perform the conversion. + + + Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context. + An object that provides a format context. + A object that represents the type you want to convert to. + This method returns if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts the specified object to the native type of the converter. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies the culture used to represent the font. + The object to convert. + The conversion could not be performed. + The converted object. + + + Converts the specified object to another type. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies the culture used to represent the object. + The object to convert. + The data type to convert the object to. + The conversion was not successful. + The converted object. + + + Creates an object of this type by using a specified set of property values for the object. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + A dictionary of new property values. The dictionary contains a series of name-value pairs, one for each property returned from the method. + The newly created object, or if the object could not be created. The default implementation returns . + + useful for creating non-changeable objects that have changeable properties. + + + Determines whether changing a value on this object should require a call to the method to create a new value. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + This method returns if the object should be called when a change is made to one or more properties of this object; otherwise, . + + + Retrieves the set of properties for this type. By default, a type does not have any properties to return. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + The value of the object to get the properties for. + An array of objects that describe the properties. + The set of properties that should be exposed for this data type. If no properties should be exposed, this may return . The default implementation always returns . + + An easy implementation of this method can call the method for the correct data type. + + + Determines whether this object supports properties. The default is . + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + This method returns if the method should be called to find the properties of this object; otherwise, . + + + + is a type converter that is used to convert a font name to and from various other representations. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Determines if this converter can convert an object in the given source type to the native type of the converter. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + The type you wish to convert from. + + if the converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts the given object to the converter's native type. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + A to use to perform the conversion. + The object to convert. + The conversion cannot be completed. + The converted object. + + + Retrieves a collection containing a set of standard values for the data type this converter is designed for. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + A collection containing a standard set of valid values, or . The default is . + + + Determines if the list of standard values returned from the method is an exclusive list. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + + if the collection returned from is an exclusive list of possible values; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Determines if this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + + if should be called to find a common set of values the object supports; otherwise, . + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + + Converts font units to and from other unit types. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Returns a collection of standard values valid for the type. + An that provides a format context. + + + Defines a group of type faces having a similar basic design and certain variations in styles. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new from the specified generic font family. + The from which to create the new . + + + Initializes a new in the specified with the specified name. + A that represents the name of the new . + The that contains this . + + is an empty string (""). + + -or- + + specifies a font that is not installed on the computer running the application. + + -or- + + specifies a font that is not a TrueType font. + + + Initializes a new with the specified name. + The name of the new . + + is an empty string (""). + + -or- + + specifies a font that is not installed on the computer running the application. + + -or- + + specifies a font that is not a TrueType font. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and is identical to this . + The object to test. + + if is a and is identical to this ; otherwise, . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Returns the cell ascent, in design units, of the of the specified style. + A that contains style information for the font. + The cell ascent for this that uses the specified . + + + Returns the cell descent, in design units, of the of the specified style. + A that contains style information for the font. + The cell descent metric for this that uses the specified . + + + Gets the height, in font design units, of the em square for the specified style. + The for which to get the em height. + The height of the em square. + + + Returns an array that contains all the objects available for the specified graphics context. + The object from which to return objects. + + is . + An array of objects available for the specified object. + + + Gets a hash code for this . + The hash code for this . + + + Returns the line spacing, in design units, of the of the specified style. The line spacing is the vertical distance between the base lines of two consecutive lines of text. + The to apply. + The distance between two consecutive lines of text. + + + Returns the name, in the specified language, of this . + The language in which the name is returned. + A that represents the name, in the specified language, of this . + + + Indicates whether the specified enumeration is available. + The to test. + + if the specified is available; otherwise, . + + + Converts this to a human-readable string representation. + The string that represents this . + + + Returns an array that contains all the objects associated with the current graphics context. + An array of objects associated with the current graphics context. + + + Gets a generic monospace . + A that represents a generic monospace font. + + + Gets a generic sans serif object. + A object that represents a generic sans serif font. + + + Gets a generic serif . + A that represents a generic serif font. + + + Gets the name of this . + A that represents the name of this . + + + Specifies style information applied to text. + + + Bold text. + + + Italic text. + + + Normal text. + + + Text with a line through the middle. + + + Underlined text. + + + Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Adds a comment to the current . + Array of bytes that contains the comment. + + + Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container. + This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call. + + + Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation. + + structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container. + + structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container. + This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call. + + + Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation. + + structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container. + + structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container. + This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call. + + + Clears the entire drawing surface and fills it with the specified background color. + The background color of the drawing surface. + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the . + The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The size of the area to be transferred. + One of the values. + + is not a member of . + The operation failed. + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the . + The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The size of the area to be transferred. + The operation failed. + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the . + The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The size of the area to be transferred. + One of the values. + + is not a member of . + The operation failed. + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the . + The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The size of the area to be transferred. + The operation failed. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. + + structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc. + + is . + + + Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. + + structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc. + + is + + + Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc. + + is . + + + Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc. + + is . + + + Draws a Bézier spline defined by four structures. + + structure that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + + structure that represents the starting point of the curve. + + structure that represents the first control point for the curve. + + structure that represents the second control point for the curve. + + structure that represents the ending point of the curve. + + is . + + + Draws a Bézier spline defined by four structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + + structure that represents the starting point of the curve. + + structure that represents the first control point for the curve. + + structure that represents the second control point for the curve. + + structure that represents the ending point of the curve. + + is . + + + Draws a Bézier spline defined by four ordered pairs of coordinates that represent points. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the first control point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the first control point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the second control point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the second control point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the ending point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the ending point of the curve. + + is . + + + Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + Draws the given . + The that contains the image to be drawn. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + The is not compatible with the device state. + +-or- + +The object has a transform applied other than a translation. + + + Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but ignored. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but is ignored. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve. + Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve. + Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve. + Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that represent the points that define the curve. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draws an ellipse specified by a bounding structure. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. + + structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. + + is . + + + Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding . + + that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. + + structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. + + is . + + + Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by coordinates for the upper-left corner of the rectangle, a height, and a width. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a height, and a width. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Draws the image represented by the specified within the area specified by a structure. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image on the display surface. The image contained in the parameter is scaled to the dimensions of this rectangular area. + + is . + + + Draws the image represented by the specified at the specified coordinates. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the image represented by the specified without scaling the image. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image. The image is not scaled to fit this rectangle, but retains its original size. If the image is larger than the rectangle, it is clipped to fit inside it. + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location. + + to draw. + + structure that represents the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method. + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified shape and size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + is . + + + Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location. + + to draw. + + structure that represents the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified shape and size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for . + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws a portion of an image at a specified location. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + Width of the drawn image. + Height of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified image, using its original physical size, at the location specified by a coordinate pair. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws a portion of an image at a specified location. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + structure that specifies the portion of the to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + Width of the drawn image. + Height of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location. + + to draw. + + that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image. The X and Y properties of the rectangle specify the upper-left corner. The Width and Height properties are ignored. + + is . + + + Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + Not used. + Not used. + + is . + + + Draws the specified image using its original physical size at the location specified by a coordinate pair. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified image without scaling and clips it, if necessary, to fit in the specified rectangle. + The to draw. + The in which to draw the image. + + is . + + + Draws a line connecting two structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line. + + structure that represents the first point to connect. + + structure that represents the second point to connect. + + is . + + + Draws a line connecting two structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line. + + structure that represents the first point to connect. + + structure that represents the second point to connect. + + is . + + + Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line. + The x-coordinate of the first point. + The y-coordinate of the first point. + The x-coordinate of the second point. + The y-coordinate of the second point. + + is . + + + Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line. + The x-coordinate of the first point. + The y-coordinate of the first point. + The x-coordinate of the second point. + The y-coordinate of the second point. + + is . + + + Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments. + Array of structures that represent the points to connect. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments. + Array of structures that represent the points to connect. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + Draws a . + + that determines the color, width, and style of the path. + + to draw. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape. + + is . + + + Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape. + + is . + + + Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape. + + is . + + + Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape. + + is . + + + Draws a polygon defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon. + + is . + + + Draws a polygon defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + Draws a rectangle specified by a structure. + A that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. + A structure that represents the rectangle to draw. + + is . + + + Draws the outline of the specified rectangle. + A pen that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. + The rectangle to draw. + + + Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. + Width of the rectangle to draw. + Height of the rectangle to draw. + + is . + + + Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height. + A that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. + The width of the rectangle to draw. + The height of the rectangle to draw. + + is . + + + Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles. + Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + is a zero-length array. + + + Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles. + Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + is a zero-length array. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Closes the current graphics container and restores the state of this to the state saved by a call to the method. + + that represents the container this method restores. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structures that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Updates the clip region of this to exclude the area specified by a structure. + + structure that specifies the rectangle to exclude from the clip region. + + + Updates the clip region of this to exclude the area specified by a . + + that specifies the region to exclude from the clip region. + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode and tension. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode and tension. + A that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a . + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + that represents the path to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse and two radial lines. + A brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section. + + + Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures using the specified fill mode. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. + Member of the enumeration that determines the style of the fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures using the specified fill mode. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. + Member of the enumeration that determines the style of the fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the rectangle to fill. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the rectangle to fill. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. + Width of the rectangle to fill. + Height of the rectangle to fill. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. + Width of the rectangle to fill. + Height of the rectangle to fill. + + is . + + + Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + is a zero-length array. + + + Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + is a zero-length array. + + + + + + + + + + + Fills the interior of a . + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + that represents the area to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Forces execution of all pending graphics operations and returns immediately without waiting for the operations to finish. + + + Forces execution of all pending graphics operations with the method waiting or not waiting, as specified, to return before the operations finish. + Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the method returns immediately or waits for any existing operations to finish. + + + Creates a new from the specified handle to a device context and handle to a device. + Handle to a device context. + Handle to a device. + This method returns a new for the specified device context and device. + + + Creates a new from the specified handle to a device context. + Handle to a device context. + This method returns a new for the specified device context. + + + Returns a for the specified device context. + Handle to a device context. + A for the specified device context. + + + Creates a new from the specified handle to a window. + Handle to a window. + This method returns a new for the specified window handle. + + + Creates a new for the specified windows handle. + Handle to a window. + A for the specified window handle. + + + Creates a new from the specified . + + from which to create the new . + + is . + + has an indexed pixel format or its format is undefined. + This method returns a new for the specified . + + + Gets the cumulative graphics context. + An representing the cumulative graphics context. + + + Gets the cumulative offset and clip region. + When this method returns, contains the cumulative offset. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + When this method returns, contains the cumulative clip region or if the clip region is infinite. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + + + Gets the cumulative offset. + When this method returns, contains the cumulative offset. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + + + Gets a handle to the current Windows halftone palette. + Internal pointer that specifies the handle to the palette. + + + Gets the handle to the device context associated with this . + Handle to the device context associated with this . + + + Gets the nearest color to the specified structure. + + structure for which to find a match. + A structure that represents the nearest color to the one specified with the parameter. + + + Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified structure. + + structure to intersect with the current clip region. + + + Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified structure. + + structure to intersect with the current clip region. + + + Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified . + + to intersect with the current region. + + + Indicates whether the specified structure is contained within the visible clip region of this . + + structure to test for visibility. + + if the point specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified structure is contained within the visible clip region of this . + + structure to test for visibility. + + if the point specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a structure is contained within the visible clip region of this . + + structure to test for visibility. + + if the rectangle specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a structure is contained within the visible clip region of this . + + structure to test for visibility. + + if the rectangle specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. + Width of the rectangle to test for visibility. + Height of the rectangle to test for visibility. + + if the rectangle defined by the , , , and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. + The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. + + if the point defined by the and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. + Width of the rectangle to test for visibility. + Height of the rectangle to test for visibility. + + if the rectangle defined by the , , , and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. + The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. + + if the point defined by the and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Gets an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string. + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the layout rectangle for the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string. + + + Gets an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string. + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the layout rectangle for the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + + is . + This method returns an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that represents the upper-left corner of the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + Number of characters in the string. + Number of text lines in the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size of the string, in the units specified by the property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified within the specified layout area. + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + Maximum width of the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the format of the string. + Maximum width of the string in pixels. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that represents the upper-left corner of the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + Number of characters in the string. + Number of text lines in the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size of the string, in the units specified by the property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified within the specified layout area. + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + Maximum width of the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the format of the string. + Maximum width of the string in pixels. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + is . + + is . + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the parameter as drawn with the parameter. + + + + + + + + + + + Multiplies the world transformation of this and specified the in the specified order. + 4x4 that multiplies the world transformation. + Member of the enumeration that determines the order of the multiplication. + + + Multiplies the world transformation of this and specified the . + 4x4 that multiplies the world transformation. + + + Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of this . + + + Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of this . + Handle to a device context obtained by a previous call to the method of this . + + + Releases a handle to a device context. + Handle to a device context. + + + Resets the clip region of this to an infinite region. + + + Resets the world transformation matrix of this to the identity matrix. + + + Restores the state of this to the state represented by a . + + that represents the state to which to restore this . + + + Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order. + Angle of rotation in degrees. + Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the rotation is appended or prepended to the matrix transformation. + + + Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this . + Angle of rotation in degrees. + + + Saves the current state of this and identifies the saved state with a . + This method returns a that represents the saved state of this . + + + Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order. + Scale factor in the x direction. + Scale factor in the y direction. + Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the scaling operation is prepended or appended to the transformation matrix. + + + Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this by prepending it to the object's transformation matrix. + Scale factor in the x direction. + Scale factor in the y direction. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the specified . + + to combine. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the specified . + + that represents the new clip region. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified combining operation of the current clip region and the property of the specified . + + that specifies the clip region to combine. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the property of the specified . + + from which to take the new clip region. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure. + + structure to combine. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the rectangle specified by a structure. + + structure that represents the new clip region. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure. + + structure to combine. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the rectangle specified by a structure. + + structure that represents the new clip region. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the specified . + + to combine. + Member from the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this . + Member of the enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space. + Array of structures that represents the points to transformation. + + + Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this . + Member of the enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space. + Array of structures that represent the points to transform. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Translates the clipping region of this by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions. + The x-coordinate of the translation. + The y-coordinate of the translation. + + + Translates the clipping region of this by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions. + The x-coordinate of the translation. + The y-coordinate of the translation. + + + Changes the origin of the coordinate system by applying the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order. + The x-coordinate of the translation. + The y-coordinate of the translation. + Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the translation is prepended or appended to the transformation matrix. + + + Changes the origin of the coordinate system by prepending the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this . + The x-coordinate of the translation. + The y-coordinate of the translation. + + + Gets or sets a that limits the drawing region of this . + A that limits the portion of this that is currently available for drawing. + + + Gets a structure that bounds the clipping region of this . + A structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the clipping region of this . + + + Gets a value that specifies how composited images are drawn to this . + This property specifies a member of the enumeration. The default is . + + + Gets or sets the rendering quality of composited images drawn to this . + This property specifies a member of the enumeration. The default is . + + + Gets the horizontal resolution of this . + The value, in dots per inch, for the horizontal resolution supported by this . + + + Gets the vertical resolution of this . + The value, in dots per inch, for the vertical resolution supported by this . + + + Gets or sets the interpolation mode associated with this . + One of the values. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the clipping region of this is empty. + + if the clipping region of this is empty; otherwise, . + + + Gets a value indicating whether the visible clipping region of this is empty. + + if the visible portion of the clipping region of this is empty; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the scaling between world units and page units for this . + This property specifies a value for the scaling between world units and page units for this . + + + Gets or sets the unit of measure used for page coordinates in this . + + is set to , which is not a physical unit. + One of the values other than . + + + Gets or sets a value specifying how pixels are offset during rendering of this . + This property specifies a member of the enumeration. + + + Gets or sets the rendering origin of this for dithering and for hatch brushes. + A structure that represents the dither origin for 8-bits-per-pixel and 16-bits-per-pixel dithering and is also used to set the origin for hatch brushes. + + + Gets or sets the rendering quality for this . + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets the gamma correction value for rendering text. + The gamma correction value used for rendering antialiased and ClearType text. + + + Gets or sets the rendering mode for text associated with this . + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets a copy of the geometric world transformation for this . + A copy of the that represents the geometric world transformation for this . + + + Gets or sets the world transform elements for this . + + + Gets the bounding rectangle of the visible clipping region of this . + A structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the visible clipping region of this . + + + Provides a callback method for deciding when the method should prematurely cancel execution and stop drawing an image. + Internal pointer that specifies data for the callback method. This parameter is not passed by all overloads. You can test for its absence by checking for the value . + This method returns if it decides that the method should prematurely stop execution. Otherwise it returns to indicate that the method should continue execution. + + + Provides a callback method for the method. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the type of metafile record. + Set of flags that specify attributes of the record. + Number of bytes in the record data. + Pointer to a buffer that contains the record data. + Not used. + Return if you want to continue enumerating records; otherwise, . + + + Specifies the unit of measure for the given data. + + + Specifies the unit of measure of the display device. Typically pixels for video displays, and 1/100 inch for printers. + + + Specifies the document unit (1/300 inch) as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies the inch as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies the millimeter as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a device pixel as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies the world coordinate system unit as the unit of measure. + + + Represents a Windows icon, which is a small bitmap image that is used to represent an object. Icons can be thought of as transparent bitmaps, although their size is determined by the system. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class and attempts to find a version of the icon that matches the requested size. + The from which to load the newly sized icon. + A structure that specifies the height and width of the new . + The parameter is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class and attempts to find a version of the icon that matches the requested size. + The icon to load the different size from. + The width of the new icon. + The height of the new icon. + The parameter is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class of the specified size from the specified stream. + The stream that contains the icon data. + The desired size of the icon. + The is or does not contain image data. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream and with the specified width and height. + The data stream from which to load the icon. + The width, in pixels, of the icon. + The height, in pixels, of the icon. + The parameter is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + The data stream from which to load the . + The parameter is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class of the specified size from the specified file. + The name and path to the file that contains the icon data. + The desired size of the icon. + The is or does not contain image data. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width and height from the specified file. + The name and path to the file that contains the data. + The desired width of the . + The desired height of the . + The is or does not contain image data. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file name. + The file to load the from. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from a resource in the specified assembly. + A that specifies the assembly in which to look for the resource. + The resource name to load. + An icon specified by cannot be found in the assembly that contains the specified . + + + Clones the , creating a duplicate image. + An object that can be cast to an . + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Returns an icon representation of an image that is contained in the specified file. + The path to the file that contains an image. + The does not indicate a valid file. + + -or- + + The indicates a Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path. + The representation of the image that is contained in the specified file. + + + Extracts a specified icon from the given filePath. + Path to an icon or PE (.dll, .exe) file. + Positive numbers refer to an icon index in the given file. Negative numbers refer to a specific native resource identifier in a PE (.dll, .exe) file. + + true to get the at the current system small icon size setting. false to get the at the current system large icon size setting. The default is false. + An , or null if an icon can't be found with the specified id. + + + Extracts a specified icon from the given . + Path to an icon or PE (.dll, .exe) file. + Positive numbers refer to an icon index in the given file. Negative numbers refer to a specific native resource identifier in a PE (.dll, .exe) file. + The desired size. If the specified size does not exist, an existing size will be resampled to give the requested size. + + is negative or larger than . + + could not be accessed. + + is . + An , or if an icon can't be found with the specified . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Creates a GDI+ from the specified Windows handle to an icon (). + A Windows handle to an icon. + The this method creates. + + + Saves this to the specified output . + The to save to. + + + Populates a with the data that is required to serialize the target object. + + The destination (see ) for this serialization. + + + Converts this to a GDI+ . + A that represents the converted . + + + Gets a human-readable string that describes the . + A string that describes the . + + + Gets the Windows handle for this . This is not a copy of the handle; do not free it. + The Windows handle for the icon. + + + Gets the height of this . + The height of this . + + + Gets the size of this . + A structure that specifies the width and height of this . + + + Gets the width of this . + The width of this . + + + Converts an object from one data type to another. Access this class through the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Determines whether this can convert an instance of a specified type to an , using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that specifies the type you want to convert from. + This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Determines whether this can convert an to an instance of a specified type, using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that specifies the type you want to convert to. + This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts a specified object to an . + An that provides a format context. + A that holds information about a specific culture. + The to be converted. + The conversion could not be performed. + If this method succeeds, it returns the that it created by converting the specified object. Otherwise, it throws an exception. + + + Converts an (or an object that can be cast to an ) to a specified type. + An that provides a format context. + A object that specifies formatting conventions used by a particular culture. + The object to convert. This object should be of type icon or some type that can be cast to . + The type to convert the icon to. + The conversion could not be performed. + This method returns the converted object. + + + Defines methods for obtaining and releasing an existing handle to a Windows device context. + + + Returns the handle to a Windows device context. + An representing the handle of a device context. + + + Releases the handle of a Windows device context. + + + An abstract base class that provides functionality for the and descended classes. + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. + + to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Creates an from the specified file using embedded color management information in that file. + A string that contains the name of the file from which to create the . + Set to to use color management information embedded in the image file; otherwise, . + The file does not have a valid image format. + + -or- + + GDI+ does not support the pixel format of the file. + The specified file does not exist. + + is a . + The this method creates. + + + Creates an from the specified file. + A string that contains the name of the file from which to create the . + The file does not have a valid image format. + + -or- + + GDI+ does not support the pixel format of the file. + The specified file does not exist. + + is a . + The this method creates. + + + Creates a from a handle to a GDI bitmap and a handle to a GDI palette. + The GDI bitmap handle from which to create the . + A handle to a GDI palette used to define the bitmap colors if the bitmap specified in the parameter is not a device-independent bitmap (DIB). + The this method creates. + + + Creates a from a handle to a GDI bitmap. + The GDI bitmap handle from which to create the . + The this method creates. + + + Creates an from the specified data stream, optionally using embedded color management information and validating the image data. + A that contains the data for this . + + to use color management information embedded in the data stream; otherwise, . + + to validate the image data; otherwise, . + The stream does not have a valid image format. + The stream does not have a valid image format. + The this method creates. + + + Creates an from the specified data stream, optionally using embedded color management information in that stream. + A that contains the data for this . + + to use color management information embedded in the data stream; otherwise, . + The stream does not have a valid image format + + -or- + + is . + The stream does not have a valid image format. + The this method creates. + + + Creates an from the specified data stream. + A that contains the data for this . + The stream does not have a valid image format + + -or- + + is . + The stream does not have a valid image format. + The this method creates. + + + Gets the bounds of the image in the specified unit. + One of the values indicating the unit of measure for the bounding rectangle. + The that represents the bounds of the image, in the specified unit. + + + Returns information about the parameters supported by the specified image encoder. + A GUID that specifies the image encoder. + An that contains an array of objects. Each contains information about one of the parameters supported by the specified image encoder. + + + Returns the number of frames of the specified dimension. + A that specifies the identity of the dimension type. + The number of frames in the specified dimension. + + + Returns the color depth, in number of bits per pixel, of the specified pixel format. + The member that specifies the format for which to find the size. + The color depth of the specified pixel format. + + + Gets the specified property item from this . + The ID of the property item to get. + The image format of this image does not support property items. + The this method gets. + + + Returns a thumbnail for this . + The width, in pixels, of the requested thumbnail image. + The height, in pixels, of the requested thumbnail image. + A delegate. + + Note You must create a delegate and pass a reference to the delegate as the parameter, but the delegate is not used. + Must be . + An that represents the thumbnail. + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format for this contains alpha information. + The to test. + + if contains alpha information; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format is 32 bits per pixel. + The to test. + + if is canonical; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format is 64 bits per pixel. + The enumeration to test. + + if is extended; otherwise, . + + + Removes the specified property item from this . + The ID of the property item to remove. + The image does not contain the requested property item. + + -or- + + The image format for this image does not support property items. + + + Rotates, flips, or rotates and flips the . + A member that specifies the type of rotation and flip to apply to the image. + + + Saves this image to the specified stream, with the specified encoder and image encoder parameters. + The where the image will be saved. + The for this . + An that specifies parameters used by the image encoder. + + is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + + Saves this image to the specified stream in the specified format. + The where the image will be saved. + An that specifies the format of the saved image. + + or is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + + Saves this to the specified file, with the specified encoder and image-encoder parameters. + A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this . + The for this . + An to use for this . + + or is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + -or- + + The image was saved to the same file it was created from. + + + Saves this to the specified file in the specified format. + A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this . + The for this . + + or is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + -or- + + The image was saved to the same file it was created from. + + + Saves this to the specified file or stream. + A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this . + + is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + -or- + + The image was saved to the same file it was created from. + + + Adds a frame to the file or stream specified in a previous call to the method. + An that contains the frame to add. + An that holds parameters required by the image encoder that is used by the save-add operation. + + is . + + + Adds a frame to the file or stream specified in a previous call to the method. Use this method to save selected frames from a multiple-frame image to another multiple-frame image. + An that holds parameters required by the image encoder that is used by the save-add operation. + + + Selects the frame specified by the dimension and index. + A that specifies the identity of the dimension type. + The index of the active frame. + Always returns 0. + + + Stores a property item (piece of metadata) in this . + The to be stored. + The image format of this image does not support property items. + + + Populates a with the data needed to serialize the target object. + + The destination (see ) for this serialization. + + + Gets attribute flags for the pixel data of this . + The integer representing a bitwise combination of for this . + + + Gets an array of GUIDs that represent the dimensions of frames within this . + An array of GUIDs that specify the dimensions of frames within this from most significant to least significant. + + + Gets the height, in pixels, of this . + The height, in pixels, of this . + + + Gets the horizontal resolution, in pixels per inch, of this . + The horizontal resolution, in pixels per inch, of this . + + + Gets or sets the color palette used for this . + A that represents the color palette used for this . + + + Gets the width and height of this image. + A structure that represents the width and height of this . + + + Gets the pixel format for this . + A that represents the pixel format for this . + + + Gets IDs of the property items stored in this . + An array of the property IDs, one for each property item stored in this image. + + + Gets all the property items (pieces of metadata) stored in this . + An array of objects, one for each property item stored in the image. + + + Gets the file format of this . + The that represents the file format of this . + + + Gets the width and height, in pixels, of this image. + A structure that represents the width and height, in pixels, of this image. + + + Gets or sets an object that provides additional data about the image. + The that provides additional data about the image. + + + Gets the vertical resolution, in pixels per inch, of this . + The vertical resolution, in pixels per inch, of this . + + + Gets the width, in pixels, of this . + The width, in pixels, of this . + + + Provides a callback method for determining when the method should prematurely cancel execution. + This method returns if it decides that the method should prematurely stop execution; otherwise, it returns . + + + Animates an image that has time-based frames. + + + Displays a multiple-frame image as an animation. + The object to animate. + An object that specifies the method that is called when the animation frame changes. + + + Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the specified image contains time-based frames. + The object to test. + This method returns if the specified image contains time-based frames; otherwise, . + + + Terminates a running animation. + The object to stop animating. + An object that specifies the method that is called when the animation frame changes. + + + Advances the frame in all images currently being animated. The new frame is drawn the next time the image is rendered. + + + Advances the frame in the specified image. The new frame is drawn the next time the image is rendered. This method applies only to images with time-based frames. + The object for which to update frames. + + + + is a class that can be used to convert objects from one data type to another. Access this class through the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Determines whether this can convert an instance of a specified type to an , using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that specifies the type you want to convert from. + This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Determines whether this can convert an to an instance of a specified type, using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that specifies the type you want to convert to. + This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts a specified object to an . + An that provides a format context. + A that holds information about a specific culture. + The to be converted. + The conversion cannot be completed. + If this method succeeds, it returns the that it created by converting the specified object. Otherwise, it throws an exception. + + + Converts an (or an object that can be cast to an ) to the specified type. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies formatting conventions used by a particular culture. + The to convert. + The to convert the to. + The conversion cannot be completed. + This method returns the converted object. + + + Gets the set of properties for this type. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + The value of the object to get the properties for. + An array of objects that describe the properties. + The set of properties that should be exposed for this data type. If no properties should be exposed, this can return . The default implementation always returns . + + + Indicates whether this object supports properties. By default, this is . + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + This method returns if the method should be called to find the properties of this object. + + + + is a class that can be used to convert objects from one data type to another. Access this class through the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Indicates whether this converter can convert an object in the specified source type to the native type of the converter. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + The type you want to convert from. + This method returns if this object can perform the conversion. + + + Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert an object to the specified destination type using the context. + An that specifies the context for this type conversion. + The that represents the type to which you want to convert this object. + This method returns if this object can perform the conversion. + + + Converts the specified object to an object. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies formatting conventions for a particular culture. + The object to convert. + The conversion cannot be completed. + The converted object. + + + Converts the specified object to the specified type. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies formatting conventions for a particular culture. + The object to convert. + The type to convert the object to. + The conversion cannot be completed. + + is . + The converted object. + + + Gets a collection that contains a set of standard values for the data type this validator is designed for. Returns if the data type does not support a standard set of values. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A collection that contains a standard set of valid values, or . The default implementation always returns . + + + Indicates whether this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + This method returns if the method should be called to find a common set of values the object supports. + + + Specifies the attributes of a bitmap image. The class is used by the and methods of the class. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the pixel height of the object. Also sometimes referred to as the number of scan lines. + The pixel height of the object. + + + Gets or sets the format of the pixel information in the object that returned this object. + A that specifies the format of the pixel information in the associated object. + + + Reserved. Do not use. + Reserved. Do not use. + + + Gets or sets the address of the first pixel data in the bitmap. This can also be thought of as the first scan line in the bitmap. + The address of the first pixel data in the bitmap. + + + Gets or sets the stride width (also called scan width) of the object. + The stride width, in bytes, of the object. + + + Gets or sets the pixel width of the object. This can also be thought of as the number of pixels in one scan line. + The pixel width of the object. + + + Represents a device-dependent copy of a matching a specified object's current device (display) settings. Avoids reformatting step when rendering, which can significantly improve performance. + + + Creates a device-dependent copy of for the device settings of . + The to convert. + The object to use to format the cached copy of the . + + or is . + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + + + Specifies which GDI+ objects use color adjustment information. + + + The number of types specified. + + + Color adjustment information for objects. + + + Color adjustment information for objects. + + + The number of types specified. + + + Color adjustment information that is used by all GDI+ objects that do not have their own color adjustment information. + + + Color adjustment information for objects. + + + Color adjustment information for text. + + + Specifies individual channels in the CMYK (cyan, magenta, yellow, black) color space. This enumeration is used by the methods. + + + The cyan color channel. + + + The black color channel. + + + The last selected channel should be used. + + + The magenta color channel. + + + The yellow color channel. + + + Defines a map for converting colors. Several methods of the class adjust image colors by using a color-remap table, which is an array of structures. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the new structure to which to convert. + The new structure to which to convert. + + + Gets or sets the existing structure to be converted. + The existing structure to be converted. + + + Specifies the types of color maps. + + + Specifies a color map for a . + + + A default color map. + + + Defines a 5 x 5 matrix that contains the coordinates for the RGBAW space. Several methods of the class adjust image colors by using a color matrix. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the elements in the specified matrix . + The values of the elements for the new . + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified row and column in the . + The row of the element. + The column of the element. + The element at the specified row and column. + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and 0 column of this . + The element at the 0 row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and first column of this . + The element at the 0 row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and second column of this . + The element at the 0 row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component. + The element at the 0 row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and fourth column of this . + The element at the 0 row and fourth column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and 0 (zero) column of this . + The element at the first row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and first column of this . + The element at the first row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and second column of this . + The element at the first row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component. + The element at the first row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and fourth column of this . + The element at the first row and fourth column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and 0 (zero) column of this . + The element at the second row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and first column of this . + The element at the second row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and second column of this . + The element at the second row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and third column of this . + The element at the second row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and fourth column of this . + The element at the second row and fourth column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and 0 (zero) column of this . + The element at the third row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and first column of this . + The element at the third row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and second column of this . + The element at the third row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component. + The element at the third row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and fourth column of this . + The element at the third row and fourth column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and 0 (zero) column of this . + The element at the fourth row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and first column of this . + The element at the fourth row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and second column of this . + The element at the fourth row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component. + The element at the fourth row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and fourth column of this . + The element at the fourth row and fourth column of this . + + + Specifies the types of images and colors that will be affected by the color and grayscale adjustment settings of an . + + + Only gray shades are adjusted. + + + All color values, including gray shades, are adjusted by the same color-adjustment matrix. + + + All colors are adjusted, but gray shades are not adjusted. A gray shade is any color that has the same value for its red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies two modes for color component values. + + + The integer values supplied are 32-bit values. + + + The integer values supplied are 64-bit values. + + + Defines an array of colors that make up a color palette. The colors are 32-bit ARGB colors. Not inheritable. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets an array of structures. + The array of structure that make up this . + + + Gets a value that specifies how to interpret the color information in the array of colors. + The following flag values are valid: + + 0x00000001 + The color values in the array contain alpha information. + + 0x00000002 + The colors in the array are grayscale values. + + 0x00000004 + The colors in the array are halftone values. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the methods available for use with a metafile to read and write graphic commands. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + Specifies a character string, a location, and formatting information. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See . + + + Identifies a record that marks the last EMF+ record of a metafile. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + Identifies a record that is the EMF+ header. + + + Indicates invalid data. + + + The maximum value for this enumeration. + + + The minimum value for this enumeration. + + + Marks the end of a multiple-format section. + + + Marks a multiple-format section. + + + Marks the start of a multiple-format section. + + + See methods. + + + Marks an object. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + See . + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + Used internally. + + + See methods. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + Increases or decreases the size of a logical palette based on the specified value. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + Copies the color data for a rectangle of pixels in a DIB to the specified destination rectangle. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + Specifies the nature of the records that are placed in an Enhanced Metafile (EMF) file. This enumeration is used by several constructors in the class. + + + Specifies that all the records in the metafile are EMF records, which can be displayed by GDI or GDI+. + + + Specifies that all EMF+ records in the metafile are associated with an alternate EMF record. Metafiles of type can be displayed by GDI or by GDI+. + + + Specifies that all the records in the metafile are EMF+ records, which can be displayed by GDI+ but not by GDI. + + + An object encapsulates a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies the category of an image encoder parameter. + + + An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the chrominance table parameter category. + + + An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the color depth parameter category. + + + Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the color space category. + + + An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the compression parameter category. + + + Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the image items category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the luminance table parameter category. + + + Gets an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the quality parameter category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the render method parameter category. + + + Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the save as CMYK category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the save flag parameter category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the scan method parameter category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the transformation parameter category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the version parameter category. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified globally unique identifier (GUID). The GUID specifies an image encoder parameter category. + A globally unique identifier that identifies an image encoder parameter category. + + + Gets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies an image encoder parameter category. + The GUID that identifies an image encoder parameter category. + + + Used to pass a value, or an array of values, to an image encoder. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one 8-bit value. Sets the property to or , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A byte that specifies the value stored in the object. + If , the property is set to ; otherwise, the property is set to . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one unsigned 8-bit integer. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An 8-bit unsigned integer that specifies the value stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of bytes. Sets the property to or , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of bytes that specifies the values stored in the object. + If , the property is set to ; otherwise, the property is set to . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of unsigned 8-bit integers. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 8-bit unsigned integers that specifies the values stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one, 16-bit integer. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 16-bit integer that specifies the value stored in the object. Must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of 16-bit integers. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 16-bit integers that specifies the values stored in the object. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object, number of values, data type of the values, and a pointer to the values stored in the object. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An integer that specifies the number of values stored in the object. The property is set to this value. + A member of the enumeration that specifies the data type of the values stored in the object. The and properties are set to this value. + A pointer to an array of values of the type specified by the parameter. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and four, 32-bit integers. The four integers represent a range of fractions. The first two integers represent the smallest fraction in the range, and the remaining two integers represent the largest fraction in the range. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative. + A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative. + A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative. + A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of the largest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and three integers that specify the number of values, the data type of the values, and a pointer to the values stored in the object. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An integer that specifies the number of values stored in the object. The property is set to this value. + A member of the enumeration that specifies the data type of the values stored in the object. The and properties are set to this value. + A pointer to an array of values of the type specified by the parameter. + Type is not a valid . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a pair of 32-bit integers. The pair of integers represents a fraction, the first integer being the numerator, and the second integer being the denominator. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of a fraction. Must be nonnegative. + A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of a fraction. Must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and four arrays of 32-bit integers. The four arrays represent an array rational ranges. A rational range is the set of all fractions from a minimum fractional value through a maximum fractional value. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the other three arrays. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the minimum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the minimum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the maximum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the maximum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and two arrays of 32-bit integers. The two arrays represent an array of fractions. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the fractions. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the fractions. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. A denominator of a given index is paired with the numerator of the same index. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a pair of 64-bit integers. The pair of integers represents a range of integers, the first integer being the smallest number in the range, and the second integer being the largest number in the range. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 64-bit integer that represents the smallest number in a range of integers. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object. + A 64-bit integer that represents the largest number in a range of integers. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one 64-bit integer. Sets the property to (32 bits), and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 64-bit integer that specifies the value stored in the object. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and two arrays of 64-bit integers. The two arrays represent an array integer ranges. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the minimum values for the integer ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object. + An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the maximum values for the integer ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object. A maximum value of a given index is paired with the minimum value of the same index. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of 64-bit integers. Sets the property to (32-bit), and sets the property to the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the values stored in the object. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a character string. The string is converted to a null-terminated ASCII string before it is stored in the object. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the length of the ASCII string including the NULL terminator. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A that specifies the value stored in the object. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Allows an object to attempt to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before the object is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Gets or sets the object associated with this object. The object encapsulates the globally unique identifier (GUID) that specifies the category (for example , , or ) of the parameter stored in this object. + An object that encapsulates the GUID that specifies the category of the parameter stored in this object. + + + Gets the number of elements in the array of values stored in this object. + An integer that indicates the number of elements in the array of values stored in this object. + + + Gets the data type of the values stored in this object. + A member of the enumeration that indicates the data type of the values stored in this object. + + + Gets the data type of the values stored in this object. + A member of the enumeration that indicates the data type of the values stored in this object. + + + Encapsulates an array of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class that can contain one object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class that can contain the specified number of objects. + An integer that specifies the number of objects that the object can contain. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Gets or sets an array of objects. + The array of objects. + + + Specifies the data type of the used with the or method of an image. + + + An 8-bit ASCII value. This field specifies that the array of values is a null-terminated ASCII character string. + + + An 8-bit unsigned integer. + + + A 32-bit unsigned integer. + + + Two long values that specify a range of integer values. The first value specifies the lower end, and the second value specifies the higher end. All values are inclusive at both ends. + + + A pointer to a block of custom metadata. + + + A pair of 32-bit unsigned integers. Each pair represents a fraction, the first integer being the numerator and the second integer being the denominator. + + + + A set of four 32-bit unsigned integers. The first two integers represent one fraction, and the second two integers represent a second fraction. + The two fractions represent a range of rational numbers. The first fraction is the smallest rational number in the range, and the second fraction is the largest rational number in the range. The values are inclusive at both ends. + + + + A 16-bit, unsigned integer. + + + A byte that has no data type defined. The variable can take any value depending on field definition. + + + Used to specify the parameter value passed to a JPEG or TIFF image encoder when using the or methods. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Specifies the CCITT3 compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category. + + + Specifies the CCITT4 compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category. + + + Specifies the LZW compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the Compression category. + + + Specifies no compression. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category. + + + Specifies the RLE compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category. + + + Specifies that a multiple-frame file or stream should be closed. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category. + + + Specifies that a frame is to be added to the page dimension of an image. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Specifies the last frame in a multiple-frame image. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category. + + + Specifies that the image has more than one frame (page). Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Specifies that the image is to be flipped horizontally (about the vertical axis). Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Specifies that the image is to be flipped vertically (about the horizontal axis). Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Specifies that the image is to be rotated 180 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Specifies that the image is to be rotated clockwise 270 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Specifies that the image is to be rotated clockwise 90 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Provides properties that get the frame dimensions of an image. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified structure. + A structure that contains a GUID for this object. + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the specified object is a equivalent to this object. + The object to test. + + if is a equivalent to this object; otherwise, . + + + Returns a hash code for this object. + The hash code of this object. + + + Converts this object to a human-readable string. + A string that represents this object. + + + Gets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that represents this object. + A structure that contains a GUID that represents this object. + + + Gets the page dimension. + The page dimension. + + + Gets the resolution dimension. + The resolution dimension. + + + Gets the time dimension. + The time dimension. + + + Contains information about how bitmap and metafile colors are manipulated during rendering. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Clears the brush color-remap table of this object. + + + Clears the color key (transparency range) for the default category. + + + Clears the color key (transparency range) for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color key is cleared. + + + Clears the color-adjustment matrix for the default category. + + + Clears the color-adjustment matrix for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment matrix is cleared. + + + Disables gamma correction for the default category. + + + Disables gamma correction for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which gamma correction is disabled. + + + Clears the setting for the default category. + + + Clears the setting for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the setting is cleared. + + + Clears the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel setting for the default category. + + + Clears the (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel setting for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel setting is cleared. + + + Clears the output channel color profile setting for the default category. + + + Clears the output channel color profile setting for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel profile setting is cleared. + + + Clears the color-remap table for the default category. + + + Clears the color-remap table for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the remap table is cleared. + + + Clears the threshold value for the default category. + + + Clears the threshold value for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the threshold is cleared. + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The object this class creates, cast as an object. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Adjusts the colors in a palette according to the adjustment settings of a specified category. + A that on input contains the palette to be adjusted, and on output contains the adjusted palette. + An element of that specifies the category whose adjustment settings will be applied to the palette. + + + Sets the color-remap table for the brush category. + An array of objects. + + + + + + + + + Sets the color key (transparency range) for a specified category. + The low color-key value. + The high color-key value. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color key is set. + + + Sets the color key for the default category. + The low color-key value. + The high color-key value. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for a specified category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + The grayscale-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices are set. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for the default category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + The grayscale-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for the default category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + The grayscale-adjustment matrix. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix for a specified category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment matrix is set. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix for the default category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment matrix. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix for the default category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + + + Sets the gamma value for a specified category. + The gamma correction value. + An element of the enumeration that specifies the category for which the gamma value is set. + + + Sets the gamma value for the default category. + The gamma correction value. + + + Turns off color adjustment for the default category. You can call the method to reinstate the color-adjustment settings that were in place before the call to the method. + + + Turns off color adjustment for a specified category. You can call the method to reinstate the color-adjustment settings that were in place before the call to the method. + An element of that specifies the category for which color correction is turned off. + + + Sets the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the output channel. + An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel is set. + + + Sets the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel for the default category. + An element of that specifies the output channel. + + + Sets the output channel color-profile file for a specified category. + The path name of a color-profile file. If the color-profile file is in the %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\Color directory, this parameter can be the file name. Otherwise, this parameter must be the fully qualified path name. + An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel color-profile file is set. + + + Sets the output channel color-profile file for the default category. + The path name of a color-profile file. If the color-profile file is in the %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\Color directory, this parameter can be the file name. Otherwise, this parameter must be the fully qualified path name. + + + + + + + + + + + Sets the color-remap table for a specified category. + An array of color pairs of type . Each color pair contains an existing color (the first value) and the color that it will be mapped to (the second value). + An element of that specifies the category for which the color-remap table is set. + + + Sets the color-remap table for the default category. + An array of color pairs of type . Each color pair contains an existing color (the first value) and the color that it will be mapped to (the second value). + + + + + + + + + Sets the threshold (transparency range) for a specified category. + A threshold value from 0.0 to 1.0 that is used as a breakpoint to sort colors that will be mapped to either a maximum or a minimum value. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color threshold is set. + + + Sets the threshold (transparency range) for the default category. + A real number that specifies the threshold value. + + + Sets the wrap mode and color used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling. + An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area. + A color object that specifies the color of pixels outside of a rendered image. This color is visible if the mode parameter is set to and the source rectangle passed to is larger than the image itself. + This parameter has no effect. Set it to . + + + Sets the wrap mode and color used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling. + An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area. + An object that specifies the color of pixels outside of a rendered image. This color is visible if the mode parameter is set to and the source rectangle passed to is larger than the image itself. + + + Sets the wrap mode that is used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling. + An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area. + + + Provides attributes of an image encoder/decoder (codec). + + + The decoder has blocking behavior during the decoding process. + + + The codec is built into GDI+. + + + The codec supports decoding (reading). + + + The codec supports encoding (saving). + + + The encoder requires a seekable output stream. + + + The codec supports raster images (bitmaps). + + + The codec supports vector images (metafiles). + + + Not used. + + + Not used. + + + The class provides the necessary storage members and methods to retrieve all pertinent information about the installed image encoders and decoders (called codecs). Not inheritable. + + + Returns an array of objects that contain information about the image decoders built into GDI+. + An array of objects. Each object in the array contains information about one of the built-in image decoders. + + + Returns an array of objects that contain information about the image encoders built into GDI+. + An array of objects. Each object in the array contains information about one of the built-in image encoders. + + + Gets or sets a structure that contains a GUID that identifies a specific codec. + A structure that contains a GUID that identifies a specific codec. + + + Gets or sets a string that contains the name of the codec. + A string that contains the name of the codec. + + + Gets or sets string that contains the path name of the DLL that holds the codec. If the codec is not in a DLL, this pointer is . + A string that contains the path name of the DLL that holds the codec. + + + Gets or sets string that contains the file name extension(s) used in the codec. The extensions are separated by semicolons. + A string that contains the file name extension(s) used in the codec. + + + Gets or sets 32-bit value used to store additional information about the codec. This property returns a combination of flags from the enumeration. + A 32-bit value used to store additional information about the codec. + + + Gets or sets a string that describes the codec's file format. + A string that describes the codec's file format. + + + Gets or sets a structure that contains a GUID that identifies the codec's format. + A structure that contains a GUID that identifies the codec's format. + + + Gets or sets a string that contains the codec's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type. + A string that contains the codec's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type. + + + Gets or sets a two dimensional array of bytes that can be used as a filter. + A two dimensional array of bytes that can be used as a filter. + + + Gets or sets a two dimensional array of bytes that represents the signature of the codec. + A two dimensional array of bytes that represents the signature of the codec. + + + Gets or sets the version number of the codec. + The version number of the codec. + + + Specifies the attributes of the pixel data contained in an object. The property returns a member of this enumeration. + + + The pixel data can be cached for faster access. + + + The pixel data uses a CMYK color space. + + + The pixel data is grayscale. + + + The pixel data uses an RGB color space. + + + Specifies that the image is stored using a YCBCR color space. + + + Specifies that the image is stored using a YCCK color space. + + + The pixel data contains alpha information. + + + Specifies that dots per inch information is stored in the image. + + + Specifies that the pixel size is stored in the image. + + + Specifies that the pixel data has alpha values other than 0 (transparent) and 255 (opaque). + + + There is no format information. + + + The pixel data is partially scalable, but there are some limitations. + + + The pixel data is read-only. + + + The pixel data is scalable. + + + Specifies the file format of the image. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class by using the specified structure. + The structure that specifies a particular image format. + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the specified object is an object that is equivalent to this object. + The object to test. + + if is an object that is equivalent to this object; otherwise, . + + + Returns a hash code value that represents this object. + A hash code that represents this object. + + + Converts this object to a human-readable string. + A string that represents this object. + + + Gets the bitmap (BMP) image format. + An object that indicates the bitmap image format. + + + Gets the enhanced metafile (EMF) image format. + An object that indicates the enhanced metafile image format. + + + Gets the Exchangeable Image File (Exif) format. + An object that indicates the Exif format. + + + Gets the Graphics Interchange Format (GIF) image format. + An object that indicates the GIF image format. + + + Gets a structure that represents this object. + A structure that represents this object. + + + Specifies the High Efficiency Image Format (HEIF). + + + Gets the Windows icon image format. + An object that indicates the Windows icon image format. + + + Gets the Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) image format. + An object that indicates the JPEG image format. + + + Gets the format of a bitmap in memory. + An object that indicates the format of a bitmap in memory. + + + Gets the W3C Portable Network Graphics (PNG) image format. + An object that indicates the PNG image format. + + + Gets the Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) image format. + An object that indicates the TIFF image format. + + + Specifies the WebP image format. + + + Gets the Windows metafile (WMF) image format. + An object that indicates the Windows metafile image format. + + + Specifies flags that are passed to the flags parameter of the method. The method locks a portion of an image so that you can read or write the pixel data. + + + Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for reading. + + + Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for reading or writing. + + + Specifies that the buffer used for reading or writing pixel data is allocated by the user. If this flag is set, the parameter of the method serves as an input parameter (and possibly as an output parameter). If this flag is cleared, then the parameter serves only as an output parameter. + + + Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for writing. + + + Defines a graphic metafile. A metafile contains records that describe a sequence of graphics operations that can be recorded (constructed) and played back (displayed). This class is not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle. + A handle to an enhanced metafile. + + to delete the enhanced metafile handle when the is deleted; otherwise, . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle to a device context and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be supplied to name the file. + The handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + A descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle to a device context and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + The handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle and a . Also, the parameter can be used to delete the handle when the metafile is deleted. + A windows handle to a . + A . + + to delete the handle to the new when the is deleted; otherwise, . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle and a . + A windows handle to a . + A . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be provided to name the file. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be provided to name the file. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . Also, a string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + The from which to create the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can be added, as well. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can also be added. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. A descriptive string can also be added. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can also be added. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. A descriptive string can also be added. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file name. + A that represents the file name from which to create the new . + + + Returns a Windows handle to an enhanced . + A Windows handle to this enhanced . + + + Returns the associated with this . + The associated with this . + + + Returns the associated with the specified . + The handle to the for which to return a header. + A . + The associated with the specified . + + + Returns the associated with the specified . + The handle to the enhanced for which a header is returned. + The associated with the specified . + + + Returns the associated with the specified . + A containing the for which a header is retrieved. + The associated with the specified . + + + Returns the associated with the specified . + A containing the name of the for which a header is retrieved. + The associated with the specified . + + + Plays an individual metafile record. + Element of the that specifies the type of metafile record being played. + A set of flags that specify attributes of the record. + The number of bytes in the record data. + An array of bytes that contains the record data. + + + Specifies the unit of measurement for the rectangle used to size and position a metafile. This is specified during the creation of the object. + + + The unit of measurement is 1/300 of an inch. + + + The unit of measurement is 0.01 millimeter. Provided for compatibility with GDI. + + + The unit of measurement is 1 inch. + + + The unit of measurement is 1 millimeter. + + + The unit of measurement is 1 pixel. + + + The unit of measurement is 1 printer's point. + + + Contains attributes of an associated . Not inheritable. + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is device dependent. + + if the associated is device dependent; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format. + + if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format or the Windows enhanced metafile plus format. + + if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format or the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile plus format. + + if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Dual enhanced metafile format. This format supports both the enhanced and the enhanced plus format. + + if the associated is in the Dual enhanced metafile format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated supports only the Windows enhanced metafile plus format. + + if the associated supports only the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows metafile format. + + if the associated is in the Windows metafile format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows placeable metafile format. + + if the associated is in the Windows placeable metafile format; otherwise, . + + + Gets a that bounds the associated . + A that bounds the associated . + + + Gets the horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + The horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + + + Gets the vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + + + Gets the size, in bytes, of the enhanced metafile plus header file. + The size, in bytes, of the enhanced metafile plus header file. + + + Gets the logical horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + The logical horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + + + Gets the logical vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + The logical vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + + + Gets the size, in bytes, of the associated . + The size, in bytes, of the associated . + + + Gets the type of the associated . + A enumeration that represents the type of the associated . + + + Gets the version number of the associated . + The version number of the associated . + + + Gets the Windows metafile (WMF) header file for the associated . + A that contains the WMF header file for the associated . + + + Specifies types of metafiles. The property returns a member of this enumeration. + + + Specifies an Enhanced Metafile (EMF) file. Such a file contains only GDI records. + + + Specifies an EMF+ Dual file. Such a file contains GDI+ records along with alternative GDI records and can be displayed by using either GDI or GDI+. Displaying the records using GDI may cause some quality degradation. + + + Specifies an EMF+ file. Such a file contains only GDI+ records and must be displayed by using GDI+. Displaying the records using GDI may cause unpredictable results. + + + Specifies a metafile format that is not recognized in GDI+. + + + Specifies a WMF (Windows Metafile) file. Such a file contains only GDI records. + + + Specifies a WMF (Windows Metafile) file that has a placeable metafile header in front of it. + + + Contains information about a windows-format (WMF) metafile. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the header file. + The size, in bytes, of the header file. + + + Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the largest record in the associated object. + The size, in bytes, of the largest record in the associated object. + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of objects that exist in the object at the same time. + The maximum number of objects that exist in the object at the same time. + + + Not used. Always returns 0. + Always 0. + + + Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the associated object. + The size, in bytes, of the associated object. + + + Gets or sets the type of the associated object. + The type of the associated object. + + + Gets or sets the version number of the header format. + The version number of the header format. + + + Specifies the type of color data in the system palette. The data can be color data with alpha, grayscale data only, or halftone data. + + + Grayscale data. + + + Halftone data. + + + Alpha data. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the format of the color data for each pixel in the image. + + + The pixel data contains alpha values that are not premultiplied. + + + The default pixel format of 32 bits per pixel. The format specifies 24-bit color depth and an 8-bit alpha channel. + + + No pixel format is specified. + + + Reserved. + + + The pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 32,768 shades of color, of which 5 bits are red, 5 bits are green, 5 bits are blue, and 1 bit is alpha. + + + The pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 65536 shades of gray. + + + Specifies that the format is 16 bits per pixel; 5 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. The remaining bit is not used. + + + Specifies that the format is 16 bits per pixel; 5 bits are used for the red component, 6 bits are used for the green component, and 5 bits are used for the blue component. + + + Specifies that the pixel format is 1 bit per pixel and that it uses indexed color. The color table therefore has two colors in it. + + + Specifies that the format is 24 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. The red, green, and blue components are premultiplied, according to the alpha component. + + + Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. The remaining 8 bits are not used. + + + Specifies that the format is 48 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies that the format is 4 bits per pixel, indexed. + + + Specifies that the format is 64 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies that the format is 64 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. The red, green, and blue components are premultiplied according to the alpha component. + + + Specifies that the format is 8 bits per pixel, indexed. The color table therefore has 256 colors in it. + + + The pixel data contains GDI colors. + + + The pixel data contains color-indexed values, which means the values are an index to colors in the system color table, as opposed to individual color values. + + + The maximum value for this enumeration. + + + The pixel format contains premultiplied alpha values. + + + The pixel format is undefined. + + + This delegate is not used. For an example of enumerating the records of a metafile, see . + Not used. + Not used. + Not used. + Not used. + + + Encapsulates a metadata property to be included in an image file. Not inheritable. + + + Gets or sets the ID of the property. + The integer that represents the ID of the property. + + + Gets or sets the length (in bytes) of the property. + An integer that represents the length (in bytes) of the byte array. + + + Gets or sets an integer that defines the type of data contained in the property. + An integer that defines the type of data contained in . + + + Gets or sets the value of the property item. + A byte array that represents the value of the property item. + + + Defines a placeable metafile. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + The y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + + + Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + + + Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + The x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + + + Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + + + Gets or sets the checksum value for the previous ten s in the header. + The checksum value for the previous ten s in the header. + + + Gets or sets the handle of the metafile in memory. + The handle of the metafile in memory. + + + Gets or sets the number of twips per inch. + The number of twips per inch. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the presence of a placeable metafile header. + A value indicating presence of a placeable metafile header. + + + Reserved. Do not use. + Reserved. Do not use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Defines an object used to draw lines and curves. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and . + A that determines the characteristics of this . + The width of the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified . + A that determines the fill properties of this . + + is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and properties. + A structure that indicates the color of this . + A value indicating the width of this . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified color. + A structure that indicates the color of this . + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + An that can be cast to a . + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Multiplies the transformation matrix for this by the specified in the specified order. + The by which to multiply the transformation matrix. + The order in which to perform the multiplication operation. + + + Multiplies the transformation matrix for this by the specified . + The object by which to multiply the transformation matrix. + + + Resets the geometric transformation matrix for this to identity. + + + Rotates the local geometric transformation by the specified angle in the specified order. + The angle of rotation. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix. + + + Rotates the local geometric transformation by the specified angle. This method prepends the rotation to the transformation. + The angle of rotation. + + + Scales the local geometric transformation by the specified factors in the specified order. + The factor by which to scale the transformation in the x-axis direction. + The factor by which to scale the transformation in the y-axis direction. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix. + + + Scales the local geometric transformation by the specified factors. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transformation. + The factor by which to scale the transformation in the x-axis direction. + The factor by which to scale the transformation in the y-axis direction. + + + Sets the values that determine the style of cap used to end lines drawn by this . + A that represents the cap style to use at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + A that represents the cap style to use at the end of lines drawn with this . + A that represents the cap style to use at the beginning or end of dashed lines drawn with this . + + + Translates the local geometric transformation by the specified dimensions in the specified order. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation. + + + Translates the local geometric transformation by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transformation. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + + + Gets or sets the alignment for this . + The specified value is not a member of . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the alignment for this . + + + Gets or sets the that determines attributes of this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that determines attributes of this . + + + Gets or sets the color of this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A structure that represents the color of this . + + + Gets or sets an array of values that specifies a compound pen. A compound pen draws a compound line made up of parallel lines and spaces. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + An array of real numbers that specifies the compound array. The elements in the array must be in increasing order, not less than 0, and not greater than 1. + + + Gets or sets a custom cap to use at the end of lines drawn with this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the cap used at the end of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets a custom cap to use at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the cap used at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the cap style used at the end of the dashes that make up dashed lines drawn with this . + The specified value is not a member of . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + One of the values that represents the cap style used at the beginning and end of the dashes that make up dashed lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + The distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern. + + + Gets or sets an array of custom dashes and spaces. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + An array of real numbers that specifies the lengths of alternating dashes and spaces in dashed lines. + + + Gets or sets the style used for dashed lines drawn with this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the style used for dashed lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the cap style used at the end of lines drawn with this . + The specified value is not a member of . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + One of the values that represents the cap style used at the end of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the join style for the ends of two consecutive lines drawn with this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the join style for the ends of two consecutive lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the limit of the thickness of the join on a mitered corner. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + The limit of the thickness of the join on a mitered corner. + + + Gets the style of lines drawn with this . + A enumeration that specifies the style of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the cap style used at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + The specified value is not a member of . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + One of the values that represents the cap style used at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets a copy of the geometric transformation for this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A copy of the that represents the geometric transformation for this . + + + Gets or sets the width of this , in units of the object used for drawing. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + The width of this . + + + Pens for all the standard colors. This class cannot be inherited. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Specifies the printer's duplex setting. + + + The printer's default duplex setting. + + + Double-sided, horizontal printing. + + + Single-sided printing. + + + Double-sided, vertical printing. + + + Represents the exception that is thrown when you try to access a printer using printer settings that are not valid. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + A that specifies the settings for a printer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with serialized data. + The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + is . + The class name is or is 0. + + + Overridden. Sets the with information about the exception. + The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + is . + + + Specifies the dimensions of the margins of a printed page. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with 1-inch wide margins. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified left, right, top, and bottom margins. + The left margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The right margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The top margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The parameter value is less than 0. + + -or- + + The parameter value is less than 0. + + -or- + + The parameter value is less than 0. + + -or- + + The parameter value is less than 0. + + + Retrieves a duplicate of this object, member by member. + A duplicate of this object. + + + Compares this to the specified to determine whether they have the same dimensions. + The object to which to compare this . + + if the specified object is a and has the same , , and values as this ; otherwise, . + + + Calculates and retrieves a hash code based on the width of the left, right, top, and bottom margins. + A hash code based on the left, right, top, and bottom margins. + + + Compares two to determine if they have the same dimensions. + The first to compare for equality. + The second to compare for equality. + + to indicate the , , , and properties of both margins have the same value; otherwise, . + + + Compares two to determine whether they are of unequal width. + The first to compare for inequality. + The second to compare for inequality. + + to indicate if the , , , or properties of both margins are not equal; otherwise, . + + + Converts the to a string. + A representation of the . + + + Gets or sets the bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is set to a value that is less than 0. + The bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets or sets the left margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is set to a value that is less than 0. + The left margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets or sets the right margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is set to a value that is less than 0. + The right margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets or sets the top margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is set to a value that is less than 0. + The top margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Provides a for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object of the specified source type to the native type of the converter using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type from which you want to convert. + + if an object can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context. + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type to which you want to convert. + + if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts the specified object to the converter's native type. + An that provides a format context. + A that provides the language to convert to. + The to convert. + + does not contain values for all four margins. For example, "100,100,100,100" specifies 1 inch for the left, right, top, and bottom margins. + The conversion cannot be performed. + An that represents the converted value. + + + Converts the given value object to the specified destination type using the specified context and arguments. + An that provides a format context. + A that provides the language to convert to. + The to convert. + The to which to convert the value. + + is . + The conversion cannot be performed. + An that represents the converted value. + + + Creates an given a set of property values for the object. + An that provides a format context. + An of new property values. + + is . + An representing the specified , or if the object cannot be created. + + + Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to the method to create a new value, using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + + if changing a property on this object requires a call to to create a new value; otherwise, . This method always returns . + + + Specifies settings that apply to a single, printed page. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the default printer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using a specified printer. + The that describes the printer to use. + + + Creates a copy of this . + A copy of this object. + + + Copies the relevant information from the to the specified structure. + The handle to a Win32 structure. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + + + Copies relevant information to the from the specified structure. + The handle to a Win32 structure. + The printer handle is not valid. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + + + Converts the to string form. + A string showing the various property settings for the . + + + Gets the size of the page, taking into account the page orientation specified by the property. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + A that represents the length and width, in hundredths of an inch, of the page. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page should be printed in color. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + + if the page should be printed in color; otherwise, . The default is determined by the printer. + + + Gets the x-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the left of the page. + The x-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the left-hand hard margin. + + + Gets the y-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the top of the page. + The y-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the top of the page. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page is printed in landscape or portrait orientation. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + + if the page should be printed in landscape orientation; otherwise, . The default is determined by the printer. + + + Gets or sets the margins for this page. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + A that represents the margins, in hundredths of an inch, for the page. The default is 1-inch margins on all sides. + + + Gets or sets the paper size for the page. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + A that represents the size of the paper. The default is the printer's default paper size. + + + Gets or sets the page's paper source; for example, the printer's upper tray. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + A that specifies the source of the paper. The default is the printer's default paper source. + + + Gets the bounds of the printable area of the page for the printer. + A representing the length and width, in hundredths of an inch, of the area the printer is capable of printing in. + + + Gets or sets the printer resolution for the page. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + A that specifies the printer resolution for the page. The default is the printer's default resolution. + + + Gets or sets the printer settings associated with the page. + A that represents the printer settings associated with the page. + + + Specifies the standard paper sizes. + + + A2 paper (420 mm by 594 mm). + + + A3 paper (297 mm by 420 mm). + + + A3 extra paper (322 mm by 445 mm). + + + A3 extra transverse paper (322 mm by 445 mm). + + + A3 rotated paper (420 mm by 297 mm). + + + A3 transverse paper (297 mm by 420 mm). + + + A4 paper (210 mm by 297 mm). + + + A4 extra paper (236 mm by 322 mm). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers to help save paper. + + + A4 plus paper (210 mm by 330 mm). + + + A4 rotated paper (297 mm by 210 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + A4 small paper (210 mm by 297 mm). + + + A4 transverse paper (210 mm by 297 mm). + + + A5 paper (148 mm by 210 mm). + + + A5 extra paper (174 mm by 235 mm). + + + A5 rotated paper (210 mm by 148 mm). + + + A5 transverse paper (148 mm by 210 mm). + + + A6 paper (105 mm by 148 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + A6 rotated paper (148 mm by 105 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + SuperA/SuperA/A4 paper (227 mm by 356 mm). + + + B4 paper (250 mm by 353 mm). + + + B4 envelope (250 mm by 353 mm). + + + JIS B4 rotated paper (364 mm by 257 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + B5 paper (176 mm by 250 mm). + + + B5 envelope (176 mm by 250 mm). + + + ISO B5 extra paper (201 mm by 276 mm). + + + JIS B5 rotated paper (257 mm by 182 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + JIS B5 transverse paper (182 mm by 257 mm). + + + B6 envelope (176 mm by 125 mm). + + + JIS B6 paper (128 mm by 182 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + JIS B6 rotated paper (182 mm by 128 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + SuperB/SuperB/A3 paper (305 mm by 487 mm). + + + C3 envelope (324 mm by 458 mm). + + + C4 envelope (229 mm by 324 mm). + + + C5 envelope (162 mm by 229 mm). + + + C65 envelope (114 mm by 229 mm). + + + C6 envelope (114 mm by 162 mm). + + + C paper (17 in. by 22 in.). + + + The paper size is defined by the user. + + + DL envelope (110 mm by 220 mm). + + + D paper (22 in. by 34 in.). + + + E paper (34 in. by 44 in.). + + + Executive paper (7.25 in. by 10.5 in.). + + + Folio paper (8.5 in. by 13 in.). + + + German legal fanfold (8.5 in. by 13 in.). + + + German standard fanfold (8.5 in. by 12 in.). + + + Invitation envelope (220 mm by 220 mm). + + + ISO B4 (250 mm by 353 mm). + + + Italy envelope (110 mm by 230 mm). + + + Japanese double postcard (200 mm by 148 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated double postcard (148 mm by 200 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese Chou #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated Chou #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese Chou #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated Chou #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese Kaku #2 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated Kaku #2 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese Kaku #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated Kaku #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese You #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese You #4 rotated envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese postcard (100 mm by 148 mm). + + + Japanese rotated postcard (148 mm by 100 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Ledger paper (17 in. by 11 in.). + + + Legal paper (8.5 in. by 14 in.). + + + Legal extra paper (9.275 in. by 15 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper. + + + Letter paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.). + + + Letter extra paper (9.275 in. by 12 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper. + + + Letter extra transverse paper (9.275 in. by 12 in.). + + + Letter plus paper (8.5 in. by 12.69 in.). + + + Letter rotated paper (11 in. by 8.5 in.). + + + Letter small paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.). + + + Letter transverse paper (8.275 in. by 11 in.). + + + Monarch envelope (3.875 in. by 7.5 in.). + + + Note paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.). + + + #10 envelope (4.125 in. by 9.5 in.). + + + #11 envelope (4.5 in. by 10.375 in.). + + + #12 envelope (4.75 in. by 11 in.). + + + #14 envelope (5 in. by 11.5 in.). + + + #9 envelope (3.875 in. by 8.875 in.). + + + 6 3/4 envelope (3.625 in. by 6.5 in.). + + + 16K paper (146 mm by 215 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 16K rotated paper (146 mm by 215 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 32K paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 32K big paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 32K big rotated paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 32K rotated paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #1 envelope (102 mm by 165 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #10 envelope (324 mm by 458 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #10 rotated envelope (458 mm by 324 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #1 rotated envelope (165 mm by 102 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #2 envelope (102 mm by 176 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #2 rotated envelope (176 mm by 102 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #3 envelope (125 mm by 176 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #3 rotated envelope (176 mm by 125 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #4 envelope (110 mm by 208 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #4 rotated envelope (208 mm by 110 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #5 envelope (110 mm by 220 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Envelope #5 rotated envelope (220 mm by 110 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #6 envelope (120 mm by 230 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #6 rotated envelope (230 mm by 120 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #7 envelope (160 mm by 230 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #7 rotated envelope (230 mm by 160 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #8 envelope (120 mm by 309 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #8 rotated envelope (309 mm by 120 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #9 envelope (229 mm by 324 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #9 rotated envelope (324 mm by 229 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Quarto paper (215 mm by 275 mm). + + + Standard paper (10 in. by 11 in.). + + + Standard paper (10 in. by 14 in.). + + + Standard paper (11 in. by 17 in.). + + + Standard paper (12 in. by 11 in.). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Standard paper (15 in. by 11 in.). + + + Standard paper (9 in. by 11 in.). + + + Statement paper (5.5 in. by 8.5 in.). + + + Tabloid paper (11 in. by 17 in.). + + + Tabloid extra paper (11.69 in. by 18 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper. + + + US standard fanfold (14.875 in. by 11 in.). + + + Specifies the size of a piece of paper. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The name of the paper. + The width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + The height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Provides information about the in string form. + A string. + + + Gets or sets the height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is not set to . + The height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets the type of paper. + The property is not set to . + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets the name of the type of paper. + The property is not set to . + The name of the type of paper. + + + Gets or sets an integer representing one of the values or a custom value. + An integer representing one of the values, or a custom value. + + + Gets or sets the width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is not set to . + The width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Specifies the paper tray from which the printer gets paper. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Provides information about the in string form. + A string. + + + Gets the paper source. + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets the integer representing one of the values or a custom value. + The integer value representing one of the values or a custom value. + + + Gets or sets the name of the paper source. + The name of the paper source. + + + Standard paper sources. + + + Automatically fed paper. + + + A paper cassette. + + + A printer-specific paper source. + + + An envelope. + + + The printer's default input bin. + + + The printer's large-capacity bin. + + + Large-format paper. + + + The lower bin of a printer. + + + Manually fed paper. + + + Manually fed envelope. + + + The middle bin of a printer. + + + Small-format paper. + + + A tractor feed. + + + The upper bin of a printer (or the default bin, if the printer only has one bin). + + + Specifies print preview information for a single page. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The image of the printed page. + The size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets the image of the printed page. + An representing the printed page. + + + Gets the size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch. + A that specifies the size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Specifies a print controller that displays a document on a screen as a series of images. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Captures the pages of a document as a series of images. + An array of type that contains the pages of a as a series of images. + + + Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a page in a print document. + A that represents the document being previewed. + A that contains data about how to preview a page in the print document. + + + Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a print document. + A that represents the document being previewed. + A that contains data about how to preview the print document. + + + Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a page in a print document. + A that represents the document being previewed. + A that contains data about how to preview a page in the print document. Initially, the property of this parameter will be . The value returned from this method will be used to set this property. + A that represents a page from a . + + + Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a print document. + A that represents the document being previewed. + A that contains data about how to print the document. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + + + Gets a value indicating whether this controller is used for print preview. + + in all cases. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use anti-aliasing when displaying the print preview. + + if the print preview uses anti-aliasing; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Specifies the type of print operation occurring. + + + The print operation is printing to a file. + + + The print operation is a print preview. + + + The print operation is printing to a printer. + + + Controls how a document is printed, when printing from a Windows Forms application. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + When overridden in a derived class, completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document. + A that represents the document currently being printed. + A that contains the event data. + + + When overridden in a derived class, completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document. + A that represents the document currently being printed. + A that contains the event data. + + + When overridden in a derived class, begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document. + A that represents the document currently being printed. + A that contains the event data. + A that represents a page from a . + + + When overridden in a derived class, begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document. + A that represents the document currently being printed. + A that contains the event data. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the is used for print preview. + + in all cases. + + + Defines a reusable object that sends output to a printer, when printing from a Windows Forms application. + + + Occurs when the method is called and before the first page of the document prints. + + + Occurs when the last page of the document has printed. + + + Occurs when the output to print for the current page is needed. + + + Occurs immediately before each event. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Raises the event. It is called after the method is called and before the first page of the document prints. + A that contains the event data. + + + Raises the event. It is called when the last page of the document has printed. + A that contains the event data. + + + Raises the event. It is called before a page prints. + A that contains the event data. + + + Raises the event. It is called immediately before each event. + A that contains the event data. + + + Starts the document's printing process. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + + + Provides information about the print document, in string form. + A string. + + + Gets or sets page settings that are used as defaults for all pages to be printed. + A that specifies the default page settings for the document. + + + Gets or sets the document name to display (for example, in a print status dialog box or printer queue) while printing the document. + The document name to display while printing the document. The default is "document". + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the position of a graphics object associated with a page is located just inside the user-specified margins or at the top-left corner of the printable area of the page. + + if the graphics origin starts at the page margins; if the graphics origin is at the top-left corner of the printable page. The default is . + + + Gets or sets the print controller that guides the printing process. + The that guides the printing process. The default is a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the printer that prints the document. + A that specifies where and how the document is printed. The default is a with its properties set to their default values. + + + Represents the resolution supported by a printer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + This member overrides the method. + A that contains information about the . + + + Gets or sets the printer resolution. + The value assigned is not a member of the enumeration. + One of the values. + + + Gets the horizontal printer resolution, in dots per inch. + The horizontal printer resolution, in dots per inch, if is set to ; otherwise, a value. + + + Gets the vertical printer resolution, in dots per inch. + The vertical printer resolution, in dots per inch. + + + Specifies a printer resolution. + + + Custom resolution. + + + Draft-quality resolution. + + + High resolution. + + + Low resolution. + + + Medium resolution. + + + Specifies information about how a document is printed, including the printer that prints it, when printing from a Windows Forms application. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Creates a copy of this . + A copy of this object. + + + Returns a that contains printer information that is useful when creating a . + The printer named in the property does not exist. + A that contains information from a printer. + + + Returns a that contains printer information, optionally specifying the origin at the margins. + + to indicate the origin at the margins; otherwise, . + A that contains printer information from the . + + + Creates a associated with the specified page settings and optionally specifying the origin at the margins. + The to retrieve a object for. + + to specify the origin at the margins; otherwise, . + A that contains printer information from the . + + + Returns a that contains printer information associated with the specified . + The to retrieve a graphics object for. + A that contains printer information from the . + + + Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer settings. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + The printer's initialization information could not be retrieved. + A handle to a structure. + + + Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer and the page settings specified through the parameter. + The object that the structure's handle corresponds to. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + The printer's initialization information could not be retrieved. + A handle to a structure. + + + Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer settings. + A handle to a structure. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the printer supports printing the specified image file. + The image to print. + + if the printer supports printing the specified image; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value indicating whether the printer supports printing the specified image format. + An to print. + + if the printer supports printing the specified image format; otherwise, . + + + Copies the relevant information out of the given handle and into the . + The handle to a Win32 structure. + The printer handle is not valid. + + + Copies the relevant information out of the given handle and into the . + The handle to a Win32 structure. + The printer handle is invalid. + + + Provides information about the in string form. + A string. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the printer supports double-sided printing. + + if the printer supports double-sided printing; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the printed document is collated. + + if the printed document is collated; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Gets or sets the number of copies of the document to print. + The value of the property is less than zero. + The number of copies to print. The default is 1. + + + Gets the default page settings for this printer. + A that represents the default page settings for this printer. + + + Gets or sets the printer setting for double-sided printing. + The value of the property is not one of the values. + One of the values. The default is determined by the printer. + + + Gets or sets the page number of the first page to print. + The property's value is less than zero. + The page number of the first page to print. + + + Gets the names of all printers installed on the computer. + The available printers could not be enumerated. + A that represents the names of all printers installed on the computer. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the property designates the default printer, except when the user explicitly sets . + + if designates the default printer; otherwise, . + + + Gets a value indicating whether the printer is a plotter. + + if the printer is a plotter; if the printer is a raster. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the property designates a valid printer. + + if the property designates a valid printer; otherwise, . + + + Gets the angle, in degrees, that the portrait orientation is rotated to produce the landscape orientation. + The angle, in degrees, that the portrait orientation is rotated to produce the landscape orientation. + + + Gets the maximum number of copies that the printer enables the user to print at a time. + The maximum number of copies that the printer enables the user to print at a time. + + + Gets or sets the maximum or that can be selected in a . + The value of the property is less than zero. + The maximum or that can be selected in a . + + + Gets or sets the minimum or that can be selected in a . + The value of the property is less than zero. + The minimum or that can be selected in a . + + + Gets the paper sizes that are supported by this printer. + A that represents the paper sizes that are supported by this printer. + + + Gets the paper source trays that are available on the printer. + A that represents the paper source trays that are available on this printer. + + + Gets or sets the name of the printer to use. + The name of the printer to use. + + + Gets all the resolutions that are supported by this printer. + A that represents the resolutions that are supported by this printer. + + + Gets or sets the file name, when printing to a file. + The file name, when printing to a file. + + + Gets or sets the page numbers that the user has specified to be printed. + The value of the property is not one of the values. + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the printing output is sent to a file instead of a port. + + if the printing output is sent to a file; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Gets a value indicating whether this printer supports color printing. + + if this printer supports color; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the number of the last page to print. + The value of the property is less than zero. + The number of the last page to print. + + + Contains a collection of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An array of type . + + + Adds a to the end of the collection. + The to add to the collection. + The zero-based index of the newly added item. + + + Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index. + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the . + The index at which to start copying items. + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. + An for the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the collection. + The index at which to start copying items. + + + For a description of this member, see . + An enumerator associated with the collection. + + + Gets the number of different paper sizes in the collection. + The number of different paper sizes in the collection. + + + Gets the at a specified index. + The index of the to get. + The at the specified index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The number of elements contained in the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + + if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, . + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + Contains a collection of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An array of type . + + + Adds the specified to end of the . + The to add to the collection. + The zero-based index where the was added. + + + Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index. + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the . + The index at which to start copying items. + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. + An for the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + The destination array for the contents of the collection. + The index at which to start the copy operation. + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Gets the number of different paper sources in the collection. + The number of different paper sources in the collection. + + + Gets the at a specified index. + The index of the to get. + The at the specified index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The number of elements contained in the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + + if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, . + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + Contains a collection of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An array of type . + + + Adds a to the end of the collection. + The to add to the collection. + The zero-based index of the newly added item. + + + Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index. + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the . + The index at which to start copying items. + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. + An for the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + The destination array. + The index at which to start the copy operation. + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Gets the number of available printer resolutions in the collection. + The number of available printer resolutions in the collection. + + + Gets the at a specified index. + The index of the to get. + The at the specified index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The number of elements contained in the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + + if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, . + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + Contains a collection of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An array of type . + + + Adds a string to the end of the collection. + The string to add to the collection. + The zero-based index of the newly added item. + + + Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index. + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the . + The index at which to start copying items. + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. + An for the . + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The array for items to be copied to. + The starting index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Gets the number of strings in the collection. + The number of strings in the collection. + + + Gets the at a specified index. + The index of the to get. + The at the specified index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The number of elements contained in the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + + if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, . + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + Specifies several of the units of measure used for printing. + + + The default unit (0.01 in.). + + + One-hundredth of a millimeter (0.01 mm). + + + One-tenth of a millimeter (0.1 mm). + + + One-thousandth of an inch (0.001 in.). + + + Specifies a series of conversion methods that are useful when interoperating with the Win32 printing API. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Converts a double-precision floating-point number from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A double-precision floating-point number that represents the converted . + + + Converts a from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A that represents the converted . + + + Converts a from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A that represents the converted . + + + Converts a from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A that represents the converted . + + + Converts a from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A that represents the converted . + + + Converts a 32-bit signed integer from one type to another type. + The value being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A 32-bit signed integer that represents the converted . + + + Provides data for the and events. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Returns in all cases. + + in all cases. + + + Represents the method that will handle the or event of a . + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + Provides data for the event. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The used to paint the item. + The area between the margins. + The total area of the paper. + The for the page. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the print job should be canceled. + + if the print job should be canceled; otherwise, . + + + Gets the used to paint the page. + The used to paint the page. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether an additional page should be printed. + + if an additional page should be printed; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Gets the rectangular area that represents the portion of the page inside the margins. + The rectangular area, measured in hundredths of an inch, that represents the portion of the page inside the margins. + + + Gets the rectangular area that represents the total area of the page. + The rectangular area that represents the total area of the page. + + + Gets the page settings for the current page. + The page settings for the current page. + + + Represents the method that will handle the event of a . + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + Specifies the part of the document to print. + + + All pages are printed. + + + The currently displayed page is printed. + + + The selected pages are printed. + + + The pages between and are printed. + + + Provides data for the event. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The page settings for the page to be printed. + + + Gets or sets the page settings for the page to be printed. + The page settings for the page to be printed. + + + Represents the method that handles the event of a . + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + Specifies a print controller that sends information to a printer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document. + A that represents the document being printed. + A that contains data about how to print a page in the document. + The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not finish writing to a page. + + + Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document. + A that represents the document being printed. + A that contains data about how to print the document. + The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not complete the print job. + + -or- + + The native Windows API could not delete the specified device context (DC). + + + Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page in a document. + A that represents the document being printed. + A that contains data about how to print a page in the document. Initially, the property of this parameter will be . The value returned from the method will be used to set this property. + The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not prepare the printer driver to accept data. + + -or- + + The native Windows API could not update the specified printer or plotter device context (DC) using the specified information. + A object that represents a page from a . + + + Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document. + A that represents the document being printed. + A that contains data about how to print the document. + The printer settings are not valid. + The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not start a print job. + + + Describes the interior of a graphics shape composed of rectangles and paths. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new . + + + Initializes a new with the specified . + A that defines the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new from the specified data. + A that defines the interior of the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new from the specified structure. + A structure that defines the interior of the new . + + + Initializes a new from the specified structure. + A structure that defines the interior of the new . + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The that this method creates. + + + Updates this to contain the portion of the specified that does not intersect with this . + The to complement this . + + is . + + + Updates this to contain the portion of the specified structure that does not intersect with this . + The structure to complement this . + + + Updates this to contain the portion of the specified structure that does not intersect with this . + The structure to complement this . + + + Updates this to contain the portion of the specified that does not intersect with this . + The object to complement this object. + + is . + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Tests whether the specified is identical to this on the specified drawing surface. + The to test. + A that represents a drawing surface. + + or is . + + if the interior of region is identical to the interior of this region when the transformation associated with the parameter is applied; otherwise, . + + + Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified . + The to exclude from this . + + is . + + + Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified structure. + The structure to exclude from this . + + + Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified structure. + The structure to exclude from this . + + + Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified . + The to exclude from this . + + is . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Initializes a new from a handle to the specified existing GDI region. + A handle to an existing . + The new . + + + Gets a structure that represents a rectangle that bounds this on the drawing surface of a object. + The on which this is drawn. + + is . + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this on the specified drawing surface. + + + Returns a Windows handle to this in the specified graphics context. + The on which this is drawn. + + is . + A Windows handle to this . + + + Returns a that represents the information that describes this . + A that represents the information that describes this . + + + Returns an array of structures that approximate this after the specified matrix transformation is applied. + A that represents a geometric transformation to apply to the region. + + is . + An array of structures that approximate this after the specified matrix transformation is applied. + + + Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified . + The to intersect with this . + + + Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified structure. + The structure to intersect with this . + + + Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified structure. + The structure to intersect with this . + + + Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified . + The to intersect with this . + + + Tests whether this has an empty interior on the specified drawing surface. + A that represents a drawing surface. + + is . + + if the interior of this is empty when the transformation associated with is applied; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether this has an infinite interior on the specified drawing surface. + A that represents a drawing surface. + + is . + + if the interior of this is infinite when the transformation associated with is applied; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The structure to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this . + The structure to test. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The structure to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this . + The structure to test. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The structure to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when any portion of the is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this . + The structure to test. + This method returns when any portion of is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The structure to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this . + The structure to test. + + when any portion of is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified point is contained within this object when drawn using the specified object. + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The width of the rectangle to test. + The height of the rectangle to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The width of the rectangle to test. + The height of the rectangle to test. + + when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified point is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The width of the rectangle to test. + The height of the rectangle to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The width of the rectangle to test. + The height of the rectangle to test. + + when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this object; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified point is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + + when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Initializes this to an empty interior. + + + Initializes this object to an infinite interior. + + + Releases the handle of the . + The handle to the . + + is . + + + Transforms this by the specified . + The by which to transform this . + + is . + + + Offsets the coordinates of this by the specified amount. + The amount to offset this horizontally. + The amount to offset this vertically. + + + Offsets the coordinates of this by the specified amount. + The amount to offset this horizontally. + The amount to offset this vertically. + + + Updates this to the union of itself and the specified . + The to unite with this . + + is . + + + Updates this to the union of itself and the specified structure. + The structure to unite with this . + + + Updates this to the union of itself and the specified structure. + The structure to unite with this . + + + Updates this to the union of itself and the specified . + The to unite with this . + + is . + + + Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified . + The to with this . + + is . + + + Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified structure. + The structure to with this . + + + Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified structure. + The structure to with this . + + + Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified . + The to with this . + + is . + + + Specifies how much an image is rotated and the axis used to flip the image. + + + Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation without flipping. + + + Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip. + + + Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation without flipping. + + + Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip. + + + Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation without flipping. + + + Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip. + + + Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip. + + + Specifies no clockwise rotation and no flipping. + + + Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip. + + + Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip. + + + Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip. + + + Defines a brush of a single color. Brushes are used to fill graphics shapes, such as rectangles, ellipses, pies, polygons, and paths. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new object of the specified color. + A structure that represents the color of this brush. + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The object that this method creates. + + + Gets or sets the color of this object. + The property is set on an immutable . + A structure that represents the color of this brush. + + + Provides icon identifiers for use with . + + + Generic application with no custom icon. + + + Audio files. + + + AutoList. + + + Clustered disk. + + + Delete. + + + Desktop computer. + + + Audio player. + + + Camera. + + + Cell phone. + + + Video camera. + + + Document (blank page), no associated program. + + + Document with an associated program. + + + 3.5" floppy disk drive. + + + 5.25" floppy disk drive. + + + BluRay drive. + + + CD drive. + + + DVD drive. + + + Fixed drive. + + + HD-DVD drive. + + + Network drive. + + + Disabled network drive. + + + RAM disk drive. + + + Removable drive. + + + Unknown drive. + + + Error. + + + Find. + + + Closed folder. + + + Folder back. + + + Folder front. + + + Open folder. + + + Help. + + + Image files. + + + Informational. + + + Internet. + + + Key / secure. + + + Overlay for shortcuts to items. + + + Security lock. + + + Audio DVD media. + + + BluRay-R media. + + + BluRay-RE media. + + + BluRay-ROM media. + + + Blank CD media. + + + BluRay media. + + + Audio CD media. + + + CD+ (Enhanced CD) media. + + + Burning CD. + + + CD-R media. + + + CD-ROM media. + + + CD-RW media. + + + Compact Flash. + + + DVD media. + + + DVD+R media. + + + DVD+RW media. + + + DVD-R media. + + + DVD-RAM media. + + + DVD-ROM media. + + + DVD-RW media. + + + Enhanced CD media. + + + Enhanced DVD media. + + + HD-DVD media. + + + HD-DVD-R media. + + + HD-DVD-RAM media. + + + HD-DVD-ROM media. + + + Movied DVD media. + + + Smart media. + + + SVCD media. + + + VCD media. + + + Mixed files. + + + Mobile computer. + + + My network places. + + + Connect to network. + + + Printer. + + + Fax printer. + + + Networked fax printer. + + + Print to file. + + + Network printer. + + + Empty recycle bin. + + + Full recycle bin. + + + Rename. + + + A computer on the network. + + + Server share. + + + Settings. + + + Overlay for shared items. + + + Security shield. Use for UAC prompts only. + + + Overlay for slow items. + + + Software. + + + Stack. + + + Folder containing other items. + + + Users. + + + Video files. + + + Warning. + + + Entire network. + + + ZIP file. + + + Provides options for use with . + + + Use the defaults, which is to retrieve a large version of the icon (as defined by the current system metrics). + + + Add a link overlay onto the icon. + + + Blend the icon with the system highlight color. + + + Retrieve the shell icon size of the icon. + + + Retrieve the small version of the icon (as defined by the current system metrics). + + + Specifies the alignment of a text string relative to its layout rectangle. + + + Specifies that text is aligned in the center of the layout rectangle. + + + Specifies that text is aligned far from the origin position of the layout rectangle. In a left-to-right layout, the far position is right. In a right-to-left layout, the far position is left. + + + Specifies the text be aligned near the layout. In a left-to-right layout, the near position is left. In a right-to-left layout, the near position is right. + + + The enumeration specifies how to substitute digits in a string according to a user's locale or language. + + + Specifies substitution digits that correspond with the official national language of the user's locale. + + + Specifies to disable substitutions. + + + Specifies substitution digits that correspond with the user's native script or language, which may be different from the official national language of the user's locale. + + + Specifies a user-defined substitution scheme. + + + Encapsulates text layout information (such as alignment, orientation and tab stops) display manipulations (such as ellipsis insertion and national digit substitution) and OpenType features. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new object. + + + Initializes a new object from the specified existing object. + The object from which to initialize the new object. + + is . + + + Initializes a new object with the specified enumeration and language. + The enumeration for the new object. + A value that indicates the language of the text. + + + Initializes a new object with the specified enumeration. + The enumeration for the new object. + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The object this method creates. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Gets the tab stops for this object. + The number of spaces between the beginning of a text line and the first tab stop. + An array of distances (in number of spaces) between tab stops. + + + Specifies the language and method to be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. + A National Language Support (NLS) language identifier that identifies the language that will be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. You can pass the property of a object as the NLS language identifier. For example, suppose you create a object by passing the string "ar-EG" to a constructor. If you pass the property of that object along with to the method, then Arabic-Indic digits will be substituted for western digits at display time. + An element of the enumeration that specifies how digits are displayed. + + + Specifies an array of structures that represent the ranges of characters measured by a call to the method. + An array of structures that specifies the ranges of characters measured by a call to the method. + More than 32 character ranges are set. + + + Sets tab stops for this object. + The number of spaces between the beginning of a line of text and the first tab stop. + An array of distances between tab stops in the units specified by the property. + + + Converts this object to a human-readable string. + A string representation of this object. + + + Gets or sets horizontal alignment of the string. + A enumeration that specifies the horizontal alignment of the string. + + + Gets the language that is used when local digits are substituted for western digits. + A National Language Support (NLS) language identifier that identifies the language that will be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. You can pass the property of a object as the NLS language identifier. For example, suppose you create a object by passing the string "ar-EG" to a constructor. If you pass the property of that object along with to the method, then Arabic-Indic digits will be substituted for western digits at display time. + + + Gets the method to be used for digit substitution. + A enumeration value that specifies how to substitute characters in a string that cannot be displayed because they are not supported by the current font. + + + Gets or sets a enumeration that contains formatting information. + A enumeration that contains formatting information. + + + Gets a generic default object. + The generic default object. + + + Gets a generic typographic object. + A generic typographic object. + + + Gets or sets the object for this object. + The object for this object, the default is . + + + Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the string. + A enumeration that represents the vertical line alignment. + + + Gets or sets the enumeration for this object. + A enumeration that indicates how text drawn with this object is trimmed when it exceeds the edges of the layout rectangle. + + + Specifies the display and layout information for text strings. + + + Text is displayed from right to left. + + + Text is vertically aligned. + + + Control characters such as the left-to-right mark are shown in the output with a representative glyph. + + + Parts of characters are allowed to overhang the string's layout rectangle. By default, characters are repositioned to avoid any overhang. + + + Only entire lines are laid out in the formatting rectangle. By default layout continues until the end of the text, or until no more lines are visible as a result of clipping, whichever comes first. Note that the default settings allow the last line to be partially obscured by a formatting rectangle that is not a whole multiple of the line height. To ensure that only whole lines are seen, specify this value and be careful to provide a formatting rectangle at least as tall as the height of one line. + + + Includes the trailing space at the end of each line. By default the boundary rectangle returned by the method excludes the space at the end of each line. Set this flag to include that space in measurement. + + + Overhanging parts of glyphs, and unwrapped text reaching outside the formatting rectangle are allowed to show. By default all text and glyph parts reaching outside the formatting rectangle are clipped. + + + Fallback to alternate fonts for characters not supported in the requested font is disabled. Any missing characters are displayed with the fonts missing glyph, usually an open square. + + + Text wrapping between lines when formatting within a rectangle is disabled. This flag is implied when a point is passed instead of a rectangle, or when the specified rectangle has a zero line length. + + + Specifies how to trim characters from a string that does not completely fit into a layout shape. + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character. + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + The center is removed from trimmed lines and replaced by an ellipsis. The algorithm keeps as much of the last slash-delimited segment of the line as possible. + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + Specifies no trimming. + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word. + + + Specifies the units of measure for a text string. + + + Specifies the device unit as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies 1/300 of an inch as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a printer's em size of 32 as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies an inch as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a millimeter as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a pixel as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies world units as the unit of measure. + + + Each property of the class is a that is the color of a Windows display element. + + + Creates a from the specified structure. + The structure from which to create the . + The this method creates. + + + Gets a that is the color of the active window's border. + A that is the color of the active window's border. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar. + A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the application workspace. + A that is the color of the application workspace. + + + Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element. + A that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element. + A that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the light color of a 3-D element. + A that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the color of text in a 3-D element. + A that is the color of text in a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the color of the desktop. + A that is the color of the desktop. + + + Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of dimmed text. + A that is the color of dimmed text. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of selected items. + A that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text of selected items. + A that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + Gets a that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + A that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + Gets a that is the color of an inactive window's border. + A that is the color of an inactive window's border. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + A that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + A is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + Gets a that is the color of a menu's background. + A that is the color of a menu's background. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + A that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + Gets a that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + A that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + Gets a that is the color of a menu's text. + A that is the color of a menu's text. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + A that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + A that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + Gets a that is the color of a window frame. + A that is the color of a window frame. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + A that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + Specifies the fonts used to display text in Windows display elements. + + + Returns a font object that corresponds to the specified system font name. + The name of the system font you need a font object for. + A if the specified name matches a value in ; otherwise, . + + + Gets a that is used to display text in the title bars of windows. + A that is used to display text in the title bars of windows. + + + Gets the default font that applications can use for dialog boxes and forms. + The default of the system. The value returned will vary depending on the user's operating system and the local culture setting of their system. + + + Gets a font that applications can use for dialog boxes and forms. + A that can be used for dialog boxes and forms, depending on the operating system and local culture setting of the system. + + + Gets a that is used for icon titles. + A that is used for icon titles. + + + Gets a that is used for menus. + A that is used for menus. + + + Gets a that is used for message boxes. + A that is used for message boxes. + + + Gets a that is used to display text in the title bars of small windows, such as tool windows. + A that is used to display text in the title bars of small windows, such as tool windows. + + + Gets a that is used to display text in the status bar. + A that is used to display text in the status bar. + + + Each property of the class is an object for Windows system-wide icons. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Gets the specified Windows shell stock icon. + The stock icon to retrieve. + A bitwise combination of the enumeration values that specifies options for retrieving the icon. + + is an invalid . + The requested . + + + Gets the specified Windows shell stock icon. + The stock icon to retrieve. + The desired size. If the specified size does not exist, an existing size will be resampled to give the requested size. + The requested . + + + Gets an object that contains the default application icon (WIN32: IDI_APPLICATION). + An object that contains the default application icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system asterisk icon (WIN32: IDI_ASTERISK). + An object that contains the system asterisk icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system error icon (WIN32: IDI_ERROR). + An object that contains the system error icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system exclamation icon (WIN32: IDI_EXCLAMATION). + An object that contains the system exclamation icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system hand icon (WIN32: IDI_HAND). + An object that contains the system hand icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system information icon (WIN32: IDI_INFORMATION). + An object that contains the system information icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system question icon (WIN32: IDI_QUESTION). + An object that contains the system question icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the shield icon. + An object that contains the shield icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system warning icon (WIN32: IDI_WARNING). + An object that contains the system warning icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the Windows logo icon (WIN32: IDI_WINLOGO). + An object that contains the Windows logo icon. + + + Each property of the class is a that is the color of a Windows display element and that has a width of 1 pixel. + + + Creates a from the specified . + The for the new . + The this method creates. + + + Gets a that is the color of the active window's border. + A that is the color of the active window's border. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar. + A that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the application workspace. + A that is the color of the application workspace. + + + Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element. + A that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element. + A that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the light color of a 3-D element. + A that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the color of text in a 3-D element. + A that is the color of text in a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the color of the Windows desktop. + A that is the color of the Windows desktop. + + + Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of dimmed text. + A that is the color of dimmed text. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of selected items. + A that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text of selected items. + A that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + Gets a that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + A that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + Gets a is the color of the border of an inactive window. + A that is the color of the border of an inactive window. + + + Gets a that is the color of the title bar caption of an inactive window. + A that is the color of the title bar caption of an inactive window. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + A that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + A that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + Gets a that is the color of a menu's background. + A that is the color of a menu's background. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + A that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + Gets a that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + A that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + Gets a that is the color of a menu's text. + A that is the color of a menu's text. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + A that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + A that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + Gets a that is the color of a window frame. + A that is the color of a window frame. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + A that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + Provides a base class for installed and private font collections. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. + + to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Gets the array of objects associated with this . + An array of objects. + + + Specifies a generic object. + + + A generic Monospace object. + + + A generic Sans Serif object. + + + A generic Serif object. + + + Specifies the type of display for hot-key prefixes that relate to text. + + + Do not display the hot-key prefix. + + + No hot-key prefix. + + + Display the hot-key prefix. + + + Represents the fonts installed on the system. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Provides a collection of font families built from font files that are provided by the client application. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Adds a font from the specified file to this . + A that contains the file name of the font to add. + The specified font is not supported or the font file cannot be found. + + + Adds a font contained in system memory to this . + The memory address of the font to add. + The memory length of the font to add. + + + Specifies the quality of text rendering. + + + Each character is drawn using its antialiased glyph bitmap without hinting. Better quality due to antialiasing. Stem width differences may be noticeable because hinting is turned off. + + + Each character is drawn using its antialiased glyph bitmap with hinting. Much better quality due to antialiasing, but at a higher performance cost. + + + Each character is drawn using its glyph ClearType bitmap with hinting. The highest quality setting. Used to take advantage of ClearType font features. + + + Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is not used. + + + Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is used to improve character appearance on stems and curvature. + + + Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap, with the system default rendering hint. The text will be drawn using whatever font-smoothing settings the user has selected for the system. + + + Each property of the class is a object that uses an image to fill the interior of a shape. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, wrap mode, and bounding rectangle. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, wrap mode, and bounding rectangle. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and wrap mode. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, bounding rectangle, and image attributes. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + An object that contains additional information about the image used by this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and bounding rectangle. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, bounding rectangle, and image attributes. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + An object that contains additional information about the image used by this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and bounding rectangle. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The object this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Multiplies the object that represents the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified object in the specified order. + The object by which to multiply the geometric transformation. + A enumeration that specifies the order in which to multiply the two matrices. + + + Multiplies the object that represents the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified object by prepending the specified object. + The object by which to multiply the geometric transformation. + + + Resets the property of this object to identity. + + + Rotates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amount in the specified order. + The angle of rotation. + A enumeration that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix. + + + Rotates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transformation. + The angle of rotation. + + + Scales the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amounts in the specified order. + The amount by which to scale the transformation in the x direction. + The amount by which to scale the transformation in the y direction. + A enumeration that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix. + + + Scales the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transformation. + The amount by which to scale the transformation in the x direction. + The amount by which to scale the transformation in the y direction. + + + Translates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified dimensions in the specified order. + The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the x direction. + The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the y direction. + The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation. + + + Translates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transformation. + The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the x direction. + The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the y direction. + + + Gets the object associated with this object. + An object that represents the image with which this object fills shapes. + + + Gets or sets a copy of the object that defines a local geometric transformation for the image associated with this object. + A copy of the object that defines a geometric transformation that applies only to fills drawn by using this object. + + + Gets or sets a enumeration that indicates the wrap mode for this object. + A enumeration that specifies how fills drawn by using this object are tiled. + + + Allows you to specify an icon to represent a control in a container, such as the Microsoft Visual Studio Form Designer. + + + A object that has its small image and its large image set to . + + + Initializes a new object with an image from a specified file. + The name of a file that contains a 16 by 16 bitmap. + + + Initializes a new object based on a 16 by 16 bitmap that is embedded as a resource in a specified assembly. + A whose defining assembly is searched for the bitmap resource. + The name of the embedded bitmap resource. + + + Initializes a new object based on a 16 x 16 bitmap that is embedded as a resource in a specified assembly. + A whose defining assembly is searched for the bitmap resource. + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a object and is identical to this object. + The to test. + This method returns if is both a object and is identical to this object. + + + Gets a hash code for this object. + The hash code for this object. + + + Gets the small or large associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type of the object specified by the component parameter. For example, if you pass an object of type ControlA to the component parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + Specifies whether this method returns a large image () or a small image (). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32. + An object associated with this object. + + + Gets the small associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type of the object specified by the component parameter. For example, if you pass an object of type ControlA to the component parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + The small associated with this object. + + + Gets the small or large associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the component type. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + Specifies whether this method returns a large image () or a small image (). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32. + An associated with this object. + + + Gets the small or large associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for an embedded bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the component type. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + The name of the embedded bitmap resource. + Specifies whether this method returns a large image () or a small image (). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32. + An associated with this object. + + + Gets the small associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the type parameter. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + The small associated with this object. + + + Returns an object based on a bitmap resource that is embedded in an assembly. + This method searches for an embedded bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the t parameter. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the t parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + The name of the embedded bitmap resource. + Specifies whether this method returns a large image (true) or a small image (false). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 x 32. + An object based on the retrieved bitmap. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.dll b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4ddf2b33c Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.dll differ diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.xml b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..752e77874 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.xml @@ -0,0 +1,7259 @@ + + + + System.Private.Windows.Core + + + + + Allows renting a buffer from with a using statement. Can be used directly as if it + were a . + + + + Buffers are not cleared and as such their initial contents will be random. + + + + + + Create the with an initial buffer. Useful for creating with an initial stack + allocated buffer. + + + + + Create the with an initial buffer. Useful for creating with an initial stack + allocated buffer. + + + + + Creating with a stack allocated buffer: + using BufferScope<char> buffer = new(stackalloc char[64]); + + + + Stack allocated buffers should be kept small to avoid overflowing the stack. + + + + The required minimum length. If the is not large enough, this will rent from + the shared . + + + + + Ensure that the buffer has enough space for number of elements. + + + + Consider if creating new instances is possible and cleaner than using + this method. + + + True to copy the existing elements when new space is allocated. + + + + Array based collection that tries to avoid copying the internal array and caps the maximum capacity. + + + + To mitigate corrupted length attacks, the backing array has an initial allocation size cap. + + + + + + The cannot grow past this value and is expected to be this value + when the collection is "finished". + + + + + Creates a list trimmed to the given count. + + + + This is an optimized implementation that avoids iterating over the entire list when possible. + + + + + + Helper class for converting values. + + + + It is intended to save the allocation of a temporary list when converting values. If there are multiple passes + through the list this class should usually be avoided. + + + + + + Used to suppress finalization in debug builds only. + + + + Unfortunately this can only be used when there is a single implicit conversion operator when called from + a ref struct. C# tries to cast to anything that fits in object, which leads to an ambiguous error. + + + You need to add GC.SuppressFinalize under #ifdef when you don't have a single implicit conversion. + + + + + + Enumeration defining the different Graphics properties to apply to an when creating it + from a Graphics object. + + + + + Apply clipping region. + + + + + Apply coordinate transformation. + + + + + Apply all supported Graphics properties. + + + + + Get the encoder guid for the given image format guid. + + + + + Used to provide a way to give direct internal access to HDC's. + + + + + If this flag is true we expect that the object obtained through + should not have a clip or GpMatrix + applied and therefore it is safe to skip getting them. + + + + If a object hasn't been created it, by definition, will be clean when it is + created, so this will return true. + + + + + + Gets the , if the object was created from one. + + + + + Get the object. + + + If true, this will pass back a object, creating a new one *if* needed. + If false, will pass back a object *if* one exists, otherwise returns null. + + + Do not dispose of the returned object. + + + + + Returns if the exception is an exception that isn't recoverable and/or a likely + bug in our implementation. + + + + + Reads a binary formatted from the given . + + The data was invalid. + + + + Creates a object from raw data with validation. + + was invalid. + + + + Returns the remaining amount of bytes in the given . + + + + + Reads an array of primitives. + + + + + + Writes a collection of primitives. + + + + Only supports , , , , + , , , , + , , , , + , , and . + + + + + + Writes a object to the given . + + + + + Writes . + + + + + Simple run length encoder (RLE) that works on spans. + + + + Format used is a byte for the count, followed by a byte for the value. + + + + + + Get the encoded length, in bytes, of the given data. + + + + + Get the decoded length, in bytes, of the given encoded data. + + + + + Encode the given data into the given span. + + + if the span was not large enough to hold the encoded data. + + + + + Get a wrapper around the given . Use the return value + in a scope. + + + + + Array information structure. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.4.2.1 + + + + + + + Base class for array records. + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.4 describes how item records must follow the array record and how multiple null records + can be coalesced into an or + record. + + + + + Identifier for the array. + + + + + Length of the array. + + + + + Typed class for array records. + + + + + The array items. + + + + Multi-null records are always expanded to individual entries when reading. + + + + + + Returns the item at the given index. + + + + + Single dimensional array of objects. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.4.3.2 + + + + + + + Single dimensional array of a primitive type. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.4.3.3 + + + + + + + Single dimensional array of strings. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.4.3.4 + + + + + + + Dereferences records. + + + + + Writer that writes specific types in binary format without using the BinaryFormatter. + + + + + Writes a in binary format. + + + + + Writes a in binary format. + + + + + Writes a in binary format. + + + + + Writes a in binary format. + + + + + Writes a nint in binary format. + + + + + Writes a nuint in binary format. + + + + + Writes a in binary format. + + + + + Writes a in binary format. + + + + + Attempts to write a value in binary format. + + if successful. + + + + Writes a .NET primitive value in binary format. + + + is not a a primitive value. + + + + + Writes a in binary format. + + + + + Writes a primitive list in binary format. + + + + + Writes the given in binary format if supported. + + + + + Writes the given in binary format if supported. + + + + + Writes the given in binary format if supported. + + + + + Tries to write the given if supported. + + + + + Writes a of primitive to primitive values to the given stream in binary format. + + + + Primitive types are anything in the enum. + + + + contained non-primitive values or a custom comparer or hash code provider. + + + + + Writes a in binary format. + + + + + Writes the given if supported. + + + + + Simple wrapper to ensure the is reset to it's original position if the + throws. + + + + + Simple wrapper to ensure the is reset to it's original position if the + throws or returns . + + + + + Library full name information. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.6.2 + + + + + + + String record. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.5.7 + + + + + + + Identifies the remoting type of a class member or array item. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.1.2.2 + + + + + + + Type is defined by and it is not a string. + + + + + Type is + length prefixed string. + + + + + Type is System.Object. + + + + + Type is a standard .NET object. + + + + + Type is an object. + + + + + Type is a single-dimensional array of objects. + + + + + Type is a single-dimensional array of strings. + + + + + Types is a single-dimensional array of a primitive type. + + + + + Class info. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.3.1.1 + + + + + + + Base class for class records. + + + + Includes the values for the class (which trail the record) + + [MS-NRBF] 2.3 + . + + + + + + Writes as specified by the + + + + + Identifies a class by it's name and library id. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.1.1.8 + + + + + + + Class information that references another class record's metadata. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.3.2.5 + + + + + + + The ObjectId of a prior + or . + + + + + Class information with type info and the source library. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.3.2.1 + + + + + + + Expresses that the object can be written with a + + + + + Writes the current object to the given . + + + + + Record that represents a primitive type or an array of primitive types. + + + + + Map of records. + + + + + Non-generic record base interface. + + + + + Id for the record, or null if the record has no id. + + + + + Typed record interface. + + + + + Expresses that the object can be written with a + + + + + Writes the current object to the given . + + + + + Primitive value other than . + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.5.1 + + + + + + is not primitive. + + + + The record contains a reference to another record that contains the actual value. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.5.3 + + + + + + + Member type info. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.3.1.2 + + + + + + + Record that marks the end of the binary format stream. + + + + + Base class for null records. + + + + + Multiple null object record. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.5.5 + + + + + + + Multiple null object record (less than 256). + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.5.5 + + + + + + + Null object record. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.5.4 + + + + + + + Primitive type. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.1.2.3 + + + + + + + Base record class. + + + + + Writes as to the given . + + + + + Writes records, coalescing null records into single entries. + + + contained an object that isn't a record. + + + + + Map of records that ensures that IDs are only entered once. + + + + + Record type. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.1.2.1 + + + + + + + Binary format header. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.6.1 + + + + + + + The id of the root object record. + + + + + Ignored. BinaryFormatter puts out -1. + + + + + Must be 1. + + + + + Must be 0. + + + + + that only returns default values. + + + + Allows creating a when a + isn't necessary. + + + + + + Get a typed value. Hard casts. + + + + + Helper to create and track records for and + when duplicates are found. + + + + + Returns the appropriate record for the given string. + + + + + Returns the for the given . + + or if not a . + + + + Returns the for the given if it is a simple primitive array. + + or if not a primitive array. + + + + Get the proper for the given . + + + + + System class information with type info. + + + + + [MS-NRBF] 2.3.2.3 + + + + + + + Positive enforcing count of items. + + + Idea here is that doing this makes it less likely we'll slip through cases where + we don't check for negative numbers. And also not confuse counts with ids. + + + + + Identifier struct. + + + + + Is Windows 10 first release or later. (Threshold 1, build 10240, version 1507) + + + + + Is Windows 10 Anniversary Update or later. (Redstone 1, build 14393, version 1607) + + + + + Is Windows 10 Creators Update or later. (Redstone 2, build 15063, version 1703) + + + + + Is Windows 10 Creators Update or later. (Redstone 3, build 16299, version 1709) + + + + + Is Windows 10 Creators Update or later. (Redstone 4, build 17134, version 1803) + + + + + Is this Windows 11 public preview or later? + The underlying API does not read supportedOs from the manifest, it returns the actual version. + + + + + Is this Windows 11 version 22H2 or greater? + The underlying API does not read supportedOs from the manifest, it returns the actual version. + + + + + Is Windows 8.1 or later. + + + + + Is Windows 8 or later. + + + + Function was ended. + + + File access is denied. + + + A Graphics object cannot be created from an image that has an indexed pixel format. + + + SetPixel is not supported for images with indexed pixel formats. + + + Destination points define a parallelogram which must have a length of 3. These points will represent the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left coordinates (defined in that order). + + + Destination points must be an array with a length of 3 or 4. A length of 3 defines a parallelogram with the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners. A length of 4 defines a quadrilateral with the fourth element of the array specifying the lower-rig ... + + + File not found. + + + Font '{0}' cannot be found. + + + Font '{0}' does not support style '{1}'. + + + A generic error occurred in GDI+. + + + Buffer is too small (internal GDI+ error). + + + Parameter is not valid. + + + Rectangle '{0}' cannot have a width or height equal to 0. + + + Operation requires a transformation of the image from GDI+ to GDI. GDI does not support images with a width or height greater than 32767. + + + Out of memory. + + + Not implemented. + + + GDI+ is not properly initialized (internal GDI+ error). + + + Only TrueType fonts are supported. '{0}' is not a TrueType font. + + + Only TrueType fonts are supported. This is not a TrueType font. + + + Object is currently in use elsewhere. + + + Overflow error. + + + Property cannot be found. + + + Property is not supported. + + + Unknown GDI+ error occurred. + + + Image format is unknown. + + + Current version of GDI+ does not support this feature. + + + Bitmap region is already locked. + + + Unhandled VT: {0}. + + + + Converts the given exception to a if needed, nesting the original exception + and assigning the original stack trace. + + + + + Tries to get this object as a . + + + + + Tries to get this object as a . + + + + + Tries to get this object as a primitive type or string. + + if this represented a primitive type or string. + + + + Tries to get this object as a of . + + + + + Tries to get this object as a of values. + + + + + Tries to get this object as an of primitive types. + + + + + Tries to get this object as a binary formatted of keys and values. + + + + + Tries to get this object as a binary formatted of keys and values. + + + + + Tries to get this object as a binary formatted . + + + + + Try to get a supported .NET type object (not WinForms). + + + + + Copies the to the , + terminating with null and truncating to fit if + necessary. + + + + + Slices the given at the first null found (if any). + + + + + Slices the given at the first null found (if any). + + + + + Fast stack based reader. + + + + Care must be used when reading struct values that depend on a specific field state for members to work + correctly. For example, has a very specific set of valid values for its packed + field. + + + Inspired by patterns. + + + + + + Fast stack based reader. + + + + Care must be used when reading struct values that depend on a specific field state for members to work + correctly. For example, has a very specific set of valid values for its packed + field. + + + Inspired by patterns. + + + + + + Try to read everything up to the given . Advances the reader past the + if found. + + + + + + Try to read everything up to the given . + + The read data, if any. + The delimiter to look for. + to move past the if found. + if the was found. + + + + Try to read the next value. + + + + + Try to read a span of the given . + + + + + Try to read a value of the given type. The size of the value must be evenly divisible by the size of + . + + + + This is just a straight copy of bits. If has methods that depend on + specific field value constraints this could be unsafe. + + + The compiler will often optimize away the struct copy if you only read from the value. + + + + + + Try to read a span of values of the given type. The size of the value must be evenly divisible by the size of + . + + + + This effectively does a and the same + caveats apply about safety. + + + + + + Check to see if the given values are next. + + The span to compare the next items to. + + + + Advance the reader if the given values are next. + + The span to compare the next items to. + if the values were found and the reader advanced. + + + + Advance the reader past consecutive instances of the given . + + How many positions the reader has been advanced + + + + Advance the reader by the given . + + + + + Rewind the reader by the given . + + + + + Reset the reader to the beginning of the span. + + + + + Advance the reader without bounds checking. + + + + + + Slicing without bounds checking. + + + + + Slicing without bounds checking. + + + + + Fast stack based writer. + + + + + Fast stack based writer. + + + + + Try to write the given value. + + + + + Try to write the given value. + + + + + Try to write the given value times. + + + + + Advance the writer by the given . + + + + + Rewind the writer by the given . + + + + + Reset the reader to the beginning of the span. + + + + + Converts the to string and frees it. + + + + + Converts the to a nullable string and frees it. + + + + + Gets the length of the BSTR in characters. + + + + The DECIMAL structure represents a decimal data type that provides a sign and scale for a number. + + + + Reserved. + + + The high 32 bits of the number. + + + Describes FILETIME and provides syntax, members, and additional remarks. + + A property of type PT_SYSTIME has a **FILETIME** structure for its value. Such a property has a **FILETIME** data type for the **Value** member in its definition in an [SPropValue](spropvalue.md) structure. The definition of the **FILETIME** structure is in the _Win32 Programmer's Reference_ and in the MAPI header file Mapidefs.h. MAPI defines the structure conditionally to make sure that it is defined when the Win32 definition is unavailable. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + > Low-order 32 bits of the file time value. + + + > High-order 32 bits of the file time value. + + + + Adapter to use when owning classes cannot directly implement . + + + + + The **HRESULT** data type is the same as the [SCODE](scode.md) data type. An **HRESULT** value consists of the following fields: - A 1-bit code indicating severity, where zero represents success and 1 represents failure. - A 4-bit reserved value. - An 11-bit code indicating responsibility for the error or warning, also known as a facility code. - A 16-bit code describing the error or warning. Most MAPI interface methods and functions return **HRESULT** values to provide detailed cause formation. **HRESULT** values are also used widely in OLE interface methods. OLE provides several macros for converting between **HRESULT** values and **SCODE** values, another common data type for error handling. > [!NOTE] > In 64-bit MAPI, **HRESULT** is still a 32-bit value. For information about the OLE use of **HRESULT** values, see the *OLE Programmer's Reference*. For more information about the use of these values in MAPI, see [Error Handling](error-handling-in-mapi.md) and any of the following interface methods: [IABLogon::GetLastError](iablogon-getlasterror.md) [IMAPISupport::GetLastError](imapisupport-getlasterror.md) [IMAPIControl::GetLastError](imapicontrol-getlasterror.md) [IMAPITable::GetLastError](imapitable-getlasterror.md) [IMAPIProp::GetLastError](imapiprop-getlasterror.md) [IMAPIViewAdviseSink::OnPrint](imapiviewadvisesink-onprint.md) + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + A pointer to the IErrorInfo interface that provides more information about the + error. You can specify to use the current IErrorInfo interface, or + new IntPtr(-1) to ignore the current IErrorInfo interface and construct the exception + just from the error code. + + , if it does not reflect an error. + + + + The operation could not be completed. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: IMbnConnectionContextEvents.OnSetProvisionedContextComplete, IMbnServiceActivationEvents.OnActivationComplete, IMbnSmsEvents.OnSmsSendComplete. + + + Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: IMbnConnectionContextEvents.OnSetProvisionedContextComplete, IMbnConnectionEvents.OnConnectComplete, IMbnPinEvents.OnChangeComplete, IMbnPinEvents.OnDisableComplete, IMbnPinEvents.OnEnableComplete, IMbnPinEvents.OnEnterComplete, IMbnPinEvents.OnUnblockComplete, IMbnPinManagerEvents.OnGetPinStateComplete, IMbnRadioEvents.OnSetSoftwareRadioStateComplete, IMbnServiceActivationEvents.OnActivationComplete, IMbnSmsEvents.OnSetSmsConfigurationComplete, IMbnSmsEvents.OnSmsDeleteComplete, IMbnSmsEvents.OnSmsReadComplete, IMbnSmsEvents.OnSmsSendComplete. + + + Places the window at the top of the Z order. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Places the window at the bottom of the Z order. If the hWnd parameter identifies a topmost window, the window loses its topmost status and is placed at the bottom of all other windows. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Places the window above all non-topmost windows. The window maintains its topmost position even when it is deactivated. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Places the window above all non-topmost windows (that is, behind all topmost windows). This flag has no effect if the window is already a non-topmost window. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Used to abstract access to classes that contain a potentially owned handle. + + + + The key benefit of this is that we can keep the owning class from being collected during interop calls. + wraps arbitrary owners with target handles. Having this interface allows implicit use + of the classes (such as System.Windows.Forms.Control) that meet this common pattern in interop and encourages + correct alignment with the proper owner. + + + Note that keeping objects alive is necessary ONLY when the object has a finalizer that will explicitly + close the handle. + + + When implementing P/Invoke wrappers that take this interface they should not directly take + , but should take a generic "T" that is constrained to IHandle{T}. Doing + it this way prevents boxing of structs. The "T" parameters should also be marked as + to allow structs to be passed by reference instead of by value. + + + When implementing this on a struct it is important that either the struct itself is marked as readonly + or these properties are to avoid extra struct copies. + + + + + + Owner of the that might close it when finalized. Default is the + implementer. + + + + This allows decoupling the owner from the provider and avoids boxing when + is on a struct. See for a concrete usage. + + + + + + Used to indicate ownership of a native resource pointer. + + + + This should never be put on a struct. + + + + + + A pointer to a null-terminated, constant character string. + + + + + A pointer to the first character in the string. The content should be considered readonly, as it was typed as constant in the SDK. + + + + + Gets the number of characters up to the first null character (exclusive). + + + + + Returns a with a copy of this character array, up to the first null character (exclusive). + + A , or if is . + + + + Returns a span of the characters in this string, up to the first null character (exclusive). + + + + The POINTS structure defines the x- and y-coordinates of a point. + The POINTS structure is similar to the POINT and POINTL structures. The difference is that the members of the POINTS structure are of type SHORT, while those of the other two structures are of type LONG. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the point. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the point. + + + + The length of the string when it is a null separated list of values that is terminated by + a double null. Does not include the final double null. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a span of the characters in this string, up to the first null character (exclusive). + + + + The RECT structure defines a rectangle by the coordinates of its upper-left and lower-right corners. + The RECT structure is identical to the RECTL structure. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangle. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangle. + + + + Finalizable wrapper for COM pointers that gives agile access to the specified interface. + + + + This class should be used to hold all COM pointers that are stored as fields to ensure that they are + safely finalized when needed. Finalization should be avoided whenever possible for performance and timely + resource release (that is, this class should be disposed). + + + Fields should be nulled out before calling . Releasing the COM pointer during disposal + can result in callbacks to containing classes. Rather than evaluate the risk of this for every class, always + follow this pattern. facilitates doing this safely. + + + + + + Returns if has the same pointer this + was created from. + + + + + + + + Gets the default interface. Throws if failed. + + + + + Gets the specified interface. Throws if failed. + + + + + Tries to get the default interface. + + + + + Tries to get the specified interface. + + + + + Gets the managed object using the pointer + this was created from. + + + + + Simple list for "typed" COM struct pointer storage. Prevents nulls. + + + + Doesn't implement generic interfaces as pointer types can't be used as generic arguments. + + + + + + Lifetime management struct for a native COM pointer. Meant to be utilized in a statement + to ensure is called when going out of scope with the using. + + + + This struct has implicit conversions to T** and void** so it can be passed directly to out methods. + For example: + + + using ComScope<IUnknown> unknown = new(null); + comObject->QueryInterface(&iid, unknown); + + + Take care to NOT make copies of the struct to avoid accidental over-release. + + + + This should be one of the struct COM definitions as generated by CsWin32. Ideally we'd constrain to + or some other interface tag to enforce that this is being used around + a struct that is actually a COM wrapper. + + + + + Tries querying the requested interface into a new . + + The result of the query. + + + + Queries the requested interface into a new . + + + + + Attempt to create a from the given COM interface. + + + + + Create a from the given COM interface. Throws on failure. + + + + + Simple helper for checking if a given interface is supported. Only use this if you don't intend to + use the interface, otherwise use . + + + + + Wrapper for the COM global interface table. + + + + + Registers the given in the global interface table. This decrements the + ref count so that the entry in the table will "own" the interface (as it increments the ref count). + + The cookie used to refer to the interface in the table. + + + + Gets an agile interface for the that was given back by + + + + + + Revokes the interface registered with . + This will decrement the ref count for the interface. + + + + + Creates a new instance of an for + that uses the Global Interface Table. + + + + The returned instance should not be cached. + + + + + + Strategy for that uses the . + + + + + Gets a pointer to the IID for the given . + + + + + Gets a reference to the IID for the given . + + + + + Empty (GUID_NULL in docs). + + + + + A pointer to a null-terminated, constant, ANSI character string. + + + + + A pointer to the first character in the string. The content should be considered readonly, as it was typed as constant in the SDK. + + + + + Gets the number of characters up to the first null character (exclusive). + + + + + Returns a with a copy of this character array, decoding as UTF-8. + + A , or if is . + + + + Returns a span of the characters in this string, up to the first null character (exclusive). + + + + The POINTL structure defines the x- and y-coordinates of a point. + The POINTL structure is identical to the POINT structure. + + + Specifies the x-coordinate of the point. + + + Specifies the y-coordinate of the point. + + + + + + + + + + Returns a span of the characters in this string, up to the first null character (exclusive). + + + + The SIZE structure defines the width and height of a rectangle. + The rectangle dimensions stored in this structure can correspond to viewport extents, window extents, text extents, bitmap dimensions, or the aspect-ratio filter for some extended functions. + + + Specifies the rectangle's width. The units depend on which function uses this structure. + + + Specifies the rectangle's height. The units depend on which function uses this structure. + + + Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end. + + + + Helper to ensure GDI+ is initialized before making calls. + + + + + Returns true if GDI+ has been started. + + + + This should be called anywhere you make calls to GDI+ where you don't + already have a GDI+ handle. In System.Drawing.Common, this is done in the PInvoke static constructor + so it is not necessary for methods defined there. + + + We don't do this implicitly in the Core assembly to avoid unnecessary loading of GDI+. + + + https://github.com/microsoft/CsWin32/issues/1308 tracks a proposal to make this more automatic. + + + + + + Specifies that pixel data contains color indexed values which means they are an index to colors in the + system color table, as opposed to individual color values. + + + + + Specifies that pixel data contains GDI colors. + + + + + Specifies that pixel data contains alpha values that are not pre-multiplied. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format contains pre-multiplied alpha values. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format contains extended color values of 16 bits per channel. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is undefined. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format doesn't matter. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 1 bit per pixel indexed color. The color table therefore has two colors in it. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 4 bits per pixel indexed color. The color table therefore has 16 colors in it. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 8 bits per pixel indexed color. The color table therefore has 256 colors in it. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 65536 shades of gray. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 32768 shades of color of + which 5 bits are red, 5 bits are green and 5 bits are blue. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 32768 shades of color of + which 5 bits are red, 5 bits are green, 5 bits are blue and 1 bit is alpha. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 24 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color + of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 24 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color + of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 32 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color + of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue. The 8 additional bits are alpha bits. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 32 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color + of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue. The 8 additional bits are pre-multiplied alpha bits. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 48 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color + of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue. The 8 additional bits are alpha bits. + + + + + Specifies pixel format is 64 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color of + which 16 bits are red, 16 bits are green and 16 bits are blue. The 16 additional bits are alpha bits. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 64 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color + of which 16 bits are red, 16 bits are green and 16 bits are blue. The 16 additional bits are pre-multiplied + alpha bits. + + + + + Specifies that pixel format is 64 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color + of which 16 bits are red, 16 bits are green and 16 bits are blue. The 16 additional bits are alpha bits. + + + + Contains a set of four floating-point numbers that represent the location and size of a rectangle. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a D2D1_RECT_F structure that contains the specified dimensions. + + Type: D2D1_RECT_F A rectangle structure that contains the specified dimensions. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + This section lists the styles, in addition to standard window styles, supported by status bar controls. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Buffer for values. Uses the stack for buffer sizes up to 16. Use in a + statement. + + + + + Helper to scope lifetime of a created via + Deletes the (if any) when disposed. + + + + Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass + by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double delete. + + + + + + Creates a bitmap using + + + + + Creates a bitmap compatible with the given via + + + + + Helper to scope lifetime of an HDC retrieved via CreateDC/CreateCompatibleDC. + Deletes the HDC (if any) when disposed. + + + + Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass + by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double delete. + + + + + + Creates a compatible HDC for using . + + + + Passing a HDC will use the current screen. + + + + + + + Helper to scope getting a from a object. Releases + the when disposed, unlocking the parent object. + + + Also saves and restores the state of the HDC. + + + + + Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass by+ + to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double release. + + + + + + Gets the from the given . + + + + When a object is created from a the clipping region and + the viewport origin are applied (). The clipping + region isn't reflected in , which is combined with the HDC HRegion. + + + The Graphics object saves and restores DC state when performing operations that would modify the DC to + maintain the DC in its original or returned state after . + + + + Applies the origin transform and clipping region of the if it is an + object of type . Otherwise this is a no-op. + + + When true, saves and restores the state. + + + + + Prefer to use . + + + + Ideally we'd not bifurcate what properties we apply unless we're absolutely sure we only want one. + + + + + The DEVMODEW structure is used for specifying characteristics of display and print devices in the Unicode (wide) character set. + + The DEVMODEW structure is the Unicode version of the DEVMODE structure (described in the Microsoft Windows SDK documentation). While applications can use either the ANSI or Unicode version of the structure, drivers are required to use the Unicode version. For printer drivers, the DEVMODEW structure is used for specifying printer characteristics required by a print document. It is also used for specifying a printer's default characteristics. Immediately following a DEVMODEW structure's defined members (often referred to as its public members), there can be a set of driver-defined members (often referred to as private DEVMODEW members). The driver supplies the size, in bytes, of this private area in dmDriverExtra. Driver-defined private members are for exclusive use by the driver. The starting address for the private members can be referenced using the dmSize member as follows: + + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + For a display, specifies the name of the display driver's DLL; for example, "perm3dd" for the 3Dlabs Permedia3 display driver. For a printer, specifies the "friendly name"; for example, "PCL/HP LaserJet" in the case of PCL/HP LaserJet. If the name is greater than CCHDEVICENAME characters in length, the spooler truncates it to fit in the array. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Specifies the version number of this DEVMODEW structure. The current version number is identified by the DM_SPECVERSION constant in wingdi.h. + + + + For a printer, specifies the printer driver version number assigned by the printer driver developer. Display drivers can set this member to DM_SPECVERSION. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Specifies the size in bytes of the public DEVMODEW structure, not including any private, driver-specified members identified by the dmDriverExtra member. + + + Specifies the number of bytes of private driver data that follow the public structure members. If a device driver does not provide private DEVMODEW members, this member should be set to zero. + + + Specifies bit flags identifying which of the following DEVMODEW members are in use. For example, the DM_ORIENTATION flag is set when the dmOrientation member contains valid data. The DM_XXX flags are defined in wingdi.h. + + + + For printers, specifies whether a color printer should print color or monochrome. This member can be one of DMCOLOR_COLOR or DMCOLOR_MONOCHROME. This member is not used for displays. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + + For printers, specifies the y resolution of the printer, in DPI. If this member is used, the dmPrintQuality member specifies the x resolution. This member is not used for displays. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + For printers, specifies how TrueType fonts should be printed. This member must be one of the DMTT-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h. This member is not used for displays. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + + For printers, specifies the name of the form to use; such as "Letter" or "Legal". This must be a name that can be obtain by calling the Win32 EnumForms function (described in the Microsoft Window SDK documentation). This member is not used for displays. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + For displays, specifies the number of logical pixels per inch of a display device and should be equal to the ulLogPixels member of the GDIINFO structure. This member is not used for printers. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + For displays, specifies the color resolution, in bits per pixel, of a display device. This member is not used for printers. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + For displays, specifies the width, in pixels, of the visible device surface. This member is not used for printers. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + For displays, specifies the height, in pixels, of the visible device surface. This member is not used for printers. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + For displays, specifies the frequency, in hertz, of a display device in its current mode. This member is not used for printers. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Specifies one of the DMICMMETHOD-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h. + + + Specifies one of the DMICM-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h. + + + Specifies one of the DMMEDIA-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h. + + + Specifies one of the DMDITHER-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h. + + + Is reserved for system use and should be ignored by the driver. + + + Is reserved for system use and should be ignored by the driver. + + + Is reserved for system use and should be ignored by the driver. + + + Is reserved for system use and should be ignored by the driver. + + + + Helper to scope lifetime of an retrieved via and + . Releases the (if any) + when disposed. + + + + Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass by + to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double release. + + + + + + Creates a using . + + + + GetWindowDC calls GetDCEx(hwnd, null, DCX_WINDOW | DCX_USESTYLE). + + + GetDC calls GetDCEx(hwnd, null, DCX_USESTYLE) when given a handle. (When given null it has additional + logic, and can't be replaced directly by GetDCEx. + + + + + + Creates a DC scope for the primary monitor (not the entire desktop). + + + + is the + API to get the DC for the entire desktop. + + + + + + Used when you must keep a handle to an in a field. Avoid keeping HDC handles in fields + when possible. + + + + + Take ownership from a . + + + + Defines the attributes of a font. (LOGFONTW) + + The following situations do not support ClearType antialiasing: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: LONG Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus the internal-leading value. The font mapper interprets the value specified in lfHeight in the following manner. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: LONG Specifies the average width, in logical units, of characters in the font. If lfWidth is not zero, the aspect ratio of the device is matched against the digitization aspect ratio of the available fonts to find the closest match, determined by the absolute value of the difference. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: LONG Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between the escapement vector and the x-axis of the device. The escapement vector is parallel to the base line of a row of text. The lfEscapement member specifies both the escapement and orientation. You should set lfEscapement and lfOrientation to the same value. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: LONG Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between each character's base line and the x-axis of the device. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: LONG Specifies the weight of the font in the range 0 through 1000. For example, 400 is normal and 700 is bold. If this value is zero, a default weight is used. The following values are defined in Wingdi.h for convenience. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: BYTE TRUE to specify an italic font. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: BYTE TRUE to specify an underlined font. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: BYTE TRUE to specify a strikeout font. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: BYTE Specifies the character set. The following values are predefined: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Type: BYTE + + + Type: BYTE + + + Type: BYTE + + + Type: BYTE + + + + Type: TCHAR[LF_FACESIZE] Specifies a null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. The EnumFontFamilies function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. If lfFaceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Helper to scope creating regions. Deletes the region when disposed. + + + + Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass + by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double deletion. + + + + + + Creates a region with the given rectangle via . + + + + + Creates a region with the given rectangle via . + + + + + Creates a clipping region copy via for the given device context. + + Handle to a device context to copy the clipping region from. + + + + Creates a native region from a GDI+ . + + + + + Returns true if this represents a null HRGN. + + + + + Clears the handle. Use this to hand over ownership to another entity. + + + + The RGNDATAHEADER structure describes the data returned by the GetRegionData function. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The size, in bytes, of the header. + + + The type of region. This value must be RDH_RECTANGLES. + + + The number of rectangles that make up the region. + + + The size of the RGNDATA buffer required to receive the RECT structures that make up the region. If the size is not known, this member can be zero. + + + A bounding rectangle for the region in logical units. + + + + Helper to scope lifetime of a saved device context state. + + + + Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass by + to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double restore. + + + The state that is saved includes ICM (color management), palette, path drawing state, and other objects + that are selected into the DC (bitmap, brush, pen, clipping region, font). + + + Ideally saving the entire DC state can be avoided for simple drawing operations and relying on restoring + individual state pieces can be done instead (putting back the original pen, etc.). + + + + + + Saves the device context state using . + + + + + + Helper to scope selecting a GDI object into an . Restores the original + object into the when disposed. + + + + Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass + by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double selection. + + + + + + Selects into the given using + . + + + + + + A BITMAPINFOHEADER structure that contains information about the dimensions of color format. . + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + The bmiColors member contains one of the following: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end. + + + The BITMAPINFOHEADER structure contains information about the dimensions and color format of a device-independent bitmap (DIB). + +

Color Tables

The BITMAPINFOHEADER structure may be followed by an array of palette entries or color masks. The rules depend on the value of biCompression. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Specifies the number of bytes required by the structure. This value does not include the size of the color table or the size of the color masks, if they are appended to the end of structure. See Remarks. + + + Specifies the width of the bitmap, in pixels. For information about calculating the stride of the bitmap, see Remarks. + + + + Specifies the height of the bitmap, in pixels. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Specifies the number of planes for the target device. This value must be set to 1. + + + Specifies the number of bits per pixel (bpp). For uncompressed formats, this value is the average number of bits per pixel. For compressed formats, this value is the implied bit depth of the uncompressed image, after the image has been decoded. + + + + For compressed video and YUV formats, this member is a FOURCC code, specified as a DWORD in little-endian order. For example, YUYV video has the FOURCC 'VYUY' or 0x56595559. For more information, see FOURCC Codes. For uncompressed RGB formats, the following values are possible: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Specifies the size, in bytes, of the image. This can be set to 0 for uncompressed RGB bitmaps. + + + Specifies the horizontal resolution, in pixels per meter, of the target device for the bitmap. + + + Specifies the vertical resolution, in pixels per meter, of the target device for the bitmap. + + + Specifies the number of color indices in the color table that are actually used by the bitmap. See Remarks for more information. + + + Specifies the number of color indices that are considered important for displaying the bitmap. If this value is zero, all colors are important. + + + The MONITORINFO structure contains information about a display monitor.The GetMonitorInfo function stores information in a MONITORINFO structure or a MONITORINFOEX structure.The MONITORINFO structure is a subset of the MONITORINFOEX structure. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + The size of the structure, in bytes. Set this member to sizeof ( MONITORINFO ) before calling the GetMonitorInfo function. Doing so lets the function determine the type of structure you are passing to it. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + A RECT structure that specifies the display monitor rectangle, expressed in virtual-screen coordinates. Note that if the monitor is not the primary display monitor, some of the rectangle's coordinates may be negative values. + + + A RECT structure that specifies the work area rectangle of the display monitor, expressed in virtual-screen coordinates. Note that if the monitor is not the primary display monitor, some of the rectangle's coordinates may be negative values. + + + + A set of flags that represent attributes of the display monitor. The following flag is defined. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The MONITORINFOEX structure contains information about a display monitor.The GetMonitorInfo function stores information into a MONITORINFOEX structure or a MONITORINFO structure.The MONITORINFOEX structure is a superset of the MONITORINFO structure. (Unicode) + + > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines MONITORINFOEX as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes). + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + A string that specifies the device name of the monitor being used. Most applications have no use for a display monitor name, and so can save some bytes by using a MONITORINFO structure. + + + Specifies the color and usage of an entry in a logical palette. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: BYTE The red intensity value for the palette entry. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: BYTE The green intensity value for the palette entry. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: BYTE The blue intensity value for the palette entry. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: BYTE The alpha intensity value for the palette entry. Note that as of DirectX 8, this member is treated differently than documented for Windows. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The RGBQUAD structure describes a color consisting of relative intensities of red, green, and blue. + The bmiColors member of the BITMAPINFO structure consists of an array of RGBQUAD structures. + + + The intensity of blue in the color. + + + The intensity of green in the color. + + + The intensity of red in the color. + + + This member is reserved and must be zero. + + + The RGNDATA structure contains a header and an array of rectangles that compose a region. The rectangles are sorted top to bottom, left to right. They do not overlap. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + A RGNDATAHEADER structure. The members of this structure specify the type of region (whether it is rectangular or trapezoidal), the number of rectangles that make up the region, the size of the buffer that contains the rectangle structures, and so on. + + + Specifies an arbitrary-size buffer that contains the RECT structures that make up the region. + + + Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end. + + + + Helper to scope lifetime of a GDI object. Deletes the given object (if any) when disposed. + + + + Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass + by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double deletion. + + + + + The object to be deleted when the scope closes. + + + + Contains extern methods from "COMCTL32.dll". + + + Contains extern methods from "GDI32.dll". + + + Contains extern methods from "gdiplus.dll". + + + Contains extern methods from "KERNEL32.dll". + + + Contains extern methods from "OLE32.dll". + + + Contains extern methods from "OLEAUT32.dll". + + + Contains extern methods from "USER32.dll". + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + /> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Tries to get system parameter info for the dpi. dpi is ignored if "SystemParametersInfoForDpi()" API + is not available on the OS that this application is running. + + + + Destroys a property sheet page. An application must call this function for pages that have not been passed to the PropertySheet function. + + Type: BOOL Returns nonzero if successful, or zero otherwise. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExW, GetIconInfoExW, LoadIcon, LoadIcon, LoadIconA, LoadIconA, LoadIconW, LoadIconW. + + + Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExW, GetIconInfoExW, LoadIcon, LoadIcon, LoadIconA, LoadIconA, LoadIconW, LoadIconW. + + + Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExW, GetIconInfoExW, LoadIcon, LoadIcon, LoadIconA, LoadIconA, LoadIconW, LoadIconW. + + + Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExW, GetIconInfoExW, LoadIcon, LoadIcon, LoadIconA, LoadIconA, LoadIconW, LoadIconW. + + + Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExW, GetIconInfoExW, LoadIcon, LoadIcon, LoadIconA, LoadIconA, LoadIconW, LoadIconW. + + + Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoEx, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExA, GetIconInfoExW, GetIconInfoExW, LoadIcon, LoadIcon, LoadIconA, LoadIconA, LoadIconW, LoadIconW. + + + Security Shield icon. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Exclamation point icon. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Hand-shaped icon. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Asterisk icon. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The BitBlt function performs a bit-block transfer of the color data corresponding to a rectangle of pixels from the specified source device context into a destination device context. + A handle to the destination device context. + The x-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The y-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The width, in logical units, of the source and destination rectangles. + The height, in logical units, of the source and the destination rectangles. + A handle to the source device context. + The x-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The y-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + + A raster-operation code. These codes define how the color data for the source rectangle is to be combined with the color data for the destination rectangle to achieve the final color. The following list shows some common raster operation codes. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + BitBlt only does clipping on the destination DC. If a rotation or shear transformation is in effect in the source device context, BitBlt returns an error. If other transformations exist in the source device context (and a matching transformation is not in effect in the destination device context), the rectangle in the destination device context is stretched, compressed, or rotated, as necessary. If the color formats of the source and destination device contexts do not match, the BitBlt function converts the source color format to match the destination format. When an enhanced metafile is being recorded, an error occurs if the source device context identifies an enhanced-metafile device context. Not all devices support the BitBlt function. For more information, see the RC_BITBLT raster capability entry in the GetDeviceCaps function as well as the following functions: MaskBlt, PlgBlt, and StretchBlt. BitBlt returns an error if the source and destination device contexts represent different devices. To transfer data between DCs for different devices, convert the memory bitmap to a DIB by calling GetDIBits. To display the DIB to the second device, call SetDIBits or StretchDIBits. ICM: No color management is performed when blits occur. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The DeleteObject function deletes a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette, freeing all system resources associated with the object. After the object is deleted, the specified handle is no longer valid. + A handle to a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the specified handle is not valid or is currently selected into a DC, the return value is zero. + + + Do not delete a drawing object (pen or brush) while it is still selected into a DC. When a pattern brush is deleted, the bitmap associated with the brush is not deleted. The bitmap must be deleted independently. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The CombineRgn function combines two regions and stores the result in a third region. The two regions are combined according to the specified mode. + A handle to a new region with dimensions defined by combining two other regions. (This region must exist before CombineRgn is called.) + A handle to the first of two regions to be combined. + A handle to the second of two regions to be combined. + + + The return value specifies the type of the resulting region. It can be one of the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + The three regions need not be distinct. For example, the hrgnSrc1 parameter can equal the hrgnDest parameter. + + + The CreateBitmap function creates a bitmap with the specified width, height, and color format (color planes and bits-per-pixel). + The bitmap width, in pixels. + The bitmap height, in pixels. + The number of color planes used by the device. + The number of bits required to identify the color of a single pixel. + + A pointer to an array of color data used to set the colors in a rectangle of pixels. Each scan line in the rectangle must be word aligned (scan lines that are not word aligned must be padded with zeros). The buffer size expected, *cj*, can be calculated using the formula: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to a bitmap. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. This function can return the following value. + This doc was truncated. + + + The CreateBitmap function creates a device-dependent bitmap. After a bitmap is created, it can be selected into a device context by calling the SelectObject function. However, the bitmap can only be selected into a device context if the bitmap and the DC have the same format. The CreateBitmap function can be used to create color bitmaps. However, for performance reasons applications should use CreateBitmap to create monochrome bitmaps and CreateCompatibleBitmap to create color bitmaps. Whenever a color bitmap returned from CreateBitmap is selected into a device context, the system checks that the bitmap matches the format of the device context it is being selected into. Because CreateCompatibleBitmap takes a device context, it returns a bitmap that has the same format as the specified device context. Thus, subsequent calls to SelectObject are faster with a color bitmap from CreateCompatibleBitmap than with a color bitmap returned from CreateBitmap. If the bitmap is monochrome, zeros represent the foreground color and ones represent the background color for the destination device context. If an application sets the nWidth or nHeight parameters to zero, CreateBitmap returns the handle to a 1-by-1 pixel, monochrome bitmap. When you no longer need the bitmap, call the DeleteObject function to delete it. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The CreateCompatibleBitmap function creates a bitmap compatible with the device that is associated with the specified device context. + A handle to a device context. + The bitmap width, in pixels. + The bitmap height, in pixels. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the compatible bitmap (DDB). If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + The color format of the bitmap created by the CreateCompatibleBitmap function matches the color format of the device identified by the hdc parameter. This bitmap can be selected into any memory device context that is compatible with the original device. Because memory device contexts allow both color and monochrome bitmaps, the format of the bitmap returned by the CreateCompatibleBitmap function differs when the specified device context is a memory device context. However, a compatible bitmap that was created for a nonmemory device context always possesses the same color format and uses the same color palette as the specified device context. Note: When a memory device context is created, it initially has a 1-by-1 monochrome bitmap selected into it. If this memory device context is used in CreateCompatibleBitmap, the bitmap that is created is a monochrome bitmap. To create a color bitmap, use the HDC that was used to create the memory device context, as shown in the following code: + + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The CreateCompatibleDC function creates a memory device context (DC) compatible with the specified device. + A handle to an existing DC. If this handle is NULL, the function creates a memory DC compatible with the application's current screen. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to a memory DC. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + A memory DC exists only in memory. When the memory DC is created, its display surface is exactly one monochrome pixel wide and one monochrome pixel high. Before an application can use a memory DC for drawing operations, it must select a bitmap of the correct width and height into the DC. To select a bitmap into a DC, use the CreateCompatibleBitmap function, specifying the height, width, and color organization required. When a memory DC is created, all attributes are set to normal default values. The memory DC can be used as a normal DC. You can set the attributes; obtain the current settings of its attributes; and select pens, brushes, and regions. The CreateCompatibleDC function can only be used with devices that support raster operations. An application can determine whether a device supports these operations by calling the GetDeviceCaps function. When you no longer need the memory DC, call the DeleteDC function. We recommend that you call DeleteDC to delete the DC. However, you can also call DeleteObject with the HDC to delete the DC. If hdc is NULL, the thread that calls CreateCompatibleDC owns the HDC that is created. When this thread is destroyed, the HDC is no longer valid. Thus, if you create the HDC and pass it to another thread, then exit the first thread, the second thread will not be able to use the HDC. ICM: If the DC that is passed to this function is enabled for Image Color Management (ICM), the DC created by the function is ICM-enabled. The source and destination color spaces are specified in the DC. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The CreateDC function creates a device context (DC) for a device using the specified name. (Unicode) + A pointer to a null-terminated character string that specifies either DISPLAY or the name of a specific display device. For printing, we recommend that you pass NULL to lpszDriver because GDI ignores lpszDriver for printer devices. + + A pointer to a null-terminated character string that specifies the name of the specific output device being used, as shown by the Print Manager (for example, Epson FX-80). It is not the printer model name. The lpszDevice parameter must be used. To obtain valid names for displays, call EnumDisplayDevices. If lpszDriver is DISPLAY or the device name of a specific display device, then lpszDevice must be NULL or that same device name. If lpszDevice is NULL, then a DC is created for the primary display device. If there are multiple monitors on the system, calling CreateDC(TEXT("DISPLAY"),NULL,NULL,NULL) will create a DC covering all the monitors. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + This parameter is ignored and should be set to NULL. It is provided only for compatibility with 16-bit Windows. + + A pointer to a DEVMODE structure containing device-specific initialization data for the device driver. The DocumentProperties function retrieves this structure filled in for a specified device. The pdm parameter must be NULL if the device driver is to use the default initialization (if any) specified by the user. If lpszDriver is DISPLAY, pdm must be NULL; GDI then uses the display device's current DEVMODE. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to a DC for the specified device. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + Note that the handle to the DC can only be used by a single thread at any one time. For parameters lpszDriver and lpszDevice, call EnumDisplayDevices to obtain valid names for displays. When you no longer need the DC, call the DeleteDC function. If lpszDriver or lpszDevice is DISPLAY, the thread that calls CreateDC owns the HDC that is created. When this thread is destroyed, the HDC is no longer valid. Thus, if you create the HDC and pass it to another thread, then exit the first thread, the second thread will not be able to use the HDC. When you call CreateDC to create the HDC for a display device, you must pass to pdm either NULL or a pointer to DEVMODE that matches the current DEVMODE of the display device that lpszDevice specifies. We recommend to pass NULL and not to try to exactly match the DEVMODE for the current display device. When you call CreateDC to create the HDC for a printer device, the printer driver validates the DEVMODE. If the printer driver determines that the DEVMODE is invalid (that is, printer driver can’t convert or consume the DEVMODE), the printer driver provides a default DEVMODE to create the HDC for the printer device. ICM: To enable ICM, set the dmICMMethod member of the DEVMODE structure (pointed to by the pInitData parameter) to the appropriate value. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The CreateDIBSection function creates a DIB that applications can write to directly. + A handle to a device context. If the value of iUsage is DIB_PAL_COLORS, the function uses this device context's logical palette to initialize the DIB colors. + A pointer to a BITMAPINFO structure that specifies various attributes of the DIB, including the bitmap dimensions and colors. + + The type of data contained in the bmiColors array member of the BITMAPINFO structure pointed to by pbmi (either logical palette indexes or literal RGB values). The following values are defined. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + A pointer to a variable that receives a pointer to the location of the DIB bit values. + + A handle to a file-mapping object that the function will use to create the DIB. This parameter can be NULL. If hSection is not NULL, it must be a handle to a file-mapping object created by calling the CreateFileMapping function with the PAGE_READWRITE or PAGE_WRITECOPY flag. Read-only DIB sections are not supported. Handles created by other means will cause CreateDIBSection to fail. If hSection is not NULL, the CreateDIBSection function locates the bitmap bit values at offset dwOffset in the file-mapping object referred to by hSection. An application can later retrieve the hSection handle by calling the GetObject function with the HBITMAP returned by CreateDIBSection. If hSection is NULL, the system allocates memory for the DIB. In this case, the CreateDIBSection function ignores the dwOffset parameter. An application cannot later obtain a handle to this memory. The dshSection member of the DIBSECTION structure filled in by calling the GetObject function will be NULL. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + The offset from the beginning of the file-mapping object referenced by hSection where storage for the bitmap bit values is to begin. This value is ignored if hSection is NULL. The bitmap bit values are aligned on doubleword boundaries, so dwOffset must be a multiple of the size of a DWORD. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the newly created DIB, and *ppvBits points to the bitmap bit values. If the function fails, the return value is NULL, and *ppvBits is NULL. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. GetLastError can return the following value: + This doc was truncated. + + + As noted above, if hSection is NULL, the system allocates memory for the DIB. The system closes the handle to that memory when you later delete the DIB by calling the DeleteObject function. If hSection is not NULL, you must close the hSection memory handle yourself after calling DeleteObject to delete the bitmap. You cannot paste a DIB section from one application into another application. CreateDIBSection does not use the BITMAPINFOHEADER parameters biXPelsPerMeter or biYPelsPerMeter and will not provide resolution information in the BITMAPINFO structure. You need to guarantee that the GDI subsystem has completed any drawing to a bitmap created by CreateDIBSection before you draw to the bitmap yourself. Access to the bitmap must be synchronized. Do this by calling the GdiFlush function. This applies to any use of the pointer to the bitmap bit values, including passing the pointer in calls to functions such as SetDIBits. ICM: No color management is done. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The CreateFontIndirect function creates a logical font that has the specified characteristics. The font can subsequently be selected as the current font for any device context. (Unicode) + A pointer to a LOGFONT structure that defines the characteristics of the logical font. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to a logical font. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + The CreateFontIndirect function creates a logical font with the characteristics specified in the LOGFONT structure. When this font is selected by using the SelectObject function, GDI's font mapper attempts to match the logical font with an existing physical font. If it fails to find an exact match, it provides an alternative whose characteristics match as many of the requested characteristics as possible. To get the appropriate font on different language versions of the OS, call EnumFontFamiliesEx with the desired font characteristics in the LOGFONT structure, retrieve the appropriate typeface name, and create the font using CreateFont or CreateFontIndirect. When you no longer need the font, call the DeleteObject function to delete it. The fonts for many East Asian languages have two typeface names: an English name and a localized name. CreateFont and CreateFontIndirect take the localized typeface name only on a system locale that matches the language, while they take the English typeface name on all other system locales. The best method is to try one name and, on failure, try the other. Note that EnumFonts, EnumFontFamilies, and EnumFontFamiliesEx return the English typeface name if the system locale does not match the language of the font. The font mapper for CreateFont, CreateFontIndirect, and CreateFontIndirectEx recognizes both the English and the localized typeface name, regardless of locale. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The CreateIC function creates an information context for the specified device. (Unicode) + A pointer to a null-terminated character string that specifies the name of the device driver (for example, Epson). + A pointer to a null-terminated character string that specifies the name of the specific output device being used, as shown by the Print Manager (for example, Epson FX-80). It is not the printer model name. The lpszDevice parameter must be used. + This parameter is ignored and should be set to NULL. It is provided only for compatibility with 16-bit Windows. + A pointer to a DEVMODE structure containing device-specific initialization data for the device driver. The DocumentProperties function retrieves this structure filled in for a specified device. The lpdvmInit parameter must be NULL if the device driver is to use the default initialization (if any) specified by the user. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to an information context. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + When you no longer need the information DC, call the DeleteDC function. + > [!NOTE] > The wingdi.h header defines CreateIC as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes). + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The CreateRectRgn function creates a rectangular region. + Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the region in logical units. + Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the region in logical units. + Specifies the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the region in logical units. + Specifies the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the region in logical units. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to the region. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + When you no longer need the HRGN object, call the DeleteObject function to delete it. Region coordinates are represented as 27-bit signed integers. Regions created by the Create<shape>Rgn methods (such as CreateRectRgn and CreatePolygonRgn) only include the interior of the shape; the shape's outline is excluded from the region. This means that any point on a line between two sequential vertices is not included in the region. If you were to call PtInRegion for such a point, it would return zero as the result. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The DeleteDC function deletes the specified device context (DC). + A handle to the device context. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + An application must not delete a DC whose handle was obtained by calling the GetDC function. Instead, it must call the ReleaseDC function to free the DC. + + + The DeleteEnhMetaFile function deletes an enhanced-format metafile or an enhanced-format metafile handle. + A handle to an enhanced metafile. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + If the hemf parameter identifies an enhanced metafile stored in memory, the DeleteEnhMetaFile function deletes the metafile. If hemf identifies a metafile stored on a disk, the function deletes the metafile handle but does not destroy the actual metafile. An application can retrieve the file by calling the GetEnhMetaFile function. + + + The GetClipRgn function retrieves a handle identifying the current application-defined clipping region for the specified device context. + A handle to the device context. + A handle to an existing region before the function is called. After the function returns, this parameter is a handle to a copy of the current clipping region. + If the function succeeds and there is no clipping region for the given device context, the return value is zero. If the function succeeds and there is a clipping region for the given device context, the return value is 1. If an error occurs, the return value is -1. + + An application-defined clipping region is a clipping region identified by the SelectClipRgn function. It is not a clipping region created when the application calls the BeginPaint function. If the function succeeds, the hrgn parameter is a handle to a copy of the current clipping region. Subsequent changes to this copy will not affect the current clipping region. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The GetDeviceCaps function retrieves device-specific information for the specified device. + A handle to the DC. + + + The return value specifies the value of the desired item. When nIndex is BITSPIXEL and the device has 15bpp or 16bpp, the return value is 16. + + + When nIndex is SHADEBLENDCAPS: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The GetObjectW (Unicode) function (wingdi.h) retrieves information for the specified graphics object. + + If the function succeeds, and lpvObject is a valid pointer, the return value is the number of bytes stored into the buffer. If the function succeeds, and lpvObject is NULL, the return value is the number of bytes required to hold the information the function would store into the buffer. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + The buffer pointed to by the lpvObject parameter must be sufficiently large to receive the information about the graphics object. Depending on the graphics object, the function uses a BITMAP, DIBSECTION, EXTLOGPEN, LOGBRUSH, LOGFONT, or LOGPEN structure, or a count of table entries (for a logical palette). If hgdiobj is a handle to a bitmap created by calling CreateDIBSection, and the specified buffer is large enough, the GetObject function returns a DIBSECTION structure. In addition, the bmBits member of the BITMAP structure contained within the DIBSECTION will contain a pointer to the bitmap's bit values. If hgdiobj is a handle to a bitmap created by any other means, GetObject returns only the width, height, and color format information of the bitmap. You can obtain the bitmap's bit values by calling the GetDIBits or GetBitmapBits function. If hgdiobj is a handle to a logical palette, GetObject retrieves a 2-byte integer that specifies the number of entries in the palette. The function does not retrieve the LOGPALETTE structure defining the palette. To retrieve information about palette entries, an application can call the GetPaletteEntries function. If hgdiobj is a handle to a font, the LOGFONT that is returned is the LOGFONT used to create the font. If Windows had to make some interpolation of the font because the precise LOGFONT could not be represented, the interpolation will not be reflected in the LOGFONT. For example, if you ask for a vertical version of a font that doesn't support vertical painting, the LOGFONT indicates the font is vertical, but Windows will paint it horizontally. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The GetObjectType retrieves the type of the specified object. + A handle to the graphics object. + + If the function succeeds, the return value identifies the object. This value can be one of the following. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The GetPaletteEntries function retrieves a specified range of palette entries from the given logical palette. + A handle to the logical palette. + The first entry in the logical palette to be retrieved. + The number of entries in the logical palette to be retrieved. + A pointer to an array of PALETTEENTRY structures to receive the palette entries. The array must contain at least as many structures as specified by the nEntries parameter. + + If the function succeeds and the handle to the logical palette is a valid pointer (not NULL), the return value is the number of entries retrieved from the logical palette. If the function succeeds and handle to the logical palette is NULL, the return value is the number of entries in the given palette. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + An application can determine whether a device supports palette operations by calling the GetDeviceCaps function and specifying the RASTERCAPS constant. If the nEntries parameter specifies more entries than exist in the palette, the remaining members of the PALETTEENTRY structure are not altered. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The GetRegionData function fills the specified buffer with data describing a region. This data includes the dimensions of the rectangles that make up the region. + A handle to the region. + The size, in bytes, of the lpRgnData buffer. + A pointer to a RGNDATA structure that receives the information. The dimensions of the region are in logical units. If this parameter is NULL, the return value contains the number of bytes needed for the region data. + + If the function succeeds and dwCount specifies an adequate number of bytes, the return value is always dwCount. If dwCount is too small or the function fails, the return value is 0. If lpRgnData is NULL, the return value is the required number of bytes. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + The GetRegionData function is used in conjunction with the ExtCreateRegion function. + + + The GetStockObject function retrieves a handle to one of the stock pens, brushes, fonts, or palettes. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the requested logical object. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + It is not recommended that you employ this method to obtain the current font used by dialogs and windows. Instead, use the SystemParametersInfo function with the SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS parameter to retrieve the current font. SystemParametersInfo will take into account the current theme and provides font information for captions, menus, and message dialogs. Use the DKGRAY_BRUSH, GRAY_BRUSH, and LTGRAY_BRUSH stock objects only in windows with the CS_HREDRAW and CS_VREDRAW styles. Using a gray stock brush in any other style of window can lead to misalignment of brush patterns after a window is moved or sized. The origins of stock brushes cannot be adjusted. The HOLLOW_BRUSH and NULL_BRUSH stock objects are equivalent. It is not necessary (but it is not harmful) to delete stock objects by calling DeleteObject. Both DC_BRUSH and DC_PEN can be used interchangeably with other stock objects like BLACK_BRUSH and BLACK_PEN. For information on retrieving the current pen or brush color, see GetDCBrushColor and GetDCPenColor. See Setting the Pen or Brush Color for an example of setting colors. The GetStockObject function with an argument of DC_BRUSH or DC_PEN can be used interchangeably with the SetDCPenColor and SetDCBrushColor functions. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The GetViewportExtEx function retrieves the x-extent and y-extent of the current viewport for the specified device context. + A handle to the device context. + A pointer to a SIZE structure that receives the x- and y-extents, in device units. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The GetViewportOrgEx function retrieves the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the viewport origin for the specified device context. + A handle to the device context. + A pointer to a POINT structure that receives the coordinates of the origin, in device units. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IntersectClipRect function creates a new clipping region from the intersection of the current clipping region and the specified rectangle. + A handle to the device context. + The x-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. + The y-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. + The x-coordinate, in logical units, of the lower-right corner of the rectangle. + The y-coordinate, in logical units, of the lower-right corner of the rectangle. + + The return value specifies the new clipping region's type and can be one of the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The lower and right-most edges of the given rectangle are excluded from the clipping region. If a clipping region does not already exist then the system may apply a default clipping region to the specified HDC. A clipping region is then created from the intersection of that default clipping region and the rectangle specified in the function parameters. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The OffsetViewportOrgEx function modifies the viewport origin for a device context using the specified horizontal and vertical offsets. + A handle to the device context. + The horizontal offset, in device units. + The vertical offset, in device units. + A pointer to a POINT structure. The previous viewport origin, in device units, is placed in this structure. If lpPoint is NULL, the previous viewport origin is not returned. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + The new origin is the sum of the current origin and the horizontal and vertical offsets. + + + The DeleteMetaFile function deletes a Windows-format metafile or Windows-format metafile handle. + A handle to a Windows-format metafile. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + If the metafile identified by the hmf parameter is stored in memory (rather than on a disk), its content is lost when it is deleted by using the DeleteMetaFile function. + + + The RestoreDC function restores a device context (DC) to the specified state. The DC is restored by popping state information off a stack created by earlier calls to the SaveDC function. + A handle to the DC. + The saved state to be restored. If this parameter is positive, nSavedDC represents a specific instance of the state to be restored. If this parameter is negative, nSavedDC represents an instance relative to the current state. For example, -1 restores the most recently saved state. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + Each DC maintains a stack of saved states. The SaveDC function pushes the current state of the DC onto its stack of saved states. That state can be restored only to the same DC from which it was created. After a state is restored, the saved state is destroyed and cannot be reused. Furthermore, any states saved after the restored state was created are also destroyed and cannot be used. In other words, the RestoreDC function pops the restored state (and any subsequent states) from the state information stack. + + + The SaveDC function saves the current state of the specified device context (DC) by copying data describing selected objects and graphic modes (such as the bitmap, brush, palette, font, pen, region, drawing mode, and mapping mode) to a context stack. + A handle to the DC whose state is to be saved. + + If the function succeeds, the return value identifies the saved state. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + The SaveDC function can be used any number of times to save any number of instances of the DC state. A saved state can be restored by using the RestoreDC function. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The SelectClipRgn function selects a region as the current clipping region for the specified device context. + A handle to the device context. + A handle to the region to be selected. + + The return value specifies the region's complexity and can be one of the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Only a copy of the selected region is used. The region itself can be selected for any number of other device contexts or it can be deleted. The SelectClipRgn function assumes that the coordinates for a region are specified in device units. To remove a device-context's clipping region, specify a NULL region handle. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The SelectObject function selects an object into the specified device context (DC). The new object replaces the previous object of the same type. + A handle to the DC. + + A handle to the object to be selected. The specified object must have been created by using one of the following functions. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the selected object is not a region and the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the object being replaced. If the selected object is a region and the function succeeds, the return value is one of the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + This function returns the previously selected object of the specified type. An application should always replace a new object with the original, default object after it has finished drawing with the new object. An application cannot select a single bitmap into more than one DC at a time. ICM: If the object being selected is a brush or a pen, color management is performed. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Closes an open object handle. + A valid handle to an open object. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. If the application is running under a debugger, the function will throw an exception if it receives either a handle value that is not valid or a pseudo-handle value. This can happen if you close a handle twice, or if you call CloseHandle on a handle returned by the FindFirstFile function instead of calling the FindClose function. + + + The CloseHandle function closes handles to the following objects: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Returns the locale identifier for the system locale.Note  Any application that runs only on Windows Vista and later should use GetSystemDefaultLocaleName in preference to this function. + Returns the locale identifier for the system default locale, identified by LOCALE_SYSTEM_DEFAULT. + This function can retrieve data from custom locales. Data is not guaranteed to be the same from computer to computer or between runs of an application. If your application must persist or transmit data, see Using Persistent Locale Data. + + + Returns the locale identifier of the current locale for the calling thread.Note  This function can retrieve data that changes between releases, for example, due to a custom locale. + + Returns the locale identifier of the locale associated with the current thread. Windows Vista: This function can return the identifier of a custom locale. If the current thread locale is a custom locale, the function returns LOCALE_CUSTOM_DEFAULT. If the current thread locale is a supplemental custom locale, the function can return LOCALE_CUSTOM_UNSPECIFIED. All supplemental locales share this locale identifier. + + + When an application process launches, it uses the Standards and Formats variable for the locale. For more information, see NLS Terminology. When a new thread is created in a process, it inherits the locale of the creating thread. This locale can be either the default Standards and Formats locale or a different locale set for the creating thread in a call to SetThreadLocale. GetThreadLocale and SetThreadLocale can be used to modify the locale of the new thread. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Frees the specified global memory object and invalidates its handle. + + A handle to the global memory object. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function. It is not safe to free memory allocated with LocalAlloc. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is NULL. If the function fails, the return value is equal to a handle to the global memory object. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + If the process examines or modifies the memory after it has been freed, heap corruption may occur or an access violation exception (EXCEPTION_ACCESS_VIOLATION) may be generated. The GlobalFree function will free a locked memory object. A locked memory object has a lock count greater than zero. The GlobalLock function locks a global memory object and increments the lock count by one. The GlobalUnlock function unlocks it and decrements the lock count by one. To get the lock count of a global memory object, use the GlobalFlags function. If an application is running under a debug version of the system, GlobalFree will issue a message that tells you that a locked object is being freed. If you are debugging the application, GlobalFree will enter a breakpoint just before freeing a locked object. This allows you to verify the intended behavior, then continue execution. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Allocates the specified number of bytes from the heap. (GlobalAlloc) + + The number of bytes to allocate. If this parameter is zero and the uFlags parameter specifies GMEM_MOVEABLE, the function returns a handle to a memory object that is marked as discarded. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the newly allocated memory object. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + Windows memory management does not provide a separate local heap and global heap. Therefore, the GlobalAlloc and LocalAlloc functions are essentially the same. The movable-memory flags GHND and GMEM_MOVABLE add unnecessary overhead and require locking to be used safely. They should be avoided unless documentation specifically states that they should be used. New applications should use the heap functions to allocate and manage memory unless the documentation specifically states that a global function should be used. For example, the global functions are still used with Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE), the clipboard functions, and OLE data objects. If the GlobalAlloc function succeeds, it allocates at least the amount of memory requested. If the actual amount allocated is greater than the amount requested, the process can use the entire amount. To determine the actual number of bytes allocated, use the GlobalSize function. If the heap does not contain sufficient free space to satisfy the request, GlobalAlloc returns NULL. Because NULL is used to indicate an error, virtual address zero is never allocated. It is, therefore, easy to detect the use of a NULL pointer. Memory allocated with this function is guaranteed to be aligned on an 8-byte boundary. To execute dynamically generated code, use the VirtualAlloc function to allocate memory and the VirtualProtect function to grant PAGE_EXECUTE access. To free the memory, use the GlobalFree function. It is not safe to free memory allocated with GlobalAlloc using LocalFree. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Locks a global memory object and returns a pointer to the first byte of the object's memory block. + + A handle to the global memory object. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a pointer to the first byte of the memory block. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + The internal data structures for each memory object include a lock count that is initially zero. For movable memory objects, GlobalLock increments the count by one, and the GlobalUnlock function decrements the count by one. Each successful call that a process makes to GlobalLock for an object must be matched by a corresponding call to GlobalUnlock. Locked memory will not be moved or discarded, unless the memory object is reallocated by using the GlobalReAlloc function. The memory block of a locked memory object remains locked until its lock count is decremented to zero, at which time it can be moved or discarded. Memory objects allocated with GMEM_FIXED always have a lock count of zero. For these objects, the value of the returned pointer is equal to the value of the specified handle. If the specified memory block has been discarded or if the memory block has a zero-byte size, this function returns NULL. Discarded objects always have a lock count of zero. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Changes the size or attributes of a specified global memory object. The size can increase or decrease. + + A handle to the global memory object to be reallocated. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + The new size of the memory block, in bytes. If uFlags specifies GMEM_MODIFY, this parameter is ignored. + + The reallocation options. If GMEM_MODIFY is specified, the function modifies the attributes of the memory object only (the dwBytes parameter is ignored.) Otherwise, the function reallocates the memory object. You can optionally combine GMEM_MODIFY with the following value. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the reallocated memory object. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + If GlobalReAlloc reallocates a movable object, the return value is a handle to the memory object. To convert the handle to a pointer, use the GlobalLock function. If GlobalReAlloc reallocates a fixed object, the value of the handle returned is the address of the first byte of the memory block. To access the memory, a process can simply cast the return value to a pointer. If GlobalReAlloc fails, the original memory is not freed, and the original handle and pointer are still valid. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Retrieves the current size of the specified global memory object, in bytes. + + A handle to the global memory object. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the size of the specified global memory object, in bytes. If the specified handle is not valid or if the object has been discarded, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + The size of a memory block may be larger than the size requested when the memory was allocated. To verify that the specified object's memory block has not been discarded, use the GlobalFlags function before calling GlobalSize. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Decrements the lock count associated with a memory object that was allocated with GMEM_MOVEABLE. + + A handle to the global memory object. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the memory object is still locked after decrementing the lock count, the return value is a nonzero value. If the memory object is unlocked after decrementing the lock count, the function returns zero and GetLastError returns NO_ERROR. If the function fails, the return value is zero and GetLastError returns a value other than NO_ERROR. + + + The internal data structures for each memory object include a lock count that is initially zero. For movable memory objects, the GlobalLock function increments the count by one, and GlobalUnlock decrements the count by one. For each call that a process makes to GlobalLock for an object, it must eventually call GlobalUnlock. Locked memory will not be moved or discarded, unless the memory object is reallocated by using the GlobalReAlloc function. The memory block of a locked memory object remains locked until its lock count is decremented to zero, at which time it can be moved or discarded. Memory objects allocated with GMEM_FIXED always have a lock count of zero. If the specified memory block is fixed memory, this function returns TRUE. If the memory object is already unlocked, GlobalUnlock returns FALSE and GetLastError reports ERROR_NOT_LOCKED. A process should not rely on the return value to determine the number of times it must subsequently call GlobalUnlock for a memory object. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Frees the loaded dynamic-link library (DLL) module and, if necessary, decrements its reference count. + + A handle to the loaded library module. The LoadLibrary, LoadLibraryEx, GetModuleHandle, or GetModuleHandleEx function returns this handle. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call the GetLastError function. + + + The system maintains a per-process reference count for each loaded module. A module that was loaded at process initialization due to load-time dynamic linking has a reference count of one. The reference count for a module is incremented each time the module is loaded by a call to LoadLibrary. The reference count is also incremented by a call to LoadLibraryEx unless the module is being loaded for the first time and is being loaded as a data or image file. The reference count is decremented each time the FreeLibrary or FreeLibraryAndExitThread function is called for the module. When a module's reference count reaches zero or the process terminates, the system unloads the module from the address space of the process. Before unloading a library module, the system enables the module to detach from the process by calling the module's DllMain function, if it has one, with the DLL_PROCESS_DETACH value. Doing so gives the library module an opportunity to clean up resources allocated on behalf of the current process. After the entry-point function returns, the library module is removed from the address space of the current process. It is not safe to call FreeLibrary from DllMain. For more information, see the Remarks section in DllMain. Calling FreeLibrary does not affect other processes that are using the same module. Use caution when calling FreeLibrary with a handle returned by GetModuleHandle. The GetModuleHandle function does not increment a module's reference count, so passing this handle to FreeLibrary can cause a module to be unloaded prematurely. A thread that must unload the DLL in which it is executing and then terminate itself should call FreeLibraryAndExitThread instead of calling FreeLibrary and ExitThread separately. Otherwise, a race condition can occur. For details, see the Remarks section of FreeLibraryAndExitThread. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + + + + Creates a single uninitialized object of the class associated with a specified CLSID. + The CLSID associated with the data and code that will be used to create the object. + If NULL, indicates that the object is not being created as part of an aggregate. If non-NULL, pointer to the aggregate object's IUnknown interface (the controlling IUnknown). + Context in which the code that manages the newly created object will run. The values are taken from the enumeration CLSCTX. + A reference to the identifier of the interface to be used to communicate with the object. + Address of pointer variable that receives the interface pointer requested in riid. Upon successful return, *ppv contains the requested interface pointer. Upon failure, *ppv contains NULL. + + This function can return the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The CoCreateInstance function provides a convenient shortcut by connecting to the class object associated with the specified CLSID, creating a default-initialized instance, and releasing the class object. As such, it encapsulates the following functionality: + + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Frees all elements that can be freed in a given PROPVARIANT structure. + + A pointer to an initialized PROPVARIANT structure for which any deallocatable elements are to be freed. On return, all zeroes are written to the PROPVARIANT structure. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + This function returns HRESULT. + + At any level of indirection, NULL pointers are ignored. For example, the pvar parameter points to a PROPVARIANT structure of type VT_CF. The pclipdata member of the PROPVARIANT structure points to a CLIPDATA structure. The pClipData pointer in the CLIPDATA structure is NULL. In this example, the pClipData pointer is ignored. However, the CLIPDATA structure pointed to by the pclipdata member of the PROPVARIANT structure is freed. On return, this function writes zeroes to the specified PROPVARIANT structure, so the VT-type is VT_EMPTY. Passing NULL as the pvar parameter produces a return code of S_OK.
Note  Do not use this function to initialize PROPVARIANT structures. Instead, initialize these structures using the PropVariantInit macro (defined in Propidl.h).
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Deallocates a string allocated previously by SysAllocString, SysAllocStringByteLen, SysReAllocString, SysAllocStringLen, or SysReAllocStringLen. + The previously allocated string. If this parameter is NULL, the function simply returns. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Uses registry information to load a type library. + The GUID of the library. + The major version of the library. + The minor version of the library. + The national language code of the library. + The loaded type library. + + This function can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The function LoadRegTypeLib defers to LoadTypeLib to load the file. + LoadRegTypeLib compares the requested version numbers against those found in the system registry, and takes one of the following actions: + + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Creates a new picture object initialized according to a PICTDESC structure. + Pointer to a caller-allocated structure containing the initial state of the picture. The specified structure can be NULL to create an uninitialized object, in the event the picture needs to initialize via IPersistStream::Load. + Reference to the identifier of the interface describing the type of interface pointer to return in lplpvObj. + If TRUE, the picture object is to destroy its picture when the object is destroyed. If FALSE, the caller is responsible for destroying the picture. + Address of pointer variable that receives the interface pointer requested in riid. Upon successful return, this parameter contains the requested interface pointer on the newly created object. If the call is successful, the caller is responsible for calling Release through this interface pointer when the new object is no longer needed. If the call fails, the value is set to NULL. + + This function returns S_OK on success. Other possible values include the following. + This doc was truncated. + + The fOwn parameter indicates whether the picture is to own the GDI picture handle for the picture it contains, so that the picture object will destroy its picture when the object itself is destroyed. The function returns an interface pointer to the new picture object specified by the caller in the riid parameter. A QueryInterface is built into this call. The caller is responsible for calling Release through the interface pointer returned. + + + + + + Creates a new array descriptor, allocates and initializes the data for the array, and returns a pointer to the new array descriptor. + The base type of the array (the VARTYPE of each element of the array). The VARTYPE is restricted to a subset of the variant types. Neither the VT_ARRAY nor the VT_BYREF flag can be set. VT_EMPTY and VT_NULL are not valid base types for the array. All other types are legal. + The number of dimensions in the array. The number cannot be changed after the array is created. + A vector of bounds (one for each dimension) to allocate for the array. + A safe array descriptor, or null if the array could not be created. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Creates and returns a safe array descriptor from the specified VARTYPE, number of dimensions and bounds. + The base type or the VARTYPE of each element of the array. The FADF_RECORD flag can be set for a variant type VT_RECORD, The FADF_HAVEIID flag can be set for VT_DISPATCH or VT_UNKNOWN, and FADF_HAVEVARTYPE can be set for all other VARTYPEs. + The number of dimensions in the array. + A vector of bounds (one for each dimension) to allocate for the array. + the type information of the user-defined type, if you are creating a safe array of user-defined types. If the vt parameter is VT_RECORD, then pvExtra will be a pointer to an IRecordInfo describing the record. If the vt parameter is VT_DISPATCH or VT_UNKNOWN, then pvExtra will contain a pointer to a GUID representing the type of interface being passed to the array. + A safe array descriptor, or null if the array could not be created. + If the VARTYPE is VT_RECORD then SafeArraySetRecordInfo is called. If the VARTYPE is VT_DISPATCH or VT_UNKNOWN then the elements of the array must contain interfaces of the same type. Part of the process of marshaling this array to other processes does include generating the proxy/stub code of the IID pointed to by the pvExtra parameter. To actually pass heterogeneous interfaces one will need to specify either IID_IUnknown or IID_IDispatch in pvExtra and provide some other means for the caller to identify how to query for the actual interface. + + + Destroys an existing array descriptor and all of the data in the array. + An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate. + + This function can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + Safe arrays of variant will have the VariantClear function called on each member and safe arrays of BSTR will have the SysFreeString function called on each element. IRecordInfo::RecordClear will be called to release object references and other values of a record without deallocating the record. + + + + + + Retrieves a single element of the array. + An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate. + A vector of indexes for each dimension of the array. The right-most (least significant) dimension is rgIndices[0]. The left-most dimension is stored at rgIndices[psa->cDims – 1]. + The element of the array. + + This function can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + This function calls SafeArrayLock and SafeArrayUnlock automatically, before and after retrieving the element. The caller must provide a storage area of the correct size to receive the data. If the data element is a string, object, or variant, the function copies the element in the correct way. + + + Retrieves the IRecordInfo interface of the UDT contained in the specified safe array. + An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate. + The IRecordInfo interface. + + This function can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Gets the VARTYPE stored in the specified safe array. + An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate. + The VARTYPE. + + This function can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + If FADF_HAVEVARTYPE is set, SafeArrayGetVartype returns the VARTYPE stored in the array descriptor. If FADF_RECORD is set, it returns VT_RECORD; if FADF_DISPATCH is set, it returns VT_DISPATCH; and if FADF_UNKNOWN is set, it returns VT_UNKNOWN. SafeArrayGetVartype can fail to return VT_UNKNOWN for SAFEARRAY types that are based on IUnknown. Callers should additionally check whether the SAFEARRAY type's fFeatures field has the FADF_UNKNOWN flag set. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Increments the lock count of an array, and places a pointer to the array data in pvData of the array descriptor. + An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate. + + This function can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The pointer in the array descriptor is valid until the SafeArrayUnlock function is called. Calls to SafeArrayLock can be nested, in which case an equal number of calls to SafeArrayUnlock are required. An array cannot be deleted while it is locked. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Stores the data element at the specified location in the array. + An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate. + A vector of indexes for each dimension of the array. The right-most (least significant) dimension is rgIndices[0]. The left-most dimension is stored at rgIndices[psa->cDims – 1]. + The data to assign to the array. The variant types VT_DISPATCH, VT_UNKNOWN, and VT_BSTR are pointers, and do not require another level of indirection. + + This function can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + This function automatically calls SafeArrayLock and SafeArrayUnlock before and after assigning the element. If the data element is a string, object, or variant, the function copies it correctly when the safe array is destroyed. If the existing element is a string, object, or variant, it is cleared correctly. If the data element is a VT_DISPATCH or VT_UNKNOWN, AddRef is called to increment the object's reference count.
Note  Multiple locks can be on an array. Elements can be put into an array while the array is locked by other operations.
 
For an example that demonstrates calling SafeArrayPutElement, see the COM Fundamentals Lines sample (CLines::Add in Lines.cpp). + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Decrements the lock count of an array so it can be freed or resized. + An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate. + + This function can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + This function is called after access to the data in an array is finished. + + + Creates a new image (icon, cursor, or bitmap) and copies the attributes of the specified image to the new one. If necessary, the function stretches the bits to fit the desired size of the new image. + + Type: HANDLE A handle to the image to be copied. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + Type: UINT + + Type: int The desired width, in pixels, of the image. If this is zero, then the returned image will have the same width as the original hImage. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: int The desired height, in pixels, of the image. If this is zero, then the returned image will have the same height as the original hImage. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + Type: UINT + + Type: HANDLE If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to the newly created image. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + When you are finished using the resource, you can release its associated memory by calling one of the functions in the following table. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Destroys an icon and frees any memory the icon occupied. + + Type: HICON A handle to the icon to be destroyed. The icon must not be in use. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + It is only necessary to call DestroyIcon for icons and cursors created with the following functions: CreateIconFromResourceEx (if called without the LR_SHARED flag), CreateIconIndirect, and CopyIcon. Do not use this function to destroy a shared icon. A shared icon is valid as long as the module from which it was loaded remains in memory. The following functions obtain a shared icon. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Draws an icon or cursor into the specified device context, performing the specified raster operations, and stretching or compressing the icon or cursor as specified. + + Type: HDC A handle to the device context into which the icon or cursor will be drawn. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: int The logical x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the icon or cursor. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: int The logical y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the icon or cursor. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: HICON A handle to the icon or cursor to be drawn. This parameter can identify an animated cursor. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: int The logical width of the icon or cursor. If this parameter is zero and the diFlags parameter is DI_DEFAULTSIZE, the function uses the SM_CXICON system metric value to set the width. If this parameter is zero and DI_DEFAULTSIZE is not used, the function uses the actual resource width. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: int The logical height of the icon or cursor. If this parameter is zero and the diFlags parameter is DI_DEFAULTSIZE, the function uses the SM_CYICON system metric value to set the width. If this parameter is zero and DI_DEFAULTSIZE is not used, the function uses the actual resource height. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: UINT The index of the frame to draw, if hIcon identifies an animated cursor. This parameter is ignored if hIcon does not identify an animated cursor. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: HBRUSH A handle to a brush that the system uses for flicker-free drawing. If hbrFlickerFreeDraw is a valid brush handle, the system creates an offscreen bitmap using the specified brush for the background color, draws the icon or cursor into the bitmap, and then copies the bitmap into the device context identified by hdc. If hbrFlickerFreeDraw is NULL, the system draws the icon or cursor directly into the device context. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + Type: UINT + + Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + The DrawIconEx function places the icon's upper-left corner at the location specified by the xLeft and yTop parameters. The location is subject to the current mapping mode of the device context. If only one of the DI_IMAGE and DI_MASK flags is set, then the corresponding bitmap is drawn with the SRCCOPY raster operation code. If both the DI_IMAGE and DI_MASK flags are set: * If the icon or cursor is a 32-bit alpha-blended icon or cursor, then the image is drawn with AC_SRC_OVER blend function and the mask is ignored. * For all other icons or cursors, the mask is drawn with the SRCAND raster operation code, and the image is drawn with the SRCINVERT raster operation code To duplicate DrawIcon (hDC, X, Y, hIcon), call DrawIconEx as follows: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the coordinates of a window's client area. + + Type: HWND A handle to the window whose client coordinates are to be retrieved. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: LPRECT A pointer to a RECT structure that receives the client coordinates. The left and top members are zero. The right and bottom members contain the width and height of the window. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + In conformance with conventions for the RECT structure, the bottom-right coordinates of the returned rectangle are exclusive. In other words, the pixel at (right, bottom) lies immediately outside the rectangle. + + + The GetDC function retrieves a handle to a device context (DC) for the client area of a specified window or for the entire screen. + A handle to the window whose DC is to be retrieved. If this value is NULL, GetDC retrieves the DC for the entire screen. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the DC for the specified window's client area. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. + + + The GetDC function retrieves a common, class, or private DC depending on the class style of the specified window. For class and private DCs, GetDC leaves the previously assigned attributes unchanged. However, for common DCs, GetDC assigns default attributes to the DC each time it is retrieved. For example, the default font is System, which is a bitmap font. Because of this, the handle to a common DC returned by GetDC does not tell you what font, color, or brush was used when the window was drawn. To determine the font, call GetTextFace. Note that the handle to the DC can only be used by a single thread at any one time. After painting with a common DC, the ReleaseDC function must be called to release the DC. Class and private DCs do not have to be released. ReleaseDC must be called from the same thread that called GetDC. The number of DCs is limited only by available memory. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The GetDCEx function retrieves a handle to a device context (DC) for the client area of a specified window or for the entire screen. + A handle to the window whose DC is to be retrieved. If this value is NULL, GetDCEx retrieves the DC for the entire screen. + A clipping region that may be combined with the visible region of the DC. If the value of flags is DCX_INTERSECTRGN or DCX_EXCLUDERGN, then the operating system assumes ownership of the region and will automatically delete it when it is no longer needed. In this case, the application should not use or delete the region after a successful call to GetDCEx. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to the DC for the specified window. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. An invalid value for the hWnd parameter will cause the function to fail. + + + Unless the display DC belongs to a window class, the ReleaseDC function must be called to release the DC after painting. Also, ReleaseDC must be called from the same thread that called GetDCEx. The number of DCs is limited only by available memory. The function returns a handle to a DC that belongs to the window's class if CS_CLASSDC, CS_OWNDC or CS_PARENTDC was specified as a style in the WNDCLASS structure when the class was registered. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Retrieves a handle to the desktop window. The desktop window covers the entire screen. The desktop window is the area on top of which other windows are painted. + + Type: HWND The return value is a handle to the desktop window. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Retrieves a handle to the foreground window (the window with which the user is currently working). The system assigns a slightly higher priority to the thread that creates the foreground window than it does to other threads. + + Type: HWND The return value is a handle to the foreground window. The foreground window can be NULL in certain circumstances, such as when a window is losing activation. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Retrieves the count of handles to graphical user interface (GUI) objects in use by the specified process. + + A handle to the process. The handle must refer to a process in the current session, and must have the **PROCESS_QUERY_LIMITED_INFORMATION** access right (see [Process security and access rights](/windows/win32/procthread/process-security-and-access-rights)). If this parameter is the special value **GR_GLOBAL**, then the resource usage is reported across all processes in the current session. **Windows Server 2008, Windows Vista, Windows Server 2003, and Windows XP:** The **GR_GLOBAL** value is not supported until Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2. **Windows Server 2003 and Windows XP:** The handle must have the **PROCESS_QUERY_INFORMATION** access right. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the count of handles to GUI objects in use by the process. If no GUI objects are in use, the return value is zero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + A process without a graphical user interface does not use GUI resources, therefore, GetGuiResources will return zero. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves information about the specified icon or cursor. + Type: HICON + + Type: PICONINFO A pointer to an ICONINFO structure. The function fills in the structure's members. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero and the function fills in the members of the specified ICONINFO structure. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + GetIconInfo creates bitmaps for the hbmMask and hbmColor or members of ICONINFO. The calling application must manage these bitmaps and delete them when they are no longer necessary.

DPI Virtualization

This API does not participate in DPI virtualization. The output returned is not affected by the DPI of the calling thread. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The GetMonitorInfo function retrieves information about a display monitor. (Unicode) + A handle to the display monitor of interest. + + A pointer to a MONITORINFO or MONITORINFOEX structure that receives information about the specified display monitor. You must set the cbSize member of the structure to sizeof(MONITORINFO) or sizeof(MONITORINFOEX) before calling the GetMonitorInfo function. Doing so lets the function determine the type of structure you are passing to it. The MONITORINFOEX structure is a superset of the MONITORINFO structure. It has one additional member: a string that contains a name for the display monitor. Most applications have no use for a display monitor name, and so can save some bytes by using a MONITORINFO structure. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. + + + > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines GetMonitorInfo as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes). + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Retrieves the specified system metric or system configuration setting. + Type: int + + Type: int If the function succeeds, the return value is the requested system metric or configuration setting. If the function fails, the return value is 0. GetLastError does not provide extended error information. + + + System metrics can vary from display to display. GetSystemMetrics(SM_CMONITORS) counts only visible display monitors. This is different from EnumDisplayMonitors, which enumerates both visible display monitors and invisible pseudo-monitors that are associated with mirroring drivers. An invisible pseudo-monitor is associated with a pseudo-device used to mirror application drawing for remoting or other purposes. The SM_ARRANGE setting specifies how the system arranges minimized windows, and consists of a starting position and a direction. The starting position can be one of the following values. + + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Destroys a cursor and frees any memory the cursor occupied. Do not use this function to destroy a shared cursor. + + Type: HCURSOR A handle to the cursor to be destroyed. The cursor must not be in use. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + The DestroyCursor function destroys a nonshared cursor. Do not use this function to destroy a shared cursor. A shared cursor is valid as long as the module from which it was loaded remains in memory. The following functions obtain a shared cursor: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Loads the specified icon resource from the executable (.exe) file associated with an application instance. (Unicode) + + Type: HINSTANCE A handle to an instance of the module whose executable file contains the icon to be loaded. This parameter must be NULL when a standard icon is being loaded. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: LPCTSTR The name of the icon resource to be loaded. Alternatively, this parameter can contain the resource identifier in the low-order word and zero in the high-order word. Use the MAKEINTRESOURCE macro to create this value. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: HICON If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the newly loaded icon. If the function fails, the return value is NULL. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + LoadIcon loads the icon resource only if it has not been loaded; otherwise, it retrieves a handle to the existing resource. The function searches the icon resource for the icon most appropriate for the current display. The icon resource can be a color or monochrome bitmap. LoadIcon can only load an icon whose size conforms to the SM_CXICON and SM_CYICON system metric values. Use the LoadImage function to load icons of other sizes. + > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines LoadIcon as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes). + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The MonitorFromPoint function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that contains a specified point. + A POINT structure that specifies the point of interest in virtual-screen coordinates. + Determines the function's return value if the point is not contained within any display monitor. + + If the point is contained by a display monitor, the return value is an HMONITOR handle to that display monitor. If the point is not contained by a display monitor, the return value depends on the value of dwFlags. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The MonitorFromRect function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with a specified rectangle. + A pointer to a RECT structure that specifies the rectangle of interest in virtual-screen coordinates. + Determines the function's return value if the rectangle does not intersect any display monitor. + + If the rectangle intersects one or more display monitor rectangles, the return value is an HMONITOR handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with the rectangle. If the rectangle does not intersect a display monitor, the return value depends on the value of dwFlags. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The MonitorFromWindow function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with the bounding rectangle of a specified window. + A handle to the window of interest. + Determines the function's return value if the window does not intersect any display monitor. + + If the window intersects one or more display monitor rectangles, the return value is an HMONITOR handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with the window. If the window does not intersect a display monitor, the return value depends on the value of dwFlags. + + If the window is currently minimized, MonitorFromWindow uses the rectangle of the window before it was minimized. + + + The ReleaseDC function releases a device context (DC), freeing it for use by other applications. The effect of the ReleaseDC function depends on the type of DC. It frees only common and window DCs. It has no effect on class or private DCs. + A handle to the window whose DC is to be released. + A handle to the DC to be released. + + The return value indicates whether the DC was released. If the DC was released, the return value is 1. If the DC was not released, the return value is zero. + + + The application must call the ReleaseDC function for each call to the GetWindowDC function and for each call to the GetDC function that retrieves a common DC. An application cannot use the ReleaseDC function to release a DC that was created by calling the CreateDC function; instead, it must use the DeleteDC function. ReleaseDC must be called from the same thread that called GetDC. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Retrieves or sets the value of one of the system-wide parameters. (Unicode) + + Type: UINT The system-wide parameter to be retrieved or set. The possible values are organized in the following tables of related parameters: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: UINT A parameter whose usage and format depends on the system parameter being queried or set. For more information about system-wide parameters, see the uiAction parameter. If not otherwise indicated, you must specify zero for this parameter. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: PVOID A parameter whose usage and format depends on the system parameter being queried or set. For more information about system-wide parameters, see the uiAction parameter. If not otherwise indicated, you must specify NULL for this parameter. For information on the PVOID datatype, see Windows Data Types. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: UINT If a system parameter is being set, specifies whether the user profile is to be updated, and if so, whether the WM_SETTINGCHANGE message is to be broadcast to all top-level windows to notify them of the change. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is a nonzero value. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + This function is intended for use with applications that allow the user to customize the environment. A keyboard layout name should be derived from the hexadecimal value of the language identifier corresponding to the layout. For example, U.S. English has a language identifier of 0x0409, so the primary U.S. English layout is named "00000409". Variants of U.S. English layout, such as the Dvorak layout, are named "00010409", "00020409" and so on. For a list of the primary language identifiers and sublanguage identifiers that make up a language identifier, see the MAKELANGID macro. There is a difference between the High Contrast color scheme and the High Contrast Mode. The High Contrast color scheme changes the system colors to colors that have obvious contrast; you switch to this color scheme by using the Display Options in the control panel. The High Contrast Mode, which uses SPI_GETHIGHCONTRAST and SPI_SETHIGHCONTRAST, advises applications to modify their appearance for visually-impaired users. It involves such things as audible warning to users and customized color scheme (using the Accessibility Options in the control panel). For more information, see HIGHCONTRAST. For more information on general accessibility features, see Accessibility. During the time that the primary button is held down to activate the Mouse ClickLock feature, the user can move the mouse. After the primary button is locked down, releasing the primary button does not result in a WM_LBUTTONUP message. Thus, it will appear to an application that the primary button is still down. Any subsequent button message releases the primary button, sending a WM_LBUTTONUP message to the application, thus the button can be unlocked programmatically or through the user clicking any button. This API is not DPI aware, and should not be used if the calling thread is per-monitor DPI aware. For the DPI-aware version of this API, see SystemParametersInfoForDPI. For more information on DPI awareness, see the Windows High DPI documentation. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Retrieves the value of one of the system-wide parameters, taking into account the provided DPI value. + The system-wide parameter to be retrieved. This function is only intended for use with SPI_GETICONTITLELOGFONT, SPI_GETICONMETRICS, or SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS. See SystemParametersInfo for more information on these values. + A parameter whose usage and format depends on the system parameter being queried. For more information about system-wide parameters, see the uiAction parameter. If not otherwise indicated, you must specify zero for this parameter. + A parameter whose usage and format depends on the system parameter being queried. For more information about system-wide parameters, see the uiAction parameter. If not otherwise indicated, you must specify NULL for this parameter. For information on the PVOID datatype, see Windows Data Types. + Has no effect for with this API. This parameter only has an effect if you're setting parameter. + The DPI to use for scaling the metric. + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + This function returns a similar result as SystemParametersInfo, but scales it according to an arbitrary DPI you provide (if appropriate). It only scales with the following possible values for uiAction: SPI_GETICONTITLELOGFONT, SPI_GETICONMETRICS, SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS. Other possible uiAction values do not provide ForDPI behavior, and therefore this function returns 0 if called with them. For uiAction values that contain strings within their associated structures, only Unicode (LOGFONTW) strings are supported in this function. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The WindowFromDC function returns a handle to the window associated with the specified display device context (DC). Output functions that use the specified device context draw into this window. + Handle to the device context from which a handle to the associated window is to be retrieved. + The return value is a handle to the window associated with the specified DC. If no window is associated with the specified DC, the return value is NULL. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Create an interface table for the given interface. + + + + + Create an interface table for the given interfaces. + + + + + Create an interface table for the given interfaces. + + + + + Create an interface table for the given interfaces. + + + + + Create an interface table for the given interfaces. + + + + + Create an interface table for the given interfaces. + + + + + Create an interface table for the given interfaces. + + + + + Create an interface table for the given interfaces. + + + + Returns HRESULT.STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION as a documented way to say we don't support locking + + + Returns HRESULT.STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION as a documented way to say we don't support locking + + + The CY structure is useful for calculations involving money, or for any fixed-point calculation where accuracy is particularly important. + + + + + + + + + + + Used to flag that the COM object is a generated object. + + + + + Get the specified property. + + + + + Get the specified property. + + + + + Get the specified property. + + + + + Get the specified property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Retrieves the number of type information interfaces that an object provides (either 0 or 1). + The number of type information interfaces provided by the object. If the object provides type information, this number is 1; otherwise the number is 0. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + The method may return zero, which indicates that the object does not provide any type information. In this case, the object may still be programmable through IDispatch or a VTBL, but does not provide run-time type information for browsers, compilers, or other programming tools that access type information. This can be useful for hiding an object from browsers. + + + Retrieves the type information for an object, which can then be used to get the type information for an interface. + The type information to return. Pass 0 to retrieve type information for the IDispatch implementation. + The locale identifier for the type information. An object may be able to return different type information for different languages. This is important for classes that support localized member names. For classes that do not support localized member names, this parameter can be ignored. + The requested type information object. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Maps a single member and an optional set of argument names to a corresponding set of integer DISPIDs, which can be used on subsequent calls to Invoke. + Reserved for future use. Must be IID_NULL. + The array of names to be mapped. + The count of the names to be mapped. + The locale context in which to interpret the names. + Caller-allocated array, each element of which contains an identifier (ID) corresponding to one of the names passed in the rgszNames array. The first element represents the member name. The subsequent elements represent each of the member's parameters. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + An IDispatch implementation can associate any positive integer ID value with a given name. Zero is reserved for the default, or Value property; –1 is reserved to indicate an unknown name; and other negative values are defined for other purposes. For example, if GetIDsOfNames is called, and the implementation does not recognize one or more of the names, it returns DISP_E_UNKNOWNNAME, and the rgDispId array contains DISPID_UNKNOWN for the entries that correspond to the unknown names. The member and parameter DISPIDs must remain constant for the lifetime of the object. This allows a client to obtain the DISPIDs once, and cache them for later use. When GetIDsOfNames is called with more than one name, the first name (rgszNames[0]) corresponds to the member name, and subsequent names correspond to the names of the member's parameters. The same name may map to different DISPIDs, depending on context. For example, a name may have a DISPID when it is used as a member name with a particular interface, a different ID as a member of a different interface, and different mapping for each time it appears as a parameter. GetIDsOfNames is used when an IDispatch client binds to names at run time. To bind at compile time instead, an IDispatch client can map names to DISPIDs by using the type information interfaces described in Type Description Interfaces. This allows a client to bind to members at compile time and avoid calling GetIDsOfNames at run time. For a description of binding at compile time, see Type Description Interfaces. The implementation of GetIDsOfNames is case insensitive. Users that need case-sensitive name mapping should use type information interfaces to map names to DISPIDs, rather than call GetIDsOfNames.
Caution  You cannot use this method to access values that have been added dynamically, such as values added through JavaScript. Instead, use the GetDispID of the IDispatchEx interface. For more information, see the IDispatchEx interface.
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Provides access to properties and methods exposed by an object. + Identifies the member. Use GetIDsOfNames or the object's documentation to obtain the dispatch identifier. + Reserved for future use. Must be IID_NULL. + + The locale context in which to interpret arguments. The lcid is used by the GetIDsOfNames function, and is also passed to Invoke to allow the object to interpret its arguments specific to a locale. Applications that do not support multiple national languages can ignore this parameter. For more information, refer to Supporting Multiple National Languages and Exposing ActiveX Objects. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Flags describing the context of the Invoke call. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + Pointer to a DISPPARAMS structure containing an array of arguments, an array of argument DISPIDs for named arguments, and counts for the number of elements in the arrays. + Pointer to the location where the result is to be stored, or NULL if the caller expects no result. This argument is ignored if DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUT or DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUTREF is specified. + Pointer to a structure that contains exception information. This structure should be filled in if DISP_E_EXCEPTION is returned. Can be NULL. + The index within rgvarg of the first argument that has an error. Arguments are stored in pDispParams->rgvarg in reverse order, so the first argument is the one with the highest index in the array. This parameter is returned only when the resulting return value is DISP_E_TYPEMISMATCH or DISP_E_PARAMNOTFOUND. This argument can be set to null. For details, see Returning Errors. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Generally, you should not implement Invoke directly. Instead, use the dispatch interface to create functions CreateStdDispatch and DispInvoke. For details, refer to CreateStdDispatch, DispInvoke, Creating the IDispatch Interface and Exposing ActiveX Objects. If some application-specific processing needs to be performed before calling a member, the code should perform the necessary actions, and then call ITypeInfo::Invoke to invoke the member. ITypeInfo::Invoke acts exactly like Invoke. The standard implementations of Invoke created by CreateStdDispatch and DispInvoke defer to ITypeInfo::Invoke. In an ActiveX client, Invoke should be used to get and set the values of properties, or to call a method of an ActiveX object. The dispIdMember argument identifies the member to invoke. The DISPIDs that identify members are defined by the implementer of the object and can be determined by using the object's documentation, the IDispatch::GetIDsOfNames function, or the ITypeInfo interface. When you use IDispatch::Invoke() with DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUT or DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUTREF, you have to specially initialize the cNamedArgs and rgdispidNamedArgs elements of your DISPPARAMS structure with the following: + + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {00020400-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + + An interface that provides a COM callable wrapper for the implementing class. The implementing class should not + be public and unsealed as it can be derived from and COM interfaces can be added. This is meant to be a fixed + set of interfaces. + + + + NET CCWs generated by built-in COM interop always support IMarshal, ISupportErrorInfo, IDispatchEx, + IProvideClassInfo, and IConnectionPointContainer. They also usually expose IAgileObject. On Exception objects + the CCW also supports IErrorInfo. These must explicitly be provided with this mechanism. + + + .NET Framework also supported the following interfaces, which are not implemented on .NET Core: + + + IManagedObject - used .NET Remoting (not available on .NET Core) + IObjectSafety - for Code Access Security (not available on .NET Core) + IWeakReferenceSource - for WinRT + ICustomPropertyProvider - for WinRT XAML (Jupiter) + IReferenceTrackerTarget - for WinRT + IStringable - for WinRT + + + + + + Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given . The class + must also derive from the given COM wrapper struct's nested Interface. + + + + + Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given and . + The class must also derive from both of the given COM wrapper struct's nested Interface. + + + + + Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the + given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces. + + + + + Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the + given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces. + + + + + Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the + given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces. + + + + + Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the + given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces. + + + + + Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the + given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces. + + + + + Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the + given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Retrieves a TYPEATTR structure that contains the attributes of the type description. + The attributes of this type description. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + To free the TYPEATTR structure, use ITypeInfo::ReleaseTypeAttr. + + + Retrieves the ITypeComp interface for the type description, which enables a client compiler to bind to the type description's members. + The ITypeComp of the containing type library. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + A client compiler can use the ITypeComp interface to bind to members of the type. + + + + + + Retrieves the FUNCDESC structure that contains information about a specified function. + The index of the function whose description is to be returned. The index should be in the range of 0 to 1 less than the number of functions in this type. + A FUNCDESC structure that describes the specified function. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + The function ITypeInfo::GetFuncDesc provides access to a FUNCDESC structure that describes the function with the specified index. The FUNCDESC structure should be freed with ITypeInfo::ReleaseFuncDesc. The number of functions in the type is one of the attributes contained in the TYPEATTR structure. + + + + + + Retrieves a VARDESC structure that describes the specified variable. + The index of the variable whose description is to be returned. The index should be in the range of 0 to 1 less than the number of variables in this type. + A VARDESC that describes the specified variable. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + To free the VARDESC structure, use ReleaseVarDesc. + + + + + + Retrieves the variable with the specified member ID or the name of the property or method and the parameters that correspond to the specified function ID. + The ID of the member whose name (or names) is to be returned. + The caller-allocated array. On return, each of the elements contains the name (or names) associated with the member. + The length of the passed-in rgBstrNames array. + The number of names in the rgBstrNames array. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The caller must release the returned BSTR array. + If the member ID identifies a property that is implemented with property functions, the property name is returned. For property get functions, the names of the function and its parameters are always returned. + For property put and put reference functions, the right side of the assignment is unnamed. If cMaxNames is less than is required to return all of the names of the parameters of a function, then only the names of the first cMaxNames - 1 parameters are returned. The names of the parameters are returned in the array in the same order that they appear elsewhere in the interface (for example, the same order in the parameter array associated with the FUNCDESC enumeration). + If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + If a type description describes a COM class, it retrieves the type description of the implemented interface types. + The index of the implemented type whose handle is returned. The valid range is 0 to the cImplTypes field in the TYPEATTR structure. + A handle for the implemented interface (if any). This handle can be passed to ITypeInfo::GetRefTypeInfo to get the type description. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + If the TKIND_DISPATCH type description is for a dual interface, the TKIND_INTERFACE type description can be obtained by calling GetRefTypeOfImplType with an index of –1, and by passing the returned pRefTypehandle to GetRefTypeInfo to retrieve the type information. + + + + + + Retrieves the IMPLTYPEFLAGS enumeration for one implemented interface or base interface in a type description. + The index of the implemented interface or base interface for which to get the flags. + The IMPLTYPEFLAGS enumeration value. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + The flags are associated with the act of inheritance, and not with the inherited interface. + + + + + + Maps between member names and member IDs, and parameter names and parameter IDs. + An array of names to be mapped. + The count of the names to be mapped. + Caller-allocated array in which name mappings are placed. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The function GetIDsOfNames maps the name of a member (rgszNames[0]) and its parameters (rgszNames[1] ...rgszNames[cNames- 1]) to the ID of the member (pMemId[0]), and to the IDs of the specified parameters (pMemId[1] ... pMemId[cNames- 1]). The IDs of parameters are 0 for the first parameter in the member function's argument list, 1 for the second, and so on. + If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Invokes a method, or accesses a property of an object, that implements the interface described by the type description. + An instance of the interface described by this type description. + The interface member. + + Flags describing the context of the invoke call. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + An array of arguments, an array of DISPIDs for named arguments, and counts of the number of elements in each array. + The result. Should be null if the caller does not expect any result. If wFlags specifies DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUT or DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUTREF, pVarResultis is ignored. + An exception information structure, which is filled in only if DISP_E_EXCEPTION is returned. If pExcepInfo is null on input, only an HRESULT error will be returned. + If Invoke returns DISP_E_TYPEMISMATCH, puArgErr indicates the index (within rgvarg) of the argument with incorrect type. If more than one argument returns an error, puArgErr indicates only the first argument with an error. Arguments in pDispParams->rgvarg appear in reverse order, so the first argument is the one having the highest index in the array. This parameter cannot be null. + + + This doc was truncated. + + + Use the function ITypeInfo::Invoke to access a member of an object or invoke a method that implements the interface described by this type description. For objects that support the IDispatch interface, you can use Invoke to implement IDispatch::Invoke. + ITypeInfo::Invoke takes a pointer to an instance of the class. Otherwise, its parameters are the same as IDispatch::Invoke, except that ITypeInfo::Invoke omits the refiid and lcid parameters. When called, ITypeInfo::Invoke performs the actions described by the IDispatch::Invoke parameters on the specified instance. + For VTBL interface members, ITypeInfo::Invoke passes the LCID of the type information into parameters tagged with the lcid attribute, and the returned value into the retval attribute. + If the type description inherits from another type description, this function recurses on the base type description to find the item with the requested member ID. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the documentation string, the complete Help file name and path, and the context ID for the Help topic for a specified type description. + The ID of the member whose documentation is to be returned. + The name of the specified item. If the caller does not need the item name, pBstrName can be null. + The documentation string for the specified item. If the caller does not need the documentation string, pBstrDocString can be null. + The Help localization context. If the caller does not need the Help context, it can be null. + The fully qualified name of the file containing the DLL used for Help file. If the caller does not need the file name, it can be null. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The function GetDocumentation provides access to the documentation for the member specified by the memid parameter. If the passed-in memid is MEMBERID_NIL, then the documentation for the type description is returned. + If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID. + The caller should use SysFreeString to free the BSTRs referenced by pBstrName, pBstrDocString, and pBstrHelpFile. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves a description or specification of an entry point for a function in a DLL. + The ID of the member function whose DLL entry description is to be returned. + The kind of member identified by memid. This is important for properties, because one memid can identify up to three separate functions. + If not null, the function sets pBstrDllName to the name of the DLL. + If not null, the function sets pBstrName to the name of the entry point. If the entry point is specified by an ordinal, this argument is null. + If not null, and if the function is defined by an ordinal, the function sets pwOrdinal to the ordinal. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The caller passes in a member ID, which represents the member function whose entry description is desired. If the function has a DLL entry point, the name of the DLL that contains the function, as well as its name or ordinal identifier, are placed in the passed-in pointers allocated by the caller. If there is no DLL entry point for the function, an error is returned. + If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID. + The caller should use SysFreeString to free the BSTRs referenced by pBstrName and pBstrDllName. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + If a type description references other type descriptions, it retrieves the referenced type descriptions. + A handle to the referenced type description to return. + The referenced type description. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + On return, the second parameter contains a pointer to a pointer to a type description that is referenced by this type description. A type description must have a reference to each type description that occurs as the type of any of its variables, function parameters, or function return types. For example, if the type of a data member is a record type, the type description for that data member contains the hRefType of a referenced type description. To get a pointer to the type description, the reference is passed to GetRefTypeInfo. + + + + + + Retrieves the addresses of static functions or variables, such as those defined in a DLL. + The member ID of the static member whose address is to be retrieved. The member ID is defined by the DISPID. + Indicates whether the member is a property, and if so, what kind. + The static member. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The addresses are valid until the caller releases its reference to the type description. The invKind parameter can be ignored unless the address of a property function is being requested. If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of a type that describes a component object class (coclass). + The controlling IUnknown. If Null, then a stand-alone instance is created. If valid, then an aggregate object is created. + An ID for the interface that the caller will use to communicate with the resulting object. + An instance of the created object. + + + This doc was truncated. + + For types that describe a component object class (coclass), CreateInstance creates a new instance of the class. Normally, CreateInstance calls CoCreateInstance with the type description's GUID. For an Application object, it first calls GetActiveObject. If the application is active, GetActiveObject returns the active object; otherwise, if GetActiveObject fails, CreateInstance calls CoCreateInstance. + + + Retrieves marshaling information. + The member ID that indicates which marshaling information is needed. + The opcode string used in marshaling the fields of the structure described by the referenced type description, or null if there is no information to return. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + If the passed-in member ID is MEMBERID_NIL, the function returns the opcode string for marshaling the fields of the structure described by the type description. Otherwise, it returns the opcode string for marshaling the function specified by the index. + If the type description inherits from another type description, this function recurses on the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the containing type library and the index of the type description within that type library. + The containing type library. + The index of the type description within the containing type library. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Releases a TYPEATTR previously returned by ITypeInfo::GetTypeAttr. + The TYPEATTR to be freed. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Releases a FUNCDESC previously returned by ITypeInfo::GetFuncDesc. + The FUNCDESC to be freed. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Releases a VARDESC previously returned by ITypeInfo::GetVarDesc. + The VARDESC to be freed. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {00020401-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + + + + + Increments the reference count for an interface pointer to a COM object. You should call this method whenever you make a copy of an interface pointer. + The method returns the new reference count. This value is intended to be used only for test purposes. + + A COM object uses a per-interface reference-counting mechanism to ensure that the object doesn't outlive references to it. You use **AddRef** to stabilize a copy of an interface pointer. It can also be called when the life of a cloned pointer must extend beyond the lifetime of the original pointer. The cloned pointer must be released by calling [IUnknown::Release](/windows/desktop/api/unknwn/nf-unknwn-iunknown-queryinterface(refiid_void)) on it. The internal reference counter that **AddRef** maintains should be a 32-bit unsigned integer. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Decrements the reference count for an interface on a COM object. + The method returns the new reference count. This value is intended to be used only for test purposes. + + When the reference count on an object reaches zero, **Release** must cause the interface pointer to free itself. When the released pointer is the only (formerly) outstanding reference to an object (whether the object supports single or multiple interfaces), the implementation must free the object. Note that aggregation of objects restricts the ability to recover interface pointers. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {00000000-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + Represents a safe array. + + The array rgsabound is stored with the left-most dimension in rgsabound[0] and the right-most dimension in rgsabound[cDims - 1]. If an array was specified in a C-like syntax as a [2][5], it would have two elements in the rgsabound vector. Element 0 has an lLbound of 0 and a cElements of 2. Element 1 has an lLbound of 0 and a cElements of 5. + The fFeatures flags describe attributes of an array that can affect how the array is released. The fFeatures field describes what type of data is stored in the SAFEARRAY and how the array is allocated. This allows freeing the array without referencing its containing variant. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Gets the of the . + + + + + Creates an empty one-dimensional SAFEARRAY of type . + + + + The number of dimensions. + + + + Flags. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The size of an array element. + + + The number of times the array has been locked without a corresponding unlock. + + + The data. + + + One bound for each dimension. + + + Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end. + + + + Helper to scope lifetime of a created via + Destroys the (if any) when disposed. Note that this scope currently only works for a one dimensional . + + + + Use in a statement to ensure the gets disposed. + + + If the you are intending to scope the lifetime of has type , + use for better usability. + + + + + + + A copy will be made of anything that is put into the + and anything the gives out is a copy and has been add ref appropriately if applicable. + Be sure to dispose of items that are given to the if necessary. All + items given out by the should be disposed. + + + + + + Untyped representation of CA* typed arrays in Windows. , etc. + + + + + + + + + + Retrieves a specified number of STATSTG structures, that follow in the enumeration sequence. + The number of STATSTG structures requested. + An array of STATSTG structures returned. + The number of STATSTG structures retrieved in the rgelt parameter. + + This method supports the following return values: + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Skips a specified number of STATSTG structures in the enumeration sequence. + The number of STATSTG structures to skip. + + This method supports the following return values: | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| | S_OK | The specified number of **STATSTG** structures that were successfully skipped. | | S_FALSE | The number of **STATSTG** structures skipped is less than the *celt* parameter. | + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Resets the enumeration sequence to the beginning of the STATSTG structure array. + + This method supports the S_OK return value. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Creates a new enumerator that contains the same enumeration state as the current STATSTG structure enumerator. + + A pointer to the variable that receives the IEnumSTATSTG interface pointer. If the method is unsuccessful, the value of the ppenum parameter is undefined. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method supports the following return values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {0000000d-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + + + + + + + Creates and opens a stream object with the specified name contained in this storage object. + A pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the newly created stream. The name can be used later to open or reopen the stream. The name must not exceed 31 characters in length, not including the string terminator. The 000 through 01f characters, serving as the first character of the stream/storage name, are reserved for use by OLE. This is a compound file restriction, not a structured storage restriction. + Specifies the access mode to use when opening the newly created stream. For more information and descriptions of the possible values, see STGM Constants. + Reserved for future use; must be zero. + Reserved for future use; must be zero. + + On return, pointer to the location of the new IStream interface pointer. This is only valid if the operation is successful. When an error occurs, this parameter is set to NULL. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The new stream was successfully created.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the necessary data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | Not enough permissions to create stream.| |STG_E_FILEALREADYEXISTS | The name specified for the stream already exists in the storage object and the *grfMode* parameter includes the value STGM_FAILIFTHERE.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The stream was not created due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value specified for the *grfMode* parameter is not a valid **STGM** constants value.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The specified combination of flags in the *grfMode* parameter is not supported; for example, when this method is called without the STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE flag.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Invalid value for *pwcsName*.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the stream object was invalid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was invalid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The stream was not created because there are too many open files.| + + + If a stream with the name specified in the pwcsName parameter already exists and the grfMode parameter includes the STGM_CREATE flag, the existing stream is replaced by a newly created one. Both the destruction of the old stream and the creation of the new stream object are subject to the transaction mode on the parent storage object. The COM-provided compound file implementation of the IStorage::CreateStream method does not support the following behaviors: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Opens an existing stream object within this storage object in the specified access mode. + A pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the stream to open. The 000 through 01f characters, serving as the first character of the stream/storage name, are reserved for use by OLE. This is a compound file restriction, not a structured storage restriction. + Reserved for future use; must be NULL. + Specifies the access mode to be assigned to the open stream. For more information and descriptions of possible values, see STGM Constants. Other modes you choose must at least specify STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE when calling this method in the compound file implementation. + Reserved for future use; must be zero. + + A pointer to IStream pointer variable that receives the interface pointer to the newly opened stream object. If an error occurs, *ppstm must be set to NULL. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The stream was successfully opened.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | Not enough permissions to open stream.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The stream with specified name does not exist.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The stream was not opened due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value specified for the *grfMode* parameter is not a valid **STGM** constants value.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The specified combination of flags in the *grfMode* parameter is not supported; for example, when this method is called without the STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE flag.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Invalid value for *pwcsName*.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the stream object was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The stream was not opened because there are too many open files.| + + IStorage::OpenStream opens an existing stream object within this storage object in the access mode specified in grfMode. There are restrictions on the permissions that can be given in grfMode. For example, the permissions on this storage object restrict the permissions on its streams. In general, access restrictions on streams need to be stricter than those on their parent storages. Compound-file streams must be opened with STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE. + + + + + + + + + + Opens an existing storage object with the specified name in the specified access mode. + A pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the storage object to open. The 000 through 01f characters, serving as the first character of the stream/storage name, are reserved for use by OLE. This is a compound file restriction, not a structured storage restriction. It is ignored if pstgPriority is non-NULL. + Must be NULL. A non-NULL value will return STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER. + Specifies the access mode to use when opening the storage object. For descriptions of the possible values, see STGM Constants. Other modes you choose must at least specify STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE when calling this method. + Must be NULL. A non-NULL value will return STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER. + Reserved for future use; must be zero. + + When successful, pointer to the location of an IStorage pointer to the opened storage object. This parameter is set to NULL if an error occurs. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The storage object was opened successfully.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | Not enough permissions to open storage object.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The storage object with the specified name does not exist.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The storage object was not opened due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value specified for the *grfMode* parameter is not a valid **STGM** constants value.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The specified combination of flags in the *grfMode* parameter is not supported.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Not a valid value for *pwcsName*.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the storage object was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The storage object was not created because there are too many open files.| |STG_S_CONVERTED | The existing stream with the specified name was replaced with a new storage object containing a single stream called CONTENTS. In direct mode, the new storage is immediately written to disk. In transacted mode, the new storage is written to a temporary storage in memory and later written to disk when it is committed.| + + + If the pstgPriority parameter is NULL, it is ignored. If the pstgPriority parameter is not NULL, it is an IStorage pointer to a previous opening of an element of the storage object, usually one that was opened in priority mode. The storage object should be closed and reopened according to grfMode. When the IStorage::OpenStorage method returns, pstgPriority is no longer valid. Use the value supplied in the ppstg parameter. Storage objects can be opened with STGM_DELETEONRELEASE, in which case the object is destroyed when it receives its final release. This is useful for creating temporary storage objects. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Copies the entire contents of an open storage object to another storage object. + The number of elements in the array pointed to by rgiidExclude. If rgiidExclude is NULL, then ciidExclude is ignored. + + An array of interface identifiers (IIDs) that either the caller knows about and does not want copied or that the storage object does not support, but whose state the caller will later explicitly copy. The array can include IStorage, indicating that only stream objects are to be copied, and IStream, indicating that only storage objects are to be copied. An array length of zero indicates that only the state exposed by the IStorage object is to be copied; all other interfaces on the object are to be ignored. Passing NULL indicates that all interfaces on the object are to be copied. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + A string name block (refer to SNB) that specifies a block of storage or stream objects that are not to be copied to the destination. These elements are not created at the destination. If IID_IStorage is in the rgiidExclude array, this parameter is ignored. This parameter may be NULL. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + A pointer to the open storage object into which this storage object is to be copied. The destination storage object can be a different implementation of the IStorage interface from the source storage object. Thus, IStorage::CopyTo can use only publicly available methods of the destination storage object. If pstgDest is open in transacted mode, it can be reverted by calling its IStorage::Revert method. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The storage object was successfully copied.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the data to be copied is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The destination storage object is a child of the source storage object.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The copy was not completed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the storage object was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The copy was not completed because there are too many open files.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The copy was not completed because the storage medium is full.| + + + This method merges elements contained in the source storage object with those already present in the destination. The layout of the destination storage object may differ from the source storage object. The copy process is recursive, invoking IStorage::CopyTo and IStream::CopyTo on the elements nested inside the source. When copying a stream on top of an existing stream with the same name, the existing stream is first removed and then replaced with the source stream. When copying a storage on top of an existing storage with the same name, the existing storage is not removed. As a result, after the copy operation, the destination IStorage contains older elements, unless they were replaced by newer ones with the same names. A storage object may expose interfaces other than IStorage, including IRootStorage, IPropertyStorage, or IPropertySetStorage. The rgiidExclude parameter permits the exclusion of any or all of these additional interfaces from the copy operation. A caller with a newer or more efficient copy of an existing substorage or stream object may want to exclude the current versions of these objects from the copy operation. The snbExclude and rgiidExclude parameters provide two ways of excluding a storage objects existing storages or streams.

Note to Callers

The most common way to use the IStorage::CopyTo method is to copy everything from the source to the destination, as in most full-save and save-as operations. The following example code shows how to copy everything from the source storage object to the destination storage object. + + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The MoveElementTo method copies or moves a substorage or stream from this storage object to another storage object. + Pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the element in this storage object to be moved or copied. + IStorage pointer to the destination storage object. + Pointer to a wide character null-terminated unicode string that contains the new name for the element in its new storage object. + + Specifies whether the operation should be a move (STGMOVE_MOVE) or a copy (STGMOVE_COPY). See the STGMOVE enumeration. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The storage object was successfully copied or moved.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the element's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The destination storage object is a child of the source storage object. Or, the destination object and element name are the same as the source object and element name. In other words, you cannot move an element to itself.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The element with the specified name does not exist.| |STG_E_FILEALREADYEXISTS | The specified file already exists.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The copy or move was not completed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the *grfFlags* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Not a valid value for *pwcsName*.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the storage object was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The copy or move was not completed because there are too many open files.| + + + The IStorage::MoveElementTo method is typically the same as invoking the IStorage::CopyTo method on the indicated element and then removing the source element. In this case, the MoveElementTo method uses only the publicly available functions of the destination storage object to carry out the move. If the source and destination storage objects have special knowledge about each other's implementation (they could, for example, be different instances of the same implementation), this method can be implemented more efficiently. Before calling this method, the element to be moved must be closed, and the destination storage must be open. Also, the destination object and element cannot be the same storage object/element name as the source of the move. That is, you cannot move an element to itself. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The Commit method ensures that any changes made to a storage object open in transacted mode are reflected in the parent storage. + + Controls how the changes are committed to the storage object. See the STGC enumeration for a definition of these values. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | Changes to the storage object were successfully committed to the parent level. If STGC_CONSOLIDATE was specified, the storage was successfully consolidated, or the storage was already too compact to consolidate further.| |STG_S_MULTIPLEOPENS | The commit operation succeeded, but the storage could not be consolidated because it had been opened multiple times using the STGM_NOSNAPSHOT flag.| |STG_S_CANNOTCONSOLIDATE | The commit operation succeeded, but the storage could not be consolidated due to an incorrect storage mode. For compound files, the storage may have been opened using the STGM_NOSCRATCH flag, or the storage may not be the outermost transacted level.| |STG_S_CONSOLIDATIONFAILED | The commit operation succeeded, but the storage could not be consolidated due to an internal error (for example, a memory allocation failure).| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous storage only: Part or all of the data to be committed is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the *grfCommitFlags* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_NOTCURRENT | Another open instance of the storage object has committed changes. As a result, the current commit operation may overwrite previous changes.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | No space left on device to commit.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The commit operation could not be completed because there are too many open files.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + IStorage::Commit makes permanent changes to a storage object that is in transacted mode, in which changes are accumulated in a buffer, and not reflected in the storage object until there is a call to this method. The alternative is to open an object in direct mode, in which changes are immediately reflected in the storage object. An object opened in the direct mode does not require calling IStorage::Commit to make permanent changes in the storage object. Calling the IStorage::Commit method on a nonroot storage opened in direct mode has no effect. Opening a root storage object in direct mode ensures that changes in memory buffers are written to the underlying storage device. The commit operation publishes the current changes in this storage object and its children to the next level up in the storage hierarchy. To undo current changes before committing them, call IStorage::Revert to roll back to the last-committed version. Calling IStorage::Commit has no effect on currently opened nested elements of this storage object. They remain valid and can be used. However, the IStorage::Commit method does not automatically commit changes to these nested elements. The commit operation publishes only known changes to the next higher level in the storage hierarchy. Thus, transactions to nested levels must be committed to this storage object before they can be committed to higher levels. In commit operations, you need to take steps to ensure that data is protected during the commit process: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The Revert method discards all changes that have been made to the storage object since the last commit operation. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The revert operation was successful.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The revert operation could not be completed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The revert operation could not be completed because there are too many open files.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + For storage objects opened in transacted mode, the IStorage::Revert method discards any uncommitted changes to this storage object or changes that have been committed to this storage object from nested elements. After this method returns, any existing elements (substorages or streams) that were opened from the reverted storage object are invalid and can no longer be used. Specifying these reverted elements in any call except IUnknown::Release returns the error STG_E_REVERTED This method has no effect on storage objects opened in direct mode. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The EnumElements method retrieves a pointer to an enumerator object that can be used to enumerate the storage and stream objects contained within this storage object. + Reserved for future use; must be zero. + Reserved for future use; must be NULL. + Reserved for future use; must be zero. + + Pointer to IEnumSTATSTG* pointer variable that receives the interface pointer to the new enumerator object. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The enumerator object was successfully returned.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the element's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The enumerator object could not be created due to lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + The enumerator object returned by this method implements the IEnumSTATSTG interface, one of the standard enumerator interfaces that contain the Next, Reset, Clone, and Skip methods. IEnumSTATSTG enumerates the data stored in an array of STATSTG structures. The storage object must be open in read mode to allow the enumeration of its elements. The enumerator object is permitted to enumerate the elements in any order. The enumerator object is also permitted to treat the enumeration as a snapshot or to have the enumeration reflect the current state of the storage object. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + + + + + The RenameElement method renames the specified substorage or stream in this storage object. + + Pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the substorage or stream to be changed.
Note  The pwcsName, created in CreateStorage or CreateStream must not exceed 31 characters in length, not including the string terminator.
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Pointer to a wide character null-terminated unicode string that contains the new name for the specified substorage or stream.
Note  The pwcsName, created in CreateStorage or CreateStream must not exceed 31 characters in length, not including the string terminator.
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The element was successfully renamed.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the element's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for renaming the element.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The element with the specified old name does not exist.| |STG_E_FILEALREADYEXISTS | The element specified by the new name already exists.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The element was not renamed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Invalid value for one of the names.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the element was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The element was not renamed because there are too many open files.| + + + IStorage::RenameElement renames the specified substorage or stream in this storage object. An element in a storage object cannot be renamed while it is open. The rename operation is subject to committing the changes if the storage is open in transacted mode. The IStorage::RenameElement method is not guaranteed to work in low memory with storage objects open in transacted mode. It may work in direct mode. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The SetElementTimes method sets the modification, access, and creation times of the specified storage element, if the underlying file system supports this method. + The name of the storage object element whose times are to be modified. If NULL, the time is set on the root storage rather than one of its elements. + Either the new creation time for the element or NULL if the creation time is not to be modified. + Either the new access time for the element or NULL if the access time is not to be modified. + Either the new modification time for the element or NULL if the modification time is not to be modified. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The time values were successfully set.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the element's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for changing the element.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The element with the specified name does not exist.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The element was not changed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Not a valid value for the element name.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the element was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The element was not changed because there are too many open files.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + SetElementTimes sets time statistics for the specified storage element within this storage object. Not all file systems support all the time values. This method sets those times that are supported and ignores the rest. Each time-value parameter can be NULL; indicating that no modification should occur. Call the IStorage::Stat method to retrieve these time values. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The SetClass method assigns the specified class identifier (CLSID) to this storage object. + The CLSID that is to be associated with the storage object. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The CLSID was successfully assigned.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for assigning a CLSID to the storage object.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | Not enough space was left on device to complete the operation.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + When first created, a storage object has an associated CLSID of CLSID_NULL. Call SetClass to assign a CLSID to the storage object. Call the IStorage::Stat method to retrieve the current CLSID of a storage object. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The SetStateBits method stores up to 32 bits of state information in this storage object. + Specifies the new values of the bits to set. No legal values are defined for these bits; they are all reserved for future use and must not be used by applications. + A binary mask indicating which bits in grfStateBits are significant in this call. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The state information was successfully set.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for changing this storage object.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the grfStateBits or *grfMask* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| + + The values for the state bits are not currently defined. + + + + + + The Stat method retrieves the STATSTG structure for this open storage object. + + On return, pointer to a STATSTG structure where this method places information about the open storage object. This parameter is NULL if an error occurs. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Specifies that some of the members in the STATSTG structure are not returned, thus saving a memory allocation operation. Values are taken from the STATFLAG enumeration. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The STATSTG structure was successfully returned at the specified location.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for accessing statistics for this storage object.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The STATSTG structure was not returned due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the *grfStateFlag* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| + + + IStorage::Stat retrieves the STATSTG structure for the current storage object. The STATSTG structure contains statistical information about the storage object. IStorage::EnumElements returns a pointer to an enumerator object. The enumerator object returned by this method implements the IEnumSTATSTG interface, through which the data stored in the array of the STATSTG structures is enumerated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {0000000b-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + The PROPVARIANT structure is used in the ReadMultiple and WriteMultiple methods of IPropertyStorage to define the type tag and the value of a property in a property set. + + The PROPVARIANT structure can also hold a value of VT_DECIMAL: + + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Describes a pointer. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Pointer to a function. + + + Pointer to a variable, constant, or data member. + + + The ITypeComp that binds the pointer. + + + The BLOB structure (nspapi.h), which is derived from Binary Large Object, contains information about a block of data. + + The structure name BLOB comes from the acronym BLOB, which stands for Binary Large Object. This structure does not describe the nature of the data pointed to by pBlobData.
Note  Windows Sockets defines a similar BLOB structure in Wtypes.h. Using both header files in the same source code file creates redefinition–compile time errors.
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Size of the block of data pointed to by pBlobData, in bytes. + + + Pointer to a block of data. + + + Identifies the calling convention used by a member function described in the METHODDATA structure. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Values that are used in activation calls to indicate the execution contexts in which an object is to be run. + + Values from the CLSCTX enumeration are used in activation calls (CoCreateInstance, CoCreateInstanceEx, CoGetClassObject, and so on) to indicate the preferred execution contexts (in-process, local, or remote) in which an object is to be run. They are also used in calls to CoRegisterClassObject to indicate the set of execution contexts in which a class object is to be made available for requests to construct instances (IClassFactory::CreateInstance). To indicate that more than one context is acceptable, you can combine multiple values with Boolean ORs. The contexts are tried in the order in which they are listed. + Given a set of CLSCTX flags, the execution context to be used depends on the availability of registered class codes and other parameters according to the following algorithm. + + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The code that creates and manages objects of this class is a DLL that runs in the same process as the caller of the function specifying the class context. + + + The code that manages objects of this class is an in-process handler. This is a DLL that runs in the client process and implements client-side structures of this class when instances of the class are accessed remotely. + + + The EXE code that creates and manages objects of this class runs on same machine but is loaded in a separate process space. + + + Obsolete. + + + A remote context. The LocalServer32 or LocalService code that creates and manages objects of this class is run on a different computer. + + + Obsolete. + + + Reserved. + + + Reserved. + + + Reserved. + + + Reserved. + + + Disables the downloading of code from the directory service or the Internet. This flag cannot be set at the same time as CLSCTX_ENABLE_CODE_DOWNLOAD. + + + Reserved. + + + Specify if you want the activation to fail if it uses custom marshalling. + + + Enables the downloading of code from the directory service or the Internet. This flag cannot be set at the same time as CLSCTX_NO_CODE_DOWNLOAD. + + + + The CLSCTX_NO_FAILURE_LOG can be used to override the logging of failures in CoCreateInstanceEx. If the ActivationFailureLoggingLevel is created, the following values can determine the status of event logging: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Disables activate-as-activator (AAA) activations for this activation only. This flag overrides the setting of the EOAC_DISABLE_AAA flag from the EOLE_AUTHENTICATION_CAPABILITIES enumeration. This flag cannot be set at the same time as CLSCTX_ENABLE_AAA. Any activation where a server process would be launched under the caller's identity is known as an activate-as-activator (AAA) activation. Disabling AAA activations allows an application that runs under a privileged account (such as LocalSystem) to help prevent its identity from being used to launch untrusted components. Library applications that use activation calls should always set this flag during those calls. This helps prevent the library application from being used in an escalation-of-privilege security attack. This is the only way to disable AAA activations in a library application because the EOAC_DISABLE_AAA flag from the EOLE_AUTHENTICATION_CAPABILITIES enumeration is applied only to the server process and not to the library application. Windows 2000:  This flag is not supported. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Enables activate-as-activator (AAA) activations for this activation only. This flag overrides the setting of the EOAC_DISABLE_AAA flag from the EOLE_AUTHENTICATION_CAPABILITIES enumeration. This flag cannot be set at the same time as CLSCTX_DISABLE_AAA. Any activation where a server process would be launched under the caller's identity is known as an activate-as-activator (AAA) activation. Enabling this flag allows an application to transfer its identity to an activated component. Windows 2000:  This flag is not supported. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Begin this activation from the default context of the current apartment. + + + + + + Activate or connect to a 32-bit version of the server; fail if one is not registered. + + + Activate or connect to a 64 bit version of the server; fail if one is not registered. + + + + When this flag is specified, COM uses the impersonation token of the thread, if one is present, for the activation request made by the thread. When this flag is not specified or if the thread does not have an impersonation token, COM uses the process token of the thread's process for the activation request made by the thread. + Windows Vista or later:  This flag is supported. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Indicates activation is for an app container. +
Note  This flag is reserved for internal use and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Specify this flag for Interactive User activation behavior for As-Activator servers. A strongly named Medium IL Windows Store app can use this flag to launch an "As Activator" COM server without a strong name. Also, you can use this flag to bind to a running instance of the COM server that's launched by a desktop application. The client must be Medium IL, it must be strongly named, which means that it has a SysAppID in the client token, it can't be in session 0, and it must have the same user as the session ID's user in the client token. If the server is out-of-process and "As Activator", it launches the server with the token of the client token's session user. This token won't be strongly named. If the server is out-of-process and RunAs "Interactive User", this flag has no effect. If the server is out-of-process and is any other RunAs type, the activation fails. This flag has no effect for in-process servers. Off-machine activations fail when they use this flag. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + + + + + Used for loading Proxy/Stub DLLs. +
Note  This flag is reserved for internal use and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Identifies the type description being bound to. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + No match was found. + + + A FUNCDESC was returned. + + + A VARDESC was returned. + + + A TYPECOMP was returned. + + + An IMPLICITAPPOBJ was returned. + + + The end of the enum. + + + Contains the arguments passed to a method or property. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + An array of arguments. **Note**: these arguments appear in reverse order + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The dispatch IDs of the named arguments. + + + The number of arguments. + + + The number of named arguments. + + + The ELEMDESC structure contains the type description and process-transfer information for a variable, a function, or a function parameter. (ELEMDESC) + + + + The type of the element. + + + Describes an exception that occurred during IDispatch::Invoke. + + Use the pfnDeferredFillIn field to enable an object to defer filling in the bstrDescription, bstrHelpFile, and dwHelpContext fields until they are needed. This field might be used, for example, if loading the string for the error is a time-consuming operation. To use deferred fill-in, the object puts a function pointer in this slot and does not fill any of the other fields except wCode, which is required. To get additional information, the caller passes the EXCEPINFO structure back to the pexcepinfo callback function, which fills in the additional information. When the ActiveX object and the ActiveX client are in different processes, the ActiveX object calls pfnDeferredFillIn before returning to the controller. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The error code. Error codes should be greater than 1000. Either this field or the scode field must be filled in; the other must be set to 0. + + + Reserved. Should be 0. + + + The name of the exception source. Typically, this is an application name. This field should be filled in by the implementer of IDispatch. + + + The exception description to display. If no description is available, use null. + + + The fully qualified help file path. If no Help is available, use null. + + + The help context ID. + + + Reserved. Must be null. + + + Provides deferred fill-in. If deferred fill-in is not desired, this field should be set to null. + + + A return value that describes the error. Either this field or wCode (but not both) must be filled in; the other must be set to 0. (16-bit Windows versions only.) + + + Describes a function. (FUNCDESC) + + The cParams field specifies the total number of required and optional parameters. + The cParamsOpt field specifies the form of optional parameters accepted by the function, as follows: + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The function member ID. + + + The status code. + + + Description of the element. + + + Indicates the type of function (virtual, static, or dispatch-only). + + + The invocation type. Indicates whether this is a property function, and if so, which type. + + + The calling convention. + + + The total number of parameters. + + + The number of optional parameters. + + + For FUNC_VIRTUAL, specifies the offset in the VTBL. + + + The number of possible return values. + + + The function return type. + + + The function flags. See FUNCFLAGS. + + + Specifies function flags. + + FUNCFLAG_FHIDDEN means that the property should never be shown in object browsers, property browsers, and so on. This function is useful for removing items from an object model. Code can bind to the member, but the user will never know that the member exists. FUNCFLAG_FNONBROWSABLE means that the property should not be displayed in a properties browser. It is used in circumstances in which an error would occur if the property were shown in a properties browser. FUNCFLAG_FRESRICTED means that macro-oriented programmers should not be allowed to access this member. These members are usually treated as _FHIDDEN by tools such as Visual Basic, with the main difference being that code cannot bind to those members. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The function should not be accessible from macro languages. This flag is intended for system-level functions or functions that type browsers should not display. + + + The function returns an object that is a source of events. + + + The function that supports data binding. + + + When set, any call to a method that sets the property results first in a call to IPropertyNotifySink::OnRequestEdit. The implementation of OnRequestEdit determines if the call is allowed to set the property. + + + The function that is displayed to the user as bindable. FUNC_FBINDABLE must also be set. + + + The function that best represents the object. Only one function in a type information can have this attribute. + + + The function should not be displayed to the user, although it exists and is bindable. + + + The function supports GetLastError. If an error occurs during the function, the caller can call GetLastError to retrieve the error code. + + + Permits an optimization in which the compiler looks for a member named xyz on the type of abc. If such a member is found and is flagged as an accessor function for an element of the default collection, then a call is generated to that member function. Permitted on members in dispinterfaces and interfaces; not permitted on modules. For more information, refer to defaultcollelem in Type Libraries and the Object Description Language. + + + The type information member is the default member for display in the user interface. + + + The property appears in an object browser, but not in a properties browser. + + + Tags the interface as having default behaviors. + + + Mapped as individual bindable properties. + + + Specifies the function type. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The function is accessed the same as PUREVIRTUAL, except the function has an implementation. + + + The function is accessed through the virtual function table (VTBL), and takes an implicit this pointer. + + + The function is accessed by static address and takes an implicit this pointer. + + + The function is accessed by static address and does not take an implicit this pointer. + + + The function can be accessed only through IDispatch. + + + + + + The IEnumUnknown::Next (objidlbase.h) method retrieves the specified number of items in the enumeration sequence. + The number of items to be retrieved. If there are fewer than the requested number of items left in the sequence, this method retrieves the remaining elements. + + An array of enumerated items. The enumerator is responsible for calling AddRef, and the caller is responsible for calling Release through each pointer enumerated. If celt is greater than 1, the caller must also pass a non-NULL pointer passed to pceltFetched to know how many pointers to release. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + The number of items that were retrieved. This parameter is always less than or equal to the number of items requested. + If the method retrieves the number of items requested, the return value is S_OK. Otherwise, it is S_FALSE. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IEnumUnknown::Skip (objidlbase.h) method skips over the specified number of items in the enumeration sequence. + The number of items to be skipped. + If the method skips the number of items requested, the return value is S_OK. Otherwise, it is S_FALSE. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IEnumUnknown::Reset (objidlbase.h) method resets the enumeration sequence to the beginning. + The return value is S_OK. + There is no guarantee that the same set of objects will be enumerated after the reset operation has completed. A static collection is reset to the beginning, but it can be too expensive for some collections, such as files in a directory, to guarantee this condition. + + + The IEnumUnknown::Clone (objidlbase.h) method creates a new enumerator that contains the same enumeration state as the current one. + A pointer to the cloned enumerator object. + This method can return the standard return values E_INVALIDARG, E_OUTOFMEMORY, E_UNEXPECTED, and S_OK. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {00000100-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + + + + + + + Registers the specified interface on an object residing in one apartment of a process as a global interface, enabling other apartments access to that interface. + An interface pointer of type riid on the object on which the interface to be registered as global is implemented. + The IID of the interface to be registered as global. + An identifier that can be used by another apartment to get access to a pointer to the interface being registered. The value of an invalid cookie is 0. + + This method can return the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Called in the apartment in which an object resides to register one of the object's interfaces as a global interface. This method supplies a pointer to a cookie that other apartments can use in a call to the GetInterfaceFromGlobal method to get a pointer to that interface. The interface pointer may be a pointer to an in-process object, or it may be a pointer to a proxy for an object residing in another apartment, in another process, or on another computer. The apartment that calls this method must remain alive until the corresponding call to RevokeInterfaceFromGlobal. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Revokes the registration of an interface in the global interface table. + Identifies the interface whose global registration is to be revoked. + + This method can return the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + Call this method when an interface registered in the global interface table object no longer needs to be accessed by other apartments in the same process. This method can be called by any apartment in the process, including apartments other than the one that registered the interface in the global interface table. + + + + + + Retrieves a pointer to an interface on an object that is usable by the calling apartment. This interface must be currently registered in the global interface table. + Identifies the interface (and its object), and is retrieved through a call to IGlobalInterfaceTable::RegisterInterfaceInGlobal. + The IID of the interface. + A pointer to the pointer for the requested interface. + + This method can return the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + After an interface has been registered in the global interface table, an apartment can get a pointer to this interface by calling the GetInterfaceFromGlobal method with the supplied cookie. This pointer to the interface can be used in the calling apartment but not by other apartments in the process. The application is responsible for coordinating access to the global variable during calls to IGlobalInterfaceTable::RevokeInterfaceFromGlobal. That is, the application should ensure that one thread does not call RevokeInterfaceFromGlobal while another thread is calling GetInterfaceFromGlobal with the same cookie. Multiple calls to GetInterfaceFromGlobal for the same cookie are permitted. The GetInterfaceFromGlobal method calls AddRef on the pointer obtained in the ppv parameter. It is the caller's responsibility to call Release on this pointer. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {00000146-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + Specifies the way a function is invoked. + In C, value assignment is written as *pobj1 = *pobj2, while reference assignment is written as pobj1 = pobj2. Other languages have other syntactic conventions. A property or data member can support only a value assignment, a reference assignment, or both. The INVOKEKIND enumeration constants are the same constants that are passed to IDispatch::Invoke to specify the way in which a function is invoked. + + + The member is called using a normal function invocation syntax. + + + The function is invoked using a normal property-access syntax. + + + The function is invoked using a property value assignment syntax. Syntactically, a typical programming language might represent changing a property in the same way as assignment. For example: object.property : = value. + + + The function is invoked using a property reference assignment syntax. + + + + + + Reads a specified number of bytes from the stream object into memory, starting at the current seek pointer. + A pointer to the buffer which the stream data is read into. + The number of bytes of data to read from the stream object. + + A pointer to a ULONG variable that receives the actual number of bytes read from the stream object.
Note  The number of bytes read may be zero.
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | All of the requested data was successfully read from the stream object; the number of bytes requested in *cb* is the same as the number of bytes returned in *pcbRead*.| |S_FALSE | The value returned in *pcbRead* is less than the number of bytes requested in *cb*. This indicates the end of the stream has been reached. The number of bytes read indicates how much of the *pv* buffer has been filled.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous storage only: Part or all of the data to be read is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have permissions required to read this stream object.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | One of the pointer values is invalid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + This method reads bytes from this stream object into memory. The stream object must be opened in STGM_READ mode. This method adjusts the seek pointer by the actual number of bytes read. The number of bytes actually read is also returned in the pcbRead parameter.

Notes to Callers

The actual number of bytes read can be less than the number of bytes requested if an error occurs or if the end of the stream is reached during the read operation. The number of bytes returned should always be compared to the number of bytes requested. If the number of bytes returned is less than the number of bytes requested, it usually means the Read method attempted to read past the end of the stream. The application should handle both a returned error and S_OK return values on end-of-stream read operations. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Writes a specified number of bytes into the stream object starting at the current seek pointer. + A pointer to the buffer that contains the data that is to be written to the stream. A valid pointer must be provided for this parameter even when cb is zero. + The number of bytes of data to attempt to write into the stream. This value can be zero. + A pointer to a ULONG variable where this method writes the actual number of bytes written to the stream object. The caller can set this pointer to NULL, in which case this method does not provide the actual number of bytes written. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The data was successfully written to the stream object.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the data to be written is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The write operation failed because there is no space left on the storage device.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have the required permissions for writing to this stream object.| |STG_E_CANTSAVE | Data cannot be written for reasons other than improper access or insufficient space.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | One of the pointer values is not valid. The *pv* parameter must contain a valid pointer even if *cb* is zero.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_WRITEFAULT | The write operation failed due to a disk error. This value is also returned when this method attempts to write to a stream that was opened in simple mode (using the STGM_SIMPLE flag).| + + + ISequentialStream::Write writes the specified data to a stream object. The seek pointer is adjusted for the number of bytes actually written. The number of bytes actually written is returned in the pcbWritten parameter. If the byte count is zero bytes, the write operation has no effect. If the seek pointer is currently past the end of the stream and the byte count is nonzero, this method increases the size of the stream to the seek pointer and writes the specified bytes starting at the seek pointer. The fill bytes written to the stream are not initialized to any particular value. This is the same as the end-of-file behavior in the MS-DOS FAT file system. With a zero byte count and a seek pointer past the end of the stream, this method does not create the fill bytes to increase the stream to the seek pointer. In this case, you must call the IStream::SetSize method to increase the size of the stream and write the fill bytes. The pcbWritten parameter can have a value even if an error occurs. In the COM-provided implementation, stream objects are not sparse. Any fill bytes are eventually allocated on the disk and assigned to the stream. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {0c733a30-2a1c-11ce-ade5-00aa0044773d} + + + + + + Changes the seek pointer to a new location. The new location is relative to either the beginning of the stream, the end of the stream, or the current seek pointer. + The displacement to be added to the location indicated by the dwOrigin parameter. If dwOrigin is STREAM_SEEK_SET, this is interpreted as an unsigned value rather than a signed value. + The origin for the displacement specified in dlibMove. The origin can be the beginning of the file (STREAM_SEEK_SET), the current seek pointer (STREAM_SEEK_CUR), or the end of the file (STREAM_SEEK_END). For more information about values, see the STREAM_SEEK enumeration. + + A pointer to the location where this method writes the value of the new seek pointer from the beginning of the stream. You can set this pointer to NULL. In this case, this method does not provide the new seek pointer. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The seek pointer was successfully adjusted.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | Indicates that *plibNewPosition* points to invalid memory, because *plibNewPosition* is not read.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The *dwOrigin* parameter contains an invalid value, or the *dlibMove* parameter contains a bad offset value. For example, the result of the seek pointer is a negative offset value.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + IStream::Seek changes the seek pointer so that subsequent read and write operations can be performed at a different location in the stream object. It is an error to seek before the beginning of the stream. It is not, however, an error to seek past the end of the stream. Seeking past the end of the stream is useful for subsequent write operations, as the stream byte range will be extended to the new seek position immediately before the write is complete. You can also use this method to obtain the current value of the seek pointer by calling this method with the dwOrigin parameter set to STREAM_SEEK_CUR and the dlibMove parameter set to 0 so that the seek pointer is not changed. The current seek pointer is returned in the plibNewPosition parameter. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Changes the size of the stream object. + Specifies the new size, in bytes, of the stream. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The size of the stream object was successfully changed.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The stream size is not changed because there is no space left on the storage device.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The value of the *libNewSize* parameter is not supported by the implementation. Not all streams support greater than 232 bytes. If a stream does not support more than 232 bytes, the high DWORD data type of *libNewSize* must be zero. If it is nonzero, the implementation may return STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION. In general, COM-based implementations of the IStream interface do not support streams larger than 232 bytes.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + IStream::SetSize changes the size of the stream object. Call this method to preallocate space for the stream. If the libNewSize parameter is larger than the current stream size, the stream is extended to the indicated size by filling the intervening space with bytes of undefined value. This operation is similar to the ISequentialStream::Write method if the seek pointer is past the current end of the stream. If the libNewSize parameter is smaller than the current stream, the stream is truncated to the indicated size. The seek pointer is not affected by the change in stream size. Calling IStream::SetSize can be an effective way to obtain a large chunk of contiguous space. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Copies a specified number of bytes from the current seek pointer in the stream to the current seek pointer in another stream. + A pointer to the destination stream. The stream pointed to by pstm can be a new stream or a clone of the source stream. + The number of bytes to copy from the source stream. + A pointer to the location where this method writes the actual number of bytes read from the source. You can set this pointer to NULL. In this case, this method does not provide the actual number of bytes read. + A pointer to the location where this method writes the actual number of bytes written to the destination. You can set this pointer to NULL. In this case, this method does not provide the actual number of bytes written. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The stream object was successfully copied.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the data to be copied is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The value of one of the pointer parameters is invalid.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The stream is not copied because there is no space left on the storage device.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + The CopyTo method copies the specified bytes from one stream to another. It can also be used to copy a stream to itself. The seek pointer in each stream instance is adjusted for the number of bytes read or written. This method is equivalent to reading cb bytes into memory using ISequentialStream::Read and then immediately writing them to the destination stream using ISequentialStream::Write, although IStream::CopyTo will be more efficient. The destination stream can be a clone of the source stream created by calling the IStream::Clone method. If IStream::CopyTo returns an error, you cannot assume that the seek pointers are valid for either the source or destination. Additionally, the values of pcbRead and pcbWritten are not meaningful even though they are returned. If IStream::CopyTo returns successfully, the actual number of bytes read and written are the same. To copy the remainder of the source from the current seek pointer, specify the maximum large integer value for the cb parameter. If the seek pointer is the beginning of the stream, this operation copies the entire stream. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The Commit method ensures that any changes made to a stream object open in transacted mode are reflected in the parent storage. + + Controls how the changes for the stream object are committed. See the STGC enumeration for a definition of these values. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | Changes to the stream object were successfully committed to the parent level.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The commit operation failed due to lack of space on the storage device.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + The Commit method ensures that changes to a stream object opened in transacted mode are reflected in the parent storage. Changes that have been made to the stream since it was opened or last committed are reflected to the parent storage object. If the parent is opened in transacted mode, the parent may revert at a later time, rolling back the changes to this stream object. The compound file implementation does not support the opening of streams in transacted mode, so this method has very little effect other than to flush memory buffers. For more information, see IStream - Compound File Implementation. If the stream is open in direct mode, this method ensures that any memory buffers have been flushed out to the underlying storage object. This is much like a flush in traditional file systems. The IStream::Commit method is useful on a direct mode stream when the implementation of the IStream interface is a wrapper for underlying file system APIs. In this case, IStream::Commit would be connected to the file system's flush call. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The Revert method discards all changes that have been made to a transacted stream since the last IStream::Commit call. On streams open in direct mode and streams using the COM compound file implementation of IStream::Revert, this method has no effect. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The stream was successfully reverted to its previous version.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. | + + The Revert method discards changes made to a transacted stream since the last commit operation. + + + The LockRegion method restricts access to a specified range of bytes in the stream. + Integer that specifies the byte offset for the beginning of the range. + Integer that specifies the length of the range, in bytes, to be restricted. + Specifies the restrictions being requested on accessing the range. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The specified range of bytes was locked.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | Locking is not supported at all or the specific type of lock requested is not supported.| |STG_E_LOCKVIOLATION | Requested lock is supported, but cannot be granted because of an existing lock.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + The byte range of the stream can be extended. Locking an extended range for the stream is useful as a method of communication between different instances of the stream without changing data that is actually part of the stream. Three types of locking can be supported: locking to exclude other writers, locking to exclude other readers or writers, and locking that allows only one requester to obtain a lock on the given range, which is usually an alias for one of the other two lock types. A given stream instance might support either of the first two types, or both. The lock type is specified by dwLockType, using a value from the LOCKTYPE enumeration. Any region locked with IStream::LockRegion must later be explicitly unlocked by calling IStream::UnlockRegion with exactly the same values for the libOffset, cb, and dwLockType parameters. The region must be unlocked before the stream is released. Two adjacent regions cannot be locked separately and then unlocked with a single unlock call.

Notes to Callers

Since the type of locking supported is optional and can vary in different implementations of IStream, you must provide code to deal with the STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION error. The LockRegion method has no effect in the compound file implementation, because the implementation does not support range locking.

Notes to Implementers

Support for this method is optional for implementations of stream objects since it may not be supported by the underlying file system. The type of locking supported is also optional. The STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION error is returned if the requested type of locking is not supported. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The UnlockRegion method removes the access restriction on a range of bytes previously restricted with IStream::LockRegion. + Specifies the byte offset for the beginning of the range. + Specifies, in bytes, the length of the range to be restricted. + Specifies the access restrictions previously placed on the range. + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The byte range was unlocked.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | Locking is not supported at all or the specific type of lock requested is not supported.| |STG_E_LOCKVIOLATION | The requested unlock operation cannot be granted.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + IStream::UnlockRegion unlocks a region previously locked with the IStream::LockRegion method. Locked regions must later be explicitly unlocked by calling IStream::UnlockRegion with exactly the same values for the libOffset, cb, and dwLockType parameters. The region must be unlocked before the stream is released. Two adjacent regions cannot be locked separately and then unlocked with a single unlock call. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + The Stat method retrieves the STATSTG structure for this stream. + + Pointer to a STATSTG structure where this method places information about this stream object. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + Specifies that this method does not return some of the members in the STATSTG structure, thus saving a memory allocation operation. Values are taken from the STATFLAG enumeration. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The STATSTG structure was successfully returned at the specified location.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for accessing statistics for this storage object.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The STATSTG structure was not returned due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the *grfStateFlag* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The *pStatStg* pointer is not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + IStream::Stat retrieves a pointer to the STATSTG structure that contains information about this open stream. When this stream is within a structured storage and IStorage::EnumElements is called, it creates an enumerator object with the IEnumSTATSTG interface on it, which can be called to enumerate the storages and streams through the STATSTG structures associated with each of them. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The Clone method creates a new stream object with its own seek pointer that references the same bytes as the original stream. + + When successful, pointer to the location of an IStream pointer to the new stream object. If an error occurs, this parameter is NULL. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The stream was successfully cloned.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The stream was not cloned due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The ppStm pointer is not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| + + + The Clone method creates a new stream object for accessing the same bytes but using a separate seek pointer. The new stream object sees the same data as the source-stream object. Changes written to one object are immediately visible in the other. Range locking is shared between the stream objects. The initial setting of the seek pointer in the cloned stream instance is the same as the current setting of the seek pointer in the original stream at the time of the clone operation. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {0000000c-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + + + + + + + Maps a name to a member of a type, or binds global variables and functions contained in a type library. + The name to be bound. + The hash value for the name computed by LHashValOfNameSys. + One or more of the flags defined in the INVOKEKIND enumeration. Specifies whether the name was referenced as a method or a property. When binding to a variable, specify the flag INVOKE_PROPERTYGET. Specify zero to bind to any type of member. + If a FUNCDESC or VARDESC was returned, then ppTInfo points to a pointer to the type description that contains the item to which it is bound. + Indicates whether the name bound to is a VARDESC, FUNCDESC, or TYPECOMP. If there was no match, DESCKIND_NONE. + The bound-to VARDESC, FUNCDESC, or ITypeComp interface. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Use Bind for binding to the variables and methods of a type, or for binding to the global variables and methods in a type library. The returned DESCKIND pointer pDescKind indicates whether the name was bound to a VARDESC, a FUNCDESC, or to an ITypeComp instance. The returned pBindPtr points to the VARDESC, FUNCDESC, or ITypeComp. If a data member or method is bound to, then ppTInfopoints to the type description that contains the method or data member. + If Bind binds the name to a nested binding context, it returns a pointer to an ITypeComp instance in pBindPtr and a null type description pointer in ppTInfo. For example, if the name of a type description is passed for a module (TKIND_MODULE), enumeration (TKIND_ENUM), or coclass (TKIND_COCLASS), Bind returns the ITypeComp instance of the type description for the module, enumeration, or coclass. This feature supports languages such as Visual Basic that allow references to members of a type description to be qualified by the name of the type description. For example, a function in a module can be referenced by modulename.functionname. The members of TKIND_ENUM, TKIND_MODULE, and TKIND_COCLASS types marked as Application objects can be bound to directly from ITypeComp, without specifying the name of the module. The ITypeComp of a coclass defers to the ITypeComp of its default interface. + As with other methods of ITypeComp, ITypeInfo, and ITypeInfo, the calling code is responsible for releasing the returned object instances or structures. If a VARDESC or FUNCDESC is returned, the caller is responsible for deleting it with the returned type description and releasing the type description instance itself. Otherwise, if an ITypeComp instance is returned, the caller must release it. + Special rules apply if you call a type library's Bind method, passing it the name of a member of an Application object class (a class that has the TYPEFLAG_FAPPOBJECT flag set). In this case, Bind returns DESCKIND_IMPLICITAPPOBJ in pDescKind, a VARDESC that describes the Application object in pBindPtr, and the ITypeInfo of the Application object class in ppTInfo. To bind to the object, ITypeInfo::GetTypeComp must make a call to get the ITypeComp of the Application object class, and then reinvoke its Bind method with the name initially passed to the type library's ITypeComp. + The caller should use the returned ITypeInfo pointer (ppTInfo) to get the address of the member. +
Note  The wflags parameter is the same as the wflags parameter in IDispatch::Invoke.
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Binds to the type descriptions contained within a type library. + The name to be bound. + The hash value for the name computed by LHashValOfName. + An ITypeInfo of the type to which the name was bound. + Passes a valid pointer, such as the address of an ITypeComp variable. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + Use the function BindType for binding a type name to the ITypeInfo that describes the type. This function is invoked on the ITypeComp that is returned by ITypeLib::GetTypeComp to bind to types defined within that library. It can also be used in the future for binding to nested types. + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {00020403-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + + + + Provides the number of type descriptions that are in a type library. + The number of type descriptions in the type library. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Retrieves the specified type description in the library. + The index of the interface to be returned. + If successful, returns a pointer to the pointer to the ITypeInfo interface. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + For dual interfaces, GetTypeInfo returns only the TKIND_DISPATCH type information. To get the TKIND_INTERFACE type information, GetRefTypeOfImplType can be called on the TKIND_DISPATCH type information, passing an index of –1. Then, the returned type information handle can be passed to GetRefTypeInfo. + + + + + + Retrieves the type of a type description. + The index of the type description within the type library. + The TYPEKIND enumeration value for the type description. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the type description that corresponds to the specified GUID. + The GUID of the type description. + The ITypeInfo interface. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the structure that contains the library's attributes. + The library's attributes. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + Use ITypeLib::ReleaseTLibAttr to free the memory occupied by the TLIBATTR structure. + + + Enables a client compiler to bind to the types, variables, constants, and global functions for a library. + The ITypeComp instance for this ITypeLib. A client compiler uses the methods in the ITypeComp interface to bind to types in ITypeLib, as well as to the global functions, variables, and constants defined in ITypeLib + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The Bind function of the returned TypeComp binds to global functions, variables, constants, enumerated values, and coclass members. The Bind function also binds the names of the TYPEKIND enumerations of TKIND_MODULE, TKIND_ENUM, and TKIND_COCLASS. These names shadow any global names defined within the type information. The members of TKIND_ENUM, TKIND_MODULE, and TKIND_COCLASS types marked as Application objects can be directly bound to from ITypeComp without specifying the name of the module. + ITypeComp::Bind and ITypeComp::BindType accept only unqualified names. ITypeLib::GetTypeComp returns a pointer to the ITypeComp interface, which is then used to bind to global elements in the library. The names of some types (TKIND_ENUM, TKIND_MODULE, and TKIND_COCLASS) share the name space with variables, functions, constants, and enumerators. If a member requires qualification to differentiate it from other items in the name space, GetTypeComp can be called successively for each qualifier in order to bind to the desired member. This allows programming language compilers to access members of modules, enumerations, and coclasses, even though the member can't be bound to with a qualified name. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the documentation string for the library, the complete Help file name and path, and the context identifier for the library Help topic in the Help file. + The index of the type description whose documentation is to be returned. If index is -1, then the documentation for the library itself is returned. + The name of the specified item. If the caller does not need the item name, then pBstrName can be null. + The documentation string for the specified item. If the caller does not need the documentation string, then pBstrDocString can be null.. + The Help context identifier (ID) associated with the specified item. If the caller does not need the Help context ID, then pdwHelpContext can be null. + The fully qualified name of the Help file. If the caller does not need the Help file name, then pBstrHelpFile can be null. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + The caller should free the parameters pBstrName, pBstrDocString, and pBstrHelpFile. + + + + + + Indicates whether a passed-in string contains the name of a type or member described in the library. + The string to test. If this method is successful, szNameBuf is modified to match the case (capitalization) found in the type library. + The hash value of szNameBuf. + True if szNameBuf was found in the type library; otherwise false. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Finds occurrences of a type description in a type library. This may be used to quickly verify that a name exists in a type library. + The name to search for. + A hash value to speed up the search, computed by the LHashValOfNameSys function. If lHashVal = 0, a value is computed. + An array of pointers to the type descriptions that contain the name specified in szNameBuf. This parameter cannot be null. + An array of the found items; rgMemId[i] is the MEMBERID that indexes into the type description specified by ppTInfo[i]. This parameter cannot be null. + + On entry, indicates how many instances to look for. For example, *pcFound = 1 can be called to find the first occurrence. The search stops when one is found. On exit, indicates the number of instances that were found. If the in and out values of *pcFound are identical, there may be more type descriptions that contain the name. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + Passing *pcFound = n indicates that there is enough room in the ppTInfo and rgMemId arrays for n (ptinfo, memid) pairs. The function returns MEMBERID_NIL in rgMemId[i], if the name in szNameBuf is the name of the type information in ppTInfo[i]. + + + + + + Releases the TLIBATTR originally obtained from GetLibAttr. + The TLIBATTR to be freed. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {00020402-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + The LOCKTYPE enumeration values indicate the type of locking requested for the specified range of bytes. The values are used in the ILockBytes::LockRegion and IStream::LockRegion methods. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + If this lock is granted, the specified range of bytes can be opened and read any number of times, but writing to the locked range is prohibited except for the owner that was granted this lock. + + + If this lock is granted, writing to the specified range of bytes is prohibited except by the owner that was granted this lock. + + + If this lock is granted, no other LOCK_ONLYONCE lock can be obtained on the range. Usually this lock type is an alias for some other lock type. Thus, specific implementations can have additional behavior associated with this lock type. + + + Represents the bounds of one dimension of the array. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The number of elements in the dimension. + + + The lower bound of the dimension. + + + Indicate whether the method should try to return a name in the pwcsName member of the STATSTG structure. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Requests that the statistics include the pwcsName member of the STATSTG structure. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Requests that the statistics not include the pwcsName member of the STATSTG structure. If the name is omitted, there is no need for the ILockBytes::Stat, IStorage::Stat, and IStream::Stat methods methods to allocate and free memory for the string value of the name, therefore the method reduces time and resources used in an allocation and free operation. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Not implemented. + + + Contains statistical data about an open storage, stream, or byte-array object. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + A pointer to a NULL-terminated Unicode string that contains the name. Space for this string is allocated by the method called and freed by the caller (for more information, see CoTaskMemFree). To not return this member, specify the STATFLAG_NONAME value when you call a method that returns a STATSTG structure, except for calls to IEnumSTATSTG::Next, which provides no way to specify this value. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Indicates the type of storage object. This is one of the values from the STGTY enumeration. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Specifies the size, in bytes, of the stream or byte array. + + + Indicates the last modification time for this storage, stream, or byte array. + + + Indicates the creation time for this storage, stream, or byte array. + + + Indicates the last access time for this storage, stream, or byte array. + + + + Indicates the access mode specified when the object was opened. This member is only valid in calls to Stat methods. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Indicates the class identifier for the storage object; set to CLSID_NULL for new storage objects. This member is not used for streams or byte arrays. + + + + Indicates the current state bits of the storage object; that is, the value most recently set by the IStorage::SetStateBits method. This member is not valid for streams or byte arrays. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Reserved for future use. + + + Flags that indicate conditions for creating and deleting the object and access modes for the object. + You can combine these flags, but you can only choose one flag from each group of related flags. Typically one flag from each of the access and sharing groups must be specified for all functions and methods which use these constants. Flags from other groups are optional. + + + The STGTY enumeration values are used in the type member of the STATSTG structure to indicate the type of the storage element. A storage element is a storage object, a stream object, or a byte-array object (LOCKBYTES). + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Indicates that the storage element is a storage object. + + + Indicates that the storage element is a stream object. + + + Indicates that the storage element is a byte-array object. + + + Indicates that the storage element is a property storage object. + + + Identifies the target operating system platform. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The target operating system for the type library is 16-bit Windows. By default, data members are packed. + + + The target operating system for the type library is 32-bit Windows. By default, data members are naturally aligned (for example, 2-byte integers are aligned on even-byte boundaries; 4-byte integers are aligned on quad-word boundaries, and so on). + + + The target operating system for the type library is Apple Macintosh. By default, all data members are aligned on even-byte boundaries. + + + The target operating system for the type library is 64-bit Windows. + + + Contains information about a type library. Information from this structure is used to identify the type library and to provide national language support for member names. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The globally unique identifier. + + + The locale identifier. + + + The target hardware platform. + + + The major version number. + + + The minor version number. + + + The library flags. + + + Contains attributes of a type. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The GUID of the type information. + + + The locale of member names and documentation strings. + + + Reserved. + + + The constructor ID, or MEMBERID_NIL if none. + + + The destructor ID, or MEMBERID_NIL if none. + + + Reserved. + + + The size of an instance of this type. + + + The kind of type. + + + The number of functions. + + + The number of variables or data members. + + + The number of implemented interfaces. + + + The size of this type's VTBL. + + + The byte alignment for an instance of this type. A value of 0 indicates alignment on the 64K boundary; 1 indicates no special alignment. For other values, n indicates aligned on byte n. + + + The type flags. See TYPEFLAGS. + + + The major version number. + + + The minor version number. + + + If typekind is TKIND_ALIAS, specifies the type for which this type is an alias. + + + The IDL attributes of the described type. + + + Describes the type of a variable, the return type of a function, or the type of a function parameter. + If the variable is VT_SAFEARRAY or VT_PTR, the union portion of the TYPEDESC contains a pointer to a TYPEDESC that specifies the element type. + + + The variant type. + + + Specifies a type. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + A set of enumerators. + + + A structure with no methods. + + + A module that can only have static functions and data (for example, a DLL). + + + A type that has virtual and pure functions. + + + A set of methods and properties that are accessible through IDispatch::Invoke. By default, dual interfaces return TKIND_DISPATCH. + + + A set of implemented component object interfaces. + + + A type that is an alias for another type. + + + A union, all of whose members have an offset of zero. + + + End of enum marker. + + + Describes a variable, constant, or data member. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The member ID. + + + Reserved. + + + The variable type. + + + The variable flags. See VARFLAGS. + + + The variable type. + + + Specifies variable flags. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Assignment to the variable should not be allowed. + + + The variable returns an object that is a source of events. + + + The variable supports data binding. + + + When set, any attempt to directly change the property results in a call to IPropertyNotifySink::OnRequestEdit. The implementation of OnRequestEdit determines if the change is accepted. + + + The variable is displayed to the user as bindable. VARFLAG_FBINDABLE must also be set. + + + The variable is the single property that best represents the object. Only one variable in type information can have this attribute. + + + The variable should not be displayed to the user in a browser, although it exists and is bindable. + + + The variable should not be accessible from macro languages. This flag is intended for system-level variables or variables that you do not want type browsers to display. + + + Permits an optimization in which the compiler looks for a member named "xyz" on the type of abc. If such a member is found and is flagged as an accessor function for an element of the default collection, then a call is generated to that member function. Permitted on members in dispinterfaces and interfaces; not permitted on modules. + + + The variable is the default display in the user interface. + + + The variable appears in an object browser, but not in a properties browser. + + + Tags the interface as having default behaviors. + + + The variable is mapped as individual bindable properties. + + + Specifies the variable type. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The variable is a field or member of the type. It exists at a fixed offset within each instance of the type. + + + There is only one instance of the variable. + + + The VARDESC describes a symbolic constant. There is no memory associated with it. + + + The variable can only be accessed through IDispatch::Invoke. + + + + + + + + + Retrieves the handle to the picture managed within this picture object to a specified location. + A pointer to a variable that receives the handle. The caller is responsible for this handle upon successful return. The variable is set to NULL on failure. + + This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL and E_OUTOFMEMORY, as well as the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + +

Notes to Callers

The picture object may retain ownership of the picture. However, the caller can be assured that the picture will remain valid until either the caller specifically destroys the picture or the picture object is itself destroyed. The fOwn parameter to OleCreatePictureIndirect determines ownership when the picture object is created. OleLoadPicture forces fOwn to TRUE. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves a copy of the palette currently used by the picture object. + A pointer to a variable that receives the palette handle. The variable is set to NULL on failure. + + This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL and E_OUTOFMEMORY, as well as the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + +

Notes to Callers

If the picture object has ownership of the picture, it also has ownership of the palette and will destroy it when the object is itself destroyed. Otherwise the caller owns the palette. The fOwn parameter to OleCreatePictureIndirect determines ownership. OleLoadPicture sets fOwn to TRUE to indicate that the picture object owns the palette. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the current type of the picture contained in the picture object. + Pointer to a variable that receives the picture type. The Type property can have any one of the values contained in the PICTYPE enumeration. + + This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the current width of the picture in the picture object. + A pointer to a variable that receives the width. + + This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the current height of the picture in the picture object. + A pointer to a variable that receives the height. + + This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Renders (draws) a specified portion of the picture defined by the offset (xSrc,ySrc) of the source picture and the dimensions to copy (cxSrc,xySrc). + A handle of the device context on which to render the image. + The horizontal coordinate in hdc at which to place the rendered image. + The vertical coordinate in hdc at which to place the rendered image. + The horizontal dimension (width) of the destination rectangle. + The vertical dimension (height) of the destination rectangle + The horizontal offset in the source picture from which to start copying. + The vertical offset in the source picture from which to start copying. + The horizontal extent to copy from the source picture. + The vertical extent to copy from the source picture. + A pointer to a rectangle containing the position of the destination within a metafile device context if hdc is a metafile DC. Cannot be NULL in such cases. + + This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL, E_INVALIDARG, and E_OUTOFMEMORY, as well as the following: + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Assigns a GDI palette to the picture contained in the picture object. + A handle to the GDI palette assigned to the picture. + This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL, E_INVALIDARG, E_OUTOFMEMORY, and S_OK. + +

Notes to Implementers

Ownership of the palette passed to this method depends on how the picture object was created, as specified by the fOwn parameter to OleCreatePictureIndirect. OleLoadPicture forces fOwn to TRUE; if the object owns the picture, then it takes over ownership of this palette. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the handle of the current device context. This property is valid only for bitmap pictures. + A pointer a variable that receives the device context. + + This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The CurDC property and the IPicture::SelectPicture method exist to circumvent restrictions in Windows; specifically, that an object can only be selected into exactly one device context at a time. In some cases, a picture object may be permanently selected into a particular device context (for example, a control may use a certain picture for a background). To use this picture property elsewhere, it must be temporarily deselected from its old device context, selected into the new device context for the operation, then reselected back into the old device context. The IPicture::get_CurDC method returns the device context handle into which the picture is currently selected. The IPicture::SelectPicture method selects the picture into a new device context, returning the old device context and the picture's GDI handle. The caller should select the picture back into the old device context when the caller is done with it, as is normal for Windows code.

Notes to Callers

The caller always owns any device contexts passed between it and the picture object. Because the picture object maintains a copy of the HDC, the caller should use a memory device context (created with the CreateCompatibleDC function) and not a screen device context (from GetDC, CreateDC, or BeginPaint), because the screen device contexts are a limited system resource. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Selects a bitmap picture into a given device context, and returns the device context in which the picture was previously selected as well as the picture's GDI handle. This method works in conjunction with IPicture::get_CurDC. + A handle for the device context in which to select the picture. + A pointer to a variable that receives the previous device context. This parameter can be NULL if the caller does not need this information. Ownership of the device context is always the responsibility of the caller. + A pointer to a variable that receives the GDI handle of the picture. This parameter can be NULL if the caller does not need the handle. Ownership of this handle is determined by the fOwn parameter passed to OleCreatePictureIndirect. Pictures loaded from a stream always own their resources. + This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL, E_INVALIDARG, E_OUTOFMEMORY, and S_OK. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the current value of the picture's KeepOriginalFormat property. + A pointer to a variable that receives the value of the property. + + This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following value. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Sets the value of the picture's KeepOriginalFormat property. + Specifies the new value to assign to the property. + This method returns S_OK on success and E_FAIL otherwise. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Notifies the picture object that its picture resource has changed. This method only calls IPropertyNotifySink::OnChanged with DISPID_PICT_HANDLE for any connected sinks. + This method S_OK if it succeeds and E_FAIL if the picture object is uninitialized. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Saves the picture's data into a stream in the same format that it would save itself into a file. Bitmaps use the BMP file format, metafiles the WMF format, and icons the ICO format. + A pointer to the stream into which the picture writes its data. + A flag indicating whether to save a copy of the picture in memory. + Pointer to a variable that receives the number of bytes written into the stream. This value can be NULL, indicating that the caller does not require this information. + This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL, E_INVALIDARG, and S_OK. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Retrieves the current set of the picture's bit attributes. + + A pointer to a variable that receives the value of the Attributes property. The Attributes property can contain any combination of the values from the PICTUREATTRIBUTES enumeration. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {7bf80980-bf32-101a-8bbb-00aa00300cab} + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {7bf80981-bf32-101a-8bbb-00aa00300cab} + + + Contains parameters to create a picture object through the OleCreatePictureIndirect function. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Create a struct describing the given . + + The image type isn't supported. + + + The size of the structure, in bytes. + + + Describes an array, its element type, and its dimension. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The element type. + + + The dimension count. + + + A variable-length array containing one element for each dimension. + + + Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a record. + An instance of a record. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The caller must allocate the memory of the record by its appropriate size using the GetSize method. RecordInit sets all contents of the record to 0 and the record should hold no resources. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Releases object references and other values of a record without deallocating the record. + The record to be cleared. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + RecordClear releases memory blocks held by VT_PTR or VT_SAFEARRAY instance fields. The caller needs to free the instance fields memory, RecordClear will do nothing if there are no resources held. + + + Copies an existing record into the passed in buffer. + The current record instance. + The destination where the record will be copied. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + RecordCopy will release the resources in the destination first. The caller is responsible for allocating sufficient memory in the destination by calling GetSize or RecordCreate. If RecordCopy fails to copy any of the fields then all fields will be cleared, as though RecordClear had been called. + + + + + + Gets the GUID of the record type. + The class GUID of the TypeInfo that describes the UDT. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Gets the name of the record type. + The name. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + The caller must free the BSTR by calling SysFreeString. + + + + + + Gets the number of bytes of memory necessary to hold the record instance. + The size of a record instance, in bytes. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Retrieves the type information that describes a UDT or safearray of UDTs. + The information type of the record. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + AddRef is called on the pointer ppTypeInfo. + + + + + + Returns a pointer to the VARIANT containing the value of a given field name. + The instance of a record. + The field name. + The VARIANT that you want to hold the value of the field name, szFieldName. On return, places a copy of the field's value in the variant. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The VARIANT that you pass in contains a copy of the field's value upon return. If you modify the VARIANT then the underlying record field does not change. The caller allocates memory of the VARIANT. The method VariantClear is called for pvarField before copying. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Returns a pointer to the value of a given field name without copying the value and allocating resources. + The instance of a record. + The name of the field. + The VARIANT that will contain the UDT upon return. + Receives the value of the field upon return. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Upon return, the VARIANT you pass contains a direct pointer to the record's field, ppvDataCArray. If you modify the VARIANT, then the underlying record field will change. The caller allocates memory of the VARIANT, but does not own the memory so cannot free pvarField. This method calls VariantClear for pvarField before filling in the requested field. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Puts a variant into a field. + + The only legal values for the wFlags parameter is INVOKE_PROPERTYPUT or INVOKE_PROPERTYPUTREF. If INVOKE_PROPERTYPUTREF is passed in then PutField just assigns the value of the variant that is passed in to the field using normal coercion rules. If INVOKE_PROPERTYPUT is passed in then specific rules apply. If the field is declared as a class that derives from IDispatch and the field's value is NULL then an error will be returned. If the field's value is not NULL then the variant will be passed to the default property supported by the object referenced by the field. If the field is not declared as a class derived from IDispatch then an error will be returned. If the field is declared as a variant of type VT_Dispatch then the default value of the object is assigned to the field. Otherwise, the variant's value is assigned to the field. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + The pointer to an instance of the record. + The name of the field of the record. + The pointer to the variant. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Passes ownership of the data to the assigned field by placing the actual data into the field. + The only legal values for the wFlags parameter is INVOKE_PROPERTYPUT or INVOKE_PROPERTYPUTREF. + An instance of the record described by IRecordInfo. + The name of the field of the record. + The variant to be put into the field. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Gets the names of the fields of the record. + The number of names to return. + + The name of the array of type BSTR. If the rgBstrNames parameter is NULL, then pcNames is returned with the number of field names. It the rgBstrNames parameter is not NULL, then the string names contained in rgBstrNames are returned. If the number of names in pcNames and rgBstrNames are not equal then the lesser number of the two is the number of returned field names. The caller needs to free the BSTRs inside the array returned in rgBstrNames. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + The caller should allocate memory for the array of BSTRs. If the array is larger than needed, set the unused portion to 0. On return, the caller will need to free each contained BSTR using SysFreeString. In case of out of memory, pcNames points to error code. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Determines whether the record that is passed in matches that of the current record information. + The information of the record. + + + This doc was truncated. + + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Allocates memory for a new record, initializes the instance and returns a pointer to the record. + This method returns a pointer to the created record. + + The memory is set to zeros before it is returned. The records created must be freed by calling RecordDestroy. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + + + Creates a copy of an instance of a record to the specified location. + An instance of the record to be copied. + The new record with data copied from pvSource. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + The records created must be freed by calling RecordDestroy. + + + Releases the resources and deallocates the memory of the record. + An instance of the record to be destroyed. + + This method can return one of these values. + This doc was truncated. + + + RecordClear is called to release the resources held by the instance of a record without deallocating memory.
Note  This method can only be called on records allocated through RecordCreate and RecordCreateCopy. If you allocate the record yourself, you cannot call this method.
 
 + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + {0000002f-0000-0000-c000-000000000046} + + + Contains information needed for transferring a structure element, parameter, or function return value between processes. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The default value for the parameter, if PARAMFLAG_FHASDEFAULT is specified in wParamFlags. + + + The parameter flags. See PARAMFLAG Constants. + + + Contains information about the default value of a parameter. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The size of the structure. + + + The default value of the parameter. + + + Describe the type of a picture object as returned by IPicture get\_Type, as well as to describe the type of picture in the picType member of the PICTDESC structure that is passed to OleCreatePictureIndirect. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + VARIANTARG describes arguments passed within DISPPARAMS, and VARIANT to specify variant data that cannot be passed by reference. + + Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Converts the given object to . + + + + Specifies the variant types. + + The following table shows where these values can be used. + This doc was truncated. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Not specified. + + + Null. + + + A 2-byte integer. + + + A 4-byte integer. + + + A 4-byte real. + + + An 8-byte real. + + + Currency. + + + A date. + + + A string. + + + An IDispatch pointer. + + + An SCODE value. + + + A Boolean value. True is -1 and false is 0. + + + A variant pointer. + + + An IUnknown pointer. + + + A 16-byte fixed-pointer value. + + + A character. + + + An unsigned character. + + + An unsigned short. + + + An unsigned long. + + + A 64-bit integer. + + + A 64-bit unsigned integer. + + + An integer. + + + An unsigned integer. + + + A C-style void. + + + An HRESULT value. + + + A pointer type. + + + A safe array. Use VT_ARRAY in VARIANT. + + + A C-style array. + + + A user-defined type. + + + A null-terminated string. + + + A wide null-terminated string. + + + A user-defined type. + + + A signed machine register size width. + + + An unsigned machine register size width. + + + A FILETIME value. + + + Length-prefixed bytes. + + + The name of the stream follows. + + + The name of the storage follows. + + + The stream contains an object. + + + The storage contains an object. + + + The blob contains an object. + + + A clipboard format. + + + A class ID. + + + A stream with a GUID version. + + + Reserved. + + + A simple counted array. + + + A SAFEARRAY pointer. + + + A void pointer for local use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns if built-in COM interop is supported. When using AOT or trimming this will + return . + + + + + Gets a pointer for the specified for the given . Throws if + the desired pointer can not be obtained. + + + + + Attempts to get a pointer for the specified for the given . + + + + + Attempts to get a pointer for the specified for the given . + + + + + Gets the specified interface for the given . Throws if + the desired pointer can not be obtained. + + + + + Attempts to get the specified interface for the given . + + The requested pointer or if unsuccessful. + + + + Queries for the given interface and releases it. + Note that this method should only be used for the purposes of checking if the object supports a given interface. + If that interface is needed, it is best try to get the ComScope directly to avoid querying twice. + + + + + Attempts to get the specified interface for the given . + + + Typically either or . Check for success, not + specific results. + + The requested pointer or if unsuccessful. + + + + Attempts to unwrap a ComWrapper CCW as a particular managed object. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Attempts to get a managed wrapper of the specified type for the given COM interface. + + + When , releases the original whether successful or not. + + + + + Returns if the given is projected as the given . + + + + + + + + + + + capable wrapper for . + + is . + + + + Find the given interface's from the specified type library. + + + + + vtable population hook for CsWin32's generated implementation. + + + + + Contains strings that identify the driver, device, and output port names for a printer. + + + + Learn more about this API from learn.microsoft.com. + + + + Manually copied from a 64 bit project CsWin32 generated wrapper. We can't directly use CsWin32 for this as it + technically isn't compatible with AnyCPU. For our usages this works fine on both 32 bit and 64 bit. + + This is defined with single byte packing on 32 bit, but there are no gaps as everything naturally packs with no + gaps on 32 bit. Issues would arise if this was contained in another native struct where it wouldn't start 32 bit + aligned due to the single byte packing. + + https://github.com/microsoft/CsWin32/issues/882 + + + + + Type: WORD The offset, in characters, from the beginning of this structure to a null-terminated string that contains the file name (without the extension) of the device driver. On input, this string is used to determine the printer to display initially in the dialog box. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: WORD The offset, in characters, from the beginning of this structure to the null-terminated string that contains the name of the device. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: WORD The offset, in characters, from the beginning of this structure to the null-terminated string that contains the device name for the physical output medium (output port). + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: WORD Indicates whether the strings contained in the DEVNAMES structure identify the default printer. This string is used to verify that the default printer has not changed since the last print operation. If any of the strings do not match, a warning message is displayed informing the user that the document may need to be reformatted. On output, the wDefault member is changed only if the Print Setup dialog box was displayed and the user chose the OK button. The DN_DEFAULTPRN flag is used if the default printer was selected. If a specific printer is selected, the flag is not used. All other flags in this member are reserved for internal use by the dialog box procedure for the Print property sheet or Print dialog box. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Contains information that the PrintDlgEx function uses to initialize the Print property sheet. After the user + closes the property sheet, the system uses this structure to return information about the user's selections. + + + + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + Manually copied from a 64 bit project CsWin32 generated wrapper. We can't directly use CsWin32 for this as it + technically isn't compatible with AnyCPU. For our usages this works fine on both 32 bit and 64 bit. + + This is defined with single byte packing on 32 bit, but there are no gaps as everything naturally packs with no + gaps on 32 bit. Issues would arise if this was contained in another native struct where it wouldn't start 32 bit + aligned due to the single byte packing. + + https://github.com/microsoft/CsWin32/issues/882 + + + + + Type: DWORD The structure size, in bytes. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: HWND A handle to the window that owns the property sheet. This member must be a valid window handle; it cannot be NULL. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: HGLOBAL A handle to a movable global memory object that contains a DEVMODE structure. If hDevMode is not NULL on input, you must allocate a movable block of memory for the DEVMODE structure and initialize its members. The PrintDlgEx function uses the input data to initialize the controls in the property sheet. When PrintDlgEx returns, the DEVMODE members indicate the user's input. If hDevMode is NULL on input, PrintDlgEx allocates memory for the DEVMODE structure, initializes its members to indicate the user's input, and returns a handle that identifies it. For more information about the hDevMode and hDevNames members, see the Remarks section at the end of this topic. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: HGLOBAL A handle to a movable global memory object that contains a DEVNAMES structure. If hDevNames is not NULL on input, you must allocate a movable block of memory for the DEVNAMES structure and initialize its members. The PrintDlgEx function uses the input data to initialize the controls in the property sheet. When PrintDlgEx returns, the DEVNAMES members contain information for the printer chosen by the user. You can use this information to create a device context or an information context. The hDevNames member can be NULL, in which case, PrintDlgEx allocates memory for the DEVNAMES structure, initializes its members to indicate the user's input, and returns a handle that identifies it. For more information about the hDevMode and hDevNames members, see the Remarks section at the end of this topic. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: HDC A handle to a device context or an information context, depending on whether the Flags member specifies the PD_RETURNDC or PC_RETURNIC flag. If neither flag is specified, the value of this member is undefined. If both flags are specified, PD_RETURNDC has priority. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + Type: DWORD + + + Type: DWORD + + + + Type: DWORD A set of bit flags that can exclude items from the printer driver property pages in the Print property sheet. This value is used only if the PD_EXCLUSIONFLAGS flag is set in the Flags member. Exclusion flags should be used only if the item to be excluded will be included on either the General page or on an application-defined page in the Print property sheet. This member can specify the following flag. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD On input, set this member to the initial number of page ranges specified in the lpPageRanges array. When the PrintDlgEx function returns, nPageRanges indicates the number of user-specified page ranges stored in the lpPageRanges array. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD The size, in array elements, of the lpPageRanges buffer. This value indicates the maximum number of page ranges that can be stored in the array. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is not specified, this value must be greater than zero. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: LPPRINTPAGERANGE Pointer to a buffer containing an array of PRINTPAGERANGE structures. On input, the array contains the initial page ranges to display in the Pages edit control. When the PrintDlgEx function returns, the array contains the page ranges specified by the user. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is not specified, lpPageRanges must be non-NULL. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD The minimum value for the page ranges specified in the Pages edit control. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD The maximum value for the page ranges specified in the Pages edit control. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD Contains the initial number of copies for the Copies edit control if hDevMode is NULL; otherwise, the dmCopies member of the DEVMODE structure contains the initial value. When PrintDlgEx returns, nCopies contains the actual number of copies the application must print. This value depends on whether the application or the printer driver is responsible for printing multiple copies. If the PD_USEDEVMODECOPIESANDCOLLATE flag is set in the Flags member, nCopies is always 1 on return, and the printer driver is responsible for printing multiple copies. If the flag is not set, the application is responsible for printing the number of copies specified by nCopies. For more information, see the description of the PD_USEDEVMODECOPIESANDCOLLATE flag. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: HINSTANCE If the PD_ENABLEPRINTTEMPLATE flag is set in the Flags member, hInstance is a handle to the application or module instance that contains the dialog box template named by the lpPrintTemplateName member. If the PD_ENABLEPRINTTEMPLATEHANDLE flag is set in the Flags member, hInstance is a handle to a memory object containing a dialog box template. If neither of the template flags is set in the Flags member, hInstance should be NULL. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: LPCTSTR The name of the dialog box template resource in the module identified by the hInstance member. This template replaces the default dialog box template in the lower portion of the General page. The default template contains controls similar to those of the Print dialog box. This member is ignored unless the PD_ENABLEPRINTTEMPLATE flag is set in the Flags member. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: LPUNKNOWN A pointer to an application-defined callback object. The object should contain the IPrintDialogCallback class to receive messages for the child dialog box in the lower portion of the General page. The callback object should also contain the IObjectWithSite class to receive a pointer to the IPrintDialogServices interface. The PrintDlgEx function calls IUnknown::QueryInterface on the callback object for both IID_IPrintDialogCallback and IID_IObjectWithSite to determine which interfaces are supported. If you do not want to retrieve any of the callback information, set lpCallback to NULL. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD The number of property page handles in the lphPropertyPages array. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: HPROPSHEETPAGE* Contains an array of property page handles to add to the Print property sheet. The additional property pages follow the General page. Use the CreatePropertySheetPage function to create these additional pages. When the PrintDlgEx function returns, all the HPROPSHEETPAGE handles in the lphPropertyPages array have been destroyed. If nPropertyPages is zero, lphPropertyPages should be NULL. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD The property page that is initially displayed. To display the General page, specify START_PAGE_GENERAL. Otherwise, specify the zero-based index of a property page in the array specified in the lphPropertyPages member. For consistency, it is recommended that the property sheet always be started on the General page. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + Type: DWORD + + + + Represents a range of pages in a print job. A print job can have more than one page range. This information is + supplied in the structure when calling the function. + + Learn more about this API from learn.microsoft.com. + + + Manually copied from a 64 bit project CsWin32 generated wrapper. We can't directly use CsWin32 for this as it + technically isn't compatible with AnyCPU. For our usages this works fine on both 32 bit and 64 bit. + + This is defined with single byte packing on 32 bit, but there are no gaps as everything naturally packs with no + gaps on 32 bit. Issues would arise if this was contained in another native struct where it wouldn't start 32 bit + aligned due to the single byte packing. + + https://github.com/microsoft/CsWin32/issues/882 + + + + + Type: DWORD The first page of the range. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD The last page of the range. + Read more on learn.microsoft.com. + + + + Contains information about an icon or a cursor. + + For monochrome icons, the hbmMask is twice the height of the icon (with the AND mask on top and the XOR mask on the bottom), and hbmColor is NULL. Also, in this case the height should be an even multiple of two. For color icons, the hbmMask and hbmColor bitmaps are the same size, each of which is the size of the icon. You can use a GetObject function to get contents of hbmMask and hbmColor in the BITMAP structure. The bitmap bits can be obtained with call to GetDIBits on the bitmaps in this structure. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: BOOL Specifies whether this structure defines an icon or a cursor. A value of TRUE specifies an icon; FALSE specifies a cursor. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD The x-coordinate of a cursor's hot spot. If this structure defines an icon, the hot spot is always in the center of the icon, and this member is ignored. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: DWORD The y-coordinate of the cursor's hot spot. If this structure defines an icon, the hot spot is always in the center of the icon, and this member is ignored. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: HBITMAP A handle to the icon monochrome mask bitmap. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: HBITMAP A handle to the icon color bitmap. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Contains the scalable metrics associated with the nonclient area of a nonminimized window. (Unicode) + + If the iPaddedBorderWidth member of the NONCLIENTMETRICS structure is present, this structure is 4 bytes larger than for an application that is compiled with _WIN32_WINNT less than or equal to 0x0502. For more information about conditional compilation, see Using the Windows Headers. Windows Server 2003 and Windows XP/2000:  If an application that is compiled for Windows Server 2008 or Windows Vista must also run on Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP/2000, use the GetVersionEx function to check the operating system version at run time and, if the application is running on Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP/2000, subtract the size of the iPaddedBorderWidth member from the cbSize member of the NONCLIENTMETRICS structure before calling the SystemParametersInfo function. + > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines NONCLIENTMETRICS as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes). + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The size of the structure, in bytes. The caller must set this to sizeof(NONCLIENTMETRICS). For information about application compatibility, see Remarks. + + + The thickness of the sizing border, in pixels. The default is 1 pixel. + + + The width of a standard vertical scroll bar, in pixels. + + + The height of a standard horizontal scroll bar, in pixels. + + + The width of caption buttons, in pixels. + + + The height of caption buttons, in pixels. + + + A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the caption font. + + + The width of small caption buttons, in pixels. + + + The height of small captions, in pixels. + + + A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the small caption font. + + + The width of menu-bar buttons, in pixels. + + + The height of a menu bar, in pixels. + + + A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the font used in menu bars. + + + A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the font used in status bars and tooltips. + + + A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the font used in message boxes. + + + + The thickness of the padded border, in pixels. The default value is 4 pixels. The iPaddedBorderWidth and iBorderWidth members are combined for both resizable and nonresizable windows in the Windows Aero desktop experience. To compile an application that uses this member, define _WIN32_WINNT as 0x0600 or later. For more information, see Remarks. Windows Server 2003 and Windows XP/2000:  This member is not supported. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Contains information about the high contrast accessibility feature. (Unicode) + + An application uses this structure when calling the[SystemParametersInfoW function](nf-winuser-systemparametersinfow.md) with the SPI_GETHIGHCONTRAST or SPI_SETHIGHCONTRAST value. When using SPI_GETHIGHCONTRAST, an application must specify the cbSize member of the HIGHCONTRAST structure; the SystemParametersInfo function fills the remaining members. An application must specify all structure members when using the SPI_SETHIGHCONTRAST value. + > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines HIGHCONTRAST as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes). + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + + Type: UINT Specifies the size, in bytes, of this structure. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + Type: DWORD + + + + Type: LPTSTR Points to a string that contains the name of the color scheme that will be set to the default scheme. The system allocates this buffer, free it with LocalFree. + Read more on docs.microsoft.com. + + + + The length of the inline array. + + + + Gets a ref to an individual element of the inline array. + ⚠ Important ⚠: When this struct is on the stack, do not let the returned reference outlive the stack frame that defines it. + + + + + Gets this inline array as a span. + + + ⚠ Important ⚠: When this struct is on the stack, do not let the returned span outlive the stack frame that defines it. + + + + + Gets this inline array as a span. + + + ⚠ Important ⚠: When this struct is on the stack, do not let the returned span outlive the stack frame that defines it. + + + + + Copies the fixed array to a new string up to the specified length regardless of whether there are null terminating characters. + + + Thrown when is less than 0 or greater than . + + + + + Copies the fixed array to a new string, stopping before the first null terminator character or at the end of the fixed array (whichever is shorter). + + + + The IID guid for this interface. + The reference that is returned comes from a permanent memory address, and is therefore safe to convert to a pointer and pass around or hold long-term. + + + + Non generic interface that allows constraining against a COM wrapper type directly. COM structs should + implement . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Windows Forms implementation. + + + + Deriving from allows us to leverage the functionality the runtime + has implemented for source generated "RCW"s, including support for adaption + when built-in COM support is available (EnableGeneratedComInterfaceComImportInterop). + + + It isn't immediately clear how we could merge with this as there is no + strategy for . We rely + on to apply the needed vtable functionality and it doesn't appear that we + can apply without manually implementing (or source generating) + on our exposed classes. + + + + + + The implementation for WinForm's COM interop usages. + + + + + For the given pointer unwrap the associated managed object and use it to + invoke . + + + + Handles exceptions and converts to . + + + + + + For the given pointer unwrap the associated managed object and use it to + invoke . + + + + + diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/netstandard2.0/System.Drawing.Common.dll b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/netstandard2.0/System.Drawing.Common.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39dd32a86 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/netstandard2.0/System.Drawing.Common.dll differ diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/netstandard2.0/System.Drawing.Common.pdb b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/netstandard2.0/System.Drawing.Common.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..894965a03 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/netstandard2.0/System.Drawing.Common.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/netstandard2.0/System.Drawing.Common.xml b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/netstandard2.0/System.Drawing.Common.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2397e65ab --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/netstandard2.0/System.Drawing.Common.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13189 @@ + + + + System.Drawing.Common + + + + Encapsulates a GDI+ bitmap, which consists of the pixel data for a graphics image and its attributes. A is an object used to work with images defined by pixel data. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image, scaled to the specified size. + The from which to create the new . + The structure that represent the size of the new . + The operation failed. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image, scaled to the specified size. + The from which to create the new . + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + The operation failed. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image. + The from which to create the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size and with the resolution of the specified object. + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + The object that specifies the resolution for the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size and format. + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format. + A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size, pixel format, and pixel data. + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + Integer that specifies the byte offset between the beginning of one scan line and the next. This is usually (but not necessarily) the number of bytes in the pixel format (for example, 2 for 16 bits per pixel) multiplied by the width of the bitmap. The value passed to this parameter must be a multiple of four. + The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format. + Pointer to an array of bytes that contains the pixel data. + A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size. + The width, in pixels, of the new . + The height, in pixels, of the new . + The operation failed. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + The data stream used to load the image. + + to use color correction for this ; otherwise, . + + does not contain image data or is . + + -or- + + contains a PNG image file with a single dimension greater than 65,535 pixels. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + The data stream used to load the image. + + does not contain image data or is . + + -or- + + contains a PNG image file with a single dimension greater than 65,535 pixels. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file. + The name of the bitmap file. + + to use color correction for this ; otherwise, . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file. + The bitmap file name and path. + The specified file is not found. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from a specified resource. + The class used to extract the resource. + The name of the resource. + + + + + + + Creates a copy of the section of this defined by structure and with a specified enumeration. + Defines the portion of this to copy. Coordinates are relative to this . + The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format. + + is outside of the source bitmap bounds. + The height or width of is 0. + + -or- + + A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not. + The new that this method creates. + + + Creates a copy of the section of this defined with a specified enumeration. + Defines the portion of this to copy. + Specifies the enumeration for the destination . + + is outside of the source bitmap bounds. + The height or width of is 0. + The that this method creates. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a from a Windows handle to an icon. + A handle to an icon. + The that this method creates. + + + Creates a from the specified Windows resource. + A handle to an instance of the executable file that contains the resource. + A string that contains the name of the resource bitmap. + The that this method creates. + + + Creates a GDI bitmap object from this . + The height or width of the bitmap is greater than Int16.MaxValue. + The operation failed. + A handle to the GDI bitmap object that this method creates. + + + Creates a GDI bitmap object from this . + A structure that specifies the background color. This parameter is ignored if the bitmap is totally opaque. + The height or width of the bitmap is greater than Int16.MaxValue. + The operation failed. + A handle to the GDI bitmap object that this method creates. + + + Returns the handle to an icon. + The operation failed. + A Windows handle to an icon with the same image as the . + + + Gets the color of the specified pixel in this . + The x-coordinate of the pixel to retrieve. + The y-coordinate of the pixel to retrieve. + + is less than 0, or greater than or equal to . + + -or- + + is less than 0, or greater than or equal to . + The operation failed. + A structure that represents the color of the specified pixel. + + + Locks a into system memory. + A rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the to lock. + One of the values that specifies the access level (read/write) for the . + One of the values that specifies the data format of the . + A that contains information about the lock operation. + + value is not a specific bits-per-pixel value. + + -or- + + The incorrect is passed in for a bitmap. + The operation failed. + A that contains information about the lock operation. + + + Locks a into system memory. + A structure that specifies the portion of the to lock. + An enumeration that specifies the access level (read/write) for the . + A enumeration that specifies the data format of this . + The is not a specific bits-per-pixel value. + + -or- + + The incorrect is passed in for a bitmap. + The operation failed. + A that contains information about this lock operation. + + + Makes the default transparent color transparent for this . + The image format of the is an icon format. + The operation failed. + + + Makes the specified color transparent for this . + The structure that represents the color to make transparent. + The image format of the is an icon format. + The operation failed. + + + Sets the color of the specified pixel in this . + The x-coordinate of the pixel to set. + The y-coordinate of the pixel to set. + A structure that represents the color to assign to the specified pixel. + The operation failed. + + + Sets the resolution for this . + The horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the . + The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the . + The operation failed. + + + Unlocks this from system memory. + A that specifies information about the lock operation. + The operation failed. + + + Specifies that, when interpreting declarations, the assembly should look for the indicated resources in the same assembly, but with the configuration value appended to the declared file name. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Specifies that, when interpreting declarations, the assembly should look for the indicated resources in a satellite assembly, but with the configuration value appended to the declared file name. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Defines objects used to fill the interiors of graphical shapes such as rectangles, ellipses, pies, polygons, and paths. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + When overridden in a derived class, creates an exact copy of this . + The new that this method creates. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. + + to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + In a derived class, sets a reference to a GDI+ brush object. + A pointer to the GDI+ brush object. + + + Brushes for all the standard colors. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Gets a system-defined object. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Provides a graphics buffer for double buffering. + + + Releases all resources used by the object. + + + Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the default device. + + + Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the specified object. + A object to which to write the contents of the graphics buffer. + + + Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the device context associated with the specified handle. + An that points to the device context to which to write the contents of the graphics buffer. + + + Gets a object that outputs to the graphics buffer. + A object that outputs to the graphics buffer. + + + Provides methods for creating graphics buffers that can be used for double buffering. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Creates a graphics buffer of the specified size using the pixel format of the specified . + The to match the pixel format for the new buffer to. + A indicating the size of the buffer to create. + A that can be used to draw to a buffer of the specified dimensions. + + + Creates a graphics buffer of the specified size using the pixel format of the specified . + An to a device context to match the pixel format of the new buffer to. + A indicating the size of the buffer to create. + A that can be used to draw to a buffer of the specified dimensions. + + + Releases all resources used by the . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Disposes of the current graphics buffer, if a buffer has been allocated and has not yet been disposed. + + + Gets or sets the maximum size of the buffer to use. + The height or width of the size is less than or equal to zero. + A indicating the maximum size of the buffer dimensions. + + + Provides access to the main buffered graphics context object for the application domain. + + + Gets the for the current application domain. + The for the current application domain. + + + Specifies a range of character positions within a string. + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure, specifying a range of character positions within a string. + The position of the first character in the range. For example, if is set to 0, the first position of the range is position 0 in the string. + The number of positions in the range. + + + Indicates whether the current instance is equal to another instance of the same type. + An instance to compare with this instance. + + if the current instance is equal to the other instance; otherwise, . + + + Gets a value indicating whether this object is equivalent to the specified object. + The object to compare to for equality. + + to indicate the specified object is an instance with the same and value as this instance; otherwise, . + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + A 32-bit signed integer that is the hash code for this instance. + + + Compares two objects. Gets a value indicating whether the and values of the two objects are equal. + A to compare for equality. + A to compare for equality. + + to indicate the two objects have the same and values; otherwise, . + + + Compares two objects. Gets a value indicating whether the or values of the two objects are not equal. + A to compare for inequality. + A to compare for inequality. + + to indicate the either the or values of the two objects differ; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the position in the string of the first character of this . + The first position of this . + + + Gets or sets the number of positions in this . + The number of positions in this . + + + Specifies alignment of content on the drawing surface. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + Determines how the source color in a copy pixel operation is combined with the destination color to result in a final color. + + + The destination area is filled by using the color associated with index 0 in the physical palette. (This color is black for the default physical palette.) + + + Windows that are layered on top of your window are included in the resulting image. By default, the image contains only your window. Note that this generally cannot be used for printing device contexts. + + + The destination area is inverted. + + + The colors of the source area are merged with the colors of the selected brush of the destination device context using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the inverted source area are merged with the colors of the destination area by using the Boolean operator. + + + The bitmap is not mirrored. + + + The inverted source area is copied to the destination. + + + The source and destination colors are combined using the Boolean operator, and then resultant color is then inverted. + + + The brush currently selected in the destination device context is copied to the destination bitmap. + + + The colors of the brush currently selected in the destination device context are combined with the colors of the destination are using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the brush currently selected in the destination device context are combined with the colors of the inverted source area using the Boolean operator. The result of this operation is combined with the colors of the destination area using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator. + + + The source area is copied directly to the destination area. + + + The inverted colors of the destination area are combined with the colors of the source area using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator. + + + The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator. + + + The destination area is filled by using the color associated with index 1 in the physical palette. (This color is white for the default physical palette.) + + + Represents a collection of category name strings. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified collection. + A that contains the names to initialize the collection values to. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified array of names. + An array of strings that contains the names of the categories to initialize the collection values to. + + + Indicates whether the specified category is contained in the collection. + The string to check for in the collection. + + if the specified category is contained in the collection; otherwise, . + + + Copies the collection elements to the specified array at the specified index. + The array to copy to. + The index of the destination array at which to begin copying. + + + Gets the index of the specified value. + The category name to retrieve the index of in the collection. + The index in the collection, or if the string does not exist in the collection. + + + Gets the category name at the specified index. + The index of the collection element to access. + The category name at the specified index. + + + Represents an adjustable arrow-shaped line cap. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width, height, and fill property. Whether an arrow end cap is filled depends on the argument passed to the parameter. + The width of the arrow. + The height of the arrow. + + to fill the arrow cap; otherwise, . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width and height. The arrow end caps created with this constructor are always filled. + The width of the arrow. + The height of the arrow. + + + Gets or sets whether the arrow cap is filled. + This property is if the arrow cap is filled; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the height of the arrow cap. + The height of the arrow cap. + + + Gets or sets the number of units between the outline of the arrow cap and the fill. + The number of units between the outline of the arrow cap and the fill of the arrow cap. + + + Gets or sets the width of the arrow cap. + The width, in units, of the arrow cap. + + + Defines a blend pattern for a object. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified number of factors and positions. + The number of elements in the and arrays. + + + Gets or sets an array of blend factors for the gradient. + An array of blend factors that specify the percentages of the starting color and the ending color to be used at the corresponding position. + + + Gets or sets an array of blend positions for the gradient. + An array of blend positions that specify the percentages of distance along the gradient line. + + + Defines arrays of colors and positions used for interpolating color blending in a multicolor gradient. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified number of colors and positions. + The number of colors and positions in this . + + + Gets or sets an array of colors that represents the colors to use at corresponding positions along a gradient. + An array of structures that represents the colors to use at corresponding positions along a gradient. + + + Gets or sets the positions along a gradient line. + An array of values that specify percentages of distance along the gradient line. + + + Specifies how different clipping regions can be combined. + + + Specifies that the existing region is replaced by the result of the existing region being removed from the new region. Said differently, the existing region is excluded from the new region. + + + Specifies that the existing region is replaced by the result of the new region being removed from the existing region. Said differently, the new region is excluded from the existing region. + + + Two clipping regions are combined by taking their intersection. + + + One clipping region is replaced by another. + + + Two clipping regions are combined by taking the union of both. + + + Two clipping regions are combined by taking only the areas enclosed by one or the other region, but not both. + + + Specifies how the source colors are combined with the background colors. + + + Specifies that when a color is rendered, it overwrites the background color. + + + Specifies that when a color is rendered, it is blended with the background color. The blend is determined by the alpha component of the color being rendered. + + + Specifies the quality level to use during compositing. + + + Assume linear values. + + + Default quality. + + + Gamma correction is used. + + + High quality, low speed compositing. + + + High speed, low quality. + + + Invalid quality. + + + Specifies the system to use when evaluating coordinates. + + + Specifies that coordinates are in the device coordinate context. On a computer screen the device coordinates are usually measured in pixels. + + + Specifies that coordinates are in the page coordinate context. Their units are defined by the property, and must be one of the elements of the enumeration. + + + Specifies that coordinates are in the world coordinate context. World coordinates are used in a nonphysical environment, such as a modeling environment. + + + Encapsulates a custom user-defined line cap. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing enumeration with the specified outline, fill, and inset. + A object that defines the fill for the custom cap. + A object that defines the outline of the custom cap. + The line cap from which to create the custom cap. + The distance between the cap and the line. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing enumeration with the specified outline and fill. + A object that defines the fill for the custom cap. + A object that defines the outline of the custom cap. + The line cap from which to create the custom cap. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified outline and fill. + A object that defines the fill for the custom cap. + A object that defines the outline of the custom cap. + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. + + to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Allows an to attempt to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before the is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Gets the caps used to start and end lines that make up this custom cap. + The enumeration used at the beginning of a line within this cap. + The enumeration used at the end of a line within this cap. + + + Sets the caps used to start and end lines that make up this custom cap. + The enumeration used at the beginning of a line within this cap. + The enumeration used at the end of a line within this cap. + + + Gets or sets the enumeration on which this is based. + The enumeration on which this is based. + + + Gets or sets the distance between the cap and the line. + The distance between the beginning of the cap and the end of the line. + + + Gets or sets the enumeration that determines how lines that compose this object are joined. + The enumeration this object uses to join lines. + + + Gets or sets the amount by which to scale this Class object with respect to the width of the object. + The amount by which to scale the cap. + + + Specifies the type of graphic shape to use on both ends of each dash in a dashed line. + + + Specifies a square cap that squares off both ends of each dash. + + + Specifies a circular cap that rounds off both ends of each dash. + + + Specifies a triangular cap that points both ends of each dash. + + + Specifies the style of dashed lines drawn with a object. + + + Specifies a user-defined custom dash style. + + + Specifies a line consisting of dashes. + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. + + + Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. + + + Specifies a line consisting of dots. + + + Specifies a solid line. + + + Specifies how the interior of a closed path is filled. + + + Specifies the alternate fill mode. + + + Specifies the winding fill mode. + + + Specifies whether commands in the graphics stack are terminated (flushed) immediately or executed as soon as possible. + + + Specifies that the stack of all graphics operations is flushed immediately. + + + Specifies that all graphics operations on the stack are executed as soon as possible. This synchronizes the graphics state. + + + Represents the internal data of a graphics container. This class is used when saving the state of a object using the and methods. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Represents a series of connected lines and curves. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a value of . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration. + The enumeration that determines how the interior of this is filled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and arrays and with the specified enumeration element. + An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this . + An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array. + A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and arrays. + An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this . + An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array. + + + Initializes a new instance of the array with the specified and arrays and with the specified enumeration element. + An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this . + An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array. + A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the array with the specified and arrays. + An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this . + An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure. + A that represents the rectangular bounds of the ellipse from which the arc is taken. + The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the arc. + + + Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure. + A that represents the rectangular bounds of the ellipse from which the arc is taken. + The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the arc. + + + Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The width of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The height of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the arc. + + + Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The width of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The height of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn. + The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the arc. + + + Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure. + A that represents the starting point of the curve. + A that represents the first control point for the curve. + A that represents the second control point for the curve. + A that represents the endpoint of the curve. + + + Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure. + A that represents the starting point of the curve. + A that represents the first control point for the curve. + A that represents the second control point for the curve. + A that represents the endpoint of the curve. + + + Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the first control point for the curve. + The y-coordinate of the first control point for the curve. + The x-coordinate of the second control point for the curve. + The y-coordinate of the second control point for the curve. + The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve. + + + Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the first control point for the curve. + The y-coordinate of the first control point for the curve. + The x-coordinate of the second control point for the curve. + The y-coordinate of the second control point for the curve. + The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve. + + + Adds a sequence of connected cubic Bézier curves to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curves. + + + Adds a sequence of connected cubic Bézier curves to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curves. + + + + + + + + + Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + A value between from 0 through 1 that specifies the amount that the curve bends between points, with 0 being the smallest curve (sharpest corner) and 1 being the smoothest curve. + + + Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + + + Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + A value between from 0 through 1 that specifies the amount that the curve bends between points, with 0 being the smallest curve (sharpest corner) and 1 being the smoothest curve. + + + Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + The index of the element in the array that is used as the first point in the curve. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + The index of the element in the array that is used as the first point in the curve. + The number of segments used to draw the curve. A segment can be thought of as a line connecting two points. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results. + + + Adds a spline curve to the current figure. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array. + An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds an ellipse to the current path. + A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + + Adds an ellipse to the current path. + A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + + Adds an ellipse to the current path. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + + Adds an ellipse to the current path. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + + Appends a line segment to this . + A that represents the starting point of the line. + A that represents the endpoint of the line. + + + Appends a line segment to this . + A that represents the starting point of the line. + A that represents the endpoint of the line. + + + Appends a line segment to the current figure. + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the line. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the line. + The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the line. + The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the line. + + + Appends a line segment to this . + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the line. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the line. + The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the line. + The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the line. + + + Appends a series of connected line segments to the end of this . + An array of structures that represents the points that define the line segments to add. + + + Appends a series of connected line segments to the end of this . + An array of structures that represents the points that define the line segments to add. + + + + + + + + + Appends the specified to this path. + The to add. + A Boolean value that specifies whether the first figure in the added path is part of the last figure in this path. A value of specifies that (if possible) the first figure in the added path is part of the last figure in this path. A value of specifies that the first figure in the added path is separate from the last figure in this path. + + + Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path. + A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from . + + + Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from . + + + Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn. + The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis. + The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from . + + + Adds a polygon to this path. + An array of structures that defines the polygon to add. + + + Adds a polygon to this path. + An array of structures that defines the polygon to add. + + + + + + + + + Adds a rectangle to this path. + A that represents the rectangle to add. + + + Adds a rectangle to this path. + A that represents the rectangle to add. + + + Adds a series of rectangles to this path. + An array of structures that represents the rectangles to add. + + + Adds a series of rectangles to this path. + An array of structures that represents the rectangles to add. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds a text string to this path. + The to add. + A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn. + A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section). + The height of the em square box that bounds the character. + A that represents the point where the text starts. + A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment. + + + Adds a text string to this path. + The to add. + A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn. + A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section). + The height of the em square box that bounds the character. + A that represents the point where the text starts. + A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment. + + + Adds a text string to this path. + The to add. + A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn. + A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section). + The height of the em square box that bounds the character. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the text. + A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment. + + + Adds a text string to this path. + The to add. + A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn. + A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section). + The height of the em square box that bounds the character. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the text. + A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment. + + + Clears all markers from this path. + + + Creates an exact copy of this path. + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Closes all open figures in this path and starts a new figure. It closes each open figure by connecting a line from its endpoint to its starting point. + + + Closes the current figure and starts a new figure. If the current figure contains a sequence of connected lines and curves, the method closes the loop by connecting a line from the endpoint to the starting point. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Converts each curve in this path into a sequence of connected line segments. + + + Converts each curve in this into a sequence of connected line segments. + A by which to transform this before flattening. + Specifies the maximum permitted error between the curve and its flattened approximation. A value of 0.25 is the default. Reducing the flatness value will increase the number of line segments in the approximation. + + + Applies the specified transform and then converts each curve in this into a sequence of connected line segments. + A by which to transform this before flattening. + + + Returns a rectangle that bounds this . + A that represents a rectangle that bounds this . + + + Returns a rectangle that bounds this when the current path is transformed by the specified and drawn with the specified . + The that specifies a transformation to be applied to this path before the bounding rectangle is calculated. This path is not permanently transformed; the transformation is used only during the process of calculating the bounding rectangle. + The with which to draw the . + A that represents a rectangle that bounds this . + + + Returns a rectangle that bounds this when this path is transformed by the specified . + The that specifies a transformation to be applied to this path before the bounding rectangle is calculated. This path is not permanently transformed; the transformation is used only during the process of calculating the bounding rectangle. + A that represents a rectangle that bounds this . + + + Gets the last point in the array of this . + A that represents the last point in this . + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified . + A that specifies the location to test. + The to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified . + A that specifies the location to test. + The to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified . + A that specifies the location to test. + The to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified . + A that specifies the location to test. + The to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + A that represents the point to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + A that represents the point to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + A that represents the point to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + A that represents the point to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this , using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this in the visible clip region of the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + The for which to test visibility. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Empties the and arrays and sets the to . + + + Reverses the order of points in the array of this . + + + Sets a marker on this . + + + Starts a new figure without closing the current figure. All subsequent points added to the path are added to this new figure. + + + Applies a transform matrix to this . + A that represents the transformation to apply. + + + Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this . + An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points. + A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by . + A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path. + A enumeration that specifies whether this warp operation uses perspective or bilinear mode. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies how flat the resulting path is. For more information, see the methods. + + + Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this . + An array of structures that defines a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points. + A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by . + A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path. + A enumeration that specifies whether this warp operation uses perspective or bilinear mode. + + + Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this . + An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points. + A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by . + A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path. + + + Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this . + An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points. + A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by . + + + + + + + + + + Replaces this with curves that enclose the area that is filled when this path is drawn by the specified pen. + A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates. + A that specifies a transform to apply to the path before widening. + A value that specifies the flatness for curves. + + + Adds an additional outline to the . + A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates. + A that specifies a transform to apply to the path before widening. + + + Adds an additional outline to the path. + A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates. + + + Gets or sets a enumeration that determines how the interiors of shapes in this are filled. + A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled. + + + Gets a that encapsulates arrays of points () and types () for this . + A that encapsulates arrays for both the points and types for this . + + + Gets the points in the path. + An array of objects that represent the path. + + + Gets the types of the corresponding points in the array. + An array of bytes that specifies the types of the corresponding points in the path. + + + Gets the number of elements in the or the array. + An integer that specifies the number of elements in the or the array. + + + Provides the ability to iterate through subpaths in a and test the types of shapes contained in each subpath. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object. + The object for which this helper class is to be initialized. + + + Copies the property and property arrays of the associated into the two specified arrays. + Upon return, contains an array of structures that represents the points in the path. + Upon return, contains an array of bytes that represents the types of points in the path. + Specifies the starting index of the arrays. + Specifies the ending index of the arrays. + The number of points copied. + + + + + + + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Copies the property and property arrays of the associated into the two specified arrays. + Upon return, contains an array of structures that represents the points in the path. + Upon return, contains an array of bytes that represents the types of points in the path. + The number of points copied. + + + + + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Indicates whether the path associated with this contains a curve. + This method returns if the current subpath contains a curve; otherwise, . + + + This object has a object associated with it. The method increments the associated to the next marker in its path and copies all the points contained between the current marker and the next marker (or end of path) to a second object passed in to the parameter. + The object to which the points will be copied. + The number of points between this marker and the next. + + + Increments the to the next marker in the path and returns the start and stop indexes by way of the [out] parameters. + [out] The integer reference supplied to this parameter receives the index of the point that starts a subpath. + [out] The integer reference supplied to this parameter receives the index of the point that ends the subpath to which points. + The number of points between this marker and the next. + + + Gets the starting index and the ending index of the next group of data points that all have the same type. + [out] Receives the point type shared by all points in the group. Possible types can be retrieved from the enumeration. + [out] Receives the starting index of the group of points. + [out] Receives the ending index of the group of points. + This method returns the number of data points in the group. If there are no more groups in the path, this method returns 0. + + + Gets the next figure (subpath) from the associated path of this . + A that is to have its data points set to match the data points of the retrieved figure (subpath) for this iterator. + [out] Indicates whether the current subpath is closed. It is if the if the figure is closed, otherwise it is . + The number of data points in the retrieved figure (subpath). If there are no more figures to retrieve, zero is returned. + + + Moves the to the next subpath in the path. The start index and end index of the next subpath are contained in the [out] parameters. + [out] Receives the starting index of the next subpath. + [out] Receives the ending index of the next subpath. + [out] Indicates whether the subpath is closed. + The number of subpaths in the object. + + + Rewinds this to the beginning of its associated path. + + + Gets the number of points in the path. + The number of points in the path. + + + Gets the number of subpaths in the path. + The number of subpaths in the path. + + + Represents the state of a object. This object is returned by a call to the methods. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Defines a rectangular brush with a hatch style, a foreground color, and a background color. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration, foreground color, and background color. + One of the values that represents the pattern drawn by this . + The structure that represents the color of lines drawn by this . + The structure that represents the color of spaces between the lines drawn by this . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration and foreground color. + One of the values that represents the pattern drawn by this . + The structure that represents the color of lines drawn by this . + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Gets the color of spaces between the hatch lines drawn by this object. + A structure that represents the background color for this . + + + Gets the color of hatch lines drawn by this object. + A structure that represents the foreground color for this . + + + Gets the hatch style of this object. + One of the values that represents the pattern of this . + + + Specifies the different patterns available for objects. + + + A pattern of lines on a diagonal from upper right to lower left. + + + Specifies horizontal and vertical lines that cross. + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points, are spaced 50 percent closer together than, and are twice the width of . This hatch pattern is not antialiased. + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than and are twice the width of . + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points, are spaced 50 percent closer together than , and are twice its width, but the lines are not antialiased. + + + Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than and are twice its width. + + + Specifies dashed diagonal lines, that slant to the right from top points to bottom points. + + + Specifies dashed horizontal lines. + + + Specifies dashed diagonal lines, that slant to the left from top points to bottom points. + + + Specifies dashed vertical lines. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of layered bricks that slant to the left from top points to bottom points. + + + A pattern of crisscross diagonal lines. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of divots. + + + Specifies forward diagonal and backward diagonal lines, each of which is composed of dots, that cross. + + + Specifies horizontal and vertical lines, each of which is composed of dots, that cross. + + + A pattern of lines on a diagonal from upper left to lower right. + + + A pattern of horizontal lines. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of horizontally layered bricks. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard with squares that are twice the size of . + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of confetti, and is composed of larger pieces than . + + + Specifies the hatch style . + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points and are spaced 50 percent closer together than , but are not antialiased. + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than . + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points and are spaced 50 percent closer together than , but they are not antialiased. + + + Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than . + + + Specifies hatch style . + + + Specifies hatch style . + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 75 percent closer together than hatch style (or 25 percent closer together than ). + + + Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 75 percent closer together than hatch style (or 25 percent closer together than ). + + + Specifies forward diagonal and backward diagonal lines that cross but are not antialiased. + + + Specifies a 5-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 5:95. + + + Specifies a 10-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 10:90. + + + Specifies a 20-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 20:80. + + + Specifies a 25-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 25:75. + + + Specifies a 30-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 30:70. + + + Specifies a 40-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 40:60. + + + Specifies a 50-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 50:50. + + + Specifies a 60-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 60:40. + + + Specifies a 70-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 70:30. + + + Specifies a 75-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 75:25. + + + Specifies a 80-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 80:100. + + + Specifies a 90-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 90:10. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a plaid material. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of diagonally layered shingles that slant to the right from top points to bottom points. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of confetti. + + + Specifies horizontal and vertical lines that cross and are spaced 50 percent closer together than hatch style . + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard placed diagonally. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of spheres laid adjacent to one another. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a trellis. + + + A pattern of vertical lines. + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are composed of tildes. + + + Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a woven material. + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points, have the same spacing as hatch style , and are triple its width, but are not antialiased. + + + Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points, have the same spacing as hatch style , and are triple its width, but are not antialiased. + + + Specifies horizontal lines that are composed of zigzags. + + + The enumeration specifies the algorithm that is used when images are scaled or rotated. + + + Specifies bicubic interpolation. No prefiltering is done. This mode is not suitable for shrinking an image below 25 percent of its original size. + + + Specifies bilinear interpolation. No prefiltering is done. This mode is not suitable for shrinking an image below 50 percent of its original size. + + + Specifies default mode. + + + Specifies high quality interpolation. + + + Specifies high-quality, bicubic interpolation. Prefiltering is performed to ensure high-quality shrinking. This mode produces the highest quality transformed images. + + + Specifies high-quality, bilinear interpolation. Prefiltering is performed to ensure high-quality shrinking. + + + Equivalent to the element of the enumeration. + + + Specifies low quality interpolation. + + + Specifies nearest-neighbor interpolation. + + + Encapsulates a with a linear gradient. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and colors. + A structure that represents the starting point of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the endpoint of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color of the linear gradient. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and colors. + A structure that represents the starting point of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the endpoint of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color of the linear gradient. + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and orientation. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + A enumeration element that specifies the orientation of the gradient. The orientation determines the starting and ending points of the gradient. For example, specifies that the starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle and the ending point is the lower-right corner of the rectangle. + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line. + Set to to specify that the angle is affected by the transform associated with this ; otherwise, . + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line. + + + Creates a new instance of the based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation mode. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + A enumeration element that specifies the orientation of the gradient. The orientation determines the starting and ending points of the gradient. For example, specifies that the starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle and the ending point is the lower-right corner of the rectangle. + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line. + Set to to specify that the angle is affected by the transform associated with this ; otherwise, . + + + Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle. + A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient. + A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient. + A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient. + The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line. + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Multiplies the that represents the local geometric transform of this by the specified in the specified order. + The by which to multiply the geometric transform. + A that specifies in which order to multiply the two matrices. + + + Multiplies the that represents the local geometric transform of this by the specified by prepending the specified . + The by which to multiply the geometric transform. + + + Resets the property to identity. + + + Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount in the specified order. + The angle of rotation. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix. + + + Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transform. + The angle of rotation. + + + Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts in the specified order. + The amount by which to scale the transform in the x-axis direction. + The amount by which to scale the transform in the y-axis direction. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix. + + + Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transform. + The amount by which to scale the transform in the x-axis direction. + The amount by which to scale the transform in the y-axis direction. + + + Creates a linear gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to a single color on both ends. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color). + A value from 0 through1 that specifies how fast the colors falloff from the starting color to (ending color) + + + Creates a linear gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to a single color on both ends. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color). + + + Creates a gradient falloff based on a bell-shaped curve. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color). + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies how fast the colors falloff from the . + + + Creates a gradient falloff based on a bell-shaped curve. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the starting color and ending color are blended equally). + + + Translates the local geometric transform by the specified dimensions in the specified order. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation. + + + Translates the local geometric transform by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transform. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + + + Gets or sets a that specifies positions and factors that define a custom falloff for the gradient. + A that represents a custom falloff for the gradient. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled for this . + The value is if gamma correction is enabled for this ; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + A that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + + + Gets or sets the starting and ending colors of the gradient. + An array of two structures that represents the starting and ending colors of the gradient. + + + Gets a rectangular region that defines the starting and ending points of the gradient. + A structure that specifies the starting and ending points of the gradient. + + + Gets or sets a copy that defines a local geometric transform for this . + A copy of the that defines a geometric transform that applies only to fills drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets a enumeration that indicates the wrap mode for this . + A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled. + + + Specifies the direction of a linear gradient. + + + Specifies a gradient from upper right to lower left. + + + Specifies a gradient from upper left to lower right. + + + Specifies a gradient from left to right. + + + Specifies a gradient from top to bottom. + + + Specifies the available cap styles with which a object can end a line. + + + Specifies a mask used to check whether a line cap is an anchor cap. + + + Specifies an arrow-shaped anchor cap. + + + Specifies a custom line cap. + + + Specifies a diamond anchor cap. + + + Specifies a flat line cap. + + + Specifies no anchor. + + + Specifies a round line cap. + + + Specifies a round anchor cap. + + + Specifies a square line cap. + + + Specifies a square anchor line cap. + + + Specifies a triangular line cap. + + + Specifies how to join consecutive line or curve segments in a figure (subpath) contained in a object. + + + Specifies a beveled join. This produces a diagonal corner. + + + Specifies a mitered join. This produces a sharp corner or a clipped corner, depending on whether the length of the miter exceeds the miter limit. + + + Specifies a mitered join. This produces a sharp corner or a beveled corner, depending on whether the length of the miter exceeds the miter limit. + + + Specifies a circular join. This produces a smooth, circular arc between the lines. + + + Encapsulates a 3-by-3 affine matrix that represents a geometric transform. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class as the identity matrix. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class to the geometric transform defined by the specified rectangle and array of points. + A structure that represents the rectangle to be transformed. + An array of three structures that represents the points of a parallelogram to which the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners of the rectangle is to be transformed. The lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three corners. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class to the geometric transform defined by the specified rectangle and array of points. + A structure that represents the rectangle to be transformed. + An array of three structures that represents the points of a parallelogram to which the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners of the rectangle is to be transformed. The lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three corners. + + + Constructs a utilizing the specified . + Matrix data to construct from. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified elements. + The value in the first row and first column of the new . + The value in the first row and second column of the new . + The value in the second row and first column of the new . + The value in the second row and second column of the new . + The value in the third row and first column of the new . + The value in the third row and second column of the new . + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The that this method creates. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Tests whether the specified object is a and is identical to this . + The object to test. + This method returns if is the specified identical to this ; otherwise, . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Returns a hash code. + The hash code for this . + + + Inverts this , if it is invertible. + + + Multiplies this by the matrix specified in the parameter, and in the order specified in the parameter. + The by which this is to be multiplied. + The that represents the order of the multiplication. + + + Multiplies this by the matrix specified in the parameter, by prepending the specified . + The by which this is to be multiplied. + + + Resets this to have the elements of the identity matrix. + + + Applies a clockwise rotation of an amount specified in the parameter, around the origin (zero x and y coordinates) for this . + The angle (extent) of the rotation, in degrees. + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the rotation is applied to this . + + + Prepend to this a clockwise rotation, around the origin and by the specified angle. + The angle of the rotation, in degrees. + + + Applies a clockwise rotation about the specified point to this in the specified order. + The angle of the rotation, in degrees. + A that represents the center of the rotation. + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the rotation is applied. + + + Applies a clockwise rotation to this around the point specified in the parameter, and by prepending the rotation. + The angle (extent) of the rotation, in degrees. + A that represents the center of the rotation. + + + Applies the specified scale vector ( and ) to this using the specified order. + The value by which to scale this in the x-axis direction. + The value by which to scale this in the y-axis direction. + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the scale vector is applied to this . + + + Applies the specified scale vector to this by prepending the scale vector. + The value by which to scale this in the x-axis direction. + The value by which to scale this in the y-axis direction. + + + Applies the specified shear vector to this in the specified order. + The horizontal shear factor. + The vertical shear factor. + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the shear is applied. + + + Applies the specified shear vector to this by prepending the shear transformation. + The horizontal shear factor. + The vertical shear factor. + + + Applies the geometric transform represented by this to a specified array of points. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + Applies the geometric transform represented by this to a specified array of points. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + + + + + + + Applies only the scale and rotate components of this to the specified array of points. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + Multiplies each vector in an array by the matrix. The translation elements of this matrix (third row) are ignored. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + + + + + + + Applies the specified translation vector to this in the specified order. + The x value by which to translate this . + The y value by which to translate this . + A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the translation is applied to this . + + + Applies the specified translation vector ( and ) to this by prepending the translation vector. + The x value by which to translate this . + The y value by which to translate this . + + + Multiplies each vector in an array by the matrix. The translation elements of this matrix (third row) are ignored. + An array of structures that represents the points to transform. + + + + + + Gets an array of floating-point values that represents the elements of this . + An array of floating-point values that represents the elements of this . + + + Gets a value indicating whether this is the identity matrix. + This property is if this is identity; otherwise, . + + + Gets a value indicating whether this is invertible. + This property is if this is invertible; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the elements for the matrix. + + + Gets the x translation value (the dx value, or the element in the third row and first column) of this . + The x translation value of this . + + + Gets the y translation value (the dy value, or the element in the third row and second column) of this . + The y translation value of this . + + + Specifies the order for matrix transform operations. + + + The new operation is applied after the old operation. + + + The new operation is applied before the old operation. + + + Contains the graphical data that makes up a object. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets an array of structures that represents the points through which the path is constructed. + An array of objects that represents the points through which the path is constructed. + + + Gets or sets the types of the corresponding points in the path. + An array of bytes that specify the types of the corresponding points in the path. + + + Encapsulates a object that fills the interior of a object with a gradient. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified path. + The that defines the area filled by this . + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and wrap mode. + An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path. + A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points. + An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and wrap mode. + An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path. + A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points. + An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path. + + + + + + + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Updates the brush's transformation matrix with the product of the brush's transformation matrix multiplied by another matrix. + The that will be multiplied by the brush's current transformation matrix. + A that specifies in which order to multiply the two matrices. + + + Updates the brush's transformation matrix with the product of brush's transformation matrix multiplied by another matrix. + The that will be multiplied by the brush's current transformation matrix. + + + Resets the property to identity. + + + Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount in the specified order. + The angle (extent) of rotation. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix. + + + Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transform. + The angle (extent) of rotation. + + + Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts in the specified order. + The transform scale factor in the x-axis direction. + The transform scale factor in the y-axis direction. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix. + + + Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transform. + The transform scale factor in the x-axis direction. + The transform scale factor in the y-axis direction. + + + Creates a gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to each surrounding color. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the maximum intensity of the center color that gets blended with the boundary color. A value of 1 causes the highest possible intensity of the center color, and it is the default value. + + + Creates a gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to one surrounding color. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path. + + + Creates a gradient brush that changes color starting from the center of the path outward to the path's boundary. The transition from one color to another is based on a bell-shaped curve. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the maximum intensity of the center color that gets blended with the boundary color. A value of 1 causes the highest possible intensity of the center color, and it is the default value. + + + Creates a gradient brush that changes color starting from the center of the path outward to the path's boundary. The transition from one color to another is based on a bell-shaped curve. + A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path. + + + Applies the specified translation to the local geometric transform in the specified order. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation. + + + Applies the specified translation to the local geometric transform. This method prepends the translation to the transform. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + + + Gets or sets a that specifies positions and factors that define a custom falloff for the gradient. + A that represents a custom falloff for the gradient. + + + Gets or sets the color at the center of the path gradient. + A that represents the color at the center of the path gradient. + + + Gets or sets the center point of the path gradient. + A that represents the center point of the path gradient. + + + Gets or sets the focus point for the gradient falloff. + A that represents the focus point for the gradient falloff. + + + Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + A that defines a multicolor linear gradient. + + + Gets a bounding rectangle for this . + A that represents a rectangular region that bounds the path this fills. + + + Gets or sets an array of colors that correspond to the points in the path this fills. + An array of structures that represents the colors associated with each point in the path this fills. + + + Gets or sets a copy of the that defines a local geometric transform for this . + A copy of the that defines a geometric transform that applies only to fills drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets a that indicates the wrap mode for this . + A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled. + + + Specifies the type of point in a object. + + + A default Bézier curve. + + + A cubic Bézier curve. + + + The endpoint of a subpath. + + + The corresponding segment is dashed. + + + A line segment. + + + A path marker. + + + A mask point. + + + The starting point of a object. + + + Specifies the alignment of a object in relation to the theoretical, zero-width line. + + + Specifies that the object is centered over the theoretical line. + + + Specifies that the is positioned on the inside of the theoretical line. + + + Specifies the is positioned to the left of the theoretical line. + + + Specifies the is positioned on the outside of the theoretical line. + + + Specifies the is positioned to the right of the theoretical line. + + + Specifies the type of fill a object uses to fill lines. + + + Specifies a hatch fill. + + + Specifies a linear gradient fill. + + + Specifies a path gradient fill. + + + Specifies a solid fill. + + + Specifies a bitmap texture fill. + + + Specifies how pixels are offset during rendering. + + + Specifies the default mode. + + + Specifies that pixels are offset by -.5 units, both horizontally and vertically, for high speed antialiasing. + + + Specifies high quality, low speed rendering. + + + Specifies high speed, low quality rendering. + + + Specifies an invalid mode. + + + Specifies no pixel offset. + + + Specifies the overall quality when rendering GDI+ objects. + + + Specifies the default mode. + + + Specifies high quality, low speed rendering. + + + Specifies an invalid mode. + + + Specifies low quality, high speed rendering. + + + Encapsulates the data that makes up a object. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Gets or sets an array of bytes that specify the object. + An array of bytes that specify the object. + + + Specifies whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas. + + + Specifies antialiased rendering. + + + Specifies no antialiasing. + + + Specifies antialiased rendering. + + + Specifies no antialiasing. + + + Specifies an invalid mode. + + + Specifies no antialiasing. + + + Specifies the type of warp transformation applied in a method. + + + Specifies a bilinear warp. + + + Specifies a perspective warp. + + + Specifies how a texture or gradient is tiled when it is smaller than the area being filled. + + + The texture or gradient is not tiled. + + + Tiles the gradient or texture. + + + Reverses the texture or gradient horizontally and then tiles the texture or gradient. + + + Reverses the texture or gradient horizontally and vertically and then tiles the texture or gradient. + + + Reverses the texture or gradient vertically and then tiles the texture or gradient. + + + Defines a particular format for text, including font face, size, and style attributes. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new that uses the specified existing and enumeration. + The existing from which to create the new . + The to apply to the new . Multiple values of the enumeration can be combined with the operator. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set. + The of the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + A that specifies a + + GDI character set to use for this font. + A Boolean value indicating whether the new font is derived from a GDI vertical font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + is + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set. + The of the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + A that specifies a + + GDI character set to use for the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + is . + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, and unit. + The of the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + is . + + + Initializes a new using a specified size and style. + The of the new . + The em-size, in points, of the new font. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + is . + + + Initializes a new using a specified size and unit. Sets the style to . + The of the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + + is . + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size. + The of the new . + The em-size, in points, of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using the specified size, style, unit, and character set. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + A that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font. + A Boolean value indicating whether the new is derived from a GDI vertical font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + A that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size, style, and unit. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size and style. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size, in points, of the new font. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size and unit. The style is set to . + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter. + The of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number. + + + Initializes a new using a specified size. + A string representation of the for the new . + The em-size, in points, of the new font. + + is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity or is not a valid number. + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an . + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same , , , , , and property values as this . + The object to test. + + if the parameter is a and has the same , , , , , and property values as this ; otherwise, . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Creates a from the specified Windows handle to a device context. + A handle to a device context. + The font for the specified device context is not a TrueType font. + The this method creates. + + + Creates a from the specified Windows handle. + A Windows handle to a GDI font. + + points to an object that is not a TrueType font. + The this method creates. + + + + + + + + + + Creates a from the specified GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure. + An that represents the GDI structure from which to create the . + A handle to a device context that contains additional information about the structure. + The font is not a TrueType font. + The that this method creates. + + + Creates a from the specified GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure. + An that represents the GDI structure from which to create the . + The that this method creates. + + + Gets the hash code for this . + The hash code for this . + + + Returns the line spacing, in pixels, of this font. + The line spacing, in pixels, of this font. + + + Returns the line spacing, in the current unit of a specified , of this font. + A that holds the vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the display device as well as settings for page unit and page scale. + + is . + The line spacing, in pixels, of this font. + + + Returns the height, in pixels, of this when drawn to a device with the specified vertical resolution. + The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, used to calculate the height of the font. + The height, in pixels, of this . + + + Populates a with the data needed to serialize the target object. + The to populate with data. + The destination (see ) for this serialization. + + + Returns a handle to this . + The operation was unsuccessful. + A Windows handle to this . + + + + + + + + + + Creates a GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure from this . + An to represent the structure that this method creates. + A that provides additional information for the structure. + + is . + + + Creates a GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure from this . + An to represent the structure that this method creates. + + + Returns a human-readable string representation of this . + A string that represents this . + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this is bold. + + if this is bold; otherwise, . + + + Gets the associated with this . + The associated with this . + + + Gets a byte value that specifies the GDI character set that this uses. + A byte value that specifies the GDI character set that this uses. The default is 1. + + + Gets a Boolean value that indicates whether this is derived from a GDI vertical font. + + if this is derived from a GDI vertical font; otherwise, . + + + Gets the line spacing of this font. + The line spacing, in pixels, of this font. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the font is a member of . + + if the font is a member of ; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this font has the italic style applied. + + to indicate this font has the italic style applied; otherwise, . + + + Gets the face name of this . + A string representation of the face name of this . + + + Gets the name of the font originally specified. + The string representing the name of the font originally specified. + + + Gets the em-size of this measured in the units specified by the property. + The em-size of this . + + + Gets the em-size, in points, of this . + The em-size, in points, of this . + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this specifies a horizontal line through the font. + + if this has a horizontal line through it; otherwise, . + + + Gets style information for this . + A enumeration that contains style information for this . + + + Gets the name of the system font if the property returns . + The name of the system font, if returns ; otherwise, an empty string (""). + + + Gets a value that indicates whether this is underlined. + + if this is underlined; otherwise, . + + + Gets the unit of measure for this . + A that represents the unit of measure for this . + + + Converts objects from one data type to another. + + + Initializes a new object. + + + Determines whether this converter can convert an object in the specified source type to the native type of the converter. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + The type you want to convert from. + This method returns if this object can perform the conversion. + + + Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context. + An object that provides a format context. + A object that represents the type you want to convert to. + This method returns if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts the specified object to the native type of the converter. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies the culture used to represent the font. + The object to convert. + The conversion could not be performed. + The converted object. + + + Converts the specified object to another type. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies the culture used to represent the object. + The object to convert. + The data type to convert the object to. + The conversion was not successful. + The converted object. + + + Creates an object of this type by using a specified set of property values for the object. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + A dictionary of new property values. The dictionary contains a series of name-value pairs, one for each property returned from the method. + The newly created object, or if the object could not be created. The default implementation returns . + + useful for creating non-changeable objects that have changeable properties. + + + Determines whether changing a value on this object should require a call to the method to create a new value. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + This method returns if the object should be called when a change is made to one or more properties of this object; otherwise, . + + + Retrieves the set of properties for this type. By default, a type does not have any properties to return. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + The value of the object to get the properties for. + An array of objects that describe the properties. + The set of properties that should be exposed for this data type. If no properties should be exposed, this may return . The default implementation always returns . + + An easy implementation of this method can call the method for the correct data type. + + + Determines whether this object supports properties. The default is . + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + This method returns if the method should be called to find the properties of this object; otherwise, . + + + + is a type converter that is used to convert a font name to and from various other representations. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Determines if this converter can convert an object in the given source type to the native type of the converter. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + The type you wish to convert from. + + if the converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts the given object to the converter's native type. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + A to use to perform the conversion. + The object to convert. + The conversion cannot be completed. + The converted object. + + + Retrieves a collection containing a set of standard values for the data type this converter is designed for. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + A collection containing a standard set of valid values, or . The default is . + + + Determines if the list of standard values returned from the method is an exclusive list. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + + if the collection returned from is an exclusive list of possible values; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Determines if this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list. + An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return . + + if should be called to find a common set of values the object supports; otherwise, . + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + + Converts font units to and from other unit types. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Returns a collection of standard values valid for the type. + An that provides a format context. + + + Defines a group of type faces having a similar basic design and certain variations in styles. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new from the specified generic font family. + The from which to create the new . + + + Initializes a new in the specified with the specified name. + A that represents the name of the new . + The that contains this . + + is an empty string (""). + + -or- + + specifies a font that is not installed on the computer running the application. + + -or- + + specifies a font that is not a TrueType font. + + + Initializes a new with the specified name. + The name of the new . + + is an empty string (""). + + -or- + + specifies a font that is not installed on the computer running the application. + + -or- + + specifies a font that is not a TrueType font. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a and is identical to this . + The object to test. + + if is a and is identical to this ; otherwise, . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Returns the cell ascent, in design units, of the of the specified style. + A that contains style information for the font. + The cell ascent for this that uses the specified . + + + Returns the cell descent, in design units, of the of the specified style. + A that contains style information for the font. + The cell descent metric for this that uses the specified . + + + Gets the height, in font design units, of the em square for the specified style. + The for which to get the em height. + The height of the em square. + + + Returns an array that contains all the objects available for the specified graphics context. + The object from which to return objects. + + is . + An array of objects available for the specified object. + + + Gets a hash code for this . + The hash code for this . + + + Returns the line spacing, in design units, of the of the specified style. The line spacing is the vertical distance between the base lines of two consecutive lines of text. + The to apply. + The distance between two consecutive lines of text. + + + Returns the name, in the specified language, of this . + The language in which the name is returned. + A that represents the name, in the specified language, of this . + + + Indicates whether the specified enumeration is available. + The to test. + + if the specified is available; otherwise, . + + + Converts this to a human-readable string representation. + The string that represents this . + + + Returns an array that contains all the objects associated with the current graphics context. + An array of objects associated with the current graphics context. + + + Gets a generic monospace . + A that represents a generic monospace font. + + + Gets a generic sans serif object. + A object that represents a generic sans serif font. + + + Gets a generic serif . + A that represents a generic serif font. + + + Gets the name of this . + A that represents the name of this . + + + Specifies style information applied to text. + + + Bold text. + + + Italic text. + + + Normal text. + + + Text with a line through the middle. + + + Underlined text. + + + Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Adds a comment to the current . + Array of bytes that contains the comment. + + + Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container. + This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call. + + + Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation. + + structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container. + + structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container. + This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call. + + + Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation. + + structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container. + + structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container. + This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call. + + + Clears the entire drawing surface and fills it with the specified background color. + The background color of the drawing surface. + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the . + The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The size of the area to be transferred. + One of the values. + + is not a member of . + The operation failed. + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the . + The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The size of the area to be transferred. + The operation failed. + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the . + The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The size of the area to be transferred. + One of the values. + + is not a member of . + The operation failed. + + + Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the . + The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. + The size of the area to be transferred. + The operation failed. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. + + structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc. + + is . + + + Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. + + structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc. + + is + + + Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc. + + is . + + + Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc. + + is . + + + Draws a Bézier spline defined by four structures. + + structure that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + + structure that represents the starting point of the curve. + + structure that represents the first control point for the curve. + + structure that represents the second control point for the curve. + + structure that represents the ending point of the curve. + + is . + + + Draws a Bézier spline defined by four structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + + structure that represents the starting point of the curve. + + structure that represents the first control point for the curve. + + structure that represents the second control point for the curve. + + structure that represents the ending point of the curve. + + is . + + + Draws a Bézier spline defined by four ordered pairs of coordinates that represent points. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the first control point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the first control point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the second control point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the second control point of the curve. + The x-coordinate of the ending point of the curve. + The y-coordinate of the ending point of the curve. + + is . + + + Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + Draws the given . + The that contains the image to be drawn. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + The is not compatible with the device state. + +-or- + +The object has a transform applied other than a translation. + + + Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but ignored. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but is ignored. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve. + Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve. + Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve. + Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that represent the points that define the curve. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draws an ellipse specified by a bounding structure. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. + + structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. + + is . + + + Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding . + + that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. + + structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. + + is . + + + Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by coordinates for the upper-left corner of the rectangle, a height, and a width. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a height, and a width. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Draws the image represented by the specified within the area specified by a structure. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image on the display surface. The image contained in the parameter is scaled to the dimensions of this rectangular area. + + is . + + + Draws the image represented by the specified at the specified coordinates. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the image represented by the specified without scaling the image. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image. The image is not scaled to fit this rectangle, but retains its original size. If the image is larger than the rectangle, it is clipped to fit inside it. + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location. + + to draw. + + structure that represents the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method. + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified shape and size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + is . + + + Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location. + + to draw. + + structure that represents the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified shape and size. + + to draw. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for . + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. + Width of the portion of the source image to draw. + Height of the portion of the source image to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws a portion of an image at a specified location. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + Width of the drawn image. + Height of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified image, using its original physical size, at the location specified by a coordinate pair. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws a portion of an image at a specified location. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + structure that specifies the portion of the to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter. + + is . + + + Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + Width of the drawn image. + Height of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location. + + to draw. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location. + + to draw. + + that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image. The X and Y properties of the rectangle specify the upper-left corner. The Width and Height properties are ignored. + + is . + + + Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + Not used. + Not used. + + is . + + + Draws the specified image using its original physical size at the location specified by a coordinate pair. + + to draw. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. + + is . + + + Draws the specified image without scaling and clips it, if necessary, to fit in the specified rectangle. + The to draw. + The in which to draw the image. + + is . + + + Draws a line connecting two structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line. + + structure that represents the first point to connect. + + structure that represents the second point to connect. + + is . + + + Draws a line connecting two structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line. + + structure that represents the first point to connect. + + structure that represents the second point to connect. + + is . + + + Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line. + The x-coordinate of the first point. + The y-coordinate of the first point. + The x-coordinate of the second point. + The y-coordinate of the second point. + + is . + + + Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line. + The x-coordinate of the first point. + The y-coordinate of the first point. + The x-coordinate of the second point. + The y-coordinate of the second point. + + is . + + + Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments. + Array of structures that represent the points to connect. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments. + Array of structures that represent the points to connect. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + Draws a . + + that determines the color, width, and style of the path. + + to draw. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape. + + is . + + + Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape. + + is . + + + Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape. + + is . + + + Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. + Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape. + + is . + + + Draws a polygon defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon. + + is . + + + Draws a polygon defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + Draws a rectangle specified by a structure. + A that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. + A structure that represents the rectangle to draw. + + is . + + + Draws the outline of the specified rectangle. + A pen that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. + The rectangle to draw. + + + Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. + Width of the rectangle to draw. + Height of the rectangle to draw. + + is . + + + Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height. + A that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. + The width of the rectangle to draw. + The height of the rectangle to draw. + + is . + + + Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles. + Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + is a zero-length array. + + + Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures. + + that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles. + Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + is a zero-length array. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + + structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified . + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects. + String to draw. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Closes the current graphics container and restores the state of this to the state saved by a call to the method. + + that represents the container this method restores. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. + + to enumerate. + Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. + + structures that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter. + + + Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. + + to enumerate. + + structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. + + structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains. + + delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. + + + Updates the clip region of this to exclude the area specified by a structure. + + structure that specifies the rectangle to exclude from the clip region. + + + Updates the clip region of this to exclude the area specified by a . + + that specifies the region to exclude from the clip region. + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode and tension. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode and tension. + A that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. + Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that define the spline. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a . + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + that represents the path to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse and two radial lines. + A brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section. + + + Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. + Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures using the specified fill mode. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. + Member of the enumeration that determines the style of the fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures using the specified fill mode. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. + Member of the enumeration that determines the style of the fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the rectangle to fill. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + structure that represents the rectangle to fill. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. + Width of the rectangle to fill. + Height of the rectangle to fill. + + is . + + + Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. + Width of the rectangle to fill. + Height of the rectangle to fill. + + is . + + + Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + is a zero-length array. + + + Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures. + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + is a zero-length array. + + + + + + + + + + + Fills the interior of a . + + that determines the characteristics of the fill. + + that represents the area to fill. + + is . + + -or- + + is . + + + + + + + + + + + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Forces execution of all pending graphics operations and returns immediately without waiting for the operations to finish. + + + Forces execution of all pending graphics operations with the method waiting or not waiting, as specified, to return before the operations finish. + Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the method returns immediately or waits for any existing operations to finish. + + + Creates a new from the specified handle to a device context and handle to a device. + Handle to a device context. + Handle to a device. + This method returns a new for the specified device context and device. + + + Creates a new from the specified handle to a device context. + Handle to a device context. + This method returns a new for the specified device context. + + + Returns a for the specified device context. + Handle to a device context. + A for the specified device context. + + + Creates a new from the specified handle to a window. + Handle to a window. + This method returns a new for the specified window handle. + + + Creates a new for the specified windows handle. + Handle to a window. + A for the specified window handle. + + + Creates a new from the specified . + + from which to create the new . + + is . + + has an indexed pixel format or its format is undefined. + This method returns a new for the specified . + + + Gets the cumulative graphics context. + An representing the cumulative graphics context. + + + Gets the cumulative offset and clip region. + When this method returns, contains the cumulative offset. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + When this method returns, contains the cumulative clip region or if the clip region is infinite. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + + + Gets the cumulative offset. + When this method returns, contains the cumulative offset. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + + + Gets a handle to the current Windows halftone palette. + Internal pointer that specifies the handle to the palette. + + + Gets the handle to the device context associated with this . + Handle to the device context associated with this . + + + Gets the nearest color to the specified structure. + + structure for which to find a match. + A structure that represents the nearest color to the one specified with the parameter. + + + Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified structure. + + structure to intersect with the current clip region. + + + Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified structure. + + structure to intersect with the current clip region. + + + Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified . + + to intersect with the current region. + + + Indicates whether the specified structure is contained within the visible clip region of this . + + structure to test for visibility. + + if the point specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the specified structure is contained within the visible clip region of this . + + structure to test for visibility. + + if the point specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a structure is contained within the visible clip region of this . + + structure to test for visibility. + + if the rectangle specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a structure is contained within the visible clip region of this . + + structure to test for visibility. + + if the rectangle specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. + Width of the rectangle to test for visibility. + Height of the rectangle to test for visibility. + + if the rectangle defined by the , , , and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. + The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. + + if the point defined by the and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. + Width of the rectangle to test for visibility. + Height of the rectangle to test for visibility. + + if the rectangle defined by the , , , and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. + The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. + + if the point defined by the and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, . + + + Gets an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string. + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the layout rectangle for the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string. + + + Gets an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string. + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the layout rectangle for the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + + is . + This method returns an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that represents the upper-left corner of the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + Number of characters in the string. + Number of text lines in the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size of the string, in the units specified by the property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified within the specified layout area. + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + Maximum width of the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the format of the string. + Maximum width of the string in pixels. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that represents the upper-left corner of the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + Number of characters in the string. + Number of text lines in the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size of the string, in the units specified by the property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified within the specified layout area. + String to measure. + + defines the text format of the string. + + structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + Maximum width of the string. + + that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the format of the string. + Maximum width of the string in pixels. + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. + + + Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified . + String to measure. + + that defines the text format of the string. + + is . + + is . + This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the parameter as drawn with the parameter. + + + + + + + + + + + Multiplies the world transformation of this and specified the in the specified order. + 4x4 that multiplies the world transformation. + Member of the enumeration that determines the order of the multiplication. + + + Multiplies the world transformation of this and specified the . + 4x4 that multiplies the world transformation. + + + Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of this . + + + Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of this . + Handle to a device context obtained by a previous call to the method of this . + + + Releases a handle to a device context. + Handle to a device context. + + + Resets the clip region of this to an infinite region. + + + Resets the world transformation matrix of this to the identity matrix. + + + Restores the state of this to the state represented by a . + + that represents the state to which to restore this . + + + Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order. + Angle of rotation in degrees. + Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the rotation is appended or prepended to the matrix transformation. + + + Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this . + Angle of rotation in degrees. + + + Saves the current state of this and identifies the saved state with a . + This method returns a that represents the saved state of this . + + + Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order. + Scale factor in the x direction. + Scale factor in the y direction. + Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the scaling operation is prepended or appended to the transformation matrix. + + + Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this by prepending it to the object's transformation matrix. + Scale factor in the x direction. + Scale factor in the y direction. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the specified . + + to combine. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the specified . + + that represents the new clip region. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified combining operation of the current clip region and the property of the specified . + + that specifies the clip region to combine. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the property of the specified . + + from which to take the new clip region. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure. + + structure to combine. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the rectangle specified by a structure. + + structure that represents the new clip region. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure. + + structure to combine. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the rectangle specified by a structure. + + structure that represents the new clip region. + + + Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the specified . + + to combine. + Member from the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. + + + Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this . + Member of the enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space. + Array of structures that represents the points to transformation. + + + Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this . + Member of the enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space. + Array of structures that represent the points to transform. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Translates the clipping region of this by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions. + The x-coordinate of the translation. + The y-coordinate of the translation. + + + Translates the clipping region of this by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions. + The x-coordinate of the translation. + The y-coordinate of the translation. + + + Changes the origin of the coordinate system by applying the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order. + The x-coordinate of the translation. + The y-coordinate of the translation. + Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the translation is prepended or appended to the transformation matrix. + + + Changes the origin of the coordinate system by prepending the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this . + The x-coordinate of the translation. + The y-coordinate of the translation. + + + Gets or sets a that limits the drawing region of this . + A that limits the portion of this that is currently available for drawing. + + + Gets a structure that bounds the clipping region of this . + A structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the clipping region of this . + + + Gets a value that specifies how composited images are drawn to this . + This property specifies a member of the enumeration. The default is . + + + Gets or sets the rendering quality of composited images drawn to this . + This property specifies a member of the enumeration. The default is . + + + Gets the horizontal resolution of this . + The value, in dots per inch, for the horizontal resolution supported by this . + + + Gets the vertical resolution of this . + The value, in dots per inch, for the vertical resolution supported by this . + + + Gets or sets the interpolation mode associated with this . + One of the values. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the clipping region of this is empty. + + if the clipping region of this is empty; otherwise, . + + + Gets a value indicating whether the visible clipping region of this is empty. + + if the visible portion of the clipping region of this is empty; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the scaling between world units and page units for this . + This property specifies a value for the scaling between world units and page units for this . + + + Gets or sets the unit of measure used for page coordinates in this . + + is set to , which is not a physical unit. + One of the values other than . + + + Gets or sets a value specifying how pixels are offset during rendering of this . + This property specifies a member of the enumeration. + + + Gets or sets the rendering origin of this for dithering and for hatch brushes. + A structure that represents the dither origin for 8-bits-per-pixel and 16-bits-per-pixel dithering and is also used to set the origin for hatch brushes. + + + Gets or sets the rendering quality for this . + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets the gamma correction value for rendering text. + The gamma correction value used for rendering antialiased and ClearType text. + + + Gets or sets the rendering mode for text associated with this . + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets a copy of the geometric world transformation for this . + A copy of the that represents the geometric world transformation for this . + + + Gets or sets the world transform elements for this . + + + Gets the bounding rectangle of the visible clipping region of this . + A structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the visible clipping region of this . + + + Provides a callback method for deciding when the method should prematurely cancel execution and stop drawing an image. + Internal pointer that specifies data for the callback method. This parameter is not passed by all overloads. You can test for its absence by checking for the value . + This method returns if it decides that the method should prematurely stop execution. Otherwise it returns to indicate that the method should continue execution. + + + Provides a callback method for the method. + Member of the enumeration that specifies the type of metafile record. + Set of flags that specify attributes of the record. + Number of bytes in the record data. + Pointer to a buffer that contains the record data. + Not used. + Return if you want to continue enumerating records; otherwise, . + + + Specifies the unit of measure for the given data. + + + Specifies the unit of measure of the display device. Typically pixels for video displays, and 1/100 inch for printers. + + + Specifies the document unit (1/300 inch) as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies the inch as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies the millimeter as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a device pixel as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies the world coordinate system unit as the unit of measure. + + + Represents a Windows icon, which is a small bitmap image that is used to represent an object. Icons can be thought of as transparent bitmaps, although their size is determined by the system. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class and attempts to find a version of the icon that matches the requested size. + The from which to load the newly sized icon. + A structure that specifies the height and width of the new . + The parameter is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class and attempts to find a version of the icon that matches the requested size. + The icon to load the different size from. + The width of the new icon. + The height of the new icon. + The parameter is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class of the specified size from the specified stream. + The stream that contains the icon data. + The desired size of the icon. + The is or does not contain image data. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream and with the specified width and height. + The data stream from which to load the icon. + The width, in pixels, of the icon. + The height, in pixels, of the icon. + The parameter is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + The data stream from which to load the . + The parameter is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class of the specified size from the specified file. + The name and path to the file that contains the icon data. + The desired size of the icon. + The is or does not contain image data. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width and height from the specified file. + The name and path to the file that contains the data. + The desired width of the . + The desired height of the . + The is or does not contain image data. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file name. + The file to load the from. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from a resource in the specified assembly. + A that specifies the assembly in which to look for the resource. + The resource name to load. + An icon specified by cannot be found in the assembly that contains the specified . + + + Clones the , creating a duplicate image. + An object that can be cast to an . + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Returns an icon representation of an image that is contained in the specified file. + The path to the file that contains an image. + The does not indicate a valid file. + + -or- + + The indicates a Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path. + The representation of the image that is contained in the specified file. + + + Extracts a specified icon from the given filePath. + Path to an icon or PE (.dll, .exe) file. + Positive numbers refer to an icon index in the given file. Negative numbers refer to a specific native resource identifier in a PE (.dll, .exe) file. + + true to get the at the current system small icon size setting. false to get the at the current system large icon size setting. The default is false. + An , or null if an icon can't be found with the specified id. + + + Extracts a specified icon from the given . + Path to an icon or PE (.dll, .exe) file. + Positive numbers refer to an icon index in the given file. Negative numbers refer to a specific native resource identifier in a PE (.dll, .exe) file. + The desired size. If the specified size does not exist, an existing size will be resampled to give the requested size. + + is negative or larger than . + + could not be accessed. + + is . + An , or if an icon can't be found with the specified . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Creates a GDI+ from the specified Windows handle to an icon (). + A Windows handle to an icon. + The this method creates. + + + Saves this to the specified output . + The to save to. + + + Populates a with the data that is required to serialize the target object. + + The destination (see ) for this serialization. + + + Converts this to a GDI+ . + A that represents the converted . + + + Gets a human-readable string that describes the . + A string that describes the . + + + Gets the Windows handle for this . This is not a copy of the handle; do not free it. + The Windows handle for the icon. + + + Gets the height of this . + The height of this . + + + Gets the size of this . + A structure that specifies the width and height of this . + + + Gets the width of this . + The width of this . + + + Converts an object from one data type to another. Access this class through the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Determines whether this can convert an instance of a specified type to an , using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that specifies the type you want to convert from. + This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Determines whether this can convert an to an instance of a specified type, using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that specifies the type you want to convert to. + This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts a specified object to an . + An that provides a format context. + A that holds information about a specific culture. + The to be converted. + The conversion could not be performed. + If this method succeeds, it returns the that it created by converting the specified object. Otherwise, it throws an exception. + + + Converts an (or an object that can be cast to an ) to a specified type. + An that provides a format context. + A object that specifies formatting conventions used by a particular culture. + The object to convert. This object should be of type icon or some type that can be cast to . + The type to convert the icon to. + The conversion could not be performed. + This method returns the converted object. + + + Defines methods for obtaining and releasing an existing handle to a Windows device context. + + + Returns the handle to a Windows device context. + An representing the handle of a device context. + + + Releases the handle of a Windows device context. + + + An abstract base class that provides functionality for the and descended classes. + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. + + to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Creates an from the specified file using embedded color management information in that file. + A string that contains the name of the file from which to create the . + Set to to use color management information embedded in the image file; otherwise, . + The file does not have a valid image format. + + -or- + + GDI+ does not support the pixel format of the file. + The specified file does not exist. + + is a . + The this method creates. + + + Creates an from the specified file. + A string that contains the name of the file from which to create the . + The file does not have a valid image format. + + -or- + + GDI+ does not support the pixel format of the file. + The specified file does not exist. + + is a . + The this method creates. + + + Creates a from a handle to a GDI bitmap and a handle to a GDI palette. + The GDI bitmap handle from which to create the . + A handle to a GDI palette used to define the bitmap colors if the bitmap specified in the parameter is not a device-independent bitmap (DIB). + The this method creates. + + + Creates a from a handle to a GDI bitmap. + The GDI bitmap handle from which to create the . + The this method creates. + + + Creates an from the specified data stream, optionally using embedded color management information and validating the image data. + A that contains the data for this . + + to use color management information embedded in the data stream; otherwise, . + + to validate the image data; otherwise, . + The stream does not have a valid image format. + The stream does not have a valid image format. + The this method creates. + + + Creates an from the specified data stream, optionally using embedded color management information in that stream. + A that contains the data for this . + + to use color management information embedded in the data stream; otherwise, . + The stream does not have a valid image format + + -or- + + is . + The stream does not have a valid image format. + The this method creates. + + + Creates an from the specified data stream. + A that contains the data for this . + The stream does not have a valid image format + + -or- + + is . + The stream does not have a valid image format. + The this method creates. + + + Gets the bounds of the image in the specified unit. + One of the values indicating the unit of measure for the bounding rectangle. + The that represents the bounds of the image, in the specified unit. + + + Returns information about the parameters supported by the specified image encoder. + A GUID that specifies the image encoder. + An that contains an array of objects. Each contains information about one of the parameters supported by the specified image encoder. + + + Returns the number of frames of the specified dimension. + A that specifies the identity of the dimension type. + The number of frames in the specified dimension. + + + Returns the color depth, in number of bits per pixel, of the specified pixel format. + The member that specifies the format for which to find the size. + The color depth of the specified pixel format. + + + Gets the specified property item from this . + The ID of the property item to get. + The image format of this image does not support property items. + The this method gets. + + + Returns a thumbnail for this . + The width, in pixels, of the requested thumbnail image. + The height, in pixels, of the requested thumbnail image. + A delegate. + + Note You must create a delegate and pass a reference to the delegate as the parameter, but the delegate is not used. + Must be . + An that represents the thumbnail. + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format for this contains alpha information. + The to test. + + if contains alpha information; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format is 32 bits per pixel. + The to test. + + if is canonical; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format is 64 bits per pixel. + The enumeration to test. + + if is extended; otherwise, . + + + Removes the specified property item from this . + The ID of the property item to remove. + The image does not contain the requested property item. + + -or- + + The image format for this image does not support property items. + + + Rotates, flips, or rotates and flips the . + A member that specifies the type of rotation and flip to apply to the image. + + + Saves this image to the specified stream, with the specified encoder and image encoder parameters. + The where the image will be saved. + The for this . + An that specifies parameters used by the image encoder. + + is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + + Saves this image to the specified stream in the specified format. + The where the image will be saved. + An that specifies the format of the saved image. + + or is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + + Saves this to the specified file, with the specified encoder and image-encoder parameters. + A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this . + The for this . + An to use for this . + + or is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + -or- + + The image was saved to the same file it was created from. + + + Saves this to the specified file in the specified format. + A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this . + The for this . + + or is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + -or- + + The image was saved to the same file it was created from. + + + Saves this to the specified file or stream. + A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this . + + is . + The image was saved with the wrong image format. + + -or- + + The image was saved to the same file it was created from. + + + Adds a frame to the file or stream specified in a previous call to the method. + An that contains the frame to add. + An that holds parameters required by the image encoder that is used by the save-add operation. + + is . + + + Adds a frame to the file or stream specified in a previous call to the method. Use this method to save selected frames from a multiple-frame image to another multiple-frame image. + An that holds parameters required by the image encoder that is used by the save-add operation. + + + Selects the frame specified by the dimension and index. + A that specifies the identity of the dimension type. + The index of the active frame. + Always returns 0. + + + Stores a property item (piece of metadata) in this . + The to be stored. + The image format of this image does not support property items. + + + Populates a with the data needed to serialize the target object. + + The destination (see ) for this serialization. + + + Gets attribute flags for the pixel data of this . + The integer representing a bitwise combination of for this . + + + Gets an array of GUIDs that represent the dimensions of frames within this . + An array of GUIDs that specify the dimensions of frames within this from most significant to least significant. + + + Gets the height, in pixels, of this . + The height, in pixels, of this . + + + Gets the horizontal resolution, in pixels per inch, of this . + The horizontal resolution, in pixels per inch, of this . + + + Gets or sets the color palette used for this . + A that represents the color palette used for this . + + + Gets the width and height of this image. + A structure that represents the width and height of this . + + + Gets the pixel format for this . + A that represents the pixel format for this . + + + Gets IDs of the property items stored in this . + An array of the property IDs, one for each property item stored in this image. + + + Gets all the property items (pieces of metadata) stored in this . + An array of objects, one for each property item stored in the image. + + + Gets the file format of this . + The that represents the file format of this . + + + Gets the width and height, in pixels, of this image. + A structure that represents the width and height, in pixels, of this image. + + + Gets or sets an object that provides additional data about the image. + The that provides additional data about the image. + + + Gets the vertical resolution, in pixels per inch, of this . + The vertical resolution, in pixels per inch, of this . + + + Gets the width, in pixels, of this . + The width, in pixels, of this . + + + Provides a callback method for determining when the method should prematurely cancel execution. + This method returns if it decides that the method should prematurely stop execution; otherwise, it returns . + + + Animates an image that has time-based frames. + + + Displays a multiple-frame image as an animation. + The object to animate. + An object that specifies the method that is called when the animation frame changes. + + + Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the specified image contains time-based frames. + The object to test. + This method returns if the specified image contains time-based frames; otherwise, . + + + Terminates a running animation. + The object to stop animating. + An object that specifies the method that is called when the animation frame changes. + + + Advances the frame in all images currently being animated. The new frame is drawn the next time the image is rendered. + + + Advances the frame in the specified image. The new frame is drawn the next time the image is rendered. This method applies only to images with time-based frames. + The object for which to update frames. + + + + is a class that can be used to convert objects from one data type to another. Access this class through the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Determines whether this can convert an instance of a specified type to an , using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that specifies the type you want to convert from. + This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Determines whether this can convert an to an instance of a specified type, using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that specifies the type you want to convert to. + This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts a specified object to an . + An that provides a format context. + A that holds information about a specific culture. + The to be converted. + The conversion cannot be completed. + If this method succeeds, it returns the that it created by converting the specified object. Otherwise, it throws an exception. + + + Converts an (or an object that can be cast to an ) to the specified type. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies formatting conventions used by a particular culture. + The to convert. + The to convert the to. + The conversion cannot be completed. + This method returns the converted object. + + + Gets the set of properties for this type. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + The value of the object to get the properties for. + An array of objects that describe the properties. + The set of properties that should be exposed for this data type. If no properties should be exposed, this can return . The default implementation always returns . + + + Indicates whether this object supports properties. By default, this is . + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + This method returns if the method should be called to find the properties of this object. + + + + is a class that can be used to convert objects from one data type to another. Access this class through the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Indicates whether this converter can convert an object in the specified source type to the native type of the converter. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + The type you want to convert from. + This method returns if this object can perform the conversion. + + + Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert an object to the specified destination type using the context. + An that specifies the context for this type conversion. + The that represents the type to which you want to convert this object. + This method returns if this object can perform the conversion. + + + Converts the specified object to an object. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies formatting conventions for a particular culture. + The object to convert. + The conversion cannot be completed. + The converted object. + + + Converts the specified object to the specified type. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A object that specifies formatting conventions for a particular culture. + The object to convert. + The type to convert the object to. + The conversion cannot be completed. + + is . + The converted object. + + + Gets a collection that contains a set of standard values for the data type this validator is designed for. Returns if the data type does not support a standard set of values. + A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return . + A collection that contains a standard set of valid values, or . The default implementation always returns . + + + Indicates whether this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list. + A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided. + This method returns if the method should be called to find a common set of values the object supports. + + + Specifies the attributes of a bitmap image. The class is used by the and methods of the class. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the pixel height of the object. Also sometimes referred to as the number of scan lines. + The pixel height of the object. + + + Gets or sets the format of the pixel information in the object that returned this object. + A that specifies the format of the pixel information in the associated object. + + + Reserved. Do not use. + Reserved. Do not use. + + + Gets or sets the address of the first pixel data in the bitmap. This can also be thought of as the first scan line in the bitmap. + The address of the first pixel data in the bitmap. + + + Gets or sets the stride width (also called scan width) of the object. + The stride width, in bytes, of the object. + + + Gets or sets the pixel width of the object. This can also be thought of as the number of pixels in one scan line. + The pixel width of the object. + + + Represents a device-dependent copy of a matching a specified object's current device (display) settings. Avoids reformatting step when rendering, which can significantly improve performance. + + + Creates a device-dependent copy of for the device settings of . + The to convert. + The object to use to format the cached copy of the . + + or is . + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + + + Specifies which GDI+ objects use color adjustment information. + + + The number of types specified. + + + Color adjustment information for objects. + + + Color adjustment information for objects. + + + The number of types specified. + + + Color adjustment information that is used by all GDI+ objects that do not have their own color adjustment information. + + + Color adjustment information for objects. + + + Color adjustment information for text. + + + Specifies individual channels in the CMYK (cyan, magenta, yellow, black) color space. This enumeration is used by the methods. + + + The cyan color channel. + + + The black color channel. + + + The last selected channel should be used. + + + The magenta color channel. + + + The yellow color channel. + + + Defines a map for converting colors. Several methods of the class adjust image colors by using a color-remap table, which is an array of structures. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the new structure to which to convert. + The new structure to which to convert. + + + Gets or sets the existing structure to be converted. + The existing structure to be converted. + + + Specifies the types of color maps. + + + Specifies a color map for a . + + + A default color map. + + + Defines a 5 x 5 matrix that contains the coordinates for the RGBAW space. Several methods of the class adjust image colors by using a color matrix. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the elements in the specified matrix . + The values of the elements for the new . + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified row and column in the . + The row of the element. + The column of the element. + The element at the specified row and column. + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and 0 column of this . + The element at the 0 row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and first column of this . + The element at the 0 row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and second column of this . + The element at the 0 row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component. + The element at the 0 row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and fourth column of this . + The element at the 0 row and fourth column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and 0 (zero) column of this . + The element at the first row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and first column of this . + The element at the first row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and second column of this . + The element at the first row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component. + The element at the first row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the first row and fourth column of this . + The element at the first row and fourth column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and 0 (zero) column of this . + The element at the second row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and first column of this . + The element at the second row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and second column of this . + The element at the second row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and third column of this . + The element at the second row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the second row and fourth column of this . + The element at the second row and fourth column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and 0 (zero) column of this . + The element at the third row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and first column of this . + The element at the third row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and second column of this . + The element at the third row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component. + The element at the third row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the third row and fourth column of this . + The element at the third row and fourth column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and 0 (zero) column of this . + The element at the fourth row and 0 column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and first column of this . + The element at the fourth row and first column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and second column of this . + The element at the fourth row and second column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component. + The element at the fourth row and third column of this . + + + Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and fourth column of this . + The element at the fourth row and fourth column of this . + + + Specifies the types of images and colors that will be affected by the color and grayscale adjustment settings of an . + + + Only gray shades are adjusted. + + + All color values, including gray shades, are adjusted by the same color-adjustment matrix. + + + All colors are adjusted, but gray shades are not adjusted. A gray shade is any color that has the same value for its red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies two modes for color component values. + + + The integer values supplied are 32-bit values. + + + The integer values supplied are 64-bit values. + + + Defines an array of colors that make up a color palette. The colors are 32-bit ARGB colors. Not inheritable. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets an array of structures. + The array of structure that make up this . + + + Gets a value that specifies how to interpret the color information in the array of colors. + The following flag values are valid: + + 0x00000001 + The color values in the array contain alpha information. + + 0x00000002 + The colors in the array are grayscale values. + + 0x00000004 + The colors in the array are halftone values. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the methods available for use with a metafile to read and write graphic commands. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + Specifies a character string, a location, and formatting information. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See Enhanced-Format Metafiles. + + + See . + + + Identifies a record that marks the last EMF+ record of a metafile. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + Identifies a record that is the EMF+ header. + + + Indicates invalid data. + + + The maximum value for this enumeration. + + + The minimum value for this enumeration. + + + Marks the end of a multiple-format section. + + + Marks a multiple-format section. + + + Marks the start of a multiple-format section. + + + See methods. + + + Marks an object. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + See . + + + See . + + + See . + + + See . + + + See methods. + + + Used internally. + + + See methods. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + Increases or decreases the size of a logical palette based on the specified value. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + Copies the color data for a rectangle of pixels in a DIB to the specified destination rectangle. + + + See Windows-Format Metafiles. + + + Specifies the nature of the records that are placed in an Enhanced Metafile (EMF) file. This enumeration is used by several constructors in the class. + + + Specifies that all the records in the metafile are EMF records, which can be displayed by GDI or GDI+. + + + Specifies that all EMF+ records in the metafile are associated with an alternate EMF record. Metafiles of type can be displayed by GDI or by GDI+. + + + Specifies that all the records in the metafile are EMF+ records, which can be displayed by GDI+ but not by GDI. + + + An object encapsulates a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies the category of an image encoder parameter. + + + An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the chrominance table parameter category. + + + An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the color depth parameter category. + + + Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the color space category. + + + An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the compression parameter category. + + + Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the image items category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the luminance table parameter category. + + + Gets an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the quality parameter category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the render method parameter category. + + + Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the save as CMYK category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the save flag parameter category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the scan method parameter category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the transformation parameter category. + + + Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the version parameter category. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified globally unique identifier (GUID). The GUID specifies an image encoder parameter category. + A globally unique identifier that identifies an image encoder parameter category. + + + Gets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies an image encoder parameter category. + The GUID that identifies an image encoder parameter category. + + + Used to pass a value, or an array of values, to an image encoder. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one 8-bit value. Sets the property to or , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A byte that specifies the value stored in the object. + If , the property is set to ; otherwise, the property is set to . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one unsigned 8-bit integer. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An 8-bit unsigned integer that specifies the value stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of bytes. Sets the property to or , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of bytes that specifies the values stored in the object. + If , the property is set to ; otherwise, the property is set to . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of unsigned 8-bit integers. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 8-bit unsigned integers that specifies the values stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one, 16-bit integer. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 16-bit integer that specifies the value stored in the object. Must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of 16-bit integers. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 16-bit integers that specifies the values stored in the object. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object, number of values, data type of the values, and a pointer to the values stored in the object. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An integer that specifies the number of values stored in the object. The property is set to this value. + A member of the enumeration that specifies the data type of the values stored in the object. The and properties are set to this value. + A pointer to an array of values of the type specified by the parameter. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and four, 32-bit integers. The four integers represent a range of fractions. The first two integers represent the smallest fraction in the range, and the remaining two integers represent the largest fraction in the range. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative. + A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative. + A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative. + A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of the largest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and three integers that specify the number of values, the data type of the values, and a pointer to the values stored in the object. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An integer that specifies the number of values stored in the object. The property is set to this value. + A member of the enumeration that specifies the data type of the values stored in the object. The and properties are set to this value. + A pointer to an array of values of the type specified by the parameter. + Type is not a valid . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a pair of 32-bit integers. The pair of integers represents a fraction, the first integer being the numerator, and the second integer being the denominator. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of a fraction. Must be nonnegative. + A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of a fraction. Must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and four arrays of 32-bit integers. The four arrays represent an array rational ranges. A rational range is the set of all fractions from a minimum fractional value through a maximum fractional value. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the other three arrays. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the minimum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the minimum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the maximum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the maximum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and two arrays of 32-bit integers. The two arrays represent an array of fractions. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the fractions. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. + An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the fractions. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. A denominator of a given index is paired with the numerator of the same index. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a pair of 64-bit integers. The pair of integers represents a range of integers, the first integer being the smallest number in the range, and the second integer being the largest number in the range. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 64-bit integer that represents the smallest number in a range of integers. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object. + A 64-bit integer that represents the largest number in a range of integers. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one 64-bit integer. Sets the property to (32 bits), and sets the property to 1. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A 64-bit integer that specifies the value stored in the object. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and two arrays of 64-bit integers. The two arrays represent an array integer ranges. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the minimum values for the integer ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object. + An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the maximum values for the integer ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object. A maximum value of a given index is paired with the minimum value of the same index. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of 64-bit integers. Sets the property to (32-bit), and sets the property to the number of elements in the array. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the values stored in the object. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a character string. The string is converted to a null-terminated ASCII string before it is stored in the object. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the length of the ASCII string including the NULL terminator. + An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category. + A that specifies the value stored in the object. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Allows an object to attempt to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before the object is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Gets or sets the object associated with this object. The object encapsulates the globally unique identifier (GUID) that specifies the category (for example , , or ) of the parameter stored in this object. + An object that encapsulates the GUID that specifies the category of the parameter stored in this object. + + + Gets the number of elements in the array of values stored in this object. + An integer that indicates the number of elements in the array of values stored in this object. + + + Gets the data type of the values stored in this object. + A member of the enumeration that indicates the data type of the values stored in this object. + + + Gets the data type of the values stored in this object. + A member of the enumeration that indicates the data type of the values stored in this object. + + + Encapsulates an array of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class that can contain one object. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class that can contain the specified number of objects. + An integer that specifies the number of objects that the object can contain. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Gets or sets an array of objects. + The array of objects. + + + Specifies the data type of the used with the or method of an image. + + + An 8-bit ASCII value. This field specifies that the array of values is a null-terminated ASCII character string. + + + An 8-bit unsigned integer. + + + A 32-bit unsigned integer. + + + Two long values that specify a range of integer values. The first value specifies the lower end, and the second value specifies the higher end. All values are inclusive at both ends. + + + A pointer to a block of custom metadata. + + + A pair of 32-bit unsigned integers. Each pair represents a fraction, the first integer being the numerator and the second integer being the denominator. + + + + A set of four 32-bit unsigned integers. The first two integers represent one fraction, and the second two integers represent a second fraction. + The two fractions represent a range of rational numbers. The first fraction is the smallest rational number in the range, and the second fraction is the largest rational number in the range. The values are inclusive at both ends. + + + + A 16-bit, unsigned integer. + + + A byte that has no data type defined. The variable can take any value depending on field definition. + + + Used to specify the parameter value passed to a JPEG or TIFF image encoder when using the or methods. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Specifies the CCITT3 compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category. + + + Specifies the CCITT4 compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category. + + + Specifies the LZW compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the Compression category. + + + Specifies no compression. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category. + + + Specifies the RLE compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category. + + + Specifies that a multiple-frame file or stream should be closed. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category. + + + Specifies that a frame is to be added to the page dimension of an image. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Specifies the last frame in a multiple-frame image. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category. + + + Specifies that the image has more than one frame (page). Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Specifies that the image is to be flipped horizontally (about the vertical axis). Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Specifies that the image is to be flipped vertically (about the horizontal axis). Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Specifies that the image is to be rotated 180 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Specifies that the image is to be rotated clockwise 270 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Specifies that the image is to be rotated clockwise 90 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Not used in GDI+ version 1.0. + + + Provides properties that get the frame dimensions of an image. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified structure. + A structure that contains a GUID for this object. + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the specified object is a equivalent to this object. + The object to test. + + if is a equivalent to this object; otherwise, . + + + Returns a hash code for this object. + The hash code of this object. + + + Converts this object to a human-readable string. + A string that represents this object. + + + Gets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that represents this object. + A structure that contains a GUID that represents this object. + + + Gets the page dimension. + The page dimension. + + + Gets the resolution dimension. + The resolution dimension. + + + Gets the time dimension. + The time dimension. + + + Contains information about how bitmap and metafile colors are manipulated during rendering. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Clears the brush color-remap table of this object. + + + Clears the color key (transparency range) for the default category. + + + Clears the color key (transparency range) for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color key is cleared. + + + Clears the color-adjustment matrix for the default category. + + + Clears the color-adjustment matrix for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment matrix is cleared. + + + Disables gamma correction for the default category. + + + Disables gamma correction for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which gamma correction is disabled. + + + Clears the setting for the default category. + + + Clears the setting for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the setting is cleared. + + + Clears the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel setting for the default category. + + + Clears the (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel setting for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel setting is cleared. + + + Clears the output channel color profile setting for the default category. + + + Clears the output channel color profile setting for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel profile setting is cleared. + + + Clears the color-remap table for the default category. + + + Clears the color-remap table for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the remap table is cleared. + + + Clears the threshold value for the default category. + + + Clears the threshold value for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the category for which the threshold is cleared. + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The object this class creates, cast as an object. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Adjusts the colors in a palette according to the adjustment settings of a specified category. + A that on input contains the palette to be adjusted, and on output contains the adjusted palette. + An element of that specifies the category whose adjustment settings will be applied to the palette. + + + Sets the color-remap table for the brush category. + An array of objects. + + + + + + + + + Sets the color key (transparency range) for a specified category. + The low color-key value. + The high color-key value. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color key is set. + + + Sets the color key for the default category. + The low color-key value. + The high color-key value. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for a specified category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + The grayscale-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices are set. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for the default category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + The grayscale-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for the default category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + The grayscale-adjustment matrix. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix for a specified category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment matrix is set. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix for the default category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment matrix. + + + Sets the color-adjustment matrix for the default category. + The color-adjustment matrix. + + + Sets the gamma value for a specified category. + The gamma correction value. + An element of the enumeration that specifies the category for which the gamma value is set. + + + Sets the gamma value for the default category. + The gamma correction value. + + + Turns off color adjustment for the default category. You can call the method to reinstate the color-adjustment settings that were in place before the call to the method. + + + Turns off color adjustment for a specified category. You can call the method to reinstate the color-adjustment settings that were in place before the call to the method. + An element of that specifies the category for which color correction is turned off. + + + Sets the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel for a specified category. + An element of that specifies the output channel. + An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel is set. + + + Sets the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel for the default category. + An element of that specifies the output channel. + + + Sets the output channel color-profile file for a specified category. + The path name of a color-profile file. If the color-profile file is in the %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\Color directory, this parameter can be the file name. Otherwise, this parameter must be the fully qualified path name. + An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel color-profile file is set. + + + Sets the output channel color-profile file for the default category. + The path name of a color-profile file. If the color-profile file is in the %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\Color directory, this parameter can be the file name. Otherwise, this parameter must be the fully qualified path name. + + + + + + + + + + + Sets the color-remap table for a specified category. + An array of color pairs of type . Each color pair contains an existing color (the first value) and the color that it will be mapped to (the second value). + An element of that specifies the category for which the color-remap table is set. + + + Sets the color-remap table for the default category. + An array of color pairs of type . Each color pair contains an existing color (the first value) and the color that it will be mapped to (the second value). + + + + + + + + + Sets the threshold (transparency range) for a specified category. + A threshold value from 0.0 to 1.0 that is used as a breakpoint to sort colors that will be mapped to either a maximum or a minimum value. + An element of that specifies the category for which the color threshold is set. + + + Sets the threshold (transparency range) for the default category. + A real number that specifies the threshold value. + + + Sets the wrap mode and color used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling. + An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area. + A color object that specifies the color of pixels outside of a rendered image. This color is visible if the mode parameter is set to and the source rectangle passed to is larger than the image itself. + This parameter has no effect. Set it to . + + + Sets the wrap mode and color used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling. + An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area. + An object that specifies the color of pixels outside of a rendered image. This color is visible if the mode parameter is set to and the source rectangle passed to is larger than the image itself. + + + Sets the wrap mode that is used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling. + An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area. + + + Provides attributes of an image encoder/decoder (codec). + + + The decoder has blocking behavior during the decoding process. + + + The codec is built into GDI+. + + + The codec supports decoding (reading). + + + The codec supports encoding (saving). + + + The encoder requires a seekable output stream. + + + The codec supports raster images (bitmaps). + + + The codec supports vector images (metafiles). + + + Not used. + + + Not used. + + + The class provides the necessary storage members and methods to retrieve all pertinent information about the installed image encoders and decoders (called codecs). Not inheritable. + + + Returns an array of objects that contain information about the image decoders built into GDI+. + An array of objects. Each object in the array contains information about one of the built-in image decoders. + + + Returns an array of objects that contain information about the image encoders built into GDI+. + An array of objects. Each object in the array contains information about one of the built-in image encoders. + + + Gets or sets a structure that contains a GUID that identifies a specific codec. + A structure that contains a GUID that identifies a specific codec. + + + Gets or sets a string that contains the name of the codec. + A string that contains the name of the codec. + + + Gets or sets string that contains the path name of the DLL that holds the codec. If the codec is not in a DLL, this pointer is . + A string that contains the path name of the DLL that holds the codec. + + + Gets or sets string that contains the file name extension(s) used in the codec. The extensions are separated by semicolons. + A string that contains the file name extension(s) used in the codec. + + + Gets or sets 32-bit value used to store additional information about the codec. This property returns a combination of flags from the enumeration. + A 32-bit value used to store additional information about the codec. + + + Gets or sets a string that describes the codec's file format. + A string that describes the codec's file format. + + + Gets or sets a structure that contains a GUID that identifies the codec's format. + A structure that contains a GUID that identifies the codec's format. + + + Gets or sets a string that contains the codec's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type. + A string that contains the codec's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type. + + + Gets or sets a two dimensional array of bytes that can be used as a filter. + A two dimensional array of bytes that can be used as a filter. + + + Gets or sets a two dimensional array of bytes that represents the signature of the codec. + A two dimensional array of bytes that represents the signature of the codec. + + + Gets or sets the version number of the codec. + The version number of the codec. + + + Specifies the attributes of the pixel data contained in an object. The property returns a member of this enumeration. + + + The pixel data can be cached for faster access. + + + The pixel data uses a CMYK color space. + + + The pixel data is grayscale. + + + The pixel data uses an RGB color space. + + + Specifies that the image is stored using a YCBCR color space. + + + Specifies that the image is stored using a YCCK color space. + + + The pixel data contains alpha information. + + + Specifies that dots per inch information is stored in the image. + + + Specifies that the pixel size is stored in the image. + + + Specifies that the pixel data has alpha values other than 0 (transparent) and 255 (opaque). + + + There is no format information. + + + The pixel data is partially scalable, but there are some limitations. + + + The pixel data is read-only. + + + The pixel data is scalable. + + + Specifies the file format of the image. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class by using the specified structure. + The structure that specifies a particular image format. + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the specified object is an object that is equivalent to this object. + The object to test. + + if is an object that is equivalent to this object; otherwise, . + + + Returns a hash code value that represents this object. + A hash code that represents this object. + + + Converts this object to a human-readable string. + A string that represents this object. + + + Gets the bitmap (BMP) image format. + An object that indicates the bitmap image format. + + + Gets the enhanced metafile (EMF) image format. + An object that indicates the enhanced metafile image format. + + + Gets the Exchangeable Image File (Exif) format. + An object that indicates the Exif format. + + + Gets the Graphics Interchange Format (GIF) image format. + An object that indicates the GIF image format. + + + Gets a structure that represents this object. + A structure that represents this object. + + + Specifies the High Efficiency Image Format (HEIF). + + + Gets the Windows icon image format. + An object that indicates the Windows icon image format. + + + Gets the Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) image format. + An object that indicates the JPEG image format. + + + Gets the format of a bitmap in memory. + An object that indicates the format of a bitmap in memory. + + + Gets the W3C Portable Network Graphics (PNG) image format. + An object that indicates the PNG image format. + + + Gets the Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) image format. + An object that indicates the TIFF image format. + + + Specifies the WebP image format. + + + Gets the Windows metafile (WMF) image format. + An object that indicates the Windows metafile image format. + + + Specifies flags that are passed to the flags parameter of the method. The method locks a portion of an image so that you can read or write the pixel data. + + + Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for reading. + + + Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for reading or writing. + + + Specifies that the buffer used for reading or writing pixel data is allocated by the user. If this flag is set, the parameter of the method serves as an input parameter (and possibly as an output parameter). If this flag is cleared, then the parameter serves only as an output parameter. + + + Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for writing. + + + Defines a graphic metafile. A metafile contains records that describe a sequence of graphics operations that can be recorded (constructed) and played back (displayed). This class is not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle. + A handle to an enhanced metafile. + + to delete the enhanced metafile handle when the is deleted; otherwise, . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle to a device context and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be supplied to name the file. + The handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + A descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle to a device context and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + The handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle and a . Also, the parameter can be used to delete the handle when the metafile is deleted. + A windows handle to a . + A . + + to delete the handle to the new when the is deleted; otherwise, . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle and a . + A windows handle to a . + A . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be provided to name the file. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be provided to name the file. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle. + The handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . Also, a string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + A that contains the data for this . + A Windows handle to a device context. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream. + The from which to create the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can be added, as well. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can also be added. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. A descriptive string can also be added. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can also be added. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + An that specifies the format of the . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. A descriptive string can also be added. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + A that contains a descriptive name for the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that specifies the unit of measure for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name. + A that represents the file name of the new . + A Windows handle to a device context. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file name. + A that represents the file name from which to create the new . + + + Returns a Windows handle to an enhanced . + A Windows handle to this enhanced . + + + Returns the associated with this . + The associated with this . + + + Returns the associated with the specified . + The handle to the for which to return a header. + A . + The associated with the specified . + + + Returns the associated with the specified . + The handle to the enhanced for which a header is returned. + The associated with the specified . + + + Returns the associated with the specified . + A containing the for which a header is retrieved. + The associated with the specified . + + + Returns the associated with the specified . + A containing the name of the for which a header is retrieved. + The associated with the specified . + + + Plays an individual metafile record. + Element of the that specifies the type of metafile record being played. + A set of flags that specify attributes of the record. + The number of bytes in the record data. + An array of bytes that contains the record data. + + + Specifies the unit of measurement for the rectangle used to size and position a metafile. This is specified during the creation of the object. + + + The unit of measurement is 1/300 of an inch. + + + The unit of measurement is 0.01 millimeter. Provided for compatibility with GDI. + + + The unit of measurement is 1 inch. + + + The unit of measurement is 1 millimeter. + + + The unit of measurement is 1 pixel. + + + The unit of measurement is 1 printer's point. + + + Contains attributes of an associated . Not inheritable. + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is device dependent. + + if the associated is device dependent; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format. + + if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format or the Windows enhanced metafile plus format. + + if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format or the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile plus format. + + if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Dual enhanced metafile format. This format supports both the enhanced and the enhanced plus format. + + if the associated is in the Dual enhanced metafile format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated supports only the Windows enhanced metafile plus format. + + if the associated supports only the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows metafile format. + + if the associated is in the Windows metafile format; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows placeable metafile format. + + if the associated is in the Windows placeable metafile format; otherwise, . + + + Gets a that bounds the associated . + A that bounds the associated . + + + Gets the horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + The horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + + + Gets the vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + + + Gets the size, in bytes, of the enhanced metafile plus header file. + The size, in bytes, of the enhanced metafile plus header file. + + + Gets the logical horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + The logical horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + + + Gets the logical vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + The logical vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated . + + + Gets the size, in bytes, of the associated . + The size, in bytes, of the associated . + + + Gets the type of the associated . + A enumeration that represents the type of the associated . + + + Gets the version number of the associated . + The version number of the associated . + + + Gets the Windows metafile (WMF) header file for the associated . + A that contains the WMF header file for the associated . + + + Specifies types of metafiles. The property returns a member of this enumeration. + + + Specifies an Enhanced Metafile (EMF) file. Such a file contains only GDI records. + + + Specifies an EMF+ Dual file. Such a file contains GDI+ records along with alternative GDI records and can be displayed by using either GDI or GDI+. Displaying the records using GDI may cause some quality degradation. + + + Specifies an EMF+ file. Such a file contains only GDI+ records and must be displayed by using GDI+. Displaying the records using GDI may cause unpredictable results. + + + Specifies a metafile format that is not recognized in GDI+. + + + Specifies a WMF (Windows Metafile) file. Such a file contains only GDI records. + + + Specifies a WMF (Windows Metafile) file that has a placeable metafile header in front of it. + + + Contains information about a windows-format (WMF) metafile. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the header file. + The size, in bytes, of the header file. + + + Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the largest record in the associated object. + The size, in bytes, of the largest record in the associated object. + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of objects that exist in the object at the same time. + The maximum number of objects that exist in the object at the same time. + + + Not used. Always returns 0. + Always 0. + + + Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the associated object. + The size, in bytes, of the associated object. + + + Gets or sets the type of the associated object. + The type of the associated object. + + + Gets or sets the version number of the header format. + The version number of the header format. + + + Specifies the type of color data in the system palette. The data can be color data with alpha, grayscale data only, or halftone data. + + + Grayscale data. + + + Halftone data. + + + Alpha data. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the format of the color data for each pixel in the image. + + + The pixel data contains alpha values that are not premultiplied. + + + The default pixel format of 32 bits per pixel. The format specifies 24-bit color depth and an 8-bit alpha channel. + + + No pixel format is specified. + + + Reserved. + + + The pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 32,768 shades of color, of which 5 bits are red, 5 bits are green, 5 bits are blue, and 1 bit is alpha. + + + The pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 65536 shades of gray. + + + Specifies that the format is 16 bits per pixel; 5 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. The remaining bit is not used. + + + Specifies that the format is 16 bits per pixel; 5 bits are used for the red component, 6 bits are used for the green component, and 5 bits are used for the blue component. + + + Specifies that the pixel format is 1 bit per pixel and that it uses indexed color. The color table therefore has two colors in it. + + + Specifies that the format is 24 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. The red, green, and blue components are premultiplied, according to the alpha component. + + + Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. The remaining 8 bits are not used. + + + Specifies that the format is 48 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies that the format is 4 bits per pixel, indexed. + + + Specifies that the format is 64 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. + + + Specifies that the format is 64 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. The red, green, and blue components are premultiplied according to the alpha component. + + + Specifies that the format is 8 bits per pixel, indexed. The color table therefore has 256 colors in it. + + + The pixel data contains GDI colors. + + + The pixel data contains color-indexed values, which means the values are an index to colors in the system color table, as opposed to individual color values. + + + The maximum value for this enumeration. + + + The pixel format contains premultiplied alpha values. + + + The pixel format is undefined. + + + This delegate is not used. For an example of enumerating the records of a metafile, see . + Not used. + Not used. + Not used. + Not used. + + + Encapsulates a metadata property to be included in an image file. Not inheritable. + + + Gets or sets the ID of the property. + The integer that represents the ID of the property. + + + Gets or sets the length (in bytes) of the property. + An integer that represents the length (in bytes) of the byte array. + + + Gets or sets an integer that defines the type of data contained in the property. + An integer that defines the type of data contained in . + + + Gets or sets the value of the property item. + A byte array that represents the value of the property item. + + + Defines a placeable metafile. Not inheritable. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + The y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + + + Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + + + Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + The x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + + + Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device. + + + Gets or sets the checksum value for the previous ten s in the header. + The checksum value for the previous ten s in the header. + + + Gets or sets the handle of the metafile in memory. + The handle of the metafile in memory. + + + Gets or sets the number of twips per inch. + The number of twips per inch. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the presence of a placeable metafile header. + A value indicating presence of a placeable metafile header. + + + Reserved. Do not use. + Reserved. Do not use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Defines an object used to draw lines and curves. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and . + A that determines the characteristics of this . + The width of the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified . + A that determines the fill properties of this . + + is . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and properties. + A structure that indicates the color of this . + A value indicating the width of this . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified color. + A structure that indicates the color of this . + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + An that can be cast to a . + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Multiplies the transformation matrix for this by the specified in the specified order. + The by which to multiply the transformation matrix. + The order in which to perform the multiplication operation. + + + Multiplies the transformation matrix for this by the specified . + The object by which to multiply the transformation matrix. + + + Resets the geometric transformation matrix for this to identity. + + + Rotates the local geometric transformation by the specified angle in the specified order. + The angle of rotation. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix. + + + Rotates the local geometric transformation by the specified angle. This method prepends the rotation to the transformation. + The angle of rotation. + + + Scales the local geometric transformation by the specified factors in the specified order. + The factor by which to scale the transformation in the x-axis direction. + The factor by which to scale the transformation in the y-axis direction. + A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix. + + + Scales the local geometric transformation by the specified factors. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transformation. + The factor by which to scale the transformation in the x-axis direction. + The factor by which to scale the transformation in the y-axis direction. + + + Sets the values that determine the style of cap used to end lines drawn by this . + A that represents the cap style to use at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + A that represents the cap style to use at the end of lines drawn with this . + A that represents the cap style to use at the beginning or end of dashed lines drawn with this . + + + Translates the local geometric transformation by the specified dimensions in the specified order. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation. + + + Translates the local geometric transformation by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transformation. + The value of the translation in x. + The value of the translation in y. + + + Gets or sets the alignment for this . + The specified value is not a member of . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the alignment for this . + + + Gets or sets the that determines attributes of this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that determines attributes of this . + + + Gets or sets the color of this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A structure that represents the color of this . + + + Gets or sets an array of values that specifies a compound pen. A compound pen draws a compound line made up of parallel lines and spaces. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + An array of real numbers that specifies the compound array. The elements in the array must be in increasing order, not less than 0, and not greater than 1. + + + Gets or sets a custom cap to use at the end of lines drawn with this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the cap used at the end of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets a custom cap to use at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the cap used at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the cap style used at the end of the dashes that make up dashed lines drawn with this . + The specified value is not a member of . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + One of the values that represents the cap style used at the beginning and end of the dashes that make up dashed lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + The distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern. + + + Gets or sets an array of custom dashes and spaces. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + An array of real numbers that specifies the lengths of alternating dashes and spaces in dashed lines. + + + Gets or sets the style used for dashed lines drawn with this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the style used for dashed lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the cap style used at the end of lines drawn with this . + The specified value is not a member of . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + One of the values that represents the cap style used at the end of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the join style for the ends of two consecutive lines drawn with this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A that represents the join style for the ends of two consecutive lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the limit of the thickness of the join on a mitered corner. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + The limit of the thickness of the join on a mitered corner. + + + Gets the style of lines drawn with this . + A enumeration that specifies the style of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets the cap style used at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + The specified value is not a member of . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + One of the values that represents the cap style used at the beginning of lines drawn with this . + + + Gets or sets a copy of the geometric transformation for this . + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + A copy of the that represents the geometric transformation for this . + + + Gets or sets the width of this , in units of the object used for drawing. + The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class. + The width of this . + + + Pens for all the standard colors. This class cannot be inherited. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + A system-defined object with a width of 1. + A object set to a system-defined color. + + + Specifies the printer's duplex setting. + + + The printer's default duplex setting. + + + Double-sided, horizontal printing. + + + Single-sided printing. + + + Double-sided, vertical printing. + + + Represents the exception that is thrown when you try to access a printer using printer settings that are not valid. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + A that specifies the settings for a printer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with serialized data. + The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + is . + The class name is or is 0. + + + Overridden. Sets the with information about the exception. + The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + is . + + + Specifies the dimensions of the margins of a printed page. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with 1-inch wide margins. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified left, right, top, and bottom margins. + The left margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The right margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The top margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The parameter value is less than 0. + + -or- + + The parameter value is less than 0. + + -or- + + The parameter value is less than 0. + + -or- + + The parameter value is less than 0. + + + Retrieves a duplicate of this object, member by member. + A duplicate of this object. + + + Compares this to the specified to determine whether they have the same dimensions. + The object to which to compare this . + + if the specified object is a and has the same , , and values as this ; otherwise, . + + + Calculates and retrieves a hash code based on the width of the left, right, top, and bottom margins. + A hash code based on the left, right, top, and bottom margins. + + + Compares two to determine if they have the same dimensions. + The first to compare for equality. + The second to compare for equality. + + to indicate the , , , and properties of both margins have the same value; otherwise, . + + + Compares two to determine whether they are of unequal width. + The first to compare for inequality. + The second to compare for inequality. + + to indicate if the , , , or properties of both margins are not equal; otherwise, . + + + Converts the to a string. + A representation of the . + + + Gets or sets the bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is set to a value that is less than 0. + The bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets or sets the left margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is set to a value that is less than 0. + The left margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets or sets the right margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is set to a value that is less than 0. + The right margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets or sets the top margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is set to a value that is less than 0. + The top margin width, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Provides a for . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object of the specified source type to the native type of the converter using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type from which you want to convert. + + if an object can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context. + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type to which you want to convert. + + if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, . + + + Converts the specified object to the converter's native type. + An that provides a format context. + A that provides the language to convert to. + The to convert. + + does not contain values for all four margins. For example, "100,100,100,100" specifies 1 inch for the left, right, top, and bottom margins. + The conversion cannot be performed. + An that represents the converted value. + + + Converts the given value object to the specified destination type using the specified context and arguments. + An that provides a format context. + A that provides the language to convert to. + The to convert. + The to which to convert the value. + + is . + The conversion cannot be performed. + An that represents the converted value. + + + Creates an given a set of property values for the object. + An that provides a format context. + An of new property values. + + is . + An representing the specified , or if the object cannot be created. + + + Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to the method to create a new value, using the specified context. + An that provides a format context. + + if changing a property on this object requires a call to to create a new value; otherwise, . This method always returns . + + + Specifies settings that apply to a single, printed page. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the default printer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using a specified printer. + The that describes the printer to use. + + + Creates a copy of this . + A copy of this object. + + + Copies the relevant information from the to the specified structure. + The handle to a Win32 structure. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + + + Copies relevant information to the from the specified structure. + The handle to a Win32 structure. + The printer handle is not valid. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + + + Converts the to string form. + A string showing the various property settings for the . + + + Gets the size of the page, taking into account the page orientation specified by the property. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + A that represents the length and width, in hundredths of an inch, of the page. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page should be printed in color. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + + if the page should be printed in color; otherwise, . The default is determined by the printer. + + + Gets the x-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the left of the page. + The x-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the left-hand hard margin. + + + Gets the y-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the top of the page. + The y-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the top of the page. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page is printed in landscape or portrait orientation. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + + if the page should be printed in landscape orientation; otherwise, . The default is determined by the printer. + + + Gets or sets the margins for this page. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + A that represents the margins, in hundredths of an inch, for the page. The default is 1-inch margins on all sides. + + + Gets or sets the paper size for the page. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + A that represents the size of the paper. The default is the printer's default paper size. + + + Gets or sets the page's paper source; for example, the printer's upper tray. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + A that specifies the source of the paper. The default is the printer's default paper source. + + + Gets the bounds of the printable area of the page for the printer. + A representing the length and width, in hundredths of an inch, of the area the printer is capable of printing in. + + + Gets or sets the printer resolution for the page. + The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed. + A that specifies the printer resolution for the page. The default is the printer's default resolution. + + + Gets or sets the printer settings associated with the page. + A that represents the printer settings associated with the page. + + + Specifies the standard paper sizes. + + + A2 paper (420 mm by 594 mm). + + + A3 paper (297 mm by 420 mm). + + + A3 extra paper (322 mm by 445 mm). + + + A3 extra transverse paper (322 mm by 445 mm). + + + A3 rotated paper (420 mm by 297 mm). + + + A3 transverse paper (297 mm by 420 mm). + + + A4 paper (210 mm by 297 mm). + + + A4 extra paper (236 mm by 322 mm). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers to help save paper. + + + A4 plus paper (210 mm by 330 mm). + + + A4 rotated paper (297 mm by 210 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + A4 small paper (210 mm by 297 mm). + + + A4 transverse paper (210 mm by 297 mm). + + + A5 paper (148 mm by 210 mm). + + + A5 extra paper (174 mm by 235 mm). + + + A5 rotated paper (210 mm by 148 mm). + + + A5 transverse paper (148 mm by 210 mm). + + + A6 paper (105 mm by 148 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + A6 rotated paper (148 mm by 105 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + SuperA/SuperA/A4 paper (227 mm by 356 mm). + + + B4 paper (250 mm by 353 mm). + + + B4 envelope (250 mm by 353 mm). + + + JIS B4 rotated paper (364 mm by 257 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + B5 paper (176 mm by 250 mm). + + + B5 envelope (176 mm by 250 mm). + + + ISO B5 extra paper (201 mm by 276 mm). + + + JIS B5 rotated paper (257 mm by 182 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + JIS B5 transverse paper (182 mm by 257 mm). + + + B6 envelope (176 mm by 125 mm). + + + JIS B6 paper (128 mm by 182 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + JIS B6 rotated paper (182 mm by 128 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + SuperB/SuperB/A3 paper (305 mm by 487 mm). + + + C3 envelope (324 mm by 458 mm). + + + C4 envelope (229 mm by 324 mm). + + + C5 envelope (162 mm by 229 mm). + + + C65 envelope (114 mm by 229 mm). + + + C6 envelope (114 mm by 162 mm). + + + C paper (17 in. by 22 in.). + + + The paper size is defined by the user. + + + DL envelope (110 mm by 220 mm). + + + D paper (22 in. by 34 in.). + + + E paper (34 in. by 44 in.). + + + Executive paper (7.25 in. by 10.5 in.). + + + Folio paper (8.5 in. by 13 in.). + + + German legal fanfold (8.5 in. by 13 in.). + + + German standard fanfold (8.5 in. by 12 in.). + + + Invitation envelope (220 mm by 220 mm). + + + ISO B4 (250 mm by 353 mm). + + + Italy envelope (110 mm by 230 mm). + + + Japanese double postcard (200 mm by 148 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated double postcard (148 mm by 200 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese Chou #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated Chou #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese Chou #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated Chou #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese Kaku #2 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated Kaku #2 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese Kaku #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese rotated Kaku #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese You #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese You #4 rotated envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Japanese postcard (100 mm by 148 mm). + + + Japanese rotated postcard (148 mm by 100 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Ledger paper (17 in. by 11 in.). + + + Legal paper (8.5 in. by 14 in.). + + + Legal extra paper (9.275 in. by 15 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper. + + + Letter paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.). + + + Letter extra paper (9.275 in. by 12 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper. + + + Letter extra transverse paper (9.275 in. by 12 in.). + + + Letter plus paper (8.5 in. by 12.69 in.). + + + Letter rotated paper (11 in. by 8.5 in.). + + + Letter small paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.). + + + Letter transverse paper (8.275 in. by 11 in.). + + + Monarch envelope (3.875 in. by 7.5 in.). + + + Note paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.). + + + #10 envelope (4.125 in. by 9.5 in.). + + + #11 envelope (4.5 in. by 10.375 in.). + + + #12 envelope (4.75 in. by 11 in.). + + + #14 envelope (5 in. by 11.5 in.). + + + #9 envelope (3.875 in. by 8.875 in.). + + + 6 3/4 envelope (3.625 in. by 6.5 in.). + + + 16K paper (146 mm by 215 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 16K rotated paper (146 mm by 215 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 32K paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 32K big paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 32K big rotated paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + 32K rotated paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #1 envelope (102 mm by 165 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #10 envelope (324 mm by 458 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #10 rotated envelope (458 mm by 324 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #1 rotated envelope (165 mm by 102 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #2 envelope (102 mm by 176 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #2 rotated envelope (176 mm by 102 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #3 envelope (125 mm by 176 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #3 rotated envelope (176 mm by 125 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #4 envelope (110 mm by 208 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #4 rotated envelope (208 mm by 110 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #5 envelope (110 mm by 220 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Envelope #5 rotated envelope (220 mm by 110 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #6 envelope (120 mm by 230 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #6 rotated envelope (230 mm by 120 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #7 envelope (160 mm by 230 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #7 rotated envelope (230 mm by 160 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #8 envelope (120 mm by 309 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #8 rotated envelope (309 mm by 120 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #9 envelope (229 mm by 324 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + #9 rotated envelope (324 mm by 229 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Quarto paper (215 mm by 275 mm). + + + Standard paper (10 in. by 11 in.). + + + Standard paper (10 in. by 14 in.). + + + Standard paper (11 in. by 17 in.). + + + Standard paper (12 in. by 11 in.). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later. + + + Standard paper (15 in. by 11 in.). + + + Standard paper (9 in. by 11 in.). + + + Statement paper (5.5 in. by 8.5 in.). + + + Tabloid paper (11 in. by 17 in.). + + + Tabloid extra paper (11.69 in. by 18 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper. + + + US standard fanfold (14.875 in. by 11 in.). + + + Specifies the size of a piece of paper. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The name of the paper. + The width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + The height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Provides information about the in string form. + A string. + + + Gets or sets the height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is not set to . + The height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets the type of paper. + The property is not set to . + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets the name of the type of paper. + The property is not set to . + The name of the type of paper. + + + Gets or sets an integer representing one of the values or a custom value. + An integer representing one of the values, or a custom value. + + + Gets or sets the width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + The property is not set to . + The width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Specifies the paper tray from which the printer gets paper. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Provides information about the in string form. + A string. + + + Gets the paper source. + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets the integer representing one of the values or a custom value. + The integer value representing one of the values or a custom value. + + + Gets or sets the name of the paper source. + The name of the paper source. + + + Standard paper sources. + + + Automatically fed paper. + + + A paper cassette. + + + A printer-specific paper source. + + + An envelope. + + + The printer's default input bin. + + + The printer's large-capacity bin. + + + Large-format paper. + + + The lower bin of a printer. + + + Manually fed paper. + + + Manually fed envelope. + + + The middle bin of a printer. + + + Small-format paper. + + + A tractor feed. + + + The upper bin of a printer (or the default bin, if the printer only has one bin). + + + Specifies print preview information for a single page. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The image of the printed page. + The size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Gets the image of the printed page. + An representing the printed page. + + + Gets the size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch. + A that specifies the size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch. + + + Specifies a print controller that displays a document on a screen as a series of images. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Captures the pages of a document as a series of images. + An array of type that contains the pages of a as a series of images. + + + Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a page in a print document. + A that represents the document being previewed. + A that contains data about how to preview a page in the print document. + + + Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a print document. + A that represents the document being previewed. + A that contains data about how to preview the print document. + + + Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a page in a print document. + A that represents the document being previewed. + A that contains data about how to preview a page in the print document. Initially, the property of this parameter will be . The value returned from this method will be used to set this property. + A that represents a page from a . + + + Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a print document. + A that represents the document being previewed. + A that contains data about how to print the document. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + + + Gets a value indicating whether this controller is used for print preview. + + in all cases. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use anti-aliasing when displaying the print preview. + + if the print preview uses anti-aliasing; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Specifies the type of print operation occurring. + + + The print operation is printing to a file. + + + The print operation is a print preview. + + + The print operation is printing to a printer. + + + Controls how a document is printed, when printing from a Windows Forms application. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + When overridden in a derived class, completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document. + A that represents the document currently being printed. + A that contains the event data. + + + When overridden in a derived class, completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document. + A that represents the document currently being printed. + A that contains the event data. + + + When overridden in a derived class, begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document. + A that represents the document currently being printed. + A that contains the event data. + A that represents a page from a . + + + When overridden in a derived class, begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document. + A that represents the document currently being printed. + A that contains the event data. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the is used for print preview. + + in all cases. + + + Defines a reusable object that sends output to a printer, when printing from a Windows Forms application. + + + Occurs when the method is called and before the first page of the document prints. + + + Occurs when the last page of the document has printed. + + + Occurs when the output to print for the current page is needed. + + + Occurs immediately before each event. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Raises the event. It is called after the method is called and before the first page of the document prints. + A that contains the event data. + + + Raises the event. It is called when the last page of the document has printed. + A that contains the event data. + + + Raises the event. It is called before a page prints. + A that contains the event data. + + + Raises the event. It is called immediately before each event. + A that contains the event data. + + + Starts the document's printing process. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + + + Provides information about the print document, in string form. + A string. + + + Gets or sets page settings that are used as defaults for all pages to be printed. + A that specifies the default page settings for the document. + + + Gets or sets the document name to display (for example, in a print status dialog box or printer queue) while printing the document. + The document name to display while printing the document. The default is "document". + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the position of a graphics object associated with a page is located just inside the user-specified margins or at the top-left corner of the printable area of the page. + + if the graphics origin starts at the page margins; if the graphics origin is at the top-left corner of the printable page. The default is . + + + Gets or sets the print controller that guides the printing process. + The that guides the printing process. The default is a new instance of the class. + + + Gets or sets the printer that prints the document. + A that specifies where and how the document is printed. The default is a with its properties set to their default values. + + + Represents the resolution supported by a printer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + This member overrides the method. + A that contains information about the . + + + Gets or sets the printer resolution. + The value assigned is not a member of the enumeration. + One of the values. + + + Gets the horizontal printer resolution, in dots per inch. + The horizontal printer resolution, in dots per inch, if is set to ; otherwise, a value. + + + Gets the vertical printer resolution, in dots per inch. + The vertical printer resolution, in dots per inch. + + + Specifies a printer resolution. + + + Custom resolution. + + + Draft-quality resolution. + + + High resolution. + + + Low resolution. + + + Medium resolution. + + + Specifies information about how a document is printed, including the printer that prints it, when printing from a Windows Forms application. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Creates a copy of this . + A copy of this object. + + + Returns a that contains printer information that is useful when creating a . + The printer named in the property does not exist. + A that contains information from a printer. + + + Returns a that contains printer information, optionally specifying the origin at the margins. + + to indicate the origin at the margins; otherwise, . + A that contains printer information from the . + + + Creates a associated with the specified page settings and optionally specifying the origin at the margins. + The to retrieve a object for. + + to specify the origin at the margins; otherwise, . + A that contains printer information from the . + + + Returns a that contains printer information associated with the specified . + The to retrieve a graphics object for. + A that contains printer information from the . + + + Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer settings. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + The printer's initialization information could not be retrieved. + A handle to a structure. + + + Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer and the page settings specified through the parameter. + The object that the structure's handle corresponds to. + The printer named in the property does not exist. + The printer's initialization information could not be retrieved. + A handle to a structure. + + + Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer settings. + A handle to a structure. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the printer supports printing the specified image file. + The image to print. + + if the printer supports printing the specified image; otherwise, . + + + Returns a value indicating whether the printer supports printing the specified image format. + An to print. + + if the printer supports printing the specified image format; otherwise, . + + + Copies the relevant information out of the given handle and into the . + The handle to a Win32 structure. + The printer handle is not valid. + + + Copies the relevant information out of the given handle and into the . + The handle to a Win32 structure. + The printer handle is invalid. + + + Provides information about the in string form. + A string. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the printer supports double-sided printing. + + if the printer supports double-sided printing; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the printed document is collated. + + if the printed document is collated; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Gets or sets the number of copies of the document to print. + The value of the property is less than zero. + The number of copies to print. The default is 1. + + + Gets the default page settings for this printer. + A that represents the default page settings for this printer. + + + Gets or sets the printer setting for double-sided printing. + The value of the property is not one of the values. + One of the values. The default is determined by the printer. + + + Gets or sets the page number of the first page to print. + The property's value is less than zero. + The page number of the first page to print. + + + Gets the names of all printers installed on the computer. + The available printers could not be enumerated. + A that represents the names of all printers installed on the computer. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the property designates the default printer, except when the user explicitly sets . + + if designates the default printer; otherwise, . + + + Gets a value indicating whether the printer is a plotter. + + if the printer is a plotter; if the printer is a raster. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the property designates a valid printer. + + if the property designates a valid printer; otherwise, . + + + Gets the angle, in degrees, that the portrait orientation is rotated to produce the landscape orientation. + The angle, in degrees, that the portrait orientation is rotated to produce the landscape orientation. + + + Gets the maximum number of copies that the printer enables the user to print at a time. + The maximum number of copies that the printer enables the user to print at a time. + + + Gets or sets the maximum or that can be selected in a . + The value of the property is less than zero. + The maximum or that can be selected in a . + + + Gets or sets the minimum or that can be selected in a . + The value of the property is less than zero. + The minimum or that can be selected in a . + + + Gets the paper sizes that are supported by this printer. + A that represents the paper sizes that are supported by this printer. + + + Gets the paper source trays that are available on the printer. + A that represents the paper source trays that are available on this printer. + + + Gets or sets the name of the printer to use. + The name of the printer to use. + + + Gets all the resolutions that are supported by this printer. + A that represents the resolutions that are supported by this printer. + + + Gets or sets the file name, when printing to a file. + The file name, when printing to a file. + + + Gets or sets the page numbers that the user has specified to be printed. + The value of the property is not one of the values. + One of the values. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the printing output is sent to a file instead of a port. + + if the printing output is sent to a file; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Gets a value indicating whether this printer supports color printing. + + if this printer supports color; otherwise, . + + + Gets or sets the number of the last page to print. + The value of the property is less than zero. + The number of the last page to print. + + + Contains a collection of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An array of type . + + + Adds a to the end of the collection. + The to add to the collection. + The zero-based index of the newly added item. + + + Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index. + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the . + The index at which to start copying items. + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. + An for the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the collection. + The index at which to start copying items. + + + For a description of this member, see . + An enumerator associated with the collection. + + + Gets the number of different paper sizes in the collection. + The number of different paper sizes in the collection. + + + Gets the at a specified index. + The index of the to get. + The at the specified index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The number of elements contained in the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + + if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, . + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + Contains a collection of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An array of type . + + + Adds the specified to end of the . + The to add to the collection. + The zero-based index where the was added. + + + Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index. + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the . + The index at which to start copying items. + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. + An for the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + The destination array for the contents of the collection. + The index at which to start the copy operation. + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Gets the number of different paper sources in the collection. + The number of different paper sources in the collection. + + + Gets the at a specified index. + The index of the to get. + The at the specified index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The number of elements contained in the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + + if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, . + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + Contains a collection of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An array of type . + + + Adds a to the end of the collection. + The to add to the collection. + The zero-based index of the newly added item. + + + Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index. + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the . + The index at which to start copying items. + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. + An for the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + The destination array. + The index at which to start the copy operation. + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Gets the number of available printer resolutions in the collection. + The number of available printer resolutions in the collection. + + + Gets the at a specified index. + The index of the to get. + The at the specified index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The number of elements contained in the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + + if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, . + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + Contains a collection of objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An array of type . + + + Adds a string to the end of the collection. + The string to add to the collection. + The zero-based index of the newly added item. + + + Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index. + A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the . + The index at which to start copying items. + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection. + An for the . + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The array for items to be copied to. + The starting index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Gets the number of strings in the collection. + The number of strings in the collection. + + + Gets the at a specified index. + The index of the to get. + The at the specified index. + + + For a description of this member, see . + The number of elements contained in the . + + + For a description of this member, see . + + if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, . + + + For a description of this member, see . + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + Specifies several of the units of measure used for printing. + + + The default unit (0.01 in.). + + + One-hundredth of a millimeter (0.01 mm). + + + One-tenth of a millimeter (0.1 mm). + + + One-thousandth of an inch (0.001 in.). + + + Specifies a series of conversion methods that are useful when interoperating with the Win32 printing API. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Converts a double-precision floating-point number from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A double-precision floating-point number that represents the converted . + + + Converts a from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A that represents the converted . + + + Converts a from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A that represents the converted . + + + Converts a from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A that represents the converted . + + + Converts a from one type to another type. + The being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A that represents the converted . + + + Converts a 32-bit signed integer from one type to another type. + The value being converted. + The unit to convert from. + The unit to convert to. + A 32-bit signed integer that represents the converted . + + + Provides data for the and events. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Returns in all cases. + + in all cases. + + + Represents the method that will handle the or event of a . + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + Provides data for the event. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The used to paint the item. + The area between the margins. + The total area of the paper. + The for the page. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the print job should be canceled. + + if the print job should be canceled; otherwise, . + + + Gets the used to paint the page. + The used to paint the page. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether an additional page should be printed. + + if an additional page should be printed; otherwise, . The default is . + + + Gets the rectangular area that represents the portion of the page inside the margins. + The rectangular area, measured in hundredths of an inch, that represents the portion of the page inside the margins. + + + Gets the rectangular area that represents the total area of the page. + The rectangular area that represents the total area of the page. + + + Gets the page settings for the current page. + The page settings for the current page. + + + Represents the method that will handle the event of a . + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + Specifies the part of the document to print. + + + All pages are printed. + + + The currently displayed page is printed. + + + The selected pages are printed. + + + The pages between and are printed. + + + Provides data for the event. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The page settings for the page to be printed. + + + Gets or sets the page settings for the page to be printed. + The page settings for the page to be printed. + + + Represents the method that handles the event of a . + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + Specifies a print controller that sends information to a printer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document. + A that represents the document being printed. + A that contains data about how to print a page in the document. + The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not finish writing to a page. + + + Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document. + A that represents the document being printed. + A that contains data about how to print the document. + The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not complete the print job. + + -or- + + The native Windows API could not delete the specified device context (DC). + + + Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page in a document. + A that represents the document being printed. + A that contains data about how to print a page in the document. Initially, the property of this parameter will be . The value returned from the method will be used to set this property. + The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not prepare the printer driver to accept data. + + -or- + + The native Windows API could not update the specified printer or plotter device context (DC) using the specified information. + A object that represents a page from a . + + + Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document. + A that represents the document being printed. + A that contains data about how to print the document. + The printer settings are not valid. + The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not start a print job. + + + Describes the interior of a graphics shape composed of rectangles and paths. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new . + + + Initializes a new with the specified . + A that defines the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new from the specified data. + A that defines the interior of the new . + + is . + + + Initializes a new from the specified structure. + A structure that defines the interior of the new . + + + Initializes a new from the specified structure. + A structure that defines the interior of the new . + + + Creates an exact copy of this . + The that this method creates. + + + Updates this to contain the portion of the specified that does not intersect with this . + The to complement this . + + is . + + + Updates this to contain the portion of the specified structure that does not intersect with this . + The structure to complement this . + + + Updates this to contain the portion of the specified structure that does not intersect with this . + The structure to complement this . + + + Updates this to contain the portion of the specified that does not intersect with this . + The object to complement this object. + + is . + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Tests whether the specified is identical to this on the specified drawing surface. + The to test. + A that represents a drawing surface. + + or is . + + if the interior of region is identical to the interior of this region when the transformation associated with the parameter is applied; otherwise, . + + + Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified . + The to exclude from this . + + is . + + + Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified structure. + The structure to exclude from this . + + + Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified structure. + The structure to exclude from this . + + + Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified . + The to exclude from this . + + is . + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Initializes a new from a handle to the specified existing GDI region. + A handle to an existing . + The new . + + + Gets a structure that represents a rectangle that bounds this on the drawing surface of a object. + The on which this is drawn. + + is . + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this on the specified drawing surface. + + + Returns a Windows handle to this in the specified graphics context. + The on which this is drawn. + + is . + A Windows handle to this . + + + Returns a that represents the information that describes this . + A that represents the information that describes this . + + + Returns an array of structures that approximate this after the specified matrix transformation is applied. + A that represents a geometric transformation to apply to the region. + + is . + An array of structures that approximate this after the specified matrix transformation is applied. + + + Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified . + The to intersect with this . + + + Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified structure. + The structure to intersect with this . + + + Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified structure. + The structure to intersect with this . + + + Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified . + The to intersect with this . + + + Tests whether this has an empty interior on the specified drawing surface. + A that represents a drawing surface. + + is . + + if the interior of this is empty when the transformation associated with is applied; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether this has an infinite interior on the specified drawing surface. + A that represents a drawing surface. + + is . + + if the interior of this is infinite when the transformation associated with is applied; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The structure to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this . + The structure to test. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The structure to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this . + The structure to test. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The structure to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when any portion of the is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this . + The structure to test. + This method returns when any portion of is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The structure to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this . + The structure to test. + + when any portion of is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified point is contained within this object when drawn using the specified object. + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The width of the rectangle to test. + The height of the rectangle to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The width of the rectangle to test. + The height of the rectangle to test. + + when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified point is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this when drawn using the specified . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The width of the rectangle to test. + The height of the rectangle to test. + A that represents a graphics context. + + when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test. + The width of the rectangle to test. + The height of the rectangle to test. + + when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this object; otherwise, . + + + Tests whether the specified point is contained within this . + The x-coordinate of the point to test. + The y-coordinate of the point to test. + + when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, . + + + Initializes this to an empty interior. + + + Initializes this object to an infinite interior. + + + Releases the handle of the . + The handle to the . + + is . + + + Transforms this by the specified . + The by which to transform this . + + is . + + + Offsets the coordinates of this by the specified amount. + The amount to offset this horizontally. + The amount to offset this vertically. + + + Offsets the coordinates of this by the specified amount. + The amount to offset this horizontally. + The amount to offset this vertically. + + + Updates this to the union of itself and the specified . + The to unite with this . + + is . + + + Updates this to the union of itself and the specified structure. + The structure to unite with this . + + + Updates this to the union of itself and the specified structure. + The structure to unite with this . + + + Updates this to the union of itself and the specified . + The to unite with this . + + is . + + + Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified . + The to with this . + + is . + + + Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified structure. + The structure to with this . + + + Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified structure. + The structure to with this . + + + Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified . + The to with this . + + is . + + + Specifies how much an image is rotated and the axis used to flip the image. + + + Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation without flipping. + + + Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip. + + + Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation without flipping. + + + Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip. + + + Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation without flipping. + + + Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip. + + + Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip. + + + Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip. + + + Specifies no clockwise rotation and no flipping. + + + Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip. + + + Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip. + + + Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip. + + + Defines a brush of a single color. Brushes are used to fill graphics shapes, such as rectangles, ellipses, pies, polygons, and paths. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new object of the specified color. + A structure that represents the color of this brush. + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The object that this method creates. + + + Gets or sets the color of this object. + The property is set on an immutable . + A structure that represents the color of this brush. + + + Provides icon identifiers for use with . + + + Generic application with no custom icon. + + + Audio files. + + + AutoList. + + + Clustered disk. + + + Delete. + + + Desktop computer. + + + Audio player. + + + Camera. + + + Cell phone. + + + Video camera. + + + Document (blank page), no associated program. + + + Document with an associated program. + + + 3.5" floppy disk drive. + + + 5.25" floppy disk drive. + + + BluRay drive. + + + CD drive. + + + DVD drive. + + + Fixed drive. + + + HD-DVD drive. + + + Network drive. + + + Disabled network drive. + + + RAM disk drive. + + + Removable drive. + + + Unknown drive. + + + Error. + + + Find. + + + Closed folder. + + + Folder back. + + + Folder front. + + + Open folder. + + + Help. + + + Image files. + + + Informational. + + + Internet. + + + Key / secure. + + + Overlay for shortcuts to items. + + + Security lock. + + + Audio DVD media. + + + BluRay-R media. + + + BluRay-RE media. + + + BluRay-ROM media. + + + Blank CD media. + + + BluRay media. + + + Audio CD media. + + + CD+ (Enhanced CD) media. + + + Burning CD. + + + CD-R media. + + + CD-ROM media. + + + CD-RW media. + + + Compact Flash. + + + DVD media. + + + DVD+R media. + + + DVD+RW media. + + + DVD-R media. + + + DVD-RAM media. + + + DVD-ROM media. + + + DVD-RW media. + + + Enhanced CD media. + + + Enhanced DVD media. + + + HD-DVD media. + + + HD-DVD-R media. + + + HD-DVD-RAM media. + + + HD-DVD-ROM media. + + + Movied DVD media. + + + Smart media. + + + SVCD media. + + + VCD media. + + + Mixed files. + + + Mobile computer. + + + My network places. + + + Connect to network. + + + Printer. + + + Fax printer. + + + Networked fax printer. + + + Print to file. + + + Network printer. + + + Empty recycle bin. + + + Full recycle bin. + + + Rename. + + + A computer on the network. + + + Server share. + + + Settings. + + + Overlay for shared items. + + + Security shield. Use for UAC prompts only. + + + Overlay for slow items. + + + Software. + + + Stack. + + + Folder containing other items. + + + Users. + + + Video files. + + + Warning. + + + Entire network. + + + ZIP file. + + + Provides options for use with . + + + Use the defaults, which is to retrieve a large version of the icon (as defined by the current system metrics). + + + Add a link overlay onto the icon. + + + Blend the icon with the system highlight color. + + + Retrieve the shell icon size of the icon. + + + Retrieve the small version of the icon (as defined by the current system metrics). + + + Specifies the alignment of a text string relative to its layout rectangle. + + + Specifies that text is aligned in the center of the layout rectangle. + + + Specifies that text is aligned far from the origin position of the layout rectangle. In a left-to-right layout, the far position is right. In a right-to-left layout, the far position is left. + + + Specifies the text be aligned near the layout. In a left-to-right layout, the near position is left. In a right-to-left layout, the near position is right. + + + The enumeration specifies how to substitute digits in a string according to a user's locale or language. + + + Specifies substitution digits that correspond with the official national language of the user's locale. + + + Specifies to disable substitutions. + + + Specifies substitution digits that correspond with the user's native script or language, which may be different from the official national language of the user's locale. + + + Specifies a user-defined substitution scheme. + + + Encapsulates text layout information (such as alignment, orientation and tab stops) display manipulations (such as ellipsis insertion and national digit substitution) and OpenType features. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new object. + + + Initializes a new object from the specified existing object. + The object from which to initialize the new object. + + is . + + + Initializes a new object with the specified enumeration and language. + The enumeration for the new object. + A value that indicates the language of the text. + + + Initializes a new object with the specified enumeration. + The enumeration for the new object. + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The object this method creates. + + + Releases all resources used by this object. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Gets the tab stops for this object. + The number of spaces between the beginning of a text line and the first tab stop. + An array of distances (in number of spaces) between tab stops. + + + Specifies the language and method to be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. + A National Language Support (NLS) language identifier that identifies the language that will be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. You can pass the property of a object as the NLS language identifier. For example, suppose you create a object by passing the string "ar-EG" to a constructor. If you pass the property of that object along with to the method, then Arabic-Indic digits will be substituted for western digits at display time. + An element of the enumeration that specifies how digits are displayed. + + + Specifies an array of structures that represent the ranges of characters measured by a call to the method. + An array of structures that specifies the ranges of characters measured by a call to the method. + More than 32 character ranges are set. + + + Sets tab stops for this object. + The number of spaces between the beginning of a line of text and the first tab stop. + An array of distances between tab stops in the units specified by the property. + + + Converts this object to a human-readable string. + A string representation of this object. + + + Gets or sets horizontal alignment of the string. + A enumeration that specifies the horizontal alignment of the string. + + + Gets the language that is used when local digits are substituted for western digits. + A National Language Support (NLS) language identifier that identifies the language that will be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. You can pass the property of a object as the NLS language identifier. For example, suppose you create a object by passing the string "ar-EG" to a constructor. If you pass the property of that object along with to the method, then Arabic-Indic digits will be substituted for western digits at display time. + + + Gets the method to be used for digit substitution. + A enumeration value that specifies how to substitute characters in a string that cannot be displayed because they are not supported by the current font. + + + Gets or sets a enumeration that contains formatting information. + A enumeration that contains formatting information. + + + Gets a generic default object. + The generic default object. + + + Gets a generic typographic object. + A generic typographic object. + + + Gets or sets the object for this object. + The object for this object, the default is . + + + Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the string. + A enumeration that represents the vertical line alignment. + + + Gets or sets the enumeration for this object. + A enumeration that indicates how text drawn with this object is trimmed when it exceeds the edges of the layout rectangle. + + + Specifies the display and layout information for text strings. + + + Text is displayed from right to left. + + + Text is vertically aligned. + + + Control characters such as the left-to-right mark are shown in the output with a representative glyph. + + + Parts of characters are allowed to overhang the string's layout rectangle. By default, characters are repositioned to avoid any overhang. + + + Only entire lines are laid out in the formatting rectangle. By default layout continues until the end of the text, or until no more lines are visible as a result of clipping, whichever comes first. Note that the default settings allow the last line to be partially obscured by a formatting rectangle that is not a whole multiple of the line height. To ensure that only whole lines are seen, specify this value and be careful to provide a formatting rectangle at least as tall as the height of one line. + + + Includes the trailing space at the end of each line. By default the boundary rectangle returned by the method excludes the space at the end of each line. Set this flag to include that space in measurement. + + + Overhanging parts of glyphs, and unwrapped text reaching outside the formatting rectangle are allowed to show. By default all text and glyph parts reaching outside the formatting rectangle are clipped. + + + Fallback to alternate fonts for characters not supported in the requested font is disabled. Any missing characters are displayed with the fonts missing glyph, usually an open square. + + + Text wrapping between lines when formatting within a rectangle is disabled. This flag is implied when a point is passed instead of a rectangle, or when the specified rectangle has a zero line length. + + + Specifies how to trim characters from a string that does not completely fit into a layout shape. + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character. + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + The center is removed from trimmed lines and replaced by an ellipsis. The algorithm keeps as much of the last slash-delimited segment of the line as possible. + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + Specifies no trimming. + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word. + + + Specifies the units of measure for a text string. + + + Specifies the device unit as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies 1/300 of an inch as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a printer's em size of 32 as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies an inch as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a millimeter as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a pixel as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure. + + + Specifies world units as the unit of measure. + + + Each property of the class is a that is the color of a Windows display element. + + + Creates a from the specified structure. + The structure from which to create the . + The this method creates. + + + Gets a that is the color of the active window's border. + A that is the color of the active window's border. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar. + A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the application workspace. + A that is the color of the application workspace. + + + Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element. + A that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element. + A that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the light color of a 3-D element. + A that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the color of text in a 3-D element. + A that is the color of text in a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the color of the desktop. + A that is the color of the desktop. + + + Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of dimmed text. + A that is the color of dimmed text. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of selected items. + A that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text of selected items. + A that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + Gets a that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + A that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + Gets a that is the color of an inactive window's border. + A that is the color of an inactive window's border. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + A that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + A is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + Gets a that is the color of a menu's background. + A that is the color of a menu's background. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + A that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + Gets a that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + A that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + Gets a that is the color of a menu's text. + A that is the color of a menu's text. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + A that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + A that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + Gets a that is the color of a window frame. + A that is the color of a window frame. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + A that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + Specifies the fonts used to display text in Windows display elements. + + + Returns a font object that corresponds to the specified system font name. + The name of the system font you need a font object for. + A if the specified name matches a value in ; otherwise, . + + + Gets a that is used to display text in the title bars of windows. + A that is used to display text in the title bars of windows. + + + Gets the default font that applications can use for dialog boxes and forms. + The default of the system. The value returned will vary depending on the user's operating system and the local culture setting of their system. + + + Gets a font that applications can use for dialog boxes and forms. + A that can be used for dialog boxes and forms, depending on the operating system and local culture setting of the system. + + + Gets a that is used for icon titles. + A that is used for icon titles. + + + Gets a that is used for menus. + A that is used for menus. + + + Gets a that is used for message boxes. + A that is used for message boxes. + + + Gets a that is used to display text in the title bars of small windows, such as tool windows. + A that is used to display text in the title bars of small windows, such as tool windows. + + + Gets a that is used to display text in the status bar. + A that is used to display text in the status bar. + + + Each property of the class is an object for Windows system-wide icons. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Gets the specified Windows shell stock icon. + The stock icon to retrieve. + A bitwise combination of the enumeration values that specifies options for retrieving the icon. + + is an invalid . + The requested . + + + Gets the specified Windows shell stock icon. + The stock icon to retrieve. + The desired size. If the specified size does not exist, an existing size will be resampled to give the requested size. + The requested . + + + Gets an object that contains the default application icon (WIN32: IDI_APPLICATION). + An object that contains the default application icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system asterisk icon (WIN32: IDI_ASTERISK). + An object that contains the system asterisk icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system error icon (WIN32: IDI_ERROR). + An object that contains the system error icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system exclamation icon (WIN32: IDI_EXCLAMATION). + An object that contains the system exclamation icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system hand icon (WIN32: IDI_HAND). + An object that contains the system hand icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system information icon (WIN32: IDI_INFORMATION). + An object that contains the system information icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system question icon (WIN32: IDI_QUESTION). + An object that contains the system question icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the shield icon. + An object that contains the shield icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the system warning icon (WIN32: IDI_WARNING). + An object that contains the system warning icon. + + + Gets an object that contains the Windows logo icon (WIN32: IDI_WINLOGO). + An object that contains the Windows logo icon. + + + Each property of the class is a that is the color of a Windows display element and that has a width of 1 pixel. + + + Creates a from the specified . + The for the new . + The this method creates. + + + Gets a that is the color of the active window's border. + A that is the color of the active window's border. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar. + A that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the application workspace. + A that is the color of the application workspace. + + + Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element. + A that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element. + A that is the face color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + A that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the light color of a 3-D element. + A that is the light color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the color of text in a 3-D element. + A that is the color of text in a 3-D element. + + + Gets a that is the color of the Windows desktop. + A that is the color of the Windows desktop. + + + Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of dimmed text. + A that is the color of dimmed text. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of selected items. + A that is the color of the background of selected items. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text of selected items. + A that is the color of the text of selected items. + + + Gets a that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + A that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item. + + + Gets a is the color of the border of an inactive window. + A that is the color of the border of an inactive window. + + + Gets a that is the color of the title bar caption of an inactive window. + A that is the color of the title bar caption of an inactive window. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + A that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + A that is the color of the background of a ToolTip. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + A that is the color of the text of a ToolTip. + + + Gets a that is the color of a menu's background. + A that is the color of a menu's background. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + A that is the color of the background of a menu bar. + + + Gets a that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + A that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. + + + Gets a that is the color of a menu's text. + A that is the color of a menu's text. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + A that is the color of the background of a scroll bar. + + + Gets a that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + A that is the color of the background in the client area of a window. + + + Gets a that is the color of a window frame. + A that is the color of a window frame. + + + Gets a that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + A that is the color of the text in the client area of a window. + + + Provides a base class for installed and private font collections. + + + Releases all resources used by this . + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. + + to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + Gets the array of objects associated with this . + An array of objects. + + + Specifies a generic object. + + + A generic Monospace object. + + + A generic Sans Serif object. + + + A generic Serif object. + + + Specifies the type of display for hot-key prefixes that relate to text. + + + Do not display the hot-key prefix. + + + No hot-key prefix. + + + Display the hot-key prefix. + + + Represents the fonts installed on the system. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Provides a collection of font families built from font files that are provided by the client application. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Adds a font from the specified file to this . + A that contains the file name of the font to add. + The specified font is not supported or the font file cannot be found. + + + Adds a font contained in system memory to this . + The memory address of the font to add. + The memory length of the font to add. + + + Specifies the quality of text rendering. + + + Each character is drawn using its antialiased glyph bitmap without hinting. Better quality due to antialiasing. Stem width differences may be noticeable because hinting is turned off. + + + Each character is drawn using its antialiased glyph bitmap with hinting. Much better quality due to antialiasing, but at a higher performance cost. + + + Each character is drawn using its glyph ClearType bitmap with hinting. The highest quality setting. Used to take advantage of ClearType font features. + + + Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is not used. + + + Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is used to improve character appearance on stems and curvature. + + + Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap, with the system default rendering hint. The text will be drawn using whatever font-smoothing settings the user has selected for the system. + + + Each property of the class is a object that uses an image to fill the interior of a shape. This class cannot be inherited. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, wrap mode, and bounding rectangle. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, wrap mode, and bounding rectangle. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and wrap mode. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, bounding rectangle, and image attributes. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + An object that contains additional information about the image used by this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and bounding rectangle. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, bounding rectangle, and image attributes. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + An object that contains additional information about the image used by this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and bounding rectangle. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object. + + + Initializes a new object that uses the specified image. + The object with which this object fills interiors. + + + Creates an exact copy of this object. + The object this method creates, cast as an object. + + + Multiplies the object that represents the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified object in the specified order. + The object by which to multiply the geometric transformation. + A enumeration that specifies the order in which to multiply the two matrices. + + + Multiplies the object that represents the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified object by prepending the specified object. + The object by which to multiply the geometric transformation. + + + Resets the property of this object to identity. + + + Rotates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amount in the specified order. + The angle of rotation. + A enumeration that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix. + + + Rotates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transformation. + The angle of rotation. + + + Scales the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amounts in the specified order. + The amount by which to scale the transformation in the x direction. + The amount by which to scale the transformation in the y direction. + A enumeration that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix. + + + Scales the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transformation. + The amount by which to scale the transformation in the x direction. + The amount by which to scale the transformation in the y direction. + + + Translates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified dimensions in the specified order. + The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the x direction. + The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the y direction. + The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation. + + + Translates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transformation. + The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the x direction. + The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the y direction. + + + Gets the object associated with this object. + An object that represents the image with which this object fills shapes. + + + Gets or sets a copy of the object that defines a local geometric transformation for the image associated with this object. + A copy of the object that defines a geometric transformation that applies only to fills drawn by using this object. + + + Gets or sets a enumeration that indicates the wrap mode for this object. + A enumeration that specifies how fills drawn by using this object are tiled. + + + Allows you to specify an icon to represent a control in a container, such as the Microsoft Visual Studio Form Designer. + + + A object that has its small image and its large image set to . + + + Initializes a new object with an image from a specified file. + The name of a file that contains a 16 by 16 bitmap. + + + Initializes a new object based on a 16 by 16 bitmap that is embedded as a resource in a specified assembly. + A whose defining assembly is searched for the bitmap resource. + The name of the embedded bitmap resource. + + + Initializes a new object based on a 16 x 16 bitmap that is embedded as a resource in a specified assembly. + A whose defining assembly is searched for the bitmap resource. + + + Indicates whether the specified object is a object and is identical to this object. + The to test. + This method returns if is both a object and is identical to this object. + + + Gets a hash code for this object. + The hash code for this object. + + + Gets the small or large associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type of the object specified by the component parameter. For example, if you pass an object of type ControlA to the component parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + Specifies whether this method returns a large image () or a small image (). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32. + An object associated with this object. + + + Gets the small associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type of the object specified by the component parameter. For example, if you pass an object of type ControlA to the component parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + The small associated with this object. + + + Gets the small or large associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the component type. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + Specifies whether this method returns a large image () or a small image (). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32. + An associated with this object. + + + Gets the small or large associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for an embedded bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the component type. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + The name of the embedded bitmap resource. + Specifies whether this method returns a large image () or a small image (). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32. + An associated with this object. + + + Gets the small associated with this object. + If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the type parameter. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + The small associated with this object. + + + Returns an object based on a bitmap resource that is embedded in an assembly. + This method searches for an embedded bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the t parameter. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the t parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA. + The name of the embedded bitmap resource. + Specifies whether this method returns a large image (true) or a small image (false). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 x 32. + An object based on the retrieved bitmap. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/xamarinios10/_._ b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/xamarinios10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/xamarinmac20/_._ b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/xamarinmac20/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/xamarintvos10/_._ b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/xamarintvos10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/xamarinwatchos10/_._ b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/xamarinwatchos10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/useSharedDesignerContext.txt b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/useSharedDesignerContext.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/.signature.p7s b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/.signature.p7s new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd3b761c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/.signature.p7s differ diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0.nupkg b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0.nupkg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a095d75f Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0.nupkg differ diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ThirdPartyNotices.txt b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ThirdPartyNotices.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55cfb2081 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ThirdPartyNotices.txt @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +This Microsoft .NET Library may incorporate components from the projects listed +below. Microsoft licenses these components under the Microsoft .NET Library +software license terms. The original copyright notices and the licenses under +which Microsoft received such components are set forth below for informational +purposes only. Microsoft reserves all rights not expressly granted herein, +whether by implication, estoppel or otherwise. + +1. .NET Core (https://github.com/dotnet/core/) + +.NET Core +Copyright (c) .NET Foundation and Contributors + +The MIT License (MIT) + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/dotnet_library_license.txt b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/dotnet_library_license.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92b6c443d --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/dotnet_library_license.txt @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ + +MICROSOFT SOFTWARE LICENSE TERMS + + +MICROSOFT .NET LIBRARY + +These license terms are an agreement between Microsoft Corporation (or based on where you live, one of its affiliates) and you. Please read them. They apply to the software named above, which includes the media on which you received it, if any. The terms also apply to any Microsoft + +· updates, + +· supplements, + +· Internet-based services, and + +· support services + +for this software, unless other terms accompany those items. If so, those terms apply. + +BY USING THE SOFTWARE, YOU ACCEPT THESE TERMS. IF YOU DO NOT ACCEPT THEM, DO NOT USE THE SOFTWARE. + + +IF YOU COMPLY WITH THESE LICENSE TERMS, YOU HAVE THE PERPETUAL RIGHTS BELOW. + +1. INSTALLATION AND USE RIGHTS. + +a. Installation and Use. You may install and use any number of copies of the software to design, develop and test your programs. + +b. Third Party Programs. The software may include third party programs that Microsoft, not the third party, licenses to you under this agreement. Notices, if any, for the third party program are included for your information only. + +2. ADDITIONAL LICENSING REQUIREMENTS AND/OR USE RIGHTS. + +a. DISTRIBUTABLE CODE. The software is comprised of Distributable Code. “Distributable Code” is code that you are permitted to distribute in programs you develop if you comply with the terms below. + +i. Right to Use and Distribute. + +· You may copy and distribute the object code form of the software. + +· Third Party Distribution. You may permit distributors of your programs to copy and distribute the Distributable Code as part of those programs. + +ii. Distribution Requirements. For any Distributable Code you distribute, you must + +· add significant primary functionality to it in your programs; + +· require distributors and external end users to agree to terms that protect it at least as much as this agreement; + +· display your valid copyright notice on your programs; and + +· indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Microsoft from any claims, including attorneys’ fees, related to the distribution or use of your programs. + +iii. Distribution Restrictions. You may not + +· alter any copyright, trademark or patent notice in the Distributable Code; + +· use Microsoft’s trademarks in your programs’ names or in a way that suggests your programs come from or are endorsed by Microsoft; + +· include Distributable Code in malicious, deceptive or unlawful programs; or + +· modify or distribute the source code of any Distributable Code so that any part of it becomes subject to an Excluded License. An Excluded License is one that requires, as a condition of use, modification or distribution, that + +· the code be disclosed or distributed in source code form; or + +· others have the right to modify it. + +3. SCOPE OF LICENSE. The software is licensed, not sold. This agreement only gives you some rights to use the software. Microsoft reserves all other rights. Unless applicable law gives you more rights despite this limitation, you may use the software only as expressly permitted in this agreement. In doing so, you must comply with any technical limitations in the software that only allow you to use it in certain ways. You may not + +· work around any technical limitations in the software; + +· reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble the software, except and only to the extent that applicable law expressly permits, despite this limitation; + +· publish the software for others to copy; + +· rent, lease or lend the software; + +· transfer the software or this agreement to any third party; or + +· use the software for commercial software hosting services. + +4. BACKUP COPY. You may make one backup copy of the software. You may use it only to reinstall the software. + +5. DOCUMENTATION. Any person that has valid access to your computer or internal network may copy and use the documentation for your internal, reference purposes. + +6. EXPORT RESTRICTIONS. The software is subject to United States export laws and regulations. You must comply with all domestic and international export laws and regulations that apply to the software. These laws include restrictions on destinations, end users and end use. For additional information, see www.microsoft.com/exporting. + +7. SUPPORT SERVICES. Because this software is “as is,” we may not provide support services for it. + +8. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This agreement, and the terms for supplements, updates, Internet-based services and support services that you use, are the entire agreement for the software and support services. + +9. APPLICABLE LAW. + +a. United States. If you acquired the software in the United States, Washington state law governs the interpretation of this agreement and applies to claims for breach of it, regardless of conflict of laws principles. The laws of the state where you live govern all other claims, including claims under state consumer protection laws, unfair competition laws, and in tort. + +b. Outside the United States. If you acquired the software in any other country, the laws of that country apply. + +10. LEGAL EFFECT. This agreement describes certain legal rights. You may have other rights under the laws of your country. You may also have rights with respect to the party from whom you acquired the software. This agreement does not change your rights under the laws of your country if the laws of your country do not permit it to do so. + +11. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY. THE SOFTWARE IS LICENSED “AS-IS.” YOU BEAR THE RISK OF USING IT. MICROSOFT GIVES NO EXPRESS WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES OR CONDITIONS. YOU MAY HAVE ADDITIONAL CONSUMER RIGHTS OR STATUTORY GUARANTEES UNDER YOUR LOCAL LAWS WHICH THIS AGREEMENT CANNOT CHANGE. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER YOUR LOCAL LAWS, MICROSOFT EXCLUDES THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. + +FOR AUSTRALIA – YOU HAVE STATUTORY GUARANTEES UNDER THE AUSTRALIAN CONSUMER LAW AND NOTHING IN THESE TERMS IS INTENDED TO AFFECT THOSE RIGHTS. + +12. LIMITATION ON AND EXCLUSION OF REMEDIES AND DAMAGES. YOU CAN RECOVER FROM MICROSOFT AND ITS SUPPLIERS ONLY DIRECT DAMAGES UP TO U.S. $5.00. YOU CANNOT RECOVER ANY OTHER DAMAGES, INCLUDING CONSEQUENTIAL, LOST PROFITS, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. + +This limitation applies to + +· anything related to the software, services, content (including code) on third party Internet sites, or third party programs; and + +· claims for breach of contract, breach of warranty, guarantee or condition, strict liability, negligence, or other tort to the extent permitted by applicable law. + +It also applies even if Microsoft knew or should have known about the possibility of the damages. The above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you because your country may not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental, consequential or other damages. + +Please note: As this software is distributed in Quebec, Canada, some of the clauses in this agreement are provided below in French. + +Remarque : Ce logiciel étant distribué au Québec, Canada, certaines des clauses dans ce contrat sont fournies ci-dessous en français. + +EXONÉRATION DE GARANTIE. Le logiciel visé par une licence est offert « tel quel ». Toute utilisation de ce logiciel est à votre seule risque et péril. Microsoft n’accorde aucune autre garantie expresse. Vous pouvez bénéficier de droits additionnels en vertu du droit local sur la protection des consommateurs, que ce contrat ne peut modifier. La ou elles sont permises par le droit locale, les garanties implicites de qualité marchande, d’adéquation à un usage particulier et d’absence de contrefaçon sont exclues. + +LIMITATION DES DOMMAGES-INTÉRÊTS ET EXCLUSION DE RESPONSABILITÉ POUR LES DOMMAGES. Vous pouvez obtenir de Microsoft et de ses fournisseurs une indemnisation en cas de dommages directs uniquement à hauteur de 5,00 $ US. Vous ne pouvez prétendre à aucune indemnisation pour les autres dommages, y compris les dommages spéciaux, indirects ou accessoires et pertes de bénéfices. + +Cette limitation concerne : + +· tout ce qui est relié au logiciel, aux services ou au contenu (y compris le code) figurant sur des sites Internet tiers ou dans des programmes tiers ; et + +· les réclamations au titre de violation de contrat ou de garantie, ou au titre de responsabilité stricte, de négligence ou d’une autre faute dans la limite autorisée par la loi en vigueur. + +Elle s’applique également, même si Microsoft connaissait ou devrait connaître l’éventualité d’un tel dommage. Si votre pays n’autorise pas l’exclusion ou la limitation de responsabilité pour les dommages indirects, accessoires ou de quelque nature que ce soit, il se peut que la limitation ou l’exclusion ci-dessus ne s’appliquera pas à votre égard. + +EFFET JURIDIQUE. Le présent contrat décrit certains droits juridiques. Vous pourriez avoir d’autres droits prévus par les lois de votre pays. Le présent contrat ne modifie pas les droits que vous confèrent les lois de votre pays si celles-ci ne le permettent pas. + + diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/MonoAndroid10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/MonoAndroid10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/MonoTouch10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/MonoTouch10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/net46/System.Net.Sockets.dll b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/net46/System.Net.Sockets.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d0120310 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/net46/System.Net.Sockets.dll differ diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/xamarinios10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/xamarinios10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/xamarinmac20/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/xamarinmac20/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/xamarintvos10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/xamarintvos10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/xamarinwatchos10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/xamarinwatchos10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/MonoAndroid10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/MonoAndroid10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/MonoTouch10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/MonoTouch10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/net46/System.Net.Sockets.dll b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/net46/System.Net.Sockets.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d0120310 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/net46/System.Net.Sockets.dll differ diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Net.Sockets.dll b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Net.Sockets.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a4a7fec8 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Net.Sockets.dll differ diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Net.Sockets.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99175261d --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Net.Sockets.xml @@ -0,0 +1,392 @@ + + + + System.Net.Sockets + + + + Specifies the protocols that the class supports. + + + Transmission Control Protocol. + + + User Datagram Protocol. + + + Unknown protocol. + + + Unspecified protocol. + + + Implements the Berkeley sockets interface. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified address family, socket type and protocol. + One of the values. + One of the values. + One of the values. + The combination of , , and results in an invalid socket. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified socket type and protocol. + One of the values. + One of the values. + The combination of and results in an invalid socket. + + + Begins an asynchronous operation to accept an incoming connection attempt. + Returns true if the I/O operation is pending. The event on the parameter will be raised upon completion of the operation.Returns false if the I/O operation completed synchronously. The event on the parameter will not be raised and the object passed as a parameter may be examined immediately after the method call returns to retrieve the result of the operation. + The object to use for this asynchronous socket operation. + An argument is not valid. This exception occurs if the buffer provided is not large enough. The buffer must be at least 2 * (sizeof(SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16) bytes. This exception also occurs if multiple buffers are specified, the property is not null. + An argument is out of range. The exception occurs if the is less than 0. + An invalid operation was requested. This exception occurs if the accepting is not listening for connections or the accepted socket is bound. You must call the and method before calling the method.This exception also occurs if the socket is already connected or a socket operation was already in progress using the specified parameter. + An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. See the Remarks section for more information. + Windows XP or later is required for this method. + The has been closed. + + + Gets the address family of the . + One of the values. + + + Associates a with a local endpoint. + The local to associate with the . + + is null. + An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. See the Remarks section for more information. + The has been closed. + A caller higher in the call stack does not have permission for the requested operation. + + + + + + + + + Cancels an asynchronous request for a remote host connection. + The object used to request the connection to the remote host by calling one of the methods. + The parameter cannot be null and the cannot be null. + An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. + The has been closed. + A caller higher in the call stack does not have permission for the requested operation. + + + Begins an asynchronous request for a connection to a remote host. + Returns true if the I/O operation is pending. The event on the parameter will be raised upon completion of the operation. Returns false if the I/O operation completed synchronously. In this case, The event on the parameter will not be raised and the object passed as a parameter may be examined immediately after the method call returns to retrieve the result of the operation. + The object to use for this asynchronous socket operation. + An argument is not valid. This exception occurs if multiple buffers are specified, the property is not null. + The parameter cannot be null and the cannot be null. + The is listening or a socket operation was already in progress using the object specified in the parameter. + An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. See the Remarks section for more information. + Windows XP or later is required for this method. This exception also occurs if the local endpoint and the are not the same address family. + The has been closed. + A caller higher in the call stack does not have permission for the requested operation. + + + Begins an asynchronous request for a connection to a remote host. + Returns true if the I/O operation is pending. The event on the parameter will be raised upon completion of the operation. Returns false if the I/O operation completed synchronously. In this case, The event on the parameter will not be raised and the object passed as a parameter may be examined immediately after the method call returns to retrieve the result of the operation. + One of the values. + One of the values. + The object to use for this asynchronous socket operation. + An argument is not valid. This exception occurs if multiple buffers are specified, the property is not null. + The parameter cannot be null and the cannot be null. + The is listening or a socket operation was already in progress using the object specified in the parameter. + An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. See the Remarks section for more information. + Windows XP or later is required for this method. This exception also occurs if the local endpoint and the are not the same address family. + The has been closed. + A caller higher in the call stack does not have permission for the requested operation. + + + Gets a value that indicates whether a is connected to a remote host as of the last or operation. + true if the was connected to a remote resource as of the most recent operation; otherwise, false. + + + Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally disposes of the managed resources. + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to releases only unmanaged resources. + + + Frees resources used by the class. + + + Places a in a listening state. + The maximum length of the pending connections queue. + An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. See the Remarks section for more information. + The has been closed. + + + + + + + + Gets the local endpoint. + The that the is using for communications. + An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. See the Remarks section for more information. + The has been closed. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the stream is using the Nagle algorithm. + false if the uses the Nagle algorithm; otherwise, true. The default is false. + An error occurred when attempting to access the . See the Remarks section for more information. + The has been closed. + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the underlying operating system and network adaptors support Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4). + true if the operating system and network adaptors support the IPv4 protocol; otherwise, false. + + + Indicates whether the underlying operating system and network adaptors support Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6). + true if the operating system and network adaptors support the IPv6 protocol; otherwise, false. + + + Gets the protocol type of the . + One of the values. + + + Begins an asynchronous request to receive data from a connected object. + Returns true if the I/O operation is pending. The event on the parameter will be raised upon completion of the operation. Returns false if the I/O operation completed synchronously. In this case, The event on the parameter will not be raised and the object passed as a parameter may be examined immediately after the method call returns to retrieve the result of the operation. + The object to use for this asynchronous socket operation. + An argument was invalid. The or properties on the parameter must reference valid buffers. One or the other of these properties may be set, but not both at the same time. + A socket operation was already in progress using the object specified in the parameter. + Windows XP or later is required for this method. + The has been closed. + An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. See the Remarks section for more information. + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies the size of the receive buffer of the . + An that contains the size, in bytes, of the receive buffer. The default is 8192. + An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. + The has been closed. + The value specified for a set operation is less than 0. + + + + + + + + Begins to asynchronously receive data from a specified network device. + Returns true if the I/O operation is pending. The event on the parameter will be raised upon completion of the operation. Returns false if the I/O operation completed synchronously. In this case, The event on the parameter will not be raised and the object passed as a parameter may be examined immediately after the method call returns to retrieve the result of the operation. + The object to use for this asynchronous socket operation. + The cannot be null. + A socket operation was already in progress using the object specified in the parameter. + Windows XP or later is required for this method. + The has been closed. + An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. + + + Gets the remote endpoint. + The with which the is communicating. + An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. See the Remarks section for more information. + The has been closed. + + + + + + + + Sends data asynchronously to a connected object. + Returns true if the I/O operation is pending. The event on the parameter will be raised upon completion of the operation. Returns false if the I/O operation completed synchronously. In this case, The event on the parameter will not be raised and the object passed as a parameter may be examined immediately after the method call returns to retrieve the result of the operation. + The object to use for this asynchronous socket operation. + The or properties on the parameter must reference valid buffers. One or the other of these properties may be set, but not both at the same time. + A socket operation was already in progress using the object specified in the parameter. + Windows XP or later is required for this method. + The has been closed. + The is not yet connected or was not obtained via an , ,or , method. + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies the size of the send buffer of the . + An that contains the size, in bytes, of the send buffer. The default is 8192. + An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. + The has been closed. + The value specified for a set operation is less than 0. + + + + + + + + Sends data asynchronously to a specific remote host. + Returns true if the I/O operation is pending. The event on the parameter will be raised upon completion of the operation. Returns false if the I/O operation completed synchronously. In this case, The event on the parameter will not be raised and the object passed as a parameter may be examined immediately after the method call returns to retrieve the result of the operation. + The object to use for this asynchronous socket operation. + The cannot be null. + A socket operation was already in progress using the object specified in the parameter. + Windows XP or later is required for this method. + The has been closed. + The protocol specified is connection-oriented, but the is not yet connected. + + + Disables sends and receives on a . + One of the values that specifies the operation that will no longer be allowed. + An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. See the Remarks section for more information. + The has been closed. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies the Time To Live (TTL) value of Internet Protocol (IP) packets sent by the . + The TTL value. + The TTL value can't be set to a negative number. + This property can be set only for sockets in the or families. + An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. This error is also returned when an attempt was made to set TTL to a value higher than 255. + The has been closed. + + + + + + + + Represents an asynchronous socket operation. + + + Creates an empty instance. + The platform is not supported. + + + Gets or sets the socket to use or the socket created for accepting a connection with an asynchronous socket method. + The to use or the socket created for accepting a connection with an asynchronous socket method. + + + Gets the data buffer to use with an asynchronous socket method. + A array that represents the data buffer to use with an asynchronous socket method. + + + Gets or sets an array of data buffers to use with an asynchronous socket method. + An that represents an array of data buffers to use with an asynchronous socket method. + There are ambiguous buffers specified on a set operation. This exception occurs if the property has been set to a non-null value and an attempt was made to set the property to a non-null value. + + + Gets the number of bytes transferred in the socket operation. + An that contains the number of bytes transferred in the socket operation. + + + The event used to complete an asynchronous operation. + + + Gets the exception in the case of a connection failure when a was used. + An that indicates the cause of the connection error when a was specified for the property. + + + The created and connected object after successful completion of the method. + The connected object. + + + Gets the maximum amount of data, in bytes, to send or receive in an asynchronous operation. + An that contains the maximum amount of data, in bytes, to send or receive. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the instance and optionally disposes of the managed resources. + + + Frees resources used by the class. + + + Gets the type of socket operation most recently performed with this context object. + A instance that indicates the type of socket operation most recently performed with this context object. + + + Gets the offset, in bytes, into the data buffer referenced by the property. + An that contains the offset, in bytes, into the data buffer referenced by the property. + + + Represents a method that is called when an asynchronous operation completes. + The event that is signaled. + + + Gets or sets the remote IP endpoint for an asynchronous operation. + An that represents the remote IP endpoint for an asynchronous operation. + + + Sets the data buffer to use with an asynchronous socket method. + The data buffer to use with an asynchronous socket method. + The offset, in bytes, in the data buffer where the operation starts. + The maximum amount of data, in bytes, to send or receive in the buffer. + There are ambiguous buffers specified. This exception occurs if the property is also not null and the property is also not null. + An argument was out of range. This exception occurs if the parameter is less than zero or greater than the length of the array in the property. This exception also occurs if the parameter is less than zero or greater than the length of the array in the property minus the parameter. + + + Sets the data buffer to use with an asynchronous socket method. + The offset, in bytes, in the data buffer where the operation starts. + The maximum amount of data, in bytes, to send or receive in the buffer. + An argument was out of range. This exception occurs if the parameter is less than zero or greater than the length of the array in the property. This exception also occurs if the parameter is less than zero or greater than the length of the array in the property minus the parameter. + + + Gets or sets the result of the asynchronous socket operation. + A that represents the result of the asynchronous socket operation. + + + Gets or sets a user or application object associated with this asynchronous socket operation. + An object that represents the user or application object associated with this asynchronous socket operation. + + + The type of asynchronous socket operation most recently performed with this context object. + + + A socket Accept operation. + + + A socket Connect operation. + + + None of the socket operations. + + + A socket Receive operation. + + + A socket ReceiveFrom operation. + + + A socket Send operation. + + + A socket SendTo operation. + + + Defines constants that are used by the method. + + + Disables a for both sending and receiving. This field is constant. + + + Disables a for receiving. This field is constant. + + + Disables a for sending. This field is constant. + + + Specifies the type of socket that an instance of the class represents. + + + Supports datagrams, which are connectionless, unreliable messages of a fixed (typically small) maximum length. Messages might be lost or duplicated and might arrive out of order. A of type requires no connection prior to sending and receiving data, and can communicate with multiple peers. uses the Datagram Protocol () and the . + + + Supports reliable, two-way, connection-based byte streams without the duplication of data and without preservation of boundaries. A Socket of this type communicates with a single peer and requires a remote host connection before communication can begin. uses the Transmission Control Protocol () and the InterNetwork. + + + Specifies an unknown Socket type. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/de/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/de/System.Net.Sockets.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7dd775a3b --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/de/System.Net.Sockets.xml @@ -0,0 +1,394 @@ + + + + System.Net.Sockets + + + + Gibt die Protokolle an, die von der -Klasse unterstützt werden. + + + Transmission Control Protocol. + + + User Datagram-Protokoll. + + + Unbekanntes Protokoll. + + + Nicht definiertes Protokoll. + + + Implementiert die Berkeley-Sockets-Schnittstelle. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse unter Verwendung der angegebenen Adressfamilie sowie des angegebenen Sockettyps und Protokolls. + Einer der -Werte. + Einer der -Werte. + Einer der -Werte. + Die Kombination von , und führt zu einem ungültigen Socket. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse unter Verwendung der angegebenen Sockettyps und Protokolls. + Einer der -Werte. + Einer der -Werte. + Die Kombination von und führt zu einem ungültigen Socket. + + + Beginnt einen asynchronen Vorgang, um eine eingehende Verbindung anzunehmen. + Gibt true zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang aussteht.Das -Ereignis für den -Parameter wird nach dem Abschluss des Vorgangs ausgelöst.Gibt false zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang synchron abgeschlossen wurde.Das -Ereignis für den -Parameter wird nicht ausgelöst, und das als Parameter übergebene -Objekt kann direkt nach der Rückgabe des Methodenaufrufs untersucht werden, um die Ergebnisse des Vorgangs abzurufen. + Das -Objekt, das für diesen asynchronen Socketvorgang verwendet werden soll. + Ein Argument ist ungültig.Diese Ausnahme tritt auf, wenn der bereitgestellte Puffer nicht groß genug ist.Der Puffer muss wenigstens 2 * (sizeof(SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16) Bytes betragen.Diese Ausnahme tritt auch auf, wenn mehrere Puffer angegeben werden und die -Eigenschaft nicht NULL ist. + Ein Argument liegt außerhalb des gültigen Bereichs.Die Ausnahme tritt auf, wenn kleiner als 0 ist. + Es wurde eine ungültige Operation angefordert.Diese Ausnahme tritt auf, wenn der annehmende keine Verbindungen überwacht oder der angenommene Socket gebunden ist.Sie müssen die -Methode und die -Methode aufrufen, bevor Sie die -Methode aufrufen.Diese Ausnahme tritt auch auf, wenn der Socket bereits verbunden ist oder bereits ein Socketvorgang mit dem angegebenen -Parameter ausgeführt wird. + Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise. + Für diese Methode ist Windows XP oder höher erforderlich. + Der wurde geschlossen. + + + Ruft die Adressfamilie des ab. + Einer der -Werte. + + + Ordnet einem einen lokalen Endpunkt zu. + Der lokale , der dem zugeordnet werden soll. + + ist null. + Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise. + Der wurde geschlossen. + Ein in der Aufrufliste übergeordneter Aufrufer hat keine Berechtigung für den angeforderten Vorgang. + + + + + + + + + Bricht eine asynchrone Anforderung einer Remotehostverbindung ab. + Das -Objekt, das verwendet wurde, um die Verbindung mit dem Remotehost durch Aufrufen einer der -Methoden anzufordern. + Der -Parameter kann nicht NULL und der kann nicht NULL sein. + Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket. + Der wurde geschlossen. + Ein in der Aufrufliste übergeordneter Aufrufer hat keine Berechtigung für den angeforderten Vorgang. + + + Beginnt eine asynchrone Anforderung einer Verbindung mit einem Remotehost. + Gibt true zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang aussteht.Das -Ereignis für den -Parameter wird nach dem Abschluss des Vorgangs ausgelöst.Gibt false zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang synchron abgeschlossen wurde.In diesem Fall wird das -Ereignis für den -Parameter nicht ausgelöst, und das als Parameter übergebene -Objekt kann direkt nach der Rückgabe des Methodenaufrufs untersucht werden, um die Ergebnisse des Vorgangs abzurufen. + Das -Objekt, das für diesen asynchronen Socketvorgang verwendet werden soll. + Ein Argument ist ungültig.Diese Ausnahme tritt auf, wenn mehrere Puffer angegeben werden und die -Eigenschaft nicht NULL ist. + Der -Parameter kann nicht NULL und der kann nicht NULL sein. + Der führt eine Überwachung durch, oder ein Socketvorgang wird bereits mit dem im -Parameter angegebenen -Objekt ausgeführt. + Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise. + Für diese Methode ist Windows XP oder höher erforderlich.Diese Ausnahme tritt auch auf, wenn der lokale Endpunkt und der nicht die gleiche Adressfamilie aufweisen. + Der wurde geschlossen. + Ein in der Aufrufliste übergeordneter Aufrufer hat keine Berechtigung für den angeforderten Vorgang. + + + Beginnt eine asynchrone Anforderung einer Verbindung mit einem Remotehost. + Gibt true zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang aussteht.Das -Ereignis für den -Parameter wird nach dem Abschluss des Vorgangs ausgelöst.Gibt false zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang synchron abgeschlossen wurde.In diesem Fall wird das -Ereignis für den -Parameter nicht ausgelöst, und das als Parameter übergebene -Objekt kann direkt nach der Rückgabe des Methodenaufrufs untersucht werden, um die Ergebnisse des Vorgangs abzurufen. + Einer der -Werte. + Einer der -Werte. + Das -Objekt, das für diesen asynchronen Socketvorgang verwendet werden soll. + Ein Argument ist ungültig.Diese Ausnahme tritt auf, wenn mehrere Puffer angegeben werden und die -Eigenschaft nicht NULL ist. + Der -Parameter kann nicht NULL und der kann nicht NULL sein. + Der führt eine Überwachung durch, oder ein Socketvorgang wird bereits mit dem im -Parameter angegebenen -Objekt ausgeführt. + Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise. + Für diese Methode ist Windows XP oder höher erforderlich.Diese Ausnahme tritt auch auf, wenn der lokale Endpunkt und der nicht die gleiche Adressfamilie aufweisen. + Der wurde geschlossen. + Ein in der Aufrufliste übergeordneter Aufrufer hat keine Berechtigung für den angeforderten Vorgang. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob ein mit dem Remotehost des letzten -Vorgangs oder -Vorgangs verbunden ist. + true, wenn beim letzten Vorgang mit einer Remoteressource verbunden war, andernfalls false. + + + Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + + + Gibt die vom verwendeten, nicht verwalteten Ressourcen frei und verwirft optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen. + true, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben. false, wenn ausschließlich nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freigegeben werden sollen. + + + Gibt von der -Klasse verwendete Ressourcen frei. + + + Versetzt einen in den Überwachungszustand. + Die maximale Länge der Warteschlange für ausstehende Verbindungen. + Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise. + Der wurde geschlossen. + + + + + + + + Ruft den lokalen Endpunkt ab. + Der , den der für die Kommunikation verwendet. + Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise. + Der wurde geschlossen. + + + + + + + + Ruft einen -Wert ab, der angibt, ob der Stream- den Nagle-Algorithmus verwendet, oder legt diesen fest. + false, wenn der den Nagle-Algorithmus verwendet, andernfalls true.Die Standardeinstellung ist false. + Fehler beim Zugriff auf den .Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise. + Der wurde geschlossen. + + + + + + + + Gibt an, ob das zugrunde liegende Betriebssystem und die Netzwerkkarten IPv4 (Internet Protocol, Version 4) unterstützen. + true, wenn das Betriebssystem und die Netzwerkkarten das IPv4-Protokoll unterstützen, andernfalls false. + + + Gibt an, ob das zugrunde liegende Betriebssystem und die Netzwerkkarten IPv6 (Internet Protocol, Version 6) unterstützen. + true, wenn das Betriebssystem und die Netzwerkkarten das Protokoll IPv6 unterstützen, andernfalls false. + + + Ruft den Protokolltyp des ab. + Einer der -Werte. + + + Startet eine asynchrone Anforderung, um Daten von einem verbundenen -Objekt zu empfangen. + Gibt true zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang aussteht.Das -Ereignis für den -Parameter wird nach dem Abschluss des Vorgangs ausgelöst.Gibt false zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang synchron abgeschlossen wurde.In diesem Fall wird das -Ereignis für den -Parameter nicht ausgelöst, und das als Parameter übergebene -Objekt kann direkt nach der Rückgabe des Methodenaufrufs untersucht werden, um die Ergebnisse des Vorgangs abzurufen. + Das -Objekt, das für diesen asynchronen Socketvorgang verwendet werden soll. + Ein Argument war ungültig.Die -Eigenschaft oder -Eigenschaft des -Parameters muss auf gültige Puffer verweisen.Eine dieser Eigenschaften kann festgelegt werden, nicht jedoch beide gleichzeitig. + Es wird bereits ein Socketvorgang mit dem im -Parameter angegebenen -Objekt ausgeführt. + Für diese Methode ist Windows XP oder höher erforderlich. + Der wurde geschlossen. + Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der die Größe des Empfangspuffers des angibt, oder legt diesen fest. + Ein , das die Größe des Empfangspuffer in Bytes enthält.Der Standard ist 8192. + Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket. + Der wurde geschlossen. + Der für einen set-Vorgang angegebene Wert ist kleiner als 0. + + + + + + + + Beginnt den asynchronen Datenempfang aus dem angegebenen Netzwerkgerät. + Gibt true zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang aussteht.Das -Ereignis für den -Parameter wird nach dem Abschluss des Vorgangs ausgelöst.Gibt false zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang synchron abgeschlossen wurde.In diesem Fall wird das -Ereignis für den -Parameter nicht ausgelöst, und das als Parameter übergebene -Objekt kann direkt nach der Rückgabe des Methodenaufrufs untersucht werden, um die Ergebnisse des Vorgangs abzurufen. + Das -Objekt, das für diesen asynchronen Socketvorgang verwendet werden soll. + + darf nicht NULL sein. + Es wird bereits ein Socketvorgang mit dem im -Parameter angegebenen -Objekt ausgeführt. + Für diese Methode ist Windows XP oder höher erforderlich. + Der wurde geschlossen. + Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket. + + + Ruft den Remoteendpunkt ab. + Der , mit dem der kommuniziert. + Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise. + Der wurde geschlossen. + + + + + + + + Sendet Daten asynchron an ein verbundenes -Objekt. + Gibt true zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang aussteht.Das -Ereignis für den -Parameter wird nach dem Abschluss des Vorgangs ausgelöst.Gibt false zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang synchron abgeschlossen wurde.In diesem Fall wird das -Ereignis für den -Parameter nicht ausgelöst, und das als Parameter übergebene -Objekt kann direkt nach der Rückgabe des Methodenaufrufs untersucht werden, um die Ergebnisse des Vorgangs abzurufen. + Das -Objekt, das für diesen asynchronen Socketvorgang verwendet werden soll. + Die -Eigenschaft oder -Eigenschaft des -Parameters muss auf gültige Puffer verweisen.Eine dieser Eigenschaften kann festgelegt werden, nicht jedoch beide gleichzeitig. + Es wird bereits ein Socketvorgang mit dem im -Parameter angegebenen -Objekt ausgeführt. + Für diese Methode ist Windows XP oder höher erforderlich. + Der wurde geschlossen. + Der ist noch nicht verbunden oder wurde nicht über eine -- oder -Methode abgerufen. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der die Größe des Sendepuffers für den angibt, oder legt diesen fest. + Ein , das die Größe des Sendepuffer in Bytes enthält.Der Standard ist 8192. + Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket. + Der wurde geschlossen. + Der für einen set-Vorgang angegebene Wert ist kleiner als 0. + + + + + + + + Sendet Daten asynchron an einen bestimmten Remotehost. + Gibt true zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang aussteht.Das -Ereignis für den -Parameter wird nach dem Abschluss des Vorgangs ausgelöst.Gibt false zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang synchron abgeschlossen wurde.In diesem Fall wird das -Ereignis für den -Parameter nicht ausgelöst, und das als Parameter übergebene -Objekt kann direkt nach der Rückgabe des Methodenaufrufs untersucht werden, um die Ergebnisse des Vorgangs abzurufen. + Das -Objekt, das für diesen asynchronen Socketvorgang verwendet werden soll. + + darf nicht NULL sein. + Es wird bereits ein Socketvorgang mit dem im -Parameter angegebenen -Objekt ausgeführt. + Für diese Methode ist Windows XP oder höher erforderlich. + Der wurde geschlossen. + Das angegebene Protokoll ist verbindungsorientiert, aber der wurde noch nicht verbunden. + + + Deaktiviert Senden und Empfangen für einen . + Einer der -Werte, der den Vorgang angibt, der nicht mehr zulässig ist. + Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise. + Der wurde geschlossen. + + + + + + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der die Gültigkeitsdauer (TTL) von IP (Internet Protocol)-Paketen angibt, die vom gesendet werden. + Der TTL-Wert. + Für den TTL-Wert kann keine negative Zahl festgelegt werden. + Diese Eigenschaft kann nur für Sockets in der -Familie oder der -Familie festgelegt werden. + Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Dieser Fehler wird auch zurückgegeben, wenn versucht wird, TTL auf einen höheren Wert als 255 festzulegen. + Der wurde geschlossen. + + + + + + + + Stellt einen asynchronen Socketvorgang dar. + + + Erstellt eine leere -Instanz. + Die Plattform wird nicht unterstützt. + + + Ruft den Socket ab, der zum Akzeptieren einer Verbindung mit einer asynchronen Socketmethode erstellt wird, oder legt ihn fest. + Der zu verwendende oder der Socket, der zum Akzeptieren einer Verbindung mit einer asynchronen Socketmethode erstellt wird. + + + Ruft den Datenpuffer ab, der mit einer asynchronen Socketmethode verwendet werden soll. + Ein -Array, das den Datenpuffer darstellt, der mit einer asynchronen Socketmethode verwendet werden soll. + + + Ruft ein Array von Datenpuffern ab, die mit einer asynchronen Socketmethode verwendet werden sollen, oder legt es fest. + Eine , die ein Array von Datenpuffern darstellt, die mit einer asynchronen Socketmethode verwendet werden sollen. + Für einen set-Vorgang wurden mehrdeutige Puffer angegeben.Diese Ausnahme tritt auf, wenn die -Eigenschaft auf einen Wert ungleich NULL festgelegt wurde und versucht wurde, die -Eigenschaft auf einen Wert ungleich NULL festzulegen. + + + Ruft die Anzahl der im Socketvorgang übertragenen Bytes ab. + Ein mit der Anzahl der im Socketvorgang übertragenen Bytes. + + + Das Ereignis, das zum Abschließen eines asynchronen Vorgangs verwendet wird. + + + Ruft die Ausnahme im Fall eines Verbindungsfehlers ab, wenn verwendet wurde. + Ein , das die Ursache des Verbindungsfehlers angibt, wenn ein für die -Eigenschaft angegeben wurde. + + + Das erstellte und verbundene -Objekt nach dem erfolgreichen Beenden der -Methode. + Das verbundene -Objekt. + + + Ruft die maximale Datenmenge in Bytes ab, die in einem asynchronen Vorgang gesendet oder empfangen wird. + Ein mit der maximalen Datenmenge in Bytes, die gesendet oder empfangen werden soll. + + + Gibt die von der -Instanz verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen zurück und verwirft optional die verwalteten Ressourcen. + + + Gibt von der -Klasse verwendete Ressourcen frei. + + + Ruft den Typ des Socketvorgangs ab, der zuletzt mit diesem Kontextobjekt ausgeführt wurde. + Eine -Instanz, die den Typ des Socketvorgangs angibt, der zuletzt mit diesem Kontextobjekt ausgeführt wurde. + + + Ruft den Offset in Bytes im Datenpuffer ab, auf den von der -Eigenschaft verwiesen wird. + Ein mit dem Offset in Bytes im Datenpuffer, auf den von der -Eigenschaft verwiesen wird. + + + Stellt eine Methode dar, die beim Abschluss eines asynchronen Vorgangs aufgerufen wird. + Das signalisierte Ereignis. + + + Ruft den Remote-IP-Endpunkt für einen asynchronen Vorgang ab oder legt ihn fest. + Ein , der den Remote-IP-Endpunkt für einen asynchronen Vorgang darstellt. + + + Legt den Datenpuffer fest, der mit einer asynchronen Socketmethode verwendet werden soll. + Der Datenpuffer, der mit einer asynchronen Socketmethode verwendet werden soll. + Der Offset (in Bytes) im Datenpuffer, in dem der Vorgang beginnt. + Die maximale Datenmenge in Bytes, die im Puffer gesendet oder empfangen werden soll. + Es wurden mehrdeutige Puffer angegeben.Diese Ausnahme tritt auf, wenn die -Eigenschaft nicht NULL ist und die -Eigenschaft ebenfalls nicht NULL ist. + Ein Argument lag außerhalb des gültigen Bereichs.Diese Ausnahme tritt auf, wenn der -Parameter kleiner als 0 (null) oder größer als die Länge des Arrays in der -Eigenschaft ist.Diese Ausnahme tritt außerdem auf, wenn der -Parameter kleiner als 0 (null) oder größer als die Länge des Arrays in der -Eigenschaft abzüglich des -Parameters ist. + + + Legt den Datenpuffer fest, der mit einer asynchronen Socketmethode verwendet werden soll. + Der Offset (in Bytes) im Datenpuffer, in dem der Vorgang beginnt. + Die maximale Datenmenge in Bytes, die im Puffer gesendet oder empfangen werden soll. + Ein Argument lag außerhalb des gültigen Bereichs.Diese Ausnahme tritt auf, wenn der -Parameter kleiner als 0 (null) oder größer als die Länge des Arrays in der -Eigenschaft ist.Diese Ausnahme tritt außerdem auf, wenn der -Parameter kleiner als 0 (null) oder größer als die Länge des Arrays in der -Eigenschaft abzüglich des -Parameters ist. + + + Ruft das Ergebnis des asynchronen Socketvorgangs ab oder legt dieses fest. + Ein , der das Ergebnis des asynchronen Socketvorgangs darstellt. + + + Ruft ein Benutzer- oder Anwendungsobjekt ab, das diesem asynchronen Socketvorgang zugeordnet ist, oder legt es fest. + Ein Objekt, das das Benutzer- oder Anwendungsobjekt darstellt, das diesem asynchronen Socketvorgang zugeordnet ist. + + + Der Typ des asynchronen Socketvorgangs, der zuletzt mit diesem Kontextobjekt ausgeführt wurde. + + + Ein Accept-Socketvorgang. + + + Ein Connect-Socketvorgang. + + + Keiner der Socketvorgänge. + + + Ein Receive-Socketvorgang. + + + Ein ReceiveFrom-Socketvorgang. + + + Ein Send-Socketvorgang. + + + Ein SendTo-Socketvorgang. + + + Definiert Konstanten, die von der -Methode verwendet werden. + + + Deaktiviert das Senden und Empfangen für einen .Dieses Feld ist konstant. + + + Deaktiviert das Empfangen für einen .Dieses Feld ist konstant. + + + Deaktiviert das Senden für einen .Dieses Feld ist konstant. + + + Gibt den Sockettyp an, der von einer Instanz der -Klasse dargestellt wird. + + + Unterstützt Datagramme, die verbindungslose, unzuverlässige Meldungen mit einer festen (i. d. R. kleinen) maximalen Länge sind.Meldungen können verloren gehen, doppelt oder in der falschen Reihenfolge empfangen werden.Ein vom Typ benötigt vor dem Senden und Empfangen von Daten keine Verbindung und kann mit mehreren Peers kommunizieren. verwendet das Datagram-Protokoll () und die . + + + Unterstützt zuverlässige, bidirektionale, verbindungsbasierte Bytestreams, bei denen keine Daten dupliziert und die Begrenzungen nicht beibehalten werden.Ein Socket dieses Typs kommuniziert mit einem einzigen Peer und benötigt vor dem Beginn der Kommunikation eine Verbindung mit einem Remotehost. verwendet das Transmission Control Protocol () und das InterNetwork. + + + Gibt einen unbekannten Socket-Typ an. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/es/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/es/System.Net.Sockets.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00f90a3b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/es/System.Net.Sockets.xml @@ -0,0 +1,406 @@ + + + + System.Net.Sockets + + + + Especifica los protocolos que admite la clase . + + + Protocolo de control de transporte. + + + Protocolo de datagramas de usuarios. + + + Protocolo desconocido. + + + Protocolo no especificado. + + + Implementa la interfaz de sockets Berkeley. + + + Inicializa una instancia nueva de la clase con la familia de direcciones, el tipo de socket y el protocolo que se especifiquen. + Uno de los valores de . + Uno de los valores de . + Uno de los valores de . + La combinación de , y tiene como resultado un socket no válido. + + + Inicializa una instancia nueva de la clase usando el tipo de socket y el protocolo que se especifiquen. + Uno de los valores de . + Uno de los valores de . + La combinación de y da como resultado un socket no válido. + + + Comienza una operación asincrónica para aceptar un intento de conexión entrante. + Devuelve true si la operación de E/S está pendiente.Al completar la operación se provoca el evento del parámetro .Devuelve false si la operación de E/S se completó de forma sincrónica.El evento del parámetro no se provoca y el objeto que se pasa como parámetro puede examinarse inmediatamente después de que se devuelva la llamada al método para recuperar el resultado de la operación. + Objeto que se usa para esta operación de socket asincrónica. + Un argumento no es válido.Esta excepción produce si el búfer proporcionado no es suficientemente grande.El búfer debe ser de al menos 2 bytes * (sizeof(SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16).Esta excepción también se produce si se especifican varios búferes; es decir, si la propiedad no es null. + Un argumento está fuera de intervalo.La excepción produce si es menor que 0. + Se ha solicitado una operación no válida.Esta excepción se produce si el de aceptación no realiza escuchas para las conexiones o el socket aceptado está enlazado.Debe llamar al método y antes de llamar al método .Esta excepción también se produce si el socket ya está conectado o si ya hay una operación de socket en curso con el parámetro especificado. + Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información. + Se requiere Windows XP o posteriores para este método. + Se ha cerrado el objeto . + + + Obtiene la familia de direcciones de . + Uno de los valores de . + + + Asocia un objeto a un extremo local. + + local que se va a asociar a . + + es null. + Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información. + Se ha cerrado el objeto . + Una llamada situada más arriba en la pila de llamadas no dispone de permiso para la operación solicitada. + + + + + + + + + Cancela una solicitud asincrónica de una conexión a un host remoto. + Objeto que se usa para solicitar la conexión al host remoto llamando a uno de los métodos . + El valor del parámetro y no puede ser null. + Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket. + Se ha cerrado el objeto . + Una llamada situada más arriba en la pila de llamadas no dispone de permiso para la operación solicitada. + + + Comienza una solicitud asincrónica para una conexión a host remoto. + Devuelve true si la operación de E/S está pendiente.Al completar la operación se provoca el evento del parámetro .Devuelve false si la operación de E/S se completó de forma sincrónica.En ese caso, el evento del parámetro no se provoca y el objeto que se pasa como parámetro puede examinarse inmediatamente después de que se devuelva la llamada al método para recuperar el resultado de la operación. + Objeto que se usa para esta operación de socket asincrónica. + Un argumento no es válido.Esta excepción también se produce si se especifican varios búferes; es decir, si la propiedad no es null. + El valor del parámetro y no puede ser null. + El objeto está escuchando o ya hay una operación de socket en curso que utiliza el objeto especificado en el parámetro . + Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información. + Se requiere Windows XP o posteriores para este método.Esta excepción también se produce si el extremo local y no son la misma familia de direcciones. + Se ha cerrado el objeto . + Una llamada situada más arriba en la pila de llamadas no dispone de permiso para la operación solicitada. + + + Comienza una solicitud asincrónica para una conexión a host remoto. + Devuelve true si la operación de E/S está pendiente.Al completar la operación se provoca el evento del parámetro .Devuelve false si la operación de E/S se completó de forma sincrónica.En ese caso, el evento del parámetro no se provoca y el objeto que se pasa como parámetro puede examinarse inmediatamente después de que se devuelva la llamada al método para recuperar el resultado de la operación. + Uno de los valores de . + Uno de los valores de . + Objeto que se usa para esta operación de socket asincrónica. + Un argumento no es válido.Esta excepción también se produce si se especifican varios búferes; es decir, si la propiedad no es null. + El valor del parámetro y no puede ser null. + El objeto está escuchando o ya hay una operación de socket en curso que utiliza el objeto especificado en el parámetro . + Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información. + Se requiere Windows XP o posteriores para este método.Esta excepción también se produce si el extremo local y no son la misma familia de direcciones. + Se ha cerrado el objeto . + Una llamada situada más arriba en la pila de llamadas no dispone de permiso para la operación solicitada. + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si se conecta con un host remoto a partir de la última operación u . + Es true si el objeto estaba conectado a un recurso remoto desde la operación más reciente; de lo contrario, es false. + + + Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase . + + + Libera los recursos no administrados que utiliza el objeto y, de forma opcional, desecha los recursos administrados. + Es true para liberar los recursos administrados y no administrados; es false para liberar sólo los recursos no administrados. + + + Libera los recursos utilizados por la clase . + + + Coloca un objeto en un estado de escucha. + Longitud máxima de la cola de conexiones pendientes. + Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información. + Se ha cerrado el objeto . + + + + + + + + Obtiene el extremo local. + + que utiliza el para las comunicaciones. + Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información. + Se ha cerrado el objeto . + + + + + + + + Obtiene o establece un valor de que especifica si la secuencia está utilizando el algoritmo de Nagle. + false si utiliza el algoritmo de Nagle; de lo contrario, true.El valor predeterminado es false. + Error al intentar obtener acceso a .Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información. + Se ha cerrado el objeto . + + + + + + + + Indica si el sistema operativo subyacente y los adaptadores de red admiten la versión 4 del protocolo de Internet (IPv4). + Es true si el sistema operativo y los adaptadores de red admiten el protocolo IPv4; de lo contrario, es false. + + + Indica si el sistema operativo subyacente y los adaptadores de red admiten la versión 6 del protocolo Internet (IPv6). + true si el sistema operativo y los adaptadores de red admiten el protocolo IPv6; de lo contrario, false. + + + Obtiene el tipo de protocolo de . + Uno de los valores de . + + + Comienza una solicitud asincrónica para recibir los datos de un objeto conectado. + Devuelve true si la operación de E/S está pendiente.Al completar la operación se provoca el evento del parámetro .Devuelve false si la operación de E/S se completó de forma sincrónica.En ese caso, el evento del parámetro no se provoca y el objeto que se pasa como parámetro puede examinarse inmediatamente después de que se devuelva la llamada al método para recuperar el resultado de la operación. + Objeto que se usa para esta operación de socket asincrónica. + Un argumento no era válido.Las propiedades o del parámetro deben hacer referencia a los búferes válidos.Se puede establecer una de estas propiedades, pero no ambas al mismo tiempo. + Ya hay una operación de socket en curso que utiliza el objeto especificado en el parámetro . + Se requiere Windows XP o posteriores para este método. + Se ha cerrado el objeto . + Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información. + + + Obtiene o establece un valor que especifica el tamaño del búfer de recepción de . + + que contiene el tamaño, en bytes, del búfer de recepción.El valor predeterminado es 8192 + Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket. + Se ha cerrado el objeto . + El valor especificado para una operación de establecimiento es menor que 0. + + + + + + + + Comienza a recibir asincrónicamente los datos de un dispositivo de red especificado. + Devuelve true si la operación de E/S está pendiente.Al completar la operación se provoca el evento del parámetro .Devuelve false si la operación de E/S se completó de forma sincrónica.En ese caso, el evento del parámetro no se provoca y el objeto que se pasa como parámetro puede examinarse inmediatamente después de que se devuelva la llamada al método para recuperar el resultado de la operación. + Objeto que se usa para esta operación de socket asincrónica. + + no puede ser null. + Ya hay una operación de socket en curso que utiliza el objeto especificado en el parámetro . + Se requiere Windows XP o posteriores para este método. + Se ha cerrado el objeto . + Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket. + + + Obtiene el extremo remoto. + + con el que está comunicando el . + Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información. + Se ha cerrado el objeto . + + + + + + + + Envía datos de forma asincrónica a un objeto conectado. + Devuelve true si la operación de E/S está pendiente.Al completar la operación se provoca el evento del parámetro .Devuelve false si la operación de E/S se completó de forma sincrónica.En ese caso, el evento del parámetro no se provoca y el objeto que se pasa como parámetro puede examinarse inmediatamente después de que se devuelva la llamada al método para recuperar el resultado de la operación. + Objeto que se usa para esta operación de socket asincrónica. + Las propiedades o del parámetro deben hacer referencia a los búferes válidos.Se puede establecer una de estas propiedades, pero no ambas al mismo tiempo. + Ya hay una operación de socket en curso que utiliza el objeto especificado en el parámetro . + Se requiere Windows XP o posteriores para este método. + Se ha cerrado el objeto . + El no está conectado todavía o no se obtuvo a través de un método , o . + + + Obtiene o establece un valor que especifica el tamaño del búfer de envío de . + + que contiene el tamaño, en bytes, del búfer de envío.El valor predeterminado es 8192 + Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket. + Se ha cerrado el objeto . + El valor especificado para una operación de establecimiento es menor que 0. + + + + + + + + Envía datos asincrónicamente a un determinado host remoto. + Devuelve true si la operación de E/S está pendiente.Al completar la operación se provoca el evento del parámetro .Devuelve false si la operación de E/S se completó de forma sincrónica.En ese caso, el evento del parámetro no se provoca y el objeto que se pasa como parámetro puede examinarse inmediatamente después de que se devuelva la llamada al método para recuperar el resultado de la operación. + Objeto que se usa para esta operación de socket asincrónica. + + no puede ser null. + Ya hay una operación de socket en curso que utiliza el objeto especificado en el parámetro . + Se requiere Windows XP o posteriores para este método. + Se ha cerrado el objeto . + El protocolo especificado está orientado a la conexión, pero el no está conectado todavía. + + + Deshabilita los envíos y recepciones en un objeto . + Uno de los valores de que especifica la operación que ya no estará permitida. + Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información. + Se ha cerrado el objeto . + + + + + + + + Obtiene o establece un valor que especifica el valor de período de vida (TTL) de los paquetes de protocolo Internet (IP) enviados por . + Valor TTL. + El valor TTL no se puede establecer en un número negativo. + Esta propiedad sólo se puede establecer para sockets de las familias de o . + Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.También se devuelve este error cuando se ha intentado para establecer TTL en un valor superior a 255. + Se ha cerrado el objeto . + + + + + + + + Representa una operación de socket asincrónico. + + + Crea una instancia de vacía. + No se admite la plataforma. + + + Obtiene o establece el socket que se va a usar o el socket creado para aceptar una conexión con un método de socket asincrónico. + + que se va a usar o socket creado para aceptar una conexión con un método de socket asincrónico. + + + Obtiene el búfer de datos que se va a usar con un método de socket asincrónico. + Matriz que representa el búfer de datos que se va a usar con un método de socket asincrónico. + + + Obtiene o establece una matriz de búferes de datos que se va a usar con un método de socket asincrónico. + + que representa una matriz de búferes de datos que se va a usar con un método de socket asincrónico. + Se han especificado búferes ambiguos en una operación de establecimiento.Esta excepción se produce si la propiedad se ha establecido en un valor no nulo y se intenta establecer la propiedad en un valor no nulo. + + + Obtiene el número de bytes transferidos en la operación de socket. + + que contiene el número de bytes transferidos en la operación de socket. + + + Evento utilizado para completar una operación asincrónica. + + + Obtiene la excepción en el caso de un error de conexión cuando se usó . + Objeto que indica la causa del error de conexión que se produce cuando se especifica un objeto para la propiedad . + + + Objeto que se ha creado y conectado después de finalizar correctamente el método . + Objeto conectado. + + + Obtiene la cantidad máxima de datos, en bytes, que se van a enviar o recibir en una operación asincrónica. + + que contiene la cantidad máxima de datos, en bytes, que se van a enviar o recibir. + + + Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por la instancia de y, de forma opcional, elimina los recursos administrados. + + + Libera los recursos utilizados por la clase . + + + Obtiene el tipo de operación de socket más reciente realizada con este objeto de contexto. + Instancia de que indica el tipo de operación de socket más reciente realizada con este objeto de contexto. + + + Obtiene el desplazamiento, en bytes, en el búfer de datos al que hace referencia la propiedad . + + que contiene el desplazamiento, en bytes, en el búfer de datos al que hace referencia la propiedad . + + + Representa un método al que se llama cuando se completa una operación asincrónica. + Evento que se señala. + + + Obtiene o establece el extremo IP remoto de una operación asincrónica. + + que representa el extremo IP remoto para una operación asincrónica. + + + Establece el búfer de datos que se va a usar con un método de socket asincrónico. + Búfer de datos que se va a usar con un método de socket asincrónico. + Desplazamiento, en bytes, en el búfer de datos donde se inicia la operación. + Cantidad máxima de datos, en bytes, que se van a enviar o recibir en el búfer. + Se especificaron búferes ambiguos.Esta excepción se produce si las propiedades y tampoco son null. + Un argumento estaba fuera de intervalo.Esta excepción se produce si el parámetro es menor que cero o mayor que la longitud de la matriz en la propiedad .Esta excepción también se produce si el parámetro es menor que cero o mayor que la longitud de la matriz en la propiedad menos el parámetro . + + + Establece el búfer de datos que se va a usar con un método de socket asincrónico. + Desplazamiento, en bytes, en el búfer de datos donde se inicia la operación. + Cantidad máxima de datos, en bytes, que se van a enviar o recibir en el búfer. + Un argumento estaba fuera de intervalo.Esta excepción se produce si el parámetro es menor que cero o mayor que la longitud de la matriz en la propiedad .Esta excepción también se produce si el parámetro es menor que cero o mayor que la longitud de la matriz en la propiedad menos el parámetro . + + + Obtiene o establece el resultado de la operación de socket asincrónico. + + que representa el resultado de la operación de socket asincrónico. + + + Obtiene o establece a un objeto de usuario o de aplicación asociado a esta operación de socket asincrónico. + Objeto que representa al objeto de usuario o de aplicación asociado a esta operación de socket asincrónico. + + + El tipo de operación del socket asincrónica más reciente realizada con este objeto de contexto. + + + Un operación Accept del socket. + + + Una operación Connect del socket. + + + Ninguna de las operaciones del socket. + + + Una operación Receive del socket. + + + Una operación ReceiveFrom del socket. + + + Una operación Send del socket. + + + Operación SendTo del socket. + + + Define las constantes utilizadas por el método . + + + Deshabilita un objeto tanto para el envío como para la recepción.Este campo es constante. + + + Deshabilita un objeto para la recepción.Este campo es constante. + + + Deshabilita un objeto para el envío.Este campo es constante. + + + Especifica el tipo de socket que representa una instancia de la clase . + + + Admite datagramas, que son mensajes no confiables sin conexión con una longitud máxima fija (normalmente corta).Los mensajes pueden perderse o duplicarse y llegar desordenados.Un objeto de tipo no necesita conexión antes de enviar y recibir datos, y puede comunicarse con varios elementos del mismo nivel. usa el protocolo de datagramas () y de . + + + Admite secuencias de bytes bidireccionales confiables, basadas en conexión, sin duplicidad de datos ni conservación de límites.Un objeto Socket de este tipo se comunica con un solo elemento del mismo nivel y requiere una conexión con el host remoto para poder iniciar la comunicación. usa el protocolo TCP (Protocolo de control de transporte, ) y la familia de direcciones InterNetwork. + + + Especifica un tipo de Socket desconocido. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/fr/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/fr/System.Net.Sockets.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..989053f58 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/fr/System.Net.Sockets.xml @@ -0,0 +1,426 @@ + + + + System.Net.Sockets + + + + Spécifie les protocoles pris en charge par la classe . + + + Protocole TCP (Transmission Control Protocol). + + + Protocole UDP (User Datagram Protocol). + + + Protocole inconnu. + + + Protocole non spécifié. + + + Implémente l'interface de sockets Berkeley. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en utilisant la famille d'adresses, le type de socket et le protocole spécifiés. + Une des valeurs de . + Une des valeurs de . + Une des valeurs de . + La combinaison de , et crée un socket non valide. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe à l'aide du type de socket et du protocole spécifiés. + Une des valeurs de . + Une des valeurs de . + La combinaison de et crée un socket non valide. + + + Démarre une opération asynchrone pour accepter une tentative de connexion entrante. + Retourne la valeur true si l'opération d'E/S est en attente.L'événement sur le paramètre  sera déclenché une fois l'opération terminée.Retourne la valeur false si l'opération d'E/S a été terminée de manière synchrone.L'événement sur le paramètre ne sera pas déclenché et l'objet transmis en tant que paramètre peut être examiné immédiatement après que l'appel de méthode a été retourné pour extraire le résultat de l'opération. + Objet à utiliser pour cette opération de socket asynchrone. + Un argument n'est pas valide.Cette exception se produit si la mémoire tampon fournie n'est pas assez grande.La mémoire tampon doit être d'au moins 2 * (taille de (SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16) octets.Cette exception se produit également si plusieurs mémoires tampons sont spécifiées, la propriété n'est pas null. + Un argument est hors limites.L'exception se produit si est inférieur à 0. + Une opération incorrecte a été demandée.Cette exception se produit si le acceptant n'écoute pas les connexions ou si le socket accepté est lié.Vous devez appeler les méthodes et avant d'appeler la méthode .Cette exception se produit également si le socket est déjà connecté ou si une opération de socket utilisait déjà le paramètre de spécifié. + Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes. + Windows XP ou version ultérieure est requis pour cette méthode. + + a été fermé. + + + Obtient la famille d'adresses de . + Une des valeurs de . + + + Associe à un point de terminaison local. + + local à associer à . + + a la valeur null. + Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes. + + a été fermé. + Un appelant situé plus haut dans la pile des appels n'a pas l'autorisation pour l'opération demandée. + + + + + + + + + Annule une requête asynchrone pour une connexion d'hôte distant. + Objet utilisé pour demander la connexion à l'hôte distant en appelant l'une des méthodes . + Le paramètre ne peut pas être null et ne peut pas être vide. + Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket. + + a été fermé. + Un appelant situé plus haut dans la pile des appels n'a pas l'autorisation pour l'opération demandée. + + + Démarre une demande asynchrone pour une connexion à un hôte distant. + Retourne la valeur true si l'opération d'E/S est en attente.L'événement sur le paramètre  sera déclenché une fois l'opération terminée.Retourne la valeur false si l'opération d'E/S a été terminée de manière synchrone.Dans ce cas, l'événement sur le paramètre ne sera pas déclenché et l'objet transmis en tant que paramètre peut être examiné immédiatement après que l'appel de méthode a été retourné pour extraire le résultat de l'opération. + Objet à utiliser pour cette opération de socket asynchrone. + Un argument n'est pas valide.Cette exception se produit si plusieurs mémoires tampons sont spécifiées, la propriété n'est pas null. + Le paramètre ne peut pas être null et ne peut pas être vide. + + est à l'écoute ou une opération de socket utilisant l'objet spécifié dans le paramètre  spécifié était déjà en cours. + Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes. + Windows XP ou version ultérieure est requis pour cette méthode.Cette exception se produit également si le point de terminaison local et les ne sont pas la même famille d'adresses. + + a été fermé. + Un appelant situé plus haut dans la pile des appels n'a pas l'autorisation pour l'opération demandée. + + + Démarre une demande asynchrone pour une connexion à un hôte distant. + Retourne la valeur true si l'opération d'E/S est en attente.L'événement sur le paramètre  sera déclenché une fois l'opération terminée.Retourne la valeur false si l'opération d'E/S a été terminée de manière synchrone.Dans ce cas, l'événement sur le paramètre ne sera pas déclenché et l'objet transmis en tant que paramètre peut être examiné immédiatement après que l'appel de méthode a été retourné pour extraire le résultat de l'opération. + Une des valeurs de . + Une des valeurs de . + Objet à utiliser pour cette opération de socket asynchrone. + Un argument n'est pas valide.Cette exception se produit si plusieurs mémoires tampons sont spécifiées, la propriété n'est pas null. + Le paramètre ne peut pas être null et ne peut pas être vide. + + est à l'écoute ou une opération de socket utilisant l'objet spécifié dans le paramètre  spécifié était déjà en cours. + Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes. + Windows XP ou version ultérieure est requis pour cette méthode.Cette exception se produit également si le point de terminaison local et les ne sont pas la même famille d'adresses. + + a été fermé. + Un appelant situé plus haut dans la pile des appels n'a pas l'autorisation pour l'opération demandée. + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si est connecté à un hôte distant depuis la dernière opération ou . + true si était connecté à une ressource distante lors de l'opération la plus récente ; sinon, false. + + + Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe . + + + Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et supprime éventuellement les ressources managées. + true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées. + + + Libère les ressources utilisées par la classe . + + + Met dans un état d'écoute. + Longueur maximale de la file d'attente des connexions en attente. + Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes. + + a été fermé. + + + + + + + + Obtient le point de terminaison local. + + que utilise pour les communications. + Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes. + + a été fermé. + + + + + + + + Obtient ou définit une valeur spécifiant si le flux de données utilise l'algorithme Nagle. + false si utilise l'algorithme Nagle ; sinon, true.La valeur par défaut est false. + Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès à .Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes. + + a été fermé. + + + + + + + + Indique si le système d'exploitation et les cartes réseau sous-jacents prennent en charge le protocole IPv4 (Internet Protocol version 4). + true si le système d'exploitation et les cartes réseau prennent en charge le protocole IPv4 ; sinon, false. + + + Indique si le système d'exploitation et les cartes réseau sous-jacents prennent en charge le protocole IPv6 (Internet Protocol version 6). + true si le système d'exploitation et les cartes réseau prennent en charge le protocole IPv6 ; sinon, false. + + + Obtient le type de protocole de . + Une des valeurs de . + + + Démarre une demande asynchrone pour recevoir les données d'un objet connecté. + Retourne la valeur true si l'opération d'E/S est en attente.L'événement sur le paramètre  sera déclenché une fois l'opération terminée.Retourne la valeur false si l'opération d'E/S a été terminée de manière synchrone.Dans ce cas, l'événement sur le paramètre ne sera pas déclenché et l'objet transmis en tant que paramètre peut être examiné immédiatement après que l'appel de méthode a été retourné pour extraire le résultat de l'opération. + Objet à utiliser pour cette opération de socket asynchrone. + Un argument n'était pas valide.La propriété ou sur le paramètre de doit référencer des mémoires tampon valides.L'une ou l'autre de ces propriétés peut être définie, mais pas les deux à la fois. + Une opération de socket utilisant l'objet spécifié dans le paramètre  spécifié était déjà en cours. + Windows XP ou version ultérieure est requis pour cette méthode. + + a été fermé. + Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes. + + + Obtient ou définit une valeur spécifiant la taille de la mémoire tampon de réception de . + + contenant la taille de la mémoire tampon de réception en octets.La valeur par défaut est 8192. + Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket. + + a été fermé. + La valeur spécifiée pour une opération ensembliste est inférieure à 0. + + + + + + + + Démarre la réception asynchrone de données à partir d'un périphérique réseau spécifié. + Retourne la valeur true si l'opération d'E/S est en attente.L'événement sur le paramètre  sera déclenché une fois l'opération terminée.Retourne la valeur false si l'opération d'E/S a été terminée de manière synchrone.Dans ce cas, l'événement sur le paramètre ne sera pas déclenché et l'objet transmis en tant que paramètre peut être examiné immédiatement après que l'appel de méthode a été retourné pour extraire le résultat de l'opération. + Objet à utiliser pour cette opération de socket asynchrone. + + ne peut pas être Null. + Une opération de socket utilisant l'objet spécifié dans le paramètre  spécifié était déjà en cours. + Windows XP ou version ultérieure est requis pour cette méthode. + + a été fermé. + Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket. + + + Obtient le point de terminaison distant. + + avec lequel communique. + Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes. + + a été fermé. + + + + + + + + Envoie des données de façon asynchrone à un objet connecté. + Retourne la valeur true si l'opération d'E/S est en attente.L'événement sur le paramètre  sera déclenché une fois l'opération terminée.Retourne la valeur false si l'opération d'E/S a été terminée de manière synchrone.Dans ce cas, l'événement sur le paramètre ne sera pas déclenché et l'objet transmis en tant que paramètre peut être examiné immédiatement après que l'appel de méthode a été retourné pour extraire le résultat de l'opération. + Objet à utiliser pour cette opération de socket asynchrone. + La propriété ou sur le paramètre de doit référencer des mémoires tampon valides.L'une ou l'autre de ces propriétés peut être définie, mais pas les deux à la fois. + Une opération de socket utilisant l'objet spécifié dans le paramètre  spécifié était déjà en cours. + Windows XP ou version ultérieure est requis pour cette méthode. + + a été fermé. + Le n'est pas encore connecté ou n'a pas été obtenu via une méthode , ou . + + + Obtient ou définit une valeur spécifiant la taille de la mémoire tampon d'envoi de . + + contenant la taille de la mémoire tampon d'envoi en octets.La valeur par défaut est 8192. + Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket. + + a été fermé. + La valeur spécifiée pour une opération ensembliste est inférieure à 0. + + + + + + + + Envoie des données de façon asynchrone à un hôte distant spécifique. + Retourne la valeur true si l'opération d'E/S est en attente.L'événement sur le paramètre  sera déclenché une fois l'opération terminée.Retourne la valeur false si l'opération d'E/S a été terminée de manière synchrone.Dans ce cas, l'événement sur le paramètre ne sera pas déclenché et l'objet transmis en tant que paramètre peut être examiné immédiatement après que l'appel de méthode a été retourné pour extraire le résultat de l'opération. + Objet à utiliser pour cette opération de socket asynchrone. + + ne peut pas être Null. + Une opération de socket utilisant l'objet spécifié dans le paramètre  spécifié était déjà en cours. + Windows XP ou version ultérieure est requis pour cette méthode. + + a été fermé. + Le protocole spécifié est orienté connexion, mais le n'est pas encore connecté. + + + Désactive les envois et les réceptions sur un . + Une des valeurs de spécifiant l'opération qui ne sera plus autorisée. + Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes. + + a été fermé. + + + + + + + + Obtient ou définit une valeur qui spécifie la durée de vie des paquets IP (Internet Protocol) envoyés par . + Durée de vie. + La valeur TTL ne peut pas être un nombre négatif. + Cette propriété ne peut être définie que pour les sockets dans les familles ou . + Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Cette erreur est également retournée lorsqu'une tentative a été faite pour affecter à TTL une valeur supérieure à 255. + + a été fermé. + + + + + + + + Représente une opération de socket asynchrone. + + + Crée une instance vide. + La plateforme n'est pas prise en charge. + + + Obtient ou définit le socket à utiliser ou le socket créé pour accepter une connexion avec une méthode de socket asynchrone. + + à utiliser ou socket créé pour accepter une connexion avec une méthode de socket asynchrone. + + + Obtient la mémoire tampon des données à utiliser avec une méthode de socket asynchrone. + Tableau qui représente la mémoire tampon des données à utiliser avec une méthode de socket asynchrone. + + + Obtient ou définit un tableau de la mémoire tampon de données à utiliser avec une méthode de socket asynchrone. + + qui représente un tableau de mémoires tampons de données à utiliser avec une méthode de socket asynchrone. + Des mémoires tampon ambiguës sont spécifiées sur une opération ensembliste.Cette exception se produit si la propriété a eu une valeur non NULL et une tentative a été faite pour affecter à la propriété une valeur non NULL. + + + Obtient le nombre d'octets transférés dans l'opération de socket. + + qui contient le nombre d'octets transférés dans l'opération de socket. + + + Événement utilisé pour terminer une opération asynchrone. + + + Obtient l'exception dans le cas d'un échec de connexion lorsqu'un a été utilisé. + + qui indique la cause de l'erreur de connexion lorsqu'un a été spécifié pour la propriété . + + + Objet créé et connecté après l'exécution correcte de la méthode . + Objet connecté. + + + Obtient la quantité maximale de données, en octets, à envoyer ou recevoir dans une opération asynchrone. + + qui contient la quantité maximale de données, en octets, à envoyer ou recevoir. + + + Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par l'instance et supprime éventuellement les ressources managées. + + + Libère les ressources utilisées par la classe . + + + Obtient le type d'opération de socket exécuté le plus récemment avec cet objet de contexte. + Instance qui indique le type d'opération de socket exécutée le plus récemment avec cet objet de contexte. + + + Obtient l'offset, en octets, dans la mémoire tampon de données référencée par la propriété . + + qui contient l'offset, en octets, dans la mémoire tampon de données référencée par la propriété . + + + Représente une méthode qui est appelée lorsqu'une opération asynchrone se termine. + Événement qui est signalé. + + + Obtient ou définit le point de terminaison IP distant d'une opération asynchrone. + + qui représente le point de terminaison IP distant d'une opération asynchrone. + + + Définit la mémoire tampon de données à utiliser avec une méthode de socket asynchrone. + Mémoire tampon de données à utiliser avec une méthode de socket asynchrone. + Offset, en octets, dans la mémoire tampon de données où l'opération démarre. + Quantité maximale de données, en octets, à envoyer ou à recevoir dans la mémoire tampon. + Des mémoires tampons ambiguës sont spécifiées.Cette exception se produit si la valeur des propriétés et n'est pas Null. + Un argument est hors limites.Cette exception se produit si le paramètre est inférieur à zéro ou supérieur à la longueur du tableau dans la propriété .Cette exception se produit également si le paramètre est inférieur à zéro ou supérieur à la longueur du tableau dans la propriété moins le paramètre . + + + Définit la mémoire tampon de données à utiliser avec une méthode de socket asynchrone. + Offset, en octets, dans la mémoire tampon de données où l'opération démarre. + Quantité maximale de données, en octets, à envoyer ou à recevoir dans la mémoire tampon. + Un argument est hors limites.Cette exception se produit si le paramètre est inférieur à zéro ou supérieur à la longueur du tableau dans la propriété .Cette exception se produit également si le paramètre est inférieur à zéro ou supérieur à la longueur du tableau dans la propriété moins le paramètre . + + + Obtient ou définit le résultat de l'opération de socket asynchrone. + + qui représente le résultat final de l'opération de socket asynchrone. + + + Obtient ou définit un objet utilisateur ou application associé à cette opération de socket asynchrone. + Objet qui représente l'objet utilisateur ou application associé à cette opération de socket asynchrone. + + + Type d'opération de socket asynchrone exécutée le plus récemment avec cet objet de contexte. + + + Opération Accept du socket. + + + Opération Connect du socket. + + + Aucune des opérations de socket. + + + Opération Receive du socket. + + + Opération ReceiveFrom du socket. + + + Opération Send du socket. + + + Opération SendTo du socket. + + + Définit les constantes qui sont utilisées par la méthode . + + + Désactive pour l'envoi et la réception.Ce champ est constant. + + + Désactive pour la réception.Ce champ est constant. + + + Désactive pour l'envoi.Ce champ est constant. + + + Spécifie le type de socket que représente une instance de la classe . + + + Prend en charge des datagrammes, qui sont des messages peu fiables, sans connexion, d'une longueur maximale fixe (généralement réduite).Des messages pourraient être perdus ou dupliqués et arriver dans le désordre.Un de type ne requiert aucune connexion avant d'envoyer et de recevoir des données, et peut communiquer avec plusieurs homologues.Le champ utilise le protocole UDP () et le champ . + + + Prend en charge les flux d'octets fiables, bidirectionnels, orientés connexion sans la duplication de données et sans préservation de limites.Un Socket de ce type communique avec un homologue unique et nécessite une connexion d'hôte distant avant que la communication puisse débuter.Le champ utilise le protocole TCP () et InterNetwork. + + + Spécifie un type Socket inconnu. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/it/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/it/System.Net.Sockets.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a7fb5749 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/it/System.Net.Sockets.xml @@ -0,0 +1,398 @@ + + + + System.Net.Sockets + + + + Specifica il protocollo supportato dalla classe . + + + Protocollo TCP (Transmission Control Protocol). + + + Protocollo UDP (User Datagram Protocol). + + + Protocollo sconosciuto. + + + Protocollo non specificato. + + + Implementa l'interfaccia socket Berkeley. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe utilizzando la famiglia di indirizzi, il tipo di socket e il protocollo specificati. + Uno dei valori di . + Uno dei valori di . + Uno dei valori di . + Il risultato della combinazione di , e è un socket non valido. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe utilizzando il tipo di socket e il protocollo specificati. + Uno dei valori di . + Uno dei valori di . + Il risultato della combinazione di e è un socket non valido. + + + Avvia un'operazione asincrona per accettare un tentativo di connessione in ingresso. + Restituisce true se l'operazione di I/O è in sospeso.Al completamento dell'operazione verrà generato l'evento sul parametro .Restituisce false se l'operazione di I/O è stata completata in modo sincrono.L'evento nel parametro non verrà generato e l'oggetto passato come parametro potrebbe essere esaminato immediatamente dopo che la chiamata al metodo ha restituito il risultato, per recuperare il risultato dell'operazione. + Oggetto da utilizzare per questa operazione socket asincrona. + Un argomento non è valido.Questa eccezione si verifica se il buffer fornito non è abbastanza grande.Il buffer deve essere di almeno 2 * (sizeof(SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16) byte.Questa eccezione si verifica anche se sono specificati più buffer e la proprietà non è null. + Un argomento non è compreso nell'intervallo.L'eccezione si verifica se l'oggetto è minore di 0. + È stata richiesta un'operazione non valida.Questa eccezione si verifica se l'oggetto preposto ad accettare la connessione non è in attesa di connessioni o se il socket accettato è associato.È necessario chiamare il metodo e prima di chiamare il metodo .Questa eccezione si verifica anche se il socket è già connesso o se un'operazione socket era già in corso utilizzando il parametro specificato. + Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni. + Per questo metodo è necessario Windows XP o versione successiva. + Il è stato chiuso. + + + Ottiene la famiglia di indirizzi del . + Uno dei valori di . + + + Associa un a un endpoint locale. + + locale da associare al . + + è null. + Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni. + Il è stato chiuso. + Un chiamante nella parte superiore dello stack di chiamate non dispone dell'autorizzazione necessaria per l'operazione richiesta. + + + + + + + + + Annulla una richiesta asincrona di una connessione all'host remoto. + Oggetto utilizzato per richiedere la connessione all'host remoto chiamando uno dei metodi . + Il parametro non può essere Null e la proprietà non può essere Null. + Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket. + Il è stato chiuso. + Un chiamante nella parte superiore dello stack di chiamate non dispone dell'autorizzazione necessaria per l'operazione richiesta. + + + Avvia una richiesta asincrona di una connessione all'host remoto. + Restituisce true se l'operazione di I/O è in sospeso.Al completamento dell'operazione verrà generato l'evento sul parametro .Restituisce false se l'operazione di I/O è stata completata in modo sincrono.In questo caso, l'evento sul parametro non verrà generato e l'oggetto passato come parametro potrebbe essere esaminato immediatamente dopo che la chiamata al metodo è stata restituita per recuperare il risultato dell'operazione. + Oggetto da utilizzare per questa operazione socket asincrona. + Un argomento non è valido.Questa eccezione si verifica se sono specificati più buffer e la proprietà non è null. + Il parametro non può essere Null e la proprietà non può essere Null. + + è in attesa o era già in corso un'operazione di socket che utilizza l'oggetto specificato nel parametro . + Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni. + Per questo metodo è necessario Windows XP o versione successiva.Questa eccezione si verifica anche se l'endpoint locale e l'oggetto non appartengono alla stessa famiglia di indirizzi. + Il è stato chiuso. + Un chiamante nella parte superiore dello stack di chiamate non dispone dell'autorizzazione necessaria per l'operazione richiesta. + + + Avvia una richiesta asincrona di una connessione all'host remoto. + Restituisce true se l'operazione di I/O è in sospeso.Al completamento dell'operazione verrà generato l'evento sul parametro .Restituisce false se l'operazione di I/O è stata completata in modo sincrono.In questo caso, l'evento sul parametro non verrà generato e l'oggetto passato come parametro potrebbe essere esaminato immediatamente dopo che la chiamata al metodo è stata restituita per recuperare il risultato dell'operazione. + Uno dei valori di . + Uno dei valori di . + Oggetto da utilizzare per questa operazione socket asincrona. + Un argomento non è valido.Questa eccezione si verifica se sono specificati più buffer e la proprietà non è null. + Il parametro non può essere Null e la proprietà non può essere Null. + + è in attesa o era già in corso un'operazione di socket che utilizza l'oggetto specificato nel parametro . + Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni. + Per questo metodo è necessario Windows XP o versione successiva.Questa eccezione si verifica anche se l'endpoint locale e l'oggetto non appartengono alla stessa famiglia di indirizzi. + Il è stato chiuso. + Un chiamante nella parte superiore dello stack di chiamate non dispone dell'autorizzazione necessaria per l'operazione richiesta. + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se un si è connesso a un host remoto dall'ultima operazione o . + true se il è connesso a una risorsa remota nel corso dell'operazione più recente, in caso contrario false. + + + Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe . + + + Rilascia le risorse non gestite utilizzate dall'oggetto ed eventualmente elimina le risorse gestite. + true per liberare sia le risorse gestite che quelle non gestite; false per rilasciare solo le risorse non gestite. + + + Libera le risorse utilizzate dalla classe . + + + Colloca un in uno stato di attesa. + Lunghezza massima della coda delle connessioni in sospeso. + Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni. + Il è stato chiuso. + + + + + + + + Ottiene l'endpoint locale. + L'oggetto utilizzato dall'oggetto per le comunicazioni. + Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni. + Il è stato chiuso. + + + + + + + + Ottiene o imposta un valore che specifica se il di flusso utilizza l'algoritmo Nagle. + false se il utilizza l'algoritmo Nagle; in caso contrario, true.Il valore predefinito è false. + Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al .Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni. + Il è stato chiuso. + + + + + + + + Indica se il sistema operativo sottostante e gli adattatori di rete supportano il protocollo IPv4. + true se il sistema operativo e gli adattatori di rete supportano il protocollo IPv4. In caso contrario, false. + + + Indica se il sistema operativo sottostante e gli adattatori di rete supportano il protocollo IPv6. + true se il sistema operativo e gli adattatori di rete supportano il protocollo IPv6; in caso contrario, false. + + + Ottiene il tipo di protocollo del . + Uno dei valori di . + + + Avvia una richiesta asincrona per ricevere dati da un oggetto connesso. + Restituisce true se l'operazione di I/O è in sospeso.Al completamento dell'operazione verrà generato l'evento sul parametro .Restituisce false se l'operazione di I/O è stata completata in modo sincrono.In questo caso, l'evento sul parametro non verrà generato e l'oggetto passato come parametro potrebbe essere esaminato immediatamente dopo che la chiamata al metodo è stata restituita per recuperare il risultato dell'operazione. + Oggetto da utilizzare per questa operazione socket asincrona. + Un argomento non è valido.Le proprietà o sul parametro devono fare riferimento a buffer validi.È possibile impostare una di queste due proprietà, ma non entrambe contemporaneamente. + Era già in corso un'operazione di socket che utilizza l'oggetto specificato nel parametro . + Per questo metodo è necessario Windows XP o versione successiva. + Il è stato chiuso. + Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni. + + + Ottiene o imposta un valore che specifica le dimensioni del buffer di ricezione del . + + contenente le dimensioni, in byte, del buffer di ricezione.Il valore predefinito è 8192. + Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket. + Il è stato chiuso. + Il valore specificato per un'operazione di impostazione è minore di 0. + + + + + + + + Inizia a ricevere dati in modalità asincrona da un dispositivo di rete specificato. + Restituisce true se l'operazione di I/O è in sospeso.Al completamento dell'operazione verrà generato l'evento sul parametro .Restituisce false se l'operazione di I/O è stata completata in modo sincrono.In questo caso, l'evento sul parametro non verrà generato e l'oggetto passato come parametro potrebbe essere esaminato immediatamente dopo che la chiamata al metodo è stata restituita per recuperare il risultato dell'operazione. + Oggetto da utilizzare per questa operazione socket asincrona. + L'oggetto non può essere null. + Era già in corso un'operazione di socket che utilizza l'oggetto specificato nel parametro . + Per questo metodo è necessario Windows XP o versione successiva. + Il è stato chiuso. + Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket. + + + Ottiene l'endpoint remoto. + + con cui comunica il . + Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni. + Il è stato chiuso. + + + + + + + + Invia i dati in modo asincrono a un oggetto connesso. + Restituisce true se l'operazione di I/O è in sospeso.Al completamento dell'operazione verrà generato l'evento sul parametro .Restituisce false se l'operazione di I/O è stata completata in modo sincrono.In questo caso, l'evento sul parametro non verrà generato e l'oggetto passato come parametro potrebbe essere esaminato immediatamente dopo che la chiamata al metodo è stata restituita per recuperare il risultato dell'operazione. + Oggetto da utilizzare per questa operazione socket asincrona. + Le proprietà o sul parametro devono fare riferimento a buffer validi.È possibile impostare una di queste due proprietà, ma non entrambe contemporaneamente. + Era già in corso un'operazione di socket che utilizza l'oggetto specificato nel parametro . + Per questo metodo è necessario Windows XP o versione successiva. + Il è stato chiuso. + L'oggetto non è ancora connesso o non è stato ottenuto tramite un metodo , o . + + + Ottiene o imposta un valore che specifica le dimensioni del buffer di invio del . + + contenente le dimensioni, in byte, del buffer di invio.Il valore predefinito è 8192. + Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket. + Il è stato chiuso. + Il valore specificato per un'operazione di impostazione è minore di 0. + + + + + + + + Invia dati in modo asincrono a uno specifico host remoto. + Restituisce true se l'operazione di I/O è in sospeso.Al completamento dell'operazione verrà generato l'evento sul parametro .Restituisce false se l'operazione di I/O è stata completata in modo sincrono.In questo caso, l'evento sul parametro non verrà generato e l'oggetto passato come parametro potrebbe essere esaminato immediatamente dopo che la chiamata al metodo è stata restituita per recuperare il risultato dell'operazione. + Oggetto da utilizzare per questa operazione socket asincrona. + L'oggetto non può essere null. + Era già in corso un'operazione di socket che utilizza l'oggetto specificato nel parametro . + Per questo metodo è necessario Windows XP o versione successiva. + Il è stato chiuso. + Il protocollo specificato è orientato alla connessione, ma l'oggetto non è ancora connesso. + + + Disabilita le operazioni di invio e di ricezione su un . + Uno dei valori che specifica che l'operazione non sarà più consentita. + Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni. + Il è stato chiuso. + + + + + + + + Ottiene o imposta un valore che specifica la durata (TTL) dei pacchetti IP inviati dal . + La durata (TTL). + Non è possibile impostare il valore TTL su un numero negativo. + È possibile impostare questa proprietà solo per i socket inclusi nella famiglia o . + Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Questo errore viene restituito anche quando si tenta di impostare TTL su un valore superiore a 255. + Il è stato chiuso. + + + + + + + + Rappresenta un'operazione socket asincrona. + + + Crea un'istanza vuota dell'oggetto . + La piattaforma non è supportata. + + + Ottiene o imposta il socket da utilizzare o il socket creato per accettare una connessione con un metodo socket asincrono. + Oggetto da utilizzare o socket creato per accettare una connessione con un metodo socket asincrono. + + + Ottiene il buffer di dati da utilizzare con un metodo socket asincrono. + Matrice che rappresenta il buffer di dati da utilizzare con un metodo socket asincrono. + + + Ottiene o imposta una matrice di buffer di dati da utilizzare con un metodo socket asincrono. + Matrice che rappresenta una matrice di buffer di dati da utilizzare con un metodo socket asincrono. + Esistono buffer ambigui specificati su un'operazione di impostazione.Questa eccezione si verifica se la proprietà è stata impostata su un valore non Null e si tenta di impostare la proprietà su un valore non Null. + + + Ottiene il numero di byte trasferiti nell'operazione socket. + Oggetto contenente il numero di byte trasferiti nell'operazione socket. + + + Evento utilizzato per completare un'operazione asincrona. + + + Ottiene l'eccezione nel caso di errore di connessione quando viene utilizzato . + Oggetto che indica la causa dell'errore di connessione quando è stato specificato un oggetto per la proprietà . + + + Oggetto creato e connesso dopo il completamento del metodo . + Oggetto connesso. + + + Ottiene la quantità massima di dati, in byte, da inviare o ricevere in un'operazione asincrona. + Oggetto che contiene la quantità massima di dati, in byte, da inviare o ricevere. + + + Rilascia le risorse non gestite utilizzate dall'istanza e facoltativamente elimina anche le risorse gestite. + + + Libera le risorse utilizzate dalla classe . + + + Ottiene il tipo di operazione socket eseguita più di recente con questo oggetto di contesto. + Istanza di che indica il tipo di operazione socket eseguita più di recente con questo oggetto di contesto. + + + Ottiene l'offset, in byte, nel buffer di dati a cui fa riferimento la proprietà . + Oggetto che contiene l'offset, in byte, nel buffer di dati a cui fa riferimento la proprietà . + + + Rappresenta un metodo chiamato quando un'operazione asincrona viene completata. + Evento segnalato. + + + Ottiene o imposta l'endpoint IP remoto per un'operazione asincrona. + Oggetto che rappresenta l'endpoint IP remoto per un'operazione asincrona. + + + Imposta il buffer di dati da utilizzare con un metodo socket asincrono. + Buffer di dati da utilizzare con un metodo socket asincrono. + Offset, in byte, nel buffer di dati dove viene avviata l'operazione. + Quantità massima di dati, in byte, da inviare o ricevere nel buffer. + Sono stati specificati buffer ambigui.Questa eccezione si verifica anche se le proprietà e non sono null. + Un argomento non è stato compreso nell'intervallo.Questa eccezione si verifica se il parametro è minore di zero o maggiore della lunghezza della matrice nella proprietà .Questa eccezione si verifica anche se il parametro è minore di zero o maggiore della lunghezza della matrice nella proprietà meno il parametro . + + + Imposta il buffer di dati da utilizzare con un metodo socket asincrono. + Offset, in byte, nel buffer di dati dove viene avviata l'operazione. + Quantità massima di dati, in byte, da inviare o ricevere nel buffer. + Un argomento non è stato compreso nell'intervallo.Questa eccezione si verifica se il parametro è minore di zero o maggiore della lunghezza della matrice nella proprietà .Questa eccezione si verifica anche se il parametro è minore di zero o maggiore della lunghezza della matrice nella proprietà meno il parametro . + + + Ottiene o imposta i risultati dell'operazione socket asincrona. + Oggetto che rappresenta il risultato dell'operazione socket asincrona. + + + Ottiene o imposta un oggetto utente o applicazione associato a questa operazione socket asincrona. + Oggetto che rappresenta l'oggetto utente o applicazione associato a questa operazione socket asincrona. + + + Tipo di operazione socket asincrona eseguita più di recente con questo oggetto di contesto. + + + Operazione socket Accept. + + + Operazione socket Connect. + + + Nessuna delle operazioni socket. + + + Operazione socket Receive. + + + Operazione socket ReceiveFrom. + + + Operazione socket Send. + + + Operazione socket SendTo. + + + Definisce le costanti utilizzate dal metodo . + + + Disabilita un per l'invio e la ricezione.Il campo è costante. + + + Disabilita un per la ricezione.Il campo è costante. + + + Disabilita un per l'invio.Il campo è costante. + + + Specifica il tipo di socket rappresentato da un'istanza della classe . + + + Supporta datagrammi, che sono messaggi senza connessione, non affidabili di lunghezza massima fissa (generalmente piccola).I messaggi potrebbero essere persi o duplicati e potrebbero arrivare non nell'ordine corretto.Un oggetto di tipo non richiede alcuna connessione prima dell'invio e della ricezione dei dati ed è in grado di comunicare con più peer. utilizza il Datagram Protocol () e l'oggetto . + + + Supporta flussi di byte affidabili, a due vie e orientati alla connessione senza la duplicazione di dati e senza la conservazione dei limiti.Un oggetto Socket di questo tipo comunica con un unico peer e richiede una connessione all'host remoto prima di poter avviare una comunicazione. utilizza il Transmission Control Protocol () e l'oggetto InterNetwork. + + + Specifica un tipo di Socket sconosciuto. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ja/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ja/System.Net.Sockets.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5889d78e --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ja/System.Net.Sockets.xml @@ -0,0 +1,460 @@ + + + + System.Net.Sockets + + + + + クラスがサポートするプロトコルを指定します。 + + + 伝送制御プロトコル。 + + + ユーザー データグラム プロトコル。 + + + 未確認のプロトコル。 + + + 指定されていないプロトコル。 + + + Berkeley ソケット インターフェイスを実装します。 + + + 指定したアドレス ファミリ、ソケット タイプ、およびプロトコルを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + + 値の 1 つ。 + + 値の 1 つ。 + + 値の 1 つ。 + + 、、および を組み合わせると、無効なソケットになります。 + + + 指定したソケット タイプとプロトコルを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + + 値の 1 つ。 + + 値の 1 つ。 + + と を組み合わせると、無効なソケットになります。 + + + 受信接続の試行を受け入れる非同期操作を開始します。 + I/O 操作が保留中の場合は、true を返します。操作の完了時に、 パラメーターの イベントが発生します。I/O 操作が同期的に完了した場合は、false を返します。この場合、 パラメーターの イベントは発生しません。メソッド呼び出しから制御が戻った直後に、パラメーターとして渡された オブジェクトを調べて操作の結果を取得できます。 + この非同期ソケット操作に使用する オブジェクト。 + 引数が無効です。この例外は、提供されたバッファーのサイズが不足している場合に発生します。バッファーは、2 * (sizeof(SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16) バイト以上であることが必要です。この例外は、複数のバッファーが指定されているときに、 プロパティが null ではない場合にも発生します。 + 引数が範囲外です。この例外は、 が 0 未満の場合に発生します。 + 無効な操作が要求されました。この例外は、受け入れ側の が接続を待機していない場合、または受け入れられたソケットがバインドされている場合に発生します。 メソッドを呼び出す前に、 メソッドと メソッドを呼び出す必要があります。この例外は、ソケットが既に接続されている、またはソケット操作が指定された パラメーターを使用して既に進行中の場合にも発生します。 + ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。 + このメソッドには Windows XP 以降が必要です。 + + は閉じられています。 + + + + のアドレス ファミリを取得します。 + + 値の 1 つ。 + + + + をローカル エンドポイントと関連付けます。 + + に関連付けるローカル 。 + + は null なので、 + ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。 + + は閉じられています。 + コール スタックの上位にある呼び出し元が、要求された操作のアクセス許可を保持していません。 + + + + + + + + + リモート ホスト接続への非同期要求を取り消します。 + + メソッドの 1 つを呼び出してリモート ホストへの接続を要求するために使用する オブジェクト。 + + パラメーターおよび を null にすることはできません。 + ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。 + + は閉じられています。 + コール スタックの上位にある呼び出し元が、要求された操作のアクセス許可を保持していません。 + + + リモート ホストに接続する非同期要求を開始します。 + I/O 操作が保留中の場合は、true を返します。操作の完了時に、 パラメーターの イベントが発生します。I/O 操作が同期的に完了した場合は、false を返します。この場合、 パラメーターの イベントは発生しません。メソッド呼び出しから制御が戻った直後に、パラメーターとして渡された オブジェクトを調べて操作の結果を取得できます。 + この非同期ソケット操作に使用する オブジェクト。 + 引数が無効です。この例外は、複数のバッファーが指定されているときに、 プロパティが null ではない場合に発生します。 + + パラメーターおよび を null にすることはできません。 + + が待機しているか、 パラメーターで指定されている オブジェクトを使用してソケット操作が既に進行していました。 + ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。 + このメソッドには Windows XP 以降が必要です。この例外は、ローカル エンドポイントと が同じアドレス ファミリではない場合にも発生します。 + + は閉じられています。 + コール スタックの上位にある呼び出し元が、要求された操作のアクセス許可を保持していません。 + + + リモート ホストに接続する非同期要求を開始します。 + I/O 操作が保留中の場合は、true を返します。操作の完了時に、 パラメーターの イベントが発生します。I/O 操作が同期的に完了した場合は、false を返します。この場合、 パラメーターの イベントは発生しません。メソッド呼び出しから制御が戻った直後に、パラメーターとして渡された オブジェクトを調べて操作の結果を取得できます。 + + 値の 1 つ。 + + 値の 1 つ。 + この非同期ソケット操作に使用する オブジェクト。 + 引数が無効です。この例外は、複数のバッファーが指定されているときに、 プロパティが null ではない場合に発生します。 + + パラメーターおよび を null にすることはできません。 + + が待機しているか、 パラメーターで指定されている オブジェクトを使用してソケット操作が既に進行していました。 + ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。 + このメソッドには Windows XP 以降が必要です。この例外は、ローカル エンドポイントと が同じアドレス ファミリではない場合にも発生します。 + + は閉じられています。 + コール スタックの上位にある呼び出し元が、要求された操作のアクセス許可を保持していません。 + + + 最後に実行された 操作または 操作の時点で、 がリモート ホストに接続されていたかどうかを示す値を取得します。 + 最後に実行された操作の時点で、 がリモート リソースに接続されていた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + + + クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。 + + + + が使用しているアンマネージ リソースを解放します。オプションでマネージ リソースも破棄します。 + マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。 + + + + クラスによって使用されていたリソースを解放します。 + + + + を待機状態にします。 + 保留中の接続のキューの最大長。 + ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。 + + は閉じられています。 + + + + + + + + ローカル エンドポイントを取得します。 + + が通信に使用している 。 + ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。 + + は閉じられています。 + + + + + + + + ストリーム が Nagle アルゴリズムを使用するかどうかを指定する 値を取得または設定します。 + + が Nagle アルゴリズムを使用する場合は false。それ以外の場合は true。既定値は、false です。 + + へのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。 + + は閉じられています。 + + + + + + + + 基になるオペレーティング システムおよびネットワーク アダプターがインターネット プロトコル Version 4 (IPv4) をサポートしているかどうかを示します。 + オペレーティング システムおよびネットワーク アダプターが IPv4 プロトコルをサポートしている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + + 基になるオペレーティング システムおよびネットワーク アダプターで、インターネット プロトコル Version 6 (IPv6) をサポートしているかどうかを示します。 + オペレーティング システムおよびネットワーク アダプターが IPv6 プロトコルをサポートしている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + + + のプロトコル型を取得します。 + + 値の 1 つ。 + + + 接続されている オブジェクトからデータを受信する非同期要求を開始します。 + I/O 操作が保留中の場合は、true を返します。操作の完了時に、 パラメーターの イベントが発生します。I/O 操作が同期的に完了した場合は、false を返します。この場合、 パラメーターの イベントは発生しません。メソッド呼び出しから制御が戻った直後に、パラメーターとして渡された オブジェクトを調べて操作の結果を取得できます。 + この非同期ソケット操作に使用する オブジェクト。 + 引数が無効です。 パラメーターの プロパティまたは プロパティは、有効なバッファーを参照する必要があります。これらのプロパティは、どちらか 1 つを設定できます。一度に両方のプロパティを設定することはできません。 + + パラメーターに指定された オブジェクトを使用してソケット操作が既に進行していました。 + このメソッドには Windows XP 以降が必要です。 + + は閉じられています。 + ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。 + + + + の受信バッファーのサイズを指定する値を取得または設定します。 + 受信バッファーのサイズ (バイト単位) を格納している 。既定値は 8192 です。 + ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。 + + は閉じられています。 + 設定操作として指定された値が 0 未満です。 + + + + + + + + 指定したネットワーク デバイスから、データの非同期の受信を開始します。 + I/O 操作が保留中の場合は、true を返します。操作の完了時に、 パラメーターの イベントが発生します。I/O 操作が同期的に完了した場合は、false を返します。この場合、 パラメーターの イベントは発生しません。メソッド呼び出しから制御が戻った直後に、パラメーターとして渡された オブジェクトを調べて操作の結果を取得できます。 + この非同期ソケット操作に使用する オブジェクト。 + + に null を指定することはできません。 + + パラメーターに指定された オブジェクトを使用してソケット操作が既に進行していました。 + このメソッドには Windows XP 以降が必要です。 + + は閉じられています。 + ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。 + + + リモート エンドポイントを取得します。 + + の通信先の 。 + ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。 + + は閉じられています。 + + + + + + + + 接続されている オブジェクトに、データを非同期に送信します。 + I/O 操作が保留中の場合は、true を返します。操作の完了時に、 パラメーターの イベントが発生します。I/O 操作が同期的に完了した場合は、false を返します。この場合、 パラメーターの イベントは発生しません。メソッド呼び出しから制御が戻った直後に、パラメーターとして渡された オブジェクトを調べて操作の結果を取得できます。 + この非同期ソケット操作に使用する オブジェクト。 + + パラメーターの プロパティまたは プロパティは、有効なバッファーを参照する必要があります。これらのプロパティは、どちらか 1 つを設定できます。一度に両方のプロパティを設定することはできません。 + + パラメーターに指定された オブジェクトを使用してソケット操作が既に進行していました。 + このメソッドには Windows XP 以降が必要です。 + + は閉じられています。 + + がまだ接続されていないか、、、または の各メソッドによって取得されませんでした。 + + + + の送信バッファーのサイズを指定する値を取得または設定します。 + 送信バッファーのサイズ (バイト単位) を格納している 。既定値は 8192 です。 + ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。 + + は閉じられています。 + 設定操作として指定された値が 0 未満です。 + + + + + + + + 特定のリモート ホストにデータを非同期的に送信します。 + I/O 操作が保留中の場合は、true を返します。操作の完了時に、 パラメーターの イベントが発生します。I/O 操作が同期的に完了した場合は、false を返します。この場合、 パラメーターの イベントは発生しません。メソッド呼び出しから制御が戻った直後に、パラメーターとして渡された オブジェクトを調べて操作の結果を取得できます。 + この非同期ソケット操作に使用する オブジェクト。 + + に null を指定することはできません。 + + パラメーターに指定された オブジェクトを使用してソケット操作が既に進行していました。 + このメソッドには Windows XP 以降が必要です。 + + は閉じられています。 + 指定されたプロトコルはコネクション指向ですが、 がまだ接続されていません。 + + + + での送受信を無効にします。 + 許可されなくなる操作を指定する 値の 1 つ。 + ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。 + + は閉じられています。 + + + + + + + + + によって送信されたインターネット プロトコル (IP) パケットの有効期間 (TTL) の値を指定する値を取得または設定します。 + TTL の値。 + TTL 値には、負の数を設定できません。 + このプロパティは、 ファミリまたは ファミリのソケットに対してだけ設定できます。 + ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。このエラーは、TTL に 255 より大きい値を設定しようとしたときにも返されます。 + + は閉じられています。 + + + + + + + + 非同期ソケット操作を表します。 + + + 空の インスタンスを作成します。 + このプラットフォームはサポートされていません。 + + + 非同期ソケット メソッドとの接続を受け入れるために使用するソケットまたは作成されたソケットを取得または設定します。 + 非同期ソケット メソッドとの接続を受け入れるために使用する または作成されたソケット。 + + + 非同期ソケット メソッドで使用するデータ バッファーを取得します。 + 非同期ソケット メソッドで使用するデータ バッファーを表す 配列。 + + + 非同期ソケット メソッドで使用するデータ バッファーの配列を取得または設定します。 + 非同期ソケット メソッドで使用するデータ バッファーの配列を表す 。 + 設定操作であいまいなバッファーが指定されています。この例外は、 が null 以外の値に設定されている状態で、 プロパティに null 以外の値を設定しようとした場合に発生します。 + + + ソケット操作で転送するバイト数を取得します。 + ソケット操作で転送するバイト数を格納する 。 + + + 非同期操作を完了させるために使用されるイベントです。 + + + + が使用されているときに接続エラーが発生した場合、例外を取得します。 + + プロパティに を指定したときの接続エラーの原因を示す 。 + + + + メソッドが正常に完了した後に作成され、接続された オブジェクト。 + 接続された オブジェクト。 + + + 非同期操作で送信または受信するデータの最大量 (バイト単位) を取得します。 + 送信または受信するデータの最大量 (バイト単位) を格納する 。 + + + + インスタンスが使用するアンマネージ リソースを解放し、必要に応じてマネージ リソースを破棄します。 + + + + クラスによって使用されていたリソースを解放します。 + + + このコンテキスト オブジェクトで最近実行されたソケット操作の種類を取得します。 + このコンテキスト オブジェクトで最近実行されたソケット操作の種類を示す インスタンス。 + + + + プロパティによって参照されるデータ バッファーへのオフセット (バイト単位) を取得します。 + + プロパティによって参照されるデータ バッファーへのオフセット (バイト単位) を格納する 。 + + + 非同期操作の完了時に呼び出されるメソッドを表します。 + シグナル状態のイベント。 + + + 非同期操作のリモート IP エンドポイントを取得または設定します。 + 非同期操作のリモート IP エンドポイントを表す 。 + + + 非同期ソケット メソッドで使用するデータ バッファーを設定します。 + 非同期ソケット メソッドで使用するデータ バッファー。 + 操作を開始するデータ バッファーのオフセット (バイト単位)。 + バッファー内で送信または受信するデータの最大量 (バイト単位)。 + あいまいなバッファーが指定されています。この例外は、 プロパティが null ではなく、 プロパティも null ではない場合に発生します。 + 引数が範囲外です。この例外は、 パラメーターがゼロ未満であるか、 プロパティの配列の長さよりも大きい場合に発生します。また、 パラメーターがゼロ未満であるか、 プロパティの配列の長さから パラメーターを引いた長さよりも大きい場合にも、この例外が発生します。 + + + 非同期ソケット メソッドで使用するデータ バッファーを設定します。 + 操作を開始するデータ バッファーのオフセット (バイト単位)。 + バッファー内で送信または受信するデータの最大量 (バイト単位)。 + 引数が範囲外です。この例外は、 パラメーターがゼロ未満であるか、 プロパティの配列の長さよりも大きい場合に発生します。また、 パラメーターがゼロ未満であるか、 プロパティの配列の長さから パラメーターを引いた長さよりも大きい場合にも、この例外が発生します。 + + + 非同期ソケット操作の結果を取得または設定します。 + 非同期ソケット操作の結果を表す 。 + + + この非同期ソケット操作に関連付けられたユーザー オブジェクトまたはアプリケーション オブジェクトを取得または設定します。 + この非同期ソケット操作に関連付けられたユーザー オブジェクトまたはアプリケーション オブジェクトを表すオブジェクト。 + + + このコンテキスト オブジェクトで最近実行された非同期ソケット操作の型。 + + + ソケットの Accept 操作。 + + + ソケットの Connect 操作。 + + + ソケット操作なし。 + + + ソケットの Receive 操作。 + + + ソケットの ReceiveFrom 操作。 + + + ソケットの Send 操作。 + + + ソケットの SendTo 操作。 + + + + メソッドが使用する定数を定義します。 + + + 送信と受信の両方の を無効にします。このフィールドは定数です。 + + + 受信の を無効にします。このフィールドは定数です。 + + + 送信の を無効にします。このフィールドは定数です。 + + + + クラスのインスタンスが表すソケットの種類を指定します。 + + + データグラムをサポートしています。これはコネクションレスで、固定 (通常は短い) 最大長の、信頼性のないメッセージです。メッセージが喪失または複製されたり、正しい順序で受信されなかったりする可能性があります。 型の はデータの送受信に先立って接続する必要がなく、複数のピアと通信できます。 はデータグラム プロトコル () と を使用します。 + + + データの複製および境界の維持を行うことなく、信頼性が高く双方向の、接続ベースのバイト ストリームをサポートします。この種類の Socket は、単一のピアと通信し、通信を開始する前にリモート ホスト接続を確立しておく必要があります。 は伝送制御プロトコル () および InterNetwork を使用します。 + + + 不明な Socket 型を指定します。 + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ko/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ko/System.Net.Sockets.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d4438b213 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ko/System.Net.Sockets.xml @@ -0,0 +1,466 @@ + + + + System.Net.Sockets + + + + + 클래스가 지원하는 프로토콜을 지정합니다. + + + Transmission Control 프로토콜입니다. + + + User Datagram 프로토콜입니다. + + + 알 수 없는 프로토콜입니다. + + + 지정되지 않은 프로토콜입니다. + + + Berkeley 소켓 인터페이스를 구현합니다. + + + 지정된 주소 패밀리, 소켓 종류 및 프로토콜을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + 값 중 하나입니다. + + 값 중 하나입니다. + + 값 중 하나입니다. + + , 및 을 조합했을 때 소켓이 잘못된 경우 + + + 지정된 소켓 종류 및 프로토콜을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + 값 중 하나입니다. + + 값 중 하나입니다. + + 과 을 조합했을 때 소켓이 잘못된 경우 + + + 들어오는 연결 시도를 받아들이는 비동기 작업을 시작합니다. + I/O 작업이 보류 중인 경우 true를 반환합니다.작업이 완료되면 매개 변수에 대한 이벤트가 발생합니다.I/O 작업이 동기적으로 완료된 경우 false를 반환합니다.이 경우에는 매개 변수에서 이벤트가 발생하지 않으며, 메서드 호출이 반환된 직후 매개 변수로 전달된 개체를 검사하여 작업 결과를 검색할 수 있습니다. + 이 비동기 소켓 작업에 사용할 개체입니다. + 인수가 잘못된 경우.제공된 버퍼의 크기가 너무 작으면 이 예외가 발생합니다.버퍼의 크기는 최소한 2 * (sizeof(SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16)바이트 이상이어야 합니다.버퍼를 여러 개 지정하고 속성이 null이 아닌 경우에도 이 예외가 발생합니다. + 인수가 범위를 벗어난 경우.가 0보다 작으면 이 예외가 발생합니다. + 잘못된 작업이 요청된 경우.받아들이는 이 연결을 수신 대기하지 않거나 받아들인 소켓이 바인딩되어 있으면 이 예외가 발생합니다. 메서드를 호출하기 전에 및 메서드를 호출해야 합니다.소켓이 이미 연결되어 있거나 지정된 매개 변수를 사용하여 소켓 작업이 이미 진행 중인 경우에도 이 예외가 발생합니다. + 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오. + 이 메서드에 Windows XP 이상이 필요한 경우. + + 이 닫힌 경우 + + + + 의 주소 패밀리를 가져옵니다. + + 값 중 하나입니다. + + + + 을 로컬 끝점과 연결합니다. + + 과 연결된 로컬 입니다. + + 가 null입니다. + 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오. + + 이 닫힌 경우 + 호출 스택에 있는 상위 호출자에게 요청된 작업에 대한 권한이 없는 경우 + + + + + + + + + 원격 호스트 연결에 대한 비동기 요청을 취소합니다. + + 메서드 중 하나를 호출하여 원격 호스트에 대한 연결을 요청하는 데 사용되는 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null일 수 없으며, 도 null일 수 없습니다. + 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우 + + 이 닫힌 경우 + 호출 스택에 있는 상위 호출자에게 요청된 작업에 대한 권한이 없는 경우 + + + 원격 호스트 연결에 대한 비동기 요청을 시작합니다. + I/O 작업이 보류 중인 경우 true를 반환합니다.작업이 완료되면 매개 변수에 대한 이벤트가 발생합니다.I/O 작업이 동기적으로 완료된 경우 false를 반환합니다.이 경우에는 매개 변수에서 이벤트가 발생하지 않으며, 메서드 호출이 반환된 직후 매개 변수로 전달된 개체를 검사하여 작업 결과를 검색할 수 있습니다. + 이 비동기 소켓 작업에 사용할 개체입니다. + 인수가 잘못된 경우.버퍼를 여러 개 지정하고 속성이 null이 아니면 이 예외가 발생합니다. + + 매개 변수가 null일 수 없으며, 도 null일 수 없습니다. + + 이 수신 대기 중이거나 매개 변수에 지정된 개체를 사용하여 소켓 작업이 이미 진행 중입니다. + 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오. + 이 메서드에 Windows XP 이상이 필요한 경우.로컬 끝점과 가 같은 주소 패밀리에 포함되지 않은 경우에도 이 예외가 발생합니다. + + 이 닫힌 경우 + 호출 스택에 있는 상위 호출자에게 요청된 작업에 대한 권한이 없는 경우 + + + 원격 호스트 연결에 대한 비동기 요청을 시작합니다. + I/O 작업이 보류 중인 경우 true를 반환합니다.작업이 완료되면 매개 변수에 대한 이벤트가 발생합니다.I/O 작업이 동기적으로 완료된 경우 false를 반환합니다.이 경우에는 매개 변수에서 이벤트가 발생하지 않으며, 메서드 호출이 반환된 직후 매개 변수로 전달된 개체를 검사하여 작업 결과를 검색할 수 있습니다. + + 값 중 하나입니다. + + 값 중 하나입니다. + 이 비동기 소켓 작업에 사용할 개체입니다. + 인수가 잘못된 경우.버퍼를 여러 개 지정하고 속성이 null이 아니면 이 예외가 발생합니다. + + 매개 변수가 null일 수 없으며, 도 null일 수 없습니다. + + 이 수신 대기 중이거나 매개 변수에 지정된 개체를 사용하여 소켓 작업이 이미 진행 중입니다. + 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오. + 이 메서드에 Windows XP 이상이 필요한 경우.로컬 끝점과 가 같은 주소 패밀리에 포함되지 않은 경우에도 이 예외가 발생합니다. + + 이 닫힌 경우 + 호출 스택에 있는 상위 호출자에게 요청된 작업에 대한 권한이 없는 경우 + + + + 이 마지막으로 또는 작업을 수행할 때 원격 호스트에 연결되었는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다. + 가장 최근 작업에서 이 원격 리소스에 연결되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + + 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다. + + + + 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 필요에 따라 관리되는 리소스를 삭제합니다. + 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true로 설정하고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false로 설정합니다. + + + + 클래스에서 사용한 리소스를 해제합니다. + + + + 을 수신 상태로 둡니다. + 보류 중인 연결 큐의 최대 길이입니다. + 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오. + + 이 닫힌 경우 + + + + + + + + 로컬 끝점을 가져옵니다. + + 이 통신하는 데 사용하는 입니다. + 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오. + + 이 닫힌 경우 + + + + + + + + + 스트림에서 Nagle 알고리즘을 사용하는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다. + + 에서 Nagle 알고리즘을 사용하면 false이고, 그렇지 않으면 true입니다.기본값은 false입니다. + + 에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우.자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오. + + 이 닫힌 경우 + + + + + + + + 내부 운영 체제 및 네트워크 어댑터에서 IPv4(인터넷 프로토콜 버전 4)를 지원하는지 여부를 나타냅니다. + 운영 체제 및 네트워크 어댑터에서 IPv4 프로토콜을 지원하면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + 내부 운영 체제 및 네트워크 어댑터에서 IPv6(인터넷 프로토콜 버전 6)을 지원하는지 여부를 나타냅니다. + 운영 체제 및 네트워크 어댑터에서 IPv6 프로토콜을 지원하면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + + 의 프로토콜 종류를 가져옵니다. + + 값 중 하나입니다. + + + 연결된 개체에서 데이터를 받기 위해 비동기 요청을 시작합니다. + I/O 작업이 보류 중인 경우 true를 반환합니다.작업이 완료되면 매개 변수에 대한 이벤트가 발생합니다.I/O 작업이 동기적으로 완료된 경우 false를 반환합니다.이 경우에는 매개 변수에서 이벤트가 발생하지 않으며, 메서드 호출이 반환된 직후 매개 변수로 전달된 개체를 검사하여 작업 결과를 검색할 수 있습니다. + 이 비동기 소켓 작업에 사용할 개체입니다. + 인수가 잘못된 경우. 매개 변수의 또는 속성이 올바른 버퍼를 참조하지 않는 경우.이러한 속성 중 하나를 설정할 수 있지만 두 속성을 동시에 설정할 수는 없습니다. + + 매개 변수에 지정된 개체를 사용하여 소켓 작업이 이미 진행 중인 경우 + 이 메서드에 Windows XP 이상이 필요한 경우. + + 이 닫힌 경우 + 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오. + + + + 의 수신 버퍼 크기를 지정하는 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다. + 수신 버퍼의 크기(바이트)가 들어 있는 입니다.기본값은 8192입니다. + 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우 + + 이 닫힌 경우 + set 작업에 지정된 값이 0보다 작은 경우 + + + + + + + + 지정된 네트워크 장치에서 비동기적으로 데이터를 받기 시작합니다. + I/O 작업이 보류 중인 경우 true를 반환합니다.작업이 완료되면 매개 변수에 대한 이벤트가 발생합니다.I/O 작업이 동기적으로 완료된 경우 false를 반환합니다.이 경우에는 매개 변수에서 이벤트가 발생하지 않으며, 메서드 호출이 반환된 직후 매개 변수로 전달된 개체를 검사하여 작업 결과를 검색할 수 있습니다. + 이 비동기 소켓 작업에 사용할 개체입니다. + + 가 null인 경우 + + 매개 변수에 지정된 개체를 사용하여 소켓 작업이 이미 진행 중인 경우 + 이 메서드에 Windows XP 이상이 필요한 경우. + + 이 닫힌 경우 + 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우 + + + 원격 끝점을 가져옵니다. + + 이 통신에 사용하는 입니다. + 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오. + + 이 닫힌 경우 + + + + + + + + 데이터를 연결된 개체에 비동기적으로 보냅니다. + I/O 작업이 보류 중인 경우 true를 반환합니다.작업이 완료되면 매개 변수에 대한 이벤트가 발생합니다.I/O 작업이 동기적으로 완료된 경우 false를 반환합니다.이 경우에는 매개 변수에서 이벤트가 발생하지 않으며, 메서드 호출이 반환된 직후 매개 변수로 전달된 개체를 검사하여 작업 결과를 검색할 수 있습니다. + 이 비동기 소켓 작업에 사용할 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수의 또는 속성이 올바른 버퍼를 참조하지 않는 경우.이러한 속성 중 하나를 설정할 수 있지만 두 속성을 동시에 설정할 수는 없습니다. + + 매개 변수에 지정된 개체를 사용하여 소켓 작업이 이미 진행 중인 경우 + 이 메서드에 Windows XP 이상이 필요한 경우. + + 이 닫힌 경우 + + 이 아직 연결되지 않았거나 , 또는 메서드를 통해 소켓을 가져오지 못한 경우 + + + + 의 송신 버퍼 크기를 지정하는 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다. + 송신 버퍼의 크기(바이트)가 들어 있는 입니다.기본값은 8192입니다. + 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우 + + 이 닫힌 경우 + set 작업에 지정된 값이 0보다 작은 경우 + + + + + + + + 특정 원격 호스트에 데이터를 비동기적으로 보냅니다. + I/O 작업이 보류 중인 경우 true를 반환합니다.작업이 완료되면 매개 변수에 대한 이벤트가 발생합니다.I/O 작업이 동기적으로 완료된 경우 false를 반환합니다.이 경우에는 매개 변수에서 이벤트가 발생하지 않으며, 메서드 호출이 반환된 직후 매개 변수로 전달된 개체를 검사하여 작업 결과를 검색할 수 있습니다. + 이 비동기 소켓 작업에 사용할 개체입니다. + + 가 null인 경우 + + 매개 변수에 지정된 개체를 사용하여 소켓 작업이 이미 진행 중인 경우 + 이 메서드에 Windows XP 이상이 필요한 경우. + + 이 닫힌 경우 + 연결 지향 프로토콜이 지정되었는데 이 아직 연결되지 않은 경우 + + + + 에서 보내기 및 받기를 사용할 수 없도록 설정합니다. + 더 이상 허용하지 않을 작업을 지정하는 값 중 하나입니다. + 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오. + + 이 닫힌 경우 + + + + + + + + + 에서 보낸 IP(인터넷 프로토콜) 패킷의 TTL(Time-To-Live) 값을 지정하는 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다. + TTL 값입니다. + TTL 값은 음수로 설정할 수 있습니다. + + 또는 패밀리의 소켓이 아닌 소켓에 대해 이 속성을 설정한 경우 + 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우TTL을 255보다 큰 값으로 설정하고자 할 때에도 이 오류가 반환됩니다. + + 이 닫힌 경우 + + + + + + + + 비동기 소켓 작업을 나타냅니다. + + + 빈 인스턴스를 만듭니다. + 플랫폼이 지원되지 않는 경우 + + + 비동기 소켓 메서드를 통해 연결을 허용하기 위해 만들었거나 사용할 소켓을 가져오거나 설정합니다. + 비동기 소켓 메서드를 통해 연결을 허용하기 위해 만들었거나 사용할 입니다. + + + 비동기 소켓 메서드에 사용할 데이터 버퍼를 가져옵니다. + 비동기 소켓 메서드에 사용할 데이터 버퍼를 나타내는 배열입니다. + + + 비동기 소켓 메서드에 사용할 데이터 버퍼의 배열을 가져오거나 설정합니다. + 비동기 소켓 메서드에 사용할 데이터 버퍼의 배열을 나타내는 입니다. + 설정 작업에 지정된 버퍼가 명확하지 않은 경우. 속성이 null이 아닌 값으로 설정되고, 속성을 null이 아닌 값으로 설정하고자 하는 경우, 이러한 예외가 발생합니다. + + + 소켓 작업에서 전송된 바이트 수를 가져옵니다. + 소켓 작업에서 전송된 바이트 수를 포함하는 입니다. + + + 비동기 작업을 완료하는 데 사용할 이벤트입니다. + + + + 를 사용할 때 연결 실패가 발생하는 경우의 예외를 가져옵니다. + + 가 속성에 지정된 경우 연결 오류의 원인을 나타내는 입니다. + + + + 메서드가 성공적으로 완료된 후 만들어지고 연결되는 개체입니다. + 연결된 개체입니다. + + + 비동기 작업을 통해 보내거나 받을 최대 데이터 양(바이트)을 가져옵니다. + 보내거나 받을 최대 데이터 양(바이트)을 포함하는 입니다. + + + + 인스턴스에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 삭제합니다. + + + + 클래스에서 사용하는 리소스를 해제합니다. + + + 이 컨텍스트 개체를 사용하여 가장 최근에 수행한 소켓 작업의 유형을 가져옵니다. + 이 컨텍스트 개체를 사용하여 가장 최근에 수행한 소켓 작업의 유형을 나타내는 인스턴스입니다. + + + + 속성에서 참조하는 데이터 버퍼의 오프셋(바이트)을 가져옵니다. + + 속성에서 참조하는 데이터 버퍼의 오프셋(바이트)이 포함된 입니다. + + + 비동기 작업이 완료되면 호출할 메서드를 나타냅니다. + 신호를 받는 이벤트입니다. + + + 비동기 작업의 원격 IP 끝점을 가져오거나 설정합니다. + 비동기 작업의 원격 IP 끝점을 나타내는 입니다. + + + 비동기 소켓 메서드에 사용할 데이터 버퍼를 설정합니다. + 비동기 소켓 메서드에 사용할 데이터 버퍼입니다. + 데이터 버퍼에서 작업이 시작되는 오프셋(바이트)입니다. + 버퍼에서 보내거나 받을 최대 데이터 양(바이트)입니다. + 지정된 버퍼가 명확하지 않은 경우. 속성도 null이 아니고 속성도 null이 아니면 이 예외가 발생합니다. + 인수가 범위를 벗어난 경우. 매개 변수가 0보다 작거나 속성에 지정된 배열 길이보다 크면 이 예외가 발생합니다.또한 매개 변수가 0보다 작거나, 속성에 지정된 배열 길이에서 매개 변수를 뺀 값보다 큰 경우에도 이 예외가 발생합니다. + + + 비동기 소켓 메서드에 사용할 데이터 버퍼를 설정합니다. + 데이터 버퍼에서 작업이 시작되는 오프셋(바이트)입니다. + 버퍼에서 보내거나 받을 최대 데이터 양(바이트)입니다. + 인수가 범위를 벗어난 경우. 매개 변수가 0보다 작거나 속성에 지정된 배열 길이보다 크면 이 예외가 발생합니다.또한 매개 변수가 0보다 작거나, 속성에 지정된 배열 길이에서 매개 변수를 뺀 값보다 큰 경우에도 이 예외가 발생합니다. + + + 비동기 소켓 작업의 결과를 가져오거나 설정합니다. + 비동기 소켓 작업의 결과를 나타내는 입니다. + + + 이 비동기 소켓 작업과 연결된 사용자 또는 응용 프로그램 개체를 가져오거나 설정합니다. + 이 비동기 소켓 작업과 연결된 사용자 또는 응용 프로그램 개체를 나타내는 개체입니다. + + + 이 컨텍스트 개체를 사용하여 가장 최근에 수행된 비동기 소켓 작업의 유형입니다. + + + 소켓 Accept 작업입니다. + + + 소켓 Connect 작업입니다. + + + 소켓 작업이 없습니다. + + + 소켓 Receive 작업입니다. + + + 소켓 ReceiveFrom 작업입니다. + + + 소켓 Send 작업입니다. + + + 소켓 SendTo 작업입니다. + + + + 메서드에서 사용하는 상수를 정의합니다. + + + + 을 보내기와 받기 모두에 사용할 수 없도록 설정합니다.이 필드는 상수입니다. + + + + 을 받기에 사용할 수 없도록 설정합니다.이 필드는 상수입니다. + + + + 을 보내기에 사용할 수 없도록 설정합니다.이 필드는 상수입니다. + + + + 클래스의 인스턴스가 나타내는 소켓의 종류를 지정합니다. + + + 고정된 최대 길이(대개 작음)의 신뢰할 수 없고 연결 없는 메시지인 데이터그램을 지원합니다.메시지가 손실되거나 중복될 수 있으며 메시지 순서가 잘못될 수도 있습니다. 종류의 은 데이터를 보내고 받기 전에 연결하지 않고도 여러 피어와 통신할 수 있습니다.은 Datagram Protocol()과 를 사용합니다. + + + 데이터 중복이나 경계 유지 없이 신뢰성 있는 양방향 연결 기반의 바이트 스트림을 지원합니다.이 종류의 Socket은 단일 피어와 통신하며 이 소켓을 사용할 경우 통신을 시작하기 전에 원격 호스트에 연결해야 합니다.은 Transmission Control Protocol() 및 InterNetwork를 사용합니다. + + + 알 수 없는 Socket 종류를 지정합니다. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ru/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ru/System.Net.Sockets.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0bab4e69d --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ru/System.Net.Sockets.xml @@ -0,0 +1,393 @@ + + + + System.Net.Sockets + + + + Задает протокол, поддерживающий класс . + + + Протокол TCP. + + + Протокол UDP. + + + Неизвестный протокол. + + + Неуказанный протокол. + + + Реализует интерфейс сокетов Berkeley. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , используя заданные семейство адресов, тип сокета и протокол. + Одно из значений . + Одно из значений . + Одно из значений . + Сочетание параметров , и приводит к неработоспособному сокету. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , используя указанный тип сокетов и протокол. + Одно из значений . + Одно из значений . + Сочетание параметров и приводит к недопустимому сокету. + + + Начинает асинхронную операцию, чтобы принять попытку входящего подключения. + Возвращает значение true, если операция ввода-вывода находится в состоянии ожидания.По завершении операции создается событие в параметре .Возвращает значение false, если операция ввода-вывода завершена синхронно.Событие на параметре не произойдет и объект , передаваемый как параметр, можно изучить сразу после получения результатов вызова метода для извлечения результатов операции. + Объект для использования в данной асинхронной операции сокета. + Аргумент является недопустимым.Это исключение возникает, если обеспечиваемый буфер имеет недостаточный размер.Буфер должен иметь размер, равный, по крайней мере, 2 * (размер(SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16) байт.Это исключение также возникает, если задано несколько буферов, свойство не имеет значение "null". + Аргумент вне диапазона.Исключение возникает, если объект имеет значение меньше 0. + Предпринят запрос выполнения недопустимой операции.Это исключение возникает, если принимающий объект не производит прослушивание подключений или принимающий сокет является связанным.Требуется вызвать объект и метод перед вызовом метода .Это исключение также происходит, если сокет уже подключен или работа с сокетом уже выполнялась с использованием указанного параметра . + Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания". + Этот метод доступен только в Windows XP и более поздних версиях. + Объект закрыт. + + + Получает семейство адресов объекта . + Одно из значений . + + + Связывает объект с локальной конечной точкой. + Локальный объект , который необходимо связать с объектом . + Параметр имеет значение null. + Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания". + Объект закрыт. + У вызывающего оператора, находящегося в начале стека вызовов, нет разрешения для запрашиваемой операции. + + + + + + + + + Отменяет выполнение асинхронного запроса для подключения к удаленному узлу. + Объект , используемый для запроса соединения с удаленным узлом путем вызова одного из методов . + Параметр и не могут иметь значение NULL. + Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету. + Объект закрыт. + У вызывающего оператора, находящегося в начале стека вызовов, нет разрешения для запрашиваемой операции. + + + Начинает выполнение асинхронного запроса для подключения к удаленному узлу. + Возвращает значение true, если операция ввода-вывода находится в состоянии ожидания.По завершении операции создается событие в параметре .Возвращает значение false, если операция ввода-вывода завершена синхронно.В данном случае событие на параметре не будет создано и объект , передаваемый как параметр, можно изучить сразу после получения результатов вызова метода для извлечения результатов операции. + Объект для использования в данной асинхронной операции сокета. + Аргумент является недопустимым.Это исключение возникает, если задано несколько буферов, свойство не имеет значение "null". + Параметр и не могут иметь значение NULL. + + ведет прослушивание или работа с сокетом уже выполняется с использованием объекта , указанного параметром . + Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания". + Этот метод доступен только в Windows XP и более поздних версиях.Это исключение возникает также в том случае, если локальная конечная точка и объект не принадлежат к одному семейству адресов. + Объект закрыт. + У вызывающего оператора, находящегося в начале стека вызовов, нет разрешения для запрашиваемой операции. + + + Начинает выполнение асинхронного запроса для подключения к удаленному узлу. + Возвращает значение true, если операция ввода-вывода находится в состоянии ожидания.По завершении операции создается событие в параметре .Возвращает значение false, если операция ввода-вывода завершена синхронно.В данном случае событие на параметре не будет создано и объект , передаваемый как параметр, можно изучить сразу после получения результатов вызова метода для извлечения результатов операции. + Одно из значений . + Одно из значений . + Объект для использования в данной асинхронной операции сокета. + Аргумент является недопустимым.Это исключение возникает, если задано несколько буферов, свойство не имеет значение "null". + Параметр и не могут иметь значение NULL. + + ведет прослушивание или работа с сокетом уже выполняется с использованием объекта , указанного параметром . + Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания". + Этот метод доступен только в Windows XP и более поздних версиях.Это исключение возникает также в том случае, если локальная конечная точка и объект не принадлежат к одному семейству адресов. + Объект закрыт. + У вызывающего оператора, находящегося в начале стека вызовов, нет разрешения для запрашиваемой операции. + + + Получает значение, указывающее, подключается ли объект к удаленному узлу в результате последней операции или . + Значение true, если объект в результате последней операции был подключен к удаленному ресурсу; в противном случае — значение false. + + + Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса . + + + Освобождает неуправляемые ресурсы, используемые объектом , и по возможности — управляемые ресурсы. + Значение true для освобождения управляемых и неуправляемых ресурсов; значение false для освобождения только неуправляемых ресурсов. + + + Освобождает ресурсы, используемые классом . + + + Устанавливает объект в состояние прослушивания. + Максимальная длина очереди ожидающих подключений. + Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания". + Объект закрыт. + + + + + + + + Возвращает локальную конечную точку. + Объект , который объект использует для взаимодействий. + Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания". + Объект закрыт. + + + + + + + + Возвращает или задает значение , указывающее, используется ли поток в алгоритме Nagle. + Значение false, если объект использует алгоритм Nagle; в противном случае — значение true.Значение по умолчанию — false. + Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к объекту .Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания". + Объект закрыт. + + + + + + + + Указывает, поддерживают ли основная операционная система и сетевые адаптеры протокол IPv4. + Значение true, если основная операционная система и сетевые адаптеры поддерживают протокол IPv4; в противном случае — значение false. + + + Указывает, поддерживают ли основная операционная система и сетевые адаптеры протокол IPv6. + Значение true, если основная операционная система и сетевые адаптеры поддерживают протокол IPv6; в противном случае — значение false. + + + Получает тип протокола объекта . + Одно из значений . + + + Начинает выполнение асинхронного запроса, чтобы получить данные из подключенного объекта . + Возвращает значение true, если операция ввода-вывода находится в состоянии ожидания.По завершении операции создается событие в параметре .Возвращает значение false, если операция ввода-вывода завершена синхронно.В данном случае событие на параметре не будет создано и объект , передаваемый как параметр, можно изучить сразу после получения результатов вызова метода для извлечения результатов операции. + Объект для использования в данной асинхронной операции сокета. + Аргумент был недопустимым.Свойства или на параметре должны ссылаться на допустимые буферы.Может быть установлено одно из этих свойств, но нельзя одновременно устанавливать оба свойства. + Операция сокета уже выполнялась с использованием объекта , указанного в параметре . + Этот метод доступен только в Windows XP и более поздних версиях. + Объект закрыт. + Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания". + + + Получает или задает значение, задающее размер приемного буфера объекта . + Объект , который содержит значение размера приемного буфера в байтах.Значение по умолчанию — 8192. + Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету. + Объект закрыт. + Значение, указанное для операции установки, меньше 0. + + + + + + + + Начинает выполнение асинхронного приема данных с указанного сетевого устройства. + Возвращает значение true, если операция ввода-вывода находится в состоянии ожидания.По завершении операции создается событие в параметре .Возвращает значение false, если операция ввода-вывода завершена синхронно.В данном случае событие на параметре не будет создано и объект , передаваемый как параметр, можно изучить сразу после получения результатов вызова метода для извлечения результатов операции. + Объект для использования в данной асинхронной операции сокета. + Объект не может иметь значение "null". + Операция сокета уже выполнялась с использованием объекта , указанного в параметре . + Этот метод доступен только в Windows XP и более поздних версиях. + Объект закрыт. + Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету. + + + Возвращает удаленную конечную точку. + Объект , с которым взаимодействует объект . + Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания". + Объект закрыт. + + + + + + + + Выполняет асинхронную передачу данных на подключенный объект . + Возвращает значение true, если операция ввода-вывода находится в состоянии ожидания.По завершении операции создается событие в параметре .Возвращает значение false, если операция ввода-вывода завершена синхронно.В данном случае событие на параметре не будет создано и объект , передаваемый как параметр, можно изучить сразу после получения результатов вызова метода для извлечения результатов операции. + Объект для использования в данной асинхронной операции сокета. + Свойства или на параметре должны ссылаться на допустимые буферы.Может быть установлено одно из этих свойств, но нельзя одновременно устанавливать оба свойства. + Операция сокета уже выполнялась с использованием объекта , указанного в параметре . + Этот метод доступен только в Windows XP и более поздних версиях. + Объект закрыт. + Объект уже не подключен или он был получен посредством метода , или . + + + Получает или задает значение, определяющее размер буфера передачи объекта . + Объект , который содержит значение размера буфера передачи в байтах.Значение по умолчанию — 8192. + Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету. + Объект закрыт. + Значение, указанное для операции установки, меньше 0. + + + + + + + + Выполняет асинхронную передачу данных в указанный удаленный узел. + Возвращает значение true, если операция ввода-вывода находится в состоянии ожидания.По завершении операции создается событие в параметре .Возвращает значение false, если операция ввода-вывода завершена синхронно.В данном случае событие на параметре не будет создано и объект , передаваемый как параметр, можно изучить сразу после получения результатов вызова метода для извлечения результатов операции. + Объект для использования в данной асинхронной операции сокета. + Объект не может иметь значение "null". + Операция сокета уже выполнялась с использованием объекта , указанного в параметре . + Этот метод доступен только в Windows XP и более поздних версиях. + Объект закрыт. + Указанный протокол работает с установлением соединения, но объект еще не подключен. + + + Блокирует передачу и получение данных для объекта . + Одно из значений , указывающее на то, что операция более не разрешена. + Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания". + Объект закрыт. + + + + + + + + Получает или задает значение, задающее время существования (TTL) IP-пакетов, отправленных объектом . + Значение времени существования TTL. + В качестве величины срока жизни нельзя задать отрицательное число. + Это свойство может быть установлено только для сокетов в семействах или . + Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Эта ошибка также возвращается при попытке задать срок жизни больше, чем 255. + Объект закрыт. + + + + + + + + Представляет асинхронную операцию сокета. + + + Создает пустой экземпляр класса . + Платформа не поддерживается. + + + Возвращает или задает сокет для применения или сокет, созданный для принятия запроса на подключения, с помощью асинхронного метода сокета. + Объект для применения (сокет, созданный для принятия запроса на подключения с помощью асинхронного метода сокета). + + + Получает буфер данных для применения в асинхронном методе сокета. + Массив , представляющий буфер данных для применения в асинхронном методе сокета. + + + Возвращает или задает массив буферов данных для применения в асинхронном методе сокета. + Объект , представляющий массив буферов данных для применения в асинхронном методе сокета. + Неоднозначное указание буферов для заданной операции.Это исключение возникает, если для свойства задано значение, отличное от NULL, и была предпринята попытка задать отличное от NULL значение для свойства . + + + Получает количество байтов, переданных в операции сокета. + Объект , содержащий количество байтов, переданных в операции сокета. + + + Событие, используемое для завершения асинхронной операции. + + + Получает исключение в случае сбоя соединения при использовании . + Объект , указывающий причину ошибки соединения, если значение было задано для свойства . + + + Созданный и подключенный объект после успешного выполнения метода . + Подключенный объект . + + + Получает значение, равное максимальному количеству данных (в байтах), которое может быть отправлено или получено в асинхронной операции. + Объект , содержащий значение, равное максимальному количеству данных (в байтах), которое может быть отправлено или получено. + + + Освобождает неуправляемые ресурсы, используемые экземпляром класса , и при необходимости удаляет управляемые ресурсы. + + + Освобождает ресурсы, используемые классом . + + + Получает тип операции сокета, которая была выполнена последней с этим объектом контекста. + Экземпляр класса , указывающий тип операции сокета, которая была выполнена последней с этим объектом контекста. + + + Получает смещение (в байтах) в буфере данных, на который ссылается свойство . + Объект , содержащий смещение (в байтах) в буфере данных, на который ссылается свойство . + + + Представляет метод, вызываемый после завершения асинхронной операции. + Сигнализирующее событие. + + + Возвращает или задает удаленную конечную точка IP для асинхронной операции. + Объект , представляющий удаленную конечную точка IP для асинхронной операции. + + + Задает буфер данных для применения в асинхронном методе сокета. + Буфер данных для применения в асинхронном методе сокета. + Смещение (в байтах) в буфере данных, при котором начинается операция. + Максимальное количество данных (в байтах), которое может быть отправлено или получено в буфере. + Неоднозначное указание буферов.Это исключение возникает, если значения свойств и одновременно отличны от null. + Аргумент вне диапазона.Это исключение возникает, если значение параметра меньше нуля или больше длины массива, указанной в свойстве .Это исключение возникает также, если значение параметра меньше нуля или больше разницы между длиной массива, указанной в свойстве , и значением параметра . + + + Задает буфер данных для применения в асинхронном методе сокета. + Смещение (в байтах) в буфере данных, при котором начинается операция. + Максимальное количество данных (в байтах), которое может быть отправлено или получено в буфере. + Аргумент вне диапазона.Это исключение возникает, если значение параметра меньше нуля или больше длины массива, указанной в свойстве .Это исключение возникает также, если значение параметра меньше нуля или больше разницы между длиной массива, указанной в свойстве , и значением параметра . + + + Возвращает или задает результат асинхронной операции сокета. + Объект , представляющий результат асинхронной операции сокета. + + + Возвращает или задает объект пользователя или приложения, связанный с данной асинхронной операцией сокета. + Объект, который представляет объект пользователя или приложения, связанный с данной асинхронной операцией сокета. + + + Тип асинхронной операции сокета, которая была выполнена последней с этим объектом контекста. + + + Операция Accept сокета. + + + Операция Connect сокета. + + + Ни одна из операций сокета. + + + Операция Receive сокета. + + + Операция ReceiveFrom сокета. + + + Операция Send сокета. + + + Операция SendTo сокета. + + + Определяет константы, используемые методом . + + + Отключает объект как от приема, так и от передачи.Это поле является константой. + + + Отключает объект от приема.Это поле является константой. + + + Отключает объект от передачи.Это поле является константой. + + + Указывает тип сокета, являющегося экземпляром класса . + + + Поддерживает датаграммы — ненадежные сообщения с фиксированной (обычно малой) максимальной длиной, передаваемые без установления подключения.Возможны потеря и дублирование сообщений, а также их получение не в том порядке, в котором они отправлены.Объект типа не требует установки подключения до приема и передачи данных и может обеспечивать связь со множеством одноранговых узлов. использует протокол Datagram () и . + + + Поддерживает надежные двусторонние байтовые потоки в режиме с установлением подключения, без дублирования данных и без сохранения границ данных.Объект Socket этого типа взаимодействует с одним узлом и требует установления подключения к удаленному узлу перед началом передачи данных. использует протокол TCP () и InterNetwork. + + + Задает неизвестный тип Socket. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hans/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hans/System.Net.Sockets.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe44e1802 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hans/System.Net.Sockets.xml @@ -0,0 +1,434 @@ + + + + System.Net.Sockets + + + + 指定 类支持的协议。 + + + 传输控制协议。 + + + 用户数据报协议。 + + + 未知协议。 + + + 未指定的协议。 + + + 实现 Berkeley 套接字接口。 + + + 使用指定的地址族、套接字类型和协议初始化 类的新实例。 + + 值之一。 + + 值之一。 + + 值之一。 + + 、 和 的组合会导致无效套接字。 + + + 使用指定的地址族、套接字类型和协议初始化 类的新实例。 + + 值之一。 + + 值之一。 + + 和 组合将导致套接字无效。 + + + 开始一个异步操作来接受一个传入的连接尝试。 + 如果 I/O 操作挂起，将返回 true。操作完成时，将引发 参数的 事件。如果 I/O 操作同步完成，将返回 false。将不会引发 参数的 事件，并且可能在方法调用返回后立即检查作为参数传递的 对象以检索操作的结果。 + 要用于此异步套接字操作的 对象。 + 参数无效。如果所提供的缓冲区不够大，将会发生此异常。缓冲区必须至少为 2 * (sizeof(SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16) 字节。如果指定了多个缓冲区，即 属性不为 null，也会发生此异常。 + 参数超出范围。如果 小于 0，将会发生此异常。 + 请求了无效操作。如果接收方 未侦听连接或者绑定了接受的套接字，将发生此异常。 和 方法必须先于 方法调用。如果套接字已连接或使用指定的 参数的套接字操作已经在进行中，也会发生此异常。 + 试图访问套接字时发生错误。有关更多信息，请参见备注部分。 + 此方法需要 Windows XP 或更高版本。 + + 已关闭。 + + + 获取 的地址族。 + + 值之一。 + + + 使 与一个本地终结点相关联。 + 要与 关联的本地 。 + + 为 null。 + 试图访问套接字时发生错误。有关更多信息，请参见备注部分。 + + 已关闭。 + 调用堆栈上部的调用方无权执行所请求的操作。 + + + + + + + + + 取消一个对远程主机连接的异步请求。 + + 对象，该对象用于通过调用 方法之一，请求与远程主机的连接。 + + 参数不能为 null，并且 不能为空。 + 试图访问套接字时发生错误。 + + 已关闭。 + 调用堆栈上部的调用方无权执行所请求的操作。 + + + 开始一个对远程主机连接的异步请求。 + 如果 I/O 操作挂起，将返回 true。操作完成时，将引发 参数的 事件。如果 I/O 操作同步完成，将返回 false。在这种情况下，将不会引发 参数的 事件，并且可能在方法调用返回后立即检查作为参数传递的 对象以检索操作的结果。 + 要用于此异步套接字操作的 对象。 + 参数无效。如果指定了多个缓冲区，即 属性不为 null，将会发生此异常。 + + 参数不能为 null，并且 不能为空。 + + 正在侦听或已经在使用 参数中指定的 对象执行套接字操作。 + 试图访问套接字时发生错误。有关更多信息，请参见备注部分。 + 此方法需要 Windows XP 或更高版本。如果本地终结点和 不是相同的地址族，也会发生此异常。 + + 已关闭。 + 调用堆栈上部的调用方无权执行所请求的操作。 + + + 开始一个对远程主机连接的异步请求。 + 如果 I/O 操作挂起，将返回 true。操作完成时，将引发 参数的 事件。如果 I/O 操作同步完成，将返回 false。在这种情况下，将不会引发 参数的 事件，并且可能在方法调用返回后立即检查作为参数传递的 对象以检索操作的结果。 + + 值之一。 + + 值之一。 + 要用于此异步套接字操作的 对象。 + 参数无效。如果指定了多个缓冲区，即 属性不为 null，将会发生此异常。 + + 参数不能为 null，并且 不能为空。 + + 正在侦听或已经在使用 参数中指定的 对象执行套接字操作。 + 试图访问套接字时发生错误。有关更多信息，请参见备注部分。 + 此方法需要 Windows XP 或更高版本。如果本地终结点和 不是相同的地址族，也会发生此异常。 + + 已关闭。 + 调用堆栈上部的调用方无权执行所请求的操作。 + + + 获取一个值，该值指示 是在上次 还是 操作时连接到远程主机。 + 如果 在最近操作时连接到远程资源，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。 + + + 释放由 使用的非托管资源，并可根据需要释放托管资源。 + 如果为 true，则释放托管资源和非托管资源；如果为 false，则仅释放非托管资源。 + + + 释放 类使用的资源。 + + + 将 置于侦听状态。 + 挂起连接队列的最大长度。 + 试图访问套接字时发生错误。有关更多信息，请参见备注部分。 + + 已关闭。 + + + + + + + + 获取本地终结点。 + + 当前用以进行通信的 。 + 试图访问套接字时发生错误。有关更多信息，请参见备注部分。 + + 已关闭。 + + + + + + + + 获取或设置 值，该值指定流 是否正在使用 Nagle 算法。 + 如果 使用 Nagle 算法，则为 false；否则为 true。默认值为 false。 + 试图访问 时发生错误。有关更多信息，请参见备注部分。 + + 已关闭。 + + + + + + + + 指示基础操作系统和网络适配器是否支持 Internet 协议第 4 版 (IPv4)。 + 如果操作系统和网络适配器支持 IPv4 协议，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 指示基础操作系统和网络适配器是否支持 Internet 协议第 6 版 (IPv6)。 + 如果操作系统和网络适配器支持 IPv6 协议，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 获取 的协议类型。 + + 值之一。 + + + 开始一个异步请求以便从连接的 对象中接收数据。 + 如果 I/O 操作挂起，将返回 true。操作完成时，将引发 参数的 事件。如果 I/O 操作同步完成，将返回 false。在这种情况下，将不会引发 参数的 事件，并且可能在方法调用返回后立即检查作为参数传递的 对象以检索操作的结果。 + 要用于此异步套接字操作的 对象。 + 参数无效。 参数的 或 属性必须引用有效的缓冲区。可以设置这两个属性中的某一个，但不能同时设置这两个属性。 + 已经在使用 参数中指定的 对象执行套接字操作。 + 此方法需要 Windows XP 或更高版本。 + + 已关闭。 + 试图访问套接字时发生错误。有关更多信息，请参见备注部分。 + + + 获取或设置一个值，它指定 接收缓冲区的大小。 + + ，它包含接收缓冲区的大小（以字节为单位）。默认值为 8192。 + 试图访问套接字时发生错误。 + + 已关闭。 + 为设置操作指定的值小于 0。 + + + + + + + + 开始从指定网络设备中异步接收数据。 + 如果 I/O 操作挂起，将返回 true。操作完成时，将引发 参数的 事件。如果 I/O 操作同步完成，将返回 false。在这种情况下，将不会引发 参数的 事件，并且可能在方法调用返回后立即检查作为参数传递的 对象以检索操作的结果。 + 要用于此异步套接字操作的 对象。 + + 不能为 null。 + 已经在使用 参数中指定的 对象执行套接字操作。 + 此方法需要 Windows XP 或更高版本。 + + 已关闭。 + 试图访问套接字时发生错误。 + + + 获取远程终结点。 + 当前和 通信的 。 + 试图访问套接字时发生错误。有关更多信息，请参见备注部分。 + + 已关闭。 + + + + + + + + 将数据异步发送到连接的 对象。 + 如果 I/O 操作挂起，将返回 true。操作完成时，将引发 参数的 事件。如果 I/O 操作同步完成，将返回 false。在这种情况下，将不会引发 参数的 事件，并且可能在方法调用返回后立即检查作为参数传递的 对象以检索操作的结果。 + 要用于此异步套接字操作的 对象。 + + 参数的 或 属性必须引用有效的缓冲区。可以设置这两个属性中的某一个，但不能同时设置这两个属性。 + 已经在使用 参数中指定的 对象执行套接字操作。 + 此方法需要 Windows XP 或更高版本。 + + 已关闭。 + + 尚未连接或者尚未通过 、 或 方法获得。 + + + 获取或设置一个值，该值指定 发送缓冲区的大小。 + + ，它包含发送缓冲区的大小（以字节为单位）。默认值为 8192。 + 试图访问套接字时发生错误。 + + 已关闭。 + 为设置操作指定的值小于 0。 + + + + + + + + 向特定远程主机异步发送数据。 + 如果 I/O 操作挂起，将返回 true。操作完成时，将引发 参数的 事件。如果 I/O 操作同步完成，将返回 false。在这种情况下，将不会引发 参数的 事件，并且可能在方法调用返回后立即检查作为参数传递的 对象以检索操作的结果。 + 要用于此异步套接字操作的 对象。 + + 不能为 null。 + 已经在使用 参数中指定的 对象执行套接字操作。 + 此方法需要 Windows XP 或更高版本。 + + 已关闭。 + 指定的协议是面向连接的，但 尚未连接。 + + + 禁用某 上的发送和接收。 + + 值之一，它指定不再允许执行的操作。 + 试图访问套接字时发生错误。有关更多信息，请参见备注部分。 + + 已关闭。 + + + + + + + + 获取或设置一个值，指定 发送的 Internet 协议 (IP) 数据包的生存时间 (TTL) 值。 + TTL 值。 + TTL 值不能设置为负数。 + 只有对于在 或 族中的套接字，才可以设置此属性。 + 试图访问套接字时发生错误。在尝试将 TTL 设置为大于 255 的值时，也将返回此错误。 + + 已关闭。 + + + + + + + + 表示异步套接字操作。 + + + 创建一个空的 实例。 + 该平台不受支持。 + + + 获取或设置要使用的套接字或创建用于接受与异步套接字方法的连接的套接字。 + 要使用的 或者创建用于接受与异步套接字方法的连接的套接字。 + + + 获取要用于异步套接字方法的数据缓冲区。 + 一个 数组，表示要用于异步套接字方法的数据缓冲区。 + + + 获取或设置一个要用于异步套接字方法的数据缓冲区数组。 + 一个 ，表示要用于异步套接字方法的数据缓冲区数组。 + 存在不明确的缓冲区，这些缓冲区是在 set 操作上指定的。如果 属性已设置为非空值并且尝试将 属性设置为非空值，将引发此异常。 + + + 获取在套接字操作中传输的字节数。 + 一个 ，包含在套接字操作中传输的字节数。 + + + 用于完成异步操作的事件。 + + + 当使用 时，在出现连接故障的情况下获取异常。 + 一个 ，指示在为 属性指定 时发生连接错误的原因。 + + + 成功完成 方法后创建和连接的 对象。 + 连接的 对象。 + + + 获取可在异步操作中发送或接收的最大数据量（以字节为单位）。 + 一个 ，包含可发送或接收的最大数据量（以字节为单位）。 + + + 释放由 实例使用的非托管资源，并可选择释放托管资源。 + + + 释放 类使用的资源。 + + + 获取最近使用此上下文对象执行的套接字操作类型。 + 一个 实例，指示最近使用此上下文对象执行的套接字操作类型。 + + + 获取 属性引用的数据缓冲区的偏移量（以字节为单位）。 + 一个 ，包含 属性引用的数据缓冲区的偏移量（以字节为单位）。 + + + 表示异步操作完成时调用的方法。 + 终止的事件。 + + + 获取或设置异步操作的远程 IP 终结点。 + 一个 ，表示异步操作的远程 IP 终结点。 + + + 设置要用于异步套接字方法的数据缓冲区。 + 要用于异步套接字方法的数据缓冲区。 + 数据缓冲区中操作开始位置处的偏移量，以字节为单位。 + 可在缓冲区中发送或接收的最大数据量（以字节为单位）。 + 指定的缓冲区不明确。如果 属性不为 null， 属性也不为 null，将发生此异常。 + 参数超出范围。如果 参数小于零或大于 属性中的数组长度，将发生此异常。如果 参数小于零或大于 属性中的数组长度减去 参数的值，也会发生此异常。 + + + 设置要用于异步套接字方法的数据缓冲区。 + 数据缓冲区中操作开始位置处的偏移量，以字节为单位。 + 可在缓冲区中发送或接收的最大数据量（以字节为单位）。 + 参数超出范围。如果 参数小于零或大于 属性中的数组长度，将发生此异常。如果 参数小于零或大于 属性中的数组长度减去 参数的值，也会发生此异常。 + + + 获取或设置异步套接字操作的结果。 + 一个 ，表示异步套接字操作的结果。 + + + 获取或设置与此异步套接字操作关联的用户或应用程序对象。 + 一个对象，表示与此异步套接字操作关联的用户或应用程序对象。 + + + 最近使用此上下文对象执行的异步套接字操作的类型。 + + + 一个套接字 Accept 操作。 + + + 一个套接字 Connect 操作。 + + + 没有套接字操作。 + + + 一个套接字 Receive 操作。 + + + 一个套接字 ReceiveFrom 操作。 + + + 一个套接字 Send 操作。 + + + 一个套接字 SendTo 操作。 + + + 定义 方法使用的常量。 + + + 为发送和接收禁用 。此字段为常数。 + + + 禁用接收的 。此字段为常数。 + + + 禁用发送的 。此字段为常数。 + + + 指定 类的实例表示的套接字类型。 + + + 支持数据报，即最大长度固定（通常很小）的无连接、不可靠消息。消息可能会丢失或重复并可能在到达时不按顺序排列。 类型的 在发送和接收数据之前不需要任何连接，并且可以与多个对方主机进行通信。 使用数据报协议 () 和 。 + + + 支持可靠、双向、基于连接的字节流，而不重复数据，也不保留边界。此类型的 Socket 与单个对方主机通信，并且在通信开始之前需要建立远程主机连接。 使用传输控制协议 () 和 InterNetwork。 + + + 指定未知的 Socket 类型。 + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hant/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hant/System.Net.Sockets.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f0504227 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hant/System.Net.Sockets.xml @@ -0,0 +1,441 @@ + + + + System.Net.Sockets + + + + 指定 類別支援的通訊協定。 + + + 傳輸控制通訊協定。 + + + 使用者資料包通訊協定 (User Datagram Protocol，UDP)。 + + + 不明的通訊協定。 + + + 未指定的通訊協定。 + + + 實作 Berkeley 通訊端介面。 + + + 使用指定的通訊協定家族 (Family)、通訊端類型和通訊協定，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 一個 值。 + 其中一個 值。 + 其中一個 值。 + + 、 和 組合所產生的無效通訊端。 + + + 使用指定的通訊端類型和通訊協定，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 其中一個 值。 + 其中一個 值。 + + 和 組合產生無效通訊端。 + + + 開始非同步作業以接受連入的連接嘗試。 + 如果 I/O 作業暫止，則傳回 true。作業完成時會引發與 參數有關的 事件。如果 I/O 作業同步完成，則傳回 false。不會引發與 參數有關的 事件，而在方法呼叫傳回後會立即檢查做為參數傳遞的 物件，以擷取作業的結果。 + + 物件，用於這個非同步通訊端作業。 + 引數是無效的。如果提供的緩衝區不夠大，就會發生這個例外狀況。緩衝區必須至少為 2 * (sizeof(SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16) 位元組。如果指定多個緩衝區而 屬性不是 null，也會發生這個例外狀況。 + 引數超出範圍。如果 小於 0，就會發生這個例外狀況。 + 要求了無效的作業。如果接受的 不接聽連接或接受的通訊端已繫結，就會發生這個例外狀況。您必須先呼叫 和 方法，再呼叫 方法。此例外狀況也會在已與通訊端連線，或是通訊端作業已使用指定的 參數進行時發生。 + 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊，請參閱「備註」一節。 + 這個方法需要 Windows XP (含) 以後版本。 + + 已經關閉。 + + + 取得 的通訊協定家族 (Family)。 + 一個 值。 + + + 使 與本機端點建立關聯。 + 要與 關聯的本機 。 + + 為 null。 + 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊，請參閱「備註」一節。 + + 已經關閉。 + 在呼叫堆疊中位置較高的呼叫端對於要求的作業沒有使用權限。 + + + + + + + + + 取消遠端主機連接的非同步要求。 + + 物件，藉由呼叫一個 方法來要求與遠端主機連接。 + + 參數不可為 null，而且 也不可為 null。 + 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。 + + 已經關閉。 + 在呼叫堆疊中位置較高的呼叫端對於要求的作業沒有使用權限。 + + + 開始與遠端主機連接的非同步要求。 + 如果 I/O 作業暫止，則傳回 true。作業完成時會引發與 參數有關的 事件。如果 I/O 作業同步完成，則傳回 false。在這個情況下，就不會引發與 參數有關的 事件，而在方法呼叫傳回後會立即檢查做為參數傳遞的 物件，以擷取作業的結果。 + + 物件，用於這個非同步通訊端作業。 + 引數是無效的。如果指定多個緩衝區而 屬性不是 null，就會發生這個例外狀況。 + + 參數不可為 null，而且 也不可為 null。 + + 正在接聽，或是通訊端作業正在進行並且使用 參數所指定的 物件。 + 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊，請參閱「備註」一節。 + 這個方法需要 Windows XP (含) 以後版本。如果本機端點和 不是同一個通訊協定家族 (Family)，也會發生這個例外狀況。 + + 已經關閉。 + 在呼叫堆疊中位置較高的呼叫端對於要求的作業沒有使用權限。 + + + 開始與遠端主機連接的非同步要求。 + 如果 I/O 作業暫止，則傳回 true。作業完成時會引發與 參數有關的 事件。如果 I/O 作業同步完成，則傳回 false。在這個情況下，就不會引發與 參數有關的 事件，而在方法呼叫傳回後會立即檢查做為參數傳遞的 物件，以擷取作業的結果。 + 其中一個 值。 + 其中一個 值。 + + 物件，用於這個非同步通訊端作業。 + 引數是無效的。如果指定多個緩衝區而 屬性不是 null，就會發生這個例外狀況。 + + 參數不可為 null，而且 也不可為 null。 + + 正在接聽，或是通訊端作業正在進行並且使用 參數所指定的 物件。 + 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊，請參閱「備註」一節。 + 這個方法需要 Windows XP (含) 以後版本。如果本機端點和 不是同一個通訊協定家族 (Family)，也會發生這個例外狀況。 + + 已經關閉。 + 在呼叫堆疊中位置較高的呼叫端對於要求的作業沒有使用權限。 + + + 取得值，指出上一個 或 作業是否將 連接至遠端主機。 + 如果最近一次的作業是將 連接到遠端資源，則為 true，否則，即為 false。 + + + 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。 + + + 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源，並選擇性處置 Managed 資源。 + true，表示釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源；false，表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。 + + + 釋放 類別所使用的資源。 + + + 將 置於接聽狀態。 + 暫止連接佇列的最大長度。 + 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊，請參閱「備註」一節。 + + 已經關閉。 + + + + + + + + 取得本機端點。 + + ， 正將它用於通訊。 + 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊，請參閱「備註」一節。 + + 已經關閉。 + + + + + + + + 取得或設定 值，指定資料流 是否使用 Nagle 演算法。 + 如果 使用 Nagle 演算法，則為 false，否則為 true。預設值為 false。 + 嘗試存取 時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊，請參閱「備註」一節。 + + 已經關閉。 + + + + + + + + 指出基礎作業系統和網路配置器是否支援網際網路通訊協定第 4 版 (IPv4)。 + 如果作業系統和網路配置器支援 IPv4 通訊協定則為 true，否則為 false。 + + + 指出基礎作業系統和網路配置器是否支援網際網路通訊協定第 6 版 (IPv6)。 + 如果作業系統和網路配置器支援 IPv6 通訊協定則為 true，否則為 false。 + + + 取得 的通訊協定 (Protocol) 類型。 + 其中一個 值。 + + + 開始非同步要求，以接收來自已連接的 物件的資料。 + 如果 I/O 作業暫止，則傳回 true。作業完成時會引發與 參數有關的 事件。如果 I/O 作業同步完成，則傳回 false。在這個情況下，就不會引發與 參數有關的 事件，而在方法呼叫傳回後會立即檢查做為參數傳遞的 物件，以擷取作業的結果。 + + 物件，用於這個非同步通訊端作業。 + 引數無效。 參數上的 或 屬性必須參考有效的緩衝區。這兩個屬性可能有一個已經設定，但不會同時都已設定。 + 通訊端作業已使用 參數內指定的 物件正在進行中。 + 這個方法需要 Windows XP (含) 以後版本。 + + 已經關閉。 + 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊，請參閱「備註」一節。 + + + 取得或設定值，指定 之接收緩衝區的大小。 + + ，包含接收緩衝區的大小 (以位元組為單位)。預設值為 8192。 + 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。 + + 已經關閉。 + 為設定作業指定的值小於 0。 + + + + + + + + 開始從指定的網路裝置非同步接收資料。 + 如果 I/O 作業暫止，則傳回 true。作業完成時會引發與 參數有關的 事件。如果 I/O 作業同步完成，則傳回 false。在這個情況下，就不會引發與 參數有關的 事件，而在方法呼叫傳回後會立即檢查做為參數傳遞的 物件，以擷取作業的結果。 + + 物件，用於這個非同步通訊端作業。 + + 不可以是 null。 + 通訊端作業已使用 參數內指定的 物件正在進行中。 + 這個方法需要 Windows XP (含) 以後版本。 + + 已經關閉。 + 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。 + + + 取得遠端端點。 + + ， 正在與其通訊。 + 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊，請參閱「備註」一節。 + + 已經關閉。 + + + + + + + + 將資料以非同步方式傳送至已連接的 物件。 + 如果 I/O 作業暫止，則傳回 true。作業完成時會引發與 參數有關的 事件。如果 I/O 作業同步完成，則傳回 false。在這個情況下，就不會引發與 參數有關的 事件，而在方法呼叫傳回後會立即檢查做為參數傳遞的 物件，以擷取作業的結果。 + + 物件，用於這個非同步通訊端作業。 + + 參數上的 或 屬性必須參考有效的緩衝區。這兩個屬性可能有一個已經設定，但不會同時都已設定。 + 通訊端作業已使用 參數內指定的 物件正在進行中。 + 這個方法需要 Windows XP (含) 以後版本。 + + 已經關閉。 + 尚未透過 、 或 方法取得 ，或尚未連接。 + + + 取得或設定值，指定 之傳送緩衝區的大小。 + + ，包含傳送緩衝區的大小 (以位元組為單位)。預設值為 8192。 + 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。 + + 已經關閉。 + 為設定作業指定的值小於 0。 + + + + + + + + 非同步傳送資料至特定的遠端主機。 + 如果 I/O 作業暫止，則傳回 true。作業完成時會引發與 參數有關的 事件。如果 I/O 作業同步完成，則傳回 false。在這個情況下，就不會引發與 參數有關的 事件，而在方法呼叫傳回後會立即檢查做為參數傳遞的 物件，以擷取作業的結果。 + + 物件，用於這個非同步通訊端作業。 + + 不可以是 null。 + 通訊端作業已使用 參數內指定的 物件正在進行中。 + 這個方法需要 Windows XP (含) 以後版本。 + + 已經關閉。 + 指定的通訊協定是連接導向的，但尚未連接 。 + + + 暫停 上的傳送和接收作業。 + 其中一個 值，指定將不再允許的作業。 + 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊，請參閱「備註」一節。 + + 已經關閉。 + + + + + + + + 取得或設定值，指定 傳送之網際網路通訊協定 (IP) 封包的存留時間 (TTL) 值。 + TTL 值。 + TTL 值不能設定為負數。 + 這個屬性只可為 或 家族中的通訊端設定。 + 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。當嘗試將 TTL 設定為大於 255 的值時，也會傳回這個錯誤。 + + 已經關閉。 + + + + + + + + 代表非同步 (Asynchronous) 通訊端作業。 + + + 建立空的 執行個體。 + 不支援平台。 + + + 取得或設定要使用的通訊端，或是已建立並且使用非同步通訊端方法接受連線的通訊端。 + 要使用的 ，或是已建立並且使用非同步通訊端方法接受連線的通訊端。 + + + 取得要和非同步通訊端方法一起使用的資料緩衝區。 + + 陣列，表示要和非同步通訊端方法一起使用的資料緩衝區。 + + + 取得或設定要和非同步通訊端方法一起使用的資料緩衝區之陣列。 + + ，表示要和非同步通訊端方法一起使用的資料緩衝區之陣列。 + Set 作業指定了不明確的緩衝區。如果 屬性設定成非 Null 值，且嘗試將 屬性設定為非 Null 值，就會發生這個例外狀況。 + + + 取得通訊端作業中所傳輸的位元組數目。 + + ，內含通訊端作業中所傳輸的位元組數目。 + + + 用來完成非同步作業的事件。 + + + 取得使用 時發生連接失敗的例外狀況 (Exception)。 + + ，指出當指定 屬性的 條件下發生連接錯誤的原因。 + + + + 方法成功完成後已建立和連接的 物件。 + 連接的 物件。 + + + 取得非同步作業中要傳送或接收的資料量上限 (以位元組為單位)。 + + ，內含要傳送或接收的資料量上限 (以位元組為單位)。 + + + 釋放 執行個體所使用的 Unmanaged 資源，並選擇性地處置 Managed 資源。 + + + 釋放 所使用的資源。 + + + 取得最近使用這個內容物件執行的通訊端作業類型。 + + 執行個體，代表最近使用這個內容物件執行的通訊端作業類型。 + + + 取得 屬性所參考之資料緩衝區中的位移 (以位元組為單位)。 + + ，內含 屬性所參考之資料緩衝區中的位移 (以位元組為單位)。 + + + 代表在非同步作業完成時所呼叫的方法。 + 收到信號的事件。 + + + 取得或設定非同步作業的遠端 IP 端點。 + + ，表示非同步作業的遠端 IP 端點。 + + + 設定要和非同步通訊端方法一起使用的資料緩衝區。 + 要和非同步通訊端方法一起使用的資料緩衝區。 + 作業開始的資料緩衝區位移 (以位元組為單位)。 + 緩衝區中要傳送或接收的資料量上限 (以位元組為單位)。 + 指定了不明確的緩衝區。如果 屬性和 屬性都不是 null，就會發生這個例外狀況。 + 引數超出範圍。如果 參數小於零或大於 屬性中的陣列長度，就會發生這個例外狀況。如果 參數小於零或大於 屬性中的陣列長度減去 參數，也會發生這個例外狀況。 + + + 設定要和非同步通訊端方法一起使用的資料緩衝區。 + 作業開始的資料緩衝區位移 (以位元組為單位)。 + 緩衝區中要傳送或接收的資料量上限 (以位元組為單位)。 + 引數超出範圍。如果 參數小於零或大於 屬性中的陣列長度，就會發生這個例外狀況。如果 參數小於零或大於 屬性中的陣列長度減去 參數，也會發生這個例外狀況。 + + + 取得或設定非同步通訊端作業的結果。 + + ，表示非同步通訊端作業的結果。 + + + 取得或設定與這個非同步通訊端作業相關聯的使用者或應用程式物件。 + 物件，表示與這個非同步通訊端作業相關聯的使用者或應用程式物件。 + + + 最近使用這個內容物件執行的非同步通訊端作業類型。 + + + 通訊端 Accept 作業。 + + + 通訊端 Connect 作業。 + + + 沒有任何一個通訊端作業。 + + + 通訊端 Receive 作業。 + + + 通訊端 ReceiveFrom 作業。 + + + 通訊端 Send 作業。 + + + 通訊端 SendTo 作業。 + + + 定義 方法所使用的常數。 + + + 停用關閉傳送和接收的 。這個欄位是常數。 + + + 停用接收的 。這個欄位是常數。 + + + 停用傳送的 。這個欄位是常數。 + + + 指定 類別的執行個體 (Instance) 所表示的通訊端 (Socket) 類型。 + + + 支援資料包 (Datagram)，這些資料包是固定 (一般為小型) 最大長度的無連線、不可靠訊息。訊息可能會遺失或重複而抵達的順序也可能會混亂。 類型的 在傳送和接收資料之前並不需要先連線，並且可以與多個對等端通訊。 會使用資料包通訊協定 () 以及 。 + + + 支援可靠、雙向、連接架構的位元組資料流，而不會導致資料重複且不需保留界限。這個類型的 Socket 可與單一對等端通訊，而在可以開始通訊之前必須連接遠端主機。 會使用「傳輸控制通訊協定」() 以及 InterNetwork。 + + + 指定未知的 Socket 類型。 + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/xamarinios10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/xamarinios10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/xamarinmac20/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/xamarinmac20/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/xamarintvos10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/xamarintvos10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/xamarinwatchos10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/xamarinwatchos10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/.signature.p7s b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/.signature.p7s new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea08604a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/.signature.p7s differ diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/System.Threading.4.3.0.nupkg b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/System.Threading.4.3.0.nupkg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd94c20cf Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/System.Threading.4.3.0.nupkg differ diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ThirdPartyNotices.txt b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ThirdPartyNotices.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55cfb2081 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ThirdPartyNotices.txt @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +This Microsoft .NET Library may incorporate components from the projects listed +below. Microsoft licenses these components under the Microsoft .NET Library +software license terms. The original copyright notices and the licenses under +which Microsoft received such components are set forth below for informational +purposes only. Microsoft reserves all rights not expressly granted herein, +whether by implication, estoppel or otherwise. + +1. .NET Core (https://github.com/dotnet/core/) + +.NET Core +Copyright (c) .NET Foundation and Contributors + +The MIT License (MIT) + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/dotnet_library_license.txt b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/dotnet_library_license.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92b6c443d --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/dotnet_library_license.txt @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ + +MICROSOFT SOFTWARE LICENSE TERMS + + +MICROSOFT .NET LIBRARY + +These license terms are an agreement between Microsoft Corporation (or based on where you live, one of its affiliates) and you. Please read them. They apply to the software named above, which includes the media on which you received it, if any. The terms also apply to any Microsoft + +· updates, + +· supplements, + +· Internet-based services, and + +· support services + +for this software, unless other terms accompany those items. If so, those terms apply. + +BY USING THE SOFTWARE, YOU ACCEPT THESE TERMS. IF YOU DO NOT ACCEPT THEM, DO NOT USE THE SOFTWARE. + + +IF YOU COMPLY WITH THESE LICENSE TERMS, YOU HAVE THE PERPETUAL RIGHTS BELOW. + +1. INSTALLATION AND USE RIGHTS. + +a. Installation and Use. You may install and use any number of copies of the software to design, develop and test your programs. + +b. Third Party Programs. The software may include third party programs that Microsoft, not the third party, licenses to you under this agreement. Notices, if any, for the third party program are included for your information only. + +2. ADDITIONAL LICENSING REQUIREMENTS AND/OR USE RIGHTS. + +a. DISTRIBUTABLE CODE. The software is comprised of Distributable Code. “Distributable Code” is code that you are permitted to distribute in programs you develop if you comply with the terms below. + +i. Right to Use and Distribute. + +· You may copy and distribute the object code form of the software. + +· Third Party Distribution. You may permit distributors of your programs to copy and distribute the Distributable Code as part of those programs. + +ii. Distribution Requirements. For any Distributable Code you distribute, you must + +· add significant primary functionality to it in your programs; + +· require distributors and external end users to agree to terms that protect it at least as much as this agreement; + +· display your valid copyright notice on your programs; and + +· indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Microsoft from any claims, including attorneys’ fees, related to the distribution or use of your programs. + +iii. Distribution Restrictions. You may not + +· alter any copyright, trademark or patent notice in the Distributable Code; + +· use Microsoft’s trademarks in your programs’ names or in a way that suggests your programs come from or are endorsed by Microsoft; + +· include Distributable Code in malicious, deceptive or unlawful programs; or + +· modify or distribute the source code of any Distributable Code so that any part of it becomes subject to an Excluded License. An Excluded License is one that requires, as a condition of use, modification or distribution, that + +· the code be disclosed or distributed in source code form; or + +· others have the right to modify it. + +3. SCOPE OF LICENSE. The software is licensed, not sold. This agreement only gives you some rights to use the software. Microsoft reserves all other rights. Unless applicable law gives you more rights despite this limitation, you may use the software only as expressly permitted in this agreement. In doing so, you must comply with any technical limitations in the software that only allow you to use it in certain ways. You may not + +· work around any technical limitations in the software; + +· reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble the software, except and only to the extent that applicable law expressly permits, despite this limitation; + +· publish the software for others to copy; + +· rent, lease or lend the software; + +· transfer the software or this agreement to any third party; or + +· use the software for commercial software hosting services. + +4. BACKUP COPY. You may make one backup copy of the software. You may use it only to reinstall the software. + +5. DOCUMENTATION. Any person that has valid access to your computer or internal network may copy and use the documentation for your internal, reference purposes. + +6. EXPORT RESTRICTIONS. The software is subject to United States export laws and regulations. You must comply with all domestic and international export laws and regulations that apply to the software. These laws include restrictions on destinations, end users and end use. For additional information, see www.microsoft.com/exporting. + +7. SUPPORT SERVICES. Because this software is “as is,” we may not provide support services for it. + +8. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This agreement, and the terms for supplements, updates, Internet-based services and support services that you use, are the entire agreement for the software and support services. + +9. APPLICABLE LAW. + +a. United States. If you acquired the software in the United States, Washington state law governs the interpretation of this agreement and applies to claims for breach of it, regardless of conflict of laws principles. The laws of the state where you live govern all other claims, including claims under state consumer protection laws, unfair competition laws, and in tort. + +b. Outside the United States. If you acquired the software in any other country, the laws of that country apply. + +10. LEGAL EFFECT. This agreement describes certain legal rights. You may have other rights under the laws of your country. You may also have rights with respect to the party from whom you acquired the software. This agreement does not change your rights under the laws of your country if the laws of your country do not permit it to do so. + +11. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY. THE SOFTWARE IS LICENSED “AS-IS.” YOU BEAR THE RISK OF USING IT. MICROSOFT GIVES NO EXPRESS WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES OR CONDITIONS. YOU MAY HAVE ADDITIONAL CONSUMER RIGHTS OR STATUTORY GUARANTEES UNDER YOUR LOCAL LAWS WHICH THIS AGREEMENT CANNOT CHANGE. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER YOUR LOCAL LAWS, MICROSOFT EXCLUDES THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. + +FOR AUSTRALIA – YOU HAVE STATUTORY GUARANTEES UNDER THE AUSTRALIAN CONSUMER LAW AND NOTHING IN THESE TERMS IS INTENDED TO AFFECT THOSE RIGHTS. + +12. LIMITATION ON AND EXCLUSION OF REMEDIES AND DAMAGES. YOU CAN RECOVER FROM MICROSOFT AND ITS SUPPLIERS ONLY DIRECT DAMAGES UP TO U.S. $5.00. YOU CANNOT RECOVER ANY OTHER DAMAGES, INCLUDING CONSEQUENTIAL, LOST PROFITS, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. + +This limitation applies to + +· anything related to the software, services, content (including code) on third party Internet sites, or third party programs; and + +· claims for breach of contract, breach of warranty, guarantee or condition, strict liability, negligence, or other tort to the extent permitted by applicable law. + +It also applies even if Microsoft knew or should have known about the possibility of the damages. The above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you because your country may not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental, consequential or other damages. + +Please note: As this software is distributed in Quebec, Canada, some of the clauses in this agreement are provided below in French. + +Remarque : Ce logiciel étant distribué au Québec, Canada, certaines des clauses dans ce contrat sont fournies ci-dessous en français. + +EXONÉRATION DE GARANTIE. Le logiciel visé par une licence est offert « tel quel ». Toute utilisation de ce logiciel est à votre seule risque et péril. Microsoft n’accorde aucune autre garantie expresse. Vous pouvez bénéficier de droits additionnels en vertu du droit local sur la protection des consommateurs, que ce contrat ne peut modifier. La ou elles sont permises par le droit locale, les garanties implicites de qualité marchande, d’adéquation à un usage particulier et d’absence de contrefaçon sont exclues. + +LIMITATION DES DOMMAGES-INTÉRÊTS ET EXCLUSION DE RESPONSABILITÉ POUR LES DOMMAGES. Vous pouvez obtenir de Microsoft et de ses fournisseurs une indemnisation en cas de dommages directs uniquement à hauteur de 5,00 $ US. Vous ne pouvez prétendre à aucune indemnisation pour les autres dommages, y compris les dommages spéciaux, indirects ou accessoires et pertes de bénéfices. + +Cette limitation concerne : + +· tout ce qui est relié au logiciel, aux services ou au contenu (y compris le code) figurant sur des sites Internet tiers ou dans des programmes tiers ; et + +· les réclamations au titre de violation de contrat ou de garantie, ou au titre de responsabilité stricte, de négligence ou d’une autre faute dans la limite autorisée par la loi en vigueur. + +Elle s’applique également, même si Microsoft connaissait ou devrait connaître l’éventualité d’un tel dommage. Si votre pays n’autorise pas l’exclusion ou la limitation de responsabilité pour les dommages indirects, accessoires ou de quelque nature que ce soit, il se peut que la limitation ou l’exclusion ci-dessus ne s’appliquera pas à votre égard. + +EFFET JURIDIQUE. Le présent contrat décrit certains droits juridiques. Vous pourriez avoir d’autres droits prévus par les lois de votre pays. Le présent contrat ne modifie pas les droits que vous confèrent les lois de votre pays si celles-ci ne le permettent pas. + + diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/MonoAndroid10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/MonoAndroid10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/MonoTouch10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/MonoTouch10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/net45/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/net45/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/netcore50/System.Threading.dll b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/netcore50/System.Threading.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7868cf043 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/netcore50/System.Threading.dll differ diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/netstandard1.3/System.Threading.dll b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/netstandard1.3/System.Threading.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7868cf043 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/netstandard1.3/System.Threading.dll differ diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/portable-net45+win8+wp8+wpa81/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/portable-net45+win8+wp8+wpa81/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/win8/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/win8/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/wp80/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/wp80/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/wpa81/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/wpa81/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/xamarinios10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/xamarinios10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/xamarinmac20/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/xamarinmac20/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/xamarintvos10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/xamarintvos10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/xamarinwatchos10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/xamarinwatchos10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/MonoAndroid10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/MonoAndroid10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/MonoTouch10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/MonoTouch10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/net45/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/net45/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/System.Threading.dll b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/System.Threading.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c77b70bc0 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/System.Threading.dll differ diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72254652d --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1797 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + The exception that is thrown when one thread acquires a object that another thread has abandoned by exiting without releasing it. + 1 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with default values. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified index for the abandoned mutex, if applicable, and a object that represents the mutex. + The index of the abandoned mutex in the array of wait handles if the exception is thrown for the method, or –1 if the exception is thrown for the or methods. + A object that represents the abandoned mutex. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message. + An error message that explains the reason for the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and inner exception. + An error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message, the inner exception, the index for the abandoned mutex, if applicable, and a object that represents the mutex. + An error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + The index of the abandoned mutex in the array of wait handles if the exception is thrown for the method, or –1 if the exception is thrown for the or methods. + A object that represents the abandoned mutex. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message, the index of the abandoned mutex, if applicable, and the abandoned mutex. + An error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The index of the abandoned mutex in the array of wait handles if the exception is thrown for the method, or –1 if the exception is thrown for the or methods. + A object that represents the abandoned mutex. + + + Gets the abandoned mutex that caused the exception, if known. + A object that represents the abandoned mutex, or null if the abandoned mutex could not be identified. + 1 + + + Gets the index of the abandoned mutex that caused the exception, if known. + The index, in the array of wait handles passed to the method, of the object that represents the abandoned mutex, or –1 if the index of the abandoned mutex could not be determined. + 1 + + + Represents ambient data that is local to a given asynchronous control flow, such as an asynchronous method. + The type of the ambient data. + + + Instantiates an instance that does not receive change notifications. + + + Instantiates an local instance that receives change notifications. + The delegate that is called whenever the current value changes on any thread. + + + Gets or sets the value of the ambient data. + The value of the ambient data. + + + The class that provides data change information to instances that register for change notifications. + The type of the data. + + + Gets the data's current value. + The data's current value. + + + Gets the data's previous value. + The data's previous value. + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the value changes because of a change of execution context. + true if the value changed because of a change of execution context; otherwise, false. + + + Notifies a waiting thread that an event has occurred. This class cannot be inherited. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the initial state to signaled. + true to set the initial state to signaled; false to set the initial state to non-signaled. + + + Enables multiple tasks to cooperatively work on an algorithm in parallel through multiple phases. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The number of participating threads. + + is less than 0 or greater than 32,767. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The number of participating threads. + The to be executed after each phase. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) may be passed to indicate no action is taken. + + is less than 0 or greater than 32,767. + + + Notifies the that there will be an additional participant. + The phase number of the barrier in which the new participants will first participate. + The current instance has already been disposed. + Adding a participant would cause the barrier's participant count to exceed 32,767.-or-The method was invoked from within a post-phase action. + + + Notifies the that there will be additional participants. + The phase number of the barrier in which the new participants will first participate. + The number of additional participants to add to the barrier. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is less than 0.-or-Adding participants would cause the barrier's participant count to exceed 32,767. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action. + + + Gets the number of the barrier's current phase. + Returns the number of the barrier's current phase. + + + Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources. + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Gets the total number of participants in the barrier. + Returns the total number of participants in the barrier. + + + Gets the number of participants in the barrier that haven’t yet signaled in the current phase. + Returns the number of participants in the barrier that haven’t yet signaled in the current phase. + + + Notifies the that there will be one less participant. + The current instance has already been disposed. + The barrier already has 0 participants.-or-The method was invoked from within a post-phase action. + + + Notifies the that there will be fewer participants. + The number of additional participants to remove from the barrier. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is less than 0. + The barrier already has 0 participants.-or-The method was invoked from within a post-phase action. -or-current participant count is less than the specified participantCount + The total participant count is less than the specified + + + Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well. + The current instance has already been disposed. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants. + If an exception is thrown from the post phase action of a Barrier after all participating threads have called SignalAndWait, the exception will be wrapped in a BarrierPostPhaseException and be thrown on all participating threads. + + + Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout. + if all participants reached the barrier within the specified time; otherwise false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants. + If an exception is thrown from the post phase action of a Barrier after all participating threads have called SignalAndWait, the exception will be wrapped in a BarrierPostPhaseException and be thrown on all participating threads. + + + Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout, while observing a cancellation token. + if all participants reached the barrier within the specified time; otherwise false + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + has been canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants. + + + Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier, while observing a cancellation token. + The to observe. + + has been canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants. + + + Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a object to measure the time interval. + true if all other participants reached the barrier; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out, or it is greater than 32,767. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants. + + + Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a object to measure the time interval, while observing a cancellation token. + true if all other participants reached the barrier; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + has been canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants. + + + The exception that is thrown when the post-phase action of a fails + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a system-supplied message that describes the error. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified inner exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified message that describes the error. + The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor is required to ensure that this string has been localized for the current system culture. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. + The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor is required to ensure that this string has been localized for the current system culture. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + + + Represents a method to be called within a new context. + An object containing information to be used by the callback method each time it executes. + 1 + + + Represents a synchronization primitive that is signaled when its count reaches zero. + + + Initializes a new instance of class with the specified count. + The number of signals initially required to set the . + + is less than 0. + + + Increments the 's current count by one. + The current instance has already been disposed. + The current instance is already set.-or- is equal to or greater than . + + + Increments the 's current count by a specified value. + The value by which to increase . + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is less than or equal to 0. + The current instance is already set.-or- is equal to or greater than after count is incremented by + + + Gets the number of remaining signals required to set the event. + The number of remaining signals required to set the event. + + + Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources. + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Gets the numbers of signals initially required to set the event. + The number of signals initially required to set the event. + + + Determines whether the event is set. + true if the event is set; otherwise, false. + + + Resets the to the value of . + The current instance has already been disposed.. + + + Resets the property to a specified value. + The number of signals required to set the . + The current instance has alread been disposed. + + is less than 0. + + + Registers a signal with the , decrementing the value of . + true if the signal caused the count to reach zero and the event was set; otherwise, false. + The current instance has already been disposed. + The current instance is already set. + + + Registers multiple signals with the , decrementing the value of by the specified amount. + true if the signals caused the count to reach zero and the event was set; otherwise, false. + The number of signals to register. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is less than 1. + The current instance is already set. -or- Or is greater than . + + + Attempts to increment by one. + true if the increment succeeded; otherwise, false. If is already at zero, this method will return false. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is equal to . + + + Attempts to increment by a specified value. + true if the increment succeeded; otherwise, false. If is already at zero this will return false. + The value by which to increase . + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is less than or equal to 0. + The current instance is already set.-or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + Blocks the current thread until the is set. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout. + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + + + Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout, while observing a . + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + has been canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed. -or- The that created has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + + + Blocks the current thread until the is set, while observing a . + The to observe. + + has been canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed. -or- The that created has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a to measure the timeout. + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than . + + + Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a to measure the timeout, while observing a . + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + has been canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed. -or- The that created has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than . + + + Gets a that is used to wait for the event to be set. + A that is used to wait for the event to be set. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + + Indicates whether an is reset automatically or manually after receiving a signal. + 2 + + + When signaled, the resets automatically after releasing a single thread. If no threads are waiting, the remains signaled until a thread blocks, and resets after releasing the thread. + + + When signaled, the releases all waiting threads and remains signaled until it is manually reset. + + + Represents a thread synchronization event. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying whether the wait handle is initially signaled, and whether it resets automatically or manually. + true to set the initial state to signaled; false to set it to nonsignaled. + One of the values that determines whether the event resets automatically or manually. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying whether the wait handle is initially signaled if created as a result of this call, whether it resets automatically or manually, and the name of a system synchronization event. + true to set the initial state to signaled if the named event is created as a result of this call; false to set it to nonsignaled. + One of the values that determines whether the event resets automatically or manually. + The name of a system-wide synchronization event. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named event exists and has access control security, but the user does not have . + The named event cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name. + + is longer than 260 characters. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying whether the wait handle is initially signaled if created as a result of this call, whether it resets automatically or manually, the name of a system synchronization event, and a Boolean variable whose value after the call indicates whether the named system event was created. + true to set the initial state to signaled if the named event is created as a result of this call; false to set it to nonsignaled. + One of the values that determines whether the event resets automatically or manually. + The name of a system-wide synchronization event. + When this method returns, contains true if a local event was created (that is, if is null or an empty string) or if the specified named system event was created; false if the specified named system event already existed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named event exists and has access control security, but the user does not have . + The named event cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name. + + is longer than 260 characters. + + + Opens the specified named synchronization event, if it already exists. + An object that represents the named system event. + The name of the system synchronization event to open. + + is an empty string. -or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is null. + The named system event does not exist. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named event exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it. + 1 + + + + + + Sets the state of the event to nonsignaled, causing threads to block. + true if the operation succeeds; otherwise, false. + The method was previously called on this . + 2 + + + Sets the state of the event to signaled, allowing one or more waiting threads to proceed. + true if the operation succeeds; otherwise, false. + The method was previously called on this . + 2 + + + Opens the specified named synchronization event, if it already exists, and returns a value that indicates whether the operation succeeded. + true if the named synchronization event was opened successfully; otherwise, false. + The name of the system synchronization event to open. + When this method returns, contains a object that represents the named synchronization event if the call succeeded, or null if the call failed. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + + is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is null. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named event exists, but the user does not have the desired security access. + + + Manages the execution context for the current thread. This class cannot be inherited. + 2 + + + Captures the execution context from the current thread. + An object representing the execution context for the current thread. + 1 + + + Runs a method in a specified execution context on the current thread. + The to set. + A delegate that represents the method to be run in the provided execution context. + The object to pass to the callback method. + + is null.-or- was not acquired through a capture operation. -or- has already been used as the argument to a call. + 1 + + + + + + Provides atomic operations for variables that are shared by multiple threads. + 2 + + + Adds two 32-bit integers and replaces the first integer with the sum, as an atomic operation. + The new value stored at . + A variable containing the first value to be added. The sum of the two values is stored in . + The value to be added to the integer at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Adds two 64-bit integers and replaces the first integer with the sum, as an atomic operation. + The new value stored at . + A variable containing the first value to be added. The sum of the two values is stored in . + The value to be added to the integer at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two double-precision floating point numbers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value. + The original value in . + The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced. + The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality. + The value that is compared to the value at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two 32-bit signed integers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value. + The original value in . + The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced. + The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality. + The value that is compared to the value at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two 64-bit signed integers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value. + The original value in . + The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced. + The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality. + The value that is compared to the value at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two platform-specific handles or pointers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first one. + The original value in . + The destination , whose value is compared with the value of and possibly replaced by . + The that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality. + The that is compared to the value at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two objects for reference equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first object. + The original value in . + The destination object that is compared with and possibly replaced. + The object that replaces the destination object if the comparison results in equality. + The object that is compared to the object at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two single-precision floating point numbers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value. + The original value in . + The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced. + The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality. + The value that is compared to the value at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two instances of the specified reference type for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first one. + The original value in . + The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced. This is a reference parameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic). + The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality. + The value that is compared to the value at . + The type to be used for , , and . This type must be a reference type. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Decrements a specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation. + The decremented value. + The variable whose value is to be decremented. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Decrements the specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation. + The decremented value. + The variable whose value is to be decremented. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets a double-precision floating point number to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. + The value to which the parameter is set. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets a 32-bit signed integer to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. + The value to which the parameter is set. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets a 64-bit signed integer to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. + The value to which the parameter is set. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets a platform-specific handle or pointer to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. + The value to which the parameter is set. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets an object to a specified value and returns a reference to the original object, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. + The value to which the parameter is set. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets a single-precision floating point number to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. + The value to which the parameter is set. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets a variable of the specified type to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. This is a reference parameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic). + The value to which the parameter is set. + The type to be used for and . This type must be a reference type. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Increments a specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation. + The incremented value. + The variable whose value is to be incremented. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Increments a specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation. + The incremented value. + The variable whose value is to be incremented. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Synchronizes memory access as follows: The processor that executes the current thread cannot reorder instructions in such a way that memory accesses before the call to execute after memory accesses that follow the call to . + + + Returns a 64-bit value, loaded as an atomic operation. + The loaded value. + The 64-bit value to be loaded. + 1 + + + Provides lazy initialization routines. + + + Initializes a target reference type with the type's default constructor if it hasn't already been initialized. + The initialized reference of type . + A reference of type to initialize if it has not already been initialized. + The type of the reference to be initialized. + Permissions to access the constructor of type were missing. + Type does not have a default constructor. + + + Initializes a target reference or value type with its default constructor if it hasn't already been initialized. + The initialized value of type . + A reference or value of type to initialize if it hasn't already been initialized. + A reference to a Boolean value that determines whether the target has already been initialized. + A reference to an object used as the mutually exclusive lock for initializing . If is null, a new object will be instantiated. + The type of the reference to be initialized. + Permissions to access the constructor of type were missing. + Type does not have a default constructor. + + + Initializes a target reference or value type by using a specified function if it hasn't already been initialized. + The initialized value of type . + A reference or value of type to initialize if it hasn't already been initialized. + A reference to a Boolean value that determines whether the target has already been initialized. + A reference to an object used as the mutually exclusive lock for initializing . If is null, a new object will be instantiated. + The function that is called to initialize the reference or value. + The type of the reference to be initialized. + Permissions to access the constructor of type were missing. + Type does not have a default constructor. + + + Initializes a target reference type by using a specified function if it hasn't already been initialized. + The initialized value of type . + The reference of type to initialize if it hasn't already been initialized. + The function that is called to initialize the reference. + The reference type of the reference to be initialized. + Type does not have a default constructor. + + returned null (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + The exception that is thrown when recursive entry into a lock is not compatible with the recursion policy for the lock. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a system-supplied message that describes the error. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified message that describes the error. + The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor must make sure that this string has been localized for the current system culture. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. + The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor must make sure that this string has been localized for the current system culture. + The exception that caused the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + 2 + + + Specifies whether a lock can be entered multiple times by the same thread. + + + If a thread tries to enter a lock recursively, an exception is thrown. Some classes may allow certain recursions when this setting is in effect. + + + A thread can enter a lock recursively. Some classes may restrict this capability. + + + Notifies one or more waiting threads that an event has occurred. This class cannot be inherited. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the initial state to signaled. + true to set the initial state signaled; false to set the initial state to nonsignaled. + + + Provides a slimmed down version of . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with an initial state of nonsignaled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the intial state to signaled. + true to set the initial state signaled; false to set the initial state to nonsignaled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the intial state to signaled and a specified spin count. + true to set the initial state to signaled; false to set the initial state to nonsignaled. + The number of spin waits that will occur before falling back to a kernel-based wait operation. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources. + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Gets whether the event is set. + true if the event has is set; otherwise, false. + + + Sets the state of the event to nonsignaled, which causes threads to block. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Sets the state of the event to signaled, which allows one or more threads waiting on the event to proceed. + + + Gets the number of spin waits that will be occur before falling back to a kernel-based wait operation. + Returns the number of spin waits that will be occur before falling back to a kernel-based wait operation. + + + Blocks the current thread until the current is set. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval. + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval, while observing a . + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the current receives a signal, while observing a . + The to observe. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a to measure the time interval. + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a to measure the time interval, while observing a . + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Gets the underlying object for this . + The underlying event object fore this . + + + Provides a mechanism that synchronizes access to objects. + 2 + + + Acquires an exclusive lock on the specified object. + The object on which to acquire the monitor lock. + The parameter is null. + 1 + + + Acquires an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken. + The object on which to wait. + The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock. Note   If no exception occurs, the output of this method is always true. + The input to is true. + The parameter is null. + + + Releases an exclusive lock on the specified object. + The object on which to release the lock. + The parameter is null. + The current thread does not own the lock for the specified object. + 1 + + + Determines whether the current thread holds the lock on the specified object. + true if the current thread holds the lock on ; otherwise, false. + The object to test. + + is null. + + + Notifies a thread in the waiting queue of a change in the locked object's state. + The object a thread is waiting for. + The parameter is null. + The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object. + 1 + + + Notifies all waiting threads of a change in the object's state. + The object that sends the pulse. + The parameter is null. + The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object. + 1 + + + Attempts to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object. + true if the current thread acquires the lock; otherwise, false. + The object on which to acquire the lock. + The parameter is null. + 1 + + + Attempts to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken. + The object on which to acquire the lock. + The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock. + The input to is true. + The parameter is null. + + + Attempts, for the specified number of milliseconds, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object. + true if the current thread acquires the lock; otherwise, false. + The object on which to acquire the lock. + The number of milliseconds to wait for the lock. + The parameter is null. + + is negative, and not equal to . + 1 + + + Attempts, for the specified number of milliseconds, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken. + The object on which to acquire the lock. + The number of milliseconds to wait for the lock. + The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock. + The input to is true. + The parameter is null. + + is negative, and not equal to . + + + Attempts, for the specified amount of time, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object. + true if the current thread acquires the lock; otherwise, false. + The object on which to acquire the lock. + A representing the amount of time to wait for the lock. A value of –1 millisecond specifies an infinite wait. + The parameter is null. + The value of in milliseconds is negative and is not equal to (–1 millisecond), or is greater than . + 1 + + + Attempts, for the specified amount of time, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken. + The object on which to acquire the lock. + The amount of time to wait for the lock. A value of –1 millisecond specifies an infinite wait. + The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock. + The input to is true. + The parameter is null. + The value of in milliseconds is negative and is not equal to (–1 millisecond), or is greater than . + + + Releases the lock on an object and blocks the current thread until it reacquires the lock. + true if the call returned because the caller reacquired the lock for the specified object. This method does not return if the lock is not reacquired. + The object on which to wait. + The parameter is null. + The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object. + The thread that invokes Wait is later interrupted from the waiting state. This happens when another thread calls this thread's method. + 1 + + + Releases the lock on an object and blocks the current thread until it reacquires the lock. If the specified time-out interval elapses, the thread enters the ready queue. + true if the lock was reacquired before the specified time elapsed; false if the lock was reacquired after the specified time elapsed. The method does not return until the lock is reacquired. + The object on which to wait. + The number of milliseconds to wait before the thread enters the ready queue. + The parameter is null. + The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object. + The thread that invokes Wait is later interrupted from the waiting state. This happens when another thread calls this thread's method. + The value of the parameter is negative, and is not equal to . + 1 + + + Releases the lock on an object and blocks the current thread until it reacquires the lock. If the specified time-out interval elapses, the thread enters the ready queue. + true if the lock was reacquired before the specified time elapsed; false if the lock was reacquired after the specified time elapsed. The method does not return until the lock is reacquired. + The object on which to wait. + A representing the amount of time to wait before the thread enters the ready queue. + The parameter is null. + The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object. + The thread that invokes Wait is later interrupted from the waiting state. This happens when another thread calls this thread's method. + The value of the parameter in milliseconds is negative and does not represent (–1 millisecond), or is greater than . + 1 + + + A synchronization primitive that can also be used for interprocess synchronization. + 1 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with default properties. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value that indicates whether the calling thread should have initial ownership of the mutex. + true to give the calling thread initial ownership of the mutex; otherwise, false. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value that indicates whether the calling thread should have initial ownership of the mutex, and a string that is the name of the mutex. + true to give the calling thread initial ownership of the named system mutex if the named system mutex is created as a result of this call; otherwise, false. + The name of the . If the value is null, the is unnamed. + The named mutex exists and has access control security, but the user does not have . + A Win32 error occurred. + The named mutex cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name. + + is longer than 260 characters. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value that indicates whether the calling thread should have initial ownership of the mutex, a string that is the name of the mutex, and a Boolean value that, when the method returns, indicates whether the calling thread was granted initial ownership of the mutex. + true to give the calling thread initial ownership of the named system mutex if the named system mutex is created as a result of this call; otherwise, false. + The name of the . If the value is null, the is unnamed. + When this method returns, contains a Boolean that is true if a local mutex was created (that is, if is null or an empty string) or if the specified named system mutex was created; false if the specified named system mutex already existed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + The named mutex exists and has access control security, but the user does not have . + A Win32 error occurred. + The named mutex cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name. + + is longer than 260 characters. + + + Opens the specified named mutex, if it already exists. + An object that represents the named system mutex. + The name of the system mutex to open. + + is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is null. + The named mutex does not exist. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named mutex exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it. + 1 + + + + + + Releases the once. + The calling thread does not own the mutex. + 1 + + + Opens the specified named mutex, if it already exists, and returns a value that indicates whether the operation succeeded. + true if the named mutex was opened successfully; otherwise, false. + The name of the system mutex to open. + When this method returns, contains a object that represents the named mutex if the call succeeded, or null if the call failed. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + + is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is null. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named mutex exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it. + + + Represents a lock that is used to manage access to a resource, allowing multiple threads for reading or exclusive access for writing. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with default property values. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the lock recursion policy. + One of the enumeration values that specifies the lock recursion policy. + + + Gets the total number of unique threads that have entered the lock in read mode. + The number of unique threads that have entered the lock in read mode. + + + Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class. + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + Tries to enter the lock in read mode. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in upgradeable mode. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in write mode. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Reduces the recursion count for read mode, and exits read mode if the resulting count is 0 (zero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + Reduces the recursion count for upgradeable mode, and exits upgradeable mode if the resulting count is 0 (zero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + Reduces the recursion count for write mode, and exits write mode if the resulting count is 0 (zero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the current thread has entered the lock in read mode. + true if the current thread has entered read mode; otherwise, false. + 2 + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the current thread has entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + true if the current thread has entered upgradeable mode; otherwise, false. + 2 + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the current thread has entered the lock in write mode. + true if the current thread has entered write mode; otherwise, false. + 2 + + + Gets a value that indicates the recursion policy for the current object. + One of the enumeration values that specifies the lock recursion policy. + + + Gets the number of times the current thread has entered the lock in read mode, as an indication of recursion. + 0 (zero) if the current thread has not entered read mode, 1 if the thread has entered read mode but has not entered it recursively, or n if the thread has entered the lock recursively n - 1 times. + 2 + + + Gets the number of times the current thread has entered the lock in upgradeable mode, as an indication of recursion. + 0 if the current thread has not entered upgradeable mode, 1 if the thread has entered upgradeable mode but has not entered it recursively, or n if the thread has entered upgradeable mode recursively n - 1 times. + 2 + + + Gets the number of times the current thread has entered the lock in write mode, as an indication of recursion. + 0 if the current thread has not entered write mode, 1 if the thread has entered write mode but has not entered it recursively, or n if the thread has entered write mode recursively n - 1 times. + 2 + + + Tries to enter the lock in read mode, with an optional integer time-out. + true if the calling thread entered read mode, otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or -1 () to wait indefinitely. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in read mode, with an optional time-out. + true if the calling thread entered read mode, otherwise, false. + The interval to wait, or -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in upgradeable mode, with an optional time-out. + true if the calling thread entered upgradeable mode, otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or -1 () to wait indefinitely. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in upgradeable mode, with an optional time-out. + true if the calling thread entered upgradeable mode, otherwise, false. + The interval to wait, or -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in write mode, with an optional time-out. + true if the calling thread entered write mode, otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or -1 () to wait indefinitely. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in write mode, with an optional time-out. + true if the calling thread entered write mode, otherwise, false. + The interval to wait, or -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Gets the total number of threads that are waiting to enter the lock in read mode. + The total number of threads that are waiting to enter read mode. + 2 + + + Gets the total number of threads that are waiting to enter the lock in upgradeable mode. + The total number of threads that are waiting to enter upgradeable mode. + 2 + + + Gets the total number of threads that are waiting to enter the lock in write mode. + The total number of threads that are waiting to enter write mode. + 2 + + + Limits the number of threads that can access a resource or pool of resources concurrently. + 1 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of entries and the maximum number of concurrent entries. + The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + + is greater than . + + is less than 1.-or- is less than 0. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of entries and the maximum number of concurrent entries, and optionally specifying the name of a system semaphore object. + The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + The name of a named system semaphore object. + + is greater than .-or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is less than 1.-or- is less than 0. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named semaphore exists and has access control security, and the user does not have . + The named semaphore cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of entries and the maximum number of concurrent entries, optionally specifying the name of a system semaphore object, and specifying a variable that receives a value indicating whether a new system semaphore was created. + The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be satisfied concurrently. + The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be satisfied concurrently. + The name of a named system semaphore object. + When this method returns, contains true if a local semaphore was created (that is, if is null or an empty string) or if the specified named system semaphore was created; false if the specified named system semaphore already existed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + is greater than . -or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is less than 1.-or- is less than 0. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named semaphore exists and has access control security, and the user does not have . + The named semaphore cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name. + + + Opens the specified named semaphore, if it already exists. + An object that represents the named system semaphore. + The name of the system semaphore to open. + + is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is null. + The named semaphore does not exist. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named semaphore exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it. + 1 + + + + + + Exits the semaphore and returns the previous count. + The count on the semaphore before the method was called. + The semaphore count is already at the maximum value. + A Win32 error occurred with a named semaphore. + The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but the user does not have .-or-The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but it was not opened with . + 1 + + + Exits the semaphore a specified number of times and returns the previous count. + The count on the semaphore before the method was called. + The number of times to exit the semaphore. + + is less than 1. + The semaphore count is already at the maximum value. + A Win32 error occurred with a named semaphore. + The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but the user does not have rights.-or-The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but it was not opened with rights. + 1 + + + Opens the specified named semaphore, if it already exists, and returns a value that indicates whether the operation succeeded. + true if the named semaphore was opened successfully; otherwise, false. + The name of the system semaphore to open. + When this method returns, contains a object that represents the named semaphore if the call succeeded, or null if the call failed. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + + is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is null. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named semaphore exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it. + + + The exception that is thrown when the method is called on a semaphore whose count is already at the maximum. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with default values. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message. + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + + + Represents a lightweight alternative to that limits the number of threads that can access a resource or pool of resources concurrently. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of requests that can be granted concurrently. + The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + + is less than 0. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial and maximum number of requests that can be granted concurrently. + The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + + is less than 0, or is greater than , or is equal to or less than 0. + + + Returns a that can be used to wait on the semaphore. + A that can be used to wait on the semaphore. + The has been disposed. + + + Gets the number of remaining threads that can enter the object. + The number of remaining threads that can enter the semaphore. + + + Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources. + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Releases the object once. + The previous count of the . + The current instance has already been disposed. + The has already reached its maximum size. + + + Releases the object a specified number of times. + The previous count of the . + The number of times to exit the semaphore. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is less than 1. + The has already reached its maximum size. + + + Blocks the current thread until it can enter the . + The current instance has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer that specifies the timeout. + true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + + + Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer that specifies the timeout, while observing a . + true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The instance has been disposed, or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , while observing a . + The token to observe. + + was canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed.-or-The that created has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a to specify the timeout. + true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than . + The semaphoreSlim instance has been disposed + + + Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a that specifies the timeout, while observing a . + true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than . + The semaphoreSlim instance has been disposedThe that created has already been disposed. + + + Asynchronously waits to enter the . + A task that will complete when the semaphore has been entered. + + + Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval. + A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + + + Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval, while observing a . + A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + was canceled. + + + Asynchronously waits to enter the , while observing a . + A task that will complete when the semaphore has been entered. + The token to observe. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + was canceled. + + + Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a to measure the time interval. + A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than . + + + Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a to measure the time interval, while observing a . + A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The token to observe. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out-or-timeout is greater than . + + was canceled. + + + Represents a method to be called when a message is to be dispatched to a synchronization context. + The object passed to the delegate. + 2 + + + Provides a mutual exclusion lock primitive where a thread trying to acquire the lock waits in a loop repeatedly checking until the lock becomes available. + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure with the option to track thread IDs to improve debugging. + Whether to capture and use thread IDs for debugging purposes. + + + Acquires the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired. + True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method. + The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling Enter. + Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock. + + + Releases the lock. + Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread is not the owner of this lock. + + + Releases the lock. + A Boolean value that indicates whether a memory fence should be issued in order to immediately publish the exit operation to other threads. + Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread is not the owner of this lock. + + + Gets whether the lock is currently held by any thread. + true if the lock is currently held by any thread; otherwise false. + + + Gets whether the lock is held by the current thread. + true if the lock is held by the current thread; otherwise false. + Thread ownership tracking is disabled. + + + Gets whether thread ownership tracking is enabled for this instance. + true if thread ownership tracking is enabled for this instance; otherwise false. + + + Attempts to acquire the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired. + True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method. + The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling TryEnter. + Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock. + + + Attempts to acquire the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling TryEnter. + Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock. + + + Attempts to acquire the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than milliseconds. + The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling TryEnter. + Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock. + + + Provides support for spin-based waiting. + + + Gets the number of times has been called on this instance. + Returns an integer that represents the number of times has been called on this instance. + + + Gets whether the next call to will yield the processor, triggering a forced context switch. + Whether the next call to will yield the processor, triggering a forced context switch. + + + Resets the spin counter. + + + Performs a single spin. + + + Spins until the specified condition is satisfied. + A delegate to be executed over and over until it returns true. + The argument is null. + + + Spins until the specified condition is satisfied or until the specified timeout is expired. + True if the condition is satisfied within the timeout; otherwise, false + A delegate to be executed over and over until it returns true. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The argument is null. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + + + Spins until the specified condition is satisfied or until the specified timeout is expired. + True if the condition is satisfied within the timeout; otherwise, false + A delegate to be executed over and over until it returns true. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a TimeSpan that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The argument is null. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than . + + + Provides the basic functionality for propagating a synchronization context in various synchronization models. + 2 + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + When overridden in a derived class, creates a copy of the synchronization context. + A new object. + 2 + + + Gets the synchronization context for the current thread. + A object representing the current synchronization context. + 1 + + + When overridden in a derived class, responds to the notification that an operation has completed. + + + When overridden in a derived class, responds to the notification that an operation has started. + + + When overridden in a derived class, dispatches an asynchronous message to a synchronization context. + The delegate to call. + The object passed to the delegate. + 2 + + + When overridden in a derived class, dispatches a synchronous message to a synchronization context. + The delegate to call. + The object passed to the delegate. + The method was called in a Windows Store app. The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + Sets the current synchronization context. + The object to be set. + 1 + + + + + + The exception that is thrown when a method requires the caller to own the lock on a given Monitor, and the method is invoked by a caller that does not own that lock. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with default properties. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message. + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + + + Provides thread-local storage of data. + Specifies the type of data stored per-thread. + + + Initializes the instance. + + + Initializes the instance. + Whether to track all values set on the instance and expose them through the property. + + + Initializes the instance with the specified function. + The invoked to produce a lazily-initialized value when an attempt is made to retrieve without it having been previously initialized. + + is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Initializes the instance with the specified function. + The invoked to produce a lazily-initialized value when an attempt is made to retrieve without it having been previously initialized. + Whether to track all values set on the instance and expose them via the property. + + is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class. + + + Releases the resources used by this instance. + A Boolean value that indicates whether this method is being called due to a call to . + + + Releases the resources used by this instance. + + + Gets whether is initialized on the current thread. + true if is initialized on the current thread; otherwise false. + The instance has been disposed. + + + Creates and returns a string representation of this instance for the current thread. + The result of calling on the . + The instance has been disposed. + The for the current thread is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + The initialization function attempted to reference recursively. + No default constructor is provided and no value factory is supplied. + + + Gets or sets the value of this instance for the current thread. + Returns an instance of the object that this ThreadLocal is responsible for initializing. + The instance has been disposed. + The initialization function attempted to reference recursively. + No default constructor is provided and no value factory is supplied. + + + Gets a list for all of the values currently stored by all of the threads that have accessed this instance. + A list for all of the values currently stored by all of the threads that have accessed this instance. + The instance has been disposed. + + + Contains methods for performing volatile memory operations. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the object reference from the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The reference to that was read. This reference is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + The type of field to read. This must be a reference type, not a value type. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a memory operation appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified object reference to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the object reference is written. + The object reference to write. The reference is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + The type of field to write. This must be a reference type, not a value type. + + + The exception that is thrown when an attempt is made to open a system mutex or semaphore that does not exist. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with default values. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message. + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/de/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/de/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4fb943bbf --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/de/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1799 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn ein Thread ein -Objekt abruft, das von einem anderen Thread abgebrochen wurde, indem das Objekt beim Beenden nicht freigegeben wurde. + 1 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardwerten. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem festgelegten Index für den abgebrochenen Mutex (falls zutreffend) und einem -Objekt, das den Mutex darstellt. + Der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex im Array von WaitHandles, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode ausgelöst wird, oder -1, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode oder die -Methode ausgelöst wird. + Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung. + Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer festgelegten Fehlermeldung und einer festgelegten inneren Ausnahme. + Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer festgelegten Fehlermeldung, der inneren Ausnahme, dem Index für den abgebrochenen Mutex (falls zutreffend) und einem -Objekt, das den Mutex darstellt. + Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + Der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex im Array von WaitHandles, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode ausgelöst wird, oder -1, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode oder die -Methode ausgelöst wird. + Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer festgelegten Fehlermeldung, dem Index des abgebrochenen Mutex (falls zutreffend) und dem abgebrochenen Mutex. + Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + Der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex im Array von WaitHandles, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode ausgelöst wird, oder -1, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode oder die -Methode ausgelöst wird. + Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt. + + + Ruft den abgebrochenen Mutex ab, das die Ausnahme verursacht hat (falls bekannt). + Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt, oder null, wenn der abgebrochene Mutex nicht bestimmt werden konnte. + 1 + + + Ruft den Index des abgebrochenen Mutex ab, der die Ausnahme verursacht hat (falls bekannt). + Der Index des -Objekts, das der abgebrochene Mutex darstellt, im Array von WaitHandles, die an die -Methode übergeben wurden, oder -1, wenn der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex nicht bestimmt werden konnte. + 1 + + + Stellt Umgebungsdaten dar, die für eine angegebene asynchrone Ablaufsteuerung lokal sind, wie etwa eine asynchrone Methode. + Der Typ der Umgebungsdaten. + + + Instanziiert eine -Instanz, die keine Änderungsbenachrichtigungen empfängt. + + + Instanziiert eine lokale -Instanz, die Änderungsbenachrichtigungen empfängt. + Der Delegat, der aufgerufen wird, wenn sich der aktuelle Wert auf einem beliebigen Thread ändert. + + + Ruft den Wert der Umgebungsdaten ab oder legt ihn fest. + Der Wert der Umgebungsdaten. + + + Die Klasse, die -Instanzen, die sich für Änderungsbenachrichtigungen registrieren, Informationen über Datenänderungen zur Verfügung stellt. + Der Typ der Daten. + + + Ruft den aktuellen Wert der Daten ab. + Der aktuelle Wert der Daten. + + + Ruft den vorherigen Wert der Daten ab. + Der vorherige Wert der Daten. + + + Gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob sich der Wert aufgrund einer Änderung des Ausführungskontexts ändert. + true, wenn sich der Wert aufgrund einer Änderung des Ausführungstexts ändert, andernfalls false. + + + Benachrichtigt einen wartenden Thread über das Eintreten eines Ereignisses.Diese Klasse kann nicht vererbt werden. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der anfängliche Zustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll. + true, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll. false, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf „nicht signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll. + + + Ermöglicht es mehreren Aufgaben, parallel über mehrere Phasen gemeinsam an einem Algorithmus zu arbeiten. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse. + Die Anzahl teilnehmender Threads. + + ist kleiner als 0 oder größer als 32,767. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse. + Die Anzahl teilnehmender Threads. + + , die nach jeder Phase ausgeführt wird. NULL (Nothing in Visual Basic) wird möglicherweise übergeben, um keine Aktion anzugeben. + + ist kleiner als 0 oder größer als 32,767. + + + Benachrichtigt über das Vorhandensein eines weiteren Teilnehmers. + Die Phasennummer der Grenze, an der die neuen Teilnehmer zuerst teilnehmen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Einen Teilnehmer hinzuzufügen würde verursachen, dass die Teilnehmeranzahl der Barriere 32.767 überschreitet.– oder –Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen. + + + Benachrichtigt über das Vorhandensein weiterer Teilnehmer. + Die Phasennummer der Grenze, an der die neuen Teilnehmer zuerst teilnehmen. + Die Anzahl zusätzlicher Teilnehmer, die der Grenze hinzugefügt werden soll. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner als 0.– oder –-Teilnehmer hinzuzufügen würde verursachen, dass die Teilnehmeranzahl der Barriere 32.767 überschreitet. + Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen. + + + Ruft die Nummer der aktuellen Phase der Grenze ab. + Gibt die Nummer der aktuellen Phase der Grenze zurück. + + + Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen. + + + Gibt die vom verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen frei. + True, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um nur nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben. + + + Ruft die Gesamtanzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze ab. + Gibt die Gesamtanzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze zurück. + + + Ruft die Anzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze ab, die in der aktuellen Phase noch nicht signalisiert haben. + Gibt die Anzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze zurück, die in der aktuellen Phase noch nicht signalisiert haben. + + + Benachrichtigt , dass ein Teilnehmer nicht mehr vorhanden ist. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Die Barriere hat bereits 0 Teilnehmer.– oder –Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen. + + + Benachrichtigt über die geringere Anzahl von Teilnehmern. + Die Anzahl zusätzlicher Teilnehmer, die aus der Grenze entfernt werden sollen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner als 0. + Die Barriere hat bereits 0 Teilnehmer.– oder –Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen. – oder –aktuelle Teilnehmeranzahl ist kleiner als der angegebene participantCount + Die gesamte Teilnehmeranzahl ist kleiner als der angegebene + + + Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind. + Wenn eine Ausnahme aus der Post-Phasenaktion einer Grenze ausgelöst wird, nachdem alle teilnehmenden Threads SignalAndWait aufgerufen haben, wird die Ausnahme in einer BarrierPostPhaseException umbrochen und für alle teilnehmenden Threads ausgelöst. + + + Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet. + wenn alle Teilnehmer die Grenze innerhalb der angegebenen Zeit erreicht haben, andernfalls false. + Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind. + Wenn eine Ausnahme aus der Post-Phasenaktion einer Grenze ausgelöst wird, nachdem alle teilnehmenden Threads SignalAndWait aufgerufen haben, wird die Ausnahme in einer BarrierPostPhaseException umbrochen und für alle teilnehmenden Threads ausgelöst. + + + Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet und ein Abbruchtoken berücksichtigt. + wenn alle Teilnehmer die Grenze innerhalb der angegebenen Zeit erreicht haben, andernfalls false. + Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind. + + + Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere erreichen. Dabei wird ein Abbruchtoken überwacht. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind. + + + Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird das Zeitintervall mit einem -Objekt gemessen. + True, wenn alle anderen Teilnehmer die Grenze erreicht haben, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, oder er ist größer als 32.767. + Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind. + + + Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird das Zeitintervall mit einem -Objekt gemessen und ein Abbruchtoken berücksichtigt. + True, wenn alle anderen Teilnehmer die Grenze erreicht haben, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1 Millisekunde. Ein Wert von -1 Millisekunde gibt einen unendlichen Timeout an. + Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind. + + + Die Ausnahme, die bei einem Fehler der Nachphasenaktion einer ausgelöst wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer vom System generierten Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit der angegebenen internen Ausnahme. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt. + Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat. + Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + + + Stellt eine Methode dar, die in einem neuen Kontext aufgerufen werden muss. + Ein Objekt mit den Informationen, die von der Rückrufmethode bei jeder Ausführung verwendet werden. + 1 + + + Stellt einen Synchronisierungsprimitiven dar, der signalisiert wird, wenn seine Anzahl 0 (null) erreicht. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit der angegebenen Anzahl. + Die zum Festlegen von ursprünglich erforderliche Anzahl von Signalen. + + ist kleiner als 0. + + + Erhöht die aktuelle Anzahl von um 1. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.– oder – ist größer oder gleich . + + + Erhöht die aktuelle Anzahl von um einen angegebenen Wert. + Der Wert, um den erhöht werden soll. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner oder gleich 0. + Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.– oder – ist größer gleich , nach die Anzahl schrittweise durch erhöht wird. + + + Ruft die Anzahl verbleibender Signale ab, die zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich sind. + Die Anzahl verbleibender Signale, die zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich sind. + + + Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + + + Gibt die vom verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen frei. + True, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um nur nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben. + + + Ruft die Anzahl von Signalen ab, die ursprünglich zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich waren. + Die Anzahl von Signalen, die ursprünglich zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich waren. + + + Bestimmt, ob das Ereignis festgelegt wurde. + True, wenn das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + + + Setzt auf den Wert von zurück. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + + Setzt die -Eigenschaft auf einen angegebenen Wert zurück. + Die zum Festlegen von erforderliche Anzahl von Signalen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner als 0. + + + Registriert ein Signal beim und dekrementiert den Wert von . + True, wenn die Anzahl aufgrund des Signals 0 (null) erreicht hat und das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt. + + + Registriert mehrere Signale bei und verringert den Wert von um den angegebenen Wert. + True, wenn die Anzahl aufgrund der Signale 0 (null) erreicht hat und das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Anzahl zu registrierender Signale. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner als 1. + Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt. -oder- ist größer als . + + + Versucht, um eins zu inkrementieren. + True, wenn die Anzahl erfolgreich erhöht wurde, andernfalls false.Wenn bereits 0 (null) ist, gibt diese Methode false zurück. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist gleich . + + + Versucht, durch einen angegebenen Wert zu inkrementieren. + True, wenn die Anzahl erfolgreich erhöht wurde, andernfalls false.Wenn bereits 0 (null) ist, wird false zurückgegeben. + Der Wert, um den erhöht werden soll. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner oder gleich 0. + Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.– oder – + ist gleich oder größer als . + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet wird. + True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet und ein überwacht wird. + True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. - Oder - Die , die erstellte, wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei ein überwacht wird. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. - Oder - Die , die erstellte, wurde bereits freigegeben. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei ein zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet wird. + True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als . + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei ein zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet und ein überwacht wird. + True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. - Oder - Die , die erstellte, wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als . + + + Ruft ein ab, das verwendet wird, um auf das festzulegende Ereignis zu warten. + Ein , das verwendet wird, um auf das festzulegende Ereignis zu warten. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + + Gibt an, ob eine -Klasse nach dem Empfangen eines Signals automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird. + 2 + + + Bei Signalisierung wird die -Methode automatisch nach der Freigabe eines einzigen Threads zurückgesetzt.Wenn sich keine Threads in der Warteschlange befinden, bleibt die -Methode solange signalisiert, bis ein Thread blockiert wird. Sie wird zurückgesetzt, nachdem der Thread freigegeben wurde. + + + Bei Signalisierung gibt die -Methode alle wartenden Threads frei. Sie bleibt solange signalisiert, bis sie manuell zurückgesetzt wird. + + + Stellt ein Threadsynchronisierungsereignis dar. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt an, ob das WaitHandle anfänglich signalisiert ist und ob es automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird. + true, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf signalisiert festgelegt werden soll. false, wenn er auf nicht signalisiert festgelegt werden soll. + Einer der -Werte, die bestimmen, ob das Ereignis automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt an, ob das WaitHandle anfänglich signalisiert ist, wenn es als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wurde, ob es automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird, und gibt den Namen eines Systemsynchronisierungsereignisses an. + true, um den anfänglichen Zustand auf signalisiert festzulegen, wenn das benannte Ereignis als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird; false, um den Zustand auf nicht signalisiert festzulegen. + Einer der -Werte, die bestimmen, ob das Ereignis automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird. + Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über . + Das benannte Ereignis kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat. + + ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt an, ob das WaitHandle anfänglich signalisiert ist, wenn es als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wurde, und ob es automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird, und gibt den Namen eines Systemsynchronisierungsereignisses und eine boolesche Variable an, deren Wert nach dem Aufruf angibt, ob das benannte Systemereignis erstellt wurde. + true, um den anfänglichen Zustand auf signalisiert festzulegen, wenn das benannte Ereignis als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird; false, um den Zustand auf nicht signalisiert festzulegen. + Einer der -Werte, die bestimmen, ob das Ereignis automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird. + Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses. + Enthält nach dem Beenden dieser Methode den Wert true, wenn ein lokales Ereignis erstellt wurde (d. h., wenn gleich null oder eine leere Zeichenfolge ist) oder wenn das angegebene benannte Systemereignis erstellt wurde. Der Wert ist false, wenn das angegebene benannte Systemsereignis bereits vorhanden war.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert übergeben. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über . + Das benannte Ereignis kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat. + + ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + + Öffnet das bestimmte benannte Synchronisierungsereignis, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist. + Ein Objekt, das das benannte Systemereignis darstellt. + Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses, das zu öffnen ist. + + ist eine leere Zeichenfolge. - oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist null. + Das benannte Systemereignis ist nicht vorhanden. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den nötigen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden. + 1 + + + + + + Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf nicht signalisiert fest, sodass Threads blockiert werden. + true, wenn die Operation erfolgreich ausgeführt wird, andernfalls false. + Die -Methode wurde zuvor für dieses aufgerufen. + 2 + + + Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf signalisiert fest und ermöglicht so einem oder mehreren wartenden Threads fortzufahren. + true, wenn die Operation erfolgreich ausgeführt wird, andernfalls false. + Die -Methode wurde zuvor für dieses aufgerufen. + 2 + + + Öffnet das bestimmte benannte Synchronisierungsereignis, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist, und gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob der Vorgang erfolgreich war. + true, wenn das benannte Synchronisierungsereignis erfolgreich geöffnet wurde; andernfalls false. + Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses, das zu öffnen ist. + Enthält nach Beenden der Methode ein -Objekt, das das benannte Synchronisierungsereignis darstellt, wenn der Aufruf erfolgreich ausgeführt wurde, oder null, wenn der Aufruf fehlgeschlagen ist.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert behandelt. + + ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist null. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den gewünschten Sicherheitszugriff. + + + Verwaltet den Ausführungskontext für den aktuellen Thread.Diese Klasse kann nicht vererbt werden. + 2 + + + Zeichnet den Ausführungskontext des aktuellen Threads auf. + Ein -Objekt, das den Ausführungskontext für den aktuellen Thread darstellt. + 1 + + + Führt für den aktuellen Thread eine Methode in einem angegebenen Ausführungskontext aus. + Der festzulegende . + Ein -Delegat, der die im bereitgestellten Ausführungskontext auszuführende Methode darstellt. + Das Objekt, das an die Rückrufmethode übergeben werden soll. + + ist null.– oder – wurde nicht durch einen Aufzeichnungsvorgang ermittelt. – oder – wurde bereits als Argument für einen Aufruf von verwendet. + 1 + + + + + + Stellt atomare Operationen für Variablen bereit, die von mehreren Threads gemeinsam genutzt werden. + 2 + + + Fügt in einer atomaren Operation zwei 32-Bit-Ganzzahlen hinzu und ersetzt die erste Ganzzahl durch die Summe. + Der unter gespeicherte neue Wert. + Eine Variable, die den ersten Wert enthält, der hinzugefügt werden soll.Die Summe der beiden Werte wird in gespeichert. + Der Wert, der der Ganzzahl in hinzugefügt werden soll. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Fügt in einer atomaren Operation zwei 64-Bit-Ganzzahlen hinzu und ersetzt die erste Ganzzahl durch die Summe. + Der unter gespeicherte neue Wert. + Eine Variable, die den ersten Wert enthält, der hinzugefügt werden soll.Die Summe der beiden Werte wird in gespeichert. + Der Wert, der der Ganzzahl in hinzugefügt werden soll. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei Gleitkommazahlen mit doppelter Genauigkeit hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird. + Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt. + Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei 32-Bit-Ganzzahlen mit Vorzeichen hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird. + Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt. + Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei 64-Bit-Ganzzahlen mit Vorzeichen hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird. + Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt. + Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei plattformspezifische Handles oder Zeiger hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Der Ziel-, dessen Wert mit dem Wert von verglichen und möglicherweise durch ersetzt wird. + Der , der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt. + Der , der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei Objekte hinsichtlich ihrer Verweisgleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit das erste Objekt. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Das Zielobjekt, das mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird. + Das Objekt, das das Zielobjekt ersetzt, wenn beim Vergleich Gleichheit festgestellt wird. + Das Objekt, das mit dem Objekt in verglichen wird. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei Gleitkommazahlen mit einfacher Genauigkeit hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird. + Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt. + Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei Instanzen des angegebenen Referenztyps hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit die erste. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.Dies ist ein Verweisparameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic). + Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt. + Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird. + Der Typ, der für , und verwendet werden soll.Dieser Typ muss ein Referenztyp sein. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Dekrementiert den Wert einer angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation. + Der dekrementierte Wert. + Die Variable, deren Wert dekrementiert werden soll. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Dekrementiert den Wert der angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation. + Der dekrementierte Wert. + Die Variable, deren Wert dekrementiert werden soll. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt in einer atomaren Operation eine Gleitkommazahl mit doppelter Genauigkeit auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll. + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen in einer atomaren Operation auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll. + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt eine 64-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen in einer atomaren Operation auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll. + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt in einer atomaren Operation ein plattformspezifisches Handle bzw. einen plattformspezifischen Zeiger auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll. + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt in einer atomaren Operation ein Objekt auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt einen Verweis auf das ursprüngliche Objekt zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll. + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt in einer atomaren Operation eine Gleitkommazahl mit einfacher Genauigkeit auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll. + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt eine Variable vom angegebenen Typ in einer atomaren Operation auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.Dies ist ein Verweisparameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic). + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + Der Typ, der für und verwendet werden soll.Dieser Typ muss ein Referenztyp sein. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Inkrementiert den Wert einer angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation. + Der inkrementierte Wert. + Die Variable, deren Wert inkrementiert werden soll. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Inkrementiert den Wert einer angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation. + Der inkrementierte Wert. + Die Variable, deren Wert inkrementiert werden soll. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Synchronisiert den Speicherzugriff wie folgt: Der Prozessor, der den aktuellen Thread ausführt, kann Anweisungen nicht so neu anordnen, dass Speicherzugriffe vor dem Aufruf von nach Speicherzugriffen ausgeführt werden, die nach dem Aufruf von erfolgen. + + + Gibt einen 64-Bit-Wert zurück, der in einer atomaren Operation geladen wird. + Der geladene Wert. + Der zu ladende 64-Bit-Wert. + 1 + + + Stellt verzögerte Initialisierungsroutinen bereit. + + + Initialisiert einen Zielverweistyp mit seinem Standardkonstruktor, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Der initialisierte Verweis vom Typ . + Ein Verweis vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Der Typ des zu initialisierenden Verweises. + Berechtigungen, auf den Konstruktor des Typs zuzugreifen, haben gefehlt. + Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor. + + + Initialisiert einen Zielverweis- oder Werttyp mit seinem Standardkonstruktor, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Der initialisierte Wert vom Typ . + Ein Verweis oder Wert vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Ein Verweis auf einen booleschen Wert, der bestimmt, ob das Ziel bereits initialisiert wurde. + Ein Verweis auf ein Objekt, das für die Initialisierung von als sich gegenseitig ausschließende Sperre verwendet wird.Wenn null ist, wird ein neues Objekt instanziiert. + Der Typ des zu initialisierenden Verweises. + Berechtigungen, auf den Konstruktor des Typs zuzugreifen, haben gefehlt. + Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor. + + + Initialisiert einen Zielverweis- oder Werttyp mit einer angegebenen Funktion, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Der initialisierte Wert vom Typ . + Ein Verweis oder Wert vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Ein Verweis auf einen booleschen Wert, der bestimmt, ob das Ziel bereits initialisiert wurde. + Ein Verweis auf ein Objekt, das für die Initialisierung von als sich gegenseitig ausschließende Sperre verwendet wird.Wenn null ist, wird ein neues Objekt instanziiert. + Die Funktion, die aufgerufen wird, um den Verweis oder den Wert zu initialisieren. + Der Typ des zu initialisierenden Verweises. + Berechtigungen, auf den Konstruktor des Typs zuzugreifen, haben gefehlt. + Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor. + + + Initialisiert einen Zielverweistyp mit einer angegebenen Funktion, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Der initialisierte Wert vom Typ . + Der Verweis vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Die Funktion, die aufgerufen wird, um den Verweis zu initialisieren. + Der Verweistyp des zu initialisierenden Verweises. + Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor. + + gibt null (Nothing in Visual Basic) zurück. + + + Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn die rekursive Anforderung einer Sperre nicht mit der Rekursionsrichtlinie der Sperre kompatibel ist. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer vom System generierten Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt. + Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat. + Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde. + Die Ausnahme, die die aktuelle Ausnahme verursacht hat.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + 2 + + + Gibt an, ob eine Sperre mehrmals dem gleichen Thread zugewiesen werden kann. + + + Wenn ein Thread rekursiv versucht, eine Sperre zu erhalten, wird eine Ausnahme ausgelöst.Einige Klassen gestatten gewisse Rekursionen, wenn diese Einstellung aktiv ist. + + + Ein Thread kann rekursiv eine Sperre erhalten.Einige Klassen beschränken diese Möglichkeit einer rekursiven Zuweisung. + + + Benachrichtigt einen oder mehrere wartende Threads über das Eintreten eines Ereignisses.Diese Klasse kann nicht vererbt werden. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der anfängliche Zustand auf signalisiert festgelegt werden soll. + true, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf signalisiert festgelegt werden soll, false, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf nicht signalisiert festgelegt werden soll. + + + Stellt eine verschlankte Version von bereit. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit dem Anfangszustand „nicht signalisiert“. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der Anfangszustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll. + True, um den Anfangszustand auf „signalisiert“ festzulegen, false um den Anfangszustand auf „nicht signalisiert“ festzulegen. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der Anfangszustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll, und einer festgelegten Spin-Anzahl. + True, um den Anfangszustand auf "signalisiert" festzulegen, false um den Anfangszustand auf "nicht signalisiert" festzulegen. + Die Anzahl von Spin-Wartevorgängen, die vor dem Fallback auf einen kernelbasierten Wartevorgang stattfinden. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + + + Gibt die vom verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen frei. + true, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um nur nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob das Ereignis festgelegt wurde. + True, wenn das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + + + Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf „nicht signalisiert“ fest, sodass Threads blockiert werden. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf „signalisiert“ fest und ermöglicht so die weitere Ausführung eines oder mehrerer wartender Threads. + + + Ruft die Anzahl von Spin-Wartevorgängen ab, die vor dem Fallback auf einen kernelbasierten Wartevorgang stattfinden. + Gibt die Anzahl von Spin-Wartevorgängen zurück, die vor dem Fallback auf einen kernelbasierten Wartevorgang stattfinden. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird. + true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet und ein überwacht wird. + true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Das zu überwachende . + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle ein Signal empfängt, wobei ein überwacht wird. + Das zu überwachende . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird, wobei ein -Wert zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird. + true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird. Dabei wird ein -Wert zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet und ein überwacht. + true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Das zu überwachende . + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Ruft das zugrunde liegende -Objekt für dieses ab. + Das zugrunde liegende -Ereignisobjekt für dieses . + + + Stellt einen Mechanismus bereit, der den Zugriff auf Objekte synchronisiert. + 2 + + + Erhält eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt. + Das Objekt, für das die Monitorsperre erhalten werden soll. + Der -Parameter ist null. + 1 + + + Erhält eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde. + Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll. + Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen.Hinweis   Wenn keine Ausnahme auftritt, ist die Ausgabe dieser Methode immer true. + Die Eingabe für ist true. + Der -Parameter ist null. + + + Hebt eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt auf. + Das Objekt, dessen Sperre aufgehoben werden soll. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der aktuelle Thread besitzt die Sperre für das angegebene Objekt nicht. + 1 + + + Bestimmt, ob der aktuelle Thread die Sperre für das angegebene Objekt enthält. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre für enthält, andernfalls false. + Das zu überprüfende Objekt. + + ist null. + + + Benachrichtigt einen Thread in der Warteschlange für abzuarbeitende Threads über eine Änderung am Zustand des gesperrten Objekts. + Das Objekt, auf das ein Thread wartet. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt. + 1 + + + Benachrichtigt alle wartenden Threads über eine Änderung am Zustand des Objekts. + Das Objekt, das den Impuls sendet. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt. + 1 + + + Versucht, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre erhält, andernfalls false. + Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll. + Der -Parameter ist null. + 1 + + + Versucht, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten, und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde. + Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll. + Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen. + Die Eingabe für ist true. + Der -Parameter ist null. + + + Versucht über eine angegebene Anzahl von Millisekunden hinweg, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre erhält, andernfalls false. + Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll. + Die Anzahl der Millisekunden, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll. + Der -Parameter ist null. + + ist negativ und ungleich . + 1 + + + Versucht für die angegebene Anzahl von Millisekunden, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten, und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde. + Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll. + Die Anzahl der Millisekunden, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll. + Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen. + Die Eingabe für ist true. + Der -Parameter ist null. + + ist negativ und ungleich . + + + Versucht über einen angegebenen Zeitraum hinweg, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre erhält, andernfalls false. + Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll. + Eine , die die Zeitspanne darstellt, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll.Ein Wert von -1 Millisekunde gibt eine unbegrenzte Wartezeit an. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der Wert von in Millisekunden ist negativ und ungleich (-1 Millisekunde), oder er ist größer als . + 1 + + + Versucht für die angegebene Dauer, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten, und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde. + Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll. + Die Zeitspanne, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll.Ein Wert von -1 Millisekunde gibt eine unbegrenzte Wartezeit an. + Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen. + Die Eingabe für ist true. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der Wert von in Millisekunden ist negativ und ungleich (-1 Millisekunde), oder er ist größer als . + + + Hebt die Sperre für ein Objekt auf und blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er die Sperre erneut erhält. + true, wenn der Aufruf beendet wurde, weil der Aufrufer die Sperre für das angegebene Objekt erneut erhalten hat.Diese Methode wird nicht beendet, wenn die Sperre nicht erneut erhalten wird. + Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt. + Der Thread, der Wait aufruft, wird später im Wartezustand unterbrochen.Dieser Fall tritt ein, wenn ein anderer Thread die -Methode dieses Threads aufruft. + 1 + + + Hebt die Sperre für ein Objekt auf und blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er die Sperre erneut erhält.Wenn das angegebene Timeoutintervall abläuft, tritt der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads ein. + true, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, bevor die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist. false, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, nachdem die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist.Die Methode wird erst beendet, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde. + Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, bevor der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads eintritt. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt. + Der Thread, der Wait aufruft, wird später im Wartezustand unterbrochen.Dieser Fall tritt ein, wenn ein anderer Thread die -Methode dieses Threads aufruft. + Der Wert des -Parameters ist negativ und ungleich . + 1 + + + Hebt die Sperre für ein Objekt auf und blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er die Sperre erneut erhält.Wenn das angegebene Timeoutintervall abläuft, tritt der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads ein. + true, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, bevor die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist. false, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, nachdem die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist.Die Methode wird erst beendet, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde. + Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll. + Ein , der die Zeit angibt, die gewartet wird, bevor der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads eintritt. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt. + Der Thread, der Wait aufruft, wird später im Wartezustand unterbrochen.Dieser Fall tritt ein, wenn ein anderer Thread die -Methode dieses Threads aufruft. + Der Wert des -Parameters in Millisekunden ist negativ und stellt nicht (-1 Millisekunde) dar, oder er ist größer als . + 1 + + + Ein primitiver Synchronisierungstyp, der auch für die prozessübergreifende Synchronisierung verwendet werden kann. + 1 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardeigenschaften. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex zugewiesen werden soll. + true, um dem aufrufenden Thread den anfänglichen Besitz des Mutex zuzuweisen, andernfalls false. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex zugewiesen werden soll, sowie mit einer Zeichenfolge, die den Namen des Mutex darstellt. + true, um dem aufrufenden Thread den anfänglichen Besitz des benannten Systemmutex zuzuweisen, wenn der benannte Systemmutex als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird, andernfalls false. + Der Name des .Bei einem Wert von null ist das unbenannt. + Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über . + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Der benannte Mutex kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat. + + ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex zugewiesen werden soll, mit einer Zeichenfolge mit dem Namen des Mutex sowie mit einem booleschen Wert, der beim Beenden der Methode angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex gewährt wurde. + true, um dem aufrufenden Thread den anfänglichen Besitz des benannten Systemmutex zuzuweisen, wenn der benannte Systemmutex als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird, andernfalls false. + Der Name des .Bei einem Wert von null ist das unbenannt. + Enthält nach dem Beenden dieser Methode einen booleschen Wert, der true ist, wenn ein lokaler Mutex erstellt wurde (d. h. wenn gleich null oder eine leere Zeichenfolge ist) oder wenn der angegebene benannte Systemmutex erstellt wurde. Der Wert ist false, wenn der angegebene benannte Systemmutex bereits vorhanden war.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert übergeben. + Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über . + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Der benannte Mutex kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat. + + ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + + Öffnet den bestimmten benannten Mutex, wenn er bereits vorhanden ist. + Ein Objekt, das den benannten Systemmutex darstellt. + Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemmutex. + + ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist null. + Der benannte Mutex ist nicht vorhanden. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den erforderlichen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden. + 1 + + + + + + Gibt das einmal frei. + Der aufrufende Thread ist nicht im Besitz des Mutex. + 1 + + + Öffnet den bestimmten benannten Mutex, wenn er bereits vorhanden ist, und gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob der Vorgang erfolgreich war. + true, wenn der benannte Mutex erfolgreich geöffnet wurde; andernfalls false. + Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemmutex. + Enthält nach Beenden der Methode ein -Objekt, das das benannte Mutex darstellt, wenn der Aufruf erfolgreich ausgeführt wurde, oder null, wenn der Aufruf fehlgeschlagen ist.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert behandelt. + + ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist null. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den erforderlichen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden. + + + Stellt eine Sperre dar, mit der der Zugriff auf eine Ressource verwaltet wird. Mehrere Threads können hierbei Lesezugriff oder exklusiven Schreibzugriff erhalten. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardeigenschaftswerten. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse unter Angabe der Rekursionsrichtlinie für die Sperre. + Einer der Enumerationswerte, der die Rekursionsrichtlinie für die Sperre angibt. + + + Ruft die Gesamtzahl von eindeutigen Threads ab, denen die Sperre im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist. + Die Anzahl von eindeutigen Threads, denen die Sperre im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist. + + + Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + Versucht, die Sperre im Lesemodus zu erhalten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zu erhalten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im Schreibmodus zu erhalten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Verringert die Rekursionszahl für den Lesemodus und beendet den Lesemodus, wenn das Rekursionsergebnis 0 (null) ist. + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + Verringert die Rekursionszahl für den erweiterbaren Modus und beendet den erweiterbaren Modus, wenn das Rekursionsergebnis 0 (null) ist. + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + Verringert die Rekursionszahl für den Schreibmodus und beendet den Schreibmodus, wenn das Rekursionsergebnis 0 (null) ist. + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre dem aktuellen Thread im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist. + true, wenn sich der aktuelle Thread im Lesemodus befindet, andernfalls false. + 2 + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre dem aktuellen Thread im erweiterbaren Modus zugewiesen ist. + true, wenn sich der aktuelle Thread im erweiterbaren Modus befindet, andernfalls false. + 2 + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre dem aktuellen Thread im Schreibmodus zugewiesen ist. + true, wenn sich der aktuelle Thread im Schreibmodus befindet, andernfalls false. + 2 + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der die Rekursionsrichtlinie für das aktuelle -Objekt angibt. + Einer der Enumerationswerte, der die Rekursionsrichtlinie für die Sperre angibt. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der als Indikator für eine Rekursion angibt, wie oft dem aktuellen Thread die Sperre im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist. + 0 (null), wenn sich der aktuelle Thread nicht im Lesemodus befindet, 1, wenn sich der Thread im Lesemodus befindet und diesen nicht rekursiv angefordert hat, oder n, wenn der Thread die Sperre n - 1 Mal rekursiv angefordert hat. + 2 + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der als Indikator für eine Rekursion angibt, wie oft dem aktuellen Thread die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zugewiesen ist. + 0 (null), wenn sich der aktuelle Thread nicht im erweiterbaren Modus befindet, 1, wenn sich der Thread im erweiterbaren Modus befindet und diesen nicht rekursiv angefordert hat, oder n, wenn der Thread den erweiterbaren Modus n - 1 Mal rekursiv angefordert hat. + 2 + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der als Indikator für eine Rekursion angibt, wie oft dem aktuellen Thread die Sperre im Schreibmodus zugewiesen ist. + 0 (null), wenn sich der aktuelle Thread nicht im Schreibmodus befindet, 1, wenn sich der Thread im Schreibmodus befindet und diesen nicht rekursiv angefordert hat, oder n, wenn der Thread den Schreibmodus n - 1 Mal rekursiv angefordert hat. + 2 + + + Versucht, die Sperre im Lesemodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein ganzzahliger Timeout berücksichtigt. + true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Lesemodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false. + Die Zeit in Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder -1 (), um unbegrenzt zu warten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im Lesemodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt. + true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Lesemodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false. + Das Zeitintervall bis zum Timeout, oder -1 Millisekunden, um unbegrenzt zu warten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt. + true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den erweiterbaren Modus erhalten hat, andernfalls false. + Die Zeit in Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder -1 (), um unbegrenzt zu warten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt. + true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den erweiterbaren Modus erhalten hat, andernfalls false. + Das Zeitintervall bis zum Timeout, oder -1 Millisekunden, um unbegrenzt zu warten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im Schreibmodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt. + true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Schreibmodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false. + Die Zeit in Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder -1 (), um unbegrenzt zu warten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im Schreibmodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt. + true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Schreibmodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false. + Das Zeitintervall bis zum Timeout, oder -1 Millisekunden, um unbegrenzt zu warten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Ruft die Gesamtzahl von Threads ab, die auf eine Zuweisung der Sperre im Lesemodus warten. + Die Gesamtzahl von Threads, die auf eine Zuweisung des Lesemodus warten. + 2 + + + Ruft die Gesamtzahl von Threads ab, die auf eine Zuweisung der Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus warten. + Die Gesamtzahl von Threads, die auf eine Zuweisung des erweiterbaren Modus warten. + 2 + + + Ruft die Gesamtzahl von Threads ab, die auf eine Zuweisung der Sperre im Schreibmodus warten. + Die Gesamtzahl von Threads, die auf eine Zuweisung des Schreibmodus warten. + 2 + + + Schränkt die Anzahl von Threads ein, die gleichzeitig auf eine Ressource oder einen Pool von Ressourcen zugreifen können. + 1 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Einträgen und die maximale Anzahl von gleichzeitigen Einträgen an. + Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + + ist größer als . + + ist kleiner als 1.- oder - ist kleiner als 0. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Einträgen und die maximale Anzahl von gleichzeitigen Einträgen sowie optional den Namen eines Systemsemaphorobjekts an. + Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + Der Name eines benannten Systemsemaphorobjekts. + + ist größer als .- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist kleiner als 1.- oder - ist kleiner als 0. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über . + Das benannte Semaphor kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Einträgen und die maximale Anzahl von gleichzeitigen Einträgen sowie optional den Namen eines Systemsemaphorobjekts an, gibt eine Variable an, die einen Wert empfängt, der angibt, ob ein neues Systemsemaphor erstellt wurde. + Die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig ausgeführt werden können. + Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig ausgeführt werden können. + Der Name eines benannten Systemsemaphorobjekts. + Enthält nach dem Beenden dieser Methode den Wert true, wenn ein lokales Semaphor erstellt wurde (d. h., wenn gleich null oder eine leere Zeichenfolge ist) oder wenn das angegebene benannte Systemsemaphor erstellt wurde. Der Wert ist false, wenn das angegebene benannte Systemsemaphor bereits vorhanden war.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert übergeben. + + ist größer als . - oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist kleiner als 1.- oder - ist kleiner als 0. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über . + Das benannte Semaphor kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat. + + + Öffnet das angegebene benannte Semaphor, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist. + Ein Objekt, das das benannte Systemsemaphor darstellt. + Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemsemaphors. + + ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist null. + Das benannte Semaphor ist nicht vorhanden. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den nötigen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden. + 1 + + + + + + Beendet das Semaphor und gibt die vorherige Anzahl zurück. + Die Anzahl für das Semaphor vor dem Aufruf der -Methode. + Die Anzahl für das Semaphor weist bereits den maximalen Wert auf. + Bei einem benannten Semaphor ist ein Win32-Fehler aufgetreten. + Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar. Der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über .- oder - Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar, es wurde jedoch nicht mit geöffnet. + 1 + + + Gibt das Semaphor eine festgelegte Anzahl von Malen frei und gibt die vorherige Anzahl zurück. + Die Anzahl für das Semaphor vor dem Aufruf der -Methode. + Die Anzahl von Malen, die das Semaphor freigegeben werden soll. + + ist kleiner als 1. + Die Anzahl für das Semaphor weist bereits den maximalen Wert auf. + Bei einem benannten Semaphor ist ein Win32-Fehler aufgetreten. + Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar. Der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über -Rechte.- oder - Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar, es wurde jedoch nicht mit -Rechten geöffnet. + 1 + + + Öffnet das angegebene benannte Semaphor, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist, und gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob der Vorgang erfolgreich war. + true, wenn das benannte Semaphor erfolgreich geöffnet wurde; andernfalls false. + Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemsemaphors. + Enthält nach Beenden der Methode ein -Objekt, das das benannte Semaphor darstellt, wenn der Aufruf erfolgreich ausgeführt wurde, oder null, wenn der Aufruf fehlgeschlagen ist.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert behandelt. + + ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist null. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den nötigen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden. + + + Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn die -Methode für ein Semaphor aufgerufen wird, dessen Zähler bereits den Maximalwert aufweist. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardwerten. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung. + Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat. + Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + + + Eine einfache Alternative zu , die die Anzahl der Threads beschränkt, die gleichzeitig auf eine Ressource oder einen Ressourcenpool zugreifen können. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Anforderungen an, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + + ist kleiner als 0. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt die ursprüngliche sowie die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen an, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + + ist kleiner als 0, oder ist größer als , oder ist kleiner gleich 0. + + + Gibt ein zurück, das verwendet werden kann um auf die Semaphore zu warten. + Ein , das verwendet werden kann um auf die Semaphore zu warten. + + wurde verworfen. + + + Ruft die Anzahl der verbleibenden Threads ab, für die das Eintreten in das -Objekt zulässig ist. + Die Anzahl der verbleibenden Threads, für die das Eintreten in das Semaphor zulässig ist. + + + Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + + + Gibt die von verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional die verwalteten Ressourcen frei. + true, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um ausschließlich nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben. + + + Gibt das -Objekt einmal frei. + Die vorherige Anzahl von . + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Der hat bereits seine maximale Größe erreicht. + + + Gibt das -Objekt eine festgelegte Anzahl von Malen frei. + Die vorherige Anzahl von . + Die Anzahl von Malen, die das Semaphor freigegeben werden soll. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner als 1. + Der hat bereits seine maximale Größe erreicht. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in eintreten kann. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei das Timeout mit einer 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen angegeben wird. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Angeben des Timeouts verwendet und ein überwacht wird. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + Die Instanz wurde freigegeben, oder die erstellten freigegeben wurde. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei ein überwacht wird. + Das zu überwachende -Token. + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.- oder - Die erstellten bereits freigegeben wurde. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei ein zum Angeben des Timeouts verwendet wird. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als . + Die semaphoreSlim-Instanz wurde freigegeben + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei eine den Timeout angibt und ein überwacht wird. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als . + Die semaphoreSlim-Instanz wurde freigegebenDie , die erstellt hat, wurde bereits freigegeben. + + + Wartet asynchron auf den Eintritt in . + Eine Aufgabe, die abgeschlossen wird, wenn das Semaphor eingegeben wurde. + + + Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum , wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird. + Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + + + Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum , wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird, während ein beobachtet wird. + Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Das zu überwachende . + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + wurde abgebrochen. + + + Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum , während ein ein beobachtet wird. + Eine Aufgabe, die abgeschlossen wird, wenn das Semaphor eingegeben wurde. + Das zu überwachende -Token. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + wurde abgebrochen. + + + Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum unter Verwendung einer zum Messen des Zeitintervalls. + Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. - oder - Timeout ist größer als . + + + Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum unter Verwendung einer zum Messen des Zeitintervalls, während ein beobachtet wird. + Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Das zu überwachende -Token. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.- oder - Timeout ist größer als . + + wurde abgebrochen. + + + Stellt eine Methode dar, die aufgerufen werden muss, wenn eine Nachricht an einen Synchronisierungskontext gesendet werden soll. + Das an den Delegaten übergebene Objekt. + 2 + + + Stellt einen sich gegenseitig ausschließenden Sperrprimitiven bereit, wobei ein Thread, der versucht, die Sperre abzurufen, wiederholt in einer Schleife wartet, bis die Sperre verfügbar wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Struktur mit der Option, Thread-IDs nachzuverfolgen, um das Debuggen zu vereinfachen. + Gibt an, ob Thread-IDs zu Debugzwecken erfasst und verwendet werden. + + + Ruft die Sperre zuverlässig ab, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde. + True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden. + Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von Enter mit false initialisiert werden. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen. + + + Hebt die Sperre auf. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread ist nicht Besitzer dieser Sperre. + + + Hebt die Sperre auf. + Ein boolescher Wert, der angibt, ob eine Arbeitsspeicherumgrenzung ausgegeben werden soll, um den Beendigungsvorgang sofort für andere Threads zu veröffentlichen. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread ist nicht Besitzer dieser Sperre. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre zurzeit von einem Thread verwendet wird. + True, wenn die Sperre zurzeit von einem Thread verwendet wird, andernfalls false. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre vom aktuellen Thread verwendet wird. + True, wenn die Sperre vom aktuellen Thread verwendet wird, andernfalls false. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird deaktiviert. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Threadbesitznachverfolgung für diese Instanz aktiviert ist. + True, wenn die Threadbesitznachverfolgung für diese Instanz aktiviert ist, andernfalls false. + + + Versucht, die Sperre zuverlässig abzurufen, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde. + True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden. + Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von TryEnter mit false initialisiert werden. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen. + + + Versucht, die Sperre zuverlässig abzurufen, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von TryEnter mit false initialisiert werden. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen. + + + Versucht, die Sperre zuverlässig abzurufen, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als Millisekunden. + Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von TryEnter mit false initialisiert werden. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen. + + + Stellt Unterstützung für Spin-basierte Wartevorgänge bereit. + + + Ruft die Anzahl von -Aufrufen für diese Instanz ab. + Gibt eine ganze Zahl zurück, die angibt, wie häufig für diese Instanz aufgerufen wurde. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob der nächste Aufruf von den Prozessor ergibt und einen erzwungenen Kontextwechsel auslöst. + Gibt an, ob der nächste Aufruf von den Prozessor ergibt und einen erzwungenen Kontextwechsel auslöst. + + + Setzt die Spin-Anzahl zurück. + + + Führt einen Spin-Vorgang aus. + + + Führt Spin-Vorgänge aus, bis die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt wird. + Ein Delegat, der immer wieder ausgeführt wird, bis true zurückgegeben wird. + Das -Argument ist Null. + + + Führt Spin-Vorgänge aus, bis die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt wird oder das angegebene Timeout abgelaufen ist. + True, wenn die Bedingung innerhalb des Timeouts erfüllt wird, andernfalls false. + Ein Delegat, der immer wieder ausgeführt wird, bis true zurückgegeben wird. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Das -Argument ist Null. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + + + Führt Spin-Vorgänge aus, bis die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt wird oder das angegebene Timeout abgelaufen ist. + True, wenn die Bedingung innerhalb des Timeouts erfüllt wird, andernfalls false. + Ein Delegat, der immer wieder ausgeführt wird, bis true zurückgegeben wird. + Ein , das die Wartezeit in Millisekunden darstellt, oder ein TimeSpan-Wert, der -1 Millisekunden für Warten ohne Timeout darstellt. + Das -Argument ist Null. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als . + + + Stellt die Grundfunktionen für die Weitergabe eines Synchronisierungskontexts in unterschiedlichen Synchronisierungsmodellen bereit. + 2 + + + Erstellt eine neue Instanz der -Klasse. + + + Erstellt beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse eine Kopie des Synchronisierungskontexts. + Ein neues -Objekt. + 2 + + + Ruft den Synchronisierungskontext für den aktuellen Thread ab. + Ein -Objekt, das den aktuellen Synchronisierungskontext darstellt. + 1 + + + Antwortet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse auf die Benachrichtigung, dass ein Vorgang abgeschlossen wurde. + + + Antwortet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse auf die Benachrichtigung, dass ein Vorgang gestartet wurde. + + + Sendet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse eine asynchrone Meldung an einen Synchronisierungskontext. + Der aufzurufende -Delegat. + Das an den Delegaten übergebene Objekt. + 2 + + + Sendet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse eine synchrone Meldung an einen Synchronisierungskontext. + Der aufzurufende -Delegat. + Das an den Delegaten übergebene Objekt. + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + Legt den aktuellen Synchronisierungskontext fest. + Das festzulegende -Objekt. + 1 + + + + + + Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn der Aufrufer für eine Methode über eine Sperre für einen bestimmten Monitor verfügen muss und die Methode von einem Aufrufer aufgerufen wird, der nicht über diese Sperre verfügt. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardeigenschaften. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung. + Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat. + Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + + + Stellt einen lokalen Datenspeicher eines Threads bereit. + Gibt den für jeden Thread gespeicherten Datentyp an. + + + Initialisiert die -Instanz. + + + Initialisiert die -Instanz. + Ob alle Werte, die für die Instanz festgelegt werden, verfolgt werden und über die -Eigenschaft verfügbar gemacht sollen. + + + Initialisiert die -Instanz mit der angegebenen -Funktion. + Das , das aufgerufen wird, um einen verzögert initialisierten Wert zu erzeugen, wenn versucht wird, ohne vorherige Initialisierung abzurufen. + + ist ein NULL-Verweis (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Initialisiert die -Instanz mit der angegebenen -Funktion. + Das , das aufgerufen wird, um einen verzögert initialisierten Wert zu erzeugen, wenn versucht wird, ohne vorherige Initialisierung abzurufen. + Ob alle Werte, die für die Instanz festgelegt werden, verfolgt werden und über die -Eigenschaft verfügbar gemacht sollen. + + ist ein null-Verweis (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + + + Gibt die von dieser -Instanz verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + Ein boolescher Wert, der angibt, ob diese Methode aufgrund eines Aufrufs von aufgerufen wird. + + + Gibt die von dieser -Instanz verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob für den aktuellen Thread initialisiert wurde. + True, wenn erfolgreich im aktuellen Thread initialisiert wurde, andernfalls false. + Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben. + + + Erstellt eine Zeichenfolgendarstellung dieser Instanz für den aktuellen Thread und gibt sie zurück. + Das Ergebnis des Aufrufs von für . + Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben. + Der für den aktuellen Thread ist ein NULL-Verweis (Nothing in Visual Basic). + Die Initialisierungsfunktion versuchte, auf rekursiv zu verweisen. + Kein Standardkonstruktor wird bereitgestellt, und keine Wertfactory wird angegeben. + + + Ruft den Wert dieser Instanz für den aktuellen Thread ab oder legt ihn fest. + Gibt eine Instanz des Objekts zurück, für dessen Initialisierung dieser ThreadLocal zuständig ist. + Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben. + Die Initialisierungsfunktion versuchte, auf rekursiv zu verweisen. + Kein Standardkonstruktor wird bereitgestellt, und keine Wertfactory wird angegeben. + + + Ruft eine Liste aller Werte ab, die aktuell von allen Threads, die auf diese Instanz zugegriffen haben, gespeichert werden. + Eine Liste aller Werte, die aktuell von allen Threads, die auf diese Instanz zugegriffen haben, gespeichert sind. + Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben. + + + Enthält Methoden für die Durchführung von Vorgängen für flüchtigen Speicher. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Objektverweis aus dem angegebenen Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der Verweis auf , der gelesen wurde.Dieser Verweis entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Verweis, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + Der Typ des zu lesenden Felds.Dabei muss es sich um einen Verweistyp und keinen Werttyp handeln. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Arbeitsspeichervorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Objektverweis in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Objektverweis geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Objektverweis.Der Verweis wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + Der Typ des zu schreibenden Felds.Dabei muss es sich um einen Verweistyp und keinen Werttyp handeln. + + + Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn versucht wird, einen nicht vorhandenen Systemmutex oder ein nicht vorhandenes Semaphor zu öffnen. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardwerten. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung. + Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat. + Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/es/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/es/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3431de9eb --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/es/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1803 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + Excepción que se produce cuando un subproceso adquiere un objeto que otro subproceso ha abandonado al salir sin liberarlo. + 1 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con valores predeterminados. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un índice especificado para la exclusión mutua abandonada, si es aplicable, y un objeto que representa la exclusión mutua. + Índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada en la matriz de identificadores de espera si la excepción se produce para el método , o –1 si la excepción se produce para los métodos o . + Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error y una excepción interna especificados. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado, la excepción interna, el índice para la exclusión mutua abandonada, si es aplicable, y un objeto que representa la exclusión mutua. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + Índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada en la matriz de identificadores de espera si la excepción se produce para el método , o –1 si la excepción se produce para los métodos o . + Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado, el índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada, si es aplicable, y la exclusión mutua abandonada. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + Índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada en la matriz de identificadores de espera si la excepción se produce para el método , o –1 si la excepción se produce para los métodos o . + Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada. + + + Obtiene la exclusión mutua abandonada que produjo la excepción, si se conoce. + Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada o null si no se han podido identificar las exclusiones mutuas abandonadas. + 1 + + + Obtiene el índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada que produjo la excepción, si se conoce. + Índice, en la matriz de identificadores de espera que se ha pasado al método , del objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada, o –1 si no se puede determinar el índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada. + 1 + + + Representa datos ambiente locales de un flujo de control asincrónico determinado, por ejemplo, un método asincrónico. + Tipo de los datos ambiente. + + + Crea una instancia que no recibe las notificaciones de cambio. + + + Crea una instancia local que recibe notificaciones de cambio. + Delegado al que se llama cuando cambia el valor actual en cualquier subproceso. + + + Obtiene o establece el valor de los datos ambiente. + Valor de los datos ambiente. + + + Clase que proporciona información de cambio de datos a las instancias que se registran para las notificaciones de cambios. + Tipo de los datos. + + + Obtiene el valor actual de los datos. + Valor actual de los datos. + + + Obtiene el valor anterior de los datos. + Valor anterior de los datos. + + + Devuelve un valor que indica si el valor cambia debido a un cambio de contexto de ejecución. + true si el valor cambió debido a un cambio de contexto de ejecución; de lo contrario, false. + + + Notifica que se ha producido un evento a un subproceso en espera.Esta clase no puede heredarse. + 2 + + + Inicializa una instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado. + true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado. + + + Habilita varias tareas para que cooperen en un algoritmo en paralelo a través de varias fases. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase . + Número de subprocesos que participan. + + es menor que 0 o mayor que 32,767. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase . + Número de subprocesos que participan. + + que se ejecutará después de cada fase. null (Nothing en Visual Basic) se puede pasar para indicar que no se realiza ninguna acción. + + es menor que 0 o mayor que 32,767. + + + Notifica a que va a haber un participante adicional. + Número de fase de la barrera en la que primero participarán los nuevos participantes. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + Agregar un participante haría que el recuento de participantes de la barrera superase los 32.767.O bienEl método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase. + + + Notifica a que va a haber participantes adicionales. + Número de fase de la barrera en la que primero participarán los nuevos participantes. + Número de participantes adicionales que se van a agregar a la barrera. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es menor que 0.O bienAgregar haría que el recuento de participantes de la barrera superase los 32.767. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase. + + + Obtiene el número de la fase actual de la barrera. + Devuelve el número de la fase actual de la barrera. + + + Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase . + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase. + + + Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados. + Es true para liberar tanto los recursos administrados como los no administrados; es false para liberar únicamente los recursos no administrados. + + + Obtiene el número total de participantes de la barrera. + Devuelve el número total de participantes de la barrera. + + + Obtiene el número de participantes de la barrera que no aún no se han señalado en la fase actual. + Devuelve el número de participantes de la barrera que no aún no se han señalado en la fase actual. + + + Notifica a que va a haber un participante menos. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + La barrera ya tiene 0 participantes.O bienEl método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase. + + + Notifica a que va a haber menos participantes. + Número de participantes adicionales que se van a quitar de la barrera. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es menor que 0. + La barrera ya tiene 0 participantes.O bienEl método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase. O bienel recuento del participante actual es menor que el participantCount especificado + El recuento del participante total es menor que el especificado + + + Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen también la barrera. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes. + Si una excepción se produce de la acción de fase de envío de una barrera después de todos los subprocesos hayan llamado a SignalAndWait, la excepción se ajustará en una BarrierPostPhaseException y se producirá en todos los subprocesos que participan. + + + Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen también la barrera usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera. + si todos los participantes alcanzaron la barrera dentro del tiempo especificado; de lo contrario, es false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes. + Si una excepción se produce de la acción de fase de envío de una barrera después de todos los subprocesos hayan llamado a SignalAndWait, la excepción se ajustará en una BarrierPostPhaseException y se producirá en todos los subprocesos que participan. + + + Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes la alcancen también usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera mientras se observa un token de cancelación. + si todos los participantes alcanzaron la barrera dentro del tiempo especificado; de lo contrario, es false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + Se ha cancelado . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes. + + + Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen la barrera mientras se observa un token de cancelación. + + que se va a observar. + Se ha cancelado . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes. + + + Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen también la barrera usando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo. + Es true si todos los demás participantes alcanzaron la barrera; de lo contrario, es false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o es mayor de 32.767. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes. + + + Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes la alcancen también usando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras se observa un token de cancelación. + Es true si todos los demás participantes alcanzaron la barrera; de lo contrario, es false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + Se ha cancelado . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes. + + + Excepción que se inicia cuando se produce un error en la acción posterior a la fase de + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje proporcionado por el sistema que describe el error. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con la excepción interna especificada. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado que describe el error. + Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que esta cadena se ha traducido para la actual referencia cultural del sistema. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción. + Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que esta cadena se ha traducido para la actual referencia cultural del sistema. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + + + Representa un método al que se va a llamar dentro de un nuevo contexto. + Objeto que contiene la información que va a utilizar el método de devolución de llamadas cada vez que se ejecute. + 1 + + + Representa una primitiva de sincronización que está señalada cuando su recuento alcanza el valor cero. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el recuento especificado. + Número de señales necesarias inicialmente para establecer . + + es menor que 0. + + + Incrementa en uno el recuento actual de . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + La instancia actual ya está establecida.O bien es mayor o igual que . + + + Incrementa en un valor especificado el recuento actual de . + Valor en que se va a aumentar . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es menor o igual que 0. + La instancia actual ya está establecida.O bien es igual o mayor que después de incrementar la cuenta en + + + Obtiene el número de señales restantes necesario para establecer el evento. + El número de señales restantes necesario para establecer el evento. + + + Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase . + + + Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados. + Es true para liberar tanto los recursos administrados como los no administrados; es false para liberar únicamente los recursos no administrados. + + + Obtiene los números de señales que se necesitan inicialmente para establecer el evento. + El número de señales que se necesitan inicialmente para establecer el evento. + + + Determina si se establece el evento. + Es true si se establece el evento; de lo contrario, es false. + + + Restablece en el valor de . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + + Restablece la propiedad según un valor especificado. + Número de señales necesario para establecer . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + El valor de es menor que 0. + + + Registra una señal con y disminuye el valor de . + Es true si la señal hizo que el recuento alcanzara el valor cero y se estableció el evento; de lo contrario, falso. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + La instancia actual ya está establecida. + + + Registra varias señales con reduciendo el valor de según la cantidad especificada. + Es true si las señales hicieron que el recuento alcanzara el valor cero y se estableció el evento; de lo contrario, falso. + Número de señales que se va a registrar. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es menor que 1. + La instancia actual ya está establecida. -o bien- es mayor que . + + + Intenta incrementar en uno. + Es true si el incremento se realizó correctamente; en caso contrario, es false.Si ya está en el valor cero, este método devolverá false. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es igual a . + + + Intenta incrementar en un valor especificado. + Es true si el incremento se realizó correctamente; en caso contrario, es false.Si ya está en el valor cero, se devolverá false. + Valor en que se va a aumentar . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es menor o igual que 0. + La instancia actual ya está establecida.O bien + es igual o mayor que . + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera. + Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera, mientras se observa un token . + Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + Se ha cancelado . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. o bien, que creó sido eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , mientras se observa un token . + + que se va a observar. + Se ha cancelado . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. o bien, que creó sido eliminado. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un objeto para medir el tiempo de espera. + Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que . + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un objeto para medir el tiempo de espera, mientras se observa un token . + Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + Se ha cancelado . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. o bien, que creó sido eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que . + + + Obtiene un objeto que se usa para esperar a que se establezca el evento. + Objeto que se usa para esperar a que se establezca el evento. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + + Indica si un objeto se restablece automática o manualmente después de recibir una señal. + 2 + + + El objeto , cuando está señalado, se restablece automáticamente después de haber liberado un único subproceso.Si hay ningún subproceso en espera, el objeto permanece señalado hasta que un subproceso se bloquea y se restablece después de haber liberado el subproceso. + + + El objeto , cuando está señalado, libera todos los subprocesos en espera y permanece señalado hasta que se restablece manualmente. + + + Representa un evento de sincronización de subprocesos. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando si el identificador de espera se señala inicialmente y si se restablece automática o manualmente. + Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; es false para establecerlo en no señalado. + Uno de los valores de que determina si el evento se restablece de forma automática o manual. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando si el identificador de espera se señala inicialmente cuando se crea como resultado de esta llamada, si se restablece automática o manualmente y el nombre de un evento de sincronización del sistema. + Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado si el evento con nombre se crea como resultado de esta llamada; es false para establecerlo en no señalado. + Uno de los valores de que determina si el evento se restablece de forma automática o manual. + Nombre de un evento de sincronización para todo el sistema. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El evento con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario carece de . + No se puede crear el evento con nombre, quizás porque un identificador de espera de un tipo diferente tiene el mismo nombre. + + tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando si el identificador de espera se señala inicialmente cuando se crea como resultado de esta llamada, si se restablece automática o manualmente, el nombre de un evento de sincronización del sistema y una variable booleana cuyo valor después de la llamada indica si se ha creado el evento del sistema con nombre. + Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado si el evento con nombre se crea como resultado de esta llamada; es false para establecerlo en no señalado. + Uno de los valores de que determina si el evento se restablece de forma automática o manual. + Nombre de un evento de sincronización para todo el sistema. + Cuando este método devuelve un resultado, contiene true si se ha creado un evento local (es decir, si es null o una cadena vacía) o si se ha creado el evento del sistema con nombre especificado; es false si el evento del sistema con nombre especificado ya existía.Este parámetro se pasa sin inicializar. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El evento con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario carece de . + No se puede crear el evento con nombre, quizás porque un identificador de espera de un tipo diferente tiene el mismo nombre. + + tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + + Abre el evento de sincronización con nombre especificado, si ya existe. + Un objeto que representa el evento del sistema con nombre. + Nombre del evento de sincronización que se va a abrir. + + es una cadena vacía. O bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + es null. + El evento del sistema con nombre no existe. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El evento con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad exigido para utilizarlo. + 1 + + + + + + Establece el estado del evento en no señalado, haciendo que los subprocesos se bloqueen. + true si la operación se realiza correctamente; en caso contrario, false. + No se ha llamado previamente al método en este . + 2 + + + Establece el estado del evento en señalado, permitiendo que uno o varios subprocesos en espera continúen. + true si la operación se realiza correctamente; en caso contrario, false. + No se ha llamado previamente al método en este . + 2 + + + Abre el evento de sincronización con nombre especificado, si ya existe, y devuelve un valor que indica si la operación se realizó correctamente. + true si el evento de sincronización con nombre se abrió correctamente; si no, false. + Nombre del evento de sincronización que se va a abrir. + Cuando este método vuelve, contiene un objeto que representa el evento de sincronización con nombre si la llamada se realizó correctamente, o null si se produjo un error en la llamada.Este parámetro se trata como sin inicializar. + + es una cadena vacía.O bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + es null. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El evento con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad deseado. + + + Administra el contexto de ejecución del subproceso actual.Esta clase no puede heredarse. + 2 + + + Captura el contexto de ejecución del subproceso actual. + Objeto que representa el contexto de ejecución del subproceso actual. + 1 + + + Ejecuta un método en un contexto de ejecución especificado en el subproceso actual. + Contexto de ejecución que se va a establecer. + Delegado que representa el método que se va a ejecutar en el contexto de ejecución proporcionado. + Objeto que se pasa al método de devolución de llamada. + + es null.O bien no se adquirió a través de una operación de captura. O bien ya se ha utilizado como argumento de una llamada a . + 1 + + + + + + Proporciona operaciones atómicas para las variables compartidas por varios subprocesos. + 2 + + + Agrega dos enteros de 32 bits y reemplaza el primer entero por la suma, como una operación atómica. + Nuevo valor almacenado en . + Variable que contiene el primer valor que se va a agregar.La suma de los dos valores se almacena en . + Valor que se va a agregar al entero en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Agrega dos enteros de 64 bits y reemplaza el primer entero por la suma, como una operación atómica. + Nuevo valor almacenado en . + Variable que contiene el primer valor que se va a agregar.La suma de los dos valores se almacena en . + Valor que se va a agregar al entero en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos números de punto flotante de precisión doble para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero de los valores. + Valor original de . + Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace. + Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad. + Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos enteros de 32 bits con signo para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primer valor. + Valor original de . + Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace. + Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad. + Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos enteros de 64 bits con signo para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primer valor. + Valor original de . + Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace. + Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad. + Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos identificadores o punteros específicos de plataforma para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero. + Valor original de . + Estructura de destino, cuyo valor se compara con el valor de y que posiblemente se reemplace por . + Estructura que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad. + Estructura que se compara con el valor que hay en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos objetos para comprobar si sus referencias son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero de los objetos. + Valor original de . + Objeto de destino que se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace. + Objeto que reemplaza el objeto de destino si la comparación da como resultado la igualdad de ambos parámetros. + Objeto que se compara con el objeto que hay en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos números de punto flotante de precisión sencilla para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero de los valores. + Valor original de . + Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace. + Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad. + Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos instancias del tipo de referencia especificado para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza la primera. + Valor original de . + Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.Este es un parámetro de referencia (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic). + Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad. + Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en . + Tipo que se va a utilizar para , y .Este tipo debe ser un tipo de referencia. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Disminuye el valor de una variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica. + Valor reducido. + Variable cuyo valor se va a reducir. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Disminuye el valor de la variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica. + Valor reducido. + Variable cuyo valor se va a reducir. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece un número de punto flotante de precisión doble en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado. + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece un entero de 32 bits con signo en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado. + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece un entero de 64 bits con signo en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado. + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece un puntero o identificador específico de plataforma en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado. + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece un objeto en un valor especificado y devuelve una referencia al objeto original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado. + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece un número de punto flotante de precisión sencilla en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado. + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece una variable del tipo especificado en un valor determinado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.Este es un parámetro de referencia (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic). + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + Tipo que se va a utilizar para y .Este tipo debe ser un tipo de referencia. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Aumenta el valor de una variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica. + Valor incrementado. + Variable cuyo valor se va a incrementar. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Aumenta el valor de una variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica. + Valor incrementado. + Variable cuyo valor se va a incrementar. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sincroniza el acceso a la memoria de la siguiente forma: el procesador que ejecuta el subproceso actual no puede reordenar instrucciones de forma que los accesos a la memoria anteriores a la llamada a se ejecuten después de los accesos a memoria que siguen a la llamada a . + + + Devuelve un valor de 64 bits, cargado como una operación atómica. + Valor cargado. + Valor de 64 bits que se va a cargar. + 1 + + + Proporciona rutinas de inicialización diferida. + + + Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino con su constructor predeterminado si aún no se ha inicializado el destino. + Referencia de tipo que se ha inicializado. + Referencia de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado. + Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar. + Faltaban los permisos para tener acceso al constructor de tipo . + El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado. + + + Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino o tipo de valor con su constructor predeterminado si aún no se ha inicializado. + Valor inicializado de tipo . + Referencia o valor de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado. + Referencia a un valor booleano que determina si ya se ha inicializado el destino. + Referencia a un objeto que se usa como bloqueo mutuamente excluyente para la inicialización de .Si es null, se creará una instancia de un nuevo objeto. + Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar. + Faltaban los permisos para tener acceso al constructor de tipo . + El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado. + + + Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino o tipo de valor utilizando la función especificada si aún no se ha inicializado. + Valor inicializado de tipo . + Referencia o valor de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado. + Referencia a un valor booleano que determina si ya se ha inicializado el destino. + Referencia a un objeto que se usa como bloqueo mutuamente excluyente para la inicialización de .Si es null, se creará una instancia de un nuevo objeto. + Función que se llama para inicializar la referencia o el valor. + Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar. + Faltaban los permisos para tener acceso al constructor de tipo . + El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado. + + + Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino utilizando la función especificada si aún no se ha inicializado. + Valor inicializado de tipo . + Referencia de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado. + Función que se llama para inicializar la referencia. + Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar. + El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado. + + devuelve un valor NULL (Nothing en Visual Basic). + + + Excepción que se inicia cuando la entrada recursiva en un bloqueo no es compatible con la directiva de recursividad del bloqueo. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje proporcionado por el sistema que describe el error. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado que describe el error. + Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que la cadena se ha traducido para la referencia cultural actual del sistema. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción. + Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que la cadena se ha traducido para la referencia cultural actual del sistema. + Excepción que ha producido la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + 2 + + + Especifica si el mismo subproceso puede entrar varias veces en un bloqueo. + + + Si un subproceso intenta entrar en un bloqueo de forma recursiva, se inicia una excepción.Algunas clases pueden permitir cierta recursividad cuando se aplica esta configuración. + + + Un subproceso puede entrar en un bloqueo de forma recursiva.Algunas clases pueden limitar esta posibilidad. + + + Notifica que se ha producido un evento a uno o varios subprocesos en espera.Esta clase no puede heredarse. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado. + true para establecer el estado inicial de señalado; false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado. + + + Proporciona una versión reducida de . + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el estado inicial establecido en no señalado. + + + Inicializa una instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado. + Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; es false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado. + + + Inicializa una instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado y con el recuento circular especificado. + Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; es false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado. + Número de esperas circulares que se van a producir antes de una operación de espera basada en kernel. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase . + + + Libera los recursos no administrados que usa el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados. + true para liberar tanto los recursos administrados como los no administrados; false para liberar únicamente los recursos no administrados. + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si se ha establecido el evento. + Es true si se ha establecido el evento; de lo contrario, es false. + + + Establece el estado del evento en no señalado, por lo que se bloquean los subprocesos. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Establece el estado del evento en señalado, lo que permite la continuación de uno o varios subprocesos que están esperando en el evento. + + + Obtiene el número de esperas circulares que se producirán antes de una operación de espera basada en kernel. + Devuelve el número de esperas circulares que se producirán antes de una operación de espera basada en kernel. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto actual. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el actual, usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el intervalo de tiempo. + Es true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, es false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el actual, usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras se observa un token . + true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que el actual reciba una señal, mientras se observa un token . + + que se va a observar. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el actual, utilizando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo. + true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el , usando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras se observa un token . + true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Obtiene el objeto para este . + Objeto de evento subyacente de este . + + + Proporciona un mecanismo que sincroniza el acceso a los objetos. + 2 + + + Adquiere un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo de monitor. + El parámetro es null. + 1 + + + Adquiere un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo. + Objeto en el que se va a esperar. + Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo.Nota   Si no se produce ninguna excepción, el resultado de este método siempre es true. + La entrada es true. + El parámetro es null. + + + Libera un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado. + Objeto en el que se va a liberar el bloqueo. + El parámetro es null. + El subproceso actual no posee el bloqueo para el objeto especificado. + 1 + + + Determina si el subproceso actual mantiene el bloqueo en el objeto especificado. + Es true si el subproceso actual mantiene el bloqueo en ; en caso contrario, es false. + Objeto que se va a probar. + El valor de es null. + + + Notifica un cambio de estado del objeto bloqueado al subproceso que se encuentra en la cola de espera. + Objeto que está esperando un subproceso. + El parámetro es null. + El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado. + 1 + + + Notifica un cambio de estado del objeto a todos los subprocesos que se encuentran en espera. + Objeto que envía el pulso. + El parámetro es null. + El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado. + 1 + + + Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado. + Es true si el subproceso actual adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, es false. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo. + El parámetro es null. + 1 + + + Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo. + Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo. + La entrada es true. + El parámetro es null. + + + Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado durante el número de segundos especificado. + Es true si el subproceso actual adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, es false. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo. + Número de milisegundos durante los que se va a esperar para adquirir el bloqueo. + El parámetro es null. + + es negativo y no es igual a . + 1 + + + Intenta, durante el número especificado de milisegundos, adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo. + Número de milisegundos durante los que se va a esperar para adquirir el bloqueo. + Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo. + La entrada es true. + El parámetro es null. + + es negativo y no es igual a . + + + Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado durante el período de tiempo especificado. + Es true si el subproceso actual adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, es false. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo. + + que representa el período de tiempo que se va a esperar para adquirir el bloqueo.Un valor de –1 milisegundo especifica una espera infinita. + El parámetro es null. + El valor de en milisegundos es negativo y no es igual a (– 1 milisegundo), o es mayor que . + 1 + + + Intenta, durante el periodo de tiempo indicado, adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo. + Tiempo que se va a esperar el bloqueo.Un valor de –1 milisegundo especifica una espera infinita. + Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo. + La entrada es true. + El parámetro es null. + El valor de en milisegundos es negativo y no es igual a (– 1 milisegundo), o es mayor que . + + + Libera el bloqueo en un objeto y bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que vuelve a adquirir el bloqueo. + Es true si la llamada fue devuelta porque el llamador volvió a adquirir el bloqueo para el objeto especificado.Este método no devuelve ningún resultado si el bloqueo no vuelve a adquirirse. + Objeto en el que se va a esperar. + El parámetro es null. + El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado. + El subproceso que invoca Wait se interrumpe más adelante desde el estado de espera.Esto sucede cuando otro subproceso llame a este subproceso método. + 1 + + + Libera el bloqueo en un objeto y bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que vuelve a adquirir el bloqueo.Si transcurre el intervalo de tiempo de espera especificado, el subproceso entra en la cola de subprocesos listos. + Es true si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo antes de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado; es false si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo después de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado.El método no devuelve ningún resultado hasta que se vuelva a adquirir el bloqueo. + Objeto en el que se va a esperar. + Número de milisegundos que se va a estar a la espera antes de que el subproceso entre en la cola de subprocesos listos. + El parámetro es null. + El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado. + El subproceso que invoca Wait se interrumpe más adelante desde el estado de espera.Esto sucede cuando otro subproceso llame a este subproceso método. + El valor de la parámetro es negativo y no es igual a . + 1 + + + Libera el bloqueo en un objeto y bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que vuelve a adquirir el bloqueo.Si transcurre el intervalo de tiempo de espera especificado, el subproceso entra en la cola de subprocesos listos. + Es true si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo antes de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado; es false si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo después de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado.El método no devuelve ningún resultado hasta que se vuelva a adquirir el bloqueo. + Objeto en el que se va a esperar. + + que representa la cantidad de tiempo que se va a esperar antes de que el subproceso entre en la cola de subprocesos listos. + El parámetro es null. + El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado. + El subproceso que invoca Wait se interrumpe más adelante desde el estado de espera.Esto sucede cuando otro subproceso llame a este subproceso método. + El valor de la parámetro en milisegundos es negativo y no representa (– 1 milisegundo), o es mayor que . + 1 + + + Primitiva de sincronización que puede usarse también para la sincronización entre procesos. + 1 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con propiedades predeterminadas. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si el subproceso que realiza la llamada debe tener la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua. + true para otorgar la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua al subproceso que realiza la llamada, de lo contrario, false. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si el subproceso que realiza la llamada debe tener la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua y una cadena que representa el nombre de la exclusión mutua. + true para otorgar al subproceso que realiza la llamada la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre si esta se crea como resultado de dicha llamada; de lo contrario, false. + Nombre del objeto .Si el valor es null, no tiene nombre. + La exclusión mutua con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario no tiene . + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + No se puede crear la exclusión mutua con nombre; posiblemente porque un identificador de espera de otro tipo tiene el mismo nombre. + + tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si el subproceso que realiza la llamada debe tener la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua, una cadena que es el nombre de la exclusión mutua y un valor booleano que, cuando se devuelva el método, indicará si se concedió la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua al subproceso que realiza la llamada. + true para otorgar al subproceso que realiza la llamada la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre si esta se crea como resultado de dicha llamada; de lo contrario, false. + Nombre del objeto .Si el valor es null, no tiene nombre. + Cuando se devuelve este método, contiene un valor booleano que es true si se creó una exclusión mutua local (es decir, si es null o una cadena vacía) o si se creó la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre especificada; el valor es false si la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre especificada ya existía.Este parámetro se pasa sin inicializar. + La exclusión mutua con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario no tiene . + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + No se puede crear la exclusión mutua con nombre; posiblemente porque un identificador de espera de otro tipo tiene el mismo nombre. + + tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + + Abre la exclusión mutua con nombre especificada, si ya existe. + Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre. + Nombre de la exclusión mutua del sistema que se va a abrir. + + es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + El valor de es null. + La excepción mutua con nombre no existe. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + La exclusión mutua con nombre existe, pero el usuario no dispone del acceso de seguridad exigido para utilizarla. + 1 + + + + + + Libera una vez la instancia de . + El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee la exclusión mutua. + 1 + + + Abre la exclusión mutua con nombre especificada, si ya existe, y devuelve un valor que indica si la operación se realizó correctamente. + true si la exclusión mutua con nombre se abrió correctamente; si no, false. + Nombre de la exclusión mutua del sistema que se va a abrir. + Cuando este método vuelve, contiene un objeto que representa la exclusión mutua con nombre si la llamada se realizó correctamente, o null si se produjo un error en la llamada.Este parámetro se trata como sin inicializar. + + es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + El valor de es null. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + La exclusión mutua con nombre existe, pero el usuario no dispone del acceso de seguridad exigido para utilizarla. + + + Representa un bloqueo que se utiliza para administrar el acceso a un recurso y que permite varios subprocesos para la lectura o acceso exclusivo para la escritura. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con los valores de propiedad predeterminados. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase especificando la directiva de recursividad de bloqueo. + Uno de los valores de enumeración que especifica la directiva de recursividad de bloqueo. + + + Obtiene el número total de subprocesos únicos que han entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura. + Número de subprocesos únicos que han entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura. + + + Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase . + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Reduce el recuento de recursividad para el modo de lectura y sale del modo de lectura si el recuento resultante es 0 (cero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + Reduce el recuento de recursividad para el modo de actualización y sale del modo de actualización si el recuento resultante es 0 (cero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + Reduce el recuento de recursividad para el modo de escritura y sale del modo de escritura si el recuento resultante es 0 (cero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura. + true si el subproceso actual entró en modo Lectura; en caso contrario, false. + 2 + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual entró en el bloqueo en modo de actualización. + true si el subproceso actual entró en modo de actualización; en caso contrario, false. + 2 + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de escritura. + true si el subproceso actual entró en modo de escritura; en caso contrario, false. + 2 + + + Obtiene un valor que indica la directiva de recursividad del objeto actual. + Uno de los valores de enumeración que especifica la directiva de recursividad de bloqueo. + + + Obtiene el número de veces que el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura, como una indicación de recursividad. + 0 (cero) si el subproceso actual no entró en modo Lectura, 1 si el subproceso entró en modo Lectura pero no lo hizo de forma recursiva o n si el subproceso entró de forma recursiva en el bloqueo n - 1 veces. + 2 + + + Obtiene el número de veces que el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de actualización, como una indicación de recursividad. + 0 (cero) si el subproceso actual no entró en modo de actualización, 1 si el subproceso entró en modo de actualización pero no lo hizo de forma recursiva o n si el subproceso entró de forma recursiva en el modo de actualización n - 1 veces. + 2 + + + Obtiene el número de veces que el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de escritura, como una indicación de recursividad. + 0 (cero) si el subproceso actual no entró en modo de escritura, 1 si el subproceso entró en modo de escritura pero no lo hizo de forma recursiva o n si el subproceso entró de forma recursiva en el modo de escritura n - 1 veces. + 2 + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura, con un tiempo de espera entero opcional. + true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo Lectura; en caso contrario, false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o -1 () para esperar indefinidamente. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura, con tiempo de espera opcional. + true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo Lectura; en caso contrario, false. + Intervalo de espera, o -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización, con tiempo de espera opcional. + true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de actualización; en caso contrario, false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o -1 () para esperar indefinidamente. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización, con tiempo de espera opcional. + true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de actualización; en caso contrario, false. + Intervalo de espera, o -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura, con tiempo de espera opcional. + true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de escritura; en caso contrario, false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o -1 () para esperar indefinidamente. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura, con tiempo de espera opcional. + true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de escritura; en caso contrario, false. + Intervalo de espera, o -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Obtiene el número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura. + Número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en modo de lectura. + 2 + + + Obtiene el número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización. + Número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en modo de actualización. + 2 + + + Obtiene el número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura. + Número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en modo de escritura. + 2 + + + Limita el número de subprocesos que pueden tener acceso a un recurso o grupo de recursos simultáneamente. + 1 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , que especifica el número inicial de entradas y el número máximo de entradas simultáneas. + Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + Número máximo de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + + es mayor que . + + es menor que 1.o bien es menor que 0. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , que especifica el número inicial de entradas y el número máximo de entradas simultáneas, y especificando de forma opcional el nombre de un objeto semáforo de sistema. + Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + Número máximo de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + Nombre de un objeto de semáforo del sistema con nombre. + + es mayor que .o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + es menor que 1.o bien es menor que 0. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El semáforo con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso y el usuario no tiene . + No se puede crear el semáforo con nombre, probablemente porque tiene el mismo nombre que un identificador de espera de otro tipo. + + + Inicializa una instancia nueva de la clase , especificando el número inicial de entradas y el número máximo de entradas simultáneas, especificando de forma opcional el nombre de un objeto semáforo de sistema y especificando una variable que recibe un valor que indica si se creó un semáforo del sistema nuevo. + Número inicial de solicitudes para el semáforo que se puede satisfacer simultáneamente. + Número máximo de solicitudes para el semáforo que se puede satisfacer simultáneamente. + Nombre de un objeto de semáforo del sistema con nombre. + Cuando este método devuelve un resultado, contiene true si se creó un semáforo local (es decir, si es null o una cadena vacía) o si se creó el semáforo del sistema con nombre especificado; es false si el semáforo del sistema con nombre especificado ya existía.Este parámetro se pasa sin inicializar. + + es mayor que . o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + es menor que 1.o bien es menor que 0. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El semáforo con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso y el usuario no tiene . + No se puede crear el semáforo con nombre, probablemente porque tiene el mismo nombre que un identificador de espera de otro tipo. + + + Abre el semáforo con nombre especificado, si ya existe. + Objeto que representa el semáforo del sistema con nombre. + Nombre del semáforo del sistema que se va a abrir. + + es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + El valor de es null. + El semáforo con nombre no existe. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El semáforo con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad necesario para utilizarlo. + 1 + + + + + + Sale del semáforo y devuelve el recuento anterior. + Recuento en el semáforo antes de la llamada al método . + El recuento del semáforo ya está en el valor máximo. + Error de Win32 con un semáforo con nombre. + El semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero el usuario no tiene .o bienEl semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero no se abrió con . + 1 + + + Sale del semáforo un número especificado de veces y devuelve el recuento anterior. + Recuento en el semáforo antes de la llamada al método . + Número de veces que se abandona el semáforo. + + es menor que 1. + El recuento del semáforo ya está en el valor máximo. + Error de Win32 con un semáforo con nombre. + El semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero el usuario no tiene derechos.o bienEl semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero no se abrió con derechos. + 1 + + + Abre el semáforo con nombre especificado, si ya existe, y devuelve un valor que indica si la operación se realizó correctamente. + true si el semáforo con nombre se abrió correctamente; si no, false. + Nombre del semáforo del sistema que se va a abrir. + Cuando este método vuelve, contiene un objeto que representa el semáforo con nombre si la llamada se realizó correctamente o null si se produjo un error en la misma.Este parámetro se trata como sin inicializar. + + es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + El valor de es null. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El semáforo con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad necesario para utilizarlo. + + + Excepción que se produce cuando se llama al método en un semáforo cuyo recuento ya ha alcanzado el valor máximo. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con valores predeterminados. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + + + Representa una alternativa ligera a que limita el número de subprocesos que puede obtener acceso a la vez a un recurso o a un grupo de recursos. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando el número inicial de solicitudes que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + + es menor que 0. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando el número inicial y máximo de solicitudes que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + Número máximo de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + + es menor que 0, o es mayor que , o es igual o menor que 0. + + + Devuelve un objeto que se puede usar para esperar en el semáforo. + + que se puede usar para esperar en el semáforo. + Se ha eliminado . + + + Obtiene el número de subprocesos restantes que puede introducir el objeto . + Obtiene el número de subprocesos restantes que pueden entrar en el semáforo. + + + Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase . + + + Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados. + Es true para liberar tanto recursos administrados como no administrados; es false para liberar únicamente recursos no administrados. + + + Libera una vez el objeto . + Recuento anterior de . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + El ya se ha alcanzado su tamaño máximo. + + + Libera el objeto un número especificado de veces. + Recuento anterior de . + Número de veces que se abandona el semáforo. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es menor que 1. + El ya se ha alcanzado su tamaño máximo. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo que especifica el tiempo de espera. + true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo que especifica el tiempo de espera mientras se observa un elemento . + true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + + se ha cancelado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito. + El se ha eliminado la instancia, o la que creó se ha eliminado. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , mientras se observa un elemento . + Token que se va a observar. + + se ha cancelado. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.o bienEl que creó ya se ha eliminado. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando para especificar el tiempo de espera. + true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + + es un número negativo distinto de-1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito o - tiempo de espera es mayor que . + Se ha eliminado la instancia de semaphoreSlim + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando un que especifica el tiempo de espera mientras se observa un elemento . + true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + + se ha cancelado. + + es un número negativo distinto de-1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito o - tiempo de espera es mayor que . + Se ha eliminado la instancia de semaphoreSlimEl que creó ya se ha eliminado. + + + De forma asincrónica espera que se introduzca . + Tarea que se completará cuando se entre en el semáforo. + + + De forma asincrónica espera que se introduzca , usando un entero de 32 bits para medir el intervalo de tiempo. + Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito. + + + De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , usando un entero de 32 bits para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras observa un elemento . + Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + se ha cancelado. + + + De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , mientras observa un elemento . + Tarea que se completará cuando se entre en el semáforo. + Token que se va a observar. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + se ha cancelado. + + + De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , usando un para medir el intervalo de tiempo. + Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito o bien tiempo de espera es mayor que . + + + De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , usando un para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras observa un elemento . + Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + Token que se va a observar. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinitoo bientiempo de espera es mayor que . + + se ha cancelado. + + + Representa el método al que hay que llamar cuando se va a enviar un mensaje a un contexto de sincronización. + Objeto que se ha pasado al delegado. + 2 + + + Proporciona una primitiva de bloqueo de exclusión mutua donde un subproceso que intenta adquirir el bloqueo espera en un bucle repetidamente comprobando hasta que haya un bloqueo disponible. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la estructura con la opción de realizar el seguimiento de los identificadores de subprocesos para mejorar la depuración. + Indica si se han de capturar y utilizar identificadores de subprocesos con fines de depuración. + + + Adquiere el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo. + Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método. + El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a Enter. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo. + + + Libera el bloqueo. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual no es el propietario de este bloqueo. + + + Libera el bloqueo. + Valor booleano que indica si una barrera de memoria debe emitirse para publicar inmediatamente la operación de salida a otros subprocesos. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual no es el propietario de este bloqueo. + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si un subproceso mantiene actualmente el bloqueo. + Es true si cualquier subproceso mantiene actualmente el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual mantiene actualmente el bloqueo. + Es true si el subproceso actual mantiene el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está deshabilitado. + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si el seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado para esta instancia. + Es true si se ha habilitado el seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos para esta instancia; de lo contrario, es false. + + + Intenta adquirir el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo. + Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método. + El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a TryEnter. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo. + + + Intenta adquirir el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a TryEnter. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo. + + + Intenta adquirir el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que milisegundos. + El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a TryEnter. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo. + + + Proporciona compatibilidad con la espera basada en ciclos. + + + Obtiene el número de veces que se ha llamado a en esta instancia. + Devuelve un entero que representa el número de veces que se ha llamado en esta instancia. + + + Obtiene si la llamada siguiente a da paso al procesador, lo que activa un cambio de contexto forzado. + Si la llamada siguiente a da paso al procesador, lo que activa un cambio de contexto forzado. + + + Restablece el contador de ciclos. + + + Realiza un único ciclo. + + + Itera en ciclos hasta que se satisface la condición especificada. + Delegado que se va a ejecutar una y otra vez hasta que devuelva true. + El argumento de es nulo. + + + Itera en ciclos hasta que se satisface la condición especificada o se agota el tiempo de espera indicado. + Es true si la condición se satisface dentro del tiempo de espera; de lo contrario, es false. + Delegado que se va a ejecutar una y otra vez hasta que devuelva true. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + El argumento de es nulo. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + + + Itera en ciclos hasta que se satisface la condición especificada o se agota el tiempo de espera indicado. + Es true si la condición se satisface dentro del tiempo de espera; de lo contrario, es false. + Delegado que se va a ejecutar una y otra vez hasta que devuelva true. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o TimeSpan que representa -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente. + El argumento de es nulo. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que . + + + Proporciona la funcionalidad básica para propagar un contexto de sincronización en varios modelos de sincronización. + 2 + + + Crea una nueva instancia de la clase . + + + Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, crea una copia del contexto de sincronización. + Un nuevo objeto . + 2 + + + Obtiene el contexto de sincronización del subproceso actual. + Objeto que representa el contexto de sincronización actual. + 1 + + + Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, responde a la notificación de que se ha completado una operación. + + + Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, responde a la notificación de que se ha iniciado una operación. + + + Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, envía un mensaje asincrónico a un contexto de sincronización. + Delegado de al que se va a llamar. + Objeto que se ha pasado al delegado. + 2 + + + Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, envía un mensaje sincrónico a un contexto de sincronización. + Delegado de al que se va a llamar. + Objeto que se ha pasado al delegado. + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + Establece el contexto de sincronización actual. + Objeto que se va a establecer. + 1 + + + + + + Excepción que se produce cuando un método requiere que el llamador sea propietario del bloqueo en un Monitor dado y un llamador al que no pertenece ese bloqueo llama al método. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con propiedades predeterminadas. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + + + Proporciona almacenamiento local de los datos de un subproceso. + Especifica el tipo de datos que se almacena por subproceso. + + + Inicializa la instancia de . + + + Inicializa la instancia de . + Si se va a hacer un seguimiento de todos los valores establecidos en la instancia y exponerlos a través de la propiedad . + + + Inicializa una instancia de con la función especificada por el parámetro . + + que se invoca para generar un valor de inicialización diferida cuando se intenta recuperar sin que se haya inicializado anteriormente. + + es una referencia nula (Nothing en Visual Basic). + + + Inicializa una instancia de con la función especificada por el parámetro . + + que se invoca para generar un valor de inicialización diferida cuando se intenta recuperar sin que se haya inicializado anteriormente. + Si se va a hacer un seguimiento de todos los valores establecidos en la instancia y exponerlos a través de la propiedad . + + es una referencia null (Nothing en Visual Basic). + + + Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase . + + + Libera los recursos utilizados por esta instancia de . + Valor booleano que indica si se llama a este método debido a una llamada a . + + + Libera los recursos utilizados por esta instancia de . + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si se inicializa en el subproceso actual. + Es true si se inicializa en el subproceso actual; en caso contrario, es false. + La instancia de se ha eliminado. + + + Crea y devuelve una representación de cadena de esta instancia del subproceso actual. + Resultado de llamar al método en . + La instancia de se ha eliminado. + La propiedad del subproceso actual es una referencia nula (Nothing en Visual Basic). + La función de inicialización intentó hacer referencia de forma recursiva a . + No se proporciona ningún constructor predeterminado y no se proporciona ningún generador de valor. + + + Obtiene o establece el valor de esta instancia del subproceso actual. + Devuelve una instancia del objeto que ThreadLocal es responsable de inicializar. + La instancia de se ha eliminado. + La función de inicialización intentó hacer referencia de forma recursiva a . + No se proporciona ningún constructor predeterminado y no se proporciona ningún generador de valor. + + + Obtiene una lista de todos los valores almacenados actualmente por todos los subprocesos que han tenido acceso a esta instancia. + Lista de todos los valores almacenados actualmente por todos los subprocesos que han tenido acceso a esta instancia. + La instancia de se ha eliminado. + + + Contiene los métodos para realizar operaciones de memoria volátil. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee la referencia al objeto desde el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Referencia al que se ha leído.Esta referencia es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + Tipo del campo que se va a leer.Debe ser un tipo de referencia, no un tipo de valor. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de memoria antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe la referencia de objeto especificada en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe la referencia de objeto. + Referencia de objeto que se va a escribir.La referencia se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + Tipo del campo que se va a escribir.Debe ser un tipo de referencia, no un tipo de valor. + + + Excepción que se produce cuando se intenta abrir una exclusión mutua o semáforo del sistema que no existe. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con valores predeterminados. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/fr/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/fr/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6bbaf9759 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/fr/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1833 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + Exception levée lorsqu'un thread acquiert un objet qu'un autre thread a abandonné en se terminant sans le libérer. + 1 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec les valeurs par défaut. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un index spécifié pour le mutex abandonné, le cas échéant, et un objet qui représente le mutex. + Index du mutex abandonné dans le tableau des handles d'attente si l'exception est levée pour la méthode , ou -1 si l'exception est levée pour les méthodes ou . + Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié. + Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur et une exception interne spécifiés. + Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié, l'exception interne, l'index pour le mutex abandonné, le cas échéant, et un objet qui représente le mutex. + Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + Index du mutex abandonné dans le tableau des handles d'attente si l'exception est levée pour la méthode , ou -1 si l'exception est levée pour les méthodes ou . + Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié, l'index du mutex abandonné, le cas échéant, et le mutex abandonné. + Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception. + Index du mutex abandonné dans le tableau des handles d'attente si l'exception est levée pour la méthode , ou -1 si l'exception est levée pour les méthodes ou . + Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné. + + + Obtient le mutex abandonné qui a provoqué l'exception, s'il est connu. + Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné ou null si les mutex abandonnés n'ont pas pu être identifiés. + 1 + + + Obtient l'index du mutex abandonné qui a provoqué l'exception, s'il est connu. + Index, dans le tableau de handles d'attente passés à la méthode , de l'objet qui représente le mutex abandonné ou -1 si l'index du mutex abandonné n'a pas pu être déterminé. + 1 + + + Représente les données ambiantes qui sont locales à un flux de contrôle asynchrone donné, par exemple une méthode asynchrone. + Type des données ambiantes. + + + Instancie une instance de qui ne reçoit pas de notifications de modification. + + + Instancie une instance locale de qui ne reçoit pas de notifications de modification. + Le délégué est appelé à chaque modification de la valeur actuelle sur n'importe quel thread. + + + Obtient ou définit la valeur des données ambiantes. + Valeur des données ambiantes. + + + Classe qui fournit les informations de modification des données aux instances de qui s'inscrivent pour les notifications de modification. + Type des données. + + + Obtient la valeur actuelle des données. + Valeur actuelle des données. + + + Obtient la valeur précédente des données. + Valeur précédente des données. + + + Retourne une valeur qui indique si la valeur est modifiée en raison d'un changement du contexte d'exécution. + true si la valeur est modifiée en raison d'un changement du contexte d'exécution ; sinon, false. + + + Avertit un thread en attente qu'un événement s'est produit.Cette classe ne peut pas être héritée. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini à "signalé". + true pour définir l'état initial à "signalé" ; false pour le définir à "non signalé". + + + Permet à plusieurs tâches de travailler en parallèle de manière coopérative sur un algorithme via plusieurs phases. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe . + Nombre de threads participants. + + est inférieur à 0 ou supérieur à 32,767. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe . + Nombre de threads participants. + + à exécuter après chaque phase. null (nothing en Visual Basic) peut être passé pour indiquer qu'aucune action n'est effectuée. + + est inférieur à 0 ou supérieur à 32,767. + + + Signale à qu'il y aura un participant supplémentaire. + Numéro de la phase du cloisonnement à laquelle les nouveaux participants participeront en premier. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + L'ajout d'un participant provoquerait l'augmentation du nombre de participants du cloisonnement au-delà de 32 767.ouLa méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase. + + + Signale à qu'il y aura des participants supplémentaires. + Numéro de la phase du cloisonnement à laquelle les nouveaux participants participeront en premier. + Nombre de participants supplémentaires à ajouter au cloisonnement. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur à 0.ouL'ajout de participants () provoquerait l'augmentation du nombre de participants du cloisonnement au-delà de 32 767. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase. + + + Obtient le numéro de la phase actuelle du cloisonnement. + Retourne le numéro de la phase actuelle du cloisonnement. + + + Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe . + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase. + + + Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et éventuellement les ressources managées. + true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées. + + + Obtient le nombre total de participants au cloisonnement. + Retourne le nombre total de participants au cloisonnement. + + + Obtient le nombre de participants au cloisonnement qui n'ont pas encore été signalés dans la phase actuelle. + Retourne le nombre de participants au cloisonnement qui n'ont pas encore été signalés dans la phase actuelle. + + + Signale à qu'il y aura un participant en moins. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + La barrière a déjà 0 participant.ouLa méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase. + + + Signale à qu'il y aura moins de participants. + Nombre de participants supplémentaires à supprimer du cloisonnement. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur à 0. + La barrière a déjà 0 participant.ouLa méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase. oule nombre de participant actuel est inférieur au participantCount spécifié + Le nombre total de participants est inférieur au spécifié + + + Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants. + Si une exception est levée par l'action de post-phase d'un cloisonnement après que tous les threads participants aient appelé SignalAndWait, l'exception sera incluse dans un wrapper dans une BarrierPostPhaseException et levée pour tous les threads participants. + + + Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer le délai d'attente. + si tous les participants ont atteint le cloisonnement dans le délai spécifié ; sinon false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants. + Si une exception est levée par l'action de post-phase d'un cloisonnement après que tous les threads participants aient appelé SignalAndWait, l'exception sera incluse dans un wrapper dans une BarrierPostPhaseException et levée pour tous les threads participants. + + + Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer le délai d'attente, tout en observant un jeton d'annulation. + si tous les participants ont atteint le cloisonnement dans le délai spécifié ; sinon false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants. + + + Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, tout en observant un jeton d'annulation. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants. + + + Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un objet qui mesure l'intervalle de temps. + true si tous les autres participants ont atteint le cloisonnement ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 milliseconde, qui représente un délai d'attente infini, ou sa valeur est supérieure à 32 767. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants. + + + Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un objet qui mesure l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un jeton d'annulation. + true si tous les autres participants ont atteint le cloisonnement ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 milliseconde, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants. + + + L'exception levée lorsque l'action post-phase d'un échoue. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message système qui décrit l'erreur. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec l'exception interne spécifiée. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message spécifié décrivant l'erreur. + Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture du système en cours. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception. + Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture du système en cours. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + + + Représente une méthode à appeler dans un nouveau contexte. + Objet contenant les informations que la méthode de rappel doit utiliser à chacune de ses exécutions. + 1 + + + Représente une primitive de synchronisation qui est signalée lorsque son décompte atteint zéro. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe à l'aide du décompte spécifié. + Nombre de signaux initialement requis pour définir . + + est inférieur à 0. + + + Incrémente de un le décompte actuel de . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.ou est supérieur ou égal à . + + + Incrémente d'une valeur spécifiée le décompte actuel de . + Valeur d'incrément de . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur ou égal à 0. + L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.ou est égal à ou supérieur à une fois le nombre été incrémenté par + + + Obtient le nombre de signaux restants requis pour définir l'événement. + Nombre de signaux restants requis pour définir l'événement. + + + Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe . + + + Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et éventuellement les ressources managées. + true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées. + + + Obtient le nombre de signaux initialement requis pour définir l'événement. + Nombre de signaux initialement requis pour définir l'événement. + + + Détermine si l'événement est défini. + true si l'événement est défini ; sinon, false. + + + Réinitialise avec la valeur . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + + Définit la propriété spécifiée sur la valeur indiquée. + Nombre de signaux requis pour définir . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur à 0. + + + Enregistre un signal avec le , en décrémentant la valeur de . + true si le décompte a atteint zéro en raison du signal et que l'événement a été défini ; sinon, false. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + L'instance actuelle est déjà définie. + + + Inscrit plusieurs signaux avec , en décrémentant la valeur de selon la valeur spécifiée. + true si le décompte a atteint zéro en raison des signaux et que l'événement a été défini ; sinon, false. + Nombre de signaux à inscrire. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur à 1. + L'instance actuelle est déjà définie. - ou - Ou est supérieur à . + + + Essaie d'incrémenter par un. + true si l'incrémentation a réussi ; sinon, false.Si est déjà à zéro, cette méthode retourne la valeur false. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est égal à . + + + Essaie d'incrémenter par une valeur spécifiée. + true si l'incrémentation a réussi ; sinon, false.Si est déjà à zéro, la valeur false est retournée. + Valeur d'incrément de . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur ou égal à 0. + L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.ou + est supérieur ou égal à . + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que soit défini. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente. + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente, tout en observant un . + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. - ou - le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que soit défini, tout en observant un . + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. - ou - le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le soit défini, à l'aide d'un permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente. + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à . + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le soit défini, à l'aide d'un permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente, tout en observant un . + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. - ou - le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à . + + + Obtient un qui est utilisé pour attendre l'événement à définir. + + qui est utilisé pour attendre l'événement à définir. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + + Indique si un est réinitialisé automatiquement ou manuellement après la réception d'un signal. + 2 + + + Une fois signalé, le se réinitialise automatiquement après avoir libéré un seul thread.Si aucun thread n'attend, le conserve l'état signalé jusqu'à ce qu'un thread se bloque et se réinitialise après l'avoir libéré. + + + Lorsqu'il est signalé, le libère tous les threads en attente et conserve l'état signalé jusqu'à sa réinitialisation manuelle. + + + Représente un événement de synchronisation de threads. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant si le handle d'attente est signalé initialement et s'il se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement. + true pour définir l'état initial comme étant signalé ; false pour le définir comme étant non signalé. + L'une des valeurs qui déterminent si l'événement se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant si le handle d'attente est signalé initialement s'il a été créé à la suite de cet appel, s'il se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement, ainsi que le nom d'un événement de synchronisation du système. + true pour définir l'état initial comme signalé si l'événement nommé est créé en conséquence de cet appel ; false pour le définir comme non signalé. + L'une des valeurs qui déterminent si l'événement se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement. + Nom d'un événement de synchronisation à l'échelle du système. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + L'événement nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas . + L'événement nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom. + + dépasse 260 caractères. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant si le handle d'attente est signalé initialement s'il a été créé à la suite de cet appel, s'il se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement, ainsi que le nom d'un événement de synchronisation du système et une variable booléenne dont la valeur après l'appel indique si l'événement système nommé a été créé. + true pour définir l'état initial comme signalé si l'événement nommé est créé en conséquence de cet appel ; false pour le définir comme non signalé. + L'une des valeurs qui déterminent si l'événement se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement. + Nom d'un événement de synchronisation à l'échelle du système. + Cette méthode retourne true si un événement local a été créé (en d'autres termes, si est null ou une chaîne vide) ou si l'événement système nommé spécifié a été créé ; false si l'événement système nommé spécifié existait déjà.Ce paramètre est passé sans être initialisé. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + L'événement nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas . + L'événement nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom. + + dépasse 260 caractères. + + + Ouvre l'événement de synchronisation nommé spécifié s'il existe déjà. + Objet qui représente l'événement système nommé. + Nom de l'événement de synchronisation système à ouvrir. + + est une chaîne vide. ou dépasse 260 caractères. + + a la valeur null. + L'événement de système nommé n'existe pas. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + L'événement nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser. + 1 + + + + + + Définit l'état de l'événement comme étant non signalé, entraînant le blocage des threads. + true si l'opération aboutit ; sinon, false. + La méthode a été précédemment appelée sur ce . + 2 + + + Définit l'état de l'événement comme étant signalé, ce qui permet à un ou plusieurs threads en attente de continuer. + true si l'opération aboutit ; sinon, false. + La méthode a été précédemment appelée sur ce . + 2 + + + Ouvre l'événement de synchronisation nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà, et retourne une valeur indiquant si l'opération a réussi. + true si l'événement de synchronisation nommé a été ouvert ; sinon, false. + Nom de l'événement de synchronisation système à ouvrir. + Lorsque cette méthode est retournée, contient un objet qui représente l'événement de synchronisation nommé si l'appel a réussi, ou null si l'appel a échoué.Ce paramètre est traité comme non initialisé. + + est une chaîne vide.ou dépasse 260 caractères. + + a la valeur null. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + L'événement nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur n'a pas l'accès de sécurité voulu. + + + Gère le contexte d'exécution du thread actuel.Cette classe ne peut pas être héritée. + 2 + + + Capture le contexte d'exécution du thread actuel. + Objet capturant le contexte d'exécution du thread actuel. + 1 + + + Exécute une méthode dans un contexte d'exécution spécifié sur le thread actuel. + + à définir. + Délégué représentant la méthode à exécuter dans le contexte d'exécution fourni. + Objet à passer à la méthode de rappel. + + a la valeur null.ouLe n'a pas été acquis à l'aide d'une opération de capture. ouLe a déjà été utilisé comme argument pour un appel . + 1 + + + + + + Fournit des opérations atomiques pour des variables partagées par plusieurs threads. + 2 + + + Ajoute deux entiers 32 bits et remplace le premier entier par la somme, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + La nouvelle valeur stockée à . + Variable qui contient la première valeur à ajouter.La somme des deux valeurs est stockée dans . + Valeur à ajouter à l'entier à . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Ajoute deux entiers 64 bits et remplace le premier entier par la somme, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + La nouvelle valeur stockée à . + Variable qui contient la première valeur à ajouter.La somme des deux valeurs est stockée dans . + Valeur à ajouter à l'entier à . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux nombres à virgule flottante double précision et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité. + Valeur d'origine dans . + Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée. + Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + Valeur comparée à celle de . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux entiers signés de 32 bits et remplace la première valeur en cas d'égalité. + Valeur d'origine dans . + Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée. + Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + Valeur comparée à celle de . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux entiers signés de 64 bits et remplace la première valeur en cas d'égalité. + Valeur d'origine dans . + Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée. + Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + Valeur comparée à celle de . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux handles ou pointeurs spécifiques à la plateforme et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité. + Valeur d'origine dans . + + de destination, dont la valeur est comparée à celle de et qui peut être remplacée par . + + qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + + comparée à la valeur de . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux objets et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité des références. + Valeur d'origine dans . + Objet de destination comparé à et qui peut être remplacé. + Objet qui remplace l'objet de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + Objet qui est comparé à l'objet se trouvant à . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux nombres à virgule flottante simple précision et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité. + Valeur d'origine dans . + Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée. + Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + Valeur comparée à celle de . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux instances du type référence spécifié et remplace la première en cas d'égalité. + Valeur d'origine dans . + Destination, dont la valeur est comparée avec et qui peut être remplacée.C'est un paramètre référence (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic). + Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + Valeur comparée à celle de . + Type à utiliser pour , et .Ce type doit être un type référence. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Décrémente une variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur décrémentée. + Variable dont la valeur doit être décrémentée. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Décrémente la variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur décrémentée. + Variable dont la valeur doit être décrémentée. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un nombre à virgule flottante double précision, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée. + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte un entier signé 32 bits à une valeur spécifiée, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée. + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un entier signé 64 bits, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée. + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un handle ou un pointeur spécifique à la plateforme, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée. + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un objet, puis retourne une référence à l'objet d'origine sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée. + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un nombre à virgule flottante simple précision, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée. + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte une valeur spécifiée à une variable du type spécifié et retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.C'est un paramètre référence (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic). + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + Type à utiliser pour et .Ce type doit être un type référence. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Incrémente une variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur incrémentée. + Variable dont la valeur doit être incrémentée. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Incrémente une variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur incrémentée. + Variable dont la valeur doit être incrémentée. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Synchronise l'accès à la mémoire comme suit : le processeur qui exécute le thread actuel ne peut pas réorganiser les instructions de sorte que les accès à la mémoire avant l'appel de s'exécutent après les accès à la mémoire postérieurs à l'appel de . + + + Retourne une valeur 64 bits chargée sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur chargée. + Valeur 64 bits à charger. + 1 + + + Fournit des routines d'initialisation tardives. + + + Initialise un type référence cible avec le constructeur par défaut du type s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé. + Référence initialisée de type . + Référence de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été. + Type de la référence à initialiser. + Autorisations pour accéder au constructeur de type manquant. + Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut. + + + Initialise un type référence cible ou un type valeur avec son constructeur par défaut s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé. + Valeur initialisée de type . + Référence ou valeur de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été. + Référence à une valeur booléenne qui détermine si la cible a déjà été initialisée. + Référence à un objet utilisé comme verrou mutuellement exclusif pour l'initialisation de .Si est null null, un nouvel objet est instancié. + Type de la référence à initialiser. + Autorisations pour accéder au constructeur de type manquant. + Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut. + + + Initialise un type référence cible ou un type valeur à l'aide d'une fonction spécifiée s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé. + Valeur initialisée de type . + Référence ou valeur de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été. + Référence à une valeur booléenne qui détermine si la cible a déjà été initialisée. + Référence à un objet utilisé comme verrou mutuellement exclusif pour l'initialisation de .Si est null null, un nouvel objet est instancié. + Fonction appelée pour initialiser la référence ou la valeur. + Type de la référence à initialiser. + Autorisations pour accéder au constructeur de type manquant. + Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut. + + + Initialise un type référence cible à l'aide d'une fonction spécifiée s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé. + Valeur initialisée de type . + Référence de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été. + Fonction appelée pour initialiser la référence. + Type référence de la référence à initialiser. + Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut. + + a retourné null (Nothing en Visual Basic). + + + L'exception levée lorsque l'entrée récursive dans un verrou n'est pas compatible avec la stratégie de récurrence pour le verrou. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message système qui décrit l'erreur. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message spécifié décrivant l'erreur. + Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture système en cours. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception. + Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture système en cours. + Exception qui a provoqué l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + 2 + + + Spécifie si un verrou peut être entré plusieurs fois par le même thread. + + + Si un thread essaie d'entrer un verrou de manière récursive, une exception est levée.Certaines classes peuvent autoriser certaines récurrences lorsque ce paramètre est appliqué. + + + Un thread peut entrer un verrou de manière récursive.Certaines classes peuvent restreindre cette fonction. + + + Avertit un ou plusieurs threads en attente qu'un événement s'est produit.Cette classe ne peut pas être héritée. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini comme signalé. + true pour définir un état initial signalé ; false pour définir un état initial non signalé. + + + Fournit une version allégée de . + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec l'état initial "non signalé". + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini à "signalé". + true pour définir l'état initial à "signalé" ; false pour le définir à "non signalé". + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini à "signalé" et un nombre de spins spécifié. + true pour définir l'état initial à "signalé" ; false pour le définir à "non signalé". + Nombre d'attentes de spins qui se produiront avant de revenir à une opération d'attente basée sur le noyau. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe . + + + Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et éventuellement les ressources managées. + true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées. + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si l'événement est défini. + true si l'événement a été défini ; sinon, false. + + + Définit l'état de l'événement à "non signalé", ce qui entraîne le blocage des threads. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Définit l'état de l'événement à "signalé", ce qui permet à un ou plusieurs threads en attente sur l'événement de continuer à s'exécuter. + + + Obtient le nombre d'attentes de spins qui se produiront avant de revenir à une opération d'attente basée sur le noyau. + Retourne le nombre d'attentes de spins qui se produiront avant de revenir à une opération d'attente basée sur le noyau. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps. + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un . + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + à observer. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel reçoive un signal, tout en observant un . + + à observer. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps. + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un . + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini. + + à observer. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Obtient l'objet sous-jacent pour ce . + Objet d'événement sous-jacent pour ce . + + + Fournit un mécanisme qui synchronise l'accès aux objets. + 2 + + + Acquiert un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou du moniteur. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + 1 + + + Acquiert un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris. + Objet sur lequel attendre. + Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou.Remarque   Si aucune exception ne se produit, la sortie de cette méthode est toujours true. + L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + + + Libère un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié. + Objet sur lequel libérer le verrou. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + Le thread en cours ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié. + 1 + + + Détermine si le thread actuel détient le verrou sur l'objet spécifié. + true si le thread actuel détient le verrou sur  ; sinon, false. + Objet à tester. + + a la valeur null. + + + Avertit un thread situé dans la file d'attente en suspens d'un changement d'état de l'objet verrouillé. + Objet attendu par un thread. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié. + 1 + + + Avertit tous les threads en attente d'un changement d'état de l'objet. + Objet qui envoie l'impulsion. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié. + 1 + + + Essaie d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié. + true si le thread actuel acquiert le verrou ; sinon, false. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + 1 + + + Tente d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou. + Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou. + L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + + + Tentatives d'acquisition d'un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié au cours du nombre spécifié de millisecondes. + true si le thread actuel acquiert le verrou ; sinon, false. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou. + Délai d'attente du verrou en millisecondes. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + + est négatif et différent de . + 1 + + + Tente, pendant le nombre spécifié de millisecondes, d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou. + Délai d'attente du verrou en millisecondes. + Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou. + L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + + est négatif et différent de . + + + Tentatives d'acquisition d'un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié au cours de la période spécifiée. + true si le thread actuel acquiert le verrou ; sinon, false. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou. + + représentant le délai d'attente du verrou.Une valeur de –1 milliseconde spécifie une attente infinie. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + La valeur en millisecondes de est négative et différente de (–1 milliseconde), ou elle est supérieure à . + 1 + + + Tente, pendant le délai spécifié, d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou. + Délai d'attente du verrou.Une valeur de –1 milliseconde spécifie une attente infinie. + Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou. + L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + La valeur en millisecondes de est négative et différente de (–1 milliseconde), ou elle est supérieure à . + + + Libère le verrou d'un objet et bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il acquière à nouveau le verrou. + true si l'appel est retourné car l'appelant a de nouveau acquis le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.Cette méthode ne retourne rien si le verrou n'est pas acquis à nouveau. + Objet sur lequel attendre. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié. + Le thread qui appelle Wait quitte ensuite l'état d'attente.Cela se produit lorsqu'un autre thread appelle la méthode de ce thread. + 1 + + + Libère le verrou d'un objet et bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il acquière à nouveau le verrou.Si le délai d'attente spécifié est écoulé, le thread intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle. + true si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition avant l'expiration du délai spécifié ; false si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition après l'expiration du délai spécifié.La méthode ne retourne pas de valeur tant que le verrou n'est pas acquis à nouveau. + Objet sur lequel attendre. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre avant que le thread intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié. + Le thread qui appelle Wait quitte ensuite l'état d'attente.Cela se produit lorsqu'un autre thread appelle la méthode de ce thread. + La valeur du paramètre est négative et différente de . + 1 + + + Libère le verrou d'un objet et bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il acquière à nouveau le verrou.Si le délai d'attente spécifié est écoulé, le thread intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle. + true si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition avant l'expiration du délai spécifié ; false si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition après l'expiration du délai spécifié.La méthode ne retourne pas de valeur tant que le verrou n'est pas acquis à nouveau. + Objet sur lequel attendre. + + qui représente le temps à attendre avant que le thread n'intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié. + Le thread qui appelle Wait quitte ensuite l'état d'attente.Cela se produit lorsqu'un autre thread appelle la méthode de ce thread. + La valeur en millisecondes du paramètre est négative et ne représente pas (–1 milliseconde) ou est supérieure à . + 1 + + + Primitive de synchronisation qui peut également être utilisée pour la synchronisation entre processus. + 1 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec des propriétés par défaut. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne qui indique si le thread appelant doit avoir la propriété initiale du mutex. + true pour accorder au thread appelant la propriété initiale du mutex ; sinon, false. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne qui indique si le thread appelant doit avoir la propriété initiale du mutex, et une chaîne représentant le nom du mutex. + true pour donner au thread appelant la propriété initiale du mutex système nommé si celui-ci est créé en réponse à cet appel ; sinon, false. + Nom du .Si cette valeur est null, est sans nom. + Le mutex nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas . + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le mutex nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom. + + est plus de 260 caractères. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne qui indique si le thread appelant doit avoir la propriété initiale du mutex, une chaîne qui représente le nom du mutex et une valeur booléenne qui, quand la méthode retourne son résultat, indique si la propriété initiale du mutex a été accordée au thread appelant. + true pour donner au thread appelant la propriété initiale du mutex système nommé si celui-ci est créé en réponse à cet appel ; sinon, false. + Nom du .Si cette valeur est null, est sans nom. + Cette méthode retourne une valeur booléenne qui est true si un mutex local a été créé (en d'autres termes, si est null ou une chaîne vide) ou si le mutex système nommé spécifié a été créé ; false si le mutex système nommé spécifié existait déjà.Ce paramètre est passé sans être initialisé. + Le mutex nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas . + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le mutex nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom. + + est plus de 260 caractères. + + + Ouvre le mutex nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà. + Objet qui représente le mutex système nommé. + Nom du mutex système à ouvrir. + + est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères. + + a la valeur null. + Le mutex nommé n'existe pas. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le mutex nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser. + 1 + + + + + + Libère l'objet une seule fois. + Le thread appelant ne possède pas le mutex. + 1 + + + Ouvre le mutex nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà, et retourne une valeur indiquant si l'opération a réussi. + true si le mutex nommé a été ouvert ; sinon, false. + Nom du mutex système à ouvrir. + Quand cette méthode est retournée, contient un objet qui représente la structure mutex nommée si l'appel a réussi, ou null si l'appel a échoué.Ce paramètre est traité comme étant non initialisé. + + est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères. + + a la valeur null. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le mutex nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser. + + + Représente un verrou utilisé pour gérer l'accès à une ressource, en autorisant plusieurs threads pour la lecture ou un accès exclusif en écriture. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec des valeurs de propriété par défaut. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant la stratégie de récurrence du verrou. + Une des valeurs d'énumération qui spécifie la stratégie de récurrence du verrou. + + + Obtient le nombre total de threads uniques qui ont entré le verrou en mode lecture. + Nombre de threads uniques qui ont entré le verrou en mode lecture. + + + Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe . + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode lecture. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode écriture. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Réduit le nombre de récurrences pour le mode lecture, et quitte le mode lecture si le nombre résultant est 0 (zéro). + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + Réduit le nombre de récurrences pour le mode pouvant être mis à niveau, et quitte le mode pouvant être mis à niveau si le nombre résultant est 0 (zéro). + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + Réduit le nombre de récurrences pour le mode écriture, et quitte le mode écriture si le nombre résultant est 0 (zéro). + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode lecture. + true si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode lecture ; sinon, false. + 2 + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau. + true si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau ; sinon, false. + 2 + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode écriture. + true si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode écriture ; sinon, false. + 2 + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique la stratégie de récurrence pour l'objet actuel. + Une des valeurs d'énumération qui spécifie la stratégie de récurrence du verrou. + + + Obtient le nombre de fois où le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode lecture, comme une indication de récurrence. + 0 (zéro) si le thread actuel n'a pas entré le verrou en mode lecture, 1 si le thread a entré le verrou en mode lecture mais pas de façon récursive, ou n si le thread a entré le verrou de façon récursive n - 1 fois. + 2 + + + Obtient le nombre de fois où le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, comme une indication de récurrence. + 0 si le thread actuel n'a pas entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, 1 si le thread a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau mais pas de façon récursive, ou n si le thread a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau de façon récursive n - 1 fois. + 2 + + + Obtient le nombre de fois où le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode écriture, comme une indication de récurrence. + 0 si le n si le thread a entré le verrou en mode écriture de façon récursive n - 1 fois. + 2 + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode lecture, avec un délai d'attente entier facultatif. + true si le thread appelant est entré en mode lecture, sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode lecture, avec un délai d'attente facultatif. + true si le thread appelant est entré en mode lecture, sinon, false. + Intervalle d'attente, ou -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, avec un délai d'attente facultatif. + true si le thread appelant est entré en mode de mise à niveau, sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, avec un délai d'attente facultatif. + true si le thread appelant est entré en mode de mise à niveau, sinon, false. + Intervalle d'attente, ou -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode écriture, avec un délai d'attente facultatif. + true si le thread appelant est entré en mode écriture, sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode écriture, avec un délai d'attente facultatif. + true si le thread appelant est entré en mode écriture, sinon, false. + Intervalle d'attente, ou -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Obtient le nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer le verrou en mode lecture. + Nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer en mode lecture. + 2 + + + Obtient le nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau. + Nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer en mode pouvant être mis à niveau. + 2 + + + Obtient le nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer le verrou en mode écriture. + Nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer en mode écriture. + 2 + + + Limite le nombre des threads qui peuvent accéder simultanément à une ressource ou un pool de ressources. + 1 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en spécifiant le nombre initial d'entrées et le nombre maximal d'entrées simultanées. + Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + + est supérieur à . + + est inférieur à 1.ou est inférieur à 0. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en spécifiant le nombre initial d'entrées et le nombre maximal d'entrées simultanées, et en spécifiant en option le nom d'un objet sémaphore système. + Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + Nom d'un objet de sémaphore système nommé. + + est supérieur à .ou est plus de 260 caractères. + + est inférieur à 1.ou est inférieur à 0. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le sémaphore nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, et l'utilisateur n'a pas . + Le sémaphore nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en spécifiant le nombre initial d'entrées et le nombre maximal d'entrées simultanées, en spécifiant en option le nom d'un objet sémaphore système et en spécifiant une variable qui reçoit une valeur indiquant si un sémaphore système a été créé. + Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peut être satisfait simultanément. + Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peut être satisfait simultanément. + Nom d'un objet de sémaphore système nommé. + Cette méthode retourne true si un sémaphore local a été créé (en d'autres termes, si est null ou une chaîne vide) ou si le sémaphore système nommé spécifié a été créé ; false si le sémaphore système nommé spécifié existait déjà.Ce paramètre est passé sans être initialisé. + + est supérieur à . ou est plus de 260 caractères. + + est inférieur à 1.ou est inférieur à 0. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le sémaphore nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, et l'utilisateur n'a pas . + Le sémaphore nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom. + + + Ouvre le sémaphore nommé spécifié s'il existe déjà. + Objet qui représente le sémaphore système nommé. + Nom du sémaphore système à ouvrir. + + est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères. + + a la valeur null. + Le sémaphore nommé n'existe pas. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le sémaphore nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser. + 1 + + + + + + Quitte le sémaphore et retourne le compteur antérieur. + Compteur du sémaphore avant appel de la méthode . + Le compteur du sémaphore est déjà à la valeur maximale. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite avec un sémaphore nommé. + Le sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais l'utilisateur ne détient pas de droits .ouLe sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais il n'a pas été ouvert avec des droits . + 1 + + + Quitte le sémaphore un nombre spécifié de fois et retourne le compteur précédent. + Compteur du sémaphore avant appel de la méthode . + Nombre de fois où quitter le sémaphore. + + est inférieur à 1. + Le compteur du sémaphore est déjà à la valeur maximale. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite avec un sémaphore nommé. + Le sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais l'utilisateur ne détient pas de droits .ouLe sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais il n'a pas été ouvert avec des droits . + 1 + + + Ouvre le sémaphore nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà, et retourne une valeur indiquant si l'opération a réussi. + true si le sémaphore nommé a été ouvert ; sinon, false. + Nom du sémaphore système à ouvrir. + Quand cette méthode est retournée, contient un objet qui représente le sémaphore nommé si l'appel a réussi, ou null si l'appel a échoué.Ce paramètre est traité comme étant non initialisé. + + est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères. + + a la valeur null. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le sémaphore nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser. + + + Exception levée lorsque la méthode est appelée sur un sémaphore dont le compteur est déjà au maximum. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec les valeurs par défaut. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié. + Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception. + Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + + + Représente une alternative légère à qui limite le nombre de threads pouvant accéder simultanément à une ressource ou à un pool de ressources. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant le nombre initial de demandes qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + + est inférieur à 0. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant le nombre initial et le nombre maximal de demandes qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + + est inférieur à 0 ou est supérieur à ou est inférieur ou égal à 0. + + + Retourne un qui peut être utilisé pour l'attente sur le sémaphore. + + qui peut être utilisé pour l'attente sur le sémaphore. + + a été supprimé. + + + Obtient le nombre de threads restants qui peuvent accéder à l'objet . + Nombre de threads restants qui peuvent accéder au sémaphore. + + + Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe . + + + Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par le , et libère éventuellement les ressources managées. + true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour ne libérer que les ressources non managées. + + + Libère l'objet une seule fois. + Décompte précédent de . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + Le a déjà atteint sa taille maximale. + + + Libère l'objet un nombre de fois déterminé. + Décompte précédent de . + Nombre de fois où quitter le sémaphore. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur à 1. + Le a déjà atteint sa taille maximale. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits qui spécifie le délai d'attente. + true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à  ; sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits qui spécifie le délai d'attente, tout en observant un . + true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à  ; sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + Le instance a été supprimée, ou qui créé a été supprimé. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , tout en observant un . + Jeton à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.ouLes créés a déjà été supprimé. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un pour spécifier le délai d'attente. + true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à  ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à . + L'instance de semaphoreSlim a été supprimée + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un qui spécifie le délai d'attente, tout en observant un . + true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à  ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à . + L'instance de semaphoreSlim a été suppriméeLe qui a créé a déjà été supprimé. + + + Attend de façon asynchrone avant d'accéder à . + Tâche qui se termine après l'accès au sémaphore. + + + Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps. + Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + + + Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un . + Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + à observer. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + a été annulé. + + + Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , tout en observant un . + Tâche qui se termine après l'accès au sémaphore. + Jeton à observer. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + a été annulé. + + + Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps. + Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée. + + qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. ou délai d'attente supérieur à . + + + Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un . + Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + Jeton à observer. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.oudélai d'attente supérieur à . + + a été annulé. + + + Représente une méthode à appeler lorsqu'un message doit être distribué à un contexte de synchronisation. + Objet passé au délégué. + 2 + + + Fournit une primitive de verrou d'exclusion mutuelle où un thread qui tente d'acquérir le verrou attend dans une boucle en vérifiant de manière répétée jusqu'à ce que le verrou devienne disponible. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la structure de avec l'option permettant de suivre les ID de thread afin d'améliorer le débogage. + Indique s'il faut capturer et utiliser des ID de thread à des fins de débogage. + + + Acquiert le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis. + True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode. + L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler ENTRÉE. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou. + + + Libère le verrou. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est autorisé, et le thread actuel n'est pas le propriétaire de ce verrou. + + + Libère le verrou. + Valeur booléenne qui indique si une barrière mémoire doit être émise pour publier immédiatement l'opération de sortie sur d'autres threads. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est autorisé, et le thread actuel n'est pas le propriétaire de ce verrou. + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si le verrou est actuellement détenu par un thread. + True si le verrou est actuellement détenu par un thread ; sinon, false. + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si le verrou est détenu par le thread actuel. + True si le verrou est détenu par le thread actuel ; sinon, false. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est désactivé. + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si le suivi de la propriété des threads est activé pour cette instance. + True si le suivi de la propriété du thread est autorisé pour cette instance ; sinon, false. + + + Tente d'acquérir le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis. + True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode. + L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler TryEnter. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou. + + + Tente d'acquérir le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler TryEnter. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou. + + + Tente d'acquérir le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 milliseconde, qui représente un délai d'attente infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à millisecondes. + L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler TryEnter. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou. + + + Fournit une prise en charge de l'attente basée sur les spins. + + + Obtient le nombre de fois où a été appelé sur cette instance. + Retourne un entier qui représente le nombre d'appels de sur cette instance. + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si l'appel suivant à générera le processeur, en déclenchant un changement de contexte forcé. + Indique si l'appel suivant à générera le processeur, en déclenchant un changement de contexte forcé. + + + Réinitialise le compteur de spins. + + + Exécute un seul spin. + + + Effectue des spins jusqu'à ce que la condition spécifiée soit satisfaite. + Délégué à exécuter de façon répétée jusqu'à ce qu'il retourne la valeur true. + L'argument a la valeur null. + + + Effectue des spins jusqu'à ce que la condition spécifiée soit satisfaite ou jusqu'à ce que le délai d'attente expire. + True si la condition est satisfaite dans le délai d'attente ; sinon, false. + Délégué à exécuter de façon répétée jusqu'à ce qu'il retourne la valeur true. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + L'argument a la valeur null. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + + + Effectue des spins jusqu'à ce que la condition spécifiée soit satisfaite ou jusqu'à ce que le délai d'attente expire. + True si la condition est satisfaite dans le délai d'attente ; sinon, false. + Délégué à exécuter de façon répétée jusqu'à ce qu'il retourne la valeur true. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre, ou TimeSpan qui représente -1 millième de seconde pour attendre indéfiniment. + L'argument a la valeur null. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à . + + + Fournit les fonctionnalités de base pour propager un contexte de synchronisation dans plusieurs modèles de synchronisation. + 2 + + + Crée une instance de la classe . + + + En cas de substitution dans une classe dérivée, crée une copie du contexte de synchronisation. + Nouvel objet . + 2 + + + Obtient le contexte de synchronisation du thread actuel. + Objet représentant le contexte de synchronisation actuel. + 1 + + + Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, répond à la notification selon laquelle une opération est terminée. + + + Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, répond à la notification selon laquelle une opération est lancée. + + + Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, distribue un message asynchrone à un contexte de synchronisation. + Délégué à appeler. + Objet passé au délégué. + 2 + + + Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, distribue un message synchrone à un contexte de synchronisation. + Délégué à appeler. + Objet passé au délégué. + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + Définit le contexte de synchronisation actuel. + Objet à définir. + 1 + + + + + + Exception levée lorsqu'une méthode exige de l'appelant qu'il possède un verrou sur un objet Monitor donné et que la méthode est appelée par un appelant qui ne possède pas ce verrou. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec des propriétés par défaut. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié. + Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception. + Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + + + Fournit le stockage local des données de thread. + Spécifie le type de données stockées par thread. + + + Initialise l'instance de . + + + Initialise l'instance de . + Indique s'il faut suivre toutes les valeurs définies dans l'instance et les exposer via la propriété . + + + Initialise l'instance de avec la fonction spécifiée. + + appelé pour produire une valeur initialisée tardivement lorsqu'une tentative est effectuée pour récupérer sans qu'il ait été précédemment initialisé. + + est une référence null (Nothing en Visual Basic). + + + Initialise l'instance de avec la fonction spécifiée. + + appelé pour produire une valeur initialisée tardivement lorsqu'une tentative est effectuée pour récupérer sans qu'il ait été précédemment initialisé. + Indique s'il faut suivre toutes les valeurs définies dans l'instance et les exposer via la propriété . + + est une référence null (Nothing en Visual Basic). + + + Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe . + + + Libère les ressources utilisées par cette instance de . + Valeur booléenne qui indique si cette méthode est appelée en raison d'un appel à . + + + Libère les ressources utilisées par cette instance de . + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si est initialisé sur le thread actuel. + True si est initialisé sur le thread actuel ; sinon, false. + L'instance de a été supprimée. + + + Crée et retourne une représentation sous forme de chaîne de cette instance pour le thread actuel. + Résultat de l'appel à sur . + L'instance de a été supprimée. + Le du thread actuel est une référence null (Nothing en Visual Basic). + La fonction d'initialisation a tenté de référencer de manière récursive. + Aucun constructeur par défaut n'est fourni et aucune fabrique de valeurs n'est fournie. + + + Obtient ou définit la valeur de cette instance pour le thread actuel. + Retourne une instance de l'objet dont ce ThreadLocal est chargé de l'initialisation. + L'instance de a été supprimée. + La fonction d'initialisation a tenté de référencer de manière récursive. + Aucun constructeur par défaut n'est fourni et aucune fabrique de valeurs n'est fournie. + + + Obtient une liste de toutes les valeurs actuellement stockées par tous les threads qui ont accès à cette instance. + Liste de toutes les valeurs actuellement stockées par tous les threads qui ont accès à cette instance. + L'instance de a été supprimée. + + + Contient des méthodes permettant d'effectuer des opérations de mémoire volatile. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la référence d'objet à partir du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Référence à qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière référence écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + Type du champ à lire.Il doit s'agir d'un type référence, et non d'un type valeur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de mémoire apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la référence d'objet spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la référence d'objet est écrite. + Référence d'objet à écrire.La référence est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + Type du champ dans lequel écrire.Il doit s'agir d'un type référence, et non d'un type valeur. + + + Exception levée lors d'une tentative d'ouverture d'un mutex système ou d'un sémaphore qui n'existe pas. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec les valeurs par défaut. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié. + Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception. + Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/it/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/it/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3446f031d --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/it/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1800 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + Eccezione generata quando un thread acquisisce un oggetto che un altro thread ha abbandonato uscendo senza rilasciarlo. + 1 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con valori predefiniti. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un indice specificato per il mutex abbandonato, se applicabile, e un oggetto che rappresenta il mutex. + Indice del mutex abbandonato nella matrice degli handle di attesa se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo o –1 se l'eccezione viene generata per i metodi o . + Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato. + Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il messaggio di errore e l'eccezione interna specificati. + Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione. + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente verrà generata in un blocco catch che gestisce l'eccezione interna. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il messaggio di errore, l'eccezione interna, l'indice per il mutex abbandonato, se applicabile, specificati e un oggetto che rappresenta il mutex. + Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione. + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente verrà generata in un blocco catch che gestisce l'eccezione interna. + Indice del mutex abbandonato nella matrice degli handle di attesa se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo , –1 se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo o . + Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il messaggio di errore, l'indice del mutex abbandonato, se applicabile, e il mutex abbandonato specificati. + Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione. + Indice del mutex abbandonato nella matrice degli handle di attesa se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo , –1 se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo o . + Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato. + + + Ottiene il mutex abbandonato che ha causato l'eccezione, se noto. + Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato oppure null se il mutex abbandonato non è stato identificato. + 1 + + + Ottiene l'indice del mutex abbandonato che ha causato l'eccezione, se noto. + Nella matrice degli handle in attesa passati al metodo , indice dell'oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato oppure –1 se l'indice del mutex abbandonato non è stato determinato. + 1 + + + Rappresenta dati di ambiente locali rispetto a un flusso di controllo asincrono specificato, ad esempio un metodo asincrono. + Tipo dei dati di ambiente. + + + Crea un'istanza dell'istanza di che non riceve notifiche di modifica. + + + Crea un'istanza dell'istanza di locale che riceve notifiche di modifica. + Delegato chiamato ogni volta che il valore corrente cambia in qualsiasi thread. + + + Ottiene o imposta il valore dei dati di ambiente. + Valore dei dati di ambiente. + + + Classe che fornisce le informazioni di modifica dei dati alle istanze di registrate per le notifiche di modifica. + Tipo di dati. + + + Ottiene il valore corrente dei dati. + Valore corrente dei dati. + + + Ottiene il valore precedente dei dati. + Valore precedente dei dati. + + + Restituisce un valore che indica se il valore cambia a seguito di una modifica del contesto di esecuzione. + true se il valore è cambiato a seguito di una modifica del contesto di esecuzione; in caso contrario, false. + + + Notifica a un thread in attesa che si è verificato un evento.La classe non può essere ereditata. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato. + true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostare lo stato iniziale su non segnalato. + + + Consente a più attività di funzionare cooperativamente in un algoritmo in parallelo tramite più fasi. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe . + Numero di thread che partecipano. + + è minore di 0 o maggiore di 32,767. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe . + Numero di thread che partecipano. + Oggetto da eseguire dopo ogni fase. Può essere passato Null (Nothing in Visual Basic) per indicare che non è stata intrapresa alcuna azione. + + è minore di 0 o maggiore di 32,767. + + + Notifica all'oggetto che sarà presente un partecipante aggiuntivo. + Numero di fase della barriera in corrispondenza di cui parteciperanno inizialmente i nuovi partecipanti. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + L'aggiunta di un partecipante provocherebbe il superamento del conteggio del partecipante della barriera di 32.767.- oppure -Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase. + + + Notifica all'oggetto che saranno presenti partecipanti aggiuntivi. + Numero di fase della barriera in corrispondenza di cui parteciperanno inizialmente i nuovi partecipanti. + Numero di partecipanti aggiuntivi da aggiungere alla barriera. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore di 0.- oppure -L'aggiunta di partecipanti provocherebbe il superamento del conteggio del partecipante della barriera di 32.767. + Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase. + + + Ottiene il numero di fase corrente della barriera. + Restituisce il numero di fase corrente della barriera. + + + Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe . + Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase. + + + Rilascia le risorse non gestite utilizzate dall'oggetto ed eventualmente rilascia le risorse gestite. + true per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite, false per rilasciare solo quelle non gestite. + + + Ottiene il numero totale di partecipanti nella barriera. + Restituisce il numero totale di partecipanti nella barriera. + + + Ottiene il numero di partecipanti nella barriera che non hanno ancora eseguito la segnalazione nella fase corrente. + Restituisce il numero di partecipanti nella barriera che non hanno ancora eseguito la segnalazione nella fase corrente. + + + Notifica all'oggetto che sarà presente un partecipante in meno. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + La barriera dispone già di 0 partecipanti.- oppure -Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase. + + + Notifica all'oggetto che saranno presenti meno partecipanti. + Numero di partecipanti aggiuntivi da rimuovere dalla barriera. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore di 0. + La barriera dispone già di 0 partecipanti.- oppure -Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase. - oppure -il conteggio del partecipante corrente è minore del conteggio del partecipante specificato + Il conteggio totale dei partecipanti è minore del specificato + + + Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti. + Se un'eccezione viene generata da un'azione post-fase di una Barriera dopo che tutti thread che partecipano hanno chiamato SignalAndWait, l'eccezione verrà sottoposta a wrapping in un BarrierPostPhaseException e sarà generata su tutti i thread che partecipano. + + + Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un Signed Integer a 32 bit per misurare il timeout. + true se tutti i partecipanti raggiungono la barriera entro il tempo specificato; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1). + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti. + Se un'eccezione viene generata da un'azione post-fase di una Barriera dopo che tutti thread che partecipano hanno chiamato SignalAndWait, l'eccezione verrà sottoposta a wrapping in un BarrierPostPhaseException e sarà generata su tutti i thread che partecipano. + + + Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un Signed Integer a 32 bit per misurare il timeout, al contempo osservando un token di annullamento. + true se tutti i partecipanti raggiungono la barriera entro il tempo specificato; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1). + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti. + + + Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, al contempo osservando un token di annullamento. + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti. + + + Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo. + true se tutti gli altri partecipanti hanno raggiunto la barriera. In caso contrario, false. + + che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi, che rappresenta un timeout infinito, oppure è più grande di 32.767. + Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti. + + + Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo, al contempo osservando un token di annullamento. + true se tutti gli altri partecipanti hanno raggiunto la barriera. In caso contrario, false. + + che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi, che rappresenta un timeout infinito. + Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti. + + + Eccezione generata quando l'azione post-fase di un oggetto non viene eseguita correttamente. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio fornito dal sistema in cui viene descritto l'errore. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con l'eccezione interna specificata. + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio specifico in cui viene descritto l'errore. + Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.È necessario che il chiamante del costruttore assicuri che la stringa sia stata localizzata per le impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente. + Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.È necessario che il chiamante del costruttore assicuri che la stringa sia stata localizzata per le impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema. + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna. + + + Rappresenta un metodo da chiamare all'interno di un nuovo contesto. + Oggetto contenente informazioni che devono essere utilizzate dal metodo di callback ogni volta che viene eseguito. + 1 + + + Rappresenta un primitiva di sincronizzazione segnalata quando il relativo conteggio raggiunge lo zero. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il conteggio specificato. + Numero di segnali inizialmente richiesti per impostare l'oggetto . + + è minore di 0. + + + Incrementa di uno il conteggio corrente di . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + L'istanza corrente è già impostata.- oppure - è maggiore di o uguale a . + + + Incrementa di un valore specificato il conteggio corrente di . + Valore che indica l'incremento di . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore o uguale a 0. + L'istanza corrente è già impostata.- oppure - è uguale o maggiore a dopo che il conteggio è incrementato da + + + Ottiene il numero di segnali restanti necessari per impostare l'evento. + Numero di segnali restanti necessari per impostare l'evento. + + + Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe . + + + Rilascia le risorse non gestite utilizzate dall'oggetto ed eventualmente rilascia le risorse gestite. + true per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite, false per rilasciare solo quelle non gestite. + + + Ottiene il numero di segnali necessari inizialmente per impostare l'evento. + Numero di segnali necessari inizialmente per impostare l'evento. + + + Determina se l'evento è impostato. + true se l'evento è impostato, altrimenti false. + + + Reimposta sul valore di . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + + Reimposta la proprietà al valore specificato. + Numero di segnali necessari per impostare l'oggetto . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore di 0. + + + Registra un segnale con l'oggetto , decrementando il valore di . + true se il conteggio ha raggiunto lo zero a causa del segnale e l'evento è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + L'istanza corrente è già impostata. + + + Registra più segnali con l'oggetto , decrementandone il valore di della quantità specificata. + true se il conteggio ha raggiunto lo zero a causa dei segnali e l'evento è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false. + Numero di segnali da registrare. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore di 1. + L'istanza corrente è già impostata. oppure è maggiore di . + + + Tenta di incrementare di uno. + true se l'incremento ha avuto esito positivo. In caso contrario, false.Se è già zero, questo metodo restituirà false. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è uguale a . + + + Tenta di incrementare in base a un valore specificato. + true se l'incremento ha avuto esito positivo. In caso contrario, false.Se è già zero, verrà restituito false. + Valore che indica l'incremento di . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore o uguale a 0. + L'istanza corrente è già impostata.- oppure - + è uguale o maggiore di . + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare il timeout. + true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1). + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare il timeout e al contempo osservando un oggetto . + true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1). + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. oppure l'oggetto aveva creato è già stato eliminato. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, al contempo osservando un oggetto . + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. oppure l'oggetto aveva creato è già stato eliminato. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare il timeout. + true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false. + + che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di . + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare il timeout e al contempo osservando un oggetto . + true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false. + + che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. oppure l'oggetto aveva creato è già stato eliminato. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di . + + + Ottiene un oggetto utilizzato per attendere l'impostazione dell'evento. + Oggetto utilizzato per attendere l'impostazione dell'evento. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + + Indica se verrà reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente dopo la ricezione di un segnale. + 2 + + + Con la segnalazione, viene reimpostato automaticamente dopo il rilascio di un singolo thread.Se non sono presenti thread in attesa, resta segnalato fino al blocco di un thread e viene reimpostato dopo il rilascio del thread. + + + Con la segnalazione, rilascia tutti i thread in attesa e resta segnalato finché non viene reimpostato manualmente. + + + Rappresenta un evento di sincronizzazione dei thread. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando se l'handle di attesa è inizialmente segnalato e se la reimpostazione viene eseguita automaticamente o manualmente. + true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostarlo su non segnalato. + Uno dei valori di che determina se l'evento viene reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando se l'handle di attesa è inizialmente segnalato se creato a seguito di questa chiamata e se la reimpostazione viene eseguita automaticamente o manualmente e indicando il nome di un evento di sincronizzazione di sistema. + true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato se l'evento denominato viene creato in seguito a questa chiamata; false per impostare lo stato su non segnalato. + Uno dei valori di che determina se l'evento viene reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente. + Nome di un evento di sincronizzazione a livello di sistema. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + L'evento denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non possiede i diritti . + Non è possibile creare l'evento denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome. + + è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando se l'handle di attesa è inizialmente segnalato se creato a seguito di questa chiamata e se la reimpostazione viene eseguita automaticamente o manualmente e indicando il nome di un evento di sincronizzazione di sistema e una variabile Boolean il cui valore dopo la chiamata specifica se l'evento di sistema denominato è stato creato. + true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato se l'evento denominato viene creato in seguito a questa chiamata; false per impostare lo stato su non segnalato. + Uno dei valori di che determina se l'evento viene reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente. + Nome di un evento di sincronizzazione a livello di sistema. + Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene true se è stato creato un evento locale (ovvero, se il valore di è null o una stringa vuota) oppure se è stato creato l'evento di sistema denominato specificato; false se l'evento di sistema denominato specificato è già esistente.Questo parametro viene passato non inizializzato. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + L'evento denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non possiede i diritti . + Non è possibile creare l'evento denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome. + + è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri. + + + Apre l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato specificato, se esistente. + Oggetto che rappresenta l'evento di sistema denominato. + Nome dell'evento di sincronizzazione del sistema da aprire. + + è una stringa vuota. In alternativa è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri. + + è null. + L'evento di sistema denominato non esiste. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + L'evento denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo. + 1 + + + + + + Imposta lo stato dell'evento su non segnalato, provocando il blocco dei thread. + true se l'operazione ha esito positivo; in caso contrario, false. + Il metodo non è stato chiamato precedentemente in questo oggetto . + 2 + + + Imposta lo stato dell'evento su segnalato, per consentire a uno o più thread in attesa di procedere. + true se l'operazione ha esito positivo; in caso contrario, false. + Il metodo non è stato chiamato precedentemente in questo oggetto . + 2 + + + Apre l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato specificato, se esistente, e restituisce un valore che indica se l'operazione è stata completata. + true se l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato è stato aperto correttamente; in caso contrario, false. + Nome dell'evento di sincronizzazione del sistema da aprire. + Quando viene eseguita la restituzione del metodo, contiene un oggetto di che rappresenta l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato se la chiamata ha esito positivo, o null se la chiamata ha esito negativo.Questo parametro viene trattato come non inizializzato. + + è una stringa vuota.In alternativa è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri. + + è null. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + L'evento denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza desiderato. + + + Gestisce il contesto di esecuzione per il thread corrente.La classe non può essere ereditata. + 2 + + + Acquisisce il contesto di esecuzione dal thread corrente. + Oggetto che rappresenta il contesto di esecuzione per il thread corrente. + 1 + + + Esegue un metodo in un contesto di esecuzione specifico sul thread corrente. + Oggetto da impostare. + Delegato che rappresenta il metodo da eseguire nel contesto di esecuzione fornito. + Oggetto da passare al metodo di callback. + + è null.- oppure - non è stato acquisito tramite un'operazione di acquisizione. - oppure - è stato già utilizzato come argomento per una chiamata . + 1 + + + + + + Fornisce operazioni atomiche per variabili condivise da più thread. + 2 + + + Somma due interi a 32 bit e sostituisce il primo intero con la somma, come operazione atomica. + Nuovo valore archiviato in . + Variabile contenente il primo valore da sommare.La somma dei due valori viene archiviata in . + Valore da sommare all'intero in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Somma due interi a 64 bit e sostituisce il primo intero con la somma, come operazione atomica. + Nuovo valore archiviato in . + Variabile contenente il primo valore da sommare.La somma dei due valori viene archiviata in . + Valore da sommare all'intero in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due numeri a virgola mobile e precisione doppia per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore. + Valore originale in . + Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito. + Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due interi con segno a 32 bit per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore. + Valore originale in . + Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito. + Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due interi con segno a 64 bit per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore. + Valore originale in . + Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito. + Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due puntatori o handle specifici della piattaforma per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo elemento. + Valore originale in . + Oggetto di destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con il valore di e, se possibile, sostituito da . + Oggetto che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Oggetto confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due oggetti per verificarne l'uguaglianza dei riferimenti; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo oggetto. + Valore originale in . + Oggetto di destinazione confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito. + Oggetto che sostituisce l'oggetto di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Oggetto confrontato con l'oggetto in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due numeri a virgola mobile e precisione singola per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore. + Valore originale in . + Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito. + Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due istanze del tipo di riferimento specificato per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce la prima istanza. + Valore originale in . + Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.Rappresenta un parametro di riferimento (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic). + Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di . + Tipo da usare per , e .Questo tipo deve essere un tipo di riferimento. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Diminuisce una variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica. + Valore diminuito. + Variabile il cui valore deve essere diminuito. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Diminuisce la variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica. + Valore diminuito. + Variabile il cui valore deve essere diminuito. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta un numero a virgola mobile e precisione doppia su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato. + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta un intero con segno a 32 bit su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato. + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta un intero con segno a 64 bit su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato. + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta un puntatore o un handle specifico della piattaforma su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato. + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta un oggetto su un valore specificato e restituisce un riferimento all'oggetto originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato. + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta un numero a virgola mobile e precisione singola su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato. + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta una variabile del tipo indicato sul valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.Rappresenta un parametro di riferimento (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic). + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + Tipo da usare per e .Questo tipo deve essere un tipo di riferimento. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Aumenta una variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica. + Valore aumentato. + Variabile il cui valore deve essere aumentato. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Aumenta una variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica. + Valore aumentato. + Variabile il cui valore deve essere aumentato. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sincronizza l'accesso alla memoria come segue: il processore che esegue il thread corrente non può riordinare le istruzioni in modo tale che gli accessi alla memoria prima della chiamata al metodo vengano eseguiti dopo quelli successivi alla chiamata al metodo . + + + Restituisce un valore a 64 bit, caricato come operazione atomica. + Valore caricato. + Valore a 64 bit da caricare. + 1 + + + Fornisce routine di inizializzazione differita. + + + Inizializza un tipo di riferimento di destinazione con il relativo costruttore predefinito se non è già stato inizializzato. + Riferimento inizializzato di tipo . + Riferimento di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato. + Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare. + Le autorizzazioni per accedere al costruttore di tipo erano mancanti. + Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito. + + + Inizializza un tipo di riferimento o di valore di destinazione con il relativo costruttore predefinito se non è già stato inizializzato. + Valore inizializzato di tipo . + Riferimento o valore di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato. + Riferimento a un valore booleano che determina se la destinazione è già stata inizializzata. + Riferimento a un oggetto utilizzato come blocco a esclusione reciproca per l'inizializzazione di .Se è null, verrà creata un'istanza di un nuovo oggetto. + Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare. + Le autorizzazioni per accedere al costruttore di tipo erano mancanti. + Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito. + + + Inizializza un tipo di riferimento o di valore di destinazione utilizzando una funzione specificata se non è già stato inizializzato. + Valore inizializzato di tipo . + Riferimento o valore di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato. + Riferimento a un valore booleano che determina se la destinazione è già stata inizializzata. + Riferimento a un oggetto utilizzato come blocco a esclusione reciproca per l'inizializzazione di .Se è null, verrà creata un'istanza di un nuovo oggetto. + Funzione chiamata per inizializzare il riferimento o il valore. + Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare. + Le autorizzazioni per accedere al costruttore di tipo erano mancanti. + Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito. + + + Inizializza un tipo di riferimento di destinazione utilizzando una funzione specificata se non è già stato inizializzato. + Valore inizializzato di tipo . + Riferimento di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato. + Funzione chiamata per inizializzare il riferimento. + Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare. + Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito. + + restituisce null (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Eccezione generata quando una voce ricorsiva in un blocco non è compatibile con i criteri di ricorsione per tale blocco. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio fornito dal sistema in cui viene descritto l'errore. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio specifico in cui viene descritto l'errore. + Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.Il chiamante di questo costruttore deve assicurare che la stringa sia stata localizzata in base alle impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente. + Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.Il chiamante di questo costruttore deve assicurare che la stringa sia stata localizzata in base alle impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema. + Eccezione che ha causato l'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna. + 2 + + + Specifica se lo stesso thread può accedere a un blocco più volte. + + + Se un thread tenta di accedere a un blocco in modo ricorsivo, viene generata un'eccezione.È possibile che alcune classi consentano particolari ricorsioni quando questa impostazione è attivata. + + + Un thread può accedere a un blocco in modo ricorsivo.Alcune classi possono limitare questa funzionalità. + + + Notifica a uno o più thread in attesa che si è verificato un evento.La classe non può essere ereditata. + 2 + + + Consente l'inizializzazione di una nuova istanza della classe con un valore Booleano che indica se lo stato iniziale deve essere impostato su segnalato. + Viene restituito true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostare lo stato iniziale su non segnalato. + + + Fornisce una versione più snella di . + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con uno stato iniziale di non segnalato. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato. + true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostarlo su non segnalato. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato e un conteggio rotazioni specificato. + true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostarlo su non segnalato. + Numero di attese di rotazione che devono verificarsi prima di eseguire il fallback su un'operazione di attesa basata sul kernel. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + Rilascia tutte le risorse usate dall'istanza corrente della classe . + + + Rilascia le risorse non gestite usate dall'oggetto e facoltativamente rilascia le risorse gestite. + True per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite; false per rilasciare solo le risorse non gestite. + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se l'evento è impostato. + true se l'evento è impostato; in caso contrario, false. + + + Imposta lo stato dell'evento su non segnalato, provocando il blocco dei thread. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Imposta lo stato dell'evento su segnalato, per consentire a uno o più thread in attesa dell'evento di procedere. + + + Ottiene il numero di attese di rotazione che si verificheranno prima di eseguire il fallback su un'operazione di attesa basata sul kernel. + Restituisce il numero di attese di rotazione che si verificheranno prima di eseguire il fallback su un'operazione di attesa basata sul kernel. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo. + true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto . + true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non riceve un segnale, osservando un oggetto . + Oggetto da osservare. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo. + true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto . + true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Ottiene l'oggetto sottostante per questo oggetto . + Oggetto evento sottostante per questo oggetto . + + + Fornisce un meccanismo che sincronizza l'accesso agli oggetti. + 2 + + + Acquisisce un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato. + Oggetto sui cui acquisire il blocco del monitoraggio. + Il valore del parametro è null. + 1 + + + Acquisisce un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto. + Oggetto per il quale attendere. + Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco.Nota   Se non si verifica alcuna eccezione, l'output di questo metodo è sempre true. + L'input di è true. + Il valore del parametro è null. + + + Viene rilasciato un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato. + Oggetto sul quale rilasciare il blocco. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il blocco per l'oggetto specificato non è di proprietà del thread corrente. + 1 + + + Determina se il thread corrente specificato contiene il blocco sull'oggetto specificato. + true se il thread corrente è responsabile del blocco su ; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto da testare. + + è null. + + + Notifica a un thread della coda di attesa che lo stato dell'oggetto bloccato è stato modificato. + Oggetto atteso da un thread. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato. + 1 + + + Notifica a tutti i thread in attesa che lo stato dell'oggetto è stato modificato. + Oggetto che invia l'impulso. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato. + 1 + + + Prova ad acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato. + true se il thread corrente acquisisce il blocco; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco. + Il valore del parametro è null. + 1 + + + Prova ad acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto. + Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco. + Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco. + L'input di è true. + Il valore del parametro è null. + + + Viene eseguito, per un numero specificato di millisecondi, il tentativo di acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato. + true se il thread corrente acquisisce il blocco; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco. + Tempo di attesa espresso in millisecondi prima che si verifichi il blocco. + Il valore del parametro è null. + + è negativo e non è uguale a . + 1 + + + Prova ad acquisire, per il numero di millisecondi specificato, un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto. + Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco. + Tempo di attesa espresso in millisecondi prima che si verifichi il blocco. + Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco. + L'input di è true. + Il valore del parametro è null. + + è negativo e non è uguale a . + + + Viene eseguito, per una quantità di tempo specificata, il tentativo di acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato. + true se il thread corrente acquisisce il blocco; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco. + Oggetto che rappresenta la durata di attesa del blocco.Un valore di –1 millisecondo specifica un'attesa infinita. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il valore di in millisecondi è negativo ed è diverso da (–1 millisecondi) oppure è maggiore di . + 1 + + + Prova ad acquisire, per la quantità di tempo specificata, un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto. + Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco. + Quantità di tempo che rappresenta la durata di attesa del blocco.Un valore di –1 millisecondo specifica un'attesa infinita. + Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco. + L'input di è true. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il valore di in millisecondi è negativo ed è diverso da (–1 millisecondi) oppure è maggiore di . + + + Rilascia il blocco su un oggetto e interrompe il thread corrente finché riacquisisce il blocco. + true se la chiamata è stata restituita perché il chiamante ha riacquisito il blocco per l'oggetto specificato.Non viene restituito alcun valore se il blocco non viene riacquisito. + Oggetto per il quale attendere. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato. + Il thread da cui è stato richiamato Wait viene interrotto in seguito dallo stato di attesa.L'interruzione si verifica quando il metodo di questo thread viene chiamato da un altro thread. + 1 + + + Rilascia il blocco su un oggetto e interrompe il thread corrente finché riacquisisce il blocco.Allo scadere dell'intervallo di timeout specificato, il thread viene inserito nella coda di thread pronti. + true se il blocco è stato riacquisito prima che sia trascorso il tempo specificato; false se il blocco è stato riacquisito dopo che è trascorso il tempo specificato.Il metodo non restituisce alcun valore finché il blocco non viene riacquisito. + Oggetto per il quale attendere. + Numero di millisecondi da attendere prima che il thread venga inserito nella coda di thread pronti. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato. + Il thread da cui è stato richiamato Wait viene interrotto in seguito dallo stato di attesa.L'interruzione si verifica quando il metodo di questo thread viene chiamato da un altro thread. + Il valore del parametro è negativo e non è uguale a . + 1 + + + Rilascia il blocco su un oggetto e interrompe il thread corrente finché riacquisisce il blocco.Allo scadere dell'intervallo di timeout specificato, il thread viene inserito nella coda di thread pronti. + true se il blocco è stato riacquisito prima che sia trascorso il tempo specificato; false se il blocco è stato riacquisito dopo che è trascorso il tempo specificato.Il metodo non restituisce alcun valore finché il blocco non viene riacquisito. + Oggetto per il quale attendere. + Oggetto che rappresenta il tempo di attesa prima che il thread venga inserito nella coda di thread pronti. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato. + Il thread da cui è stato richiamato Wait viene interrotto in seguito dallo stato di attesa.L'interruzione si verifica quando il metodo di questo thread viene chiamato da un altro thread. + Il valore del parametro in millisecondi è negativo e non rappresenta (–1 millisecondo) oppure è maggiore di . + 1 + + + Primitiva di sincronizzazione che può essere usata anche per la sincronizzazione interprocesso. + 1 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con le proprietà predefinite. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se il thread chiamante deve avere la proprietà iniziale del mutex. + true per concedere al thread chiamante la proprietà iniziale del mutex; in caso contrario, false. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se il thread chiamante deve avere la proprietà iniziale del mutex e con una stringa che rappresenta il nome del mutex. + true per concedere al thread chiamante la proprietà iniziale del mutex di sistema denominato, se questo è stato creato come risultato della chiamata; in caso contrario, false. + Nome di .Se il valore è null, l'oggetto è senza nome. + Il mutex denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non dispone dei diritti . + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Non è possibile creare il mutex denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome. + + è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se il thread chiamante deve avere la proprietà iniziale del mutex, con una stringa che rappresenta il nome del mutex e con un valore booleano che, quando il metodo viene restituito, indichi se al thread chiamante era stata concessa la proprietà iniziale del mutex. + true per concedere al thread chiamante la proprietà iniziale del mutex di sistema denominato, se questo è stato creato come risultato della chiamata; in caso contrario, false. + Nome di .Se il valore è null, l'oggetto è senza nome. + Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene un valore booleano che è true se è stato creato un mutex locale (ovvero, se il valore di è null o una stringa vuota) oppure se è stato creato il mutex di sistema denominato specificato; false se il mutex di sistema denominato specificato è già esistente.Questo parametro viene passato non inizializzato. + Il mutex denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non dispone dei diritti . + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Non è possibile creare il mutex denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome. + + è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + + Apre il mutex denominato specificato, se esistente. + Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex di sistema denominato. + Nome del mutex di sistema da aprire. + Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + è null. + Il mutex denominato non esiste. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Il mutex denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo. + 1 + + + + + + Rilascia l'oggetto una volta. + Il thread chiamante non ha la proprietà del mutex. + 1 + + + Apre il mutex denominato specificato, se esistente, e restituisce un valore che indica se l'operazione è stata completata. + true se il mutex denominato è stato aperto correttamente; in caso contrario, false. + Nome del mutex di sistema da aprire. + Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene un oggetto di che rappresenta il mutex denominato se la chiamata ha esito positivo o null se la chiamata ha esito negativo.Questo parametro viene trattato come non inizializzato. + Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + è null. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Il mutex denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo. + + + Rappresenta un blocco usato per gestire l'accesso a una risorsa, consentendo a più thread l'accesso in lettura o l'accesso esclusivo in scrittura. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con i valori predefiniti delle proprietà. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando i criteri di ricorsione del blocco. + Uno dei valori di enumerazione che specifica i criteri di ricorsione del blocco. + + + Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread univoci per i quali è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura. + Numero di thread univoci per i quali è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura. + + + Rilascia tutte le risorse usate dall'istanza corrente della classe . + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità lettura. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità aggiornabile. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità scrittura. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Riduce il numero di ricorsioni per la modalità lettura ed esce da questa modalità se il numero risultante è 0 (zero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + Riduce il numero di ricorsioni per la modalità aggiornabile ed esce da questa modalità se il numero risultante è 0 (zero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + Riduce il numero di ricorsioni per la modalità scrittura ed esce da questa modalità se il numero risultante è 0 (zero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura. + true se per il thread corrente è stata attivata la modalità lettura; in caso contrario, false. + 2 + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità aggiornabile. + true se per il thread corrente è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile; in caso contrario, false. + 2 + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità scrittura. + true se per il thread corrente è stata attivata la modalità scrittura; in caso contrario, false. + 2 + + + Ottiene un valore che indica i criteri di ricorsione per l'oggetto corrente. + Uno dei valori di enumerazione che specifica i criteri di ricorsione del blocco. + + + Ottiene il numero di volte in cui per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura, come indicazione della ricorsione. + 0 (zero) se per il thread corrente non è stata attivata la modalità lettura, 1 se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità lettura ma non in modo ricorsivo o n se per il thread è stato attivato il blocco in modo ricorsivo n - 1 volte. + 2 + + + Ottiene il numero di volte in cui per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità aggiornabile, come indicazione della ricorsione. + 0 (zero) se per il thread corrente non è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile, 1 se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile ma non in modo ricorsivo o n se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile in modo ricorsivo n - 1 volte. + 2 + + + Ottiene il numero di volte in cui per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità scrittura, come indicazione della ricorsione. + 0 (zero) se per il thread corrente non è stata attivata la modalità scrittura, 1 se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità scrittura ma non in modo ricorsivo o n se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità scrittura in modo ricorsivo n - 1 volte. + 2 + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità lettura con un timeout intero facoltativo. + true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità lettura; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure -1 () per un'attesa indefinita. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità lettura con un timeout facoltativo. + true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità lettura; in caso contrario, false. + Intervallo di attesa oppure -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità aggiornabile con un timeout facoltativo. + true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità aggiornabile; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure -1 () per un'attesa indefinita. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità aggiornabile con un timeout facoltativo. + true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità aggiornabile; in caso contrario, false. + Intervallo di attesa oppure -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità scrittura con un timeout facoltativo. + true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità scrittura; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure -1 () per un'attesa indefinita. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità scrittura con un timeout facoltativo. + true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità scrittura; in caso contrario, false. + Intervallo di attesa oppure -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione del blocco in modalità lettura. + Numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione della modalità lettura. + 2 + + + Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione del blocco in modalità aggiornabile. + Numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione della modalità aggiornabile. + 2 + + + Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione del blocco in modalità scrittura. + Numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione della modalità scrittura. + 2 + + + Limita il numero di thread che possono accedere a una risorsa o a un pool di risorse contemporaneamente. + 1 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando il numero di accessi iniziale e il numero massimo di accessi contemporanei. + Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + + è maggiore di . + + è minore di 1.-oppure- è minore di 0. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando il numero di accessi iniziale e il numero massimo di accessi contemporanei, nonché indicando facoltativamente il nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema. + Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + Nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema denominato. + + è maggiore di .-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + è minore di 1.-oppure- è minore di 0. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Il semaforo denominato esiste ed è dotato di sicurezza del controllo di accesso e l'utente non dispone di . + Non è possibile creare il semaforo denominato, probabilmente a causa di un handle di attesa di tipo diverso con lo stesso nome. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando il numero di accessi iniziale e il numero massimo di accessi contemporanei, indicando facoltativamente il nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema e specificando una variabile che riceve un valore che indica se è stato creato un nuovo semaforo di sistema. + Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere soddisfatte contemporaneamente. + Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere soddisfatte contemporaneamente. + Nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema denominato. + Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene true se è stato creato un semaforo locale (ovvero, se il valore di è null o una stringa vuota) oppure se è stato creato il semaforo di sistema denominato specificato; false se il semaforo di sistema denominato specificato è già esistente.Questo parametro viene passato non inizializzato. + + è maggiore di . -oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + è minore di 1.-oppure- è minore di 0. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Il semaforo denominato esiste ed è dotato di sicurezza del controllo di accesso e l'utente non dispone di . + Non è possibile creare il semaforo denominato, probabilmente a causa di un handle di attesa di tipo diverso con lo stesso nome. + + + Apre il semaforo denominato specificato, se esistente. + Oggetto che rappresenta il semaforo di sistema denominato. + Nome del semaforo di sistema da aprire. + Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + è null. + Il semaforo denominato non esiste. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Il semaforo denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo. + 1 + + + + + + Esce dal semaforo e restituisce il conteggio precedente. + Conteggio del semaforo prima della chiamata del metodo . + Il conteggio del semaforo ha già raggiunto il valore massimo. + Si è verificato un errore Win32 relativo a un semaforo denominato. + Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma l'utente non dispone di .-oppure-Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma non è stato aperto con . + 1 + + + Esce dal semaforo il numero di volte specificato e restituisce il conteggio precedente. + Conteggio del semaforo prima della chiamata del metodo . + Numero di uscite dal semaforo. + + è minore di 1. + Il conteggio del semaforo ha già raggiunto il valore massimo. + Si è verificato un errore Win32 relativo a un semaforo denominato. + Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma l'utente non dispone di diritti .-oppure-Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma non è stato aperto con i diritti . + 1 + + + Apre il semaforo denominato specificato, se esistente, e restituisce un valore che indica se l'operazione è riuscita. + true se l'apertura del semaforo denominato è riuscita; in caso contrario, false. + Nome del semaforo di sistema da aprire. + Quando viene eseguita la restituzione del metodo, quest'ultimo contiene un oggetto che rappresenta il semaforo denominato se la chiamata è riuscita o null se la chiamata non è riuscita.Questo parametro viene trattato come non inizializzato. + Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + è null. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Il semaforo denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo. + + + Eccezione generata quando il metodo viene chiamato su un semaforo il cui conteggio ha già raggiunto il valore massimo. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con valori predefiniti. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato. + Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente. + Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna. + + + Rappresenta un'alternativa semplificata a che limita il numero di thread che possono accedere simultaneamente a una risorsa o a un pool di risorse. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe specificando il numero iniziale di richieste che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + + è minore di 0. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe specificando il numero iniziale e massimo di richieste che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + + è minore di 0, o è maggiore di o è uguale o minore di 0. + + + Restituisce un oggetto che può essere usato per attendere il semaforo. + Oggetto che può essere usato per attendere il semaforo. + L'interfaccia è stata eliminata. + + + Ottiene il numero di thread rimanenti che possono accedere all'oggetto . + Numero di thread rimanenti che possono accedere al semaforo. + + + Rilascia tutte le risorse usate dall'istanza corrente della classe . + + + Rilascia le risorse non gestite usate dall'oggetto e, facoltativamente, le risorse gestite. + true per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite; false per rilasciare solo le risorse non gestite. + + + Rilascia l'oggetto una volta. + Numero precedente di . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + ha già raggiunto la dimensione massima. + + + Rilascia l'oggetto un numero di volte specificato. + Numero precedente di . + Numero di uscite dal semaforo. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore di 1. + + ha già raggiunto la dimensione massima. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché non può immettere . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit che specifica il timeout. + true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit che specifica il timeout e osservando un oggetto . + true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + Il istanza è stata eliminata, o che ha creato è stato eliminato. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto osservando un oggetto . + Token da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.-oppure-Il creato è già stato eliminato. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto per specificare il timeout. + true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di . + L'istanza semaphoreSlim è stata eliminata + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto che specifica il timeout e osservando un oggetto . + true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di . + L'istanza semaphoreSlim è stata eliminataL'oggetto che ha creato è già stato eliminato. + + + Attende in modo asincrono di immettere . + Attività che verrà completata quando si accede al semaforo. + + + Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo. + Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + + + Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto . + Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è stato annullato. + + + Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , osservando un oggetto . + Attività che verrà completata quando si accede al semaforo. + Token da osservare. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è stato annullato. + + + Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo. + Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. -oppure- timeout è maggiore di . + + + Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto . + Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + Token da osservare. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.-oppure-timeout è maggiore di . + + è stato annullato. + + + Rappresenta un metodo da chiamare quando un messaggio deve essere inviato a un contesto di sincronizzazione. + Oggetto passato al delegato. + 2 + + + Fornisce un primitiva di blocco a esclusione reciproca in cui un thread che tenta di acquisire il blocco attende in un ciclo eseguendo controlli ripetuti finché il blocco non diventa disponibile. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della struttura con l'opzione di rilevamento degli ID dei thread per migliorare il debug. + Valore che indica se acquisire e utilizzare gli ID dei thread per scopi di debug. + + + Acquisisce il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito. + True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False. + È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a Enter. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco. + + + Rilascia il blocco. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente non è il proprietario di questo blocco. + + + Rilascia il blocco. + Valore booleano che indica se generare un limite di memoria per pubblicare immediatamente l'operazione di uscita agli altri thread. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente non è il proprietario di questo blocco. + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se attualmente il blocco è mantenuto da un thread. + true se attualmente il blocco è mantenuto da un thread; in caso contrario, false. + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se il blocco è mantenuto dal thread corrente. + true se il blocco è mantenuto dal thread corrente; in caso contrario, false. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è disabilitato. + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se per questa istanza è abilitato il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread. + true se per questa istanza è abilitato il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread; in caso contrario, false. + + + Tenta di acquisire il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito. + True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False. + È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a TryEnter. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco. + + + Tenta di acquisire il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a TryEnter. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco. + + + Tenta di acquisire il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito. + + che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito o il timeout è più grande di millisecondi. + È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a TryEnter. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco. + + + Fornisce il supporto per l'attesa basata su rotazione. + + + Ottiene il numero di chiamate di su questa istanza. + Restituisce un intero che rappresenta il numero di volte in cui è stato chiamato su questa istanza. + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se la chiamata successiva a comporterà la cessione del processore, attivando un cambio imposto di contesto. + Valore che indica se la chiamata successiva a comporterà la cessione del processore, attivando un cambio imposto di contesto. + + + Reimposta il contatore delle rotazioni. + + + Esegue una sola rotazione. + + + Esegue rotazioni finché non è stata soddisfatta la condizione specificata. + Delegato da eseguire ripetutamente finché non restituisce true. + L'argomento è null. + + + Esegue rotazioni finché non è stata soddisfatta la condizione specificata o fino allo scadere del timeout specificato. + True se la condizione viene soddisfatta entro lo scadere del timeout. In caso contrario, False. + Delegato da eseguire ripetutamente finché non restituisce true. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + L'argomento è null. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + + + Esegue rotazioni finché non è stata soddisfatta la condizione specificata o fino allo scadere del timeout specificato. + True se la condizione viene soddisfatta entro lo scadere del timeout. In caso contrario, False. + Delegato da eseguire ripetutamente finché non restituisce true. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa. In alternativa, per un'attesa indefinita, oggetto TimeSpan che rappresenta -1 millisecondi. + L'argomento è null. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di . + + + Fornisce la funzionalità di base per propagare un contesto di sincronizzazione in vari modelli di sincronizzazione. + 2 + + + Crea una nuova istanza della classe . + + + Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, crea una copia del contesto di sincronizzazione. + Nuovo oggetto . + 2 + + + Ottiene il contesto di sincronizzazione per il thread corrente. + Oggetto che rappresenta il contesto di sincronizzazione corrente. + 1 + + + Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, risponde alla notifica di completamento di un'operazione. + + + Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, risponde alla notifica di avvio di un'operazione. + + + Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, invia un messaggio asincrono a un contesto di sincronizzazione. + Delegato di da chiamare. + Oggetto passato al delegato. + 2 + + + Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, invia un messaggio sincrono a un contesto di sincronizzazione. + Delegato di da chiamare. + Oggetto passato al delegato. + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + Imposta il contesto di sincronizzazione corrente. + Oggetto da impostare. + 1 + + + + + + Eccezione generata quando un metodo richiede che il chiamante sia il proprietario del blocco su un Monitor specifico, e tale metodo viene richiamato da un chiamante che non è proprietario del blocco. + 2 + + + Consente l'inizializzazione di una nuova istanza della classe con le proprietà predefinite. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato. + Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente. + Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna. + + + Consente l'archiviazione dei dati nella memoria locale dei thread. + Specifica il tipo di dati archiviati per thread. + + + Inizializza l'istanza . + + + Inizializza l'istanza . + Se tenere traccia di tutti i valori impostati sull'istanza ed esporli mediante la proprietà di . + + + Inizializza l'istanza di con la funzione specificata. + Oggetto richiamato per produrre un valore con inizializzazione differita quando si tenta di recuperare l'oggetto senza che sia stato inizializzato in precedenza. + + è un riferimento null (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Inizializza l'istanza di con la funzione specificata. + Oggetto richiamato per produrre un valore con inizializzazione differita quando si tenta di recuperare l'oggetto senza che sia stato inizializzato in precedenza. + Se tenere traccia di tutti i valori impostati sull'istanza ed esporli mediante la proprietà di . + + è un riferimento null (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe . + + + Rilascia le risorse utilizzate da questa istanza di . + Valore booleano che indica se questo metodo viene chiamato a causa di una chiamata a . + + + Rilascia le risorse utilizzate da questa istanza di . + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se l'oggetto è inizializzato sul thread corrente. + true se viene inizializzato sul thread corrente; in caso contrario, false. + L'istanza di è stata eliminata. + + + Crea e restituisce una rappresentazione di stringa di questa istanza per il thread corrente. + Risultato della chiamata di su . + L'istanza di è stata eliminata. + L'oggetto per il thread corrente è un riferimento Null (Nothing in Visual Basic). + La funzione di inizializzazione tenta di fare riferimento in modo ricorsivo a . + Non è fornito alcun costruttore predefinito e non è fornito alcun valore di factory. + + + Ottiene o imposta il valore di questa istanza per il thread corrente. + Restituisce un'istanza dell'oggetto della cui inizializzazione è responsabile questo oggetto ThreadLocal. + L'istanza di è stata eliminata. + La funzione di inizializzazione tenta di fare riferimento in modo ricorsivo a . + Non è fornito alcun costruttore predefinito e non è fornito alcun valore di factory. + + + Ottiene un elenco di tutti i valori attualmente archiviati da tutti i thread che hanno eseguito l'accesso a questa istanza. + Elenco di tutti i valori attualmente archiviati da tutti i thread che hanno eseguito l'accesso a questa istanza. + L'istanza di è stata eliminata. + + + Contiene metodi per l'esecuzione di operazioni relative alla memoria volatile. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il riferimento a un oggetto dal campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Riferimento a che è stato letto.Questo riferimento è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + Tipo di campo da leggere.Deve essere un tipo di riferimento, non un tipo di valore. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di memoria compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il riferimento a un oggetto specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il riferimento a un oggetto. + Riferimento a un oggetto da scrivere.Il riferimento viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + Tipo di campo da scrivere.Deve essere un tipo di riferimento, non un tipo di valore. + + + Eccezione generata durante il tentativo di aprire un semaforo o un mutex di sistema inesistente. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con valori predefiniti. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato. + Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente. + Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/ja/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/ja/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e2f71c3a --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/ja/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1950 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + スレッドが、別のスレッドが解放せずに終了することによって放棄した オブジェクトを取得したときにスローされる例外。 + 1 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定値で初期化します。 + + + 放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスを指定する場合はそのインデックスと、ミューテックスを表す オブジェクトを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + + メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は、待機ハンドルの配列内における放棄されたミューテックスのインデックス。 メソッドまたは メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は -1。 + 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを、指定したエラー メッセージと内部例外を使用して初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null ではない場合、現在の例外は内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで発生します。 + + + エラー メッセージ、内部例外、放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスを指定する場合はそのインデックス、およびミューテックスを表す オブジェクトを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null ではない場合、現在の例外は内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで発生します。 + + メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は、待機ハンドルの配列における放棄されたミューテックスのインデックス。 メソッドまたは メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は -1。 + 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。 + + + エラー メッセージ、放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスを指定する場合はそのインデックス、および放棄されたミューテックスを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + + メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は、待機ハンドルの配列における放棄されたミューテックスのインデックス。 メソッドまたは メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は -1。 + 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。 + + + 例外の原因となった、放棄されたミューテックスがわかっている場合は、そのミューテックスを取得します。 + 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。放棄されたミューテックスを識別できなかった場合は null。 + 1 + + + 例外の原因となった、放棄されたミューテックスがわかっている場合は、そのミューテックスのインデックスを取得します。 + 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクトの、 メソッドに渡された待機ハンドルの配列内でのインデックス。放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスが識別できなかった場合は –1。 + 1 + + + 非同期メソッドなど、特定の非同期制御フローに対してローカルなアンビエント データを表します。 + アンビエント データの型。 + + + 変更通知を受信しない インスタンスをインスタンス生成します。 + + + 変更通知を受信する ローカル インスタンスをインスタンス生成します。 + どのスレッド上であっても現在の値が変更されたなら必ず呼び出されるデリゲート。 + + + アンビエント データの値を取得または設定します。 + アンビエント データの値。 + + + 変更通知のために登録する インスタンスに対するデータ変更情報を提供するクラス。 + データの型。 + + + データの現在の値を取得します。 + データの現在の値。 + + + データの前の値を取得します。 + データの前の値。 + + + 実行コンテキストの変更が原因で値が変更されたかどうかを示す値を返します。 + 実行コンテキストの変更が原因で値が変更された場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + + + イベントが発生したことを待機中のスレッドに通知します。このクラスは継承できません。 + 2 + + + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示すブール値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + +初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + + + 複数のタスクが、複数のフェーズを通じて 1 つのアルゴリズムで並行して協調的に動作できるようにします。 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 参加しているスレッドの数。 + + が 0 より小さいか、または 32,767 を超えています。 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 参加しているスレッドの数。 + 各フェーズ後に実行する 。null (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) は操作が行われないことを示すために渡されることがあります。 + + が 0 より小さいか、または 32,767 を超えています。 + + + 参加要素が 1 つ追加されることを に通知します。 + 新しい参加要素が最初に参加するバリアのフェーズ番号。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + 参加要素を追加すると、バリアの参加要素数が 32,767 を超えます。またはメソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。 + + + 複数の参加要素が追加されることを に通知します。 + 新しい参加要素が最初に参加するバリアのフェーズ番号。 + バリアに追加する追加の参加要素の数。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が 0 未満です。または 参加要素を追加すると、バリアの参加要素数が 32,767 を超えます。 + メソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。 + + + バリアの現在のフェーズの番号を取得します。 + バリアの現在のフェーズの番号を返します。 + + + + クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。 + メソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。 + + + + によって使用されているアンマネージ リソースを解放し、オプションでマネージ リソースも解放します。 + マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。 + + + バリア内の参加要素の合計数を取得します。 + バリア内の参加要素の合計数を返します。 + + + 現在のフェーズでまだ通知していないバリア内の参加要素の数を取得します。 + 現在のフェーズでまだ通知していないバリア内の参加要素の数を返します。 + + + 参加要素が 1 つ削除されることを に通知します。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + バリアでは、既に 0 個の参加要素があります。またはメソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。 + + + 複数の参加要素が削除されることを に通知します。 + バリアから削除する追加の参加要素の数。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が 0 未満です。 + バリアでは、既に 0 個の参加要素があります。またはメソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。 または現在の参加要素数が、指定された participantCount より小さい値です + 参加要素の総数が、指定した より小さくなっています。 + + + 参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。 + すべての参加しているスレッドが SignalAndWait を呼び出した後に、バリアのフェーズ後のアクションから例外がスローされた場合、その例外は BarrierPostPhaseException にラップされ、参加しているすべてのスレッドでスローされます。 + + + 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。 + 指定した時間内にすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。 + すべての参加しているスレッドが SignalAndWait を呼び出した後に、バリアのフェーズ後のアクションから例外がスローされた場合、その例外は BarrierPostPhaseException にラップされ、参加しているすべてのスレッドでスローされます。 + + + 取り消しトークンを観察すると同時に、32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。 + 指定した時間内にすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。 + + + 取り消しトークンを観察すると同時に、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素がバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。 + + + + オブジェクトを使用して時間間隔を計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。 + 他のすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが 32,767 を超えています。 + メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。 + + + 取り消しトークンを観察すると同時に、 オブジェクトを使用して時間間隔を計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。 + 他のすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。 + + + + のフェーズ後アクションに失敗したときにスローされる例外。 + + + エラーを説明するシステム提供のメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + + + 指定した内部例外を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 + + + エラーを説明する指定したメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元では、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元では、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。 + + + 新しいコンテキスト内で呼び出すメソッドを表します。 + コールバック メソッドが実行されるたびに使用する情報を格納したオブジェクト。 + 1 + + + カウントが 0 になったときに通知される同期プリミティブを表します。 + + + 指定されたカウントを使用して クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + + の設定に最初に必要な通知の数。 + + が 0 未満です。 + + + + の現在のカウントを 1 つインクリメントします。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。または が 以上です。 + + + + の現在のカウントを指定された値だけインクリメントします。 + + を増やす値。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が 0 以下です。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。またはカウントが ずつインクリメントされた後、 が 以上です + + + イベントの設定に必要な残りの通知の数を取得します。 + イベントの設定に必要な残りの通知の数。 + + + + クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。 + + + + によって使用されているアンマネージ リソースを解放し、オプションでマネージ リソースも解放します。 + マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。 + + + イベントの設定に最初に必要な通知の数を取得します。 + イベントの設定に最初に必要な通知の数。 + + + イベントが設定されているかどうかを判断します。 + イベントが設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + + + を の値にリセットします。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + + + プロパティを指定した値にリセットします。 + + の設定に必要な通知の数。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が 0 未満です。 + + + 通知を に登録して、 の値をデクリメントします。 + 通知によってカウントが 0 になり、イベントが設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。 + + + 複数の通知を に登録して、 の値を指定された量だけデクリメントします。 + 通知によってカウントが 0 になり、イベントが設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 登録する通知の数。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が 1 未満です。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。-または- または、 が より大きいです。 + + + + を 1 つインクリメントすることを試みます。 + インクリメントが正常に行われた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 が既に 0 の場合、このメソッドは false を返します。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + と が等価です。 + + + + を指定した値だけインクリメントすることを試みます。 + インクリメントが正常に行われた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 が既に 0 の場合、これは false を返します。 + + を増やす値。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が 0 以下です。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。または + は、 以上です。 + + + + が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + + 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または、 を作成した が破棄されています。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または、 を作成した が破棄されています。 + + + + を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、 を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または、 を作成した が破棄されています。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。 + + + イベントの設定を待機するために使用する を取得します。 + イベントの設定を待機するために使用する 。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + + シグナルを受信した後で が自動的にリセットされるか、または手動でリセットされるかを示します。 + 2 + + + シグナルを受信すると、 は 1 つのスレッドを解放した後で自動的にリセットされます。待機しているスレッドがない場合、 はスレッドがブロックされるまでシグナル状態のままとなり、そのスレッドを解放した後でリセットされます。 + + + シグナルを受信すると、 は待機しているスレッドをすべて解放し、手動でリセットされるまでシグナル状態のままとなります。 + + + スレッドの同期イベントを表します。 + 2 + + + 待機ハンドルの初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうか、および、待機ハンドルが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + イベントが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定する 値の 1 つ。 + + + この呼び出しの結果として待機ハンドルが作成された場合に待機ハンドルの初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうか、待機ハンドルが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるか、およびシステムの同期イベントの名前を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + この呼び出しの結果として名前付きイベントが作成された場合に初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + イベントが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定する 値の 1 つ。 + システム全体で有効な同期イベントの名前。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きイベントが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。 + 名前付きイベントを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。 + + が 260 文字を超えています。 + + + この呼び出しの結果として待機ハンドルが作成された場合に待機ハンドルの初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうか、待機ハンドルが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるか、システム同期イベントの名前、および、呼び出し後の値によって名前付きイベントが作成されたかどうかを示すブール変数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + この呼び出しの結果として名前付きイベントが作成された場合に初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + イベントが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定する 値の 1 つ。 + システム全体で有効な同期イベントの名前。 + このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、ローカル イベントが作成された場合 ( が null または空の文字列の場合)、または指定した名前付きシステム イベントが作成された場合は true が格納されます。指定した名前付きシステム イベントが既に存在する場合は false が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化せずに渡されます。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きイベントが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。 + 名前付きイベントを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。 + + が 260 文字を超えています。 + + + 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付き同期イベントを開きます。 + 名前付きシステム イベントを表すオブジェクト。 + 開くシステム同期イベントの名前。 + + が空の文字列です。または が 260 文字を超えています。 + + は null なので、 + 名前付きシステム イベントが存在しません。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きイベントは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。 + 1 + + + + + + イベントの状態を非シグナル状態に設定し、スレッドをブロックします。 + 正常に操作できた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + この で メソッドが既に呼び出されています。 + 2 + + + イベントの状態をシグナル状態に設定し、待機している 1 つ以上のスレッドが進行できるようにします。 + 正常に操作できた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + この で メソッドが既に呼び出されています。 + 2 + + + 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付き同期イベントを開き操作が成功したかどうかを示す値を返します。 + 名前付きの同期イベントが正常に開かれた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 開くシステム同期イベントの名前。 + このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、呼び出しに成功した場合は名前付き同期イベントを表す オブジェクトが格納されます。呼び出しに失敗した場合は null が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化前として処理されます。 + + が空の文字列です。または が 260 文字を超えています。 + + は null なので、 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きイベントは存在しますが、必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。 + + + 現在のスレッドの実行コンテキストを管理します。このクラスは継承できません。 + 2 + + + 現在のスレッドから実行コンテキストをキャプチャします。 + 現在のスレッドの実行コンテキストを表す オブジェクト。 + 1 + + + 現在のスレッドで指定した実行コンテキストを使用してメソッドを実行します。 + 設定する 。 + 指定した実行コンテキストで実行するメソッドを表す デリゲート。 + コールバック メソッドに渡すオブジェクト。 + + は null なので、またはキャプチャ操作で が取得されませんでした。または は、 呼び出しの引数として既に使用されています。 + 1 + + + + + + 複数のスレッドで共有される変数に分割不可能な操作を提供します。 + 2 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、2 つの 32 ビット整数を加算し、最初の整数を合計で置き換えます。 + + に格納された新しい値。 + 加算する最初の値を含む変数。2 つの値の合計は、 に格納されます。 + + にある整数に加算する値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、2 つの 64 ビット整数を加算し、最初の整数を合計で置き換えます。 + + に格納された新しい値。 + 加算する最初の値を含む変数。2 つの値の合計は、 に格納されます。 + + にある整数に加算する値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 2 つの倍精度浮動小数点数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。 + + にある値と比較する値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 2 つの 32 ビット符号付き整数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。 + + にある値と比較する値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 2 つの 64 ビット符号付き整数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。 + + にある値と比較する値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 2 つのプラットフォーム固有のハンドルまたはポインターが等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の 1 つを置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + 値を の値と比較し、場合によっては によって置き換える、比較先の 。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える 。 + + にある値と比較する 。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 2 つのオブジェクトの参照が等値であるかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初のオブジェクトを置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + + と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先のオブジェクト。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先のオブジェクトを置き換えるオブジェクト。 + + にあるオブジェクトと比較するオブジェクト。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 2 つの単精度浮動小数点数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。 + + にある値と比較する値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 指定した参照型 の 2 つのインスタンスが等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の 1 つを置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。これは参照パラメーターです (C# では ref、Visual Basic では ByRef)。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。 + + にある値と比較する値。 + + 、、および に使用する型。この型は、参照型である必要があります。 + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をデクリメントし、結果を格納します。 + デクリメントされた値。 + 値がデクリメントされる変数。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をデクリメントしてその結果を格納します。 + デクリメントされた値。 + 値がデクリメントされる変数。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を倍精度浮動小数点数として設定し、元の値を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を 32 ビット符号付き整数として設定し、元の値を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を 64 ビット符号付き整数として設定し、元の値を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、プラットフォーム固有のハンドルまたはポインターに指定した値を設定し、元の値を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値をオブジェクトとして設定し、元のオブジェクトへの参照を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を単精度浮動小数点数として設定し、元の値を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した型 の変数に指定した値を設定し、元の値を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。これは参照パラメーターです (C# では ref、Visual Basic では ByRef)。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + + 、および に使用する型。この型は、参照型である必要があります。 + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をインクリメントし、結果を格納します。 + インクリメントされた値。 + 値がインクリメントされる変数。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をインクリメントし、結果を格納します。 + インクリメントされた値。 + 値がインクリメントされる変数。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + メモリ アクセスを同期します。現在のスレッドを実行中のプロセッサは、 を呼び出す前のメモリ アクセスを の呼び出し後のメモリ アクセスより後に実行するように命令を並べ替えることはできなくなります。 + + + 分割不可能な操作として 64 ビット値を読み込んで返します。 + 読み込まれた値。 + 読み込む 64 ビット値。 + 1 + + + 限定的な初期化ルーチンを提供します。 + + + まだ初期化されていない場合、型の既定のコンストラクターを使用してターゲット参照型を初期化します。 + 型 の初期化された参照。 + まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照。 + 初期化される参照の型。 + 型 のコンストラクターにアクセスするためのアクセス許可がありませんでした。 + 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。 + + + まだ初期化されていない場合、既定のコンストラクターを使用してターゲット参照または値型を初期化します。 + 型 の初期化された値。 + まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照または値。 + ターゲットが既に初期化されているかどうかを判断するブール値への参照。 + + を初期化するために相互排他的ロックとして使用されるオブジェクトへの参照。 が null の場合、新しいオブジェクトがインスタンス化されます。 + 初期化される参照の型。 + 型 のコンストラクターにアクセスするためのアクセス許可がありませんでした。 + 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。 + + + まだ初期化されていない場合、指定された関数を使用してターゲット参照または値型を初期化します。 + 型 の初期化された値。 + まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照または値。 + ターゲットが既に初期化されているかどうかを判断するブール値への参照。 + + を初期化するために相互排他的ロックとして使用されるオブジェクトへの参照。 が null の場合、新しいオブジェクトがインスタンス化されます。 + 参照または値を初期化するために呼び出される関数。 + 初期化される参照の型。 + 型 のコンストラクターにアクセスするためのアクセス許可がありませんでした。 + 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。 + + + まだ初期化されていない場合、指定された関数を使用してターゲット参照型を初期化します。 + 型 の初期化された値。 + まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照。 + 参照を初期化するために呼び出される関数。 + 初期化される参照の参照型。 + 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。 + + null (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) を返しました。 + + + 再帰的にロックに入る処理が、ロックの再帰ポリシーと互換性がない場合にスローされる例外です。 + 2 + + + エラーを説明するシステム提供のメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 2 + + + エラーを説明する指定したメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元は、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。 + 2 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元は、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。 + 現在の例外を引き起こした例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。 + 2 + + + 同じスレッドが複数回ロックに入れるかどうかを指定します。 + + + スレッドが、再帰的にロックに入ろうとすると、例外がスローされます。クラスによっては、この設定が適用されている場合に、特定の再帰が認められることがあります。 + + + スレッドが再帰的にロックに入ることができます。クラスによっては、この機能が制限されていることがあります。 + + + イベントが発生したことを、1 つ以上の待機中のスレッドに通知します。このクラスは継承できません。 + 2 + + + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示す Boolean 型の値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + + + + の規模を小さくしたバージョンを提供します。 + + + 初期状態を非シグナル状態にして、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + + + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示すブール値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + + + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示すブール値および指定されたスピン カウントを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + カーネル ベースの待機操作に戻る前に発生するスピン待機の数。 + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + + クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。 + + + + によって使用されているアンマネージ リソースを解放し、オプションでマネージ リソースも解放します。 + マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true、アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。 + + + イベントが設定されているかどうかを取得します。 + イベントが設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + + イベントの状態を非シグナル状態に設定し、スレッドをブロックします。 + The object has already been disposed. + + + イベントの状態をシグナル状態に設定して、イベント上で待機している 1 つ以上のスレッドが進行できるようにします。 + + + カーネル ベースの待機操作に戻る前に発生するスピン待機の数を取得します。 + カーネル ベースの待機操作に戻る前に発生するスピン待機の数を返します。 + + + 現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + + を観察すると同時に、32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 観察する 。 + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + + を観察すると同時に、現在の が信号を受信するまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 観察する 。 + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + + を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + + を観察すると同時に、 を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 観察する 。 + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + この の オブジェクトを取得します。 + この の基になる イベント オブジェクト。 + + + オブジェクトへのアクセスを同期する機構を提供します。 + 2 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックを取得します。 + モニター ロックを取得する対象となるオブジェクト。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 1 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックを取得し、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。 + 待機を行うオブジェクト。 + ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。メモ   例外が発生しない場合、このメソッドの出力は常に true です。 + + への入力は true です。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックを解放します。 + ロックを解放する対象となるオブジェクト。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 現在のスレッドが、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。 + 1 + + + 現在のスレッドが指定したオブジェクトのロックを保持しているかどうかを判断します。 + 現在のスレッドが のロックを保持している場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + テストするオブジェクト。 + + は null です。 + + + ロックされたオブジェクトの状態が変更されたことを、待機キュー内のスレッドに通知します。 + スレッドが待機するオブジェクト。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。 + 1 + + + オブジェクトの状態が変更されたことを、待機中のすべてのスレッドに通知します。 + パルスを送るオブジェクト。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。 + 1 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試みます。 + 現在のスレッドがロックを取得した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 1 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試み、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。 + ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。 + ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。 + + への入力は true です。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + + + 指定したミリ秒間に、指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試みます。 + 現在のスレッドがロックを取得した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。 + ロックを待機するミリ秒単位の時間。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + + が負で、 と等価でありません。 + 1 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を指定したミリ秒間試み、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。 + ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。 + ロックを待機するミリ秒単位の時間。 + ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。 + + への入力は true です。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + + が負で、 と等価でありません。 + + + 指定した時間内に、指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試みます。 + 現在のスレッドがロックを取得した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。 + ロックを待機する時間を表す 。–1 ミリ秒という値は、無期限の待機を指定します。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + + の値 (ミリ秒) が負で、かつ (-1 ミリ秒) と等価でありません。または より大きい値です。 + 1 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を指定した時間にわたって試み、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。 + ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。 + ロックを待機する時間。–1 ミリ秒という値は、無期限の待機を指定します。 + ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。 + + への入力は true です。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + + の値 (ミリ秒) が負で、かつ (-1 ミリ秒) と等価でありません。または より大きい値です。 + + + オブジェクトのロックを解放し、現在のスレッドがロックを再取得するまでそのスレッドをブロックします。 + 指定したオブジェクトのロックを呼び出し元が再取得したために、呼び出しが戻った場合は true。このメソッドは、ロックが再取得されないと制御を戻しません。 + 待機を行うオブジェクト。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。 + Wait を呼び出したスレッドは、後で待機中の状態を中断されます。これは、別のスレッドがこのスレッドの メソッドを呼び出すと発生します。 + 1 + + + オブジェクトのロックを解放し、現在のスレッドがロックを再取得するまでそのスレッドをブロックします。指定されたタイムアウト期限を過ぎると、スレッドは実行待ちキューに入ります。 + 指定した時間が経過する前にロックが再取得された場合は true。指定した時間が経過した後にロックが再取得された場合は false。このメソッドは、ロックが再取得されるまで制御を戻しません。 + 待機を行うオブジェクト。 + スレッドが実行待ちキューに入るまでの待機時間 (ミリ秒)。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。 + Wait を呼び出したスレッドは、後で待機中の状態を中断されます。これは、別のスレッドがこのスレッドの メソッドを呼び出すと発生します。 + + パラメーターの値が負で、 と等しくありません。 + 1 + + + オブジェクトのロックを解放し、現在のスレッドがロックを再取得するまでそのスレッドをブロックします。指定されたタイムアウト期限を過ぎると、スレッドは実行待ちキューに入ります。 + 指定した時間が経過する前にロックが再取得された場合は true。指定した時間が経過した後にロックが再取得された場合は false。このメソッドは、ロックが再取得されるまで制御を戻しません。 + 待機を行うオブジェクト。 + スレッドが実行待ちキューに入るまでの時間を表す 。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。 + Wait を呼び出したスレッドは、後で待機中の状態を中断されます。これは、別のスレッドがこのスレッドの メソッドを呼び出すと発生します。 + + パラメーターのミリ秒単位の値が負で、かつ (–1 ミリ秒) ではありません。または より大きい値です。 + 1 + + + 同期プリミティブは、プロセス間の同期にも使用できます。 + 1 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを、既定のプロパティを使用して初期化します。 + + + 呼び出し元のスレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権があるかどうかを示すブール値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 呼び出し元スレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権を与える場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + + 呼び出し元のスレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権があるかどうかを示すブール値と、ミューテックスの名前を表す文字列を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + この呼び出しの結果として名前付きシステム ミューテックスが作成された場合に、呼び出し元スレッドに名前付きシステム ミューテックスの初期所有権を付与する場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + の名前。値が null の場合、 は無名になります。 + アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きミューテックスが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きミューテックスを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。 + + 260 文字を超えています。 + + + 呼び出し元のスレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権があるかどうかを示すブール値、ミューテックスの名前を表す文字列、およびメソッドから戻るときにミューテックスの初期所有権が呼び出し元のスレッドに付与されたかどうかを示すブール値を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + この呼び出しの結果として名前付きシステム ミューテックスが作成された場合に、呼び出し元スレッドに名前付きシステム ミューテックスの初期所有権を付与する場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + の名前。値が null の場合、 は無名になります。 + このメソッドから制御が戻るとき、ローカル ミューテックスが作成された場合 (つまり が null または空の文字列の場合) または指定した名前付きシステム ミューテックスが作成された場合は、ブール値 true が格納されます。指定した名前付きシステム ミューテックスが既に存在する場合は false が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化せずに渡されます。 + アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きミューテックスが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きミューテックスを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。 + + 260 文字を超えています。 + + + 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きミューテックスを開きます。 + 名前付きシステム ミューテックスを表すオブジェクト。 + 開くシステム ミューテックスの名前。 + + が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。 + + は null です。 + 名前付きミューテックスが存在しません。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きミューテックスは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。 + 1 + + + + + + + を一度解放します。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドはミューテックスを所有していません。 + 1 + + + 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きミューテックスを開き操作が成功したかどうかを示す値を返します。 + 名前付きミューテックスが正常に開かれた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 開くシステム ミューテックスの名前。 + このメソッドから戻るときに、呼び出しに成功した場合は名前付きミューテックスを表す オブジェクトが格納されます。呼び出しに失敗した場合は null が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化前として処理されます。 + + が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。 + + は null です。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きミューテックスは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。 + + + リソースへのアクセス管理に使用するロックを表し、複数のスレッドによる読み取りや排他アクセスでの書き込みを実現します。 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定のプロパティ値で初期化します。 + + + ロック再帰ポリシーを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + ロック再帰ポリシーを指定する列挙値のいずれか。 + + + 読み取りモードでロックに入った一意のスレッドの総数を取得します。 + 読み取りモードでロックに入った一意のスレッドの数。 + + + + クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。 + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + 読み取りモードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + アップグレード可能モードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 書き込みモードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 読み取りモードの再帰カウントを減らし、結果のカウントが 0 (ゼロ) の場合には読み取りモードを終了します。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + アップグレード可能モードの再帰カウントを減らし、結果のカウントが 0 (ゼロ) の場合にはアップグレード可能モードを終了します。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + 書き込みモードの再帰カウントを減らし、結果のカウントが 0 (ゼロ) の場合には書き込みモードを終了します。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + 現在のスレッドが読み取りモードでロックに入ったかどうかを示す値を取得します。 + 現在のスレッドが読み取りモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 2 + + + 現在のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードでロックに入ったかどうかを示す値を取得します。 + 現在のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 2 + + + 現在のスレッドが書き込みモードでロックに入ったかどうかを示す値を取得します。 + 現在のスレッドが書き込みモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 2 + + + 現在の オブジェクトの再帰ポリシーを示す値を取得します。 + ロック再帰ポリシーを指定する列挙値のいずれか。 + + + 現在のスレッドが読み取りモードでロックに入った回数を、再帰を示す値として取得します。 + 0 (ゼロ) の場合、現在のスレッドは読み取りモードに入っていません。1 の場合、現在のスレッドは読み取りモードに入ったが、再帰はしていません。n の場合、現在のスレッドは再帰的に n - 1 回ロックに入りました。 + 2 + + + 現在のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードでロックに入った回数を、再帰を示す値として取得します。 + 0 (ゼロ) の場合、現在のスレッドはアップグレード可能モードに入っていません。1 の場合、現在のスレッドはアップグレード可能モードに入ったが、再帰はしていません。n の場合、現在のスレッドは再帰的に n - 1 回アップグレード可能モードに入りました。 + 2 + + + 現在のスレッドが書き込みモードでロックに入った回数を、再帰を示す値として取得します。 + 0 (ゼロ) の場合、現在のスレッドは書き込みモードに入っていません。1 の場合、現在のスレッドは書き込みモードに入ったが、再帰はしていません。n の場合、現在のスレッドは再帰的に n - 1 回書き込みモードに入りました。 + 2 + + + オプションのタイムアウトを表す整数を指定して、読み取りモードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドが読み取りモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、読み取りモードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドが読み取りモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機する間隔。無制限に待機する場合は -1 ミリ秒。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、アップグレード可能モードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、アップグレード可能モードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機する間隔。無制限に待機する場合は -1 ミリ秒。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、書き込みモードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドが書き込みモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、書き込みモードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドが書き込みモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機する間隔。無制限に待機する場合は -1 ミリ秒。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 読み取りモードでロックに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数を取得します。 + 読み取りモードに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数。 + 2 + + + アップグレード可能モードでロックに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数を取得します。 + アップグレード可能モードに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数。 + 2 + + + 書き込みモードでロックに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数を取得します。 + 書き込みモードに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数。 + 2 + + + リソースまたはリソースのプールに同時にアクセスできるスレッドの数を制限します。 + 1 + + + エントリ数の初期値と同時実行エントリの最大数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の最大数。 + + が より大きくなっています。 + + 1 より小さい値です。または が 0 未満です。 + + + エントリ数の初期値と同時実行エントリの最大数を指定し、オプションでシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の最大数。 + 名前付きシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前。 + + が より大きくなっています。または 260 文字を超えています。 + + 1 より小さい値です。または が 0 未満です。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きセマフォが存在しており、ユーザーに がありません。 + 名前付きセマフォを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。 + + + エントリ数の初期値と同時実行エントリの最大数を指定し、オプションでシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前を指定し、新しいシステム セマフォが作成されたかどうかを示す値を受け取る変数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 同時に満たされるセマフォの要求の初期数。 + 同時に満たされるセマフォの要求の最大数。 + 名前付きシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前。 + このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、ローカル セマフォが作成された場合 ( が null または空の文字列の場合)、または指定した名前付きシステム セマフォが作成された場合は true が格納されます。指定した名前付きシステム セマフォが既に存在する場合は false が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化せずに渡されます。 + + が より大きくなっています。または 260 文字を超えています。 + + 1 より小さい値です。または が 0 未満です。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きセマフォが存在しており、ユーザーに がありません。 + 名前付きセマフォを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。 + + + 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きセマフォを開きます。 + 名前付きシステム セマフォを表すオブジェクト。 + 開くシステム セマフォの名前。 + + が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。 + + は null です。 + 名前付きセマフォが存在しません。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きセマフォは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。 + 1 + + + + + + セマフォから出て、前のカウントを返します。 + + メソッドが呼び出される前のセマフォのカウント。 + セマフォのカウントは既に最大値です。 + 名前付きセマフォで Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、ユーザーに がありません。または現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、 で開かれませんでした。 + 1 + + + 指定した回数だけセマフォから出て、前のカウントを返します。 + + メソッドが呼び出される前のセマフォのカウント。 + セマフォから出る回数。 + + 1 より小さい値です。 + セマフォのカウントは既に最大値です。 + 名前付きセマフォで Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、ユーザーに 権限がありません。または現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、 権限で開かれませんでした。 + 1 + + + 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きセマフォを開き操作が成功したかどうかを示す値を返します。 + 名前付きのセマフォが正常に開かれた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 開くシステム セマフォの名前。 + このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、呼び出しに成功した場合は名前付きセマフォを表す オブジェクトが格納されます。呼び出しに失敗した場合は null が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化前として処理されます。 + + が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。 + + は null です。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きセマフォは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。 + + + カウントが既に最大値であるセマフォに対して メソッドが呼び出された場合にスローされる例外。 + 2 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定値で初期化します。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。 + + + リソースまたはリソースのプールに同時にアクセスできるスレッドの数を制限する の軽量版を表します。 + + + 同時に許可される要求の初期数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。 + + が 0 未満です。 + + + 同時に許可される要求の初期数および最大数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の最大数。 + + が 0 より小さいか、 が を超えているか、または が 0 以下です。 + + + セマフォの待機に使用できる を返します。 + セマフォの待機に使用できる です。 + + は破棄されています。 + + + + オブジェクトに入る、残りのスレッド数を取得します。 + セマフォに入る、残りのスレッド数。 + + + + クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。 + + + + が使用しているアンマネージ リソースを解放します。オプションとして、マネージ リソースを解放することもできます。 + マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。 + + + + のオブジェクトを一度解放します。 + + の前のカウント。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + は、既にその最大サイズに達しました。 + + + 指定された回数だけ、 オブジェクトを解放します。 + + の前のカウント。 + セマフォから出る回数。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + 1 より小さい値です。 + + は、既にその最大サイズに達しました。 + + + + に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + + タイムアウト値を 32 ビット符号付き整数で指定して、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、タイムアウト値を 32 ビット符号付き整数で指定して、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + インスタンスが破棄されている、または 作成 破棄されています。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 観察する トークン。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または 作成 既に破棄されています。 + + + + を使用してタイムアウトを指定し、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。 + semaphoreSlim インスタンスが破棄されました。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、タイムアウトを指定する を使用して、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。 + semaphoreSlim インスタンスが破棄されました。 を作成した は既に破棄されています。 + + + + に移行するために非同期に待機します。 + セマフォに入っているときに完了するタスク。 + + + 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。 + 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + + 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 を観察すると同時に、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。 + 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 観察する 。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が取り消されました。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。 + セマフォに入っているときに完了するタスク。 + 観察する トークン。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が取り消されました。 + + + + を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。 + 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します または タイムアウトは より大きい値です。 + + + + を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 を観察すると同時に、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。 + 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 観察する トークン。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表しますまたはタイムアウトは より大きい値です。 + + が取り消されました。 + + + メッセージを同期コンテキストにディスパッチするときに呼び出すメソッドを表します。 + デリゲートに渡されたオブジェクト。 + 2 + + + ロックが使用可能になるまで、ロックを取得しようとするスレッドがループの繰り返しチェック内で待機する相互排他ロック プリミティブを提供します。 + + + デバッグを向上させるためにスレッド ID を追跡するオプションを使用して、 構造体の新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + デバッグのためにスレッド ID をキャプチャして使用するかどうか。 + + + メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックを取得します。 + ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。 + + 引数は、Enter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。 + + + ロックを解放します。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドはこのロックの所有者ではありません。 + + + ロックを解放します。 + 終了操作を他のスレッドに直ちに発行するためにメモリ フェンスを発行する必要があるかどうかを示すブール値。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドはこのロックの所有者ではありません。 + + + ロックが現在いずれかのスレッドによって保持されているかどうかを取得します。 + ロックが現在いずれかのスレッドによって保持されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + + ロックが現在のスレッドによって保持されているかどうかを取得します。 + ロックが現在のスレッドによって保持されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が無効です。 + + + このインスタンスに対してスレッド所有権の追跡が有効になっているかどうかを取得します。 + このインスタンスに対してスレッド所有権の追跡が有効になっている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + + メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックの取得を試みます。 + ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。 + + 引数は、TryEnter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。 + + + メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックの取得を試みます。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + 引数は、TryEnter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。 + + + メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックの取得を試みます。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが ミリ秒を超えています。 + + 引数は、TryEnter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。 + + + スピンベースの待機のサポートを提供します。 + + + このインスタンスで が呼び出された回数を取得します。 + このインスタンスで が呼び出された回数を表す整数を返します。 + + + 次に を呼び出したときにプロセッサが生成され、強制的にコンテキストが切り替えられるかどうかを取得します。 + 次に を呼び出したときにプロセッサが生成され、強制的にコンテキストが切り替えられるかどうか。 + + + スピン カウンターをリセットします。 + + + 単一のスピンを実行します。 + + + 指定した条件が満たされるまで回転します。 + true を返すまで繰り返し実行されるデリゲート。 + + 引数が null です。 + + + 指定した条件が満たされるか、指定したタイムアウトが経過するまで回転します。 + タイムアウト内に条件が満たされた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + true を返すまで繰り返し実行されるデリゲート。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + + 引数が null です。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + + 指定した条件が満たされるか、指定したタイムアウトが経過するまで回転します。 + タイムアウト内に条件が満たされた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + true を返すまで繰り返し実行されるデリゲート。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す TimeSpan。 + + 引数が null です。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。 + + + 同期コンテキストをさまざまな同期モデルに反映させるための基本機能を提供します。 + 2 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを作成します。 + + + 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、同期コンテキストのコピーを作成します。 + 新しい オブジェクト。 + 2 + + + 現在のスレッドの同期コンテキストを取得します。 + 現在の同期コンテキストを表す オブジェクト。 + 1 + + + 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、操作の完了を伝える通知に応答します。 + + + 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、操作の開始を伝える通知に応答します。 + + + 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、非同期メッセージを同期コンテキストにディスパッチします。 + 呼び出す デリゲート。 + デリゲートに渡されたオブジェクト。 + 2 + + + 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、同期メッセージを同期コンテキストにディスパッチします。 + 呼び出す デリゲート。 + デリゲートに渡されたオブジェクト。 + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + 現在の同期コンテキストを設定します。 + 設定する オブジェクト + 1 + + + + + + 指定した Monitor でロックを所有していることが呼び出し元の条件となるメソッドを、そのロックを所有していない呼び出し元が呼び出した場合にスローされる例外です。 + 2 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定のプロパティを使用して初期化します。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。 + + + データのスレッド ローカル ストレージを提供します。 + スレッド単位で格納されるデータの型を指定します。 + + + + インスタンスを初期化します。 + + + + インスタンスを初期化します。 + インスタンスに設定されているすべての値を追跡し、それらの値を プロパティを通じて公開するかどうか。 + + + + 関数を指定して、 インスタンスを初期化します。 + 前もって初期化せずに を取得しようとすると、後で初期化された値を生成するために が呼び出されます。 + + が null 参照 (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) です。 + + + + 関数を指定して、 インスタンスを初期化します。 + 前もって初期化せずに を取得しようとすると、後で初期化された値を生成するために が呼び出されます。 + インスタンスに設定されているすべての値を追跡し、それらの値を プロパティを通じて公開するかどうか。 + + が null 参照 (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) です。 + + + + クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。 + + + この インスタンスによって使用されているリソースを解放します。 + + が呼び出されたことが原因でこのメソッドが呼び出されているかどうかを示すブール値。 + + + この インスタンスによって使用されているリソースを解放します。 + + + 現在のスレッドで が初期化されているかどうかを取得します。 + + が現在のスレッドで初期化される場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + インスタンスは破棄されています。 + + + 現在のスレッドのこのインスタンスの文字列形式を作成して返します。 + + で を呼び出した結果。 + + インスタンスは破棄されています。 + 現在のスレッドの は null 参照 (Visual Basic での Nothing) です。 + 初期化関数が、 を再帰的に参照しようとしました。 + 既定のコンストラクターが指定されず、値ファクトリが指定されていません。 + + + 現在のスレッドのこのインスタンスの値を取得または設定します。 + この ThreadLocal が初期化するオブジェクトのインスタンスを返します。 + + インスタンスは破棄されています。 + 初期化関数が、 を再帰的に参照しようとしました。 + 既定のコンストラクターが指定されず、値ファクトリが指定されていません。 + + + このインスタンスにアクセスした全スレッドによって現在格納されているすべての値のリストを取得します。 + このインスタンスにアクセスした全スレッドによって現在格納されているすべての値のリスト。 + + インスタンスは破棄されています。 + + + 不揮発性メモリの操作を実行するためのメソッドが含まれます。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定したフィールドからオブジェクト参照を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた への参照。この参照は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + 読み取るフィールドの型。この型は、値型ではなく、参照型である必要があります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前にメモリ操作が配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定したオブジェクト参照を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + オブジェクト参照を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込むオブジェクト参照。参照は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + 書き込むフィールドの型。この型は、値型ではなく、参照型である必要があります。 + + + 存在しないシステム ミューテックスまたはシステム セマフォを開こうとしたときにスローされる例外。 + 2 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定値で初期化します。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。 + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/ko/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/ko/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd5f63d87 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/ko/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1952 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + 스레드가 다른 스레드에서 해제하지 않고 종료하여 중단한 개체를 가져오면 throw되는 예외입니다. + 1 + + + 기본값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 중단된 뮤텍스의 지정된 인덱스 및 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체(해당 사항이 있을 경우)를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스이고, 또는 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 –1입니다. + 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지와 내부 예외를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지, 내부 예외, 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스 및 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체(해당 사항이 있을 경우)를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + + 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스이고, 또는 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 –1입니다. + 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지, 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스 및 중단된 뮤텍스(해당 사항이 있을 경우)를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + + 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스이고, 또는 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 –1입니다. + 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다. + + + 예외의 발생시킨 중단된 뮤텍스를 가져옵니다. + 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체이며, 중단된 뮤텍스를 식별할 수 없는 경우에는 null입니다. + 1 + + + 예외의 발생시킨 중단된 뮤텍스를 가져옵니다. + + 메서드에 전달된 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체의 인덱스이고, 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스를 식별할 수 없는 경우에는 –1입니다. + 1 + + + 비동기 메서드와 같은 지정된 비동기 제어 흐름에 로컬인 앰비언트 데이터를 나타냅니다. + 앰비언트 데이터의 형식입니다. + + + 변경 알림을 받지 않는 인스턴스를 인스턴스화합니다. + + + 변경 알림을 받는 로컬 인스턴스를 인스턴스화합니다. + 스레드에서 현재 값이 변경될 때마다 호출되는 대리자입니다. + + + 앰비언트 데이터의 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다. + 앰비언트 데이터의 값입니다. + + + 변경 알림을 등록하는 인스턴스에 데이터 변경 정보를 제공하는 클래스입니다. + 데이터 형식입니다. + + + 데이터의 현재 값을 가져옵니다. + 데이터의 현재 값입니다. + + + 데이터의 이전 값을 가져옵니다. + 데이터의 이전 값입니다. + + + 실행 컨텍스트가 변경되어 값이 변경되었는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다. + 실행 컨텍스트가 변경되어 값이 변경되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + 대기 중인 스레드에 이벤트가 발생했음을 알립니다.이 클래스는 상속될 수 없습니다. + 2 + + + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다. + + + 여러 작업이 여러 단계에 걸쳐 특정 알고리즘에서 병렬로 함께 작동할 수 있도록 합니다. + + + + 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 참여 스레드의 수입니다. + + 가 0보다 작거나 32,767보다 큰 경우 + + + + 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 참여 스레드의 수입니다. + 각 단계 후에 실행할 입니다. 아무 작업도 수행되지 않았음을 나타내기 위해 null(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing)이 전달될 수 있습니다. + + 가 0보다 작거나 32,767보다 큰 경우 + + + 추가 참가자가 있음을 에 알립니다. + 새 참가자가 처음으로 참여할 장벽의 단계 번호입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + 참가자를 추가하면 해당 장애물 참가자 수가 32,767을 초과하게 됩니다.또는이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다. + + + 추가 참가자가 있음을 에 알립니다. + 새 참가자가 처음으로 참여할 장벽의 단계 번호입니다. + 장벽에 추가할 추가 참가자의 수입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 0보다 작은 경우.또는 참가자를 추가하면 해당 장애물 참가자 수가 32,767을 초과하게 됩니다. + 이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다. + + + 장벽의 현재 단계 번호를 가져옵니다. + 장벽의 현재 단계 번호를 반환합니다. + + + + 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다. + 이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다. + + + + 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제합니다. + 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true이고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false입니다. + + + 장벽에 있는 참가자의 총 수를 가져옵니다. + 장벽에 있는 참가자의 총 수를 반환합니다. + + + 현재 단계에서 아직 신호를 받지 않은 장벽의 참가자 수를 가져옵니다. + 현재 단계에서 아직 신호를 받지 않은 장벽의 참가자 수를 반환합니다. + + + 참가자가 하나 감소함을 에 알립니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + 해당 장애물에 이미 0 참가자가 있습니다.또는이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다. + + + 참가자가 감소함을 에 알립니다. + 장벽에서 제거할 추가 참가자의 수입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 0보다 작은 경우. + 해당 장애물에 이미 0 참가자가 있습니다.또는이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다. 또는현재 참가자 수가 지정된 participantCount보다 작습니다. + 총 참가자 수가 지정된 보다 작습니다. + + + 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다. + 모든 참가 스레드가 SignalAndWait를 호출한 후에 Barrier의 단계 후 작업에서 예외가 throw되는 경우 예외가 BarrierPostPhaseException에서 래핑되고 모든 참가 스레드에서 throw됩니다. + + + 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다. + 지정된 시간 내에 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다. + 모든 참가 스레드가 SignalAndWait를 호출한 후에 Barrier의 단계 후 작업에서 예외가 throw되는 경우 예외가 BarrierPostPhaseException에서 래핑되고 모든 참가 스레드에서 throw됩니다. + + + 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 취소 토큰을 확인하면서 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다. + 지정된 시간 내에 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다. + + + 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 취소 토큰을 확인하면서 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다. + + + 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 개체를 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 다른 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다. + 다른 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 없거나, 32,767보다 큰 경우. + 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다. + + + 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 취소 토큰을 확인하면서 개체를 사용하여 시간 제한을 측정하여 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다. + 다른 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수인 경우 + 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다. + + + + 의 사후 단계 작업이 실패할 경우 throw되는 예외입니다. + + + 오류를 설명하는 시스템 제공 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 지정된 내부 예외를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. + + + 오류를 설명하는 지정된 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 맞게 지역화되었는지 확인하는 데 필요합니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 맞게 지역화되었는지 확인하는 데 필요합니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + + + 새 컨텍스트 내에서 호출될 메서드를 나타냅니다. + 콜백 메서드가 실행될 때마다 사용할 정보가 포함된 개체입니다. + 1 + + + 수가 0에 도달하는 경우 신호를 받는 동기화 기본 형식을 나타냅니다. + + + 지정된 수를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + 를 설정하는 데 처음 필요한 신호의 수입니다. + + 가 0보다 작은 경우 + + + + 의 현재 수를 1씩 늘립니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.또는가 보다 크거나 같은 경우 + + + + 의 현재 수를 지정된 값만큼 늘립니다. + + 를 늘릴 값입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 0보다 작거나 같은 경우 + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.또는개수가 만큼 증가된 후에 가 보다 크거나 같은 경우 + + + 이벤트를 설정하는 데 필요한 남아 있는 신호의 수를 가져옵니다. + 이벤트를 설정하는 데 필요한 남아 있는 신호의 수입니다. + + + + 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다. + + + + 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제합니다. + 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true이고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false입니다. + + + 이벤트를 설정하는 데 처음으로 필요한 신호의 수를 가져옵니다. + 이벤트를 설정하는 데 처음으로 필요한 신호의 수입니다. + + + 이벤트가 설정되었는지 여부를 확인합니다. + 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + + 를 의 값으로 다시 설정합니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + + + 속성을 지정된 값으로 재설정합니다. + + 를 설정하는 데 필요한 신호의 수입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 0보다 작은 경우 + + + + 의 값을 줄이면서 신호를 에 등록합니다. + 신호로 인해 수가 0에 도달하고 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다. + + + 지정된 양만큼 값을 줄이면서 여러 신호를 에 등록합니다. + 신호로 인해 수가 0에 도달하고 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 등록할 신호의 수입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 1보다 작은 경우. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다. -또는- 가 보다 큰 경우 + + + 하나씩 를 증가하려고 시도했습니다. + 늘렸으면 true이고 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.가 이미 0이면 이 메서드에서 false를 반환합니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 와 같은 경우 + + + 지정된 값만큼 를 증가하려고 시도했습니다. + 늘렸으면 true이고 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.가 이미 0이면 false를 반환합니다. + + 를 늘릴 값입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 0보다 작거나 같은 경우 + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.또는 + 가 보다 크거나 같은 경우 + + + + 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + + 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + + + 을 확인하면서 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 -또는- 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + + + 을 확인하면서 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 -또는- 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다. + + + + 으로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우. + + + + 을 확인하면서 으로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 -또는- 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우. + + + 이벤트가 설정될 때까지 대기하는 데 사용되는 을 가져옵니다. + 이벤트가 설정될 때까지 대기하는 데 사용되는 입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + + + 이 신호를 받은 후 자동이나 수동으로 다시 설정되는지 여부를 나타냅니다. + 2 + + + 신호를 받으면 이 스레드 하나를 해제한 후 자동으로 다시 설정됩니다.대기 중인 스레드가 없으면 은 스레드가 차단될 때까지 신호를 받은 상태로 유지되다가 스레드를 해제한 후 다시 설정됩니다. + + + 신호를 받으면 이 대기하는 스레드를 모두 해제하고 수동으로 다시 설정될 때까지 신호를 받은 상태로 유지됩니다. + + + 스레드 동기화 이벤트를 나타냅니다. + 2 + + + 대기 핸들의 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부와 대기 핸들을 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 여부를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다. + 이벤트를 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 결정하는 값 중 하나입니다. + + + 이 호출의 결과로 만들어진 대기 핸들의 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부, 대기 핸들을 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 여부 및 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름을 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 이벤트가 만들어진 경우 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고, 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다. + 이벤트를 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 결정하는 값 중 하나입니다. + 시스템 차원의 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다. + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 이벤트가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우 + 명명된 이벤트를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다. + + 이 260자보다 긴 경우 + + + 이 호출의 결과로 만들어진 대기 핸들의 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부, 대기 핸들을 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 여부, 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름 및 호출 후 명명된 시스템 이벤트가 만들어졌는지 여부를 나타내는 부울 변수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 이벤트가 만들어진 경우 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고, 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다. + 이벤트를 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 결정하는 값 중 하나입니다. + 시스템 차원의 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다. + 이 메서드가 반환될 때 로컬 이벤트가 만들어지거나(이 null 또는 빈 문자열) 명명된 지정 시스템 이벤트가 만들어지면 true가 포함되고 명명된 지정 시스템 이벤트가 이미 있으면 false가 포함됩니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 상태로 전달됩니다. + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 이벤트가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우 + 명명된 이벤트를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다. + + 이 260자보다 긴 경우 + + + 이미 있는 경우 지정한 명명된 동기화 이벤트를 엽니다. + 명명된 시스템 이벤트를 나타내는 개체입니다. + 열려는 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다. + + 이 빈 문자열인 경우 또는이 260자보다 긴 경우 + + 가 null입니다. + 명명된 시스템 이벤트가 없는 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 이벤트가 있지만 사용자에게 이 이벤트를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스 권한이 없는 경우 + 1 + + + + + + 스레드가 차단되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정합니다. + 작업이 성공적으로 수행되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + 메서드가 이 에 대해 이전에 호출된 경우 + 2 + + + 하나 이상의 대기 중인 스레드가 계속 진행되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정합니다. + 작업이 성공적으로 수행되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + 메서드가 이 에 대해 이전에 호출된 경우 + 2 + + + 지정된 명명된 synchronization 이벤트(이미 존재하는 경우)를 열고 작업이 성공적으로 수행되었는지를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다. + 명명된 동기화 이벤트를 열었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 열려는 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다. + 이 메서드가 반환될 때 호출이 성공적으로 실행된 경우 이름이 지정된 동기화 이벤트를 나타내는 개체를 포함하고 호출에 실패한 경우는 null을 포함해야 합니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 것으로 취급됩니다. + + 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는이 260자보다 긴 경우 + + 가 null입니다. + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 이벤트가 있지만 사용자에게 원하는 보안 액세스가 없는 경우 + + + 현재 스레드의 실행 컨텍스트를 관리합니다.이 클래스는 상속될 수 없습니다. + 2 + + + 현재 스레드에서 실행 컨텍스트를 캡처합니다. + 현재 스레드의 실행 컨텍스트를 나타내는 개체입니다. + 1 + + + 현재 스레드의 지정된 실행 컨텍스트에서 메서드를 실행합니다. + 설정할 입니다. + 제공된 실행 컨텍스트에서 실행할 메서드를 나타내는 대리자입니다. + 콜백 메서드로 전달할 개체입니다. + + 가 null입니다.또는캡처 작업을 통해 를 가져오지 않은 경우 또는가 이미 호출의 인수로 사용된 경우 + 1 + + + + + + 다중 스레드에서 공유하는 변수에 대한 원자 단위 연산을 제공합니다. + 2 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 두 32비트 정수를 더하고 첫 번째 정수를 합계로 바꿉니다. + + 에 저장된 새 값입니다. + 더할 첫 번째 값이 있는 변수입니다.두 값의 합계는 에 저장됩니다. + + 에서 정수에 더할 값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 두 64비트 정수를 더하고 첫 번째 정수를 합계로 바꿉니다. + + 에 저장된 새 값입니다. + 더할 첫 번째 값이 있는 변수입니다.두 값의 합계는 에 저장됩니다. + + 에서 정수에 더할 값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 두 배 정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 두 값 중 하나를 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다. + 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다. + + 의 값과 비교할 값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 두 개의 부호 있는 32비트 정수가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다. + 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다. + + 의 값과 비교할 값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 두 개의 부호 있는 64비트 정수가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다. + 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다. + + 의 값과 비교할 값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 두 플랫폼별 핸들이나 포인터가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 값과 비교되어 로 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상 입니다. + 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 입니다. + + 의 값과 비교할 입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 두 개체의 참조가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 개체를 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 대상 개체입니다. + 비교한 결과 같은 경우 대상 개체를 바꾸는 개체입니다. + + 의 개체와 비교할 개체입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 두 단정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다. + 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다. + + 의 값과 비교할 값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 지정된 참조 형식 의 두 인스턴스가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 두 값 중 하나를 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다.이것은 참조 매개 변수입니다. C#에서는 ref이고, Visual Basic에서는 ByRef입니다. + 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다. + + 의 값과 비교할 값입니다. + + , 및 에 사용될 형식입니다.이 형식은 참조 형식이어야 합니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 감소시키고 결과를 저장합니다. + 감소한 값입니다. + 값을 감소시킬 변수입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 감소시키고 결과를 저장합니다. + 감소한 값입니다. + 값을 감소시킬 변수입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 배정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 부호 있는 32비트 정수를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 부호 있는 64비트 정수를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 플랫폼별 핸들 또는 포인터를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 개체를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 참조를 원래 개체로 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 단정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 형식 의 변수를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.이것은 참조 매개 변수입니다. C#에서는 ref이고, Visual Basic에서는 ByRef입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + + 및 에 사용될 형식입니다.이 형식은 참조 형식이어야 합니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 증가시키고 결과를 저장합니다. + 증가한 값입니다. + 값을 증가시킬 변수입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 증가시키고 결과를 저장합니다. + 증가한 값입니다. + 값을 증가시킬 변수입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 다음과 같이 메모리 액세스를 동기화합니다. 현재 스레드를 실행하는 프로세서는 에 대한 호출 이전의 메모리 액세스가 에 대한 호출 이후의 메모리 액세스 뒤에 실행되는 방식으로 명령을 다시 정렬할 수 없습니다. + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 로드된 64비트 값을 반환합니다. + 로드된 값입니다. + 로드될 64비트 값입니다. + 1 + + + 초기화 지연 루틴을 제공합니다. + + + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 형식의 기본 생성자를 사용하여 대상 참조 형식을 초기화합니다. + 초기화된 형식의 참조입니다. + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조입니다. + 초기화할 참조의 형식입니다. + 형식 의 생성자에 액세스할 수 있는 권한이 없습니다. + 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우 + + + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 해당 기본 생성자를 사용하여 대상 참조 또는 값 형식을 초기화합니다. + 초기화된 형식의 값입니다. + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조 또는 값입니다. + 대상이 이미 초기화되었는지 여부를 결정하는 부울 값에 대한 참조입니다. + + 을 초기화할 때 상호 배타적인 잠금으로 사용할 개체에 대한 참조입니다.이 null이면 새 개체를 인스턴스화할 수 있습니다. + 초기화할 참조의 형식입니다. + 형식 의 생성자에 액세스할 수 있는 권한이 없습니다. + 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우 + + + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 지정된 함수를 사용하여 대상 참조 또는 값 형식을 초기화합니다. + 초기화된 형식의 값입니다. + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조 또는 값입니다. + 대상이 이미 초기화되었는지 여부를 결정하는 부울 값에 대한 참조입니다. + + 을 초기화할 때 상호 배타적인 잠금으로 사용할 개체에 대한 참조입니다.이 null이면 새 개체를 인스턴스화할 수 있습니다. + 참조 또는 값을 초기화하기 위해 호출되는 함수입니다. + 초기화할 참조의 형식입니다. + 형식 의 생성자에 액세스할 수 있는 권한이 없습니다. + 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우 + + + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 지정된 함수를 사용하여 대상 참조 형식을 초기화합니다. + 초기화된 형식의 값입니다. + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조입니다. + 참조를 초기화하기 위해 호출되는 함수입니다. + 초기화할 참조의 참조 형식입니다. + 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우 + + 가 null을 반환합니다(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing). + + + 잠금에 대한 재귀 정책과 맞지 않는 방식으로 잠금을 재귀적으로 시작할 때 throw되는 예외입니다. + 2 + + + 오류를 설명하는 시스템 제공 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 2 + + + 오류를 설명하는 지정된 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 따라 지역화되었는지 확인해야 합니다. + 2 + + + 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 따라 지역화되었는지 확인해야 합니다. + 현재 예외를 발생시킨 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + 2 + + + 동일한 스레드에서 잠금을 여러 번 시작할 수 있는지 여부를 지정합니다. + + + 스레드에서 잠금을 재귀적으로 시작하려고 하면 예외가 throw됩니다.이 설정을 적용하는 경우 일부 클래스에서 특정 재귀가 허용될 수도 있습니다. + + + 스레드에서 잠금을 재귀적으로 시작할 수 있습니다.일부 클래스에서는 이 기능이 제한될 수 있습니다. + + + 하나 이상의 대기 중인 스레드에 이벤트가 발생했음을 알립니다.이 클래스는 상속될 수 없습니다. + 2 + + + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다. + + + + 의 슬림 다운 버전을 제공합니다. + + + 신호 없음을 초기 상태로 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true이고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false입니다. + + + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지를 나타내는 부울 값과 지정된 회전 수를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true이고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false입니다. + 커널 기반의 대기 작업으로 대체하기 전에 수행되는 회전 대기 수입니다. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + + 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다. + + + + 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제할 수 있습니다. + 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true이고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false입니다. + + + 이벤트가 설정되었는지를 가져옵니다. + 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + 스레드가 차단되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정합니다. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 이벤트에서 대기 중인 하나 이상의 스레드가 계속 진행되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정합니다. + + + 커널 기반의 대기 작업으로 대체하기 전에 수행되는 회전 대기 수를 가져옵니다. + 커널 기반의 대기 작업으로 대체하기 전에 수행되는 회전 대기 수를 반환합니다. + + + 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + + 을 확인하면서 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + + 을 확인하면서 현재 이 신호를 받을 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + 확인할 입니다. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + + 으로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + + 을 확인하면서 으로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 이 의 내부 개체를 가져옵니다. + 이 에 대한 내부 이벤트 개체입니다. + + + 개체에 대한 액세스를 동기화하는 메커니즘을 제공합니다. + 2 + + + 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져옵니다. + 모니터 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 1 + + + 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정합니다. + 대기할 개체입니다. + 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다.예외가 발생하지 않는 경우 이 메서드의 출력은 항상 true입니다. + + 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우 + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + + + 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 해제합니다. + 잠금을 해제할 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 현재 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우 + 1 + + + 현재 스레드에 지정된 개체에 대한 잠금이 있는지 여부를 확인합니다. + 현재 스레드에 에 대한 잠금이 있으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 테스트할 개체입니다. + + 가 null인 경우 + + + 대기 중인 큐에 포함된 스레드에 잠겨 있는 개체의 상태 변경을 알립니다. + 스레드에서 기다리는 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우 + 1 + + + 대기 중인 모든 스레드에 개체 상태 변경을 알립니다. + 펄스를 보내는 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우 + 1 + + + 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오려고 했습니다. + 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 가져오면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 1 + + + 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정하려고 시도합니다. + 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다. + + 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우 + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + + + 지정된 시간(밀리초) 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오려고 했습니다. + 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 가져오면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + 잠금을 기다릴 밀리초 수입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + + 이 음수이고 와 같지 않은 경우 + 1 + + + 지정된 시간(밀리초) 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정하려고 시도합니다. + 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + 잠금을 기다릴 밀리초 수입니다. + 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다. + + 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우 + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + + 이 음수이고 와 같지 않은 경우 + + + 지정된 시간 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오려고 했습니다. + 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 가져오면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + 잠금을 기다리는 시간을 나타내는 입니다.-1밀리초 값은 무한 대기를 지정합니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + + 값(밀리초)이 음수이고 (–1밀리초)와 같지 않거나 보다 큰 경우 + 1 + + + 지정된 시간 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정하려고 시도합니다. + 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + 잠금을 대기할 시간입니다.-1밀리초 값은 무한 대기를 지정합니다. + 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다. + + 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우 + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + + 값(밀리초)이 음수이고 (–1밀리초)와 같지 않거나 보다 큰 경우 + + + 개체의 잠금을 해제한 다음 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + 지정된 개체 잠금을 호출자가 다시 가져와 호출이 반환되면 true입니다.잠금을 다시 가져오지 않으면 이 메서드는 반환하지 않습니다. + 대기할 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우 + Wait를 호출하는 스레드가 나중에 대기 상태에서 중단된 경우.이는 다른 스레드에서 이 스레드의 메서드를 호출할 때 발생합니다. + 1 + + + 개체의 잠금을 해제한 다음 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.지정된 시간 제한 간격이 지나면 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어갑니다. + 지정된 시간이 경과하기 전에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 true이고, 지정된 시간이 경과한 후에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 false입니다.이 메서드는 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 반환하지 않습니다. + 대기할 개체입니다. + 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어가기 전에 대기할 밀리초 수입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우 + Wait를 호출하는 스레드가 나중에 대기 상태에서 중단된 경우.이는 다른 스레드에서 이 스레드의 메서드를 호출할 때 발생합니다. + + 매개 변수의 값이 음이고 와 같지 않은 경우 + 1 + + + 개체의 잠금을 해제한 다음 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.지정된 시간 제한 간격이 지나면 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어갑니다. + 지정된 시간이 경과하기 전에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 true이고, 지정된 시간이 경과한 후에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 false입니다.이 메서드는 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 반환하지 않습니다. + 대기할 개체입니다. + 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어가기 전에 대기할 시간을 나타내는 입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우 + Wait를 호출하는 스레드가 나중에 대기 상태에서 중단된 경우.이는 다른 스레드에서 이 스레드의 메서드를 호출할 때 발생합니다. + + 매개 변수의 값(밀리초)이 음수이고 (-1밀리초)를 나타내지 않거나 보다 큰 경우 + 1 + + + 프로세스 간 동기화에 사용할 수도 있는 동기화 기본 형식입니다. + 1 + + + 기본 속성을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 호출한 스레드가 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 가져야 할지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 호출한 스레드에 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 부여하면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + 호출 스레드가 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 가져야 할지를 나타내는 부울 값과 뮤텍스 이름인 문자열을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 만들어지는 경우 호출한 스레드에 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 부여하려면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + 의 이름입니다.값이 null이면 이(가) 명명되지 않습니다. + 명명된 뮤텍스가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 뮤텍스를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다. + + 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + + 호출한 스레드가 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 가져야 할지를 나타내는 부울 값, 뮤텍스의 이름인 문자열 및 메서드에서 반환할 때 호출한 스레드에 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권이 부여되었는지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 만들어지는 경우 호출한 스레드에 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 부여하려면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + 의 이름입니다.값이 null이면 이(가) 명명되지 않습니다. + 이 메서드가 반환될 때 로컬 뮤텍스가 만들어진 경우(즉, 이(가) null이거나 빈 문자열인 경우)나 지정된 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 만들어진 경우에는 true인 부울이 포함되고, 지정된 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 이미 있는 경우에는 false이(가) 포함됩니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 상태로 전달됩니다. + 명명된 뮤텍스가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 뮤텍스를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다. + + 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + + 이미 있는 경우 지정한 명명된 뮤텍스를 엽니다. + 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다. + 열려는 시스템 뮤텍스의 이름입니다. + + 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + 가 null인 경우 + 명명된 뮤텍스가 없는 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 뮤텍스가 있지만 사용자에게 이 뮤텍스를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스 권한이 없는 경우 + 1 + + + + + + + 을(를) 한 번 해제합니다. + 호출한 스레드가 뮤텍스를 소유하지 않은 경우 + 1 + + + 지정한 명명된 뮤텍스(이미 존재하는 경우)를 열고 작업이 수행되었는지를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다. + 명명된 뮤텍스를 열었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 열려는 시스템 뮤텍스의 이름입니다. + 이 메서드가 반환될 때 호출이 성공적으로 실행된 경우 이름이 지정된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체를 포함하고 호출에 실패한 경우는 null을(를) 포함해야 합니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 것으로 처리됩니다. + + 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + 가 null인 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 뮤텍스가 있지만 사용자에게 이 뮤텍스를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스 권한이 없는 경우 + + + 여러 스레드에서 읽을 수 있도록 허용하거나 쓰기를 위한 단독 액세스를 허용하여 리소스에 대한 액세스를 관리하는 데 사용되는 잠금을 나타냅니다. + + + 기본 속성 값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 잠금 재귀 정책을 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 잠금 재귀 정책을 지정하는 열거형 값 중 하나입니다. + + + 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 고유 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다. + 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 고유 스레드의 총 개수입니다. + + + + 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다. + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 읽기 모드의 재귀 횟수를 줄이고, 결과 횟수가 0이 되면 읽기 모드를 종료합니다. + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + 업그레이드 가능 모드의 재귀 횟수를 줄이고, 결과 횟수가 0이 되면 업그레이드 가능 모드를 종료합니다. + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + 쓰기 모드의 재귀 횟수를 줄이고, 결과 횟수가 0이 되면 쓰기 모드를 종료합니다. + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작했는지를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 2 + + + 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작했는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 2 + + + 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작했는지를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 2 + + + 현재 개체에 대한 재귀 정책을 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다. + 잠금 재귀 정책을 지정하는 열거형 값 중 하나입니다. + + + 재귀를 확인하기 위해 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 횟수를 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드를 시작하지 않았으면 0이고, 스레드에서 읽기 모드를 시작했지만 재귀적으로 시작하지 않았으면 1이고, 스레드에서 재귀적으로 잠금을 n-1회 시작했으면 n입니다. + 2 + + + 재귀를 확인하기 위해 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작한 횟수를 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드를 시작하지 않았으면 0이고, 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드를 시작했지만 재귀적으로 시작하지 않았으면 1이고, 스레드에서 재귀적으로 업그레이드 가능 모드를 n-1회 시작했으면 n입니다. + 2 + + + 재귀를 확인하기 위해 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 횟수를 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드를 시작하지 않았으면 0이고, 스레드에서 쓰기 모드를 시작했지만 재귀적으로 시작하지 않았으면 1이고, 스레드에서 재귀적으로 쓰기 모드를 n-1회 시작했으면 n입니다. + 2 + + + 제한 시간(정수)을 선택적으로 적용하여 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + 호출하는 스레드에서 읽기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 -1()입니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + 호출하는 스레드에서 읽기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 간격이거나, 무기한 대기하려는 경우 -1밀리초입니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + 호출하는 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 -1()입니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + 호출하는 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 간격이거나, 무기한 대기하려는 경우 -1밀리초입니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + 호출하는 스레드에서 쓰기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 -1()입니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + 호출하는 스레드에서 쓰기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 간격이거나, 무기한 대기하려는 경우 -1밀리초입니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다. + 읽기 모드를 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수입니다. + 2 + + + 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다. + 업그레이드 가능 모드를 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수입니다. + 2 + + + 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다. + 쓰기 모드를 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수입니다. + 2 + + + 리소스 또는 리소스 풀에 동시에 액세스할 수 있는 스레드 수를 제한합니다. + 1 + + + 초기 항목 수 및 최대 동시 항목 수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 최대 요청 수입니다. + + 가 보다 큰 경우 + + 1 보다 작으면입니다.또는가 0보다 작은 경우 + + + 초기 항목 수 및 최대 동시 항목 수를 지정하고 선택적으로 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름을 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 최대 요청 수입니다. + 명명된 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름입니다. + + 가 보다 큰 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + 1 보다 작으면입니다.또는가 0보다 작은 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 세마포가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우 + 명명된 세마포를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다. + + + 초기 항목 수 및 최대 동시 항목 수를 지정하고, 선택적으로 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름을 지정하고, 새 시스템 세마포가 만들어졌는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 받을 변수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 동시에 충족될 수 있는 세마포의 초기 요청 수입니다. + 동시에 충족될 수 있는 세마포의 최대 요청 수입니다. + 명명된 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름입니다. + 이 메서드가 반환될 때 로컬 세마포가 만들어진 경우(즉, 이 null이거나 빈 문자열인 경우) 또는 지정한 명명된 시스템 세마포가 만들어진 경우에는 true가 포함되고, 지정한 명명된 시스템 세마포가 이미 있는 경우에는 false가 포함됩니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 상태로 전달됩니다. + + 가 보다 큰 경우 또는 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + 1 보다 작으면입니다.또는가 0보다 작은 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 세마포가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우 + 명명된 세마포를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다. + + + 이미 있는 경우 지정한 명명된 세마포를 엽니다. + 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내는 개체입니다. + 열려는 시스템 세마포의 이름입니다. + + 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + 가 null인 경우 + 명명된 세마포가 없는 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 세마포가 있지만 사용자에게 이 세마포를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스가 없는 경우 + 1 + + + + + + 세마포를 종료하고 이전 카운트를 반환합니다. + + 메서드가 호출되기 전의 세마포 카운트입니다. + 세마포 카운트가 이미 최대값인 경우 + 명명된 세마포에서 Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 사용자에게 가 없는 경우또는현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 세마포가 를 사용하여 열리지 않은 경우 + 1 + + + 지정된 횟수만큼 세마포를 종료하고 이전 카운트를 반환합니다. + + 메서드가 호출되기 전의 세마포 카운트입니다. + 세마포를 종료할 횟수입니다. + + 1 보다 작으면입니다. + 세마포 카운트가 이미 최대값인 경우 + 명명된 세마포에서 Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 사용자에게 권한이 없는 경우또는현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 세마포가 권한을 사용하여 열리지 않은 경우 + 1 + + + 지정한 명명된 세마포(이미 존재하는 경우)를 열고 작업이 성공했는지를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다. + 명명된 세마포를 열었으면 true이고, 그 열지 않았으면 false입니다. + 열려는 시스템 세마포의 이름입니다. + 이 메서드가 반환될 때 호출에 성공한 경우에는 명명된 세마포를 나타내는 개체를 포함하고 호출에 실패한 경우에는 null을 포함합니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 것으로 처리됩니다. + + 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + 가 null인 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 세마포가 있지만 사용자에게 이 세마포를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스가 없는 경우 + + + 카운트가 이미 최대값에 도달한 세마포에서 메서드를 호출하면 throw되는 예외입니다. + 2 + + + 기본값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + + + 리소스 또는 리소스 풀에 동시에 액세스할 수 있는 스레드 수를 제한하는 대신 사용할 수 있는 간단한 클래스를 나타냅니다. + + + 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다. + + 가 0보다 작은 경우 + + + 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 및 최대 요청 수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 최대 요청 수입니다. + + 가 0보다 작거나 가 보다 크거나 가 0보다 작거나 같은 경우. + + + 세마포에서 대기하는 데 사용할 수 있는 을(를) 반환합니다. + 세마포에서 대기하는 데 사용할 수 있는 입니다. + + 가 삭제된 경우 + + + + 개체에 들어갈 수 있는 남아 있는 스레드의 수를 가져옵니다. + 세마포에 들어갈 수 있는 남아 있는 스레드의 수입니다. + + + + 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다. + + + + 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제할 수 있습니다. + 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true로 설정하고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false로 설정합니다. + + + + 개체를 한 번 해제합니다. + + 의 이전 횟수입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 이미 최대 크기에 도달했습니다. + + + + 개체를 지정된 횟수만큼 해제합니다. + + 의 이전 횟수입니다. + 세마포를 종료할 횟수입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 1 보다 작으면입니다. + + 이 이미 최대 크기에 도달했습니다. + + + 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + + 제한 시간을 지정하는 부호 있는 32비트 정수를 사용하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다. + 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + + + 을(를) 확인하면서 제한 시간을 지정하는 부호 있는 32비트 정수를 사용하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다. + 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + 인스턴스가 삭제 또는 만든 가 삭제 되었습니다. + + + + 을(를) 확인하면서 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다. + 확인할 토큰입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우또는 만든 이미 삭제 되었습니다. + + + + (으)로 제한 시간을 지정하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다. + 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우. + semaphoreSlim 인스턴스가 삭제되었습니다 + + + + 을(를) 확인하면서 제한 시간을 지정하는 을(를) 사용하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다. + 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우. + semaphoreSlim 인스턴스가 삭제되었습니다을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다. + + + + (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다. + 세마포가 입력되었을 때 완료될 작업입니다. + + + 32비트 부호 있는 정수를 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다. + 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + + + 을(를) 관찰하는 동안 32비트 부호 있는 정수를 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다. + 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 취소되었습니다. + + + + 을(를) 관찰하는 동안 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다. + 세마포가 입력되었을 때 완료될 작업입니다. + 확인할 토큰입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 취소되었습니다. + + + + 을(를) 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다. + 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 또는 제한 시간이 보다 큰 경우 + + + + 을 관찰하는 동안 을(를) 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다. + 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 확인할 토큰입니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우또는제한 시간이 보다 큰 경우 + + 이 취소되었습니다. + + + 메시지가 동기화 컨텍스트로 디스패치될 때 호출할 메서드를 나타냅니다. + 대리자에 전달된 개체입니다. + 2 + + + 잠금을 얻으려는 스레드가 잠금을 사용할 수 있을 때까지 루프에서 반복적으로 확인하면서 대기하는 기본적인 상호 배타 잠금을 제공합니다. + + + 디버깅을 향상시키기 위해 스레드 ID를 추적하는 옵션을 사용하여 구조체의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 디버깅 용도로 스레드 ID를 캡처하고 사용할지 여부입니다. + + + 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으며 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다. + 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + + 인수는 Enter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다. + + + 잠금을 해제합니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이 잠금의 소유자가 아닙니다. + + + 잠금을 해제합니다. + 종료 작업을 다른 스레드에 즉시 게시하기 위해 메모리 펜스를 실행할지 여부를 나타내는 부울 값입니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이 잠금의 소유자가 아닙니다. + + + 스레드에서 현재 잠금을 보유하고 있는지 여부를 가져옵니다. + 스레드에서 현재 잠금을 보유하고 있으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 보유하고 있는지 여부를 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 보유하고 있으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적을 사용할 수 없습니다. + + + 이 인스턴스에 대해 스레드 소유권 추적이 사용되는지 여부를 가져옵니다. + 이 인스턴스에 대해 스레드 소유권 추적이 사용되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으려고 시도합니다. 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다. + 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + + 인수는 TryEnter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다. + + + 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으려고 시도합니다. 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + 인수는 TryEnter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다. + + + 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으려고 시도합니다. 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 밀리초보다 큰 경우. + + 인수는 TryEnter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다. + + + 회전 기반 대기를 지원합니다. + + + 이 인스턴스에서 가 호출된 횟수를 가져옵니다. + 이 인스턴스에서 가 호출된 횟수를 나타내는 정수를 반환합니다. + + + 다음 호출이 프로세서를 생성하여 강제 컨텍스트 전환을 트리거할지 여부를 가져옵니다. + 다음 호출이 프로세서를 생성하여 강제 컨텍스트 전환을 트리거할지 여부입니다. + + + 회전 수를 다시 설정합니다. + + + 단일 회전을 수행합니다. + + + 지정된 조건이 충족될 때까지 회전합니다. + true를 반환할 때까지 계속 실행되는 대리자입니다. + + 인수가 null인 경우 + + + 지정된 조건이 충족되거나 지정된 제한 시간이 만료될 때까지 회전합니다. + 제한 시간 내에 지정된 조건이 충족되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + true를 반환할 때까지 계속 실행되는 대리자입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + + 인수가 null인 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + + 지정된 조건이 충족되거나 지정된 제한 시간이 만료될 때까지 회전합니다. + 제한 시간 내에 지정된 조건이 충족되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + true를 반환할 때까지 계속 실행되는 대리자입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 TimeSpan입니다. + + 인수가 null인 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우. + + + 다양한 동기화 모델에서 동기화 컨텍스트를 전파하기 위한 기본 기능을 제공합니다. + 2 + + + + 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 만듭니다. + + + 파생 클래스에서 재정의된 경우 동기화 컨텍스트의 복사본을 만듭니다. + 새 개체입니다. + 2 + + + 현재 스레드의 동기화 컨텍스트를 가져옵니다. + 현재 동기화 컨텍스트를 나타내는 개체입니다. + 1 + + + 파생 클래스에서 재정의되면 작업이 완료되었음을 알리는 메시지에 응답합니다. + + + 파생 클래스에서 재정의되면 작업이 시작되었음을 알리는 메시지에 응답합니다. + + + 파생 클래스에서 재정의될 때 비동기 메시지를 동기화 컨텍스트로 디스패치합니다. + 호출할 대리자입니다. + 대리자에 전달된 개체입니다. + 2 + + + 파생 클래스에서 재정의될 때 동기 메시지를 동기화 컨텍스트로 디스패치합니다. + 호출할 대리자입니다. + 대리자에 전달된 개체입니다. + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + 현재 동기화 컨텍스트를 설정합니다. + 설정할 개체입니다. + 1 + + + + + + 메서드가 지정된 Monitor에 대해 잠금을 소유하도록 호출자에게 요구하지만 해당 잠금을 소유하지 않는 호출자가 해당 메서드를 호출할 때 throw되는 예외입니다. + 2 + + + 기본 속성을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + + + 데이터의 스레드 로컬 저장소를 제공합니다. + 스레드별로 저장되는 데이터의 형식을 지정합니다. + + + + 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + + 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 인스턴스에 설정된 모든 값을 추적하고 해당 값을 속성을 통해 노출할지 여부 + + + 지정된 함수를 사용하여 의 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + 를 이전에 초기화하지 않고 검색하려고 하는 경우 lazily-initialized 값을 생성하기 위해 호출되는 입니다. + + 는 null 참조(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing)입니다. + + + 지정된 함수를 사용하여 의 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + 를 이전에 초기화하지 않고 검색하려고 하는 경우 lazily-initialized 값을 생성하기 위해 호출되는 입니다. + 인스턴스에 설정된 모든 값을 추적하고 해당 값을 속성을 통해 노출할지 여부 + + 이 null 참조(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing)인 경우 + + + + 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다. + + + 이 인스턴스에서 사용하는 리소스를 해제합니다. + + 호출로 인해 이 메서드가 호출되는지 여부를 나타내는 부울 값입니다. + + + 이 인스턴스에서 사용하는 리소스를 해제합니다. + + + + 가 현재 스레드에서 초기화되었는지 여부를 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 가 초기화되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우 + + + 현재 스레드에 대한 이 인스턴스의 문자열 표현을 만들고 반환합니다. + + 에서 을 호출한 결과입니다. + + 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우 + 현재 스레드의 는 null 참조입니다(Visual Basic에서는 Nothing). + 초기화 함수는 를 재귀적으로 참조하려고 했습니다. + 기본 생성자가 제공되지 않으며 값 팩터리가 제공되지 않습니다. + + + 현재 인스턴스에 대한 이 인스턴스의 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다. + 이 ThreadLocal이 초기화를 담당하는 개체의 인스턴스를 반환합니다. + + 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우 + 초기화 함수는 를 재귀적으로 참조하려고 했습니다. + 기본 생성자가 제공되지 않으며 값 팩터리가 제공되지 않습니다. + + + 이 인스턴스에 액세스한 모든 스레드가 현재 저장한 모든 값의 목록을 가져옵니다. + 이 인스턴스에 액세스한 모든 스레드가 현재 저장한 모든 값의 목록입니다. + + 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우 + + + 휘발성 메모리 작업을 수행하기 위한 메서드가 포함되어 있습니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드에서 개체 참조를 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 에 대한 참조입니다.이 참조는 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + 읽을 필드의 형식입니다.이 형식은 값 형식이 아니라 참조 형식이어야 합니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 메모리 작업이 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 메모리 작업을 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 개체 참조를 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 개체 참조를 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 개체 참조입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 참조를 볼 수 있도록 참조를 즉시 씁니다. + 쓸 필드의 형식입니다.이 형식은 값 형식이 아니라 참조 형식이어야 합니다. + + + 존재하지 않는 시스템 뮤텍스 또는 세마포를 열려고 시도할 때 throw되는 예외입니다. + 2 + + + 기본값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/ru/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/ru/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ca30336b --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/ru/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1761 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + Исключение вызывается, когда некоторый поток получает объект , брошенный другим потоком путем выхода без высвобождения. + 1 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , используя конкретиый индекс брошенного мьютекса, (если применимо), а также объект , представляющий мьютекс. + Индекс брошенного мьютекса в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, если выдается исключение для метода , или –1, если исключение выдается для методов или . + Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения. + + + Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и внутренним исключением. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение вызывается в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , используя указанное сообщения об ошибке, внутреннее исключение, индекс брошенного мьютекса (если применимо), а также объект , представляющего мьютекс. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение вызывается в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + Индекс брошенного мьютекса в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, если выдается исключение для метода , или –1, если исключение выдается для методов или . + Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса указанным сообщением об ошибке, индексом брошенного мьютекса (если применимо), а также брошенным мьютексом. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения. + Индекс брошенного мьютекса в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, если выдается исключение для метода , или –1, если исключение выдается для методов или . + Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс. + + + Получает брошенный мьютекс, вызвавший исключение (если он известен). + Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс, или null, если брошенный мьютекс не может быть идентифицирован. + 1 + + + Получает индекс брошенного мьютекса, вызвавшего исключение (если он известен). + Индекс в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, передаваемый в метод , объекта , представляющего брошенный мьютекс, или же -1, если индекс брошенного мьютекса невозможно определить. + 1 + + + Представляет внешние данные, локальные для данного асинхронного потока управления, такие как асинхронный метод. + Тип внешних данных. + + + Создает экземпляр экземпляра , который не получает уведомления об изменениях. + + + Создает экземпляр локального экземпляра , который получает уведомления об изменениях. + Делегат, который вызывается при каждом изменении текущего значения в любом потоке. + + + Получает или задает значение внешних данных. + Значение внешних данных. + + + Класс, предоставляющий сведения об изменениях данных экземплярам , которые зарегистрированы для получения уведомлений об изменениях. + Тип данных. + + + Получает текущее значение данных. + Текущее значение данных. + + + Получает предыдущее значение данных. + Предыдущее значение данных. + + + Возвращает значение, указывающее, изменяется ли значение из-за изменения контекста выполнения. + Значение true, если значение изменено из-за изменения контекста выполнения; в противном случае — значение false. + + + Уведомляет ожидающий поток о том, что произошло событие.Этот класс не наследуется. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, нужно ли для начального состояния задать сигнальное значение. + + Значение true для задания начального состояния сигнальным; false для задания несигнального начального состояния. + + + Позволяет нескольким задачам параллельно работать с алгоритмом, используя несколько фаз. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса . + Количество участвующих потоков. + + меньше 0 или больше 32,767. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса . + Количество участвующих потоков. + + для исполнения после каждой фазы. Значение null (Nothing in Visual Basic) может быть передано, чтобы указать, что действия не предпринимаются. + + меньше 0 или больше 32,767. + + + Уведомляет о добавлении дополнительного участника. + Номер фазы барьера, в которой сначала участвуют новые участники. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Добавление участника приведет к превышению 32 767 счетчиком участников барьера.– или –Метод был вызван из действия после этапа. + + + Уведомляет барьер о добавлении дополнительных участников. + Номер фазы барьера, в которой сначала участвуют новые участники. + Число дополнительных участников, которых необходимо добавить в барьер. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Значение параметра меньше 0.– или –Добавление участников приведет к превышению 32 767 счетчиком участников барьера. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа. + + + Получает номер текущей фазы барьера. + Возвращает номер текущего этапа барьера. + + + Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса . + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа. + + + Освобождает неуправляемые (а при необходимости и управляемые) ресурсы, используемые объектом . + Значение true, чтобы освободить управляемые и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false, чтобы освободить только неуправляемые ресурсы. + + + Получает общее количество участников в барьере. + Возвращает общее количество участников в барьере. + + + Получает количество участников в барьере, которые еще не создали сигнал в текущей фазе. + Возвращает количество участников в барьере, которые еще не создали сигнал на текущем этапе. + + + Уведомляет о удалении одного участника. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Барьер уже содержит 0 участников.– или –Метод был вызван из действия после этапа. + + + Уведомляет барьер об удалении нескольких участников. + Число дополнительных участников, которых необходимо удалить из барьера. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Значение параметра меньше 0. + Барьер уже содержит 0 участников.– или –Метод был вызван из действия после этапа. – или –текущее количество участников меньше указанного participantCount + Общее число участников меньше указанного + + + Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера другими участниками. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников. + Если создается исключение из действия следующего этапа барьера после того, как все участвующие потоки вызвали SignalAndWait, исключение будет вставлено в BarrierPostPhaseException и создано для всех участвующих потоков. + + + Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания. + Значение true, если все участники достигли барьера за указанное время; в противном случае — значение false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников. + Если создается исключение из действия следующего этапа барьера после того, как все участвующие потоки вызвали SignalAndWait, исключение будет вставлено в BarrierPostPhaseException и создано для всех участвующих потоков. + + + Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен отмены. + Значение true, если все участники достигли барьера за указанное время; в противном случае — значение false + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников. + + + Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен отмены. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников. + + + Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя объект для измерения интервала времени. + Значение true, если все остальные участники достигли барьера; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + является отрицательным числом, отличным от значения -1 миллисекунды, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания, или превышает 32767. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников. + + + Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя объект для измерения интервала времени. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен отмены. + Значение true, если все остальные участники достигли барьера; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + является отрицательным числом, отличным от значения -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников. + + + Исключение, которое возникает при сбое действия барьера , выполняемого в конце фазы + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса системным сообщением, содержащим описание ошибки. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным внутренним исключением. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с использованием заданного сообщения, содержащего описание ошибки. + Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающий оператор этого конструктора необходим, чтобы убедиться, локализована ли данная строка для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение. + Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающий оператор этого конструктора необходим, чтобы убедиться, локализована ли данная строка для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + + + Представляет метод, вызываемый в новом контексте. + Объект, содержащий информацию, используемую всякий раз методом обратного вызова при каждом выполнении. + 1 + + + Представляет примитив синхронизации, на который отправляется сигнал при достижении его подсчетом нуля. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса указанным количеством. + Количество сигналов, первоначально необходимое для задания объекта . + Значение параметра меньше 0. + + + Увеличивает текущий подсчет на один. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Текущий экземпляр уже задан.– или –Значение параметра больше или равно значению свойства . + + + Увеличивает текущее количество в объекте на указанное значение. + Значение, на которое нужно увеличить . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Значение меньше или равно 0. + Текущий экземпляр уже задан.– или – равно или больше после увеличения счета параметром + + + Получает количество сигналов, оставшееся до установки события. + Количество сигналов, оставшееся до установки события. + + + Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса . + + + Освобождает неуправляемые (а при необходимости и управляемые) ресурсы, используемые объектом . + Значение true, чтобы освободить управляемые и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false, чтобы освободить только неуправляемые ресурсы. + + + Получает количество сигналов, изначально нужное для установки события. + Количество сигналов, изначально нужное для установки события. + + + Определяет, установлено ли событие. + Значение true, если событие установлено; в противном случае — значение false. + + + Сбрасывает свойство на значение свойства . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + + Присваивает свойству заданное значение. + Количество сигналов, необходимое для установки объекта . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Значение параметра меньше 0. + + + Регистрирует сигнал с событием , уменьшая значение свойства . + Значение true, если после сигнала подсчет стал равен нулю и было создано событие; в противном случае — значение false. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Текущий экземпляр уже задан. + + + Регистрирует несколько сигналов с объектом , уменьшая значение свойства на указанное число. + Значение true, если после сигналов подсчет стал равен нулю и было создано событие; в противном случае — значение false. + Количество сигналов, которое необходимо зарегистрировать. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Значение параметра меньше 1. + Текущий экземпляр уже задан. - или- Или значение больше . + + + Попытка увеличить на единицу. + Значение true, если увеличение выполнено успешно; в противном случае — значение false.Если значение свойства уже равно нулю, метод возвращает значение false. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + равно . + + + Пытается увеличить на указанное значение. + Значение true, если увеличение выполнено успешно; в противном случае — значение false.Если значение свойства уже равно нулю, возвращается значение false. + Значение, на которое нужно увеличить . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Значение меньше или равно 0. + Текущий экземпляр уже задан.– или –Значение свойства + больше или равно значению свойства . + + + Блокирует текущий поток до установки . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не установлен объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания. + Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен . + Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. — или — , создавший , был удален. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + + + Блокирует текущий поток, пока не будет установлено , в то же время контролируя . + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. — или — , создавший , был удален. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен объект , используя значение для измерения времени ожидания. + Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше . + + + Блокирует текущий поток, пока не будет установлен объект , используя значение для измерения времени ожидания. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен . + Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. — или — , создавший , был удален. + + является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше . + + + Получает дескриптор , используемый для ожидания установки события. + Дескриптор , используемый для ожидания установки события. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + + Указывает, сбрасывается ли автоматически или вручную после получения сигнала. + 2 + + + При получении сигнала сбрасывается автоматически после освобождения одиночного потока.При отсутствии ожидающих потоков остается сигнальным до тех пор, пока поток не блокируется и не сбрасывается после освобождения потока. + + + При получении сигнала, высвобождает все ожидающие потоки и остается сигнальным до тех пор, пока не сбрасывается вручную. + + + Представляет синхронизированное событие потока. + 2 + + + Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса , определяя, получает ли сигнал, ожидающий дескриптор, и производится ли сброс автоматически или вручную. + Значение true для задания начального состояния сигнальным; false для задания несигнального начального состояния. + Одно из значений определяет, сбрасывается ли событие автоматически или вручную. + + + Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса , определяющего получает ли сигнал дескриптор ожидания, если он был создан в результате данного вызова, сбрасывается ли он автоматически или вручную, а также имя системного события синхронизации. + true, чтобы задать сигнальное начальное состояние, если создано названное событие в результате этого вызова; false, чтобы задать несигнальное начальное состояние. + Одно из значений определяет, сбрасывается ли событие автоматически или вручную. + Имя общесистемного события синхронизации. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованное событие существует, имеет настройки управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав . + Именованное событие не может быть создано, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя. + Длина параметра превышает 260 символов. + + + Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса , определяющего, является ли дескриптор ожидания изначально сигнальным, если он был создан в результате данного вызова, происходит ли сброс автоматически или вручную, имя системного события синхронизации и логическую переменную, значение которой показывает, было ли создано системное именованное событие. + true, чтобы задать сигнальное начальное состояние, если создано названное событие в результате этого вызова; false, чтобы задать несигнальное начальное состояние. + Одно из значений определяет, сбрасывается ли событие автоматически или вручную. + Имя общесистемного события синхронизации. + Когда данный метод возвращает значение, он содержит true, если было создано локальное событие (то есть, если имеет значение null или пустую строку) или было создано системное событие с заданным именем; либо значение false, если указанное именованное событие уже существовало.Этот параметр передается без инициализации. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованное событие существует, имеет настройки управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав . + Именованное событие не может быть создано, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя. + Длина параметра превышает 260 символов. + + + Открывает указанное именованное событие синхронизации, если оно уже существует. + Объект, представляющий именованное системное событие. + Имя системного события синхронизации для открытия. + Параметр содержит пустую строку. -или-Длина параметра превышает 260 символов. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Именованное системное событие не существует. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованное событие существует, но у пользователя нет необходимых для его использования прав доступа. + 1 + + + + + + Задает несигнальное состояние события, вызывая блокирование потоков. + true, если операция прошла успешно; в противном случае — false. + Для данного объекта ранее вызывался метод . + 2 + + + Задает сигнальное состояние события, позволяя одному или нескольким ожидающим потокам продолжить. + true, если операция прошла успешно; в противном случае — false. + Для данного объекта ранее вызывался метод . + 2 + + + Открывает указанное именованное событие синхронизации, если оно уже существует, и возвращает значение, указывающее, успешно ли выполнена операция. + Значение true, если именованное событие синхронизации было успешно открыто; в противном случае — значение false. + Имя системного события синхронизации для открытия. + Когда выполнение этого метода завершается, содержит объект , представляющий именованное событие синхронизации, если вызов завершился успешно, или значение null, если вызов завершился ошибкой.Этот параметр обрабатывается как неинициализированный. + Параметр содержит пустую строку.-или-Длина параметра превышает 260 символов. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованное событие существует, но у пользователя нет требуемых прав доступа. + + + Управляет контекстом выполнения текущего потока.Этот класс не наследуется. + 2 + + + Перехватывает контекст выполнения из текущего потока. + Объект , представляющий контекст выполнения хоста для текущего потока. + 1 + + + Выполняет метод в указанном контексте выполнения в текущем потоке. + Задаваемый . + Делегат , представляющий выполняемый метод в предоставленном контексте выполнения. + Данный объект передается в метод обратного вызова. + Параметр имеет значение null.– или – не был получен во время операции отслеживания. – или – уже использовался в качестве аргумента в вызове . + 1 + + + + + + Предоставляет атомарные операции для переменных, используемых совместно несколькими потоками. + 2 + + + Добавляет два 32-разрядных целых числа и заменяет первое число на сумму в виде атомарной операции. + Новое значение сохраняется в . + Переменная, содержащая первое добавляемое значение.Сумма двух значений сохраняется в . + Значение, добавляемое к целому в . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Добавляет два 64-разрядных целых числа и заменяет первое число на сумму в виде атомарной операции. + Новое значение сохраняется в . + Переменная, содержащая первое добавляемое значение.Сумма двух значений сохраняется в . + Значение, добавляемое к целому в . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два числа с плавающей запятой двойной точности на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое значение. + Исходное значение в . + Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено. + Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Значение сравнивается со значением . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два 32-разрядных целых числа со знаком на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое. + Исходное значение в . + Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено. + Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Значение сравнивается со значением . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два 64-разрядных целых числа со знаком на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое. + Исходное значение в . + Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено. + Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Значение сравнивается со значением . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два зависящих от платформы обработчика или указателя на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое из значений. + Исходное значение в . + Целевое значение , которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено . + Значение , которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Значение , которое сравнивается со значением . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два объекта на равенство ссылок и, если они равны, заменяет первый объект. + Исходное значение в . + Целевой объект, который будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменен. + Объект, который заменит целевой объект, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Объект, который сравнивается с объектом в . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два числа с плавающей запятой с обычной точностью на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое значение. + Исходное значение в . + Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено. + Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Значение сравнивается со значением . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два экземпляра указанного ссылочного типа на равенство и, если это так, заменяет первый из них. + Исходное значение в . + Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено.Это ссылочный параметр (ref в C#, ByRef в Visual Basic). + Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Значение сравнивается со значением . + Тип, используемый для , и .Этот тип должен быть ссылочным типом. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Уменьшает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции. + Уменьшаемое значение. + Переменная, у которой уменьшается значение. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Уменьшает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции. + Уменьшаемое значение. + Переменная, у которой уменьшается значение. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Задает число с плавающей запятой с двойной точностью указанным значением в виде атомарной операции и возвращает исходное значение. + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением. + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Присваивает 32-разрядному целому числу со знаком заданное значение и возвращает исходное значение в виде атомарной операции. + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением. + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Присваивает 64-разрядному целому числу со знаком заданное значение и возвращает исходное значение в виде атомарной операции. + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением. + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Задает указатель или обработчик, зависящий от платформы в виде атомарной операции, и возвращает ссылку на исходное значение. + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением. + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Задает объект указанным значением в виде атомарной операции и возвращает ссылку на исходный объект. + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением. + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Задает число с плавающей запятой с одинарной точностью указанным значением в виде атомарной операции и возвращает исходное значение. + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением. + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Задает определенное значение для переменной указанного типа и возвращает исходное значение (атомарная операция). + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.Это ссылочный параметр (ref в C#, ByRef в Visual Basic). + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + Тип, используемый для и .Этот тип должен быть ссылочным типом. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Увеличивает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции. + Увеличиваемое значение. + Переменная, у которой увеличивается значение. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Увеличивает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции. + Увеличиваемое значение. + Переменная, у которой увеличивается значение. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Синхронизирует доступ к памяти следующим образом: процессор, выполняющий текущий поток, не способен упорядочить инструкции так, чтобы обращения к памяти до вызова метода выполнялись после обращений к памяти, следующих за вызовом метода . + + + Возвращает 64-разрядное значение, загруженное в виде атомарной операции. + Загруженное значение. + Загружаемое 64-разрядное значение. + 1 + + + Обеспечивает процедуры неактивной инициализации. + + + Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип его конструктором типа по умолчанию, если он еще не инициализирован. + Инициализируемая ссылка типа . + Ссылка типа , которую необходимо инициализировать, если она еще не инициализирована. + Тип инициализируемой ссылки. + Разрешения на доступ к конструктору типа отсутствовали. + Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип или тип значения его конструктором по умолчанию, если он еще не инициализирован. + Инициализированное значение типа . + Ссылка или значение типа , которое необходимо инициализировать, если оно еще не инициализировано. + Ссылка на логическое значение, определяющее, инициализирована ли цель. + Ссылка на объект, используемый как взаимоисключающая блокировка для инициализации параметра .Если равно null, то нового объект будет создан экземпляр. + Тип инициализируемой ссылки. + Разрешения на доступ к конструктору типа отсутствовали. + Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип или тип значения с использованием указанной функцией, если он еще не инициализирован. + Инициализированное значение типа . + Ссылка или значение типа , которое необходимо инициализировать, если оно еще не инициализировано. + Ссылка на логическое значение, определяющее, инициализирована ли цель. + Ссылка на объект, используемый как взаимоисключающая блокировка для инициализации параметра .Если равно null, то нового объект будет создан экземпляр. + Функция, которая вызывается для инициализации ссылки или значения. + Тип инициализируемой ссылки. + Разрешения на доступ к конструктору типа отсутствовали. + Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип с использованием указанной функцией, если он еще не инициализирован. + Инициализированное значение типа . + Ссылка типа , которую необходимо инициализировать, если она еще не инициализирована. + Функция, которая вызывается для инициализации ссылки. + Ссылочный тип инициализируемой ссылки. + Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию. + + вернул значение NULL (Nothing в Visual Basic). + + + Исключение генерируется, когда рекурсивная запись блокировки не совпадает с рекурсивной политикой блокировки. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса системным сообщением, содержащим описание ошибки. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с использованием заданного сообщения, содержащего описание ошибки. + Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающему объекту этого конструктора необходимо убедиться, что эта строка локализована для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение. + Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающему объекту этого конструктора необходимо убедиться, что эта строка локализована для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + 2 + + + Указывает, можно ли несколько раз войти в блокировку из одного и того же потока. + + + Если поток пытается войти в блокировку рекурсивно, выдается ошибка.Некоторые классы могут допускать определенные виды рекурсий при активированном параметре. + + + Допускается рекурсивный вход потока в блокировку.Некоторые классы могут игнорировать эту возможность. + + + Уведомляет один или более ожидающих потоков о том, что произошло событие.Этот класс не наследуется. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, показывающим наличие сигнального состояния. + Значение true для задания начального состояния сигнальным; false для задания несигнального начального состояния. + + + Предоставляет уменьшенную версию . + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса начальным состоянием nonsignaled. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, нужно ли для начального состояния задать сигнальное значение. + значение true для задания начального сигнального состояния; значение false для задания начального несигнального состояния. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, нужно ли для начального состояния задать сигнальное значение, а также указанным числом прокруток. + Значение true для задания начального сигнального состояния; значение false для задания начального несигнального состояния. + Число ожиданий прокруток до возврата к операции ожидания на основе ядра. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса . + + + Освобождает неуправляемые (а при необходимости и управляемые) ресурсы, используемые объектом . + Значение true, чтобы освободить управляемые и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false, чтобы освободить только неуправляемые ресурсы. + + + Получает значение, указывающее, установлено ли событие. + Значение true, если событие установлено; в противном случае — значение false. + + + Задает несигнальное состояние события, вызывая блокирование потоков. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Устанавливает несигнальное состояние события, позволяя продолжить выполнение одному или нескольким потокам, ожидающим событие. + + + Получает число ожиданий прокруток, которые произойдут до возврата к операции ожидания на основе ядра. + Возвращает число ожиданий прокруток, которые произойдут до возврата к операции ожидания на основе ядра. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до установки текущего объекта . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не установлен текущий объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения интервала времени. + Значение true, если выполнялась установка ; в противном случае — false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен текущий объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения интервала времени. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен . + Значение true, если выполнялась установка ; в противном случае — значение false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до получения сигнала текущим объектом . Кроме того, метод контролирует токен . + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Блокирует текущий поток, пока не будет установлен текущий объект , используя объект для измерения интервала времени. + Значение true, если выполнялась установка ; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен текущий объект , используя значение для измерения интервала времени. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен . + Значение true, если был задан; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Возвращает базовый объект для данного . + Базовый объект события для данного объекта . + + + Предоставляет механизм для синхронизации доступа к объектам. + 2 + + + Получает эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта. + Объект, для которого получается блокировка монитора. + Параметр имеет значение null. + 1 + + + Получает монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка. + Объект, в котором следует ожидать. + Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение.Примечание. Если исключение не возникает, выходное значение этого метода всегда true. + Входное значение параметра — true. + Параметр имеет значение null. + + + Освобождает эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта. + Объект, блокировка которого освобождается. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Данный поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта. + 1 + + + Определяет, содержит ли текущий поток блокировку указанного объекта. + Значение true, если текущий поток владеет блокировкой в ; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект для тестирования. + Свойство имеет значение null. + + + Уведомляет поток в очереди готовности об изменении состояния объекта с блокировкой. + Объект, ожидаемый потоком. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта. + 1 + + + Уведомляет все ожидающие потоки об изменении состояния объекта. + Объект, посылающий импульс. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта. + 1 + + + Пытается получить эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта. + Значение true, если текущий поток получает блокировку; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект, блокировка которого получается. + Параметр имеет значение null. + 1 + + + Пытается получить монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка. + Объект, блокировка которого получается. + Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение. + Входное значение параметра — true. + Параметр имеет значение null. + + + Пытается получить эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта на заданное количество миллисекунд. + Значение true, если текущий поток получает блокировку; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект, блокировка которого получается. + Количество миллисекунд, в течение которых ожидать блокировку. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Значение параметра отрицательно и не равно . + 1 + + + В течение заданного количества миллисекунд пытается получить монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка. + Объект, блокировка которого получается. + Количество миллисекунд, в течение которых ожидать блокировку. + Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение. + Входное значение параметра — true. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Значение параметра отрицательно и не равно . + + + Пытается получить эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта в течение заданного количества времени. + Значение true, если текущий поток получает блокировку; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект, блокировка которого получается. + Класс , представляющий количество времени, в течение которого ожидается блокировка.Значение –1 миллисекунды обозначает бесконечное ожидание. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Значение в миллисекундах отрицательно и не равно (–1 миллисекунда), или больше чем . + 1 + + + В течение заданного периода времени пытается получить монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка. + Объект, блокировка которого получается. + Период времени, в течение которого ожидается блокировка.Значение -1 обозначает бесконечное ожидание. + Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение. + Входное значение параметра — true. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Значение в миллисекундах отрицательно и не равно (–1 миллисекунда), или больше чем . + + + Освобождает блокировку объекта и блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока тот не получит блокировку снова. + true, если вызов осуществил возврат из-за того, что вызывающий поток заново получил блокировку заданного объекта.Этот метод не осуществляет возврат, если блокировка вновь не получена. + Объект, в котором следует ожидать. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта. + Поток, который вызывает Wait, позже прерывается из состояния ожидания.Это происходит, когда другой поток вызывает метод данного потока. + 1 + + + Освобождает блокировку объекта и блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока тот не получит блокировку снова.Если указанные временные интервалы истекают, поток встает в очередь готовности. + Значение true, если блокировка была получена заново до истечения заданного времени; значение false, если блокировка была получена заново по истечении заданного времени.Этот метод не осуществляет возврат, если блокировка не была получена. + Объект, в котором следует ожидать. + Количество миллисекунд для ожидания постановки в очередь готовности. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта. + Поток, который вызывает Wait, позже прерывается из состояния ожидания.Это происходит, когда другой поток вызывает метод данного потока. + Значение параметра отрицательно и не равно . + 1 + + + Освобождает блокировку объекта и блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока тот не получит блокировку снова.Если указанные временные интервалы истекают, поток встает в очередь готовности. + Значение true, если блокировка была получена заново до истечения заданного времени; значение false, если блокировка была получена заново по истечении заданного времени.Этот метод не осуществляет возврат, если блокировка не была получена. + Объект, в котором следует ожидать. + Класс , представляющий количество времени, до истечения которого поток поступает в очередь ожидания. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта. + Поток, который вызывает Wait, позже прерывается из состояния ожидания.Это происходит, когда другой поток вызывает метод данного потока. + Значение параметра в миллисекундах отрицательно и не равно (–1 миллисекунда), или больше чем . + 1 + + + Примитив синхронизации, который также может использоваться в межпроцессной синхронизации. + 1 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса стандартными свойствами. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, должен ли вызывающий поток быть изначальным владельцем мьютекса. + Значение true для предоставления вызывающему потоку изначального владения мьютексом; в противном случае — false. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, должен ли вызывающий поток быть изначальным владельцем мьютекса, а также иметь строку, являющуюся именем мьютекса. + Значение true для предоставления вызывающему потоку изначального владения именованным системным мьютексом, если этот мьютекс создан данным вызовом; в противном случае — значение false. + Имя .Если значение равно null, у объекта нет имени. + Именованный мьютекс существует, имеет безопасность управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав . + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный мьютекс не может быть создан; вероятно, дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя. + + длиннее 260 символов. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, должен ли вызывающий поток быть изначальным владельцем мьютекса, иметь строку, являющуюся именем мьютекса, и логическое значение, которое при возврате метода показывает, предоставлено ли вызывающему потоку изначальное владение мьютексом. + Значение true для предоставления вызывающему потоку изначального владения именованным системным мьютексом, если этот мьютекс создан данным вызовом; в противном случае — значение false. + Имя .Если значение равно null, у объекта нет имени. + При возврате из метода содержит логическое значение true, если был создан локальный мьютекс (то есть, если параметр имеет значение null или содержит пустую строку) или был создан именованный системный мьютекс; значение false, если указанный именованный системный мьютекс уже существует.Этот параметр передается неинициализированным. + Именованный мьютекс существует, имеет безопасность управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав . + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный мьютекс не может быть создан; вероятно, дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя. + + длиннее 260 символов. + + + Открывает указанный именованный мьютекс, если он уже существует. + Объект, представляющий именованный системный мьютекс. + Имя системного мьютекса для открытия. + Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов. + Свойство имеет значение null. + Именованный мьютекс не существует. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный мьютекс существует, но у пользователя нет необходимой для его использования безопасности доступа. + 1 + + + + + + Освобождает объект один раз. + Вызывающий поток не является владельцем мьютекса. + 1 + + + Открывает указанный именованный мьютекс, если он уже существует, и возвращает значение, указывающее, успешно ли выполнена операция. + Значение true, если именованный мьютекс был успешно открыт; в противном случае — значение false. + Имя системного мьютекса для открытия. + Когда выполнение этого метода завершается, содержит объект , представляющий именованный мьютекс, если вызов завершился успешно, или значение null, если произошел сбой вызова.Этот параметр обрабатывается как неинициализированный. + Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов. + Свойство имеет значение null. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный мьютекс существует, но у пользователя нет необходимой для его использования безопасности доступа. + + + Представляет блокировку, используемую для управления доступом к ресурсу, которая позволяет нескольким потокам производить считывание или получать монопольный доступ на запись. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями свойств по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанием политики рекурсии блокировок. + Одно из значений перечисления, определяющее политику рекурсии блокировки. + + + Получает общее количество уникальных потоков, вошедших в блокировку в режиме чтения. + Количество уникальных потоков, вошедших в блокировку в режиме чтения. + + + Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса . + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + Пытается выполнить вход в блокировку в режиме чтения. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается выполнить вход в блокировку в обновляемом режиме. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается выполнить вход в блокировку в режиме записи. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Уменьшает счетчик глубины рекурсии для режима чтения и выходит из режима чтения, если счетчик принял значение 0 (нуль). + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + Уменьшает счетчик глубины рекурсии для обновляемого режима и выходит из обновляемого режима, если счетчик принял значение 0 (нуль). + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + Уменьшает счетчик глубины рекурсии для режима записи и выходит из режима записи, если счетчик принял значение 0 (нуль). + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + Получает значение, указывающее, вошел ли текущий поток в блокировку в режиме чтения. + Значение true, если текущий поток вошел в режим чтения; в противном случае false. + 2 + + + Возвращает значение, указывающее, вошел ли текущий поток в блокировку в обновляемом режиме. + Значение true, если текущий поток вошел в обновляемый режим; в противном случае false. + 2 + + + Получает значение, указывающее, вошел ли текущий поток в блокировку в режиме записи. + Значение true, если текущий поток вошел в режим записи; в противном случае false. + 2 + + + Возвращает значение, указывающее политику рекурсии для текущего объекта . + Одно из значений перечисления, определяющее политику рекурсии блокировки. + + + Получает количество раз, которые текущий поток входил в блокировку в режиме чтения, как показатель рекурсии. + 0 (нуль), если текущий поток не вошел в режим чтения, 1, если поток вошел в режим чтения, но не рекурсивно, или n, если поток вошел в блокировку рекурсивно n - 1 раз. + 2 + + + Получает количество раз, которые текущий поток входил в блокировку в обновляемом режиме, как показатель рекурсии. + 0 (нуль), если текущий поток не вошел в обновляемый режим, 1, если поток вошел в обновляемый режим, но не рекурсивно, или n, если поток вошел в обновляемый режим рекурсивно n - 1 раз. + 2 + + + Получает количество раз, которые текущий поток входил в блокировку в режиме записи, как показатель рекурсии. + 0 (нуль), если текущий поток, не вошел в режим записи, 1, если поток вошел в режим записи, но не рекурсивно, или n, если поток вошел в режим записи рекурсивно n - 1 раз. + 2 + + + Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме чтения с необязательным указанием времени ожидания целым числом. + Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим чтения; в противном случае false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или -1 () в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме чтения с необязательным указанием времени ожидания. + Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим чтения; в противном случае false. + Период ожидания или значение -1 миллисекунда для ожидания в течение неограниченного времени. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается войти в блокировку в обновляемом режиме с необязательным указанием времени ожидания. + Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в обновляемый режим; в противном случае false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или -1 () в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается войти в блокировку в обновляемом режиме с необязательным указанием времени ожидания. + Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в обновляемый режим; в противном случае false. + Период ожидания или значение -1 миллисекунда для ожидания в течение неограниченного времени. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме записи с необязательным указанием времени ожидания. + Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим записи; в противном случае false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или -1 () в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме записи с необязательным указанием времени ожидания. + Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим записи; в противном случае false. + Период ожидания или значение -1 миллисекунда для ожидания в течение неограниченного времени. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Получает общее количество потоков, ожидающих вхождения в блокировку в режиме чтения. + Общее количество потоков, ожидающих вхождения в режим чтения. + 2 + + + Получает общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в блокировку в обновляемом режиме. + Общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в обновляемый режим. + 2 + + + Получает общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в блокировку в режиме записи. + Общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в режим записи. + 2 + + + Ограничивает число потоков, которые могут одновременно получать доступ к ресурсу или пулу ресурсов. + 1 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , задающий начальное количество входов и максимальное количество одновременных входов. + Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно. + Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть обеспеченно одновременно. + Значение больше значения . + + имеет значение меньше 1.-или-Значение параметра меньше 0. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , задающий начальное количество входов и максимальное количество одновременных входов, а также при необходимости имя объекта системного семафора. + Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно. + Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть обеспеченно одновременно. + Имя объекта именованного системного семафора. + Значение больше значения .-или- длиннее 260 символов. + + имеет значение меньше 1.-или-Значение параметра меньше 0. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный семафор существует, имеет параметры безопасности управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав . + Именованный семафор не может быть создан, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , задающий начальное количество входов и максимальное количество одновременных входов, а также при необходимости задающий имя объекта системного семафора и переменную, получающую значение, которое указывает, был ли создан новый системный семафор. + Начальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть удовлетворено одновременно. + Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть удовлетворено одновременно. + Имя объекта именованного системного семафора. + При возврате этот метод содержит значение true, если был создан локальный семафор (то есть если параметр имеет значение null или содержит пустую строку) или был создан заданный именованный системный семафор; значение false, если указанный именованный семафор уже существовал.Этот параметр передается неинициализированным. + Значение больше значения . -или- длиннее 260 символов. + + имеет значение меньше 1.-или-Значение параметра меньше 0. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный семафор существует, имеет параметры безопасности управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав . + Именованный семафор не может быть создан, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя. + + + Открывает указанный именованный семафор, если он уже существует. + Объект, представляющий именованный системный семафор. + Имя системного семафора для открытия. + Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов. + Свойство имеет значение null. + Именованный семафор не существует. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный семафор существует, но у пользователя нет необходимых для его использования прав доступа. + 1 + + + + + + Выходит из семафора и возвращает последнее значение счетчика. + Счетчик семафора перед вызовом метода . + Счетчик семафора уже имеет максимальное значение. + Произошла ошибка Win32, связанная с именованным семафором. + Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но пользователь не имеет прав .-или-Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но он не был открыт с правами доступа . + 1 + + + Выходит из семафора указанное число раз и возвращает последнее значение счетчика. + Счетчик семафора перед вызовом метода . + Количество требуемых выходов из семафора. + + имеет значение меньше 1. + Счетчик семафора уже имеет максимальное значение. + Произошла ошибка Win32, связанная с именованным семафором. + Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но пользователь не имеет прав .-или-Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но он не был открыт с правами . + 1 + + + Открывает указанный именованный семафор, если он уже существует, и возвращает значение, указывающее, успешно ли выполнена операция. + Значение true, если именованный семафор был успешно открыт; в противном случае — значение false. + Имя системного семафора для открытия. + При возврате этот метод содержит объект , представляющий именованный семафор, если вызов завершился успешно, или значение null, если вызов завершился неудачно.Этот параметр обрабатывается как неинициализированный. + Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов. + Свойство имеет значение null. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный семафор существует, но у пользователя нет необходимых для его использования прав доступа. + + + Исключение, выдаваемое при вызове метода для семафора, значение счетчика которого уже равно максимальному. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + + + Представляет упрощенную альтернативу семафору , ограничивающему количество потоков, которые могут параллельно обращаться к ресурсу или пулу ресурсов. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , указывая первоначальное число запросов, которые могут выполняться одновременно. + Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно. + Значение параметра меньше 0. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , указывая изначальное и максимальное число запросов, которые могут выполняться одновременно. + Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно. + Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть обеспеченно одновременно. + + меньше 0 или больше, чем , или меньше или равен 0. + + + Возвращает дескриптор , который можно использовать для ожидания семафора. + Дескриптор , который можно использовать для ожидания семафора. + Объект удален. + + + Возвращает количество оставшихся потоков, которым разрешено входить в объект . + Количество оставшихся потоков, которым разрешено входить в семафор. + + + Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса . + + + Освобождает неуправляемые ресурсы, используемые журналом , и при необходимости освобождает также управляемые ресурсы. + Значение true позволяет освободить как управляемые, так и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false освобождает только неуправляемые ресурсы. + + + Освобождает объект один раз. + Предыдущее количество в семафоре . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + уже достиг максимального размера. + + + Освобождает объект указанное число раз. + Предыдущее количество в семафоре . + Количество требуемых выходов из семафора. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + имеет значение меньше 1. + + уже достиг максимального размера. + + + Блокирует текущий поток, пока он не сможет войти в . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком, которое определяет время ожидания. + Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком, которое определяет время ожидания, и контролирует токен . + Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + + Экземпляр был удален, или создания был удален. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , и контролирует токен . + Токен , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.-или- Создания уже был удален. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя значение для определения времени ожидания. + Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false. + Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + + является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше . + Экземпляр semaphoreSlim был уничтожен + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя значение , которое определяет время ожидания, и контролирует токен . + Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false. + Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + + является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше . + Экземпляр semaphoreSlim был уничтоженКласс , создавший , уже удален. + + + Асинхронно ожидает входа в . + Задача, которая завершается при входе в семафор. + + + Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком для измерения интервала времени. + Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + + + Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком для измерения интервала времени, контролируя . + Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + был отменен. + + + Асинхронно ожидает входа в , контролируя . + Задача, которая завершается при входе в семафор. + Токен , который следует контролировать. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + был отменен. + + + Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя для измерения интервала времени. + Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае. + Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. -или- Время ожидания больше . + + + Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя для измерения интервала времени и контролируя . + Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае. + Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Токен , который следует контролировать. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.-или-Время ожидания больше . + + был отменен. + + + Указывает метод, вызываемый при отправке сообщения в контекст синхронизации. + Передаваемый делегату объект. + 2 + + + Предоставляет примитив взаимно исключающей блокировки, в котором поток, пытающийся получить блокировку, ожидает в состоянии цикла, проверяя доступность блокировки. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр структуры параметром для отслеживания идентификаторов потоков для повышения качества отладки. + Следует ли перенаправлять и использовать идентификаторы потоков для отладки. + + + Получает блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка. + Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр . + Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова Enter. + Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку. + + + Снимает блокировку. + Включено отслеживание владения потоков и текущий поток не является владельцем этой блокировки. + + + Снимает блокировку. + Логическое значение, указывающее, следует ли выпустить барьер памяти, чтобы немедленно опубликовать операцию выхода для других потоков. + Включено отслеживание владения потоков и текущий поток не является владельцем этой блокировки. + + + Получает значение, определяющее, имеет ли какой-либо поток блокировку в настоящий момент. + Значение true, если в настоящее время блокировка удерживается каким-либо потоком; в противном случае — значение false. + + + Получает значение, определяющее, имеет ли текущий поток блокировку. + Значение true, если блокировка удерживается текущим потоком; в противном случае — значение false. + Отслеживание владения потоков отключено. + + + Получает значение, указывающее, включено ли отслеживание владельца потока для данного экземпляра. + Значение true, если для данного экземпляра включено отслеживание владельца потока; в противном случае — значение false. + + + Пытается получить блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка. + Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр . + Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова TryEnter. + Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку. + + + Пытается получить блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр . + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова TryEnter. + Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку. + + + Пытается получить блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр . + + является отрицательным числом, отличным от значения -1 миллисекунды, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше . + Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова TryEnter. + Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку. + + + Предоставляет поддержку ожидания на основе прокруток. + + + Получает число раз, которое был вызван для этого экземпляра. + Возвращает целое число, представляющее количество вызовов метода для данного экземпляра. + + + Получает значение, показывающее, даст ли следующий вызов к доступ к процессору, запуская обязательное переключение контекста. + Даст ли следующий вызов к доступ к процессору, запуская обязательное переключение контекста. + + + Сбрасывает подсчет прокруток. + + + Выполняет одну прокрутку. + + + Выполняет прокрутки до удовлетворения заданного условия. + Делегат для циклического выполнения до возврата этим делегатом значения true. + Аргументом параметра является null. + + + Выполняет прокрутки до удовлетворения заданного условия или истечения заданного времени ожидания. + Значение true, если условие удовлетворено до истечения времени ожидания; в противном случае — значение false. + Делегат для циклического выполнения до возврата этим делегатом значения true. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + Аргументом параметра является null. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + + + Выполняет прокрутки до удовлетворения заданного условия или истечения заданного времени ожидания. + Значение true, если условие удовлетворено до истечения времени ожидания; в противном случае — значение false. + Делегат для циклического выполнения до возврата этим делегатом значения true. + Объект , указывающий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или TimeSpan, представляющий значение -1 миллисекунда, в случае неограниченного ожидания. + Аргументом параметра является null. + + является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше . + + + Обеспечивает базовую функциональность для распространения контекста синхронизации в различных моделях синхронизации. + 2 + + + Создает новый экземпляр класса . + + + При переопределении в производном классе создает копию контекста синхронизации. + Новый объект . + 2 + + + Получает контекст синхронизации для текущего потока + Объект , представляющий текущий контекст синхронизации. + 1 + + + При переопределении в производном классе отвечает на уведомление о завершении операции. + + + При переопределении в производном классе отвечает на уведомление о запуске операции. + + + При переопределении в производном классе отправляет асинхронное сообщение в контекст синхронизации. + Вызываемый делегат . + Передаваемый делегату объект. + 2 + + + При переопределении в производном классе отправляет синхронное сообщение в контекст синхронизации. + Вызываемый делегат . + Передаваемый делегату объект. + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + Задает текущий контекст синхронизации. + Задаваемый объект . + 1 + + + + + + Исключение, которое выдается в то время, когда методу требуется вызвавший его объект для получения блокировки данного Monitor, а метод вызван объектом, не являющимся владельцем блокировки. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса со стандартными свойствами. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + + + Предоставляет хранилище для данных, локальных для потока. + Задает тип данных, хранимых для каждого потока. + + + Инициализирует экземпляр . + + + Инициализирует экземпляр . + Следует ли отслеживать все значения, заданные в экземпляре, и представлять их с помощью свойства . + + + Инициализирует экземпляр с заданной функцией . + Объект , вызываемый для получения неактивно инициализированного значения при совершении попытки получить без предварительной инициализации. + + является пустой ссылкой (Nothing в Visual Basic). + + + Инициализирует экземпляр с заданной функцией . + Объект , вызываемый для получения неактивно инициализированного значения при совершении попытки получить без предварительной инициализации. + Следует ли отслеживать все значения, заданные в экземпляре, и представлять их с помощью свойства . + Параметр является пустой (null) ссылкой (Nothing в Visual Basic). + + + Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса . + + + Освобождает ресурсы, используемые данным экземпляром . + Логическое значение, указывающее, вызывается ли данный метод из-за вызова метода . + + + Освобождает ресурсы, используемые данным экземпляром . + + + Получает значение, указывающее, инициализирован ли объект в текущем потоке. + Значение true, если инициализируется в текущем потоке; в противном случае — значение false. + Экземпляр класса был удален. + + + Создает и возвращает строковое представление данного экземпляра для текущего потока. + Результат вызова метода для свойства . + Экземпляр класса был удален. + + для текущего потока представляет пустую ссылку (Nothing в Visual Basic). + Инициализация попыталась создать рекурсивную ссылку . + Не предоставляются конструктор по умолчанию и значение фабрики. + + + Получает или задает значение данного экземпляра для текущего потока. + Возвращает экземпляр объекта, за инициализацию которого ответственен данный ThreadLocal. + Экземпляр класса был удален. + Инициализация попыталась создать рекурсивную ссылку . + Не предоставляются конструктор по умолчанию и значение фабрики. + + + Получает список всех значений, хранящихся в настоящий момент всеми потоками, которые получили доступа к данному экземпляру. + Список всех значений, хранящихся в настоящий момент всеми потоками, которые получили доступа к данному экземпляру. + Экземпляр класса был удален. + + + Содержит методы для выполнения операций энергозависимой памяти. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает ссылку на объект из указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанная ссылка на объект .Эта ссылка является последней, записанной любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + Тип считываемого поля.Должен быть ссылочным типом или типом значения. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция памяти появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданную ссылку на объект в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается ссылка на объект. + Записываемая ссылка на объект.Ссылка записывается немедленно, так что она становится видимой для всех процессоров компьютера. + Тип поля, в которое выполняется запись.Должен быть ссылочным типом или типом значения. + + + Исключение, которое выдается при попытке открыть не существующий в системе семафор или мьютекс. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/zh-hans/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/zh-hans/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c174ad66 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/zh-hans/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1854 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + 当某个线程获取由另一个线程放弃（即在未释放的情况下退出）的 对象时引发的异常。 + 1 + + + 使用默认值初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 用被放弃的互斥体的指定索引（如果可用）和表示该互斥体的 对象初始化 类的新实例。 + 如果对 方法引发异常，则为等待句柄数组中被放弃的互斥体的索引，如果对 或 方法引发异常，则为 –1。 + 一个 对象，表示被放弃的互斥体。 + + + 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误消息。 + + + 用指定的错误信息和内部异常初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误消息。 + 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + + + 用指定的错误信息、内部异常、被放弃的互斥体的索引（如果可用）以及表示该互斥体的 对象初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误消息。 + 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + 如果对 方法引发异常，则为等待句柄数组中被放弃的互斥体的索引，如果对 或 方法引发异常，则为 –1。 + 一个 对象，表示被放弃的互斥体。 + + + 用指定的错误信息、被放弃的互斥体的索引（如果可用）以及被放弃的互斥体初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误消息。 + 如果对 方法引发异常，则为等待句柄数组中被放弃的互斥体的索引，如果对 或 方法引发异常，则为 –1。 + 一个 对象，表示被放弃的互斥体。 + + + 获取导致异常的被放弃的互斥体（如果已知的话）。 + 如果未能识别被放弃的互斥体，则为表示该被放弃的互斥体的 对象或 null。 + 1 + + + 获取导致异常的被放弃的互斥体的索引（如果已知的话）。 + 如果未能确定被放弃的互斥体的索引，则为传递给 方法的等待句柄数组中的索引、表示该被放弃的互斥体的 对象的索引或 –1。 + 1 + + + 表示对于给定异步控制流（如异步方法）是本地数据的环境数据。 + 环境数据的类型。 + + + 实例化不接收更改通知的 实例。 + + + 实例化接收更改通知的 本地实例。 + 只要当前值在任何线程上发生更改时便会调用的委托。 + + + 获取或设置环境数据的值。 + 环境数据的值。 + + + 向针对更改通知进行了注册的 实例提供数据更改信息的类。 + 数据的类型。 + + + 获取数据的当前值。 + 数据的当前值。 + + + 获取数据的上一个值。 + 数据的上一个值。 + + + 返回一个值，该值指示是否由于执行上下文更改而更改了值。 + 如果由于执行上下文更改而更改了值，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 通知正在等待的线程已发生事件。此类不能被继承。 + 2 + + + 使用 Boolean 值（指示是否将初始状态设置为终止的）初始化 类的新实例。 + 若要将初始状态设置为终止，则为 true；若要将初始状态设置为非终止，则为 false。 + + + 使多个任务能够采用并行方式依据某种算法在多个阶段中协同工作。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例。 + 参与线程的数量。 + + 小于 0 或大于 32,767。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例。 + 参与线程的数量。 + 在每个阶段之后要执行的 。可以传递 null (在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing) 以指示不执行任何操作。 + + 小于 0 或大于 32,767。 + + + 通知 ，告知其将会有另一个参与者。 + 新参与者将首先参与的屏障的阶段编号。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + 添加参与者将导致屏障的参与者计数超过 32,767。- 或 -该方法从阶段后操作中调用。 + + + 通知 ，告知其将会有多个其他参与者。 + 新参与者将首先参与的屏障的阶段编号。 + 要添加到屏障的其他参与者的数量。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 小于 0。- 或 -添加 参与者将导致屏障的参与者计数超过 32,767。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用。 + + + 获取屏障的当前阶段的编号。 + 返回屏障的当前阶段的编号。 + + + 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用。 + + + 释放由 占用的非托管资源，还可以另外再释放托管资源。 + 如果为 true，则同时释放托管资源和非托管资源；如果为 false，则仅释放非托管资源。 + + + 获取屏障中参与者的总数。 + 返回屏障中参与者的总数。 + + + 获取屏障中尚未在当前阶段发出信号的参与者的数量。 + 返回屏障中尚未在当前阶段发出信号的参与者的数量。 + + + 通知 ，告知其将会减少一个参与者。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + 屏障已经有 0 个参与者。- 或 -该方法从阶段后操作中调用。 + + + 通知 ，告知其将会减少一些参与者。 + 要从屏障中移除的其他参与者的数量。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 小于 0。 + 屏障已经有 0 个参与者。- 或 -该方法从阶段后操作中调用。 - 或 -当前的参与者计数小于指定 participantCount + 参与者总数小于指定的 + + + 发出参与者已达到屏障并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用，当前屏障具有 0 个参与者，或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。 + 在所有参与线程调用了 SignalAndWait 之后，如果关卡的后期阶段操作中引发了异常，该异常将包装在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中并在所有参与线程上引发。 + + + 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号，并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障，同时使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时。 + 如果所有参与者都已在指定时间内达到屏障，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用，当前屏障具有 0 个参与者，或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。 + 在所有参与线程调用了 SignalAndWait 之后，如果关卡的后期阶段操作中引发了异常，该异常将包装在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中并在所有参与线程上引发。 + + + 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号，并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障，使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时，同时观察取消标记。 + 如果所有参与者都已在指定时间内达到屏障，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用，当前屏障具有 0 个参与者，或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。 + + + 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号，并等待所有其他参与者达到屏障，同时观察取消标记。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用，当前屏障具有 0 个参与者，或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。 + + + 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号，并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障，同时使用 对象测量时间间隔。 + 如果所有其他参与者已达到屏障，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待的毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 32,767。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用，当前屏障具有 0 个参与者，或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。 + + + 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号，并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障，使用 对象测量时间间隔，同时观察取消标记。 + 如果所有其他参与者已达到屏障，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待的毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 毫秒的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用，当前屏障具有 0 个参与者，或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。 + + + + 阶段后操作失败时引发的异常。 + + + 使用由系统提供的用来描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 使用指定的内部异常初始化 类的新实例。 + 导致当前异常的异常。 + + + 使用指定的描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方需要确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。 + + + 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。 + 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方需要确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。 + 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + + + 表示要在新上下文中调用的方法。 + 一个对象，包含回调方法在每次执行时要使用的信息。 + 1 + + + 表示在计数变为零时处于有信号状态的同步基元。 + + + 使用指定计数初始化 类的新实例。 + 设置 时最初必需的信号数。 + + 小于 0。 + + + 将 的当前计数加 1。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + 当前实例已设置 。- 或 - 等于或大于 。 + + + 将 的当前计数增加指定值。 + + 的增量值。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 小于或等于零。 + 当前实例已设置 。- 或 -在计数由 递增后， 大于或等于 。 + + + 获取设置事件时所必需的剩余信号数。 + 设置事件时所必需的剩余信号数。 + + + 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。 + + + 释放由 占用的非托管资源，还可以另外再释放托管资源。 + 如果为 true，则同时释放托管资源和非托管资源；如果为 false，则仅释放非托管资源。 + + + 获取设置事件时最初必需的信号数。 + 设置事件时最初必需的信号数。 + + + 确定是否设置了事件。 + 如果设置了事件，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 将 重置为 的值。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + + 将 属性重新设置为指定值。 + 设置 时所必需的信号的数量。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 小于 0。 + + + 向 注册信号，同时减小 的值。 + 如果信号导致计数变为零并且设置了事件，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + 当前实例已设置 。 + + + 向 注册多个信号，同时将 的值减少指定数量。 + 如果信号导致计数变为零并且设置了事件，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 要注册的信号的数量。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 小于 1。 + 当前实例已设置 。- 或 - 大于 。 + + + 增加一个 的尝试。 + 如果成功增加，则为 true；否则为 false。如果 已为零，则此方法将返回 false。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 等于 。 + + + 增加指定值的 的尝试。 + 如果成功增加，则为 true；否则为 false。如果 已为零，则此方法将返回 false。 + + 的增量值。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 小于或等于零。 + 当前实例已设置 。- 或 - + 大于等于 。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了 为止。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了 为止，同时使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时。 + 如果设置了 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了 为止，并使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时，同时观察 。 + 如果设置了 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 的 已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了 为止，同时观察 。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 的 已被释放。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了 为止，同时使用 测量超时。 + 如果设置了 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待的毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了 为止，并使用 测量超时，同时观察 。 + 如果设置了 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待的毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 的 已被释放。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 。 + + + 获取用于等待要设置的事件的 。 + 用于等待要设置的事件的 。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + + 指示在接收信号后是自动重置 还是手动重置。 + 2 + + + 当终止时， 在释放一个线程后自动重置。如果没有等待的线程， 将保持终止状态直到一个线程阻止，并在释放此线程后重置。 + + + 当终止时， 释放所有等待的线程，并在手动重置前保持终止状态。 + + + 表示一个线程同步事件。 + 2 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，并指定等待句柄最初是否处于终止状态，以及它是自动重置还是手动重置。 + 如果为 true，则将初始状态设置为终止；如果为 false，则将初始状态设置为非终止。 + + 值之一，它确定事件是自动重置还是手动重置。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，并指定在此调用后创建的等待句柄最初是否处于终止状态，它是自动重置还是手动重置，以及系统同步事件的名称。 + 如果命名事件是通过此调用创建的，则 true 将初始状态设置为终止；false 将初始状态设置为非终止。 + + 值之一，它确定事件是自动重置还是手动重置。 + 系统范围内同步事件的名称。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 命名事件存在并具有访问控制安全性，但用户不具有 。 + 无法创建命名事件，原因可能是与另一个不同类型的等待句柄同名。 + + 的长度超过 260 个字符。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，并指定在此调用后创建的等待句柄最初是否处于终止状态，它是自动重置还是手动重置，系统同步事件的名称，以及一个 Boolean 变量（其值在调用后表示是否创建了已命名的系统事件）。 + 如果命名事件是通过此调用创建的，则 true 将初始状态设置为终止；false 将初始状态设置为非终止。 + + 值之一，它确定事件是自动重置还是手动重置。 + 系统范围内同步事件的名称。 + 在此方法返回时，如果创建了本地事件（即，如果 为 null 或空字符串）或指定的命名系统事件，则包含 true；如果指定的命名系统事件已存在，则为 false。该参数未经初始化即被传递。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 命名事件存在并具有访问控制安全性，但用户不具有 。 + 无法创建命名事件，原因可能是与另一个不同类型的等待句柄同名。 + + 的长度超过 260 个字符。 + + + 打开指定名称为同步事件（如果已经存在）。 + 一个对象，表示已命名的系统事件。 + 要打开的系统同步事件的名称。 + + 是空字符串。- 或 - 的长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为 null。 + 命名的系统事件不存在。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 已命名的事件存在，但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权限。 + 1 + + + + + + 将事件状态设置为非终止状态，导致线程阻止。 + 如果该操作成功，则为 true；否则，为 false。 + 之前已对此 调用 方法。 + 2 + + + 将事件状态设置为终止状态，允许一个或多个等待线程继续。 + 如果该操作成功，则为 true；否则，为 false。 + 之前已对此 调用 方法。 + 2 + + + 打开指定名称为同步事件（如果已经存在），并返回指示操作是否成功的值。 + 如果命名同步事件成功打开，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 要打开的系统同步事件的名称。 + 当此方法返回时，如果调用成功，则包含表示命名同步事件的 对象；否则为 null。该参数未经初始化即被处理。 + + 是空字符串。- 或 - 的长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为 null。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 已命名的事件存在，但用户不具备所需的安全访问权限。 + + + 管理当前线程的执行上下文。此类不能被继承。 + 2 + + + 从当前线程捕获执行上下文。 + 一个 对象，表示当前线程的执行上下文。 + 1 + + + 在当前线程上的指定执行上下文中运行某个方法。 + 要设置的 。 + 一个 委托，表示要在提供的执行上下文中运行的方法。 + 要传递给回调方法的对象。 + + 为 null。- 或 - 不是通过捕获操作获取的。- 或 - 已用作 调用的参数。 + 1 + + + + + + 为多个线程共享的变量提供原子操作。 + 2 + + + 对两个 32 位整数进行求和并用和替换第一个整数，上述操作作为一个原子操作完成。 + 存储在 处的新值。 + 一个变量，包含要添加的第一个值。两个值的和存储在 中。 + 要添加到整数中的 位置的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 对两个 64 位整数进行求和并用和替换第一个整数，上述操作作为一个原子操作完成。 + 存储在 处的新值。 + 一个变量，包含要添加的第一个值。两个值的和存储在 中。 + 要添加到整数中的 位置的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较两个双精度浮点数是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。 + 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。 + 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较两个 32 位有符号整数是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。 + 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。 + 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较两个 64 位有符号整数是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。 + 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。 + 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较两个平台特定的句柄或指针是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值与 的值进行比较并且可能被 替换的目标 。 + 比较结果相等时替换目标值的 。 + 与位于 处的值进行比较的 。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较两个对象是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个对象。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标对象。 + 在比较结果相等时替换目标对象的对象。 + 与位于 处的对象进行比较的对象。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较两个单精度浮点数是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。 + 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。 + 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较指定的引用类型 的两个实例是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。这是一个引用参数（在 C# 中是 ref，在 Visual Basic 中是 ByRef）。 + 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。 + 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。 + 用于 , 和 的类型。此类型必须是引用类型。 + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 以原子操作的形式递减指定变量的值并存储结果。 + 递减的值。 + 其值要递减的变量。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式递减指定变量的值并存储结果。 + 递减的值。 + 其值要递减的变量。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将双精度浮点数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将 32 位有符号整数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将 64 位有符号整数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将平台特定的句柄或指针设置为指定的值并返回原始值。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将对象设置为指定的值并返回对原始对象的引用。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将单精度浮点数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将指定类型 的变量设置为指定的值并返回原始值。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。这是一个引用参数（在 C# 中是 ref，在 Visual Basic 中是 ByRef）。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + 用于 和 的类型。此类型必须是引用类型。 + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 以原子操作的形式递增指定变量的值并存储结果。 + 递增的值。 + 其值要递增的变量。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式递增指定变量的值并存储结果。 + 递增的值。 + 其值要递增的变量。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 按如下方式同步内存存取：执行当前线程的处理器在对指令重新排序时，不能采用先执行 调用之后的内存存取，再执行 调用之前的内存存取的方式。 + + + 返回一个以原子操作形式加载的 64 位值。 + 加载的值。 + 要加载的 64 位值。 + 1 + + + 提供延迟初始化例程。 + + + 在目标引用或值类型尚未初始化的情况下，使用其默认构造函数初始化目标引用或值类型。 + 类型 的初始化引用。 + 在类型尚未初始化的情况下，要初始化的类型 的引用。 + 要初始化的引用的类型。 + 缺少访问类型 的构造函数的权限。 + 类型 没有默认的构造函数。 + + + 在目标引用或值类型尚未初始化的情况下，使用其默认构造函数初始化目标引用或值类型。 + 类型 的初始化值。 + 在尚未初始化的情况下要初始化的类型 的引用或值。 + 对布尔值的引用，该值确定目标是否已初始化。 + 对用作相互排斥锁的对象的引用，用于初始化 。如果 为 null，则新的对象将被实例化。 + 要初始化的引用的类型。 + 缺少访问类型 的构造函数的权限。 + 类型 没有默认的构造函数。 + + + 在目标引用或值类型尚未初始化的情况下，使用指定函数初始化目标引用或值类型。 + 类型 的初始化值。 + 在尚未初始化的情况下要初始化的类型 的引用或值。 + 对布尔值的引用，该值确定目标是否已初始化。 + 对用作相互排斥锁的对象的引用，用于初始化 。如果 为 null，则新的对象将被实例化。 + 调用函数以初始化该引用或值。 + 要初始化的引用的类型。 + 缺少访问类型 的构造函数的权限。 + 类型 没有默认的构造函数。 + + + 在目标引用类型尚未初始化的情况下，使用指定函数初始化目标引用类型。 + 类型 的初始化值。 + 在类型尚未初始化的情况下，要初始化的类型 的引用。 + 调用函数以初始化该引用。 + 要初始化的引用的引用类型。 + 类型 没有默认的构造函数。 + + 返回 null（在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing）。 + + + 当进入锁定状态的递归与此锁定的递归策略不兼容时引发的异常。 + 2 + + + 使用由系统提供的用来描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 2 + + + 使用指定的描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方必须确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。 + 2 + + + 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。 + 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方必须确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。 + 引发当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + 2 + + + 指定同一个线程是否可以多次进入一个锁定状态。 + + + 如果线程尝试以递归方式进入锁定状态，将引发异常。某些类可能会在此设置生效时允许使用特定的递归方式。 + + + 线程可以采用递归方式进入锁定状态。某些类可能会限制此功能。 + + + 通知一个或多个正在等待的线程已发生事件。此类不能被继承。 + 2 + + + 用一个指示是否将初始状态设置为终止的布尔值初始化 类的新实例。 + 如果为 true，则将初始状态设置为终止；如果为 false，则将初始状态设置为非终止。 + + + 提供 的简化版本。 + + + 使用非终止初始状态初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 使用 Boolean 值（指示是否将初始状态设置为终止状态）初始化 类的新实例。 + 若要将初始状态设置为终止，则为 true；若要将初始状态设置为非终止，则为 false。 + + + 使用 Boolean 值（指示是否将初始状态设置为终止或指定的旋转数）初始化 类的新实例。 + 若要将初始状态设置为终止，则为 true；若要将初始状态设置为非终止，则为 false。 + 在回退到基于内核的等待操作之前发生的自旋等待数量。 + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。 + + + 释放由 占用的非托管资源，还可以另外再释放托管资源。 + 为 true 则释放托管资源和非托管资源；为 false 则仅释放非托管资源。 + + + 获取是否已设置事件。 + 如果设置了事件，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 将事件状态设置为非终止，从而导致线程受阻。 + The object has already been disposed. + + + 将事件状态设置为有信号，从而允许一个或多个等待该事件的线程继续。 + + + 获取在回退到基于内核的等待操作之前发生的自旋等待数量。 + 返回在回退到基于内核的等待操作之前发生的自旋等待数量。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了当前 为止。 + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设定 ，使用 32 位已签名整数测量时间间隔。 + 如果已设置 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设定 ，使用 32 位已签名整数测量时间间隔，同时观察 。 + 如果已设置 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 要观察的 。 + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 阻止当前线程，直到 接收到信号，同时观察 。 + 要观察的 。 + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 阻止当前线程，直到当前 已设定，使用 测量时间间隔。 + 如果已设置 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 阻止当前线程，直到当前 已设定，使用 测量时间间隔，同时观察 。 + 如果已设置 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 要观察的 。 + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 获取此 的基础 对象。 + 此 的基础 事件对象。 + + + 提供同步访问对象的机制。 + 2 + + + 在指定对象上获取排他锁。 + 在其上获取监视器锁的对象。 + + 参数为 null。 + 1 + + + 获取指定对象上的排他锁，并自动设置一个值，指示是否获取了该锁。 + 要在其上等待的对象。 + 尝试获取锁的结果，通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁，则输出为 true；否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常，也会设置输出。注意   如果没有发生异常，则此方法的输出始终为 true。 + 对 的输入是 true。 + + 参数为 null。 + + + 释放指定对象上的排他锁。 + 在其上释放锁的对象。 + + 参数为 null。 + 当前线程不拥有指定对象的锁。 + 1 + + + 确定当前线程是否保留指定对象上的锁。 + 如果当前线程持有 锁，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 要测试的对象。 + + 为 null。 + + + 通知等待队列中的线程锁定对象状态的更改。 + 线程正在等待的对象。 + + 参数为 null。 + 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。 + 1 + + + 通知所有的等待线程对象状态的更改。 + 发送脉冲的对象。 + + 参数为 null。 + 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。 + 1 + + + 尝试获取指定对象的排他锁。 + 如果当前线程获取该锁，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 在其上获取锁的对象。 + + 参数为 null。 + 1 + + + 尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁，并自动设置一个值，指示是否获取了该锁。 + 在其上获取锁的对象。 + 尝试获取锁的结果，通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁，则输出为 true；否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常，也会设置输出。 + 对 的输入是 true。 + + 参数为 null。 + + + 在指定的毫秒数内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁。 + 如果当前线程获取该锁，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 在其上获取锁的对象。 + 等待锁所需的毫秒数。 + + 参数为 null。 + + 为负且不等于 。 + 1 + + + 在指定的毫秒数内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁，并自动设置一个值，指示是否获取了该锁。 + 在其上获取锁的对象。 + 等待锁所需的毫秒数。 + 尝试获取锁的结果，通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁，则输出为 true；否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常，也会设置输出。 + 对 的输入是 true。 + + 参数为 null。 + + 为负且不等于 。 + + + 在指定的时间内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁。 + 如果当前线程获取该锁，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 在其上获取锁的对象。 + + ，表示等待锁所需的时间量。值为 -1 毫秒表示指定无限期等待。 + + 参数为 null。 + + 值（以毫秒为单位）为负且不等于 （-1 毫秒），或者大于 。 + 1 + + + 在指定的一段时间内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁，并自动设置一个值，指示是否获得了该锁。 + 在其上获取锁的对象。 + 用于等待锁的时间。值为 -1 毫秒表示指定无限期等待。 + 尝试获取锁的结果，通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁，则输出为 true；否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常，也会设置输出。 + 对 的输入是 true。 + + 参数为 null。 + + 值（以毫秒为单位）为负且不等于 （-1 毫秒），或者大于 。 + + + 释放对象上的锁并阻止当前线程，直到它重新获取该锁。 + 如果调用由于调用方重新获取了指定对象的锁而返回，则为 true。如果未重新获取该锁，则此方法不会返回。 + 要在其上等待的对象。 + + 参数为 null。 + 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。 + 调用 Wait 的线程稍后从等待状态中断。当另一个线程调用此线程的 方法时会发生这种情况。 + 1 + + + 释放对象上的锁并阻止当前线程，直到它重新获取该锁。如果已用指定的超时时间间隔，则线程进入就绪队列。 + 如果在指定的时间过期之前重新获取该锁，则为 true；如果在指定的时间过期之后重新获取该锁，则为 false。此方法只有在重新获取该锁后才会返回。 + 要在其上等待的对象。 + 线程进入就绪队列之前等待的毫秒数。 + + 参数为 null。 + 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。 + 调用 Wait 的线程稍后从等待状态中断。当另一个线程调用此线程的 方法时会发生这种情况。 + + 参数值为负且不等于 。 + 1 + + + 释放对象上的锁并阻止当前线程，直到它重新获取该锁。如果已用指定的超时时间间隔，则线程进入就绪队列。 + 如果在指定的时间过期之前重新获取该锁，则为 true；如果在指定的时间过期之后重新获取该锁，则为 false。此方法只有在重新获取该锁后才会返回。 + 要在其上等待的对象。 + + ，表示线程进入就绪队列之前等待的时间量。 + + 参数为 null。 + 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。 + 调用 Wait 的线程稍后从等待状态中断。当另一个线程调用此线程的 方法时会发生这种情况。 + + 参数值（以毫秒为单位）为负且不表示 （-1 毫秒），或者大于 。 + 1 + + + 还可用于进程间同步的同步基元。 + 1 + + + 使用默认属性初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 使用 Boolean 值（指示调用线程是否应具有互斥体的初始所有权）初始化 类的新实例。 + 如果给调用线程赋予互斥体的初始所属权，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 使用 Boolean 值（指示调用线程是否应具有互斥体的初始所有权以及字符串是否为互斥体的名称）初始化 类的新实例。 + 如果为 true，则给予调用线程已命名的系统互斥体的初始所属权（如果已命名的系统互斥体是通过此调用创建的）；否则为 false。 + + 的名称。如果值为 null，则 是未命名的。 + 命名的互斥体存在并具有访问控制安全性，但用户不具有 。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 无法创建命名的互斥体，原因可能是与其他类型的等待句柄同名。 + + 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + + 使用可指示调用线程是否应具有互斥体的初始所有权以及字符串是否为互斥体的名称的 Boolean 值和当线程返回时可指示调用线程是否已赋予互斥体的初始所有权的 Boolean 值初始化 类的新实例。 + 如果为 true，则给予调用线程已命名的系统互斥体的初始所属权（如果已命名的系统互斥体是通过此调用创建的）；否则为 false。 + + 的名称。如果值为 null，则 是未命名的。 + 在此方法返回时，如果创建了局部互斥体（即，如果 为 null 或空字符串）或指定的命名系统互斥体，则包含布尔值 true；如果指定的命名系统互斥体已存在，则为 false。此参数未经初始化即被传递。 + 命名的互斥体存在并具有访问控制安全性，但用户不具有 。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 无法创建命名的互斥体，原因可能是与其他类型的等待句柄同名。 + + 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + + 打开指定的已命名的互斥体（如果已经存在）。 + 表示已命名的系统互斥体的对象。 + 要打开的系统互斥体的名称。 + + 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为 null。 + 命名的 mutex 不存在。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 已命名的互斥体存在，但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权限。 + 1 + + + + + + 释放 一次。 + 调用线程不拥有互斥体。 + 1 + + + 打开指定的已命名的互斥体（如果已经存在），并返回指示操作是否成功的值。 + 如果命名互斥体成功打开，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 要打开的系统互斥体的名称。 + 当此方法返回时，如果调用成功，则包含表示命名互斥体的 对象；否则为 null。该参数未经初始化即被处理。 + + 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为 null。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 已命名的互斥体存在，但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权限。 + + + 表示用于管理资源访问的锁定状态，可实现多线程读取或进行独占式写入访问。 + + + 使用默认属性值初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 在指定锁定递归策略的情况下初始化 类的新实例。 + 枚举值之一，用于指定锁定递归策略。 + + + 获取已进入读取模式锁定状态的独有线程的总数。 + 已进入读取模式锁定状态的独有线程的数量。 + + + 释放 类的当前实例所使用的所有资源。 + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + 尝试进入读取模式锁定状态。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入可升级模式锁定状态。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入写入模式锁定状态。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 减少读取模式的递归计数，并在生成的计数为 0（零）时退出读取模式。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + 减少可升级模式的递归计数，并在生成的计数为 0（零）时退出可升级模式。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + 减少写入模式的递归计数，并在生成的计数为 0（零）时退出写入模式。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + 获取一个值，该值指示当前线程是否已进入读取模式的锁定状态。 + 如果当前线程已进入读取模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 2 + + + 获取一个值，该值指示当前线程是否已进入可升级模式的锁定状态。 + 如果当前线程已进入可升级模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 2 + + + 获取一个值，该值指示当前线程是否已进入写入模式的锁定状态。 + 如果当前线程已进入写入模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 2 + + + 获取一个值，该值指示当前 对象的递归策略。 + 枚举值之一，用于指定锁定递归策略。 + + + 获取当前线程进入读取模式锁定状态的次数，用于指示递归。 + 如果当前线程未进入读取模式，则为 0（零）；如果线程已进入读取模式但却不是以递归方式进入的，则为 1；或者如果线程已经以递归方式进入锁定模式 n - 1 次，则为 n。 + 2 + + + 获取当前线程进入可升级模式锁定状态的次数，用于指示递归。 + 如果当前线程没有进入可升级模式，则为 0；如果线程已进入可升级模式却不是以递归方式进入的，则为 1；或者如果线程已经以递归方式进入可升级模式 n - 1 次，则为 n。 + 2 + + + 获取当前线程进入写入模式锁定状态的次数，用于指示递归。 + 如果当前线程没有进入写入模式，则为 0；如果线程已进入写入模式却不是以递归方式进入的，则为 1；或者如果线程已经以递归方式进入写入模式 n - 1 次，则为 n。 + 2 + + + 尝试进入读取模式锁定状态，可以选择整数超时时间。 + 如果调用线程已进入读取模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 -1 ()，表示无限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入读取模式锁定状态，可以选择超时时间。 + 如果调用线程已进入读取模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的间隔；或为 -1 毫秒，表示无限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入可升级模式锁定状态，可以选择超时时间。 + 如果调用线程已进入可升级模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 -1 ()，表示无限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入可升级模式锁定状态，可以选择超时时间。 + 如果调用线程已进入可升级模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的间隔；或为 -1 毫秒，表示无限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入写入模式锁定状态，可以选择超时时间。 + 如果调用线程已进入写入模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 -1 ()，表示无限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入写入模式锁定状态，可以选择超时时间。 + 如果调用线程已进入写入模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的间隔；或为 -1 毫秒，表示无限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 获取等待进入读取模式锁定状态的线程总数。 + 等待进入读取模式的线程总数。 + 2 + + + 获取等待进入可升级模式锁定状态的线程总数。 + 等待进入可升级模式的线程总数。 + 2 + + + 获取等待进入写入模式锁定状态的线程总数。 + 等待进入写入模式的线程总数。 + 2 + + + 限制可同时访问某一资源或资源池的线程数。 + 1 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，并指定初始入口数和最大并发入口数。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的最大请求数。 + + 大于 。 + + 为小于 1。- 或 - 小于 0。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，并指定初始入口数和最大并发入口数，可以选择指定系统信号量对象的名称。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的最大请求数。 + 命名系统信号量对象的名称。 + + 大于 。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为小于 1。- 或 - 小于 0。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 命名信号量存在并具有访问控制安全性，但用户不具有 。 + 无法创建命名的信号量，可能是因为存在同名但类型不同的等待句柄。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，并指定初始入口数和最大并发入口数，还可以选择指定系统信号量对象的名称，以及指定一个变量来接收指示是否创建了新系统信号量的值。 + 可以同时满足的信号量的初始请求数。 + 可以同时满足的信号量的最大请求数。 + 命名系统信号量对象的名称。 + 在此方法返回时，如果创建了本地信号量（即，如果 为 null 或空字符串）或指定的命名系统信号量，则包含 true；如果指定的命名系统信号量已存在，则为 false。此参数未经初始化即被传递。 + + 大于 。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为小于 1。- 或 - 小于 0。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 命名信号量存在并具有访问控制安全性，但用户不具有 。 + 无法创建命名的信号量，可能是因为存在同名但类型不同的等待句柄。 + + + 打开指定名称为信号量（如果已经存在）。 + 一个对象，表示已命名的系统信号量。 + 要打开的系统信号量的名称。 + + 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为 null。 + 命名的信号量不存在。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 已命名的信号量存在，但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权。 + 1 + + + + + + 退出信号量并返回前一个计数。 + 调用 方法前信号量的计数。 + 信号量计数已是最大值。 + 发生已命名信号量的 Win32 错误。 + 当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量，但用户不具备 。- 或 -当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量，但它未用 打开。 + 1 + + + 以指定的次数退出信号量并返回前一个计数。 + 调用 方法前信号量的计数。 + 退出信号量的次数。 + + 为小于 1。 + 信号量计数已是最大值。 + 发生已命名信号量的 Win32 错误。 + 当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量，但用户不具备 权限。- 或 -当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量，但它不是以 权限打开的。 + 1 + + + 打开指定名称为信号量（如果已经存在），并返回指示操作是否成功的值。 + 如果命名信号量成功打开，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 要打开的系统信号量的名称。 + 当此方法返回时，如果调用成功，则包含表示命名信号的 对象；否则为 null。该参数未经初始化即被处理。 + + 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为 null。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 已命名的信号量存在，但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权。 + + + 对计数已达到最大值的信号量调用 方法时引发的异常。 + 2 + + + 使用默认值初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误信息。 + + + 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误信息。 + 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + + + 对可同时访问资源或资源池的线程数加以限制的 的轻量替代。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，以指定可同时授予的请求的初始数量。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。 + + 小于 0。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，同时指定可同时授予的请求的初始数量和最大数量。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的最大请求数。 + + 小于 0，或 大于 ，或 小于等于 0。 + + + 返回一个可用于在信号量上等待的 。 + 可用于在信号量上等待的 。 + 已释放了 。 + + + 获取可以输入 对象的剩余线程数。 + 可以输入信号量的剩余线程数。 + + + 释放 类的当前实例所使用的所有资源。 + + + 释放由 占用的非托管资源，还可以另外再释放托管资源。 + 若要释放托管资源和非托管资源，则为 true；若仅释放非托管资源，则为 false。 + + + 释放 对象一次。 + + 的前一个计数。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 已达到其最大大小。 + + + 释放 对象指定的次数。 + + 的前一个计数。 + 退出信号量的次数。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 为小于 1。 + + 已达到其最大大小。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直至它可进入 为止。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直至它可进入 为止，同时使用 32 位带符号整数来指定超时。 + 如果当前线程成功进入 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直至它可进入 为止，并使用 32 位带符号整数来指定超时，同时观察 。 + 如果当前线程成功进入 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + + 实例已被释放，或 创建 已被释放。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直至它可进入 为止，同时观察 。 + 要观察的 标记。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 已释放。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直至它可进入 为止，同时使用 来指定超时。 + 如果当前线程成功进入 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 。 + semaphoreSlim 实例已处理 + + + 阻止当前线程，直至它可进入 为止，并使用 来指定超时，同时观察 。 + 如果当前线程成功进入 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 。 + semaphoreSlim 实例已处理 创建了 的 已经被释放。 + + + 输入 的异步等待。 + 输入信号量时完成任务。 + + + 输入 的异步等待，使用 32 位带符号整数度量时间间隔。 + 如果当前线程成功输入了 ，则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务，否则将通过 false 的结果完成。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + + + 在观察 时，输入 的异步等待，使用 32 位带符号整数度量时间间隔。 + 如果当前线程成功输入了 ，则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务，否则将通过 false 的结果完成。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 要观察的 。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 已取消。 + + + 在观察 时，输入 的异步等待。 + 输入信号量时完成任务。 + 要观察的 标记。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 已取消。 + + + 输入 的异步等待，使用 度量时间间隔。 + 如果当前线程成功输入了 ，则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务，否则将通过 false 的结果完成。 + 表示等待毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时 - 或 - 超时大于 。 + + + 在观察 时，输入 的异步等待，使用 度量时间间隔。 + 如果当前线程成功输入了 ，则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务，否则将通过 false 的结果完成。 + 表示等待毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 要观察的 标记。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时- 或 -超时大于 。 + + 已取消。 + + + 表示在消息即将被调度到同步上下文时要调用的方法。 + 传递给委托的对象。 + 2 + + + 提供一个相互排斥锁基元，在该基元中，尝试获取锁的线程将在重复检查的循环中等待，直至该锁变为可用为止。 + + + 使用用于跟踪线程 ID 以改善调试的选项初始化 结构的新实例。 + 是否捕获线程 ID 并将其用于调试目的。 + + + 采用可靠的方式获取锁，这样，即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下，都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。 + 如果已获取锁，则为 true，否则为 false。调用此方法前，必须将 始化为 false。 + 在调用 Enter 之前， 参数必须初始化为 false。 + 线程所有权跟踪已启用，当前线程已获取此锁定。 + + + 释放锁。 + 启用线程所有权跟踪，当前线程不是此锁的所有者。 + + + 释放锁。 + 一个布尔值，该值指示是否应发出内存界定，以便将退出操作立即发布到其他线程。 + 启用线程所有权跟踪，当前线程不是此锁的所有者。 + + + 获取锁当前是否已由任何线程占用。 + 如果锁当前已由任何线程占用，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 获取锁是否已由当前线程占用。 + 如果锁已由当前线程占用，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 禁用线程所有权跟踪。 + + + 获取是否已为此实例启用了线程所有权跟踪。 + 如果已为此实例启用了线程所有权跟踪，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 尝试采用可靠的方式获取锁，这样，即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下，都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。 + 如果已获取锁，则为 true，否则为 false。调用此方法前，必须将 始化为 false。 + 在调用 TryEnter 之前， 参数必须在初始化为 false。 + 线程所有权跟踪已启用，当前线程已获取此锁定。 + + + 尝试采用可靠的方式获取锁，这样，即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下，都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 如果已获取锁，则为 true，否则为 false。调用此方法前，必须将 始化为 false。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + 在调用 TryEnter 之前， 参数必须在初始化为 false。 + 线程所有权跟踪已启用，当前线程已获取此锁定。 + + + 尝试采用可靠的方式获取锁，这样，即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下，都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。 + 表示等待的毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 如果已获取锁，则为 true，否则为 false。调用此方法前，必须将 始化为 false。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 毫秒。 + 在调用 TryEnter 之前， 参数必须在初始化为 false。 + 线程所有权跟踪已启用，当前线程已获取此锁定。 + + + 提供对基于自旋的等待的支持。 + + + 获取已对此实例调用 的次数。 + 返回一个整数，该整数表示已对此实例调用 的次数。 + + + 获取对 的下一次调用是否将产生处理器，同时触发强制上下文切换。 + 对 的下一次调用是否将产生处理器，同时触发强制上下文切换。 + + + 重置自旋计数器。 + + + 执行单一自旋。 + + + 在指定条件得到满足之前自旋。 + 在返回 true 之前重复执行的委托。 + + 参数为 null。 + + + 在指定条件得到满足或指定超时过期之前自旋。 + 如果条件在超时时间内得到满足，则为 true；否则为 false + 在返回 true 之前重复执行的委托。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + + 参数为 null。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + + + 在指定条件得到满足或指定超时过期之前自旋。 + 如果条件在超时时间内得到满足，则为 true；否则为 false + 在返回 true 之前重复执行的委托。 + 一个 ，表示等待的毫秒数；或者一个 TimeSpan，表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）。 + + 参数为 null。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 。 + + + 提供在各种同步模型中传播同步上下文的基本功能。 + 2 + + + 创建 类的新实例。 + + + 在派生类中重写时，创建同步上下文的副本。 + 一个新 对象。 + 2 + + + 获取当前线程的同步上下文。 + 一个 对象，它表示当前同步上下文。 + 1 + + + 在派生类中重写时，响应操作已完成的通知。 + + + 在派生类中重写时，响应操作已开始的通知。 + + + 在派生类中重写时，将异步消息分派到同步上下文。 + 要调用的 委托。 + 传递给委托的对象。 + 2 + + + 在派生类中重写时，将同步消息分派到同步上下文。 + 要调用的 委托。 + 传递给委托的对象。 + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + 设置当前同步上下文。 + 要设置的 对象。 + 1 + + + + + + 当某个方法请求调用方拥有给定 Monitor 上的锁时将引发该异常，而且由不拥有该锁的调用方调用此方法。 + 2 + + + 使用默认属性初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误信息。 + + + 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误信息。 + 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + + + 提供数据的线程本地存储。 + 指定每线程的已存储数据的类型。 + + + 初始化 实例。 + + + 初始化 实例。 + 是否要跟踪实例上的所有值集并通过 属性将其公开。 + + + 使用指定的 函数初始化 实例。 + 如果在 之前尚未初始化的情况下尝试对其进行检索，则会调用 生成延迟初始化的值。 + + 是 null 引用（在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing）。 + + + 使用指定的 函数初始化 实例。 + 如果在 之前尚未初始化的情况下尝试对其进行检索，则会调用 生成延迟初始化的值。 + 是否要跟踪实例上的所有值集并通过 属性将其公开。 + + 为 null 引用（在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing）。 + + + 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。 + + + 释放此 实例使用的资源。 + 一个布尔值，该值指示是否由于调用 的原因而调用此方法。 + + + 释放此 实例使用的资源。 + + + 获取是否在当前线程上初始化 。 + 如果在当前线程上初始化 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 已释放 实例。 + + + 创建并返回当前线程的此实例的字符串表示形式。 + 对 调用 的结果。 + 已释放 实例。 + 当前线程的 为 null 引用（Visual Basic 中为 Nothing）。 + 初始化函数尝试以递归方式引用 。 + 没有提供默认构造函数，且没有提供值工厂。 + + + 获取或设置当前线程的此实例的值。 + 返回此 ThreadLocal 负责初始化的对象的实例。 + 已释放 实例。 + 初始化函数尝试以递归方式引用 。 + 没有提供默认构造函数，且没有提供值工厂。 + + + 获取当前由已经访问此实例的所有线程存储的所有值的列表。 + 访问此实例由所有线程存储的当前的所有值的列表。 + 已释放 实例。 + + + 包含用于执行易失内存操作的方法。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 从指定的字段读取对象引用。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 对读取的 的引用。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该引用都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新引用。 + 要读取的字段。 + 要读取的字段的类型。此类型必须是引用类型，而不是值类型。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入如下所示的防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存栅：如果内存操作出现在代码中的此方法之前，则处理器不能将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的对象引用写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将对象引用写入的字段。 + 要写入的对象引用。立即写入一个引用，以使该引用对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + 要写入的字段的类型。此类型必须是引用类型，而不是值类型。 + + + 在尝试打开不存在的系统互斥体或信号量时引发的异常。 + 2 + + + 使用默认值初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误信息。 + + + 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误信息。 + 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/zh-hant/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/zh-hant/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ff1745d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/zh-hant/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1885 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + 當一個執行緒取得另一個執行緒已放棄，但是結束時並未釋放的 物件時，所擲回的例外狀況。 + 1 + + + 使用預設值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用已放棄 Mutex 的指定索引 (若適用的話) 以及表示此 Mutex 的 物件，初始化 類別的新執行個體 。 + 如果針對 方法擲回例外狀況，則為等候控制代碼陣列中已放棄 Mutex 的索引；如果針對 或 方法擲回例外狀況，則為 -1。 + + 物件，表示放棄的 Mutex。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息和內部例外狀況初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息、內部例外狀況、已放棄 Mutex 的索引 (若適用的話)，以及表示此 Mutex 的 物件，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + 如果針對 方法擲回例外狀況，則為等候控制代碼陣列中已放棄 Mutex 的索引；如果針對 或 方法擲回例外狀況，則為 -1。 + + 物件，表示放棄的 Mutex。 + + + 以指定的錯誤訊息、已放棄 Mutex 的索引 (若適用的話) 以及放棄的 Mutex 初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + 如果針對 方法擲回例外狀況，則為等候控制代碼陣列中已放棄 Mutex 的索引；如果針對 或 方法擲回例外狀況，則為 -1。 + + 物件，表示放棄的 Mutex。 + + + 取得造成例外狀況的已放棄 Mutex (若為已知)。 + + 物件，表示已放棄的 Mutex；若無法識別已放棄的 Mutex，則為 null。 + 1 + + + 取得造成例外狀況之已放棄 Mutex 的索引 (若為已知)。 + 等候控制代碼陣列中的索引 (已傳遞給 物件的 方法)，表示已放棄的 Mutex；如果無法判斷已放棄 Mutex 的索引，則為 -1。 + 1 + + + 表示對於指定的非同步控制流程為本機的環境資料，例如非同步方法。 + 環境資料的類型。 + + + 具現化不會接收變更告知的 執行個體。 + + + 具現化會接收變更告知的 本機執行個體。 + 每當在任何執行緒上變更目前的值就會呼叫委派。 + + + 取得或設定環境資料的值。 + 環境資料的值。 + + + 會提供資料變更資訊給 執行個體的的類別，該執行個體會註冊變更告知。 + 資料的類型。 + + + 取得資料目前的值。 + 資料目前的值。 + + + 取得資料先前的值。 + 資料先前的值。 + + + 傳回值，指出值是否會因為執行內容的變更而變更。 + 如果值會因為執行內容的變更而變更，則為 true；否則為 false。 + + + 向等候的執行緒通知發生事件。此類別無法被繼承。 + 2 + + + 使用表示是否要將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號的布林值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號，false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。 + + + 允許多項工作在多個階段中以平行方式來合作處理某個演算法。 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 參與執行緒的數目。 + + 小於 0 或大於 32,767。 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 參與執行緒的數目。 + 要在每個階段之後執行的 。可以傳遞 null (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing) 表示不執行任何動作。 + + 小於 0 或大於 32,767。 + + + 通知 ，表示還會有一個其他參與者。 + 新參與者將第一次參與其中的屏障階段編號。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + 加入參與者會造成屏障的參與者計數超過 32,767。-或-此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。 + + + 通知 ，表示還會有多個其他參與者。 + 新參與者將第一次參與其中的屏障階段編號。 + 要加入至屏障的其他參與者數目。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 小於 0。-或-加入 參與者會造成屏障的參與者計數超過 32,767。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。 + + + 取得屏障目前階段的編號。 + 傳回屏障目前階段的編號。 + + + 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。 + + + 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源，並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。 + true 表示同時釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源，false 表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。 + + + 取得在屏障中的參與者總數。 + 傳回在屏障中的參與者總數。 + + + 取得在目前階段中尚未發出訊號的屏障中參與者數目。 + 傳回在目前階段中尚未發出訊號的屏障中參與者數目。 + + + 通知 ，表示會減少一個參與者。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + 屏障已經有 0 個參與者。-或-此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。 + + + 通知 ，表示會減少一些參與者。 + 要從屏障中移除的其他參與者數目。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 小於 0。 + 屏障已經有 0 個參與者。-或-此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。 -或-目前的參與者計數少於指定的 participantCount + 參與者總計數小於指定的 + + + 發出訊號，表示參與者已到達屏障，並且在等候所有其他參與者到達屏障。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用，屏障目前有 0 個參與者，或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。 + 所有參與執行緒皆已呼叫 SignalAndWait 後，如果從 Barrier 的階段後動作擲回例外，會將例外狀況包裝在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中，並擲回所有參與執行緒。 + + + 發出訊號，表示參與者已到達屏障，並且在等候所有其他參與者到達屏障 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時)。 + 如果所有參與者已在指定時間內達到屏障則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用，屏障目前有 0 個參與者，或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。 + 所有參與執行緒皆已呼叫 SignalAndWait 後，如果從 Barrier 的階段後動作擲回例外，會將例外狀況包裝在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中，並擲回所有參與執行緒。 + + + 發出訊號，表示參與者已到達屏障，並且在等候所有其他參與者到達 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時)，同時觀察取消語彙基元。 + 如果所有參與者已在指定時間內達到屏障則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用，屏障目前有 0 個參與者，或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。 + + + 發出訊號，表示參與者已到達屏障，並且在等候所有其他參與者到達，同時觀察取消語彙基元。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用，屏障目前有 0 個參與者，或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。 + + + 發出訊號，表示參與者已到達屏障，並且在等候所有其他參與者到達屏障 (使用 物件以測量時間間隔)。 + 如果所有其他參與者已達到屏障則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 32,767 的逾時。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用，屏障目前有 0 個參與者，或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。 + + + 發出訊號，表示參與者已到達屏障，並且在等候所有其他參與者到達 (使用 物件以測量時間間隔)，同時觀察取消語彙基元。 + 如果所有其他參與者已達到屏障則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用，屏障目前有 0 個參與者，或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。 + + + 在 的後續階段動作失敗時所擲回的例外狀況。 + + + 以系統提供的錯誤說明訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用指定的內部例外狀況，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤說明訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已經為目前系統的文化特性當地語系化。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已經為目前系統的文化特性當地語系化。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + + + 表示要在新內容裡面呼叫的方法。 + 物件，它包含回呼方法所使用的資訊。 + 1 + + + 代表當計數到達零時收到訊號的同步處理原始物件。 + + + 使用指定的計數，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 設定 時最初所需的訊號次數。 + + 小於 0。 + + + 將 目前的計數遞增一。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + 目前的執行個體已經設定。-或- 等於或大於 。 + + + 將 目前的計數遞增所指定的值。 + + 所要增加的值。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 小於或等於 0。 + 目前的執行個體已經設定。-或-計數遞增 後， 會等於或大於 + + + 取得設定事件時需要的剩餘訊號次數。 + 設定事件時需要的剩餘訊號次數。 + + + 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。 + + + 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源，並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。 + true 表示同時釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源，false 表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。 + + + 取得設定事件一開始時所需要的訊號次數。 + 設定事件一開始時所需要的訊號次數。 + + + 判斷事件是否已設定。 + 如果已設定事件則為 true，否則為 false。 + + + 將 重設為 的值。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + + 將 屬性重設為指定的值。 + 設定 時所需的訊號次數。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 小於 0。 + + + 向 註冊訊號，並遞減 的值。 + 如果訊號使計數到達零且設定事件則為 true，否則為 false。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + 目前的執行個體已經設定。 + + + 向 註冊多個訊號，並將 的值遞減指定的數量。 + 如果信號使計數到達零且設定事件則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要註冊的訊號數。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 小於 1。 + 目前的執行個體已經設定。或 大於 。 + + + 嘗試將 遞增一。 + 如果遞增成功則為 true，否則為 false。如果 已經位於零，這個方法將傳回 false。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 等於 。 + + + 嘗試以指定的值遞增 。 + 如果遞增成功則為 true，否則為 false。如果 已經為零，這將傳回 false。 + + 所要增加的值。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 小於或等於 0。 + 目前的執行個體已經設定。-或- + 等於或大於 。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了 為止。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了 為止 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時)。 + 如果已設定 則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了 為止 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時)，同時觀察 。 + 如果已設定 則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或者-已處置建立 的 。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了 為止，同時觀察 。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或者-已處置建立 的 。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了 為止 (使用 以測量逾時)。 + 如果已設定 則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 的逾時。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了 為止 (使用 以測量逾時)，同時觀察 。 + 如果已設定 則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或者-已處置建立 的 。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 的逾時。 + + + 取得用來等候事件獲得設定的 。 + + ，其會用於等候事件獲得設定。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + + 表示收到信號之後，是否會自動或手動重設 。 + 2 + + + 收到信號通知時， 在釋放單一執行緒後會自動重設。如果沒有任何執行緒在等待，則 會保持收到信號的狀態，直到有執行緒被封鎖為止，接著就釋放這個執行緒並將自己重設。 + + + 收到信號通知時， 會釋放所有正在等待的執行緒，並保持收到信號的狀態，直到被手動重設為止。 + + + 表示執行緒同步處理事件。 + 2 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體、指定等候控制代碼是否一開始就會收到信號，以及是以自動還是手動方式來重設。 + true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號，false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。 + 其中一個 值，判斷是以自動還是手動方式重設事件。 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體、指定等候控制代碼是否一開始就會收到信號 (如果它是因這個呼叫而建立)、是以自動還是手動方式進行重設，以及系統同步處理事件的名稱。 + true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號 (如果具名事件是因這個呼叫而建立)，false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。 + 其中一個 值，判斷是以自動還是手動方式重設事件。 + 整個系統的同步處理事件名稱。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名的事件已存在，而且具有存取控制安全性，但是使用者沒有 。 + 無法建立具名的事件，可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。 + + 長度超過 260 個字元。 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體、指定等候控制代碼是否一開始就會收到信號 (如果它是因這個呼叫而建立)、是以自動還是手動方式進行重設、系統同步處理事件的名稱，以及呼叫之後的布林變數值 (此值可指示是否已建立具名系統事件)。 + true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號 (如果具名事件是因這個呼叫而建立)，false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。 + 其中一個 值，判斷是以自動還是手動方式重設事件。 + 整個系統的同步處理事件名稱。 + 這個方法傳回時，如果已建立本機事件 (也就是說，如果 為 null 或空字串)，或是已建立指定的已命名系統事件，則會包含 true；如果指定的已命名系統事件已存在則為 false。這個參數會以未初始化的狀態傳遞。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名的事件已存在，而且具有存取控制安全性，但是使用者沒有 。 + 無法建立具名的事件，可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。 + + 長度超過 260 個字元。 + + + 開啟指定的具名同步處理事件 (如果已經存在)。 + 表示具名系統事件的物件。 + 要開啟的系統同步處理事件的名稱。 + + 為空字串。-或- 長度超過 260 個字元。 + + 為 null。 + 具名系統事件不存在。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名事件存在，但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。 + 1 + + + + + + 將事件的狀態設定為未收到信號，會造成執行緒封鎖。 + 如果作業成功，則為 true，否則為 false . + 之前在這個 上呼叫 方法。 + 2 + + + 將事件的狀態設定為未收到信號，讓一個或多個等候執行緒繼續執行。 + 如果作業成功，則為 true，否則為 false . + 之前在這個 上呼叫 方法。 + 2 + + + 開啟指定的具名同步處理事件 (如果已經存在)，並傳回值，指出作業是否成功。 + 如果已成功開啟具名同步處理事件，則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要開啟的系統同步處理事件的名稱。 + 這個方法傳回時，如果呼叫成功，則包含物件，此物件代表具名同步處理事件，如果呼叫失敗，則為null。這個參數會被視為未初始化。 + + 為空字串。-或- 長度超過 260 個字元。 + + 為 null。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名事件已存在，但是使用者沒有所需的安全性存取權。 + + + 管理目前執行緒的執行內容。此類別無法被繼承。 + 2 + + + 從目前的執行緒擷取執行內容。 + + 物件，表示目前執行緒的執行內容。 + 1 + + + 在目前執行緒上的指定執行內容中執行方法。 + 要設定的 。 + + 委派，表示要在所提供執行內容中執行的方法。 + 要傳遞至回呼 (Callback) 方法的物件。 + + 為 null。-或- 不是透過擷取作業取得。-或-已經將 當做 呼叫的引數使用。 + 1 + + + + + + 為多重執行緒共用的變數提供不可部分完成的作業 (Atomic Operation)。 + 2 + + + 將兩個 32 位元整數加相，並以總和取代第一個整數，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + 新值儲存於 。 + 包含要加入的第一個值的變數。這兩個值的總和會存放在 中。 + 要加入 的整數的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將兩個 64 位元整數加相，並以總和取代第一個整數，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + 新值儲存於 。 + 包含要加入的第一個值的變數。這兩個值的總和會存放在 中。 + 要加入 的整數的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較兩個雙精確度浮點數是否相等；如果相等，則取代第一個值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端，其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。 + 當比較的結果相等時，會取代目的端值的值。 + 與 的值比較的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較兩個 32 位元帶正負號的整數是否相等，如果相等，則取代第一個值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端，其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。 + 當比較的結果相等時，會取代目的端值的值。 + 與 的值比較的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較兩個 64 位元帶正負號的整數是否相等，如果相等，則取代第一個值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端，其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。 + 當比較的結果相等時，會取代目的端值的值。 + 與 的值比較的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較兩個平台特定的控制代碼或指標是否相等；如果相等，則取代第一個。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端 ，其值會與 的值進行比較，且可能被 所取代。 + + ，當比較的結果相等時會取代目的端值。 + + ，會與 的值相比較。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較兩個物件的參考是否相等；如果相等，則取代第一個物件。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端物件，此物件會與 進行比較且可能被取代。 + 當比較的結果相等時，會取代目的端物件的物件。 + 與 的物件相比較的物件。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較兩個單精確度浮點數是否相等；如果相等，則取代第一個值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端，其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。 + 當比較的結果相等時，會取代目的端值的值。 + 與 的值比較的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較指定參考類型 的兩個執行個體是否相等；如果相等，則取代第一個。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端，其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。此為參考參數 (在 C# 中為 ref，在 Visual Basic 中為 ByRef)。 + 當比較的結果相等時，會取代目的端值的值。 + 與 的值比較的值。 + 要用於 、 和 的類型。此類型必須是參考類型。 + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 遞減特定變數並將結果儲存起來，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + 遞減後的值。 + 值會被遞減的變數。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 遞減特定變數並將結果儲存起來，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + 遞減後的值。 + 值會被遞減的變數。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將雙精確度浮點數設定為指定值，然後傳回原始值，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將 32 位元帶正負號的整數設定為指定值，然後傳回原始值，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將 64 位元帶正負號的整數設定為指定值，然後傳回原始值，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將平台特定的控制代碼或指標設定為指定值，然後傳回原始值，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將物件設定為指定值，然後傳回原始物件的參考，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將單精確度浮點數設定為指定值，然後傳回原始值，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將指定類型 的變數設定為指定值，然後傳回原始值，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。此為參考參數 (在 C# 中為 ref，在 Visual Basic 中為 ByRef)。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + 要用於 和 的類型。此類型必須是參考類型。 + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 遞增特定變數並將結果儲存起來，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + 遞增後的值。 + 值會被遞增的變數。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 遞增特定變數並將結果儲存起來，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + 遞增後的值。 + 值會被遞增的變數。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 同步處理記憶體存取，如下所示：執行目前執行緒的處理器無法以下列方式重新排列指示：呼叫 之前的記憶體存取在呼叫 後的記憶體存取之後執行。 + + + 傳回 64 位元的值 (載入為不可部分完成的作業)。 + 載入的值。 + 要載入的 64 位元值。 + 1 + + + 提供延遲初始化常式。 + + + 如果目標參考型別尚未初始化，則使用該型別的預設建構函式來進行初始化。 + 型別 的已初始化參考。 + 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考。 + 要初始化之參考的型別。 + 缺少存取型別 之建構函式的使用權限。 + + 型別沒有預設的建構函式。 + + + 如果目標型別尚未初始化，則使用其預設建構函式來初始化目標的參考型別或實值型別。 + 型別 的已初始化實值。 + 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考或實值。 + 布林值的參考，這個值可判斷目標是否已初始化。 + 物件的參考，這個物件用來當做初始化 時的互斥鎖定。如果 為 null，則具現化新的物件。 + 要初始化之參考的型別。 + 缺少存取型別 之建構函式的使用權限。 + + 型別沒有預設的建構函式。 + + + 如果目標型別尚未初始化，則使用指定的函式來初始化目標的參考或實值型別。 + 型別 的已初始化實值。 + 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考或實值。 + 布林值的參考，這個值可判斷目標是否已初始化。 + 物件的參考，這個物件用來當做初始化 時的互斥鎖定。如果 為 null，則具現化新的物件。 + 呼叫來初始化參考或值的函式。 + 要初始化之參考的型別。 + 缺少存取型別 之建構函式的使用權限。 + + 型別沒有預設的建構函式。 + + + 如果目標型別尚未初始化，則使用指定的函式來初始化目標的參考型別。 + 型別 的已初始化實值。 + 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考。 + 呼叫來初始化參考的函式。 + 要初始化之參考的參考型別。 + + 型別沒有預設的建構函式。 + + 傳回 null (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。 + + + 當遞迴進入鎖定與鎖定的遞迴原則不相符時，擲回的例外狀況。 + 2 + + + 以系統提供的錯誤說明訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 2 + + + 使用指定的錯誤說明訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已針對目前系統的文化特性，執行過當地語系化。 + 2 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已針對目前系統的文化特性，執行過當地語系化。 + 造成目前例外狀況的例外狀況。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + 2 + + + 指定相同的執行緒是否可以多次進入鎖定。 + + + 如果執行緒嘗試遞迴地進入鎖定，則會擲回例外狀況。某些類別可能會在此設定有效時允許特定的遞迴。 + + + 執行緒可以遞迴地進入鎖定。某些類別可能會限制此功能。 + + + 告知一個以上的等候中執行緒已發生事件。此類別無法被繼承。 + 2 + + + 使用布林值 (Boolean) 來初始化 類別的新執行個體，指出初始狀態是否設定為信號狀態。 + 如果初始狀態設定為信號狀態，為 true；初始狀態設定為非信號狀態則為 false。 + + + 提供 的精簡版本。 + + + 使用未收到訊號的初始狀態來初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用表示是否要將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號的布林值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + true 表示會將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號，false 表示會將初始狀態設定為未收到訊號。 + + + 使用表示是否要將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號的布林值以及指定的微調計數，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + true 表示會將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號，false 表示會將初始狀態設定為未收到訊號。 + 在回到以核心為基礎的等候作業之前進行微調等候的次數。 + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。 + + + 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源，並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。 + true 表示釋放 Managed 與 Unmanaged 資源，false 表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。 + + + 取得值，表示事件是否已設定。 + 如果已設定事件則為 true，否則為 false。 + + + 將事件的狀態設定為未收到信號，會造成執行緒封鎖。 + The object has already been disposed. + + + 將事件的狀態設定為已收到訊號，讓正在等候該事件的一或多個執行緒繼續執行。 + + + 取得在回到以核心為基礎的等候作業之前進行微調等候的次數。 + 傳回在回到以核心為基礎的等候作業之前進行微調等候的次數。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了目前的 為止。 + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了目前的 為止 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量時間間隔)。 + 如果設定了 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了目前的 為止，並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量時間間隔，同時觀察 。 + 如果設定了 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 要觀察的 。 + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到目前的 收到訊號為止，同時觀察 。 + 要觀察的 。 + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了目前的 為止，並使用 以測量時間間隔。 + 如果設定了 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了目前的 為止，並使用 以量測時間間隔，同時觀察 。 + 如果設定了 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 要觀察的 。 + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 取得這個 的基礎 物件。 + 這個 的基礎 事件物件。 + + + 提供一套機制，同步處理物件的存取。 + 2 + + + 取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定。 + 要從其上取得監視器鎖定的物件。 + + 參數為 null。 + 1 + + + 取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定，並且完整設定值，指出是否採用鎖定。 + 要等候的物件。 + 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定，輸出就是 true；否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間，即使發生例外狀況，仍然會設定輸出。注意：如果沒有發生例外狀況，這個方法的輸出一律為 true。 + + 的輸入為 true。 + + 參數為 null。 + + + 釋出指定物件的獨佔鎖定。 + 要從其上釋出鎖定的物件。 + + 參數為 null。 + 目前執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。 + 1 + + + 判斷目前執行緒是否保持鎖定指定的物件。 + 如果目前的執行緒持有 的鎖定，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要測試的物件。 + + 為 null。 + + + 通知等候佇列中的執行緒，鎖定物件的狀態有所變更。 + 執行緒正等候的物件。 + + 參數為 null。 + 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。 + 1 + + + 通知所有等候中的執行緒，物件的狀態有所變更。 + 送出 Pulse 的物件。 + + 參數為 null。 + 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。 + 1 + + + 嘗試取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定。 + 如果目前執行緒取得鎖定，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要取得鎖定的物件。 + + 參數為 null。 + 1 + + + 嘗試取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定，並且完整設定值，指出是否採用鎖定。 + 要取得鎖定的物件。 + 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定，輸出就是 true；否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間，即使發生例外狀況，仍然會設定輸出。 + + 的輸入為 true。 + + 參數為 null。 + + + 嘗試取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定 (在指定的毫秒數時間內)。 + 如果目前執行緒取得鎖定，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要取得鎖定的物件。 + 等候鎖定的毫秒數。 + + 參數為 null。 + + 為負，且不等於 。 + 1 + + + 嘗試在指定的毫秒數內取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定，並且完整設定值，指出是否採用鎖定。 + 要取得鎖定的物件。 + 等候鎖定的毫秒數。 + 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定，輸出就是 true；否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間，即使發生例外狀況，仍然會設定輸出。 + + 的輸入為 true。 + + 參數為 null。 + + 為負，且不等於 。 + + + 嘗試取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定 (在指定的時間內)。 + 如果目前執行緒取得鎖定，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要取得鎖定的物件。 + + ，代表等候鎖定的時間量。-1 毫秒的值會指定無限期等候。 + + 參數為 null。 + + 的毫秒值為負且不等於 (-1 毫秒) 或大於 。 + 1 + + + 嘗試在指定的時間內取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定，並且完整設定值，指出是否採用鎖定。 + 要取得鎖定的物件。 + 等候鎖定的時間長度。-1 毫秒的值會指定無限期等候。 + 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定，輸出就是 true；否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間，即使發生例外狀況，仍然會設定輸出。 + + 的輸入為 true。 + + 參數為 null。 + + 的毫秒值為負且不等於 (-1 毫秒) 或大於 。 + + + 釋出物件的鎖並且封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒重新取得鎖定為止。 + 如果由於呼叫端重新取得指定物件的鎖定而傳回呼叫，則為 true。如果鎖定不被重新取得，則這個方法不會傳回。 + 要等候的物件。 + + 參數為 null。 + 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。 + 叫用 Wait 的執行緒稍後會從等候狀態被插斷。這會當另一個執行緒呼叫這個執行緒的 方法時發生。 + 1 + + + 釋出物件的鎖並且封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒重新取得鎖定為止。如果超過指定的逾時間隔時間，執行緒會進入就緒序列。 + 如果在經過指定的時間之前重新取得鎖定，則為 true；如果在經過指定的時間之後重新取得鎖定，則為 false。要等到重新取得鎖定之後，此方法才會傳回。 + 要等候的物件。 + 在執行緒進入就緒佇列之前要等候的毫秒數。 + + 參數為 null。 + 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。 + 叫用 Wait 的執行緒稍後會從等候狀態被插斷。這會當另一個執行緒呼叫這個執行緒的 方法時發生。 + + 參數的值為負，且不等於 。 + 1 + + + 釋出物件的鎖並且封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒重新取得鎖定為止。如果超過指定的逾時間隔時間，執行緒會進入就緒序列。 + 如果在經過指定的時間之前重新取得鎖定，則為 true；如果在經過指定的時間之後重新取得鎖定，則為 false。要等到重新取得鎖定之後，此方法才會傳回。 + 要等候的物件。 + + ，代表在執行緒進入就緒佇列之前要等候的時間量。 + + 參數為 null。 + 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。 + 叫用 Wait 的執行緒稍後會從等候狀態被插斷。這會當另一個執行緒呼叫這個執行緒的 方法時發生。 + + 參數的毫秒值為負，且不表示 (-1 毫秒)，或大於 。 + 1 + + + 同步處理原始物件，該物件也可用於進行處理序之間的同步處理。 + 1 + + + 使用預設屬性，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用表示呼叫執行緒是否應該具有 Mutex 的初始擁有權的布林值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + true 表示將 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒，否則為 false。 + + + 使用表示呼叫執行緒是否應該具有 Mutex 的初始擁有權的布林值，以及代表 Mutex 名稱的字串，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + true 表示如果這個呼叫的結果建立了具名系統 Mutex，則將具名系統 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒，否則為 false。 + + 的名稱。如果值是 null，則 未命名。 + 具名的 Mutex 存在，而且具有存取控制安全性，但是使用者沒有 。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 無法建立具名的 Mutex，可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。 + + 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + + 使用表示呼叫執行緒是否應該具有 Mutex 的初始擁有權的布林值、代表 Mutex 名稱的字串，以及當方法傳回時表示是否將 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒的布林值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + true 表示如果這個呼叫的結果建立了具名系統 Mutex，則將具名系統 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒，否則為 false。 + + 的名稱。如果值是 null，則 未命名。 + 當這個方法傳回時，如果已建立本機 Mutex (也就是說，如果 為 null 或空字串)，或是已建立指定的具名系統 Mutex，則會包含 true 的布林值；如果指定的具名系統 Mutex 已存在，則為 false。這個參數會以未初始化的狀態傳遞。 + 具名的 Mutex 存在，而且具有存取控制安全性，但是使用者沒有 。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 無法建立具名的 Mutex，可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。 + + 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + + 開啟指定的具名 mutex (如果已經存在)。 + 表示具名系統 Mutex 的物件。 + 要開啟的系統 Mutex 的名稱。 + + 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 為 null。 + 具名 Mutex 不存在。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名 Mutex 存在，但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。 + 1 + + + + + + 釋出 一次。 + 呼叫執行緒並不擁有 Mutex。 + 1 + + + 開啟指定的具名 mutex (如果已經存在)，並傳回值，指出作業是否成功。 + 如果已成功開啟具名 Mutex，則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要開啟的系統 Mutex 的名稱。 + 當這個方法傳回時，如果呼叫成功，則包含代表具名 Mutex 的 物件；如果呼叫失敗，則為 null。這個參數會被視為未初始化。 + + 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 為 null。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名 Mutex 存在，但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。 + + + 代表鎖定，用來管理資源存取，允許多個執行緒的讀取權限或獨佔寫入權限。 + + + 使用預設屬性值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 指定鎖定遞迴原則，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 一個列舉值，指定鎖定遞迴原則。 + + + 取得已進入讀取模式鎖定狀態的唯一執行緒總數。 + 已進入讀取模式鎖定狀態的唯一執行緒數目。 + + + 釋放 類別目前的執行個體所使用的全部資源。 + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + 嘗試進入讀取模式的鎖定。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試進入可升級模式的鎖定狀態。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試進入寫入模式的鎖定。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 減少讀取模式遞迴的計數，如果得出的計數為 0 (零)，則結束讀取模式。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + 減少可升級模式遞迴的計數，如果得出的計數為 0 (零)，則結束可升級模式。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + 減少寫入模式遞迴的計數，如果得出的計數為 0 (零)，則結束寫入模式。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + 取得值，表示目前執行緒是否已進入讀取模式的鎖定。 + 如果目前執行緒已進入讀取模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 2 + + + 取得值，表示目前執行緒是否已進入可升級模式的鎖定。 + 如果目前執行緒已進入可升級模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 2 + + + 取得值，表示目前執行緒是否已進入寫入模式的鎖定。 + 如果目前執行緒已進入寫入模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 2 + + + 取得值，表示目前 物件的遞迴原則。 + 一個列舉值，指定鎖定遞迴原則。 + + + 取得目前執行緒已進入讀取模式鎖定的次數，做為遞迴的表示。 + 如果目前執行緒尚未進入讀取模式，則為 0 (零)；如果執行緒已進入讀取模式，但是尚未遞迴進入該模式，則為 1；如果執行緒已遞迴進入鎖定 n - 1 次，則為 n。 + 2 + + + 取得目前執行緒已進入可升級模式鎖定的次數，做為遞迴的表示。 + 如果目前執行緒尚未進入可升級模式，則為 0；如果執行緒已進入可升級模式，但是尚未遞迴進入該模式，則為 1；如果執行緒已遞迴進入可升級模式 n - 1 次，則為 n。 + 2 + + + 取得目前執行緒已進入寫入模式鎖定的次數，做為遞迴的表示。 + 如果目前執行緒尚未進入寫入模式，則為 0；如果執行緒已進入寫入模式，但是尚未遞迴進入該模式，則為 1；如果執行緒已遞迴進入寫入模式 n - 1 次，則為 n。 + 2 + + + 嘗試以選用的整數逾時，進入讀取模式的鎖定狀態。 + 如果呼叫執行緒已進入讀取模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數；若要永遠等候，則為 -1 ()。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試以選用的逾時，在讀取模式下進入鎖定狀態。 + 如果呼叫執行緒已進入讀取模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 等待的間隔，或 -1 毫秒無限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試以選用的逾時，在可升級模式下進入鎖定狀態。 + 如果呼叫執行緒已進入可升級模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數；若要永遠等候，則為 -1 ()。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試以選用的逾時，在可升級模式下進入鎖定狀態。 + 如果呼叫執行緒已進入可升級模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 等待的間隔，或 -1 毫秒無限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試以選用的逾時，在寫入模式下進入鎖定狀態。 + 如果呼叫執行緒已進入寫入模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數；若要永遠等候，則為 -1 ()。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試以選用的逾時，在寫入模式下進入鎖定狀態。 + 如果呼叫執行緒已進入寫入模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 等待的間隔，或 -1 毫秒無限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 取得等待進入讀取模式鎖定狀態的執行緒總數。 + 等待進入讀取模式的執行緒總數。 + 2 + + + 取得等待進入可升級模式鎖定狀態的執行緒總數。 + 等待進入可升級模式的執行緒總數。 + 2 + + + 取得等待進入寫入模式鎖定狀態的執行緒總數。 + 等待進入寫入模式的執行緒總數。 + 2 + + + 限制可以同時存取資源或資源集區的執行緒數目。 + 1 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體，以及指定並行項目的最大數目及選擇性地保留某些項目。 + 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。 + 可以同時授與之號誌要求的最大數目。 + + 大於 。 + + 为小于 1。-或- 小於 0。 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體，然後指定初始項目數目與並行項目的最大數目，以及選擇性地指定系統號誌物件的名稱。 + 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。 + 可以同時授與之號誌要求的最大數目。 + 具名系統號誌物件的名稱。 + + 大於 。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为小于 1。-或- 小於 0。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名的號誌存在，而且具有存取控制安全性，但是使用者沒有 。 + 無法建立具名的號誌，可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體，然後指定初始項目物件數目與並行項目的最大數目，選擇性地指定系統號誌物件的名稱，以及指定接收值的變數，指出是否已建立新的系統號誌。 + 可以同時滿足之號誌要求的初始數目。 + 可以同時滿足之號誌要求的最大數目。 + 具名系統號誌物件的名稱。 + 這個方法傳回時，如果已建立本機號誌 (也就是說，如果 為 null 或空字串)，或是已建立指定的已命名系統號誌，則會包含 true；如果指定的已命名系統號誌已存在則為 false。這個參數會以未初始化的狀態傳遞。 + + 大於 。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为小于 1。-或- 小於 0。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名的號誌存在，而且具有存取控制安全性，但是使用者沒有 。 + 無法建立具名的號誌，可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。 + + + 開啟指定的具名號誌 (如果已經存在)。 + 表示具名系統號誌的物件。 + 要開啟之系統號誌的名稱。 + + 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 為 null。 + 具名號誌不存在。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名號誌存在，但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。 + 1 + + + + + + 結束號誌，並傳回上一個計數。 + 呼叫 方法之前，號誌上的計數。 + 號誌計數已達到最大值。 + 具名號誌中發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌，但是使用者沒有 。-或-目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌，但是並未以 開啟。 + 1 + + + 以指定的次數結束號誌，並回到上一個計數。 + 呼叫 方法之前，號誌上的計數。 + 結束號誌的次數。 + + 为小于 1。 + 號誌計數已達到最大值。 + 具名號誌中發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌，但是使用者沒有 權限。-或-目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌，但是並未以 權限開啟。 + 1 + + + 開啟指定的具名號誌 (如果已經存在)，並傳回值，指出作業是否成功。 + 如果已成功開啟具名號誌，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要開啟之系統號誌的名稱。 + 這個方法傳回時，如果呼叫成功，則包含 物件，此物件代表具名信號，如果呼叫失敗，則為null。這個參數會被視為未初始化。 + + 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 為 null。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名號誌存在，但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。 + + + 在已經達到最大計數的號誌上呼叫 方法時，所擲回的例外狀況。 + 2 + + + 使用預設值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + + + 代表 的輕量型替代品，限制可同時存取一項資源或資源集區的執行緒數目。 + + + 指定可同時授與的初始要求數目，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。 + + 小於 0。 + + + 指定可同時授與的初始要求數目及最大數目，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。 + 可以同時授與之號誌要求的最大數目。 + + 小於 0，或者 大於 ，或者 等於或小於 0。 + + + 傳回可用來等候號誌的 。 + 可用來等候號誌的 。 + + 已經處置。 + + + 取得可以進入 物件的剩餘執行緒數目。 + 可以進入號誌的剩餘執行緒數目。 + + + 釋放 類別目前的執行個體所使用的全部資源。 + + + 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源，並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。 + true 表示釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源，false 則表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。 + + + 釋出 物件一次。 + + 的先前計數。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 已經達到其大小上限。 + + + 釋出 物件指定的次數。 + + 的先前計數。 + 結束號誌的次數。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 为小于 1。 + + 已經達到其大小上限。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止，並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來指定逾時。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數；若要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止，並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來指定逾時，同時觀察 。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數；若要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + 实例已被释放，或 创建 已被释放。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止，同時觀察 。 + 要觀察的 語彙基元。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或- 创建 已释放。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止，並使用 來指定逾時。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，代表等候毫秒數；或是 ，代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 的逾時。 + semaphoreSlim 執行個體已經處置 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止，並使用 來指定逾時，同時觀察 。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，代表等候毫秒數；或是 ，代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 的逾時。 + semaphoreSlim 執行個體已經處置 已處置建立 的 。 + + + 以非同步方式等候進入 。 + 將會在號誌 (Semaphore) 輸入後完成的工作。 + + + 以非同步方式等候進入 ，並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來測量時間間隔。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則工作會完成且結果為 true，否則結果為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + + 以非同步方式等候進入 ，並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來測量時間間隔，同時觀察 。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則工作會完成且結果為 true，否則結果為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 已取消。 + + + 以非同步方式等候進入 ，同時觀察 。 + 將會在號誌 (Semaphore) 輸入後完成的工作。 + 要觀察的 語彙基元。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 已取消。 + + + 以非同步方式等候進入 ，並使用 來測量時間間隔。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則工作會完成且結果為 true，否則結果為 false。 + + ，代表等候毫秒數；或是 ，代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限 -或- 逾時大於 。 + + + 以非同步方式等候進入 ，並使用 來測量時間間隔，同時觀察 。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則工作會完成且結果為 true，否則結果為 false。 + + ，代表等候毫秒數；或是 ，代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 要觀察的 語彙基元。 + + 是不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限-或-逾時大於 。 + + 已取消。 + + + 表示要將訊息分派至同步處理內容時，所要呼叫的方法。 + 傳送至委派的物件。 + 2 + + + 提供互斥鎖定基本作業，在這個作業中，嘗試取得鎖定的執行緒會用迴圈方式等候，並重複檢查，直到鎖定可用為止。 + + + 使用可追蹤執行緒 ID 以改善偵錯的選項，初始化 結構的新執行個體。 + 是否要擷取並使用執行緒 ID 以進行偵錯。 + + + 以可靠的方式取得鎖定，例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況，還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。 + 如果取得鎖定則為 true，否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。 + + 引數必須在呼叫 Enter 之前初始化為 False。 + 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤，且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。 + + + 釋放鎖定。 + 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤，且目前的執行緒不是這個鎖定的擁有者。 + + + 釋放鎖定。 + 布林值，表示是否應該發出記憶體柵欄，以便立即將結束作業發行至其他執行緒。 + 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤，且目前的執行緒不是這個鎖定的擁有者。 + + + 取得值，這個值表示此鎖定目前是否由任何執行緒持有。 + 如果此鎖定目前由任何執行緒持有則為 true，否則為 false。 + + + 取得值，表示此鎖定是否由目前執行緒持有。 + 如果此鎖定由目前執行緒持有則為 true，否則為 false。 + 已停用執行緒擁有權追蹤。 + + + 取得值，表示這個執行個體是否已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤。 + 如果這個執行個體已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤則為 true，否則為 false。 + + + 嘗試以可靠的方式取得鎖定，例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況，還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。 + 如果取得鎖定則為 true，否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。 + + 引數必須在呼叫 TryEnter 之前初始化為 False。 + 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤，且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。 + + + 嘗試以可靠的方式取得鎖定，例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況，還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 如果取得鎖定則為 true，否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + 引數必須在呼叫 TryEnter 之前初始化為 False。 + 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤，且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。 + + + 嘗試以可靠的方式取得鎖定，例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況，還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 如果取得鎖定則為 true，否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 毫秒的逾時。 + + 引數必須在呼叫 TryEnter 之前初始化為 False。 + 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤，且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。 + + + 提供微調式等候支援。 + + + 取得已在這個執行個體上呼叫 的次數。 + 傳回整數，表示已在這個執行個體上呼叫 的次數。 + + + 取得值，這個值表示下一次呼叫 時是否讓出處理器，並觸發強制的環境切換。 + 下一次呼叫 時是否讓出處理器，並觸發強制的環境切換。 + + + 重設微調計數器。 + + + 執行單一微調。 + + + 執行微調，直到滿足指定的條件為止。 + 會重複執行直到傳回 true 為止的委派。 + + 引數為 null。 + + + 執行微調，直到滿足指定的條件或是指定的逾時過期為止。 + 如果滿足條件則為 true，否則為 false。 + 會重複執行直到傳回 true 為止的委派。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + + 引數為 null。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + + 執行微調，直到滿足指定的條件或是指定的逾時過期為止。 + 如果滿足條件則為 true，否則為 false。 + 會重複執行直到傳回 true 為止的委派。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 TimeSpan，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + + 引數為 null。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 的逾時。 + + + 提供在各種同步處理模式中傳播同步處理內容的基本功能。 + 2 + + + 建立 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 在衍生類別中覆寫時，會建立同步處理內容的複本。 + 新的 物件。 + 2 + + + 取得目前執行緒的同步處理內容。 + + 物件，代表目前的同步處理內容。 + 1 + + + 在衍生類別中覆寫時，會回應作業已經完成的通知。 + + + 在衍生類別中覆寫時，會回應作業已經啟動的通知。 + + + 在衍生類別中覆寫時，會將非同步訊息分派至同步處理內容。 + 要呼叫的 委派。 + 傳送至委派的物件。 + 2 + + + 在衍生類別中覆寫時，會將同步訊息分派至同步處理內容。 + 要呼叫的 委派。 + 傳送至委派的物件。 + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + 設定目前的同步處理內容。 + 要設定的 物件。 + 1 + + + + + + 方法要求呼叫端擁有指定 Monitor 的鎖定，但是不擁有鎖定的呼叫端叫用方法時所擲回的例外狀況。 + 2 + + + 使用預設屬性來初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + + + 提供資料的執行緒區域儲存區。 + 指定依個別執行緒儲存的資料型別。 + + + 初始化 執行個體。 + + + 初始化 執行個體。 + 是否要追蹤所有在執行個體上設定的值，並透過屬性將它們公開。 + + + 使用指定的 函式來初始化 的執行個體。 + 當嘗試擷取未事先初始化的 時，系統會叫用 來產生延遲初始化的值。 + + 是 Null 參考 (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。 + + + 使用指定的 函式來初始化 的執行個體。 + 當嘗試擷取未事先初始化的 時，系統會叫用 來產生延遲初始化的值。 + 是否要追蹤所有在執行個體上設定的值，並透過屬性將它們公開。 + + 為 null 參考 (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。 + + + 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。 + + + 釋放這個 執行個體所使用的資源。 + 布林值，表示是否會因為呼叫 而呼叫這個方法。 + + + 釋放這個 執行個體所使用的資源。 + + + 取得值，這個值表示 是否已在目前執行緒中完成初始化。 + 如果已在目前執行緒上初始化 則為 true，否則為 false。 + 已處置 執行個體。 + + + 建立並傳回目前執行緒的這個執行個體的字串表示。 + 在 上呼叫 的結果。 + 已處置 執行個體。 + 目前執行緒的 是 Null 參考 (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。 + 初始化函式會嘗試遞迴參考 。 + 沒有提供任何預設的建構函式，也沒有提供任何値 Factory。 + + + 取得或設定目前執行緒的這個執行個體的值。 + 傳回這個 ThreadLocal 負責初始化之物件的執行個體。 + 已處置 執行個體。 + 初始化函式會嘗試遞迴參考 。 + 沒有提供任何預設的建構函式，也沒有提供任何値 Factory。 + + + 取得清單，其中包含已存取這個執行個體的所有執行緒目前所儲存的所有值。 + 已存取這個執行個體的所有執行緒目前所儲存之所有值的清單。 + 已處置 執行個體。 + + + 包含用來執行動態記憶體作業的方法。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 從指定的欄位讀取物件參考。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取之 的參考。這個參考是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + 要讀取之欄位的型別。此型別必須是參考型別，不得為實值型別。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現記憶體作業，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的物件參考寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入物件參考的欄位。 + 要寫入的物件參考。立即寫入此參考，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此參考。 + 要寫入之欄位的型別。此型別必須是參考型別，不得為實值型別。 + + + 當嘗試開啟不存在的系統 Mutex 或號誌時，所擲回的例外狀況。 + 2 + + + 使用預設值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/System.Threading.dll b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/System.Threading.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a68050b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/System.Threading.dll differ diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72254652d --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1797 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + The exception that is thrown when one thread acquires a object that another thread has abandoned by exiting without releasing it. + 1 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with default values. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified index for the abandoned mutex, if applicable, and a object that represents the mutex. + The index of the abandoned mutex in the array of wait handles if the exception is thrown for the method, or –1 if the exception is thrown for the or methods. + A object that represents the abandoned mutex. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message. + An error message that explains the reason for the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and inner exception. + An error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message, the inner exception, the index for the abandoned mutex, if applicable, and a object that represents the mutex. + An error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + The index of the abandoned mutex in the array of wait handles if the exception is thrown for the method, or –1 if the exception is thrown for the or methods. + A object that represents the abandoned mutex. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message, the index of the abandoned mutex, if applicable, and the abandoned mutex. + An error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The index of the abandoned mutex in the array of wait handles if the exception is thrown for the method, or –1 if the exception is thrown for the or methods. + A object that represents the abandoned mutex. + + + Gets the abandoned mutex that caused the exception, if known. + A object that represents the abandoned mutex, or null if the abandoned mutex could not be identified. + 1 + + + Gets the index of the abandoned mutex that caused the exception, if known. + The index, in the array of wait handles passed to the method, of the object that represents the abandoned mutex, or –1 if the index of the abandoned mutex could not be determined. + 1 + + + Represents ambient data that is local to a given asynchronous control flow, such as an asynchronous method. + The type of the ambient data. + + + Instantiates an instance that does not receive change notifications. + + + Instantiates an local instance that receives change notifications. + The delegate that is called whenever the current value changes on any thread. + + + Gets or sets the value of the ambient data. + The value of the ambient data. + + + The class that provides data change information to instances that register for change notifications. + The type of the data. + + + Gets the data's current value. + The data's current value. + + + Gets the data's previous value. + The data's previous value. + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the value changes because of a change of execution context. + true if the value changed because of a change of execution context; otherwise, false. + + + Notifies a waiting thread that an event has occurred. This class cannot be inherited. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the initial state to signaled. + true to set the initial state to signaled; false to set the initial state to non-signaled. + + + Enables multiple tasks to cooperatively work on an algorithm in parallel through multiple phases. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The number of participating threads. + + is less than 0 or greater than 32,767. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The number of participating threads. + The to be executed after each phase. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) may be passed to indicate no action is taken. + + is less than 0 or greater than 32,767. + + + Notifies the that there will be an additional participant. + The phase number of the barrier in which the new participants will first participate. + The current instance has already been disposed. + Adding a participant would cause the barrier's participant count to exceed 32,767.-or-The method was invoked from within a post-phase action. + + + Notifies the that there will be additional participants. + The phase number of the barrier in which the new participants will first participate. + The number of additional participants to add to the barrier. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is less than 0.-or-Adding participants would cause the barrier's participant count to exceed 32,767. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action. + + + Gets the number of the barrier's current phase. + Returns the number of the barrier's current phase. + + + Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources. + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Gets the total number of participants in the barrier. + Returns the total number of participants in the barrier. + + + Gets the number of participants in the barrier that haven’t yet signaled in the current phase. + Returns the number of participants in the barrier that haven’t yet signaled in the current phase. + + + Notifies the that there will be one less participant. + The current instance has already been disposed. + The barrier already has 0 participants.-or-The method was invoked from within a post-phase action. + + + Notifies the that there will be fewer participants. + The number of additional participants to remove from the barrier. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is less than 0. + The barrier already has 0 participants.-or-The method was invoked from within a post-phase action. -or-current participant count is less than the specified participantCount + The total participant count is less than the specified + + + Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well. + The current instance has already been disposed. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants. + If an exception is thrown from the post phase action of a Barrier after all participating threads have called SignalAndWait, the exception will be wrapped in a BarrierPostPhaseException and be thrown on all participating threads. + + + Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout. + if all participants reached the barrier within the specified time; otherwise false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants. + If an exception is thrown from the post phase action of a Barrier after all participating threads have called SignalAndWait, the exception will be wrapped in a BarrierPostPhaseException and be thrown on all participating threads. + + + Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout, while observing a cancellation token. + if all participants reached the barrier within the specified time; otherwise false + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + has been canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants. + + + Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier, while observing a cancellation token. + The to observe. + + has been canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants. + + + Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a object to measure the time interval. + true if all other participants reached the barrier; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out, or it is greater than 32,767. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants. + + + Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a object to measure the time interval, while observing a cancellation token. + true if all other participants reached the barrier; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + has been canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants. + + + The exception that is thrown when the post-phase action of a fails + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a system-supplied message that describes the error. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified inner exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified message that describes the error. + The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor is required to ensure that this string has been localized for the current system culture. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. + The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor is required to ensure that this string has been localized for the current system culture. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + + + Represents a method to be called within a new context. + An object containing information to be used by the callback method each time it executes. + 1 + + + Represents a synchronization primitive that is signaled when its count reaches zero. + + + Initializes a new instance of class with the specified count. + The number of signals initially required to set the . + + is less than 0. + + + Increments the 's current count by one. + The current instance has already been disposed. + The current instance is already set.-or- is equal to or greater than . + + + Increments the 's current count by a specified value. + The value by which to increase . + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is less than or equal to 0. + The current instance is already set.-or- is equal to or greater than after count is incremented by + + + Gets the number of remaining signals required to set the event. + The number of remaining signals required to set the event. + + + Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources. + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Gets the numbers of signals initially required to set the event. + The number of signals initially required to set the event. + + + Determines whether the event is set. + true if the event is set; otherwise, false. + + + Resets the to the value of . + The current instance has already been disposed.. + + + Resets the property to a specified value. + The number of signals required to set the . + The current instance has alread been disposed. + + is less than 0. + + + Registers a signal with the , decrementing the value of . + true if the signal caused the count to reach zero and the event was set; otherwise, false. + The current instance has already been disposed. + The current instance is already set. + + + Registers multiple signals with the , decrementing the value of by the specified amount. + true if the signals caused the count to reach zero and the event was set; otherwise, false. + The number of signals to register. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is less than 1. + The current instance is already set. -or- Or is greater than . + + + Attempts to increment by one. + true if the increment succeeded; otherwise, false. If is already at zero, this method will return false. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is equal to . + + + Attempts to increment by a specified value. + true if the increment succeeded; otherwise, false. If is already at zero this will return false. + The value by which to increase . + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is less than or equal to 0. + The current instance is already set.-or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + Blocks the current thread until the is set. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout. + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + + + Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout, while observing a . + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + has been canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed. -or- The that created has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + + + Blocks the current thread until the is set, while observing a . + The to observe. + + has been canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed. -or- The that created has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a to measure the timeout. + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than . + + + Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a to measure the timeout, while observing a . + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + has been canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed. -or- The that created has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than . + + + Gets a that is used to wait for the event to be set. + A that is used to wait for the event to be set. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + + Indicates whether an is reset automatically or manually after receiving a signal. + 2 + + + When signaled, the resets automatically after releasing a single thread. If no threads are waiting, the remains signaled until a thread blocks, and resets after releasing the thread. + + + When signaled, the releases all waiting threads and remains signaled until it is manually reset. + + + Represents a thread synchronization event. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying whether the wait handle is initially signaled, and whether it resets automatically or manually. + true to set the initial state to signaled; false to set it to nonsignaled. + One of the values that determines whether the event resets automatically or manually. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying whether the wait handle is initially signaled if created as a result of this call, whether it resets automatically or manually, and the name of a system synchronization event. + true to set the initial state to signaled if the named event is created as a result of this call; false to set it to nonsignaled. + One of the values that determines whether the event resets automatically or manually. + The name of a system-wide synchronization event. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named event exists and has access control security, but the user does not have . + The named event cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name. + + is longer than 260 characters. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying whether the wait handle is initially signaled if created as a result of this call, whether it resets automatically or manually, the name of a system synchronization event, and a Boolean variable whose value after the call indicates whether the named system event was created. + true to set the initial state to signaled if the named event is created as a result of this call; false to set it to nonsignaled. + One of the values that determines whether the event resets automatically or manually. + The name of a system-wide synchronization event. + When this method returns, contains true if a local event was created (that is, if is null or an empty string) or if the specified named system event was created; false if the specified named system event already existed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named event exists and has access control security, but the user does not have . + The named event cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name. + + is longer than 260 characters. + + + Opens the specified named synchronization event, if it already exists. + An object that represents the named system event. + The name of the system synchronization event to open. + + is an empty string. -or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is null. + The named system event does not exist. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named event exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it. + 1 + + + + + + Sets the state of the event to nonsignaled, causing threads to block. + true if the operation succeeds; otherwise, false. + The method was previously called on this . + 2 + + + Sets the state of the event to signaled, allowing one or more waiting threads to proceed. + true if the operation succeeds; otherwise, false. + The method was previously called on this . + 2 + + + Opens the specified named synchronization event, if it already exists, and returns a value that indicates whether the operation succeeded. + true if the named synchronization event was opened successfully; otherwise, false. + The name of the system synchronization event to open. + When this method returns, contains a object that represents the named synchronization event if the call succeeded, or null if the call failed. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + + is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is null. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named event exists, but the user does not have the desired security access. + + + Manages the execution context for the current thread. This class cannot be inherited. + 2 + + + Captures the execution context from the current thread. + An object representing the execution context for the current thread. + 1 + + + Runs a method in a specified execution context on the current thread. + The to set. + A delegate that represents the method to be run in the provided execution context. + The object to pass to the callback method. + + is null.-or- was not acquired through a capture operation. -or- has already been used as the argument to a call. + 1 + + + + + + Provides atomic operations for variables that are shared by multiple threads. + 2 + + + Adds two 32-bit integers and replaces the first integer with the sum, as an atomic operation. + The new value stored at . + A variable containing the first value to be added. The sum of the two values is stored in . + The value to be added to the integer at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Adds two 64-bit integers and replaces the first integer with the sum, as an atomic operation. + The new value stored at . + A variable containing the first value to be added. The sum of the two values is stored in . + The value to be added to the integer at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two double-precision floating point numbers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value. + The original value in . + The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced. + The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality. + The value that is compared to the value at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two 32-bit signed integers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value. + The original value in . + The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced. + The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality. + The value that is compared to the value at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two 64-bit signed integers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value. + The original value in . + The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced. + The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality. + The value that is compared to the value at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two platform-specific handles or pointers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first one. + The original value in . + The destination , whose value is compared with the value of and possibly replaced by . + The that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality. + The that is compared to the value at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two objects for reference equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first object. + The original value in . + The destination object that is compared with and possibly replaced. + The object that replaces the destination object if the comparison results in equality. + The object that is compared to the object at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two single-precision floating point numbers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value. + The original value in . + The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced. + The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality. + The value that is compared to the value at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two instances of the specified reference type for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first one. + The original value in . + The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced. This is a reference parameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic). + The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality. + The value that is compared to the value at . + The type to be used for , , and . This type must be a reference type. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Decrements a specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation. + The decremented value. + The variable whose value is to be decremented. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Decrements the specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation. + The decremented value. + The variable whose value is to be decremented. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets a double-precision floating point number to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. + The value to which the parameter is set. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets a 32-bit signed integer to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. + The value to which the parameter is set. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets a 64-bit signed integer to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. + The value to which the parameter is set. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets a platform-specific handle or pointer to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. + The value to which the parameter is set. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets an object to a specified value and returns a reference to the original object, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. + The value to which the parameter is set. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets a single-precision floating point number to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. + The value to which the parameter is set. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets a variable of the specified type to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. This is a reference parameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic). + The value to which the parameter is set. + The type to be used for and . This type must be a reference type. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Increments a specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation. + The incremented value. + The variable whose value is to be incremented. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Increments a specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation. + The incremented value. + The variable whose value is to be incremented. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Synchronizes memory access as follows: The processor that executes the current thread cannot reorder instructions in such a way that memory accesses before the call to execute after memory accesses that follow the call to . + + + Returns a 64-bit value, loaded as an atomic operation. + The loaded value. + The 64-bit value to be loaded. + 1 + + + Provides lazy initialization routines. + + + Initializes a target reference type with the type's default constructor if it hasn't already been initialized. + The initialized reference of type . + A reference of type to initialize if it has not already been initialized. + The type of the reference to be initialized. + Permissions to access the constructor of type were missing. + Type does not have a default constructor. + + + Initializes a target reference or value type with its default constructor if it hasn't already been initialized. + The initialized value of type . + A reference or value of type to initialize if it hasn't already been initialized. + A reference to a Boolean value that determines whether the target has already been initialized. + A reference to an object used as the mutually exclusive lock for initializing . If is null, a new object will be instantiated. + The type of the reference to be initialized. + Permissions to access the constructor of type were missing. + Type does not have a default constructor. + + + Initializes a target reference or value type by using a specified function if it hasn't already been initialized. + The initialized value of type . + A reference or value of type to initialize if it hasn't already been initialized. + A reference to a Boolean value that determines whether the target has already been initialized. + A reference to an object used as the mutually exclusive lock for initializing . If is null, a new object will be instantiated. + The function that is called to initialize the reference or value. + The type of the reference to be initialized. + Permissions to access the constructor of type were missing. + Type does not have a default constructor. + + + Initializes a target reference type by using a specified function if it hasn't already been initialized. + The initialized value of type . + The reference of type to initialize if it hasn't already been initialized. + The function that is called to initialize the reference. + The reference type of the reference to be initialized. + Type does not have a default constructor. + + returned null (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + The exception that is thrown when recursive entry into a lock is not compatible with the recursion policy for the lock. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a system-supplied message that describes the error. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified message that describes the error. + The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor must make sure that this string has been localized for the current system culture. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. + The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor must make sure that this string has been localized for the current system culture. + The exception that caused the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + 2 + + + Specifies whether a lock can be entered multiple times by the same thread. + + + If a thread tries to enter a lock recursively, an exception is thrown. Some classes may allow certain recursions when this setting is in effect. + + + A thread can enter a lock recursively. Some classes may restrict this capability. + + + Notifies one or more waiting threads that an event has occurred. This class cannot be inherited. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the initial state to signaled. + true to set the initial state signaled; false to set the initial state to nonsignaled. + + + Provides a slimmed down version of . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with an initial state of nonsignaled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the intial state to signaled. + true to set the initial state signaled; false to set the initial state to nonsignaled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the intial state to signaled and a specified spin count. + true to set the initial state to signaled; false to set the initial state to nonsignaled. + The number of spin waits that will occur before falling back to a kernel-based wait operation. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources. + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Gets whether the event is set. + true if the event has is set; otherwise, false. + + + Sets the state of the event to nonsignaled, which causes threads to block. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Sets the state of the event to signaled, which allows one or more threads waiting on the event to proceed. + + + Gets the number of spin waits that will be occur before falling back to a kernel-based wait operation. + Returns the number of spin waits that will be occur before falling back to a kernel-based wait operation. + + + Blocks the current thread until the current is set. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval. + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval, while observing a . + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the current receives a signal, while observing a . + The to observe. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a to measure the time interval. + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a to measure the time interval, while observing a . + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Gets the underlying object for this . + The underlying event object fore this . + + + Provides a mechanism that synchronizes access to objects. + 2 + + + Acquires an exclusive lock on the specified object. + The object on which to acquire the monitor lock. + The parameter is null. + 1 + + + Acquires an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken. + The object on which to wait. + The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock. Note   If no exception occurs, the output of this method is always true. + The input to is true. + The parameter is null. + + + Releases an exclusive lock on the specified object. + The object on which to release the lock. + The parameter is null. + The current thread does not own the lock for the specified object. + 1 + + + Determines whether the current thread holds the lock on the specified object. + true if the current thread holds the lock on ; otherwise, false. + The object to test. + + is null. + + + Notifies a thread in the waiting queue of a change in the locked object's state. + The object a thread is waiting for. + The parameter is null. + The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object. + 1 + + + Notifies all waiting threads of a change in the object's state. + The object that sends the pulse. + The parameter is null. + The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object. + 1 + + + Attempts to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object. + true if the current thread acquires the lock; otherwise, false. + The object on which to acquire the lock. + The parameter is null. + 1 + + + Attempts to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken. + The object on which to acquire the lock. + The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock. + The input to is true. + The parameter is null. + + + Attempts, for the specified number of milliseconds, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object. + true if the current thread acquires the lock; otherwise, false. + The object on which to acquire the lock. + The number of milliseconds to wait for the lock. + The parameter is null. + + is negative, and not equal to . + 1 + + + Attempts, for the specified number of milliseconds, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken. + The object on which to acquire the lock. + The number of milliseconds to wait for the lock. + The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock. + The input to is true. + The parameter is null. + + is negative, and not equal to . + + + Attempts, for the specified amount of time, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object. + true if the current thread acquires the lock; otherwise, false. + The object on which to acquire the lock. + A representing the amount of time to wait for the lock. A value of –1 millisecond specifies an infinite wait. + The parameter is null. + The value of in milliseconds is negative and is not equal to (–1 millisecond), or is greater than . + 1 + + + Attempts, for the specified amount of time, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken. + The object on which to acquire the lock. + The amount of time to wait for the lock. A value of –1 millisecond specifies an infinite wait. + The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock. + The input to is true. + The parameter is null. + The value of in milliseconds is negative and is not equal to (–1 millisecond), or is greater than . + + + Releases the lock on an object and blocks the current thread until it reacquires the lock. + true if the call returned because the caller reacquired the lock for the specified object. This method does not return if the lock is not reacquired. + The object on which to wait. + The parameter is null. + The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object. + The thread that invokes Wait is later interrupted from the waiting state. This happens when another thread calls this thread's method. + 1 + + + Releases the lock on an object and blocks the current thread until it reacquires the lock. If the specified time-out interval elapses, the thread enters the ready queue. + true if the lock was reacquired before the specified time elapsed; false if the lock was reacquired after the specified time elapsed. The method does not return until the lock is reacquired. + The object on which to wait. + The number of milliseconds to wait before the thread enters the ready queue. + The parameter is null. + The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object. + The thread that invokes Wait is later interrupted from the waiting state. This happens when another thread calls this thread's method. + The value of the parameter is negative, and is not equal to . + 1 + + + Releases the lock on an object and blocks the current thread until it reacquires the lock. If the specified time-out interval elapses, the thread enters the ready queue. + true if the lock was reacquired before the specified time elapsed; false if the lock was reacquired after the specified time elapsed. The method does not return until the lock is reacquired. + The object on which to wait. + A representing the amount of time to wait before the thread enters the ready queue. + The parameter is null. + The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object. + The thread that invokes Wait is later interrupted from the waiting state. This happens when another thread calls this thread's method. + The value of the parameter in milliseconds is negative and does not represent (–1 millisecond), or is greater than . + 1 + + + A synchronization primitive that can also be used for interprocess synchronization. + 1 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with default properties. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value that indicates whether the calling thread should have initial ownership of the mutex. + true to give the calling thread initial ownership of the mutex; otherwise, false. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value that indicates whether the calling thread should have initial ownership of the mutex, and a string that is the name of the mutex. + true to give the calling thread initial ownership of the named system mutex if the named system mutex is created as a result of this call; otherwise, false. + The name of the . If the value is null, the is unnamed. + The named mutex exists and has access control security, but the user does not have . + A Win32 error occurred. + The named mutex cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name. + + is longer than 260 characters. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value that indicates whether the calling thread should have initial ownership of the mutex, a string that is the name of the mutex, and a Boolean value that, when the method returns, indicates whether the calling thread was granted initial ownership of the mutex. + true to give the calling thread initial ownership of the named system mutex if the named system mutex is created as a result of this call; otherwise, false. + The name of the . If the value is null, the is unnamed. + When this method returns, contains a Boolean that is true if a local mutex was created (that is, if is null or an empty string) or if the specified named system mutex was created; false if the specified named system mutex already existed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + The named mutex exists and has access control security, but the user does not have . + A Win32 error occurred. + The named mutex cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name. + + is longer than 260 characters. + + + Opens the specified named mutex, if it already exists. + An object that represents the named system mutex. + The name of the system mutex to open. + + is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is null. + The named mutex does not exist. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named mutex exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it. + 1 + + + + + + Releases the once. + The calling thread does not own the mutex. + 1 + + + Opens the specified named mutex, if it already exists, and returns a value that indicates whether the operation succeeded. + true if the named mutex was opened successfully; otherwise, false. + The name of the system mutex to open. + When this method returns, contains a object that represents the named mutex if the call succeeded, or null if the call failed. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + + is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is null. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named mutex exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it. + + + Represents a lock that is used to manage access to a resource, allowing multiple threads for reading or exclusive access for writing. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with default property values. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the lock recursion policy. + One of the enumeration values that specifies the lock recursion policy. + + + Gets the total number of unique threads that have entered the lock in read mode. + The number of unique threads that have entered the lock in read mode. + + + Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class. + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + Tries to enter the lock in read mode. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in upgradeable mode. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in write mode. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Reduces the recursion count for read mode, and exits read mode if the resulting count is 0 (zero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + Reduces the recursion count for upgradeable mode, and exits upgradeable mode if the resulting count is 0 (zero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + Reduces the recursion count for write mode, and exits write mode if the resulting count is 0 (zero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the current thread has entered the lock in read mode. + true if the current thread has entered read mode; otherwise, false. + 2 + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the current thread has entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + true if the current thread has entered upgradeable mode; otherwise, false. + 2 + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the current thread has entered the lock in write mode. + true if the current thread has entered write mode; otherwise, false. + 2 + + + Gets a value that indicates the recursion policy for the current object. + One of the enumeration values that specifies the lock recursion policy. + + + Gets the number of times the current thread has entered the lock in read mode, as an indication of recursion. + 0 (zero) if the current thread has not entered read mode, 1 if the thread has entered read mode but has not entered it recursively, or n if the thread has entered the lock recursively n - 1 times. + 2 + + + Gets the number of times the current thread has entered the lock in upgradeable mode, as an indication of recursion. + 0 if the current thread has not entered upgradeable mode, 1 if the thread has entered upgradeable mode but has not entered it recursively, or n if the thread has entered upgradeable mode recursively n - 1 times. + 2 + + + Gets the number of times the current thread has entered the lock in write mode, as an indication of recursion. + 0 if the current thread has not entered write mode, 1 if the thread has entered write mode but has not entered it recursively, or n if the thread has entered write mode recursively n - 1 times. + 2 + + + Tries to enter the lock in read mode, with an optional integer time-out. + true if the calling thread entered read mode, otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or -1 () to wait indefinitely. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in read mode, with an optional time-out. + true if the calling thread entered read mode, otherwise, false. + The interval to wait, or -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in upgradeable mode, with an optional time-out. + true if the calling thread entered upgradeable mode, otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or -1 () to wait indefinitely. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in upgradeable mode, with an optional time-out. + true if the calling thread entered upgradeable mode, otherwise, false. + The interval to wait, or -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in write mode, with an optional time-out. + true if the calling thread entered write mode, otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or -1 () to wait indefinitely. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in write mode, with an optional time-out. + true if the calling thread entered write mode, otherwise, false. + The interval to wait, or -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Gets the total number of threads that are waiting to enter the lock in read mode. + The total number of threads that are waiting to enter read mode. + 2 + + + Gets the total number of threads that are waiting to enter the lock in upgradeable mode. + The total number of threads that are waiting to enter upgradeable mode. + 2 + + + Gets the total number of threads that are waiting to enter the lock in write mode. + The total number of threads that are waiting to enter write mode. + 2 + + + Limits the number of threads that can access a resource or pool of resources concurrently. + 1 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of entries and the maximum number of concurrent entries. + The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + + is greater than . + + is less than 1.-or- is less than 0. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of entries and the maximum number of concurrent entries, and optionally specifying the name of a system semaphore object. + The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + The name of a named system semaphore object. + + is greater than .-or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is less than 1.-or- is less than 0. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named semaphore exists and has access control security, and the user does not have . + The named semaphore cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of entries and the maximum number of concurrent entries, optionally specifying the name of a system semaphore object, and specifying a variable that receives a value indicating whether a new system semaphore was created. + The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be satisfied concurrently. + The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be satisfied concurrently. + The name of a named system semaphore object. + When this method returns, contains true if a local semaphore was created (that is, if is null or an empty string) or if the specified named system semaphore was created; false if the specified named system semaphore already existed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + is greater than . -or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is less than 1.-or- is less than 0. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named semaphore exists and has access control security, and the user does not have . + The named semaphore cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name. + + + Opens the specified named semaphore, if it already exists. + An object that represents the named system semaphore. + The name of the system semaphore to open. + + is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is null. + The named semaphore does not exist. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named semaphore exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it. + 1 + + + + + + Exits the semaphore and returns the previous count. + The count on the semaphore before the method was called. + The semaphore count is already at the maximum value. + A Win32 error occurred with a named semaphore. + The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but the user does not have .-or-The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but it was not opened with . + 1 + + + Exits the semaphore a specified number of times and returns the previous count. + The count on the semaphore before the method was called. + The number of times to exit the semaphore. + + is less than 1. + The semaphore count is already at the maximum value. + A Win32 error occurred with a named semaphore. + The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but the user does not have rights.-or-The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but it was not opened with rights. + 1 + + + Opens the specified named semaphore, if it already exists, and returns a value that indicates whether the operation succeeded. + true if the named semaphore was opened successfully; otherwise, false. + The name of the system semaphore to open. + When this method returns, contains a object that represents the named semaphore if the call succeeded, or null if the call failed. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + + is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is null. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named semaphore exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it. + + + The exception that is thrown when the method is called on a semaphore whose count is already at the maximum. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with default values. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message. + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + + + Represents a lightweight alternative to that limits the number of threads that can access a resource or pool of resources concurrently. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of requests that can be granted concurrently. + The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + + is less than 0. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial and maximum number of requests that can be granted concurrently. + The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + + is less than 0, or is greater than , or is equal to or less than 0. + + + Returns a that can be used to wait on the semaphore. + A that can be used to wait on the semaphore. + The has been disposed. + + + Gets the number of remaining threads that can enter the object. + The number of remaining threads that can enter the semaphore. + + + Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources. + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Releases the object once. + The previous count of the . + The current instance has already been disposed. + The has already reached its maximum size. + + + Releases the object a specified number of times. + The previous count of the . + The number of times to exit the semaphore. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is less than 1. + The has already reached its maximum size. + + + Blocks the current thread until it can enter the . + The current instance has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer that specifies the timeout. + true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + + + Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer that specifies the timeout, while observing a . + true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The instance has been disposed, or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , while observing a . + The token to observe. + + was canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed.-or-The that created has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a to specify the timeout. + true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than . + The semaphoreSlim instance has been disposed + + + Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a that specifies the timeout, while observing a . + true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than . + The semaphoreSlim instance has been disposedThe that created has already been disposed. + + + Asynchronously waits to enter the . + A task that will complete when the semaphore has been entered. + + + Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval. + A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + + + Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval, while observing a . + A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + was canceled. + + + Asynchronously waits to enter the , while observing a . + A task that will complete when the semaphore has been entered. + The token to observe. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + was canceled. + + + Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a to measure the time interval. + A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than . + + + Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a to measure the time interval, while observing a . + A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The token to observe. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out-or-timeout is greater than . + + was canceled. + + + Represents a method to be called when a message is to be dispatched to a synchronization context. + The object passed to the delegate. + 2 + + + Provides a mutual exclusion lock primitive where a thread trying to acquire the lock waits in a loop repeatedly checking until the lock becomes available. + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure with the option to track thread IDs to improve debugging. + Whether to capture and use thread IDs for debugging purposes. + + + Acquires the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired. + True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method. + The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling Enter. + Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock. + + + Releases the lock. + Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread is not the owner of this lock. + + + Releases the lock. + A Boolean value that indicates whether a memory fence should be issued in order to immediately publish the exit operation to other threads. + Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread is not the owner of this lock. + + + Gets whether the lock is currently held by any thread. + true if the lock is currently held by any thread; otherwise false. + + + Gets whether the lock is held by the current thread. + true if the lock is held by the current thread; otherwise false. + Thread ownership tracking is disabled. + + + Gets whether thread ownership tracking is enabled for this instance. + true if thread ownership tracking is enabled for this instance; otherwise false. + + + Attempts to acquire the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired. + True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method. + The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling TryEnter. + Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock. + + + Attempts to acquire the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling TryEnter. + Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock. + + + Attempts to acquire the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than milliseconds. + The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling TryEnter. + Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock. + + + Provides support for spin-based waiting. + + + Gets the number of times has been called on this instance. + Returns an integer that represents the number of times has been called on this instance. + + + Gets whether the next call to will yield the processor, triggering a forced context switch. + Whether the next call to will yield the processor, triggering a forced context switch. + + + Resets the spin counter. + + + Performs a single spin. + + + Spins until the specified condition is satisfied. + A delegate to be executed over and over until it returns true. + The argument is null. + + + Spins until the specified condition is satisfied or until the specified timeout is expired. + True if the condition is satisfied within the timeout; otherwise, false + A delegate to be executed over and over until it returns true. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The argument is null. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + + + Spins until the specified condition is satisfied or until the specified timeout is expired. + True if the condition is satisfied within the timeout; otherwise, false + A delegate to be executed over and over until it returns true. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a TimeSpan that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The argument is null. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than . + + + Provides the basic functionality for propagating a synchronization context in various synchronization models. + 2 + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + When overridden in a derived class, creates a copy of the synchronization context. + A new object. + 2 + + + Gets the synchronization context for the current thread. + A object representing the current synchronization context. + 1 + + + When overridden in a derived class, responds to the notification that an operation has completed. + + + When overridden in a derived class, responds to the notification that an operation has started. + + + When overridden in a derived class, dispatches an asynchronous message to a synchronization context. + The delegate to call. + The object passed to the delegate. + 2 + + + When overridden in a derived class, dispatches a synchronous message to a synchronization context. + The delegate to call. + The object passed to the delegate. + The method was called in a Windows Store app. The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + Sets the current synchronization context. + The object to be set. + 1 + + + + + + The exception that is thrown when a method requires the caller to own the lock on a given Monitor, and the method is invoked by a caller that does not own that lock. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with default properties. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message. + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + + + Provides thread-local storage of data. + Specifies the type of data stored per-thread. + + + Initializes the instance. + + + Initializes the instance. + Whether to track all values set on the instance and expose them through the property. + + + Initializes the instance with the specified function. + The invoked to produce a lazily-initialized value when an attempt is made to retrieve without it having been previously initialized. + + is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Initializes the instance with the specified function. + The invoked to produce a lazily-initialized value when an attempt is made to retrieve without it having been previously initialized. + Whether to track all values set on the instance and expose them via the property. + + is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class. + + + Releases the resources used by this instance. + A Boolean value that indicates whether this method is being called due to a call to . + + + Releases the resources used by this instance. + + + Gets whether is initialized on the current thread. + true if is initialized on the current thread; otherwise false. + The instance has been disposed. + + + Creates and returns a string representation of this instance for the current thread. + The result of calling on the . + The instance has been disposed. + The for the current thread is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + The initialization function attempted to reference recursively. + No default constructor is provided and no value factory is supplied. + + + Gets or sets the value of this instance for the current thread. + Returns an instance of the object that this ThreadLocal is responsible for initializing. + The instance has been disposed. + The initialization function attempted to reference recursively. + No default constructor is provided and no value factory is supplied. + + + Gets a list for all of the values currently stored by all of the threads that have accessed this instance. + A list for all of the values currently stored by all of the threads that have accessed this instance. + The instance has been disposed. + + + Contains methods for performing volatile memory operations. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the object reference from the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The reference to that was read. This reference is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + The type of field to read. This must be a reference type, not a value type. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a memory operation appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified object reference to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the object reference is written. + The object reference to write. The reference is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + The type of field to write. This must be a reference type, not a value type. + + + The exception that is thrown when an attempt is made to open a system mutex or semaphore that does not exist. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with default values. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message. + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/de/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/de/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4fb943bbf --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/de/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1799 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn ein Thread ein -Objekt abruft, das von einem anderen Thread abgebrochen wurde, indem das Objekt beim Beenden nicht freigegeben wurde. + 1 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardwerten. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem festgelegten Index für den abgebrochenen Mutex (falls zutreffend) und einem -Objekt, das den Mutex darstellt. + Der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex im Array von WaitHandles, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode ausgelöst wird, oder -1, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode oder die -Methode ausgelöst wird. + Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung. + Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer festgelegten Fehlermeldung und einer festgelegten inneren Ausnahme. + Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer festgelegten Fehlermeldung, der inneren Ausnahme, dem Index für den abgebrochenen Mutex (falls zutreffend) und einem -Objekt, das den Mutex darstellt. + Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + Der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex im Array von WaitHandles, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode ausgelöst wird, oder -1, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode oder die -Methode ausgelöst wird. + Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer festgelegten Fehlermeldung, dem Index des abgebrochenen Mutex (falls zutreffend) und dem abgebrochenen Mutex. + Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + Der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex im Array von WaitHandles, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode ausgelöst wird, oder -1, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode oder die -Methode ausgelöst wird. + Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt. + + + Ruft den abgebrochenen Mutex ab, das die Ausnahme verursacht hat (falls bekannt). + Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt, oder null, wenn der abgebrochene Mutex nicht bestimmt werden konnte. + 1 + + + Ruft den Index des abgebrochenen Mutex ab, der die Ausnahme verursacht hat (falls bekannt). + Der Index des -Objekts, das der abgebrochene Mutex darstellt, im Array von WaitHandles, die an die -Methode übergeben wurden, oder -1, wenn der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex nicht bestimmt werden konnte. + 1 + + + Stellt Umgebungsdaten dar, die für eine angegebene asynchrone Ablaufsteuerung lokal sind, wie etwa eine asynchrone Methode. + Der Typ der Umgebungsdaten. + + + Instanziiert eine -Instanz, die keine Änderungsbenachrichtigungen empfängt. + + + Instanziiert eine lokale -Instanz, die Änderungsbenachrichtigungen empfängt. + Der Delegat, der aufgerufen wird, wenn sich der aktuelle Wert auf einem beliebigen Thread ändert. + + + Ruft den Wert der Umgebungsdaten ab oder legt ihn fest. + Der Wert der Umgebungsdaten. + + + Die Klasse, die -Instanzen, die sich für Änderungsbenachrichtigungen registrieren, Informationen über Datenänderungen zur Verfügung stellt. + Der Typ der Daten. + + + Ruft den aktuellen Wert der Daten ab. + Der aktuelle Wert der Daten. + + + Ruft den vorherigen Wert der Daten ab. + Der vorherige Wert der Daten. + + + Gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob sich der Wert aufgrund einer Änderung des Ausführungskontexts ändert. + true, wenn sich der Wert aufgrund einer Änderung des Ausführungstexts ändert, andernfalls false. + + + Benachrichtigt einen wartenden Thread über das Eintreten eines Ereignisses.Diese Klasse kann nicht vererbt werden. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der anfängliche Zustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll. + true, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll. false, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf „nicht signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll. + + + Ermöglicht es mehreren Aufgaben, parallel über mehrere Phasen gemeinsam an einem Algorithmus zu arbeiten. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse. + Die Anzahl teilnehmender Threads. + + ist kleiner als 0 oder größer als 32,767. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse. + Die Anzahl teilnehmender Threads. + + , die nach jeder Phase ausgeführt wird. NULL (Nothing in Visual Basic) wird möglicherweise übergeben, um keine Aktion anzugeben. + + ist kleiner als 0 oder größer als 32,767. + + + Benachrichtigt über das Vorhandensein eines weiteren Teilnehmers. + Die Phasennummer der Grenze, an der die neuen Teilnehmer zuerst teilnehmen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Einen Teilnehmer hinzuzufügen würde verursachen, dass die Teilnehmeranzahl der Barriere 32.767 überschreitet.– oder –Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen. + + + Benachrichtigt über das Vorhandensein weiterer Teilnehmer. + Die Phasennummer der Grenze, an der die neuen Teilnehmer zuerst teilnehmen. + Die Anzahl zusätzlicher Teilnehmer, die der Grenze hinzugefügt werden soll. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner als 0.– oder –-Teilnehmer hinzuzufügen würde verursachen, dass die Teilnehmeranzahl der Barriere 32.767 überschreitet. + Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen. + + + Ruft die Nummer der aktuellen Phase der Grenze ab. + Gibt die Nummer der aktuellen Phase der Grenze zurück. + + + Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen. + + + Gibt die vom verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen frei. + True, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um nur nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben. + + + Ruft die Gesamtanzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze ab. + Gibt die Gesamtanzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze zurück. + + + Ruft die Anzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze ab, die in der aktuellen Phase noch nicht signalisiert haben. + Gibt die Anzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze zurück, die in der aktuellen Phase noch nicht signalisiert haben. + + + Benachrichtigt , dass ein Teilnehmer nicht mehr vorhanden ist. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Die Barriere hat bereits 0 Teilnehmer.– oder –Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen. + + + Benachrichtigt über die geringere Anzahl von Teilnehmern. + Die Anzahl zusätzlicher Teilnehmer, die aus der Grenze entfernt werden sollen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner als 0. + Die Barriere hat bereits 0 Teilnehmer.– oder –Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen. – oder –aktuelle Teilnehmeranzahl ist kleiner als der angegebene participantCount + Die gesamte Teilnehmeranzahl ist kleiner als der angegebene + + + Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind. + Wenn eine Ausnahme aus der Post-Phasenaktion einer Grenze ausgelöst wird, nachdem alle teilnehmenden Threads SignalAndWait aufgerufen haben, wird die Ausnahme in einer BarrierPostPhaseException umbrochen und für alle teilnehmenden Threads ausgelöst. + + + Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet. + wenn alle Teilnehmer die Grenze innerhalb der angegebenen Zeit erreicht haben, andernfalls false. + Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind. + Wenn eine Ausnahme aus der Post-Phasenaktion einer Grenze ausgelöst wird, nachdem alle teilnehmenden Threads SignalAndWait aufgerufen haben, wird die Ausnahme in einer BarrierPostPhaseException umbrochen und für alle teilnehmenden Threads ausgelöst. + + + Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet und ein Abbruchtoken berücksichtigt. + wenn alle Teilnehmer die Grenze innerhalb der angegebenen Zeit erreicht haben, andernfalls false. + Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind. + + + Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere erreichen. Dabei wird ein Abbruchtoken überwacht. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind. + + + Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird das Zeitintervall mit einem -Objekt gemessen. + True, wenn alle anderen Teilnehmer die Grenze erreicht haben, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, oder er ist größer als 32.767. + Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind. + + + Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird das Zeitintervall mit einem -Objekt gemessen und ein Abbruchtoken berücksichtigt. + True, wenn alle anderen Teilnehmer die Grenze erreicht haben, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1 Millisekunde. Ein Wert von -1 Millisekunde gibt einen unendlichen Timeout an. + Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind. + + + Die Ausnahme, die bei einem Fehler der Nachphasenaktion einer ausgelöst wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer vom System generierten Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit der angegebenen internen Ausnahme. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt. + Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat. + Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + + + Stellt eine Methode dar, die in einem neuen Kontext aufgerufen werden muss. + Ein Objekt mit den Informationen, die von der Rückrufmethode bei jeder Ausführung verwendet werden. + 1 + + + Stellt einen Synchronisierungsprimitiven dar, der signalisiert wird, wenn seine Anzahl 0 (null) erreicht. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit der angegebenen Anzahl. + Die zum Festlegen von ursprünglich erforderliche Anzahl von Signalen. + + ist kleiner als 0. + + + Erhöht die aktuelle Anzahl von um 1. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.– oder – ist größer oder gleich . + + + Erhöht die aktuelle Anzahl von um einen angegebenen Wert. + Der Wert, um den erhöht werden soll. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner oder gleich 0. + Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.– oder – ist größer gleich , nach die Anzahl schrittweise durch erhöht wird. + + + Ruft die Anzahl verbleibender Signale ab, die zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich sind. + Die Anzahl verbleibender Signale, die zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich sind. + + + Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + + + Gibt die vom verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen frei. + True, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um nur nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben. + + + Ruft die Anzahl von Signalen ab, die ursprünglich zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich waren. + Die Anzahl von Signalen, die ursprünglich zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich waren. + + + Bestimmt, ob das Ereignis festgelegt wurde. + True, wenn das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + + + Setzt auf den Wert von zurück. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + + Setzt die -Eigenschaft auf einen angegebenen Wert zurück. + Die zum Festlegen von erforderliche Anzahl von Signalen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner als 0. + + + Registriert ein Signal beim und dekrementiert den Wert von . + True, wenn die Anzahl aufgrund des Signals 0 (null) erreicht hat und das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt. + + + Registriert mehrere Signale bei und verringert den Wert von um den angegebenen Wert. + True, wenn die Anzahl aufgrund der Signale 0 (null) erreicht hat und das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Anzahl zu registrierender Signale. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner als 1. + Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt. -oder- ist größer als . + + + Versucht, um eins zu inkrementieren. + True, wenn die Anzahl erfolgreich erhöht wurde, andernfalls false.Wenn bereits 0 (null) ist, gibt diese Methode false zurück. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist gleich . + + + Versucht, durch einen angegebenen Wert zu inkrementieren. + True, wenn die Anzahl erfolgreich erhöht wurde, andernfalls false.Wenn bereits 0 (null) ist, wird false zurückgegeben. + Der Wert, um den erhöht werden soll. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner oder gleich 0. + Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.– oder – + ist gleich oder größer als . + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet wird. + True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet und ein überwacht wird. + True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. - Oder - Die , die erstellte, wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei ein überwacht wird. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. - Oder - Die , die erstellte, wurde bereits freigegeben. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei ein zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet wird. + True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als . + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei ein zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet und ein überwacht wird. + True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. - Oder - Die , die erstellte, wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als . + + + Ruft ein ab, das verwendet wird, um auf das festzulegende Ereignis zu warten. + Ein , das verwendet wird, um auf das festzulegende Ereignis zu warten. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + + Gibt an, ob eine -Klasse nach dem Empfangen eines Signals automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird. + 2 + + + Bei Signalisierung wird die -Methode automatisch nach der Freigabe eines einzigen Threads zurückgesetzt.Wenn sich keine Threads in der Warteschlange befinden, bleibt die -Methode solange signalisiert, bis ein Thread blockiert wird. Sie wird zurückgesetzt, nachdem der Thread freigegeben wurde. + + + Bei Signalisierung gibt die -Methode alle wartenden Threads frei. Sie bleibt solange signalisiert, bis sie manuell zurückgesetzt wird. + + + Stellt ein Threadsynchronisierungsereignis dar. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt an, ob das WaitHandle anfänglich signalisiert ist und ob es automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird. + true, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf signalisiert festgelegt werden soll. false, wenn er auf nicht signalisiert festgelegt werden soll. + Einer der -Werte, die bestimmen, ob das Ereignis automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt an, ob das WaitHandle anfänglich signalisiert ist, wenn es als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wurde, ob es automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird, und gibt den Namen eines Systemsynchronisierungsereignisses an. + true, um den anfänglichen Zustand auf signalisiert festzulegen, wenn das benannte Ereignis als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird; false, um den Zustand auf nicht signalisiert festzulegen. + Einer der -Werte, die bestimmen, ob das Ereignis automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird. + Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über . + Das benannte Ereignis kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat. + + ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt an, ob das WaitHandle anfänglich signalisiert ist, wenn es als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wurde, und ob es automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird, und gibt den Namen eines Systemsynchronisierungsereignisses und eine boolesche Variable an, deren Wert nach dem Aufruf angibt, ob das benannte Systemereignis erstellt wurde. + true, um den anfänglichen Zustand auf signalisiert festzulegen, wenn das benannte Ereignis als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird; false, um den Zustand auf nicht signalisiert festzulegen. + Einer der -Werte, die bestimmen, ob das Ereignis automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird. + Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses. + Enthält nach dem Beenden dieser Methode den Wert true, wenn ein lokales Ereignis erstellt wurde (d. h., wenn gleich null oder eine leere Zeichenfolge ist) oder wenn das angegebene benannte Systemereignis erstellt wurde. Der Wert ist false, wenn das angegebene benannte Systemsereignis bereits vorhanden war.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert übergeben. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über . + Das benannte Ereignis kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat. + + ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + + Öffnet das bestimmte benannte Synchronisierungsereignis, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist. + Ein Objekt, das das benannte Systemereignis darstellt. + Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses, das zu öffnen ist. + + ist eine leere Zeichenfolge. - oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist null. + Das benannte Systemereignis ist nicht vorhanden. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den nötigen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden. + 1 + + + + + + Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf nicht signalisiert fest, sodass Threads blockiert werden. + true, wenn die Operation erfolgreich ausgeführt wird, andernfalls false. + Die -Methode wurde zuvor für dieses aufgerufen. + 2 + + + Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf signalisiert fest und ermöglicht so einem oder mehreren wartenden Threads fortzufahren. + true, wenn die Operation erfolgreich ausgeführt wird, andernfalls false. + Die -Methode wurde zuvor für dieses aufgerufen. + 2 + + + Öffnet das bestimmte benannte Synchronisierungsereignis, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist, und gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob der Vorgang erfolgreich war. + true, wenn das benannte Synchronisierungsereignis erfolgreich geöffnet wurde; andernfalls false. + Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses, das zu öffnen ist. + Enthält nach Beenden der Methode ein -Objekt, das das benannte Synchronisierungsereignis darstellt, wenn der Aufruf erfolgreich ausgeführt wurde, oder null, wenn der Aufruf fehlgeschlagen ist.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert behandelt. + + ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist null. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den gewünschten Sicherheitszugriff. + + + Verwaltet den Ausführungskontext für den aktuellen Thread.Diese Klasse kann nicht vererbt werden. + 2 + + + Zeichnet den Ausführungskontext des aktuellen Threads auf. + Ein -Objekt, das den Ausführungskontext für den aktuellen Thread darstellt. + 1 + + + Führt für den aktuellen Thread eine Methode in einem angegebenen Ausführungskontext aus. + Der festzulegende . + Ein -Delegat, der die im bereitgestellten Ausführungskontext auszuführende Methode darstellt. + Das Objekt, das an die Rückrufmethode übergeben werden soll. + + ist null.– oder – wurde nicht durch einen Aufzeichnungsvorgang ermittelt. – oder – wurde bereits als Argument für einen Aufruf von verwendet. + 1 + + + + + + Stellt atomare Operationen für Variablen bereit, die von mehreren Threads gemeinsam genutzt werden. + 2 + + + Fügt in einer atomaren Operation zwei 32-Bit-Ganzzahlen hinzu und ersetzt die erste Ganzzahl durch die Summe. + Der unter gespeicherte neue Wert. + Eine Variable, die den ersten Wert enthält, der hinzugefügt werden soll.Die Summe der beiden Werte wird in gespeichert. + Der Wert, der der Ganzzahl in hinzugefügt werden soll. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Fügt in einer atomaren Operation zwei 64-Bit-Ganzzahlen hinzu und ersetzt die erste Ganzzahl durch die Summe. + Der unter gespeicherte neue Wert. + Eine Variable, die den ersten Wert enthält, der hinzugefügt werden soll.Die Summe der beiden Werte wird in gespeichert. + Der Wert, der der Ganzzahl in hinzugefügt werden soll. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei Gleitkommazahlen mit doppelter Genauigkeit hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird. + Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt. + Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei 32-Bit-Ganzzahlen mit Vorzeichen hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird. + Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt. + Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei 64-Bit-Ganzzahlen mit Vorzeichen hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird. + Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt. + Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei plattformspezifische Handles oder Zeiger hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Der Ziel-, dessen Wert mit dem Wert von verglichen und möglicherweise durch ersetzt wird. + Der , der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt. + Der , der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei Objekte hinsichtlich ihrer Verweisgleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit das erste Objekt. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Das Zielobjekt, das mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird. + Das Objekt, das das Zielobjekt ersetzt, wenn beim Vergleich Gleichheit festgestellt wird. + Das Objekt, das mit dem Objekt in verglichen wird. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei Gleitkommazahlen mit einfacher Genauigkeit hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird. + Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt. + Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei Instanzen des angegebenen Referenztyps hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit die erste. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.Dies ist ein Verweisparameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic). + Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt. + Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird. + Der Typ, der für , und verwendet werden soll.Dieser Typ muss ein Referenztyp sein. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Dekrementiert den Wert einer angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation. + Der dekrementierte Wert. + Die Variable, deren Wert dekrementiert werden soll. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Dekrementiert den Wert der angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation. + Der dekrementierte Wert. + Die Variable, deren Wert dekrementiert werden soll. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt in einer atomaren Operation eine Gleitkommazahl mit doppelter Genauigkeit auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll. + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen in einer atomaren Operation auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll. + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt eine 64-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen in einer atomaren Operation auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll. + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt in einer atomaren Operation ein plattformspezifisches Handle bzw. einen plattformspezifischen Zeiger auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll. + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt in einer atomaren Operation ein Objekt auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt einen Verweis auf das ursprüngliche Objekt zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll. + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt in einer atomaren Operation eine Gleitkommazahl mit einfacher Genauigkeit auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll. + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt eine Variable vom angegebenen Typ in einer atomaren Operation auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.Dies ist ein Verweisparameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic). + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + Der Typ, der für und verwendet werden soll.Dieser Typ muss ein Referenztyp sein. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Inkrementiert den Wert einer angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation. + Der inkrementierte Wert. + Die Variable, deren Wert inkrementiert werden soll. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Inkrementiert den Wert einer angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation. + Der inkrementierte Wert. + Die Variable, deren Wert inkrementiert werden soll. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Synchronisiert den Speicherzugriff wie folgt: Der Prozessor, der den aktuellen Thread ausführt, kann Anweisungen nicht so neu anordnen, dass Speicherzugriffe vor dem Aufruf von nach Speicherzugriffen ausgeführt werden, die nach dem Aufruf von erfolgen. + + + Gibt einen 64-Bit-Wert zurück, der in einer atomaren Operation geladen wird. + Der geladene Wert. + Der zu ladende 64-Bit-Wert. + 1 + + + Stellt verzögerte Initialisierungsroutinen bereit. + + + Initialisiert einen Zielverweistyp mit seinem Standardkonstruktor, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Der initialisierte Verweis vom Typ . + Ein Verweis vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Der Typ des zu initialisierenden Verweises. + Berechtigungen, auf den Konstruktor des Typs zuzugreifen, haben gefehlt. + Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor. + + + Initialisiert einen Zielverweis- oder Werttyp mit seinem Standardkonstruktor, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Der initialisierte Wert vom Typ . + Ein Verweis oder Wert vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Ein Verweis auf einen booleschen Wert, der bestimmt, ob das Ziel bereits initialisiert wurde. + Ein Verweis auf ein Objekt, das für die Initialisierung von als sich gegenseitig ausschließende Sperre verwendet wird.Wenn null ist, wird ein neues Objekt instanziiert. + Der Typ des zu initialisierenden Verweises. + Berechtigungen, auf den Konstruktor des Typs zuzugreifen, haben gefehlt. + Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor. + + + Initialisiert einen Zielverweis- oder Werttyp mit einer angegebenen Funktion, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Der initialisierte Wert vom Typ . + Ein Verweis oder Wert vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Ein Verweis auf einen booleschen Wert, der bestimmt, ob das Ziel bereits initialisiert wurde. + Ein Verweis auf ein Objekt, das für die Initialisierung von als sich gegenseitig ausschließende Sperre verwendet wird.Wenn null ist, wird ein neues Objekt instanziiert. + Die Funktion, die aufgerufen wird, um den Verweis oder den Wert zu initialisieren. + Der Typ des zu initialisierenden Verweises. + Berechtigungen, auf den Konstruktor des Typs zuzugreifen, haben gefehlt. + Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor. + + + Initialisiert einen Zielverweistyp mit einer angegebenen Funktion, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Der initialisierte Wert vom Typ . + Der Verweis vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Die Funktion, die aufgerufen wird, um den Verweis zu initialisieren. + Der Verweistyp des zu initialisierenden Verweises. + Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor. + + gibt null (Nothing in Visual Basic) zurück. + + + Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn die rekursive Anforderung einer Sperre nicht mit der Rekursionsrichtlinie der Sperre kompatibel ist. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer vom System generierten Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt. + Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat. + Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde. + Die Ausnahme, die die aktuelle Ausnahme verursacht hat.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + 2 + + + Gibt an, ob eine Sperre mehrmals dem gleichen Thread zugewiesen werden kann. + + + Wenn ein Thread rekursiv versucht, eine Sperre zu erhalten, wird eine Ausnahme ausgelöst.Einige Klassen gestatten gewisse Rekursionen, wenn diese Einstellung aktiv ist. + + + Ein Thread kann rekursiv eine Sperre erhalten.Einige Klassen beschränken diese Möglichkeit einer rekursiven Zuweisung. + + + Benachrichtigt einen oder mehrere wartende Threads über das Eintreten eines Ereignisses.Diese Klasse kann nicht vererbt werden. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der anfängliche Zustand auf signalisiert festgelegt werden soll. + true, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf signalisiert festgelegt werden soll, false, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf nicht signalisiert festgelegt werden soll. + + + Stellt eine verschlankte Version von bereit. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit dem Anfangszustand „nicht signalisiert“. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der Anfangszustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll. + True, um den Anfangszustand auf „signalisiert“ festzulegen, false um den Anfangszustand auf „nicht signalisiert“ festzulegen. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der Anfangszustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll, und einer festgelegten Spin-Anzahl. + True, um den Anfangszustand auf "signalisiert" festzulegen, false um den Anfangszustand auf "nicht signalisiert" festzulegen. + Die Anzahl von Spin-Wartevorgängen, die vor dem Fallback auf einen kernelbasierten Wartevorgang stattfinden. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + + + Gibt die vom verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen frei. + true, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um nur nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob das Ereignis festgelegt wurde. + True, wenn das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + + + Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf „nicht signalisiert“ fest, sodass Threads blockiert werden. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf „signalisiert“ fest und ermöglicht so die weitere Ausführung eines oder mehrerer wartender Threads. + + + Ruft die Anzahl von Spin-Wartevorgängen ab, die vor dem Fallback auf einen kernelbasierten Wartevorgang stattfinden. + Gibt die Anzahl von Spin-Wartevorgängen zurück, die vor dem Fallback auf einen kernelbasierten Wartevorgang stattfinden. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird. + true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet und ein überwacht wird. + true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Das zu überwachende . + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle ein Signal empfängt, wobei ein überwacht wird. + Das zu überwachende . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird, wobei ein -Wert zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird. + true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird. Dabei wird ein -Wert zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet und ein überwacht. + true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Das zu überwachende . + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Ruft das zugrunde liegende -Objekt für dieses ab. + Das zugrunde liegende -Ereignisobjekt für dieses . + + + Stellt einen Mechanismus bereit, der den Zugriff auf Objekte synchronisiert. + 2 + + + Erhält eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt. + Das Objekt, für das die Monitorsperre erhalten werden soll. + Der -Parameter ist null. + 1 + + + Erhält eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde. + Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll. + Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen.Hinweis   Wenn keine Ausnahme auftritt, ist die Ausgabe dieser Methode immer true. + Die Eingabe für ist true. + Der -Parameter ist null. + + + Hebt eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt auf. + Das Objekt, dessen Sperre aufgehoben werden soll. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der aktuelle Thread besitzt die Sperre für das angegebene Objekt nicht. + 1 + + + Bestimmt, ob der aktuelle Thread die Sperre für das angegebene Objekt enthält. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre für enthält, andernfalls false. + Das zu überprüfende Objekt. + + ist null. + + + Benachrichtigt einen Thread in der Warteschlange für abzuarbeitende Threads über eine Änderung am Zustand des gesperrten Objekts. + Das Objekt, auf das ein Thread wartet. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt. + 1 + + + Benachrichtigt alle wartenden Threads über eine Änderung am Zustand des Objekts. + Das Objekt, das den Impuls sendet. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt. + 1 + + + Versucht, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre erhält, andernfalls false. + Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll. + Der -Parameter ist null. + 1 + + + Versucht, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten, und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde. + Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll. + Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen. + Die Eingabe für ist true. + Der -Parameter ist null. + + + Versucht über eine angegebene Anzahl von Millisekunden hinweg, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre erhält, andernfalls false. + Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll. + Die Anzahl der Millisekunden, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll. + Der -Parameter ist null. + + ist negativ und ungleich . + 1 + + + Versucht für die angegebene Anzahl von Millisekunden, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten, und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde. + Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll. + Die Anzahl der Millisekunden, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll. + Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen. + Die Eingabe für ist true. + Der -Parameter ist null. + + ist negativ und ungleich . + + + Versucht über einen angegebenen Zeitraum hinweg, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre erhält, andernfalls false. + Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll. + Eine , die die Zeitspanne darstellt, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll.Ein Wert von -1 Millisekunde gibt eine unbegrenzte Wartezeit an. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der Wert von in Millisekunden ist negativ und ungleich (-1 Millisekunde), oder er ist größer als . + 1 + + + Versucht für die angegebene Dauer, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten, und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde. + Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll. + Die Zeitspanne, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll.Ein Wert von -1 Millisekunde gibt eine unbegrenzte Wartezeit an. + Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen. + Die Eingabe für ist true. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der Wert von in Millisekunden ist negativ und ungleich (-1 Millisekunde), oder er ist größer als . + + + Hebt die Sperre für ein Objekt auf und blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er die Sperre erneut erhält. + true, wenn der Aufruf beendet wurde, weil der Aufrufer die Sperre für das angegebene Objekt erneut erhalten hat.Diese Methode wird nicht beendet, wenn die Sperre nicht erneut erhalten wird. + Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt. + Der Thread, der Wait aufruft, wird später im Wartezustand unterbrochen.Dieser Fall tritt ein, wenn ein anderer Thread die -Methode dieses Threads aufruft. + 1 + + + Hebt die Sperre für ein Objekt auf und blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er die Sperre erneut erhält.Wenn das angegebene Timeoutintervall abläuft, tritt der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads ein. + true, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, bevor die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist. false, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, nachdem die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist.Die Methode wird erst beendet, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde. + Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, bevor der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads eintritt. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt. + Der Thread, der Wait aufruft, wird später im Wartezustand unterbrochen.Dieser Fall tritt ein, wenn ein anderer Thread die -Methode dieses Threads aufruft. + Der Wert des -Parameters ist negativ und ungleich . + 1 + + + Hebt die Sperre für ein Objekt auf und blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er die Sperre erneut erhält.Wenn das angegebene Timeoutintervall abläuft, tritt der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads ein. + true, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, bevor die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist. false, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, nachdem die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist.Die Methode wird erst beendet, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde. + Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll. + Ein , der die Zeit angibt, die gewartet wird, bevor der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads eintritt. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt. + Der Thread, der Wait aufruft, wird später im Wartezustand unterbrochen.Dieser Fall tritt ein, wenn ein anderer Thread die -Methode dieses Threads aufruft. + Der Wert des -Parameters in Millisekunden ist negativ und stellt nicht (-1 Millisekunde) dar, oder er ist größer als . + 1 + + + Ein primitiver Synchronisierungstyp, der auch für die prozessübergreifende Synchronisierung verwendet werden kann. + 1 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardeigenschaften. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex zugewiesen werden soll. + true, um dem aufrufenden Thread den anfänglichen Besitz des Mutex zuzuweisen, andernfalls false. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex zugewiesen werden soll, sowie mit einer Zeichenfolge, die den Namen des Mutex darstellt. + true, um dem aufrufenden Thread den anfänglichen Besitz des benannten Systemmutex zuzuweisen, wenn der benannte Systemmutex als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird, andernfalls false. + Der Name des .Bei einem Wert von null ist das unbenannt. + Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über . + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Der benannte Mutex kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat. + + ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex zugewiesen werden soll, mit einer Zeichenfolge mit dem Namen des Mutex sowie mit einem booleschen Wert, der beim Beenden der Methode angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex gewährt wurde. + true, um dem aufrufenden Thread den anfänglichen Besitz des benannten Systemmutex zuzuweisen, wenn der benannte Systemmutex als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird, andernfalls false. + Der Name des .Bei einem Wert von null ist das unbenannt. + Enthält nach dem Beenden dieser Methode einen booleschen Wert, der true ist, wenn ein lokaler Mutex erstellt wurde (d. h. wenn gleich null oder eine leere Zeichenfolge ist) oder wenn der angegebene benannte Systemmutex erstellt wurde. Der Wert ist false, wenn der angegebene benannte Systemmutex bereits vorhanden war.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert übergeben. + Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über . + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Der benannte Mutex kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat. + + ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + + Öffnet den bestimmten benannten Mutex, wenn er bereits vorhanden ist. + Ein Objekt, das den benannten Systemmutex darstellt. + Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemmutex. + + ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist null. + Der benannte Mutex ist nicht vorhanden. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den erforderlichen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden. + 1 + + + + + + Gibt das einmal frei. + Der aufrufende Thread ist nicht im Besitz des Mutex. + 1 + + + Öffnet den bestimmten benannten Mutex, wenn er bereits vorhanden ist, und gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob der Vorgang erfolgreich war. + true, wenn der benannte Mutex erfolgreich geöffnet wurde; andernfalls false. + Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemmutex. + Enthält nach Beenden der Methode ein -Objekt, das das benannte Mutex darstellt, wenn der Aufruf erfolgreich ausgeführt wurde, oder null, wenn der Aufruf fehlgeschlagen ist.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert behandelt. + + ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist null. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den erforderlichen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden. + + + Stellt eine Sperre dar, mit der der Zugriff auf eine Ressource verwaltet wird. Mehrere Threads können hierbei Lesezugriff oder exklusiven Schreibzugriff erhalten. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardeigenschaftswerten. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse unter Angabe der Rekursionsrichtlinie für die Sperre. + Einer der Enumerationswerte, der die Rekursionsrichtlinie für die Sperre angibt. + + + Ruft die Gesamtzahl von eindeutigen Threads ab, denen die Sperre im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist. + Die Anzahl von eindeutigen Threads, denen die Sperre im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist. + + + Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + Versucht, die Sperre im Lesemodus zu erhalten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zu erhalten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im Schreibmodus zu erhalten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Verringert die Rekursionszahl für den Lesemodus und beendet den Lesemodus, wenn das Rekursionsergebnis 0 (null) ist. + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + Verringert die Rekursionszahl für den erweiterbaren Modus und beendet den erweiterbaren Modus, wenn das Rekursionsergebnis 0 (null) ist. + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + Verringert die Rekursionszahl für den Schreibmodus und beendet den Schreibmodus, wenn das Rekursionsergebnis 0 (null) ist. + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre dem aktuellen Thread im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist. + true, wenn sich der aktuelle Thread im Lesemodus befindet, andernfalls false. + 2 + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre dem aktuellen Thread im erweiterbaren Modus zugewiesen ist. + true, wenn sich der aktuelle Thread im erweiterbaren Modus befindet, andernfalls false. + 2 + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre dem aktuellen Thread im Schreibmodus zugewiesen ist. + true, wenn sich der aktuelle Thread im Schreibmodus befindet, andernfalls false. + 2 + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der die Rekursionsrichtlinie für das aktuelle -Objekt angibt. + Einer der Enumerationswerte, der die Rekursionsrichtlinie für die Sperre angibt. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der als Indikator für eine Rekursion angibt, wie oft dem aktuellen Thread die Sperre im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist. + 0 (null), wenn sich der aktuelle Thread nicht im Lesemodus befindet, 1, wenn sich der Thread im Lesemodus befindet und diesen nicht rekursiv angefordert hat, oder n, wenn der Thread die Sperre n - 1 Mal rekursiv angefordert hat. + 2 + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der als Indikator für eine Rekursion angibt, wie oft dem aktuellen Thread die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zugewiesen ist. + 0 (null), wenn sich der aktuelle Thread nicht im erweiterbaren Modus befindet, 1, wenn sich der Thread im erweiterbaren Modus befindet und diesen nicht rekursiv angefordert hat, oder n, wenn der Thread den erweiterbaren Modus n - 1 Mal rekursiv angefordert hat. + 2 + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der als Indikator für eine Rekursion angibt, wie oft dem aktuellen Thread die Sperre im Schreibmodus zugewiesen ist. + 0 (null), wenn sich der aktuelle Thread nicht im Schreibmodus befindet, 1, wenn sich der Thread im Schreibmodus befindet und diesen nicht rekursiv angefordert hat, oder n, wenn der Thread den Schreibmodus n - 1 Mal rekursiv angefordert hat. + 2 + + + Versucht, die Sperre im Lesemodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein ganzzahliger Timeout berücksichtigt. + true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Lesemodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false. + Die Zeit in Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder -1 (), um unbegrenzt zu warten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im Lesemodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt. + true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Lesemodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false. + Das Zeitintervall bis zum Timeout, oder -1 Millisekunden, um unbegrenzt zu warten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt. + true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den erweiterbaren Modus erhalten hat, andernfalls false. + Die Zeit in Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder -1 (), um unbegrenzt zu warten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt. + true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den erweiterbaren Modus erhalten hat, andernfalls false. + Das Zeitintervall bis zum Timeout, oder -1 Millisekunden, um unbegrenzt zu warten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im Schreibmodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt. + true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Schreibmodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false. + Die Zeit in Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder -1 (), um unbegrenzt zu warten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im Schreibmodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt. + true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Schreibmodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false. + Das Zeitintervall bis zum Timeout, oder -1 Millisekunden, um unbegrenzt zu warten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Ruft die Gesamtzahl von Threads ab, die auf eine Zuweisung der Sperre im Lesemodus warten. + Die Gesamtzahl von Threads, die auf eine Zuweisung des Lesemodus warten. + 2 + + + Ruft die Gesamtzahl von Threads ab, die auf eine Zuweisung der Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus warten. + Die Gesamtzahl von Threads, die auf eine Zuweisung des erweiterbaren Modus warten. + 2 + + + Ruft die Gesamtzahl von Threads ab, die auf eine Zuweisung der Sperre im Schreibmodus warten. + Die Gesamtzahl von Threads, die auf eine Zuweisung des Schreibmodus warten. + 2 + + + Schränkt die Anzahl von Threads ein, die gleichzeitig auf eine Ressource oder einen Pool von Ressourcen zugreifen können. + 1 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Einträgen und die maximale Anzahl von gleichzeitigen Einträgen an. + Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + + ist größer als . + + ist kleiner als 1.- oder - ist kleiner als 0. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Einträgen und die maximale Anzahl von gleichzeitigen Einträgen sowie optional den Namen eines Systemsemaphorobjekts an. + Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + Der Name eines benannten Systemsemaphorobjekts. + + ist größer als .- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist kleiner als 1.- oder - ist kleiner als 0. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über . + Das benannte Semaphor kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Einträgen und die maximale Anzahl von gleichzeitigen Einträgen sowie optional den Namen eines Systemsemaphorobjekts an, gibt eine Variable an, die einen Wert empfängt, der angibt, ob ein neues Systemsemaphor erstellt wurde. + Die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig ausgeführt werden können. + Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig ausgeführt werden können. + Der Name eines benannten Systemsemaphorobjekts. + Enthält nach dem Beenden dieser Methode den Wert true, wenn ein lokales Semaphor erstellt wurde (d. h., wenn gleich null oder eine leere Zeichenfolge ist) oder wenn das angegebene benannte Systemsemaphor erstellt wurde. Der Wert ist false, wenn das angegebene benannte Systemsemaphor bereits vorhanden war.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert übergeben. + + ist größer als . - oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist kleiner als 1.- oder - ist kleiner als 0. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über . + Das benannte Semaphor kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat. + + + Öffnet das angegebene benannte Semaphor, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist. + Ein Objekt, das das benannte Systemsemaphor darstellt. + Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemsemaphors. + + ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist null. + Das benannte Semaphor ist nicht vorhanden. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den nötigen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden. + 1 + + + + + + Beendet das Semaphor und gibt die vorherige Anzahl zurück. + Die Anzahl für das Semaphor vor dem Aufruf der -Methode. + Die Anzahl für das Semaphor weist bereits den maximalen Wert auf. + Bei einem benannten Semaphor ist ein Win32-Fehler aufgetreten. + Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar. Der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über .- oder - Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar, es wurde jedoch nicht mit geöffnet. + 1 + + + Gibt das Semaphor eine festgelegte Anzahl von Malen frei und gibt die vorherige Anzahl zurück. + Die Anzahl für das Semaphor vor dem Aufruf der -Methode. + Die Anzahl von Malen, die das Semaphor freigegeben werden soll. + + ist kleiner als 1. + Die Anzahl für das Semaphor weist bereits den maximalen Wert auf. + Bei einem benannten Semaphor ist ein Win32-Fehler aufgetreten. + Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar. Der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über -Rechte.- oder - Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar, es wurde jedoch nicht mit -Rechten geöffnet. + 1 + + + Öffnet das angegebene benannte Semaphor, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist, und gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob der Vorgang erfolgreich war. + true, wenn das benannte Semaphor erfolgreich geöffnet wurde; andernfalls false. + Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemsemaphors. + Enthält nach Beenden der Methode ein -Objekt, das das benannte Semaphor darstellt, wenn der Aufruf erfolgreich ausgeführt wurde, oder null, wenn der Aufruf fehlgeschlagen ist.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert behandelt. + + ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist null. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den nötigen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden. + + + Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn die -Methode für ein Semaphor aufgerufen wird, dessen Zähler bereits den Maximalwert aufweist. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardwerten. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung. + Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat. + Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + + + Eine einfache Alternative zu , die die Anzahl der Threads beschränkt, die gleichzeitig auf eine Ressource oder einen Ressourcenpool zugreifen können. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Anforderungen an, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + + ist kleiner als 0. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt die ursprüngliche sowie die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen an, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + + ist kleiner als 0, oder ist größer als , oder ist kleiner gleich 0. + + + Gibt ein zurück, das verwendet werden kann um auf die Semaphore zu warten. + Ein , das verwendet werden kann um auf die Semaphore zu warten. + + wurde verworfen. + + + Ruft die Anzahl der verbleibenden Threads ab, für die das Eintreten in das -Objekt zulässig ist. + Die Anzahl der verbleibenden Threads, für die das Eintreten in das Semaphor zulässig ist. + + + Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + + + Gibt die von verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional die verwalteten Ressourcen frei. + true, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um ausschließlich nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben. + + + Gibt das -Objekt einmal frei. + Die vorherige Anzahl von . + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Der hat bereits seine maximale Größe erreicht. + + + Gibt das -Objekt eine festgelegte Anzahl von Malen frei. + Die vorherige Anzahl von . + Die Anzahl von Malen, die das Semaphor freigegeben werden soll. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner als 1. + Der hat bereits seine maximale Größe erreicht. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in eintreten kann. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei das Timeout mit einer 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen angegeben wird. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Angeben des Timeouts verwendet und ein überwacht wird. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + Die Instanz wurde freigegeben, oder die erstellten freigegeben wurde. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei ein überwacht wird. + Das zu überwachende -Token. + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.- oder - Die erstellten bereits freigegeben wurde. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei ein zum Angeben des Timeouts verwendet wird. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als . + Die semaphoreSlim-Instanz wurde freigegeben + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei eine den Timeout angibt und ein überwacht wird. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als . + Die semaphoreSlim-Instanz wurde freigegebenDie , die erstellt hat, wurde bereits freigegeben. + + + Wartet asynchron auf den Eintritt in . + Eine Aufgabe, die abgeschlossen wird, wenn das Semaphor eingegeben wurde. + + + Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum , wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird. + Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + + + Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum , wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird, während ein beobachtet wird. + Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Das zu überwachende . + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + wurde abgebrochen. + + + Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum , während ein ein beobachtet wird. + Eine Aufgabe, die abgeschlossen wird, wenn das Semaphor eingegeben wurde. + Das zu überwachende -Token. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + wurde abgebrochen. + + + Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum unter Verwendung einer zum Messen des Zeitintervalls. + Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. - oder - Timeout ist größer als . + + + Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum unter Verwendung einer zum Messen des Zeitintervalls, während ein beobachtet wird. + Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Das zu überwachende -Token. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.- oder - Timeout ist größer als . + + wurde abgebrochen. + + + Stellt eine Methode dar, die aufgerufen werden muss, wenn eine Nachricht an einen Synchronisierungskontext gesendet werden soll. + Das an den Delegaten übergebene Objekt. + 2 + + + Stellt einen sich gegenseitig ausschließenden Sperrprimitiven bereit, wobei ein Thread, der versucht, die Sperre abzurufen, wiederholt in einer Schleife wartet, bis die Sperre verfügbar wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Struktur mit der Option, Thread-IDs nachzuverfolgen, um das Debuggen zu vereinfachen. + Gibt an, ob Thread-IDs zu Debugzwecken erfasst und verwendet werden. + + + Ruft die Sperre zuverlässig ab, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde. + True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden. + Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von Enter mit false initialisiert werden. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen. + + + Hebt die Sperre auf. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread ist nicht Besitzer dieser Sperre. + + + Hebt die Sperre auf. + Ein boolescher Wert, der angibt, ob eine Arbeitsspeicherumgrenzung ausgegeben werden soll, um den Beendigungsvorgang sofort für andere Threads zu veröffentlichen. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread ist nicht Besitzer dieser Sperre. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre zurzeit von einem Thread verwendet wird. + True, wenn die Sperre zurzeit von einem Thread verwendet wird, andernfalls false. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre vom aktuellen Thread verwendet wird. + True, wenn die Sperre vom aktuellen Thread verwendet wird, andernfalls false. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird deaktiviert. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Threadbesitznachverfolgung für diese Instanz aktiviert ist. + True, wenn die Threadbesitznachverfolgung für diese Instanz aktiviert ist, andernfalls false. + + + Versucht, die Sperre zuverlässig abzurufen, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde. + True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden. + Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von TryEnter mit false initialisiert werden. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen. + + + Versucht, die Sperre zuverlässig abzurufen, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von TryEnter mit false initialisiert werden. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen. + + + Versucht, die Sperre zuverlässig abzurufen, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als Millisekunden. + Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von TryEnter mit false initialisiert werden. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen. + + + Stellt Unterstützung für Spin-basierte Wartevorgänge bereit. + + + Ruft die Anzahl von -Aufrufen für diese Instanz ab. + Gibt eine ganze Zahl zurück, die angibt, wie häufig für diese Instanz aufgerufen wurde. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob der nächste Aufruf von den Prozessor ergibt und einen erzwungenen Kontextwechsel auslöst. + Gibt an, ob der nächste Aufruf von den Prozessor ergibt und einen erzwungenen Kontextwechsel auslöst. + + + Setzt die Spin-Anzahl zurück. + + + Führt einen Spin-Vorgang aus. + + + Führt Spin-Vorgänge aus, bis die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt wird. + Ein Delegat, der immer wieder ausgeführt wird, bis true zurückgegeben wird. + Das -Argument ist Null. + + + Führt Spin-Vorgänge aus, bis die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt wird oder das angegebene Timeout abgelaufen ist. + True, wenn die Bedingung innerhalb des Timeouts erfüllt wird, andernfalls false. + Ein Delegat, der immer wieder ausgeführt wird, bis true zurückgegeben wird. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Das -Argument ist Null. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + + + Führt Spin-Vorgänge aus, bis die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt wird oder das angegebene Timeout abgelaufen ist. + True, wenn die Bedingung innerhalb des Timeouts erfüllt wird, andernfalls false. + Ein Delegat, der immer wieder ausgeführt wird, bis true zurückgegeben wird. + Ein , das die Wartezeit in Millisekunden darstellt, oder ein TimeSpan-Wert, der -1 Millisekunden für Warten ohne Timeout darstellt. + Das -Argument ist Null. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als . + + + Stellt die Grundfunktionen für die Weitergabe eines Synchronisierungskontexts in unterschiedlichen Synchronisierungsmodellen bereit. + 2 + + + Erstellt eine neue Instanz der -Klasse. + + + Erstellt beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse eine Kopie des Synchronisierungskontexts. + Ein neues -Objekt. + 2 + + + Ruft den Synchronisierungskontext für den aktuellen Thread ab. + Ein -Objekt, das den aktuellen Synchronisierungskontext darstellt. + 1 + + + Antwortet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse auf die Benachrichtigung, dass ein Vorgang abgeschlossen wurde. + + + Antwortet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse auf die Benachrichtigung, dass ein Vorgang gestartet wurde. + + + Sendet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse eine asynchrone Meldung an einen Synchronisierungskontext. + Der aufzurufende -Delegat. + Das an den Delegaten übergebene Objekt. + 2 + + + Sendet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse eine synchrone Meldung an einen Synchronisierungskontext. + Der aufzurufende -Delegat. + Das an den Delegaten übergebene Objekt. + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + Legt den aktuellen Synchronisierungskontext fest. + Das festzulegende -Objekt. + 1 + + + + + + Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn der Aufrufer für eine Methode über eine Sperre für einen bestimmten Monitor verfügen muss und die Methode von einem Aufrufer aufgerufen wird, der nicht über diese Sperre verfügt. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardeigenschaften. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung. + Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat. + Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + + + Stellt einen lokalen Datenspeicher eines Threads bereit. + Gibt den für jeden Thread gespeicherten Datentyp an. + + + Initialisiert die -Instanz. + + + Initialisiert die -Instanz. + Ob alle Werte, die für die Instanz festgelegt werden, verfolgt werden und über die -Eigenschaft verfügbar gemacht sollen. + + + Initialisiert die -Instanz mit der angegebenen -Funktion. + Das , das aufgerufen wird, um einen verzögert initialisierten Wert zu erzeugen, wenn versucht wird, ohne vorherige Initialisierung abzurufen. + + ist ein NULL-Verweis (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Initialisiert die -Instanz mit der angegebenen -Funktion. + Das , das aufgerufen wird, um einen verzögert initialisierten Wert zu erzeugen, wenn versucht wird, ohne vorherige Initialisierung abzurufen. + Ob alle Werte, die für die Instanz festgelegt werden, verfolgt werden und über die -Eigenschaft verfügbar gemacht sollen. + + ist ein null-Verweis (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + + + Gibt die von dieser -Instanz verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + Ein boolescher Wert, der angibt, ob diese Methode aufgrund eines Aufrufs von aufgerufen wird. + + + Gibt die von dieser -Instanz verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob für den aktuellen Thread initialisiert wurde. + True, wenn erfolgreich im aktuellen Thread initialisiert wurde, andernfalls false. + Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben. + + + Erstellt eine Zeichenfolgendarstellung dieser Instanz für den aktuellen Thread und gibt sie zurück. + Das Ergebnis des Aufrufs von für . + Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben. + Der für den aktuellen Thread ist ein NULL-Verweis (Nothing in Visual Basic). + Die Initialisierungsfunktion versuchte, auf rekursiv zu verweisen. + Kein Standardkonstruktor wird bereitgestellt, und keine Wertfactory wird angegeben. + + + Ruft den Wert dieser Instanz für den aktuellen Thread ab oder legt ihn fest. + Gibt eine Instanz des Objekts zurück, für dessen Initialisierung dieser ThreadLocal zuständig ist. + Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben. + Die Initialisierungsfunktion versuchte, auf rekursiv zu verweisen. + Kein Standardkonstruktor wird bereitgestellt, und keine Wertfactory wird angegeben. + + + Ruft eine Liste aller Werte ab, die aktuell von allen Threads, die auf diese Instanz zugegriffen haben, gespeichert werden. + Eine Liste aller Werte, die aktuell von allen Threads, die auf diese Instanz zugegriffen haben, gespeichert sind. + Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben. + + + Enthält Methoden für die Durchführung von Vorgängen für flüchtigen Speicher. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Objektverweis aus dem angegebenen Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der Verweis auf , der gelesen wurde.Dieser Verweis entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Verweis, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + Der Typ des zu lesenden Felds.Dabei muss es sich um einen Verweistyp und keinen Werttyp handeln. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Arbeitsspeichervorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Objektverweis in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Objektverweis geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Objektverweis.Der Verweis wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + Der Typ des zu schreibenden Felds.Dabei muss es sich um einen Verweistyp und keinen Werttyp handeln. + + + Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn versucht wird, einen nicht vorhandenen Systemmutex oder ein nicht vorhandenes Semaphor zu öffnen. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardwerten. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung. + Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat. + Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/es/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/es/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3431de9eb --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/es/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1803 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + Excepción que se produce cuando un subproceso adquiere un objeto que otro subproceso ha abandonado al salir sin liberarlo. + 1 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con valores predeterminados. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un índice especificado para la exclusión mutua abandonada, si es aplicable, y un objeto que representa la exclusión mutua. + Índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada en la matriz de identificadores de espera si la excepción se produce para el método , o –1 si la excepción se produce para los métodos o . + Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error y una excepción interna especificados. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado, la excepción interna, el índice para la exclusión mutua abandonada, si es aplicable, y un objeto que representa la exclusión mutua. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + Índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada en la matriz de identificadores de espera si la excepción se produce para el método , o –1 si la excepción se produce para los métodos o . + Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado, el índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada, si es aplicable, y la exclusión mutua abandonada. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + Índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada en la matriz de identificadores de espera si la excepción se produce para el método , o –1 si la excepción se produce para los métodos o . + Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada. + + + Obtiene la exclusión mutua abandonada que produjo la excepción, si se conoce. + Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada o null si no se han podido identificar las exclusiones mutuas abandonadas. + 1 + + + Obtiene el índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada que produjo la excepción, si se conoce. + Índice, en la matriz de identificadores de espera que se ha pasado al método , del objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada, o –1 si no se puede determinar el índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada. + 1 + + + Representa datos ambiente locales de un flujo de control asincrónico determinado, por ejemplo, un método asincrónico. + Tipo de los datos ambiente. + + + Crea una instancia que no recibe las notificaciones de cambio. + + + Crea una instancia local que recibe notificaciones de cambio. + Delegado al que se llama cuando cambia el valor actual en cualquier subproceso. + + + Obtiene o establece el valor de los datos ambiente. + Valor de los datos ambiente. + + + Clase que proporciona información de cambio de datos a las instancias que se registran para las notificaciones de cambios. + Tipo de los datos. + + + Obtiene el valor actual de los datos. + Valor actual de los datos. + + + Obtiene el valor anterior de los datos. + Valor anterior de los datos. + + + Devuelve un valor que indica si el valor cambia debido a un cambio de contexto de ejecución. + true si el valor cambió debido a un cambio de contexto de ejecución; de lo contrario, false. + + + Notifica que se ha producido un evento a un subproceso en espera.Esta clase no puede heredarse. + 2 + + + Inicializa una instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado. + true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado. + + + Habilita varias tareas para que cooperen en un algoritmo en paralelo a través de varias fases. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase . + Número de subprocesos que participan. + + es menor que 0 o mayor que 32,767. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase . + Número de subprocesos que participan. + + que se ejecutará después de cada fase. null (Nothing en Visual Basic) se puede pasar para indicar que no se realiza ninguna acción. + + es menor que 0 o mayor que 32,767. + + + Notifica a que va a haber un participante adicional. + Número de fase de la barrera en la que primero participarán los nuevos participantes. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + Agregar un participante haría que el recuento de participantes de la barrera superase los 32.767.O bienEl método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase. + + + Notifica a que va a haber participantes adicionales. + Número de fase de la barrera en la que primero participarán los nuevos participantes. + Número de participantes adicionales que se van a agregar a la barrera. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es menor que 0.O bienAgregar haría que el recuento de participantes de la barrera superase los 32.767. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase. + + + Obtiene el número de la fase actual de la barrera. + Devuelve el número de la fase actual de la barrera. + + + Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase . + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase. + + + Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados. + Es true para liberar tanto los recursos administrados como los no administrados; es false para liberar únicamente los recursos no administrados. + + + Obtiene el número total de participantes de la barrera. + Devuelve el número total de participantes de la barrera. + + + Obtiene el número de participantes de la barrera que no aún no se han señalado en la fase actual. + Devuelve el número de participantes de la barrera que no aún no se han señalado en la fase actual. + + + Notifica a que va a haber un participante menos. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + La barrera ya tiene 0 participantes.O bienEl método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase. + + + Notifica a que va a haber menos participantes. + Número de participantes adicionales que se van a quitar de la barrera. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es menor que 0. + La barrera ya tiene 0 participantes.O bienEl método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase. O bienel recuento del participante actual es menor que el participantCount especificado + El recuento del participante total es menor que el especificado + + + Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen también la barrera. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes. + Si una excepción se produce de la acción de fase de envío de una barrera después de todos los subprocesos hayan llamado a SignalAndWait, la excepción se ajustará en una BarrierPostPhaseException y se producirá en todos los subprocesos que participan. + + + Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen también la barrera usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera. + si todos los participantes alcanzaron la barrera dentro del tiempo especificado; de lo contrario, es false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes. + Si una excepción se produce de la acción de fase de envío de una barrera después de todos los subprocesos hayan llamado a SignalAndWait, la excepción se ajustará en una BarrierPostPhaseException y se producirá en todos los subprocesos que participan. + + + Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes la alcancen también usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera mientras se observa un token de cancelación. + si todos los participantes alcanzaron la barrera dentro del tiempo especificado; de lo contrario, es false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + Se ha cancelado . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes. + + + Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen la barrera mientras se observa un token de cancelación. + + que se va a observar. + Se ha cancelado . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes. + + + Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen también la barrera usando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo. + Es true si todos los demás participantes alcanzaron la barrera; de lo contrario, es false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o es mayor de 32.767. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes. + + + Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes la alcancen también usando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras se observa un token de cancelación. + Es true si todos los demás participantes alcanzaron la barrera; de lo contrario, es false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + Se ha cancelado . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes. + + + Excepción que se inicia cuando se produce un error en la acción posterior a la fase de + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje proporcionado por el sistema que describe el error. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con la excepción interna especificada. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado que describe el error. + Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que esta cadena se ha traducido para la actual referencia cultural del sistema. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción. + Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que esta cadena se ha traducido para la actual referencia cultural del sistema. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + + + Representa un método al que se va a llamar dentro de un nuevo contexto. + Objeto que contiene la información que va a utilizar el método de devolución de llamadas cada vez que se ejecute. + 1 + + + Representa una primitiva de sincronización que está señalada cuando su recuento alcanza el valor cero. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el recuento especificado. + Número de señales necesarias inicialmente para establecer . + + es menor que 0. + + + Incrementa en uno el recuento actual de . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + La instancia actual ya está establecida.O bien es mayor o igual que . + + + Incrementa en un valor especificado el recuento actual de . + Valor en que se va a aumentar . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es menor o igual que 0. + La instancia actual ya está establecida.O bien es igual o mayor que después de incrementar la cuenta en + + + Obtiene el número de señales restantes necesario para establecer el evento. + El número de señales restantes necesario para establecer el evento. + + + Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase . + + + Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados. + Es true para liberar tanto los recursos administrados como los no administrados; es false para liberar únicamente los recursos no administrados. + + + Obtiene los números de señales que se necesitan inicialmente para establecer el evento. + El número de señales que se necesitan inicialmente para establecer el evento. + + + Determina si se establece el evento. + Es true si se establece el evento; de lo contrario, es false. + + + Restablece en el valor de . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + + Restablece la propiedad según un valor especificado. + Número de señales necesario para establecer . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + El valor de es menor que 0. + + + Registra una señal con y disminuye el valor de . + Es true si la señal hizo que el recuento alcanzara el valor cero y se estableció el evento; de lo contrario, falso. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + La instancia actual ya está establecida. + + + Registra varias señales con reduciendo el valor de según la cantidad especificada. + Es true si las señales hicieron que el recuento alcanzara el valor cero y se estableció el evento; de lo contrario, falso. + Número de señales que se va a registrar. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es menor que 1. + La instancia actual ya está establecida. -o bien- es mayor que . + + + Intenta incrementar en uno. + Es true si el incremento se realizó correctamente; en caso contrario, es false.Si ya está en el valor cero, este método devolverá false. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es igual a . + + + Intenta incrementar en un valor especificado. + Es true si el incremento se realizó correctamente; en caso contrario, es false.Si ya está en el valor cero, se devolverá false. + Valor en que se va a aumentar . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es menor o igual que 0. + La instancia actual ya está establecida.O bien + es igual o mayor que . + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera. + Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera, mientras se observa un token . + Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + Se ha cancelado . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. o bien, que creó sido eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , mientras se observa un token . + + que se va a observar. + Se ha cancelado . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. o bien, que creó sido eliminado. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un objeto para medir el tiempo de espera. + Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que . + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un objeto para medir el tiempo de espera, mientras se observa un token . + Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + Se ha cancelado . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. o bien, que creó sido eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que . + + + Obtiene un objeto que se usa para esperar a que se establezca el evento. + Objeto que se usa para esperar a que se establezca el evento. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + + Indica si un objeto se restablece automática o manualmente después de recibir una señal. + 2 + + + El objeto , cuando está señalado, se restablece automáticamente después de haber liberado un único subproceso.Si hay ningún subproceso en espera, el objeto permanece señalado hasta que un subproceso se bloquea y se restablece después de haber liberado el subproceso. + + + El objeto , cuando está señalado, libera todos los subprocesos en espera y permanece señalado hasta que se restablece manualmente. + + + Representa un evento de sincronización de subprocesos. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando si el identificador de espera se señala inicialmente y si se restablece automática o manualmente. + Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; es false para establecerlo en no señalado. + Uno de los valores de que determina si el evento se restablece de forma automática o manual. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando si el identificador de espera se señala inicialmente cuando se crea como resultado de esta llamada, si se restablece automática o manualmente y el nombre de un evento de sincronización del sistema. + Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado si el evento con nombre se crea como resultado de esta llamada; es false para establecerlo en no señalado. + Uno de los valores de que determina si el evento se restablece de forma automática o manual. + Nombre de un evento de sincronización para todo el sistema. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El evento con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario carece de . + No se puede crear el evento con nombre, quizás porque un identificador de espera de un tipo diferente tiene el mismo nombre. + + tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando si el identificador de espera se señala inicialmente cuando se crea como resultado de esta llamada, si se restablece automática o manualmente, el nombre de un evento de sincronización del sistema y una variable booleana cuyo valor después de la llamada indica si se ha creado el evento del sistema con nombre. + Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado si el evento con nombre se crea como resultado de esta llamada; es false para establecerlo en no señalado. + Uno de los valores de que determina si el evento se restablece de forma automática o manual. + Nombre de un evento de sincronización para todo el sistema. + Cuando este método devuelve un resultado, contiene true si se ha creado un evento local (es decir, si es null o una cadena vacía) o si se ha creado el evento del sistema con nombre especificado; es false si el evento del sistema con nombre especificado ya existía.Este parámetro se pasa sin inicializar. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El evento con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario carece de . + No se puede crear el evento con nombre, quizás porque un identificador de espera de un tipo diferente tiene el mismo nombre. + + tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + + Abre el evento de sincronización con nombre especificado, si ya existe. + Un objeto que representa el evento del sistema con nombre. + Nombre del evento de sincronización que se va a abrir. + + es una cadena vacía. O bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + es null. + El evento del sistema con nombre no existe. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El evento con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad exigido para utilizarlo. + 1 + + + + + + Establece el estado del evento en no señalado, haciendo que los subprocesos se bloqueen. + true si la operación se realiza correctamente; en caso contrario, false. + No se ha llamado previamente al método en este . + 2 + + + Establece el estado del evento en señalado, permitiendo que uno o varios subprocesos en espera continúen. + true si la operación se realiza correctamente; en caso contrario, false. + No se ha llamado previamente al método en este . + 2 + + + Abre el evento de sincronización con nombre especificado, si ya existe, y devuelve un valor que indica si la operación se realizó correctamente. + true si el evento de sincronización con nombre se abrió correctamente; si no, false. + Nombre del evento de sincronización que se va a abrir. + Cuando este método vuelve, contiene un objeto que representa el evento de sincronización con nombre si la llamada se realizó correctamente, o null si se produjo un error en la llamada.Este parámetro se trata como sin inicializar. + + es una cadena vacía.O bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + es null. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El evento con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad deseado. + + + Administra el contexto de ejecución del subproceso actual.Esta clase no puede heredarse. + 2 + + + Captura el contexto de ejecución del subproceso actual. + Objeto que representa el contexto de ejecución del subproceso actual. + 1 + + + Ejecuta un método en un contexto de ejecución especificado en el subproceso actual. + Contexto de ejecución que se va a establecer. + Delegado que representa el método que se va a ejecutar en el contexto de ejecución proporcionado. + Objeto que se pasa al método de devolución de llamada. + + es null.O bien no se adquirió a través de una operación de captura. O bien ya se ha utilizado como argumento de una llamada a . + 1 + + + + + + Proporciona operaciones atómicas para las variables compartidas por varios subprocesos. + 2 + + + Agrega dos enteros de 32 bits y reemplaza el primer entero por la suma, como una operación atómica. + Nuevo valor almacenado en . + Variable que contiene el primer valor que se va a agregar.La suma de los dos valores se almacena en . + Valor que se va a agregar al entero en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Agrega dos enteros de 64 bits y reemplaza el primer entero por la suma, como una operación atómica. + Nuevo valor almacenado en . + Variable que contiene el primer valor que se va a agregar.La suma de los dos valores se almacena en . + Valor que se va a agregar al entero en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos números de punto flotante de precisión doble para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero de los valores. + Valor original de . + Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace. + Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad. + Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos enteros de 32 bits con signo para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primer valor. + Valor original de . + Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace. + Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad. + Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos enteros de 64 bits con signo para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primer valor. + Valor original de . + Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace. + Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad. + Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos identificadores o punteros específicos de plataforma para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero. + Valor original de . + Estructura de destino, cuyo valor se compara con el valor de y que posiblemente se reemplace por . + Estructura que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad. + Estructura que se compara con el valor que hay en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos objetos para comprobar si sus referencias son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero de los objetos. + Valor original de . + Objeto de destino que se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace. + Objeto que reemplaza el objeto de destino si la comparación da como resultado la igualdad de ambos parámetros. + Objeto que se compara con el objeto que hay en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos números de punto flotante de precisión sencilla para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero de los valores. + Valor original de . + Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace. + Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad. + Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos instancias del tipo de referencia especificado para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza la primera. + Valor original de . + Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.Este es un parámetro de referencia (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic). + Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad. + Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en . + Tipo que se va a utilizar para , y .Este tipo debe ser un tipo de referencia. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Disminuye el valor de una variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica. + Valor reducido. + Variable cuyo valor se va a reducir. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Disminuye el valor de la variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica. + Valor reducido. + Variable cuyo valor se va a reducir. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece un número de punto flotante de precisión doble en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado. + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece un entero de 32 bits con signo en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado. + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece un entero de 64 bits con signo en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado. + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece un puntero o identificador específico de plataforma en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado. + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece un objeto en un valor especificado y devuelve una referencia al objeto original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado. + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece un número de punto flotante de precisión sencilla en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado. + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece una variable del tipo especificado en un valor determinado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.Este es un parámetro de referencia (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic). + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + Tipo que se va a utilizar para y .Este tipo debe ser un tipo de referencia. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Aumenta el valor de una variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica. + Valor incrementado. + Variable cuyo valor se va a incrementar. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Aumenta el valor de una variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica. + Valor incrementado. + Variable cuyo valor se va a incrementar. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sincroniza el acceso a la memoria de la siguiente forma: el procesador que ejecuta el subproceso actual no puede reordenar instrucciones de forma que los accesos a la memoria anteriores a la llamada a se ejecuten después de los accesos a memoria que siguen a la llamada a . + + + Devuelve un valor de 64 bits, cargado como una operación atómica. + Valor cargado. + Valor de 64 bits que se va a cargar. + 1 + + + Proporciona rutinas de inicialización diferida. + + + Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino con su constructor predeterminado si aún no se ha inicializado el destino. + Referencia de tipo que se ha inicializado. + Referencia de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado. + Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar. + Faltaban los permisos para tener acceso al constructor de tipo . + El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado. + + + Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino o tipo de valor con su constructor predeterminado si aún no se ha inicializado. + Valor inicializado de tipo . + Referencia o valor de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado. + Referencia a un valor booleano que determina si ya se ha inicializado el destino. + Referencia a un objeto que se usa como bloqueo mutuamente excluyente para la inicialización de .Si es null, se creará una instancia de un nuevo objeto. + Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar. + Faltaban los permisos para tener acceso al constructor de tipo . + El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado. + + + Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino o tipo de valor utilizando la función especificada si aún no se ha inicializado. + Valor inicializado de tipo . + Referencia o valor de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado. + Referencia a un valor booleano que determina si ya se ha inicializado el destino. + Referencia a un objeto que se usa como bloqueo mutuamente excluyente para la inicialización de .Si es null, se creará una instancia de un nuevo objeto. + Función que se llama para inicializar la referencia o el valor. + Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar. + Faltaban los permisos para tener acceso al constructor de tipo . + El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado. + + + Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino utilizando la función especificada si aún no se ha inicializado. + Valor inicializado de tipo . + Referencia de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado. + Función que se llama para inicializar la referencia. + Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar. + El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado. + + devuelve un valor NULL (Nothing en Visual Basic). + + + Excepción que se inicia cuando la entrada recursiva en un bloqueo no es compatible con la directiva de recursividad del bloqueo. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje proporcionado por el sistema que describe el error. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado que describe el error. + Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que la cadena se ha traducido para la referencia cultural actual del sistema. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción. + Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que la cadena se ha traducido para la referencia cultural actual del sistema. + Excepción que ha producido la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + 2 + + + Especifica si el mismo subproceso puede entrar varias veces en un bloqueo. + + + Si un subproceso intenta entrar en un bloqueo de forma recursiva, se inicia una excepción.Algunas clases pueden permitir cierta recursividad cuando se aplica esta configuración. + + + Un subproceso puede entrar en un bloqueo de forma recursiva.Algunas clases pueden limitar esta posibilidad. + + + Notifica que se ha producido un evento a uno o varios subprocesos en espera.Esta clase no puede heredarse. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado. + true para establecer el estado inicial de señalado; false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado. + + + Proporciona una versión reducida de . + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el estado inicial establecido en no señalado. + + + Inicializa una instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado. + Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; es false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado. + + + Inicializa una instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado y con el recuento circular especificado. + Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; es false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado. + Número de esperas circulares que se van a producir antes de una operación de espera basada en kernel. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase . + + + Libera los recursos no administrados que usa el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados. + true para liberar tanto los recursos administrados como los no administrados; false para liberar únicamente los recursos no administrados. + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si se ha establecido el evento. + Es true si se ha establecido el evento; de lo contrario, es false. + + + Establece el estado del evento en no señalado, por lo que se bloquean los subprocesos. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Establece el estado del evento en señalado, lo que permite la continuación de uno o varios subprocesos que están esperando en el evento. + + + Obtiene el número de esperas circulares que se producirán antes de una operación de espera basada en kernel. + Devuelve el número de esperas circulares que se producirán antes de una operación de espera basada en kernel. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto actual. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el actual, usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el intervalo de tiempo. + Es true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, es false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el actual, usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras se observa un token . + true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que el actual reciba una señal, mientras se observa un token . + + que se va a observar. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el actual, utilizando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo. + true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el , usando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras se observa un token . + true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Obtiene el objeto para este . + Objeto de evento subyacente de este . + + + Proporciona un mecanismo que sincroniza el acceso a los objetos. + 2 + + + Adquiere un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo de monitor. + El parámetro es null. + 1 + + + Adquiere un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo. + Objeto en el que se va a esperar. + Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo.Nota   Si no se produce ninguna excepción, el resultado de este método siempre es true. + La entrada es true. + El parámetro es null. + + + Libera un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado. + Objeto en el que se va a liberar el bloqueo. + El parámetro es null. + El subproceso actual no posee el bloqueo para el objeto especificado. + 1 + + + Determina si el subproceso actual mantiene el bloqueo en el objeto especificado. + Es true si el subproceso actual mantiene el bloqueo en ; en caso contrario, es false. + Objeto que se va a probar. + El valor de es null. + + + Notifica un cambio de estado del objeto bloqueado al subproceso que se encuentra en la cola de espera. + Objeto que está esperando un subproceso. + El parámetro es null. + El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado. + 1 + + + Notifica un cambio de estado del objeto a todos los subprocesos que se encuentran en espera. + Objeto que envía el pulso. + El parámetro es null. + El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado. + 1 + + + Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado. + Es true si el subproceso actual adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, es false. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo. + El parámetro es null. + 1 + + + Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo. + Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo. + La entrada es true. + El parámetro es null. + + + Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado durante el número de segundos especificado. + Es true si el subproceso actual adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, es false. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo. + Número de milisegundos durante los que se va a esperar para adquirir el bloqueo. + El parámetro es null. + + es negativo y no es igual a . + 1 + + + Intenta, durante el número especificado de milisegundos, adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo. + Número de milisegundos durante los que se va a esperar para adquirir el bloqueo. + Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo. + La entrada es true. + El parámetro es null. + + es negativo y no es igual a . + + + Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado durante el período de tiempo especificado. + Es true si el subproceso actual adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, es false. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo. + + que representa el período de tiempo que se va a esperar para adquirir el bloqueo.Un valor de –1 milisegundo especifica una espera infinita. + El parámetro es null. + El valor de en milisegundos es negativo y no es igual a (– 1 milisegundo), o es mayor que . + 1 + + + Intenta, durante el periodo de tiempo indicado, adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo. + Tiempo que se va a esperar el bloqueo.Un valor de –1 milisegundo especifica una espera infinita. + Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo. + La entrada es true. + El parámetro es null. + El valor de en milisegundos es negativo y no es igual a (– 1 milisegundo), o es mayor que . + + + Libera el bloqueo en un objeto y bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que vuelve a adquirir el bloqueo. + Es true si la llamada fue devuelta porque el llamador volvió a adquirir el bloqueo para el objeto especificado.Este método no devuelve ningún resultado si el bloqueo no vuelve a adquirirse. + Objeto en el que se va a esperar. + El parámetro es null. + El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado. + El subproceso que invoca Wait se interrumpe más adelante desde el estado de espera.Esto sucede cuando otro subproceso llame a este subproceso método. + 1 + + + Libera el bloqueo en un objeto y bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que vuelve a adquirir el bloqueo.Si transcurre el intervalo de tiempo de espera especificado, el subproceso entra en la cola de subprocesos listos. + Es true si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo antes de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado; es false si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo después de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado.El método no devuelve ningún resultado hasta que se vuelva a adquirir el bloqueo. + Objeto en el que se va a esperar. + Número de milisegundos que se va a estar a la espera antes de que el subproceso entre en la cola de subprocesos listos. + El parámetro es null. + El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado. + El subproceso que invoca Wait se interrumpe más adelante desde el estado de espera.Esto sucede cuando otro subproceso llame a este subproceso método. + El valor de la parámetro es negativo y no es igual a . + 1 + + + Libera el bloqueo en un objeto y bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que vuelve a adquirir el bloqueo.Si transcurre el intervalo de tiempo de espera especificado, el subproceso entra en la cola de subprocesos listos. + Es true si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo antes de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado; es false si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo después de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado.El método no devuelve ningún resultado hasta que se vuelva a adquirir el bloqueo. + Objeto en el que se va a esperar. + + que representa la cantidad de tiempo que se va a esperar antes de que el subproceso entre en la cola de subprocesos listos. + El parámetro es null. + El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado. + El subproceso que invoca Wait se interrumpe más adelante desde el estado de espera.Esto sucede cuando otro subproceso llame a este subproceso método. + El valor de la parámetro en milisegundos es negativo y no representa (– 1 milisegundo), o es mayor que . + 1 + + + Primitiva de sincronización que puede usarse también para la sincronización entre procesos. + 1 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con propiedades predeterminadas. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si el subproceso que realiza la llamada debe tener la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua. + true para otorgar la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua al subproceso que realiza la llamada, de lo contrario, false. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si el subproceso que realiza la llamada debe tener la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua y una cadena que representa el nombre de la exclusión mutua. + true para otorgar al subproceso que realiza la llamada la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre si esta se crea como resultado de dicha llamada; de lo contrario, false. + Nombre del objeto .Si el valor es null, no tiene nombre. + La exclusión mutua con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario no tiene . + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + No se puede crear la exclusión mutua con nombre; posiblemente porque un identificador de espera de otro tipo tiene el mismo nombre. + + tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si el subproceso que realiza la llamada debe tener la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua, una cadena que es el nombre de la exclusión mutua y un valor booleano que, cuando se devuelva el método, indicará si se concedió la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua al subproceso que realiza la llamada. + true para otorgar al subproceso que realiza la llamada la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre si esta se crea como resultado de dicha llamada; de lo contrario, false. + Nombre del objeto .Si el valor es null, no tiene nombre. + Cuando se devuelve este método, contiene un valor booleano que es true si se creó una exclusión mutua local (es decir, si es null o una cadena vacía) o si se creó la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre especificada; el valor es false si la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre especificada ya existía.Este parámetro se pasa sin inicializar. + La exclusión mutua con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario no tiene . + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + No se puede crear la exclusión mutua con nombre; posiblemente porque un identificador de espera de otro tipo tiene el mismo nombre. + + tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + + Abre la exclusión mutua con nombre especificada, si ya existe. + Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre. + Nombre de la exclusión mutua del sistema que se va a abrir. + + es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + El valor de es null. + La excepción mutua con nombre no existe. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + La exclusión mutua con nombre existe, pero el usuario no dispone del acceso de seguridad exigido para utilizarla. + 1 + + + + + + Libera una vez la instancia de . + El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee la exclusión mutua. + 1 + + + Abre la exclusión mutua con nombre especificada, si ya existe, y devuelve un valor que indica si la operación se realizó correctamente. + true si la exclusión mutua con nombre se abrió correctamente; si no, false. + Nombre de la exclusión mutua del sistema que se va a abrir. + Cuando este método vuelve, contiene un objeto que representa la exclusión mutua con nombre si la llamada se realizó correctamente, o null si se produjo un error en la llamada.Este parámetro se trata como sin inicializar. + + es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + El valor de es null. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + La exclusión mutua con nombre existe, pero el usuario no dispone del acceso de seguridad exigido para utilizarla. + + + Representa un bloqueo que se utiliza para administrar el acceso a un recurso y que permite varios subprocesos para la lectura o acceso exclusivo para la escritura. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con los valores de propiedad predeterminados. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase especificando la directiva de recursividad de bloqueo. + Uno de los valores de enumeración que especifica la directiva de recursividad de bloqueo. + + + Obtiene el número total de subprocesos únicos que han entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura. + Número de subprocesos únicos que han entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura. + + + Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase . + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Reduce el recuento de recursividad para el modo de lectura y sale del modo de lectura si el recuento resultante es 0 (cero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + Reduce el recuento de recursividad para el modo de actualización y sale del modo de actualización si el recuento resultante es 0 (cero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + Reduce el recuento de recursividad para el modo de escritura y sale del modo de escritura si el recuento resultante es 0 (cero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura. + true si el subproceso actual entró en modo Lectura; en caso contrario, false. + 2 + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual entró en el bloqueo en modo de actualización. + true si el subproceso actual entró en modo de actualización; en caso contrario, false. + 2 + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de escritura. + true si el subproceso actual entró en modo de escritura; en caso contrario, false. + 2 + + + Obtiene un valor que indica la directiva de recursividad del objeto actual. + Uno de los valores de enumeración que especifica la directiva de recursividad de bloqueo. + + + Obtiene el número de veces que el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura, como una indicación de recursividad. + 0 (cero) si el subproceso actual no entró en modo Lectura, 1 si el subproceso entró en modo Lectura pero no lo hizo de forma recursiva o n si el subproceso entró de forma recursiva en el bloqueo n - 1 veces. + 2 + + + Obtiene el número de veces que el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de actualización, como una indicación de recursividad. + 0 (cero) si el subproceso actual no entró en modo de actualización, 1 si el subproceso entró en modo de actualización pero no lo hizo de forma recursiva o n si el subproceso entró de forma recursiva en el modo de actualización n - 1 veces. + 2 + + + Obtiene el número de veces que el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de escritura, como una indicación de recursividad. + 0 (cero) si el subproceso actual no entró en modo de escritura, 1 si el subproceso entró en modo de escritura pero no lo hizo de forma recursiva o n si el subproceso entró de forma recursiva en el modo de escritura n - 1 veces. + 2 + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura, con un tiempo de espera entero opcional. + true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo Lectura; en caso contrario, false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o -1 () para esperar indefinidamente. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura, con tiempo de espera opcional. + true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo Lectura; en caso contrario, false. + Intervalo de espera, o -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización, con tiempo de espera opcional. + true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de actualización; en caso contrario, false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o -1 () para esperar indefinidamente. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización, con tiempo de espera opcional. + true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de actualización; en caso contrario, false. + Intervalo de espera, o -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura, con tiempo de espera opcional. + true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de escritura; en caso contrario, false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o -1 () para esperar indefinidamente. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura, con tiempo de espera opcional. + true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de escritura; en caso contrario, false. + Intervalo de espera, o -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Obtiene el número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura. + Número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en modo de lectura. + 2 + + + Obtiene el número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización. + Número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en modo de actualización. + 2 + + + Obtiene el número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura. + Número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en modo de escritura. + 2 + + + Limita el número de subprocesos que pueden tener acceso a un recurso o grupo de recursos simultáneamente. + 1 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , que especifica el número inicial de entradas y el número máximo de entradas simultáneas. + Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + Número máximo de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + + es mayor que . + + es menor que 1.o bien es menor que 0. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , que especifica el número inicial de entradas y el número máximo de entradas simultáneas, y especificando de forma opcional el nombre de un objeto semáforo de sistema. + Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + Número máximo de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + Nombre de un objeto de semáforo del sistema con nombre. + + es mayor que .o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + es menor que 1.o bien es menor que 0. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El semáforo con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso y el usuario no tiene . + No se puede crear el semáforo con nombre, probablemente porque tiene el mismo nombre que un identificador de espera de otro tipo. + + + Inicializa una instancia nueva de la clase , especificando el número inicial de entradas y el número máximo de entradas simultáneas, especificando de forma opcional el nombre de un objeto semáforo de sistema y especificando una variable que recibe un valor que indica si se creó un semáforo del sistema nuevo. + Número inicial de solicitudes para el semáforo que se puede satisfacer simultáneamente. + Número máximo de solicitudes para el semáforo que se puede satisfacer simultáneamente. + Nombre de un objeto de semáforo del sistema con nombre. + Cuando este método devuelve un resultado, contiene true si se creó un semáforo local (es decir, si es null o una cadena vacía) o si se creó el semáforo del sistema con nombre especificado; es false si el semáforo del sistema con nombre especificado ya existía.Este parámetro se pasa sin inicializar. + + es mayor que . o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + es menor que 1.o bien es menor que 0. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El semáforo con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso y el usuario no tiene . + No se puede crear el semáforo con nombre, probablemente porque tiene el mismo nombre que un identificador de espera de otro tipo. + + + Abre el semáforo con nombre especificado, si ya existe. + Objeto que representa el semáforo del sistema con nombre. + Nombre del semáforo del sistema que se va a abrir. + + es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + El valor de es null. + El semáforo con nombre no existe. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El semáforo con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad necesario para utilizarlo. + 1 + + + + + + Sale del semáforo y devuelve el recuento anterior. + Recuento en el semáforo antes de la llamada al método . + El recuento del semáforo ya está en el valor máximo. + Error de Win32 con un semáforo con nombre. + El semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero el usuario no tiene .o bienEl semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero no se abrió con . + 1 + + + Sale del semáforo un número especificado de veces y devuelve el recuento anterior. + Recuento en el semáforo antes de la llamada al método . + Número de veces que se abandona el semáforo. + + es menor que 1. + El recuento del semáforo ya está en el valor máximo. + Error de Win32 con un semáforo con nombre. + El semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero el usuario no tiene derechos.o bienEl semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero no se abrió con derechos. + 1 + + + Abre el semáforo con nombre especificado, si ya existe, y devuelve un valor que indica si la operación se realizó correctamente. + true si el semáforo con nombre se abrió correctamente; si no, false. + Nombre del semáforo del sistema que se va a abrir. + Cuando este método vuelve, contiene un objeto que representa el semáforo con nombre si la llamada se realizó correctamente o null si se produjo un error en la misma.Este parámetro se trata como sin inicializar. + + es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + El valor de es null. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El semáforo con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad necesario para utilizarlo. + + + Excepción que se produce cuando se llama al método en un semáforo cuyo recuento ya ha alcanzado el valor máximo. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con valores predeterminados. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + + + Representa una alternativa ligera a que limita el número de subprocesos que puede obtener acceso a la vez a un recurso o a un grupo de recursos. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando el número inicial de solicitudes que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + + es menor que 0. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando el número inicial y máximo de solicitudes que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + Número máximo de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + + es menor que 0, o es mayor que , o es igual o menor que 0. + + + Devuelve un objeto que se puede usar para esperar en el semáforo. + + que se puede usar para esperar en el semáforo. + Se ha eliminado . + + + Obtiene el número de subprocesos restantes que puede introducir el objeto . + Obtiene el número de subprocesos restantes que pueden entrar en el semáforo. + + + Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase . + + + Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados. + Es true para liberar tanto recursos administrados como no administrados; es false para liberar únicamente recursos no administrados. + + + Libera una vez el objeto . + Recuento anterior de . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + El ya se ha alcanzado su tamaño máximo. + + + Libera el objeto un número especificado de veces. + Recuento anterior de . + Número de veces que se abandona el semáforo. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es menor que 1. + El ya se ha alcanzado su tamaño máximo. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo que especifica el tiempo de espera. + true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo que especifica el tiempo de espera mientras se observa un elemento . + true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + + se ha cancelado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito. + El se ha eliminado la instancia, o la que creó se ha eliminado. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , mientras se observa un elemento . + Token que se va a observar. + + se ha cancelado. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.o bienEl que creó ya se ha eliminado. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando para especificar el tiempo de espera. + true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + + es un número negativo distinto de-1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito o - tiempo de espera es mayor que . + Se ha eliminado la instancia de semaphoreSlim + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando un que especifica el tiempo de espera mientras se observa un elemento . + true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + + se ha cancelado. + + es un número negativo distinto de-1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito o - tiempo de espera es mayor que . + Se ha eliminado la instancia de semaphoreSlimEl que creó ya se ha eliminado. + + + De forma asincrónica espera que se introduzca . + Tarea que se completará cuando se entre en el semáforo. + + + De forma asincrónica espera que se introduzca , usando un entero de 32 bits para medir el intervalo de tiempo. + Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito. + + + De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , usando un entero de 32 bits para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras observa un elemento . + Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + se ha cancelado. + + + De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , mientras observa un elemento . + Tarea que se completará cuando se entre en el semáforo. + Token que se va a observar. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + se ha cancelado. + + + De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , usando un para medir el intervalo de tiempo. + Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito o bien tiempo de espera es mayor que . + + + De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , usando un para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras observa un elemento . + Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + Token que se va a observar. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinitoo bientiempo de espera es mayor que . + + se ha cancelado. + + + Representa el método al que hay que llamar cuando se va a enviar un mensaje a un contexto de sincronización. + Objeto que se ha pasado al delegado. + 2 + + + Proporciona una primitiva de bloqueo de exclusión mutua donde un subproceso que intenta adquirir el bloqueo espera en un bucle repetidamente comprobando hasta que haya un bloqueo disponible. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la estructura con la opción de realizar el seguimiento de los identificadores de subprocesos para mejorar la depuración. + Indica si se han de capturar y utilizar identificadores de subprocesos con fines de depuración. + + + Adquiere el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo. + Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método. + El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a Enter. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo. + + + Libera el bloqueo. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual no es el propietario de este bloqueo. + + + Libera el bloqueo. + Valor booleano que indica si una barrera de memoria debe emitirse para publicar inmediatamente la operación de salida a otros subprocesos. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual no es el propietario de este bloqueo. + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si un subproceso mantiene actualmente el bloqueo. + Es true si cualquier subproceso mantiene actualmente el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual mantiene actualmente el bloqueo. + Es true si el subproceso actual mantiene el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está deshabilitado. + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si el seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado para esta instancia. + Es true si se ha habilitado el seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos para esta instancia; de lo contrario, es false. + + + Intenta adquirir el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo. + Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método. + El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a TryEnter. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo. + + + Intenta adquirir el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a TryEnter. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo. + + + Intenta adquirir el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que milisegundos. + El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a TryEnter. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo. + + + Proporciona compatibilidad con la espera basada en ciclos. + + + Obtiene el número de veces que se ha llamado a en esta instancia. + Devuelve un entero que representa el número de veces que se ha llamado en esta instancia. + + + Obtiene si la llamada siguiente a da paso al procesador, lo que activa un cambio de contexto forzado. + Si la llamada siguiente a da paso al procesador, lo que activa un cambio de contexto forzado. + + + Restablece el contador de ciclos. + + + Realiza un único ciclo. + + + Itera en ciclos hasta que se satisface la condición especificada. + Delegado que se va a ejecutar una y otra vez hasta que devuelva true. + El argumento de es nulo. + + + Itera en ciclos hasta que se satisface la condición especificada o se agota el tiempo de espera indicado. + Es true si la condición se satisface dentro del tiempo de espera; de lo contrario, es false. + Delegado que se va a ejecutar una y otra vez hasta que devuelva true. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + El argumento de es nulo. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + + + Itera en ciclos hasta que se satisface la condición especificada o se agota el tiempo de espera indicado. + Es true si la condición se satisface dentro del tiempo de espera; de lo contrario, es false. + Delegado que se va a ejecutar una y otra vez hasta que devuelva true. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o TimeSpan que representa -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente. + El argumento de es nulo. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que . + + + Proporciona la funcionalidad básica para propagar un contexto de sincronización en varios modelos de sincronización. + 2 + + + Crea una nueva instancia de la clase . + + + Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, crea una copia del contexto de sincronización. + Un nuevo objeto . + 2 + + + Obtiene el contexto de sincronización del subproceso actual. + Objeto que representa el contexto de sincronización actual. + 1 + + + Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, responde a la notificación de que se ha completado una operación. + + + Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, responde a la notificación de que se ha iniciado una operación. + + + Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, envía un mensaje asincrónico a un contexto de sincronización. + Delegado de al que se va a llamar. + Objeto que se ha pasado al delegado. + 2 + + + Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, envía un mensaje sincrónico a un contexto de sincronización. + Delegado de al que se va a llamar. + Objeto que se ha pasado al delegado. + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + Establece el contexto de sincronización actual. + Objeto que se va a establecer. + 1 + + + + + + Excepción que se produce cuando un método requiere que el llamador sea propietario del bloqueo en un Monitor dado y un llamador al que no pertenece ese bloqueo llama al método. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con propiedades predeterminadas. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + + + Proporciona almacenamiento local de los datos de un subproceso. + Especifica el tipo de datos que se almacena por subproceso. + + + Inicializa la instancia de . + + + Inicializa la instancia de . + Si se va a hacer un seguimiento de todos los valores establecidos en la instancia y exponerlos a través de la propiedad . + + + Inicializa una instancia de con la función especificada por el parámetro . + + que se invoca para generar un valor de inicialización diferida cuando se intenta recuperar sin que se haya inicializado anteriormente. + + es una referencia nula (Nothing en Visual Basic). + + + Inicializa una instancia de con la función especificada por el parámetro . + + que se invoca para generar un valor de inicialización diferida cuando se intenta recuperar sin que se haya inicializado anteriormente. + Si se va a hacer un seguimiento de todos los valores establecidos en la instancia y exponerlos a través de la propiedad . + + es una referencia null (Nothing en Visual Basic). + + + Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase . + + + Libera los recursos utilizados por esta instancia de . + Valor booleano que indica si se llama a este método debido a una llamada a . + + + Libera los recursos utilizados por esta instancia de . + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si se inicializa en el subproceso actual. + Es true si se inicializa en el subproceso actual; en caso contrario, es false. + La instancia de se ha eliminado. + + + Crea y devuelve una representación de cadena de esta instancia del subproceso actual. + Resultado de llamar al método en . + La instancia de se ha eliminado. + La propiedad del subproceso actual es una referencia nula (Nothing en Visual Basic). + La función de inicialización intentó hacer referencia de forma recursiva a . + No se proporciona ningún constructor predeterminado y no se proporciona ningún generador de valor. + + + Obtiene o establece el valor de esta instancia del subproceso actual. + Devuelve una instancia del objeto que ThreadLocal es responsable de inicializar. + La instancia de se ha eliminado. + La función de inicialización intentó hacer referencia de forma recursiva a . + No se proporciona ningún constructor predeterminado y no se proporciona ningún generador de valor. + + + Obtiene una lista de todos los valores almacenados actualmente por todos los subprocesos que han tenido acceso a esta instancia. + Lista de todos los valores almacenados actualmente por todos los subprocesos que han tenido acceso a esta instancia. + La instancia de se ha eliminado. + + + Contiene los métodos para realizar operaciones de memoria volátil. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee la referencia al objeto desde el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Referencia al que se ha leído.Esta referencia es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + Tipo del campo que se va a leer.Debe ser un tipo de referencia, no un tipo de valor. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de memoria antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe la referencia de objeto especificada en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe la referencia de objeto. + Referencia de objeto que se va a escribir.La referencia se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + Tipo del campo que se va a escribir.Debe ser un tipo de referencia, no un tipo de valor. + + + Excepción que se produce cuando se intenta abrir una exclusión mutua o semáforo del sistema que no existe. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con valores predeterminados. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/fr/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/fr/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6bbaf9759 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/fr/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1833 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + Exception levée lorsqu'un thread acquiert un objet qu'un autre thread a abandonné en se terminant sans le libérer. + 1 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec les valeurs par défaut. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un index spécifié pour le mutex abandonné, le cas échéant, et un objet qui représente le mutex. + Index du mutex abandonné dans le tableau des handles d'attente si l'exception est levée pour la méthode , ou -1 si l'exception est levée pour les méthodes ou . + Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié. + Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur et une exception interne spécifiés. + Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié, l'exception interne, l'index pour le mutex abandonné, le cas échéant, et un objet qui représente le mutex. + Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + Index du mutex abandonné dans le tableau des handles d'attente si l'exception est levée pour la méthode , ou -1 si l'exception est levée pour les méthodes ou . + Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié, l'index du mutex abandonné, le cas échéant, et le mutex abandonné. + Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception. + Index du mutex abandonné dans le tableau des handles d'attente si l'exception est levée pour la méthode , ou -1 si l'exception est levée pour les méthodes ou . + Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné. + + + Obtient le mutex abandonné qui a provoqué l'exception, s'il est connu. + Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné ou null si les mutex abandonnés n'ont pas pu être identifiés. + 1 + + + Obtient l'index du mutex abandonné qui a provoqué l'exception, s'il est connu. + Index, dans le tableau de handles d'attente passés à la méthode , de l'objet qui représente le mutex abandonné ou -1 si l'index du mutex abandonné n'a pas pu être déterminé. + 1 + + + Représente les données ambiantes qui sont locales à un flux de contrôle asynchrone donné, par exemple une méthode asynchrone. + Type des données ambiantes. + + + Instancie une instance de qui ne reçoit pas de notifications de modification. + + + Instancie une instance locale de qui ne reçoit pas de notifications de modification. + Le délégué est appelé à chaque modification de la valeur actuelle sur n'importe quel thread. + + + Obtient ou définit la valeur des données ambiantes. + Valeur des données ambiantes. + + + Classe qui fournit les informations de modification des données aux instances de qui s'inscrivent pour les notifications de modification. + Type des données. + + + Obtient la valeur actuelle des données. + Valeur actuelle des données. + + + Obtient la valeur précédente des données. + Valeur précédente des données. + + + Retourne une valeur qui indique si la valeur est modifiée en raison d'un changement du contexte d'exécution. + true si la valeur est modifiée en raison d'un changement du contexte d'exécution ; sinon, false. + + + Avertit un thread en attente qu'un événement s'est produit.Cette classe ne peut pas être héritée. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini à "signalé". + true pour définir l'état initial à "signalé" ; false pour le définir à "non signalé". + + + Permet à plusieurs tâches de travailler en parallèle de manière coopérative sur un algorithme via plusieurs phases. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe . + Nombre de threads participants. + + est inférieur à 0 ou supérieur à 32,767. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe . + Nombre de threads participants. + + à exécuter après chaque phase. null (nothing en Visual Basic) peut être passé pour indiquer qu'aucune action n'est effectuée. + + est inférieur à 0 ou supérieur à 32,767. + + + Signale à qu'il y aura un participant supplémentaire. + Numéro de la phase du cloisonnement à laquelle les nouveaux participants participeront en premier. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + L'ajout d'un participant provoquerait l'augmentation du nombre de participants du cloisonnement au-delà de 32 767.ouLa méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase. + + + Signale à qu'il y aura des participants supplémentaires. + Numéro de la phase du cloisonnement à laquelle les nouveaux participants participeront en premier. + Nombre de participants supplémentaires à ajouter au cloisonnement. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur à 0.ouL'ajout de participants () provoquerait l'augmentation du nombre de participants du cloisonnement au-delà de 32 767. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase. + + + Obtient le numéro de la phase actuelle du cloisonnement. + Retourne le numéro de la phase actuelle du cloisonnement. + + + Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe . + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase. + + + Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et éventuellement les ressources managées. + true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées. + + + Obtient le nombre total de participants au cloisonnement. + Retourne le nombre total de participants au cloisonnement. + + + Obtient le nombre de participants au cloisonnement qui n'ont pas encore été signalés dans la phase actuelle. + Retourne le nombre de participants au cloisonnement qui n'ont pas encore été signalés dans la phase actuelle. + + + Signale à qu'il y aura un participant en moins. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + La barrière a déjà 0 participant.ouLa méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase. + + + Signale à qu'il y aura moins de participants. + Nombre de participants supplémentaires à supprimer du cloisonnement. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur à 0. + La barrière a déjà 0 participant.ouLa méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase. oule nombre de participant actuel est inférieur au participantCount spécifié + Le nombre total de participants est inférieur au spécifié + + + Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants. + Si une exception est levée par l'action de post-phase d'un cloisonnement après que tous les threads participants aient appelé SignalAndWait, l'exception sera incluse dans un wrapper dans une BarrierPostPhaseException et levée pour tous les threads participants. + + + Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer le délai d'attente. + si tous les participants ont atteint le cloisonnement dans le délai spécifié ; sinon false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants. + Si une exception est levée par l'action de post-phase d'un cloisonnement après que tous les threads participants aient appelé SignalAndWait, l'exception sera incluse dans un wrapper dans une BarrierPostPhaseException et levée pour tous les threads participants. + + + Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer le délai d'attente, tout en observant un jeton d'annulation. + si tous les participants ont atteint le cloisonnement dans le délai spécifié ; sinon false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants. + + + Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, tout en observant un jeton d'annulation. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants. + + + Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un objet qui mesure l'intervalle de temps. + true si tous les autres participants ont atteint le cloisonnement ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 milliseconde, qui représente un délai d'attente infini, ou sa valeur est supérieure à 32 767. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants. + + + Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un objet qui mesure l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un jeton d'annulation. + true si tous les autres participants ont atteint le cloisonnement ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 milliseconde, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants. + + + L'exception levée lorsque l'action post-phase d'un échoue. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message système qui décrit l'erreur. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec l'exception interne spécifiée. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message spécifié décrivant l'erreur. + Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture du système en cours. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception. + Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture du système en cours. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + + + Représente une méthode à appeler dans un nouveau contexte. + Objet contenant les informations que la méthode de rappel doit utiliser à chacune de ses exécutions. + 1 + + + Représente une primitive de synchronisation qui est signalée lorsque son décompte atteint zéro. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe à l'aide du décompte spécifié. + Nombre de signaux initialement requis pour définir . + + est inférieur à 0. + + + Incrémente de un le décompte actuel de . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.ou est supérieur ou égal à . + + + Incrémente d'une valeur spécifiée le décompte actuel de . + Valeur d'incrément de . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur ou égal à 0. + L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.ou est égal à ou supérieur à une fois le nombre été incrémenté par + + + Obtient le nombre de signaux restants requis pour définir l'événement. + Nombre de signaux restants requis pour définir l'événement. + + + Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe . + + + Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et éventuellement les ressources managées. + true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées. + + + Obtient le nombre de signaux initialement requis pour définir l'événement. + Nombre de signaux initialement requis pour définir l'événement. + + + Détermine si l'événement est défini. + true si l'événement est défini ; sinon, false. + + + Réinitialise avec la valeur . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + + Définit la propriété spécifiée sur la valeur indiquée. + Nombre de signaux requis pour définir . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur à 0. + + + Enregistre un signal avec le , en décrémentant la valeur de . + true si le décompte a atteint zéro en raison du signal et que l'événement a été défini ; sinon, false. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + L'instance actuelle est déjà définie. + + + Inscrit plusieurs signaux avec , en décrémentant la valeur de selon la valeur spécifiée. + true si le décompte a atteint zéro en raison des signaux et que l'événement a été défini ; sinon, false. + Nombre de signaux à inscrire. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur à 1. + L'instance actuelle est déjà définie. - ou - Ou est supérieur à . + + + Essaie d'incrémenter par un. + true si l'incrémentation a réussi ; sinon, false.Si est déjà à zéro, cette méthode retourne la valeur false. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est égal à . + + + Essaie d'incrémenter par une valeur spécifiée. + true si l'incrémentation a réussi ; sinon, false.Si est déjà à zéro, la valeur false est retournée. + Valeur d'incrément de . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur ou égal à 0. + L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.ou + est supérieur ou égal à . + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que soit défini. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente. + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente, tout en observant un . + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. - ou - le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que soit défini, tout en observant un . + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. - ou - le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le soit défini, à l'aide d'un permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente. + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à . + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le soit défini, à l'aide d'un permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente, tout en observant un . + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. - ou - le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à . + + + Obtient un qui est utilisé pour attendre l'événement à définir. + + qui est utilisé pour attendre l'événement à définir. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + + Indique si un est réinitialisé automatiquement ou manuellement après la réception d'un signal. + 2 + + + Une fois signalé, le se réinitialise automatiquement après avoir libéré un seul thread.Si aucun thread n'attend, le conserve l'état signalé jusqu'à ce qu'un thread se bloque et se réinitialise après l'avoir libéré. + + + Lorsqu'il est signalé, le libère tous les threads en attente et conserve l'état signalé jusqu'à sa réinitialisation manuelle. + + + Représente un événement de synchronisation de threads. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant si le handle d'attente est signalé initialement et s'il se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement. + true pour définir l'état initial comme étant signalé ; false pour le définir comme étant non signalé. + L'une des valeurs qui déterminent si l'événement se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant si le handle d'attente est signalé initialement s'il a été créé à la suite de cet appel, s'il se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement, ainsi que le nom d'un événement de synchronisation du système. + true pour définir l'état initial comme signalé si l'événement nommé est créé en conséquence de cet appel ; false pour le définir comme non signalé. + L'une des valeurs qui déterminent si l'événement se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement. + Nom d'un événement de synchronisation à l'échelle du système. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + L'événement nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas . + L'événement nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom. + + dépasse 260 caractères. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant si le handle d'attente est signalé initialement s'il a été créé à la suite de cet appel, s'il se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement, ainsi que le nom d'un événement de synchronisation du système et une variable booléenne dont la valeur après l'appel indique si l'événement système nommé a été créé. + true pour définir l'état initial comme signalé si l'événement nommé est créé en conséquence de cet appel ; false pour le définir comme non signalé. + L'une des valeurs qui déterminent si l'événement se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement. + Nom d'un événement de synchronisation à l'échelle du système. + Cette méthode retourne true si un événement local a été créé (en d'autres termes, si est null ou une chaîne vide) ou si l'événement système nommé spécifié a été créé ; false si l'événement système nommé spécifié existait déjà.Ce paramètre est passé sans être initialisé. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + L'événement nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas . + L'événement nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom. + + dépasse 260 caractères. + + + Ouvre l'événement de synchronisation nommé spécifié s'il existe déjà. + Objet qui représente l'événement système nommé. + Nom de l'événement de synchronisation système à ouvrir. + + est une chaîne vide. ou dépasse 260 caractères. + + a la valeur null. + L'événement de système nommé n'existe pas. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + L'événement nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser. + 1 + + + + + + Définit l'état de l'événement comme étant non signalé, entraînant le blocage des threads. + true si l'opération aboutit ; sinon, false. + La méthode a été précédemment appelée sur ce . + 2 + + + Définit l'état de l'événement comme étant signalé, ce qui permet à un ou plusieurs threads en attente de continuer. + true si l'opération aboutit ; sinon, false. + La méthode a été précédemment appelée sur ce . + 2 + + + Ouvre l'événement de synchronisation nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà, et retourne une valeur indiquant si l'opération a réussi. + true si l'événement de synchronisation nommé a été ouvert ; sinon, false. + Nom de l'événement de synchronisation système à ouvrir. + Lorsque cette méthode est retournée, contient un objet qui représente l'événement de synchronisation nommé si l'appel a réussi, ou null si l'appel a échoué.Ce paramètre est traité comme non initialisé. + + est une chaîne vide.ou dépasse 260 caractères. + + a la valeur null. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + L'événement nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur n'a pas l'accès de sécurité voulu. + + + Gère le contexte d'exécution du thread actuel.Cette classe ne peut pas être héritée. + 2 + + + Capture le contexte d'exécution du thread actuel. + Objet capturant le contexte d'exécution du thread actuel. + 1 + + + Exécute une méthode dans un contexte d'exécution spécifié sur le thread actuel. + + à définir. + Délégué représentant la méthode à exécuter dans le contexte d'exécution fourni. + Objet à passer à la méthode de rappel. + + a la valeur null.ouLe n'a pas été acquis à l'aide d'une opération de capture. ouLe a déjà été utilisé comme argument pour un appel . + 1 + + + + + + Fournit des opérations atomiques pour des variables partagées par plusieurs threads. + 2 + + + Ajoute deux entiers 32 bits et remplace le premier entier par la somme, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + La nouvelle valeur stockée à . + Variable qui contient la première valeur à ajouter.La somme des deux valeurs est stockée dans . + Valeur à ajouter à l'entier à . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Ajoute deux entiers 64 bits et remplace le premier entier par la somme, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + La nouvelle valeur stockée à . + Variable qui contient la première valeur à ajouter.La somme des deux valeurs est stockée dans . + Valeur à ajouter à l'entier à . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux nombres à virgule flottante double précision et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité. + Valeur d'origine dans . + Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée. + Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + Valeur comparée à celle de . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux entiers signés de 32 bits et remplace la première valeur en cas d'égalité. + Valeur d'origine dans . + Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée. + Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + Valeur comparée à celle de . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux entiers signés de 64 bits et remplace la première valeur en cas d'égalité. + Valeur d'origine dans . + Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée. + Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + Valeur comparée à celle de . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux handles ou pointeurs spécifiques à la plateforme et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité. + Valeur d'origine dans . + + de destination, dont la valeur est comparée à celle de et qui peut être remplacée par . + + qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + + comparée à la valeur de . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux objets et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité des références. + Valeur d'origine dans . + Objet de destination comparé à et qui peut être remplacé. + Objet qui remplace l'objet de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + Objet qui est comparé à l'objet se trouvant à . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux nombres à virgule flottante simple précision et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité. + Valeur d'origine dans . + Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée. + Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + Valeur comparée à celle de . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux instances du type référence spécifié et remplace la première en cas d'égalité. + Valeur d'origine dans . + Destination, dont la valeur est comparée avec et qui peut être remplacée.C'est un paramètre référence (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic). + Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + Valeur comparée à celle de . + Type à utiliser pour , et .Ce type doit être un type référence. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Décrémente une variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur décrémentée. + Variable dont la valeur doit être décrémentée. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Décrémente la variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur décrémentée. + Variable dont la valeur doit être décrémentée. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un nombre à virgule flottante double précision, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée. + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte un entier signé 32 bits à une valeur spécifiée, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée. + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un entier signé 64 bits, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée. + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un handle ou un pointeur spécifique à la plateforme, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée. + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un objet, puis retourne une référence à l'objet d'origine sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée. + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un nombre à virgule flottante simple précision, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée. + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte une valeur spécifiée à une variable du type spécifié et retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.C'est un paramètre référence (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic). + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + Type à utiliser pour et .Ce type doit être un type référence. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Incrémente une variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur incrémentée. + Variable dont la valeur doit être incrémentée. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Incrémente une variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur incrémentée. + Variable dont la valeur doit être incrémentée. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Synchronise l'accès à la mémoire comme suit : le processeur qui exécute le thread actuel ne peut pas réorganiser les instructions de sorte que les accès à la mémoire avant l'appel de s'exécutent après les accès à la mémoire postérieurs à l'appel de . + + + Retourne une valeur 64 bits chargée sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur chargée. + Valeur 64 bits à charger. + 1 + + + Fournit des routines d'initialisation tardives. + + + Initialise un type référence cible avec le constructeur par défaut du type s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé. + Référence initialisée de type . + Référence de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été. + Type de la référence à initialiser. + Autorisations pour accéder au constructeur de type manquant. + Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut. + + + Initialise un type référence cible ou un type valeur avec son constructeur par défaut s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé. + Valeur initialisée de type . + Référence ou valeur de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été. + Référence à une valeur booléenne qui détermine si la cible a déjà été initialisée. + Référence à un objet utilisé comme verrou mutuellement exclusif pour l'initialisation de .Si est null null, un nouvel objet est instancié. + Type de la référence à initialiser. + Autorisations pour accéder au constructeur de type manquant. + Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut. + + + Initialise un type référence cible ou un type valeur à l'aide d'une fonction spécifiée s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé. + Valeur initialisée de type . + Référence ou valeur de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été. + Référence à une valeur booléenne qui détermine si la cible a déjà été initialisée. + Référence à un objet utilisé comme verrou mutuellement exclusif pour l'initialisation de .Si est null null, un nouvel objet est instancié. + Fonction appelée pour initialiser la référence ou la valeur. + Type de la référence à initialiser. + Autorisations pour accéder au constructeur de type manquant. + Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut. + + + Initialise un type référence cible à l'aide d'une fonction spécifiée s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé. + Valeur initialisée de type . + Référence de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été. + Fonction appelée pour initialiser la référence. + Type référence de la référence à initialiser. + Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut. + + a retourné null (Nothing en Visual Basic). + + + L'exception levée lorsque l'entrée récursive dans un verrou n'est pas compatible avec la stratégie de récurrence pour le verrou. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message système qui décrit l'erreur. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message spécifié décrivant l'erreur. + Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture système en cours. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception. + Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture système en cours. + Exception qui a provoqué l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + 2 + + + Spécifie si un verrou peut être entré plusieurs fois par le même thread. + + + Si un thread essaie d'entrer un verrou de manière récursive, une exception est levée.Certaines classes peuvent autoriser certaines récurrences lorsque ce paramètre est appliqué. + + + Un thread peut entrer un verrou de manière récursive.Certaines classes peuvent restreindre cette fonction. + + + Avertit un ou plusieurs threads en attente qu'un événement s'est produit.Cette classe ne peut pas être héritée. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini comme signalé. + true pour définir un état initial signalé ; false pour définir un état initial non signalé. + + + Fournit une version allégée de . + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec l'état initial "non signalé". + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini à "signalé". + true pour définir l'état initial à "signalé" ; false pour le définir à "non signalé". + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini à "signalé" et un nombre de spins spécifié. + true pour définir l'état initial à "signalé" ; false pour le définir à "non signalé". + Nombre d'attentes de spins qui se produiront avant de revenir à une opération d'attente basée sur le noyau. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe . + + + Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et éventuellement les ressources managées. + true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées. + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si l'événement est défini. + true si l'événement a été défini ; sinon, false. + + + Définit l'état de l'événement à "non signalé", ce qui entraîne le blocage des threads. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Définit l'état de l'événement à "signalé", ce qui permet à un ou plusieurs threads en attente sur l'événement de continuer à s'exécuter. + + + Obtient le nombre d'attentes de spins qui se produiront avant de revenir à une opération d'attente basée sur le noyau. + Retourne le nombre d'attentes de spins qui se produiront avant de revenir à une opération d'attente basée sur le noyau. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps. + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un . + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + à observer. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel reçoive un signal, tout en observant un . + + à observer. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps. + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un . + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini. + + à observer. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Obtient l'objet sous-jacent pour ce . + Objet d'événement sous-jacent pour ce . + + + Fournit un mécanisme qui synchronise l'accès aux objets. + 2 + + + Acquiert un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou du moniteur. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + 1 + + + Acquiert un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris. + Objet sur lequel attendre. + Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou.Remarque   Si aucune exception ne se produit, la sortie de cette méthode est toujours true. + L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + + + Libère un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié. + Objet sur lequel libérer le verrou. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + Le thread en cours ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié. + 1 + + + Détermine si le thread actuel détient le verrou sur l'objet spécifié. + true si le thread actuel détient le verrou sur  ; sinon, false. + Objet à tester. + + a la valeur null. + + + Avertit un thread situé dans la file d'attente en suspens d'un changement d'état de l'objet verrouillé. + Objet attendu par un thread. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié. + 1 + + + Avertit tous les threads en attente d'un changement d'état de l'objet. + Objet qui envoie l'impulsion. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié. + 1 + + + Essaie d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié. + true si le thread actuel acquiert le verrou ; sinon, false. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + 1 + + + Tente d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou. + Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou. + L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + + + Tentatives d'acquisition d'un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié au cours du nombre spécifié de millisecondes. + true si le thread actuel acquiert le verrou ; sinon, false. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou. + Délai d'attente du verrou en millisecondes. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + + est négatif et différent de . + 1 + + + Tente, pendant le nombre spécifié de millisecondes, d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou. + Délai d'attente du verrou en millisecondes. + Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou. + L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + + est négatif et différent de . + + + Tentatives d'acquisition d'un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié au cours de la période spécifiée. + true si le thread actuel acquiert le verrou ; sinon, false. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou. + + représentant le délai d'attente du verrou.Une valeur de –1 milliseconde spécifie une attente infinie. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + La valeur en millisecondes de est négative et différente de (–1 milliseconde), ou elle est supérieure à . + 1 + + + Tente, pendant le délai spécifié, d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou. + Délai d'attente du verrou.Une valeur de –1 milliseconde spécifie une attente infinie. + Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou. + L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + La valeur en millisecondes de est négative et différente de (–1 milliseconde), ou elle est supérieure à . + + + Libère le verrou d'un objet et bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il acquière à nouveau le verrou. + true si l'appel est retourné car l'appelant a de nouveau acquis le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.Cette méthode ne retourne rien si le verrou n'est pas acquis à nouveau. + Objet sur lequel attendre. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié. + Le thread qui appelle Wait quitte ensuite l'état d'attente.Cela se produit lorsqu'un autre thread appelle la méthode de ce thread. + 1 + + + Libère le verrou d'un objet et bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il acquière à nouveau le verrou.Si le délai d'attente spécifié est écoulé, le thread intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle. + true si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition avant l'expiration du délai spécifié ; false si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition après l'expiration du délai spécifié.La méthode ne retourne pas de valeur tant que le verrou n'est pas acquis à nouveau. + Objet sur lequel attendre. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre avant que le thread intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié. + Le thread qui appelle Wait quitte ensuite l'état d'attente.Cela se produit lorsqu'un autre thread appelle la méthode de ce thread. + La valeur du paramètre est négative et différente de . + 1 + + + Libère le verrou d'un objet et bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il acquière à nouveau le verrou.Si le délai d'attente spécifié est écoulé, le thread intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle. + true si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition avant l'expiration du délai spécifié ; false si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition après l'expiration du délai spécifié.La méthode ne retourne pas de valeur tant que le verrou n'est pas acquis à nouveau. + Objet sur lequel attendre. + + qui représente le temps à attendre avant que le thread n'intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié. + Le thread qui appelle Wait quitte ensuite l'état d'attente.Cela se produit lorsqu'un autre thread appelle la méthode de ce thread. + La valeur en millisecondes du paramètre est négative et ne représente pas (–1 milliseconde) ou est supérieure à . + 1 + + + Primitive de synchronisation qui peut également être utilisée pour la synchronisation entre processus. + 1 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec des propriétés par défaut. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne qui indique si le thread appelant doit avoir la propriété initiale du mutex. + true pour accorder au thread appelant la propriété initiale du mutex ; sinon, false. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne qui indique si le thread appelant doit avoir la propriété initiale du mutex, et une chaîne représentant le nom du mutex. + true pour donner au thread appelant la propriété initiale du mutex système nommé si celui-ci est créé en réponse à cet appel ; sinon, false. + Nom du .Si cette valeur est null, est sans nom. + Le mutex nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas . + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le mutex nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom. + + est plus de 260 caractères. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne qui indique si le thread appelant doit avoir la propriété initiale du mutex, une chaîne qui représente le nom du mutex et une valeur booléenne qui, quand la méthode retourne son résultat, indique si la propriété initiale du mutex a été accordée au thread appelant. + true pour donner au thread appelant la propriété initiale du mutex système nommé si celui-ci est créé en réponse à cet appel ; sinon, false. + Nom du .Si cette valeur est null, est sans nom. + Cette méthode retourne une valeur booléenne qui est true si un mutex local a été créé (en d'autres termes, si est null ou une chaîne vide) ou si le mutex système nommé spécifié a été créé ; false si le mutex système nommé spécifié existait déjà.Ce paramètre est passé sans être initialisé. + Le mutex nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas . + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le mutex nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom. + + est plus de 260 caractères. + + + Ouvre le mutex nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà. + Objet qui représente le mutex système nommé. + Nom du mutex système à ouvrir. + + est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères. + + a la valeur null. + Le mutex nommé n'existe pas. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le mutex nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser. + 1 + + + + + + Libère l'objet une seule fois. + Le thread appelant ne possède pas le mutex. + 1 + + + Ouvre le mutex nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà, et retourne une valeur indiquant si l'opération a réussi. + true si le mutex nommé a été ouvert ; sinon, false. + Nom du mutex système à ouvrir. + Quand cette méthode est retournée, contient un objet qui représente la structure mutex nommée si l'appel a réussi, ou null si l'appel a échoué.Ce paramètre est traité comme étant non initialisé. + + est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères. + + a la valeur null. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le mutex nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser. + + + Représente un verrou utilisé pour gérer l'accès à une ressource, en autorisant plusieurs threads pour la lecture ou un accès exclusif en écriture. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec des valeurs de propriété par défaut. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant la stratégie de récurrence du verrou. + Une des valeurs d'énumération qui spécifie la stratégie de récurrence du verrou. + + + Obtient le nombre total de threads uniques qui ont entré le verrou en mode lecture. + Nombre de threads uniques qui ont entré le verrou en mode lecture. + + + Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe . + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode lecture. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode écriture. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Réduit le nombre de récurrences pour le mode lecture, et quitte le mode lecture si le nombre résultant est 0 (zéro). + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + Réduit le nombre de récurrences pour le mode pouvant être mis à niveau, et quitte le mode pouvant être mis à niveau si le nombre résultant est 0 (zéro). + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + Réduit le nombre de récurrences pour le mode écriture, et quitte le mode écriture si le nombre résultant est 0 (zéro). + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode lecture. + true si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode lecture ; sinon, false. + 2 + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau. + true si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau ; sinon, false. + 2 + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode écriture. + true si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode écriture ; sinon, false. + 2 + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique la stratégie de récurrence pour l'objet actuel. + Une des valeurs d'énumération qui spécifie la stratégie de récurrence du verrou. + + + Obtient le nombre de fois où le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode lecture, comme une indication de récurrence. + 0 (zéro) si le thread actuel n'a pas entré le verrou en mode lecture, 1 si le thread a entré le verrou en mode lecture mais pas de façon récursive, ou n si le thread a entré le verrou de façon récursive n - 1 fois. + 2 + + + Obtient le nombre de fois où le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, comme une indication de récurrence. + 0 si le thread actuel n'a pas entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, 1 si le thread a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau mais pas de façon récursive, ou n si le thread a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau de façon récursive n - 1 fois. + 2 + + + Obtient le nombre de fois où le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode écriture, comme une indication de récurrence. + 0 si le n si le thread a entré le verrou en mode écriture de façon récursive n - 1 fois. + 2 + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode lecture, avec un délai d'attente entier facultatif. + true si le thread appelant est entré en mode lecture, sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode lecture, avec un délai d'attente facultatif. + true si le thread appelant est entré en mode lecture, sinon, false. + Intervalle d'attente, ou -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, avec un délai d'attente facultatif. + true si le thread appelant est entré en mode de mise à niveau, sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, avec un délai d'attente facultatif. + true si le thread appelant est entré en mode de mise à niveau, sinon, false. + Intervalle d'attente, ou -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode écriture, avec un délai d'attente facultatif. + true si le thread appelant est entré en mode écriture, sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode écriture, avec un délai d'attente facultatif. + true si le thread appelant est entré en mode écriture, sinon, false. + Intervalle d'attente, ou -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Obtient le nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer le verrou en mode lecture. + Nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer en mode lecture. + 2 + + + Obtient le nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau. + Nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer en mode pouvant être mis à niveau. + 2 + + + Obtient le nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer le verrou en mode écriture. + Nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer en mode écriture. + 2 + + + Limite le nombre des threads qui peuvent accéder simultanément à une ressource ou un pool de ressources. + 1 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en spécifiant le nombre initial d'entrées et le nombre maximal d'entrées simultanées. + Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + + est supérieur à . + + est inférieur à 1.ou est inférieur à 0. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en spécifiant le nombre initial d'entrées et le nombre maximal d'entrées simultanées, et en spécifiant en option le nom d'un objet sémaphore système. + Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + Nom d'un objet de sémaphore système nommé. + + est supérieur à .ou est plus de 260 caractères. + + est inférieur à 1.ou est inférieur à 0. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le sémaphore nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, et l'utilisateur n'a pas . + Le sémaphore nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en spécifiant le nombre initial d'entrées et le nombre maximal d'entrées simultanées, en spécifiant en option le nom d'un objet sémaphore système et en spécifiant une variable qui reçoit une valeur indiquant si un sémaphore système a été créé. + Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peut être satisfait simultanément. + Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peut être satisfait simultanément. + Nom d'un objet de sémaphore système nommé. + Cette méthode retourne true si un sémaphore local a été créé (en d'autres termes, si est null ou une chaîne vide) ou si le sémaphore système nommé spécifié a été créé ; false si le sémaphore système nommé spécifié existait déjà.Ce paramètre est passé sans être initialisé. + + est supérieur à . ou est plus de 260 caractères. + + est inférieur à 1.ou est inférieur à 0. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le sémaphore nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, et l'utilisateur n'a pas . + Le sémaphore nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom. + + + Ouvre le sémaphore nommé spécifié s'il existe déjà. + Objet qui représente le sémaphore système nommé. + Nom du sémaphore système à ouvrir. + + est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères. + + a la valeur null. + Le sémaphore nommé n'existe pas. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le sémaphore nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser. + 1 + + + + + + Quitte le sémaphore et retourne le compteur antérieur. + Compteur du sémaphore avant appel de la méthode . + Le compteur du sémaphore est déjà à la valeur maximale. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite avec un sémaphore nommé. + Le sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais l'utilisateur ne détient pas de droits .ouLe sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais il n'a pas été ouvert avec des droits . + 1 + + + Quitte le sémaphore un nombre spécifié de fois et retourne le compteur précédent. + Compteur du sémaphore avant appel de la méthode . + Nombre de fois où quitter le sémaphore. + + est inférieur à 1. + Le compteur du sémaphore est déjà à la valeur maximale. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite avec un sémaphore nommé. + Le sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais l'utilisateur ne détient pas de droits .ouLe sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais il n'a pas été ouvert avec des droits . + 1 + + + Ouvre le sémaphore nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà, et retourne une valeur indiquant si l'opération a réussi. + true si le sémaphore nommé a été ouvert ; sinon, false. + Nom du sémaphore système à ouvrir. + Quand cette méthode est retournée, contient un objet qui représente le sémaphore nommé si l'appel a réussi, ou null si l'appel a échoué.Ce paramètre est traité comme étant non initialisé. + + est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères. + + a la valeur null. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le sémaphore nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser. + + + Exception levée lorsque la méthode est appelée sur un sémaphore dont le compteur est déjà au maximum. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec les valeurs par défaut. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié. + Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception. + Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + + + Représente une alternative légère à qui limite le nombre de threads pouvant accéder simultanément à une ressource ou à un pool de ressources. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant le nombre initial de demandes qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + + est inférieur à 0. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant le nombre initial et le nombre maximal de demandes qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + + est inférieur à 0 ou est supérieur à ou est inférieur ou égal à 0. + + + Retourne un qui peut être utilisé pour l'attente sur le sémaphore. + + qui peut être utilisé pour l'attente sur le sémaphore. + + a été supprimé. + + + Obtient le nombre de threads restants qui peuvent accéder à l'objet . + Nombre de threads restants qui peuvent accéder au sémaphore. + + + Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe . + + + Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par le , et libère éventuellement les ressources managées. + true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour ne libérer que les ressources non managées. + + + Libère l'objet une seule fois. + Décompte précédent de . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + Le a déjà atteint sa taille maximale. + + + Libère l'objet un nombre de fois déterminé. + Décompte précédent de . + Nombre de fois où quitter le sémaphore. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur à 1. + Le a déjà atteint sa taille maximale. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits qui spécifie le délai d'attente. + true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à  ; sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits qui spécifie le délai d'attente, tout en observant un . + true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à  ; sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + Le instance a été supprimée, ou qui créé a été supprimé. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , tout en observant un . + Jeton à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.ouLes créés a déjà été supprimé. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un pour spécifier le délai d'attente. + true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à  ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à . + L'instance de semaphoreSlim a été supprimée + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un qui spécifie le délai d'attente, tout en observant un . + true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à  ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à . + L'instance de semaphoreSlim a été suppriméeLe qui a créé a déjà été supprimé. + + + Attend de façon asynchrone avant d'accéder à . + Tâche qui se termine après l'accès au sémaphore. + + + Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps. + Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + + + Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un . + Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + à observer. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + a été annulé. + + + Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , tout en observant un . + Tâche qui se termine après l'accès au sémaphore. + Jeton à observer. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + a été annulé. + + + Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps. + Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée. + + qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. ou délai d'attente supérieur à . + + + Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un . + Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + Jeton à observer. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.oudélai d'attente supérieur à . + + a été annulé. + + + Représente une méthode à appeler lorsqu'un message doit être distribué à un contexte de synchronisation. + Objet passé au délégué. + 2 + + + Fournit une primitive de verrou d'exclusion mutuelle où un thread qui tente d'acquérir le verrou attend dans une boucle en vérifiant de manière répétée jusqu'à ce que le verrou devienne disponible. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la structure de avec l'option permettant de suivre les ID de thread afin d'améliorer le débogage. + Indique s'il faut capturer et utiliser des ID de thread à des fins de débogage. + + + Acquiert le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis. + True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode. + L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler ENTRÉE. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou. + + + Libère le verrou. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est autorisé, et le thread actuel n'est pas le propriétaire de ce verrou. + + + Libère le verrou. + Valeur booléenne qui indique si une barrière mémoire doit être émise pour publier immédiatement l'opération de sortie sur d'autres threads. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est autorisé, et le thread actuel n'est pas le propriétaire de ce verrou. + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si le verrou est actuellement détenu par un thread. + True si le verrou est actuellement détenu par un thread ; sinon, false. + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si le verrou est détenu par le thread actuel. + True si le verrou est détenu par le thread actuel ; sinon, false. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est désactivé. + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si le suivi de la propriété des threads est activé pour cette instance. + True si le suivi de la propriété du thread est autorisé pour cette instance ; sinon, false. + + + Tente d'acquérir le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis. + True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode. + L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler TryEnter. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou. + + + Tente d'acquérir le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler TryEnter. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou. + + + Tente d'acquérir le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 milliseconde, qui représente un délai d'attente infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à millisecondes. + L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler TryEnter. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou. + + + Fournit une prise en charge de l'attente basée sur les spins. + + + Obtient le nombre de fois où a été appelé sur cette instance. + Retourne un entier qui représente le nombre d'appels de sur cette instance. + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si l'appel suivant à générera le processeur, en déclenchant un changement de contexte forcé. + Indique si l'appel suivant à générera le processeur, en déclenchant un changement de contexte forcé. + + + Réinitialise le compteur de spins. + + + Exécute un seul spin. + + + Effectue des spins jusqu'à ce que la condition spécifiée soit satisfaite. + Délégué à exécuter de façon répétée jusqu'à ce qu'il retourne la valeur true. + L'argument a la valeur null. + + + Effectue des spins jusqu'à ce que la condition spécifiée soit satisfaite ou jusqu'à ce que le délai d'attente expire. + True si la condition est satisfaite dans le délai d'attente ; sinon, false. + Délégué à exécuter de façon répétée jusqu'à ce qu'il retourne la valeur true. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + L'argument a la valeur null. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + + + Effectue des spins jusqu'à ce que la condition spécifiée soit satisfaite ou jusqu'à ce que le délai d'attente expire. + True si la condition est satisfaite dans le délai d'attente ; sinon, false. + Délégué à exécuter de façon répétée jusqu'à ce qu'il retourne la valeur true. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre, ou TimeSpan qui représente -1 millième de seconde pour attendre indéfiniment. + L'argument a la valeur null. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à . + + + Fournit les fonctionnalités de base pour propager un contexte de synchronisation dans plusieurs modèles de synchronisation. + 2 + + + Crée une instance de la classe . + + + En cas de substitution dans une classe dérivée, crée une copie du contexte de synchronisation. + Nouvel objet . + 2 + + + Obtient le contexte de synchronisation du thread actuel. + Objet représentant le contexte de synchronisation actuel. + 1 + + + Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, répond à la notification selon laquelle une opération est terminée. + + + Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, répond à la notification selon laquelle une opération est lancée. + + + Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, distribue un message asynchrone à un contexte de synchronisation. + Délégué à appeler. + Objet passé au délégué. + 2 + + + Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, distribue un message synchrone à un contexte de synchronisation. + Délégué à appeler. + Objet passé au délégué. + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + Définit le contexte de synchronisation actuel. + Objet à définir. + 1 + + + + + + Exception levée lorsqu'une méthode exige de l'appelant qu'il possède un verrou sur un objet Monitor donné et que la méthode est appelée par un appelant qui ne possède pas ce verrou. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec des propriétés par défaut. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié. + Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception. + Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + + + Fournit le stockage local des données de thread. + Spécifie le type de données stockées par thread. + + + Initialise l'instance de . + + + Initialise l'instance de . + Indique s'il faut suivre toutes les valeurs définies dans l'instance et les exposer via la propriété . + + + Initialise l'instance de avec la fonction spécifiée. + + appelé pour produire une valeur initialisée tardivement lorsqu'une tentative est effectuée pour récupérer sans qu'il ait été précédemment initialisé. + + est une référence null (Nothing en Visual Basic). + + + Initialise l'instance de avec la fonction spécifiée. + + appelé pour produire une valeur initialisée tardivement lorsqu'une tentative est effectuée pour récupérer sans qu'il ait été précédemment initialisé. + Indique s'il faut suivre toutes les valeurs définies dans l'instance et les exposer via la propriété . + + est une référence null (Nothing en Visual Basic). + + + Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe . + + + Libère les ressources utilisées par cette instance de . + Valeur booléenne qui indique si cette méthode est appelée en raison d'un appel à . + + + Libère les ressources utilisées par cette instance de . + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si est initialisé sur le thread actuel. + True si est initialisé sur le thread actuel ; sinon, false. + L'instance de a été supprimée. + + + Crée et retourne une représentation sous forme de chaîne de cette instance pour le thread actuel. + Résultat de l'appel à sur . + L'instance de a été supprimée. + Le du thread actuel est une référence null (Nothing en Visual Basic). + La fonction d'initialisation a tenté de référencer de manière récursive. + Aucun constructeur par défaut n'est fourni et aucune fabrique de valeurs n'est fournie. + + + Obtient ou définit la valeur de cette instance pour le thread actuel. + Retourne une instance de l'objet dont ce ThreadLocal est chargé de l'initialisation. + L'instance de a été supprimée. + La fonction d'initialisation a tenté de référencer de manière récursive. + Aucun constructeur par défaut n'est fourni et aucune fabrique de valeurs n'est fournie. + + + Obtient une liste de toutes les valeurs actuellement stockées par tous les threads qui ont accès à cette instance. + Liste de toutes les valeurs actuellement stockées par tous les threads qui ont accès à cette instance. + L'instance de a été supprimée. + + + Contient des méthodes permettant d'effectuer des opérations de mémoire volatile. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la référence d'objet à partir du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Référence à qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière référence écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + Type du champ à lire.Il doit s'agir d'un type référence, et non d'un type valeur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de mémoire apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la référence d'objet spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la référence d'objet est écrite. + Référence d'objet à écrire.La référence est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + Type du champ dans lequel écrire.Il doit s'agir d'un type référence, et non d'un type valeur. + + + Exception levée lors d'une tentative d'ouverture d'un mutex système ou d'un sémaphore qui n'existe pas. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec les valeurs par défaut. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié. + Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception. + Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/it/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/it/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3446f031d --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/it/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1800 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + Eccezione generata quando un thread acquisisce un oggetto che un altro thread ha abbandonato uscendo senza rilasciarlo. + 1 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con valori predefiniti. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un indice specificato per il mutex abbandonato, se applicabile, e un oggetto che rappresenta il mutex. + Indice del mutex abbandonato nella matrice degli handle di attesa se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo o –1 se l'eccezione viene generata per i metodi o . + Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato. + Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il messaggio di errore e l'eccezione interna specificati. + Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione. + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente verrà generata in un blocco catch che gestisce l'eccezione interna. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il messaggio di errore, l'eccezione interna, l'indice per il mutex abbandonato, se applicabile, specificati e un oggetto che rappresenta il mutex. + Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione. + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente verrà generata in un blocco catch che gestisce l'eccezione interna. + Indice del mutex abbandonato nella matrice degli handle di attesa se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo , –1 se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo o . + Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il messaggio di errore, l'indice del mutex abbandonato, se applicabile, e il mutex abbandonato specificati. + Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione. + Indice del mutex abbandonato nella matrice degli handle di attesa se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo , –1 se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo o . + Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato. + + + Ottiene il mutex abbandonato che ha causato l'eccezione, se noto. + Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato oppure null se il mutex abbandonato non è stato identificato. + 1 + + + Ottiene l'indice del mutex abbandonato che ha causato l'eccezione, se noto. + Nella matrice degli handle in attesa passati al metodo , indice dell'oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato oppure –1 se l'indice del mutex abbandonato non è stato determinato. + 1 + + + Rappresenta dati di ambiente locali rispetto a un flusso di controllo asincrono specificato, ad esempio un metodo asincrono. + Tipo dei dati di ambiente. + + + Crea un'istanza dell'istanza di che non riceve notifiche di modifica. + + + Crea un'istanza dell'istanza di locale che riceve notifiche di modifica. + Delegato chiamato ogni volta che il valore corrente cambia in qualsiasi thread. + + + Ottiene o imposta il valore dei dati di ambiente. + Valore dei dati di ambiente. + + + Classe che fornisce le informazioni di modifica dei dati alle istanze di registrate per le notifiche di modifica. + Tipo di dati. + + + Ottiene il valore corrente dei dati. + Valore corrente dei dati. + + + Ottiene il valore precedente dei dati. + Valore precedente dei dati. + + + Restituisce un valore che indica se il valore cambia a seguito di una modifica del contesto di esecuzione. + true se il valore è cambiato a seguito di una modifica del contesto di esecuzione; in caso contrario, false. + + + Notifica a un thread in attesa che si è verificato un evento.La classe non può essere ereditata. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato. + true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostare lo stato iniziale su non segnalato. + + + Consente a più attività di funzionare cooperativamente in un algoritmo in parallelo tramite più fasi. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe . + Numero di thread che partecipano. + + è minore di 0 o maggiore di 32,767. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe . + Numero di thread che partecipano. + Oggetto da eseguire dopo ogni fase. Può essere passato Null (Nothing in Visual Basic) per indicare che non è stata intrapresa alcuna azione. + + è minore di 0 o maggiore di 32,767. + + + Notifica all'oggetto che sarà presente un partecipante aggiuntivo. + Numero di fase della barriera in corrispondenza di cui parteciperanno inizialmente i nuovi partecipanti. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + L'aggiunta di un partecipante provocherebbe il superamento del conteggio del partecipante della barriera di 32.767.- oppure -Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase. + + + Notifica all'oggetto che saranno presenti partecipanti aggiuntivi. + Numero di fase della barriera in corrispondenza di cui parteciperanno inizialmente i nuovi partecipanti. + Numero di partecipanti aggiuntivi da aggiungere alla barriera. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore di 0.- oppure -L'aggiunta di partecipanti provocherebbe il superamento del conteggio del partecipante della barriera di 32.767. + Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase. + + + Ottiene il numero di fase corrente della barriera. + Restituisce il numero di fase corrente della barriera. + + + Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe . + Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase. + + + Rilascia le risorse non gestite utilizzate dall'oggetto ed eventualmente rilascia le risorse gestite. + true per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite, false per rilasciare solo quelle non gestite. + + + Ottiene il numero totale di partecipanti nella barriera. + Restituisce il numero totale di partecipanti nella barriera. + + + Ottiene il numero di partecipanti nella barriera che non hanno ancora eseguito la segnalazione nella fase corrente. + Restituisce il numero di partecipanti nella barriera che non hanno ancora eseguito la segnalazione nella fase corrente. + + + Notifica all'oggetto che sarà presente un partecipante in meno. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + La barriera dispone già di 0 partecipanti.- oppure -Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase. + + + Notifica all'oggetto che saranno presenti meno partecipanti. + Numero di partecipanti aggiuntivi da rimuovere dalla barriera. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore di 0. + La barriera dispone già di 0 partecipanti.- oppure -Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase. - oppure -il conteggio del partecipante corrente è minore del conteggio del partecipante specificato + Il conteggio totale dei partecipanti è minore del specificato + + + Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti. + Se un'eccezione viene generata da un'azione post-fase di una Barriera dopo che tutti thread che partecipano hanno chiamato SignalAndWait, l'eccezione verrà sottoposta a wrapping in un BarrierPostPhaseException e sarà generata su tutti i thread che partecipano. + + + Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un Signed Integer a 32 bit per misurare il timeout. + true se tutti i partecipanti raggiungono la barriera entro il tempo specificato; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1). + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti. + Se un'eccezione viene generata da un'azione post-fase di una Barriera dopo che tutti thread che partecipano hanno chiamato SignalAndWait, l'eccezione verrà sottoposta a wrapping in un BarrierPostPhaseException e sarà generata su tutti i thread che partecipano. + + + Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un Signed Integer a 32 bit per misurare il timeout, al contempo osservando un token di annullamento. + true se tutti i partecipanti raggiungono la barriera entro il tempo specificato; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1). + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti. + + + Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, al contempo osservando un token di annullamento. + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti. + + + Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo. + true se tutti gli altri partecipanti hanno raggiunto la barriera. In caso contrario, false. + + che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi, che rappresenta un timeout infinito, oppure è più grande di 32.767. + Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti. + + + Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo, al contempo osservando un token di annullamento. + true se tutti gli altri partecipanti hanno raggiunto la barriera. In caso contrario, false. + + che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi, che rappresenta un timeout infinito. + Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti. + + + Eccezione generata quando l'azione post-fase di un oggetto non viene eseguita correttamente. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio fornito dal sistema in cui viene descritto l'errore. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con l'eccezione interna specificata. + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio specifico in cui viene descritto l'errore. + Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.È necessario che il chiamante del costruttore assicuri che la stringa sia stata localizzata per le impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente. + Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.È necessario che il chiamante del costruttore assicuri che la stringa sia stata localizzata per le impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema. + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna. + + + Rappresenta un metodo da chiamare all'interno di un nuovo contesto. + Oggetto contenente informazioni che devono essere utilizzate dal metodo di callback ogni volta che viene eseguito. + 1 + + + Rappresenta un primitiva di sincronizzazione segnalata quando il relativo conteggio raggiunge lo zero. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il conteggio specificato. + Numero di segnali inizialmente richiesti per impostare l'oggetto . + + è minore di 0. + + + Incrementa di uno il conteggio corrente di . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + L'istanza corrente è già impostata.- oppure - è maggiore di o uguale a . + + + Incrementa di un valore specificato il conteggio corrente di . + Valore che indica l'incremento di . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore o uguale a 0. + L'istanza corrente è già impostata.- oppure - è uguale o maggiore a dopo che il conteggio è incrementato da + + + Ottiene il numero di segnali restanti necessari per impostare l'evento. + Numero di segnali restanti necessari per impostare l'evento. + + + Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe . + + + Rilascia le risorse non gestite utilizzate dall'oggetto ed eventualmente rilascia le risorse gestite. + true per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite, false per rilasciare solo quelle non gestite. + + + Ottiene il numero di segnali necessari inizialmente per impostare l'evento. + Numero di segnali necessari inizialmente per impostare l'evento. + + + Determina se l'evento è impostato. + true se l'evento è impostato, altrimenti false. + + + Reimposta sul valore di . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + + Reimposta la proprietà al valore specificato. + Numero di segnali necessari per impostare l'oggetto . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore di 0. + + + Registra un segnale con l'oggetto , decrementando il valore di . + true se il conteggio ha raggiunto lo zero a causa del segnale e l'evento è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + L'istanza corrente è già impostata. + + + Registra più segnali con l'oggetto , decrementandone il valore di della quantità specificata. + true se il conteggio ha raggiunto lo zero a causa dei segnali e l'evento è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false. + Numero di segnali da registrare. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore di 1. + L'istanza corrente è già impostata. oppure è maggiore di . + + + Tenta di incrementare di uno. + true se l'incremento ha avuto esito positivo. In caso contrario, false.Se è già zero, questo metodo restituirà false. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è uguale a . + + + Tenta di incrementare in base a un valore specificato. + true se l'incremento ha avuto esito positivo. In caso contrario, false.Se è già zero, verrà restituito false. + Valore che indica l'incremento di . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore o uguale a 0. + L'istanza corrente è già impostata.- oppure - + è uguale o maggiore di . + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare il timeout. + true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1). + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare il timeout e al contempo osservando un oggetto . + true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1). + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. oppure l'oggetto aveva creato è già stato eliminato. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, al contempo osservando un oggetto . + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. oppure l'oggetto aveva creato è già stato eliminato. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare il timeout. + true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false. + + che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di . + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare il timeout e al contempo osservando un oggetto . + true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false. + + che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. oppure l'oggetto aveva creato è già stato eliminato. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di . + + + Ottiene un oggetto utilizzato per attendere l'impostazione dell'evento. + Oggetto utilizzato per attendere l'impostazione dell'evento. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + + Indica se verrà reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente dopo la ricezione di un segnale. + 2 + + + Con la segnalazione, viene reimpostato automaticamente dopo il rilascio di un singolo thread.Se non sono presenti thread in attesa, resta segnalato fino al blocco di un thread e viene reimpostato dopo il rilascio del thread. + + + Con la segnalazione, rilascia tutti i thread in attesa e resta segnalato finché non viene reimpostato manualmente. + + + Rappresenta un evento di sincronizzazione dei thread. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando se l'handle di attesa è inizialmente segnalato e se la reimpostazione viene eseguita automaticamente o manualmente. + true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostarlo su non segnalato. + Uno dei valori di che determina se l'evento viene reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando se l'handle di attesa è inizialmente segnalato se creato a seguito di questa chiamata e se la reimpostazione viene eseguita automaticamente o manualmente e indicando il nome di un evento di sincronizzazione di sistema. + true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato se l'evento denominato viene creato in seguito a questa chiamata; false per impostare lo stato su non segnalato. + Uno dei valori di che determina se l'evento viene reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente. + Nome di un evento di sincronizzazione a livello di sistema. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + L'evento denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non possiede i diritti . + Non è possibile creare l'evento denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome. + + è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando se l'handle di attesa è inizialmente segnalato se creato a seguito di questa chiamata e se la reimpostazione viene eseguita automaticamente o manualmente e indicando il nome di un evento di sincronizzazione di sistema e una variabile Boolean il cui valore dopo la chiamata specifica se l'evento di sistema denominato è stato creato. + true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato se l'evento denominato viene creato in seguito a questa chiamata; false per impostare lo stato su non segnalato. + Uno dei valori di che determina se l'evento viene reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente. + Nome di un evento di sincronizzazione a livello di sistema. + Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene true se è stato creato un evento locale (ovvero, se il valore di è null o una stringa vuota) oppure se è stato creato l'evento di sistema denominato specificato; false se l'evento di sistema denominato specificato è già esistente.Questo parametro viene passato non inizializzato. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + L'evento denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non possiede i diritti . + Non è possibile creare l'evento denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome. + + è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri. + + + Apre l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato specificato, se esistente. + Oggetto che rappresenta l'evento di sistema denominato. + Nome dell'evento di sincronizzazione del sistema da aprire. + + è una stringa vuota. In alternativa è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri. + + è null. + L'evento di sistema denominato non esiste. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + L'evento denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo. + 1 + + + + + + Imposta lo stato dell'evento su non segnalato, provocando il blocco dei thread. + true se l'operazione ha esito positivo; in caso contrario, false. + Il metodo non è stato chiamato precedentemente in questo oggetto . + 2 + + + Imposta lo stato dell'evento su segnalato, per consentire a uno o più thread in attesa di procedere. + true se l'operazione ha esito positivo; in caso contrario, false. + Il metodo non è stato chiamato precedentemente in questo oggetto . + 2 + + + Apre l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato specificato, se esistente, e restituisce un valore che indica se l'operazione è stata completata. + true se l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato è stato aperto correttamente; in caso contrario, false. + Nome dell'evento di sincronizzazione del sistema da aprire. + Quando viene eseguita la restituzione del metodo, contiene un oggetto di che rappresenta l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato se la chiamata ha esito positivo, o null se la chiamata ha esito negativo.Questo parametro viene trattato come non inizializzato. + + è una stringa vuota.In alternativa è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri. + + è null. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + L'evento denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza desiderato. + + + Gestisce il contesto di esecuzione per il thread corrente.La classe non può essere ereditata. + 2 + + + Acquisisce il contesto di esecuzione dal thread corrente. + Oggetto che rappresenta il contesto di esecuzione per il thread corrente. + 1 + + + Esegue un metodo in un contesto di esecuzione specifico sul thread corrente. + Oggetto da impostare. + Delegato che rappresenta il metodo da eseguire nel contesto di esecuzione fornito. + Oggetto da passare al metodo di callback. + + è null.- oppure - non è stato acquisito tramite un'operazione di acquisizione. - oppure - è stato già utilizzato come argomento per una chiamata . + 1 + + + + + + Fornisce operazioni atomiche per variabili condivise da più thread. + 2 + + + Somma due interi a 32 bit e sostituisce il primo intero con la somma, come operazione atomica. + Nuovo valore archiviato in . + Variabile contenente il primo valore da sommare.La somma dei due valori viene archiviata in . + Valore da sommare all'intero in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Somma due interi a 64 bit e sostituisce il primo intero con la somma, come operazione atomica. + Nuovo valore archiviato in . + Variabile contenente il primo valore da sommare.La somma dei due valori viene archiviata in . + Valore da sommare all'intero in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due numeri a virgola mobile e precisione doppia per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore. + Valore originale in . + Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito. + Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due interi con segno a 32 bit per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore. + Valore originale in . + Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito. + Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due interi con segno a 64 bit per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore. + Valore originale in . + Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito. + Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due puntatori o handle specifici della piattaforma per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo elemento. + Valore originale in . + Oggetto di destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con il valore di e, se possibile, sostituito da . + Oggetto che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Oggetto confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due oggetti per verificarne l'uguaglianza dei riferimenti; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo oggetto. + Valore originale in . + Oggetto di destinazione confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito. + Oggetto che sostituisce l'oggetto di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Oggetto confrontato con l'oggetto in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due numeri a virgola mobile e precisione singola per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore. + Valore originale in . + Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito. + Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due istanze del tipo di riferimento specificato per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce la prima istanza. + Valore originale in . + Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.Rappresenta un parametro di riferimento (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic). + Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di . + Tipo da usare per , e .Questo tipo deve essere un tipo di riferimento. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Diminuisce una variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica. + Valore diminuito. + Variabile il cui valore deve essere diminuito. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Diminuisce la variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica. + Valore diminuito. + Variabile il cui valore deve essere diminuito. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta un numero a virgola mobile e precisione doppia su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato. + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta un intero con segno a 32 bit su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato. + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta un intero con segno a 64 bit su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato. + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta un puntatore o un handle specifico della piattaforma su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato. + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta un oggetto su un valore specificato e restituisce un riferimento all'oggetto originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato. + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta un numero a virgola mobile e precisione singola su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato. + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta una variabile del tipo indicato sul valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.Rappresenta un parametro di riferimento (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic). + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + Tipo da usare per e .Questo tipo deve essere un tipo di riferimento. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Aumenta una variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica. + Valore aumentato. + Variabile il cui valore deve essere aumentato. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Aumenta una variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica. + Valore aumentato. + Variabile il cui valore deve essere aumentato. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sincronizza l'accesso alla memoria come segue: il processore che esegue il thread corrente non può riordinare le istruzioni in modo tale che gli accessi alla memoria prima della chiamata al metodo vengano eseguiti dopo quelli successivi alla chiamata al metodo . + + + Restituisce un valore a 64 bit, caricato come operazione atomica. + Valore caricato. + Valore a 64 bit da caricare. + 1 + + + Fornisce routine di inizializzazione differita. + + + Inizializza un tipo di riferimento di destinazione con il relativo costruttore predefinito se non è già stato inizializzato. + Riferimento inizializzato di tipo . + Riferimento di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato. + Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare. + Le autorizzazioni per accedere al costruttore di tipo erano mancanti. + Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito. + + + Inizializza un tipo di riferimento o di valore di destinazione con il relativo costruttore predefinito se non è già stato inizializzato. + Valore inizializzato di tipo . + Riferimento o valore di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato. + Riferimento a un valore booleano che determina se la destinazione è già stata inizializzata. + Riferimento a un oggetto utilizzato come blocco a esclusione reciproca per l'inizializzazione di .Se è null, verrà creata un'istanza di un nuovo oggetto. + Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare. + Le autorizzazioni per accedere al costruttore di tipo erano mancanti. + Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito. + + + Inizializza un tipo di riferimento o di valore di destinazione utilizzando una funzione specificata se non è già stato inizializzato. + Valore inizializzato di tipo . + Riferimento o valore di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato. + Riferimento a un valore booleano che determina se la destinazione è già stata inizializzata. + Riferimento a un oggetto utilizzato come blocco a esclusione reciproca per l'inizializzazione di .Se è null, verrà creata un'istanza di un nuovo oggetto. + Funzione chiamata per inizializzare il riferimento o il valore. + Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare. + Le autorizzazioni per accedere al costruttore di tipo erano mancanti. + Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito. + + + Inizializza un tipo di riferimento di destinazione utilizzando una funzione specificata se non è già stato inizializzato. + Valore inizializzato di tipo . + Riferimento di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato. + Funzione chiamata per inizializzare il riferimento. + Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare. + Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito. + + restituisce null (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Eccezione generata quando una voce ricorsiva in un blocco non è compatibile con i criteri di ricorsione per tale blocco. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio fornito dal sistema in cui viene descritto l'errore. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio specifico in cui viene descritto l'errore. + Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.Il chiamante di questo costruttore deve assicurare che la stringa sia stata localizzata in base alle impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente. + Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.Il chiamante di questo costruttore deve assicurare che la stringa sia stata localizzata in base alle impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema. + Eccezione che ha causato l'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna. + 2 + + + Specifica se lo stesso thread può accedere a un blocco più volte. + + + Se un thread tenta di accedere a un blocco in modo ricorsivo, viene generata un'eccezione.È possibile che alcune classi consentano particolari ricorsioni quando questa impostazione è attivata. + + + Un thread può accedere a un blocco in modo ricorsivo.Alcune classi possono limitare questa funzionalità. + + + Notifica a uno o più thread in attesa che si è verificato un evento.La classe non può essere ereditata. + 2 + + + Consente l'inizializzazione di una nuova istanza della classe con un valore Booleano che indica se lo stato iniziale deve essere impostato su segnalato. + Viene restituito true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostare lo stato iniziale su non segnalato. + + + Fornisce una versione più snella di . + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con uno stato iniziale di non segnalato. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato. + true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostarlo su non segnalato. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato e un conteggio rotazioni specificato. + true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostarlo su non segnalato. + Numero di attese di rotazione che devono verificarsi prima di eseguire il fallback su un'operazione di attesa basata sul kernel. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + Rilascia tutte le risorse usate dall'istanza corrente della classe . + + + Rilascia le risorse non gestite usate dall'oggetto e facoltativamente rilascia le risorse gestite. + True per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite; false per rilasciare solo le risorse non gestite. + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se l'evento è impostato. + true se l'evento è impostato; in caso contrario, false. + + + Imposta lo stato dell'evento su non segnalato, provocando il blocco dei thread. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Imposta lo stato dell'evento su segnalato, per consentire a uno o più thread in attesa dell'evento di procedere. + + + Ottiene il numero di attese di rotazione che si verificheranno prima di eseguire il fallback su un'operazione di attesa basata sul kernel. + Restituisce il numero di attese di rotazione che si verificheranno prima di eseguire il fallback su un'operazione di attesa basata sul kernel. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo. + true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto . + true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non riceve un segnale, osservando un oggetto . + Oggetto da osservare. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo. + true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto . + true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Ottiene l'oggetto sottostante per questo oggetto . + Oggetto evento sottostante per questo oggetto . + + + Fornisce un meccanismo che sincronizza l'accesso agli oggetti. + 2 + + + Acquisisce un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato. + Oggetto sui cui acquisire il blocco del monitoraggio. + Il valore del parametro è null. + 1 + + + Acquisisce un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto. + Oggetto per il quale attendere. + Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco.Nota   Se non si verifica alcuna eccezione, l'output di questo metodo è sempre true. + L'input di è true. + Il valore del parametro è null. + + + Viene rilasciato un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato. + Oggetto sul quale rilasciare il blocco. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il blocco per l'oggetto specificato non è di proprietà del thread corrente. + 1 + + + Determina se il thread corrente specificato contiene il blocco sull'oggetto specificato. + true se il thread corrente è responsabile del blocco su ; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto da testare. + + è null. + + + Notifica a un thread della coda di attesa che lo stato dell'oggetto bloccato è stato modificato. + Oggetto atteso da un thread. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato. + 1 + + + Notifica a tutti i thread in attesa che lo stato dell'oggetto è stato modificato. + Oggetto che invia l'impulso. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato. + 1 + + + Prova ad acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato. + true se il thread corrente acquisisce il blocco; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco. + Il valore del parametro è null. + 1 + + + Prova ad acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto. + Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco. + Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco. + L'input di è true. + Il valore del parametro è null. + + + Viene eseguito, per un numero specificato di millisecondi, il tentativo di acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato. + true se il thread corrente acquisisce il blocco; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco. + Tempo di attesa espresso in millisecondi prima che si verifichi il blocco. + Il valore del parametro è null. + + è negativo e non è uguale a . + 1 + + + Prova ad acquisire, per il numero di millisecondi specificato, un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto. + Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco. + Tempo di attesa espresso in millisecondi prima che si verifichi il blocco. + Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco. + L'input di è true. + Il valore del parametro è null. + + è negativo e non è uguale a . + + + Viene eseguito, per una quantità di tempo specificata, il tentativo di acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato. + true se il thread corrente acquisisce il blocco; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco. + Oggetto che rappresenta la durata di attesa del blocco.Un valore di –1 millisecondo specifica un'attesa infinita. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il valore di in millisecondi è negativo ed è diverso da (–1 millisecondi) oppure è maggiore di . + 1 + + + Prova ad acquisire, per la quantità di tempo specificata, un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto. + Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco. + Quantità di tempo che rappresenta la durata di attesa del blocco.Un valore di –1 millisecondo specifica un'attesa infinita. + Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco. + L'input di è true. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il valore di in millisecondi è negativo ed è diverso da (–1 millisecondi) oppure è maggiore di . + + + Rilascia il blocco su un oggetto e interrompe il thread corrente finché riacquisisce il blocco. + true se la chiamata è stata restituita perché il chiamante ha riacquisito il blocco per l'oggetto specificato.Non viene restituito alcun valore se il blocco non viene riacquisito. + Oggetto per il quale attendere. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato. + Il thread da cui è stato richiamato Wait viene interrotto in seguito dallo stato di attesa.L'interruzione si verifica quando il metodo di questo thread viene chiamato da un altro thread. + 1 + + + Rilascia il blocco su un oggetto e interrompe il thread corrente finché riacquisisce il blocco.Allo scadere dell'intervallo di timeout specificato, il thread viene inserito nella coda di thread pronti. + true se il blocco è stato riacquisito prima che sia trascorso il tempo specificato; false se il blocco è stato riacquisito dopo che è trascorso il tempo specificato.Il metodo non restituisce alcun valore finché il blocco non viene riacquisito. + Oggetto per il quale attendere. + Numero di millisecondi da attendere prima che il thread venga inserito nella coda di thread pronti. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato. + Il thread da cui è stato richiamato Wait viene interrotto in seguito dallo stato di attesa.L'interruzione si verifica quando il metodo di questo thread viene chiamato da un altro thread. + Il valore del parametro è negativo e non è uguale a . + 1 + + + Rilascia il blocco su un oggetto e interrompe il thread corrente finché riacquisisce il blocco.Allo scadere dell'intervallo di timeout specificato, il thread viene inserito nella coda di thread pronti. + true se il blocco è stato riacquisito prima che sia trascorso il tempo specificato; false se il blocco è stato riacquisito dopo che è trascorso il tempo specificato.Il metodo non restituisce alcun valore finché il blocco non viene riacquisito. + Oggetto per il quale attendere. + Oggetto che rappresenta il tempo di attesa prima che il thread venga inserito nella coda di thread pronti. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato. + Il thread da cui è stato richiamato Wait viene interrotto in seguito dallo stato di attesa.L'interruzione si verifica quando il metodo di questo thread viene chiamato da un altro thread. + Il valore del parametro in millisecondi è negativo e non rappresenta (–1 millisecondo) oppure è maggiore di . + 1 + + + Primitiva di sincronizzazione che può essere usata anche per la sincronizzazione interprocesso. + 1 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con le proprietà predefinite. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se il thread chiamante deve avere la proprietà iniziale del mutex. + true per concedere al thread chiamante la proprietà iniziale del mutex; in caso contrario, false. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se il thread chiamante deve avere la proprietà iniziale del mutex e con una stringa che rappresenta il nome del mutex. + true per concedere al thread chiamante la proprietà iniziale del mutex di sistema denominato, se questo è stato creato come risultato della chiamata; in caso contrario, false. + Nome di .Se il valore è null, l'oggetto è senza nome. + Il mutex denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non dispone dei diritti . + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Non è possibile creare il mutex denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome. + + è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se il thread chiamante deve avere la proprietà iniziale del mutex, con una stringa che rappresenta il nome del mutex e con un valore booleano che, quando il metodo viene restituito, indichi se al thread chiamante era stata concessa la proprietà iniziale del mutex. + true per concedere al thread chiamante la proprietà iniziale del mutex di sistema denominato, se questo è stato creato come risultato della chiamata; in caso contrario, false. + Nome di .Se il valore è null, l'oggetto è senza nome. + Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene un valore booleano che è true se è stato creato un mutex locale (ovvero, se il valore di è null o una stringa vuota) oppure se è stato creato il mutex di sistema denominato specificato; false se il mutex di sistema denominato specificato è già esistente.Questo parametro viene passato non inizializzato. + Il mutex denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non dispone dei diritti . + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Non è possibile creare il mutex denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome. + + è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + + Apre il mutex denominato specificato, se esistente. + Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex di sistema denominato. + Nome del mutex di sistema da aprire. + Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + è null. + Il mutex denominato non esiste. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Il mutex denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo. + 1 + + + + + + Rilascia l'oggetto una volta. + Il thread chiamante non ha la proprietà del mutex. + 1 + + + Apre il mutex denominato specificato, se esistente, e restituisce un valore che indica se l'operazione è stata completata. + true se il mutex denominato è stato aperto correttamente; in caso contrario, false. + Nome del mutex di sistema da aprire. + Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene un oggetto di che rappresenta il mutex denominato se la chiamata ha esito positivo o null se la chiamata ha esito negativo.Questo parametro viene trattato come non inizializzato. + Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + è null. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Il mutex denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo. + + + Rappresenta un blocco usato per gestire l'accesso a una risorsa, consentendo a più thread l'accesso in lettura o l'accesso esclusivo in scrittura. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con i valori predefiniti delle proprietà. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando i criteri di ricorsione del blocco. + Uno dei valori di enumerazione che specifica i criteri di ricorsione del blocco. + + + Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread univoci per i quali è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura. + Numero di thread univoci per i quali è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura. + + + Rilascia tutte le risorse usate dall'istanza corrente della classe . + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità lettura. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità aggiornabile. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità scrittura. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Riduce il numero di ricorsioni per la modalità lettura ed esce da questa modalità se il numero risultante è 0 (zero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + Riduce il numero di ricorsioni per la modalità aggiornabile ed esce da questa modalità se il numero risultante è 0 (zero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + Riduce il numero di ricorsioni per la modalità scrittura ed esce da questa modalità se il numero risultante è 0 (zero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura. + true se per il thread corrente è stata attivata la modalità lettura; in caso contrario, false. + 2 + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità aggiornabile. + true se per il thread corrente è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile; in caso contrario, false. + 2 + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità scrittura. + true se per il thread corrente è stata attivata la modalità scrittura; in caso contrario, false. + 2 + + + Ottiene un valore che indica i criteri di ricorsione per l'oggetto corrente. + Uno dei valori di enumerazione che specifica i criteri di ricorsione del blocco. + + + Ottiene il numero di volte in cui per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura, come indicazione della ricorsione. + 0 (zero) se per il thread corrente non è stata attivata la modalità lettura, 1 se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità lettura ma non in modo ricorsivo o n se per il thread è stato attivato il blocco in modo ricorsivo n - 1 volte. + 2 + + + Ottiene il numero di volte in cui per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità aggiornabile, come indicazione della ricorsione. + 0 (zero) se per il thread corrente non è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile, 1 se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile ma non in modo ricorsivo o n se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile in modo ricorsivo n - 1 volte. + 2 + + + Ottiene il numero di volte in cui per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità scrittura, come indicazione della ricorsione. + 0 (zero) se per il thread corrente non è stata attivata la modalità scrittura, 1 se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità scrittura ma non in modo ricorsivo o n se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità scrittura in modo ricorsivo n - 1 volte. + 2 + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità lettura con un timeout intero facoltativo. + true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità lettura; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure -1 () per un'attesa indefinita. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità lettura con un timeout facoltativo. + true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità lettura; in caso contrario, false. + Intervallo di attesa oppure -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità aggiornabile con un timeout facoltativo. + true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità aggiornabile; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure -1 () per un'attesa indefinita. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità aggiornabile con un timeout facoltativo. + true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità aggiornabile; in caso contrario, false. + Intervallo di attesa oppure -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità scrittura con un timeout facoltativo. + true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità scrittura; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure -1 () per un'attesa indefinita. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità scrittura con un timeout facoltativo. + true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità scrittura; in caso contrario, false. + Intervallo di attesa oppure -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione del blocco in modalità lettura. + Numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione della modalità lettura. + 2 + + + Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione del blocco in modalità aggiornabile. + Numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione della modalità aggiornabile. + 2 + + + Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione del blocco in modalità scrittura. + Numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione della modalità scrittura. + 2 + + + Limita il numero di thread che possono accedere a una risorsa o a un pool di risorse contemporaneamente. + 1 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando il numero di accessi iniziale e il numero massimo di accessi contemporanei. + Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + + è maggiore di . + + è minore di 1.-oppure- è minore di 0. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando il numero di accessi iniziale e il numero massimo di accessi contemporanei, nonché indicando facoltativamente il nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema. + Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + Nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema denominato. + + è maggiore di .-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + è minore di 1.-oppure- è minore di 0. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Il semaforo denominato esiste ed è dotato di sicurezza del controllo di accesso e l'utente non dispone di . + Non è possibile creare il semaforo denominato, probabilmente a causa di un handle di attesa di tipo diverso con lo stesso nome. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando il numero di accessi iniziale e il numero massimo di accessi contemporanei, indicando facoltativamente il nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema e specificando una variabile che riceve un valore che indica se è stato creato un nuovo semaforo di sistema. + Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere soddisfatte contemporaneamente. + Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere soddisfatte contemporaneamente. + Nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema denominato. + Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene true se è stato creato un semaforo locale (ovvero, se il valore di è null o una stringa vuota) oppure se è stato creato il semaforo di sistema denominato specificato; false se il semaforo di sistema denominato specificato è già esistente.Questo parametro viene passato non inizializzato. + + è maggiore di . -oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + è minore di 1.-oppure- è minore di 0. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Il semaforo denominato esiste ed è dotato di sicurezza del controllo di accesso e l'utente non dispone di . + Non è possibile creare il semaforo denominato, probabilmente a causa di un handle di attesa di tipo diverso con lo stesso nome. + + + Apre il semaforo denominato specificato, se esistente. + Oggetto che rappresenta il semaforo di sistema denominato. + Nome del semaforo di sistema da aprire. + Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + è null. + Il semaforo denominato non esiste. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Il semaforo denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo. + 1 + + + + + + Esce dal semaforo e restituisce il conteggio precedente. + Conteggio del semaforo prima della chiamata del metodo . + Il conteggio del semaforo ha già raggiunto il valore massimo. + Si è verificato un errore Win32 relativo a un semaforo denominato. + Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma l'utente non dispone di .-oppure-Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma non è stato aperto con . + 1 + + + Esce dal semaforo il numero di volte specificato e restituisce il conteggio precedente. + Conteggio del semaforo prima della chiamata del metodo . + Numero di uscite dal semaforo. + + è minore di 1. + Il conteggio del semaforo ha già raggiunto il valore massimo. + Si è verificato un errore Win32 relativo a un semaforo denominato. + Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma l'utente non dispone di diritti .-oppure-Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma non è stato aperto con i diritti . + 1 + + + Apre il semaforo denominato specificato, se esistente, e restituisce un valore che indica se l'operazione è riuscita. + true se l'apertura del semaforo denominato è riuscita; in caso contrario, false. + Nome del semaforo di sistema da aprire. + Quando viene eseguita la restituzione del metodo, quest'ultimo contiene un oggetto che rappresenta il semaforo denominato se la chiamata è riuscita o null se la chiamata non è riuscita.Questo parametro viene trattato come non inizializzato. + Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + è null. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Il semaforo denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo. + + + Eccezione generata quando il metodo viene chiamato su un semaforo il cui conteggio ha già raggiunto il valore massimo. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con valori predefiniti. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato. + Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente. + Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna. + + + Rappresenta un'alternativa semplificata a che limita il numero di thread che possono accedere simultaneamente a una risorsa o a un pool di risorse. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe specificando il numero iniziale di richieste che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + + è minore di 0. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe specificando il numero iniziale e massimo di richieste che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + + è minore di 0, o è maggiore di o è uguale o minore di 0. + + + Restituisce un oggetto che può essere usato per attendere il semaforo. + Oggetto che può essere usato per attendere il semaforo. + L'interfaccia è stata eliminata. + + + Ottiene il numero di thread rimanenti che possono accedere all'oggetto . + Numero di thread rimanenti che possono accedere al semaforo. + + + Rilascia tutte le risorse usate dall'istanza corrente della classe . + + + Rilascia le risorse non gestite usate dall'oggetto e, facoltativamente, le risorse gestite. + true per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite; false per rilasciare solo le risorse non gestite. + + + Rilascia l'oggetto una volta. + Numero precedente di . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + ha già raggiunto la dimensione massima. + + + Rilascia l'oggetto un numero di volte specificato. + Numero precedente di . + Numero di uscite dal semaforo. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore di 1. + + ha già raggiunto la dimensione massima. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché non può immettere . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit che specifica il timeout. + true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit che specifica il timeout e osservando un oggetto . + true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + Il istanza è stata eliminata, o che ha creato è stato eliminato. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto osservando un oggetto . + Token da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.-oppure-Il creato è già stato eliminato. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto per specificare il timeout. + true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di . + L'istanza semaphoreSlim è stata eliminata + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto che specifica il timeout e osservando un oggetto . + true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di . + L'istanza semaphoreSlim è stata eliminataL'oggetto che ha creato è già stato eliminato. + + + Attende in modo asincrono di immettere . + Attività che verrà completata quando si accede al semaforo. + + + Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo. + Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + + + Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto . + Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è stato annullato. + + + Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , osservando un oggetto . + Attività che verrà completata quando si accede al semaforo. + Token da osservare. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è stato annullato. + + + Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo. + Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. -oppure- timeout è maggiore di . + + + Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto . + Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + Token da osservare. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.-oppure-timeout è maggiore di . + + è stato annullato. + + + Rappresenta un metodo da chiamare quando un messaggio deve essere inviato a un contesto di sincronizzazione. + Oggetto passato al delegato. + 2 + + + Fornisce un primitiva di blocco a esclusione reciproca in cui un thread che tenta di acquisire il blocco attende in un ciclo eseguendo controlli ripetuti finché il blocco non diventa disponibile. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della struttura con l'opzione di rilevamento degli ID dei thread per migliorare il debug. + Valore che indica se acquisire e utilizzare gli ID dei thread per scopi di debug. + + + Acquisisce il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito. + True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False. + È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a Enter. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco. + + + Rilascia il blocco. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente non è il proprietario di questo blocco. + + + Rilascia il blocco. + Valore booleano che indica se generare un limite di memoria per pubblicare immediatamente l'operazione di uscita agli altri thread. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente non è il proprietario di questo blocco. + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se attualmente il blocco è mantenuto da un thread. + true se attualmente il blocco è mantenuto da un thread; in caso contrario, false. + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se il blocco è mantenuto dal thread corrente. + true se il blocco è mantenuto dal thread corrente; in caso contrario, false. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è disabilitato. + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se per questa istanza è abilitato il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread. + true se per questa istanza è abilitato il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread; in caso contrario, false. + + + Tenta di acquisire il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito. + True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False. + È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a TryEnter. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco. + + + Tenta di acquisire il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a TryEnter. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco. + + + Tenta di acquisire il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito. + + che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito o il timeout è più grande di millisecondi. + È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a TryEnter. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco. + + + Fornisce il supporto per l'attesa basata su rotazione. + + + Ottiene il numero di chiamate di su questa istanza. + Restituisce un intero che rappresenta il numero di volte in cui è stato chiamato su questa istanza. + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se la chiamata successiva a comporterà la cessione del processore, attivando un cambio imposto di contesto. + Valore che indica se la chiamata successiva a comporterà la cessione del processore, attivando un cambio imposto di contesto. + + + Reimposta il contatore delle rotazioni. + + + Esegue una sola rotazione. + + + Esegue rotazioni finché non è stata soddisfatta la condizione specificata. + Delegato da eseguire ripetutamente finché non restituisce true. + L'argomento è null. + + + Esegue rotazioni finché non è stata soddisfatta la condizione specificata o fino allo scadere del timeout specificato. + True se la condizione viene soddisfatta entro lo scadere del timeout. In caso contrario, False. + Delegato da eseguire ripetutamente finché non restituisce true. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + L'argomento è null. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + + + Esegue rotazioni finché non è stata soddisfatta la condizione specificata o fino allo scadere del timeout specificato. + True se la condizione viene soddisfatta entro lo scadere del timeout. In caso contrario, False. + Delegato da eseguire ripetutamente finché non restituisce true. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa. In alternativa, per un'attesa indefinita, oggetto TimeSpan che rappresenta -1 millisecondi. + L'argomento è null. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di . + + + Fornisce la funzionalità di base per propagare un contesto di sincronizzazione in vari modelli di sincronizzazione. + 2 + + + Crea una nuova istanza della classe . + + + Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, crea una copia del contesto di sincronizzazione. + Nuovo oggetto . + 2 + + + Ottiene il contesto di sincronizzazione per il thread corrente. + Oggetto che rappresenta il contesto di sincronizzazione corrente. + 1 + + + Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, risponde alla notifica di completamento di un'operazione. + + + Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, risponde alla notifica di avvio di un'operazione. + + + Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, invia un messaggio asincrono a un contesto di sincronizzazione. + Delegato di da chiamare. + Oggetto passato al delegato. + 2 + + + Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, invia un messaggio sincrono a un contesto di sincronizzazione. + Delegato di da chiamare. + Oggetto passato al delegato. + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + Imposta il contesto di sincronizzazione corrente. + Oggetto da impostare. + 1 + + + + + + Eccezione generata quando un metodo richiede che il chiamante sia il proprietario del blocco su un Monitor specifico, e tale metodo viene richiamato da un chiamante che non è proprietario del blocco. + 2 + + + Consente l'inizializzazione di una nuova istanza della classe con le proprietà predefinite. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato. + Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente. + Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna. + + + Consente l'archiviazione dei dati nella memoria locale dei thread. + Specifica il tipo di dati archiviati per thread. + + + Inizializza l'istanza . + + + Inizializza l'istanza . + Se tenere traccia di tutti i valori impostati sull'istanza ed esporli mediante la proprietà di . + + + Inizializza l'istanza di con la funzione specificata. + Oggetto richiamato per produrre un valore con inizializzazione differita quando si tenta di recuperare l'oggetto senza che sia stato inizializzato in precedenza. + + è un riferimento null (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Inizializza l'istanza di con la funzione specificata. + Oggetto richiamato per produrre un valore con inizializzazione differita quando si tenta di recuperare l'oggetto senza che sia stato inizializzato in precedenza. + Se tenere traccia di tutti i valori impostati sull'istanza ed esporli mediante la proprietà di . + + è un riferimento null (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe . + + + Rilascia le risorse utilizzate da questa istanza di . + Valore booleano che indica se questo metodo viene chiamato a causa di una chiamata a . + + + Rilascia le risorse utilizzate da questa istanza di . + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se l'oggetto è inizializzato sul thread corrente. + true se viene inizializzato sul thread corrente; in caso contrario, false. + L'istanza di è stata eliminata. + + + Crea e restituisce una rappresentazione di stringa di questa istanza per il thread corrente. + Risultato della chiamata di su . + L'istanza di è stata eliminata. + L'oggetto per il thread corrente è un riferimento Null (Nothing in Visual Basic). + La funzione di inizializzazione tenta di fare riferimento in modo ricorsivo a . + Non è fornito alcun costruttore predefinito e non è fornito alcun valore di factory. + + + Ottiene o imposta il valore di questa istanza per il thread corrente. + Restituisce un'istanza dell'oggetto della cui inizializzazione è responsabile questo oggetto ThreadLocal. + L'istanza di è stata eliminata. + La funzione di inizializzazione tenta di fare riferimento in modo ricorsivo a . + Non è fornito alcun costruttore predefinito e non è fornito alcun valore di factory. + + + Ottiene un elenco di tutti i valori attualmente archiviati da tutti i thread che hanno eseguito l'accesso a questa istanza. + Elenco di tutti i valori attualmente archiviati da tutti i thread che hanno eseguito l'accesso a questa istanza. + L'istanza di è stata eliminata. + + + Contiene metodi per l'esecuzione di operazioni relative alla memoria volatile. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il riferimento a un oggetto dal campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Riferimento a che è stato letto.Questo riferimento è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + Tipo di campo da leggere.Deve essere un tipo di riferimento, non un tipo di valore. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di memoria compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il riferimento a un oggetto specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il riferimento a un oggetto. + Riferimento a un oggetto da scrivere.Il riferimento viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + Tipo di campo da scrivere.Deve essere un tipo di riferimento, non un tipo di valore. + + + Eccezione generata durante il tentativo di aprire un semaforo o un mutex di sistema inesistente. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con valori predefiniti. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato. + Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente. + Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/ja/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/ja/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e2f71c3a --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/ja/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1950 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + スレッドが、別のスレッドが解放せずに終了することによって放棄した オブジェクトを取得したときにスローされる例外。 + 1 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定値で初期化します。 + + + 放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスを指定する場合はそのインデックスと、ミューテックスを表す オブジェクトを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + + メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は、待機ハンドルの配列内における放棄されたミューテックスのインデックス。 メソッドまたは メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は -1。 + 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを、指定したエラー メッセージと内部例外を使用して初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null ではない場合、現在の例外は内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで発生します。 + + + エラー メッセージ、内部例外、放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスを指定する場合はそのインデックス、およびミューテックスを表す オブジェクトを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null ではない場合、現在の例外は内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで発生します。 + + メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は、待機ハンドルの配列における放棄されたミューテックスのインデックス。 メソッドまたは メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は -1。 + 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。 + + + エラー メッセージ、放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスを指定する場合はそのインデックス、および放棄されたミューテックスを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + + メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は、待機ハンドルの配列における放棄されたミューテックスのインデックス。 メソッドまたは メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は -1。 + 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。 + + + 例外の原因となった、放棄されたミューテックスがわかっている場合は、そのミューテックスを取得します。 + 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。放棄されたミューテックスを識別できなかった場合は null。 + 1 + + + 例外の原因となった、放棄されたミューテックスがわかっている場合は、そのミューテックスのインデックスを取得します。 + 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクトの、 メソッドに渡された待機ハンドルの配列内でのインデックス。放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスが識別できなかった場合は –1。 + 1 + + + 非同期メソッドなど、特定の非同期制御フローに対してローカルなアンビエント データを表します。 + アンビエント データの型。 + + + 変更通知を受信しない インスタンスをインスタンス生成します。 + + + 変更通知を受信する ローカル インスタンスをインスタンス生成します。 + どのスレッド上であっても現在の値が変更されたなら必ず呼び出されるデリゲート。 + + + アンビエント データの値を取得または設定します。 + アンビエント データの値。 + + + 変更通知のために登録する インスタンスに対するデータ変更情報を提供するクラス。 + データの型。 + + + データの現在の値を取得します。 + データの現在の値。 + + + データの前の値を取得します。 + データの前の値。 + + + 実行コンテキストの変更が原因で値が変更されたかどうかを示す値を返します。 + 実行コンテキストの変更が原因で値が変更された場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + + + イベントが発生したことを待機中のスレッドに通知します。このクラスは継承できません。 + 2 + + + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示すブール値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + +初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + + + 複数のタスクが、複数のフェーズを通じて 1 つのアルゴリズムで並行して協調的に動作できるようにします。 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 参加しているスレッドの数。 + + が 0 より小さいか、または 32,767 を超えています。 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 参加しているスレッドの数。 + 各フェーズ後に実行する 。null (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) は操作が行われないことを示すために渡されることがあります。 + + が 0 より小さいか、または 32,767 を超えています。 + + + 参加要素が 1 つ追加されることを に通知します。 + 新しい参加要素が最初に参加するバリアのフェーズ番号。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + 参加要素を追加すると、バリアの参加要素数が 32,767 を超えます。またはメソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。 + + + 複数の参加要素が追加されることを に通知します。 + 新しい参加要素が最初に参加するバリアのフェーズ番号。 + バリアに追加する追加の参加要素の数。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が 0 未満です。または 参加要素を追加すると、バリアの参加要素数が 32,767 を超えます。 + メソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。 + + + バリアの現在のフェーズの番号を取得します。 + バリアの現在のフェーズの番号を返します。 + + + + クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。 + メソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。 + + + + によって使用されているアンマネージ リソースを解放し、オプションでマネージ リソースも解放します。 + マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。 + + + バリア内の参加要素の合計数を取得します。 + バリア内の参加要素の合計数を返します。 + + + 現在のフェーズでまだ通知していないバリア内の参加要素の数を取得します。 + 現在のフェーズでまだ通知していないバリア内の参加要素の数を返します。 + + + 参加要素が 1 つ削除されることを に通知します。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + バリアでは、既に 0 個の参加要素があります。またはメソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。 + + + 複数の参加要素が削除されることを に通知します。 + バリアから削除する追加の参加要素の数。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が 0 未満です。 + バリアでは、既に 0 個の参加要素があります。またはメソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。 または現在の参加要素数が、指定された participantCount より小さい値です + 参加要素の総数が、指定した より小さくなっています。 + + + 参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。 + すべての参加しているスレッドが SignalAndWait を呼び出した後に、バリアのフェーズ後のアクションから例外がスローされた場合、その例外は BarrierPostPhaseException にラップされ、参加しているすべてのスレッドでスローされます。 + + + 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。 + 指定した時間内にすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。 + すべての参加しているスレッドが SignalAndWait を呼び出した後に、バリアのフェーズ後のアクションから例外がスローされた場合、その例外は BarrierPostPhaseException にラップされ、参加しているすべてのスレッドでスローされます。 + + + 取り消しトークンを観察すると同時に、32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。 + 指定した時間内にすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。 + + + 取り消しトークンを観察すると同時に、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素がバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。 + + + + オブジェクトを使用して時間間隔を計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。 + 他のすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが 32,767 を超えています。 + メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。 + + + 取り消しトークンを観察すると同時に、 オブジェクトを使用して時間間隔を計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。 + 他のすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。 + + + + のフェーズ後アクションに失敗したときにスローされる例外。 + + + エラーを説明するシステム提供のメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + + + 指定した内部例外を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 + + + エラーを説明する指定したメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元では、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元では、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。 + + + 新しいコンテキスト内で呼び出すメソッドを表します。 + コールバック メソッドが実行されるたびに使用する情報を格納したオブジェクト。 + 1 + + + カウントが 0 になったときに通知される同期プリミティブを表します。 + + + 指定されたカウントを使用して クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + + の設定に最初に必要な通知の数。 + + が 0 未満です。 + + + + の現在のカウントを 1 つインクリメントします。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。または が 以上です。 + + + + の現在のカウントを指定された値だけインクリメントします。 + + を増やす値。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が 0 以下です。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。またはカウントが ずつインクリメントされた後、 が 以上です + + + イベントの設定に必要な残りの通知の数を取得します。 + イベントの設定に必要な残りの通知の数。 + + + + クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。 + + + + によって使用されているアンマネージ リソースを解放し、オプションでマネージ リソースも解放します。 + マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。 + + + イベントの設定に最初に必要な通知の数を取得します。 + イベントの設定に最初に必要な通知の数。 + + + イベントが設定されているかどうかを判断します。 + イベントが設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + + + を の値にリセットします。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + + + プロパティを指定した値にリセットします。 + + の設定に必要な通知の数。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が 0 未満です。 + + + 通知を に登録して、 の値をデクリメントします。 + 通知によってカウントが 0 になり、イベントが設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。 + + + 複数の通知を に登録して、 の値を指定された量だけデクリメントします。 + 通知によってカウントが 0 になり、イベントが設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 登録する通知の数。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が 1 未満です。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。-または- または、 が より大きいです。 + + + + を 1 つインクリメントすることを試みます。 + インクリメントが正常に行われた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 が既に 0 の場合、このメソッドは false を返します。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + と が等価です。 + + + + を指定した値だけインクリメントすることを試みます。 + インクリメントが正常に行われた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 が既に 0 の場合、これは false を返します。 + + を増やす値。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が 0 以下です。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。または + は、 以上です。 + + + + が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + + 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または、 を作成した が破棄されています。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または、 を作成した が破棄されています。 + + + + を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、 を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または、 を作成した が破棄されています。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。 + + + イベントの設定を待機するために使用する を取得します。 + イベントの設定を待機するために使用する 。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + + シグナルを受信した後で が自動的にリセットされるか、または手動でリセットされるかを示します。 + 2 + + + シグナルを受信すると、 は 1 つのスレッドを解放した後で自動的にリセットされます。待機しているスレッドがない場合、 はスレッドがブロックされるまでシグナル状態のままとなり、そのスレッドを解放した後でリセットされます。 + + + シグナルを受信すると、 は待機しているスレッドをすべて解放し、手動でリセットされるまでシグナル状態のままとなります。 + + + スレッドの同期イベントを表します。 + 2 + + + 待機ハンドルの初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうか、および、待機ハンドルが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + イベントが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定する 値の 1 つ。 + + + この呼び出しの結果として待機ハンドルが作成された場合に待機ハンドルの初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうか、待機ハンドルが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるか、およびシステムの同期イベントの名前を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + この呼び出しの結果として名前付きイベントが作成された場合に初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + イベントが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定する 値の 1 つ。 + システム全体で有効な同期イベントの名前。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きイベントが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。 + 名前付きイベントを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。 + + が 260 文字を超えています。 + + + この呼び出しの結果として待機ハンドルが作成された場合に待機ハンドルの初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうか、待機ハンドルが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるか、システム同期イベントの名前、および、呼び出し後の値によって名前付きイベントが作成されたかどうかを示すブール変数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + この呼び出しの結果として名前付きイベントが作成された場合に初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + イベントが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定する 値の 1 つ。 + システム全体で有効な同期イベントの名前。 + このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、ローカル イベントが作成された場合 ( が null または空の文字列の場合)、または指定した名前付きシステム イベントが作成された場合は true が格納されます。指定した名前付きシステム イベントが既に存在する場合は false が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化せずに渡されます。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きイベントが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。 + 名前付きイベントを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。 + + が 260 文字を超えています。 + + + 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付き同期イベントを開きます。 + 名前付きシステム イベントを表すオブジェクト。 + 開くシステム同期イベントの名前。 + + が空の文字列です。または が 260 文字を超えています。 + + は null なので、 + 名前付きシステム イベントが存在しません。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きイベントは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。 + 1 + + + + + + イベントの状態を非シグナル状態に設定し、スレッドをブロックします。 + 正常に操作できた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + この で メソッドが既に呼び出されています。 + 2 + + + イベントの状態をシグナル状態に設定し、待機している 1 つ以上のスレッドが進行できるようにします。 + 正常に操作できた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + この で メソッドが既に呼び出されています。 + 2 + + + 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付き同期イベントを開き操作が成功したかどうかを示す値を返します。 + 名前付きの同期イベントが正常に開かれた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 開くシステム同期イベントの名前。 + このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、呼び出しに成功した場合は名前付き同期イベントを表す オブジェクトが格納されます。呼び出しに失敗した場合は null が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化前として処理されます。 + + が空の文字列です。または が 260 文字を超えています。 + + は null なので、 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きイベントは存在しますが、必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。 + + + 現在のスレッドの実行コンテキストを管理します。このクラスは継承できません。 + 2 + + + 現在のスレッドから実行コンテキストをキャプチャします。 + 現在のスレッドの実行コンテキストを表す オブジェクト。 + 1 + + + 現在のスレッドで指定した実行コンテキストを使用してメソッドを実行します。 + 設定する 。 + 指定した実行コンテキストで実行するメソッドを表す デリゲート。 + コールバック メソッドに渡すオブジェクト。 + + は null なので、またはキャプチャ操作で が取得されませんでした。または は、 呼び出しの引数として既に使用されています。 + 1 + + + + + + 複数のスレッドで共有される変数に分割不可能な操作を提供します。 + 2 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、2 つの 32 ビット整数を加算し、最初の整数を合計で置き換えます。 + + に格納された新しい値。 + 加算する最初の値を含む変数。2 つの値の合計は、 に格納されます。 + + にある整数に加算する値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、2 つの 64 ビット整数を加算し、最初の整数を合計で置き換えます。 + + に格納された新しい値。 + 加算する最初の値を含む変数。2 つの値の合計は、 に格納されます。 + + にある整数に加算する値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 2 つの倍精度浮動小数点数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。 + + にある値と比較する値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 2 つの 32 ビット符号付き整数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。 + + にある値と比較する値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 2 つの 64 ビット符号付き整数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。 + + にある値と比較する値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 2 つのプラットフォーム固有のハンドルまたはポインターが等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の 1 つを置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + 値を の値と比較し、場合によっては によって置き換える、比較先の 。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える 。 + + にある値と比較する 。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 2 つのオブジェクトの参照が等値であるかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初のオブジェクトを置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + + と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先のオブジェクト。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先のオブジェクトを置き換えるオブジェクト。 + + にあるオブジェクトと比較するオブジェクト。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 2 つの単精度浮動小数点数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。 + + にある値と比較する値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 指定した参照型 の 2 つのインスタンスが等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の 1 つを置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。これは参照パラメーターです (C# では ref、Visual Basic では ByRef)。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。 + + にある値と比較する値。 + + 、、および に使用する型。この型は、参照型である必要があります。 + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をデクリメントし、結果を格納します。 + デクリメントされた値。 + 値がデクリメントされる変数。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をデクリメントしてその結果を格納します。 + デクリメントされた値。 + 値がデクリメントされる変数。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を倍精度浮動小数点数として設定し、元の値を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を 32 ビット符号付き整数として設定し、元の値を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を 64 ビット符号付き整数として設定し、元の値を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、プラットフォーム固有のハンドルまたはポインターに指定した値を設定し、元の値を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値をオブジェクトとして設定し、元のオブジェクトへの参照を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を単精度浮動小数点数として設定し、元の値を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した型 の変数に指定した値を設定し、元の値を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。これは参照パラメーターです (C# では ref、Visual Basic では ByRef)。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + + 、および に使用する型。この型は、参照型である必要があります。 + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をインクリメントし、結果を格納します。 + インクリメントされた値。 + 値がインクリメントされる変数。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をインクリメントし、結果を格納します。 + インクリメントされた値。 + 値がインクリメントされる変数。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + メモリ アクセスを同期します。現在のスレッドを実行中のプロセッサは、 を呼び出す前のメモリ アクセスを の呼び出し後のメモリ アクセスより後に実行するように命令を並べ替えることはできなくなります。 + + + 分割不可能な操作として 64 ビット値を読み込んで返します。 + 読み込まれた値。 + 読み込む 64 ビット値。 + 1 + + + 限定的な初期化ルーチンを提供します。 + + + まだ初期化されていない場合、型の既定のコンストラクターを使用してターゲット参照型を初期化します。 + 型 の初期化された参照。 + まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照。 + 初期化される参照の型。 + 型 のコンストラクターにアクセスするためのアクセス許可がありませんでした。 + 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。 + + + まだ初期化されていない場合、既定のコンストラクターを使用してターゲット参照または値型を初期化します。 + 型 の初期化された値。 + まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照または値。 + ターゲットが既に初期化されているかどうかを判断するブール値への参照。 + + を初期化するために相互排他的ロックとして使用されるオブジェクトへの参照。 が null の場合、新しいオブジェクトがインスタンス化されます。 + 初期化される参照の型。 + 型 のコンストラクターにアクセスするためのアクセス許可がありませんでした。 + 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。 + + + まだ初期化されていない場合、指定された関数を使用してターゲット参照または値型を初期化します。 + 型 の初期化された値。 + まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照または値。 + ターゲットが既に初期化されているかどうかを判断するブール値への参照。 + + を初期化するために相互排他的ロックとして使用されるオブジェクトへの参照。 が null の場合、新しいオブジェクトがインスタンス化されます。 + 参照または値を初期化するために呼び出される関数。 + 初期化される参照の型。 + 型 のコンストラクターにアクセスするためのアクセス許可がありませんでした。 + 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。 + + + まだ初期化されていない場合、指定された関数を使用してターゲット参照型を初期化します。 + 型 の初期化された値。 + まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照。 + 参照を初期化するために呼び出される関数。 + 初期化される参照の参照型。 + 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。 + + null (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) を返しました。 + + + 再帰的にロックに入る処理が、ロックの再帰ポリシーと互換性がない場合にスローされる例外です。 + 2 + + + エラーを説明するシステム提供のメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 2 + + + エラーを説明する指定したメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元は、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。 + 2 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元は、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。 + 現在の例外を引き起こした例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。 + 2 + + + 同じスレッドが複数回ロックに入れるかどうかを指定します。 + + + スレッドが、再帰的にロックに入ろうとすると、例外がスローされます。クラスによっては、この設定が適用されている場合に、特定の再帰が認められることがあります。 + + + スレッドが再帰的にロックに入ることができます。クラスによっては、この機能が制限されていることがあります。 + + + イベントが発生したことを、1 つ以上の待機中のスレッドに通知します。このクラスは継承できません。 + 2 + + + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示す Boolean 型の値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + + + + の規模を小さくしたバージョンを提供します。 + + + 初期状態を非シグナル状態にして、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + + + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示すブール値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + + + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示すブール値および指定されたスピン カウントを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + カーネル ベースの待機操作に戻る前に発生するスピン待機の数。 + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + + クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。 + + + + によって使用されているアンマネージ リソースを解放し、オプションでマネージ リソースも解放します。 + マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true、アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。 + + + イベントが設定されているかどうかを取得します。 + イベントが設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + + イベントの状態を非シグナル状態に設定し、スレッドをブロックします。 + The object has already been disposed. + + + イベントの状態をシグナル状態に設定して、イベント上で待機している 1 つ以上のスレッドが進行できるようにします。 + + + カーネル ベースの待機操作に戻る前に発生するスピン待機の数を取得します。 + カーネル ベースの待機操作に戻る前に発生するスピン待機の数を返します。 + + + 現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + + を観察すると同時に、32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 観察する 。 + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + + を観察すると同時に、現在の が信号を受信するまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 観察する 。 + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + + を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + + を観察すると同時に、 を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 観察する 。 + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + この の オブジェクトを取得します。 + この の基になる イベント オブジェクト。 + + + オブジェクトへのアクセスを同期する機構を提供します。 + 2 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックを取得します。 + モニター ロックを取得する対象となるオブジェクト。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 1 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックを取得し、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。 + 待機を行うオブジェクト。 + ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。メモ   例外が発生しない場合、このメソッドの出力は常に true です。 + + への入力は true です。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックを解放します。 + ロックを解放する対象となるオブジェクト。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 現在のスレッドが、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。 + 1 + + + 現在のスレッドが指定したオブジェクトのロックを保持しているかどうかを判断します。 + 現在のスレッドが のロックを保持している場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + テストするオブジェクト。 + + は null です。 + + + ロックされたオブジェクトの状態が変更されたことを、待機キュー内のスレッドに通知します。 + スレッドが待機するオブジェクト。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。 + 1 + + + オブジェクトの状態が変更されたことを、待機中のすべてのスレッドに通知します。 + パルスを送るオブジェクト。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。 + 1 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試みます。 + 現在のスレッドがロックを取得した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 1 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試み、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。 + ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。 + ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。 + + への入力は true です。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + + + 指定したミリ秒間に、指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試みます。 + 現在のスレッドがロックを取得した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。 + ロックを待機するミリ秒単位の時間。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + + が負で、 と等価でありません。 + 1 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を指定したミリ秒間試み、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。 + ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。 + ロックを待機するミリ秒単位の時間。 + ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。 + + への入力は true です。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + + が負で、 と等価でありません。 + + + 指定した時間内に、指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試みます。 + 現在のスレッドがロックを取得した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。 + ロックを待機する時間を表す 。–1 ミリ秒という値は、無期限の待機を指定します。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + + の値 (ミリ秒) が負で、かつ (-1 ミリ秒) と等価でありません。または より大きい値です。 + 1 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を指定した時間にわたって試み、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。 + ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。 + ロックを待機する時間。–1 ミリ秒という値は、無期限の待機を指定します。 + ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。 + + への入力は true です。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + + の値 (ミリ秒) が負で、かつ (-1 ミリ秒) と等価でありません。または より大きい値です。 + + + オブジェクトのロックを解放し、現在のスレッドがロックを再取得するまでそのスレッドをブロックします。 + 指定したオブジェクトのロックを呼び出し元が再取得したために、呼び出しが戻った場合は true。このメソッドは、ロックが再取得されないと制御を戻しません。 + 待機を行うオブジェクト。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。 + Wait を呼び出したスレッドは、後で待機中の状態を中断されます。これは、別のスレッドがこのスレッドの メソッドを呼び出すと発生します。 + 1 + + + オブジェクトのロックを解放し、現在のスレッドがロックを再取得するまでそのスレッドをブロックします。指定されたタイムアウト期限を過ぎると、スレッドは実行待ちキューに入ります。 + 指定した時間が経過する前にロックが再取得された場合は true。指定した時間が経過した後にロックが再取得された場合は false。このメソッドは、ロックが再取得されるまで制御を戻しません。 + 待機を行うオブジェクト。 + スレッドが実行待ちキューに入るまでの待機時間 (ミリ秒)。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。 + Wait を呼び出したスレッドは、後で待機中の状態を中断されます。これは、別のスレッドがこのスレッドの メソッドを呼び出すと発生します。 + + パラメーターの値が負で、 と等しくありません。 + 1 + + + オブジェクトのロックを解放し、現在のスレッドがロックを再取得するまでそのスレッドをブロックします。指定されたタイムアウト期限を過ぎると、スレッドは実行待ちキューに入ります。 + 指定した時間が経過する前にロックが再取得された場合は true。指定した時間が経過した後にロックが再取得された場合は false。このメソッドは、ロックが再取得されるまで制御を戻しません。 + 待機を行うオブジェクト。 + スレッドが実行待ちキューに入るまでの時間を表す 。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。 + Wait を呼び出したスレッドは、後で待機中の状態を中断されます。これは、別のスレッドがこのスレッドの メソッドを呼び出すと発生します。 + + パラメーターのミリ秒単位の値が負で、かつ (–1 ミリ秒) ではありません。または より大きい値です。 + 1 + + + 同期プリミティブは、プロセス間の同期にも使用できます。 + 1 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを、既定のプロパティを使用して初期化します。 + + + 呼び出し元のスレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権があるかどうかを示すブール値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 呼び出し元スレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権を与える場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + + 呼び出し元のスレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権があるかどうかを示すブール値と、ミューテックスの名前を表す文字列を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + この呼び出しの結果として名前付きシステム ミューテックスが作成された場合に、呼び出し元スレッドに名前付きシステム ミューテックスの初期所有権を付与する場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + の名前。値が null の場合、 は無名になります。 + アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きミューテックスが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きミューテックスを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。 + + 260 文字を超えています。 + + + 呼び出し元のスレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権があるかどうかを示すブール値、ミューテックスの名前を表す文字列、およびメソッドから戻るときにミューテックスの初期所有権が呼び出し元のスレッドに付与されたかどうかを示すブール値を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + この呼び出しの結果として名前付きシステム ミューテックスが作成された場合に、呼び出し元スレッドに名前付きシステム ミューテックスの初期所有権を付与する場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + の名前。値が null の場合、 は無名になります。 + このメソッドから制御が戻るとき、ローカル ミューテックスが作成された場合 (つまり が null または空の文字列の場合) または指定した名前付きシステム ミューテックスが作成された場合は、ブール値 true が格納されます。指定した名前付きシステム ミューテックスが既に存在する場合は false が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化せずに渡されます。 + アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きミューテックスが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きミューテックスを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。 + + 260 文字を超えています。 + + + 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きミューテックスを開きます。 + 名前付きシステム ミューテックスを表すオブジェクト。 + 開くシステム ミューテックスの名前。 + + が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。 + + は null です。 + 名前付きミューテックスが存在しません。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きミューテックスは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。 + 1 + + + + + + + を一度解放します。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドはミューテックスを所有していません。 + 1 + + + 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きミューテックスを開き操作が成功したかどうかを示す値を返します。 + 名前付きミューテックスが正常に開かれた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 開くシステム ミューテックスの名前。 + このメソッドから戻るときに、呼び出しに成功した場合は名前付きミューテックスを表す オブジェクトが格納されます。呼び出しに失敗した場合は null が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化前として処理されます。 + + が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。 + + は null です。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きミューテックスは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。 + + + リソースへのアクセス管理に使用するロックを表し、複数のスレッドによる読み取りや排他アクセスでの書き込みを実現します。 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定のプロパティ値で初期化します。 + + + ロック再帰ポリシーを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + ロック再帰ポリシーを指定する列挙値のいずれか。 + + + 読み取りモードでロックに入った一意のスレッドの総数を取得します。 + 読み取りモードでロックに入った一意のスレッドの数。 + + + + クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。 + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + 読み取りモードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + アップグレード可能モードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 書き込みモードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 読み取りモードの再帰カウントを減らし、結果のカウントが 0 (ゼロ) の場合には読み取りモードを終了します。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + アップグレード可能モードの再帰カウントを減らし、結果のカウントが 0 (ゼロ) の場合にはアップグレード可能モードを終了します。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + 書き込みモードの再帰カウントを減らし、結果のカウントが 0 (ゼロ) の場合には書き込みモードを終了します。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + 現在のスレッドが読み取りモードでロックに入ったかどうかを示す値を取得します。 + 現在のスレッドが読み取りモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 2 + + + 現在のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードでロックに入ったかどうかを示す値を取得します。 + 現在のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 2 + + + 現在のスレッドが書き込みモードでロックに入ったかどうかを示す値を取得します。 + 現在のスレッドが書き込みモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 2 + + + 現在の オブジェクトの再帰ポリシーを示す値を取得します。 + ロック再帰ポリシーを指定する列挙値のいずれか。 + + + 現在のスレッドが読み取りモードでロックに入った回数を、再帰を示す値として取得します。 + 0 (ゼロ) の場合、現在のスレッドは読み取りモードに入っていません。1 の場合、現在のスレッドは読み取りモードに入ったが、再帰はしていません。n の場合、現在のスレッドは再帰的に n - 1 回ロックに入りました。 + 2 + + + 現在のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードでロックに入った回数を、再帰を示す値として取得します。 + 0 (ゼロ) の場合、現在のスレッドはアップグレード可能モードに入っていません。1 の場合、現在のスレッドはアップグレード可能モードに入ったが、再帰はしていません。n の場合、現在のスレッドは再帰的に n - 1 回アップグレード可能モードに入りました。 + 2 + + + 現在のスレッドが書き込みモードでロックに入った回数を、再帰を示す値として取得します。 + 0 (ゼロ) の場合、現在のスレッドは書き込みモードに入っていません。1 の場合、現在のスレッドは書き込みモードに入ったが、再帰はしていません。n の場合、現在のスレッドは再帰的に n - 1 回書き込みモードに入りました。 + 2 + + + オプションのタイムアウトを表す整数を指定して、読み取りモードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドが読み取りモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、読み取りモードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドが読み取りモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機する間隔。無制限に待機する場合は -1 ミリ秒。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、アップグレード可能モードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、アップグレード可能モードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機する間隔。無制限に待機する場合は -1 ミリ秒。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、書き込みモードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドが書き込みモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、書き込みモードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドが書き込みモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機する間隔。無制限に待機する場合は -1 ミリ秒。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 読み取りモードでロックに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数を取得します。 + 読み取りモードに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数。 + 2 + + + アップグレード可能モードでロックに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数を取得します。 + アップグレード可能モードに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数。 + 2 + + + 書き込みモードでロックに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数を取得します。 + 書き込みモードに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数。 + 2 + + + リソースまたはリソースのプールに同時にアクセスできるスレッドの数を制限します。 + 1 + + + エントリ数の初期値と同時実行エントリの最大数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の最大数。 + + が より大きくなっています。 + + 1 より小さい値です。または が 0 未満です。 + + + エントリ数の初期値と同時実行エントリの最大数を指定し、オプションでシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の最大数。 + 名前付きシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前。 + + が より大きくなっています。または 260 文字を超えています。 + + 1 より小さい値です。または が 0 未満です。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きセマフォが存在しており、ユーザーに がありません。 + 名前付きセマフォを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。 + + + エントリ数の初期値と同時実行エントリの最大数を指定し、オプションでシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前を指定し、新しいシステム セマフォが作成されたかどうかを示す値を受け取る変数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 同時に満たされるセマフォの要求の初期数。 + 同時に満たされるセマフォの要求の最大数。 + 名前付きシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前。 + このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、ローカル セマフォが作成された場合 ( が null または空の文字列の場合)、または指定した名前付きシステム セマフォが作成された場合は true が格納されます。指定した名前付きシステム セマフォが既に存在する場合は false が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化せずに渡されます。 + + が より大きくなっています。または 260 文字を超えています。 + + 1 より小さい値です。または が 0 未満です。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きセマフォが存在しており、ユーザーに がありません。 + 名前付きセマフォを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。 + + + 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きセマフォを開きます。 + 名前付きシステム セマフォを表すオブジェクト。 + 開くシステム セマフォの名前。 + + が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。 + + は null です。 + 名前付きセマフォが存在しません。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きセマフォは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。 + 1 + + + + + + セマフォから出て、前のカウントを返します。 + + メソッドが呼び出される前のセマフォのカウント。 + セマフォのカウントは既に最大値です。 + 名前付きセマフォで Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、ユーザーに がありません。または現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、 で開かれませんでした。 + 1 + + + 指定した回数だけセマフォから出て、前のカウントを返します。 + + メソッドが呼び出される前のセマフォのカウント。 + セマフォから出る回数。 + + 1 より小さい値です。 + セマフォのカウントは既に最大値です。 + 名前付きセマフォで Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、ユーザーに 権限がありません。または現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、 権限で開かれませんでした。 + 1 + + + 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きセマフォを開き操作が成功したかどうかを示す値を返します。 + 名前付きのセマフォが正常に開かれた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 開くシステム セマフォの名前。 + このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、呼び出しに成功した場合は名前付きセマフォを表す オブジェクトが格納されます。呼び出しに失敗した場合は null が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化前として処理されます。 + + が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。 + + は null です。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きセマフォは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。 + + + カウントが既に最大値であるセマフォに対して メソッドが呼び出された場合にスローされる例外。 + 2 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定値で初期化します。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。 + + + リソースまたはリソースのプールに同時にアクセスできるスレッドの数を制限する の軽量版を表します。 + + + 同時に許可される要求の初期数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。 + + が 0 未満です。 + + + 同時に許可される要求の初期数および最大数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の最大数。 + + が 0 より小さいか、 が を超えているか、または が 0 以下です。 + + + セマフォの待機に使用できる を返します。 + セマフォの待機に使用できる です。 + + は破棄されています。 + + + + オブジェクトに入る、残りのスレッド数を取得します。 + セマフォに入る、残りのスレッド数。 + + + + クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。 + + + + が使用しているアンマネージ リソースを解放します。オプションとして、マネージ リソースを解放することもできます。 + マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。 + + + + のオブジェクトを一度解放します。 + + の前のカウント。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + は、既にその最大サイズに達しました。 + + + 指定された回数だけ、 オブジェクトを解放します。 + + の前のカウント。 + セマフォから出る回数。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + 1 より小さい値です。 + + は、既にその最大サイズに達しました。 + + + + に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + + タイムアウト値を 32 ビット符号付き整数で指定して、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、タイムアウト値を 32 ビット符号付き整数で指定して、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + インスタンスが破棄されている、または 作成 破棄されています。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 観察する トークン。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または 作成 既に破棄されています。 + + + + を使用してタイムアウトを指定し、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。 + semaphoreSlim インスタンスが破棄されました。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、タイムアウトを指定する を使用して、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。 + semaphoreSlim インスタンスが破棄されました。 を作成した は既に破棄されています。 + + + + に移行するために非同期に待機します。 + セマフォに入っているときに完了するタスク。 + + + 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。 + 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + + 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 を観察すると同時に、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。 + 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 観察する 。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が取り消されました。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。 + セマフォに入っているときに完了するタスク。 + 観察する トークン。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が取り消されました。 + + + + を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。 + 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します または タイムアウトは より大きい値です。 + + + + を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 を観察すると同時に、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。 + 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 観察する トークン。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表しますまたはタイムアウトは より大きい値です。 + + が取り消されました。 + + + メッセージを同期コンテキストにディスパッチするときに呼び出すメソッドを表します。 + デリゲートに渡されたオブジェクト。 + 2 + + + ロックが使用可能になるまで、ロックを取得しようとするスレッドがループの繰り返しチェック内で待機する相互排他ロック プリミティブを提供します。 + + + デバッグを向上させるためにスレッド ID を追跡するオプションを使用して、 構造体の新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + デバッグのためにスレッド ID をキャプチャして使用するかどうか。 + + + メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックを取得します。 + ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。 + + 引数は、Enter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。 + + + ロックを解放します。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドはこのロックの所有者ではありません。 + + + ロックを解放します。 + 終了操作を他のスレッドに直ちに発行するためにメモリ フェンスを発行する必要があるかどうかを示すブール値。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドはこのロックの所有者ではありません。 + + + ロックが現在いずれかのスレッドによって保持されているかどうかを取得します。 + ロックが現在いずれかのスレッドによって保持されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + + ロックが現在のスレッドによって保持されているかどうかを取得します。 + ロックが現在のスレッドによって保持されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が無効です。 + + + このインスタンスに対してスレッド所有権の追跡が有効になっているかどうかを取得します。 + このインスタンスに対してスレッド所有権の追跡が有効になっている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + + メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックの取得を試みます。 + ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。 + + 引数は、TryEnter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。 + + + メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックの取得を試みます。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + 引数は、TryEnter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。 + + + メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックの取得を試みます。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが ミリ秒を超えています。 + + 引数は、TryEnter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。 + + + スピンベースの待機のサポートを提供します。 + + + このインスタンスで が呼び出された回数を取得します。 + このインスタンスで が呼び出された回数を表す整数を返します。 + + + 次に を呼び出したときにプロセッサが生成され、強制的にコンテキストが切り替えられるかどうかを取得します。 + 次に を呼び出したときにプロセッサが生成され、強制的にコンテキストが切り替えられるかどうか。 + + + スピン カウンターをリセットします。 + + + 単一のスピンを実行します。 + + + 指定した条件が満たされるまで回転します。 + true を返すまで繰り返し実行されるデリゲート。 + + 引数が null です。 + + + 指定した条件が満たされるか、指定したタイムアウトが経過するまで回転します。 + タイムアウト内に条件が満たされた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + true を返すまで繰り返し実行されるデリゲート。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + + 引数が null です。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + + 指定した条件が満たされるか、指定したタイムアウトが経過するまで回転します。 + タイムアウト内に条件が満たされた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + true を返すまで繰り返し実行されるデリゲート。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す TimeSpan。 + + 引数が null です。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。 + + + 同期コンテキストをさまざまな同期モデルに反映させるための基本機能を提供します。 + 2 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを作成します。 + + + 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、同期コンテキストのコピーを作成します。 + 新しい オブジェクト。 + 2 + + + 現在のスレッドの同期コンテキストを取得します。 + 現在の同期コンテキストを表す オブジェクト。 + 1 + + + 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、操作の完了を伝える通知に応答します。 + + + 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、操作の開始を伝える通知に応答します。 + + + 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、非同期メッセージを同期コンテキストにディスパッチします。 + 呼び出す デリゲート。 + デリゲートに渡されたオブジェクト。 + 2 + + + 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、同期メッセージを同期コンテキストにディスパッチします。 + 呼び出す デリゲート。 + デリゲートに渡されたオブジェクト。 + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + 現在の同期コンテキストを設定します。 + 設定する オブジェクト + 1 + + + + + + 指定した Monitor でロックを所有していることが呼び出し元の条件となるメソッドを、そのロックを所有していない呼び出し元が呼び出した場合にスローされる例外です。 + 2 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定のプロパティを使用して初期化します。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。 + + + データのスレッド ローカル ストレージを提供します。 + スレッド単位で格納されるデータの型を指定します。 + + + + インスタンスを初期化します。 + + + + インスタンスを初期化します。 + インスタンスに設定されているすべての値を追跡し、それらの値を プロパティを通じて公開するかどうか。 + + + + 関数を指定して、 インスタンスを初期化します。 + 前もって初期化せずに を取得しようとすると、後で初期化された値を生成するために が呼び出されます。 + + が null 参照 (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) です。 + + + + 関数を指定して、 インスタンスを初期化します。 + 前もって初期化せずに を取得しようとすると、後で初期化された値を生成するために が呼び出されます。 + インスタンスに設定されているすべての値を追跡し、それらの値を プロパティを通じて公開するかどうか。 + + が null 参照 (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) です。 + + + + クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。 + + + この インスタンスによって使用されているリソースを解放します。 + + が呼び出されたことが原因でこのメソッドが呼び出されているかどうかを示すブール値。 + + + この インスタンスによって使用されているリソースを解放します。 + + + 現在のスレッドで が初期化されているかどうかを取得します。 + + が現在のスレッドで初期化される場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + インスタンスは破棄されています。 + + + 現在のスレッドのこのインスタンスの文字列形式を作成して返します。 + + で を呼び出した結果。 + + インスタンスは破棄されています。 + 現在のスレッドの は null 参照 (Visual Basic での Nothing) です。 + 初期化関数が、 を再帰的に参照しようとしました。 + 既定のコンストラクターが指定されず、値ファクトリが指定されていません。 + + + 現在のスレッドのこのインスタンスの値を取得または設定します。 + この ThreadLocal が初期化するオブジェクトのインスタンスを返します。 + + インスタンスは破棄されています。 + 初期化関数が、 を再帰的に参照しようとしました。 + 既定のコンストラクターが指定されず、値ファクトリが指定されていません。 + + + このインスタンスにアクセスした全スレッドによって現在格納されているすべての値のリストを取得します。 + このインスタンスにアクセスした全スレッドによって現在格納されているすべての値のリスト。 + + インスタンスは破棄されています。 + + + 不揮発性メモリの操作を実行するためのメソッドが含まれます。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定したフィールドからオブジェクト参照を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた への参照。この参照は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + 読み取るフィールドの型。この型は、値型ではなく、参照型である必要があります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前にメモリ操作が配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定したオブジェクト参照を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + オブジェクト参照を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込むオブジェクト参照。参照は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + 書き込むフィールドの型。この型は、値型ではなく、参照型である必要があります。 + + + 存在しないシステム ミューテックスまたはシステム セマフォを開こうとしたときにスローされる例外。 + 2 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定値で初期化します。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。 + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/ko/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/ko/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd5f63d87 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/ko/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1952 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + 스레드가 다른 스레드에서 해제하지 않고 종료하여 중단한 개체를 가져오면 throw되는 예외입니다. + 1 + + + 기본값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 중단된 뮤텍스의 지정된 인덱스 및 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체(해당 사항이 있을 경우)를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스이고, 또는 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 –1입니다. + 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지와 내부 예외를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지, 내부 예외, 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스 및 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체(해당 사항이 있을 경우)를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + + 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스이고, 또는 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 –1입니다. + 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지, 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스 및 중단된 뮤텍스(해당 사항이 있을 경우)를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + + 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스이고, 또는 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 –1입니다. + 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다. + + + 예외의 발생시킨 중단된 뮤텍스를 가져옵니다. + 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체이며, 중단된 뮤텍스를 식별할 수 없는 경우에는 null입니다. + 1 + + + 예외의 발생시킨 중단된 뮤텍스를 가져옵니다. + + 메서드에 전달된 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체의 인덱스이고, 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스를 식별할 수 없는 경우에는 –1입니다. + 1 + + + 비동기 메서드와 같은 지정된 비동기 제어 흐름에 로컬인 앰비언트 데이터를 나타냅니다. + 앰비언트 데이터의 형식입니다. + + + 변경 알림을 받지 않는 인스턴스를 인스턴스화합니다. + + + 변경 알림을 받는 로컬 인스턴스를 인스턴스화합니다. + 스레드에서 현재 값이 변경될 때마다 호출되는 대리자입니다. + + + 앰비언트 데이터의 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다. + 앰비언트 데이터의 값입니다. + + + 변경 알림을 등록하는 인스턴스에 데이터 변경 정보를 제공하는 클래스입니다. + 데이터 형식입니다. + + + 데이터의 현재 값을 가져옵니다. + 데이터의 현재 값입니다. + + + 데이터의 이전 값을 가져옵니다. + 데이터의 이전 값입니다. + + + 실행 컨텍스트가 변경되어 값이 변경되었는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다. + 실행 컨텍스트가 변경되어 값이 변경되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + 대기 중인 스레드에 이벤트가 발생했음을 알립니다.이 클래스는 상속될 수 없습니다. + 2 + + + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다. + + + 여러 작업이 여러 단계에 걸쳐 특정 알고리즘에서 병렬로 함께 작동할 수 있도록 합니다. + + + + 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 참여 스레드의 수입니다. + + 가 0보다 작거나 32,767보다 큰 경우 + + + + 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 참여 스레드의 수입니다. + 각 단계 후에 실행할 입니다. 아무 작업도 수행되지 않았음을 나타내기 위해 null(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing)이 전달될 수 있습니다. + + 가 0보다 작거나 32,767보다 큰 경우 + + + 추가 참가자가 있음을 에 알립니다. + 새 참가자가 처음으로 참여할 장벽의 단계 번호입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + 참가자를 추가하면 해당 장애물 참가자 수가 32,767을 초과하게 됩니다.또는이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다. + + + 추가 참가자가 있음을 에 알립니다. + 새 참가자가 처음으로 참여할 장벽의 단계 번호입니다. + 장벽에 추가할 추가 참가자의 수입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 0보다 작은 경우.또는 참가자를 추가하면 해당 장애물 참가자 수가 32,767을 초과하게 됩니다. + 이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다. + + + 장벽의 현재 단계 번호를 가져옵니다. + 장벽의 현재 단계 번호를 반환합니다. + + + + 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다. + 이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다. + + + + 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제합니다. + 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true이고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false입니다. + + + 장벽에 있는 참가자의 총 수를 가져옵니다. + 장벽에 있는 참가자의 총 수를 반환합니다. + + + 현재 단계에서 아직 신호를 받지 않은 장벽의 참가자 수를 가져옵니다. + 현재 단계에서 아직 신호를 받지 않은 장벽의 참가자 수를 반환합니다. + + + 참가자가 하나 감소함을 에 알립니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + 해당 장애물에 이미 0 참가자가 있습니다.또는이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다. + + + 참가자가 감소함을 에 알립니다. + 장벽에서 제거할 추가 참가자의 수입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 0보다 작은 경우. + 해당 장애물에 이미 0 참가자가 있습니다.또는이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다. 또는현재 참가자 수가 지정된 participantCount보다 작습니다. + 총 참가자 수가 지정된 보다 작습니다. + + + 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다. + 모든 참가 스레드가 SignalAndWait를 호출한 후에 Barrier의 단계 후 작업에서 예외가 throw되는 경우 예외가 BarrierPostPhaseException에서 래핑되고 모든 참가 스레드에서 throw됩니다. + + + 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다. + 지정된 시간 내에 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다. + 모든 참가 스레드가 SignalAndWait를 호출한 후에 Barrier의 단계 후 작업에서 예외가 throw되는 경우 예외가 BarrierPostPhaseException에서 래핑되고 모든 참가 스레드에서 throw됩니다. + + + 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 취소 토큰을 확인하면서 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다. + 지정된 시간 내에 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다. + + + 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 취소 토큰을 확인하면서 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다. + + + 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 개체를 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 다른 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다. + 다른 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 없거나, 32,767보다 큰 경우. + 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다. + + + 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 취소 토큰을 확인하면서 개체를 사용하여 시간 제한을 측정하여 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다. + 다른 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수인 경우 + 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다. + + + + 의 사후 단계 작업이 실패할 경우 throw되는 예외입니다. + + + 오류를 설명하는 시스템 제공 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 지정된 내부 예외를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. + + + 오류를 설명하는 지정된 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 맞게 지역화되었는지 확인하는 데 필요합니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 맞게 지역화되었는지 확인하는 데 필요합니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + + + 새 컨텍스트 내에서 호출될 메서드를 나타냅니다. + 콜백 메서드가 실행될 때마다 사용할 정보가 포함된 개체입니다. + 1 + + + 수가 0에 도달하는 경우 신호를 받는 동기화 기본 형식을 나타냅니다. + + + 지정된 수를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + 를 설정하는 데 처음 필요한 신호의 수입니다. + + 가 0보다 작은 경우 + + + + 의 현재 수를 1씩 늘립니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.또는가 보다 크거나 같은 경우 + + + + 의 현재 수를 지정된 값만큼 늘립니다. + + 를 늘릴 값입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 0보다 작거나 같은 경우 + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.또는개수가 만큼 증가된 후에 가 보다 크거나 같은 경우 + + + 이벤트를 설정하는 데 필요한 남아 있는 신호의 수를 가져옵니다. + 이벤트를 설정하는 데 필요한 남아 있는 신호의 수입니다. + + + + 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다. + + + + 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제합니다. + 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true이고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false입니다. + + + 이벤트를 설정하는 데 처음으로 필요한 신호의 수를 가져옵니다. + 이벤트를 설정하는 데 처음으로 필요한 신호의 수입니다. + + + 이벤트가 설정되었는지 여부를 확인합니다. + 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + + 를 의 값으로 다시 설정합니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + + + 속성을 지정된 값으로 재설정합니다. + + 를 설정하는 데 필요한 신호의 수입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 0보다 작은 경우 + + + + 의 값을 줄이면서 신호를 에 등록합니다. + 신호로 인해 수가 0에 도달하고 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다. + + + 지정된 양만큼 값을 줄이면서 여러 신호를 에 등록합니다. + 신호로 인해 수가 0에 도달하고 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 등록할 신호의 수입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 1보다 작은 경우. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다. -또는- 가 보다 큰 경우 + + + 하나씩 를 증가하려고 시도했습니다. + 늘렸으면 true이고 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.가 이미 0이면 이 메서드에서 false를 반환합니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 와 같은 경우 + + + 지정된 값만큼 를 증가하려고 시도했습니다. + 늘렸으면 true이고 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.가 이미 0이면 false를 반환합니다. + + 를 늘릴 값입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 0보다 작거나 같은 경우 + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.또는 + 가 보다 크거나 같은 경우 + + + + 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + + 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + + + 을 확인하면서 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 -또는- 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + + + 을 확인하면서 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 -또는- 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다. + + + + 으로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우. + + + + 을 확인하면서 으로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 -또는- 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우. + + + 이벤트가 설정될 때까지 대기하는 데 사용되는 을 가져옵니다. + 이벤트가 설정될 때까지 대기하는 데 사용되는 입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + + + 이 신호를 받은 후 자동이나 수동으로 다시 설정되는지 여부를 나타냅니다. + 2 + + + 신호를 받으면 이 스레드 하나를 해제한 후 자동으로 다시 설정됩니다.대기 중인 스레드가 없으면 은 스레드가 차단될 때까지 신호를 받은 상태로 유지되다가 스레드를 해제한 후 다시 설정됩니다. + + + 신호를 받으면 이 대기하는 스레드를 모두 해제하고 수동으로 다시 설정될 때까지 신호를 받은 상태로 유지됩니다. + + + 스레드 동기화 이벤트를 나타냅니다. + 2 + + + 대기 핸들의 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부와 대기 핸들을 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 여부를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다. + 이벤트를 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 결정하는 값 중 하나입니다. + + + 이 호출의 결과로 만들어진 대기 핸들의 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부, 대기 핸들을 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 여부 및 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름을 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 이벤트가 만들어진 경우 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고, 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다. + 이벤트를 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 결정하는 값 중 하나입니다. + 시스템 차원의 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다. + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 이벤트가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우 + 명명된 이벤트를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다. + + 이 260자보다 긴 경우 + + + 이 호출의 결과로 만들어진 대기 핸들의 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부, 대기 핸들을 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 여부, 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름 및 호출 후 명명된 시스템 이벤트가 만들어졌는지 여부를 나타내는 부울 변수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 이벤트가 만들어진 경우 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고, 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다. + 이벤트를 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 결정하는 값 중 하나입니다. + 시스템 차원의 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다. + 이 메서드가 반환될 때 로컬 이벤트가 만들어지거나(이 null 또는 빈 문자열) 명명된 지정 시스템 이벤트가 만들어지면 true가 포함되고 명명된 지정 시스템 이벤트가 이미 있으면 false가 포함됩니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 상태로 전달됩니다. + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 이벤트가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우 + 명명된 이벤트를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다. + + 이 260자보다 긴 경우 + + + 이미 있는 경우 지정한 명명된 동기화 이벤트를 엽니다. + 명명된 시스템 이벤트를 나타내는 개체입니다. + 열려는 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다. + + 이 빈 문자열인 경우 또는이 260자보다 긴 경우 + + 가 null입니다. + 명명된 시스템 이벤트가 없는 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 이벤트가 있지만 사용자에게 이 이벤트를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스 권한이 없는 경우 + 1 + + + + + + 스레드가 차단되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정합니다. + 작업이 성공적으로 수행되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + 메서드가 이 에 대해 이전에 호출된 경우 + 2 + + + 하나 이상의 대기 중인 스레드가 계속 진행되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정합니다. + 작업이 성공적으로 수행되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + 메서드가 이 에 대해 이전에 호출된 경우 + 2 + + + 지정된 명명된 synchronization 이벤트(이미 존재하는 경우)를 열고 작업이 성공적으로 수행되었는지를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다. + 명명된 동기화 이벤트를 열었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 열려는 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다. + 이 메서드가 반환될 때 호출이 성공적으로 실행된 경우 이름이 지정된 동기화 이벤트를 나타내는 개체를 포함하고 호출에 실패한 경우는 null을 포함해야 합니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 것으로 취급됩니다. + + 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는이 260자보다 긴 경우 + + 가 null입니다. + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 이벤트가 있지만 사용자에게 원하는 보안 액세스가 없는 경우 + + + 현재 스레드의 실행 컨텍스트를 관리합니다.이 클래스는 상속될 수 없습니다. + 2 + + + 현재 스레드에서 실행 컨텍스트를 캡처합니다. + 현재 스레드의 실행 컨텍스트를 나타내는 개체입니다. + 1 + + + 현재 스레드의 지정된 실행 컨텍스트에서 메서드를 실행합니다. + 설정할 입니다. + 제공된 실행 컨텍스트에서 실행할 메서드를 나타내는 대리자입니다. + 콜백 메서드로 전달할 개체입니다. + + 가 null입니다.또는캡처 작업을 통해 를 가져오지 않은 경우 또는가 이미 호출의 인수로 사용된 경우 + 1 + + + + + + 다중 스레드에서 공유하는 변수에 대한 원자 단위 연산을 제공합니다. + 2 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 두 32비트 정수를 더하고 첫 번째 정수를 합계로 바꿉니다. + + 에 저장된 새 값입니다. + 더할 첫 번째 값이 있는 변수입니다.두 값의 합계는 에 저장됩니다. + + 에서 정수에 더할 값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 두 64비트 정수를 더하고 첫 번째 정수를 합계로 바꿉니다. + + 에 저장된 새 값입니다. + 더할 첫 번째 값이 있는 변수입니다.두 값의 합계는 에 저장됩니다. + + 에서 정수에 더할 값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 두 배 정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 두 값 중 하나를 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다. + 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다. + + 의 값과 비교할 값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 두 개의 부호 있는 32비트 정수가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다. + 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다. + + 의 값과 비교할 값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 두 개의 부호 있는 64비트 정수가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다. + 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다. + + 의 값과 비교할 값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 두 플랫폼별 핸들이나 포인터가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 값과 비교되어 로 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상 입니다. + 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 입니다. + + 의 값과 비교할 입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 두 개체의 참조가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 개체를 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 대상 개체입니다. + 비교한 결과 같은 경우 대상 개체를 바꾸는 개체입니다. + + 의 개체와 비교할 개체입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 두 단정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다. + 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다. + + 의 값과 비교할 값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 지정된 참조 형식 의 두 인스턴스가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 두 값 중 하나를 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다.이것은 참조 매개 변수입니다. C#에서는 ref이고, Visual Basic에서는 ByRef입니다. + 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다. + + 의 값과 비교할 값입니다. + + , 및 에 사용될 형식입니다.이 형식은 참조 형식이어야 합니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 감소시키고 결과를 저장합니다. + 감소한 값입니다. + 값을 감소시킬 변수입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 감소시키고 결과를 저장합니다. + 감소한 값입니다. + 값을 감소시킬 변수입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 배정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 부호 있는 32비트 정수를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 부호 있는 64비트 정수를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 플랫폼별 핸들 또는 포인터를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 개체를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 참조를 원래 개체로 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 단정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 형식 의 변수를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.이것은 참조 매개 변수입니다. C#에서는 ref이고, Visual Basic에서는 ByRef입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + + 및 에 사용될 형식입니다.이 형식은 참조 형식이어야 합니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 증가시키고 결과를 저장합니다. + 증가한 값입니다. + 값을 증가시킬 변수입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 증가시키고 결과를 저장합니다. + 증가한 값입니다. + 값을 증가시킬 변수입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 다음과 같이 메모리 액세스를 동기화합니다. 현재 스레드를 실행하는 프로세서는 에 대한 호출 이전의 메모리 액세스가 에 대한 호출 이후의 메모리 액세스 뒤에 실행되는 방식으로 명령을 다시 정렬할 수 없습니다. + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 로드된 64비트 값을 반환합니다. + 로드된 값입니다. + 로드될 64비트 값입니다. + 1 + + + 초기화 지연 루틴을 제공합니다. + + + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 형식의 기본 생성자를 사용하여 대상 참조 형식을 초기화합니다. + 초기화된 형식의 참조입니다. + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조입니다. + 초기화할 참조의 형식입니다. + 형식 의 생성자에 액세스할 수 있는 권한이 없습니다. + 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우 + + + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 해당 기본 생성자를 사용하여 대상 참조 또는 값 형식을 초기화합니다. + 초기화된 형식의 값입니다. + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조 또는 값입니다. + 대상이 이미 초기화되었는지 여부를 결정하는 부울 값에 대한 참조입니다. + + 을 초기화할 때 상호 배타적인 잠금으로 사용할 개체에 대한 참조입니다.이 null이면 새 개체를 인스턴스화할 수 있습니다. + 초기화할 참조의 형식입니다. + 형식 의 생성자에 액세스할 수 있는 권한이 없습니다. + 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우 + + + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 지정된 함수를 사용하여 대상 참조 또는 값 형식을 초기화합니다. + 초기화된 형식의 값입니다. + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조 또는 값입니다. + 대상이 이미 초기화되었는지 여부를 결정하는 부울 값에 대한 참조입니다. + + 을 초기화할 때 상호 배타적인 잠금으로 사용할 개체에 대한 참조입니다.이 null이면 새 개체를 인스턴스화할 수 있습니다. + 참조 또는 값을 초기화하기 위해 호출되는 함수입니다. + 초기화할 참조의 형식입니다. + 형식 의 생성자에 액세스할 수 있는 권한이 없습니다. + 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우 + + + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 지정된 함수를 사용하여 대상 참조 형식을 초기화합니다. + 초기화된 형식의 값입니다. + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조입니다. + 참조를 초기화하기 위해 호출되는 함수입니다. + 초기화할 참조의 참조 형식입니다. + 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우 + + 가 null을 반환합니다(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing). + + + 잠금에 대한 재귀 정책과 맞지 않는 방식으로 잠금을 재귀적으로 시작할 때 throw되는 예외입니다. + 2 + + + 오류를 설명하는 시스템 제공 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 2 + + + 오류를 설명하는 지정된 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 따라 지역화되었는지 확인해야 합니다. + 2 + + + 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 따라 지역화되었는지 확인해야 합니다. + 현재 예외를 발생시킨 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + 2 + + + 동일한 스레드에서 잠금을 여러 번 시작할 수 있는지 여부를 지정합니다. + + + 스레드에서 잠금을 재귀적으로 시작하려고 하면 예외가 throw됩니다.이 설정을 적용하는 경우 일부 클래스에서 특정 재귀가 허용될 수도 있습니다. + + + 스레드에서 잠금을 재귀적으로 시작할 수 있습니다.일부 클래스에서는 이 기능이 제한될 수 있습니다. + + + 하나 이상의 대기 중인 스레드에 이벤트가 발생했음을 알립니다.이 클래스는 상속될 수 없습니다. + 2 + + + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다. + + + + 의 슬림 다운 버전을 제공합니다. + + + 신호 없음을 초기 상태로 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true이고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false입니다. + + + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지를 나타내는 부울 값과 지정된 회전 수를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true이고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false입니다. + 커널 기반의 대기 작업으로 대체하기 전에 수행되는 회전 대기 수입니다. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + + 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다. + + + + 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제할 수 있습니다. + 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true이고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false입니다. + + + 이벤트가 설정되었는지를 가져옵니다. + 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + 스레드가 차단되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정합니다. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 이벤트에서 대기 중인 하나 이상의 스레드가 계속 진행되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정합니다. + + + 커널 기반의 대기 작업으로 대체하기 전에 수행되는 회전 대기 수를 가져옵니다. + 커널 기반의 대기 작업으로 대체하기 전에 수행되는 회전 대기 수를 반환합니다. + + + 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + + 을 확인하면서 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + + 을 확인하면서 현재 이 신호를 받을 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + 확인할 입니다. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + + 으로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + + 을 확인하면서 으로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 이 의 내부 개체를 가져옵니다. + 이 에 대한 내부 이벤트 개체입니다. + + + 개체에 대한 액세스를 동기화하는 메커니즘을 제공합니다. + 2 + + + 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져옵니다. + 모니터 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 1 + + + 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정합니다. + 대기할 개체입니다. + 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다.예외가 발생하지 않는 경우 이 메서드의 출력은 항상 true입니다. + + 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우 + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + + + 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 해제합니다. + 잠금을 해제할 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 현재 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우 + 1 + + + 현재 스레드에 지정된 개체에 대한 잠금이 있는지 여부를 확인합니다. + 현재 스레드에 에 대한 잠금이 있으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 테스트할 개체입니다. + + 가 null인 경우 + + + 대기 중인 큐에 포함된 스레드에 잠겨 있는 개체의 상태 변경을 알립니다. + 스레드에서 기다리는 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우 + 1 + + + 대기 중인 모든 스레드에 개체 상태 변경을 알립니다. + 펄스를 보내는 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우 + 1 + + + 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오려고 했습니다. + 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 가져오면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 1 + + + 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정하려고 시도합니다. + 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다. + + 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우 + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + + + 지정된 시간(밀리초) 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오려고 했습니다. + 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 가져오면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + 잠금을 기다릴 밀리초 수입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + + 이 음수이고 와 같지 않은 경우 + 1 + + + 지정된 시간(밀리초) 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정하려고 시도합니다. + 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + 잠금을 기다릴 밀리초 수입니다. + 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다. + + 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우 + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + + 이 음수이고 와 같지 않은 경우 + + + 지정된 시간 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오려고 했습니다. + 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 가져오면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + 잠금을 기다리는 시간을 나타내는 입니다.-1밀리초 값은 무한 대기를 지정합니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + + 값(밀리초)이 음수이고 (–1밀리초)와 같지 않거나 보다 큰 경우 + 1 + + + 지정된 시간 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정하려고 시도합니다. + 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + 잠금을 대기할 시간입니다.-1밀리초 값은 무한 대기를 지정합니다. + 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다. + + 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우 + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + + 값(밀리초)이 음수이고 (–1밀리초)와 같지 않거나 보다 큰 경우 + + + 개체의 잠금을 해제한 다음 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + 지정된 개체 잠금을 호출자가 다시 가져와 호출이 반환되면 true입니다.잠금을 다시 가져오지 않으면 이 메서드는 반환하지 않습니다. + 대기할 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우 + Wait를 호출하는 스레드가 나중에 대기 상태에서 중단된 경우.이는 다른 스레드에서 이 스레드의 메서드를 호출할 때 발생합니다. + 1 + + + 개체의 잠금을 해제한 다음 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.지정된 시간 제한 간격이 지나면 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어갑니다. + 지정된 시간이 경과하기 전에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 true이고, 지정된 시간이 경과한 후에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 false입니다.이 메서드는 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 반환하지 않습니다. + 대기할 개체입니다. + 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어가기 전에 대기할 밀리초 수입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우 + Wait를 호출하는 스레드가 나중에 대기 상태에서 중단된 경우.이는 다른 스레드에서 이 스레드의 메서드를 호출할 때 발생합니다. + + 매개 변수의 값이 음이고 와 같지 않은 경우 + 1 + + + 개체의 잠금을 해제한 다음 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.지정된 시간 제한 간격이 지나면 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어갑니다. + 지정된 시간이 경과하기 전에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 true이고, 지정된 시간이 경과한 후에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 false입니다.이 메서드는 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 반환하지 않습니다. + 대기할 개체입니다. + 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어가기 전에 대기할 시간을 나타내는 입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우 + Wait를 호출하는 스레드가 나중에 대기 상태에서 중단된 경우.이는 다른 스레드에서 이 스레드의 메서드를 호출할 때 발생합니다. + + 매개 변수의 값(밀리초)이 음수이고 (-1밀리초)를 나타내지 않거나 보다 큰 경우 + 1 + + + 프로세스 간 동기화에 사용할 수도 있는 동기화 기본 형식입니다. + 1 + + + 기본 속성을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 호출한 스레드가 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 가져야 할지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 호출한 스레드에 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 부여하면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + 호출 스레드가 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 가져야 할지를 나타내는 부울 값과 뮤텍스 이름인 문자열을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 만들어지는 경우 호출한 스레드에 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 부여하려면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + 의 이름입니다.값이 null이면 이(가) 명명되지 않습니다. + 명명된 뮤텍스가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 뮤텍스를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다. + + 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + + 호출한 스레드가 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 가져야 할지를 나타내는 부울 값, 뮤텍스의 이름인 문자열 및 메서드에서 반환할 때 호출한 스레드에 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권이 부여되었는지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 만들어지는 경우 호출한 스레드에 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 부여하려면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + 의 이름입니다.값이 null이면 이(가) 명명되지 않습니다. + 이 메서드가 반환될 때 로컬 뮤텍스가 만들어진 경우(즉, 이(가) null이거나 빈 문자열인 경우)나 지정된 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 만들어진 경우에는 true인 부울이 포함되고, 지정된 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 이미 있는 경우에는 false이(가) 포함됩니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 상태로 전달됩니다. + 명명된 뮤텍스가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 뮤텍스를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다. + + 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + + 이미 있는 경우 지정한 명명된 뮤텍스를 엽니다. + 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다. + 열려는 시스템 뮤텍스의 이름입니다. + + 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + 가 null인 경우 + 명명된 뮤텍스가 없는 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 뮤텍스가 있지만 사용자에게 이 뮤텍스를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스 권한이 없는 경우 + 1 + + + + + + + 을(를) 한 번 해제합니다. + 호출한 스레드가 뮤텍스를 소유하지 않은 경우 + 1 + + + 지정한 명명된 뮤텍스(이미 존재하는 경우)를 열고 작업이 수행되었는지를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다. + 명명된 뮤텍스를 열었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 열려는 시스템 뮤텍스의 이름입니다. + 이 메서드가 반환될 때 호출이 성공적으로 실행된 경우 이름이 지정된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체를 포함하고 호출에 실패한 경우는 null을(를) 포함해야 합니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 것으로 처리됩니다. + + 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + 가 null인 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 뮤텍스가 있지만 사용자에게 이 뮤텍스를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스 권한이 없는 경우 + + + 여러 스레드에서 읽을 수 있도록 허용하거나 쓰기를 위한 단독 액세스를 허용하여 리소스에 대한 액세스를 관리하는 데 사용되는 잠금을 나타냅니다. + + + 기본 속성 값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 잠금 재귀 정책을 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 잠금 재귀 정책을 지정하는 열거형 값 중 하나입니다. + + + 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 고유 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다. + 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 고유 스레드의 총 개수입니다. + + + + 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다. + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 읽기 모드의 재귀 횟수를 줄이고, 결과 횟수가 0이 되면 읽기 모드를 종료합니다. + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + 업그레이드 가능 모드의 재귀 횟수를 줄이고, 결과 횟수가 0이 되면 업그레이드 가능 모드를 종료합니다. + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + 쓰기 모드의 재귀 횟수를 줄이고, 결과 횟수가 0이 되면 쓰기 모드를 종료합니다. + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작했는지를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 2 + + + 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작했는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 2 + + + 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작했는지를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 2 + + + 현재 개체에 대한 재귀 정책을 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다. + 잠금 재귀 정책을 지정하는 열거형 값 중 하나입니다. + + + 재귀를 확인하기 위해 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 횟수를 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드를 시작하지 않았으면 0이고, 스레드에서 읽기 모드를 시작했지만 재귀적으로 시작하지 않았으면 1이고, 스레드에서 재귀적으로 잠금을 n-1회 시작했으면 n입니다. + 2 + + + 재귀를 확인하기 위해 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작한 횟수를 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드를 시작하지 않았으면 0이고, 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드를 시작했지만 재귀적으로 시작하지 않았으면 1이고, 스레드에서 재귀적으로 업그레이드 가능 모드를 n-1회 시작했으면 n입니다. + 2 + + + 재귀를 확인하기 위해 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 횟수를 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드를 시작하지 않았으면 0이고, 스레드에서 쓰기 모드를 시작했지만 재귀적으로 시작하지 않았으면 1이고, 스레드에서 재귀적으로 쓰기 모드를 n-1회 시작했으면 n입니다. + 2 + + + 제한 시간(정수)을 선택적으로 적용하여 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + 호출하는 스레드에서 읽기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 -1()입니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + 호출하는 스레드에서 읽기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 간격이거나, 무기한 대기하려는 경우 -1밀리초입니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + 호출하는 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 -1()입니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + 호출하는 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 간격이거나, 무기한 대기하려는 경우 -1밀리초입니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + 호출하는 스레드에서 쓰기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 -1()입니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + 호출하는 스레드에서 쓰기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 간격이거나, 무기한 대기하려는 경우 -1밀리초입니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다. + 읽기 모드를 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수입니다. + 2 + + + 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다. + 업그레이드 가능 모드를 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수입니다. + 2 + + + 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다. + 쓰기 모드를 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수입니다. + 2 + + + 리소스 또는 리소스 풀에 동시에 액세스할 수 있는 스레드 수를 제한합니다. + 1 + + + 초기 항목 수 및 최대 동시 항목 수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 최대 요청 수입니다. + + 가 보다 큰 경우 + + 1 보다 작으면입니다.또는가 0보다 작은 경우 + + + 초기 항목 수 및 최대 동시 항목 수를 지정하고 선택적으로 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름을 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 최대 요청 수입니다. + 명명된 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름입니다. + + 가 보다 큰 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + 1 보다 작으면입니다.또는가 0보다 작은 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 세마포가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우 + 명명된 세마포를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다. + + + 초기 항목 수 및 최대 동시 항목 수를 지정하고, 선택적으로 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름을 지정하고, 새 시스템 세마포가 만들어졌는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 받을 변수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 동시에 충족될 수 있는 세마포의 초기 요청 수입니다. + 동시에 충족될 수 있는 세마포의 최대 요청 수입니다. + 명명된 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름입니다. + 이 메서드가 반환될 때 로컬 세마포가 만들어진 경우(즉, 이 null이거나 빈 문자열인 경우) 또는 지정한 명명된 시스템 세마포가 만들어진 경우에는 true가 포함되고, 지정한 명명된 시스템 세마포가 이미 있는 경우에는 false가 포함됩니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 상태로 전달됩니다. + + 가 보다 큰 경우 또는 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + 1 보다 작으면입니다.또는가 0보다 작은 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 세마포가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우 + 명명된 세마포를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다. + + + 이미 있는 경우 지정한 명명된 세마포를 엽니다. + 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내는 개체입니다. + 열려는 시스템 세마포의 이름입니다. + + 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + 가 null인 경우 + 명명된 세마포가 없는 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 세마포가 있지만 사용자에게 이 세마포를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스가 없는 경우 + 1 + + + + + + 세마포를 종료하고 이전 카운트를 반환합니다. + + 메서드가 호출되기 전의 세마포 카운트입니다. + 세마포 카운트가 이미 최대값인 경우 + 명명된 세마포에서 Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 사용자에게 가 없는 경우또는현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 세마포가 를 사용하여 열리지 않은 경우 + 1 + + + 지정된 횟수만큼 세마포를 종료하고 이전 카운트를 반환합니다. + + 메서드가 호출되기 전의 세마포 카운트입니다. + 세마포를 종료할 횟수입니다. + + 1 보다 작으면입니다. + 세마포 카운트가 이미 최대값인 경우 + 명명된 세마포에서 Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 사용자에게 권한이 없는 경우또는현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 세마포가 권한을 사용하여 열리지 않은 경우 + 1 + + + 지정한 명명된 세마포(이미 존재하는 경우)를 열고 작업이 성공했는지를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다. + 명명된 세마포를 열었으면 true이고, 그 열지 않았으면 false입니다. + 열려는 시스템 세마포의 이름입니다. + 이 메서드가 반환될 때 호출에 성공한 경우에는 명명된 세마포를 나타내는 개체를 포함하고 호출에 실패한 경우에는 null을 포함합니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 것으로 처리됩니다. + + 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + 가 null인 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 세마포가 있지만 사용자에게 이 세마포를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스가 없는 경우 + + + 카운트가 이미 최대값에 도달한 세마포에서 메서드를 호출하면 throw되는 예외입니다. + 2 + + + 기본값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + + + 리소스 또는 리소스 풀에 동시에 액세스할 수 있는 스레드 수를 제한하는 대신 사용할 수 있는 간단한 클래스를 나타냅니다. + + + 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다. + + 가 0보다 작은 경우 + + + 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 및 최대 요청 수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 최대 요청 수입니다. + + 가 0보다 작거나 가 보다 크거나 가 0보다 작거나 같은 경우. + + + 세마포에서 대기하는 데 사용할 수 있는 을(를) 반환합니다. + 세마포에서 대기하는 데 사용할 수 있는 입니다. + + 가 삭제된 경우 + + + + 개체에 들어갈 수 있는 남아 있는 스레드의 수를 가져옵니다. + 세마포에 들어갈 수 있는 남아 있는 스레드의 수입니다. + + + + 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다. + + + + 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제할 수 있습니다. + 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true로 설정하고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false로 설정합니다. + + + + 개체를 한 번 해제합니다. + + 의 이전 횟수입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 이미 최대 크기에 도달했습니다. + + + + 개체를 지정된 횟수만큼 해제합니다. + + 의 이전 횟수입니다. + 세마포를 종료할 횟수입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 1 보다 작으면입니다. + + 이 이미 최대 크기에 도달했습니다. + + + 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + + 제한 시간을 지정하는 부호 있는 32비트 정수를 사용하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다. + 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + + + 을(를) 확인하면서 제한 시간을 지정하는 부호 있는 32비트 정수를 사용하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다. + 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + 인스턴스가 삭제 또는 만든 가 삭제 되었습니다. + + + + 을(를) 확인하면서 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다. + 확인할 토큰입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우또는 만든 이미 삭제 되었습니다. + + + + (으)로 제한 시간을 지정하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다. + 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우. + semaphoreSlim 인스턴스가 삭제되었습니다 + + + + 을(를) 확인하면서 제한 시간을 지정하는 을(를) 사용하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다. + 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우. + semaphoreSlim 인스턴스가 삭제되었습니다을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다. + + + + (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다. + 세마포가 입력되었을 때 완료될 작업입니다. + + + 32비트 부호 있는 정수를 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다. + 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + + + 을(를) 관찰하는 동안 32비트 부호 있는 정수를 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다. + 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 취소되었습니다. + + + + 을(를) 관찰하는 동안 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다. + 세마포가 입력되었을 때 완료될 작업입니다. + 확인할 토큰입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 취소되었습니다. + + + + 을(를) 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다. + 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 또는 제한 시간이 보다 큰 경우 + + + + 을 관찰하는 동안 을(를) 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다. + 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 확인할 토큰입니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우또는제한 시간이 보다 큰 경우 + + 이 취소되었습니다. + + + 메시지가 동기화 컨텍스트로 디스패치될 때 호출할 메서드를 나타냅니다. + 대리자에 전달된 개체입니다. + 2 + + + 잠금을 얻으려는 스레드가 잠금을 사용할 수 있을 때까지 루프에서 반복적으로 확인하면서 대기하는 기본적인 상호 배타 잠금을 제공합니다. + + + 디버깅을 향상시키기 위해 스레드 ID를 추적하는 옵션을 사용하여 구조체의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 디버깅 용도로 스레드 ID를 캡처하고 사용할지 여부입니다. + + + 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으며 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다. + 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + + 인수는 Enter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다. + + + 잠금을 해제합니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이 잠금의 소유자가 아닙니다. + + + 잠금을 해제합니다. + 종료 작업을 다른 스레드에 즉시 게시하기 위해 메모리 펜스를 실행할지 여부를 나타내는 부울 값입니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이 잠금의 소유자가 아닙니다. + + + 스레드에서 현재 잠금을 보유하고 있는지 여부를 가져옵니다. + 스레드에서 현재 잠금을 보유하고 있으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 보유하고 있는지 여부를 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 보유하고 있으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적을 사용할 수 없습니다. + + + 이 인스턴스에 대해 스레드 소유권 추적이 사용되는지 여부를 가져옵니다. + 이 인스턴스에 대해 스레드 소유권 추적이 사용되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으려고 시도합니다. 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다. + 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + + 인수는 TryEnter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다. + + + 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으려고 시도합니다. 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + 인수는 TryEnter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다. + + + 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으려고 시도합니다. 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 밀리초보다 큰 경우. + + 인수는 TryEnter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다. + + + 회전 기반 대기를 지원합니다. + + + 이 인스턴스에서 가 호출된 횟수를 가져옵니다. + 이 인스턴스에서 가 호출된 횟수를 나타내는 정수를 반환합니다. + + + 다음 호출이 프로세서를 생성하여 강제 컨텍스트 전환을 트리거할지 여부를 가져옵니다. + 다음 호출이 프로세서를 생성하여 강제 컨텍스트 전환을 트리거할지 여부입니다. + + + 회전 수를 다시 설정합니다. + + + 단일 회전을 수행합니다. + + + 지정된 조건이 충족될 때까지 회전합니다. + true를 반환할 때까지 계속 실행되는 대리자입니다. + + 인수가 null인 경우 + + + 지정된 조건이 충족되거나 지정된 제한 시간이 만료될 때까지 회전합니다. + 제한 시간 내에 지정된 조건이 충족되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + true를 반환할 때까지 계속 실행되는 대리자입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + + 인수가 null인 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + + 지정된 조건이 충족되거나 지정된 제한 시간이 만료될 때까지 회전합니다. + 제한 시간 내에 지정된 조건이 충족되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + true를 반환할 때까지 계속 실행되는 대리자입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 TimeSpan입니다. + + 인수가 null인 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우. + + + 다양한 동기화 모델에서 동기화 컨텍스트를 전파하기 위한 기본 기능을 제공합니다. + 2 + + + + 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 만듭니다. + + + 파생 클래스에서 재정의된 경우 동기화 컨텍스트의 복사본을 만듭니다. + 새 개체입니다. + 2 + + + 현재 스레드의 동기화 컨텍스트를 가져옵니다. + 현재 동기화 컨텍스트를 나타내는 개체입니다. + 1 + + + 파생 클래스에서 재정의되면 작업이 완료되었음을 알리는 메시지에 응답합니다. + + + 파생 클래스에서 재정의되면 작업이 시작되었음을 알리는 메시지에 응답합니다. + + + 파생 클래스에서 재정의될 때 비동기 메시지를 동기화 컨텍스트로 디스패치합니다. + 호출할 대리자입니다. + 대리자에 전달된 개체입니다. + 2 + + + 파생 클래스에서 재정의될 때 동기 메시지를 동기화 컨텍스트로 디스패치합니다. + 호출할 대리자입니다. + 대리자에 전달된 개체입니다. + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + 현재 동기화 컨텍스트를 설정합니다. + 설정할 개체입니다. + 1 + + + + + + 메서드가 지정된 Monitor에 대해 잠금을 소유하도록 호출자에게 요구하지만 해당 잠금을 소유하지 않는 호출자가 해당 메서드를 호출할 때 throw되는 예외입니다. + 2 + + + 기본 속성을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + + + 데이터의 스레드 로컬 저장소를 제공합니다. + 스레드별로 저장되는 데이터의 형식을 지정합니다. + + + + 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + + 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 인스턴스에 설정된 모든 값을 추적하고 해당 값을 속성을 통해 노출할지 여부 + + + 지정된 함수를 사용하여 의 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + 를 이전에 초기화하지 않고 검색하려고 하는 경우 lazily-initialized 값을 생성하기 위해 호출되는 입니다. + + 는 null 참조(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing)입니다. + + + 지정된 함수를 사용하여 의 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + 를 이전에 초기화하지 않고 검색하려고 하는 경우 lazily-initialized 값을 생성하기 위해 호출되는 입니다. + 인스턴스에 설정된 모든 값을 추적하고 해당 값을 속성을 통해 노출할지 여부 + + 이 null 참조(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing)인 경우 + + + + 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다. + + + 이 인스턴스에서 사용하는 리소스를 해제합니다. + + 호출로 인해 이 메서드가 호출되는지 여부를 나타내는 부울 값입니다. + + + 이 인스턴스에서 사용하는 리소스를 해제합니다. + + + + 가 현재 스레드에서 초기화되었는지 여부를 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 가 초기화되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우 + + + 현재 스레드에 대한 이 인스턴스의 문자열 표현을 만들고 반환합니다. + + 에서 을 호출한 결과입니다. + + 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우 + 현재 스레드의 는 null 참조입니다(Visual Basic에서는 Nothing). + 초기화 함수는 를 재귀적으로 참조하려고 했습니다. + 기본 생성자가 제공되지 않으며 값 팩터리가 제공되지 않습니다. + + + 현재 인스턴스에 대한 이 인스턴스의 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다. + 이 ThreadLocal이 초기화를 담당하는 개체의 인스턴스를 반환합니다. + + 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우 + 초기화 함수는 를 재귀적으로 참조하려고 했습니다. + 기본 생성자가 제공되지 않으며 값 팩터리가 제공되지 않습니다. + + + 이 인스턴스에 액세스한 모든 스레드가 현재 저장한 모든 값의 목록을 가져옵니다. + 이 인스턴스에 액세스한 모든 스레드가 현재 저장한 모든 값의 목록입니다. + + 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우 + + + 휘발성 메모리 작업을 수행하기 위한 메서드가 포함되어 있습니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드에서 개체 참조를 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 에 대한 참조입니다.이 참조는 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + 읽을 필드의 형식입니다.이 형식은 값 형식이 아니라 참조 형식이어야 합니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 메모리 작업이 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 메모리 작업을 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 개체 참조를 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 개체 참조를 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 개체 참조입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 참조를 볼 수 있도록 참조를 즉시 씁니다. + 쓸 필드의 형식입니다.이 형식은 값 형식이 아니라 참조 형식이어야 합니다. + + + 존재하지 않는 시스템 뮤텍스 또는 세마포를 열려고 시도할 때 throw되는 예외입니다. + 2 + + + 기본값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/ru/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/ru/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ca30336b --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/ru/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1761 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + Исключение вызывается, когда некоторый поток получает объект , брошенный другим потоком путем выхода без высвобождения. + 1 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , используя конкретиый индекс брошенного мьютекса, (если применимо), а также объект , представляющий мьютекс. + Индекс брошенного мьютекса в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, если выдается исключение для метода , или –1, если исключение выдается для методов или . + Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения. + + + Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и внутренним исключением. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение вызывается в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , используя указанное сообщения об ошибке, внутреннее исключение, индекс брошенного мьютекса (если применимо), а также объект , представляющего мьютекс. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение вызывается в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + Индекс брошенного мьютекса в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, если выдается исключение для метода , или –1, если исключение выдается для методов или . + Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса указанным сообщением об ошибке, индексом брошенного мьютекса (если применимо), а также брошенным мьютексом. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения. + Индекс брошенного мьютекса в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, если выдается исключение для метода , или –1, если исключение выдается для методов или . + Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс. + + + Получает брошенный мьютекс, вызвавший исключение (если он известен). + Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс, или null, если брошенный мьютекс не может быть идентифицирован. + 1 + + + Получает индекс брошенного мьютекса, вызвавшего исключение (если он известен). + Индекс в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, передаваемый в метод , объекта , представляющего брошенный мьютекс, или же -1, если индекс брошенного мьютекса невозможно определить. + 1 + + + Представляет внешние данные, локальные для данного асинхронного потока управления, такие как асинхронный метод. + Тип внешних данных. + + + Создает экземпляр экземпляра , который не получает уведомления об изменениях. + + + Создает экземпляр локального экземпляра , который получает уведомления об изменениях. + Делегат, который вызывается при каждом изменении текущего значения в любом потоке. + + + Получает или задает значение внешних данных. + Значение внешних данных. + + + Класс, предоставляющий сведения об изменениях данных экземплярам , которые зарегистрированы для получения уведомлений об изменениях. + Тип данных. + + + Получает текущее значение данных. + Текущее значение данных. + + + Получает предыдущее значение данных. + Предыдущее значение данных. + + + Возвращает значение, указывающее, изменяется ли значение из-за изменения контекста выполнения. + Значение true, если значение изменено из-за изменения контекста выполнения; в противном случае — значение false. + + + Уведомляет ожидающий поток о том, что произошло событие.Этот класс не наследуется. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, нужно ли для начального состояния задать сигнальное значение. + + Значение true для задания начального состояния сигнальным; false для задания несигнального начального состояния. + + + Позволяет нескольким задачам параллельно работать с алгоритмом, используя несколько фаз. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса . + Количество участвующих потоков. + + меньше 0 или больше 32,767. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса . + Количество участвующих потоков. + + для исполнения после каждой фазы. Значение null (Nothing in Visual Basic) может быть передано, чтобы указать, что действия не предпринимаются. + + меньше 0 или больше 32,767. + + + Уведомляет о добавлении дополнительного участника. + Номер фазы барьера, в которой сначала участвуют новые участники. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Добавление участника приведет к превышению 32 767 счетчиком участников барьера.– или –Метод был вызван из действия после этапа. + + + Уведомляет барьер о добавлении дополнительных участников. + Номер фазы барьера, в которой сначала участвуют новые участники. + Число дополнительных участников, которых необходимо добавить в барьер. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Значение параметра меньше 0.– или –Добавление участников приведет к превышению 32 767 счетчиком участников барьера. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа. + + + Получает номер текущей фазы барьера. + Возвращает номер текущего этапа барьера. + + + Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса . + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа. + + + Освобождает неуправляемые (а при необходимости и управляемые) ресурсы, используемые объектом . + Значение true, чтобы освободить управляемые и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false, чтобы освободить только неуправляемые ресурсы. + + + Получает общее количество участников в барьере. + Возвращает общее количество участников в барьере. + + + Получает количество участников в барьере, которые еще не создали сигнал в текущей фазе. + Возвращает количество участников в барьере, которые еще не создали сигнал на текущем этапе. + + + Уведомляет о удалении одного участника. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Барьер уже содержит 0 участников.– или –Метод был вызван из действия после этапа. + + + Уведомляет барьер об удалении нескольких участников. + Число дополнительных участников, которых необходимо удалить из барьера. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Значение параметра меньше 0. + Барьер уже содержит 0 участников.– или –Метод был вызван из действия после этапа. – или –текущее количество участников меньше указанного participantCount + Общее число участников меньше указанного + + + Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера другими участниками. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников. + Если создается исключение из действия следующего этапа барьера после того, как все участвующие потоки вызвали SignalAndWait, исключение будет вставлено в BarrierPostPhaseException и создано для всех участвующих потоков. + + + Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания. + Значение true, если все участники достигли барьера за указанное время; в противном случае — значение false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников. + Если создается исключение из действия следующего этапа барьера после того, как все участвующие потоки вызвали SignalAndWait, исключение будет вставлено в BarrierPostPhaseException и создано для всех участвующих потоков. + + + Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен отмены. + Значение true, если все участники достигли барьера за указанное время; в противном случае — значение false + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников. + + + Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен отмены. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников. + + + Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя объект для измерения интервала времени. + Значение true, если все остальные участники достигли барьера; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + является отрицательным числом, отличным от значения -1 миллисекунды, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания, или превышает 32767. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников. + + + Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя объект для измерения интервала времени. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен отмены. + Значение true, если все остальные участники достигли барьера; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + является отрицательным числом, отличным от значения -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников. + + + Исключение, которое возникает при сбое действия барьера , выполняемого в конце фазы + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса системным сообщением, содержащим описание ошибки. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным внутренним исключением. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с использованием заданного сообщения, содержащего описание ошибки. + Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающий оператор этого конструктора необходим, чтобы убедиться, локализована ли данная строка для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение. + Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающий оператор этого конструктора необходим, чтобы убедиться, локализована ли данная строка для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + + + Представляет метод, вызываемый в новом контексте. + Объект, содержащий информацию, используемую всякий раз методом обратного вызова при каждом выполнении. + 1 + + + Представляет примитив синхронизации, на который отправляется сигнал при достижении его подсчетом нуля. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса указанным количеством. + Количество сигналов, первоначально необходимое для задания объекта . + Значение параметра меньше 0. + + + Увеличивает текущий подсчет на один. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Текущий экземпляр уже задан.– или –Значение параметра больше или равно значению свойства . + + + Увеличивает текущее количество в объекте на указанное значение. + Значение, на которое нужно увеличить . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Значение меньше или равно 0. + Текущий экземпляр уже задан.– или – равно или больше после увеличения счета параметром + + + Получает количество сигналов, оставшееся до установки события. + Количество сигналов, оставшееся до установки события. + + + Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса . + + + Освобождает неуправляемые (а при необходимости и управляемые) ресурсы, используемые объектом . + Значение true, чтобы освободить управляемые и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false, чтобы освободить только неуправляемые ресурсы. + + + Получает количество сигналов, изначально нужное для установки события. + Количество сигналов, изначально нужное для установки события. + + + Определяет, установлено ли событие. + Значение true, если событие установлено; в противном случае — значение false. + + + Сбрасывает свойство на значение свойства . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + + Присваивает свойству заданное значение. + Количество сигналов, необходимое для установки объекта . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Значение параметра меньше 0. + + + Регистрирует сигнал с событием , уменьшая значение свойства . + Значение true, если после сигнала подсчет стал равен нулю и было создано событие; в противном случае — значение false. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Текущий экземпляр уже задан. + + + Регистрирует несколько сигналов с объектом , уменьшая значение свойства на указанное число. + Значение true, если после сигналов подсчет стал равен нулю и было создано событие; в противном случае — значение false. + Количество сигналов, которое необходимо зарегистрировать. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Значение параметра меньше 1. + Текущий экземпляр уже задан. - или- Или значение больше . + + + Попытка увеличить на единицу. + Значение true, если увеличение выполнено успешно; в противном случае — значение false.Если значение свойства уже равно нулю, метод возвращает значение false. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + равно . + + + Пытается увеличить на указанное значение. + Значение true, если увеличение выполнено успешно; в противном случае — значение false.Если значение свойства уже равно нулю, возвращается значение false. + Значение, на которое нужно увеличить . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Значение меньше или равно 0. + Текущий экземпляр уже задан.– или –Значение свойства + больше или равно значению свойства . + + + Блокирует текущий поток до установки . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не установлен объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания. + Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен . + Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. — или — , создавший , был удален. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + + + Блокирует текущий поток, пока не будет установлено , в то же время контролируя . + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. — или — , создавший , был удален. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен объект , используя значение для измерения времени ожидания. + Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше . + + + Блокирует текущий поток, пока не будет установлен объект , используя значение для измерения времени ожидания. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен . + Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. — или — , создавший , был удален. + + является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше . + + + Получает дескриптор , используемый для ожидания установки события. + Дескриптор , используемый для ожидания установки события. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + + Указывает, сбрасывается ли автоматически или вручную после получения сигнала. + 2 + + + При получении сигнала сбрасывается автоматически после освобождения одиночного потока.При отсутствии ожидающих потоков остается сигнальным до тех пор, пока поток не блокируется и не сбрасывается после освобождения потока. + + + При получении сигнала, высвобождает все ожидающие потоки и остается сигнальным до тех пор, пока не сбрасывается вручную. + + + Представляет синхронизированное событие потока. + 2 + + + Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса , определяя, получает ли сигнал, ожидающий дескриптор, и производится ли сброс автоматически или вручную. + Значение true для задания начального состояния сигнальным; false для задания несигнального начального состояния. + Одно из значений определяет, сбрасывается ли событие автоматически или вручную. + + + Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса , определяющего получает ли сигнал дескриптор ожидания, если он был создан в результате данного вызова, сбрасывается ли он автоматически или вручную, а также имя системного события синхронизации. + true, чтобы задать сигнальное начальное состояние, если создано названное событие в результате этого вызова; false, чтобы задать несигнальное начальное состояние. + Одно из значений определяет, сбрасывается ли событие автоматически или вручную. + Имя общесистемного события синхронизации. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованное событие существует, имеет настройки управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав . + Именованное событие не может быть создано, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя. + Длина параметра превышает 260 символов. + + + Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса , определяющего, является ли дескриптор ожидания изначально сигнальным, если он был создан в результате данного вызова, происходит ли сброс автоматически или вручную, имя системного события синхронизации и логическую переменную, значение которой показывает, было ли создано системное именованное событие. + true, чтобы задать сигнальное начальное состояние, если создано названное событие в результате этого вызова; false, чтобы задать несигнальное начальное состояние. + Одно из значений определяет, сбрасывается ли событие автоматически или вручную. + Имя общесистемного события синхронизации. + Когда данный метод возвращает значение, он содержит true, если было создано локальное событие (то есть, если имеет значение null или пустую строку) или было создано системное событие с заданным именем; либо значение false, если указанное именованное событие уже существовало.Этот параметр передается без инициализации. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованное событие существует, имеет настройки управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав . + Именованное событие не может быть создано, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя. + Длина параметра превышает 260 символов. + + + Открывает указанное именованное событие синхронизации, если оно уже существует. + Объект, представляющий именованное системное событие. + Имя системного события синхронизации для открытия. + Параметр содержит пустую строку. -или-Длина параметра превышает 260 символов. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Именованное системное событие не существует. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованное событие существует, но у пользователя нет необходимых для его использования прав доступа. + 1 + + + + + + Задает несигнальное состояние события, вызывая блокирование потоков. + true, если операция прошла успешно; в противном случае — false. + Для данного объекта ранее вызывался метод . + 2 + + + Задает сигнальное состояние события, позволяя одному или нескольким ожидающим потокам продолжить. + true, если операция прошла успешно; в противном случае — false. + Для данного объекта ранее вызывался метод . + 2 + + + Открывает указанное именованное событие синхронизации, если оно уже существует, и возвращает значение, указывающее, успешно ли выполнена операция. + Значение true, если именованное событие синхронизации было успешно открыто; в противном случае — значение false. + Имя системного события синхронизации для открытия. + Когда выполнение этого метода завершается, содержит объект , представляющий именованное событие синхронизации, если вызов завершился успешно, или значение null, если вызов завершился ошибкой.Этот параметр обрабатывается как неинициализированный. + Параметр содержит пустую строку.-или-Длина параметра превышает 260 символов. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованное событие существует, но у пользователя нет требуемых прав доступа. + + + Управляет контекстом выполнения текущего потока.Этот класс не наследуется. + 2 + + + Перехватывает контекст выполнения из текущего потока. + Объект , представляющий контекст выполнения хоста для текущего потока. + 1 + + + Выполняет метод в указанном контексте выполнения в текущем потоке. + Задаваемый . + Делегат , представляющий выполняемый метод в предоставленном контексте выполнения. + Данный объект передается в метод обратного вызова. + Параметр имеет значение null.– или – не был получен во время операции отслеживания. – или – уже использовался в качестве аргумента в вызове . + 1 + + + + + + Предоставляет атомарные операции для переменных, используемых совместно несколькими потоками. + 2 + + + Добавляет два 32-разрядных целых числа и заменяет первое число на сумму в виде атомарной операции. + Новое значение сохраняется в . + Переменная, содержащая первое добавляемое значение.Сумма двух значений сохраняется в . + Значение, добавляемое к целому в . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Добавляет два 64-разрядных целых числа и заменяет первое число на сумму в виде атомарной операции. + Новое значение сохраняется в . + Переменная, содержащая первое добавляемое значение.Сумма двух значений сохраняется в . + Значение, добавляемое к целому в . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два числа с плавающей запятой двойной точности на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое значение. + Исходное значение в . + Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено. + Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Значение сравнивается со значением . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два 32-разрядных целых числа со знаком на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое. + Исходное значение в . + Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено. + Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Значение сравнивается со значением . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два 64-разрядных целых числа со знаком на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое. + Исходное значение в . + Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено. + Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Значение сравнивается со значением . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два зависящих от платформы обработчика или указателя на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое из значений. + Исходное значение в . + Целевое значение , которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено . + Значение , которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Значение , которое сравнивается со значением . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два объекта на равенство ссылок и, если они равны, заменяет первый объект. + Исходное значение в . + Целевой объект, который будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменен. + Объект, который заменит целевой объект, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Объект, который сравнивается с объектом в . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два числа с плавающей запятой с обычной точностью на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое значение. + Исходное значение в . + Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено. + Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Значение сравнивается со значением . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два экземпляра указанного ссылочного типа на равенство и, если это так, заменяет первый из них. + Исходное значение в . + Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено.Это ссылочный параметр (ref в C#, ByRef в Visual Basic). + Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Значение сравнивается со значением . + Тип, используемый для , и .Этот тип должен быть ссылочным типом. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Уменьшает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции. + Уменьшаемое значение. + Переменная, у которой уменьшается значение. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Уменьшает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции. + Уменьшаемое значение. + Переменная, у которой уменьшается значение. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Задает число с плавающей запятой с двойной точностью указанным значением в виде атомарной операции и возвращает исходное значение. + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением. + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Присваивает 32-разрядному целому числу со знаком заданное значение и возвращает исходное значение в виде атомарной операции. + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением. + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Присваивает 64-разрядному целому числу со знаком заданное значение и возвращает исходное значение в виде атомарной операции. + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением. + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Задает указатель или обработчик, зависящий от платформы в виде атомарной операции, и возвращает ссылку на исходное значение. + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением. + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Задает объект указанным значением в виде атомарной операции и возвращает ссылку на исходный объект. + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением. + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Задает число с плавающей запятой с одинарной точностью указанным значением в виде атомарной операции и возвращает исходное значение. + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением. + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Задает определенное значение для переменной указанного типа и возвращает исходное значение (атомарная операция). + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.Это ссылочный параметр (ref в C#, ByRef в Visual Basic). + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + Тип, используемый для и .Этот тип должен быть ссылочным типом. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Увеличивает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции. + Увеличиваемое значение. + Переменная, у которой увеличивается значение. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Увеличивает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции. + Увеличиваемое значение. + Переменная, у которой увеличивается значение. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Синхронизирует доступ к памяти следующим образом: процессор, выполняющий текущий поток, не способен упорядочить инструкции так, чтобы обращения к памяти до вызова метода выполнялись после обращений к памяти, следующих за вызовом метода . + + + Возвращает 64-разрядное значение, загруженное в виде атомарной операции. + Загруженное значение. + Загружаемое 64-разрядное значение. + 1 + + + Обеспечивает процедуры неактивной инициализации. + + + Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип его конструктором типа по умолчанию, если он еще не инициализирован. + Инициализируемая ссылка типа . + Ссылка типа , которую необходимо инициализировать, если она еще не инициализирована. + Тип инициализируемой ссылки. + Разрешения на доступ к конструктору типа отсутствовали. + Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип или тип значения его конструктором по умолчанию, если он еще не инициализирован. + Инициализированное значение типа . + Ссылка или значение типа , которое необходимо инициализировать, если оно еще не инициализировано. + Ссылка на логическое значение, определяющее, инициализирована ли цель. + Ссылка на объект, используемый как взаимоисключающая блокировка для инициализации параметра .Если равно null, то нового объект будет создан экземпляр. + Тип инициализируемой ссылки. + Разрешения на доступ к конструктору типа отсутствовали. + Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип или тип значения с использованием указанной функцией, если он еще не инициализирован. + Инициализированное значение типа . + Ссылка или значение типа , которое необходимо инициализировать, если оно еще не инициализировано. + Ссылка на логическое значение, определяющее, инициализирована ли цель. + Ссылка на объект, используемый как взаимоисключающая блокировка для инициализации параметра .Если равно null, то нового объект будет создан экземпляр. + Функция, которая вызывается для инициализации ссылки или значения. + Тип инициализируемой ссылки. + Разрешения на доступ к конструктору типа отсутствовали. + Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип с использованием указанной функцией, если он еще не инициализирован. + Инициализированное значение типа . + Ссылка типа , которую необходимо инициализировать, если она еще не инициализирована. + Функция, которая вызывается для инициализации ссылки. + Ссылочный тип инициализируемой ссылки. + Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию. + + вернул значение NULL (Nothing в Visual Basic). + + + Исключение генерируется, когда рекурсивная запись блокировки не совпадает с рекурсивной политикой блокировки. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса системным сообщением, содержащим описание ошибки. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с использованием заданного сообщения, содержащего описание ошибки. + Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающему объекту этого конструктора необходимо убедиться, что эта строка локализована для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение. + Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающему объекту этого конструктора необходимо убедиться, что эта строка локализована для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + 2 + + + Указывает, можно ли несколько раз войти в блокировку из одного и того же потока. + + + Если поток пытается войти в блокировку рекурсивно, выдается ошибка.Некоторые классы могут допускать определенные виды рекурсий при активированном параметре. + + + Допускается рекурсивный вход потока в блокировку.Некоторые классы могут игнорировать эту возможность. + + + Уведомляет один или более ожидающих потоков о том, что произошло событие.Этот класс не наследуется. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, показывающим наличие сигнального состояния. + Значение true для задания начального состояния сигнальным; false для задания несигнального начального состояния. + + + Предоставляет уменьшенную версию . + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса начальным состоянием nonsignaled. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, нужно ли для начального состояния задать сигнальное значение. + значение true для задания начального сигнального состояния; значение false для задания начального несигнального состояния. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, нужно ли для начального состояния задать сигнальное значение, а также указанным числом прокруток. + Значение true для задания начального сигнального состояния; значение false для задания начального несигнального состояния. + Число ожиданий прокруток до возврата к операции ожидания на основе ядра. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса . + + + Освобождает неуправляемые (а при необходимости и управляемые) ресурсы, используемые объектом . + Значение true, чтобы освободить управляемые и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false, чтобы освободить только неуправляемые ресурсы. + + + Получает значение, указывающее, установлено ли событие. + Значение true, если событие установлено; в противном случае — значение false. + + + Задает несигнальное состояние события, вызывая блокирование потоков. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Устанавливает несигнальное состояние события, позволяя продолжить выполнение одному или нескольким потокам, ожидающим событие. + + + Получает число ожиданий прокруток, которые произойдут до возврата к операции ожидания на основе ядра. + Возвращает число ожиданий прокруток, которые произойдут до возврата к операции ожидания на основе ядра. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до установки текущего объекта . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не установлен текущий объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения интервала времени. + Значение true, если выполнялась установка ; в противном случае — false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен текущий объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения интервала времени. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен . + Значение true, если выполнялась установка ; в противном случае — значение false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до получения сигнала текущим объектом . Кроме того, метод контролирует токен . + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Блокирует текущий поток, пока не будет установлен текущий объект , используя объект для измерения интервала времени. + Значение true, если выполнялась установка ; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен текущий объект , используя значение для измерения интервала времени. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен . + Значение true, если был задан; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Возвращает базовый объект для данного . + Базовый объект события для данного объекта . + + + Предоставляет механизм для синхронизации доступа к объектам. + 2 + + + Получает эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта. + Объект, для которого получается блокировка монитора. + Параметр имеет значение null. + 1 + + + Получает монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка. + Объект, в котором следует ожидать. + Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение.Примечание. Если исключение не возникает, выходное значение этого метода всегда true. + Входное значение параметра — true. + Параметр имеет значение null. + + + Освобождает эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта. + Объект, блокировка которого освобождается. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Данный поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта. + 1 + + + Определяет, содержит ли текущий поток блокировку указанного объекта. + Значение true, если текущий поток владеет блокировкой в ; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект для тестирования. + Свойство имеет значение null. + + + Уведомляет поток в очереди готовности об изменении состояния объекта с блокировкой. + Объект, ожидаемый потоком. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта. + 1 + + + Уведомляет все ожидающие потоки об изменении состояния объекта. + Объект, посылающий импульс. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта. + 1 + + + Пытается получить эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта. + Значение true, если текущий поток получает блокировку; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект, блокировка которого получается. + Параметр имеет значение null. + 1 + + + Пытается получить монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка. + Объект, блокировка которого получается. + Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение. + Входное значение параметра — true. + Параметр имеет значение null. + + + Пытается получить эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта на заданное количество миллисекунд. + Значение true, если текущий поток получает блокировку; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект, блокировка которого получается. + Количество миллисекунд, в течение которых ожидать блокировку. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Значение параметра отрицательно и не равно . + 1 + + + В течение заданного количества миллисекунд пытается получить монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка. + Объект, блокировка которого получается. + Количество миллисекунд, в течение которых ожидать блокировку. + Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение. + Входное значение параметра — true. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Значение параметра отрицательно и не равно . + + + Пытается получить эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта в течение заданного количества времени. + Значение true, если текущий поток получает блокировку; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект, блокировка которого получается. + Класс , представляющий количество времени, в течение которого ожидается блокировка.Значение –1 миллисекунды обозначает бесконечное ожидание. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Значение в миллисекундах отрицательно и не равно (–1 миллисекунда), или больше чем . + 1 + + + В течение заданного периода времени пытается получить монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка. + Объект, блокировка которого получается. + Период времени, в течение которого ожидается блокировка.Значение -1 обозначает бесконечное ожидание. + Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение. + Входное значение параметра — true. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Значение в миллисекундах отрицательно и не равно (–1 миллисекунда), или больше чем . + + + Освобождает блокировку объекта и блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока тот не получит блокировку снова. + true, если вызов осуществил возврат из-за того, что вызывающий поток заново получил блокировку заданного объекта.Этот метод не осуществляет возврат, если блокировка вновь не получена. + Объект, в котором следует ожидать. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта. + Поток, который вызывает Wait, позже прерывается из состояния ожидания.Это происходит, когда другой поток вызывает метод данного потока. + 1 + + + Освобождает блокировку объекта и блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока тот не получит блокировку снова.Если указанные временные интервалы истекают, поток встает в очередь готовности. + Значение true, если блокировка была получена заново до истечения заданного времени; значение false, если блокировка была получена заново по истечении заданного времени.Этот метод не осуществляет возврат, если блокировка не была получена. + Объект, в котором следует ожидать. + Количество миллисекунд для ожидания постановки в очередь готовности. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта. + Поток, который вызывает Wait, позже прерывается из состояния ожидания.Это происходит, когда другой поток вызывает метод данного потока. + Значение параметра отрицательно и не равно . + 1 + + + Освобождает блокировку объекта и блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока тот не получит блокировку снова.Если указанные временные интервалы истекают, поток встает в очередь готовности. + Значение true, если блокировка была получена заново до истечения заданного времени; значение false, если блокировка была получена заново по истечении заданного времени.Этот метод не осуществляет возврат, если блокировка не была получена. + Объект, в котором следует ожидать. + Класс , представляющий количество времени, до истечения которого поток поступает в очередь ожидания. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта. + Поток, который вызывает Wait, позже прерывается из состояния ожидания.Это происходит, когда другой поток вызывает метод данного потока. + Значение параметра в миллисекундах отрицательно и не равно (–1 миллисекунда), или больше чем . + 1 + + + Примитив синхронизации, который также может использоваться в межпроцессной синхронизации. + 1 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса стандартными свойствами. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, должен ли вызывающий поток быть изначальным владельцем мьютекса. + Значение true для предоставления вызывающему потоку изначального владения мьютексом; в противном случае — false. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, должен ли вызывающий поток быть изначальным владельцем мьютекса, а также иметь строку, являющуюся именем мьютекса. + Значение true для предоставления вызывающему потоку изначального владения именованным системным мьютексом, если этот мьютекс создан данным вызовом; в противном случае — значение false. + Имя .Если значение равно null, у объекта нет имени. + Именованный мьютекс существует, имеет безопасность управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав . + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный мьютекс не может быть создан; вероятно, дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя. + + длиннее 260 символов. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, должен ли вызывающий поток быть изначальным владельцем мьютекса, иметь строку, являющуюся именем мьютекса, и логическое значение, которое при возврате метода показывает, предоставлено ли вызывающему потоку изначальное владение мьютексом. + Значение true для предоставления вызывающему потоку изначального владения именованным системным мьютексом, если этот мьютекс создан данным вызовом; в противном случае — значение false. + Имя .Если значение равно null, у объекта нет имени. + При возврате из метода содержит логическое значение true, если был создан локальный мьютекс (то есть, если параметр имеет значение null или содержит пустую строку) или был создан именованный системный мьютекс; значение false, если указанный именованный системный мьютекс уже существует.Этот параметр передается неинициализированным. + Именованный мьютекс существует, имеет безопасность управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав . + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный мьютекс не может быть создан; вероятно, дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя. + + длиннее 260 символов. + + + Открывает указанный именованный мьютекс, если он уже существует. + Объект, представляющий именованный системный мьютекс. + Имя системного мьютекса для открытия. + Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов. + Свойство имеет значение null. + Именованный мьютекс не существует. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный мьютекс существует, но у пользователя нет необходимой для его использования безопасности доступа. + 1 + + + + + + Освобождает объект один раз. + Вызывающий поток не является владельцем мьютекса. + 1 + + + Открывает указанный именованный мьютекс, если он уже существует, и возвращает значение, указывающее, успешно ли выполнена операция. + Значение true, если именованный мьютекс был успешно открыт; в противном случае — значение false. + Имя системного мьютекса для открытия. + Когда выполнение этого метода завершается, содержит объект , представляющий именованный мьютекс, если вызов завершился успешно, или значение null, если произошел сбой вызова.Этот параметр обрабатывается как неинициализированный. + Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов. + Свойство имеет значение null. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный мьютекс существует, но у пользователя нет необходимой для его использования безопасности доступа. + + + Представляет блокировку, используемую для управления доступом к ресурсу, которая позволяет нескольким потокам производить считывание или получать монопольный доступ на запись. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями свойств по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанием политики рекурсии блокировок. + Одно из значений перечисления, определяющее политику рекурсии блокировки. + + + Получает общее количество уникальных потоков, вошедших в блокировку в режиме чтения. + Количество уникальных потоков, вошедших в блокировку в режиме чтения. + + + Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса . + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + Пытается выполнить вход в блокировку в режиме чтения. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается выполнить вход в блокировку в обновляемом режиме. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается выполнить вход в блокировку в режиме записи. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Уменьшает счетчик глубины рекурсии для режима чтения и выходит из режима чтения, если счетчик принял значение 0 (нуль). + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + Уменьшает счетчик глубины рекурсии для обновляемого режима и выходит из обновляемого режима, если счетчик принял значение 0 (нуль). + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + Уменьшает счетчик глубины рекурсии для режима записи и выходит из режима записи, если счетчик принял значение 0 (нуль). + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + Получает значение, указывающее, вошел ли текущий поток в блокировку в режиме чтения. + Значение true, если текущий поток вошел в режим чтения; в противном случае false. + 2 + + + Возвращает значение, указывающее, вошел ли текущий поток в блокировку в обновляемом режиме. + Значение true, если текущий поток вошел в обновляемый режим; в противном случае false. + 2 + + + Получает значение, указывающее, вошел ли текущий поток в блокировку в режиме записи. + Значение true, если текущий поток вошел в режим записи; в противном случае false. + 2 + + + Возвращает значение, указывающее политику рекурсии для текущего объекта . + Одно из значений перечисления, определяющее политику рекурсии блокировки. + + + Получает количество раз, которые текущий поток входил в блокировку в режиме чтения, как показатель рекурсии. + 0 (нуль), если текущий поток не вошел в режим чтения, 1, если поток вошел в режим чтения, но не рекурсивно, или n, если поток вошел в блокировку рекурсивно n - 1 раз. + 2 + + + Получает количество раз, которые текущий поток входил в блокировку в обновляемом режиме, как показатель рекурсии. + 0 (нуль), если текущий поток не вошел в обновляемый режим, 1, если поток вошел в обновляемый режим, но не рекурсивно, или n, если поток вошел в обновляемый режим рекурсивно n - 1 раз. + 2 + + + Получает количество раз, которые текущий поток входил в блокировку в режиме записи, как показатель рекурсии. + 0 (нуль), если текущий поток, не вошел в режим записи, 1, если поток вошел в режим записи, но не рекурсивно, или n, если поток вошел в режим записи рекурсивно n - 1 раз. + 2 + + + Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме чтения с необязательным указанием времени ожидания целым числом. + Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим чтения; в противном случае false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или -1 () в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме чтения с необязательным указанием времени ожидания. + Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим чтения; в противном случае false. + Период ожидания или значение -1 миллисекунда для ожидания в течение неограниченного времени. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается войти в блокировку в обновляемом режиме с необязательным указанием времени ожидания. + Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в обновляемый режим; в противном случае false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или -1 () в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается войти в блокировку в обновляемом режиме с необязательным указанием времени ожидания. + Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в обновляемый режим; в противном случае false. + Период ожидания или значение -1 миллисекунда для ожидания в течение неограниченного времени. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме записи с необязательным указанием времени ожидания. + Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим записи; в противном случае false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или -1 () в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме записи с необязательным указанием времени ожидания. + Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим записи; в противном случае false. + Период ожидания или значение -1 миллисекунда для ожидания в течение неограниченного времени. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Получает общее количество потоков, ожидающих вхождения в блокировку в режиме чтения. + Общее количество потоков, ожидающих вхождения в режим чтения. + 2 + + + Получает общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в блокировку в обновляемом режиме. + Общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в обновляемый режим. + 2 + + + Получает общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в блокировку в режиме записи. + Общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в режим записи. + 2 + + + Ограничивает число потоков, которые могут одновременно получать доступ к ресурсу или пулу ресурсов. + 1 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , задающий начальное количество входов и максимальное количество одновременных входов. + Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно. + Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть обеспеченно одновременно. + Значение больше значения . + + имеет значение меньше 1.-или-Значение параметра меньше 0. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , задающий начальное количество входов и максимальное количество одновременных входов, а также при необходимости имя объекта системного семафора. + Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно. + Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть обеспеченно одновременно. + Имя объекта именованного системного семафора. + Значение больше значения .-или- длиннее 260 символов. + + имеет значение меньше 1.-или-Значение параметра меньше 0. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный семафор существует, имеет параметры безопасности управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав . + Именованный семафор не может быть создан, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , задающий начальное количество входов и максимальное количество одновременных входов, а также при необходимости задающий имя объекта системного семафора и переменную, получающую значение, которое указывает, был ли создан новый системный семафор. + Начальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть удовлетворено одновременно. + Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть удовлетворено одновременно. + Имя объекта именованного системного семафора. + При возврате этот метод содержит значение true, если был создан локальный семафор (то есть если параметр имеет значение null или содержит пустую строку) или был создан заданный именованный системный семафор; значение false, если указанный именованный семафор уже существовал.Этот параметр передается неинициализированным. + Значение больше значения . -или- длиннее 260 символов. + + имеет значение меньше 1.-или-Значение параметра меньше 0. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный семафор существует, имеет параметры безопасности управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав . + Именованный семафор не может быть создан, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя. + + + Открывает указанный именованный семафор, если он уже существует. + Объект, представляющий именованный системный семафор. + Имя системного семафора для открытия. + Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов. + Свойство имеет значение null. + Именованный семафор не существует. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный семафор существует, но у пользователя нет необходимых для его использования прав доступа. + 1 + + + + + + Выходит из семафора и возвращает последнее значение счетчика. + Счетчик семафора перед вызовом метода . + Счетчик семафора уже имеет максимальное значение. + Произошла ошибка Win32, связанная с именованным семафором. + Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но пользователь не имеет прав .-или-Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но он не был открыт с правами доступа . + 1 + + + Выходит из семафора указанное число раз и возвращает последнее значение счетчика. + Счетчик семафора перед вызовом метода . + Количество требуемых выходов из семафора. + + имеет значение меньше 1. + Счетчик семафора уже имеет максимальное значение. + Произошла ошибка Win32, связанная с именованным семафором. + Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но пользователь не имеет прав .-или-Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но он не был открыт с правами . + 1 + + + Открывает указанный именованный семафор, если он уже существует, и возвращает значение, указывающее, успешно ли выполнена операция. + Значение true, если именованный семафор был успешно открыт; в противном случае — значение false. + Имя системного семафора для открытия. + При возврате этот метод содержит объект , представляющий именованный семафор, если вызов завершился успешно, или значение null, если вызов завершился неудачно.Этот параметр обрабатывается как неинициализированный. + Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов. + Свойство имеет значение null. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный семафор существует, но у пользователя нет необходимых для его использования прав доступа. + + + Исключение, выдаваемое при вызове метода для семафора, значение счетчика которого уже равно максимальному. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + + + Представляет упрощенную альтернативу семафору , ограничивающему количество потоков, которые могут параллельно обращаться к ресурсу или пулу ресурсов. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , указывая первоначальное число запросов, которые могут выполняться одновременно. + Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно. + Значение параметра меньше 0. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , указывая изначальное и максимальное число запросов, которые могут выполняться одновременно. + Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно. + Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть обеспеченно одновременно. + + меньше 0 или больше, чем , или меньше или равен 0. + + + Возвращает дескриптор , который можно использовать для ожидания семафора. + Дескриптор , который можно использовать для ожидания семафора. + Объект удален. + + + Возвращает количество оставшихся потоков, которым разрешено входить в объект . + Количество оставшихся потоков, которым разрешено входить в семафор. + + + Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса . + + + Освобождает неуправляемые ресурсы, используемые журналом , и при необходимости освобождает также управляемые ресурсы. + Значение true позволяет освободить как управляемые, так и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false освобождает только неуправляемые ресурсы. + + + Освобождает объект один раз. + Предыдущее количество в семафоре . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + уже достиг максимального размера. + + + Освобождает объект указанное число раз. + Предыдущее количество в семафоре . + Количество требуемых выходов из семафора. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + имеет значение меньше 1. + + уже достиг максимального размера. + + + Блокирует текущий поток, пока он не сможет войти в . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком, которое определяет время ожидания. + Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком, которое определяет время ожидания, и контролирует токен . + Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + + Экземпляр был удален, или создания был удален. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , и контролирует токен . + Токен , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.-или- Создания уже был удален. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя значение для определения времени ожидания. + Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false. + Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + + является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше . + Экземпляр semaphoreSlim был уничтожен + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя значение , которое определяет время ожидания, и контролирует токен . + Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false. + Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + + является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше . + Экземпляр semaphoreSlim был уничтоженКласс , создавший , уже удален. + + + Асинхронно ожидает входа в . + Задача, которая завершается при входе в семафор. + + + Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком для измерения интервала времени. + Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + + + Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком для измерения интервала времени, контролируя . + Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + был отменен. + + + Асинхронно ожидает входа в , контролируя . + Задача, которая завершается при входе в семафор. + Токен , который следует контролировать. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + был отменен. + + + Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя для измерения интервала времени. + Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае. + Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. -или- Время ожидания больше . + + + Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя для измерения интервала времени и контролируя . + Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае. + Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Токен , который следует контролировать. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.-или-Время ожидания больше . + + был отменен. + + + Указывает метод, вызываемый при отправке сообщения в контекст синхронизации. + Передаваемый делегату объект. + 2 + + + Предоставляет примитив взаимно исключающей блокировки, в котором поток, пытающийся получить блокировку, ожидает в состоянии цикла, проверяя доступность блокировки. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр структуры параметром для отслеживания идентификаторов потоков для повышения качества отладки. + Следует ли перенаправлять и использовать идентификаторы потоков для отладки. + + + Получает блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка. + Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр . + Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова Enter. + Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку. + + + Снимает блокировку. + Включено отслеживание владения потоков и текущий поток не является владельцем этой блокировки. + + + Снимает блокировку. + Логическое значение, указывающее, следует ли выпустить барьер памяти, чтобы немедленно опубликовать операцию выхода для других потоков. + Включено отслеживание владения потоков и текущий поток не является владельцем этой блокировки. + + + Получает значение, определяющее, имеет ли какой-либо поток блокировку в настоящий момент. + Значение true, если в настоящее время блокировка удерживается каким-либо потоком; в противном случае — значение false. + + + Получает значение, определяющее, имеет ли текущий поток блокировку. + Значение true, если блокировка удерживается текущим потоком; в противном случае — значение false. + Отслеживание владения потоков отключено. + + + Получает значение, указывающее, включено ли отслеживание владельца потока для данного экземпляра. + Значение true, если для данного экземпляра включено отслеживание владельца потока; в противном случае — значение false. + + + Пытается получить блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка. + Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр . + Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова TryEnter. + Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку. + + + Пытается получить блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр . + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова TryEnter. + Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку. + + + Пытается получить блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр . + + является отрицательным числом, отличным от значения -1 миллисекунды, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше . + Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова TryEnter. + Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку. + + + Предоставляет поддержку ожидания на основе прокруток. + + + Получает число раз, которое был вызван для этого экземпляра. + Возвращает целое число, представляющее количество вызовов метода для данного экземпляра. + + + Получает значение, показывающее, даст ли следующий вызов к доступ к процессору, запуская обязательное переключение контекста. + Даст ли следующий вызов к доступ к процессору, запуская обязательное переключение контекста. + + + Сбрасывает подсчет прокруток. + + + Выполняет одну прокрутку. + + + Выполняет прокрутки до удовлетворения заданного условия. + Делегат для циклического выполнения до возврата этим делегатом значения true. + Аргументом параметра является null. + + + Выполняет прокрутки до удовлетворения заданного условия или истечения заданного времени ожидания. + Значение true, если условие удовлетворено до истечения времени ожидания; в противном случае — значение false. + Делегат для циклического выполнения до возврата этим делегатом значения true. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + Аргументом параметра является null. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + + + Выполняет прокрутки до удовлетворения заданного условия или истечения заданного времени ожидания. + Значение true, если условие удовлетворено до истечения времени ожидания; в противном случае — значение false. + Делегат для циклического выполнения до возврата этим делегатом значения true. + Объект , указывающий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или TimeSpan, представляющий значение -1 миллисекунда, в случае неограниченного ожидания. + Аргументом параметра является null. + + является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше . + + + Обеспечивает базовую функциональность для распространения контекста синхронизации в различных моделях синхронизации. + 2 + + + Создает новый экземпляр класса . + + + При переопределении в производном классе создает копию контекста синхронизации. + Новый объект . + 2 + + + Получает контекст синхронизации для текущего потока + Объект , представляющий текущий контекст синхронизации. + 1 + + + При переопределении в производном классе отвечает на уведомление о завершении операции. + + + При переопределении в производном классе отвечает на уведомление о запуске операции. + + + При переопределении в производном классе отправляет асинхронное сообщение в контекст синхронизации. + Вызываемый делегат . + Передаваемый делегату объект. + 2 + + + При переопределении в производном классе отправляет синхронное сообщение в контекст синхронизации. + Вызываемый делегат . + Передаваемый делегату объект. + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + Задает текущий контекст синхронизации. + Задаваемый объект . + 1 + + + + + + Исключение, которое выдается в то время, когда методу требуется вызвавший его объект для получения блокировки данного Monitor, а метод вызван объектом, не являющимся владельцем блокировки. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса со стандартными свойствами. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + + + Предоставляет хранилище для данных, локальных для потока. + Задает тип данных, хранимых для каждого потока. + + + Инициализирует экземпляр . + + + Инициализирует экземпляр . + Следует ли отслеживать все значения, заданные в экземпляре, и представлять их с помощью свойства . + + + Инициализирует экземпляр с заданной функцией . + Объект , вызываемый для получения неактивно инициализированного значения при совершении попытки получить без предварительной инициализации. + + является пустой ссылкой (Nothing в Visual Basic). + + + Инициализирует экземпляр с заданной функцией . + Объект , вызываемый для получения неактивно инициализированного значения при совершении попытки получить без предварительной инициализации. + Следует ли отслеживать все значения, заданные в экземпляре, и представлять их с помощью свойства . + Параметр является пустой (null) ссылкой (Nothing в Visual Basic). + + + Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса . + + + Освобождает ресурсы, используемые данным экземпляром . + Логическое значение, указывающее, вызывается ли данный метод из-за вызова метода . + + + Освобождает ресурсы, используемые данным экземпляром . + + + Получает значение, указывающее, инициализирован ли объект в текущем потоке. + Значение true, если инициализируется в текущем потоке; в противном случае — значение false. + Экземпляр класса был удален. + + + Создает и возвращает строковое представление данного экземпляра для текущего потока. + Результат вызова метода для свойства . + Экземпляр класса был удален. + + для текущего потока представляет пустую ссылку (Nothing в Visual Basic). + Инициализация попыталась создать рекурсивную ссылку . + Не предоставляются конструктор по умолчанию и значение фабрики. + + + Получает или задает значение данного экземпляра для текущего потока. + Возвращает экземпляр объекта, за инициализацию которого ответственен данный ThreadLocal. + Экземпляр класса был удален. + Инициализация попыталась создать рекурсивную ссылку . + Не предоставляются конструктор по умолчанию и значение фабрики. + + + Получает список всех значений, хранящихся в настоящий момент всеми потоками, которые получили доступа к данному экземпляру. + Список всех значений, хранящихся в настоящий момент всеми потоками, которые получили доступа к данному экземпляру. + Экземпляр класса был удален. + + + Содержит методы для выполнения операций энергозависимой памяти. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает ссылку на объект из указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанная ссылка на объект .Эта ссылка является последней, записанной любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + Тип считываемого поля.Должен быть ссылочным типом или типом значения. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция памяти появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданную ссылку на объект в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается ссылка на объект. + Записываемая ссылка на объект.Ссылка записывается немедленно, так что она становится видимой для всех процессоров компьютера. + Тип поля, в которое выполняется запись.Должен быть ссылочным типом или типом значения. + + + Исключение, которое выдается при попытке открыть не существующий в системе семафор или мьютекс. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/zh-hans/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/zh-hans/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c174ad66 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/zh-hans/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1854 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + 当某个线程获取由另一个线程放弃（即在未释放的情况下退出）的 对象时引发的异常。 + 1 + + + 使用默认值初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 用被放弃的互斥体的指定索引（如果可用）和表示该互斥体的 对象初始化 类的新实例。 + 如果对 方法引发异常，则为等待句柄数组中被放弃的互斥体的索引，如果对 或 方法引发异常，则为 –1。 + 一个 对象，表示被放弃的互斥体。 + + + 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误消息。 + + + 用指定的错误信息和内部异常初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误消息。 + 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + + + 用指定的错误信息、内部异常、被放弃的互斥体的索引（如果可用）以及表示该互斥体的 对象初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误消息。 + 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + 如果对 方法引发异常，则为等待句柄数组中被放弃的互斥体的索引，如果对 或 方法引发异常，则为 –1。 + 一个 对象，表示被放弃的互斥体。 + + + 用指定的错误信息、被放弃的互斥体的索引（如果可用）以及被放弃的互斥体初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误消息。 + 如果对 方法引发异常，则为等待句柄数组中被放弃的互斥体的索引，如果对 或 方法引发异常，则为 –1。 + 一个 对象，表示被放弃的互斥体。 + + + 获取导致异常的被放弃的互斥体（如果已知的话）。 + 如果未能识别被放弃的互斥体，则为表示该被放弃的互斥体的 对象或 null。 + 1 + + + 获取导致异常的被放弃的互斥体的索引（如果已知的话）。 + 如果未能确定被放弃的互斥体的索引，则为传递给 方法的等待句柄数组中的索引、表示该被放弃的互斥体的 对象的索引或 –1。 + 1 + + + 表示对于给定异步控制流（如异步方法）是本地数据的环境数据。 + 环境数据的类型。 + + + 实例化不接收更改通知的 实例。 + + + 实例化接收更改通知的 本地实例。 + 只要当前值在任何线程上发生更改时便会调用的委托。 + + + 获取或设置环境数据的值。 + 环境数据的值。 + + + 向针对更改通知进行了注册的 实例提供数据更改信息的类。 + 数据的类型。 + + + 获取数据的当前值。 + 数据的当前值。 + + + 获取数据的上一个值。 + 数据的上一个值。 + + + 返回一个值，该值指示是否由于执行上下文更改而更改了值。 + 如果由于执行上下文更改而更改了值，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 通知正在等待的线程已发生事件。此类不能被继承。 + 2 + + + 使用 Boolean 值（指示是否将初始状态设置为终止的）初始化 类的新实例。 + 若要将初始状态设置为终止，则为 true；若要将初始状态设置为非终止，则为 false。 + + + 使多个任务能够采用并行方式依据某种算法在多个阶段中协同工作。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例。 + 参与线程的数量。 + + 小于 0 或大于 32,767。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例。 + 参与线程的数量。 + 在每个阶段之后要执行的 。可以传递 null (在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing) 以指示不执行任何操作。 + + 小于 0 或大于 32,767。 + + + 通知 ，告知其将会有另一个参与者。 + 新参与者将首先参与的屏障的阶段编号。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + 添加参与者将导致屏障的参与者计数超过 32,767。- 或 -该方法从阶段后操作中调用。 + + + 通知 ，告知其将会有多个其他参与者。 + 新参与者将首先参与的屏障的阶段编号。 + 要添加到屏障的其他参与者的数量。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 小于 0。- 或 -添加 参与者将导致屏障的参与者计数超过 32,767。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用。 + + + 获取屏障的当前阶段的编号。 + 返回屏障的当前阶段的编号。 + + + 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用。 + + + 释放由 占用的非托管资源，还可以另外再释放托管资源。 + 如果为 true，则同时释放托管资源和非托管资源；如果为 false，则仅释放非托管资源。 + + + 获取屏障中参与者的总数。 + 返回屏障中参与者的总数。 + + + 获取屏障中尚未在当前阶段发出信号的参与者的数量。 + 返回屏障中尚未在当前阶段发出信号的参与者的数量。 + + + 通知 ，告知其将会减少一个参与者。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + 屏障已经有 0 个参与者。- 或 -该方法从阶段后操作中调用。 + + + 通知 ，告知其将会减少一些参与者。 + 要从屏障中移除的其他参与者的数量。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 小于 0。 + 屏障已经有 0 个参与者。- 或 -该方法从阶段后操作中调用。 - 或 -当前的参与者计数小于指定 participantCount + 参与者总数小于指定的 + + + 发出参与者已达到屏障并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用，当前屏障具有 0 个参与者，或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。 + 在所有参与线程调用了 SignalAndWait 之后，如果关卡的后期阶段操作中引发了异常，该异常将包装在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中并在所有参与线程上引发。 + + + 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号，并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障，同时使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时。 + 如果所有参与者都已在指定时间内达到屏障，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用，当前屏障具有 0 个参与者，或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。 + 在所有参与线程调用了 SignalAndWait 之后，如果关卡的后期阶段操作中引发了异常，该异常将包装在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中并在所有参与线程上引发。 + + + 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号，并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障，使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时，同时观察取消标记。 + 如果所有参与者都已在指定时间内达到屏障，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用，当前屏障具有 0 个参与者，或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。 + + + 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号，并等待所有其他参与者达到屏障，同时观察取消标记。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用，当前屏障具有 0 个参与者，或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。 + + + 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号，并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障，同时使用 对象测量时间间隔。 + 如果所有其他参与者已达到屏障，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待的毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 32,767。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用，当前屏障具有 0 个参与者，或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。 + + + 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号，并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障，使用 对象测量时间间隔，同时观察取消标记。 + 如果所有其他参与者已达到屏障，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待的毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 毫秒的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用，当前屏障具有 0 个参与者，或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。 + + + + 阶段后操作失败时引发的异常。 + + + 使用由系统提供的用来描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 使用指定的内部异常初始化 类的新实例。 + 导致当前异常的异常。 + + + 使用指定的描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方需要确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。 + + + 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。 + 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方需要确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。 + 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + + + 表示要在新上下文中调用的方法。 + 一个对象，包含回调方法在每次执行时要使用的信息。 + 1 + + + 表示在计数变为零时处于有信号状态的同步基元。 + + + 使用指定计数初始化 类的新实例。 + 设置 时最初必需的信号数。 + + 小于 0。 + + + 将 的当前计数加 1。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + 当前实例已设置 。- 或 - 等于或大于 。 + + + 将 的当前计数增加指定值。 + + 的增量值。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 小于或等于零。 + 当前实例已设置 。- 或 -在计数由 递增后， 大于或等于 。 + + + 获取设置事件时所必需的剩余信号数。 + 设置事件时所必需的剩余信号数。 + + + 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。 + + + 释放由 占用的非托管资源，还可以另外再释放托管资源。 + 如果为 true，则同时释放托管资源和非托管资源；如果为 false，则仅释放非托管资源。 + + + 获取设置事件时最初必需的信号数。 + 设置事件时最初必需的信号数。 + + + 确定是否设置了事件。 + 如果设置了事件，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 将 重置为 的值。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + + 将 属性重新设置为指定值。 + 设置 时所必需的信号的数量。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 小于 0。 + + + 向 注册信号，同时减小 的值。 + 如果信号导致计数变为零并且设置了事件，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + 当前实例已设置 。 + + + 向 注册多个信号，同时将 的值减少指定数量。 + 如果信号导致计数变为零并且设置了事件，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 要注册的信号的数量。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 小于 1。 + 当前实例已设置 。- 或 - 大于 。 + + + 增加一个 的尝试。 + 如果成功增加，则为 true；否则为 false。如果 已为零，则此方法将返回 false。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 等于 。 + + + 增加指定值的 的尝试。 + 如果成功增加，则为 true；否则为 false。如果 已为零，则此方法将返回 false。 + + 的增量值。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 小于或等于零。 + 当前实例已设置 。- 或 - + 大于等于 。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了 为止。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了 为止，同时使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时。 + 如果设置了 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了 为止，并使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时，同时观察 。 + 如果设置了 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 的 已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了 为止，同时观察 。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 的 已被释放。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了 为止，同时使用 测量超时。 + 如果设置了 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待的毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了 为止，并使用 测量超时，同时观察 。 + 如果设置了 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待的毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 的 已被释放。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 。 + + + 获取用于等待要设置的事件的 。 + 用于等待要设置的事件的 。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + + 指示在接收信号后是自动重置 还是手动重置。 + 2 + + + 当终止时， 在释放一个线程后自动重置。如果没有等待的线程， 将保持终止状态直到一个线程阻止，并在释放此线程后重置。 + + + 当终止时， 释放所有等待的线程，并在手动重置前保持终止状态。 + + + 表示一个线程同步事件。 + 2 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，并指定等待句柄最初是否处于终止状态，以及它是自动重置还是手动重置。 + 如果为 true，则将初始状态设置为终止；如果为 false，则将初始状态设置为非终止。 + + 值之一，它确定事件是自动重置还是手动重置。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，并指定在此调用后创建的等待句柄最初是否处于终止状态，它是自动重置还是手动重置，以及系统同步事件的名称。 + 如果命名事件是通过此调用创建的，则 true 将初始状态设置为终止；false 将初始状态设置为非终止。 + + 值之一，它确定事件是自动重置还是手动重置。 + 系统范围内同步事件的名称。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 命名事件存在并具有访问控制安全性，但用户不具有 。 + 无法创建命名事件，原因可能是与另一个不同类型的等待句柄同名。 + + 的长度超过 260 个字符。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，并指定在此调用后创建的等待句柄最初是否处于终止状态，它是自动重置还是手动重置，系统同步事件的名称，以及一个 Boolean 变量（其值在调用后表示是否创建了已命名的系统事件）。 + 如果命名事件是通过此调用创建的，则 true 将初始状态设置为终止；false 将初始状态设置为非终止。 + + 值之一，它确定事件是自动重置还是手动重置。 + 系统范围内同步事件的名称。 + 在此方法返回时，如果创建了本地事件（即，如果 为 null 或空字符串）或指定的命名系统事件，则包含 true；如果指定的命名系统事件已存在，则为 false。该参数未经初始化即被传递。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 命名事件存在并具有访问控制安全性，但用户不具有 。 + 无法创建命名事件，原因可能是与另一个不同类型的等待句柄同名。 + + 的长度超过 260 个字符。 + + + 打开指定名称为同步事件（如果已经存在）。 + 一个对象，表示已命名的系统事件。 + 要打开的系统同步事件的名称。 + + 是空字符串。- 或 - 的长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为 null。 + 命名的系统事件不存在。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 已命名的事件存在，但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权限。 + 1 + + + + + + 将事件状态设置为非终止状态，导致线程阻止。 + 如果该操作成功，则为 true；否则，为 false。 + 之前已对此 调用 方法。 + 2 + + + 将事件状态设置为终止状态，允许一个或多个等待线程继续。 + 如果该操作成功，则为 true；否则，为 false。 + 之前已对此 调用 方法。 + 2 + + + 打开指定名称为同步事件（如果已经存在），并返回指示操作是否成功的值。 + 如果命名同步事件成功打开，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 要打开的系统同步事件的名称。 + 当此方法返回时，如果调用成功，则包含表示命名同步事件的 对象；否则为 null。该参数未经初始化即被处理。 + + 是空字符串。- 或 - 的长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为 null。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 已命名的事件存在，但用户不具备所需的安全访问权限。 + + + 管理当前线程的执行上下文。此类不能被继承。 + 2 + + + 从当前线程捕获执行上下文。 + 一个 对象，表示当前线程的执行上下文。 + 1 + + + 在当前线程上的指定执行上下文中运行某个方法。 + 要设置的 。 + 一个 委托，表示要在提供的执行上下文中运行的方法。 + 要传递给回调方法的对象。 + + 为 null。- 或 - 不是通过捕获操作获取的。- 或 - 已用作 调用的参数。 + 1 + + + + + + 为多个线程共享的变量提供原子操作。 + 2 + + + 对两个 32 位整数进行求和并用和替换第一个整数，上述操作作为一个原子操作完成。 + 存储在 处的新值。 + 一个变量，包含要添加的第一个值。两个值的和存储在 中。 + 要添加到整数中的 位置的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 对两个 64 位整数进行求和并用和替换第一个整数，上述操作作为一个原子操作完成。 + 存储在 处的新值。 + 一个变量，包含要添加的第一个值。两个值的和存储在 中。 + 要添加到整数中的 位置的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较两个双精度浮点数是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。 + 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。 + 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较两个 32 位有符号整数是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。 + 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。 + 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较两个 64 位有符号整数是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。 + 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。 + 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较两个平台特定的句柄或指针是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值与 的值进行比较并且可能被 替换的目标 。 + 比较结果相等时替换目标值的 。 + 与位于 处的值进行比较的 。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较两个对象是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个对象。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标对象。 + 在比较结果相等时替换目标对象的对象。 + 与位于 处的对象进行比较的对象。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较两个单精度浮点数是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。 + 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。 + 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较指定的引用类型 的两个实例是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。这是一个引用参数（在 C# 中是 ref，在 Visual Basic 中是 ByRef）。 + 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。 + 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。 + 用于 , 和 的类型。此类型必须是引用类型。 + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 以原子操作的形式递减指定变量的值并存储结果。 + 递减的值。 + 其值要递减的变量。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式递减指定变量的值并存储结果。 + 递减的值。 + 其值要递减的变量。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将双精度浮点数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将 32 位有符号整数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将 64 位有符号整数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将平台特定的句柄或指针设置为指定的值并返回原始值。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将对象设置为指定的值并返回对原始对象的引用。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将单精度浮点数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将指定类型 的变量设置为指定的值并返回原始值。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。这是一个引用参数（在 C# 中是 ref，在 Visual Basic 中是 ByRef）。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + 用于 和 的类型。此类型必须是引用类型。 + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 以原子操作的形式递增指定变量的值并存储结果。 + 递增的值。 + 其值要递增的变量。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式递增指定变量的值并存储结果。 + 递增的值。 + 其值要递增的变量。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 按如下方式同步内存存取：执行当前线程的处理器在对指令重新排序时，不能采用先执行 调用之后的内存存取，再执行 调用之前的内存存取的方式。 + + + 返回一个以原子操作形式加载的 64 位值。 + 加载的值。 + 要加载的 64 位值。 + 1 + + + 提供延迟初始化例程。 + + + 在目标引用或值类型尚未初始化的情况下，使用其默认构造函数初始化目标引用或值类型。 + 类型 的初始化引用。 + 在类型尚未初始化的情况下，要初始化的类型 的引用。 + 要初始化的引用的类型。 + 缺少访问类型 的构造函数的权限。 + 类型 没有默认的构造函数。 + + + 在目标引用或值类型尚未初始化的情况下，使用其默认构造函数初始化目标引用或值类型。 + 类型 的初始化值。 + 在尚未初始化的情况下要初始化的类型 的引用或值。 + 对布尔值的引用，该值确定目标是否已初始化。 + 对用作相互排斥锁的对象的引用，用于初始化 。如果 为 null，则新的对象将被实例化。 + 要初始化的引用的类型。 + 缺少访问类型 的构造函数的权限。 + 类型 没有默认的构造函数。 + + + 在目标引用或值类型尚未初始化的情况下，使用指定函数初始化目标引用或值类型。 + 类型 的初始化值。 + 在尚未初始化的情况下要初始化的类型 的引用或值。 + 对布尔值的引用，该值确定目标是否已初始化。 + 对用作相互排斥锁的对象的引用，用于初始化 。如果 为 null，则新的对象将被实例化。 + 调用函数以初始化该引用或值。 + 要初始化的引用的类型。 + 缺少访问类型 的构造函数的权限。 + 类型 没有默认的构造函数。 + + + 在目标引用类型尚未初始化的情况下，使用指定函数初始化目标引用类型。 + 类型 的初始化值。 + 在类型尚未初始化的情况下，要初始化的类型 的引用。 + 调用函数以初始化该引用。 + 要初始化的引用的引用类型。 + 类型 没有默认的构造函数。 + + 返回 null（在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing）。 + + + 当进入锁定状态的递归与此锁定的递归策略不兼容时引发的异常。 + 2 + + + 使用由系统提供的用来描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 2 + + + 使用指定的描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方必须确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。 + 2 + + + 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。 + 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方必须确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。 + 引发当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + 2 + + + 指定同一个线程是否可以多次进入一个锁定状态。 + + + 如果线程尝试以递归方式进入锁定状态，将引发异常。某些类可能会在此设置生效时允许使用特定的递归方式。 + + + 线程可以采用递归方式进入锁定状态。某些类可能会限制此功能。 + + + 通知一个或多个正在等待的线程已发生事件。此类不能被继承。 + 2 + + + 用一个指示是否将初始状态设置为终止的布尔值初始化 类的新实例。 + 如果为 true，则将初始状态设置为终止；如果为 false，则将初始状态设置为非终止。 + + + 提供 的简化版本。 + + + 使用非终止初始状态初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 使用 Boolean 值（指示是否将初始状态设置为终止状态）初始化 类的新实例。 + 若要将初始状态设置为终止，则为 true；若要将初始状态设置为非终止，则为 false。 + + + 使用 Boolean 值（指示是否将初始状态设置为终止或指定的旋转数）初始化 类的新实例。 + 若要将初始状态设置为终止，则为 true；若要将初始状态设置为非终止，则为 false。 + 在回退到基于内核的等待操作之前发生的自旋等待数量。 + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。 + + + 释放由 占用的非托管资源，还可以另外再释放托管资源。 + 为 true 则释放托管资源和非托管资源；为 false 则仅释放非托管资源。 + + + 获取是否已设置事件。 + 如果设置了事件，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 将事件状态设置为非终止，从而导致线程受阻。 + The object has already been disposed. + + + 将事件状态设置为有信号，从而允许一个或多个等待该事件的线程继续。 + + + 获取在回退到基于内核的等待操作之前发生的自旋等待数量。 + 返回在回退到基于内核的等待操作之前发生的自旋等待数量。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了当前 为止。 + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设定 ，使用 32 位已签名整数测量时间间隔。 + 如果已设置 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设定 ，使用 32 位已签名整数测量时间间隔，同时观察 。 + 如果已设置 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 要观察的 。 + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 阻止当前线程，直到 接收到信号，同时观察 。 + 要观察的 。 + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 阻止当前线程，直到当前 已设定，使用 测量时间间隔。 + 如果已设置 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 阻止当前线程，直到当前 已设定，使用 测量时间间隔，同时观察 。 + 如果已设置 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 要观察的 。 + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 获取此 的基础 对象。 + 此 的基础 事件对象。 + + + 提供同步访问对象的机制。 + 2 + + + 在指定对象上获取排他锁。 + 在其上获取监视器锁的对象。 + + 参数为 null。 + 1 + + + 获取指定对象上的排他锁，并自动设置一个值，指示是否获取了该锁。 + 要在其上等待的对象。 + 尝试获取锁的结果，通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁，则输出为 true；否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常，也会设置输出。注意   如果没有发生异常，则此方法的输出始终为 true。 + 对 的输入是 true。 + + 参数为 null。 + + + 释放指定对象上的排他锁。 + 在其上释放锁的对象。 + + 参数为 null。 + 当前线程不拥有指定对象的锁。 + 1 + + + 确定当前线程是否保留指定对象上的锁。 + 如果当前线程持有 锁，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 要测试的对象。 + + 为 null。 + + + 通知等待队列中的线程锁定对象状态的更改。 + 线程正在等待的对象。 + + 参数为 null。 + 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。 + 1 + + + 通知所有的等待线程对象状态的更改。 + 发送脉冲的对象。 + + 参数为 null。 + 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。 + 1 + + + 尝试获取指定对象的排他锁。 + 如果当前线程获取该锁，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 在其上获取锁的对象。 + + 参数为 null。 + 1 + + + 尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁，并自动设置一个值，指示是否获取了该锁。 + 在其上获取锁的对象。 + 尝试获取锁的结果，通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁，则输出为 true；否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常，也会设置输出。 + 对 的输入是 true。 + + 参数为 null。 + + + 在指定的毫秒数内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁。 + 如果当前线程获取该锁，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 在其上获取锁的对象。 + 等待锁所需的毫秒数。 + + 参数为 null。 + + 为负且不等于 。 + 1 + + + 在指定的毫秒数内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁，并自动设置一个值，指示是否获取了该锁。 + 在其上获取锁的对象。 + 等待锁所需的毫秒数。 + 尝试获取锁的结果，通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁，则输出为 true；否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常，也会设置输出。 + 对 的输入是 true。 + + 参数为 null。 + + 为负且不等于 。 + + + 在指定的时间内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁。 + 如果当前线程获取该锁，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 在其上获取锁的对象。 + + ，表示等待锁所需的时间量。值为 -1 毫秒表示指定无限期等待。 + + 参数为 null。 + + 值（以毫秒为单位）为负且不等于 （-1 毫秒），或者大于 。 + 1 + + + 在指定的一段时间内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁，并自动设置一个值，指示是否获得了该锁。 + 在其上获取锁的对象。 + 用于等待锁的时间。值为 -1 毫秒表示指定无限期等待。 + 尝试获取锁的结果，通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁，则输出为 true；否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常，也会设置输出。 + 对 的输入是 true。 + + 参数为 null。 + + 值（以毫秒为单位）为负且不等于 （-1 毫秒），或者大于 。 + + + 释放对象上的锁并阻止当前线程，直到它重新获取该锁。 + 如果调用由于调用方重新获取了指定对象的锁而返回，则为 true。如果未重新获取该锁，则此方法不会返回。 + 要在其上等待的对象。 + + 参数为 null。 + 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。 + 调用 Wait 的线程稍后从等待状态中断。当另一个线程调用此线程的 方法时会发生这种情况。 + 1 + + + 释放对象上的锁并阻止当前线程，直到它重新获取该锁。如果已用指定的超时时间间隔，则线程进入就绪队列。 + 如果在指定的时间过期之前重新获取该锁，则为 true；如果在指定的时间过期之后重新获取该锁，则为 false。此方法只有在重新获取该锁后才会返回。 + 要在其上等待的对象。 + 线程进入就绪队列之前等待的毫秒数。 + + 参数为 null。 + 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。 + 调用 Wait 的线程稍后从等待状态中断。当另一个线程调用此线程的 方法时会发生这种情况。 + + 参数值为负且不等于 。 + 1 + + + 释放对象上的锁并阻止当前线程，直到它重新获取该锁。如果已用指定的超时时间间隔，则线程进入就绪队列。 + 如果在指定的时间过期之前重新获取该锁，则为 true；如果在指定的时间过期之后重新获取该锁，则为 false。此方法只有在重新获取该锁后才会返回。 + 要在其上等待的对象。 + + ，表示线程进入就绪队列之前等待的时间量。 + + 参数为 null。 + 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。 + 调用 Wait 的线程稍后从等待状态中断。当另一个线程调用此线程的 方法时会发生这种情况。 + + 参数值（以毫秒为单位）为负且不表示 （-1 毫秒），或者大于 。 + 1 + + + 还可用于进程间同步的同步基元。 + 1 + + + 使用默认属性初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 使用 Boolean 值（指示调用线程是否应具有互斥体的初始所有权）初始化 类的新实例。 + 如果给调用线程赋予互斥体的初始所属权，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 使用 Boolean 值（指示调用线程是否应具有互斥体的初始所有权以及字符串是否为互斥体的名称）初始化 类的新实例。 + 如果为 true，则给予调用线程已命名的系统互斥体的初始所属权（如果已命名的系统互斥体是通过此调用创建的）；否则为 false。 + + 的名称。如果值为 null，则 是未命名的。 + 命名的互斥体存在并具有访问控制安全性，但用户不具有 。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 无法创建命名的互斥体，原因可能是与其他类型的等待句柄同名。 + + 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + + 使用可指示调用线程是否应具有互斥体的初始所有权以及字符串是否为互斥体的名称的 Boolean 值和当线程返回时可指示调用线程是否已赋予互斥体的初始所有权的 Boolean 值初始化 类的新实例。 + 如果为 true，则给予调用线程已命名的系统互斥体的初始所属权（如果已命名的系统互斥体是通过此调用创建的）；否则为 false。 + + 的名称。如果值为 null，则 是未命名的。 + 在此方法返回时，如果创建了局部互斥体（即，如果 为 null 或空字符串）或指定的命名系统互斥体，则包含布尔值 true；如果指定的命名系统互斥体已存在，则为 false。此参数未经初始化即被传递。 + 命名的互斥体存在并具有访问控制安全性，但用户不具有 。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 无法创建命名的互斥体，原因可能是与其他类型的等待句柄同名。 + + 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + + 打开指定的已命名的互斥体（如果已经存在）。 + 表示已命名的系统互斥体的对象。 + 要打开的系统互斥体的名称。 + + 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为 null。 + 命名的 mutex 不存在。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 已命名的互斥体存在，但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权限。 + 1 + + + + + + 释放 一次。 + 调用线程不拥有互斥体。 + 1 + + + 打开指定的已命名的互斥体（如果已经存在），并返回指示操作是否成功的值。 + 如果命名互斥体成功打开，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 要打开的系统互斥体的名称。 + 当此方法返回时，如果调用成功，则包含表示命名互斥体的 对象；否则为 null。该参数未经初始化即被处理。 + + 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为 null。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 已命名的互斥体存在，但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权限。 + + + 表示用于管理资源访问的锁定状态，可实现多线程读取或进行独占式写入访问。 + + + 使用默认属性值初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 在指定锁定递归策略的情况下初始化 类的新实例。 + 枚举值之一，用于指定锁定递归策略。 + + + 获取已进入读取模式锁定状态的独有线程的总数。 + 已进入读取模式锁定状态的独有线程的数量。 + + + 释放 类的当前实例所使用的所有资源。 + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + 尝试进入读取模式锁定状态。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入可升级模式锁定状态。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入写入模式锁定状态。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 减少读取模式的递归计数，并在生成的计数为 0（零）时退出读取模式。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + 减少可升级模式的递归计数，并在生成的计数为 0（零）时退出可升级模式。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + 减少写入模式的递归计数，并在生成的计数为 0（零）时退出写入模式。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + 获取一个值，该值指示当前线程是否已进入读取模式的锁定状态。 + 如果当前线程已进入读取模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 2 + + + 获取一个值，该值指示当前线程是否已进入可升级模式的锁定状态。 + 如果当前线程已进入可升级模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 2 + + + 获取一个值，该值指示当前线程是否已进入写入模式的锁定状态。 + 如果当前线程已进入写入模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 2 + + + 获取一个值，该值指示当前 对象的递归策略。 + 枚举值之一，用于指定锁定递归策略。 + + + 获取当前线程进入读取模式锁定状态的次数，用于指示递归。 + 如果当前线程未进入读取模式，则为 0（零）；如果线程已进入读取模式但却不是以递归方式进入的，则为 1；或者如果线程已经以递归方式进入锁定模式 n - 1 次，则为 n。 + 2 + + + 获取当前线程进入可升级模式锁定状态的次数，用于指示递归。 + 如果当前线程没有进入可升级模式，则为 0；如果线程已进入可升级模式却不是以递归方式进入的，则为 1；或者如果线程已经以递归方式进入可升级模式 n - 1 次，则为 n。 + 2 + + + 获取当前线程进入写入模式锁定状态的次数，用于指示递归。 + 如果当前线程没有进入写入模式，则为 0；如果线程已进入写入模式却不是以递归方式进入的，则为 1；或者如果线程已经以递归方式进入写入模式 n - 1 次，则为 n。 + 2 + + + 尝试进入读取模式锁定状态，可以选择整数超时时间。 + 如果调用线程已进入读取模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 -1 ()，表示无限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入读取模式锁定状态，可以选择超时时间。 + 如果调用线程已进入读取模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的间隔；或为 -1 毫秒，表示无限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入可升级模式锁定状态，可以选择超时时间。 + 如果调用线程已进入可升级模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 -1 ()，表示无限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入可升级模式锁定状态，可以选择超时时间。 + 如果调用线程已进入可升级模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的间隔；或为 -1 毫秒，表示无限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入写入模式锁定状态，可以选择超时时间。 + 如果调用线程已进入写入模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 -1 ()，表示无限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入写入模式锁定状态，可以选择超时时间。 + 如果调用线程已进入写入模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的间隔；或为 -1 毫秒，表示无限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 获取等待进入读取模式锁定状态的线程总数。 + 等待进入读取模式的线程总数。 + 2 + + + 获取等待进入可升级模式锁定状态的线程总数。 + 等待进入可升级模式的线程总数。 + 2 + + + 获取等待进入写入模式锁定状态的线程总数。 + 等待进入写入模式的线程总数。 + 2 + + + 限制可同时访问某一资源或资源池的线程数。 + 1 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，并指定初始入口数和最大并发入口数。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的最大请求数。 + + 大于 。 + + 为小于 1。- 或 - 小于 0。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，并指定初始入口数和最大并发入口数，可以选择指定系统信号量对象的名称。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的最大请求数。 + 命名系统信号量对象的名称。 + + 大于 。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为小于 1。- 或 - 小于 0。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 命名信号量存在并具有访问控制安全性，但用户不具有 。 + 无法创建命名的信号量，可能是因为存在同名但类型不同的等待句柄。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，并指定初始入口数和最大并发入口数，还可以选择指定系统信号量对象的名称，以及指定一个变量来接收指示是否创建了新系统信号量的值。 + 可以同时满足的信号量的初始请求数。 + 可以同时满足的信号量的最大请求数。 + 命名系统信号量对象的名称。 + 在此方法返回时，如果创建了本地信号量（即，如果 为 null 或空字符串）或指定的命名系统信号量，则包含 true；如果指定的命名系统信号量已存在，则为 false。此参数未经初始化即被传递。 + + 大于 。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为小于 1。- 或 - 小于 0。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 命名信号量存在并具有访问控制安全性，但用户不具有 。 + 无法创建命名的信号量，可能是因为存在同名但类型不同的等待句柄。 + + + 打开指定名称为信号量（如果已经存在）。 + 一个对象，表示已命名的系统信号量。 + 要打开的系统信号量的名称。 + + 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为 null。 + 命名的信号量不存在。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 已命名的信号量存在，但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权。 + 1 + + + + + + 退出信号量并返回前一个计数。 + 调用 方法前信号量的计数。 + 信号量计数已是最大值。 + 发生已命名信号量的 Win32 错误。 + 当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量，但用户不具备 。- 或 -当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量，但它未用 打开。 + 1 + + + 以指定的次数退出信号量并返回前一个计数。 + 调用 方法前信号量的计数。 + 退出信号量的次数。 + + 为小于 1。 + 信号量计数已是最大值。 + 发生已命名信号量的 Win32 错误。 + 当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量，但用户不具备 权限。- 或 -当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量，但它不是以 权限打开的。 + 1 + + + 打开指定名称为信号量（如果已经存在），并返回指示操作是否成功的值。 + 如果命名信号量成功打开，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 要打开的系统信号量的名称。 + 当此方法返回时，如果调用成功，则包含表示命名信号的 对象；否则为 null。该参数未经初始化即被处理。 + + 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为 null。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 已命名的信号量存在，但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权。 + + + 对计数已达到最大值的信号量调用 方法时引发的异常。 + 2 + + + 使用默认值初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误信息。 + + + 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误信息。 + 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + + + 对可同时访问资源或资源池的线程数加以限制的 的轻量替代。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，以指定可同时授予的请求的初始数量。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。 + + 小于 0。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，同时指定可同时授予的请求的初始数量和最大数量。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的最大请求数。 + + 小于 0，或 大于 ，或 小于等于 0。 + + + 返回一个可用于在信号量上等待的 。 + 可用于在信号量上等待的 。 + 已释放了 。 + + + 获取可以输入 对象的剩余线程数。 + 可以输入信号量的剩余线程数。 + + + 释放 类的当前实例所使用的所有资源。 + + + 释放由 占用的非托管资源，还可以另外再释放托管资源。 + 若要释放托管资源和非托管资源，则为 true；若仅释放非托管资源，则为 false。 + + + 释放 对象一次。 + + 的前一个计数。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 已达到其最大大小。 + + + 释放 对象指定的次数。 + + 的前一个计数。 + 退出信号量的次数。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 为小于 1。 + + 已达到其最大大小。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直至它可进入 为止。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直至它可进入 为止，同时使用 32 位带符号整数来指定超时。 + 如果当前线程成功进入 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直至它可进入 为止，并使用 32 位带符号整数来指定超时，同时观察 。 + 如果当前线程成功进入 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + + 实例已被释放，或 创建 已被释放。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直至它可进入 为止，同时观察 。 + 要观察的 标记。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 已释放。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直至它可进入 为止，同时使用 来指定超时。 + 如果当前线程成功进入 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 。 + semaphoreSlim 实例已处理 + + + 阻止当前线程，直至它可进入 为止，并使用 来指定超时，同时观察 。 + 如果当前线程成功进入 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 。 + semaphoreSlim 实例已处理 创建了 的 已经被释放。 + + + 输入 的异步等待。 + 输入信号量时完成任务。 + + + 输入 的异步等待，使用 32 位带符号整数度量时间间隔。 + 如果当前线程成功输入了 ，则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务，否则将通过 false 的结果完成。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + + + 在观察 时，输入 的异步等待，使用 32 位带符号整数度量时间间隔。 + 如果当前线程成功输入了 ，则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务，否则将通过 false 的结果完成。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 要观察的 。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 已取消。 + + + 在观察 时，输入 的异步等待。 + 输入信号量时完成任务。 + 要观察的 标记。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 已取消。 + + + 输入 的异步等待，使用 度量时间间隔。 + 如果当前线程成功输入了 ，则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务，否则将通过 false 的结果完成。 + 表示等待毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时 - 或 - 超时大于 。 + + + 在观察 时，输入 的异步等待，使用 度量时间间隔。 + 如果当前线程成功输入了 ，则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务，否则将通过 false 的结果完成。 + 表示等待毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 要观察的 标记。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时- 或 -超时大于 。 + + 已取消。 + + + 表示在消息即将被调度到同步上下文时要调用的方法。 + 传递给委托的对象。 + 2 + + + 提供一个相互排斥锁基元，在该基元中，尝试获取锁的线程将在重复检查的循环中等待，直至该锁变为可用为止。 + + + 使用用于跟踪线程 ID 以改善调试的选项初始化 结构的新实例。 + 是否捕获线程 ID 并将其用于调试目的。 + + + 采用可靠的方式获取锁，这样，即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下，都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。 + 如果已获取锁，则为 true，否则为 false。调用此方法前，必须将 始化为 false。 + 在调用 Enter 之前， 参数必须初始化为 false。 + 线程所有权跟踪已启用，当前线程已获取此锁定。 + + + 释放锁。 + 启用线程所有权跟踪，当前线程不是此锁的所有者。 + + + 释放锁。 + 一个布尔值，该值指示是否应发出内存界定，以便将退出操作立即发布到其他线程。 + 启用线程所有权跟踪，当前线程不是此锁的所有者。 + + + 获取锁当前是否已由任何线程占用。 + 如果锁当前已由任何线程占用，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 获取锁是否已由当前线程占用。 + 如果锁已由当前线程占用，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 禁用线程所有权跟踪。 + + + 获取是否已为此实例启用了线程所有权跟踪。 + 如果已为此实例启用了线程所有权跟踪，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 尝试采用可靠的方式获取锁，这样，即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下，都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。 + 如果已获取锁，则为 true，否则为 false。调用此方法前，必须将 始化为 false。 + 在调用 TryEnter 之前， 参数必须在初始化为 false。 + 线程所有权跟踪已启用，当前线程已获取此锁定。 + + + 尝试采用可靠的方式获取锁，这样，即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下，都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 如果已获取锁，则为 true，否则为 false。调用此方法前，必须将 始化为 false。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + 在调用 TryEnter 之前， 参数必须在初始化为 false。 + 线程所有权跟踪已启用，当前线程已获取此锁定。 + + + 尝试采用可靠的方式获取锁，这样，即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下，都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。 + 表示等待的毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 如果已获取锁，则为 true，否则为 false。调用此方法前，必须将 始化为 false。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 毫秒。 + 在调用 TryEnter 之前， 参数必须在初始化为 false。 + 线程所有权跟踪已启用，当前线程已获取此锁定。 + + + 提供对基于自旋的等待的支持。 + + + 获取已对此实例调用 的次数。 + 返回一个整数，该整数表示已对此实例调用 的次数。 + + + 获取对 的下一次调用是否将产生处理器，同时触发强制上下文切换。 + 对 的下一次调用是否将产生处理器，同时触发强制上下文切换。 + + + 重置自旋计数器。 + + + 执行单一自旋。 + + + 在指定条件得到满足之前自旋。 + 在返回 true 之前重复执行的委托。 + + 参数为 null。 + + + 在指定条件得到满足或指定超时过期之前自旋。 + 如果条件在超时时间内得到满足，则为 true；否则为 false + 在返回 true 之前重复执行的委托。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + + 参数为 null。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + + + 在指定条件得到满足或指定超时过期之前自旋。 + 如果条件在超时时间内得到满足，则为 true；否则为 false + 在返回 true 之前重复执行的委托。 + 一个 ，表示等待的毫秒数；或者一个 TimeSpan，表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）。 + + 参数为 null。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 。 + + + 提供在各种同步模型中传播同步上下文的基本功能。 + 2 + + + 创建 类的新实例。 + + + 在派生类中重写时，创建同步上下文的副本。 + 一个新 对象。 + 2 + + + 获取当前线程的同步上下文。 + 一个 对象，它表示当前同步上下文。 + 1 + + + 在派生类中重写时，响应操作已完成的通知。 + + + 在派生类中重写时，响应操作已开始的通知。 + + + 在派生类中重写时，将异步消息分派到同步上下文。 + 要调用的 委托。 + 传递给委托的对象。 + 2 + + + 在派生类中重写时，将同步消息分派到同步上下文。 + 要调用的 委托。 + 传递给委托的对象。 + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + 设置当前同步上下文。 + 要设置的 对象。 + 1 + + + + + + 当某个方法请求调用方拥有给定 Monitor 上的锁时将引发该异常，而且由不拥有该锁的调用方调用此方法。 + 2 + + + 使用默认属性初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误信息。 + + + 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误信息。 + 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + + + 提供数据的线程本地存储。 + 指定每线程的已存储数据的类型。 + + + 初始化 实例。 + + + 初始化 实例。 + 是否要跟踪实例上的所有值集并通过 属性将其公开。 + + + 使用指定的 函数初始化 实例。 + 如果在 之前尚未初始化的情况下尝试对其进行检索，则会调用 生成延迟初始化的值。 + + 是 null 引用（在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing）。 + + + 使用指定的 函数初始化 实例。 + 如果在 之前尚未初始化的情况下尝试对其进行检索，则会调用 生成延迟初始化的值。 + 是否要跟踪实例上的所有值集并通过 属性将其公开。 + + 为 null 引用（在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing）。 + + + 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。 + + + 释放此 实例使用的资源。 + 一个布尔值，该值指示是否由于调用 的原因而调用此方法。 + + + 释放此 实例使用的资源。 + + + 获取是否在当前线程上初始化 。 + 如果在当前线程上初始化 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 已释放 实例。 + + + 创建并返回当前线程的此实例的字符串表示形式。 + 对 调用 的结果。 + 已释放 实例。 + 当前线程的 为 null 引用（Visual Basic 中为 Nothing）。 + 初始化函数尝试以递归方式引用 。 + 没有提供默认构造函数，且没有提供值工厂。 + + + 获取或设置当前线程的此实例的值。 + 返回此 ThreadLocal 负责初始化的对象的实例。 + 已释放 实例。 + 初始化函数尝试以递归方式引用 。 + 没有提供默认构造函数，且没有提供值工厂。 + + + 获取当前由已经访问此实例的所有线程存储的所有值的列表。 + 访问此实例由所有线程存储的当前的所有值的列表。 + 已释放 实例。 + + + 包含用于执行易失内存操作的方法。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 从指定的字段读取对象引用。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 对读取的 的引用。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该引用都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新引用。 + 要读取的字段。 + 要读取的字段的类型。此类型必须是引用类型，而不是值类型。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入如下所示的防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存栅：如果内存操作出现在代码中的此方法之前，则处理器不能将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的对象引用写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将对象引用写入的字段。 + 要写入的对象引用。立即写入一个引用，以使该引用对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + 要写入的字段的类型。此类型必须是引用类型，而不是值类型。 + + + 在尝试打开不存在的系统互斥体或信号量时引发的异常。 + 2 + + + 使用默认值初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误信息。 + + + 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误信息。 + 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/zh-hant/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/zh-hant/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ff1745d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/zh-hant/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1885 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + 當一個執行緒取得另一個執行緒已放棄，但是結束時並未釋放的 物件時，所擲回的例外狀況。 + 1 + + + 使用預設值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用已放棄 Mutex 的指定索引 (若適用的話) 以及表示此 Mutex 的 物件，初始化 類別的新執行個體 。 + 如果針對 方法擲回例外狀況，則為等候控制代碼陣列中已放棄 Mutex 的索引；如果針對 或 方法擲回例外狀況，則為 -1。 + + 物件，表示放棄的 Mutex。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息和內部例外狀況初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息、內部例外狀況、已放棄 Mutex 的索引 (若適用的話)，以及表示此 Mutex 的 物件，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + 如果針對 方法擲回例外狀況，則為等候控制代碼陣列中已放棄 Mutex 的索引；如果針對 或 方法擲回例外狀況，則為 -1。 + + 物件，表示放棄的 Mutex。 + + + 以指定的錯誤訊息、已放棄 Mutex 的索引 (若適用的話) 以及放棄的 Mutex 初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + 如果針對 方法擲回例外狀況，則為等候控制代碼陣列中已放棄 Mutex 的索引；如果針對 或 方法擲回例外狀況，則為 -1。 + + 物件，表示放棄的 Mutex。 + + + 取得造成例外狀況的已放棄 Mutex (若為已知)。 + + 物件，表示已放棄的 Mutex；若無法識別已放棄的 Mutex，則為 null。 + 1 + + + 取得造成例外狀況之已放棄 Mutex 的索引 (若為已知)。 + 等候控制代碼陣列中的索引 (已傳遞給 物件的 方法)，表示已放棄的 Mutex；如果無法判斷已放棄 Mutex 的索引，則為 -1。 + 1 + + + 表示對於指定的非同步控制流程為本機的環境資料，例如非同步方法。 + 環境資料的類型。 + + + 具現化不會接收變更告知的 執行個體。 + + + 具現化會接收變更告知的 本機執行個體。 + 每當在任何執行緒上變更目前的值就會呼叫委派。 + + + 取得或設定環境資料的值。 + 環境資料的值。 + + + 會提供資料變更資訊給 執行個體的的類別，該執行個體會註冊變更告知。 + 資料的類型。 + + + 取得資料目前的值。 + 資料目前的值。 + + + 取得資料先前的值。 + 資料先前的值。 + + + 傳回值，指出值是否會因為執行內容的變更而變更。 + 如果值會因為執行內容的變更而變更，則為 true；否則為 false。 + + + 向等候的執行緒通知發生事件。此類別無法被繼承。 + 2 + + + 使用表示是否要將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號的布林值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號，false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。 + + + 允許多項工作在多個階段中以平行方式來合作處理某個演算法。 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 參與執行緒的數目。 + + 小於 0 或大於 32,767。 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 參與執行緒的數目。 + 要在每個階段之後執行的 。可以傳遞 null (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing) 表示不執行任何動作。 + + 小於 0 或大於 32,767。 + + + 通知 ，表示還會有一個其他參與者。 + 新參與者將第一次參與其中的屏障階段編號。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + 加入參與者會造成屏障的參與者計數超過 32,767。-或-此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。 + + + 通知 ，表示還會有多個其他參與者。 + 新參與者將第一次參與其中的屏障階段編號。 + 要加入至屏障的其他參與者數目。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 小於 0。-或-加入 參與者會造成屏障的參與者計數超過 32,767。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。 + + + 取得屏障目前階段的編號。 + 傳回屏障目前階段的編號。 + + + 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。 + + + 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源，並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。 + true 表示同時釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源，false 表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。 + + + 取得在屏障中的參與者總數。 + 傳回在屏障中的參與者總數。 + + + 取得在目前階段中尚未發出訊號的屏障中參與者數目。 + 傳回在目前階段中尚未發出訊號的屏障中參與者數目。 + + + 通知 ，表示會減少一個參與者。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + 屏障已經有 0 個參與者。-或-此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。 + + + 通知 ，表示會減少一些參與者。 + 要從屏障中移除的其他參與者數目。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 小於 0。 + 屏障已經有 0 個參與者。-或-此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。 -或-目前的參與者計數少於指定的 participantCount + 參與者總計數小於指定的 + + + 發出訊號，表示參與者已到達屏障，並且在等候所有其他參與者到達屏障。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用，屏障目前有 0 個參與者，或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。 + 所有參與執行緒皆已呼叫 SignalAndWait 後，如果從 Barrier 的階段後動作擲回例外，會將例外狀況包裝在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中，並擲回所有參與執行緒。 + + + 發出訊號，表示參與者已到達屏障，並且在等候所有其他參與者到達屏障 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時)。 + 如果所有參與者已在指定時間內達到屏障則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用，屏障目前有 0 個參與者，或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。 + 所有參與執行緒皆已呼叫 SignalAndWait 後，如果從 Barrier 的階段後動作擲回例外，會將例外狀況包裝在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中，並擲回所有參與執行緒。 + + + 發出訊號，表示參與者已到達屏障，並且在等候所有其他參與者到達 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時)，同時觀察取消語彙基元。 + 如果所有參與者已在指定時間內達到屏障則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用，屏障目前有 0 個參與者，或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。 + + + 發出訊號，表示參與者已到達屏障，並且在等候所有其他參與者到達，同時觀察取消語彙基元。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用，屏障目前有 0 個參與者，或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。 + + + 發出訊號，表示參與者已到達屏障，並且在等候所有其他參與者到達屏障 (使用 物件以測量時間間隔)。 + 如果所有其他參與者已達到屏障則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 32,767 的逾時。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用，屏障目前有 0 個參與者，或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。 + + + 發出訊號，表示參與者已到達屏障，並且在等候所有其他參與者到達 (使用 物件以測量時間間隔)，同時觀察取消語彙基元。 + 如果所有其他參與者已達到屏障則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用，屏障目前有 0 個參與者，或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。 + + + 在 的後續階段動作失敗時所擲回的例外狀況。 + + + 以系統提供的錯誤說明訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用指定的內部例外狀況，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤說明訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已經為目前系統的文化特性當地語系化。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已經為目前系統的文化特性當地語系化。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + + + 表示要在新內容裡面呼叫的方法。 + 物件，它包含回呼方法所使用的資訊。 + 1 + + + 代表當計數到達零時收到訊號的同步處理原始物件。 + + + 使用指定的計數，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 設定 時最初所需的訊號次數。 + + 小於 0。 + + + 將 目前的計數遞增一。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + 目前的執行個體已經設定。-或- 等於或大於 。 + + + 將 目前的計數遞增所指定的值。 + + 所要增加的值。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 小於或等於 0。 + 目前的執行個體已經設定。-或-計數遞增 後， 會等於或大於 + + + 取得設定事件時需要的剩餘訊號次數。 + 設定事件時需要的剩餘訊號次數。 + + + 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。 + + + 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源，並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。 + true 表示同時釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源，false 表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。 + + + 取得設定事件一開始時所需要的訊號次數。 + 設定事件一開始時所需要的訊號次數。 + + + 判斷事件是否已設定。 + 如果已設定事件則為 true，否則為 false。 + + + 將 重設為 的值。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + + 將 屬性重設為指定的值。 + 設定 時所需的訊號次數。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 小於 0。 + + + 向 註冊訊號，並遞減 的值。 + 如果訊號使計數到達零且設定事件則為 true，否則為 false。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + 目前的執行個體已經設定。 + + + 向 註冊多個訊號，並將 的值遞減指定的數量。 + 如果信號使計數到達零且設定事件則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要註冊的訊號數。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 小於 1。 + 目前的執行個體已經設定。或 大於 。 + + + 嘗試將 遞增一。 + 如果遞增成功則為 true，否則為 false。如果 已經位於零，這個方法將傳回 false。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 等於 。 + + + 嘗試以指定的值遞增 。 + 如果遞增成功則為 true，否則為 false。如果 已經為零，這將傳回 false。 + + 所要增加的值。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 小於或等於 0。 + 目前的執行個體已經設定。-或- + 等於或大於 。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了 為止。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了 為止 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時)。 + 如果已設定 則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了 為止 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時)，同時觀察 。 + 如果已設定 則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或者-已處置建立 的 。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了 為止，同時觀察 。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或者-已處置建立 的 。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了 為止 (使用 以測量逾時)。 + 如果已設定 則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 的逾時。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了 為止 (使用 以測量逾時)，同時觀察 。 + 如果已設定 則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或者-已處置建立 的 。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 的逾時。 + + + 取得用來等候事件獲得設定的 。 + + ，其會用於等候事件獲得設定。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + + 表示收到信號之後，是否會自動或手動重設 。 + 2 + + + 收到信號通知時， 在釋放單一執行緒後會自動重設。如果沒有任何執行緒在等待，則 會保持收到信號的狀態，直到有執行緒被封鎖為止，接著就釋放這個執行緒並將自己重設。 + + + 收到信號通知時， 會釋放所有正在等待的執行緒，並保持收到信號的狀態，直到被手動重設為止。 + + + 表示執行緒同步處理事件。 + 2 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體、指定等候控制代碼是否一開始就會收到信號，以及是以自動還是手動方式來重設。 + true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號，false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。 + 其中一個 值，判斷是以自動還是手動方式重設事件。 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體、指定等候控制代碼是否一開始就會收到信號 (如果它是因這個呼叫而建立)、是以自動還是手動方式進行重設，以及系統同步處理事件的名稱。 + true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號 (如果具名事件是因這個呼叫而建立)，false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。 + 其中一個 值，判斷是以自動還是手動方式重設事件。 + 整個系統的同步處理事件名稱。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名的事件已存在，而且具有存取控制安全性，但是使用者沒有 。 + 無法建立具名的事件，可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。 + + 長度超過 260 個字元。 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體、指定等候控制代碼是否一開始就會收到信號 (如果它是因這個呼叫而建立)、是以自動還是手動方式進行重設、系統同步處理事件的名稱，以及呼叫之後的布林變數值 (此值可指示是否已建立具名系統事件)。 + true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號 (如果具名事件是因這個呼叫而建立)，false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。 + 其中一個 值，判斷是以自動還是手動方式重設事件。 + 整個系統的同步處理事件名稱。 + 這個方法傳回時，如果已建立本機事件 (也就是說，如果 為 null 或空字串)，或是已建立指定的已命名系統事件，則會包含 true；如果指定的已命名系統事件已存在則為 false。這個參數會以未初始化的狀態傳遞。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名的事件已存在，而且具有存取控制安全性，但是使用者沒有 。 + 無法建立具名的事件，可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。 + + 長度超過 260 個字元。 + + + 開啟指定的具名同步處理事件 (如果已經存在)。 + 表示具名系統事件的物件。 + 要開啟的系統同步處理事件的名稱。 + + 為空字串。-或- 長度超過 260 個字元。 + + 為 null。 + 具名系統事件不存在。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名事件存在，但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。 + 1 + + + + + + 將事件的狀態設定為未收到信號，會造成執行緒封鎖。 + 如果作業成功，則為 true，否則為 false . + 之前在這個 上呼叫 方法。 + 2 + + + 將事件的狀態設定為未收到信號，讓一個或多個等候執行緒繼續執行。 + 如果作業成功，則為 true，否則為 false . + 之前在這個 上呼叫 方法。 + 2 + + + 開啟指定的具名同步處理事件 (如果已經存在)，並傳回值，指出作業是否成功。 + 如果已成功開啟具名同步處理事件，則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要開啟的系統同步處理事件的名稱。 + 這個方法傳回時，如果呼叫成功，則包含物件，此物件代表具名同步處理事件，如果呼叫失敗，則為null。這個參數會被視為未初始化。 + + 為空字串。-或- 長度超過 260 個字元。 + + 為 null。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名事件已存在，但是使用者沒有所需的安全性存取權。 + + + 管理目前執行緒的執行內容。此類別無法被繼承。 + 2 + + + 從目前的執行緒擷取執行內容。 + + 物件，表示目前執行緒的執行內容。 + 1 + + + 在目前執行緒上的指定執行內容中執行方法。 + 要設定的 。 + + 委派，表示要在所提供執行內容中執行的方法。 + 要傳遞至回呼 (Callback) 方法的物件。 + + 為 null。-或- 不是透過擷取作業取得。-或-已經將 當做 呼叫的引數使用。 + 1 + + + + + + 為多重執行緒共用的變數提供不可部分完成的作業 (Atomic Operation)。 + 2 + + + 將兩個 32 位元整數加相，並以總和取代第一個整數，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + 新值儲存於 。 + 包含要加入的第一個值的變數。這兩個值的總和會存放在 中。 + 要加入 的整數的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將兩個 64 位元整數加相，並以總和取代第一個整數，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + 新值儲存於 。 + 包含要加入的第一個值的變數。這兩個值的總和會存放在 中。 + 要加入 的整數的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較兩個雙精確度浮點數是否相等；如果相等，則取代第一個值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端，其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。 + 當比較的結果相等時，會取代目的端值的值。 + 與 的值比較的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較兩個 32 位元帶正負號的整數是否相等，如果相等，則取代第一個值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端，其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。 + 當比較的結果相等時，會取代目的端值的值。 + 與 的值比較的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較兩個 64 位元帶正負號的整數是否相等，如果相等，則取代第一個值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端，其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。 + 當比較的結果相等時，會取代目的端值的值。 + 與 的值比較的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較兩個平台特定的控制代碼或指標是否相等；如果相等，則取代第一個。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端 ，其值會與 的值進行比較，且可能被 所取代。 + + ，當比較的結果相等時會取代目的端值。 + + ，會與 的值相比較。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較兩個物件的參考是否相等；如果相等，則取代第一個物件。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端物件，此物件會與 進行比較且可能被取代。 + 當比較的結果相等時，會取代目的端物件的物件。 + 與 的物件相比較的物件。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較兩個單精確度浮點數是否相等；如果相等，則取代第一個值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端，其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。 + 當比較的結果相等時，會取代目的端值的值。 + 與 的值比較的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較指定參考類型 的兩個執行個體是否相等；如果相等，則取代第一個。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端，其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。此為參考參數 (在 C# 中為 ref，在 Visual Basic 中為 ByRef)。 + 當比較的結果相等時，會取代目的端值的值。 + 與 的值比較的值。 + 要用於 、 和 的類型。此類型必須是參考類型。 + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 遞減特定變數並將結果儲存起來，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + 遞減後的值。 + 值會被遞減的變數。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 遞減特定變數並將結果儲存起來，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + 遞減後的值。 + 值會被遞減的變數。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將雙精確度浮點數設定為指定值，然後傳回原始值，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將 32 位元帶正負號的整數設定為指定值，然後傳回原始值，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將 64 位元帶正負號的整數設定為指定值，然後傳回原始值，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將平台特定的控制代碼或指標設定為指定值，然後傳回原始值，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將物件設定為指定值，然後傳回原始物件的參考，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將單精確度浮點數設定為指定值，然後傳回原始值，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將指定類型 的變數設定為指定值，然後傳回原始值，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。此為參考參數 (在 C# 中為 ref，在 Visual Basic 中為 ByRef)。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + 要用於 和 的類型。此類型必須是參考類型。 + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 遞增特定變數並將結果儲存起來，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + 遞增後的值。 + 值會被遞增的變數。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 遞增特定變數並將結果儲存起來，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + 遞增後的值。 + 值會被遞增的變數。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 同步處理記憶體存取，如下所示：執行目前執行緒的處理器無法以下列方式重新排列指示：呼叫 之前的記憶體存取在呼叫 後的記憶體存取之後執行。 + + + 傳回 64 位元的值 (載入為不可部分完成的作業)。 + 載入的值。 + 要載入的 64 位元值。 + 1 + + + 提供延遲初始化常式。 + + + 如果目標參考型別尚未初始化，則使用該型別的預設建構函式來進行初始化。 + 型別 的已初始化參考。 + 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考。 + 要初始化之參考的型別。 + 缺少存取型別 之建構函式的使用權限。 + + 型別沒有預設的建構函式。 + + + 如果目標型別尚未初始化，則使用其預設建構函式來初始化目標的參考型別或實值型別。 + 型別 的已初始化實值。 + 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考或實值。 + 布林值的參考，這個值可判斷目標是否已初始化。 + 物件的參考，這個物件用來當做初始化 時的互斥鎖定。如果 為 null，則具現化新的物件。 + 要初始化之參考的型別。 + 缺少存取型別 之建構函式的使用權限。 + + 型別沒有預設的建構函式。 + + + 如果目標型別尚未初始化，則使用指定的函式來初始化目標的參考或實值型別。 + 型別 的已初始化實值。 + 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考或實值。 + 布林值的參考，這個值可判斷目標是否已初始化。 + 物件的參考，這個物件用來當做初始化 時的互斥鎖定。如果 為 null，則具現化新的物件。 + 呼叫來初始化參考或值的函式。 + 要初始化之參考的型別。 + 缺少存取型別 之建構函式的使用權限。 + + 型別沒有預設的建構函式。 + + + 如果目標型別尚未初始化，則使用指定的函式來初始化目標的參考型別。 + 型別 的已初始化實值。 + 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考。 + 呼叫來初始化參考的函式。 + 要初始化之參考的參考型別。 + + 型別沒有預設的建構函式。 + + 傳回 null (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。 + + + 當遞迴進入鎖定與鎖定的遞迴原則不相符時，擲回的例外狀況。 + 2 + + + 以系統提供的錯誤說明訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 2 + + + 使用指定的錯誤說明訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已針對目前系統的文化特性，執行過當地語系化。 + 2 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已針對目前系統的文化特性，執行過當地語系化。 + 造成目前例外狀況的例外狀況。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + 2 + + + 指定相同的執行緒是否可以多次進入鎖定。 + + + 如果執行緒嘗試遞迴地進入鎖定，則會擲回例外狀況。某些類別可能會在此設定有效時允許特定的遞迴。 + + + 執行緒可以遞迴地進入鎖定。某些類別可能會限制此功能。 + + + 告知一個以上的等候中執行緒已發生事件。此類別無法被繼承。 + 2 + + + 使用布林值 (Boolean) 來初始化 類別的新執行個體，指出初始狀態是否設定為信號狀態。 + 如果初始狀態設定為信號狀態，為 true；初始狀態設定為非信號狀態則為 false。 + + + 提供 的精簡版本。 + + + 使用未收到訊號的初始狀態來初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用表示是否要將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號的布林值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + true 表示會將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號，false 表示會將初始狀態設定為未收到訊號。 + + + 使用表示是否要將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號的布林值以及指定的微調計數，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + true 表示會將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號，false 表示會將初始狀態設定為未收到訊號。 + 在回到以核心為基礎的等候作業之前進行微調等候的次數。 + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。 + + + 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源，並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。 + true 表示釋放 Managed 與 Unmanaged 資源，false 表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。 + + + 取得值，表示事件是否已設定。 + 如果已設定事件則為 true，否則為 false。 + + + 將事件的狀態設定為未收到信號，會造成執行緒封鎖。 + The object has already been disposed. + + + 將事件的狀態設定為已收到訊號，讓正在等候該事件的一或多個執行緒繼續執行。 + + + 取得在回到以核心為基礎的等候作業之前進行微調等候的次數。 + 傳回在回到以核心為基礎的等候作業之前進行微調等候的次數。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了目前的 為止。 + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了目前的 為止 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量時間間隔)。 + 如果設定了 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了目前的 為止，並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量時間間隔，同時觀察 。 + 如果設定了 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 要觀察的 。 + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到目前的 收到訊號為止，同時觀察 。 + 要觀察的 。 + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了目前的 為止，並使用 以測量時間間隔。 + 如果設定了 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了目前的 為止，並使用 以量測時間間隔，同時觀察 。 + 如果設定了 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 要觀察的 。 + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 取得這個 的基礎 物件。 + 這個 的基礎 事件物件。 + + + 提供一套機制，同步處理物件的存取。 + 2 + + + 取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定。 + 要從其上取得監視器鎖定的物件。 + + 參數為 null。 + 1 + + + 取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定，並且完整設定值，指出是否採用鎖定。 + 要等候的物件。 + 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定，輸出就是 true；否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間，即使發生例外狀況，仍然會設定輸出。注意：如果沒有發生例外狀況，這個方法的輸出一律為 true。 + + 的輸入為 true。 + + 參數為 null。 + + + 釋出指定物件的獨佔鎖定。 + 要從其上釋出鎖定的物件。 + + 參數為 null。 + 目前執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。 + 1 + + + 判斷目前執行緒是否保持鎖定指定的物件。 + 如果目前的執行緒持有 的鎖定，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要測試的物件。 + + 為 null。 + + + 通知等候佇列中的執行緒，鎖定物件的狀態有所變更。 + 執行緒正等候的物件。 + + 參數為 null。 + 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。 + 1 + + + 通知所有等候中的執行緒，物件的狀態有所變更。 + 送出 Pulse 的物件。 + + 參數為 null。 + 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。 + 1 + + + 嘗試取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定。 + 如果目前執行緒取得鎖定，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要取得鎖定的物件。 + + 參數為 null。 + 1 + + + 嘗試取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定，並且完整設定值，指出是否採用鎖定。 + 要取得鎖定的物件。 + 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定，輸出就是 true；否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間，即使發生例外狀況，仍然會設定輸出。 + + 的輸入為 true。 + + 參數為 null。 + + + 嘗試取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定 (在指定的毫秒數時間內)。 + 如果目前執行緒取得鎖定，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要取得鎖定的物件。 + 等候鎖定的毫秒數。 + + 參數為 null。 + + 為負，且不等於 。 + 1 + + + 嘗試在指定的毫秒數內取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定，並且完整設定值，指出是否採用鎖定。 + 要取得鎖定的物件。 + 等候鎖定的毫秒數。 + 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定，輸出就是 true；否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間，即使發生例外狀況，仍然會設定輸出。 + + 的輸入為 true。 + + 參數為 null。 + + 為負，且不等於 。 + + + 嘗試取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定 (在指定的時間內)。 + 如果目前執行緒取得鎖定，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要取得鎖定的物件。 + + ，代表等候鎖定的時間量。-1 毫秒的值會指定無限期等候。 + + 參數為 null。 + + 的毫秒值為負且不等於 (-1 毫秒) 或大於 。 + 1 + + + 嘗試在指定的時間內取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定，並且完整設定值，指出是否採用鎖定。 + 要取得鎖定的物件。 + 等候鎖定的時間長度。-1 毫秒的值會指定無限期等候。 + 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定，輸出就是 true；否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間，即使發生例外狀況，仍然會設定輸出。 + + 的輸入為 true。 + + 參數為 null。 + + 的毫秒值為負且不等於 (-1 毫秒) 或大於 。 + + + 釋出物件的鎖並且封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒重新取得鎖定為止。 + 如果由於呼叫端重新取得指定物件的鎖定而傳回呼叫，則為 true。如果鎖定不被重新取得，則這個方法不會傳回。 + 要等候的物件。 + + 參數為 null。 + 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。 + 叫用 Wait 的執行緒稍後會從等候狀態被插斷。這會當另一個執行緒呼叫這個執行緒的 方法時發生。 + 1 + + + 釋出物件的鎖並且封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒重新取得鎖定為止。如果超過指定的逾時間隔時間，執行緒會進入就緒序列。 + 如果在經過指定的時間之前重新取得鎖定，則為 true；如果在經過指定的時間之後重新取得鎖定，則為 false。要等到重新取得鎖定之後，此方法才會傳回。 + 要等候的物件。 + 在執行緒進入就緒佇列之前要等候的毫秒數。 + + 參數為 null。 + 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。 + 叫用 Wait 的執行緒稍後會從等候狀態被插斷。這會當另一個執行緒呼叫這個執行緒的 方法時發生。 + + 參數的值為負，且不等於 。 + 1 + + + 釋出物件的鎖並且封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒重新取得鎖定為止。如果超過指定的逾時間隔時間，執行緒會進入就緒序列。 + 如果在經過指定的時間之前重新取得鎖定，則為 true；如果在經過指定的時間之後重新取得鎖定，則為 false。要等到重新取得鎖定之後，此方法才會傳回。 + 要等候的物件。 + + ，代表在執行緒進入就緒佇列之前要等候的時間量。 + + 參數為 null。 + 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。 + 叫用 Wait 的執行緒稍後會從等候狀態被插斷。這會當另一個執行緒呼叫這個執行緒的 方法時發生。 + + 參數的毫秒值為負，且不表示 (-1 毫秒)，或大於 。 + 1 + + + 同步處理原始物件，該物件也可用於進行處理序之間的同步處理。 + 1 + + + 使用預設屬性，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用表示呼叫執行緒是否應該具有 Mutex 的初始擁有權的布林值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + true 表示將 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒，否則為 false。 + + + 使用表示呼叫執行緒是否應該具有 Mutex 的初始擁有權的布林值，以及代表 Mutex 名稱的字串，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + true 表示如果這個呼叫的結果建立了具名系統 Mutex，則將具名系統 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒，否則為 false。 + + 的名稱。如果值是 null，則 未命名。 + 具名的 Mutex 存在，而且具有存取控制安全性，但是使用者沒有 。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 無法建立具名的 Mutex，可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。 + + 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + + 使用表示呼叫執行緒是否應該具有 Mutex 的初始擁有權的布林值、代表 Mutex 名稱的字串，以及當方法傳回時表示是否將 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒的布林值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + true 表示如果這個呼叫的結果建立了具名系統 Mutex，則將具名系統 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒，否則為 false。 + + 的名稱。如果值是 null，則 未命名。 + 當這個方法傳回時，如果已建立本機 Mutex (也就是說，如果 為 null 或空字串)，或是已建立指定的具名系統 Mutex，則會包含 true 的布林值；如果指定的具名系統 Mutex 已存在，則為 false。這個參數會以未初始化的狀態傳遞。 + 具名的 Mutex 存在，而且具有存取控制安全性，但是使用者沒有 。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 無法建立具名的 Mutex，可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。 + + 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + + 開啟指定的具名 mutex (如果已經存在)。 + 表示具名系統 Mutex 的物件。 + 要開啟的系統 Mutex 的名稱。 + + 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 為 null。 + 具名 Mutex 不存在。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名 Mutex 存在，但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。 + 1 + + + + + + 釋出 一次。 + 呼叫執行緒並不擁有 Mutex。 + 1 + + + 開啟指定的具名 mutex (如果已經存在)，並傳回值，指出作業是否成功。 + 如果已成功開啟具名 Mutex，則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要開啟的系統 Mutex 的名稱。 + 當這個方法傳回時，如果呼叫成功，則包含代表具名 Mutex 的 物件；如果呼叫失敗，則為 null。這個參數會被視為未初始化。 + + 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 為 null。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名 Mutex 存在，但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。 + + + 代表鎖定，用來管理資源存取，允許多個執行緒的讀取權限或獨佔寫入權限。 + + + 使用預設屬性值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 指定鎖定遞迴原則，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 一個列舉值，指定鎖定遞迴原則。 + + + 取得已進入讀取模式鎖定狀態的唯一執行緒總數。 + 已進入讀取模式鎖定狀態的唯一執行緒數目。 + + + 釋放 類別目前的執行個體所使用的全部資源。 + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + 嘗試進入讀取模式的鎖定。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試進入可升級模式的鎖定狀態。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試進入寫入模式的鎖定。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 減少讀取模式遞迴的計數，如果得出的計數為 0 (零)，則結束讀取模式。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + 減少可升級模式遞迴的計數，如果得出的計數為 0 (零)，則結束可升級模式。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + 減少寫入模式遞迴的計數，如果得出的計數為 0 (零)，則結束寫入模式。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + 取得值，表示目前執行緒是否已進入讀取模式的鎖定。 + 如果目前執行緒已進入讀取模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 2 + + + 取得值，表示目前執行緒是否已進入可升級模式的鎖定。 + 如果目前執行緒已進入可升級模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 2 + + + 取得值，表示目前執行緒是否已進入寫入模式的鎖定。 + 如果目前執行緒已進入寫入模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 2 + + + 取得值，表示目前 物件的遞迴原則。 + 一個列舉值，指定鎖定遞迴原則。 + + + 取得目前執行緒已進入讀取模式鎖定的次數，做為遞迴的表示。 + 如果目前執行緒尚未進入讀取模式，則為 0 (零)；如果執行緒已進入讀取模式，但是尚未遞迴進入該模式，則為 1；如果執行緒已遞迴進入鎖定 n - 1 次，則為 n。 + 2 + + + 取得目前執行緒已進入可升級模式鎖定的次數，做為遞迴的表示。 + 如果目前執行緒尚未進入可升級模式，則為 0；如果執行緒已進入可升級模式，但是尚未遞迴進入該模式，則為 1；如果執行緒已遞迴進入可升級模式 n - 1 次，則為 n。 + 2 + + + 取得目前執行緒已進入寫入模式鎖定的次數，做為遞迴的表示。 + 如果目前執行緒尚未進入寫入模式，則為 0；如果執行緒已進入寫入模式，但是尚未遞迴進入該模式，則為 1；如果執行緒已遞迴進入寫入模式 n - 1 次，則為 n。 + 2 + + + 嘗試以選用的整數逾時，進入讀取模式的鎖定狀態。 + 如果呼叫執行緒已進入讀取模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數；若要永遠等候，則為 -1 ()。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試以選用的逾時，在讀取模式下進入鎖定狀態。 + 如果呼叫執行緒已進入讀取模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 等待的間隔，或 -1 毫秒無限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試以選用的逾時，在可升級模式下進入鎖定狀態。 + 如果呼叫執行緒已進入可升級模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數；若要永遠等候，則為 -1 ()。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試以選用的逾時，在可升級模式下進入鎖定狀態。 + 如果呼叫執行緒已進入可升級模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 等待的間隔，或 -1 毫秒無限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試以選用的逾時，在寫入模式下進入鎖定狀態。 + 如果呼叫執行緒已進入寫入模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數；若要永遠等候，則為 -1 ()。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試以選用的逾時，在寫入模式下進入鎖定狀態。 + 如果呼叫執行緒已進入寫入模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 等待的間隔，或 -1 毫秒無限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 取得等待進入讀取模式鎖定狀態的執行緒總數。 + 等待進入讀取模式的執行緒總數。 + 2 + + + 取得等待進入可升級模式鎖定狀態的執行緒總數。 + 等待進入可升級模式的執行緒總數。 + 2 + + + 取得等待進入寫入模式鎖定狀態的執行緒總數。 + 等待進入寫入模式的執行緒總數。 + 2 + + + 限制可以同時存取資源或資源集區的執行緒數目。 + 1 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體，以及指定並行項目的最大數目及選擇性地保留某些項目。 + 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。 + 可以同時授與之號誌要求的最大數目。 + + 大於 。 + + 为小于 1。-或- 小於 0。 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體，然後指定初始項目數目與並行項目的最大數目，以及選擇性地指定系統號誌物件的名稱。 + 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。 + 可以同時授與之號誌要求的最大數目。 + 具名系統號誌物件的名稱。 + + 大於 。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为小于 1。-或- 小於 0。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名的號誌存在，而且具有存取控制安全性，但是使用者沒有 。 + 無法建立具名的號誌，可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體，然後指定初始項目物件數目與並行項目的最大數目，選擇性地指定系統號誌物件的名稱，以及指定接收值的變數，指出是否已建立新的系統號誌。 + 可以同時滿足之號誌要求的初始數目。 + 可以同時滿足之號誌要求的最大數目。 + 具名系統號誌物件的名稱。 + 這個方法傳回時，如果已建立本機號誌 (也就是說，如果 為 null 或空字串)，或是已建立指定的已命名系統號誌，則會包含 true；如果指定的已命名系統號誌已存在則為 false。這個參數會以未初始化的狀態傳遞。 + + 大於 。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为小于 1。-或- 小於 0。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名的號誌存在，而且具有存取控制安全性，但是使用者沒有 。 + 無法建立具名的號誌，可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。 + + + 開啟指定的具名號誌 (如果已經存在)。 + 表示具名系統號誌的物件。 + 要開啟之系統號誌的名稱。 + + 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 為 null。 + 具名號誌不存在。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名號誌存在，但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。 + 1 + + + + + + 結束號誌，並傳回上一個計數。 + 呼叫 方法之前，號誌上的計數。 + 號誌計數已達到最大值。 + 具名號誌中發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌，但是使用者沒有 。-或-目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌，但是並未以 開啟。 + 1 + + + 以指定的次數結束號誌，並回到上一個計數。 + 呼叫 方法之前，號誌上的計數。 + 結束號誌的次數。 + + 为小于 1。 + 號誌計數已達到最大值。 + 具名號誌中發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌，但是使用者沒有 權限。-或-目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌，但是並未以 權限開啟。 + 1 + + + 開啟指定的具名號誌 (如果已經存在)，並傳回值，指出作業是否成功。 + 如果已成功開啟具名號誌，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要開啟之系統號誌的名稱。 + 這個方法傳回時，如果呼叫成功，則包含 物件，此物件代表具名信號，如果呼叫失敗，則為null。這個參數會被視為未初始化。 + + 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 為 null。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名號誌存在，但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。 + + + 在已經達到最大計數的號誌上呼叫 方法時，所擲回的例外狀況。 + 2 + + + 使用預設值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + + + 代表 的輕量型替代品，限制可同時存取一項資源或資源集區的執行緒數目。 + + + 指定可同時授與的初始要求數目，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。 + + 小於 0。 + + + 指定可同時授與的初始要求數目及最大數目，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。 + 可以同時授與之號誌要求的最大數目。 + + 小於 0，或者 大於 ，或者 等於或小於 0。 + + + 傳回可用來等候號誌的 。 + 可用來等候號誌的 。 + + 已經處置。 + + + 取得可以進入 物件的剩餘執行緒數目。 + 可以進入號誌的剩餘執行緒數目。 + + + 釋放 類別目前的執行個體所使用的全部資源。 + + + 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源，並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。 + true 表示釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源，false 則表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。 + + + 釋出 物件一次。 + + 的先前計數。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 已經達到其大小上限。 + + + 釋出 物件指定的次數。 + + 的先前計數。 + 結束號誌的次數。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 为小于 1。 + + 已經達到其大小上限。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止，並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來指定逾時。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數；若要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止，並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來指定逾時，同時觀察 。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數；若要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + 实例已被释放，或 创建 已被释放。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止，同時觀察 。 + 要觀察的 語彙基元。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或- 创建 已释放。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止，並使用 來指定逾時。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，代表等候毫秒數；或是 ，代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 的逾時。 + semaphoreSlim 執行個體已經處置 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止，並使用 來指定逾時，同時觀察 。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，代表等候毫秒數；或是 ，代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 的逾時。 + semaphoreSlim 執行個體已經處置 已處置建立 的 。 + + + 以非同步方式等候進入 。 + 將會在號誌 (Semaphore) 輸入後完成的工作。 + + + 以非同步方式等候進入 ，並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來測量時間間隔。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則工作會完成且結果為 true，否則結果為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + + 以非同步方式等候進入 ，並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來測量時間間隔，同時觀察 。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則工作會完成且結果為 true，否則結果為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 已取消。 + + + 以非同步方式等候進入 ，同時觀察 。 + 將會在號誌 (Semaphore) 輸入後完成的工作。 + 要觀察的 語彙基元。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 已取消。 + + + 以非同步方式等候進入 ，並使用 來測量時間間隔。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則工作會完成且結果為 true，否則結果為 false。 + + ，代表等候毫秒數；或是 ，代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限 -或- 逾時大於 。 + + + 以非同步方式等候進入 ，並使用 來測量時間間隔，同時觀察 。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則工作會完成且結果為 true，否則結果為 false。 + + ，代表等候毫秒數；或是 ，代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 要觀察的 語彙基元。 + + 是不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限-或-逾時大於 。 + + 已取消。 + + + 表示要將訊息分派至同步處理內容時，所要呼叫的方法。 + 傳送至委派的物件。 + 2 + + + 提供互斥鎖定基本作業，在這個作業中，嘗試取得鎖定的執行緒會用迴圈方式等候，並重複檢查，直到鎖定可用為止。 + + + 使用可追蹤執行緒 ID 以改善偵錯的選項，初始化 結構的新執行個體。 + 是否要擷取並使用執行緒 ID 以進行偵錯。 + + + 以可靠的方式取得鎖定，例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況，還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。 + 如果取得鎖定則為 true，否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。 + + 引數必須在呼叫 Enter 之前初始化為 False。 + 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤，且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。 + + + 釋放鎖定。 + 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤，且目前的執行緒不是這個鎖定的擁有者。 + + + 釋放鎖定。 + 布林值，表示是否應該發出記憶體柵欄，以便立即將結束作業發行至其他執行緒。 + 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤，且目前的執行緒不是這個鎖定的擁有者。 + + + 取得值，這個值表示此鎖定目前是否由任何執行緒持有。 + 如果此鎖定目前由任何執行緒持有則為 true，否則為 false。 + + + 取得值，表示此鎖定是否由目前執行緒持有。 + 如果此鎖定由目前執行緒持有則為 true，否則為 false。 + 已停用執行緒擁有權追蹤。 + + + 取得值，表示這個執行個體是否已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤。 + 如果這個執行個體已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤則為 true，否則為 false。 + + + 嘗試以可靠的方式取得鎖定，例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況，還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。 + 如果取得鎖定則為 true，否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。 + + 引數必須在呼叫 TryEnter 之前初始化為 False。 + 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤，且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。 + + + 嘗試以可靠的方式取得鎖定，例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況，還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 如果取得鎖定則為 true，否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + 引數必須在呼叫 TryEnter 之前初始化為 False。 + 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤，且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。 + + + 嘗試以可靠的方式取得鎖定，例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況，還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 如果取得鎖定則為 true，否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 毫秒的逾時。 + + 引數必須在呼叫 TryEnter 之前初始化為 False。 + 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤，且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。 + + + 提供微調式等候支援。 + + + 取得已在這個執行個體上呼叫 的次數。 + 傳回整數，表示已在這個執行個體上呼叫 的次數。 + + + 取得值，這個值表示下一次呼叫 時是否讓出處理器，並觸發強制的環境切換。 + 下一次呼叫 時是否讓出處理器，並觸發強制的環境切換。 + + + 重設微調計數器。 + + + 執行單一微調。 + + + 執行微調，直到滿足指定的條件為止。 + 會重複執行直到傳回 true 為止的委派。 + + 引數為 null。 + + + 執行微調，直到滿足指定的條件或是指定的逾時過期為止。 + 如果滿足條件則為 true，否則為 false。 + 會重複執行直到傳回 true 為止的委派。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + + 引數為 null。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + + 執行微調，直到滿足指定的條件或是指定的逾時過期為止。 + 如果滿足條件則為 true，否則為 false。 + 會重複執行直到傳回 true 為止的委派。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 TimeSpan，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + + 引數為 null。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 的逾時。 + + + 提供在各種同步處理模式中傳播同步處理內容的基本功能。 + 2 + + + 建立 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 在衍生類別中覆寫時，會建立同步處理內容的複本。 + 新的 物件。 + 2 + + + 取得目前執行緒的同步處理內容。 + + 物件，代表目前的同步處理內容。 + 1 + + + 在衍生類別中覆寫時，會回應作業已經完成的通知。 + + + 在衍生類別中覆寫時，會回應作業已經啟動的通知。 + + + 在衍生類別中覆寫時，會將非同步訊息分派至同步處理內容。 + 要呼叫的 委派。 + 傳送至委派的物件。 + 2 + + + 在衍生類別中覆寫時，會將同步訊息分派至同步處理內容。 + 要呼叫的 委派。 + 傳送至委派的物件。 + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + 設定目前的同步處理內容。 + 要設定的 物件。 + 1 + + + + + + 方法要求呼叫端擁有指定 Monitor 的鎖定，但是不擁有鎖定的呼叫端叫用方法時所擲回的例外狀況。 + 2 + + + 使用預設屬性來初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + + + 提供資料的執行緒區域儲存區。 + 指定依個別執行緒儲存的資料型別。 + + + 初始化 執行個體。 + + + 初始化 執行個體。 + 是否要追蹤所有在執行個體上設定的值，並透過屬性將它們公開。 + + + 使用指定的 函式來初始化 的執行個體。 + 當嘗試擷取未事先初始化的 時，系統會叫用 來產生延遲初始化的值。 + + 是 Null 參考 (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。 + + + 使用指定的 函式來初始化 的執行個體。 + 當嘗試擷取未事先初始化的 時，系統會叫用 來產生延遲初始化的值。 + 是否要追蹤所有在執行個體上設定的值，並透過屬性將它們公開。 + + 為 null 參考 (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。 + + + 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。 + + + 釋放這個 執行個體所使用的資源。 + 布林值，表示是否會因為呼叫 而呼叫這個方法。 + + + 釋放這個 執行個體所使用的資源。 + + + 取得值，這個值表示 是否已在目前執行緒中完成初始化。 + 如果已在目前執行緒上初始化 則為 true，否則為 false。 + 已處置 執行個體。 + + + 建立並傳回目前執行緒的這個執行個體的字串表示。 + 在 上呼叫 的結果。 + 已處置 執行個體。 + 目前執行緒的 是 Null 參考 (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。 + 初始化函式會嘗試遞迴參考 。 + 沒有提供任何預設的建構函式，也沒有提供任何値 Factory。 + + + 取得或設定目前執行緒的這個執行個體的值。 + 傳回這個 ThreadLocal 負責初始化之物件的執行個體。 + 已處置 執行個體。 + 初始化函式會嘗試遞迴參考 。 + 沒有提供任何預設的建構函式，也沒有提供任何値 Factory。 + + + 取得清單，其中包含已存取這個執行個體的所有執行緒目前所儲存的所有值。 + 已存取這個執行個體的所有執行緒目前所儲存之所有值的清單。 + 已處置 執行個體。 + + + 包含用來執行動態記憶體作業的方法。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 從指定的欄位讀取物件參考。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取之 的參考。這個參考是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + 要讀取之欄位的型別。此型別必須是參考型別，不得為實值型別。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現記憶體作業，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的物件參考寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入物件參考的欄位。 + 要寫入的物件參考。立即寫入此參考，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此參考。 + 要寫入之欄位的型別。此型別必須是參考型別，不得為實值型別。 + + + 當嘗試開啟不存在的系統 Mutex 或號誌時，所擲回的例外狀況。 + 2 + + + 使用預設值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Threading.dll b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Threading.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c77b70bc0 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Threading.dll differ diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72254652d --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1797 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + The exception that is thrown when one thread acquires a object that another thread has abandoned by exiting without releasing it. + 1 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with default values. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified index for the abandoned mutex, if applicable, and a object that represents the mutex. + The index of the abandoned mutex in the array of wait handles if the exception is thrown for the method, or –1 if the exception is thrown for the or methods. + A object that represents the abandoned mutex. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message. + An error message that explains the reason for the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and inner exception. + An error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message, the inner exception, the index for the abandoned mutex, if applicable, and a object that represents the mutex. + An error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + The index of the abandoned mutex in the array of wait handles if the exception is thrown for the method, or –1 if the exception is thrown for the or methods. + A object that represents the abandoned mutex. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message, the index of the abandoned mutex, if applicable, and the abandoned mutex. + An error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The index of the abandoned mutex in the array of wait handles if the exception is thrown for the method, or –1 if the exception is thrown for the or methods. + A object that represents the abandoned mutex. + + + Gets the abandoned mutex that caused the exception, if known. + A object that represents the abandoned mutex, or null if the abandoned mutex could not be identified. + 1 + + + Gets the index of the abandoned mutex that caused the exception, if known. + The index, in the array of wait handles passed to the method, of the object that represents the abandoned mutex, or –1 if the index of the abandoned mutex could not be determined. + 1 + + + Represents ambient data that is local to a given asynchronous control flow, such as an asynchronous method. + The type of the ambient data. + + + Instantiates an instance that does not receive change notifications. + + + Instantiates an local instance that receives change notifications. + The delegate that is called whenever the current value changes on any thread. + + + Gets or sets the value of the ambient data. + The value of the ambient data. + + + The class that provides data change information to instances that register for change notifications. + The type of the data. + + + Gets the data's current value. + The data's current value. + + + Gets the data's previous value. + The data's previous value. + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the value changes because of a change of execution context. + true if the value changed because of a change of execution context; otherwise, false. + + + Notifies a waiting thread that an event has occurred. This class cannot be inherited. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the initial state to signaled. + true to set the initial state to signaled; false to set the initial state to non-signaled. + + + Enables multiple tasks to cooperatively work on an algorithm in parallel through multiple phases. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The number of participating threads. + + is less than 0 or greater than 32,767. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The number of participating threads. + The to be executed after each phase. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) may be passed to indicate no action is taken. + + is less than 0 or greater than 32,767. + + + Notifies the that there will be an additional participant. + The phase number of the barrier in which the new participants will first participate. + The current instance has already been disposed. + Adding a participant would cause the barrier's participant count to exceed 32,767.-or-The method was invoked from within a post-phase action. + + + Notifies the that there will be additional participants. + The phase number of the barrier in which the new participants will first participate. + The number of additional participants to add to the barrier. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is less than 0.-or-Adding participants would cause the barrier's participant count to exceed 32,767. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action. + + + Gets the number of the barrier's current phase. + Returns the number of the barrier's current phase. + + + Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources. + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Gets the total number of participants in the barrier. + Returns the total number of participants in the barrier. + + + Gets the number of participants in the barrier that haven’t yet signaled in the current phase. + Returns the number of participants in the barrier that haven’t yet signaled in the current phase. + + + Notifies the that there will be one less participant. + The current instance has already been disposed. + The barrier already has 0 participants.-or-The method was invoked from within a post-phase action. + + + Notifies the that there will be fewer participants. + The number of additional participants to remove from the barrier. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is less than 0. + The barrier already has 0 participants.-or-The method was invoked from within a post-phase action. -or-current participant count is less than the specified participantCount + The total participant count is less than the specified + + + Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well. + The current instance has already been disposed. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants. + If an exception is thrown from the post phase action of a Barrier after all participating threads have called SignalAndWait, the exception will be wrapped in a BarrierPostPhaseException and be thrown on all participating threads. + + + Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout. + if all participants reached the barrier within the specified time; otherwise false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants. + If an exception is thrown from the post phase action of a Barrier after all participating threads have called SignalAndWait, the exception will be wrapped in a BarrierPostPhaseException and be thrown on all participating threads. + + + Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout, while observing a cancellation token. + if all participants reached the barrier within the specified time; otherwise false + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + has been canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants. + + + Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier, while observing a cancellation token. + The to observe. + + has been canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants. + + + Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a object to measure the time interval. + true if all other participants reached the barrier; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out, or it is greater than 32,767. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants. + + + Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a object to measure the time interval, while observing a cancellation token. + true if all other participants reached the barrier; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + has been canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. + The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants. + + + The exception that is thrown when the post-phase action of a fails + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a system-supplied message that describes the error. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified inner exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified message that describes the error. + The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor is required to ensure that this string has been localized for the current system culture. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. + The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor is required to ensure that this string has been localized for the current system culture. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + + + Represents a method to be called within a new context. + An object containing information to be used by the callback method each time it executes. + 1 + + + Represents a synchronization primitive that is signaled when its count reaches zero. + + + Initializes a new instance of class with the specified count. + The number of signals initially required to set the . + + is less than 0. + + + Increments the 's current count by one. + The current instance has already been disposed. + The current instance is already set.-or- is equal to or greater than . + + + Increments the 's current count by a specified value. + The value by which to increase . + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is less than or equal to 0. + The current instance is already set.-or- is equal to or greater than after count is incremented by + + + Gets the number of remaining signals required to set the event. + The number of remaining signals required to set the event. + + + Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources. + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Gets the numbers of signals initially required to set the event. + The number of signals initially required to set the event. + + + Determines whether the event is set. + true if the event is set; otherwise, false. + + + Resets the to the value of . + The current instance has already been disposed.. + + + Resets the property to a specified value. + The number of signals required to set the . + The current instance has alread been disposed. + + is less than 0. + + + Registers a signal with the , decrementing the value of . + true if the signal caused the count to reach zero and the event was set; otherwise, false. + The current instance has already been disposed. + The current instance is already set. + + + Registers multiple signals with the , decrementing the value of by the specified amount. + true if the signals caused the count to reach zero and the event was set; otherwise, false. + The number of signals to register. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is less than 1. + The current instance is already set. -or- Or is greater than . + + + Attempts to increment by one. + true if the increment succeeded; otherwise, false. If is already at zero, this method will return false. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is equal to . + + + Attempts to increment by a specified value. + true if the increment succeeded; otherwise, false. If is already at zero this will return false. + The value by which to increase . + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is less than or equal to 0. + The current instance is already set.-or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + Blocks the current thread until the is set. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout. + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + + + Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout, while observing a . + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + has been canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed. -or- The that created has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + + + Blocks the current thread until the is set, while observing a . + The to observe. + + has been canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed. -or- The that created has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a to measure the timeout. + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than . + + + Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a to measure the timeout, while observing a . + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + has been canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed. -or- The that created has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than . + + + Gets a that is used to wait for the event to be set. + A that is used to wait for the event to be set. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + + Indicates whether an is reset automatically or manually after receiving a signal. + 2 + + + When signaled, the resets automatically after releasing a single thread. If no threads are waiting, the remains signaled until a thread blocks, and resets after releasing the thread. + + + When signaled, the releases all waiting threads and remains signaled until it is manually reset. + + + Represents a thread synchronization event. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying whether the wait handle is initially signaled, and whether it resets automatically or manually. + true to set the initial state to signaled; false to set it to nonsignaled. + One of the values that determines whether the event resets automatically or manually. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying whether the wait handle is initially signaled if created as a result of this call, whether it resets automatically or manually, and the name of a system synchronization event. + true to set the initial state to signaled if the named event is created as a result of this call; false to set it to nonsignaled. + One of the values that determines whether the event resets automatically or manually. + The name of a system-wide synchronization event. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named event exists and has access control security, but the user does not have . + The named event cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name. + + is longer than 260 characters. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying whether the wait handle is initially signaled if created as a result of this call, whether it resets automatically or manually, the name of a system synchronization event, and a Boolean variable whose value after the call indicates whether the named system event was created. + true to set the initial state to signaled if the named event is created as a result of this call; false to set it to nonsignaled. + One of the values that determines whether the event resets automatically or manually. + The name of a system-wide synchronization event. + When this method returns, contains true if a local event was created (that is, if is null or an empty string) or if the specified named system event was created; false if the specified named system event already existed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named event exists and has access control security, but the user does not have . + The named event cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name. + + is longer than 260 characters. + + + Opens the specified named synchronization event, if it already exists. + An object that represents the named system event. + The name of the system synchronization event to open. + + is an empty string. -or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is null. + The named system event does not exist. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named event exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it. + 1 + + + + + + Sets the state of the event to nonsignaled, causing threads to block. + true if the operation succeeds; otherwise, false. + The method was previously called on this . + 2 + + + Sets the state of the event to signaled, allowing one or more waiting threads to proceed. + true if the operation succeeds; otherwise, false. + The method was previously called on this . + 2 + + + Opens the specified named synchronization event, if it already exists, and returns a value that indicates whether the operation succeeded. + true if the named synchronization event was opened successfully; otherwise, false. + The name of the system synchronization event to open. + When this method returns, contains a object that represents the named synchronization event if the call succeeded, or null if the call failed. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + + is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is null. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named event exists, but the user does not have the desired security access. + + + Manages the execution context for the current thread. This class cannot be inherited. + 2 + + + Captures the execution context from the current thread. + An object representing the execution context for the current thread. + 1 + + + Runs a method in a specified execution context on the current thread. + The to set. + A delegate that represents the method to be run in the provided execution context. + The object to pass to the callback method. + + is null.-or- was not acquired through a capture operation. -or- has already been used as the argument to a call. + 1 + + + + + + Provides atomic operations for variables that are shared by multiple threads. + 2 + + + Adds two 32-bit integers and replaces the first integer with the sum, as an atomic operation. + The new value stored at . + A variable containing the first value to be added. The sum of the two values is stored in . + The value to be added to the integer at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Adds two 64-bit integers and replaces the first integer with the sum, as an atomic operation. + The new value stored at . + A variable containing the first value to be added. The sum of the two values is stored in . + The value to be added to the integer at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two double-precision floating point numbers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value. + The original value in . + The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced. + The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality. + The value that is compared to the value at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two 32-bit signed integers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value. + The original value in . + The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced. + The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality. + The value that is compared to the value at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two 64-bit signed integers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value. + The original value in . + The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced. + The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality. + The value that is compared to the value at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two platform-specific handles or pointers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first one. + The original value in . + The destination , whose value is compared with the value of and possibly replaced by . + The that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality. + The that is compared to the value at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two objects for reference equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first object. + The original value in . + The destination object that is compared with and possibly replaced. + The object that replaces the destination object if the comparison results in equality. + The object that is compared to the object at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two single-precision floating point numbers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value. + The original value in . + The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced. + The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality. + The value that is compared to the value at . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compares two instances of the specified reference type for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first one. + The original value in . + The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced. This is a reference parameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic). + The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality. + The value that is compared to the value at . + The type to be used for , , and . This type must be a reference type. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Decrements a specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation. + The decremented value. + The variable whose value is to be decremented. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Decrements the specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation. + The decremented value. + The variable whose value is to be decremented. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets a double-precision floating point number to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. + The value to which the parameter is set. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets a 32-bit signed integer to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. + The value to which the parameter is set. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets a 64-bit signed integer to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. + The value to which the parameter is set. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets a platform-specific handle or pointer to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. + The value to which the parameter is set. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets an object to a specified value and returns a reference to the original object, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. + The value to which the parameter is set. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets a single-precision floating point number to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. + The value to which the parameter is set. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sets a variable of the specified type to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation. + The original value of . + The variable to set to the specified value. This is a reference parameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic). + The value to which the parameter is set. + The type to be used for and . This type must be a reference type. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Increments a specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation. + The incremented value. + The variable whose value is to be incremented. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Increments a specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation. + The incremented value. + The variable whose value is to be incremented. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Synchronizes memory access as follows: The processor that executes the current thread cannot reorder instructions in such a way that memory accesses before the call to execute after memory accesses that follow the call to . + + + Returns a 64-bit value, loaded as an atomic operation. + The loaded value. + The 64-bit value to be loaded. + 1 + + + Provides lazy initialization routines. + + + Initializes a target reference type with the type's default constructor if it hasn't already been initialized. + The initialized reference of type . + A reference of type to initialize if it has not already been initialized. + The type of the reference to be initialized. + Permissions to access the constructor of type were missing. + Type does not have a default constructor. + + + Initializes a target reference or value type with its default constructor if it hasn't already been initialized. + The initialized value of type . + A reference or value of type to initialize if it hasn't already been initialized. + A reference to a Boolean value that determines whether the target has already been initialized. + A reference to an object used as the mutually exclusive lock for initializing . If is null, a new object will be instantiated. + The type of the reference to be initialized. + Permissions to access the constructor of type were missing. + Type does not have a default constructor. + + + Initializes a target reference or value type by using a specified function if it hasn't already been initialized. + The initialized value of type . + A reference or value of type to initialize if it hasn't already been initialized. + A reference to a Boolean value that determines whether the target has already been initialized. + A reference to an object used as the mutually exclusive lock for initializing . If is null, a new object will be instantiated. + The function that is called to initialize the reference or value. + The type of the reference to be initialized. + Permissions to access the constructor of type were missing. + Type does not have a default constructor. + + + Initializes a target reference type by using a specified function if it hasn't already been initialized. + The initialized value of type . + The reference of type to initialize if it hasn't already been initialized. + The function that is called to initialize the reference. + The reference type of the reference to be initialized. + Type does not have a default constructor. + + returned null (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + The exception that is thrown when recursive entry into a lock is not compatible with the recursion policy for the lock. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a system-supplied message that describes the error. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified message that describes the error. + The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor must make sure that this string has been localized for the current system culture. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. + The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor must make sure that this string has been localized for the current system culture. + The exception that caused the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + 2 + + + Specifies whether a lock can be entered multiple times by the same thread. + + + If a thread tries to enter a lock recursively, an exception is thrown. Some classes may allow certain recursions when this setting is in effect. + + + A thread can enter a lock recursively. Some classes may restrict this capability. + + + Notifies one or more waiting threads that an event has occurred. This class cannot be inherited. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the initial state to signaled. + true to set the initial state signaled; false to set the initial state to nonsignaled. + + + Provides a slimmed down version of . + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with an initial state of nonsignaled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the intial state to signaled. + true to set the initial state signaled; false to set the initial state to nonsignaled. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the intial state to signaled and a specified spin count. + true to set the initial state to signaled; false to set the initial state to nonsignaled. + The number of spin waits that will occur before falling back to a kernel-based wait operation. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources. + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Gets whether the event is set. + true if the event has is set; otherwise, false. + + + Sets the state of the event to nonsignaled, which causes threads to block. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Sets the state of the event to signaled, which allows one or more threads waiting on the event to proceed. + + + Gets the number of spin waits that will be occur before falling back to a kernel-based wait operation. + Returns the number of spin waits that will be occur before falling back to a kernel-based wait operation. + + + Blocks the current thread until the current is set. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval. + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval, while observing a . + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the current receives a signal, while observing a . + The to observe. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a to measure the time interval. + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a to measure the time interval, while observing a . + true if the was set; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Gets the underlying object for this . + The underlying event object fore this . + + + Provides a mechanism that synchronizes access to objects. + 2 + + + Acquires an exclusive lock on the specified object. + The object on which to acquire the monitor lock. + The parameter is null. + 1 + + + Acquires an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken. + The object on which to wait. + The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock. Note   If no exception occurs, the output of this method is always true. + The input to is true. + The parameter is null. + + + Releases an exclusive lock on the specified object. + The object on which to release the lock. + The parameter is null. + The current thread does not own the lock for the specified object. + 1 + + + Determines whether the current thread holds the lock on the specified object. + true if the current thread holds the lock on ; otherwise, false. + The object to test. + + is null. + + + Notifies a thread in the waiting queue of a change in the locked object's state. + The object a thread is waiting for. + The parameter is null. + The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object. + 1 + + + Notifies all waiting threads of a change in the object's state. + The object that sends the pulse. + The parameter is null. + The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object. + 1 + + + Attempts to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object. + true if the current thread acquires the lock; otherwise, false. + The object on which to acquire the lock. + The parameter is null. + 1 + + + Attempts to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken. + The object on which to acquire the lock. + The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock. + The input to is true. + The parameter is null. + + + Attempts, for the specified number of milliseconds, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object. + true if the current thread acquires the lock; otherwise, false. + The object on which to acquire the lock. + The number of milliseconds to wait for the lock. + The parameter is null. + + is negative, and not equal to . + 1 + + + Attempts, for the specified number of milliseconds, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken. + The object on which to acquire the lock. + The number of milliseconds to wait for the lock. + The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock. + The input to is true. + The parameter is null. + + is negative, and not equal to . + + + Attempts, for the specified amount of time, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object. + true if the current thread acquires the lock; otherwise, false. + The object on which to acquire the lock. + A representing the amount of time to wait for the lock. A value of –1 millisecond specifies an infinite wait. + The parameter is null. + The value of in milliseconds is negative and is not equal to (–1 millisecond), or is greater than . + 1 + + + Attempts, for the specified amount of time, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken. + The object on which to acquire the lock. + The amount of time to wait for the lock. A value of –1 millisecond specifies an infinite wait. + The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock. + The input to is true. + The parameter is null. + The value of in milliseconds is negative and is not equal to (–1 millisecond), or is greater than . + + + Releases the lock on an object and blocks the current thread until it reacquires the lock. + true if the call returned because the caller reacquired the lock for the specified object. This method does not return if the lock is not reacquired. + The object on which to wait. + The parameter is null. + The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object. + The thread that invokes Wait is later interrupted from the waiting state. This happens when another thread calls this thread's method. + 1 + + + Releases the lock on an object and blocks the current thread until it reacquires the lock. If the specified time-out interval elapses, the thread enters the ready queue. + true if the lock was reacquired before the specified time elapsed; false if the lock was reacquired after the specified time elapsed. The method does not return until the lock is reacquired. + The object on which to wait. + The number of milliseconds to wait before the thread enters the ready queue. + The parameter is null. + The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object. + The thread that invokes Wait is later interrupted from the waiting state. This happens when another thread calls this thread's method. + The value of the parameter is negative, and is not equal to . + 1 + + + Releases the lock on an object and blocks the current thread until it reacquires the lock. If the specified time-out interval elapses, the thread enters the ready queue. + true if the lock was reacquired before the specified time elapsed; false if the lock was reacquired after the specified time elapsed. The method does not return until the lock is reacquired. + The object on which to wait. + A representing the amount of time to wait before the thread enters the ready queue. + The parameter is null. + The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object. + The thread that invokes Wait is later interrupted from the waiting state. This happens when another thread calls this thread's method. + The value of the parameter in milliseconds is negative and does not represent (–1 millisecond), or is greater than . + 1 + + + A synchronization primitive that can also be used for interprocess synchronization. + 1 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with default properties. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value that indicates whether the calling thread should have initial ownership of the mutex. + true to give the calling thread initial ownership of the mutex; otherwise, false. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value that indicates whether the calling thread should have initial ownership of the mutex, and a string that is the name of the mutex. + true to give the calling thread initial ownership of the named system mutex if the named system mutex is created as a result of this call; otherwise, false. + The name of the . If the value is null, the is unnamed. + The named mutex exists and has access control security, but the user does not have . + A Win32 error occurred. + The named mutex cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name. + + is longer than 260 characters. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value that indicates whether the calling thread should have initial ownership of the mutex, a string that is the name of the mutex, and a Boolean value that, when the method returns, indicates whether the calling thread was granted initial ownership of the mutex. + true to give the calling thread initial ownership of the named system mutex if the named system mutex is created as a result of this call; otherwise, false. + The name of the . If the value is null, the is unnamed. + When this method returns, contains a Boolean that is true if a local mutex was created (that is, if is null or an empty string) or if the specified named system mutex was created; false if the specified named system mutex already existed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + The named mutex exists and has access control security, but the user does not have . + A Win32 error occurred. + The named mutex cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name. + + is longer than 260 characters. + + + Opens the specified named mutex, if it already exists. + An object that represents the named system mutex. + The name of the system mutex to open. + + is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is null. + The named mutex does not exist. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named mutex exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it. + 1 + + + + + + Releases the once. + The calling thread does not own the mutex. + 1 + + + Opens the specified named mutex, if it already exists, and returns a value that indicates whether the operation succeeded. + true if the named mutex was opened successfully; otherwise, false. + The name of the system mutex to open. + When this method returns, contains a object that represents the named mutex if the call succeeded, or null if the call failed. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + + is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is null. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named mutex exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it. + + + Represents a lock that is used to manage access to a resource, allowing multiple threads for reading or exclusive access for writing. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with default property values. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the lock recursion policy. + One of the enumeration values that specifies the lock recursion policy. + + + Gets the total number of unique threads that have entered the lock in read mode. + The number of unique threads that have entered the lock in read mode. + + + Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class. + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + Tries to enter the lock in read mode. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in upgradeable mode. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in write mode. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Reduces the recursion count for read mode, and exits read mode if the resulting count is 0 (zero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + Reduces the recursion count for upgradeable mode, and exits upgradeable mode if the resulting count is 0 (zero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + Reduces the recursion count for write mode, and exits write mode if the resulting count is 0 (zero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the current thread has entered the lock in read mode. + true if the current thread has entered read mode; otherwise, false. + 2 + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the current thread has entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + true if the current thread has entered upgradeable mode; otherwise, false. + 2 + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the current thread has entered the lock in write mode. + true if the current thread has entered write mode; otherwise, false. + 2 + + + Gets a value that indicates the recursion policy for the current object. + One of the enumeration values that specifies the lock recursion policy. + + + Gets the number of times the current thread has entered the lock in read mode, as an indication of recursion. + 0 (zero) if the current thread has not entered read mode, 1 if the thread has entered read mode but has not entered it recursively, or n if the thread has entered the lock recursively n - 1 times. + 2 + + + Gets the number of times the current thread has entered the lock in upgradeable mode, as an indication of recursion. + 0 if the current thread has not entered upgradeable mode, 1 if the thread has entered upgradeable mode but has not entered it recursively, or n if the thread has entered upgradeable mode recursively n - 1 times. + 2 + + + Gets the number of times the current thread has entered the lock in write mode, as an indication of recursion. + 0 if the current thread has not entered write mode, 1 if the thread has entered write mode but has not entered it recursively, or n if the thread has entered write mode recursively n - 1 times. + 2 + + + Tries to enter the lock in read mode, with an optional integer time-out. + true if the calling thread entered read mode, otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or -1 () to wait indefinitely. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in read mode, with an optional time-out. + true if the calling thread entered read mode, otherwise, false. + The interval to wait, or -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in upgradeable mode, with an optional time-out. + true if the calling thread entered upgradeable mode, otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or -1 () to wait indefinitely. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in upgradeable mode, with an optional time-out. + true if the calling thread entered upgradeable mode, otherwise, false. + The interval to wait, or -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in write mode, with an optional time-out. + true if the calling thread entered write mode, otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or -1 () to wait indefinitely. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Tries to enter the lock in write mode, with an optional time-out. + true if the calling thread entered write mode, otherwise, false. + The interval to wait, or -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Gets the total number of threads that are waiting to enter the lock in read mode. + The total number of threads that are waiting to enter read mode. + 2 + + + Gets the total number of threads that are waiting to enter the lock in upgradeable mode. + The total number of threads that are waiting to enter upgradeable mode. + 2 + + + Gets the total number of threads that are waiting to enter the lock in write mode. + The total number of threads that are waiting to enter write mode. + 2 + + + Limits the number of threads that can access a resource or pool of resources concurrently. + 1 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of entries and the maximum number of concurrent entries. + The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + + is greater than . + + is less than 1.-or- is less than 0. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of entries and the maximum number of concurrent entries, and optionally specifying the name of a system semaphore object. + The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + The name of a named system semaphore object. + + is greater than .-or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is less than 1.-or- is less than 0. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named semaphore exists and has access control security, and the user does not have . + The named semaphore cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of entries and the maximum number of concurrent entries, optionally specifying the name of a system semaphore object, and specifying a variable that receives a value indicating whether a new system semaphore was created. + The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be satisfied concurrently. + The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be satisfied concurrently. + The name of a named system semaphore object. + When this method returns, contains true if a local semaphore was created (that is, if is null or an empty string) or if the specified named system semaphore was created; false if the specified named system semaphore already existed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + is greater than . -or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is less than 1.-or- is less than 0. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named semaphore exists and has access control security, and the user does not have . + The named semaphore cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name. + + + Opens the specified named semaphore, if it already exists. + An object that represents the named system semaphore. + The name of the system semaphore to open. + + is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is null. + The named semaphore does not exist. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named semaphore exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it. + 1 + + + + + + Exits the semaphore and returns the previous count. + The count on the semaphore before the method was called. + The semaphore count is already at the maximum value. + A Win32 error occurred with a named semaphore. + The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but the user does not have .-or-The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but it was not opened with . + 1 + + + Exits the semaphore a specified number of times and returns the previous count. + The count on the semaphore before the method was called. + The number of times to exit the semaphore. + + is less than 1. + The semaphore count is already at the maximum value. + A Win32 error occurred with a named semaphore. + The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but the user does not have rights.-or-The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but it was not opened with rights. + 1 + + + Opens the specified named semaphore, if it already exists, and returns a value that indicates whether the operation succeeded. + true if the named semaphore was opened successfully; otherwise, false. + The name of the system semaphore to open. + When this method returns, contains a object that represents the named semaphore if the call succeeded, or null if the call failed. This parameter is treated as uninitialized. + + is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters. + + is null. + A Win32 error occurred. + The named semaphore exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it. + + + The exception that is thrown when the method is called on a semaphore whose count is already at the maximum. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with default values. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message. + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + + + Represents a lightweight alternative to that limits the number of threads that can access a resource or pool of resources concurrently. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of requests that can be granted concurrently. + The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + + is less than 0. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial and maximum number of requests that can be granted concurrently. + The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently. + + is less than 0, or is greater than , or is equal to or less than 0. + + + Returns a that can be used to wait on the semaphore. + A that can be used to wait on the semaphore. + The has been disposed. + + + Gets the number of remaining threads that can enter the object. + The number of remaining threads that can enter the semaphore. + + + Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class. + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources. + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + Releases the object once. + The previous count of the . + The current instance has already been disposed. + The has already reached its maximum size. + + + Releases the object a specified number of times. + The previous count of the . + The number of times to exit the semaphore. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is less than 1. + The has already reached its maximum size. + + + Blocks the current thread until it can enter the . + The current instance has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer that specifies the timeout. + true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + + + Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer that specifies the timeout, while observing a . + true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The instance has been disposed, or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , while observing a . + The token to observe. + + was canceled. + The current instance has already been disposed.-or-The that created has already been disposed. + + + Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a to specify the timeout. + true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than . + The semaphoreSlim instance has been disposed + + + Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a that specifies the timeout, while observing a . + true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than . + The semaphoreSlim instance has been disposedThe that created has already been disposed. + + + Asynchronously waits to enter the . + A task that will complete when the semaphore has been entered. + + + Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval. + A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + + + Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval, while observing a . + A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The to observe. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + was canceled. + + + Asynchronously waits to enter the , while observing a . + A task that will complete when the semaphore has been entered. + The token to observe. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + was canceled. + + + Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a to measure the time interval. + A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The current instance has already been disposed. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than . + + + Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a to measure the time interval, while observing a . + A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The token to observe. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out-or-timeout is greater than . + + was canceled. + + + Represents a method to be called when a message is to be dispatched to a synchronization context. + The object passed to the delegate. + 2 + + + Provides a mutual exclusion lock primitive where a thread trying to acquire the lock waits in a loop repeatedly checking until the lock becomes available. + + + Initializes a new instance of the structure with the option to track thread IDs to improve debugging. + Whether to capture and use thread IDs for debugging purposes. + + + Acquires the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired. + True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method. + The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling Enter. + Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock. + + + Releases the lock. + Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread is not the owner of this lock. + + + Releases the lock. + A Boolean value that indicates whether a memory fence should be issued in order to immediately publish the exit operation to other threads. + Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread is not the owner of this lock. + + + Gets whether the lock is currently held by any thread. + true if the lock is currently held by any thread; otherwise false. + + + Gets whether the lock is held by the current thread. + true if the lock is held by the current thread; otherwise false. + Thread ownership tracking is disabled. + + + Gets whether thread ownership tracking is enabled for this instance. + true if thread ownership tracking is enabled for this instance; otherwise false. + + + Attempts to acquire the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired. + True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method. + The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling TryEnter. + Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock. + + + Attempts to acquire the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling TryEnter. + Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock. + + + Attempts to acquire the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than milliseconds. + The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling TryEnter. + Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock. + + + Provides support for spin-based waiting. + + + Gets the number of times has been called on this instance. + Returns an integer that represents the number of times has been called on this instance. + + + Gets whether the next call to will yield the processor, triggering a forced context switch. + Whether the next call to will yield the processor, triggering a forced context switch. + + + Resets the spin counter. + + + Performs a single spin. + + + Spins until the specified condition is satisfied. + A delegate to be executed over and over until it returns true. + The argument is null. + + + Spins until the specified condition is satisfied or until the specified timeout is expired. + True if the condition is satisfied within the timeout; otherwise, false + A delegate to be executed over and over until it returns true. + The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely. + The argument is null. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + + + Spins until the specified condition is satisfied or until the specified timeout is expired. + True if the condition is satisfied within the timeout; otherwise, false + A delegate to be executed over and over until it returns true. + A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a TimeSpan that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely. + The argument is null. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than . + + + Provides the basic functionality for propagating a synchronization context in various synchronization models. + 2 + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + When overridden in a derived class, creates a copy of the synchronization context. + A new object. + 2 + + + Gets the synchronization context for the current thread. + A object representing the current synchronization context. + 1 + + + When overridden in a derived class, responds to the notification that an operation has completed. + + + When overridden in a derived class, responds to the notification that an operation has started. + + + When overridden in a derived class, dispatches an asynchronous message to a synchronization context. + The delegate to call. + The object passed to the delegate. + 2 + + + When overridden in a derived class, dispatches a synchronous message to a synchronization context. + The delegate to call. + The object passed to the delegate. + The method was called in a Windows Store app. The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + Sets the current synchronization context. + The object to be set. + 1 + + + + + + The exception that is thrown when a method requires the caller to own the lock on a given Monitor, and the method is invoked by a caller that does not own that lock. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with default properties. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message. + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + + + Provides thread-local storage of data. + Specifies the type of data stored per-thread. + + + Initializes the instance. + + + Initializes the instance. + Whether to track all values set on the instance and expose them through the property. + + + Initializes the instance with the specified function. + The invoked to produce a lazily-initialized value when an attempt is made to retrieve without it having been previously initialized. + + is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Initializes the instance with the specified function. + The invoked to produce a lazily-initialized value when an attempt is made to retrieve without it having been previously initialized. + Whether to track all values set on the instance and expose them via the property. + + is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class. + + + Releases the resources used by this instance. + A Boolean value that indicates whether this method is being called due to a call to . + + + Releases the resources used by this instance. + + + Gets whether is initialized on the current thread. + true if is initialized on the current thread; otherwise false. + The instance has been disposed. + + + Creates and returns a string representation of this instance for the current thread. + The result of calling on the . + The instance has been disposed. + The for the current thread is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + The initialization function attempted to reference recursively. + No default constructor is provided and no value factory is supplied. + + + Gets or sets the value of this instance for the current thread. + Returns an instance of the object that this ThreadLocal is responsible for initializing. + The instance has been disposed. + The initialization function attempted to reference recursively. + No default constructor is provided and no value factory is supplied. + + + Gets a list for all of the values currently stored by all of the threads that have accessed this instance. + A list for all of the values currently stored by all of the threads that have accessed this instance. + The instance has been disposed. + + + Contains methods for performing volatile memory operations. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + + + Reads the object reference from the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method. + The reference to that was read. This reference is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache. + The field to read. + The type of field to read. This must be a reference type, not a value type. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a memory operation appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the value is written. + The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + + + Writes the specified object reference to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method. + The field where the object reference is written. + The object reference to write. The reference is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer. + The type of field to write. This must be a reference type, not a value type. + + + The exception that is thrown when an attempt is made to open a system mutex or semaphore that does not exist. + 2 + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with default values. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message. + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/de/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/de/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4fb943bbf --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/de/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1799 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn ein Thread ein -Objekt abruft, das von einem anderen Thread abgebrochen wurde, indem das Objekt beim Beenden nicht freigegeben wurde. + 1 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardwerten. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem festgelegten Index für den abgebrochenen Mutex (falls zutreffend) und einem -Objekt, das den Mutex darstellt. + Der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex im Array von WaitHandles, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode ausgelöst wird, oder -1, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode oder die -Methode ausgelöst wird. + Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung. + Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer festgelegten Fehlermeldung und einer festgelegten inneren Ausnahme. + Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer festgelegten Fehlermeldung, der inneren Ausnahme, dem Index für den abgebrochenen Mutex (falls zutreffend) und einem -Objekt, das den Mutex darstellt. + Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + Der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex im Array von WaitHandles, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode ausgelöst wird, oder -1, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode oder die -Methode ausgelöst wird. + Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer festgelegten Fehlermeldung, dem Index des abgebrochenen Mutex (falls zutreffend) und dem abgebrochenen Mutex. + Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + Der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex im Array von WaitHandles, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode ausgelöst wird, oder -1, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode oder die -Methode ausgelöst wird. + Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt. + + + Ruft den abgebrochenen Mutex ab, das die Ausnahme verursacht hat (falls bekannt). + Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt, oder null, wenn der abgebrochene Mutex nicht bestimmt werden konnte. + 1 + + + Ruft den Index des abgebrochenen Mutex ab, der die Ausnahme verursacht hat (falls bekannt). + Der Index des -Objekts, das der abgebrochene Mutex darstellt, im Array von WaitHandles, die an die -Methode übergeben wurden, oder -1, wenn der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex nicht bestimmt werden konnte. + 1 + + + Stellt Umgebungsdaten dar, die für eine angegebene asynchrone Ablaufsteuerung lokal sind, wie etwa eine asynchrone Methode. + Der Typ der Umgebungsdaten. + + + Instanziiert eine -Instanz, die keine Änderungsbenachrichtigungen empfängt. + + + Instanziiert eine lokale -Instanz, die Änderungsbenachrichtigungen empfängt. + Der Delegat, der aufgerufen wird, wenn sich der aktuelle Wert auf einem beliebigen Thread ändert. + + + Ruft den Wert der Umgebungsdaten ab oder legt ihn fest. + Der Wert der Umgebungsdaten. + + + Die Klasse, die -Instanzen, die sich für Änderungsbenachrichtigungen registrieren, Informationen über Datenänderungen zur Verfügung stellt. + Der Typ der Daten. + + + Ruft den aktuellen Wert der Daten ab. + Der aktuelle Wert der Daten. + + + Ruft den vorherigen Wert der Daten ab. + Der vorherige Wert der Daten. + + + Gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob sich der Wert aufgrund einer Änderung des Ausführungskontexts ändert. + true, wenn sich der Wert aufgrund einer Änderung des Ausführungstexts ändert, andernfalls false. + + + Benachrichtigt einen wartenden Thread über das Eintreten eines Ereignisses.Diese Klasse kann nicht vererbt werden. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der anfängliche Zustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll. + true, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll. false, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf „nicht signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll. + + + Ermöglicht es mehreren Aufgaben, parallel über mehrere Phasen gemeinsam an einem Algorithmus zu arbeiten. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse. + Die Anzahl teilnehmender Threads. + + ist kleiner als 0 oder größer als 32,767. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse. + Die Anzahl teilnehmender Threads. + + , die nach jeder Phase ausgeführt wird. NULL (Nothing in Visual Basic) wird möglicherweise übergeben, um keine Aktion anzugeben. + + ist kleiner als 0 oder größer als 32,767. + + + Benachrichtigt über das Vorhandensein eines weiteren Teilnehmers. + Die Phasennummer der Grenze, an der die neuen Teilnehmer zuerst teilnehmen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Einen Teilnehmer hinzuzufügen würde verursachen, dass die Teilnehmeranzahl der Barriere 32.767 überschreitet.– oder –Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen. + + + Benachrichtigt über das Vorhandensein weiterer Teilnehmer. + Die Phasennummer der Grenze, an der die neuen Teilnehmer zuerst teilnehmen. + Die Anzahl zusätzlicher Teilnehmer, die der Grenze hinzugefügt werden soll. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner als 0.– oder –-Teilnehmer hinzuzufügen würde verursachen, dass die Teilnehmeranzahl der Barriere 32.767 überschreitet. + Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen. + + + Ruft die Nummer der aktuellen Phase der Grenze ab. + Gibt die Nummer der aktuellen Phase der Grenze zurück. + + + Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen. + + + Gibt die vom verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen frei. + True, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um nur nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben. + + + Ruft die Gesamtanzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze ab. + Gibt die Gesamtanzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze zurück. + + + Ruft die Anzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze ab, die in der aktuellen Phase noch nicht signalisiert haben. + Gibt die Anzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze zurück, die in der aktuellen Phase noch nicht signalisiert haben. + + + Benachrichtigt , dass ein Teilnehmer nicht mehr vorhanden ist. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Die Barriere hat bereits 0 Teilnehmer.– oder –Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen. + + + Benachrichtigt über die geringere Anzahl von Teilnehmern. + Die Anzahl zusätzlicher Teilnehmer, die aus der Grenze entfernt werden sollen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner als 0. + Die Barriere hat bereits 0 Teilnehmer.– oder –Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen. – oder –aktuelle Teilnehmeranzahl ist kleiner als der angegebene participantCount + Die gesamte Teilnehmeranzahl ist kleiner als der angegebene + + + Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind. + Wenn eine Ausnahme aus der Post-Phasenaktion einer Grenze ausgelöst wird, nachdem alle teilnehmenden Threads SignalAndWait aufgerufen haben, wird die Ausnahme in einer BarrierPostPhaseException umbrochen und für alle teilnehmenden Threads ausgelöst. + + + Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet. + wenn alle Teilnehmer die Grenze innerhalb der angegebenen Zeit erreicht haben, andernfalls false. + Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind. + Wenn eine Ausnahme aus der Post-Phasenaktion einer Grenze ausgelöst wird, nachdem alle teilnehmenden Threads SignalAndWait aufgerufen haben, wird die Ausnahme in einer BarrierPostPhaseException umbrochen und für alle teilnehmenden Threads ausgelöst. + + + Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet und ein Abbruchtoken berücksichtigt. + wenn alle Teilnehmer die Grenze innerhalb der angegebenen Zeit erreicht haben, andernfalls false. + Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind. + + + Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere erreichen. Dabei wird ein Abbruchtoken überwacht. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind. + + + Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird das Zeitintervall mit einem -Objekt gemessen. + True, wenn alle anderen Teilnehmer die Grenze erreicht haben, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, oder er ist größer als 32.767. + Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind. + + + Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird das Zeitintervall mit einem -Objekt gemessen und ein Abbruchtoken berücksichtigt. + True, wenn alle anderen Teilnehmer die Grenze erreicht haben, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1 Millisekunde. Ein Wert von -1 Millisekunde gibt einen unendlichen Timeout an. + Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind. + + + Die Ausnahme, die bei einem Fehler der Nachphasenaktion einer ausgelöst wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer vom System generierten Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit der angegebenen internen Ausnahme. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt. + Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat. + Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + + + Stellt eine Methode dar, die in einem neuen Kontext aufgerufen werden muss. + Ein Objekt mit den Informationen, die von der Rückrufmethode bei jeder Ausführung verwendet werden. + 1 + + + Stellt einen Synchronisierungsprimitiven dar, der signalisiert wird, wenn seine Anzahl 0 (null) erreicht. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit der angegebenen Anzahl. + Die zum Festlegen von ursprünglich erforderliche Anzahl von Signalen. + + ist kleiner als 0. + + + Erhöht die aktuelle Anzahl von um 1. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.– oder – ist größer oder gleich . + + + Erhöht die aktuelle Anzahl von um einen angegebenen Wert. + Der Wert, um den erhöht werden soll. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner oder gleich 0. + Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.– oder – ist größer gleich , nach die Anzahl schrittweise durch erhöht wird. + + + Ruft die Anzahl verbleibender Signale ab, die zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich sind. + Die Anzahl verbleibender Signale, die zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich sind. + + + Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + + + Gibt die vom verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen frei. + True, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um nur nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben. + + + Ruft die Anzahl von Signalen ab, die ursprünglich zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich waren. + Die Anzahl von Signalen, die ursprünglich zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich waren. + + + Bestimmt, ob das Ereignis festgelegt wurde. + True, wenn das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + + + Setzt auf den Wert von zurück. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + + Setzt die -Eigenschaft auf einen angegebenen Wert zurück. + Die zum Festlegen von erforderliche Anzahl von Signalen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner als 0. + + + Registriert ein Signal beim und dekrementiert den Wert von . + True, wenn die Anzahl aufgrund des Signals 0 (null) erreicht hat und das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt. + + + Registriert mehrere Signale bei und verringert den Wert von um den angegebenen Wert. + True, wenn die Anzahl aufgrund der Signale 0 (null) erreicht hat und das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Anzahl zu registrierender Signale. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner als 1. + Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt. -oder- ist größer als . + + + Versucht, um eins zu inkrementieren. + True, wenn die Anzahl erfolgreich erhöht wurde, andernfalls false.Wenn bereits 0 (null) ist, gibt diese Methode false zurück. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist gleich . + + + Versucht, durch einen angegebenen Wert zu inkrementieren. + True, wenn die Anzahl erfolgreich erhöht wurde, andernfalls false.Wenn bereits 0 (null) ist, wird false zurückgegeben. + Der Wert, um den erhöht werden soll. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner oder gleich 0. + Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.– oder – + ist gleich oder größer als . + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet wird. + True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet und ein überwacht wird. + True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. - Oder - Die , die erstellte, wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei ein überwacht wird. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. - Oder - Die , die erstellte, wurde bereits freigegeben. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei ein zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet wird. + True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als . + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei ein zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet und ein überwacht wird. + True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. - Oder - Die , die erstellte, wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als . + + + Ruft ein ab, das verwendet wird, um auf das festzulegende Ereignis zu warten. + Ein , das verwendet wird, um auf das festzulegende Ereignis zu warten. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + + Gibt an, ob eine -Klasse nach dem Empfangen eines Signals automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird. + 2 + + + Bei Signalisierung wird die -Methode automatisch nach der Freigabe eines einzigen Threads zurückgesetzt.Wenn sich keine Threads in der Warteschlange befinden, bleibt die -Methode solange signalisiert, bis ein Thread blockiert wird. Sie wird zurückgesetzt, nachdem der Thread freigegeben wurde. + + + Bei Signalisierung gibt die -Methode alle wartenden Threads frei. Sie bleibt solange signalisiert, bis sie manuell zurückgesetzt wird. + + + Stellt ein Threadsynchronisierungsereignis dar. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt an, ob das WaitHandle anfänglich signalisiert ist und ob es automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird. + true, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf signalisiert festgelegt werden soll. false, wenn er auf nicht signalisiert festgelegt werden soll. + Einer der -Werte, die bestimmen, ob das Ereignis automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt an, ob das WaitHandle anfänglich signalisiert ist, wenn es als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wurde, ob es automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird, und gibt den Namen eines Systemsynchronisierungsereignisses an. + true, um den anfänglichen Zustand auf signalisiert festzulegen, wenn das benannte Ereignis als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird; false, um den Zustand auf nicht signalisiert festzulegen. + Einer der -Werte, die bestimmen, ob das Ereignis automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird. + Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über . + Das benannte Ereignis kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat. + + ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt an, ob das WaitHandle anfänglich signalisiert ist, wenn es als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wurde, und ob es automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird, und gibt den Namen eines Systemsynchronisierungsereignisses und eine boolesche Variable an, deren Wert nach dem Aufruf angibt, ob das benannte Systemereignis erstellt wurde. + true, um den anfänglichen Zustand auf signalisiert festzulegen, wenn das benannte Ereignis als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird; false, um den Zustand auf nicht signalisiert festzulegen. + Einer der -Werte, die bestimmen, ob das Ereignis automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird. + Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses. + Enthält nach dem Beenden dieser Methode den Wert true, wenn ein lokales Ereignis erstellt wurde (d. h., wenn gleich null oder eine leere Zeichenfolge ist) oder wenn das angegebene benannte Systemereignis erstellt wurde. Der Wert ist false, wenn das angegebene benannte Systemsereignis bereits vorhanden war.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert übergeben. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über . + Das benannte Ereignis kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat. + + ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + + Öffnet das bestimmte benannte Synchronisierungsereignis, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist. + Ein Objekt, das das benannte Systemereignis darstellt. + Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses, das zu öffnen ist. + + ist eine leere Zeichenfolge. - oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist null. + Das benannte Systemereignis ist nicht vorhanden. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den nötigen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden. + 1 + + + + + + Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf nicht signalisiert fest, sodass Threads blockiert werden. + true, wenn die Operation erfolgreich ausgeführt wird, andernfalls false. + Die -Methode wurde zuvor für dieses aufgerufen. + 2 + + + Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf signalisiert fest und ermöglicht so einem oder mehreren wartenden Threads fortzufahren. + true, wenn die Operation erfolgreich ausgeführt wird, andernfalls false. + Die -Methode wurde zuvor für dieses aufgerufen. + 2 + + + Öffnet das bestimmte benannte Synchronisierungsereignis, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist, und gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob der Vorgang erfolgreich war. + true, wenn das benannte Synchronisierungsereignis erfolgreich geöffnet wurde; andernfalls false. + Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses, das zu öffnen ist. + Enthält nach Beenden der Methode ein -Objekt, das das benannte Synchronisierungsereignis darstellt, wenn der Aufruf erfolgreich ausgeführt wurde, oder null, wenn der Aufruf fehlgeschlagen ist.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert behandelt. + + ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist null. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den gewünschten Sicherheitszugriff. + + + Verwaltet den Ausführungskontext für den aktuellen Thread.Diese Klasse kann nicht vererbt werden. + 2 + + + Zeichnet den Ausführungskontext des aktuellen Threads auf. + Ein -Objekt, das den Ausführungskontext für den aktuellen Thread darstellt. + 1 + + + Führt für den aktuellen Thread eine Methode in einem angegebenen Ausführungskontext aus. + Der festzulegende . + Ein -Delegat, der die im bereitgestellten Ausführungskontext auszuführende Methode darstellt. + Das Objekt, das an die Rückrufmethode übergeben werden soll. + + ist null.– oder – wurde nicht durch einen Aufzeichnungsvorgang ermittelt. – oder – wurde bereits als Argument für einen Aufruf von verwendet. + 1 + + + + + + Stellt atomare Operationen für Variablen bereit, die von mehreren Threads gemeinsam genutzt werden. + 2 + + + Fügt in einer atomaren Operation zwei 32-Bit-Ganzzahlen hinzu und ersetzt die erste Ganzzahl durch die Summe. + Der unter gespeicherte neue Wert. + Eine Variable, die den ersten Wert enthält, der hinzugefügt werden soll.Die Summe der beiden Werte wird in gespeichert. + Der Wert, der der Ganzzahl in hinzugefügt werden soll. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Fügt in einer atomaren Operation zwei 64-Bit-Ganzzahlen hinzu und ersetzt die erste Ganzzahl durch die Summe. + Der unter gespeicherte neue Wert. + Eine Variable, die den ersten Wert enthält, der hinzugefügt werden soll.Die Summe der beiden Werte wird in gespeichert. + Der Wert, der der Ganzzahl in hinzugefügt werden soll. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei Gleitkommazahlen mit doppelter Genauigkeit hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird. + Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt. + Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei 32-Bit-Ganzzahlen mit Vorzeichen hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird. + Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt. + Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei 64-Bit-Ganzzahlen mit Vorzeichen hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird. + Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt. + Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei plattformspezifische Handles oder Zeiger hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Der Ziel-, dessen Wert mit dem Wert von verglichen und möglicherweise durch ersetzt wird. + Der , der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt. + Der , der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei Objekte hinsichtlich ihrer Verweisgleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit das erste Objekt. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Das Zielobjekt, das mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird. + Das Objekt, das das Zielobjekt ersetzt, wenn beim Vergleich Gleichheit festgestellt wird. + Das Objekt, das mit dem Objekt in verglichen wird. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei Gleitkommazahlen mit einfacher Genauigkeit hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird. + Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt. + Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Vergleicht zwei Instanzen des angegebenen Referenztyps hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit die erste. + Der ursprüngliche Wert in . + Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.Dies ist ein Verweisparameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic). + Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt. + Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird. + Der Typ, der für , und verwendet werden soll.Dieser Typ muss ein Referenztyp sein. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Dekrementiert den Wert einer angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation. + Der dekrementierte Wert. + Die Variable, deren Wert dekrementiert werden soll. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Dekrementiert den Wert der angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation. + Der dekrementierte Wert. + Die Variable, deren Wert dekrementiert werden soll. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt in einer atomaren Operation eine Gleitkommazahl mit doppelter Genauigkeit auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll. + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen in einer atomaren Operation auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll. + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt eine 64-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen in einer atomaren Operation auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll. + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt in einer atomaren Operation ein plattformspezifisches Handle bzw. einen plattformspezifischen Zeiger auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll. + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt in einer atomaren Operation ein Objekt auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt einen Verweis auf das ursprüngliche Objekt zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll. + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt in einer atomaren Operation eine Gleitkommazahl mit einfacher Genauigkeit auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll. + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Legt eine Variable vom angegebenen Typ in einer atomaren Operation auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück. + Der ursprüngliche Wert von . + Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.Dies ist ein Verweisparameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic). + Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist. + Der Typ, der für und verwendet werden soll.Dieser Typ muss ein Referenztyp sein. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Inkrementiert den Wert einer angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation. + Der inkrementierte Wert. + Die Variable, deren Wert inkrementiert werden soll. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Inkrementiert den Wert einer angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation. + Der inkrementierte Wert. + Die Variable, deren Wert inkrementiert werden soll. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Synchronisiert den Speicherzugriff wie folgt: Der Prozessor, der den aktuellen Thread ausführt, kann Anweisungen nicht so neu anordnen, dass Speicherzugriffe vor dem Aufruf von nach Speicherzugriffen ausgeführt werden, die nach dem Aufruf von erfolgen. + + + Gibt einen 64-Bit-Wert zurück, der in einer atomaren Operation geladen wird. + Der geladene Wert. + Der zu ladende 64-Bit-Wert. + 1 + + + Stellt verzögerte Initialisierungsroutinen bereit. + + + Initialisiert einen Zielverweistyp mit seinem Standardkonstruktor, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Der initialisierte Verweis vom Typ . + Ein Verweis vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Der Typ des zu initialisierenden Verweises. + Berechtigungen, auf den Konstruktor des Typs zuzugreifen, haben gefehlt. + Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor. + + + Initialisiert einen Zielverweis- oder Werttyp mit seinem Standardkonstruktor, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Der initialisierte Wert vom Typ . + Ein Verweis oder Wert vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Ein Verweis auf einen booleschen Wert, der bestimmt, ob das Ziel bereits initialisiert wurde. + Ein Verweis auf ein Objekt, das für die Initialisierung von als sich gegenseitig ausschließende Sperre verwendet wird.Wenn null ist, wird ein neues Objekt instanziiert. + Der Typ des zu initialisierenden Verweises. + Berechtigungen, auf den Konstruktor des Typs zuzugreifen, haben gefehlt. + Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor. + + + Initialisiert einen Zielverweis- oder Werttyp mit einer angegebenen Funktion, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Der initialisierte Wert vom Typ . + Ein Verweis oder Wert vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Ein Verweis auf einen booleschen Wert, der bestimmt, ob das Ziel bereits initialisiert wurde. + Ein Verweis auf ein Objekt, das für die Initialisierung von als sich gegenseitig ausschließende Sperre verwendet wird.Wenn null ist, wird ein neues Objekt instanziiert. + Die Funktion, die aufgerufen wird, um den Verweis oder den Wert zu initialisieren. + Der Typ des zu initialisierenden Verweises. + Berechtigungen, auf den Konstruktor des Typs zuzugreifen, haben gefehlt. + Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor. + + + Initialisiert einen Zielverweistyp mit einer angegebenen Funktion, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Der initialisierte Wert vom Typ . + Der Verweis vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde. + Die Funktion, die aufgerufen wird, um den Verweis zu initialisieren. + Der Verweistyp des zu initialisierenden Verweises. + Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor. + + gibt null (Nothing in Visual Basic) zurück. + + + Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn die rekursive Anforderung einer Sperre nicht mit der Rekursionsrichtlinie der Sperre kompatibel ist. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer vom System generierten Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt. + Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat. + Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde. + Die Ausnahme, die die aktuelle Ausnahme verursacht hat.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + 2 + + + Gibt an, ob eine Sperre mehrmals dem gleichen Thread zugewiesen werden kann. + + + Wenn ein Thread rekursiv versucht, eine Sperre zu erhalten, wird eine Ausnahme ausgelöst.Einige Klassen gestatten gewisse Rekursionen, wenn diese Einstellung aktiv ist. + + + Ein Thread kann rekursiv eine Sperre erhalten.Einige Klassen beschränken diese Möglichkeit einer rekursiven Zuweisung. + + + Benachrichtigt einen oder mehrere wartende Threads über das Eintreten eines Ereignisses.Diese Klasse kann nicht vererbt werden. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der anfängliche Zustand auf signalisiert festgelegt werden soll. + true, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf signalisiert festgelegt werden soll, false, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf nicht signalisiert festgelegt werden soll. + + + Stellt eine verschlankte Version von bereit. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit dem Anfangszustand „nicht signalisiert“. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der Anfangszustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll. + True, um den Anfangszustand auf „signalisiert“ festzulegen, false um den Anfangszustand auf „nicht signalisiert“ festzulegen. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der Anfangszustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll, und einer festgelegten Spin-Anzahl. + True, um den Anfangszustand auf "signalisiert" festzulegen, false um den Anfangszustand auf "nicht signalisiert" festzulegen. + Die Anzahl von Spin-Wartevorgängen, die vor dem Fallback auf einen kernelbasierten Wartevorgang stattfinden. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + + + Gibt die vom verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen frei. + true, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um nur nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob das Ereignis festgelegt wurde. + True, wenn das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + + + Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf „nicht signalisiert“ fest, sodass Threads blockiert werden. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf „signalisiert“ fest und ermöglicht so die weitere Ausführung eines oder mehrerer wartender Threads. + + + Ruft die Anzahl von Spin-Wartevorgängen ab, die vor dem Fallback auf einen kernelbasierten Wartevorgang stattfinden. + Gibt die Anzahl von Spin-Wartevorgängen zurück, die vor dem Fallback auf einen kernelbasierten Wartevorgang stattfinden. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird. + true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet und ein überwacht wird. + true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Das zu überwachende . + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle ein Signal empfängt, wobei ein überwacht wird. + Das zu überwachende . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird, wobei ein -Wert zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird. + true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird. Dabei wird ein -Wert zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet und ein überwacht. + true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Das zu überwachende . + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Ruft das zugrunde liegende -Objekt für dieses ab. + Das zugrunde liegende -Ereignisobjekt für dieses . + + + Stellt einen Mechanismus bereit, der den Zugriff auf Objekte synchronisiert. + 2 + + + Erhält eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt. + Das Objekt, für das die Monitorsperre erhalten werden soll. + Der -Parameter ist null. + 1 + + + Erhält eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde. + Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll. + Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen.Hinweis   Wenn keine Ausnahme auftritt, ist die Ausgabe dieser Methode immer true. + Die Eingabe für ist true. + Der -Parameter ist null. + + + Hebt eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt auf. + Das Objekt, dessen Sperre aufgehoben werden soll. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der aktuelle Thread besitzt die Sperre für das angegebene Objekt nicht. + 1 + + + Bestimmt, ob der aktuelle Thread die Sperre für das angegebene Objekt enthält. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre für enthält, andernfalls false. + Das zu überprüfende Objekt. + + ist null. + + + Benachrichtigt einen Thread in der Warteschlange für abzuarbeitende Threads über eine Änderung am Zustand des gesperrten Objekts. + Das Objekt, auf das ein Thread wartet. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt. + 1 + + + Benachrichtigt alle wartenden Threads über eine Änderung am Zustand des Objekts. + Das Objekt, das den Impuls sendet. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt. + 1 + + + Versucht, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre erhält, andernfalls false. + Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll. + Der -Parameter ist null. + 1 + + + Versucht, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten, und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde. + Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll. + Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen. + Die Eingabe für ist true. + Der -Parameter ist null. + + + Versucht über eine angegebene Anzahl von Millisekunden hinweg, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre erhält, andernfalls false. + Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll. + Die Anzahl der Millisekunden, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll. + Der -Parameter ist null. + + ist negativ und ungleich . + 1 + + + Versucht für die angegebene Anzahl von Millisekunden, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten, und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde. + Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll. + Die Anzahl der Millisekunden, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll. + Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen. + Die Eingabe für ist true. + Der -Parameter ist null. + + ist negativ und ungleich . + + + Versucht über einen angegebenen Zeitraum hinweg, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre erhält, andernfalls false. + Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll. + Eine , die die Zeitspanne darstellt, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll.Ein Wert von -1 Millisekunde gibt eine unbegrenzte Wartezeit an. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der Wert von in Millisekunden ist negativ und ungleich (-1 Millisekunde), oder er ist größer als . + 1 + + + Versucht für die angegebene Dauer, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten, und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde. + Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll. + Die Zeitspanne, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll.Ein Wert von -1 Millisekunde gibt eine unbegrenzte Wartezeit an. + Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen. + Die Eingabe für ist true. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der Wert von in Millisekunden ist negativ und ungleich (-1 Millisekunde), oder er ist größer als . + + + Hebt die Sperre für ein Objekt auf und blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er die Sperre erneut erhält. + true, wenn der Aufruf beendet wurde, weil der Aufrufer die Sperre für das angegebene Objekt erneut erhalten hat.Diese Methode wird nicht beendet, wenn die Sperre nicht erneut erhalten wird. + Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt. + Der Thread, der Wait aufruft, wird später im Wartezustand unterbrochen.Dieser Fall tritt ein, wenn ein anderer Thread die -Methode dieses Threads aufruft. + 1 + + + Hebt die Sperre für ein Objekt auf und blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er die Sperre erneut erhält.Wenn das angegebene Timeoutintervall abläuft, tritt der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads ein. + true, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, bevor die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist. false, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, nachdem die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist.Die Methode wird erst beendet, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde. + Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, bevor der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads eintritt. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt. + Der Thread, der Wait aufruft, wird später im Wartezustand unterbrochen.Dieser Fall tritt ein, wenn ein anderer Thread die -Methode dieses Threads aufruft. + Der Wert des -Parameters ist negativ und ungleich . + 1 + + + Hebt die Sperre für ein Objekt auf und blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er die Sperre erneut erhält.Wenn das angegebene Timeoutintervall abläuft, tritt der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads ein. + true, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, bevor die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist. false, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, nachdem die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist.Die Methode wird erst beendet, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde. + Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll. + Ein , der die Zeit angibt, die gewartet wird, bevor der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads eintritt. + Der -Parameter ist null. + Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt. + Der Thread, der Wait aufruft, wird später im Wartezustand unterbrochen.Dieser Fall tritt ein, wenn ein anderer Thread die -Methode dieses Threads aufruft. + Der Wert des -Parameters in Millisekunden ist negativ und stellt nicht (-1 Millisekunde) dar, oder er ist größer als . + 1 + + + Ein primitiver Synchronisierungstyp, der auch für die prozessübergreifende Synchronisierung verwendet werden kann. + 1 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardeigenschaften. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex zugewiesen werden soll. + true, um dem aufrufenden Thread den anfänglichen Besitz des Mutex zuzuweisen, andernfalls false. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex zugewiesen werden soll, sowie mit einer Zeichenfolge, die den Namen des Mutex darstellt. + true, um dem aufrufenden Thread den anfänglichen Besitz des benannten Systemmutex zuzuweisen, wenn der benannte Systemmutex als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird, andernfalls false. + Der Name des .Bei einem Wert von null ist das unbenannt. + Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über . + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Der benannte Mutex kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat. + + ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex zugewiesen werden soll, mit einer Zeichenfolge mit dem Namen des Mutex sowie mit einem booleschen Wert, der beim Beenden der Methode angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex gewährt wurde. + true, um dem aufrufenden Thread den anfänglichen Besitz des benannten Systemmutex zuzuweisen, wenn der benannte Systemmutex als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird, andernfalls false. + Der Name des .Bei einem Wert von null ist das unbenannt. + Enthält nach dem Beenden dieser Methode einen booleschen Wert, der true ist, wenn ein lokaler Mutex erstellt wurde (d. h. wenn gleich null oder eine leere Zeichenfolge ist) oder wenn der angegebene benannte Systemmutex erstellt wurde. Der Wert ist false, wenn der angegebene benannte Systemmutex bereits vorhanden war.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert übergeben. + Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über . + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Der benannte Mutex kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat. + + ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + + Öffnet den bestimmten benannten Mutex, wenn er bereits vorhanden ist. + Ein Objekt, das den benannten Systemmutex darstellt. + Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemmutex. + + ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist null. + Der benannte Mutex ist nicht vorhanden. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den erforderlichen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden. + 1 + + + + + + Gibt das einmal frei. + Der aufrufende Thread ist nicht im Besitz des Mutex. + 1 + + + Öffnet den bestimmten benannten Mutex, wenn er bereits vorhanden ist, und gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob der Vorgang erfolgreich war. + true, wenn der benannte Mutex erfolgreich geöffnet wurde; andernfalls false. + Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemmutex. + Enthält nach Beenden der Methode ein -Objekt, das das benannte Mutex darstellt, wenn der Aufruf erfolgreich ausgeführt wurde, oder null, wenn der Aufruf fehlgeschlagen ist.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert behandelt. + + ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist null. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den erforderlichen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden. + + + Stellt eine Sperre dar, mit der der Zugriff auf eine Ressource verwaltet wird. Mehrere Threads können hierbei Lesezugriff oder exklusiven Schreibzugriff erhalten. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardeigenschaftswerten. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse unter Angabe der Rekursionsrichtlinie für die Sperre. + Einer der Enumerationswerte, der die Rekursionsrichtlinie für die Sperre angibt. + + + Ruft die Gesamtzahl von eindeutigen Threads ab, denen die Sperre im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist. + Die Anzahl von eindeutigen Threads, denen die Sperre im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist. + + + Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + Versucht, die Sperre im Lesemodus zu erhalten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zu erhalten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im Schreibmodus zu erhalten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Verringert die Rekursionszahl für den Lesemodus und beendet den Lesemodus, wenn das Rekursionsergebnis 0 (null) ist. + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + Verringert die Rekursionszahl für den erweiterbaren Modus und beendet den erweiterbaren Modus, wenn das Rekursionsergebnis 0 (null) ist. + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + Verringert die Rekursionszahl für den Schreibmodus und beendet den Schreibmodus, wenn das Rekursionsergebnis 0 (null) ist. + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre dem aktuellen Thread im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist. + true, wenn sich der aktuelle Thread im Lesemodus befindet, andernfalls false. + 2 + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre dem aktuellen Thread im erweiterbaren Modus zugewiesen ist. + true, wenn sich der aktuelle Thread im erweiterbaren Modus befindet, andernfalls false. + 2 + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre dem aktuellen Thread im Schreibmodus zugewiesen ist. + true, wenn sich der aktuelle Thread im Schreibmodus befindet, andernfalls false. + 2 + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der die Rekursionsrichtlinie für das aktuelle -Objekt angibt. + Einer der Enumerationswerte, der die Rekursionsrichtlinie für die Sperre angibt. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der als Indikator für eine Rekursion angibt, wie oft dem aktuellen Thread die Sperre im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist. + 0 (null), wenn sich der aktuelle Thread nicht im Lesemodus befindet, 1, wenn sich der Thread im Lesemodus befindet und diesen nicht rekursiv angefordert hat, oder n, wenn der Thread die Sperre n - 1 Mal rekursiv angefordert hat. + 2 + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der als Indikator für eine Rekursion angibt, wie oft dem aktuellen Thread die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zugewiesen ist. + 0 (null), wenn sich der aktuelle Thread nicht im erweiterbaren Modus befindet, 1, wenn sich der Thread im erweiterbaren Modus befindet und diesen nicht rekursiv angefordert hat, oder n, wenn der Thread den erweiterbaren Modus n - 1 Mal rekursiv angefordert hat. + 2 + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der als Indikator für eine Rekursion angibt, wie oft dem aktuellen Thread die Sperre im Schreibmodus zugewiesen ist. + 0 (null), wenn sich der aktuelle Thread nicht im Schreibmodus befindet, 1, wenn sich der Thread im Schreibmodus befindet und diesen nicht rekursiv angefordert hat, oder n, wenn der Thread den Schreibmodus n - 1 Mal rekursiv angefordert hat. + 2 + + + Versucht, die Sperre im Lesemodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein ganzzahliger Timeout berücksichtigt. + true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Lesemodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false. + Die Zeit in Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder -1 (), um unbegrenzt zu warten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im Lesemodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt. + true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Lesemodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false. + Das Zeitintervall bis zum Timeout, oder -1 Millisekunden, um unbegrenzt zu warten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt. + true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den erweiterbaren Modus erhalten hat, andernfalls false. + Die Zeit in Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder -1 (), um unbegrenzt zu warten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt. + true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den erweiterbaren Modus erhalten hat, andernfalls false. + Das Zeitintervall bis zum Timeout, oder -1 Millisekunden, um unbegrenzt zu warten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im Schreibmodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt. + true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Schreibmodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false. + Die Zeit in Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder -1 (), um unbegrenzt zu warten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Versucht, die Sperre im Schreibmodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt. + true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Schreibmodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false. + Das Zeitintervall bis zum Timeout, oder -1 Millisekunden, um unbegrenzt zu warten. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Ruft die Gesamtzahl von Threads ab, die auf eine Zuweisung der Sperre im Lesemodus warten. + Die Gesamtzahl von Threads, die auf eine Zuweisung des Lesemodus warten. + 2 + + + Ruft die Gesamtzahl von Threads ab, die auf eine Zuweisung der Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus warten. + Die Gesamtzahl von Threads, die auf eine Zuweisung des erweiterbaren Modus warten. + 2 + + + Ruft die Gesamtzahl von Threads ab, die auf eine Zuweisung der Sperre im Schreibmodus warten. + Die Gesamtzahl von Threads, die auf eine Zuweisung des Schreibmodus warten. + 2 + + + Schränkt die Anzahl von Threads ein, die gleichzeitig auf eine Ressource oder einen Pool von Ressourcen zugreifen können. + 1 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Einträgen und die maximale Anzahl von gleichzeitigen Einträgen an. + Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + + ist größer als . + + ist kleiner als 1.- oder - ist kleiner als 0. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Einträgen und die maximale Anzahl von gleichzeitigen Einträgen sowie optional den Namen eines Systemsemaphorobjekts an. + Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + Der Name eines benannten Systemsemaphorobjekts. + + ist größer als .- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist kleiner als 1.- oder - ist kleiner als 0. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über . + Das benannte Semaphor kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Einträgen und die maximale Anzahl von gleichzeitigen Einträgen sowie optional den Namen eines Systemsemaphorobjekts an, gibt eine Variable an, die einen Wert empfängt, der angibt, ob ein neues Systemsemaphor erstellt wurde. + Die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig ausgeführt werden können. + Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig ausgeführt werden können. + Der Name eines benannten Systemsemaphorobjekts. + Enthält nach dem Beenden dieser Methode den Wert true, wenn ein lokales Semaphor erstellt wurde (d. h., wenn gleich null oder eine leere Zeichenfolge ist) oder wenn das angegebene benannte Systemsemaphor erstellt wurde. Der Wert ist false, wenn das angegebene benannte Systemsemaphor bereits vorhanden war.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert übergeben. + + ist größer als . - oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist kleiner als 1.- oder - ist kleiner als 0. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über . + Das benannte Semaphor kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat. + + + Öffnet das angegebene benannte Semaphor, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist. + Ein Objekt, das das benannte Systemsemaphor darstellt. + Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemsemaphors. + + ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist null. + Das benannte Semaphor ist nicht vorhanden. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den nötigen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden. + 1 + + + + + + Beendet das Semaphor und gibt die vorherige Anzahl zurück. + Die Anzahl für das Semaphor vor dem Aufruf der -Methode. + Die Anzahl für das Semaphor weist bereits den maximalen Wert auf. + Bei einem benannten Semaphor ist ein Win32-Fehler aufgetreten. + Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar. Der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über .- oder - Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar, es wurde jedoch nicht mit geöffnet. + 1 + + + Gibt das Semaphor eine festgelegte Anzahl von Malen frei und gibt die vorherige Anzahl zurück. + Die Anzahl für das Semaphor vor dem Aufruf der -Methode. + Die Anzahl von Malen, die das Semaphor freigegeben werden soll. + + ist kleiner als 1. + Die Anzahl für das Semaphor weist bereits den maximalen Wert auf. + Bei einem benannten Semaphor ist ein Win32-Fehler aufgetreten. + Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar. Der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über -Rechte.- oder - Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar, es wurde jedoch nicht mit -Rechten geöffnet. + 1 + + + Öffnet das angegebene benannte Semaphor, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist, und gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob der Vorgang erfolgreich war. + true, wenn das benannte Semaphor erfolgreich geöffnet wurde; andernfalls false. + Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemsemaphors. + Enthält nach Beenden der Methode ein -Objekt, das das benannte Semaphor darstellt, wenn der Aufruf erfolgreich ausgeführt wurde, oder null, wenn der Aufruf fehlgeschlagen ist.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert behandelt. + + ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen. + + ist null. + Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten. + Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den nötigen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden. + + + Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn die -Methode für ein Semaphor aufgerufen wird, dessen Zähler bereits den Maximalwert aufweist. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardwerten. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung. + Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat. + Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + + + Eine einfache Alternative zu , die die Anzahl der Threads beschränkt, die gleichzeitig auf eine Ressource oder einen Ressourcenpool zugreifen können. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Anforderungen an, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + + ist kleiner als 0. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt die ursprüngliche sowie die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen an, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können. + + ist kleiner als 0, oder ist größer als , oder ist kleiner gleich 0. + + + Gibt ein zurück, das verwendet werden kann um auf die Semaphore zu warten. + Ein , das verwendet werden kann um auf die Semaphore zu warten. + + wurde verworfen. + + + Ruft die Anzahl der verbleibenden Threads ab, für die das Eintreten in das -Objekt zulässig ist. + Die Anzahl der verbleibenden Threads, für die das Eintreten in das Semaphor zulässig ist. + + + Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + + + Gibt die von verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional die verwalteten Ressourcen frei. + true, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um ausschließlich nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben. + + + Gibt das -Objekt einmal frei. + Die vorherige Anzahl von . + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + Der hat bereits seine maximale Größe erreicht. + + + Gibt das -Objekt eine festgelegte Anzahl von Malen frei. + Die vorherige Anzahl von . + Die Anzahl von Malen, die das Semaphor freigegeben werden soll. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist kleiner als 1. + Der hat bereits seine maximale Größe erreicht. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in eintreten kann. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei das Timeout mit einer 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen angegeben wird. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Angeben des Timeouts verwendet und ein überwacht wird. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + Die Instanz wurde freigegeben, oder die erstellten freigegeben wurde. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei ein überwacht wird. + Das zu überwachende -Token. + + wurde abgebrochen. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.- oder - Die erstellten bereits freigegeben wurde. + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei ein zum Angeben des Timeouts verwendet wird. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als . + Die semaphoreSlim-Instanz wurde freigegeben + + + Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei eine den Timeout angibt und ein überwacht wird. + true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Das zu überwachende . + + wurde abgebrochen. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als . + Die semaphoreSlim-Instanz wurde freigegebenDie , die erstellt hat, wurde bereits freigegeben. + + + Wartet asynchron auf den Eintritt in . + Eine Aufgabe, die abgeschlossen wird, wenn das Semaphor eingegeben wurde. + + + Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum , wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird. + Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + + + Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum , wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird, während ein beobachtet wird. + Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Das zu überwachende . + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + wurde abgebrochen. + + + Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum , während ein ein beobachtet wird. + Eine Aufgabe, die abgeschlossen wird, wenn das Semaphor eingegeben wurde. + Das zu überwachende -Token. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + wurde abgebrochen. + + + Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum unter Verwendung einer zum Messen des Zeitintervalls. + Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. - oder - Timeout ist größer als . + + + Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum unter Verwendung einer zum Messen des Zeitintervalls, während ein beobachtet wird. + Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + Das zu überwachende -Token. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.- oder - Timeout ist größer als . + + wurde abgebrochen. + + + Stellt eine Methode dar, die aufgerufen werden muss, wenn eine Nachricht an einen Synchronisierungskontext gesendet werden soll. + Das an den Delegaten übergebene Objekt. + 2 + + + Stellt einen sich gegenseitig ausschließenden Sperrprimitiven bereit, wobei ein Thread, der versucht, die Sperre abzurufen, wiederholt in einer Schleife wartet, bis die Sperre verfügbar wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Struktur mit der Option, Thread-IDs nachzuverfolgen, um das Debuggen zu vereinfachen. + Gibt an, ob Thread-IDs zu Debugzwecken erfasst und verwendet werden. + + + Ruft die Sperre zuverlässig ab, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde. + True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden. + Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von Enter mit false initialisiert werden. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen. + + + Hebt die Sperre auf. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread ist nicht Besitzer dieser Sperre. + + + Hebt die Sperre auf. + Ein boolescher Wert, der angibt, ob eine Arbeitsspeicherumgrenzung ausgegeben werden soll, um den Beendigungsvorgang sofort für andere Threads zu veröffentlichen. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread ist nicht Besitzer dieser Sperre. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre zurzeit von einem Thread verwendet wird. + True, wenn die Sperre zurzeit von einem Thread verwendet wird, andernfalls false. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre vom aktuellen Thread verwendet wird. + True, wenn die Sperre vom aktuellen Thread verwendet wird, andernfalls false. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird deaktiviert. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Threadbesitznachverfolgung für diese Instanz aktiviert ist. + True, wenn die Threadbesitznachverfolgung für diese Instanz aktiviert ist, andernfalls false. + + + Versucht, die Sperre zuverlässig abzurufen, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde. + True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden. + Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von TryEnter mit false initialisiert werden. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen. + + + Versucht, die Sperre zuverlässig abzurufen, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von TryEnter mit false initialisiert werden. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen. + + + Versucht, die Sperre zuverlässig abzurufen, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde. + Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt. + True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als Millisekunden. + Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von TryEnter mit false initialisiert werden. + Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen. + + + Stellt Unterstützung für Spin-basierte Wartevorgänge bereit. + + + Ruft die Anzahl von -Aufrufen für diese Instanz ab. + Gibt eine ganze Zahl zurück, die angibt, wie häufig für diese Instanz aufgerufen wurde. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob der nächste Aufruf von den Prozessor ergibt und einen erzwungenen Kontextwechsel auslöst. + Gibt an, ob der nächste Aufruf von den Prozessor ergibt und einen erzwungenen Kontextwechsel auslöst. + + + Setzt die Spin-Anzahl zurück. + + + Führt einen Spin-Vorgang aus. + + + Führt Spin-Vorgänge aus, bis die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt wird. + Ein Delegat, der immer wieder ausgeführt wird, bis true zurückgegeben wird. + Das -Argument ist Null. + + + Führt Spin-Vorgänge aus, bis die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt wird oder das angegebene Timeout abgelaufen ist. + True, wenn die Bedingung innerhalb des Timeouts erfüllt wird, andernfalls false. + Ein Delegat, der immer wieder ausgeführt wird, bis true zurückgegeben wird. + Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout. + Das -Argument ist Null. + + ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. + + + Führt Spin-Vorgänge aus, bis die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt wird oder das angegebene Timeout abgelaufen ist. + True, wenn die Bedingung innerhalb des Timeouts erfüllt wird, andernfalls false. + Ein Delegat, der immer wieder ausgeführt wird, bis true zurückgegeben wird. + Ein , das die Wartezeit in Millisekunden darstellt, oder ein TimeSpan-Wert, der -1 Millisekunden für Warten ohne Timeout darstellt. + Das -Argument ist Null. + + ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als . + + + Stellt die Grundfunktionen für die Weitergabe eines Synchronisierungskontexts in unterschiedlichen Synchronisierungsmodellen bereit. + 2 + + + Erstellt eine neue Instanz der -Klasse. + + + Erstellt beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse eine Kopie des Synchronisierungskontexts. + Ein neues -Objekt. + 2 + + + Ruft den Synchronisierungskontext für den aktuellen Thread ab. + Ein -Objekt, das den aktuellen Synchronisierungskontext darstellt. + 1 + + + Antwortet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse auf die Benachrichtigung, dass ein Vorgang abgeschlossen wurde. + + + Antwortet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse auf die Benachrichtigung, dass ein Vorgang gestartet wurde. + + + Sendet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse eine asynchrone Meldung an einen Synchronisierungskontext. + Der aufzurufende -Delegat. + Das an den Delegaten übergebene Objekt. + 2 + + + Sendet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse eine synchrone Meldung an einen Synchronisierungskontext. + Der aufzurufende -Delegat. + Das an den Delegaten übergebene Objekt. + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + Legt den aktuellen Synchronisierungskontext fest. + Das festzulegende -Objekt. + 1 + + + + + + Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn der Aufrufer für eine Methode über eine Sperre für einen bestimmten Monitor verfügen muss und die Methode von einem Aufrufer aufgerufen wird, der nicht über diese Sperre verfügt. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardeigenschaften. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung. + Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat. + Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + + + Stellt einen lokalen Datenspeicher eines Threads bereit. + Gibt den für jeden Thread gespeicherten Datentyp an. + + + Initialisiert die -Instanz. + + + Initialisiert die -Instanz. + Ob alle Werte, die für die Instanz festgelegt werden, verfolgt werden und über die -Eigenschaft verfügbar gemacht sollen. + + + Initialisiert die -Instanz mit der angegebenen -Funktion. + Das , das aufgerufen wird, um einen verzögert initialisierten Wert zu erzeugen, wenn versucht wird, ohne vorherige Initialisierung abzurufen. + + ist ein NULL-Verweis (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Initialisiert die -Instanz mit der angegebenen -Funktion. + Das , das aufgerufen wird, um einen verzögert initialisierten Wert zu erzeugen, wenn versucht wird, ohne vorherige Initialisierung abzurufen. + Ob alle Werte, die für die Instanz festgelegt werden, verfolgt werden und über die -Eigenschaft verfügbar gemacht sollen. + + ist ein null-Verweis (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + + + Gibt die von dieser -Instanz verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + Ein boolescher Wert, der angibt, ob diese Methode aufgrund eines Aufrufs von aufgerufen wird. + + + Gibt die von dieser -Instanz verwendeten Ressourcen frei. + + + Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob für den aktuellen Thread initialisiert wurde. + True, wenn erfolgreich im aktuellen Thread initialisiert wurde, andernfalls false. + Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben. + + + Erstellt eine Zeichenfolgendarstellung dieser Instanz für den aktuellen Thread und gibt sie zurück. + Das Ergebnis des Aufrufs von für . + Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben. + Der für den aktuellen Thread ist ein NULL-Verweis (Nothing in Visual Basic). + Die Initialisierungsfunktion versuchte, auf rekursiv zu verweisen. + Kein Standardkonstruktor wird bereitgestellt, und keine Wertfactory wird angegeben. + + + Ruft den Wert dieser Instanz für den aktuellen Thread ab oder legt ihn fest. + Gibt eine Instanz des Objekts zurück, für dessen Initialisierung dieser ThreadLocal zuständig ist. + Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben. + Die Initialisierungsfunktion versuchte, auf rekursiv zu verweisen. + Kein Standardkonstruktor wird bereitgestellt, und keine Wertfactory wird angegeben. + + + Ruft eine Liste aller Werte ab, die aktuell von allen Threads, die auf diese Instanz zugegriffen haben, gespeichert werden. + Eine Liste aller Werte, die aktuell von allen Threads, die auf diese Instanz zugegriffen haben, gespeichert sind. + Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben. + + + Enthält Methoden für die Durchführung von Vorgängen für flüchtigen Speicher. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + + + Liest den Objektverweis aus dem angegebenen Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden. + Der Verweis auf , der gelesen wurde.Dieser Verweis entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Verweis, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches. + Das zu lesende Feld. + Der Typ des zu lesenden Felds.Dabei muss es sich um einen Verweistyp und keinen Werttyp handeln. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Arbeitsspeichervorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + + + Schreibt den angegebenen Objektverweis in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden. + Das Feld, in das der Objektverweis geschrieben wird. + Der zu schreibende Objektverweis.Der Verweis wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist. + Der Typ des zu schreibenden Felds.Dabei muss es sich um einen Verweistyp und keinen Werttyp handeln. + + + Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn versucht wird, einen nicht vorhandenen Systemmutex oder ein nicht vorhandenes Semaphor zu öffnen. + 2 + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardwerten. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung. + Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + + + Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat. + Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird. + Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/es/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/es/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3431de9eb --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/es/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1803 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + Excepción que se produce cuando un subproceso adquiere un objeto que otro subproceso ha abandonado al salir sin liberarlo. + 1 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con valores predeterminados. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un índice especificado para la exclusión mutua abandonada, si es aplicable, y un objeto que representa la exclusión mutua. + Índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada en la matriz de identificadores de espera si la excepción se produce para el método , o –1 si la excepción se produce para los métodos o . + Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error y una excepción interna especificados. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado, la excepción interna, el índice para la exclusión mutua abandonada, si es aplicable, y un objeto que representa la exclusión mutua. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + Índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada en la matriz de identificadores de espera si la excepción se produce para el método , o –1 si la excepción se produce para los métodos o . + Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado, el índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada, si es aplicable, y la exclusión mutua abandonada. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + Índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada en la matriz de identificadores de espera si la excepción se produce para el método , o –1 si la excepción se produce para los métodos o . + Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada. + + + Obtiene la exclusión mutua abandonada que produjo la excepción, si se conoce. + Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada o null si no se han podido identificar las exclusiones mutuas abandonadas. + 1 + + + Obtiene el índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada que produjo la excepción, si se conoce. + Índice, en la matriz de identificadores de espera que se ha pasado al método , del objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada, o –1 si no se puede determinar el índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada. + 1 + + + Representa datos ambiente locales de un flujo de control asincrónico determinado, por ejemplo, un método asincrónico. + Tipo de los datos ambiente. + + + Crea una instancia que no recibe las notificaciones de cambio. + + + Crea una instancia local que recibe notificaciones de cambio. + Delegado al que se llama cuando cambia el valor actual en cualquier subproceso. + + + Obtiene o establece el valor de los datos ambiente. + Valor de los datos ambiente. + + + Clase que proporciona información de cambio de datos a las instancias que se registran para las notificaciones de cambios. + Tipo de los datos. + + + Obtiene el valor actual de los datos. + Valor actual de los datos. + + + Obtiene el valor anterior de los datos. + Valor anterior de los datos. + + + Devuelve un valor que indica si el valor cambia debido a un cambio de contexto de ejecución. + true si el valor cambió debido a un cambio de contexto de ejecución; de lo contrario, false. + + + Notifica que se ha producido un evento a un subproceso en espera.Esta clase no puede heredarse. + 2 + + + Inicializa una instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado. + true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado. + + + Habilita varias tareas para que cooperen en un algoritmo en paralelo a través de varias fases. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase . + Número de subprocesos que participan. + + es menor que 0 o mayor que 32,767. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase . + Número de subprocesos que participan. + + que se ejecutará después de cada fase. null (Nothing en Visual Basic) se puede pasar para indicar que no se realiza ninguna acción. + + es menor que 0 o mayor que 32,767. + + + Notifica a que va a haber un participante adicional. + Número de fase de la barrera en la que primero participarán los nuevos participantes. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + Agregar un participante haría que el recuento de participantes de la barrera superase los 32.767.O bienEl método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase. + + + Notifica a que va a haber participantes adicionales. + Número de fase de la barrera en la que primero participarán los nuevos participantes. + Número de participantes adicionales que se van a agregar a la barrera. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es menor que 0.O bienAgregar haría que el recuento de participantes de la barrera superase los 32.767. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase. + + + Obtiene el número de la fase actual de la barrera. + Devuelve el número de la fase actual de la barrera. + + + Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase . + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase. + + + Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados. + Es true para liberar tanto los recursos administrados como los no administrados; es false para liberar únicamente los recursos no administrados. + + + Obtiene el número total de participantes de la barrera. + Devuelve el número total de participantes de la barrera. + + + Obtiene el número de participantes de la barrera que no aún no se han señalado en la fase actual. + Devuelve el número de participantes de la barrera que no aún no se han señalado en la fase actual. + + + Notifica a que va a haber un participante menos. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + La barrera ya tiene 0 participantes.O bienEl método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase. + + + Notifica a que va a haber menos participantes. + Número de participantes adicionales que se van a quitar de la barrera. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es menor que 0. + La barrera ya tiene 0 participantes.O bienEl método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase. O bienel recuento del participante actual es menor que el participantCount especificado + El recuento del participante total es menor que el especificado + + + Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen también la barrera. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes. + Si una excepción se produce de la acción de fase de envío de una barrera después de todos los subprocesos hayan llamado a SignalAndWait, la excepción se ajustará en una BarrierPostPhaseException y se producirá en todos los subprocesos que participan. + + + Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen también la barrera usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera. + si todos los participantes alcanzaron la barrera dentro del tiempo especificado; de lo contrario, es false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes. + Si una excepción se produce de la acción de fase de envío de una barrera después de todos los subprocesos hayan llamado a SignalAndWait, la excepción se ajustará en una BarrierPostPhaseException y se producirá en todos los subprocesos que participan. + + + Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes la alcancen también usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera mientras se observa un token de cancelación. + si todos los participantes alcanzaron la barrera dentro del tiempo especificado; de lo contrario, es false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + Se ha cancelado . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes. + + + Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen la barrera mientras se observa un token de cancelación. + + que se va a observar. + Se ha cancelado . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes. + + + Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen también la barrera usando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo. + Es true si todos los demás participantes alcanzaron la barrera; de lo contrario, es false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o es mayor de 32.767. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes. + + + Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes la alcancen también usando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras se observa un token de cancelación. + Es true si todos los demás participantes alcanzaron la barrera; de lo contrario, es false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + Se ha cancelado . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes. + + + Excepción que se inicia cuando se produce un error en la acción posterior a la fase de + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje proporcionado por el sistema que describe el error. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con la excepción interna especificada. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado que describe el error. + Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que esta cadena se ha traducido para la actual referencia cultural del sistema. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción. + Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que esta cadena se ha traducido para la actual referencia cultural del sistema. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + + + Representa un método al que se va a llamar dentro de un nuevo contexto. + Objeto que contiene la información que va a utilizar el método de devolución de llamadas cada vez que se ejecute. + 1 + + + Representa una primitiva de sincronización que está señalada cuando su recuento alcanza el valor cero. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el recuento especificado. + Número de señales necesarias inicialmente para establecer . + + es menor que 0. + + + Incrementa en uno el recuento actual de . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + La instancia actual ya está establecida.O bien es mayor o igual que . + + + Incrementa en un valor especificado el recuento actual de . + Valor en que se va a aumentar . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es menor o igual que 0. + La instancia actual ya está establecida.O bien es igual o mayor que después de incrementar la cuenta en + + + Obtiene el número de señales restantes necesario para establecer el evento. + El número de señales restantes necesario para establecer el evento. + + + Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase . + + + Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados. + Es true para liberar tanto los recursos administrados como los no administrados; es false para liberar únicamente los recursos no administrados. + + + Obtiene los números de señales que se necesitan inicialmente para establecer el evento. + El número de señales que se necesitan inicialmente para establecer el evento. + + + Determina si se establece el evento. + Es true si se establece el evento; de lo contrario, es false. + + + Restablece en el valor de . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + + Restablece la propiedad según un valor especificado. + Número de señales necesario para establecer . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + El valor de es menor que 0. + + + Registra una señal con y disminuye el valor de . + Es true si la señal hizo que el recuento alcanzara el valor cero y se estableció el evento; de lo contrario, falso. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + La instancia actual ya está establecida. + + + Registra varias señales con reduciendo el valor de según la cantidad especificada. + Es true si las señales hicieron que el recuento alcanzara el valor cero y se estableció el evento; de lo contrario, falso. + Número de señales que se va a registrar. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es menor que 1. + La instancia actual ya está establecida. -o bien- es mayor que . + + + Intenta incrementar en uno. + Es true si el incremento se realizó correctamente; en caso contrario, es false.Si ya está en el valor cero, este método devolverá false. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es igual a . + + + Intenta incrementar en un valor especificado. + Es true si el incremento se realizó correctamente; en caso contrario, es false.Si ya está en el valor cero, se devolverá false. + Valor en que se va a aumentar . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es menor o igual que 0. + La instancia actual ya está establecida.O bien + es igual o mayor que . + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera. + Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera, mientras se observa un token . + Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + Se ha cancelado . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. o bien, que creó sido eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , mientras se observa un token . + + que se va a observar. + Se ha cancelado . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. o bien, que creó sido eliminado. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un objeto para medir el tiempo de espera. + Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que . + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un objeto para medir el tiempo de espera, mientras se observa un token . + Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + Se ha cancelado . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. o bien, que creó sido eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que . + + + Obtiene un objeto que se usa para esperar a que se establezca el evento. + Objeto que se usa para esperar a que se establezca el evento. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + + Indica si un objeto se restablece automática o manualmente después de recibir una señal. + 2 + + + El objeto , cuando está señalado, se restablece automáticamente después de haber liberado un único subproceso.Si hay ningún subproceso en espera, el objeto permanece señalado hasta que un subproceso se bloquea y se restablece después de haber liberado el subproceso. + + + El objeto , cuando está señalado, libera todos los subprocesos en espera y permanece señalado hasta que se restablece manualmente. + + + Representa un evento de sincronización de subprocesos. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando si el identificador de espera se señala inicialmente y si se restablece automática o manualmente. + Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; es false para establecerlo en no señalado. + Uno de los valores de que determina si el evento se restablece de forma automática o manual. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando si el identificador de espera se señala inicialmente cuando se crea como resultado de esta llamada, si se restablece automática o manualmente y el nombre de un evento de sincronización del sistema. + Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado si el evento con nombre se crea como resultado de esta llamada; es false para establecerlo en no señalado. + Uno de los valores de que determina si el evento se restablece de forma automática o manual. + Nombre de un evento de sincronización para todo el sistema. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El evento con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario carece de . + No se puede crear el evento con nombre, quizás porque un identificador de espera de un tipo diferente tiene el mismo nombre. + + tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando si el identificador de espera se señala inicialmente cuando se crea como resultado de esta llamada, si se restablece automática o manualmente, el nombre de un evento de sincronización del sistema y una variable booleana cuyo valor después de la llamada indica si se ha creado el evento del sistema con nombre. + Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado si el evento con nombre se crea como resultado de esta llamada; es false para establecerlo en no señalado. + Uno de los valores de que determina si el evento se restablece de forma automática o manual. + Nombre de un evento de sincronización para todo el sistema. + Cuando este método devuelve un resultado, contiene true si se ha creado un evento local (es decir, si es null o una cadena vacía) o si se ha creado el evento del sistema con nombre especificado; es false si el evento del sistema con nombre especificado ya existía.Este parámetro se pasa sin inicializar. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El evento con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario carece de . + No se puede crear el evento con nombre, quizás porque un identificador de espera de un tipo diferente tiene el mismo nombre. + + tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + + Abre el evento de sincronización con nombre especificado, si ya existe. + Un objeto que representa el evento del sistema con nombre. + Nombre del evento de sincronización que se va a abrir. + + es una cadena vacía. O bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + es null. + El evento del sistema con nombre no existe. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El evento con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad exigido para utilizarlo. + 1 + + + + + + Establece el estado del evento en no señalado, haciendo que los subprocesos se bloqueen. + true si la operación se realiza correctamente; en caso contrario, false. + No se ha llamado previamente al método en este . + 2 + + + Establece el estado del evento en señalado, permitiendo que uno o varios subprocesos en espera continúen. + true si la operación se realiza correctamente; en caso contrario, false. + No se ha llamado previamente al método en este . + 2 + + + Abre el evento de sincronización con nombre especificado, si ya existe, y devuelve un valor que indica si la operación se realizó correctamente. + true si el evento de sincronización con nombre se abrió correctamente; si no, false. + Nombre del evento de sincronización que se va a abrir. + Cuando este método vuelve, contiene un objeto que representa el evento de sincronización con nombre si la llamada se realizó correctamente, o null si se produjo un error en la llamada.Este parámetro se trata como sin inicializar. + + es una cadena vacía.O bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + es null. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El evento con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad deseado. + + + Administra el contexto de ejecución del subproceso actual.Esta clase no puede heredarse. + 2 + + + Captura el contexto de ejecución del subproceso actual. + Objeto que representa el contexto de ejecución del subproceso actual. + 1 + + + Ejecuta un método en un contexto de ejecución especificado en el subproceso actual. + Contexto de ejecución que se va a establecer. + Delegado que representa el método que se va a ejecutar en el contexto de ejecución proporcionado. + Objeto que se pasa al método de devolución de llamada. + + es null.O bien no se adquirió a través de una operación de captura. O bien ya se ha utilizado como argumento de una llamada a . + 1 + + + + + + Proporciona operaciones atómicas para las variables compartidas por varios subprocesos. + 2 + + + Agrega dos enteros de 32 bits y reemplaza el primer entero por la suma, como una operación atómica. + Nuevo valor almacenado en . + Variable que contiene el primer valor que se va a agregar.La suma de los dos valores se almacena en . + Valor que se va a agregar al entero en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Agrega dos enteros de 64 bits y reemplaza el primer entero por la suma, como una operación atómica. + Nuevo valor almacenado en . + Variable que contiene el primer valor que se va a agregar.La suma de los dos valores se almacena en . + Valor que se va a agregar al entero en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos números de punto flotante de precisión doble para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero de los valores. + Valor original de . + Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace. + Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad. + Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos enteros de 32 bits con signo para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primer valor. + Valor original de . + Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace. + Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad. + Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos enteros de 64 bits con signo para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primer valor. + Valor original de . + Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace. + Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad. + Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos identificadores o punteros específicos de plataforma para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero. + Valor original de . + Estructura de destino, cuyo valor se compara con el valor de y que posiblemente se reemplace por . + Estructura que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad. + Estructura que se compara con el valor que hay en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos objetos para comprobar si sus referencias son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero de los objetos. + Valor original de . + Objeto de destino que se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace. + Objeto que reemplaza el objeto de destino si la comparación da como resultado la igualdad de ambos parámetros. + Objeto que se compara con el objeto que hay en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos números de punto flotante de precisión sencilla para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero de los valores. + Valor original de . + Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace. + Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad. + Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compara dos instancias del tipo de referencia especificado para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza la primera. + Valor original de . + Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.Este es un parámetro de referencia (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic). + Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad. + Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en . + Tipo que se va a utilizar para , y .Este tipo debe ser un tipo de referencia. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Disminuye el valor de una variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica. + Valor reducido. + Variable cuyo valor se va a reducir. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Disminuye el valor de la variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica. + Valor reducido. + Variable cuyo valor se va a reducir. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece un número de punto flotante de precisión doble en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado. + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece un entero de 32 bits con signo en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado. + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece un entero de 64 bits con signo en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado. + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece un puntero o identificador específico de plataforma en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado. + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece un objeto en un valor especificado y devuelve una referencia al objeto original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado. + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece un número de punto flotante de precisión sencilla en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado. + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Establece una variable del tipo especificado en un valor determinado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica. + Valor original de . + Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.Este es un parámetro de referencia (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic). + Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro . + Tipo que se va a utilizar para y .Este tipo debe ser un tipo de referencia. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Aumenta el valor de una variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica. + Valor incrementado. + Variable cuyo valor se va a incrementar. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Aumenta el valor de una variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica. + Valor incrementado. + Variable cuyo valor se va a incrementar. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sincroniza el acceso a la memoria de la siguiente forma: el procesador que ejecuta el subproceso actual no puede reordenar instrucciones de forma que los accesos a la memoria anteriores a la llamada a se ejecuten después de los accesos a memoria que siguen a la llamada a . + + + Devuelve un valor de 64 bits, cargado como una operación atómica. + Valor cargado. + Valor de 64 bits que se va a cargar. + 1 + + + Proporciona rutinas de inicialización diferida. + + + Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino con su constructor predeterminado si aún no se ha inicializado el destino. + Referencia de tipo que se ha inicializado. + Referencia de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado. + Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar. + Faltaban los permisos para tener acceso al constructor de tipo . + El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado. + + + Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino o tipo de valor con su constructor predeterminado si aún no se ha inicializado. + Valor inicializado de tipo . + Referencia o valor de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado. + Referencia a un valor booleano que determina si ya se ha inicializado el destino. + Referencia a un objeto que se usa como bloqueo mutuamente excluyente para la inicialización de .Si es null, se creará una instancia de un nuevo objeto. + Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar. + Faltaban los permisos para tener acceso al constructor de tipo . + El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado. + + + Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino o tipo de valor utilizando la función especificada si aún no se ha inicializado. + Valor inicializado de tipo . + Referencia o valor de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado. + Referencia a un valor booleano que determina si ya se ha inicializado el destino. + Referencia a un objeto que se usa como bloqueo mutuamente excluyente para la inicialización de .Si es null, se creará una instancia de un nuevo objeto. + Función que se llama para inicializar la referencia o el valor. + Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar. + Faltaban los permisos para tener acceso al constructor de tipo . + El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado. + + + Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino utilizando la función especificada si aún no se ha inicializado. + Valor inicializado de tipo . + Referencia de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado. + Función que se llama para inicializar la referencia. + Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar. + El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado. + + devuelve un valor NULL (Nothing en Visual Basic). + + + Excepción que se inicia cuando la entrada recursiva en un bloqueo no es compatible con la directiva de recursividad del bloqueo. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje proporcionado por el sistema que describe el error. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado que describe el error. + Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que la cadena se ha traducido para la referencia cultural actual del sistema. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción. + Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que la cadena se ha traducido para la referencia cultural actual del sistema. + Excepción que ha producido la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + 2 + + + Especifica si el mismo subproceso puede entrar varias veces en un bloqueo. + + + Si un subproceso intenta entrar en un bloqueo de forma recursiva, se inicia una excepción.Algunas clases pueden permitir cierta recursividad cuando se aplica esta configuración. + + + Un subproceso puede entrar en un bloqueo de forma recursiva.Algunas clases pueden limitar esta posibilidad. + + + Notifica que se ha producido un evento a uno o varios subprocesos en espera.Esta clase no puede heredarse. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado. + true para establecer el estado inicial de señalado; false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado. + + + Proporciona una versión reducida de . + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el estado inicial establecido en no señalado. + + + Inicializa una instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado. + Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; es false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado. + + + Inicializa una instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado y con el recuento circular especificado. + Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; es false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado. + Número de esperas circulares que se van a producir antes de una operación de espera basada en kernel. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase . + + + Libera los recursos no administrados que usa el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados. + true para liberar tanto los recursos administrados como los no administrados; false para liberar únicamente los recursos no administrados. + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si se ha establecido el evento. + Es true si se ha establecido el evento; de lo contrario, es false. + + + Establece el estado del evento en no señalado, por lo que se bloquean los subprocesos. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Establece el estado del evento en señalado, lo que permite la continuación de uno o varios subprocesos que están esperando en el evento. + + + Obtiene el número de esperas circulares que se producirán antes de una operación de espera basada en kernel. + Devuelve el número de esperas circulares que se producirán antes de una operación de espera basada en kernel. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto actual. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el actual, usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el intervalo de tiempo. + Es true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, es false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el actual, usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras se observa un token . + true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que el actual reciba una señal, mientras se observa un token . + + que se va a observar. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el actual, utilizando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo. + true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el , usando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras se observa un token . + true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Obtiene el objeto para este . + Objeto de evento subyacente de este . + + + Proporciona un mecanismo que sincroniza el acceso a los objetos. + 2 + + + Adquiere un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo de monitor. + El parámetro es null. + 1 + + + Adquiere un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo. + Objeto en el que se va a esperar. + Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo.Nota   Si no se produce ninguna excepción, el resultado de este método siempre es true. + La entrada es true. + El parámetro es null. + + + Libera un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado. + Objeto en el que se va a liberar el bloqueo. + El parámetro es null. + El subproceso actual no posee el bloqueo para el objeto especificado. + 1 + + + Determina si el subproceso actual mantiene el bloqueo en el objeto especificado. + Es true si el subproceso actual mantiene el bloqueo en ; en caso contrario, es false. + Objeto que se va a probar. + El valor de es null. + + + Notifica un cambio de estado del objeto bloqueado al subproceso que se encuentra en la cola de espera. + Objeto que está esperando un subproceso. + El parámetro es null. + El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado. + 1 + + + Notifica un cambio de estado del objeto a todos los subprocesos que se encuentran en espera. + Objeto que envía el pulso. + El parámetro es null. + El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado. + 1 + + + Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado. + Es true si el subproceso actual adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, es false. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo. + El parámetro es null. + 1 + + + Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo. + Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo. + La entrada es true. + El parámetro es null. + + + Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado durante el número de segundos especificado. + Es true si el subproceso actual adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, es false. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo. + Número de milisegundos durante los que se va a esperar para adquirir el bloqueo. + El parámetro es null. + + es negativo y no es igual a . + 1 + + + Intenta, durante el número especificado de milisegundos, adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo. + Número de milisegundos durante los que se va a esperar para adquirir el bloqueo. + Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo. + La entrada es true. + El parámetro es null. + + es negativo y no es igual a . + + + Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado durante el período de tiempo especificado. + Es true si el subproceso actual adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, es false. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo. + + que representa el período de tiempo que se va a esperar para adquirir el bloqueo.Un valor de –1 milisegundo especifica una espera infinita. + El parámetro es null. + El valor de en milisegundos es negativo y no es igual a (– 1 milisegundo), o es mayor que . + 1 + + + Intenta, durante el periodo de tiempo indicado, adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo. + Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo. + Tiempo que se va a esperar el bloqueo.Un valor de –1 milisegundo especifica una espera infinita. + Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo. + La entrada es true. + El parámetro es null. + El valor de en milisegundos es negativo y no es igual a (– 1 milisegundo), o es mayor que . + + + Libera el bloqueo en un objeto y bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que vuelve a adquirir el bloqueo. + Es true si la llamada fue devuelta porque el llamador volvió a adquirir el bloqueo para el objeto especificado.Este método no devuelve ningún resultado si el bloqueo no vuelve a adquirirse. + Objeto en el que se va a esperar. + El parámetro es null. + El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado. + El subproceso que invoca Wait se interrumpe más adelante desde el estado de espera.Esto sucede cuando otro subproceso llame a este subproceso método. + 1 + + + Libera el bloqueo en un objeto y bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que vuelve a adquirir el bloqueo.Si transcurre el intervalo de tiempo de espera especificado, el subproceso entra en la cola de subprocesos listos. + Es true si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo antes de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado; es false si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo después de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado.El método no devuelve ningún resultado hasta que se vuelva a adquirir el bloqueo. + Objeto en el que se va a esperar. + Número de milisegundos que se va a estar a la espera antes de que el subproceso entre en la cola de subprocesos listos. + El parámetro es null. + El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado. + El subproceso que invoca Wait se interrumpe más adelante desde el estado de espera.Esto sucede cuando otro subproceso llame a este subproceso método. + El valor de la parámetro es negativo y no es igual a . + 1 + + + Libera el bloqueo en un objeto y bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que vuelve a adquirir el bloqueo.Si transcurre el intervalo de tiempo de espera especificado, el subproceso entra en la cola de subprocesos listos. + Es true si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo antes de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado; es false si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo después de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado.El método no devuelve ningún resultado hasta que se vuelva a adquirir el bloqueo. + Objeto en el que se va a esperar. + + que representa la cantidad de tiempo que se va a esperar antes de que el subproceso entre en la cola de subprocesos listos. + El parámetro es null. + El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado. + El subproceso que invoca Wait se interrumpe más adelante desde el estado de espera.Esto sucede cuando otro subproceso llame a este subproceso método. + El valor de la parámetro en milisegundos es negativo y no representa (– 1 milisegundo), o es mayor que . + 1 + + + Primitiva de sincronización que puede usarse también para la sincronización entre procesos. + 1 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con propiedades predeterminadas. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si el subproceso que realiza la llamada debe tener la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua. + true para otorgar la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua al subproceso que realiza la llamada, de lo contrario, false. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si el subproceso que realiza la llamada debe tener la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua y una cadena que representa el nombre de la exclusión mutua. + true para otorgar al subproceso que realiza la llamada la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre si esta se crea como resultado de dicha llamada; de lo contrario, false. + Nombre del objeto .Si el valor es null, no tiene nombre. + La exclusión mutua con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario no tiene . + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + No se puede crear la exclusión mutua con nombre; posiblemente porque un identificador de espera de otro tipo tiene el mismo nombre. + + tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si el subproceso que realiza la llamada debe tener la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua, una cadena que es el nombre de la exclusión mutua y un valor booleano que, cuando se devuelva el método, indicará si se concedió la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua al subproceso que realiza la llamada. + true para otorgar al subproceso que realiza la llamada la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre si esta se crea como resultado de dicha llamada; de lo contrario, false. + Nombre del objeto .Si el valor es null, no tiene nombre. + Cuando se devuelve este método, contiene un valor booleano que es true si se creó una exclusión mutua local (es decir, si es null o una cadena vacía) o si se creó la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre especificada; el valor es false si la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre especificada ya existía.Este parámetro se pasa sin inicializar. + La exclusión mutua con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario no tiene . + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + No se puede crear la exclusión mutua con nombre; posiblemente porque un identificador de espera de otro tipo tiene el mismo nombre. + + tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + + Abre la exclusión mutua con nombre especificada, si ya existe. + Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre. + Nombre de la exclusión mutua del sistema que se va a abrir. + + es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + El valor de es null. + La excepción mutua con nombre no existe. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + La exclusión mutua con nombre existe, pero el usuario no dispone del acceso de seguridad exigido para utilizarla. + 1 + + + + + + Libera una vez la instancia de . + El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee la exclusión mutua. + 1 + + + Abre la exclusión mutua con nombre especificada, si ya existe, y devuelve un valor que indica si la operación se realizó correctamente. + true si la exclusión mutua con nombre se abrió correctamente; si no, false. + Nombre de la exclusión mutua del sistema que se va a abrir. + Cuando este método vuelve, contiene un objeto que representa la exclusión mutua con nombre si la llamada se realizó correctamente, o null si se produjo un error en la llamada.Este parámetro se trata como sin inicializar. + + es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + El valor de es null. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + La exclusión mutua con nombre existe, pero el usuario no dispone del acceso de seguridad exigido para utilizarla. + + + Representa un bloqueo que se utiliza para administrar el acceso a un recurso y que permite varios subprocesos para la lectura o acceso exclusivo para la escritura. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con los valores de propiedad predeterminados. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase especificando la directiva de recursividad de bloqueo. + Uno de los valores de enumeración que especifica la directiva de recursividad de bloqueo. + + + Obtiene el número total de subprocesos únicos que han entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura. + Número de subprocesos únicos que han entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura. + + + Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase . + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Reduce el recuento de recursividad para el modo de lectura y sale del modo de lectura si el recuento resultante es 0 (cero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + Reduce el recuento de recursividad para el modo de actualización y sale del modo de actualización si el recuento resultante es 0 (cero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + Reduce el recuento de recursividad para el modo de escritura y sale del modo de escritura si el recuento resultante es 0 (cero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura. + true si el subproceso actual entró en modo Lectura; en caso contrario, false. + 2 + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual entró en el bloqueo en modo de actualización. + true si el subproceso actual entró en modo de actualización; en caso contrario, false. + 2 + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de escritura. + true si el subproceso actual entró en modo de escritura; en caso contrario, false. + 2 + + + Obtiene un valor que indica la directiva de recursividad del objeto actual. + Uno de los valores de enumeración que especifica la directiva de recursividad de bloqueo. + + + Obtiene el número de veces que el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura, como una indicación de recursividad. + 0 (cero) si el subproceso actual no entró en modo Lectura, 1 si el subproceso entró en modo Lectura pero no lo hizo de forma recursiva o n si el subproceso entró de forma recursiva en el bloqueo n - 1 veces. + 2 + + + Obtiene el número de veces que el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de actualización, como una indicación de recursividad. + 0 (cero) si el subproceso actual no entró en modo de actualización, 1 si el subproceso entró en modo de actualización pero no lo hizo de forma recursiva o n si el subproceso entró de forma recursiva en el modo de actualización n - 1 veces. + 2 + + + Obtiene el número de veces que el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de escritura, como una indicación de recursividad. + 0 (cero) si el subproceso actual no entró en modo de escritura, 1 si el subproceso entró en modo de escritura pero no lo hizo de forma recursiva o n si el subproceso entró de forma recursiva en el modo de escritura n - 1 veces. + 2 + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura, con un tiempo de espera entero opcional. + true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo Lectura; en caso contrario, false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o -1 () para esperar indefinidamente. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura, con tiempo de espera opcional. + true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo Lectura; en caso contrario, false. + Intervalo de espera, o -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización, con tiempo de espera opcional. + true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de actualización; en caso contrario, false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o -1 () para esperar indefinidamente. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización, con tiempo de espera opcional. + true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de actualización; en caso contrario, false. + Intervalo de espera, o -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura, con tiempo de espera opcional. + true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de escritura; en caso contrario, false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o -1 () para esperar indefinidamente. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura, con tiempo de espera opcional. + true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de escritura; en caso contrario, false. + Intervalo de espera, o -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Obtiene el número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura. + Número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en modo de lectura. + 2 + + + Obtiene el número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización. + Número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en modo de actualización. + 2 + + + Obtiene el número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura. + Número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en modo de escritura. + 2 + + + Limita el número de subprocesos que pueden tener acceso a un recurso o grupo de recursos simultáneamente. + 1 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , que especifica el número inicial de entradas y el número máximo de entradas simultáneas. + Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + Número máximo de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + + es mayor que . + + es menor que 1.o bien es menor que 0. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , que especifica el número inicial de entradas y el número máximo de entradas simultáneas, y especificando de forma opcional el nombre de un objeto semáforo de sistema. + Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + Número máximo de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + Nombre de un objeto de semáforo del sistema con nombre. + + es mayor que .o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + es menor que 1.o bien es menor que 0. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El semáforo con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso y el usuario no tiene . + No se puede crear el semáforo con nombre, probablemente porque tiene el mismo nombre que un identificador de espera de otro tipo. + + + Inicializa una instancia nueva de la clase , especificando el número inicial de entradas y el número máximo de entradas simultáneas, especificando de forma opcional el nombre de un objeto semáforo de sistema y especificando una variable que recibe un valor que indica si se creó un semáforo del sistema nuevo. + Número inicial de solicitudes para el semáforo que se puede satisfacer simultáneamente. + Número máximo de solicitudes para el semáforo que se puede satisfacer simultáneamente. + Nombre de un objeto de semáforo del sistema con nombre. + Cuando este método devuelve un resultado, contiene true si se creó un semáforo local (es decir, si es null o una cadena vacía) o si se creó el semáforo del sistema con nombre especificado; es false si el semáforo del sistema con nombre especificado ya existía.Este parámetro se pasa sin inicializar. + + es mayor que . o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + + es menor que 1.o bien es menor que 0. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El semáforo con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso y el usuario no tiene . + No se puede crear el semáforo con nombre, probablemente porque tiene el mismo nombre que un identificador de espera de otro tipo. + + + Abre el semáforo con nombre especificado, si ya existe. + Objeto que representa el semáforo del sistema con nombre. + Nombre del semáforo del sistema que se va a abrir. + + es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + El valor de es null. + El semáforo con nombre no existe. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El semáforo con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad necesario para utilizarlo. + 1 + + + + + + Sale del semáforo y devuelve el recuento anterior. + Recuento en el semáforo antes de la llamada al método . + El recuento del semáforo ya está en el valor máximo. + Error de Win32 con un semáforo con nombre. + El semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero el usuario no tiene .o bienEl semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero no se abrió con . + 1 + + + Sale del semáforo un número especificado de veces y devuelve el recuento anterior. + Recuento en el semáforo antes de la llamada al método . + Número de veces que se abandona el semáforo. + + es menor que 1. + El recuento del semáforo ya está en el valor máximo. + Error de Win32 con un semáforo con nombre. + El semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero el usuario no tiene derechos.o bienEl semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero no se abrió con derechos. + 1 + + + Abre el semáforo con nombre especificado, si ya existe, y devuelve un valor que indica si la operación se realizó correctamente. + true si el semáforo con nombre se abrió correctamente; si no, false. + Nombre del semáforo del sistema que se va a abrir. + Cuando este método vuelve, contiene un objeto que representa el semáforo con nombre si la llamada se realizó correctamente o null si se produjo un error en la misma.Este parámetro se trata como sin inicializar. + + es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres. + El valor de es null. + Se ha producido un error de Win32. + El semáforo con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad necesario para utilizarlo. + + + Excepción que se produce cuando se llama al método en un semáforo cuyo recuento ya ha alcanzado el valor máximo. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con valores predeterminados. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + + + Representa una alternativa ligera a que limita el número de subprocesos que puede obtener acceso a la vez a un recurso o a un grupo de recursos. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando el número inicial de solicitudes que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + + es menor que 0. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando el número inicial y máximo de solicitudes que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + Número máximo de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente. + + es menor que 0, o es mayor que , o es igual o menor que 0. + + + Devuelve un objeto que se puede usar para esperar en el semáforo. + + que se puede usar para esperar en el semáforo. + Se ha eliminado . + + + Obtiene el número de subprocesos restantes que puede introducir el objeto . + Obtiene el número de subprocesos restantes que pueden entrar en el semáforo. + + + Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase . + + + Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados. + Es true para liberar tanto recursos administrados como no administrados; es false para liberar únicamente recursos no administrados. + + + Libera una vez el objeto . + Recuento anterior de . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + El ya se ha alcanzado su tamaño máximo. + + + Libera el objeto un número especificado de veces. + Recuento anterior de . + Número de veces que se abandona el semáforo. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es menor que 1. + El ya se ha alcanzado su tamaño máximo. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir . + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo que especifica el tiempo de espera. + true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo que especifica el tiempo de espera mientras se observa un elemento . + true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + + se ha cancelado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito. + El se ha eliminado la instancia, o la que creó se ha eliminado. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , mientras se observa un elemento . + Token que se va a observar. + + se ha cancelado. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.o bienEl que creó ya se ha eliminado. + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando para especificar el tiempo de espera. + true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + + es un número negativo distinto de-1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito o - tiempo de espera es mayor que . + Se ha eliminado la instancia de semaphoreSlim + + + Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando un que especifica el tiempo de espera mientras se observa un elemento . + true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + + se ha cancelado. + + es un número negativo distinto de-1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito o - tiempo de espera es mayor que . + Se ha eliminado la instancia de semaphoreSlimEl que creó ya se ha eliminado. + + + De forma asincrónica espera que se introduzca . + Tarea que se completará cuando se entre en el semáforo. + + + De forma asincrónica espera que se introduzca , usando un entero de 32 bits para medir el intervalo de tiempo. + Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito. + + + De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , usando un entero de 32 bits para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras observa un elemento . + Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + + que se va a observar. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + se ha cancelado. + + + De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , mientras observa un elemento . + Tarea que se completará cuando se entre en el semáforo. + Token que se va a observar. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + se ha cancelado. + + + De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , usando un para medir el intervalo de tiempo. + Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito o bien tiempo de espera es mayor que . + + + De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , usando un para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras observa un elemento . + Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + Token que se va a observar. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinitoo bientiempo de espera es mayor que . + + se ha cancelado. + + + Representa el método al que hay que llamar cuando se va a enviar un mensaje a un contexto de sincronización. + Objeto que se ha pasado al delegado. + 2 + + + Proporciona una primitiva de bloqueo de exclusión mutua donde un subproceso que intenta adquirir el bloqueo espera en un bucle repetidamente comprobando hasta que haya un bloqueo disponible. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la estructura con la opción de realizar el seguimiento de los identificadores de subprocesos para mejorar la depuración. + Indica si se han de capturar y utilizar identificadores de subprocesos con fines de depuración. + + + Adquiere el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo. + Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método. + El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a Enter. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo. + + + Libera el bloqueo. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual no es el propietario de este bloqueo. + + + Libera el bloqueo. + Valor booleano que indica si una barrera de memoria debe emitirse para publicar inmediatamente la operación de salida a otros subprocesos. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual no es el propietario de este bloqueo. + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si un subproceso mantiene actualmente el bloqueo. + Es true si cualquier subproceso mantiene actualmente el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual mantiene actualmente el bloqueo. + Es true si el subproceso actual mantiene el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está deshabilitado. + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si el seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado para esta instancia. + Es true si se ha habilitado el seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos para esta instancia; de lo contrario, es false. + + + Intenta adquirir el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo. + Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método. + El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a TryEnter. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo. + + + Intenta adquirir el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a TryEnter. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo. + + + Intenta adquirir el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente. + Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que milisegundos. + El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a TryEnter. + El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo. + + + Proporciona compatibilidad con la espera basada en ciclos. + + + Obtiene el número de veces que se ha llamado a en esta instancia. + Devuelve un entero que representa el número de veces que se ha llamado en esta instancia. + + + Obtiene si la llamada siguiente a da paso al procesador, lo que activa un cambio de contexto forzado. + Si la llamada siguiente a da paso al procesador, lo que activa un cambio de contexto forzado. + + + Restablece el contador de ciclos. + + + Realiza un único ciclo. + + + Itera en ciclos hasta que se satisface la condición especificada. + Delegado que se va a ejecutar una y otra vez hasta que devuelva true. + El argumento de es nulo. + + + Itera en ciclos hasta que se satisface la condición especificada o se agota el tiempo de espera indicado. + Es true si la condición se satisface dentro del tiempo de espera; de lo contrario, es false. + Delegado que se va a ejecutar una y otra vez hasta que devuelva true. + Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente. + El argumento de es nulo. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito. + + + Itera en ciclos hasta que se satisface la condición especificada o se agota el tiempo de espera indicado. + Es true si la condición se satisface dentro del tiempo de espera; de lo contrario, es false. + Delegado que se va a ejecutar una y otra vez hasta que devuelva true. + Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o TimeSpan que representa -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente. + El argumento de es nulo. + + es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que . + + + Proporciona la funcionalidad básica para propagar un contexto de sincronización en varios modelos de sincronización. + 2 + + + Crea una nueva instancia de la clase . + + + Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, crea una copia del contexto de sincronización. + Un nuevo objeto . + 2 + + + Obtiene el contexto de sincronización del subproceso actual. + Objeto que representa el contexto de sincronización actual. + 1 + + + Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, responde a la notificación de que se ha completado una operación. + + + Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, responde a la notificación de que se ha iniciado una operación. + + + Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, envía un mensaje asincrónico a un contexto de sincronización. + Delegado de al que se va a llamar. + Objeto que se ha pasado al delegado. + 2 + + + Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, envía un mensaje sincrónico a un contexto de sincronización. + Delegado de al que se va a llamar. + Objeto que se ha pasado al delegado. + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + Establece el contexto de sincronización actual. + Objeto que se va a establecer. + 1 + + + + + + Excepción que se produce cuando un método requiere que el llamador sea propietario del bloqueo en un Monitor dado y un llamador al que no pertenece ese bloqueo llama al método. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con propiedades predeterminadas. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + + + Proporciona almacenamiento local de los datos de un subproceso. + Especifica el tipo de datos que se almacena por subproceso. + + + Inicializa la instancia de . + + + Inicializa la instancia de . + Si se va a hacer un seguimiento de todos los valores establecidos en la instancia y exponerlos a través de la propiedad . + + + Inicializa una instancia de con la función especificada por el parámetro . + + que se invoca para generar un valor de inicialización diferida cuando se intenta recuperar sin que se haya inicializado anteriormente. + + es una referencia nula (Nothing en Visual Basic). + + + Inicializa una instancia de con la función especificada por el parámetro . + + que se invoca para generar un valor de inicialización diferida cuando se intenta recuperar sin que se haya inicializado anteriormente. + Si se va a hacer un seguimiento de todos los valores establecidos en la instancia y exponerlos a través de la propiedad . + + es una referencia null (Nothing en Visual Basic). + + + Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase . + + + Libera los recursos utilizados por esta instancia de . + Valor booleano que indica si se llama a este método debido a una llamada a . + + + Libera los recursos utilizados por esta instancia de . + + + Obtiene un valor que indica si se inicializa en el subproceso actual. + Es true si se inicializa en el subproceso actual; en caso contrario, es false. + La instancia de se ha eliminado. + + + Crea y devuelve una representación de cadena de esta instancia del subproceso actual. + Resultado de llamar al método en . + La instancia de se ha eliminado. + La propiedad del subproceso actual es una referencia nula (Nothing en Visual Basic). + La función de inicialización intentó hacer referencia de forma recursiva a . + No se proporciona ningún constructor predeterminado y no se proporciona ningún generador de valor. + + + Obtiene o establece el valor de esta instancia del subproceso actual. + Devuelve una instancia del objeto que ThreadLocal es responsable de inicializar. + La instancia de se ha eliminado. + La función de inicialización intentó hacer referencia de forma recursiva a . + No se proporciona ningún constructor predeterminado y no se proporciona ningún generador de valor. + + + Obtiene una lista de todos los valores almacenados actualmente por todos los subprocesos que han tenido acceso a esta instancia. + Lista de todos los valores almacenados actualmente por todos los subprocesos que han tenido acceso a esta instancia. + La instancia de se ha eliminado. + + + Contiene los métodos para realizar operaciones de memoria volátil. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + + + Lee la referencia al objeto desde el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método. + Referencia al que se ha leído.Esta referencia es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador. + Campo que se va a leer. + Tipo del campo que se va a leer.Debe ser un tipo de referencia, no un tipo de valor. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de memoria antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe el valor. + Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + + + Escribe la referencia de objeto especificada en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método. + Campo donde se escribe la referencia de objeto. + Referencia de objeto que se va a escribir.La referencia se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo. + Tipo del campo que se va a escribir.Debe ser un tipo de referencia, no un tipo de valor. + + + Excepción que se produce cuando se intenta abrir una exclusión mutua o semáforo del sistema que no existe. + 2 + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con valores predeterminados. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + + + Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción. + Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción. + La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/fr/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/fr/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6bbaf9759 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/fr/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1833 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + Exception levée lorsqu'un thread acquiert un objet qu'un autre thread a abandonné en se terminant sans le libérer. + 1 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec les valeurs par défaut. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un index spécifié pour le mutex abandonné, le cas échéant, et un objet qui représente le mutex. + Index du mutex abandonné dans le tableau des handles d'attente si l'exception est levée pour la méthode , ou -1 si l'exception est levée pour les méthodes ou . + Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié. + Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur et une exception interne spécifiés. + Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié, l'exception interne, l'index pour le mutex abandonné, le cas échéant, et un objet qui représente le mutex. + Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + Index du mutex abandonné dans le tableau des handles d'attente si l'exception est levée pour la méthode , ou -1 si l'exception est levée pour les méthodes ou . + Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié, l'index du mutex abandonné, le cas échéant, et le mutex abandonné. + Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception. + Index du mutex abandonné dans le tableau des handles d'attente si l'exception est levée pour la méthode , ou -1 si l'exception est levée pour les méthodes ou . + Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné. + + + Obtient le mutex abandonné qui a provoqué l'exception, s'il est connu. + Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné ou null si les mutex abandonnés n'ont pas pu être identifiés. + 1 + + + Obtient l'index du mutex abandonné qui a provoqué l'exception, s'il est connu. + Index, dans le tableau de handles d'attente passés à la méthode , de l'objet qui représente le mutex abandonné ou -1 si l'index du mutex abandonné n'a pas pu être déterminé. + 1 + + + Représente les données ambiantes qui sont locales à un flux de contrôle asynchrone donné, par exemple une méthode asynchrone. + Type des données ambiantes. + + + Instancie une instance de qui ne reçoit pas de notifications de modification. + + + Instancie une instance locale de qui ne reçoit pas de notifications de modification. + Le délégué est appelé à chaque modification de la valeur actuelle sur n'importe quel thread. + + + Obtient ou définit la valeur des données ambiantes. + Valeur des données ambiantes. + + + Classe qui fournit les informations de modification des données aux instances de qui s'inscrivent pour les notifications de modification. + Type des données. + + + Obtient la valeur actuelle des données. + Valeur actuelle des données. + + + Obtient la valeur précédente des données. + Valeur précédente des données. + + + Retourne une valeur qui indique si la valeur est modifiée en raison d'un changement du contexte d'exécution. + true si la valeur est modifiée en raison d'un changement du contexte d'exécution ; sinon, false. + + + Avertit un thread en attente qu'un événement s'est produit.Cette classe ne peut pas être héritée. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini à "signalé". + true pour définir l'état initial à "signalé" ; false pour le définir à "non signalé". + + + Permet à plusieurs tâches de travailler en parallèle de manière coopérative sur un algorithme via plusieurs phases. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe . + Nombre de threads participants. + + est inférieur à 0 ou supérieur à 32,767. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe . + Nombre de threads participants. + + à exécuter après chaque phase. null (nothing en Visual Basic) peut être passé pour indiquer qu'aucune action n'est effectuée. + + est inférieur à 0 ou supérieur à 32,767. + + + Signale à qu'il y aura un participant supplémentaire. + Numéro de la phase du cloisonnement à laquelle les nouveaux participants participeront en premier. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + L'ajout d'un participant provoquerait l'augmentation du nombre de participants du cloisonnement au-delà de 32 767.ouLa méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase. + + + Signale à qu'il y aura des participants supplémentaires. + Numéro de la phase du cloisonnement à laquelle les nouveaux participants participeront en premier. + Nombre de participants supplémentaires à ajouter au cloisonnement. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur à 0.ouL'ajout de participants () provoquerait l'augmentation du nombre de participants du cloisonnement au-delà de 32 767. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase. + + + Obtient le numéro de la phase actuelle du cloisonnement. + Retourne le numéro de la phase actuelle du cloisonnement. + + + Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe . + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase. + + + Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et éventuellement les ressources managées. + true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées. + + + Obtient le nombre total de participants au cloisonnement. + Retourne le nombre total de participants au cloisonnement. + + + Obtient le nombre de participants au cloisonnement qui n'ont pas encore été signalés dans la phase actuelle. + Retourne le nombre de participants au cloisonnement qui n'ont pas encore été signalés dans la phase actuelle. + + + Signale à qu'il y aura un participant en moins. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + La barrière a déjà 0 participant.ouLa méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase. + + + Signale à qu'il y aura moins de participants. + Nombre de participants supplémentaires à supprimer du cloisonnement. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur à 0. + La barrière a déjà 0 participant.ouLa méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase. oule nombre de participant actuel est inférieur au participantCount spécifié + Le nombre total de participants est inférieur au spécifié + + + Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants. + Si une exception est levée par l'action de post-phase d'un cloisonnement après que tous les threads participants aient appelé SignalAndWait, l'exception sera incluse dans un wrapper dans une BarrierPostPhaseException et levée pour tous les threads participants. + + + Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer le délai d'attente. + si tous les participants ont atteint le cloisonnement dans le délai spécifié ; sinon false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants. + Si une exception est levée par l'action de post-phase d'un cloisonnement après que tous les threads participants aient appelé SignalAndWait, l'exception sera incluse dans un wrapper dans une BarrierPostPhaseException et levée pour tous les threads participants. + + + Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer le délai d'attente, tout en observant un jeton d'annulation. + si tous les participants ont atteint le cloisonnement dans le délai spécifié ; sinon false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants. + + + Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, tout en observant un jeton d'annulation. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants. + + + Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un objet qui mesure l'intervalle de temps. + true si tous les autres participants ont atteint le cloisonnement ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 milliseconde, qui représente un délai d'attente infini, ou sa valeur est supérieure à 32 767. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants. + + + Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un objet qui mesure l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un jeton d'annulation. + true si tous les autres participants ont atteint le cloisonnement ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 milliseconde, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants. + + + L'exception levée lorsque l'action post-phase d'un échoue. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message système qui décrit l'erreur. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec l'exception interne spécifiée. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message spécifié décrivant l'erreur. + Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture du système en cours. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception. + Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture du système en cours. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + + + Représente une méthode à appeler dans un nouveau contexte. + Objet contenant les informations que la méthode de rappel doit utiliser à chacune de ses exécutions. + 1 + + + Représente une primitive de synchronisation qui est signalée lorsque son décompte atteint zéro. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe à l'aide du décompte spécifié. + Nombre de signaux initialement requis pour définir . + + est inférieur à 0. + + + Incrémente de un le décompte actuel de . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.ou est supérieur ou égal à . + + + Incrémente d'une valeur spécifiée le décompte actuel de . + Valeur d'incrément de . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur ou égal à 0. + L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.ou est égal à ou supérieur à une fois le nombre été incrémenté par + + + Obtient le nombre de signaux restants requis pour définir l'événement. + Nombre de signaux restants requis pour définir l'événement. + + + Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe . + + + Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et éventuellement les ressources managées. + true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées. + + + Obtient le nombre de signaux initialement requis pour définir l'événement. + Nombre de signaux initialement requis pour définir l'événement. + + + Détermine si l'événement est défini. + true si l'événement est défini ; sinon, false. + + + Réinitialise avec la valeur . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + + Définit la propriété spécifiée sur la valeur indiquée. + Nombre de signaux requis pour définir . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur à 0. + + + Enregistre un signal avec le , en décrémentant la valeur de . + true si le décompte a atteint zéro en raison du signal et que l'événement a été défini ; sinon, false. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + L'instance actuelle est déjà définie. + + + Inscrit plusieurs signaux avec , en décrémentant la valeur de selon la valeur spécifiée. + true si le décompte a atteint zéro en raison des signaux et que l'événement a été défini ; sinon, false. + Nombre de signaux à inscrire. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur à 1. + L'instance actuelle est déjà définie. - ou - Ou est supérieur à . + + + Essaie d'incrémenter par un. + true si l'incrémentation a réussi ; sinon, false.Si est déjà à zéro, cette méthode retourne la valeur false. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est égal à . + + + Essaie d'incrémenter par une valeur spécifiée. + true si l'incrémentation a réussi ; sinon, false.Si est déjà à zéro, la valeur false est retournée. + Valeur d'incrément de . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur ou égal à 0. + L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.ou + est supérieur ou égal à . + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que soit défini. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente. + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente, tout en observant un . + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. - ou - le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que soit défini, tout en observant un . + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. - ou - le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le soit défini, à l'aide d'un permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente. + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à . + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le soit défini, à l'aide d'un permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente, tout en observant un . + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. - ou - le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à . + + + Obtient un qui est utilisé pour attendre l'événement à définir. + + qui est utilisé pour attendre l'événement à définir. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + + Indique si un est réinitialisé automatiquement ou manuellement après la réception d'un signal. + 2 + + + Une fois signalé, le se réinitialise automatiquement après avoir libéré un seul thread.Si aucun thread n'attend, le conserve l'état signalé jusqu'à ce qu'un thread se bloque et se réinitialise après l'avoir libéré. + + + Lorsqu'il est signalé, le libère tous les threads en attente et conserve l'état signalé jusqu'à sa réinitialisation manuelle. + + + Représente un événement de synchronisation de threads. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant si le handle d'attente est signalé initialement et s'il se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement. + true pour définir l'état initial comme étant signalé ; false pour le définir comme étant non signalé. + L'une des valeurs qui déterminent si l'événement se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant si le handle d'attente est signalé initialement s'il a été créé à la suite de cet appel, s'il se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement, ainsi que le nom d'un événement de synchronisation du système. + true pour définir l'état initial comme signalé si l'événement nommé est créé en conséquence de cet appel ; false pour le définir comme non signalé. + L'une des valeurs qui déterminent si l'événement se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement. + Nom d'un événement de synchronisation à l'échelle du système. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + L'événement nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas . + L'événement nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom. + + dépasse 260 caractères. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant si le handle d'attente est signalé initialement s'il a été créé à la suite de cet appel, s'il se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement, ainsi que le nom d'un événement de synchronisation du système et une variable booléenne dont la valeur après l'appel indique si l'événement système nommé a été créé. + true pour définir l'état initial comme signalé si l'événement nommé est créé en conséquence de cet appel ; false pour le définir comme non signalé. + L'une des valeurs qui déterminent si l'événement se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement. + Nom d'un événement de synchronisation à l'échelle du système. + Cette méthode retourne true si un événement local a été créé (en d'autres termes, si est null ou une chaîne vide) ou si l'événement système nommé spécifié a été créé ; false si l'événement système nommé spécifié existait déjà.Ce paramètre est passé sans être initialisé. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + L'événement nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas . + L'événement nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom. + + dépasse 260 caractères. + + + Ouvre l'événement de synchronisation nommé spécifié s'il existe déjà. + Objet qui représente l'événement système nommé. + Nom de l'événement de synchronisation système à ouvrir. + + est une chaîne vide. ou dépasse 260 caractères. + + a la valeur null. + L'événement de système nommé n'existe pas. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + L'événement nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser. + 1 + + + + + + Définit l'état de l'événement comme étant non signalé, entraînant le blocage des threads. + true si l'opération aboutit ; sinon, false. + La méthode a été précédemment appelée sur ce . + 2 + + + Définit l'état de l'événement comme étant signalé, ce qui permet à un ou plusieurs threads en attente de continuer. + true si l'opération aboutit ; sinon, false. + La méthode a été précédemment appelée sur ce . + 2 + + + Ouvre l'événement de synchronisation nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà, et retourne une valeur indiquant si l'opération a réussi. + true si l'événement de synchronisation nommé a été ouvert ; sinon, false. + Nom de l'événement de synchronisation système à ouvrir. + Lorsque cette méthode est retournée, contient un objet qui représente l'événement de synchronisation nommé si l'appel a réussi, ou null si l'appel a échoué.Ce paramètre est traité comme non initialisé. + + est une chaîne vide.ou dépasse 260 caractères. + + a la valeur null. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + L'événement nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur n'a pas l'accès de sécurité voulu. + + + Gère le contexte d'exécution du thread actuel.Cette classe ne peut pas être héritée. + 2 + + + Capture le contexte d'exécution du thread actuel. + Objet capturant le contexte d'exécution du thread actuel. + 1 + + + Exécute une méthode dans un contexte d'exécution spécifié sur le thread actuel. + + à définir. + Délégué représentant la méthode à exécuter dans le contexte d'exécution fourni. + Objet à passer à la méthode de rappel. + + a la valeur null.ouLe n'a pas été acquis à l'aide d'une opération de capture. ouLe a déjà été utilisé comme argument pour un appel . + 1 + + + + + + Fournit des opérations atomiques pour des variables partagées par plusieurs threads. + 2 + + + Ajoute deux entiers 32 bits et remplace le premier entier par la somme, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + La nouvelle valeur stockée à . + Variable qui contient la première valeur à ajouter.La somme des deux valeurs est stockée dans . + Valeur à ajouter à l'entier à . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Ajoute deux entiers 64 bits et remplace le premier entier par la somme, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + La nouvelle valeur stockée à . + Variable qui contient la première valeur à ajouter.La somme des deux valeurs est stockée dans . + Valeur à ajouter à l'entier à . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux nombres à virgule flottante double précision et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité. + Valeur d'origine dans . + Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée. + Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + Valeur comparée à celle de . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux entiers signés de 32 bits et remplace la première valeur en cas d'égalité. + Valeur d'origine dans . + Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée. + Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + Valeur comparée à celle de . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux entiers signés de 64 bits et remplace la première valeur en cas d'égalité. + Valeur d'origine dans . + Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée. + Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + Valeur comparée à celle de . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux handles ou pointeurs spécifiques à la plateforme et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité. + Valeur d'origine dans . + + de destination, dont la valeur est comparée à celle de et qui peut être remplacée par . + + qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + + comparée à la valeur de . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux objets et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité des références. + Valeur d'origine dans . + Objet de destination comparé à et qui peut être remplacé. + Objet qui remplace l'objet de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + Objet qui est comparé à l'objet se trouvant à . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux nombres à virgule flottante simple précision et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité. + Valeur d'origine dans . + Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée. + Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + Valeur comparée à celle de . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Compare deux instances du type référence spécifié et remplace la première en cas d'égalité. + Valeur d'origine dans . + Destination, dont la valeur est comparée avec et qui peut être remplacée.C'est un paramètre référence (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic). + Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité. + Valeur comparée à celle de . + Type à utiliser pour , et .Ce type doit être un type référence. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Décrémente une variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur décrémentée. + Variable dont la valeur doit être décrémentée. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Décrémente la variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur décrémentée. + Variable dont la valeur doit être décrémentée. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un nombre à virgule flottante double précision, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée. + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte un entier signé 32 bits à une valeur spécifiée, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée. + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un entier signé 64 bits, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée. + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un handle ou un pointeur spécifique à la plateforme, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée. + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un objet, puis retourne une référence à l'objet d'origine sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée. + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un nombre à virgule flottante simple précision, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée. + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Affecte une valeur spécifiée à une variable du type spécifié et retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur d'origine de . + Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.C'est un paramètre référence (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic). + Valeur affectée au paramètre . + Type à utiliser pour et .Ce type doit être un type référence. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Incrémente une variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur incrémentée. + Variable dont la valeur doit être incrémentée. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Incrémente une variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur incrémentée. + Variable dont la valeur doit être incrémentée. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Synchronise l'accès à la mémoire comme suit : le processeur qui exécute le thread actuel ne peut pas réorganiser les instructions de sorte que les accès à la mémoire avant l'appel de s'exécutent après les accès à la mémoire postérieurs à l'appel de . + + + Retourne une valeur 64 bits chargée sous la forme d'une opération atomique. + Valeur chargée. + Valeur 64 bits à charger. + 1 + + + Fournit des routines d'initialisation tardives. + + + Initialise un type référence cible avec le constructeur par défaut du type s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé. + Référence initialisée de type . + Référence de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été. + Type de la référence à initialiser. + Autorisations pour accéder au constructeur de type manquant. + Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut. + + + Initialise un type référence cible ou un type valeur avec son constructeur par défaut s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé. + Valeur initialisée de type . + Référence ou valeur de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été. + Référence à une valeur booléenne qui détermine si la cible a déjà été initialisée. + Référence à un objet utilisé comme verrou mutuellement exclusif pour l'initialisation de .Si est null null, un nouvel objet est instancié. + Type de la référence à initialiser. + Autorisations pour accéder au constructeur de type manquant. + Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut. + + + Initialise un type référence cible ou un type valeur à l'aide d'une fonction spécifiée s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé. + Valeur initialisée de type . + Référence ou valeur de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été. + Référence à une valeur booléenne qui détermine si la cible a déjà été initialisée. + Référence à un objet utilisé comme verrou mutuellement exclusif pour l'initialisation de .Si est null null, un nouvel objet est instancié. + Fonction appelée pour initialiser la référence ou la valeur. + Type de la référence à initialiser. + Autorisations pour accéder au constructeur de type manquant. + Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut. + + + Initialise un type référence cible à l'aide d'une fonction spécifiée s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé. + Valeur initialisée de type . + Référence de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été. + Fonction appelée pour initialiser la référence. + Type référence de la référence à initialiser. + Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut. + + a retourné null (Nothing en Visual Basic). + + + L'exception levée lorsque l'entrée récursive dans un verrou n'est pas compatible avec la stratégie de récurrence pour le verrou. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message système qui décrit l'erreur. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message spécifié décrivant l'erreur. + Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture système en cours. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception. + Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture système en cours. + Exception qui a provoqué l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + 2 + + + Spécifie si un verrou peut être entré plusieurs fois par le même thread. + + + Si un thread essaie d'entrer un verrou de manière récursive, une exception est levée.Certaines classes peuvent autoriser certaines récurrences lorsque ce paramètre est appliqué. + + + Un thread peut entrer un verrou de manière récursive.Certaines classes peuvent restreindre cette fonction. + + + Avertit un ou plusieurs threads en attente qu'un événement s'est produit.Cette classe ne peut pas être héritée. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini comme signalé. + true pour définir un état initial signalé ; false pour définir un état initial non signalé. + + + Fournit une version allégée de . + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec l'état initial "non signalé". + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini à "signalé". + true pour définir l'état initial à "signalé" ; false pour le définir à "non signalé". + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini à "signalé" et un nombre de spins spécifié. + true pour définir l'état initial à "signalé" ; false pour le définir à "non signalé". + Nombre d'attentes de spins qui se produiront avant de revenir à une opération d'attente basée sur le noyau. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe . + + + Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et éventuellement les ressources managées. + true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées. + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si l'événement est défini. + true si l'événement a été défini ; sinon, false. + + + Définit l'état de l'événement à "non signalé", ce qui entraîne le blocage des threads. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Définit l'état de l'événement à "signalé", ce qui permet à un ou plusieurs threads en attente sur l'événement de continuer à s'exécuter. + + + Obtient le nombre d'attentes de spins qui se produiront avant de revenir à une opération d'attente basée sur le noyau. + Retourne le nombre d'attentes de spins qui se produiront avant de revenir à une opération d'attente basée sur le noyau. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps. + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un . + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + à observer. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel reçoive un signal, tout en observant un . + + à observer. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps. + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un . + true si a été défini ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini. + + à observer. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Obtient l'objet sous-jacent pour ce . + Objet d'événement sous-jacent pour ce . + + + Fournit un mécanisme qui synchronise l'accès aux objets. + 2 + + + Acquiert un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou du moniteur. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + 1 + + + Acquiert un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris. + Objet sur lequel attendre. + Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou.Remarque   Si aucune exception ne se produit, la sortie de cette méthode est toujours true. + L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + + + Libère un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié. + Objet sur lequel libérer le verrou. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + Le thread en cours ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié. + 1 + + + Détermine si le thread actuel détient le verrou sur l'objet spécifié. + true si le thread actuel détient le verrou sur  ; sinon, false. + Objet à tester. + + a la valeur null. + + + Avertit un thread situé dans la file d'attente en suspens d'un changement d'état de l'objet verrouillé. + Objet attendu par un thread. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié. + 1 + + + Avertit tous les threads en attente d'un changement d'état de l'objet. + Objet qui envoie l'impulsion. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié. + 1 + + + Essaie d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié. + true si le thread actuel acquiert le verrou ; sinon, false. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + 1 + + + Tente d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou. + Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou. + L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + + + Tentatives d'acquisition d'un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié au cours du nombre spécifié de millisecondes. + true si le thread actuel acquiert le verrou ; sinon, false. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou. + Délai d'attente du verrou en millisecondes. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + + est négatif et différent de . + 1 + + + Tente, pendant le nombre spécifié de millisecondes, d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou. + Délai d'attente du verrou en millisecondes. + Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou. + L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + + est négatif et différent de . + + + Tentatives d'acquisition d'un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié au cours de la période spécifiée. + true si le thread actuel acquiert le verrou ; sinon, false. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou. + + représentant le délai d'attente du verrou.Une valeur de –1 milliseconde spécifie une attente infinie. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + La valeur en millisecondes de est négative et différente de (–1 milliseconde), ou elle est supérieure à . + 1 + + + Tente, pendant le délai spécifié, d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris. + Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou. + Délai d'attente du verrou.Une valeur de –1 milliseconde spécifie une attente infinie. + Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou. + L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + La valeur en millisecondes de est négative et différente de (–1 milliseconde), ou elle est supérieure à . + + + Libère le verrou d'un objet et bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il acquière à nouveau le verrou. + true si l'appel est retourné car l'appelant a de nouveau acquis le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.Cette méthode ne retourne rien si le verrou n'est pas acquis à nouveau. + Objet sur lequel attendre. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié. + Le thread qui appelle Wait quitte ensuite l'état d'attente.Cela se produit lorsqu'un autre thread appelle la méthode de ce thread. + 1 + + + Libère le verrou d'un objet et bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il acquière à nouveau le verrou.Si le délai d'attente spécifié est écoulé, le thread intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle. + true si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition avant l'expiration du délai spécifié ; false si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition après l'expiration du délai spécifié.La méthode ne retourne pas de valeur tant que le verrou n'est pas acquis à nouveau. + Objet sur lequel attendre. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre avant que le thread intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié. + Le thread qui appelle Wait quitte ensuite l'état d'attente.Cela se produit lorsqu'un autre thread appelle la méthode de ce thread. + La valeur du paramètre est négative et différente de . + 1 + + + Libère le verrou d'un objet et bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il acquière à nouveau le verrou.Si le délai d'attente spécifié est écoulé, le thread intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle. + true si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition avant l'expiration du délai spécifié ; false si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition après l'expiration du délai spécifié.La méthode ne retourne pas de valeur tant que le verrou n'est pas acquis à nouveau. + Objet sur lequel attendre. + + qui représente le temps à attendre avant que le thread n'intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle. + Le paramètre a la valeur null. + Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié. + Le thread qui appelle Wait quitte ensuite l'état d'attente.Cela se produit lorsqu'un autre thread appelle la méthode de ce thread. + La valeur en millisecondes du paramètre est négative et ne représente pas (–1 milliseconde) ou est supérieure à . + 1 + + + Primitive de synchronisation qui peut également être utilisée pour la synchronisation entre processus. + 1 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec des propriétés par défaut. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne qui indique si le thread appelant doit avoir la propriété initiale du mutex. + true pour accorder au thread appelant la propriété initiale du mutex ; sinon, false. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne qui indique si le thread appelant doit avoir la propriété initiale du mutex, et une chaîne représentant le nom du mutex. + true pour donner au thread appelant la propriété initiale du mutex système nommé si celui-ci est créé en réponse à cet appel ; sinon, false. + Nom du .Si cette valeur est null, est sans nom. + Le mutex nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas . + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le mutex nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom. + + est plus de 260 caractères. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne qui indique si le thread appelant doit avoir la propriété initiale du mutex, une chaîne qui représente le nom du mutex et une valeur booléenne qui, quand la méthode retourne son résultat, indique si la propriété initiale du mutex a été accordée au thread appelant. + true pour donner au thread appelant la propriété initiale du mutex système nommé si celui-ci est créé en réponse à cet appel ; sinon, false. + Nom du .Si cette valeur est null, est sans nom. + Cette méthode retourne une valeur booléenne qui est true si un mutex local a été créé (en d'autres termes, si est null ou une chaîne vide) ou si le mutex système nommé spécifié a été créé ; false si le mutex système nommé spécifié existait déjà.Ce paramètre est passé sans être initialisé. + Le mutex nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas . + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le mutex nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom. + + est plus de 260 caractères. + + + Ouvre le mutex nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà. + Objet qui représente le mutex système nommé. + Nom du mutex système à ouvrir. + + est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères. + + a la valeur null. + Le mutex nommé n'existe pas. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le mutex nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser. + 1 + + + + + + Libère l'objet une seule fois. + Le thread appelant ne possède pas le mutex. + 1 + + + Ouvre le mutex nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà, et retourne une valeur indiquant si l'opération a réussi. + true si le mutex nommé a été ouvert ; sinon, false. + Nom du mutex système à ouvrir. + Quand cette méthode est retournée, contient un objet qui représente la structure mutex nommée si l'appel a réussi, ou null si l'appel a échoué.Ce paramètre est traité comme étant non initialisé. + + est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères. + + a la valeur null. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le mutex nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser. + + + Représente un verrou utilisé pour gérer l'accès à une ressource, en autorisant plusieurs threads pour la lecture ou un accès exclusif en écriture. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec des valeurs de propriété par défaut. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant la stratégie de récurrence du verrou. + Une des valeurs d'énumération qui spécifie la stratégie de récurrence du verrou. + + + Obtient le nombre total de threads uniques qui ont entré le verrou en mode lecture. + Nombre de threads uniques qui ont entré le verrou en mode lecture. + + + Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe . + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode lecture. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode écriture. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Réduit le nombre de récurrences pour le mode lecture, et quitte le mode lecture si le nombre résultant est 0 (zéro). + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + Réduit le nombre de récurrences pour le mode pouvant être mis à niveau, et quitte le mode pouvant être mis à niveau si le nombre résultant est 0 (zéro). + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + Réduit le nombre de récurrences pour le mode écriture, et quitte le mode écriture si le nombre résultant est 0 (zéro). + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode lecture. + true si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode lecture ; sinon, false. + 2 + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau. + true si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau ; sinon, false. + 2 + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode écriture. + true si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode écriture ; sinon, false. + 2 + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique la stratégie de récurrence pour l'objet actuel. + Une des valeurs d'énumération qui spécifie la stratégie de récurrence du verrou. + + + Obtient le nombre de fois où le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode lecture, comme une indication de récurrence. + 0 (zéro) si le thread actuel n'a pas entré le verrou en mode lecture, 1 si le thread a entré le verrou en mode lecture mais pas de façon récursive, ou n si le thread a entré le verrou de façon récursive n - 1 fois. + 2 + + + Obtient le nombre de fois où le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, comme une indication de récurrence. + 0 si le thread actuel n'a pas entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, 1 si le thread a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau mais pas de façon récursive, ou n si le thread a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau de façon récursive n - 1 fois. + 2 + + + Obtient le nombre de fois où le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode écriture, comme une indication de récurrence. + 0 si le n si le thread a entré le verrou en mode écriture de façon récursive n - 1 fois. + 2 + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode lecture, avec un délai d'attente entier facultatif. + true si le thread appelant est entré en mode lecture, sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode lecture, avec un délai d'attente facultatif. + true si le thread appelant est entré en mode lecture, sinon, false. + Intervalle d'attente, ou -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, avec un délai d'attente facultatif. + true si le thread appelant est entré en mode de mise à niveau, sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, avec un délai d'attente facultatif. + true si le thread appelant est entré en mode de mise à niveau, sinon, false. + Intervalle d'attente, ou -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode écriture, avec un délai d'attente facultatif. + true si le thread appelant est entré en mode écriture, sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode écriture, avec un délai d'attente facultatif. + true si le thread appelant est entré en mode écriture, sinon, false. + Intervalle d'attente, ou -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Obtient le nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer le verrou en mode lecture. + Nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer en mode lecture. + 2 + + + Obtient le nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau. + Nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer en mode pouvant être mis à niveau. + 2 + + + Obtient le nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer le verrou en mode écriture. + Nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer en mode écriture. + 2 + + + Limite le nombre des threads qui peuvent accéder simultanément à une ressource ou un pool de ressources. + 1 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en spécifiant le nombre initial d'entrées et le nombre maximal d'entrées simultanées. + Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + + est supérieur à . + + est inférieur à 1.ou est inférieur à 0. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en spécifiant le nombre initial d'entrées et le nombre maximal d'entrées simultanées, et en spécifiant en option le nom d'un objet sémaphore système. + Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + Nom d'un objet de sémaphore système nommé. + + est supérieur à .ou est plus de 260 caractères. + + est inférieur à 1.ou est inférieur à 0. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le sémaphore nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, et l'utilisateur n'a pas . + Le sémaphore nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en spécifiant le nombre initial d'entrées et le nombre maximal d'entrées simultanées, en spécifiant en option le nom d'un objet sémaphore système et en spécifiant une variable qui reçoit une valeur indiquant si un sémaphore système a été créé. + Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peut être satisfait simultanément. + Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peut être satisfait simultanément. + Nom d'un objet de sémaphore système nommé. + Cette méthode retourne true si un sémaphore local a été créé (en d'autres termes, si est null ou une chaîne vide) ou si le sémaphore système nommé spécifié a été créé ; false si le sémaphore système nommé spécifié existait déjà.Ce paramètre est passé sans être initialisé. + + est supérieur à . ou est plus de 260 caractères. + + est inférieur à 1.ou est inférieur à 0. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le sémaphore nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, et l'utilisateur n'a pas . + Le sémaphore nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom. + + + Ouvre le sémaphore nommé spécifié s'il existe déjà. + Objet qui représente le sémaphore système nommé. + Nom du sémaphore système à ouvrir. + + est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères. + + a la valeur null. + Le sémaphore nommé n'existe pas. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le sémaphore nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser. + 1 + + + + + + Quitte le sémaphore et retourne le compteur antérieur. + Compteur du sémaphore avant appel de la méthode . + Le compteur du sémaphore est déjà à la valeur maximale. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite avec un sémaphore nommé. + Le sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais l'utilisateur ne détient pas de droits .ouLe sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais il n'a pas été ouvert avec des droits . + 1 + + + Quitte le sémaphore un nombre spécifié de fois et retourne le compteur précédent. + Compteur du sémaphore avant appel de la méthode . + Nombre de fois où quitter le sémaphore. + + est inférieur à 1. + Le compteur du sémaphore est déjà à la valeur maximale. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite avec un sémaphore nommé. + Le sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais l'utilisateur ne détient pas de droits .ouLe sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais il n'a pas été ouvert avec des droits . + 1 + + + Ouvre le sémaphore nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà, et retourne une valeur indiquant si l'opération a réussi. + true si le sémaphore nommé a été ouvert ; sinon, false. + Nom du sémaphore système à ouvrir. + Quand cette méthode est retournée, contient un objet qui représente le sémaphore nommé si l'appel a réussi, ou null si l'appel a échoué.Ce paramètre est traité comme étant non initialisé. + + est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères. + + a la valeur null. + Une erreur Win32 s'est produite. + Le sémaphore nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser. + + + Exception levée lorsque la méthode est appelée sur un sémaphore dont le compteur est déjà au maximum. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec les valeurs par défaut. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié. + Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception. + Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + + + Représente une alternative légère à qui limite le nombre de threads pouvant accéder simultanément à une ressource ou à un pool de ressources. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant le nombre initial de demandes qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + + est inférieur à 0. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant le nombre initial et le nombre maximal de demandes qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément. + + est inférieur à 0 ou est supérieur à ou est inférieur ou égal à 0. + + + Retourne un qui peut être utilisé pour l'attente sur le sémaphore. + + qui peut être utilisé pour l'attente sur le sémaphore. + + a été supprimé. + + + Obtient le nombre de threads restants qui peuvent accéder à l'objet . + Nombre de threads restants qui peuvent accéder au sémaphore. + + + Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe . + + + Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par le , et libère éventuellement les ressources managées. + true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour ne libérer que les ressources non managées. + + + Libère l'objet une seule fois. + Décompte précédent de . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + Le a déjà atteint sa taille maximale. + + + Libère l'objet un nombre de fois déterminé. + Décompte précédent de . + Nombre de fois où quitter le sémaphore. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est inférieur à 1. + Le a déjà atteint sa taille maximale. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à . + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits qui spécifie le délai d'attente. + true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à  ; sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits qui spécifie le délai d'attente, tout en observant un . + true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à  ; sinon, false. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + Le instance a été supprimée, ou qui créé a été supprimé. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , tout en observant un . + Jeton à observer. + + a été annulé. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.ouLes créés a déjà été supprimé. + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un pour spécifier le délai d'attente. + true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à  ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à . + L'instance de semaphoreSlim a été supprimée + + + Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un qui spécifie le délai d'attente, tout en observant un . + true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à  ; sinon, false. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + + à observer. + + a été annulé. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à . + L'instance de semaphoreSlim a été suppriméeLe qui a créé a déjà été supprimé. + + + Attend de façon asynchrone avant d'accéder à . + Tâche qui se termine après l'accès au sémaphore. + + + Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps. + Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + + + Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un . + Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + + à observer. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + a été annulé. + + + Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , tout en observant un . + Tâche qui se termine après l'accès au sémaphore. + Jeton à observer. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + a été annulé. + + + Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps. + Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée. + + qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. ou délai d'attente supérieur à . + + + Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un . + Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + Jeton à observer. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.oudélai d'attente supérieur à . + + a été annulé. + + + Représente une méthode à appeler lorsqu'un message doit être distribué à un contexte de synchronisation. + Objet passé au délégué. + 2 + + + Fournit une primitive de verrou d'exclusion mutuelle où un thread qui tente d'acquérir le verrou attend dans une boucle en vérifiant de manière répétée jusqu'à ce que le verrou devienne disponible. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la structure de avec l'option permettant de suivre les ID de thread afin d'améliorer le débogage. + Indique s'il faut capturer et utiliser des ID de thread à des fins de débogage. + + + Acquiert le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis. + True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode. + L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler ENTRÉE. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou. + + + Libère le verrou. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est autorisé, et le thread actuel n'est pas le propriétaire de ce verrou. + + + Libère le verrou. + Valeur booléenne qui indique si une barrière mémoire doit être émise pour publier immédiatement l'opération de sortie sur d'autres threads. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est autorisé, et le thread actuel n'est pas le propriétaire de ce verrou. + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si le verrou est actuellement détenu par un thread. + True si le verrou est actuellement détenu par un thread ; sinon, false. + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si le verrou est détenu par le thread actuel. + True si le verrou est détenu par le thread actuel ; sinon, false. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est désactivé. + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si le suivi de la propriété des threads est activé pour cette instance. + True si le suivi de la propriété du thread est autorisé pour cette instance ; sinon, false. + + + Tente d'acquérir le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis. + True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode. + L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler TryEnter. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou. + + + Tente d'acquérir le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler TryEnter. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou. + + + Tente d'acquérir le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment. + True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 milliseconde, qui représente un délai d'attente infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à millisecondes. + L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler TryEnter. + Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou. + + + Fournit une prise en charge de l'attente basée sur les spins. + + + Obtient le nombre de fois où a été appelé sur cette instance. + Retourne un entier qui représente le nombre d'appels de sur cette instance. + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si l'appel suivant à générera le processeur, en déclenchant un changement de contexte forcé. + Indique si l'appel suivant à générera le processeur, en déclenchant un changement de contexte forcé. + + + Réinitialise le compteur de spins. + + + Exécute un seul spin. + + + Effectue des spins jusqu'à ce que la condition spécifiée soit satisfaite. + Délégué à exécuter de façon répétée jusqu'à ce qu'il retourne la valeur true. + L'argument a la valeur null. + + + Effectue des spins jusqu'à ce que la condition spécifiée soit satisfaite ou jusqu'à ce que le délai d'attente expire. + True si la condition est satisfaite dans le délai d'attente ; sinon, false. + Délégué à exécuter de façon répétée jusqu'à ce qu'il retourne la valeur true. + Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini. + L'argument a la valeur null. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. + + + Effectue des spins jusqu'à ce que la condition spécifiée soit satisfaite ou jusqu'à ce que le délai d'attente expire. + True si la condition est satisfaite dans le délai d'attente ; sinon, false. + Délégué à exécuter de façon répétée jusqu'à ce qu'il retourne la valeur true. + + qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre, ou TimeSpan qui représente -1 millième de seconde pour attendre indéfiniment. + L'argument a la valeur null. + + est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à . + + + Fournit les fonctionnalités de base pour propager un contexte de synchronisation dans plusieurs modèles de synchronisation. + 2 + + + Crée une instance de la classe . + + + En cas de substitution dans une classe dérivée, crée une copie du contexte de synchronisation. + Nouvel objet . + 2 + + + Obtient le contexte de synchronisation du thread actuel. + Objet représentant le contexte de synchronisation actuel. + 1 + + + Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, répond à la notification selon laquelle une opération est terminée. + + + Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, répond à la notification selon laquelle une opération est lancée. + + + Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, distribue un message asynchrone à un contexte de synchronisation. + Délégué à appeler. + Objet passé au délégué. + 2 + + + Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, distribue un message synchrone à un contexte de synchronisation. + Délégué à appeler. + Objet passé au délégué. + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + Définit le contexte de synchronisation actuel. + Objet à définir. + 1 + + + + + + Exception levée lorsqu'une méthode exige de l'appelant qu'il possède un verrou sur un objet Monitor donné et que la méthode est appelée par un appelant qui ne possède pas ce verrou. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec des propriétés par défaut. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié. + Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception. + Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + + + Fournit le stockage local des données de thread. + Spécifie le type de données stockées par thread. + + + Initialise l'instance de . + + + Initialise l'instance de . + Indique s'il faut suivre toutes les valeurs définies dans l'instance et les exposer via la propriété . + + + Initialise l'instance de avec la fonction spécifiée. + + appelé pour produire une valeur initialisée tardivement lorsqu'une tentative est effectuée pour récupérer sans qu'il ait été précédemment initialisé. + + est une référence null (Nothing en Visual Basic). + + + Initialise l'instance de avec la fonction spécifiée. + + appelé pour produire une valeur initialisée tardivement lorsqu'une tentative est effectuée pour récupérer sans qu'il ait été précédemment initialisé. + Indique s'il faut suivre toutes les valeurs définies dans l'instance et les exposer via la propriété . + + est une référence null (Nothing en Visual Basic). + + + Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe . + + + Libère les ressources utilisées par cette instance de . + Valeur booléenne qui indique si cette méthode est appelée en raison d'un appel à . + + + Libère les ressources utilisées par cette instance de . + + + Obtient une valeur qui indique si est initialisé sur le thread actuel. + True si est initialisé sur le thread actuel ; sinon, false. + L'instance de a été supprimée. + + + Crée et retourne une représentation sous forme de chaîne de cette instance pour le thread actuel. + Résultat de l'appel à sur . + L'instance de a été supprimée. + Le du thread actuel est une référence null (Nothing en Visual Basic). + La fonction d'initialisation a tenté de référencer de manière récursive. + Aucun constructeur par défaut n'est fourni et aucune fabrique de valeurs n'est fournie. + + + Obtient ou définit la valeur de cette instance pour le thread actuel. + Retourne une instance de l'objet dont ce ThreadLocal est chargé de l'initialisation. + L'instance de a été supprimée. + La fonction d'initialisation a tenté de référencer de manière récursive. + Aucun constructeur par défaut n'est fourni et aucune fabrique de valeurs n'est fournie. + + + Obtient une liste de toutes les valeurs actuellement stockées par tous les threads qui ont accès à cette instance. + Liste de toutes les valeurs actuellement stockées par tous les threads qui ont accès à cette instance. + L'instance de a été supprimée. + + + Contient des méthodes permettant d'effectuer des opérations de mémoire volatile. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + + + Lit la référence d'objet à partir du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode. + Référence à qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière référence écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur. + Champ à lire. + Type du champ à lire.Il doit s'agir d'un type référence, et non d'un type valeur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de mémoire apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite. + Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + + + Écrit la référence d'objet spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode. + Champ dans lequel la référence d'objet est écrite. + Référence d'objet à écrire.La référence est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur. + Type du champ dans lequel écrire.Il doit s'agir d'un type référence, et non d'un type valeur. + + + Exception levée lors d'une tentative d'ouverture d'un mutex système ou d'un sémaphore qui n'existe pas. + 2 + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec les valeurs par défaut. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié. + Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception. + + + Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception. + Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception. + Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/it/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/it/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3446f031d --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/it/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1800 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + Eccezione generata quando un thread acquisisce un oggetto che un altro thread ha abbandonato uscendo senza rilasciarlo. + 1 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con valori predefiniti. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un indice specificato per il mutex abbandonato, se applicabile, e un oggetto che rappresenta il mutex. + Indice del mutex abbandonato nella matrice degli handle di attesa se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo o –1 se l'eccezione viene generata per i metodi o . + Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato. + Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il messaggio di errore e l'eccezione interna specificati. + Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione. + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente verrà generata in un blocco catch che gestisce l'eccezione interna. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il messaggio di errore, l'eccezione interna, l'indice per il mutex abbandonato, se applicabile, specificati e un oggetto che rappresenta il mutex. + Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione. + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente verrà generata in un blocco catch che gestisce l'eccezione interna. + Indice del mutex abbandonato nella matrice degli handle di attesa se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo , –1 se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo o . + Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il messaggio di errore, l'indice del mutex abbandonato, se applicabile, e il mutex abbandonato specificati. + Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione. + Indice del mutex abbandonato nella matrice degli handle di attesa se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo , –1 se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo o . + Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato. + + + Ottiene il mutex abbandonato che ha causato l'eccezione, se noto. + Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato oppure null se il mutex abbandonato non è stato identificato. + 1 + + + Ottiene l'indice del mutex abbandonato che ha causato l'eccezione, se noto. + Nella matrice degli handle in attesa passati al metodo , indice dell'oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato oppure –1 se l'indice del mutex abbandonato non è stato determinato. + 1 + + + Rappresenta dati di ambiente locali rispetto a un flusso di controllo asincrono specificato, ad esempio un metodo asincrono. + Tipo dei dati di ambiente. + + + Crea un'istanza dell'istanza di che non riceve notifiche di modifica. + + + Crea un'istanza dell'istanza di locale che riceve notifiche di modifica. + Delegato chiamato ogni volta che il valore corrente cambia in qualsiasi thread. + + + Ottiene o imposta il valore dei dati di ambiente. + Valore dei dati di ambiente. + + + Classe che fornisce le informazioni di modifica dei dati alle istanze di registrate per le notifiche di modifica. + Tipo di dati. + + + Ottiene il valore corrente dei dati. + Valore corrente dei dati. + + + Ottiene il valore precedente dei dati. + Valore precedente dei dati. + + + Restituisce un valore che indica se il valore cambia a seguito di una modifica del contesto di esecuzione. + true se il valore è cambiato a seguito di una modifica del contesto di esecuzione; in caso contrario, false. + + + Notifica a un thread in attesa che si è verificato un evento.La classe non può essere ereditata. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato. + true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostare lo stato iniziale su non segnalato. + + + Consente a più attività di funzionare cooperativamente in un algoritmo in parallelo tramite più fasi. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe . + Numero di thread che partecipano. + + è minore di 0 o maggiore di 32,767. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe . + Numero di thread che partecipano. + Oggetto da eseguire dopo ogni fase. Può essere passato Null (Nothing in Visual Basic) per indicare che non è stata intrapresa alcuna azione. + + è minore di 0 o maggiore di 32,767. + + + Notifica all'oggetto che sarà presente un partecipante aggiuntivo. + Numero di fase della barriera in corrispondenza di cui parteciperanno inizialmente i nuovi partecipanti. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + L'aggiunta di un partecipante provocherebbe il superamento del conteggio del partecipante della barriera di 32.767.- oppure -Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase. + + + Notifica all'oggetto che saranno presenti partecipanti aggiuntivi. + Numero di fase della barriera in corrispondenza di cui parteciperanno inizialmente i nuovi partecipanti. + Numero di partecipanti aggiuntivi da aggiungere alla barriera. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore di 0.- oppure -L'aggiunta di partecipanti provocherebbe il superamento del conteggio del partecipante della barriera di 32.767. + Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase. + + + Ottiene il numero di fase corrente della barriera. + Restituisce il numero di fase corrente della barriera. + + + Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe . + Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase. + + + Rilascia le risorse non gestite utilizzate dall'oggetto ed eventualmente rilascia le risorse gestite. + true per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite, false per rilasciare solo quelle non gestite. + + + Ottiene il numero totale di partecipanti nella barriera. + Restituisce il numero totale di partecipanti nella barriera. + + + Ottiene il numero di partecipanti nella barriera che non hanno ancora eseguito la segnalazione nella fase corrente. + Restituisce il numero di partecipanti nella barriera che non hanno ancora eseguito la segnalazione nella fase corrente. + + + Notifica all'oggetto che sarà presente un partecipante in meno. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + La barriera dispone già di 0 partecipanti.- oppure -Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase. + + + Notifica all'oggetto che saranno presenti meno partecipanti. + Numero di partecipanti aggiuntivi da rimuovere dalla barriera. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore di 0. + La barriera dispone già di 0 partecipanti.- oppure -Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase. - oppure -il conteggio del partecipante corrente è minore del conteggio del partecipante specificato + Il conteggio totale dei partecipanti è minore del specificato + + + Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti. + Se un'eccezione viene generata da un'azione post-fase di una Barriera dopo che tutti thread che partecipano hanno chiamato SignalAndWait, l'eccezione verrà sottoposta a wrapping in un BarrierPostPhaseException e sarà generata su tutti i thread che partecipano. + + + Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un Signed Integer a 32 bit per misurare il timeout. + true se tutti i partecipanti raggiungono la barriera entro il tempo specificato; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1). + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti. + Se un'eccezione viene generata da un'azione post-fase di una Barriera dopo che tutti thread che partecipano hanno chiamato SignalAndWait, l'eccezione verrà sottoposta a wrapping in un BarrierPostPhaseException e sarà generata su tutti i thread che partecipano. + + + Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un Signed Integer a 32 bit per misurare il timeout, al contempo osservando un token di annullamento. + true se tutti i partecipanti raggiungono la barriera entro il tempo specificato; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1). + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti. + + + Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, al contempo osservando un token di annullamento. + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti. + + + Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo. + true se tutti gli altri partecipanti hanno raggiunto la barriera. In caso contrario, false. + + che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi, che rappresenta un timeout infinito, oppure è più grande di 32.767. + Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti. + + + Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo, al contempo osservando un token di annullamento. + true se tutti gli altri partecipanti hanno raggiunto la barriera. In caso contrario, false. + + che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi, che rappresenta un timeout infinito. + Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti. + + + Eccezione generata quando l'azione post-fase di un oggetto non viene eseguita correttamente. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio fornito dal sistema in cui viene descritto l'errore. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con l'eccezione interna specificata. + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio specifico in cui viene descritto l'errore. + Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.È necessario che il chiamante del costruttore assicuri che la stringa sia stata localizzata per le impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente. + Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.È necessario che il chiamante del costruttore assicuri che la stringa sia stata localizzata per le impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema. + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna. + + + Rappresenta un metodo da chiamare all'interno di un nuovo contesto. + Oggetto contenente informazioni che devono essere utilizzate dal metodo di callback ogni volta che viene eseguito. + 1 + + + Rappresenta un primitiva di sincronizzazione segnalata quando il relativo conteggio raggiunge lo zero. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il conteggio specificato. + Numero di segnali inizialmente richiesti per impostare l'oggetto . + + è minore di 0. + + + Incrementa di uno il conteggio corrente di . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + L'istanza corrente è già impostata.- oppure - è maggiore di o uguale a . + + + Incrementa di un valore specificato il conteggio corrente di . + Valore che indica l'incremento di . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore o uguale a 0. + L'istanza corrente è già impostata.- oppure - è uguale o maggiore a dopo che il conteggio è incrementato da + + + Ottiene il numero di segnali restanti necessari per impostare l'evento. + Numero di segnali restanti necessari per impostare l'evento. + + + Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe . + + + Rilascia le risorse non gestite utilizzate dall'oggetto ed eventualmente rilascia le risorse gestite. + true per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite, false per rilasciare solo quelle non gestite. + + + Ottiene il numero di segnali necessari inizialmente per impostare l'evento. + Numero di segnali necessari inizialmente per impostare l'evento. + + + Determina se l'evento è impostato. + true se l'evento è impostato, altrimenti false. + + + Reimposta sul valore di . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + + Reimposta la proprietà al valore specificato. + Numero di segnali necessari per impostare l'oggetto . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore di 0. + + + Registra un segnale con l'oggetto , decrementando il valore di . + true se il conteggio ha raggiunto lo zero a causa del segnale e l'evento è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + L'istanza corrente è già impostata. + + + Registra più segnali con l'oggetto , decrementandone il valore di della quantità specificata. + true se il conteggio ha raggiunto lo zero a causa dei segnali e l'evento è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false. + Numero di segnali da registrare. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore di 1. + L'istanza corrente è già impostata. oppure è maggiore di . + + + Tenta di incrementare di uno. + true se l'incremento ha avuto esito positivo. In caso contrario, false.Se è già zero, questo metodo restituirà false. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è uguale a . + + + Tenta di incrementare in base a un valore specificato. + true se l'incremento ha avuto esito positivo. In caso contrario, false.Se è già zero, verrà restituito false. + Valore che indica l'incremento di . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore o uguale a 0. + L'istanza corrente è già impostata.- oppure - + è uguale o maggiore di . + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare il timeout. + true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1). + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare il timeout e al contempo osservando un oggetto . + true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1). + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. oppure l'oggetto aveva creato è già stato eliminato. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, al contempo osservando un oggetto . + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. oppure l'oggetto aveva creato è già stato eliminato. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare il timeout. + true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false. + + che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di . + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare il timeout e al contempo osservando un oggetto . + true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false. + + che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. oppure l'oggetto aveva creato è già stato eliminato. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di . + + + Ottiene un oggetto utilizzato per attendere l'impostazione dell'evento. + Oggetto utilizzato per attendere l'impostazione dell'evento. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + + Indica se verrà reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente dopo la ricezione di un segnale. + 2 + + + Con la segnalazione, viene reimpostato automaticamente dopo il rilascio di un singolo thread.Se non sono presenti thread in attesa, resta segnalato fino al blocco di un thread e viene reimpostato dopo il rilascio del thread. + + + Con la segnalazione, rilascia tutti i thread in attesa e resta segnalato finché non viene reimpostato manualmente. + + + Rappresenta un evento di sincronizzazione dei thread. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando se l'handle di attesa è inizialmente segnalato e se la reimpostazione viene eseguita automaticamente o manualmente. + true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostarlo su non segnalato. + Uno dei valori di che determina se l'evento viene reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando se l'handle di attesa è inizialmente segnalato se creato a seguito di questa chiamata e se la reimpostazione viene eseguita automaticamente o manualmente e indicando il nome di un evento di sincronizzazione di sistema. + true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato se l'evento denominato viene creato in seguito a questa chiamata; false per impostare lo stato su non segnalato. + Uno dei valori di che determina se l'evento viene reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente. + Nome di un evento di sincronizzazione a livello di sistema. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + L'evento denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non possiede i diritti . + Non è possibile creare l'evento denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome. + + è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando se l'handle di attesa è inizialmente segnalato se creato a seguito di questa chiamata e se la reimpostazione viene eseguita automaticamente o manualmente e indicando il nome di un evento di sincronizzazione di sistema e una variabile Boolean il cui valore dopo la chiamata specifica se l'evento di sistema denominato è stato creato. + true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato se l'evento denominato viene creato in seguito a questa chiamata; false per impostare lo stato su non segnalato. + Uno dei valori di che determina se l'evento viene reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente. + Nome di un evento di sincronizzazione a livello di sistema. + Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene true se è stato creato un evento locale (ovvero, se il valore di è null o una stringa vuota) oppure se è stato creato l'evento di sistema denominato specificato; false se l'evento di sistema denominato specificato è già esistente.Questo parametro viene passato non inizializzato. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + L'evento denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non possiede i diritti . + Non è possibile creare l'evento denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome. + + è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri. + + + Apre l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato specificato, se esistente. + Oggetto che rappresenta l'evento di sistema denominato. + Nome dell'evento di sincronizzazione del sistema da aprire. + + è una stringa vuota. In alternativa è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri. + + è null. + L'evento di sistema denominato non esiste. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + L'evento denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo. + 1 + + + + + + Imposta lo stato dell'evento su non segnalato, provocando il blocco dei thread. + true se l'operazione ha esito positivo; in caso contrario, false. + Il metodo non è stato chiamato precedentemente in questo oggetto . + 2 + + + Imposta lo stato dell'evento su segnalato, per consentire a uno o più thread in attesa di procedere. + true se l'operazione ha esito positivo; in caso contrario, false. + Il metodo non è stato chiamato precedentemente in questo oggetto . + 2 + + + Apre l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato specificato, se esistente, e restituisce un valore che indica se l'operazione è stata completata. + true se l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato è stato aperto correttamente; in caso contrario, false. + Nome dell'evento di sincronizzazione del sistema da aprire. + Quando viene eseguita la restituzione del metodo, contiene un oggetto di che rappresenta l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato se la chiamata ha esito positivo, o null se la chiamata ha esito negativo.Questo parametro viene trattato come non inizializzato. + + è una stringa vuota.In alternativa è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri. + + è null. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + L'evento denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza desiderato. + + + Gestisce il contesto di esecuzione per il thread corrente.La classe non può essere ereditata. + 2 + + + Acquisisce il contesto di esecuzione dal thread corrente. + Oggetto che rappresenta il contesto di esecuzione per il thread corrente. + 1 + + + Esegue un metodo in un contesto di esecuzione specifico sul thread corrente. + Oggetto da impostare. + Delegato che rappresenta il metodo da eseguire nel contesto di esecuzione fornito. + Oggetto da passare al metodo di callback. + + è null.- oppure - non è stato acquisito tramite un'operazione di acquisizione. - oppure - è stato già utilizzato come argomento per una chiamata . + 1 + + + + + + Fornisce operazioni atomiche per variabili condivise da più thread. + 2 + + + Somma due interi a 32 bit e sostituisce il primo intero con la somma, come operazione atomica. + Nuovo valore archiviato in . + Variabile contenente il primo valore da sommare.La somma dei due valori viene archiviata in . + Valore da sommare all'intero in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Somma due interi a 64 bit e sostituisce il primo intero con la somma, come operazione atomica. + Nuovo valore archiviato in . + Variabile contenente il primo valore da sommare.La somma dei due valori viene archiviata in . + Valore da sommare all'intero in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due numeri a virgola mobile e precisione doppia per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore. + Valore originale in . + Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito. + Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due interi con segno a 32 bit per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore. + Valore originale in . + Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito. + Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due interi con segno a 64 bit per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore. + Valore originale in . + Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito. + Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due puntatori o handle specifici della piattaforma per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo elemento. + Valore originale in . + Oggetto di destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con il valore di e, se possibile, sostituito da . + Oggetto che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Oggetto confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due oggetti per verificarne l'uguaglianza dei riferimenti; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo oggetto. + Valore originale in . + Oggetto di destinazione confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito. + Oggetto che sostituisce l'oggetto di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Oggetto confrontato con l'oggetto in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due numeri a virgola mobile e precisione singola per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore. + Valore originale in . + Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito. + Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Confronta due istanze del tipo di riferimento specificato per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce la prima istanza. + Valore originale in . + Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.Rappresenta un parametro di riferimento (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic). + Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza. + Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di . + Tipo da usare per , e .Questo tipo deve essere un tipo di riferimento. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Diminuisce una variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica. + Valore diminuito. + Variabile il cui valore deve essere diminuito. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Diminuisce la variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica. + Valore diminuito. + Variabile il cui valore deve essere diminuito. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta un numero a virgola mobile e precisione doppia su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato. + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta un intero con segno a 32 bit su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato. + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta un intero con segno a 64 bit su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato. + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta un puntatore o un handle specifico della piattaforma su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato. + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta un oggetto su un valore specificato e restituisce un riferimento all'oggetto originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato. + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta un numero a virgola mobile e precisione singola su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato. + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Imposta una variabile del tipo indicato sul valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica. + Valore originale di . + Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.Rappresenta un parametro di riferimento (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic). + Valore su cui è impostato il parametro . + Tipo da usare per e .Questo tipo deve essere un tipo di riferimento. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Aumenta una variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica. + Valore aumentato. + Variabile il cui valore deve essere aumentato. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Aumenta una variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica. + Valore aumentato. + Variabile il cui valore deve essere aumentato. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Sincronizza l'accesso alla memoria come segue: il processore che esegue il thread corrente non può riordinare le istruzioni in modo tale che gli accessi alla memoria prima della chiamata al metodo vengano eseguiti dopo quelli successivi alla chiamata al metodo . + + + Restituisce un valore a 64 bit, caricato come operazione atomica. + Valore caricato. + Valore a 64 bit da caricare. + 1 + + + Fornisce routine di inizializzazione differita. + + + Inizializza un tipo di riferimento di destinazione con il relativo costruttore predefinito se non è già stato inizializzato. + Riferimento inizializzato di tipo . + Riferimento di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato. + Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare. + Le autorizzazioni per accedere al costruttore di tipo erano mancanti. + Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito. + + + Inizializza un tipo di riferimento o di valore di destinazione con il relativo costruttore predefinito se non è già stato inizializzato. + Valore inizializzato di tipo . + Riferimento o valore di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato. + Riferimento a un valore booleano che determina se la destinazione è già stata inizializzata. + Riferimento a un oggetto utilizzato come blocco a esclusione reciproca per l'inizializzazione di .Se è null, verrà creata un'istanza di un nuovo oggetto. + Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare. + Le autorizzazioni per accedere al costruttore di tipo erano mancanti. + Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito. + + + Inizializza un tipo di riferimento o di valore di destinazione utilizzando una funzione specificata se non è già stato inizializzato. + Valore inizializzato di tipo . + Riferimento o valore di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato. + Riferimento a un valore booleano che determina se la destinazione è già stata inizializzata. + Riferimento a un oggetto utilizzato come blocco a esclusione reciproca per l'inizializzazione di .Se è null, verrà creata un'istanza di un nuovo oggetto. + Funzione chiamata per inizializzare il riferimento o il valore. + Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare. + Le autorizzazioni per accedere al costruttore di tipo erano mancanti. + Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito. + + + Inizializza un tipo di riferimento di destinazione utilizzando una funzione specificata se non è già stato inizializzato. + Valore inizializzato di tipo . + Riferimento di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato. + Funzione chiamata per inizializzare il riferimento. + Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare. + Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito. + + restituisce null (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Eccezione generata quando una voce ricorsiva in un blocco non è compatibile con i criteri di ricorsione per tale blocco. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio fornito dal sistema in cui viene descritto l'errore. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio specifico in cui viene descritto l'errore. + Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.Il chiamante di questo costruttore deve assicurare che la stringa sia stata localizzata in base alle impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente. + Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.Il chiamante di questo costruttore deve assicurare che la stringa sia stata localizzata in base alle impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema. + Eccezione che ha causato l'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna. + 2 + + + Specifica se lo stesso thread può accedere a un blocco più volte. + + + Se un thread tenta di accedere a un blocco in modo ricorsivo, viene generata un'eccezione.È possibile che alcune classi consentano particolari ricorsioni quando questa impostazione è attivata. + + + Un thread può accedere a un blocco in modo ricorsivo.Alcune classi possono limitare questa funzionalità. + + + Notifica a uno o più thread in attesa che si è verificato un evento.La classe non può essere ereditata. + 2 + + + Consente l'inizializzazione di una nuova istanza della classe con un valore Booleano che indica se lo stato iniziale deve essere impostato su segnalato. + Viene restituito true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostare lo stato iniziale su non segnalato. + + + Fornisce una versione più snella di . + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con uno stato iniziale di non segnalato. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato. + true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostarlo su non segnalato. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato e un conteggio rotazioni specificato. + true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostarlo su non segnalato. + Numero di attese di rotazione che devono verificarsi prima di eseguire il fallback su un'operazione di attesa basata sul kernel. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + Rilascia tutte le risorse usate dall'istanza corrente della classe . + + + Rilascia le risorse non gestite usate dall'oggetto e facoltativamente rilascia le risorse gestite. + True per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite; false per rilasciare solo le risorse non gestite. + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se l'evento è impostato. + true se l'evento è impostato; in caso contrario, false. + + + Imposta lo stato dell'evento su non segnalato, provocando il blocco dei thread. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Imposta lo stato dell'evento su segnalato, per consentire a uno o più thread in attesa dell'evento di procedere. + + + Ottiene il numero di attese di rotazione che si verificheranno prima di eseguire il fallback su un'operazione di attesa basata sul kernel. + Restituisce il numero di attese di rotazione che si verificheranno prima di eseguire il fallback su un'operazione di attesa basata sul kernel. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo. + true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto . + true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non riceve un segnale, osservando un oggetto . + Oggetto da osservare. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo. + true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto . + true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Ottiene l'oggetto sottostante per questo oggetto . + Oggetto evento sottostante per questo oggetto . + + + Fornisce un meccanismo che sincronizza l'accesso agli oggetti. + 2 + + + Acquisisce un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato. + Oggetto sui cui acquisire il blocco del monitoraggio. + Il valore del parametro è null. + 1 + + + Acquisisce un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto. + Oggetto per il quale attendere. + Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco.Nota   Se non si verifica alcuna eccezione, l'output di questo metodo è sempre true. + L'input di è true. + Il valore del parametro è null. + + + Viene rilasciato un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato. + Oggetto sul quale rilasciare il blocco. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il blocco per l'oggetto specificato non è di proprietà del thread corrente. + 1 + + + Determina se il thread corrente specificato contiene il blocco sull'oggetto specificato. + true se il thread corrente è responsabile del blocco su ; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto da testare. + + è null. + + + Notifica a un thread della coda di attesa che lo stato dell'oggetto bloccato è stato modificato. + Oggetto atteso da un thread. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato. + 1 + + + Notifica a tutti i thread in attesa che lo stato dell'oggetto è stato modificato. + Oggetto che invia l'impulso. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato. + 1 + + + Prova ad acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato. + true se il thread corrente acquisisce il blocco; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco. + Il valore del parametro è null. + 1 + + + Prova ad acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto. + Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco. + Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco. + L'input di è true. + Il valore del parametro è null. + + + Viene eseguito, per un numero specificato di millisecondi, il tentativo di acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato. + true se il thread corrente acquisisce il blocco; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco. + Tempo di attesa espresso in millisecondi prima che si verifichi il blocco. + Il valore del parametro è null. + + è negativo e non è uguale a . + 1 + + + Prova ad acquisire, per il numero di millisecondi specificato, un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto. + Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco. + Tempo di attesa espresso in millisecondi prima che si verifichi il blocco. + Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco. + L'input di è true. + Il valore del parametro è null. + + è negativo e non è uguale a . + + + Viene eseguito, per una quantità di tempo specificata, il tentativo di acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato. + true se il thread corrente acquisisce il blocco; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco. + Oggetto che rappresenta la durata di attesa del blocco.Un valore di –1 millisecondo specifica un'attesa infinita. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il valore di in millisecondi è negativo ed è diverso da (–1 millisecondi) oppure è maggiore di . + 1 + + + Prova ad acquisire, per la quantità di tempo specificata, un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto. + Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco. + Quantità di tempo che rappresenta la durata di attesa del blocco.Un valore di –1 millisecondo specifica un'attesa infinita. + Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco. + L'input di è true. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il valore di in millisecondi è negativo ed è diverso da (–1 millisecondi) oppure è maggiore di . + + + Rilascia il blocco su un oggetto e interrompe il thread corrente finché riacquisisce il blocco. + true se la chiamata è stata restituita perché il chiamante ha riacquisito il blocco per l'oggetto specificato.Non viene restituito alcun valore se il blocco non viene riacquisito. + Oggetto per il quale attendere. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato. + Il thread da cui è stato richiamato Wait viene interrotto in seguito dallo stato di attesa.L'interruzione si verifica quando il metodo di questo thread viene chiamato da un altro thread. + 1 + + + Rilascia il blocco su un oggetto e interrompe il thread corrente finché riacquisisce il blocco.Allo scadere dell'intervallo di timeout specificato, il thread viene inserito nella coda di thread pronti. + true se il blocco è stato riacquisito prima che sia trascorso il tempo specificato; false se il blocco è stato riacquisito dopo che è trascorso il tempo specificato.Il metodo non restituisce alcun valore finché il blocco non viene riacquisito. + Oggetto per il quale attendere. + Numero di millisecondi da attendere prima che il thread venga inserito nella coda di thread pronti. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato. + Il thread da cui è stato richiamato Wait viene interrotto in seguito dallo stato di attesa.L'interruzione si verifica quando il metodo di questo thread viene chiamato da un altro thread. + Il valore del parametro è negativo e non è uguale a . + 1 + + + Rilascia il blocco su un oggetto e interrompe il thread corrente finché riacquisisce il blocco.Allo scadere dell'intervallo di timeout specificato, il thread viene inserito nella coda di thread pronti. + true se il blocco è stato riacquisito prima che sia trascorso il tempo specificato; false se il blocco è stato riacquisito dopo che è trascorso il tempo specificato.Il metodo non restituisce alcun valore finché il blocco non viene riacquisito. + Oggetto per il quale attendere. + Oggetto che rappresenta il tempo di attesa prima che il thread venga inserito nella coda di thread pronti. + Il valore del parametro è null. + Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato. + Il thread da cui è stato richiamato Wait viene interrotto in seguito dallo stato di attesa.L'interruzione si verifica quando il metodo di questo thread viene chiamato da un altro thread. + Il valore del parametro in millisecondi è negativo e non rappresenta (–1 millisecondo) oppure è maggiore di . + 1 + + + Primitiva di sincronizzazione che può essere usata anche per la sincronizzazione interprocesso. + 1 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con le proprietà predefinite. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se il thread chiamante deve avere la proprietà iniziale del mutex. + true per concedere al thread chiamante la proprietà iniziale del mutex; in caso contrario, false. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se il thread chiamante deve avere la proprietà iniziale del mutex e con una stringa che rappresenta il nome del mutex. + true per concedere al thread chiamante la proprietà iniziale del mutex di sistema denominato, se questo è stato creato come risultato della chiamata; in caso contrario, false. + Nome di .Se il valore è null, l'oggetto è senza nome. + Il mutex denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non dispone dei diritti . + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Non è possibile creare il mutex denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome. + + è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se il thread chiamante deve avere la proprietà iniziale del mutex, con una stringa che rappresenta il nome del mutex e con un valore booleano che, quando il metodo viene restituito, indichi se al thread chiamante era stata concessa la proprietà iniziale del mutex. + true per concedere al thread chiamante la proprietà iniziale del mutex di sistema denominato, se questo è stato creato come risultato della chiamata; in caso contrario, false. + Nome di .Se il valore è null, l'oggetto è senza nome. + Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene un valore booleano che è true se è stato creato un mutex locale (ovvero, se il valore di è null o una stringa vuota) oppure se è stato creato il mutex di sistema denominato specificato; false se il mutex di sistema denominato specificato è già esistente.Questo parametro viene passato non inizializzato. + Il mutex denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non dispone dei diritti . + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Non è possibile creare il mutex denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome. + + è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + + Apre il mutex denominato specificato, se esistente. + Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex di sistema denominato. + Nome del mutex di sistema da aprire. + Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + è null. + Il mutex denominato non esiste. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Il mutex denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo. + 1 + + + + + + Rilascia l'oggetto una volta. + Il thread chiamante non ha la proprietà del mutex. + 1 + + + Apre il mutex denominato specificato, se esistente, e restituisce un valore che indica se l'operazione è stata completata. + true se il mutex denominato è stato aperto correttamente; in caso contrario, false. + Nome del mutex di sistema da aprire. + Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene un oggetto di che rappresenta il mutex denominato se la chiamata ha esito positivo o null se la chiamata ha esito negativo.Questo parametro viene trattato come non inizializzato. + Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + è null. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Il mutex denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo. + + + Rappresenta un blocco usato per gestire l'accesso a una risorsa, consentendo a più thread l'accesso in lettura o l'accesso esclusivo in scrittura. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con i valori predefiniti delle proprietà. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando i criteri di ricorsione del blocco. + Uno dei valori di enumerazione che specifica i criteri di ricorsione del blocco. + + + Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread univoci per i quali è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura. + Numero di thread univoci per i quali è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura. + + + Rilascia tutte le risorse usate dall'istanza corrente della classe . + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità lettura. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità aggiornabile. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità scrittura. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Riduce il numero di ricorsioni per la modalità lettura ed esce da questa modalità se il numero risultante è 0 (zero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + Riduce il numero di ricorsioni per la modalità aggiornabile ed esce da questa modalità se il numero risultante è 0 (zero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + Riduce il numero di ricorsioni per la modalità scrittura ed esce da questa modalità se il numero risultante è 0 (zero). + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura. + true se per il thread corrente è stata attivata la modalità lettura; in caso contrario, false. + 2 + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità aggiornabile. + true se per il thread corrente è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile; in caso contrario, false. + 2 + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità scrittura. + true se per il thread corrente è stata attivata la modalità scrittura; in caso contrario, false. + 2 + + + Ottiene un valore che indica i criteri di ricorsione per l'oggetto corrente. + Uno dei valori di enumerazione che specifica i criteri di ricorsione del blocco. + + + Ottiene il numero di volte in cui per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura, come indicazione della ricorsione. + 0 (zero) se per il thread corrente non è stata attivata la modalità lettura, 1 se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità lettura ma non in modo ricorsivo o n se per il thread è stato attivato il blocco in modo ricorsivo n - 1 volte. + 2 + + + Ottiene il numero di volte in cui per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità aggiornabile, come indicazione della ricorsione. + 0 (zero) se per il thread corrente non è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile, 1 se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile ma non in modo ricorsivo o n se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile in modo ricorsivo n - 1 volte. + 2 + + + Ottiene il numero di volte in cui per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità scrittura, come indicazione della ricorsione. + 0 (zero) se per il thread corrente non è stata attivata la modalità scrittura, 1 se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità scrittura ma non in modo ricorsivo o n se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità scrittura in modo ricorsivo n - 1 volte. + 2 + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità lettura con un timeout intero facoltativo. + true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità lettura; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure -1 () per un'attesa indefinita. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità lettura con un timeout facoltativo. + true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità lettura; in caso contrario, false. + Intervallo di attesa oppure -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità aggiornabile con un timeout facoltativo. + true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità aggiornabile; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure -1 () per un'attesa indefinita. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità aggiornabile con un timeout facoltativo. + true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità aggiornabile; in caso contrario, false. + Intervallo di attesa oppure -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità scrittura con un timeout facoltativo. + true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità scrittura; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure -1 () per un'attesa indefinita. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità scrittura con un timeout facoltativo. + true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità scrittura; in caso contrario, false. + Intervallo di attesa oppure -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione del blocco in modalità lettura. + Numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione della modalità lettura. + 2 + + + Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione del blocco in modalità aggiornabile. + Numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione della modalità aggiornabile. + 2 + + + Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione del blocco in modalità scrittura. + Numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione della modalità scrittura. + 2 + + + Limita il numero di thread che possono accedere a una risorsa o a un pool di risorse contemporaneamente. + 1 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando il numero di accessi iniziale e il numero massimo di accessi contemporanei. + Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + + è maggiore di . + + è minore di 1.-oppure- è minore di 0. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando il numero di accessi iniziale e il numero massimo di accessi contemporanei, nonché indicando facoltativamente il nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema. + Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + Nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema denominato. + + è maggiore di .-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + è minore di 1.-oppure- è minore di 0. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Il semaforo denominato esiste ed è dotato di sicurezza del controllo di accesso e l'utente non dispone di . + Non è possibile creare il semaforo denominato, probabilmente a causa di un handle di attesa di tipo diverso con lo stesso nome. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando il numero di accessi iniziale e il numero massimo di accessi contemporanei, indicando facoltativamente il nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema e specificando una variabile che riceve un valore che indica se è stato creato un nuovo semaforo di sistema. + Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere soddisfatte contemporaneamente. + Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere soddisfatte contemporaneamente. + Nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema denominato. + Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene true se è stato creato un semaforo locale (ovvero, se il valore di è null o una stringa vuota) oppure se è stato creato il semaforo di sistema denominato specificato; false se il semaforo di sistema denominato specificato è già esistente.Questo parametro viene passato non inizializzato. + + è maggiore di . -oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + è minore di 1.-oppure- è minore di 0. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Il semaforo denominato esiste ed è dotato di sicurezza del controllo di accesso e l'utente non dispone di . + Non è possibile creare il semaforo denominato, probabilmente a causa di un handle di attesa di tipo diverso con lo stesso nome. + + + Apre il semaforo denominato specificato, se esistente. + Oggetto che rappresenta il semaforo di sistema denominato. + Nome del semaforo di sistema da aprire. + Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + è null. + Il semaforo denominato non esiste. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Il semaforo denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo. + 1 + + + + + + Esce dal semaforo e restituisce il conteggio precedente. + Conteggio del semaforo prima della chiamata del metodo . + Il conteggio del semaforo ha già raggiunto il valore massimo. + Si è verificato un errore Win32 relativo a un semaforo denominato. + Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma l'utente non dispone di .-oppure-Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma non è stato aperto con . + 1 + + + Esce dal semaforo il numero di volte specificato e restituisce il conteggio precedente. + Conteggio del semaforo prima della chiamata del metodo . + Numero di uscite dal semaforo. + + è minore di 1. + Il conteggio del semaforo ha già raggiunto il valore massimo. + Si è verificato un errore Win32 relativo a un semaforo denominato. + Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma l'utente non dispone di diritti .-oppure-Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma non è stato aperto con i diritti . + 1 + + + Apre il semaforo denominato specificato, se esistente, e restituisce un valore che indica se l'operazione è riuscita. + true se l'apertura del semaforo denominato è riuscita; in caso contrario, false. + Nome del semaforo di sistema da aprire. + Quando viene eseguita la restituzione del metodo, quest'ultimo contiene un oggetto che rappresenta il semaforo denominato se la chiamata è riuscita o null se la chiamata non è riuscita.Questo parametro viene trattato come non inizializzato. + Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri. + + è null. + Si è verificato un errore Win32. + Il semaforo denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo. + + + Eccezione generata quando il metodo viene chiamato su un semaforo il cui conteggio ha già raggiunto il valore massimo. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con valori predefiniti. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato. + Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente. + Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna. + + + Rappresenta un'alternativa semplificata a che limita il numero di thread che possono accedere simultaneamente a una risorsa o a un pool di risorse. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe specificando il numero iniziale di richieste che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + + è minore di 0. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe specificando il numero iniziale e massimo di richieste che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente. + + è minore di 0, o è maggiore di o è uguale o minore di 0. + + + Restituisce un oggetto che può essere usato per attendere il semaforo. + Oggetto che può essere usato per attendere il semaforo. + L'interfaccia è stata eliminata. + + + Ottiene il numero di thread rimanenti che possono accedere all'oggetto . + Numero di thread rimanenti che possono accedere al semaforo. + + + Rilascia tutte le risorse usate dall'istanza corrente della classe . + + + Rilascia le risorse non gestite usate dall'oggetto e, facoltativamente, le risorse gestite. + true per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite; false per rilasciare solo le risorse non gestite. + + + Rilascia l'oggetto una volta. + Numero precedente di . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + ha già raggiunto la dimensione massima. + + + Rilascia l'oggetto un numero di volte specificato. + Numero precedente di . + Numero di uscite dal semaforo. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è minore di 1. + + ha già raggiunto la dimensione massima. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché non può immettere . + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit che specifica il timeout. + true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit che specifica il timeout e osservando un oggetto . + true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + Il istanza è stata eliminata, o che ha creato è stato eliminato. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto osservando un oggetto . + Token da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.-oppure-Il creato è già stato eliminato. + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto per specificare il timeout. + true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di . + L'istanza semaphoreSlim è stata eliminata + + + Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto che specifica il timeout e osservando un oggetto . + true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + è stato annullato. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di . + L'istanza semaphoreSlim è stata eliminataL'oggetto che ha creato è già stato eliminato. + + + Attende in modo asincrono di immettere . + Attività che verrà completata quando si accede al semaforo. + + + Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo. + Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + + + Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto . + Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + Oggetto da osservare. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è stato annullato. + + + Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , osservando un oggetto . + Attività che verrà completata quando si accede al semaforo. + Token da osservare. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è stato annullato. + + + Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo. + Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. -oppure- timeout è maggiore di . + + + Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto . + Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + Token da osservare. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.-oppure-timeout è maggiore di . + + è stato annullato. + + + Rappresenta un metodo da chiamare quando un messaggio deve essere inviato a un contesto di sincronizzazione. + Oggetto passato al delegato. + 2 + + + Fornisce un primitiva di blocco a esclusione reciproca in cui un thread che tenta di acquisire il blocco attende in un ciclo eseguendo controlli ripetuti finché il blocco non diventa disponibile. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della struttura con l'opzione di rilevamento degli ID dei thread per migliorare il debug. + Valore che indica se acquisire e utilizzare gli ID dei thread per scopi di debug. + + + Acquisisce il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito. + True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False. + È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a Enter. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco. + + + Rilascia il blocco. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente non è il proprietario di questo blocco. + + + Rilascia il blocco. + Valore booleano che indica se generare un limite di memoria per pubblicare immediatamente l'operazione di uscita agli altri thread. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente non è il proprietario di questo blocco. + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se attualmente il blocco è mantenuto da un thread. + true se attualmente il blocco è mantenuto da un thread; in caso contrario, false. + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se il blocco è mantenuto dal thread corrente. + true se il blocco è mantenuto dal thread corrente; in caso contrario, false. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è disabilitato. + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se per questa istanza è abilitato il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread. + true se per questa istanza è abilitato il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread; in caso contrario, false. + + + Tenta di acquisire il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito. + True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False. + È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a TryEnter. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco. + + + Tenta di acquisire il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a TryEnter. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco. + + + Tenta di acquisire il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito. + + che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita. + True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito o il timeout è più grande di millisecondi. + È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a TryEnter. + Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco. + + + Fornisce il supporto per l'attesa basata su rotazione. + + + Ottiene il numero di chiamate di su questa istanza. + Restituisce un intero che rappresenta il numero di volte in cui è stato chiamato su questa istanza. + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se la chiamata successiva a comporterà la cessione del processore, attivando un cambio imposto di contesto. + Valore che indica se la chiamata successiva a comporterà la cessione del processore, attivando un cambio imposto di contesto. + + + Reimposta il contatore delle rotazioni. + + + Esegue una sola rotazione. + + + Esegue rotazioni finché non è stata soddisfatta la condizione specificata. + Delegato da eseguire ripetutamente finché non restituisce true. + L'argomento è null. + + + Esegue rotazioni finché non è stata soddisfatta la condizione specificata o fino allo scadere del timeout specificato. + True se la condizione viene soddisfatta entro lo scadere del timeout. In caso contrario, False. + Delegato da eseguire ripetutamente finché non restituisce true. + Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita. + L'argomento è null. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. + + + Esegue rotazioni finché non è stata soddisfatta la condizione specificata o fino allo scadere del timeout specificato. + True se la condizione viene soddisfatta entro lo scadere del timeout. In caso contrario, False. + Delegato da eseguire ripetutamente finché non restituisce true. + Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa. In alternativa, per un'attesa indefinita, oggetto TimeSpan che rappresenta -1 millisecondi. + L'argomento è null. + + è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di . + + + Fornisce la funzionalità di base per propagare un contesto di sincronizzazione in vari modelli di sincronizzazione. + 2 + + + Crea una nuova istanza della classe . + + + Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, crea una copia del contesto di sincronizzazione. + Nuovo oggetto . + 2 + + + Ottiene il contesto di sincronizzazione per il thread corrente. + Oggetto che rappresenta il contesto di sincronizzazione corrente. + 1 + + + Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, risponde alla notifica di completamento di un'operazione. + + + Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, risponde alla notifica di avvio di un'operazione. + + + Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, invia un messaggio asincrono a un contesto di sincronizzazione. + Delegato di da chiamare. + Oggetto passato al delegato. + 2 + + + Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, invia un messaggio sincrono a un contesto di sincronizzazione. + Delegato di da chiamare. + Oggetto passato al delegato. + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + Imposta il contesto di sincronizzazione corrente. + Oggetto da impostare. + 1 + + + + + + Eccezione generata quando un metodo richiede che il chiamante sia il proprietario del blocco su un Monitor specifico, e tale metodo viene richiamato da un chiamante che non è proprietario del blocco. + 2 + + + Consente l'inizializzazione di una nuova istanza della classe con le proprietà predefinite. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato. + Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente. + Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna. + + + Consente l'archiviazione dei dati nella memoria locale dei thread. + Specifica il tipo di dati archiviati per thread. + + + Inizializza l'istanza . + + + Inizializza l'istanza . + Se tenere traccia di tutti i valori impostati sull'istanza ed esporli mediante la proprietà di . + + + Inizializza l'istanza di con la funzione specificata. + Oggetto richiamato per produrre un valore con inizializzazione differita quando si tenta di recuperare l'oggetto senza che sia stato inizializzato in precedenza. + + è un riferimento null (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Inizializza l'istanza di con la funzione specificata. + Oggetto richiamato per produrre un valore con inizializzazione differita quando si tenta di recuperare l'oggetto senza che sia stato inizializzato in precedenza. + Se tenere traccia di tutti i valori impostati sull'istanza ed esporli mediante la proprietà di . + + è un riferimento null (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe . + + + Rilascia le risorse utilizzate da questa istanza di . + Valore booleano che indica se questo metodo viene chiamato a causa di una chiamata a . + + + Rilascia le risorse utilizzate da questa istanza di . + + + Ottiene un valore che indica se l'oggetto è inizializzato sul thread corrente. + true se viene inizializzato sul thread corrente; in caso contrario, false. + L'istanza di è stata eliminata. + + + Crea e restituisce una rappresentazione di stringa di questa istanza per il thread corrente. + Risultato della chiamata di su . + L'istanza di è stata eliminata. + L'oggetto per il thread corrente è un riferimento Null (Nothing in Visual Basic). + La funzione di inizializzazione tenta di fare riferimento in modo ricorsivo a . + Non è fornito alcun costruttore predefinito e non è fornito alcun valore di factory. + + + Ottiene o imposta il valore di questa istanza per il thread corrente. + Restituisce un'istanza dell'oggetto della cui inizializzazione è responsabile questo oggetto ThreadLocal. + L'istanza di è stata eliminata. + La funzione di inizializzazione tenta di fare riferimento in modo ricorsivo a . + Non è fornito alcun costruttore predefinito e non è fornito alcun valore di factory. + + + Ottiene un elenco di tutti i valori attualmente archiviati da tutti i thread che hanno eseguito l'accesso a questa istanza. + Elenco di tutti i valori attualmente archiviati da tutti i thread che hanno eseguito l'accesso a questa istanza. + L'istanza di è stata eliminata. + + + Contiene metodi per l'esecuzione di operazioni relative alla memoria volatile. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + + + Legge il riferimento a un oggetto dal campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso. + Riferimento a che è stato letto.Questo riferimento è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore. + Campo da leggere. + Tipo di campo da leggere.Deve essere un tipo di riferimento, non un tipo di valore. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di memoria compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il valore. + Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + + + Scrive il riferimento a un oggetto specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso. + Campo in cui viene scritto il riferimento a un oggetto. + Riferimento a un oggetto da scrivere.Il riferimento viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer. + Tipo di campo da scrivere.Deve essere un tipo di riferimento, non un tipo di valore. + + + Eccezione generata durante il tentativo di aprire un semaforo o un mutex di sistema inesistente. + 2 + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con valori predefiniti. + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato. + Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione + + + Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente. + Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione + Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ja/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ja/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e2f71c3a --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ja/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1950 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + スレッドが、別のスレッドが解放せずに終了することによって放棄した オブジェクトを取得したときにスローされる例外。 + 1 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定値で初期化します。 + + + 放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスを指定する場合はそのインデックスと、ミューテックスを表す オブジェクトを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + + メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は、待機ハンドルの配列内における放棄されたミューテックスのインデックス。 メソッドまたは メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は -1。 + 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを、指定したエラー メッセージと内部例外を使用して初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null ではない場合、現在の例外は内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで発生します。 + + + エラー メッセージ、内部例外、放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスを指定する場合はそのインデックス、およびミューテックスを表す オブジェクトを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null ではない場合、現在の例外は内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで発生します。 + + メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は、待機ハンドルの配列における放棄されたミューテックスのインデックス。 メソッドまたは メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は -1。 + 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。 + + + エラー メッセージ、放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスを指定する場合はそのインデックス、および放棄されたミューテックスを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + + メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は、待機ハンドルの配列における放棄されたミューテックスのインデックス。 メソッドまたは メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は -1。 + 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。 + + + 例外の原因となった、放棄されたミューテックスがわかっている場合は、そのミューテックスを取得します。 + 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。放棄されたミューテックスを識別できなかった場合は null。 + 1 + + + 例外の原因となった、放棄されたミューテックスがわかっている場合は、そのミューテックスのインデックスを取得します。 + 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクトの、 メソッドに渡された待機ハンドルの配列内でのインデックス。放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスが識別できなかった場合は –1。 + 1 + + + 非同期メソッドなど、特定の非同期制御フローに対してローカルなアンビエント データを表します。 + アンビエント データの型。 + + + 変更通知を受信しない インスタンスをインスタンス生成します。 + + + 変更通知を受信する ローカル インスタンスをインスタンス生成します。 + どのスレッド上であっても現在の値が変更されたなら必ず呼び出されるデリゲート。 + + + アンビエント データの値を取得または設定します。 + アンビエント データの値。 + + + 変更通知のために登録する インスタンスに対するデータ変更情報を提供するクラス。 + データの型。 + + + データの現在の値を取得します。 + データの現在の値。 + + + データの前の値を取得します。 + データの前の値。 + + + 実行コンテキストの変更が原因で値が変更されたかどうかを示す値を返します。 + 実行コンテキストの変更が原因で値が変更された場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + + + イベントが発生したことを待機中のスレッドに通知します。このクラスは継承できません。 + 2 + + + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示すブール値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + +初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + + + 複数のタスクが、複数のフェーズを通じて 1 つのアルゴリズムで並行して協調的に動作できるようにします。 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 参加しているスレッドの数。 + + が 0 より小さいか、または 32,767 を超えています。 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 参加しているスレッドの数。 + 各フェーズ後に実行する 。null (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) は操作が行われないことを示すために渡されることがあります。 + + が 0 より小さいか、または 32,767 を超えています。 + + + 参加要素が 1 つ追加されることを に通知します。 + 新しい参加要素が最初に参加するバリアのフェーズ番号。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + 参加要素を追加すると、バリアの参加要素数が 32,767 を超えます。またはメソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。 + + + 複数の参加要素が追加されることを に通知します。 + 新しい参加要素が最初に参加するバリアのフェーズ番号。 + バリアに追加する追加の参加要素の数。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が 0 未満です。または 参加要素を追加すると、バリアの参加要素数が 32,767 を超えます。 + メソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。 + + + バリアの現在のフェーズの番号を取得します。 + バリアの現在のフェーズの番号を返します。 + + + + クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。 + メソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。 + + + + によって使用されているアンマネージ リソースを解放し、オプションでマネージ リソースも解放します。 + マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。 + + + バリア内の参加要素の合計数を取得します。 + バリア内の参加要素の合計数を返します。 + + + 現在のフェーズでまだ通知していないバリア内の参加要素の数を取得します。 + 現在のフェーズでまだ通知していないバリア内の参加要素の数を返します。 + + + 参加要素が 1 つ削除されることを に通知します。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + バリアでは、既に 0 個の参加要素があります。またはメソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。 + + + 複数の参加要素が削除されることを に通知します。 + バリアから削除する追加の参加要素の数。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が 0 未満です。 + バリアでは、既に 0 個の参加要素があります。またはメソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。 または現在の参加要素数が、指定された participantCount より小さい値です + 参加要素の総数が、指定した より小さくなっています。 + + + 参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。 + すべての参加しているスレッドが SignalAndWait を呼び出した後に、バリアのフェーズ後のアクションから例外がスローされた場合、その例外は BarrierPostPhaseException にラップされ、参加しているすべてのスレッドでスローされます。 + + + 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。 + 指定した時間内にすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。 + すべての参加しているスレッドが SignalAndWait を呼び出した後に、バリアのフェーズ後のアクションから例外がスローされた場合、その例外は BarrierPostPhaseException にラップされ、参加しているすべてのスレッドでスローされます。 + + + 取り消しトークンを観察すると同時に、32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。 + 指定した時間内にすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。 + + + 取り消しトークンを観察すると同時に、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素がバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。 + + + + オブジェクトを使用して時間間隔を計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。 + 他のすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが 32,767 を超えています。 + メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。 + + + 取り消しトークンを観察すると同時に、 オブジェクトを使用して時間間隔を計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。 + 他のすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。 + + + + のフェーズ後アクションに失敗したときにスローされる例外。 + + + エラーを説明するシステム提供のメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + + + 指定した内部例外を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 + + + エラーを説明する指定したメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元では、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元では、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。 + + + 新しいコンテキスト内で呼び出すメソッドを表します。 + コールバック メソッドが実行されるたびに使用する情報を格納したオブジェクト。 + 1 + + + カウントが 0 になったときに通知される同期プリミティブを表します。 + + + 指定されたカウントを使用して クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + + の設定に最初に必要な通知の数。 + + が 0 未満です。 + + + + の現在のカウントを 1 つインクリメントします。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。または が 以上です。 + + + + の現在のカウントを指定された値だけインクリメントします。 + + を増やす値。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が 0 以下です。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。またはカウントが ずつインクリメントされた後、 が 以上です + + + イベントの設定に必要な残りの通知の数を取得します。 + イベントの設定に必要な残りの通知の数。 + + + + クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。 + + + + によって使用されているアンマネージ リソースを解放し、オプションでマネージ リソースも解放します。 + マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。 + + + イベントの設定に最初に必要な通知の数を取得します。 + イベントの設定に最初に必要な通知の数。 + + + イベントが設定されているかどうかを判断します。 + イベントが設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + + + を の値にリセットします。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + + + プロパティを指定した値にリセットします。 + + の設定に必要な通知の数。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が 0 未満です。 + + + 通知を に登録して、 の値をデクリメントします。 + 通知によってカウントが 0 になり、イベントが設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。 + + + 複数の通知を に登録して、 の値を指定された量だけデクリメントします。 + 通知によってカウントが 0 になり、イベントが設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 登録する通知の数。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が 1 未満です。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。-または- または、 が より大きいです。 + + + + を 1 つインクリメントすることを試みます。 + インクリメントが正常に行われた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 が既に 0 の場合、このメソッドは false を返します。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + と が等価です。 + + + + を指定した値だけインクリメントすることを試みます。 + インクリメントが正常に行われた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 が既に 0 の場合、これは false を返します。 + + を増やす値。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が 0 以下です。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。または + は、 以上です。 + + + + が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + + 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または、 を作成した が破棄されています。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または、 を作成した が破棄されています。 + + + + を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、 を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または、 を作成した が破棄されています。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。 + + + イベントの設定を待機するために使用する を取得します。 + イベントの設定を待機するために使用する 。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + + シグナルを受信した後で が自動的にリセットされるか、または手動でリセットされるかを示します。 + 2 + + + シグナルを受信すると、 は 1 つのスレッドを解放した後で自動的にリセットされます。待機しているスレッドがない場合、 はスレッドがブロックされるまでシグナル状態のままとなり、そのスレッドを解放した後でリセットされます。 + + + シグナルを受信すると、 は待機しているスレッドをすべて解放し、手動でリセットされるまでシグナル状態のままとなります。 + + + スレッドの同期イベントを表します。 + 2 + + + 待機ハンドルの初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうか、および、待機ハンドルが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + イベントが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定する 値の 1 つ。 + + + この呼び出しの結果として待機ハンドルが作成された場合に待機ハンドルの初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうか、待機ハンドルが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるか、およびシステムの同期イベントの名前を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + この呼び出しの結果として名前付きイベントが作成された場合に初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + イベントが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定する 値の 1 つ。 + システム全体で有効な同期イベントの名前。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きイベントが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。 + 名前付きイベントを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。 + + が 260 文字を超えています。 + + + この呼び出しの結果として待機ハンドルが作成された場合に待機ハンドルの初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうか、待機ハンドルが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるか、システム同期イベントの名前、および、呼び出し後の値によって名前付きイベントが作成されたかどうかを示すブール変数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + この呼び出しの結果として名前付きイベントが作成された場合に初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + イベントが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定する 値の 1 つ。 + システム全体で有効な同期イベントの名前。 + このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、ローカル イベントが作成された場合 ( が null または空の文字列の場合)、または指定した名前付きシステム イベントが作成された場合は true が格納されます。指定した名前付きシステム イベントが既に存在する場合は false が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化せずに渡されます。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きイベントが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。 + 名前付きイベントを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。 + + が 260 文字を超えています。 + + + 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付き同期イベントを開きます。 + 名前付きシステム イベントを表すオブジェクト。 + 開くシステム同期イベントの名前。 + + が空の文字列です。または が 260 文字を超えています。 + + は null なので、 + 名前付きシステム イベントが存在しません。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きイベントは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。 + 1 + + + + + + イベントの状態を非シグナル状態に設定し、スレッドをブロックします。 + 正常に操作できた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + この で メソッドが既に呼び出されています。 + 2 + + + イベントの状態をシグナル状態に設定し、待機している 1 つ以上のスレッドが進行できるようにします。 + 正常に操作できた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + この で メソッドが既に呼び出されています。 + 2 + + + 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付き同期イベントを開き操作が成功したかどうかを示す値を返します。 + 名前付きの同期イベントが正常に開かれた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 開くシステム同期イベントの名前。 + このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、呼び出しに成功した場合は名前付き同期イベントを表す オブジェクトが格納されます。呼び出しに失敗した場合は null が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化前として処理されます。 + + が空の文字列です。または が 260 文字を超えています。 + + は null なので、 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きイベントは存在しますが、必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。 + + + 現在のスレッドの実行コンテキストを管理します。このクラスは継承できません。 + 2 + + + 現在のスレッドから実行コンテキストをキャプチャします。 + 現在のスレッドの実行コンテキストを表す オブジェクト。 + 1 + + + 現在のスレッドで指定した実行コンテキストを使用してメソッドを実行します。 + 設定する 。 + 指定した実行コンテキストで実行するメソッドを表す デリゲート。 + コールバック メソッドに渡すオブジェクト。 + + は null なので、またはキャプチャ操作で が取得されませんでした。または は、 呼び出しの引数として既に使用されています。 + 1 + + + + + + 複数のスレッドで共有される変数に分割不可能な操作を提供します。 + 2 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、2 つの 32 ビット整数を加算し、最初の整数を合計で置き換えます。 + + に格納された新しい値。 + 加算する最初の値を含む変数。2 つの値の合計は、 に格納されます。 + + にある整数に加算する値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、2 つの 64 ビット整数を加算し、最初の整数を合計で置き換えます。 + + に格納された新しい値。 + 加算する最初の値を含む変数。2 つの値の合計は、 に格納されます。 + + にある整数に加算する値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 2 つの倍精度浮動小数点数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。 + + にある値と比較する値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 2 つの 32 ビット符号付き整数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。 + + にある値と比較する値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 2 つの 64 ビット符号付き整数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。 + + にある値と比較する値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 2 つのプラットフォーム固有のハンドルまたはポインターが等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の 1 つを置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + 値を の値と比較し、場合によっては によって置き換える、比較先の 。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える 。 + + にある値と比較する 。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 2 つのオブジェクトの参照が等値であるかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初のオブジェクトを置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + + と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先のオブジェクト。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先のオブジェクトを置き換えるオブジェクト。 + + にあるオブジェクトと比較するオブジェクト。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 2 つの単精度浮動小数点数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。 + + にある値と比較する値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 指定した参照型 の 2 つのインスタンスが等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の 1 つを置き換えます。 + + の元の値。 + 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。これは参照パラメーターです (C# では ref、Visual Basic では ByRef)。 + 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。 + + にある値と比較する値。 + + 、、および に使用する型。この型は、参照型である必要があります。 + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をデクリメントし、結果を格納します。 + デクリメントされた値。 + 値がデクリメントされる変数。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をデクリメントしてその結果を格納します。 + デクリメントされた値。 + 値がデクリメントされる変数。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を倍精度浮動小数点数として設定し、元の値を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を 32 ビット符号付き整数として設定し、元の値を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を 64 ビット符号付き整数として設定し、元の値を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、プラットフォーム固有のハンドルまたはポインターに指定した値を設定し、元の値を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値をオブジェクトとして設定し、元のオブジェクトへの参照を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を単精度浮動小数点数として設定し、元の値を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した型 の変数に指定した値を設定し、元の値を返します。 + + の元の値。 + 指定した値に設定する変数。これは参照パラメーターです (C# では ref、Visual Basic では ByRef)。 + + パラメーターに設定される値。 + + 、および に使用する型。この型は、参照型である必要があります。 + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をインクリメントし、結果を格納します。 + インクリメントされた値。 + 値がインクリメントされる変数。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をインクリメントし、結果を格納します。 + インクリメントされた値。 + 値がインクリメントされる変数。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + メモリ アクセスを同期します。現在のスレッドを実行中のプロセッサは、 を呼び出す前のメモリ アクセスを の呼び出し後のメモリ アクセスより後に実行するように命令を並べ替えることはできなくなります。 + + + 分割不可能な操作として 64 ビット値を読み込んで返します。 + 読み込まれた値。 + 読み込む 64 ビット値。 + 1 + + + 限定的な初期化ルーチンを提供します。 + + + まだ初期化されていない場合、型の既定のコンストラクターを使用してターゲット参照型を初期化します。 + 型 の初期化された参照。 + まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照。 + 初期化される参照の型。 + 型 のコンストラクターにアクセスするためのアクセス許可がありませんでした。 + 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。 + + + まだ初期化されていない場合、既定のコンストラクターを使用してターゲット参照または値型を初期化します。 + 型 の初期化された値。 + まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照または値。 + ターゲットが既に初期化されているかどうかを判断するブール値への参照。 + + を初期化するために相互排他的ロックとして使用されるオブジェクトへの参照。 が null の場合、新しいオブジェクトがインスタンス化されます。 + 初期化される参照の型。 + 型 のコンストラクターにアクセスするためのアクセス許可がありませんでした。 + 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。 + + + まだ初期化されていない場合、指定された関数を使用してターゲット参照または値型を初期化します。 + 型 の初期化された値。 + まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照または値。 + ターゲットが既に初期化されているかどうかを判断するブール値への参照。 + + を初期化するために相互排他的ロックとして使用されるオブジェクトへの参照。 が null の場合、新しいオブジェクトがインスタンス化されます。 + 参照または値を初期化するために呼び出される関数。 + 初期化される参照の型。 + 型 のコンストラクターにアクセスするためのアクセス許可がありませんでした。 + 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。 + + + まだ初期化されていない場合、指定された関数を使用してターゲット参照型を初期化します。 + 型 の初期化された値。 + まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照。 + 参照を初期化するために呼び出される関数。 + 初期化される参照の参照型。 + 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。 + + null (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) を返しました。 + + + 再帰的にロックに入る処理が、ロックの再帰ポリシーと互換性がない場合にスローされる例外です。 + 2 + + + エラーを説明するシステム提供のメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 2 + + + エラーを説明する指定したメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元は、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。 + 2 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元は、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。 + 現在の例外を引き起こした例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。 + 2 + + + 同じスレッドが複数回ロックに入れるかどうかを指定します。 + + + スレッドが、再帰的にロックに入ろうとすると、例外がスローされます。クラスによっては、この設定が適用されている場合に、特定の再帰が認められることがあります。 + + + スレッドが再帰的にロックに入ることができます。クラスによっては、この機能が制限されていることがあります。 + + + イベントが発生したことを、1 つ以上の待機中のスレッドに通知します。このクラスは継承できません。 + 2 + + + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示す Boolean 型の値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + + + + の規模を小さくしたバージョンを提供します。 + + + 初期状態を非シグナル状態にして、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + + + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示すブール値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + + + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示すブール値および指定されたスピン カウントを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。 + カーネル ベースの待機操作に戻る前に発生するスピン待機の数。 + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + + クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。 + + + + によって使用されているアンマネージ リソースを解放し、オプションでマネージ リソースも解放します。 + マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true、アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。 + + + イベントが設定されているかどうかを取得します。 + イベントが設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + + イベントの状態を非シグナル状態に設定し、スレッドをブロックします。 + The object has already been disposed. + + + イベントの状態をシグナル状態に設定して、イベント上で待機している 1 つ以上のスレッドが進行できるようにします。 + + + カーネル ベースの待機操作に戻る前に発生するスピン待機の数を取得します。 + カーネル ベースの待機操作に戻る前に発生するスピン待機の数を返します。 + + + 現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + + を観察すると同時に、32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 観察する 。 + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + + を観察すると同時に、現在の が信号を受信するまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 観察する 。 + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + + を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + + を観察すると同時に、 を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + + が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 観察する 。 + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + この の オブジェクトを取得します。 + この の基になる イベント オブジェクト。 + + + オブジェクトへのアクセスを同期する機構を提供します。 + 2 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックを取得します。 + モニター ロックを取得する対象となるオブジェクト。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 1 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックを取得し、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。 + 待機を行うオブジェクト。 + ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。メモ   例外が発生しない場合、このメソッドの出力は常に true です。 + + への入力は true です。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックを解放します。 + ロックを解放する対象となるオブジェクト。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 現在のスレッドが、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。 + 1 + + + 現在のスレッドが指定したオブジェクトのロックを保持しているかどうかを判断します。 + 現在のスレッドが のロックを保持している場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + テストするオブジェクト。 + + は null です。 + + + ロックされたオブジェクトの状態が変更されたことを、待機キュー内のスレッドに通知します。 + スレッドが待機するオブジェクト。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。 + 1 + + + オブジェクトの状態が変更されたことを、待機中のすべてのスレッドに通知します。 + パルスを送るオブジェクト。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。 + 1 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試みます。 + 現在のスレッドがロックを取得した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 1 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試み、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。 + ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。 + ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。 + + への入力は true です。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + + + 指定したミリ秒間に、指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試みます。 + 現在のスレッドがロックを取得した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。 + ロックを待機するミリ秒単位の時間。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + + が負で、 と等価でありません。 + 1 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を指定したミリ秒間試み、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。 + ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。 + ロックを待機するミリ秒単位の時間。 + ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。 + + への入力は true です。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + + が負で、 と等価でありません。 + + + 指定した時間内に、指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試みます。 + 現在のスレッドがロックを取得した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。 + ロックを待機する時間を表す 。–1 ミリ秒という値は、無期限の待機を指定します。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + + の値 (ミリ秒) が負で、かつ (-1 ミリ秒) と等価でありません。または より大きい値です。 + 1 + + + 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を指定した時間にわたって試み、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。 + ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。 + ロックを待機する時間。–1 ミリ秒という値は、無期限の待機を指定します。 + ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。 + + への入力は true です。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + + の値 (ミリ秒) が負で、かつ (-1 ミリ秒) と等価でありません。または より大きい値です。 + + + オブジェクトのロックを解放し、現在のスレッドがロックを再取得するまでそのスレッドをブロックします。 + 指定したオブジェクトのロックを呼び出し元が再取得したために、呼び出しが戻った場合は true。このメソッドは、ロックが再取得されないと制御を戻しません。 + 待機を行うオブジェクト。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。 + Wait を呼び出したスレッドは、後で待機中の状態を中断されます。これは、別のスレッドがこのスレッドの メソッドを呼び出すと発生します。 + 1 + + + オブジェクトのロックを解放し、現在のスレッドがロックを再取得するまでそのスレッドをブロックします。指定されたタイムアウト期限を過ぎると、スレッドは実行待ちキューに入ります。 + 指定した時間が経過する前にロックが再取得された場合は true。指定した時間が経過した後にロックが再取得された場合は false。このメソッドは、ロックが再取得されるまで制御を戻しません。 + 待機を行うオブジェクト。 + スレッドが実行待ちキューに入るまでの待機時間 (ミリ秒)。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。 + Wait を呼び出したスレッドは、後で待機中の状態を中断されます。これは、別のスレッドがこのスレッドの メソッドを呼び出すと発生します。 + + パラメーターの値が負で、 と等しくありません。 + 1 + + + オブジェクトのロックを解放し、現在のスレッドがロックを再取得するまでそのスレッドをブロックします。指定されたタイムアウト期限を過ぎると、スレッドは実行待ちキューに入ります。 + 指定した時間が経過する前にロックが再取得された場合は true。指定した時間が経過した後にロックが再取得された場合は false。このメソッドは、ロックが再取得されるまで制御を戻しません。 + 待機を行うオブジェクト。 + スレッドが実行待ちキューに入るまでの時間を表す 。 + + パラメーターが null です。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。 + Wait を呼び出したスレッドは、後で待機中の状態を中断されます。これは、別のスレッドがこのスレッドの メソッドを呼び出すと発生します。 + + パラメーターのミリ秒単位の値が負で、かつ (–1 ミリ秒) ではありません。または より大きい値です。 + 1 + + + 同期プリミティブは、プロセス間の同期にも使用できます。 + 1 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを、既定のプロパティを使用して初期化します。 + + + 呼び出し元のスレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権があるかどうかを示すブール値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 呼び出し元スレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権を与える場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + + 呼び出し元のスレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権があるかどうかを示すブール値と、ミューテックスの名前を表す文字列を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + この呼び出しの結果として名前付きシステム ミューテックスが作成された場合に、呼び出し元スレッドに名前付きシステム ミューテックスの初期所有権を付与する場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + の名前。値が null の場合、 は無名になります。 + アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きミューテックスが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きミューテックスを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。 + + 260 文字を超えています。 + + + 呼び出し元のスレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権があるかどうかを示すブール値、ミューテックスの名前を表す文字列、およびメソッドから戻るときにミューテックスの初期所有権が呼び出し元のスレッドに付与されたかどうかを示すブール値を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + この呼び出しの結果として名前付きシステム ミューテックスが作成された場合に、呼び出し元スレッドに名前付きシステム ミューテックスの初期所有権を付与する場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + の名前。値が null の場合、 は無名になります。 + このメソッドから制御が戻るとき、ローカル ミューテックスが作成された場合 (つまり が null または空の文字列の場合) または指定した名前付きシステム ミューテックスが作成された場合は、ブール値 true が格納されます。指定した名前付きシステム ミューテックスが既に存在する場合は false が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化せずに渡されます。 + アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きミューテックスが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きミューテックスを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。 + + 260 文字を超えています。 + + + 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きミューテックスを開きます。 + 名前付きシステム ミューテックスを表すオブジェクト。 + 開くシステム ミューテックスの名前。 + + が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。 + + は null です。 + 名前付きミューテックスが存在しません。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きミューテックスは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。 + 1 + + + + + + + を一度解放します。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドはミューテックスを所有していません。 + 1 + + + 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きミューテックスを開き操作が成功したかどうかを示す値を返します。 + 名前付きミューテックスが正常に開かれた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 開くシステム ミューテックスの名前。 + このメソッドから戻るときに、呼び出しに成功した場合は名前付きミューテックスを表す オブジェクトが格納されます。呼び出しに失敗した場合は null が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化前として処理されます。 + + が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。 + + は null です。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きミューテックスは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。 + + + リソースへのアクセス管理に使用するロックを表し、複数のスレッドによる読み取りや排他アクセスでの書き込みを実現します。 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定のプロパティ値で初期化します。 + + + ロック再帰ポリシーを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + ロック再帰ポリシーを指定する列挙値のいずれか。 + + + 読み取りモードでロックに入った一意のスレッドの総数を取得します。 + 読み取りモードでロックに入った一意のスレッドの数。 + + + + クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。 + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + 読み取りモードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + アップグレード可能モードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 書き込みモードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 読み取りモードの再帰カウントを減らし、結果のカウントが 0 (ゼロ) の場合には読み取りモードを終了します。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + アップグレード可能モードの再帰カウントを減らし、結果のカウントが 0 (ゼロ) の場合にはアップグレード可能モードを終了します。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + 書き込みモードの再帰カウントを減らし、結果のカウントが 0 (ゼロ) の場合には書き込みモードを終了します。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + 現在のスレッドが読み取りモードでロックに入ったかどうかを示す値を取得します。 + 現在のスレッドが読み取りモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 2 + + + 現在のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードでロックに入ったかどうかを示す値を取得します。 + 現在のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 2 + + + 現在のスレッドが書き込みモードでロックに入ったかどうかを示す値を取得します。 + 現在のスレッドが書き込みモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 2 + + + 現在の オブジェクトの再帰ポリシーを示す値を取得します。 + ロック再帰ポリシーを指定する列挙値のいずれか。 + + + 現在のスレッドが読み取りモードでロックに入った回数を、再帰を示す値として取得します。 + 0 (ゼロ) の場合、現在のスレッドは読み取りモードに入っていません。1 の場合、現在のスレッドは読み取りモードに入ったが、再帰はしていません。n の場合、現在のスレッドは再帰的に n - 1 回ロックに入りました。 + 2 + + + 現在のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードでロックに入った回数を、再帰を示す値として取得します。 + 0 (ゼロ) の場合、現在のスレッドはアップグレード可能モードに入っていません。1 の場合、現在のスレッドはアップグレード可能モードに入ったが、再帰はしていません。n の場合、現在のスレッドは再帰的に n - 1 回アップグレード可能モードに入りました。 + 2 + + + 現在のスレッドが書き込みモードでロックに入った回数を、再帰を示す値として取得します。 + 0 (ゼロ) の場合、現在のスレッドは書き込みモードに入っていません。1 の場合、現在のスレッドは書き込みモードに入ったが、再帰はしていません。n の場合、現在のスレッドは再帰的に n - 1 回書き込みモードに入りました。 + 2 + + + オプションのタイムアウトを表す整数を指定して、読み取りモードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドが読み取りモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、読み取りモードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドが読み取りモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機する間隔。無制限に待機する場合は -1 ミリ秒。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、アップグレード可能モードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、アップグレード可能モードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機する間隔。無制限に待機する場合は -1 ミリ秒。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、書き込みモードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドが書き込みモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、書き込みモードでロックに入ることを試みます。 + 呼び出し元のスレッドが書き込みモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機する間隔。無制限に待機する場合は -1 ミリ秒。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 読み取りモードでロックに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数を取得します。 + 読み取りモードに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数。 + 2 + + + アップグレード可能モードでロックに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数を取得します。 + アップグレード可能モードに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数。 + 2 + + + 書き込みモードでロックに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数を取得します。 + 書き込みモードに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数。 + 2 + + + リソースまたはリソースのプールに同時にアクセスできるスレッドの数を制限します。 + 1 + + + エントリ数の初期値と同時実行エントリの最大数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の最大数。 + + が より大きくなっています。 + + 1 より小さい値です。または が 0 未満です。 + + + エントリ数の初期値と同時実行エントリの最大数を指定し、オプションでシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の最大数。 + 名前付きシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前。 + + が より大きくなっています。または 260 文字を超えています。 + + 1 より小さい値です。または が 0 未満です。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きセマフォが存在しており、ユーザーに がありません。 + 名前付きセマフォを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。 + + + エントリ数の初期値と同時実行エントリの最大数を指定し、オプションでシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前を指定し、新しいシステム セマフォが作成されたかどうかを示す値を受け取る変数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 同時に満たされるセマフォの要求の初期数。 + 同時に満たされるセマフォの要求の最大数。 + 名前付きシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前。 + このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、ローカル セマフォが作成された場合 ( が null または空の文字列の場合)、または指定した名前付きシステム セマフォが作成された場合は true が格納されます。指定した名前付きシステム セマフォが既に存在する場合は false が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化せずに渡されます。 + + が より大きくなっています。または 260 文字を超えています。 + + 1 より小さい値です。または が 0 未満です。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きセマフォが存在しており、ユーザーに がありません。 + 名前付きセマフォを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。 + + + 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きセマフォを開きます。 + 名前付きシステム セマフォを表すオブジェクト。 + 開くシステム セマフォの名前。 + + が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。 + + は null です。 + 名前付きセマフォが存在しません。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きセマフォは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。 + 1 + + + + + + セマフォから出て、前のカウントを返します。 + + メソッドが呼び出される前のセマフォのカウント。 + セマフォのカウントは既に最大値です。 + 名前付きセマフォで Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、ユーザーに がありません。または現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、 で開かれませんでした。 + 1 + + + 指定した回数だけセマフォから出て、前のカウントを返します。 + + メソッドが呼び出される前のセマフォのカウント。 + セマフォから出る回数。 + + 1 より小さい値です。 + セマフォのカウントは既に最大値です。 + 名前付きセマフォで Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、ユーザーに 権限がありません。または現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、 権限で開かれませんでした。 + 1 + + + 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きセマフォを開き操作が成功したかどうかを示す値を返します。 + 名前付きのセマフォが正常に開かれた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 開くシステム セマフォの名前。 + このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、呼び出しに成功した場合は名前付きセマフォを表す オブジェクトが格納されます。呼び出しに失敗した場合は null が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化前として処理されます。 + + が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。 + + は null です。 + Win32 エラーが発生しました。 + 名前付きセマフォは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。 + + + カウントが既に最大値であるセマフォに対して メソッドが呼び出された場合にスローされる例外。 + 2 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定値で初期化します。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。 + + + リソースまたはリソースのプールに同時にアクセスできるスレッドの数を制限する の軽量版を表します。 + + + 同時に許可される要求の初期数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。 + + が 0 未満です。 + + + 同時に許可される要求の初期数および最大数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。 + 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の最大数。 + + が 0 より小さいか、 が を超えているか、または が 0 以下です。 + + + セマフォの待機に使用できる を返します。 + セマフォの待機に使用できる です。 + + は破棄されています。 + + + + オブジェクトに入る、残りのスレッド数を取得します。 + セマフォに入る、残りのスレッド数。 + + + + クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。 + + + + が使用しているアンマネージ リソースを解放します。オプションとして、マネージ リソースを解放することもできます。 + マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。 + + + + のオブジェクトを一度解放します。 + + の前のカウント。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + は、既にその最大サイズに達しました。 + + + 指定された回数だけ、 オブジェクトを解放します。 + + の前のカウント。 + セマフォから出る回数。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + 1 より小さい値です。 + + は、既にその最大サイズに達しました。 + + + + に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + + タイムアウト値を 32 ビット符号付き整数で指定して、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、タイムアウト値を 32 ビット符号付き整数で指定して、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + インスタンスが破棄されている、または 作成 破棄されています。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 観察する トークン。 + + が取り消されました。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または 作成 既に破棄されています。 + + + + を使用してタイムアウトを指定し、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。 + semaphoreSlim インスタンスが破棄されました。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、タイムアウトを指定する を使用して、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。 + 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 観察する 。 + + が取り消されました。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。 + semaphoreSlim インスタンスが破棄されました。 を作成した は既に破棄されています。 + + + + に移行するために非同期に待機します。 + セマフォに入っているときに完了するタスク。 + + + 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。 + 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + + 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 を観察すると同時に、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。 + 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + 観察する 。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が取り消されました。 + + + + を観察すると同時に、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。 + セマフォに入っているときに完了するタスク。 + 観察する トークン。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が取り消されました。 + + + + を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。 + 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します または タイムアウトは より大きい値です。 + + + + を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 を観察すると同時に、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。 + 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + 観察する トークン。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表しますまたはタイムアウトは より大きい値です。 + + が取り消されました。 + + + メッセージを同期コンテキストにディスパッチするときに呼び出すメソッドを表します。 + デリゲートに渡されたオブジェクト。 + 2 + + + ロックが使用可能になるまで、ロックを取得しようとするスレッドがループの繰り返しチェック内で待機する相互排他ロック プリミティブを提供します。 + + + デバッグを向上させるためにスレッド ID を追跡するオプションを使用して、 構造体の新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + デバッグのためにスレッド ID をキャプチャして使用するかどうか。 + + + メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックを取得します。 + ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。 + + 引数は、Enter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。 + + + ロックを解放します。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドはこのロックの所有者ではありません。 + + + ロックを解放します。 + 終了操作を他のスレッドに直ちに発行するためにメモリ フェンスを発行する必要があるかどうかを示すブール値。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドはこのロックの所有者ではありません。 + + + ロックが現在いずれかのスレッドによって保持されているかどうかを取得します。 + ロックが現在いずれかのスレッドによって保持されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + + ロックが現在のスレッドによって保持されているかどうかを取得します。 + ロックが現在のスレッドによって保持されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が無効です。 + + + このインスタンスに対してスレッド所有権の追跡が有効になっているかどうかを取得します。 + このインスタンスに対してスレッド所有権の追跡が有効になっている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + + メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックの取得を試みます。 + ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。 + + 引数は、TryEnter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。 + + + メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックの取得を試みます。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + 引数は、TryEnter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。 + + + メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックの取得を試みます。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。 + ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが ミリ秒を超えています。 + + 引数は、TryEnter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。 + スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。 + + + スピンベースの待機のサポートを提供します。 + + + このインスタンスで が呼び出された回数を取得します。 + このインスタンスで が呼び出された回数を表す整数を返します。 + + + 次に を呼び出したときにプロセッサが生成され、強制的にコンテキストが切り替えられるかどうかを取得します。 + 次に を呼び出したときにプロセッサが生成され、強制的にコンテキストが切り替えられるかどうか。 + + + スピン カウンターをリセットします。 + + + 単一のスピンを実行します。 + + + 指定した条件が満たされるまで回転します。 + true を返すまで繰り返し実行されるデリゲート。 + + 引数が null です。 + + + 指定した条件が満たされるか、指定したタイムアウトが経過するまで回転します。 + タイムアウト内に条件が満たされた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + true を返すまで繰り返し実行されるデリゲート。 + 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。 + + 引数が null です。 + + が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。 + + + 指定した条件が満たされるか、指定したタイムアウトが経過するまで回転します。 + タイムアウト内に条件が満たされた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + true を返すまで繰り返し実行されるデリゲート。 + 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す TimeSpan。 + + 引数が null です。 + + が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。 + + + 同期コンテキストをさまざまな同期モデルに反映させるための基本機能を提供します。 + 2 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを作成します。 + + + 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、同期コンテキストのコピーを作成します。 + 新しい オブジェクト。 + 2 + + + 現在のスレッドの同期コンテキストを取得します。 + 現在の同期コンテキストを表す オブジェクト。 + 1 + + + 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、操作の完了を伝える通知に応答します。 + + + 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、操作の開始を伝える通知に応答します。 + + + 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、非同期メッセージを同期コンテキストにディスパッチします。 + 呼び出す デリゲート。 + デリゲートに渡されたオブジェクト。 + 2 + + + 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、同期メッセージを同期コンテキストにディスパッチします。 + 呼び出す デリゲート。 + デリゲートに渡されたオブジェクト。 + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + 現在の同期コンテキストを設定します。 + 設定する オブジェクト + 1 + + + + + + 指定した Monitor でロックを所有していることが呼び出し元の条件となるメソッドを、そのロックを所有していない呼び出し元が呼び出した場合にスローされる例外です。 + 2 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定のプロパティを使用して初期化します。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。 + + + データのスレッド ローカル ストレージを提供します。 + スレッド単位で格納されるデータの型を指定します。 + + + + インスタンスを初期化します。 + + + + インスタンスを初期化します。 + インスタンスに設定されているすべての値を追跡し、それらの値を プロパティを通じて公開するかどうか。 + + + + 関数を指定して、 インスタンスを初期化します。 + 前もって初期化せずに を取得しようとすると、後で初期化された値を生成するために が呼び出されます。 + + が null 参照 (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) です。 + + + + 関数を指定して、 インスタンスを初期化します。 + 前もって初期化せずに を取得しようとすると、後で初期化された値を生成するために が呼び出されます。 + インスタンスに設定されているすべての値を追跡し、それらの値を プロパティを通じて公開するかどうか。 + + が null 参照 (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) です。 + + + + クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。 + + + この インスタンスによって使用されているリソースを解放します。 + + が呼び出されたことが原因でこのメソッドが呼び出されているかどうかを示すブール値。 + + + この インスタンスによって使用されているリソースを解放します。 + + + 現在のスレッドで が初期化されているかどうかを取得します。 + + が現在のスレッドで初期化される場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 + + インスタンスは破棄されています。 + + + 現在のスレッドのこのインスタンスの文字列形式を作成して返します。 + + で を呼び出した結果。 + + インスタンスは破棄されています。 + 現在のスレッドの は null 参照 (Visual Basic での Nothing) です。 + 初期化関数が、 を再帰的に参照しようとしました。 + 既定のコンストラクターが指定されず、値ファクトリが指定されていません。 + + + 現在のスレッドのこのインスタンスの値を取得または設定します。 + この ThreadLocal が初期化するオブジェクトのインスタンスを返します。 + + インスタンスは破棄されています。 + 初期化関数が、 を再帰的に参照しようとしました。 + 既定のコンストラクターが指定されず、値ファクトリが指定されていません。 + + + このインスタンスにアクセスした全スレッドによって現在格納されているすべての値のリストを取得します。 + このインスタンスにアクセスした全スレッドによって現在格納されているすべての値のリスト。 + + インスタンスは破棄されています。 + + + 不揮発性メモリの操作を実行するためのメソッドが含まれます。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + + + 指定したフィールドからオブジェクト参照を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。 + 読み取られた への参照。この参照は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。 + 読み取るフィールド。 + 読み取るフィールドの型。この型は、値型ではなく、参照型である必要があります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前にメモリ操作が配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + 値を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + + + 指定したオブジェクト参照を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。 + オブジェクト参照を書き込むフィールド。 + 書き込むオブジェクト参照。参照は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。 + 書き込むフィールドの型。この型は、値型ではなく、参照型である必要があります。 + + + 存在しないシステム ミューテックスまたはシステム セマフォを開こうとしたときにスローされる例外。 + 2 + + + + クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定値で初期化します。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + + + 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。 + 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。 + 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。 + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ko/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ko/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd5f63d87 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ko/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1952 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + 스레드가 다른 스레드에서 해제하지 않고 종료하여 중단한 개체를 가져오면 throw되는 예외입니다. + 1 + + + 기본값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 중단된 뮤텍스의 지정된 인덱스 및 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체(해당 사항이 있을 경우)를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스이고, 또는 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 –1입니다. + 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지와 내부 예외를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지, 내부 예외, 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스 및 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체(해당 사항이 있을 경우)를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + + 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스이고, 또는 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 –1입니다. + 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지, 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스 및 중단된 뮤텍스(해당 사항이 있을 경우)를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + + 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스이고, 또는 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 –1입니다. + 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다. + + + 예외의 발생시킨 중단된 뮤텍스를 가져옵니다. + 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체이며, 중단된 뮤텍스를 식별할 수 없는 경우에는 null입니다. + 1 + + + 예외의 발생시킨 중단된 뮤텍스를 가져옵니다. + + 메서드에 전달된 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체의 인덱스이고, 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스를 식별할 수 없는 경우에는 –1입니다. + 1 + + + 비동기 메서드와 같은 지정된 비동기 제어 흐름에 로컬인 앰비언트 데이터를 나타냅니다. + 앰비언트 데이터의 형식입니다. + + + 변경 알림을 받지 않는 인스턴스를 인스턴스화합니다. + + + 변경 알림을 받는 로컬 인스턴스를 인스턴스화합니다. + 스레드에서 현재 값이 변경될 때마다 호출되는 대리자입니다. + + + 앰비언트 데이터의 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다. + 앰비언트 데이터의 값입니다. + + + 변경 알림을 등록하는 인스턴스에 데이터 변경 정보를 제공하는 클래스입니다. + 데이터 형식입니다. + + + 데이터의 현재 값을 가져옵니다. + 데이터의 현재 값입니다. + + + 데이터의 이전 값을 가져옵니다. + 데이터의 이전 값입니다. + + + 실행 컨텍스트가 변경되어 값이 변경되었는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다. + 실행 컨텍스트가 변경되어 값이 변경되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + 대기 중인 스레드에 이벤트가 발생했음을 알립니다.이 클래스는 상속될 수 없습니다. + 2 + + + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다. + + + 여러 작업이 여러 단계에 걸쳐 특정 알고리즘에서 병렬로 함께 작동할 수 있도록 합니다. + + + + 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 참여 스레드의 수입니다. + + 가 0보다 작거나 32,767보다 큰 경우 + + + + 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 참여 스레드의 수입니다. + 각 단계 후에 실행할 입니다. 아무 작업도 수행되지 않았음을 나타내기 위해 null(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing)이 전달될 수 있습니다. + + 가 0보다 작거나 32,767보다 큰 경우 + + + 추가 참가자가 있음을 에 알립니다. + 새 참가자가 처음으로 참여할 장벽의 단계 번호입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + 참가자를 추가하면 해당 장애물 참가자 수가 32,767을 초과하게 됩니다.또는이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다. + + + 추가 참가자가 있음을 에 알립니다. + 새 참가자가 처음으로 참여할 장벽의 단계 번호입니다. + 장벽에 추가할 추가 참가자의 수입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 0보다 작은 경우.또는 참가자를 추가하면 해당 장애물 참가자 수가 32,767을 초과하게 됩니다. + 이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다. + + + 장벽의 현재 단계 번호를 가져옵니다. + 장벽의 현재 단계 번호를 반환합니다. + + + + 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다. + 이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다. + + + + 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제합니다. + 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true이고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false입니다. + + + 장벽에 있는 참가자의 총 수를 가져옵니다. + 장벽에 있는 참가자의 총 수를 반환합니다. + + + 현재 단계에서 아직 신호를 받지 않은 장벽의 참가자 수를 가져옵니다. + 현재 단계에서 아직 신호를 받지 않은 장벽의 참가자 수를 반환합니다. + + + 참가자가 하나 감소함을 에 알립니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + 해당 장애물에 이미 0 참가자가 있습니다.또는이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다. + + + 참가자가 감소함을 에 알립니다. + 장벽에서 제거할 추가 참가자의 수입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 0보다 작은 경우. + 해당 장애물에 이미 0 참가자가 있습니다.또는이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다. 또는현재 참가자 수가 지정된 participantCount보다 작습니다. + 총 참가자 수가 지정된 보다 작습니다. + + + 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다. + 모든 참가 스레드가 SignalAndWait를 호출한 후에 Barrier의 단계 후 작업에서 예외가 throw되는 경우 예외가 BarrierPostPhaseException에서 래핑되고 모든 참가 스레드에서 throw됩니다. + + + 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다. + 지정된 시간 내에 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다. + 모든 참가 스레드가 SignalAndWait를 호출한 후에 Barrier의 단계 후 작업에서 예외가 throw되는 경우 예외가 BarrierPostPhaseException에서 래핑되고 모든 참가 스레드에서 throw됩니다. + + + 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 취소 토큰을 확인하면서 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다. + 지정된 시간 내에 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다. + + + 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 취소 토큰을 확인하면서 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다. + + + 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 개체를 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 다른 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다. + 다른 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 없거나, 32,767보다 큰 경우. + 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다. + + + 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 취소 토큰을 확인하면서 개체를 사용하여 시간 제한을 측정하여 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다. + 다른 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수인 경우 + 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다. + + + + 의 사후 단계 작업이 실패할 경우 throw되는 예외입니다. + + + 오류를 설명하는 시스템 제공 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 지정된 내부 예외를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. + + + 오류를 설명하는 지정된 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 맞게 지역화되었는지 확인하는 데 필요합니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 맞게 지역화되었는지 확인하는 데 필요합니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + + + 새 컨텍스트 내에서 호출될 메서드를 나타냅니다. + 콜백 메서드가 실행될 때마다 사용할 정보가 포함된 개체입니다. + 1 + + + 수가 0에 도달하는 경우 신호를 받는 동기화 기본 형식을 나타냅니다. + + + 지정된 수를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + 를 설정하는 데 처음 필요한 신호의 수입니다. + + 가 0보다 작은 경우 + + + + 의 현재 수를 1씩 늘립니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.또는가 보다 크거나 같은 경우 + + + + 의 현재 수를 지정된 값만큼 늘립니다. + + 를 늘릴 값입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 0보다 작거나 같은 경우 + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.또는개수가 만큼 증가된 후에 가 보다 크거나 같은 경우 + + + 이벤트를 설정하는 데 필요한 남아 있는 신호의 수를 가져옵니다. + 이벤트를 설정하는 데 필요한 남아 있는 신호의 수입니다. + + + + 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다. + + + + 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제합니다. + 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true이고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false입니다. + + + 이벤트를 설정하는 데 처음으로 필요한 신호의 수를 가져옵니다. + 이벤트를 설정하는 데 처음으로 필요한 신호의 수입니다. + + + 이벤트가 설정되었는지 여부를 확인합니다. + 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + + 를 의 값으로 다시 설정합니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + + + 속성을 지정된 값으로 재설정합니다. + + 를 설정하는 데 필요한 신호의 수입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 0보다 작은 경우 + + + + 의 값을 줄이면서 신호를 에 등록합니다. + 신호로 인해 수가 0에 도달하고 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다. + + + 지정된 양만큼 값을 줄이면서 여러 신호를 에 등록합니다. + 신호로 인해 수가 0에 도달하고 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 등록할 신호의 수입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 1보다 작은 경우. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다. -또는- 가 보다 큰 경우 + + + 하나씩 를 증가하려고 시도했습니다. + 늘렸으면 true이고 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.가 이미 0이면 이 메서드에서 false를 반환합니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 와 같은 경우 + + + 지정된 값만큼 를 증가하려고 시도했습니다. + 늘렸으면 true이고 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.가 이미 0이면 false를 반환합니다. + + 를 늘릴 값입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 가 0보다 작거나 같은 경우 + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.또는 + 가 보다 크거나 같은 경우 + + + + 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + + 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + + + 을 확인하면서 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 -또는- 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + + + 을 확인하면서 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 -또는- 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다. + + + + 으로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우. + + + + 을 확인하면서 으로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 -또는- 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우. + + + 이벤트가 설정될 때까지 대기하는 데 사용되는 을 가져옵니다. + 이벤트가 설정될 때까지 대기하는 데 사용되는 입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + + + 이 신호를 받은 후 자동이나 수동으로 다시 설정되는지 여부를 나타냅니다. + 2 + + + 신호를 받으면 이 스레드 하나를 해제한 후 자동으로 다시 설정됩니다.대기 중인 스레드가 없으면 은 스레드가 차단될 때까지 신호를 받은 상태로 유지되다가 스레드를 해제한 후 다시 설정됩니다. + + + 신호를 받으면 이 대기하는 스레드를 모두 해제하고 수동으로 다시 설정될 때까지 신호를 받은 상태로 유지됩니다. + + + 스레드 동기화 이벤트를 나타냅니다. + 2 + + + 대기 핸들의 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부와 대기 핸들을 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 여부를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다. + 이벤트를 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 결정하는 값 중 하나입니다. + + + 이 호출의 결과로 만들어진 대기 핸들의 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부, 대기 핸들을 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 여부 및 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름을 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 이벤트가 만들어진 경우 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고, 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다. + 이벤트를 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 결정하는 값 중 하나입니다. + 시스템 차원의 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다. + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 이벤트가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우 + 명명된 이벤트를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다. + + 이 260자보다 긴 경우 + + + 이 호출의 결과로 만들어진 대기 핸들의 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부, 대기 핸들을 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 여부, 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름 및 호출 후 명명된 시스템 이벤트가 만들어졌는지 여부를 나타내는 부울 변수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 이벤트가 만들어진 경우 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고, 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다. + 이벤트를 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 결정하는 값 중 하나입니다. + 시스템 차원의 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다. + 이 메서드가 반환될 때 로컬 이벤트가 만들어지거나(이 null 또는 빈 문자열) 명명된 지정 시스템 이벤트가 만들어지면 true가 포함되고 명명된 지정 시스템 이벤트가 이미 있으면 false가 포함됩니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 상태로 전달됩니다. + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 이벤트가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우 + 명명된 이벤트를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다. + + 이 260자보다 긴 경우 + + + 이미 있는 경우 지정한 명명된 동기화 이벤트를 엽니다. + 명명된 시스템 이벤트를 나타내는 개체입니다. + 열려는 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다. + + 이 빈 문자열인 경우 또는이 260자보다 긴 경우 + + 가 null입니다. + 명명된 시스템 이벤트가 없는 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 이벤트가 있지만 사용자에게 이 이벤트를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스 권한이 없는 경우 + 1 + + + + + + 스레드가 차단되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정합니다. + 작업이 성공적으로 수행되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + 메서드가 이 에 대해 이전에 호출된 경우 + 2 + + + 하나 이상의 대기 중인 스레드가 계속 진행되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정합니다. + 작업이 성공적으로 수행되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + 메서드가 이 에 대해 이전에 호출된 경우 + 2 + + + 지정된 명명된 synchronization 이벤트(이미 존재하는 경우)를 열고 작업이 성공적으로 수행되었는지를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다. + 명명된 동기화 이벤트를 열었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 열려는 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다. + 이 메서드가 반환될 때 호출이 성공적으로 실행된 경우 이름이 지정된 동기화 이벤트를 나타내는 개체를 포함하고 호출에 실패한 경우는 null을 포함해야 합니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 것으로 취급됩니다. + + 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는이 260자보다 긴 경우 + + 가 null입니다. + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 이벤트가 있지만 사용자에게 원하는 보안 액세스가 없는 경우 + + + 현재 스레드의 실행 컨텍스트를 관리합니다.이 클래스는 상속될 수 없습니다. + 2 + + + 현재 스레드에서 실행 컨텍스트를 캡처합니다. + 현재 스레드의 실행 컨텍스트를 나타내는 개체입니다. + 1 + + + 현재 스레드의 지정된 실행 컨텍스트에서 메서드를 실행합니다. + 설정할 입니다. + 제공된 실행 컨텍스트에서 실행할 메서드를 나타내는 대리자입니다. + 콜백 메서드로 전달할 개체입니다. + + 가 null입니다.또는캡처 작업을 통해 를 가져오지 않은 경우 또는가 이미 호출의 인수로 사용된 경우 + 1 + + + + + + 다중 스레드에서 공유하는 변수에 대한 원자 단위 연산을 제공합니다. + 2 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 두 32비트 정수를 더하고 첫 번째 정수를 합계로 바꿉니다. + + 에 저장된 새 값입니다. + 더할 첫 번째 값이 있는 변수입니다.두 값의 합계는 에 저장됩니다. + + 에서 정수에 더할 값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 두 64비트 정수를 더하고 첫 번째 정수를 합계로 바꿉니다. + + 에 저장된 새 값입니다. + 더할 첫 번째 값이 있는 변수입니다.두 값의 합계는 에 저장됩니다. + + 에서 정수에 더할 값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 두 배 정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 두 값 중 하나를 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다. + 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다. + + 의 값과 비교할 값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 두 개의 부호 있는 32비트 정수가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다. + 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다. + + 의 값과 비교할 값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 두 개의 부호 있는 64비트 정수가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다. + 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다. + + 의 값과 비교할 값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 두 플랫폼별 핸들이나 포인터가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 값과 비교되어 로 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상 입니다. + 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 입니다. + + 의 값과 비교할 입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 두 개체의 참조가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 개체를 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 대상 개체입니다. + 비교한 결과 같은 경우 대상 개체를 바꾸는 개체입니다. + + 의 개체와 비교할 개체입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 두 단정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다. + 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다. + + 의 값과 비교할 값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 지정된 참조 형식 의 두 인스턴스가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 두 값 중 하나를 바꿉니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + + 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다.이것은 참조 매개 변수입니다. C#에서는 ref이고, Visual Basic에서는 ByRef입니다. + 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다. + + 의 값과 비교할 값입니다. + + , 및 에 사용될 형식입니다.이 형식은 참조 형식이어야 합니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 감소시키고 결과를 저장합니다. + 감소한 값입니다. + 값을 감소시킬 변수입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 감소시키고 결과를 저장합니다. + 감소한 값입니다. + 값을 감소시킬 변수입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 배정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 부호 있는 32비트 정수를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 부호 있는 64비트 정수를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 플랫폼별 핸들 또는 포인터를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 개체를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 참조를 원래 개체로 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 단정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 형식 의 변수를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다. + + 의 원래 값입니다. + 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.이것은 참조 매개 변수입니다. C#에서는 ref이고, Visual Basic에서는 ByRef입니다. + + 매개 변수의 설정값입니다. + + 및 에 사용될 형식입니다.이 형식은 참조 형식이어야 합니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 증가시키고 결과를 저장합니다. + 증가한 값입니다. + 값을 증가시킬 변수입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 증가시키고 결과를 저장합니다. + 증가한 값입니다. + 값을 증가시킬 변수입니다. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 다음과 같이 메모리 액세스를 동기화합니다. 현재 스레드를 실행하는 프로세서는 에 대한 호출 이전의 메모리 액세스가 에 대한 호출 이후의 메모리 액세스 뒤에 실행되는 방식으로 명령을 다시 정렬할 수 없습니다. + + + 원자 단위 연산으로 로드된 64비트 값을 반환합니다. + 로드된 값입니다. + 로드될 64비트 값입니다. + 1 + + + 초기화 지연 루틴을 제공합니다. + + + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 형식의 기본 생성자를 사용하여 대상 참조 형식을 초기화합니다. + 초기화된 형식의 참조입니다. + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조입니다. + 초기화할 참조의 형식입니다. + 형식 의 생성자에 액세스할 수 있는 권한이 없습니다. + 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우 + + + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 해당 기본 생성자를 사용하여 대상 참조 또는 값 형식을 초기화합니다. + 초기화된 형식의 값입니다. + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조 또는 값입니다. + 대상이 이미 초기화되었는지 여부를 결정하는 부울 값에 대한 참조입니다. + + 을 초기화할 때 상호 배타적인 잠금으로 사용할 개체에 대한 참조입니다.이 null이면 새 개체를 인스턴스화할 수 있습니다. + 초기화할 참조의 형식입니다. + 형식 의 생성자에 액세스할 수 있는 권한이 없습니다. + 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우 + + + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 지정된 함수를 사용하여 대상 참조 또는 값 형식을 초기화합니다. + 초기화된 형식의 값입니다. + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조 또는 값입니다. + 대상이 이미 초기화되었는지 여부를 결정하는 부울 값에 대한 참조입니다. + + 을 초기화할 때 상호 배타적인 잠금으로 사용할 개체에 대한 참조입니다.이 null이면 새 개체를 인스턴스화할 수 있습니다. + 참조 또는 값을 초기화하기 위해 호출되는 함수입니다. + 초기화할 참조의 형식입니다. + 형식 의 생성자에 액세스할 수 있는 권한이 없습니다. + 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우 + + + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 지정된 함수를 사용하여 대상 참조 형식을 초기화합니다. + 초기화된 형식의 값입니다. + 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조입니다. + 참조를 초기화하기 위해 호출되는 함수입니다. + 초기화할 참조의 참조 형식입니다. + 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우 + + 가 null을 반환합니다(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing). + + + 잠금에 대한 재귀 정책과 맞지 않는 방식으로 잠금을 재귀적으로 시작할 때 throw되는 예외입니다. + 2 + + + 오류를 설명하는 시스템 제공 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 2 + + + 오류를 설명하는 지정된 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 따라 지역화되었는지 확인해야 합니다. + 2 + + + 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 따라 지역화되었는지 확인해야 합니다. + 현재 예외를 발생시킨 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + 2 + + + 동일한 스레드에서 잠금을 여러 번 시작할 수 있는지 여부를 지정합니다. + + + 스레드에서 잠금을 재귀적으로 시작하려고 하면 예외가 throw됩니다.이 설정을 적용하는 경우 일부 클래스에서 특정 재귀가 허용될 수도 있습니다. + + + 스레드에서 잠금을 재귀적으로 시작할 수 있습니다.일부 클래스에서는 이 기능이 제한될 수 있습니다. + + + 하나 이상의 대기 중인 스레드에 이벤트가 발생했음을 알립니다.이 클래스는 상속될 수 없습니다. + 2 + + + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다. + + + + 의 슬림 다운 버전을 제공합니다. + + + 신호 없음을 초기 상태로 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true이고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false입니다. + + + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지를 나타내는 부울 값과 지정된 회전 수를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true이고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false입니다. + 커널 기반의 대기 작업으로 대체하기 전에 수행되는 회전 대기 수입니다. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + + 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다. + + + + 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제할 수 있습니다. + 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true이고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false입니다. + + + 이벤트가 설정되었는지를 가져옵니다. + 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + 스레드가 차단되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정합니다. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 이벤트에서 대기 중인 하나 이상의 스레드가 계속 진행되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정합니다. + + + 커널 기반의 대기 작업으로 대체하기 전에 수행되는 회전 대기 수를 가져옵니다. + 커널 기반의 대기 작업으로 대체하기 전에 수행되는 회전 대기 수를 반환합니다. + + + 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + + 을 확인하면서 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + + 을 확인하면서 현재 이 신호를 받을 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + 확인할 입니다. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + + 으로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + + 을 확인하면서 으로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + + 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 이 의 내부 개체를 가져옵니다. + 이 에 대한 내부 이벤트 개체입니다. + + + 개체에 대한 액세스를 동기화하는 메커니즘을 제공합니다. + 2 + + + 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져옵니다. + 모니터 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 1 + + + 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정합니다. + 대기할 개체입니다. + 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다.예외가 발생하지 않는 경우 이 메서드의 출력은 항상 true입니다. + + 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우 + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + + + 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 해제합니다. + 잠금을 해제할 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 현재 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우 + 1 + + + 현재 스레드에 지정된 개체에 대한 잠금이 있는지 여부를 확인합니다. + 현재 스레드에 에 대한 잠금이 있으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 테스트할 개체입니다. + + 가 null인 경우 + + + 대기 중인 큐에 포함된 스레드에 잠겨 있는 개체의 상태 변경을 알립니다. + 스레드에서 기다리는 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우 + 1 + + + 대기 중인 모든 스레드에 개체 상태 변경을 알립니다. + 펄스를 보내는 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우 + 1 + + + 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오려고 했습니다. + 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 가져오면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 1 + + + 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정하려고 시도합니다. + 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다. + + 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우 + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + + + 지정된 시간(밀리초) 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오려고 했습니다. + 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 가져오면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + 잠금을 기다릴 밀리초 수입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + + 이 음수이고 와 같지 않은 경우 + 1 + + + 지정된 시간(밀리초) 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정하려고 시도합니다. + 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + 잠금을 기다릴 밀리초 수입니다. + 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다. + + 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우 + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + + 이 음수이고 와 같지 않은 경우 + + + 지정된 시간 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오려고 했습니다. + 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 가져오면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + 잠금을 기다리는 시간을 나타내는 입니다.-1밀리초 값은 무한 대기를 지정합니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + + 값(밀리초)이 음수이고 (–1밀리초)와 같지 않거나 보다 큰 경우 + 1 + + + 지정된 시간 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정하려고 시도합니다. + 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다. + 잠금을 대기할 시간입니다.-1밀리초 값은 무한 대기를 지정합니다. + 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다. + + 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우 + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + + 값(밀리초)이 음수이고 (–1밀리초)와 같지 않거나 보다 큰 경우 + + + 개체의 잠금을 해제한 다음 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다. + 지정된 개체 잠금을 호출자가 다시 가져와 호출이 반환되면 true입니다.잠금을 다시 가져오지 않으면 이 메서드는 반환하지 않습니다. + 대기할 개체입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우 + Wait를 호출하는 스레드가 나중에 대기 상태에서 중단된 경우.이는 다른 스레드에서 이 스레드의 메서드를 호출할 때 발생합니다. + 1 + + + 개체의 잠금을 해제한 다음 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.지정된 시간 제한 간격이 지나면 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어갑니다. + 지정된 시간이 경과하기 전에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 true이고, 지정된 시간이 경과한 후에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 false입니다.이 메서드는 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 반환하지 않습니다. + 대기할 개체입니다. + 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어가기 전에 대기할 밀리초 수입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우 + Wait를 호출하는 스레드가 나중에 대기 상태에서 중단된 경우.이는 다른 스레드에서 이 스레드의 메서드를 호출할 때 발생합니다. + + 매개 변수의 값이 음이고 와 같지 않은 경우 + 1 + + + 개체의 잠금을 해제한 다음 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.지정된 시간 제한 간격이 지나면 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어갑니다. + 지정된 시간이 경과하기 전에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 true이고, 지정된 시간이 경과한 후에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 false입니다.이 메서드는 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 반환하지 않습니다. + 대기할 개체입니다. + 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어가기 전에 대기할 시간을 나타내는 입니다. + + 매개 변수가 null인 경우 + 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우 + Wait를 호출하는 스레드가 나중에 대기 상태에서 중단된 경우.이는 다른 스레드에서 이 스레드의 메서드를 호출할 때 발생합니다. + + 매개 변수의 값(밀리초)이 음수이고 (-1밀리초)를 나타내지 않거나 보다 큰 경우 + 1 + + + 프로세스 간 동기화에 사용할 수도 있는 동기화 기본 형식입니다. + 1 + + + 기본 속성을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 호출한 스레드가 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 가져야 할지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 호출한 스레드에 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 부여하면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + 호출 스레드가 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 가져야 할지를 나타내는 부울 값과 뮤텍스 이름인 문자열을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 만들어지는 경우 호출한 스레드에 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 부여하려면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + 의 이름입니다.값이 null이면 이(가) 명명되지 않습니다. + 명명된 뮤텍스가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 뮤텍스를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다. + + 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + + 호출한 스레드가 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 가져야 할지를 나타내는 부울 값, 뮤텍스의 이름인 문자열 및 메서드에서 반환할 때 호출한 스레드에 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권이 부여되었는지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 만들어지는 경우 호출한 스레드에 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 부여하려면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + 의 이름입니다.값이 null이면 이(가) 명명되지 않습니다. + 이 메서드가 반환될 때 로컬 뮤텍스가 만들어진 경우(즉, 이(가) null이거나 빈 문자열인 경우)나 지정된 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 만들어진 경우에는 true인 부울이 포함되고, 지정된 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 이미 있는 경우에는 false이(가) 포함됩니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 상태로 전달됩니다. + 명명된 뮤텍스가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 뮤텍스를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다. + + 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + + 이미 있는 경우 지정한 명명된 뮤텍스를 엽니다. + 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다. + 열려는 시스템 뮤텍스의 이름입니다. + + 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + 가 null인 경우 + 명명된 뮤텍스가 없는 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 뮤텍스가 있지만 사용자에게 이 뮤텍스를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스 권한이 없는 경우 + 1 + + + + + + + 을(를) 한 번 해제합니다. + 호출한 스레드가 뮤텍스를 소유하지 않은 경우 + 1 + + + 지정한 명명된 뮤텍스(이미 존재하는 경우)를 열고 작업이 수행되었는지를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다. + 명명된 뮤텍스를 열었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 열려는 시스템 뮤텍스의 이름입니다. + 이 메서드가 반환될 때 호출이 성공적으로 실행된 경우 이름이 지정된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체를 포함하고 호출에 실패한 경우는 null을(를) 포함해야 합니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 것으로 처리됩니다. + + 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + 가 null인 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 뮤텍스가 있지만 사용자에게 이 뮤텍스를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스 권한이 없는 경우 + + + 여러 스레드에서 읽을 수 있도록 허용하거나 쓰기를 위한 단독 액세스를 허용하여 리소스에 대한 액세스를 관리하는 데 사용되는 잠금을 나타냅니다. + + + 기본 속성 값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 잠금 재귀 정책을 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 잠금 재귀 정책을 지정하는 열거형 값 중 하나입니다. + + + 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 고유 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다. + 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 고유 스레드의 총 개수입니다. + + + + 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다. + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 읽기 모드의 재귀 횟수를 줄이고, 결과 횟수가 0이 되면 읽기 모드를 종료합니다. + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + 업그레이드 가능 모드의 재귀 횟수를 줄이고, 결과 횟수가 0이 되면 업그레이드 가능 모드를 종료합니다. + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + 쓰기 모드의 재귀 횟수를 줄이고, 결과 횟수가 0이 되면 쓰기 모드를 종료합니다. + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작했는지를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 2 + + + 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작했는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 2 + + + 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작했는지를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 2 + + + 현재 개체에 대한 재귀 정책을 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다. + 잠금 재귀 정책을 지정하는 열거형 값 중 하나입니다. + + + 재귀를 확인하기 위해 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 횟수를 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드를 시작하지 않았으면 0이고, 스레드에서 읽기 모드를 시작했지만 재귀적으로 시작하지 않았으면 1이고, 스레드에서 재귀적으로 잠금을 n-1회 시작했으면 n입니다. + 2 + + + 재귀를 확인하기 위해 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작한 횟수를 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드를 시작하지 않았으면 0이고, 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드를 시작했지만 재귀적으로 시작하지 않았으면 1이고, 스레드에서 재귀적으로 업그레이드 가능 모드를 n-1회 시작했으면 n입니다. + 2 + + + 재귀를 확인하기 위해 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 횟수를 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드를 시작하지 않았으면 0이고, 스레드에서 쓰기 모드를 시작했지만 재귀적으로 시작하지 않았으면 1이고, 스레드에서 재귀적으로 쓰기 모드를 n-1회 시작했으면 n입니다. + 2 + + + 제한 시간(정수)을 선택적으로 적용하여 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + 호출하는 스레드에서 읽기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 -1()입니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + 호출하는 스레드에서 읽기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 간격이거나, 무기한 대기하려는 경우 -1밀리초입니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + 호출하는 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 -1()입니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + 호출하는 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 간격이거나, 무기한 대기하려는 경우 -1밀리초입니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + 호출하는 스레드에서 쓰기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 -1()입니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다. + 호출하는 스레드에서 쓰기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 간격이거나, 무기한 대기하려는 경우 -1밀리초입니다. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다. + 읽기 모드를 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수입니다. + 2 + + + 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다. + 업그레이드 가능 모드를 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수입니다. + 2 + + + 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다. + 쓰기 모드를 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수입니다. + 2 + + + 리소스 또는 리소스 풀에 동시에 액세스할 수 있는 스레드 수를 제한합니다. + 1 + + + 초기 항목 수 및 최대 동시 항목 수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 최대 요청 수입니다. + + 가 보다 큰 경우 + + 1 보다 작으면입니다.또는가 0보다 작은 경우 + + + 초기 항목 수 및 최대 동시 항목 수를 지정하고 선택적으로 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름을 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 최대 요청 수입니다. + 명명된 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름입니다. + + 가 보다 큰 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + 1 보다 작으면입니다.또는가 0보다 작은 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 세마포가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우 + 명명된 세마포를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다. + + + 초기 항목 수 및 최대 동시 항목 수를 지정하고, 선택적으로 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름을 지정하고, 새 시스템 세마포가 만들어졌는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 받을 변수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 동시에 충족될 수 있는 세마포의 초기 요청 수입니다. + 동시에 충족될 수 있는 세마포의 최대 요청 수입니다. + 명명된 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름입니다. + 이 메서드가 반환될 때 로컬 세마포가 만들어진 경우(즉, 이 null이거나 빈 문자열인 경우) 또는 지정한 명명된 시스템 세마포가 만들어진 경우에는 true가 포함되고, 지정한 명명된 시스템 세마포가 이미 있는 경우에는 false가 포함됩니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 상태로 전달됩니다. + + 가 보다 큰 경우 또는 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + 1 보다 작으면입니다.또는가 0보다 작은 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 세마포가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우 + 명명된 세마포를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다. + + + 이미 있는 경우 지정한 명명된 세마포를 엽니다. + 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내는 개체입니다. + 열려는 시스템 세마포의 이름입니다. + + 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + 가 null인 경우 + 명명된 세마포가 없는 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 세마포가 있지만 사용자에게 이 세마포를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스가 없는 경우 + 1 + + + + + + 세마포를 종료하고 이전 카운트를 반환합니다. + + 메서드가 호출되기 전의 세마포 카운트입니다. + 세마포 카운트가 이미 최대값인 경우 + 명명된 세마포에서 Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 사용자에게 가 없는 경우또는현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 세마포가 를 사용하여 열리지 않은 경우 + 1 + + + 지정된 횟수만큼 세마포를 종료하고 이전 카운트를 반환합니다. + + 메서드가 호출되기 전의 세마포 카운트입니다. + 세마포를 종료할 횟수입니다. + + 1 보다 작으면입니다. + 세마포 카운트가 이미 최대값인 경우 + 명명된 세마포에서 Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 사용자에게 권한이 없는 경우또는현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 세마포가 권한을 사용하여 열리지 않은 경우 + 1 + + + 지정한 명명된 세마포(이미 존재하는 경우)를 열고 작업이 성공했는지를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다. + 명명된 세마포를 열었으면 true이고, 그 열지 않았으면 false입니다. + 열려는 시스템 세마포의 이름입니다. + 이 메서드가 반환될 때 호출에 성공한 경우에는 명명된 세마포를 나타내는 개체를 포함하고 호출에 실패한 경우에는 null을 포함합니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 것으로 처리됩니다. + + 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다. + + 가 null인 경우 + Win32 오류가 발생한 경우 + 명명된 세마포가 있지만 사용자에게 이 세마포를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스가 없는 경우 + + + 카운트가 이미 최대값에 도달한 세마포에서 메서드를 호출하면 throw되는 예외입니다. + 2 + + + 기본값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + + + 리소스 또는 리소스 풀에 동시에 액세스할 수 있는 스레드 수를 제한하는 대신 사용할 수 있는 간단한 클래스를 나타냅니다. + + + 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다. + + 가 0보다 작은 경우 + + + 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 및 최대 요청 수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다. + 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 최대 요청 수입니다. + + 가 0보다 작거나 가 보다 크거나 가 0보다 작거나 같은 경우. + + + 세마포에서 대기하는 데 사용할 수 있는 을(를) 반환합니다. + 세마포에서 대기하는 데 사용할 수 있는 입니다. + + 가 삭제된 경우 + + + + 개체에 들어갈 수 있는 남아 있는 스레드의 수를 가져옵니다. + 세마포에 들어갈 수 있는 남아 있는 스레드의 수입니다. + + + + 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다. + + + + 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제할 수 있습니다. + 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true로 설정하고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false로 설정합니다. + + + + 개체를 한 번 해제합니다. + + 의 이전 횟수입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 이미 최대 크기에 도달했습니다. + + + + 개체를 지정된 횟수만큼 해제합니다. + + 의 이전 횟수입니다. + 세마포를 종료할 횟수입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 1 보다 작으면입니다. + + 이 이미 최대 크기에 도달했습니다. + + + 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + + 제한 시간을 지정하는 부호 있는 32비트 정수를 사용하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다. + 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + + + 을(를) 확인하면서 제한 시간을 지정하는 부호 있는 32비트 정수를 사용하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다. + 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + 인스턴스가 삭제 또는 만든 가 삭제 되었습니다. + + + + 을(를) 확인하면서 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다. + 확인할 토큰입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우또는 만든 이미 삭제 되었습니다. + + + + (으)로 제한 시간을 지정하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다. + 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우. + semaphoreSlim 인스턴스가 삭제되었습니다 + + + + 을(를) 확인하면서 제한 시간을 지정하는 을(를) 사용하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다. + 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 취소되었습니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우. + semaphoreSlim 인스턴스가 삭제되었습니다을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다. + + + + (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다. + 세마포가 입력되었을 때 완료될 작업입니다. + + + 32비트 부호 있는 정수를 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다. + 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + + + 을(를) 관찰하는 동안 32비트 부호 있는 정수를 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다. + 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 확인할 입니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 취소되었습니다. + + + + 을(를) 관찰하는 동안 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다. + 세마포가 입력되었을 때 완료될 작업입니다. + 확인할 토큰입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 취소되었습니다. + + + + 을(를) 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다. + 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 또는 제한 시간이 보다 큰 경우 + + + + 을 관찰하는 동안 을(를) 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다. + 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 확인할 토큰입니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우또는제한 시간이 보다 큰 경우 + + 이 취소되었습니다. + + + 메시지가 동기화 컨텍스트로 디스패치될 때 호출할 메서드를 나타냅니다. + 대리자에 전달된 개체입니다. + 2 + + + 잠금을 얻으려는 스레드가 잠금을 사용할 수 있을 때까지 루프에서 반복적으로 확인하면서 대기하는 기본적인 상호 배타 잠금을 제공합니다. + + + 디버깅을 향상시키기 위해 스레드 ID를 추적하는 옵션을 사용하여 구조체의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 디버깅 용도로 스레드 ID를 캡처하고 사용할지 여부입니다. + + + 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으며 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다. + 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + + 인수는 Enter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다. + + + 잠금을 해제합니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이 잠금의 소유자가 아닙니다. + + + 잠금을 해제합니다. + 종료 작업을 다른 스레드에 즉시 게시하기 위해 메모리 펜스를 실행할지 여부를 나타내는 부울 값입니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이 잠금의 소유자가 아닙니다. + + + 스레드에서 현재 잠금을 보유하고 있는지 여부를 가져옵니다. + 스레드에서 현재 잠금을 보유하고 있으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 보유하고 있는지 여부를 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 보유하고 있으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적을 사용할 수 없습니다. + + + 이 인스턴스에 대해 스레드 소유권 추적이 사용되는지 여부를 가져옵니다. + 이 인스턴스에 대해 스레드 소유권 추적이 사용되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + + 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으려고 시도합니다. 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다. + 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + + 인수는 TryEnter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다. + + + 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으려고 시도합니다. 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + 인수는 TryEnter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다. + + + 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으려고 시도합니다. 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다. + 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 밀리초보다 큰 경우. + + 인수는 TryEnter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다. + 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다. + + + 회전 기반 대기를 지원합니다. + + + 이 인스턴스에서 가 호출된 횟수를 가져옵니다. + 이 인스턴스에서 가 호출된 횟수를 나타내는 정수를 반환합니다. + + + 다음 호출이 프로세서를 생성하여 강제 컨텍스트 전환을 트리거할지 여부를 가져옵니다. + 다음 호출이 프로세서를 생성하여 강제 컨텍스트 전환을 트리거할지 여부입니다. + + + 회전 수를 다시 설정합니다. + + + 단일 회전을 수행합니다. + + + 지정된 조건이 충족될 때까지 회전합니다. + true를 반환할 때까지 계속 실행되는 대리자입니다. + + 인수가 null인 경우 + + + 지정된 조건이 충족되거나 지정된 제한 시간이 만료될 때까지 회전합니다. + 제한 시간 내에 지정된 조건이 충족되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + true를 반환할 때까지 계속 실행되는 대리자입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다. + + 인수가 null인 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 + + + 지정된 조건이 충족되거나 지정된 제한 시간이 만료될 때까지 회전합니다. + 제한 시간 내에 지정된 조건이 충족되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + true를 반환할 때까지 계속 실행되는 대리자입니다. + 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 TimeSpan입니다. + + 인수가 null인 경우 + + 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우. + + + 다양한 동기화 모델에서 동기화 컨텍스트를 전파하기 위한 기본 기능을 제공합니다. + 2 + + + + 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 만듭니다. + + + 파생 클래스에서 재정의된 경우 동기화 컨텍스트의 복사본을 만듭니다. + 새 개체입니다. + 2 + + + 현재 스레드의 동기화 컨텍스트를 가져옵니다. + 현재 동기화 컨텍스트를 나타내는 개체입니다. + 1 + + + 파생 클래스에서 재정의되면 작업이 완료되었음을 알리는 메시지에 응답합니다. + + + 파생 클래스에서 재정의되면 작업이 시작되었음을 알리는 메시지에 응답합니다. + + + 파생 클래스에서 재정의될 때 비동기 메시지를 동기화 컨텍스트로 디스패치합니다. + 호출할 대리자입니다. + 대리자에 전달된 개체입니다. + 2 + + + 파생 클래스에서 재정의될 때 동기 메시지를 동기화 컨텍스트로 디스패치합니다. + 호출할 대리자입니다. + 대리자에 전달된 개체입니다. + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + 현재 동기화 컨텍스트를 설정합니다. + 설정할 개체입니다. + 1 + + + + + + 메서드가 지정된 Monitor에 대해 잠금을 소유하도록 호출자에게 요구하지만 해당 잠금을 소유하지 않는 호출자가 해당 메서드를 호출할 때 throw되는 예외입니다. + 2 + + + 기본 속성을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + + + 데이터의 스레드 로컬 저장소를 제공합니다. + 스레드별로 저장되는 데이터의 형식을 지정합니다. + + + + 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + + 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 인스턴스에 설정된 모든 값을 추적하고 해당 값을 속성을 통해 노출할지 여부 + + + 지정된 함수를 사용하여 의 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + 를 이전에 초기화하지 않고 검색하려고 하는 경우 lazily-initialized 값을 생성하기 위해 호출되는 입니다. + + 는 null 참조(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing)입니다. + + + 지정된 함수를 사용하여 의 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + 를 이전에 초기화하지 않고 검색하려고 하는 경우 lazily-initialized 값을 생성하기 위해 호출되는 입니다. + 인스턴스에 설정된 모든 값을 추적하고 해당 값을 속성을 통해 노출할지 여부 + + 이 null 참조(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing)인 경우 + + + + 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다. + + + 이 인스턴스에서 사용하는 리소스를 해제합니다. + + 호출로 인해 이 메서드가 호출되는지 여부를 나타내는 부울 값입니다. + + + 이 인스턴스에서 사용하는 리소스를 해제합니다. + + + + 가 현재 스레드에서 초기화되었는지 여부를 가져옵니다. + 현재 스레드에서 가 초기화되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. + + 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우 + + + 현재 스레드에 대한 이 인스턴스의 문자열 표현을 만들고 반환합니다. + + 에서 을 호출한 결과입니다. + + 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우 + 현재 스레드의 는 null 참조입니다(Visual Basic에서는 Nothing). + 초기화 함수는 를 재귀적으로 참조하려고 했습니다. + 기본 생성자가 제공되지 않으며 값 팩터리가 제공되지 않습니다. + + + 현재 인스턴스에 대한 이 인스턴스의 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다. + 이 ThreadLocal이 초기화를 담당하는 개체의 인스턴스를 반환합니다. + + 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우 + 초기화 함수는 를 재귀적으로 참조하려고 했습니다. + 기본 생성자가 제공되지 않으며 값 팩터리가 제공되지 않습니다. + + + 이 인스턴스에 액세스한 모든 스레드가 현재 저장한 모든 값의 목록을 가져옵니다. + 이 인스턴스에 액세스한 모든 스레드가 현재 저장한 모든 값의 목록입니다. + + 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우 + + + 휘발성 메모리 작업을 수행하기 위한 메서드가 포함되어 있습니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + + + 지정된 필드에서 개체 참조를 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 읽은 에 대한 참조입니다.이 참조는 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다. + 읽을 필드입니다. + 읽을 필드의 형식입니다.이 형식은 값 형식이 아니라 참조 형식이어야 합니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 메모리 작업이 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 메모리 작업을 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 값을 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다. + + + 지정된 필드에 지정된 개체 참조를 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다. + 개체 참조를 쓴 필드입니다. + 쓸 개체 참조입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 참조를 볼 수 있도록 참조를 즉시 씁니다. + 쓸 필드의 형식입니다.이 형식은 값 형식이 아니라 참조 형식이어야 합니다. + + + 존재하지 않는 시스템 뮤텍스 또는 세마포를 열려고 시도할 때 throw되는 예외입니다. + 2 + + + 기본값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + + + 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다. + 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다. + 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ru/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ru/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ca30336b --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ru/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1761 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + Исключение вызывается, когда некоторый поток получает объект , брошенный другим потоком путем выхода без высвобождения. + 1 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , используя конкретиый индекс брошенного мьютекса, (если применимо), а также объект , представляющий мьютекс. + Индекс брошенного мьютекса в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, если выдается исключение для метода , или –1, если исключение выдается для методов или . + Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения. + + + Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и внутренним исключением. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение вызывается в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , используя указанное сообщения об ошибке, внутреннее исключение, индекс брошенного мьютекса (если применимо), а также объект , представляющего мьютекс. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение вызывается в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + Индекс брошенного мьютекса в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, если выдается исключение для метода , или –1, если исключение выдается для методов или . + Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса указанным сообщением об ошибке, индексом брошенного мьютекса (если применимо), а также брошенным мьютексом. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения. + Индекс брошенного мьютекса в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, если выдается исключение для метода , или –1, если исключение выдается для методов или . + Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс. + + + Получает брошенный мьютекс, вызвавший исключение (если он известен). + Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс, или null, если брошенный мьютекс не может быть идентифицирован. + 1 + + + Получает индекс брошенного мьютекса, вызвавшего исключение (если он известен). + Индекс в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, передаваемый в метод , объекта , представляющего брошенный мьютекс, или же -1, если индекс брошенного мьютекса невозможно определить. + 1 + + + Представляет внешние данные, локальные для данного асинхронного потока управления, такие как асинхронный метод. + Тип внешних данных. + + + Создает экземпляр экземпляра , который не получает уведомления об изменениях. + + + Создает экземпляр локального экземпляра , который получает уведомления об изменениях. + Делегат, который вызывается при каждом изменении текущего значения в любом потоке. + + + Получает или задает значение внешних данных. + Значение внешних данных. + + + Класс, предоставляющий сведения об изменениях данных экземплярам , которые зарегистрированы для получения уведомлений об изменениях. + Тип данных. + + + Получает текущее значение данных. + Текущее значение данных. + + + Получает предыдущее значение данных. + Предыдущее значение данных. + + + Возвращает значение, указывающее, изменяется ли значение из-за изменения контекста выполнения. + Значение true, если значение изменено из-за изменения контекста выполнения; в противном случае — значение false. + + + Уведомляет ожидающий поток о том, что произошло событие.Этот класс не наследуется. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, нужно ли для начального состояния задать сигнальное значение. + + Значение true для задания начального состояния сигнальным; false для задания несигнального начального состояния. + + + Позволяет нескольким задачам параллельно работать с алгоритмом, используя несколько фаз. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса . + Количество участвующих потоков. + + меньше 0 или больше 32,767. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса . + Количество участвующих потоков. + + для исполнения после каждой фазы. Значение null (Nothing in Visual Basic) может быть передано, чтобы указать, что действия не предпринимаются. + + меньше 0 или больше 32,767. + + + Уведомляет о добавлении дополнительного участника. + Номер фазы барьера, в которой сначала участвуют новые участники. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Добавление участника приведет к превышению 32 767 счетчиком участников барьера.– или –Метод был вызван из действия после этапа. + + + Уведомляет барьер о добавлении дополнительных участников. + Номер фазы барьера, в которой сначала участвуют новые участники. + Число дополнительных участников, которых необходимо добавить в барьер. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Значение параметра меньше 0.– или –Добавление участников приведет к превышению 32 767 счетчиком участников барьера. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа. + + + Получает номер текущей фазы барьера. + Возвращает номер текущего этапа барьера. + + + Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса . + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа. + + + Освобождает неуправляемые (а при необходимости и управляемые) ресурсы, используемые объектом . + Значение true, чтобы освободить управляемые и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false, чтобы освободить только неуправляемые ресурсы. + + + Получает общее количество участников в барьере. + Возвращает общее количество участников в барьере. + + + Получает количество участников в барьере, которые еще не создали сигнал в текущей фазе. + Возвращает количество участников в барьере, которые еще не создали сигнал на текущем этапе. + + + Уведомляет о удалении одного участника. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Барьер уже содержит 0 участников.– или –Метод был вызван из действия после этапа. + + + Уведомляет барьер об удалении нескольких участников. + Число дополнительных участников, которых необходимо удалить из барьера. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Значение параметра меньше 0. + Барьер уже содержит 0 участников.– или –Метод был вызван из действия после этапа. – или –текущее количество участников меньше указанного participantCount + Общее число участников меньше указанного + + + Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера другими участниками. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников. + Если создается исключение из действия следующего этапа барьера после того, как все участвующие потоки вызвали SignalAndWait, исключение будет вставлено в BarrierPostPhaseException и создано для всех участвующих потоков. + + + Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания. + Значение true, если все участники достигли барьера за указанное время; в противном случае — значение false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников. + Если создается исключение из действия следующего этапа барьера после того, как все участвующие потоки вызвали SignalAndWait, исключение будет вставлено в BarrierPostPhaseException и создано для всех участвующих потоков. + + + Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен отмены. + Значение true, если все участники достигли барьера за указанное время; в противном случае — значение false + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников. + + + Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен отмены. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников. + + + Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя объект для измерения интервала времени. + Значение true, если все остальные участники достигли барьера; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + является отрицательным числом, отличным от значения -1 миллисекунды, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания, или превышает 32767. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников. + + + Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя объект для измерения интервала времени. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен отмены. + Значение true, если все остальные участники достигли барьера; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + является отрицательным числом, отличным от значения -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников. + + + Исключение, которое возникает при сбое действия барьера , выполняемого в конце фазы + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса системным сообщением, содержащим описание ошибки. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным внутренним исключением. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с использованием заданного сообщения, содержащего описание ошибки. + Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающий оператор этого конструктора необходим, чтобы убедиться, локализована ли данная строка для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение. + Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающий оператор этого конструктора необходим, чтобы убедиться, локализована ли данная строка для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + + + Представляет метод, вызываемый в новом контексте. + Объект, содержащий информацию, используемую всякий раз методом обратного вызова при каждом выполнении. + 1 + + + Представляет примитив синхронизации, на который отправляется сигнал при достижении его подсчетом нуля. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса указанным количеством. + Количество сигналов, первоначально необходимое для задания объекта . + Значение параметра меньше 0. + + + Увеличивает текущий подсчет на один. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Текущий экземпляр уже задан.– или –Значение параметра больше или равно значению свойства . + + + Увеличивает текущее количество в объекте на указанное значение. + Значение, на которое нужно увеличить . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Значение меньше или равно 0. + Текущий экземпляр уже задан.– или – равно или больше после увеличения счета параметром + + + Получает количество сигналов, оставшееся до установки события. + Количество сигналов, оставшееся до установки события. + + + Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса . + + + Освобождает неуправляемые (а при необходимости и управляемые) ресурсы, используемые объектом . + Значение true, чтобы освободить управляемые и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false, чтобы освободить только неуправляемые ресурсы. + + + Получает количество сигналов, изначально нужное для установки события. + Количество сигналов, изначально нужное для установки события. + + + Определяет, установлено ли событие. + Значение true, если событие установлено; в противном случае — значение false. + + + Сбрасывает свойство на значение свойства . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + + Присваивает свойству заданное значение. + Количество сигналов, необходимое для установки объекта . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Значение параметра меньше 0. + + + Регистрирует сигнал с событием , уменьшая значение свойства . + Значение true, если после сигнала подсчет стал равен нулю и было создано событие; в противном случае — значение false. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Текущий экземпляр уже задан. + + + Регистрирует несколько сигналов с объектом , уменьшая значение свойства на указанное число. + Значение true, если после сигналов подсчет стал равен нулю и было создано событие; в противном случае — значение false. + Количество сигналов, которое необходимо зарегистрировать. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Значение параметра меньше 1. + Текущий экземпляр уже задан. - или- Или значение больше . + + + Попытка увеличить на единицу. + Значение true, если увеличение выполнено успешно; в противном случае — значение false.Если значение свойства уже равно нулю, метод возвращает значение false. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + равно . + + + Пытается увеличить на указанное значение. + Значение true, если увеличение выполнено успешно; в противном случае — значение false.Если значение свойства уже равно нулю, возвращается значение false. + Значение, на которое нужно увеличить . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Значение меньше или равно 0. + Текущий экземпляр уже задан.– или –Значение свойства + больше или равно значению свойства . + + + Блокирует текущий поток до установки . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не установлен объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания. + Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен . + Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. — или — , создавший , был удален. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + + + Блокирует текущий поток, пока не будет установлено , в то же время контролируя . + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. — или — , создавший , был удален. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен объект , используя значение для измерения времени ожидания. + Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше . + + + Блокирует текущий поток, пока не будет установлен объект , используя значение для измерения времени ожидания. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен . + Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. — или — , создавший , был удален. + + является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше . + + + Получает дескриптор , используемый для ожидания установки события. + Дескриптор , используемый для ожидания установки события. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + + Указывает, сбрасывается ли автоматически или вручную после получения сигнала. + 2 + + + При получении сигнала сбрасывается автоматически после освобождения одиночного потока.При отсутствии ожидающих потоков остается сигнальным до тех пор, пока поток не блокируется и не сбрасывается после освобождения потока. + + + При получении сигнала, высвобождает все ожидающие потоки и остается сигнальным до тех пор, пока не сбрасывается вручную. + + + Представляет синхронизированное событие потока. + 2 + + + Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса , определяя, получает ли сигнал, ожидающий дескриптор, и производится ли сброс автоматически или вручную. + Значение true для задания начального состояния сигнальным; false для задания несигнального начального состояния. + Одно из значений определяет, сбрасывается ли событие автоматически или вручную. + + + Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса , определяющего получает ли сигнал дескриптор ожидания, если он был создан в результате данного вызова, сбрасывается ли он автоматически или вручную, а также имя системного события синхронизации. + true, чтобы задать сигнальное начальное состояние, если создано названное событие в результате этого вызова; false, чтобы задать несигнальное начальное состояние. + Одно из значений определяет, сбрасывается ли событие автоматически или вручную. + Имя общесистемного события синхронизации. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованное событие существует, имеет настройки управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав . + Именованное событие не может быть создано, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя. + Длина параметра превышает 260 символов. + + + Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса , определяющего, является ли дескриптор ожидания изначально сигнальным, если он был создан в результате данного вызова, происходит ли сброс автоматически или вручную, имя системного события синхронизации и логическую переменную, значение которой показывает, было ли создано системное именованное событие. + true, чтобы задать сигнальное начальное состояние, если создано названное событие в результате этого вызова; false, чтобы задать несигнальное начальное состояние. + Одно из значений определяет, сбрасывается ли событие автоматически или вручную. + Имя общесистемного события синхронизации. + Когда данный метод возвращает значение, он содержит true, если было создано локальное событие (то есть, если имеет значение null или пустую строку) или было создано системное событие с заданным именем; либо значение false, если указанное именованное событие уже существовало.Этот параметр передается без инициализации. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованное событие существует, имеет настройки управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав . + Именованное событие не может быть создано, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя. + Длина параметра превышает 260 символов. + + + Открывает указанное именованное событие синхронизации, если оно уже существует. + Объект, представляющий именованное системное событие. + Имя системного события синхронизации для открытия. + Параметр содержит пустую строку. -или-Длина параметра превышает 260 символов. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Именованное системное событие не существует. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованное событие существует, но у пользователя нет необходимых для его использования прав доступа. + 1 + + + + + + Задает несигнальное состояние события, вызывая блокирование потоков. + true, если операция прошла успешно; в противном случае — false. + Для данного объекта ранее вызывался метод . + 2 + + + Задает сигнальное состояние события, позволяя одному или нескольким ожидающим потокам продолжить. + true, если операция прошла успешно; в противном случае — false. + Для данного объекта ранее вызывался метод . + 2 + + + Открывает указанное именованное событие синхронизации, если оно уже существует, и возвращает значение, указывающее, успешно ли выполнена операция. + Значение true, если именованное событие синхронизации было успешно открыто; в противном случае — значение false. + Имя системного события синхронизации для открытия. + Когда выполнение этого метода завершается, содержит объект , представляющий именованное событие синхронизации, если вызов завершился успешно, или значение null, если вызов завершился ошибкой.Этот параметр обрабатывается как неинициализированный. + Параметр содержит пустую строку.-или-Длина параметра превышает 260 символов. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованное событие существует, но у пользователя нет требуемых прав доступа. + + + Управляет контекстом выполнения текущего потока.Этот класс не наследуется. + 2 + + + Перехватывает контекст выполнения из текущего потока. + Объект , представляющий контекст выполнения хоста для текущего потока. + 1 + + + Выполняет метод в указанном контексте выполнения в текущем потоке. + Задаваемый . + Делегат , представляющий выполняемый метод в предоставленном контексте выполнения. + Данный объект передается в метод обратного вызова. + Параметр имеет значение null.– или – не был получен во время операции отслеживания. – или – уже использовался в качестве аргумента в вызове . + 1 + + + + + + Предоставляет атомарные операции для переменных, используемых совместно несколькими потоками. + 2 + + + Добавляет два 32-разрядных целых числа и заменяет первое число на сумму в виде атомарной операции. + Новое значение сохраняется в . + Переменная, содержащая первое добавляемое значение.Сумма двух значений сохраняется в . + Значение, добавляемое к целому в . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Добавляет два 64-разрядных целых числа и заменяет первое число на сумму в виде атомарной операции. + Новое значение сохраняется в . + Переменная, содержащая первое добавляемое значение.Сумма двух значений сохраняется в . + Значение, добавляемое к целому в . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два числа с плавающей запятой двойной точности на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое значение. + Исходное значение в . + Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено. + Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Значение сравнивается со значением . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два 32-разрядных целых числа со знаком на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое. + Исходное значение в . + Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено. + Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Значение сравнивается со значением . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два 64-разрядных целых числа со знаком на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое. + Исходное значение в . + Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено. + Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Значение сравнивается со значением . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два зависящих от платформы обработчика или указателя на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое из значений. + Исходное значение в . + Целевое значение , которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено . + Значение , которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Значение , которое сравнивается со значением . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два объекта на равенство ссылок и, если они равны, заменяет первый объект. + Исходное значение в . + Целевой объект, который будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменен. + Объект, который заменит целевой объект, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Объект, который сравнивается с объектом в . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два числа с плавающей запятой с обычной точностью на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое значение. + Исходное значение в . + Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено. + Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Значение сравнивается со значением . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Сравнивает два экземпляра указанного ссылочного типа на равенство и, если это так, заменяет первый из них. + Исходное значение в . + Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено.Это ссылочный параметр (ref в C#, ByRef в Visual Basic). + Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство. + Значение сравнивается со значением . + Тип, используемый для , и .Этот тип должен быть ссылочным типом. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Уменьшает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции. + Уменьшаемое значение. + Переменная, у которой уменьшается значение. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Уменьшает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции. + Уменьшаемое значение. + Переменная, у которой уменьшается значение. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Задает число с плавающей запятой с двойной точностью указанным значением в виде атомарной операции и возвращает исходное значение. + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением. + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Присваивает 32-разрядному целому числу со знаком заданное значение и возвращает исходное значение в виде атомарной операции. + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением. + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Присваивает 64-разрядному целому числу со знаком заданное значение и возвращает исходное значение в виде атомарной операции. + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением. + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Задает указатель или обработчик, зависящий от платформы в виде атомарной операции, и возвращает ссылку на исходное значение. + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением. + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Задает объект указанным значением в виде атомарной операции и возвращает ссылку на исходный объект. + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением. + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Задает число с плавающей запятой с одинарной точностью указанным значением в виде атомарной операции и возвращает исходное значение. + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением. + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Задает определенное значение для переменной указанного типа и возвращает исходное значение (атомарная операция). + Исходное значение параметра . + Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.Это ссылочный параметр (ref в C#, ByRef в Visual Basic). + Значение, в которое задан параметр . + Тип, используемый для и .Этот тип должен быть ссылочным типом. + The address of is a null pointer. + + + Увеличивает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции. + Увеличиваемое значение. + Переменная, у которой увеличивается значение. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Увеличивает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции. + Увеличиваемое значение. + Переменная, у которой увеличивается значение. + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + Синхронизирует доступ к памяти следующим образом: процессор, выполняющий текущий поток, не способен упорядочить инструкции так, чтобы обращения к памяти до вызова метода выполнялись после обращений к памяти, следующих за вызовом метода . + + + Возвращает 64-разрядное значение, загруженное в виде атомарной операции. + Загруженное значение. + Загружаемое 64-разрядное значение. + 1 + + + Обеспечивает процедуры неактивной инициализации. + + + Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип его конструктором типа по умолчанию, если он еще не инициализирован. + Инициализируемая ссылка типа . + Ссылка типа , которую необходимо инициализировать, если она еще не инициализирована. + Тип инициализируемой ссылки. + Разрешения на доступ к конструктору типа отсутствовали. + Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип или тип значения его конструктором по умолчанию, если он еще не инициализирован. + Инициализированное значение типа . + Ссылка или значение типа , которое необходимо инициализировать, если оно еще не инициализировано. + Ссылка на логическое значение, определяющее, инициализирована ли цель. + Ссылка на объект, используемый как взаимоисключающая блокировка для инициализации параметра .Если равно null, то нового объект будет создан экземпляр. + Тип инициализируемой ссылки. + Разрешения на доступ к конструктору типа отсутствовали. + Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип или тип значения с использованием указанной функцией, если он еще не инициализирован. + Инициализированное значение типа . + Ссылка или значение типа , которое необходимо инициализировать, если оно еще не инициализировано. + Ссылка на логическое значение, определяющее, инициализирована ли цель. + Ссылка на объект, используемый как взаимоисключающая блокировка для инициализации параметра .Если равно null, то нового объект будет создан экземпляр. + Функция, которая вызывается для инициализации ссылки или значения. + Тип инициализируемой ссылки. + Разрешения на доступ к конструктору типа отсутствовали. + Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип с использованием указанной функцией, если он еще не инициализирован. + Инициализированное значение типа . + Ссылка типа , которую необходимо инициализировать, если она еще не инициализирована. + Функция, которая вызывается для инициализации ссылки. + Ссылочный тип инициализируемой ссылки. + Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию. + + вернул значение NULL (Nothing в Visual Basic). + + + Исключение генерируется, когда рекурсивная запись блокировки не совпадает с рекурсивной политикой блокировки. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса системным сообщением, содержащим описание ошибки. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с использованием заданного сообщения, содержащего описание ошибки. + Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающему объекту этого конструктора необходимо убедиться, что эта строка локализована для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение. + Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающему объекту этого конструктора необходимо убедиться, что эта строка локализована для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + 2 + + + Указывает, можно ли несколько раз войти в блокировку из одного и того же потока. + + + Если поток пытается войти в блокировку рекурсивно, выдается ошибка.Некоторые классы могут допускать определенные виды рекурсий при активированном параметре. + + + Допускается рекурсивный вход потока в блокировку.Некоторые классы могут игнорировать эту возможность. + + + Уведомляет один или более ожидающих потоков о том, что произошло событие.Этот класс не наследуется. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, показывающим наличие сигнального состояния. + Значение true для задания начального состояния сигнальным; false для задания несигнального начального состояния. + + + Предоставляет уменьшенную версию . + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса начальным состоянием nonsignaled. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, нужно ли для начального состояния задать сигнальное значение. + значение true для задания начального сигнального состояния; значение false для задания начального несигнального состояния. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, нужно ли для начального состояния задать сигнальное значение, а также указанным числом прокруток. + Значение true для задания начального сигнального состояния; значение false для задания начального несигнального состояния. + Число ожиданий прокруток до возврата к операции ожидания на основе ядра. + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса . + + + Освобождает неуправляемые (а при необходимости и управляемые) ресурсы, используемые объектом . + Значение true, чтобы освободить управляемые и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false, чтобы освободить только неуправляемые ресурсы. + + + Получает значение, указывающее, установлено ли событие. + Значение true, если событие установлено; в противном случае — значение false. + + + Задает несигнальное состояние события, вызывая блокирование потоков. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Устанавливает несигнальное состояние события, позволяя продолжить выполнение одному или нескольким потокам, ожидающим событие. + + + Получает число ожиданий прокруток, которые произойдут до возврата к операции ожидания на основе ядра. + Возвращает число ожиданий прокруток, которые произойдут до возврата к операции ожидания на основе ядра. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до установки текущего объекта . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не установлен текущий объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения интервала времени. + Значение true, если выполнялась установка ; в противном случае — false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен текущий объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения интервала времени. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен . + Значение true, если выполнялась установка ; в противном случае — значение false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до получения сигнала текущим объектом . Кроме того, метод контролирует токен . + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Блокирует текущий поток, пока не будет установлен текущий объект , используя объект для измерения интервала времени. + Значение true, если выполнялась установка ; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен текущий объект , используя значение для измерения интервала времени. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен . + Значение true, если был задан; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + Возвращает базовый объект для данного . + Базовый объект события для данного объекта . + + + Предоставляет механизм для синхронизации доступа к объектам. + 2 + + + Получает эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта. + Объект, для которого получается блокировка монитора. + Параметр имеет значение null. + 1 + + + Получает монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка. + Объект, в котором следует ожидать. + Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение.Примечание. Если исключение не возникает, выходное значение этого метода всегда true. + Входное значение параметра — true. + Параметр имеет значение null. + + + Освобождает эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта. + Объект, блокировка которого освобождается. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Данный поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта. + 1 + + + Определяет, содержит ли текущий поток блокировку указанного объекта. + Значение true, если текущий поток владеет блокировкой в ; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект для тестирования. + Свойство имеет значение null. + + + Уведомляет поток в очереди готовности об изменении состояния объекта с блокировкой. + Объект, ожидаемый потоком. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта. + 1 + + + Уведомляет все ожидающие потоки об изменении состояния объекта. + Объект, посылающий импульс. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта. + 1 + + + Пытается получить эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта. + Значение true, если текущий поток получает блокировку; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект, блокировка которого получается. + Параметр имеет значение null. + 1 + + + Пытается получить монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка. + Объект, блокировка которого получается. + Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение. + Входное значение параметра — true. + Параметр имеет значение null. + + + Пытается получить эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта на заданное количество миллисекунд. + Значение true, если текущий поток получает блокировку; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект, блокировка которого получается. + Количество миллисекунд, в течение которых ожидать блокировку. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Значение параметра отрицательно и не равно . + 1 + + + В течение заданного количества миллисекунд пытается получить монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка. + Объект, блокировка которого получается. + Количество миллисекунд, в течение которых ожидать блокировку. + Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение. + Входное значение параметра — true. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Значение параметра отрицательно и не равно . + + + Пытается получить эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта в течение заданного количества времени. + Значение true, если текущий поток получает блокировку; в противном случае — значение false. + Объект, блокировка которого получается. + Класс , представляющий количество времени, в течение которого ожидается блокировка.Значение –1 миллисекунды обозначает бесконечное ожидание. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Значение в миллисекундах отрицательно и не равно (–1 миллисекунда), или больше чем . + 1 + + + В течение заданного периода времени пытается получить монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка. + Объект, блокировка которого получается. + Период времени, в течение которого ожидается блокировка.Значение -1 обозначает бесконечное ожидание. + Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение. + Входное значение параметра — true. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Значение в миллисекундах отрицательно и не равно (–1 миллисекунда), или больше чем . + + + Освобождает блокировку объекта и блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока тот не получит блокировку снова. + true, если вызов осуществил возврат из-за того, что вызывающий поток заново получил блокировку заданного объекта.Этот метод не осуществляет возврат, если блокировка вновь не получена. + Объект, в котором следует ожидать. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта. + Поток, который вызывает Wait, позже прерывается из состояния ожидания.Это происходит, когда другой поток вызывает метод данного потока. + 1 + + + Освобождает блокировку объекта и блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока тот не получит блокировку снова.Если указанные временные интервалы истекают, поток встает в очередь готовности. + Значение true, если блокировка была получена заново до истечения заданного времени; значение false, если блокировка была получена заново по истечении заданного времени.Этот метод не осуществляет возврат, если блокировка не была получена. + Объект, в котором следует ожидать. + Количество миллисекунд для ожидания постановки в очередь готовности. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта. + Поток, который вызывает Wait, позже прерывается из состояния ожидания.Это происходит, когда другой поток вызывает метод данного потока. + Значение параметра отрицательно и не равно . + 1 + + + Освобождает блокировку объекта и блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока тот не получит блокировку снова.Если указанные временные интервалы истекают, поток встает в очередь готовности. + Значение true, если блокировка была получена заново до истечения заданного времени; значение false, если блокировка была получена заново по истечении заданного времени.Этот метод не осуществляет возврат, если блокировка не была получена. + Объект, в котором следует ожидать. + Класс , представляющий количество времени, до истечения которого поток поступает в очередь ожидания. + Параметр имеет значение null. + Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта. + Поток, который вызывает Wait, позже прерывается из состояния ожидания.Это происходит, когда другой поток вызывает метод данного потока. + Значение параметра в миллисекундах отрицательно и не равно (–1 миллисекунда), или больше чем . + 1 + + + Примитив синхронизации, который также может использоваться в межпроцессной синхронизации. + 1 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса стандартными свойствами. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, должен ли вызывающий поток быть изначальным владельцем мьютекса. + Значение true для предоставления вызывающему потоку изначального владения мьютексом; в противном случае — false. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, должен ли вызывающий поток быть изначальным владельцем мьютекса, а также иметь строку, являющуюся именем мьютекса. + Значение true для предоставления вызывающему потоку изначального владения именованным системным мьютексом, если этот мьютекс создан данным вызовом; в противном случае — значение false. + Имя .Если значение равно null, у объекта нет имени. + Именованный мьютекс существует, имеет безопасность управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав . + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный мьютекс не может быть создан; вероятно, дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя. + + длиннее 260 символов. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, должен ли вызывающий поток быть изначальным владельцем мьютекса, иметь строку, являющуюся именем мьютекса, и логическое значение, которое при возврате метода показывает, предоставлено ли вызывающему потоку изначальное владение мьютексом. + Значение true для предоставления вызывающему потоку изначального владения именованным системным мьютексом, если этот мьютекс создан данным вызовом; в противном случае — значение false. + Имя .Если значение равно null, у объекта нет имени. + При возврате из метода содержит логическое значение true, если был создан локальный мьютекс (то есть, если параметр имеет значение null или содержит пустую строку) или был создан именованный системный мьютекс; значение false, если указанный именованный системный мьютекс уже существует.Этот параметр передается неинициализированным. + Именованный мьютекс существует, имеет безопасность управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав . + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный мьютекс не может быть создан; вероятно, дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя. + + длиннее 260 символов. + + + Открывает указанный именованный мьютекс, если он уже существует. + Объект, представляющий именованный системный мьютекс. + Имя системного мьютекса для открытия. + Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов. + Свойство имеет значение null. + Именованный мьютекс не существует. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный мьютекс существует, но у пользователя нет необходимой для его использования безопасности доступа. + 1 + + + + + + Освобождает объект один раз. + Вызывающий поток не является владельцем мьютекса. + 1 + + + Открывает указанный именованный мьютекс, если он уже существует, и возвращает значение, указывающее, успешно ли выполнена операция. + Значение true, если именованный мьютекс был успешно открыт; в противном случае — значение false. + Имя системного мьютекса для открытия. + Когда выполнение этого метода завершается, содержит объект , представляющий именованный мьютекс, если вызов завершился успешно, или значение null, если произошел сбой вызова.Этот параметр обрабатывается как неинициализированный. + Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов. + Свойство имеет значение null. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный мьютекс существует, но у пользователя нет необходимой для его использования безопасности доступа. + + + Представляет блокировку, используемую для управления доступом к ресурсу, которая позволяет нескольким потокам производить считывание или получать монопольный доступ на запись. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями свойств по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанием политики рекурсии блокировок. + Одно из значений перечисления, определяющее политику рекурсии блокировки. + + + Получает общее количество уникальных потоков, вошедших в блокировку в режиме чтения. + Количество уникальных потоков, вошедших в блокировку в режиме чтения. + + + Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса . + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + Пытается выполнить вход в блокировку в режиме чтения. + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается выполнить вход в блокировку в обновляемом режиме. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается выполнить вход в блокировку в режиме записи. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + Уменьшает счетчик глубины рекурсии для режима чтения и выходит из режима чтения, если счетчик принял значение 0 (нуль). + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + Уменьшает счетчик глубины рекурсии для обновляемого режима и выходит из обновляемого режима, если счетчик принял значение 0 (нуль). + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + Уменьшает счетчик глубины рекурсии для режима записи и выходит из режима записи, если счетчик принял значение 0 (нуль). + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + Получает значение, указывающее, вошел ли текущий поток в блокировку в режиме чтения. + Значение true, если текущий поток вошел в режим чтения; в противном случае false. + 2 + + + Возвращает значение, указывающее, вошел ли текущий поток в блокировку в обновляемом режиме. + Значение true, если текущий поток вошел в обновляемый режим; в противном случае false. + 2 + + + Получает значение, указывающее, вошел ли текущий поток в блокировку в режиме записи. + Значение true, если текущий поток вошел в режим записи; в противном случае false. + 2 + + + Возвращает значение, указывающее политику рекурсии для текущего объекта . + Одно из значений перечисления, определяющее политику рекурсии блокировки. + + + Получает количество раз, которые текущий поток входил в блокировку в режиме чтения, как показатель рекурсии. + 0 (нуль), если текущий поток не вошел в режим чтения, 1, если поток вошел в режим чтения, но не рекурсивно, или n, если поток вошел в блокировку рекурсивно n - 1 раз. + 2 + + + Получает количество раз, которые текущий поток входил в блокировку в обновляемом режиме, как показатель рекурсии. + 0 (нуль), если текущий поток не вошел в обновляемый режим, 1, если поток вошел в обновляемый режим, но не рекурсивно, или n, если поток вошел в обновляемый режим рекурсивно n - 1 раз. + 2 + + + Получает количество раз, которые текущий поток входил в блокировку в режиме записи, как показатель рекурсии. + 0 (нуль), если текущий поток, не вошел в режим записи, 1, если поток вошел в режим записи, но не рекурсивно, или n, если поток вошел в режим записи рекурсивно n - 1 раз. + 2 + + + Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме чтения с необязательным указанием времени ожидания целым числом. + Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим чтения; в противном случае false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или -1 () в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме чтения с необязательным указанием времени ожидания. + Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим чтения; в противном случае false. + Период ожидания или значение -1 миллисекунда для ожидания в течение неограниченного времени. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается войти в блокировку в обновляемом режиме с необязательным указанием времени ожидания. + Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в обновляемый режим; в противном случае false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или -1 () в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается войти в блокировку в обновляемом режиме с необязательным указанием времени ожидания. + Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в обновляемый режим; в противном случае false. + Период ожидания или значение -1 миллисекунда для ожидания в течение неограниченного времени. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме записи с необязательным указанием времени ожидания. + Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим записи; в противном случае false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или -1 () в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме записи с необязательным указанием времени ожидания. + Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим записи; в противном случае false. + Период ожидания или значение -1 миллисекунда для ожидания в течение неограниченного времени. + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + Получает общее количество потоков, ожидающих вхождения в блокировку в режиме чтения. + Общее количество потоков, ожидающих вхождения в режим чтения. + 2 + + + Получает общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в блокировку в обновляемом режиме. + Общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в обновляемый режим. + 2 + + + Получает общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в блокировку в режиме записи. + Общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в режим записи. + 2 + + + Ограничивает число потоков, которые могут одновременно получать доступ к ресурсу или пулу ресурсов. + 1 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , задающий начальное количество входов и максимальное количество одновременных входов. + Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно. + Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть обеспеченно одновременно. + Значение больше значения . + + имеет значение меньше 1.-или-Значение параметра меньше 0. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , задающий начальное количество входов и максимальное количество одновременных входов, а также при необходимости имя объекта системного семафора. + Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно. + Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть обеспеченно одновременно. + Имя объекта именованного системного семафора. + Значение больше значения .-или- длиннее 260 символов. + + имеет значение меньше 1.-или-Значение параметра меньше 0. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный семафор существует, имеет параметры безопасности управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав . + Именованный семафор не может быть создан, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , задающий начальное количество входов и максимальное количество одновременных входов, а также при необходимости задающий имя объекта системного семафора и переменную, получающую значение, которое указывает, был ли создан новый системный семафор. + Начальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть удовлетворено одновременно. + Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть удовлетворено одновременно. + Имя объекта именованного системного семафора. + При возврате этот метод содержит значение true, если был создан локальный семафор (то есть если параметр имеет значение null или содержит пустую строку) или был создан заданный именованный системный семафор; значение false, если указанный именованный семафор уже существовал.Этот параметр передается неинициализированным. + Значение больше значения . -или- длиннее 260 символов. + + имеет значение меньше 1.-или-Значение параметра меньше 0. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный семафор существует, имеет параметры безопасности управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав . + Именованный семафор не может быть создан, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя. + + + Открывает указанный именованный семафор, если он уже существует. + Объект, представляющий именованный системный семафор. + Имя системного семафора для открытия. + Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов. + Свойство имеет значение null. + Именованный семафор не существует. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный семафор существует, но у пользователя нет необходимых для его использования прав доступа. + 1 + + + + + + Выходит из семафора и возвращает последнее значение счетчика. + Счетчик семафора перед вызовом метода . + Счетчик семафора уже имеет максимальное значение. + Произошла ошибка Win32, связанная с именованным семафором. + Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но пользователь не имеет прав .-или-Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но он не был открыт с правами доступа . + 1 + + + Выходит из семафора указанное число раз и возвращает последнее значение счетчика. + Счетчик семафора перед вызовом метода . + Количество требуемых выходов из семафора. + + имеет значение меньше 1. + Счетчик семафора уже имеет максимальное значение. + Произошла ошибка Win32, связанная с именованным семафором. + Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но пользователь не имеет прав .-или-Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но он не был открыт с правами . + 1 + + + Открывает указанный именованный семафор, если он уже существует, и возвращает значение, указывающее, успешно ли выполнена операция. + Значение true, если именованный семафор был успешно открыт; в противном случае — значение false. + Имя системного семафора для открытия. + При возврате этот метод содержит объект , представляющий именованный семафор, если вызов завершился успешно, или значение null, если вызов завершился неудачно.Этот параметр обрабатывается как неинициализированный. + Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов. + Свойство имеет значение null. + Произошла ошибка Win32. + Именованный семафор существует, но у пользователя нет необходимых для его использования прав доступа. + + + Исключение, выдаваемое при вызове метода для семафора, значение счетчика которого уже равно максимальному. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + + + Представляет упрощенную альтернативу семафору , ограничивающему количество потоков, которые могут параллельно обращаться к ресурсу или пулу ресурсов. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , указывая первоначальное число запросов, которые могут выполняться одновременно. + Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно. + Значение параметра меньше 0. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , указывая изначальное и максимальное число запросов, которые могут выполняться одновременно. + Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно. + Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть обеспеченно одновременно. + + меньше 0 или больше, чем , или меньше или равен 0. + + + Возвращает дескриптор , который можно использовать для ожидания семафора. + Дескриптор , который можно использовать для ожидания семафора. + Объект удален. + + + Возвращает количество оставшихся потоков, которым разрешено входить в объект . + Количество оставшихся потоков, которым разрешено входить в семафор. + + + Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса . + + + Освобождает неуправляемые ресурсы, используемые журналом , и при необходимости освобождает также управляемые ресурсы. + Значение true позволяет освободить как управляемые, так и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false освобождает только неуправляемые ресурсы. + + + Освобождает объект один раз. + Предыдущее количество в семафоре . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + уже достиг максимального размера. + + + Освобождает объект указанное число раз. + Предыдущее количество в семафоре . + Количество требуемых выходов из семафора. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + имеет значение меньше 1. + + уже достиг максимального размера. + + + Блокирует текущий поток, пока он не сможет войти в . + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком, которое определяет время ожидания. + Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком, которое определяет время ожидания, и контролирует токен . + Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + + Экземпляр был удален, или создания был удален. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , и контролирует токен . + Токен , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.-или- Создания уже был удален. + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя значение для определения времени ожидания. + Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false. + Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + + является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше . + Экземпляр semaphoreSlim был уничтожен + + + Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя значение , которое определяет время ожидания, и контролирует токен . + Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false. + Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + + был отменен. + + является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше . + Экземпляр semaphoreSlim был уничтоженКласс , создавший , уже удален. + + + Асинхронно ожидает входа в . + Задача, которая завершается при входе в семафор. + + + Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком для измерения интервала времени. + Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + + + Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком для измерения интервала времени, контролируя . + Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания. + Токен отмены , который следует контролировать. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + был отменен. + + + Асинхронно ожидает входа в , контролируя . + Задача, которая завершается при входе в семафор. + Токен , который следует контролировать. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + + был отменен. + + + Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя для измерения интервала времени. + Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае. + Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. -или- Время ожидания больше . + + + Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя для измерения интервала времени и контролируя . + Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае. + Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Токен , который следует контролировать. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.-или-Время ожидания больше . + + был отменен. + + + Указывает метод, вызываемый при отправке сообщения в контекст синхронизации. + Передаваемый делегату объект. + 2 + + + Предоставляет примитив взаимно исключающей блокировки, в котором поток, пытающийся получить блокировку, ожидает в состоянии цикла, проверяя доступность блокировки. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр структуры параметром для отслеживания идентификаторов потоков для повышения качества отладки. + Следует ли перенаправлять и использовать идентификаторы потоков для отладки. + + + Получает блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка. + Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр . + Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова Enter. + Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку. + + + Снимает блокировку. + Включено отслеживание владения потоков и текущий поток не является владельцем этой блокировки. + + + Снимает блокировку. + Логическое значение, указывающее, следует ли выпустить барьер памяти, чтобы немедленно опубликовать операцию выхода для других потоков. + Включено отслеживание владения потоков и текущий поток не является владельцем этой блокировки. + + + Получает значение, определяющее, имеет ли какой-либо поток блокировку в настоящий момент. + Значение true, если в настоящее время блокировка удерживается каким-либо потоком; в противном случае — значение false. + + + Получает значение, определяющее, имеет ли текущий поток блокировку. + Значение true, если блокировка удерживается текущим потоком; в противном случае — значение false. + Отслеживание владения потоков отключено. + + + Получает значение, указывающее, включено ли отслеживание владельца потока для данного экземпляра. + Значение true, если для данного экземпляра включено отслеживание владельца потока; в противном случае — значение false. + + + Пытается получить блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка. + Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр . + Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова TryEnter. + Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку. + + + Пытается получить блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр . + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова TryEnter. + Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку. + + + Пытается получить блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка. + Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания. + Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр . + + является отрицательным числом, отличным от значения -1 миллисекунды, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше . + Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова TryEnter. + Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку. + + + Предоставляет поддержку ожидания на основе прокруток. + + + Получает число раз, которое был вызван для этого экземпляра. + Возвращает целое число, представляющее количество вызовов метода для данного экземпляра. + + + Получает значение, показывающее, даст ли следующий вызов к доступ к процессору, запуская обязательное переключение контекста. + Даст ли следующий вызов к доступ к процессору, запуская обязательное переключение контекста. + + + Сбрасывает подсчет прокруток. + + + Выполняет одну прокрутку. + + + Выполняет прокрутки до удовлетворения заданного условия. + Делегат для циклического выполнения до возврата этим делегатом значения true. + Аргументом параметра является null. + + + Выполняет прокрутки до удовлетворения заданного условия или истечения заданного времени ожидания. + Значение true, если условие удовлетворено до истечения времени ожидания; в противном случае — значение false. + Делегат для циклического выполнения до возврата этим делегатом значения true. + Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания. + Аргументом параметра является null. + Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. + + + Выполняет прокрутки до удовлетворения заданного условия или истечения заданного времени ожидания. + Значение true, если условие удовлетворено до истечения времени ожидания; в противном случае — значение false. + Делегат для циклического выполнения до возврата этим делегатом значения true. + Объект , указывающий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или TimeSpan, представляющий значение -1 миллисекунда, в случае неограниченного ожидания. + Аргументом параметра является null. + + является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше . + + + Обеспечивает базовую функциональность для распространения контекста синхронизации в различных моделях синхронизации. + 2 + + + Создает новый экземпляр класса . + + + При переопределении в производном классе создает копию контекста синхронизации. + Новый объект . + 2 + + + Получает контекст синхронизации для текущего потока + Объект , представляющий текущий контекст синхронизации. + 1 + + + При переопределении в производном классе отвечает на уведомление о завершении операции. + + + При переопределении в производном классе отвечает на уведомление о запуске операции. + + + При переопределении в производном классе отправляет асинхронное сообщение в контекст синхронизации. + Вызываемый делегат . + Передаваемый делегату объект. + 2 + + + При переопределении в производном классе отправляет синхронное сообщение в контекст синхронизации. + Вызываемый делегат . + Передаваемый делегату объект. + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + Задает текущий контекст синхронизации. + Задаваемый объект . + 1 + + + + + + Исключение, которое выдается в то время, когда методу требуется вызвавший его объект для получения блокировки данного Monitor, а метод вызван объектом, не являющимся владельцем блокировки. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса со стандартными свойствами. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + + + Предоставляет хранилище для данных, локальных для потока. + Задает тип данных, хранимых для каждого потока. + + + Инициализирует экземпляр . + + + Инициализирует экземпляр . + Следует ли отслеживать все значения, заданные в экземпляре, и представлять их с помощью свойства . + + + Инициализирует экземпляр с заданной функцией . + Объект , вызываемый для получения неактивно инициализированного значения при совершении попытки получить без предварительной инициализации. + + является пустой ссылкой (Nothing в Visual Basic). + + + Инициализирует экземпляр с заданной функцией . + Объект , вызываемый для получения неактивно инициализированного значения при совершении попытки получить без предварительной инициализации. + Следует ли отслеживать все значения, заданные в экземпляре, и представлять их с помощью свойства . + Параметр является пустой (null) ссылкой (Nothing в Visual Basic). + + + Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса . + + + Освобождает ресурсы, используемые данным экземпляром . + Логическое значение, указывающее, вызывается ли данный метод из-за вызова метода . + + + Освобождает ресурсы, используемые данным экземпляром . + + + Получает значение, указывающее, инициализирован ли объект в текущем потоке. + Значение true, если инициализируется в текущем потоке; в противном случае — значение false. + Экземпляр класса был удален. + + + Создает и возвращает строковое представление данного экземпляра для текущего потока. + Результат вызова метода для свойства . + Экземпляр класса был удален. + + для текущего потока представляет пустую ссылку (Nothing в Visual Basic). + Инициализация попыталась создать рекурсивную ссылку . + Не предоставляются конструктор по умолчанию и значение фабрики. + + + Получает или задает значение данного экземпляра для текущего потока. + Возвращает экземпляр объекта, за инициализацию которого ответственен данный ThreadLocal. + Экземпляр класса был удален. + Инициализация попыталась создать рекурсивную ссылку . + Не предоставляются конструктор по умолчанию и значение фабрики. + + + Получает список всех значений, хранящихся в настоящий момент всеми потоками, которые получили доступа к данному экземпляру. + Список всех значений, хранящихся в настоящий момент всеми потоками, которые получили доступа к данному экземпляру. + Экземпляр класса был удален. + + + Содержит методы для выполнения операций энергозависимой памяти. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + + + Считывает ссылку на объект из указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом. + Прочитанная ссылка на объект .Эта ссылка является последней, записанной любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров. + Считываемое поле. + Тип считываемого поля.Должен быть ссылочным типом или типом значения. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция памяти появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается значение. + Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера. + + + Записывает заданную ссылку на объект в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода. + Поле, в которое записывается ссылка на объект. + Записываемая ссылка на объект.Ссылка записывается немедленно, так что она становится видимой для всех процессоров компьютера. + Тип поля, в которое выполняется запись.Должен быть ссылочным типом или типом значения. + + + Исключение, которое выдается при попытке открыть не существующий в системе семафор или мьютекс. + 2 + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями по умолчанию. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения. + + + Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение. + Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения. + Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hans/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hans/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c174ad66 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hans/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1854 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + 当某个线程获取由另一个线程放弃（即在未释放的情况下退出）的 对象时引发的异常。 + 1 + + + 使用默认值初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 用被放弃的互斥体的指定索引（如果可用）和表示该互斥体的 对象初始化 类的新实例。 + 如果对 方法引发异常，则为等待句柄数组中被放弃的互斥体的索引，如果对 或 方法引发异常，则为 –1。 + 一个 对象，表示被放弃的互斥体。 + + + 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误消息。 + + + 用指定的错误信息和内部异常初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误消息。 + 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + + + 用指定的错误信息、内部异常、被放弃的互斥体的索引（如果可用）以及表示该互斥体的 对象初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误消息。 + 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + 如果对 方法引发异常，则为等待句柄数组中被放弃的互斥体的索引，如果对 或 方法引发异常，则为 –1。 + 一个 对象，表示被放弃的互斥体。 + + + 用指定的错误信息、被放弃的互斥体的索引（如果可用）以及被放弃的互斥体初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误消息。 + 如果对 方法引发异常，则为等待句柄数组中被放弃的互斥体的索引，如果对 或 方法引发异常，则为 –1。 + 一个 对象，表示被放弃的互斥体。 + + + 获取导致异常的被放弃的互斥体（如果已知的话）。 + 如果未能识别被放弃的互斥体，则为表示该被放弃的互斥体的 对象或 null。 + 1 + + + 获取导致异常的被放弃的互斥体的索引（如果已知的话）。 + 如果未能确定被放弃的互斥体的索引，则为传递给 方法的等待句柄数组中的索引、表示该被放弃的互斥体的 对象的索引或 –1。 + 1 + + + 表示对于给定异步控制流（如异步方法）是本地数据的环境数据。 + 环境数据的类型。 + + + 实例化不接收更改通知的 实例。 + + + 实例化接收更改通知的 本地实例。 + 只要当前值在任何线程上发生更改时便会调用的委托。 + + + 获取或设置环境数据的值。 + 环境数据的值。 + + + 向针对更改通知进行了注册的 实例提供数据更改信息的类。 + 数据的类型。 + + + 获取数据的当前值。 + 数据的当前值。 + + + 获取数据的上一个值。 + 数据的上一个值。 + + + 返回一个值，该值指示是否由于执行上下文更改而更改了值。 + 如果由于执行上下文更改而更改了值，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 通知正在等待的线程已发生事件。此类不能被继承。 + 2 + + + 使用 Boolean 值（指示是否将初始状态设置为终止的）初始化 类的新实例。 + 若要将初始状态设置为终止，则为 true；若要将初始状态设置为非终止，则为 false。 + + + 使多个任务能够采用并行方式依据某种算法在多个阶段中协同工作。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例。 + 参与线程的数量。 + + 小于 0 或大于 32,767。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例。 + 参与线程的数量。 + 在每个阶段之后要执行的 。可以传递 null (在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing) 以指示不执行任何操作。 + + 小于 0 或大于 32,767。 + + + 通知 ，告知其将会有另一个参与者。 + 新参与者将首先参与的屏障的阶段编号。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + 添加参与者将导致屏障的参与者计数超过 32,767。- 或 -该方法从阶段后操作中调用。 + + + 通知 ，告知其将会有多个其他参与者。 + 新参与者将首先参与的屏障的阶段编号。 + 要添加到屏障的其他参与者的数量。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 小于 0。- 或 -添加 参与者将导致屏障的参与者计数超过 32,767。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用。 + + + 获取屏障的当前阶段的编号。 + 返回屏障的当前阶段的编号。 + + + 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用。 + + + 释放由 占用的非托管资源，还可以另外再释放托管资源。 + 如果为 true，则同时释放托管资源和非托管资源；如果为 false，则仅释放非托管资源。 + + + 获取屏障中参与者的总数。 + 返回屏障中参与者的总数。 + + + 获取屏障中尚未在当前阶段发出信号的参与者的数量。 + 返回屏障中尚未在当前阶段发出信号的参与者的数量。 + + + 通知 ，告知其将会减少一个参与者。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + 屏障已经有 0 个参与者。- 或 -该方法从阶段后操作中调用。 + + + 通知 ，告知其将会减少一些参与者。 + 要从屏障中移除的其他参与者的数量。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 小于 0。 + 屏障已经有 0 个参与者。- 或 -该方法从阶段后操作中调用。 - 或 -当前的参与者计数小于指定 participantCount + 参与者总数小于指定的 + + + 发出参与者已达到屏障并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用，当前屏障具有 0 个参与者，或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。 + 在所有参与线程调用了 SignalAndWait 之后，如果关卡的后期阶段操作中引发了异常，该异常将包装在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中并在所有参与线程上引发。 + + + 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号，并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障，同时使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时。 + 如果所有参与者都已在指定时间内达到屏障，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用，当前屏障具有 0 个参与者，或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。 + 在所有参与线程调用了 SignalAndWait 之后，如果关卡的后期阶段操作中引发了异常，该异常将包装在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中并在所有参与线程上引发。 + + + 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号，并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障，使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时，同时观察取消标记。 + 如果所有参与者都已在指定时间内达到屏障，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用，当前屏障具有 0 个参与者，或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。 + + + 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号，并等待所有其他参与者达到屏障，同时观察取消标记。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用，当前屏障具有 0 个参与者，或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。 + + + 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号，并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障，同时使用 对象测量时间间隔。 + 如果所有其他参与者已达到屏障，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待的毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 32,767。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用，当前屏障具有 0 个参与者，或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。 + + + 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号，并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障，使用 对象测量时间间隔，同时观察取消标记。 + 如果所有其他参与者已达到屏障，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待的毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 毫秒的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + 该方法从阶段后操作中调用，当前屏障具有 0 个参与者，或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。 + + + + 阶段后操作失败时引发的异常。 + + + 使用由系统提供的用来描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 使用指定的内部异常初始化 类的新实例。 + 导致当前异常的异常。 + + + 使用指定的描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方需要确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。 + + + 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。 + 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方需要确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。 + 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + + + 表示要在新上下文中调用的方法。 + 一个对象，包含回调方法在每次执行时要使用的信息。 + 1 + + + 表示在计数变为零时处于有信号状态的同步基元。 + + + 使用指定计数初始化 类的新实例。 + 设置 时最初必需的信号数。 + + 小于 0。 + + + 将 的当前计数加 1。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + 当前实例已设置 。- 或 - 等于或大于 。 + + + 将 的当前计数增加指定值。 + + 的增量值。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 小于或等于零。 + 当前实例已设置 。- 或 -在计数由 递增后， 大于或等于 。 + + + 获取设置事件时所必需的剩余信号数。 + 设置事件时所必需的剩余信号数。 + + + 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。 + + + 释放由 占用的非托管资源，还可以另外再释放托管资源。 + 如果为 true，则同时释放托管资源和非托管资源；如果为 false，则仅释放非托管资源。 + + + 获取设置事件时最初必需的信号数。 + 设置事件时最初必需的信号数。 + + + 确定是否设置了事件。 + 如果设置了事件，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 将 重置为 的值。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + + 将 属性重新设置为指定值。 + 设置 时所必需的信号的数量。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 小于 0。 + + + 向 注册信号，同时减小 的值。 + 如果信号导致计数变为零并且设置了事件，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + 当前实例已设置 。 + + + 向 注册多个信号，同时将 的值减少指定数量。 + 如果信号导致计数变为零并且设置了事件，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 要注册的信号的数量。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 小于 1。 + 当前实例已设置 。- 或 - 大于 。 + + + 增加一个 的尝试。 + 如果成功增加，则为 true；否则为 false。如果 已为零，则此方法将返回 false。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 等于 。 + + + 增加指定值的 的尝试。 + 如果成功增加，则为 true；否则为 false。如果 已为零，则此方法将返回 false。 + + 的增量值。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 小于或等于零。 + 当前实例已设置 。- 或 - + 大于等于 。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了 为止。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了 为止，同时使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时。 + 如果设置了 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了 为止，并使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时，同时观察 。 + 如果设置了 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 的 已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了 为止，同时观察 。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 的 已被释放。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了 为止，同时使用 测量超时。 + 如果设置了 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待的毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了 为止，并使用 测量超时，同时观察 。 + 如果设置了 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待的毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 的 已被释放。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 。 + + + 获取用于等待要设置的事件的 。 + 用于等待要设置的事件的 。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + + 指示在接收信号后是自动重置 还是手动重置。 + 2 + + + 当终止时， 在释放一个线程后自动重置。如果没有等待的线程， 将保持终止状态直到一个线程阻止，并在释放此线程后重置。 + + + 当终止时， 释放所有等待的线程，并在手动重置前保持终止状态。 + + + 表示一个线程同步事件。 + 2 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，并指定等待句柄最初是否处于终止状态，以及它是自动重置还是手动重置。 + 如果为 true，则将初始状态设置为终止；如果为 false，则将初始状态设置为非终止。 + + 值之一，它确定事件是自动重置还是手动重置。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，并指定在此调用后创建的等待句柄最初是否处于终止状态，它是自动重置还是手动重置，以及系统同步事件的名称。 + 如果命名事件是通过此调用创建的，则 true 将初始状态设置为终止；false 将初始状态设置为非终止。 + + 值之一，它确定事件是自动重置还是手动重置。 + 系统范围内同步事件的名称。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 命名事件存在并具有访问控制安全性，但用户不具有 。 + 无法创建命名事件，原因可能是与另一个不同类型的等待句柄同名。 + + 的长度超过 260 个字符。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，并指定在此调用后创建的等待句柄最初是否处于终止状态，它是自动重置还是手动重置，系统同步事件的名称，以及一个 Boolean 变量（其值在调用后表示是否创建了已命名的系统事件）。 + 如果命名事件是通过此调用创建的，则 true 将初始状态设置为终止；false 将初始状态设置为非终止。 + + 值之一，它确定事件是自动重置还是手动重置。 + 系统范围内同步事件的名称。 + 在此方法返回时，如果创建了本地事件（即，如果 为 null 或空字符串）或指定的命名系统事件，则包含 true；如果指定的命名系统事件已存在，则为 false。该参数未经初始化即被传递。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 命名事件存在并具有访问控制安全性，但用户不具有 。 + 无法创建命名事件，原因可能是与另一个不同类型的等待句柄同名。 + + 的长度超过 260 个字符。 + + + 打开指定名称为同步事件（如果已经存在）。 + 一个对象，表示已命名的系统事件。 + 要打开的系统同步事件的名称。 + + 是空字符串。- 或 - 的长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为 null。 + 命名的系统事件不存在。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 已命名的事件存在，但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权限。 + 1 + + + + + + 将事件状态设置为非终止状态，导致线程阻止。 + 如果该操作成功，则为 true；否则，为 false。 + 之前已对此 调用 方法。 + 2 + + + 将事件状态设置为终止状态，允许一个或多个等待线程继续。 + 如果该操作成功，则为 true；否则，为 false。 + 之前已对此 调用 方法。 + 2 + + + 打开指定名称为同步事件（如果已经存在），并返回指示操作是否成功的值。 + 如果命名同步事件成功打开，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 要打开的系统同步事件的名称。 + 当此方法返回时，如果调用成功，则包含表示命名同步事件的 对象；否则为 null。该参数未经初始化即被处理。 + + 是空字符串。- 或 - 的长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为 null。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 已命名的事件存在，但用户不具备所需的安全访问权限。 + + + 管理当前线程的执行上下文。此类不能被继承。 + 2 + + + 从当前线程捕获执行上下文。 + 一个 对象，表示当前线程的执行上下文。 + 1 + + + 在当前线程上的指定执行上下文中运行某个方法。 + 要设置的 。 + 一个 委托，表示要在提供的执行上下文中运行的方法。 + 要传递给回调方法的对象。 + + 为 null。- 或 - 不是通过捕获操作获取的。- 或 - 已用作 调用的参数。 + 1 + + + + + + 为多个线程共享的变量提供原子操作。 + 2 + + + 对两个 32 位整数进行求和并用和替换第一个整数，上述操作作为一个原子操作完成。 + 存储在 处的新值。 + 一个变量，包含要添加的第一个值。两个值的和存储在 中。 + 要添加到整数中的 位置的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 对两个 64 位整数进行求和并用和替换第一个整数，上述操作作为一个原子操作完成。 + 存储在 处的新值。 + 一个变量，包含要添加的第一个值。两个值的和存储在 中。 + 要添加到整数中的 位置的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较两个双精度浮点数是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。 + 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。 + 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较两个 32 位有符号整数是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。 + 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。 + 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较两个 64 位有符号整数是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。 + 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。 + 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较两个平台特定的句柄或指针是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值与 的值进行比较并且可能被 替换的目标 。 + 比较结果相等时替换目标值的 。 + 与位于 处的值进行比较的 。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较两个对象是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个对象。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标对象。 + 在比较结果相等时替换目标对象的对象。 + 与位于 处的对象进行比较的对象。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较两个单精度浮点数是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。 + 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。 + 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比较指定的引用类型 的两个实例是否相等，如果相等，则替换第一个。 + + 中的原始值。 + 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。这是一个引用参数（在 C# 中是 ref，在 Visual Basic 中是 ByRef）。 + 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。 + 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。 + 用于 , 和 的类型。此类型必须是引用类型。 + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 以原子操作的形式递减指定变量的值并存储结果。 + 递减的值。 + 其值要递减的变量。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式递减指定变量的值并存储结果。 + 递减的值。 + 其值要递减的变量。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将双精度浮点数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将 32 位有符号整数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将 64 位有符号整数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将平台特定的句柄或指针设置为指定的值并返回原始值。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将对象设置为指定的值并返回对原始对象的引用。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将单精度浮点数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式，将指定类型 的变量设置为指定的值并返回原始值。 + + 的原始值。 + 要设置为指定值的变量。这是一个引用参数（在 C# 中是 ref，在 Visual Basic 中是 ByRef）。 + + 参数被设置为的值。 + 用于 和 的类型。此类型必须是引用类型。 + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 以原子操作的形式递增指定变量的值并存储结果。 + 递增的值。 + 其值要递增的变量。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 以原子操作的形式递增指定变量的值并存储结果。 + 递增的值。 + 其值要递增的变量。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 按如下方式同步内存存取：执行当前线程的处理器在对指令重新排序时，不能采用先执行 调用之后的内存存取，再执行 调用之前的内存存取的方式。 + + + 返回一个以原子操作形式加载的 64 位值。 + 加载的值。 + 要加载的 64 位值。 + 1 + + + 提供延迟初始化例程。 + + + 在目标引用或值类型尚未初始化的情况下，使用其默认构造函数初始化目标引用或值类型。 + 类型 的初始化引用。 + 在类型尚未初始化的情况下，要初始化的类型 的引用。 + 要初始化的引用的类型。 + 缺少访问类型 的构造函数的权限。 + 类型 没有默认的构造函数。 + + + 在目标引用或值类型尚未初始化的情况下，使用其默认构造函数初始化目标引用或值类型。 + 类型 的初始化值。 + 在尚未初始化的情况下要初始化的类型 的引用或值。 + 对布尔值的引用，该值确定目标是否已初始化。 + 对用作相互排斥锁的对象的引用，用于初始化 。如果 为 null，则新的对象将被实例化。 + 要初始化的引用的类型。 + 缺少访问类型 的构造函数的权限。 + 类型 没有默认的构造函数。 + + + 在目标引用或值类型尚未初始化的情况下，使用指定函数初始化目标引用或值类型。 + 类型 的初始化值。 + 在尚未初始化的情况下要初始化的类型 的引用或值。 + 对布尔值的引用，该值确定目标是否已初始化。 + 对用作相互排斥锁的对象的引用，用于初始化 。如果 为 null，则新的对象将被实例化。 + 调用函数以初始化该引用或值。 + 要初始化的引用的类型。 + 缺少访问类型 的构造函数的权限。 + 类型 没有默认的构造函数。 + + + 在目标引用类型尚未初始化的情况下，使用指定函数初始化目标引用类型。 + 类型 的初始化值。 + 在类型尚未初始化的情况下，要初始化的类型 的引用。 + 调用函数以初始化该引用。 + 要初始化的引用的引用类型。 + 类型 没有默认的构造函数。 + + 返回 null（在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing）。 + + + 当进入锁定状态的递归与此锁定的递归策略不兼容时引发的异常。 + 2 + + + 使用由系统提供的用来描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 2 + + + 使用指定的描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方必须确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。 + 2 + + + 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。 + 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方必须确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。 + 引发当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + 2 + + + 指定同一个线程是否可以多次进入一个锁定状态。 + + + 如果线程尝试以递归方式进入锁定状态，将引发异常。某些类可能会在此设置生效时允许使用特定的递归方式。 + + + 线程可以采用递归方式进入锁定状态。某些类可能会限制此功能。 + + + 通知一个或多个正在等待的线程已发生事件。此类不能被继承。 + 2 + + + 用一个指示是否将初始状态设置为终止的布尔值初始化 类的新实例。 + 如果为 true，则将初始状态设置为终止；如果为 false，则将初始状态设置为非终止。 + + + 提供 的简化版本。 + + + 使用非终止初始状态初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 使用 Boolean 值（指示是否将初始状态设置为终止状态）初始化 类的新实例。 + 若要将初始状态设置为终止，则为 true；若要将初始状态设置为非终止，则为 false。 + + + 使用 Boolean 值（指示是否将初始状态设置为终止或指定的旋转数）初始化 类的新实例。 + 若要将初始状态设置为终止，则为 true；若要将初始状态设置为非终止，则为 false。 + 在回退到基于内核的等待操作之前发生的自旋等待数量。 + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。 + + + 释放由 占用的非托管资源，还可以另外再释放托管资源。 + 为 true 则释放托管资源和非托管资源；为 false 则仅释放非托管资源。 + + + 获取是否已设置事件。 + 如果设置了事件，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 将事件状态设置为非终止，从而导致线程受阻。 + The object has already been disposed. + + + 将事件状态设置为有信号，从而允许一个或多个等待该事件的线程继续。 + + + 获取在回退到基于内核的等待操作之前发生的自旋等待数量。 + 返回在回退到基于内核的等待操作之前发生的自旋等待数量。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设置了当前 为止。 + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设定 ，使用 32 位已签名整数测量时间间隔。 + 如果已设置 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 阻止当前线程，直到设定 ，使用 32 位已签名整数测量时间间隔，同时观察 。 + 如果已设置 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 要观察的 。 + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 阻止当前线程，直到 接收到信号，同时观察 。 + 要观察的 。 + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 阻止当前线程，直到当前 已设定，使用 测量时间间隔。 + 如果已设置 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 阻止当前线程，直到当前 已设定，使用 测量时间间隔，同时观察 。 + 如果已设置 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 要观察的 。 + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 获取此 的基础 对象。 + 此 的基础 事件对象。 + + + 提供同步访问对象的机制。 + 2 + + + 在指定对象上获取排他锁。 + 在其上获取监视器锁的对象。 + + 参数为 null。 + 1 + + + 获取指定对象上的排他锁，并自动设置一个值，指示是否获取了该锁。 + 要在其上等待的对象。 + 尝试获取锁的结果，通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁，则输出为 true；否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常，也会设置输出。注意   如果没有发生异常，则此方法的输出始终为 true。 + 对 的输入是 true。 + + 参数为 null。 + + + 释放指定对象上的排他锁。 + 在其上释放锁的对象。 + + 参数为 null。 + 当前线程不拥有指定对象的锁。 + 1 + + + 确定当前线程是否保留指定对象上的锁。 + 如果当前线程持有 锁，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 要测试的对象。 + + 为 null。 + + + 通知等待队列中的线程锁定对象状态的更改。 + 线程正在等待的对象。 + + 参数为 null。 + 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。 + 1 + + + 通知所有的等待线程对象状态的更改。 + 发送脉冲的对象。 + + 参数为 null。 + 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。 + 1 + + + 尝试获取指定对象的排他锁。 + 如果当前线程获取该锁，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 在其上获取锁的对象。 + + 参数为 null。 + 1 + + + 尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁，并自动设置一个值，指示是否获取了该锁。 + 在其上获取锁的对象。 + 尝试获取锁的结果，通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁，则输出为 true；否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常，也会设置输出。 + 对 的输入是 true。 + + 参数为 null。 + + + 在指定的毫秒数内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁。 + 如果当前线程获取该锁，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 在其上获取锁的对象。 + 等待锁所需的毫秒数。 + + 参数为 null。 + + 为负且不等于 。 + 1 + + + 在指定的毫秒数内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁，并自动设置一个值，指示是否获取了该锁。 + 在其上获取锁的对象。 + 等待锁所需的毫秒数。 + 尝试获取锁的结果，通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁，则输出为 true；否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常，也会设置输出。 + 对 的输入是 true。 + + 参数为 null。 + + 为负且不等于 。 + + + 在指定的时间内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁。 + 如果当前线程获取该锁，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 在其上获取锁的对象。 + + ，表示等待锁所需的时间量。值为 -1 毫秒表示指定无限期等待。 + + 参数为 null。 + + 值（以毫秒为单位）为负且不等于 （-1 毫秒），或者大于 。 + 1 + + + 在指定的一段时间内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁，并自动设置一个值，指示是否获得了该锁。 + 在其上获取锁的对象。 + 用于等待锁的时间。值为 -1 毫秒表示指定无限期等待。 + 尝试获取锁的结果，通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁，则输出为 true；否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常，也会设置输出。 + 对 的输入是 true。 + + 参数为 null。 + + 值（以毫秒为单位）为负且不等于 （-1 毫秒），或者大于 。 + + + 释放对象上的锁并阻止当前线程，直到它重新获取该锁。 + 如果调用由于调用方重新获取了指定对象的锁而返回，则为 true。如果未重新获取该锁，则此方法不会返回。 + 要在其上等待的对象。 + + 参数为 null。 + 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。 + 调用 Wait 的线程稍后从等待状态中断。当另一个线程调用此线程的 方法时会发生这种情况。 + 1 + + + 释放对象上的锁并阻止当前线程，直到它重新获取该锁。如果已用指定的超时时间间隔，则线程进入就绪队列。 + 如果在指定的时间过期之前重新获取该锁，则为 true；如果在指定的时间过期之后重新获取该锁，则为 false。此方法只有在重新获取该锁后才会返回。 + 要在其上等待的对象。 + 线程进入就绪队列之前等待的毫秒数。 + + 参数为 null。 + 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。 + 调用 Wait 的线程稍后从等待状态中断。当另一个线程调用此线程的 方法时会发生这种情况。 + + 参数值为负且不等于 。 + 1 + + + 释放对象上的锁并阻止当前线程，直到它重新获取该锁。如果已用指定的超时时间间隔，则线程进入就绪队列。 + 如果在指定的时间过期之前重新获取该锁，则为 true；如果在指定的时间过期之后重新获取该锁，则为 false。此方法只有在重新获取该锁后才会返回。 + 要在其上等待的对象。 + + ，表示线程进入就绪队列之前等待的时间量。 + + 参数为 null。 + 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。 + 调用 Wait 的线程稍后从等待状态中断。当另一个线程调用此线程的 方法时会发生这种情况。 + + 参数值（以毫秒为单位）为负且不表示 （-1 毫秒），或者大于 。 + 1 + + + 还可用于进程间同步的同步基元。 + 1 + + + 使用默认属性初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 使用 Boolean 值（指示调用线程是否应具有互斥体的初始所有权）初始化 类的新实例。 + 如果给调用线程赋予互斥体的初始所属权，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 使用 Boolean 值（指示调用线程是否应具有互斥体的初始所有权以及字符串是否为互斥体的名称）初始化 类的新实例。 + 如果为 true，则给予调用线程已命名的系统互斥体的初始所属权（如果已命名的系统互斥体是通过此调用创建的）；否则为 false。 + + 的名称。如果值为 null，则 是未命名的。 + 命名的互斥体存在并具有访问控制安全性，但用户不具有 。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 无法创建命名的互斥体，原因可能是与其他类型的等待句柄同名。 + + 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + + 使用可指示调用线程是否应具有互斥体的初始所有权以及字符串是否为互斥体的名称的 Boolean 值和当线程返回时可指示调用线程是否已赋予互斥体的初始所有权的 Boolean 值初始化 类的新实例。 + 如果为 true，则给予调用线程已命名的系统互斥体的初始所属权（如果已命名的系统互斥体是通过此调用创建的）；否则为 false。 + + 的名称。如果值为 null，则 是未命名的。 + 在此方法返回时，如果创建了局部互斥体（即，如果 为 null 或空字符串）或指定的命名系统互斥体，则包含布尔值 true；如果指定的命名系统互斥体已存在，则为 false。此参数未经初始化即被传递。 + 命名的互斥体存在并具有访问控制安全性，但用户不具有 。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 无法创建命名的互斥体，原因可能是与其他类型的等待句柄同名。 + + 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + + 打开指定的已命名的互斥体（如果已经存在）。 + 表示已命名的系统互斥体的对象。 + 要打开的系统互斥体的名称。 + + 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为 null。 + 命名的 mutex 不存在。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 已命名的互斥体存在，但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权限。 + 1 + + + + + + 释放 一次。 + 调用线程不拥有互斥体。 + 1 + + + 打开指定的已命名的互斥体（如果已经存在），并返回指示操作是否成功的值。 + 如果命名互斥体成功打开，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 要打开的系统互斥体的名称。 + 当此方法返回时，如果调用成功，则包含表示命名互斥体的 对象；否则为 null。该参数未经初始化即被处理。 + + 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为 null。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 已命名的互斥体存在，但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权限。 + + + 表示用于管理资源访问的锁定状态，可实现多线程读取或进行独占式写入访问。 + + + 使用默认属性值初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 在指定锁定递归策略的情况下初始化 类的新实例。 + 枚举值之一，用于指定锁定递归策略。 + + + 获取已进入读取模式锁定状态的独有线程的总数。 + 已进入读取模式锁定状态的独有线程的数量。 + + + 释放 类的当前实例所使用的所有资源。 + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + 尝试进入读取模式锁定状态。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入可升级模式锁定状态。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入写入模式锁定状态。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 减少读取模式的递归计数，并在生成的计数为 0（零）时退出读取模式。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + 减少可升级模式的递归计数，并在生成的计数为 0（零）时退出可升级模式。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + 减少写入模式的递归计数，并在生成的计数为 0（零）时退出写入模式。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + 获取一个值，该值指示当前线程是否已进入读取模式的锁定状态。 + 如果当前线程已进入读取模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 2 + + + 获取一个值，该值指示当前线程是否已进入可升级模式的锁定状态。 + 如果当前线程已进入可升级模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 2 + + + 获取一个值，该值指示当前线程是否已进入写入模式的锁定状态。 + 如果当前线程已进入写入模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 2 + + + 获取一个值，该值指示当前 对象的递归策略。 + 枚举值之一，用于指定锁定递归策略。 + + + 获取当前线程进入读取模式锁定状态的次数，用于指示递归。 + 如果当前线程未进入读取模式，则为 0（零）；如果线程已进入读取模式但却不是以递归方式进入的，则为 1；或者如果线程已经以递归方式进入锁定模式 n - 1 次，则为 n。 + 2 + + + 获取当前线程进入可升级模式锁定状态的次数，用于指示递归。 + 如果当前线程没有进入可升级模式，则为 0；如果线程已进入可升级模式却不是以递归方式进入的，则为 1；或者如果线程已经以递归方式进入可升级模式 n - 1 次，则为 n。 + 2 + + + 获取当前线程进入写入模式锁定状态的次数，用于指示递归。 + 如果当前线程没有进入写入模式，则为 0；如果线程已进入写入模式却不是以递归方式进入的，则为 1；或者如果线程已经以递归方式进入写入模式 n - 1 次，则为 n。 + 2 + + + 尝试进入读取模式锁定状态，可以选择整数超时时间。 + 如果调用线程已进入读取模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 -1 ()，表示无限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入读取模式锁定状态，可以选择超时时间。 + 如果调用线程已进入读取模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的间隔；或为 -1 毫秒，表示无限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入可升级模式锁定状态，可以选择超时时间。 + 如果调用线程已进入可升级模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 -1 ()，表示无限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入可升级模式锁定状态，可以选择超时时间。 + 如果调用线程已进入可升级模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的间隔；或为 -1 毫秒，表示无限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入写入模式锁定状态，可以选择超时时间。 + 如果调用线程已进入写入模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 -1 ()，表示无限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 尝试进入写入模式锁定状态，可以选择超时时间。 + 如果调用线程已进入写入模式，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的间隔；或为 -1 毫秒，表示无限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 获取等待进入读取模式锁定状态的线程总数。 + 等待进入读取模式的线程总数。 + 2 + + + 获取等待进入可升级模式锁定状态的线程总数。 + 等待进入可升级模式的线程总数。 + 2 + + + 获取等待进入写入模式锁定状态的线程总数。 + 等待进入写入模式的线程总数。 + 2 + + + 限制可同时访问某一资源或资源池的线程数。 + 1 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，并指定初始入口数和最大并发入口数。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的最大请求数。 + + 大于 。 + + 为小于 1。- 或 - 小于 0。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，并指定初始入口数和最大并发入口数，可以选择指定系统信号量对象的名称。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的最大请求数。 + 命名系统信号量对象的名称。 + + 大于 。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为小于 1。- 或 - 小于 0。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 命名信号量存在并具有访问控制安全性，但用户不具有 。 + 无法创建命名的信号量，可能是因为存在同名但类型不同的等待句柄。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，并指定初始入口数和最大并发入口数，还可以选择指定系统信号量对象的名称，以及指定一个变量来接收指示是否创建了新系统信号量的值。 + 可以同时满足的信号量的初始请求数。 + 可以同时满足的信号量的最大请求数。 + 命名系统信号量对象的名称。 + 在此方法返回时，如果创建了本地信号量（即，如果 为 null 或空字符串）或指定的命名系统信号量，则包含 true；如果指定的命名系统信号量已存在，则为 false。此参数未经初始化即被传递。 + + 大于 。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为小于 1。- 或 - 小于 0。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 命名信号量存在并具有访问控制安全性，但用户不具有 。 + 无法创建命名的信号量，可能是因为存在同名但类型不同的等待句柄。 + + + 打开指定名称为信号量（如果已经存在）。 + 一个对象，表示已命名的系统信号量。 + 要打开的系统信号量的名称。 + + 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为 null。 + 命名的信号量不存在。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 已命名的信号量存在，但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权。 + 1 + + + + + + 退出信号量并返回前一个计数。 + 调用 方法前信号量的计数。 + 信号量计数已是最大值。 + 发生已命名信号量的 Win32 错误。 + 当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量，但用户不具备 。- 或 -当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量，但它未用 打开。 + 1 + + + 以指定的次数退出信号量并返回前一个计数。 + 调用 方法前信号量的计数。 + 退出信号量的次数。 + + 为小于 1。 + 信号量计数已是最大值。 + 发生已命名信号量的 Win32 错误。 + 当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量，但用户不具备 权限。- 或 -当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量，但它不是以 权限打开的。 + 1 + + + 打开指定名称为信号量（如果已经存在），并返回指示操作是否成功的值。 + 如果命名信号量成功打开，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 要打开的系统信号量的名称。 + 当此方法返回时，如果调用成功，则包含表示命名信号的 对象；否则为 null。该参数未经初始化即被处理。 + + 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为 null。 + 发生了一个 Win32 错误。 + 已命名的信号量存在，但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权。 + + + 对计数已达到最大值的信号量调用 方法时引发的异常。 + 2 + + + 使用默认值初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误信息。 + + + 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误信息。 + 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + + + 对可同时访问资源或资源池的线程数加以限制的 的轻量替代。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，以指定可同时授予的请求的初始数量。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。 + + 小于 0。 + + + 初始化 类的新实例，同时指定可同时授予的请求的初始数量和最大数量。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。 + 可以同时授予的信号量的最大请求数。 + + 小于 0，或 大于 ，或 小于等于 0。 + + + 返回一个可用于在信号量上等待的 。 + 可用于在信号量上等待的 。 + 已释放了 。 + + + 获取可以输入 对象的剩余线程数。 + 可以输入信号量的剩余线程数。 + + + 释放 类的当前实例所使用的所有资源。 + + + 释放由 占用的非托管资源，还可以另外再释放托管资源。 + 若要释放托管资源和非托管资源，则为 true；若仅释放非托管资源，则为 false。 + + + 释放 对象一次。 + + 的前一个计数。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 已达到其最大大小。 + + + 释放 对象指定的次数。 + + 的前一个计数。 + 退出信号量的次数。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 为小于 1。 + + 已达到其最大大小。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直至它可进入 为止。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直至它可进入 为止，同时使用 32 位带符号整数来指定超时。 + 如果当前线程成功进入 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直至它可进入 为止，并使用 32 位带符号整数来指定超时，同时观察 。 + 如果当前线程成功进入 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + + 实例已被释放，或 创建 已被释放。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直至它可进入 为止，同时观察 。 + 要观察的 标记。 + + 已取消。 + 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 已释放。 + + + 阻止当前线程，直至它可进入 为止，同时使用 来指定超时。 + 如果当前线程成功进入 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 。 + semaphoreSlim 实例已处理 + + + 阻止当前线程，直至它可进入 为止，并使用 来指定超时，同时观察 。 + 如果当前线程成功进入 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 表示等待毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 要观察的 。 + + 已取消。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 。 + semaphoreSlim 实例已处理 创建了 的 已经被释放。 + + + 输入 的异步等待。 + 输入信号量时完成任务。 + + + 输入 的异步等待，使用 32 位带符号整数度量时间间隔。 + 如果当前线程成功输入了 ，则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务，否则将通过 false 的结果完成。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + + + 在观察 时，输入 的异步等待，使用 32 位带符号整数度量时间间隔。 + 如果当前线程成功输入了 ，则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务，否则将通过 false 的结果完成。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 要观察的 。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 已取消。 + + + 在观察 时，输入 的异步等待。 + 输入信号量时完成任务。 + 要观察的 标记。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 已取消。 + + + 输入 的异步等待，使用 度量时间间隔。 + 如果当前线程成功输入了 ，则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务，否则将通过 false 的结果完成。 + 表示等待毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 当前实例已被释放。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时 - 或 - 超时大于 。 + + + 在观察 时，输入 的异步等待，使用 度量时间间隔。 + 如果当前线程成功输入了 ，则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务，否则将通过 false 的结果完成。 + 表示等待毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 要观察的 标记。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时- 或 -超时大于 。 + + 已取消。 + + + 表示在消息即将被调度到同步上下文时要调用的方法。 + 传递给委托的对象。 + 2 + + + 提供一个相互排斥锁基元，在该基元中，尝试获取锁的线程将在重复检查的循环中等待，直至该锁变为可用为止。 + + + 使用用于跟踪线程 ID 以改善调试的选项初始化 结构的新实例。 + 是否捕获线程 ID 并将其用于调试目的。 + + + 采用可靠的方式获取锁，这样，即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下，都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。 + 如果已获取锁，则为 true，否则为 false。调用此方法前，必须将 始化为 false。 + 在调用 Enter 之前， 参数必须初始化为 false。 + 线程所有权跟踪已启用，当前线程已获取此锁定。 + + + 释放锁。 + 启用线程所有权跟踪，当前线程不是此锁的所有者。 + + + 释放锁。 + 一个布尔值，该值指示是否应发出内存界定，以便将退出操作立即发布到其他线程。 + 启用线程所有权跟踪，当前线程不是此锁的所有者。 + + + 获取锁当前是否已由任何线程占用。 + 如果锁当前已由任何线程占用，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 获取锁是否已由当前线程占用。 + 如果锁已由当前线程占用，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 禁用线程所有权跟踪。 + + + 获取是否已为此实例启用了线程所有权跟踪。 + 如果已为此实例启用了线程所有权跟踪，则为 true；否则为 false。 + + + 尝试采用可靠的方式获取锁，这样，即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下，都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。 + 如果已获取锁，则为 true，否则为 false。调用此方法前，必须将 始化为 false。 + 在调用 TryEnter 之前， 参数必须在初始化为 false。 + 线程所有权跟踪已启用，当前线程已获取此锁定。 + + + 尝试采用可靠的方式获取锁，这样，即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下，都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + 如果已获取锁，则为 true，否则为 false。调用此方法前，必须将 始化为 false。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + 在调用 TryEnter 之前， 参数必须在初始化为 false。 + 线程所有权跟踪已启用，当前线程已获取此锁定。 + + + 尝试采用可靠的方式获取锁，这样，即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下，都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。 + 表示等待的毫秒数的 ，或表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）的 。 + 如果已获取锁，则为 true，否则为 false。调用此方法前，必须将 始化为 false。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 毫秒。 + 在调用 TryEnter 之前， 参数必须在初始化为 false。 + 线程所有权跟踪已启用，当前线程已获取此锁定。 + + + 提供对基于自旋的等待的支持。 + + + 获取已对此实例调用 的次数。 + 返回一个整数，该整数表示已对此实例调用 的次数。 + + + 获取对 的下一次调用是否将产生处理器，同时触发强制上下文切换。 + 对 的下一次调用是否将产生处理器，同时触发强制上下文切换。 + + + 重置自旋计数器。 + + + 执行单一自旋。 + + + 在指定条件得到满足之前自旋。 + 在返回 true 之前重复执行的委托。 + + 参数为 null。 + + + 在指定条件得到满足或指定超时过期之前自旋。 + 如果条件在超时时间内得到满足，则为 true；否则为 false + 在返回 true 之前重复执行的委托。 + 等待的毫秒数，或为 (-1)，表示无限期等待。 + + 参数为 null。 + + 是一个非 -1 的负数，而 -1 表示无限期超时。 + + + 在指定条件得到满足或指定超时过期之前自旋。 + 如果条件在超时时间内得到满足，则为 true；否则为 false + 在返回 true 之前重复执行的委托。 + 一个 ，表示等待的毫秒数；或者一个 TimeSpan，表示 -1 毫秒（无限期等待）。 + + 参数为 null。 + + 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数，表示无限超时或者超时大于 。 + + + 提供在各种同步模型中传播同步上下文的基本功能。 + 2 + + + 创建 类的新实例。 + + + 在派生类中重写时，创建同步上下文的副本。 + 一个新 对象。 + 2 + + + 获取当前线程的同步上下文。 + 一个 对象，它表示当前同步上下文。 + 1 + + + 在派生类中重写时，响应操作已完成的通知。 + + + 在派生类中重写时，响应操作已开始的通知。 + + + 在派生类中重写时，将异步消息分派到同步上下文。 + 要调用的 委托。 + 传递给委托的对象。 + 2 + + + 在派生类中重写时，将同步消息分派到同步上下文。 + 要调用的 委托。 + 传递给委托的对象。 + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + 设置当前同步上下文。 + 要设置的 对象。 + 1 + + + + + + 当某个方法请求调用方拥有给定 Monitor 上的锁时将引发该异常，而且由不拥有该锁的调用方调用此方法。 + 2 + + + 使用默认属性初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误信息。 + + + 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误信息。 + 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + + + 提供数据的线程本地存储。 + 指定每线程的已存储数据的类型。 + + + 初始化 实例。 + + + 初始化 实例。 + 是否要跟踪实例上的所有值集并通过 属性将其公开。 + + + 使用指定的 函数初始化 实例。 + 如果在 之前尚未初始化的情况下尝试对其进行检索，则会调用 生成延迟初始化的值。 + + 是 null 引用（在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing）。 + + + 使用指定的 函数初始化 实例。 + 如果在 之前尚未初始化的情况下尝试对其进行检索，则会调用 生成延迟初始化的值。 + 是否要跟踪实例上的所有值集并通过 属性将其公开。 + + 为 null 引用（在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing）。 + + + 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。 + + + 释放此 实例使用的资源。 + 一个布尔值，该值指示是否由于调用 的原因而调用此方法。 + + + 释放此 实例使用的资源。 + + + 获取是否在当前线程上初始化 。 + 如果在当前线程上初始化 ，则为 true；否则为 false。 + 已释放 实例。 + + + 创建并返回当前线程的此实例的字符串表示形式。 + 对 调用 的结果。 + 已释放 实例。 + 当前线程的 为 null 引用（Visual Basic 中为 Nothing）。 + 初始化函数尝试以递归方式引用 。 + 没有提供默认构造函数，且没有提供值工厂。 + + + 获取或设置当前线程的此实例的值。 + 返回此 ThreadLocal 负责初始化的对象的实例。 + 已释放 实例。 + 初始化函数尝试以递归方式引用 。 + 没有提供默认构造函数，且没有提供值工厂。 + + + 获取当前由已经访问此实例的所有线程存储的所有值的列表。 + 访问此实例由所有线程存储的当前的所有值的列表。 + 已释放 实例。 + + + 包含用于执行易失内存操作的方法。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。 + 要读取的字段。 + + + 从指定的字段读取对象引用。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。 + 对读取的 的引用。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何，该引用都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新引用。 + 要读取的字段。 + 要读取的字段的类型。此类型必须是引用类型，而不是值类型。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入如下所示的防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存栅：如果内存操作出现在代码中的此方法之前，则处理器不能将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将值写入的字段。 + 要写入的值。立即写入一个值，以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + + + 将指定的对象引用写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上，插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障，如下所示：如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前，则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。 + 将对象引用写入的字段。 + 要写入的对象引用。立即写入一个引用，以使该引用对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。 + 要写入的字段的类型。此类型必须是引用类型，而不是值类型。 + + + 在尝试打开不存在的系统互斥体或信号量时引发的异常。 + 2 + + + 使用默认值初始化 类的新实例。 + + + 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误信息。 + + + 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。 + 解释异常原因的错误信息。 + 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null，则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。 + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hant/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hant/System.Threading.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ff1745d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hant/System.Threading.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1885 @@ + + + + System.Threading + + + + 當一個執行緒取得另一個執行緒已放棄，但是結束時並未釋放的 物件時，所擲回的例外狀況。 + 1 + + + 使用預設值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用已放棄 Mutex 的指定索引 (若適用的話) 以及表示此 Mutex 的 物件，初始化 類別的新執行個體 。 + 如果針對 方法擲回例外狀況，則為等候控制代碼陣列中已放棄 Mutex 的索引；如果針對 或 方法擲回例外狀況，則為 -1。 + + 物件，表示放棄的 Mutex。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息和內部例外狀況初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息、內部例外狀況、已放棄 Mutex 的索引 (若適用的話)，以及表示此 Mutex 的 物件，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + 如果針對 方法擲回例外狀況，則為等候控制代碼陣列中已放棄 Mutex 的索引；如果針對 或 方法擲回例外狀況，則為 -1。 + + 物件，表示放棄的 Mutex。 + + + 以指定的錯誤訊息、已放棄 Mutex 的索引 (若適用的話) 以及放棄的 Mutex 初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + 如果針對 方法擲回例外狀況，則為等候控制代碼陣列中已放棄 Mutex 的索引；如果針對 或 方法擲回例外狀況，則為 -1。 + + 物件，表示放棄的 Mutex。 + + + 取得造成例外狀況的已放棄 Mutex (若為已知)。 + + 物件，表示已放棄的 Mutex；若無法識別已放棄的 Mutex，則為 null。 + 1 + + + 取得造成例外狀況之已放棄 Mutex 的索引 (若為已知)。 + 等候控制代碼陣列中的索引 (已傳遞給 物件的 方法)，表示已放棄的 Mutex；如果無法判斷已放棄 Mutex 的索引，則為 -1。 + 1 + + + 表示對於指定的非同步控制流程為本機的環境資料，例如非同步方法。 + 環境資料的類型。 + + + 具現化不會接收變更告知的 執行個體。 + + + 具現化會接收變更告知的 本機執行個體。 + 每當在任何執行緒上變更目前的值就會呼叫委派。 + + + 取得或設定環境資料的值。 + 環境資料的值。 + + + 會提供資料變更資訊給 執行個體的的類別，該執行個體會註冊變更告知。 + 資料的類型。 + + + 取得資料目前的值。 + 資料目前的值。 + + + 取得資料先前的值。 + 資料先前的值。 + + + 傳回值，指出值是否會因為執行內容的變更而變更。 + 如果值會因為執行內容的變更而變更，則為 true；否則為 false。 + + + 向等候的執行緒通知發生事件。此類別無法被繼承。 + 2 + + + 使用表示是否要將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號的布林值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號，false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。 + + + 允許多項工作在多個階段中以平行方式來合作處理某個演算法。 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 參與執行緒的數目。 + + 小於 0 或大於 32,767。 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 參與執行緒的數目。 + 要在每個階段之後執行的 。可以傳遞 null (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing) 表示不執行任何動作。 + + 小於 0 或大於 32,767。 + + + 通知 ，表示還會有一個其他參與者。 + 新參與者將第一次參與其中的屏障階段編號。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + 加入參與者會造成屏障的參與者計數超過 32,767。-或-此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。 + + + 通知 ，表示還會有多個其他參與者。 + 新參與者將第一次參與其中的屏障階段編號。 + 要加入至屏障的其他參與者數目。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 小於 0。-或-加入 參與者會造成屏障的參與者計數超過 32,767。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。 + + + 取得屏障目前階段的編號。 + 傳回屏障目前階段的編號。 + + + 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。 + + + 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源，並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。 + true 表示同時釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源，false 表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。 + + + 取得在屏障中的參與者總數。 + 傳回在屏障中的參與者總數。 + + + 取得在目前階段中尚未發出訊號的屏障中參與者數目。 + 傳回在目前階段中尚未發出訊號的屏障中參與者數目。 + + + 通知 ，表示會減少一個參與者。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + 屏障已經有 0 個參與者。-或-此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。 + + + 通知 ，表示會減少一些參與者。 + 要從屏障中移除的其他參與者數目。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 小於 0。 + 屏障已經有 0 個參與者。-或-此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。 -或-目前的參與者計數少於指定的 participantCount + 參與者總計數小於指定的 + + + 發出訊號，表示參與者已到達屏障，並且在等候所有其他參與者到達屏障。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用，屏障目前有 0 個參與者，或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。 + 所有參與執行緒皆已呼叫 SignalAndWait 後，如果從 Barrier 的階段後動作擲回例外，會將例外狀況包裝在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中，並擲回所有參與執行緒。 + + + 發出訊號，表示參與者已到達屏障，並且在等候所有其他參與者到達屏障 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時)。 + 如果所有參與者已在指定時間內達到屏障則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用，屏障目前有 0 個參與者，或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。 + 所有參與執行緒皆已呼叫 SignalAndWait 後，如果從 Barrier 的階段後動作擲回例外，會將例外狀況包裝在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中，並擲回所有參與執行緒。 + + + 發出訊號，表示參與者已到達屏障，並且在等候所有其他參與者到達 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時)，同時觀察取消語彙基元。 + 如果所有參與者已在指定時間內達到屏障則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用，屏障目前有 0 個參與者，或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。 + + + 發出訊號，表示參與者已到達屏障，並且在等候所有其他參與者到達，同時觀察取消語彙基元。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用，屏障目前有 0 個參與者，或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。 + + + 發出訊號，表示參與者已到達屏障，並且在等候所有其他參與者到達屏障 (使用 物件以測量時間間隔)。 + 如果所有其他參與者已達到屏障則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 32,767 的逾時。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用，屏障目前有 0 個參與者，或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。 + + + 發出訊號，表示參與者已到達屏障，並且在等候所有其他參與者到達 (使用 物件以測量時間間隔)，同時觀察取消語彙基元。 + 如果所有其他參與者已達到屏障則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時。 + 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用，屏障目前有 0 個參與者，或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。 + + + 在 的後續階段動作失敗時所擲回的例外狀況。 + + + 以系統提供的錯誤說明訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用指定的內部例外狀況，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤說明訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已經為目前系統的文化特性當地語系化。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已經為目前系統的文化特性當地語系化。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + + + 表示要在新內容裡面呼叫的方法。 + 物件，它包含回呼方法所使用的資訊。 + 1 + + + 代表當計數到達零時收到訊號的同步處理原始物件。 + + + 使用指定的計數，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 設定 時最初所需的訊號次數。 + + 小於 0。 + + + 將 目前的計數遞增一。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + 目前的執行個體已經設定。-或- 等於或大於 。 + + + 將 目前的計數遞增所指定的值。 + + 所要增加的值。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 小於或等於 0。 + 目前的執行個體已經設定。-或-計數遞增 後， 會等於或大於 + + + 取得設定事件時需要的剩餘訊號次數。 + 設定事件時需要的剩餘訊號次數。 + + + 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。 + + + 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源，並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。 + true 表示同時釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源，false 表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。 + + + 取得設定事件一開始時所需要的訊號次數。 + 設定事件一開始時所需要的訊號次數。 + + + 判斷事件是否已設定。 + 如果已設定事件則為 true，否則為 false。 + + + 將 重設為 的值。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + + 將 屬性重設為指定的值。 + 設定 時所需的訊號次數。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 小於 0。 + + + 向 註冊訊號，並遞減 的值。 + 如果訊號使計數到達零且設定事件則為 true，否則為 false。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + 目前的執行個體已經設定。 + + + 向 註冊多個訊號，並將 的值遞減指定的數量。 + 如果信號使計數到達零且設定事件則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要註冊的訊號數。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 小於 1。 + 目前的執行個體已經設定。或 大於 。 + + + 嘗試將 遞增一。 + 如果遞增成功則為 true，否則為 false。如果 已經位於零，這個方法將傳回 false。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 等於 。 + + + 嘗試以指定的值遞增 。 + 如果遞增成功則為 true，否則為 false。如果 已經為零，這將傳回 false。 + + 所要增加的值。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 小於或等於 0。 + 目前的執行個體已經設定。-或- + 等於或大於 。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了 為止。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了 為止 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時)。 + 如果已設定 則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了 為止 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時)，同時觀察 。 + 如果已設定 則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或者-已處置建立 的 。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了 為止，同時觀察 。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或者-已處置建立 的 。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了 為止 (使用 以測量逾時)。 + 如果已設定 則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 的逾時。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了 為止 (使用 以測量逾時)，同時觀察 。 + 如果已設定 則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或者-已處置建立 的 。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 的逾時。 + + + 取得用來等候事件獲得設定的 。 + + ，其會用於等候事件獲得設定。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + + 表示收到信號之後，是否會自動或手動重設 。 + 2 + + + 收到信號通知時， 在釋放單一執行緒後會自動重設。如果沒有任何執行緒在等待，則 會保持收到信號的狀態，直到有執行緒被封鎖為止，接著就釋放這個執行緒並將自己重設。 + + + 收到信號通知時， 會釋放所有正在等待的執行緒，並保持收到信號的狀態，直到被手動重設為止。 + + + 表示執行緒同步處理事件。 + 2 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體、指定等候控制代碼是否一開始就會收到信號，以及是以自動還是手動方式來重設。 + true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號，false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。 + 其中一個 值，判斷是以自動還是手動方式重設事件。 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體、指定等候控制代碼是否一開始就會收到信號 (如果它是因這個呼叫而建立)、是以自動還是手動方式進行重設，以及系統同步處理事件的名稱。 + true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號 (如果具名事件是因這個呼叫而建立)，false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。 + 其中一個 值，判斷是以自動還是手動方式重設事件。 + 整個系統的同步處理事件名稱。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名的事件已存在，而且具有存取控制安全性，但是使用者沒有 。 + 無法建立具名的事件，可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。 + + 長度超過 260 個字元。 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體、指定等候控制代碼是否一開始就會收到信號 (如果它是因這個呼叫而建立)、是以自動還是手動方式進行重設、系統同步處理事件的名稱，以及呼叫之後的布林變數值 (此值可指示是否已建立具名系統事件)。 + true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號 (如果具名事件是因這個呼叫而建立)，false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。 + 其中一個 值，判斷是以自動還是手動方式重設事件。 + 整個系統的同步處理事件名稱。 + 這個方法傳回時，如果已建立本機事件 (也就是說，如果 為 null 或空字串)，或是已建立指定的已命名系統事件，則會包含 true；如果指定的已命名系統事件已存在則為 false。這個參數會以未初始化的狀態傳遞。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名的事件已存在，而且具有存取控制安全性，但是使用者沒有 。 + 無法建立具名的事件，可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。 + + 長度超過 260 個字元。 + + + 開啟指定的具名同步處理事件 (如果已經存在)。 + 表示具名系統事件的物件。 + 要開啟的系統同步處理事件的名稱。 + + 為空字串。-或- 長度超過 260 個字元。 + + 為 null。 + 具名系統事件不存在。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名事件存在，但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。 + 1 + + + + + + 將事件的狀態設定為未收到信號，會造成執行緒封鎖。 + 如果作業成功，則為 true，否則為 false . + 之前在這個 上呼叫 方法。 + 2 + + + 將事件的狀態設定為未收到信號，讓一個或多個等候執行緒繼續執行。 + 如果作業成功，則為 true，否則為 false . + 之前在這個 上呼叫 方法。 + 2 + + + 開啟指定的具名同步處理事件 (如果已經存在)，並傳回值，指出作業是否成功。 + 如果已成功開啟具名同步處理事件，則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要開啟的系統同步處理事件的名稱。 + 這個方法傳回時，如果呼叫成功，則包含物件，此物件代表具名同步處理事件，如果呼叫失敗，則為null。這個參數會被視為未初始化。 + + 為空字串。-或- 長度超過 260 個字元。 + + 為 null。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名事件已存在，但是使用者沒有所需的安全性存取權。 + + + 管理目前執行緒的執行內容。此類別無法被繼承。 + 2 + + + 從目前的執行緒擷取執行內容。 + + 物件，表示目前執行緒的執行內容。 + 1 + + + 在目前執行緒上的指定執行內容中執行方法。 + 要設定的 。 + + 委派，表示要在所提供執行內容中執行的方法。 + 要傳遞至回呼 (Callback) 方法的物件。 + + 為 null。-或- 不是透過擷取作業取得。-或-已經將 當做 呼叫的引數使用。 + 1 + + + + + + 為多重執行緒共用的變數提供不可部分完成的作業 (Atomic Operation)。 + 2 + + + 將兩個 32 位元整數加相，並以總和取代第一個整數，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + 新值儲存於 。 + 包含要加入的第一個值的變數。這兩個值的總和會存放在 中。 + 要加入 的整數的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將兩個 64 位元整數加相，並以總和取代第一個整數，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + 新值儲存於 。 + 包含要加入的第一個值的變數。這兩個值的總和會存放在 中。 + 要加入 的整數的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較兩個雙精確度浮點數是否相等；如果相等，則取代第一個值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端，其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。 + 當比較的結果相等時，會取代目的端值的值。 + 與 的值比較的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較兩個 32 位元帶正負號的整數是否相等，如果相等，則取代第一個值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端，其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。 + 當比較的結果相等時，會取代目的端值的值。 + 與 的值比較的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較兩個 64 位元帶正負號的整數是否相等，如果相等，則取代第一個值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端，其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。 + 當比較的結果相等時，會取代目的端值的值。 + 與 的值比較的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較兩個平台特定的控制代碼或指標是否相等；如果相等，則取代第一個。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端 ，其值會與 的值進行比較，且可能被 所取代。 + + ，當比較的結果相等時會取代目的端值。 + + ，會與 的值相比較。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較兩個物件的參考是否相等；如果相等，則取代第一個物件。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端物件，此物件會與 進行比較且可能被取代。 + 當比較的結果相等時，會取代目的端物件的物件。 + 與 的物件相比較的物件。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較兩個單精確度浮點數是否相等；如果相等，則取代第一個值。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端，其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。 + 當比較的結果相等時，會取代目的端值的值。 + 與 的值比較的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 比較指定參考類型 的兩個執行個體是否相等；如果相等，則取代第一個。 + + 中的原始值。 + 目的端，其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。此為參考參數 (在 C# 中為 ref，在 Visual Basic 中為 ByRef)。 + 當比較的結果相等時，會取代目的端值的值。 + 與 的值比較的值。 + 要用於 、 和 的類型。此類型必須是參考類型。 + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 遞減特定變數並將結果儲存起來，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + 遞減後的值。 + 值會被遞減的變數。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 遞減特定變數並將結果儲存起來，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + 遞減後的值。 + 值會被遞減的變數。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將雙精確度浮點數設定為指定值，然後傳回原始值，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將 32 位元帶正負號的整數設定為指定值，然後傳回原始值，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將 64 位元帶正負號的整數設定為指定值，然後傳回原始值，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將平台特定的控制代碼或指標設定為指定值，然後傳回原始值，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將物件設定為指定值，然後傳回原始物件的參考，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將單精確度浮點數設定為指定值，然後傳回原始值，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 將指定類型 的變數設定為指定值，然後傳回原始值，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + + 的原始值。 + 要設定為特定值的變數。此為參考參數 (在 C# 中為 ref，在 Visual Basic 中為 ByRef)。 + + 參數要設定成的值。 + 要用於 和 的類型。此類型必須是參考類型。 + The address of is a null pointer. + + + 遞增特定變數並將結果儲存起來，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + 遞增後的值。 + 值會被遞增的變數。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 遞增特定變數並將結果儲存起來，成為不可部分完成的作業。 + 遞增後的值。 + 值會被遞增的變數。 + The address of is a null pointer. + 1 + + + 同步處理記憶體存取，如下所示：執行目前執行緒的處理器無法以下列方式重新排列指示：呼叫 之前的記憶體存取在呼叫 後的記憶體存取之後執行。 + + + 傳回 64 位元的值 (載入為不可部分完成的作業)。 + 載入的值。 + 要載入的 64 位元值。 + 1 + + + 提供延遲初始化常式。 + + + 如果目標參考型別尚未初始化，則使用該型別的預設建構函式來進行初始化。 + 型別 的已初始化參考。 + 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考。 + 要初始化之參考的型別。 + 缺少存取型別 之建構函式的使用權限。 + + 型別沒有預設的建構函式。 + + + 如果目標型別尚未初始化，則使用其預設建構函式來初始化目標的參考型別或實值型別。 + 型別 的已初始化實值。 + 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考或實值。 + 布林值的參考，這個值可判斷目標是否已初始化。 + 物件的參考，這個物件用來當做初始化 時的互斥鎖定。如果 為 null，則具現化新的物件。 + 要初始化之參考的型別。 + 缺少存取型別 之建構函式的使用權限。 + + 型別沒有預設的建構函式。 + + + 如果目標型別尚未初始化，則使用指定的函式來初始化目標的參考或實值型別。 + 型別 的已初始化實值。 + 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考或實值。 + 布林值的參考，這個值可判斷目標是否已初始化。 + 物件的參考，這個物件用來當做初始化 時的互斥鎖定。如果 為 null，則具現化新的物件。 + 呼叫來初始化參考或值的函式。 + 要初始化之參考的型別。 + 缺少存取型別 之建構函式的使用權限。 + + 型別沒有預設的建構函式。 + + + 如果目標型別尚未初始化，則使用指定的函式來初始化目標的參考型別。 + 型別 的已初始化實值。 + 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考。 + 呼叫來初始化參考的函式。 + 要初始化之參考的參考型別。 + + 型別沒有預設的建構函式。 + + 傳回 null (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。 + + + 當遞迴進入鎖定與鎖定的遞迴原則不相符時，擲回的例外狀況。 + 2 + + + 以系統提供的錯誤說明訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 2 + + + 使用指定的錯誤說明訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已針對目前系統的文化特性，執行過當地語系化。 + 2 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已針對目前系統的文化特性，執行過當地語系化。 + 造成目前例外狀況的例外狀況。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + 2 + + + 指定相同的執行緒是否可以多次進入鎖定。 + + + 如果執行緒嘗試遞迴地進入鎖定，則會擲回例外狀況。某些類別可能會在此設定有效時允許特定的遞迴。 + + + 執行緒可以遞迴地進入鎖定。某些類別可能會限制此功能。 + + + 告知一個以上的等候中執行緒已發生事件。此類別無法被繼承。 + 2 + + + 使用布林值 (Boolean) 來初始化 類別的新執行個體，指出初始狀態是否設定為信號狀態。 + 如果初始狀態設定為信號狀態，為 true；初始狀態設定為非信號狀態則為 false。 + + + 提供 的精簡版本。 + + + 使用未收到訊號的初始狀態來初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用表示是否要將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號的布林值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + true 表示會將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號，false 表示會將初始狀態設定為未收到訊號。 + + + 使用表示是否要將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號的布林值以及指定的微調計數，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + true 表示會將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號，false 表示會將初始狀態設定為未收到訊號。 + 在回到以核心為基礎的等候作業之前進行微調等候的次數。 + + is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value. + + + 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。 + + + 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源，並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。 + true 表示釋放 Managed 與 Unmanaged 資源，false 表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。 + + + 取得值，表示事件是否已設定。 + 如果已設定事件則為 true，否則為 false。 + + + 將事件的狀態設定為未收到信號，會造成執行緒封鎖。 + The object has already been disposed. + + + 將事件的狀態設定為已收到訊號，讓正在等候該事件的一或多個執行緒繼續執行。 + + + 取得在回到以核心為基礎的等候作業之前進行微調等候的次數。 + 傳回在回到以核心為基礎的等候作業之前進行微調等候的次數。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了目前的 為止。 + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了目前的 為止 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量時間間隔)。 + 如果設定了 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了目前的 為止，並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量時間間隔，同時觀察 。 + 如果設定了 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 要觀察的 。 + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out. + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到目前的 收到訊號為止，同時觀察 。 + 要觀察的 。 + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + + was canceled. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了目前的 為止，並使用 以測量時間間隔。 + 如果設定了 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed. + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到設定了目前的 為止，並使用 以量測時間間隔，同時觀察 。 + 如果設定了 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 要觀察的 。 + + was canceled. + + is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than . + The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded. + The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed. + + + 取得這個 的基礎 物件。 + 這個 的基礎 事件物件。 + + + 提供一套機制，同步處理物件的存取。 + 2 + + + 取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定。 + 要從其上取得監視器鎖定的物件。 + + 參數為 null。 + 1 + + + 取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定，並且完整設定值，指出是否採用鎖定。 + 要等候的物件。 + 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定，輸出就是 true；否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間，即使發生例外狀況，仍然會設定輸出。注意：如果沒有發生例外狀況，這個方法的輸出一律為 true。 + + 的輸入為 true。 + + 參數為 null。 + + + 釋出指定物件的獨佔鎖定。 + 要從其上釋出鎖定的物件。 + + 參數為 null。 + 目前執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。 + 1 + + + 判斷目前執行緒是否保持鎖定指定的物件。 + 如果目前的執行緒持有 的鎖定，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要測試的物件。 + + 為 null。 + + + 通知等候佇列中的執行緒，鎖定物件的狀態有所變更。 + 執行緒正等候的物件。 + + 參數為 null。 + 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。 + 1 + + + 通知所有等候中的執行緒，物件的狀態有所變更。 + 送出 Pulse 的物件。 + + 參數為 null。 + 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。 + 1 + + + 嘗試取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定。 + 如果目前執行緒取得鎖定，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要取得鎖定的物件。 + + 參數為 null。 + 1 + + + 嘗試取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定，並且完整設定值，指出是否採用鎖定。 + 要取得鎖定的物件。 + 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定，輸出就是 true；否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間，即使發生例外狀況，仍然會設定輸出。 + + 的輸入為 true。 + + 參數為 null。 + + + 嘗試取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定 (在指定的毫秒數時間內)。 + 如果目前執行緒取得鎖定，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要取得鎖定的物件。 + 等候鎖定的毫秒數。 + + 參數為 null。 + + 為負，且不等於 。 + 1 + + + 嘗試在指定的毫秒數內取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定，並且完整設定值，指出是否採用鎖定。 + 要取得鎖定的物件。 + 等候鎖定的毫秒數。 + 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定，輸出就是 true；否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間，即使發生例外狀況，仍然會設定輸出。 + + 的輸入為 true。 + + 參數為 null。 + + 為負，且不等於 。 + + + 嘗試取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定 (在指定的時間內)。 + 如果目前執行緒取得鎖定，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要取得鎖定的物件。 + + ，代表等候鎖定的時間量。-1 毫秒的值會指定無限期等候。 + + 參數為 null。 + + 的毫秒值為負且不等於 (-1 毫秒) 或大於 。 + 1 + + + 嘗試在指定的時間內取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定，並且完整設定值，指出是否採用鎖定。 + 要取得鎖定的物件。 + 等候鎖定的時間長度。-1 毫秒的值會指定無限期等候。 + 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定，輸出就是 true；否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間，即使發生例外狀況，仍然會設定輸出。 + + 的輸入為 true。 + + 參數為 null。 + + 的毫秒值為負且不等於 (-1 毫秒) 或大於 。 + + + 釋出物件的鎖並且封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒重新取得鎖定為止。 + 如果由於呼叫端重新取得指定物件的鎖定而傳回呼叫，則為 true。如果鎖定不被重新取得，則這個方法不會傳回。 + 要等候的物件。 + + 參數為 null。 + 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。 + 叫用 Wait 的執行緒稍後會從等候狀態被插斷。這會當另一個執行緒呼叫這個執行緒的 方法時發生。 + 1 + + + 釋出物件的鎖並且封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒重新取得鎖定為止。如果超過指定的逾時間隔時間，執行緒會進入就緒序列。 + 如果在經過指定的時間之前重新取得鎖定，則為 true；如果在經過指定的時間之後重新取得鎖定，則為 false。要等到重新取得鎖定之後，此方法才會傳回。 + 要等候的物件。 + 在執行緒進入就緒佇列之前要等候的毫秒數。 + + 參數為 null。 + 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。 + 叫用 Wait 的執行緒稍後會從等候狀態被插斷。這會當另一個執行緒呼叫這個執行緒的 方法時發生。 + + 參數的值為負，且不等於 。 + 1 + + + 釋出物件的鎖並且封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒重新取得鎖定為止。如果超過指定的逾時間隔時間，執行緒會進入就緒序列。 + 如果在經過指定的時間之前重新取得鎖定，則為 true；如果在經過指定的時間之後重新取得鎖定，則為 false。要等到重新取得鎖定之後，此方法才會傳回。 + 要等候的物件。 + + ，代表在執行緒進入就緒佇列之前要等候的時間量。 + + 參數為 null。 + 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。 + 叫用 Wait 的執行緒稍後會從等候狀態被插斷。這會當另一個執行緒呼叫這個執行緒的 方法時發生。 + + 參數的毫秒值為負，且不表示 (-1 毫秒)，或大於 。 + 1 + + + 同步處理原始物件，該物件也可用於進行處理序之間的同步處理。 + 1 + + + 使用預設屬性，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用表示呼叫執行緒是否應該具有 Mutex 的初始擁有權的布林值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + true 表示將 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒，否則為 false。 + + + 使用表示呼叫執行緒是否應該具有 Mutex 的初始擁有權的布林值，以及代表 Mutex 名稱的字串，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + true 表示如果這個呼叫的結果建立了具名系統 Mutex，則將具名系統 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒，否則為 false。 + + 的名稱。如果值是 null，則 未命名。 + 具名的 Mutex 存在，而且具有存取控制安全性，但是使用者沒有 。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 無法建立具名的 Mutex，可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。 + + 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + + 使用表示呼叫執行緒是否應該具有 Mutex 的初始擁有權的布林值、代表 Mutex 名稱的字串，以及當方法傳回時表示是否將 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒的布林值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + true 表示如果這個呼叫的結果建立了具名系統 Mutex，則將具名系統 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒，否則為 false。 + + 的名稱。如果值是 null，則 未命名。 + 當這個方法傳回時，如果已建立本機 Mutex (也就是說，如果 為 null 或空字串)，或是已建立指定的具名系統 Mutex，則會包含 true 的布林值；如果指定的具名系統 Mutex 已存在，則為 false。這個參數會以未初始化的狀態傳遞。 + 具名的 Mutex 存在，而且具有存取控制安全性，但是使用者沒有 。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 無法建立具名的 Mutex，可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。 + + 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + + 開啟指定的具名 mutex (如果已經存在)。 + 表示具名系統 Mutex 的物件。 + 要開啟的系統 Mutex 的名稱。 + + 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 為 null。 + 具名 Mutex 不存在。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名 Mutex 存在，但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。 + 1 + + + + + + 釋出 一次。 + 呼叫執行緒並不擁有 Mutex。 + 1 + + + 開啟指定的具名 mutex (如果已經存在)，並傳回值，指出作業是否成功。 + 如果已成功開啟具名 Mutex，則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要開啟的系統 Mutex 的名稱。 + 當這個方法傳回時，如果呼叫成功，則包含代表具名 Mutex 的 物件；如果呼叫失敗，則為 null。這個參數會被視為未初始化。 + + 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 為 null。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名 Mutex 存在，但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。 + + + 代表鎖定，用來管理資源存取，允許多個執行緒的讀取權限或獨佔寫入權限。 + + + 使用預設屬性值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 指定鎖定遞迴原則，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 一個列舉值，指定鎖定遞迴原則。 + + + 取得已進入讀取模式鎖定狀態的唯一執行緒總數。 + 已進入讀取模式鎖定狀態的唯一執行緒數目。 + + + 釋放 類別目前的執行個體所使用的全部資源。 + + is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. + 2 + + + 嘗試進入讀取模式的鎖定。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試進入可升級模式的鎖定狀態。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試進入寫入模式的鎖定。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The object has been disposed. + + + 減少讀取模式遞迴的計數，如果得出的計數為 0 (零)，則結束讀取模式。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode. + + + 減少可升級模式遞迴的計數，如果得出的計數為 0 (零)，則結束可升級模式。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode. + + + 減少寫入模式遞迴的計數，如果得出的計數為 0 (零)，則結束寫入模式。 + The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode. + + + 取得值，表示目前執行緒是否已進入讀取模式的鎖定。 + 如果目前執行緒已進入讀取模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 2 + + + 取得值，表示目前執行緒是否已進入可升級模式的鎖定。 + 如果目前執行緒已進入可升級模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 2 + + + 取得值，表示目前執行緒是否已進入寫入模式的鎖定。 + 如果目前執行緒已進入寫入模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 2 + + + 取得值，表示目前 物件的遞迴原則。 + 一個列舉值，指定鎖定遞迴原則。 + + + 取得目前執行緒已進入讀取模式鎖定的次數，做為遞迴的表示。 + 如果目前執行緒尚未進入讀取模式，則為 0 (零)；如果執行緒已進入讀取模式，但是尚未遞迴進入該模式，則為 1；如果執行緒已遞迴進入鎖定 n - 1 次，則為 n。 + 2 + + + 取得目前執行緒已進入可升級模式鎖定的次數，做為遞迴的表示。 + 如果目前執行緒尚未進入可升級模式，則為 0；如果執行緒已進入可升級模式，但是尚未遞迴進入該模式，則為 1；如果執行緒已遞迴進入可升級模式 n - 1 次，則為 n。 + 2 + + + 取得目前執行緒已進入寫入模式鎖定的次數，做為遞迴的表示。 + 如果目前執行緒尚未進入寫入模式，則為 0；如果執行緒已進入寫入模式，但是尚未遞迴進入該模式，則為 1；如果執行緒已遞迴進入寫入模式 n - 1 次，則為 n。 + 2 + + + 嘗試以選用的整數逾時，進入讀取模式的鎖定狀態。 + 如果呼叫執行緒已進入讀取模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數；若要永遠等候，則為 -1 ()。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試以選用的逾時，在讀取模式下進入鎖定狀態。 + 如果呼叫執行緒已進入讀取模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 等待的間隔，或 -1 毫秒無限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試以選用的逾時，在可升級模式下進入鎖定狀態。 + 如果呼叫執行緒已進入可升級模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數；若要永遠等候，則為 -1 ()。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試以選用的逾時，在可升級模式下進入鎖定狀態。 + 如果呼叫執行緒已進入可升級模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 等待的間隔，或 -1 毫秒無限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試以選用的逾時，在寫入模式下進入鎖定狀態。 + 如果呼叫執行緒已進入寫入模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數；若要永遠等候，則為 -1 ()。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed. + The object has been disposed. + + + 嘗試以選用的逾時，在寫入模式下進入鎖定狀態。 + 如果呼叫執行緒已進入寫入模式，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 等待的間隔，或 -1 毫秒無限期等待。 + The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it. + The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds. + The object has been disposed. + + + 取得等待進入讀取模式鎖定狀態的執行緒總數。 + 等待進入讀取模式的執行緒總數。 + 2 + + + 取得等待進入可升級模式鎖定狀態的執行緒總數。 + 等待進入可升級模式的執行緒總數。 + 2 + + + 取得等待進入寫入模式鎖定狀態的執行緒總數。 + 等待進入寫入模式的執行緒總數。 + 2 + + + 限制可以同時存取資源或資源集區的執行緒數目。 + 1 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體，以及指定並行項目的最大數目及選擇性地保留某些項目。 + 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。 + 可以同時授與之號誌要求的最大數目。 + + 大於 。 + + 为小于 1。-或- 小於 0。 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體，然後指定初始項目數目與並行項目的最大數目，以及選擇性地指定系統號誌物件的名稱。 + 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。 + 可以同時授與之號誌要求的最大數目。 + 具名系統號誌物件的名稱。 + + 大於 。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为小于 1。-或- 小於 0。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名的號誌存在，而且具有存取控制安全性，但是使用者沒有 。 + 無法建立具名的號誌，可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。 + + + 初始化 類別的新執行個體，然後指定初始項目物件數目與並行項目的最大數目，選擇性地指定系統號誌物件的名稱，以及指定接收值的變數，指出是否已建立新的系統號誌。 + 可以同時滿足之號誌要求的初始數目。 + 可以同時滿足之號誌要求的最大數目。 + 具名系統號誌物件的名稱。 + 這個方法傳回時，如果已建立本機號誌 (也就是說，如果 為 null 或空字串)，或是已建立指定的已命名系統號誌，則會包含 true；如果指定的已命名系統號誌已存在則為 false。這個參數會以未初始化的狀態傳遞。 + + 大於 。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 为小于 1。-或- 小於 0。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名的號誌存在，而且具有存取控制安全性，但是使用者沒有 。 + 無法建立具名的號誌，可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。 + + + 開啟指定的具名號誌 (如果已經存在)。 + 表示具名系統號誌的物件。 + 要開啟之系統號誌的名稱。 + + 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 為 null。 + 具名號誌不存在。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名號誌存在，但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。 + 1 + + + + + + 結束號誌，並傳回上一個計數。 + 呼叫 方法之前，號誌上的計數。 + 號誌計數已達到最大值。 + 具名號誌中發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌，但是使用者沒有 。-或-目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌，但是並未以 開啟。 + 1 + + + 以指定的次數結束號誌，並回到上一個計數。 + 呼叫 方法之前，號誌上的計數。 + 結束號誌的次數。 + + 为小于 1。 + 號誌計數已達到最大值。 + 具名號誌中發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌，但是使用者沒有 權限。-或-目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌，但是並未以 權限開啟。 + 1 + + + 開啟指定的具名號誌 (如果已經存在)，並傳回值，指出作業是否成功。 + 如果已成功開啟具名號誌，則為 true；否則為 false。 + 要開啟之系統號誌的名稱。 + 這個方法傳回時，如果呼叫成功，則包含 物件，此物件代表具名信號，如果呼叫失敗，則為null。這個參數會被視為未初始化。 + + 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。 + + 為 null。 + 發生 Win32 錯誤。 + 具名號誌存在，但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。 + + + 在已經達到最大計數的號誌上呼叫 方法時，所擲回的例外狀況。 + 2 + + + 使用預設值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + + + 代表 的輕量型替代品，限制可同時存取一項資源或資源集區的執行緒數目。 + + + 指定可同時授與的初始要求數目，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。 + + 小於 0。 + + + 指定可同時授與的初始要求數目及最大數目，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。 + 可以同時授與之號誌要求的最大數目。 + + 小於 0，或者 大於 ，或者 等於或小於 0。 + + + 傳回可用來等候號誌的 。 + 可用來等候號誌的 。 + + 已經處置。 + + + 取得可以進入 物件的剩餘執行緒數目。 + 可以進入號誌的剩餘執行緒數目。 + + + 釋放 類別目前的執行個體所使用的全部資源。 + + + 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源，並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。 + true 表示釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源，false 則表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。 + + + 釋出 物件一次。 + + 的先前計數。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 已經達到其大小上限。 + + + 釋出 物件指定的次數。 + + 的先前計數。 + 結束號誌的次數。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 为小于 1。 + + 已經達到其大小上限。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止，並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來指定逾時。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數；若要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止，並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來指定逾時，同時觀察 。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數；若要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + 实例已被释放，或 创建 已被释放。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止，同時觀察 。 + 要觀察的 語彙基元。 + + 已取消。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或- 创建 已释放。 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止，並使用 來指定逾時。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，代表等候毫秒數；或是 ，代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 的逾時。 + semaphoreSlim 執行個體已經處置 + + + 封鎖目前的執行緒，直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止，並使用 來指定逾時，同時觀察 。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則為 true，否則為 false。 + + ，代表等候毫秒數；或是 ，代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 已取消。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 的逾時。 + semaphoreSlim 執行個體已經處置 已處置建立 的 。 + + + 以非同步方式等候進入 。 + 將會在號誌 (Semaphore) 輸入後完成的工作。 + + + 以非同步方式等候進入 ，並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來測量時間間隔。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則工作會完成且結果為 true，否則結果為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + + 以非同步方式等候進入 ，並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來測量時間間隔，同時觀察 。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則工作會完成且結果為 true，否則結果為 false。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 要觀察的 。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 已取消。 + + + 以非同步方式等候進入 ，同時觀察 。 + 將會在號誌 (Semaphore) 輸入後完成的工作。 + 要觀察的 語彙基元。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 已取消。 + + + 以非同步方式等候進入 ，並使用 來測量時間間隔。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則工作會完成且結果為 true，否則結果為 false。 + + ，代表等候毫秒數；或是 ，代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 目前的執行個體已經處置。 + + 是不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限 -或- 逾時大於 。 + + + 以非同步方式等候進入 ，並使用 來測量時間間隔，同時觀察 。 + 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ，則工作會完成且結果為 true，否則結果為 false。 + + ，代表等候毫秒數；或是 ，代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 要觀察的 語彙基元。 + + 是不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限-或-逾時大於 。 + + 已取消。 + + + 表示要將訊息分派至同步處理內容時，所要呼叫的方法。 + 傳送至委派的物件。 + 2 + + + 提供互斥鎖定基本作業，在這個作業中，嘗試取得鎖定的執行緒會用迴圈方式等候，並重複檢查，直到鎖定可用為止。 + + + 使用可追蹤執行緒 ID 以改善偵錯的選項，初始化 結構的新執行個體。 + 是否要擷取並使用執行緒 ID 以進行偵錯。 + + + 以可靠的方式取得鎖定，例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況，還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。 + 如果取得鎖定則為 true，否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。 + + 引數必須在呼叫 Enter 之前初始化為 False。 + 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤，且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。 + + + 釋放鎖定。 + 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤，且目前的執行緒不是這個鎖定的擁有者。 + + + 釋放鎖定。 + 布林值，表示是否應該發出記憶體柵欄，以便立即將結束作業發行至其他執行緒。 + 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤，且目前的執行緒不是這個鎖定的擁有者。 + + + 取得值，這個值表示此鎖定目前是否由任何執行緒持有。 + 如果此鎖定目前由任何執行緒持有則為 true，否則為 false。 + + + 取得值，表示此鎖定是否由目前執行緒持有。 + 如果此鎖定由目前執行緒持有則為 true，否則為 false。 + 已停用執行緒擁有權追蹤。 + + + 取得值，表示這個執行個體是否已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤。 + 如果這個執行個體已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤則為 true，否則為 false。 + + + 嘗試以可靠的方式取得鎖定，例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況，還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。 + 如果取得鎖定則為 true，否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。 + + 引數必須在呼叫 TryEnter 之前初始化為 False。 + 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤，且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。 + + + 嘗試以可靠的方式取得鎖定，例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況，還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + 如果取得鎖定則為 true，否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + 引數必須在呼叫 TryEnter 之前初始化為 False。 + 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤，且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。 + + + 嘗試以可靠的方式取得鎖定，例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況，還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 ，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + 如果取得鎖定則為 true，否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 毫秒的逾時。 + + 引數必須在呼叫 TryEnter 之前初始化為 False。 + 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤，且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。 + + + 提供微調式等候支援。 + + + 取得已在這個執行個體上呼叫 的次數。 + 傳回整數，表示已在這個執行個體上呼叫 的次數。 + + + 取得值，這個值表示下一次呼叫 時是否讓出處理器，並觸發強制的環境切換。 + 下一次呼叫 時是否讓出處理器，並觸發強制的環境切換。 + + + 重設微調計數器。 + + + 執行單一微調。 + + + 執行微調，直到滿足指定的條件為止。 + 會重複執行直到傳回 true 為止的委派。 + + 引數為 null。 + + + 執行微調，直到滿足指定的條件或是指定的逾時過期為止。 + 如果滿足條件則為 true，否則為 false。 + 會重複執行直到傳回 true 為止的委派。 + 要等候的毫秒數，如果要無限期等候，則為 (-1)。 + + 引數為 null。 + + 是一個不等於 -1 的負數，-1 表示等候逾時為無限。 + + + 執行微調，直到滿足指定的條件或是指定的逾時過期為止。 + 如果滿足條件則為 true，否則為 false。 + 會重複執行直到傳回 true 為止的委派。 + + ，表示要等候的毫秒數，或是 TimeSpan，表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。 + + 引數為 null。 + + 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數，表示無限逾時，或是大於 的逾時。 + + + 提供在各種同步處理模式中傳播同步處理內容的基本功能。 + 2 + + + 建立 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 在衍生類別中覆寫時，會建立同步處理內容的複本。 + 新的 物件。 + 2 + + + 取得目前執行緒的同步處理內容。 + + 物件，代表目前的同步處理內容。 + 1 + + + 在衍生類別中覆寫時，會回應作業已經完成的通知。 + + + 在衍生類別中覆寫時，會回應作業已經啟動的通知。 + + + 在衍生類別中覆寫時，會將非同步訊息分派至同步處理內容。 + 要呼叫的 委派。 + 傳送至委派的物件。 + 2 + + + 在衍生類別中覆寫時，會將同步訊息分派至同步處理內容。 + 要呼叫的 委派。 + 傳送至委派的物件。 + The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method. + 2 + + + 設定目前的同步處理內容。 + 要設定的 物件。 + 1 + + + + + + 方法要求呼叫端擁有指定 Monitor 的鎖定，但是不擁有鎖定的呼叫端叫用方法時所擲回的例外狀況。 + 2 + + + 使用預設屬性來初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + + + 提供資料的執行緒區域儲存區。 + 指定依個別執行緒儲存的資料型別。 + + + 初始化 執行個體。 + + + 初始化 執行個體。 + 是否要追蹤所有在執行個體上設定的值，並透過屬性將它們公開。 + + + 使用指定的 函式來初始化 的執行個體。 + 當嘗試擷取未事先初始化的 時，系統會叫用 來產生延遲初始化的值。 + + 是 Null 參考 (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。 + + + 使用指定的 函式來初始化 的執行個體。 + 當嘗試擷取未事先初始化的 時，系統會叫用 來產生延遲初始化的值。 + 是否要追蹤所有在執行個體上設定的值，並透過屬性將它們公開。 + + 為 null 參考 (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。 + + + 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。 + + + 釋放這個 執行個體所使用的資源。 + 布林值，表示是否會因為呼叫 而呼叫這個方法。 + + + 釋放這個 執行個體所使用的資源。 + + + 取得值，這個值表示 是否已在目前執行緒中完成初始化。 + 如果已在目前執行緒上初始化 則為 true，否則為 false。 + 已處置 執行個體。 + + + 建立並傳回目前執行緒的這個執行個體的字串表示。 + 在 上呼叫 的結果。 + 已處置 執行個體。 + 目前執行緒的 是 Null 參考 (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。 + 初始化函式會嘗試遞迴參考 。 + 沒有提供任何預設的建構函式，也沒有提供任何値 Factory。 + + + 取得或設定目前執行緒的這個執行個體的值。 + 傳回這個 ThreadLocal 負責初始化之物件的執行個體。 + 已處置 執行個體。 + 初始化函式會嘗試遞迴參考 。 + 沒有提供任何預設的建構函式，也沒有提供任何値 Factory。 + + + 取得清單，其中包含已存取這個執行個體的所有執行緒目前所儲存的所有值。 + 已存取這個執行個體的所有執行緒目前所儲存之所有值的清單。 + 已處置 執行個體。 + + + 包含用來執行動態記憶體作業的方法。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + + + 從指定的欄位讀取物件參考。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。 + 已讀取之 的參考。這個參考是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的，與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。 + 要讀取的欄位。 + 要讀取之欄位的型別。此型別必須是參考型別，不得為實值型別。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現記憶體作業，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入此值的欄位。 + 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。 + + + 將指定的物件參考寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上，以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障：如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入，處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。 + 寫入物件參考的欄位。 + 要寫入的物件參考。立即寫入此參考，好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此參考。 + 要寫入之欄位的型別。此型別必須是參考型別，不得為實值型別。 + + + 當嘗試開啟不存在的系統 Mutex 或號誌時，所擲回的例外狀況。 + 2 + + + 使用預設值，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + + + 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考，初始化 類別的新執行個體。 + 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。 + 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null，則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。 + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/portable-net45+win8+wp8+wpa81/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/portable-net45+win8+wp8+wpa81/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/win8/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/win8/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/wp80/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/wp80/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/wpa81/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/wpa81/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/xamarinios10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/xamarinios10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/xamarinmac20/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/xamarinmac20/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/xamarintvos10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/xamarintvos10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/xamarinwatchos10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/xamarinwatchos10/_._ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/runtimes/aot/lib/netcore50/System.Threading.dll b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/runtimes/aot/lib/netcore50/System.Threading.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88d53725e Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/runtimes/aot/lib/netcore50/System.Threading.dll differ diff --git a/packages/log4net.3.2.0/.signature.p7s b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/.signature.p7s new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6692e9b1e Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/.signature.p7s differ diff --git a/packages/log4net.3.2.0/README.md b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/README.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34374d566 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# log4net +[![NuGet package](https://img.shields.io/nuget/v/log4net.svg?logo=NuGet)](https://www.nuget.org/packages/log4net) +[![NuGet package](https://img.shields.io/nuget/dt/log4net?logo=NuGet)](https://www.nuget.org/packages/log4net) + +# Introduction + +Apache log4net is a sub project of the Apache Logging Services project. +Apache log4net graduated from the Apache Incubator in February 2007. +Web site: http://logging.apache.org/log4net + +# Documentation + +For the latest documentation see the log4net web site at: +http://logging.apache.org/log4net + +# Contributing + +log4net development happens on [Github](https://github.com/apache/logging-log4net) +and on our [mailing list](https://logging.apache.org/support.html). +Please join the mailing list and discuss bigger changes before working on them. + +For bigger changes we must ask you to sign a [Contributor License Agreement](http://www.apache.org/licenses/#clas). + +# Developing + +log4net targets net462 and netstandard2.0. + +Please see +- [CONTRIBUTING.md](doc/CONTRIBUTING.md) +- [BUILDING.md](doc/BUILDING.md) +- [RELEASING.md](doc/RELEASING.md) diff --git a/packages/log4net.3.2.0/lib/net462/log4net.dll b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/lib/net462/log4net.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1d866f89 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/lib/net462/log4net.dll differ diff --git a/packages/log4net.3.2.0/lib/net462/log4net.pdb b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/lib/net462/log4net.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10f4b6a6d Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/lib/net462/log4net.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/log4net.3.2.0/lib/net462/log4net.xml b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/lib/net462/log4net.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6bd977c4b --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/lib/net462/log4net.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28349 @@ + + + + log4net + + + + + Appender that logs to a database. + + + + appends logging events to a table within a + database. The appender can be configured to specify the connection + string by setting the property. + The connection type (provider) can be specified by setting the + property. For more information on database connection strings for + your specific database see http://www.connectionstrings.com/. + + + Records are written into the database either using a prepared + statement or a stored procedure. The property + is set to (System.Data.CommandType.Text) to specify a prepared statement + or to (System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure) to specify a stored + procedure. + + + The prepared statement text or the name of the stored procedure + must be set in the property. + + + The prepared statement or stored procedure can take a number + of parameters. Parameters are added using the + method. This adds a single to the + ordered list of parameters. The + type may be subclassed if required to provide database specific + functionality. The specifies + the parameter name, database type, size, and how the value should + be generated using a . + + + + An example of a SQL Server table that could be logged to: + + create table dbo.Log + ( + Id bigint identity (1, 1) not null, + LogDate datetime not null, + Thread nvarchar(255) not null, + LogLevel nvarchar(50) not null, + Logger nvarchar(255) not null, + LogMessage nvarchar(2000) not null, + Exception nvarchar(2000) null, + constraint Log_PKEY primary key (Id) + ) with (data_compression = page) + + + + An example configuration to log to the above table: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Julian Biddle + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Lance Nehring + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Public default constructor to initialize a new instance of this class. + + + + + Gets or sets the database connection string that is used to connect to + the database. + + + The database connection string used to connect to the database. + + + + The connections string is specific to the connection type. + See for more information. + + + Connection string for MS Access via ODBC: + "DSN=MS Access Database;UID=admin;PWD=;SystemDB=C:\data\System.mdw;SafeTransactions = 0;FIL=MS Access;DriverID = 25;DBQ=C:\data\train33.mdb" + + Another connection string for MS Access via ODBC: + "Driver={Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb)};DBQ=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;UID=;PWD=;" + + Connection string for MS Access via OLE DB: + "Provider=Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0;Data Source=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;User Id=;Password=;" + + + + + The appSettings key from App.Config that contains the connection string. + + + + + The connectionStrings key from App.Config that contains the connection string. + + + + + Gets or sets the type name of the connection + that should be created. + + + The type name of the connection. + + + + The type name of the ADO.NET provider to use. + + + The default is to use the OLE DB provider. + + + Use the OLE DB Provider. This is the default value. + System.Data.OleDb.OleDbConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + + Use the MS SQL Server Provider. + System.Data.SqlClient.SqlConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + + Use the ODBC Provider. + Microsoft.Data.Odbc.OdbcConnection,Microsoft.Data.Odbc,version=1.0.3300.0,publicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089,culture=neutral + This is an optional package that you can download from + http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads + search for ODBC .NET Data Provider. + + Use the Oracle Provider. + System.Data.OracleClient.OracleConnection, System.Data.OracleClient, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + This is an optional package that you can download from + http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads + search for .NET Managed Provider for Oracle. + + + + + Gets or sets the command text that is used to insert logging events + into the database. + + + The command text used to insert logging events into the database. + + + + Either the text of the prepared statement or the + name of the stored procedure to execute to write into + the database. + + + The property determines if + this text is a prepared statement or a stored procedure. + + + If this property is not set, the command text is retrieved by invoking + . + + + + + + Gets or sets the command type to execute. + + + The command type to execute. + + + + This value may be either (System.Data.CommandType.Text) to specify + that the is a prepared statement to execute, + or (System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure) to specify that the + property is the name of a stored procedure + to execute. + + + The default value is (System.Data.CommandType.Text). + + + + + + Should transactions be used to insert logging events in the database. + + + true if transactions should be used to insert logging events in + the database, otherwise false. The default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether transactions should be used + to insert logging events in the database. + + + When set a single transaction will be used to insert the buffered events + into the database. Otherwise each event will be inserted without using + an explicit transaction. + + + + + + Gets or sets the used to call the NetSend method. + + + The used to call the NetSend method. + + + + Unless a specified here for this appender + the is queried for the + security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context + of the current thread. + + + + + + Should this appender try to reconnect to the database on error. + + + true if the appender should try to reconnect to the database after an + error has occurred, otherwise false. The default value is false, + i.e. not to try to reconnect. + + + + The default behaviour is for the appender not to try to reconnect to the + database if an error occurs. Subsequent logging events are discarded. + + + To force the appender to attempt to reconnect to the database set this + property to true. + + + When the appender attempts to connect to the database there may be a + delay of up to the connection timeout specified in the connection string. + This delay will block the calling application's thread. + Until the connection can be reestablished this potential delay may occur multiple times. + + + + + + Gets or sets the underlying . + + + The underlying . + + + creates a to insert + logging events into a database. Classes deriving from + can use this property to get or set this . Use the + underlying returned from if + you require access beyond that which provides. + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Override the parent method to close the database + + + + Closes the database command and database connection. + + + + + + Inserts the events into the database. + + The events to insert into the database. + + + Insert all the events specified in the + array into the database. + + + + + + Adds a parameter to the command. + + The parameter to add to the command. + + + Adds a parameter to the ordered list of command parameters. + + + + + + Writes the events to the database using the transaction specified. + + The transaction that the events will be executed under. + The array of events to insert into the database. + + + The transaction argument can be null if the appender has been + configured not to use transactions. See + property for more information. + + + + + + Prepare entire database command object to be executed. + + The command to prepare. + + + + Formats the log message into database statement text. + + The event being logged. + + This method can be overridden by subclasses to provide + more control over the format of the database statement. + + + Text that can be passed to a . + + + + + Creates an instance used to connect to the database. + + + This method is called whenever a new IDbConnection is needed (i.e. when a reconnect is necessary). + + The of the object. + The connectionString output from the ResolveConnectionString method. + An instance with a valid connection string. + + + + Resolves the connection string from the ConnectionString, ConnectionStringName, or AppSettingsKey + property. + + Additional information describing the connection string. + A connection string used to connect to the database. + + + + Retrieves the class type of the ADO.NET provider. + + + + Gets the Type of the ADO.NET provider to use to connect to the + database. This method resolves the type specified in the + property. + + + Subclasses can override this method to return a different type + if necessary. + + + The of the ADO.NET provider + + + + Connects to the database. + + + + + Cleanup the existing connection. + + + Calls the IDbConnection's method. + + + + + The list of objects. + + + + The list of objects. + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the AdoNetAppender class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Parameter type used by the . + + + + This class provides the basic database parameter properties + as defined by the interface. + + This type can be subclassed to provide database specific + functionality. The two methods that are called externally are + and . + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Default constructor for the AdoNetAppenderParameter class. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of this parameter. + + + The name of this parameter. + + + + The name of this parameter. The parameter name + must match up to a named parameter to the SQL stored procedure + or prepared statement. + + + + + + Gets or sets the database type for this parameter. + + + The database type for this parameter. + + + + The database type for this parameter. This property should + be set to the database type from the + enumeration. See . + + + This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider + will attempt to infer the type from the value. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the precision for this parameter. + + + The precision for this parameter. + + + + The maximum number of digits used to represent the Value. + + + This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider + will attempt to infer the precision from the value. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the scale for this parameter. + + + The scale for this parameter. + + + + The number of decimal places to which Value is resolved. + + + This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider + will attempt to infer the scale from the value. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the size for this parameter. + + + The size for this parameter. + + + + The maximum size, in bytes, of the data within the column. + + + This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider + will attempt to infer the size from the value. + + + For BLOB data types like VARCHAR(max) it may be impossible to infer the value automatically, use -1 as the size in this case. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the to use to + render the logging event into an object for this + parameter. + + + The used to render the + logging event into an object for this parameter. + + + + The that renders the value for this + parameter. + + + The can be used to adapt + any into a + for use in the property. + + + + + + Prepare the specified database command object. + + The command to prepare. + + + Prepares the database command object by adding + this parameter to its collection of parameters. + + + + + + Renders the logging event and set the parameter value in the command. + + The command containing the parameter. + The event to be rendered. + + + Renders the logging event using this parameters layout + object. Sets the value of the parameter on the command object. + + + + + + The database type for this parameter. + + + + + Flag to infer type rather than use the DbType + + + + + Appends logging events to the terminal using ANSI color escape sequences. + + + + AnsiColorTerminalAppender appends log events to the standard output stream + or the error output stream using a layout specified by the + user. It also allows the color of a specific level of message to be set. + + + This appender expects the terminal to understand the VT100 control set + in order to interpret the color codes. If the terminal or console does not + understand the control codes the behavior is not defined. + + + By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream. + The property can be set to direct the output to the + error stream. + + + NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or + System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended. + Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender + (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired + behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application. + + + When configuring the ANSI colored terminal appender, a mapping should be + specified to map a logging level to a color. For example: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any + of the following values: + + Blue + Green + Red + White + Yellow + Purple + Cyan + + These color values cannot be combined to make new colors. + + + The attributes can be any combination of the following: + + Brightforeground is brighter + Dimforeground is dimmer + Underscoremessage is underlined + Blinkforeground is blinking (does not work on all terminals) + Reverseforeground and background are reversed + Hiddenoutput is hidden + Strikethroughmessage has a line through it + + While any of these attributes may be combined not all combinations + work well together, for example setting both Bright and Dim attributes makes + no sense. + + + Patrick Wagstrom + Nicko Cadell + + + + The enum of possible display attributes that can be combined to form the ANSI color attributes. + + + + + + text is bright + + + + + text is dim + + + + + text is underlined + + + + + text is blinking + + + Not all terminals support this attribute + + + + + text and background colors are reversed + + + + + text is hidden + + + + + text is displayed with a strikethrough + + + + + text color is light + + + + + The enum of possible foreground or background color values for + use with the color mapping method + + + + + + color is black + + + + + color is red + + + + + color is green + + + + + color is yellow + + + + + color is blue + + + + + color is magenta + + + + + color is cyan + + + + + color is white + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The instance of the class is set up to write + to the standard output stream. + + + + + Gets the console output stream, one of "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + + Adds a mapping of level to foreground and background colors. + + The mapping to add + + + + Writes the event to the console. + + The event to log. + + + This method is called by the method. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender layout. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Initializes the level to color mappings set on this appender. + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard output stream. + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard error output stream. + + + + + Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream + + + + + Mapping from level object to color value + + + + + Ansi code to reset terminal + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the color it should be displayed as. + + + + Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in. + + + + + + The mapped foreground color for the specified level + + + + Required property. + The mapped foreground color for the specified level + + + + + + The mapped background color for the specified level. Required property. + + + + + The color attributes for the specified level. + + + + + Initializes the options for the object + + + + Combines the and together + and appends the attributes. + + + + + + The combined , and + suitable for setting the ansi terminal color. + + + + + A strongly-typed collection of objects. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Supports type-safe iteration over a . + + + + + Creates a read-only wrapper for a instance. + + list to create a readonly wrapper around + + An wrapper that is read-only. + + + + + An empty readonly static AppenderCollection + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + that is empty and has the default initial capacity. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + that has the specified initial capacity. + + + The number of elements that the new is initially capable of storing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + that contains elements copied from the specified . + + The whose elements are copied to the new collection. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + that contains elements copied from the specified array. + + The array whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + that contains elements copied from the specified collection. + + The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Type visible only to our subclasses + Used to access protected constructor + + + + + + A value + + + + + Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors + + + + + + Gets the number of elements actually contained in the . + + + + + Copies the entire to a one-dimensional + array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + + + + Copies the entire to a one-dimensional + array, starting at the specified index of the target array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + The zero-based index in at which copying begins. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe). + + false, because the backing type is an array, which is never thread-safe. + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Adds a to the end of the . + + The to be added to the end of the . + The new + + + + Removes all elements from the . + + + + + Creates a shallow copy of the . + + A new with a shallow copy of the collection data. + + + + Determines whether a given is in the . + + The to check for. + if is found in the ; otherwise, . + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a + in the . + + The to locate in the . + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of + in the entire , if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + + Inserts an element into the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which should be inserted. + The to insert. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the . + + The to remove from the . + True if the item was removed. + + The specified was not found in the . + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the . + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. + + true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the . + + An for the entire . + + + + Gets or sets the number of elements the can contain. + + + + + Adds the elements of another to the current . + + The whose elements should be added to the end of the current . + The new of the . + + + + Adds the elements of a array to the current . + + The array whose elements should be added to the end of the . + The new of the . + + + + Adds the elements of a collection to the current . + + The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the . + The new of the . + + + + Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements. + + + + + Return the collection elements as an array + + the array + + + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Supports simple iteration over a . + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + + + + Abstract base class implementation of . + + + + This class provides the code for common functionality, such + as support for threshold filtering and support for general filters. + + + Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore + they would require that the method + be called after the appenders properties have been configured. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default constructor + + + Empty default constructor + + + + + Finalizes this appender by calling the implementation's + method. + + + + If this appender has not been closed then the Finalize method + will call . + + + + + + Gets or sets the threshold of this appender. + Defaults to . + + + The threshold of the appender. + + + + All log events with lower level than the threshold level are ignored + by the appender. + + + In configuration files this option is specified by setting the + value of the option to a level + string, such as "DEBUG", "INFO" and so on. + + + + + + Gets or sets the for this appender. + + The of the appender + + + The provides a default + implementation for the property. + + + + + + The filter chain. + + The head of the filter chain. + + + Returns the head Filter. The Filters are organized in a linked list + and so all Filters on this Appender are available through the result. + + + + + + Gets or sets the for this appender. + + The layout of the appender. + + + See for more information. + + + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Gets or sets the name that uniquely identifies this appender. + + + + + Closes the appender and releases resources. + + + + Release any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + This method cannot be overridden by subclasses. This method + delegates the closing of the appender to the + method which must be overridden in the subclass. + + + + + + Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before + delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific + method. + + The event to log. + + + This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A + derived class should override the method + which is called by this method. + + + The implementation of this method is as follows: + + + + + + Checks that the severity of the + is greater than or equal to the of this + appender. + + + + Checks that the chain accepts the + . + + + + + Calls and checks that + it returns true. + + + + + If all of the above steps succeed then the + will be passed to the abstract method. + + + + + + Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before + delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific + method. + + The array of events to log. + + + This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A + derived class should override the method + which is called by this method. + + + The implementation of this method is as follows: + + + + + + Checks that the severity of the + is greater than or equal to the of this + appender. + + + + Checks that the chain accepts the + . + + + + + Calls and checks that + it returns true. + + + + + If all of the above steps succeed then the + will be passed to the method. + + + + + + Test if the logging event should we output by this appender + + the event to test + true if the event should be output, false if the event should be ignored + + + This method checks the logging event against the threshold level set + on this appender and also against the filters specified on this + appender. + + + The implementation of this method is as follows: + + + + + + Checks that the severity of the + is greater than or equal to the of this + appender. + + + + Checks that the chain accepts the + . + + + + + + + + + Adds a filter to the end of the filter chain. + + the filter to add to this appender + + + The Filters are organized in a linked list. + + + Setting this property causes the new filter to be pushed onto the + back of the filter chain. + + + + + + Clears the filter list for this appender. + + + + Clears the filter list for this appender. + + + + + + Checks if the message level is below this appender's threshold. + + to test against. + + true if the meets the + requirements of this appender. A null level always maps to true, + the equivalent of . + + + + + Is called when the appender is closed. Derived classes should override + this method if resources need to be released. + + + + Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + + + + Subclasses of should implement this method + to perform actual logging. + + The event to append. + + + A subclass must implement this method to perform + logging of the . + + This method will be called by + if all the conditions listed for that method are met. + + + To restrict the logging of events in the appender + override the method. + + + + + + Append a bulk array of logging events. + + the array of logging events + + + This base class implementation calls the + method for each element in the bulk array. + + + A subclass that can better process a bulk array of events should + override this method in addition to . + + + + + + Appends logging events. + + The logging events + + + This base class implementation calls the + method for each element in the bulk array. + + + A subclass that can better process a bulk array of events should + override this method in addition to . + + + + + + Called before as a precondition. + + + + This method is called by + before the call to the abstract method. + + + This method can be overridden in a subclass to extend the checks + made before the event is passed to the method. + + + A subclass should ensure that they delegate this call to + this base class if it is overridden. + + + true if the call to should proceed. + + + + Renders the to a string. + + The event to render. + The event rendered as a string. + + + Helper method to render a to + a string. This appender must have a + set to render the to + a string. + + If there is exception data in the logging event and + the layout does not process the exception, this method + will append the exception text to the rendered string. + + + Where possible use the alternative version of this method + . + That method streams the rendering onto an existing Writer + which can give better performance if the caller already has + a open and ready for writing. + + + + + + Renders the to a string. + + The event to render. + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + + + Helper method to render a to + a string. This appender must have a + set to render the to + a string. + + If there is exception data in the logging event and + the layout does not process the exception, this method + will append the exception text to the rendered string. + + + Use this method in preference to + where possible. If, however, the caller needs to render the event + to a string then does + provide an efficient mechanism for doing so. + + + + + + Tests if this appender requires a to be set. + + + + In the rather exceptional case, where the appender + implementation admits a layout but can also work without it, + then the appender should return true. + + + This default implementation always returns false. + + + + true if the appender requires a layout object, otherwise false. + + + + + Flushes any buffered log data. + + + This implementation doesn't flush anything and always returns true + + True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false. + + + + It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null. + + + + See for more information. + + + + + + The last filter in the filter chain. + + + See for more information. + + + + + Flag indicating if this appender is closed. + + + See for more information. + + + + + The guard prevents an appender from repeatedly calling its own DoAppend method + + + + + Used for locking actions by this appender. + + + + + StringWriter used to render events + + + + + Initial buffer size + + + + + Maximum buffer size before it is recycled + + + + + The fully qualified type of the AppenderSkeleton class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + + Appends log events to the ASP.NET system. + + + + + Diagnostic information and tracing messages that you specify are appended to the output + of the page that is sent to the requesting browser. Optionally, you can view this information + from a separate trace viewer (Trace.axd) that displays trace information for every page in a + given application. + + + Trace statements are processed and displayed only when tracing is enabled. You can control + whether tracing is displayed to a page, to the trace viewer, or both. + + + The logging event is passed to the or + method depending on the level of the logging event. + The event's logger name is the default value for the category parameter of the Write/Warn method. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Ron Grabowski + + + + Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace HttpContext.Current.Trace. + + the event to log + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + The category parameter sent to the Trace method. + + + + Defaults to %logger which will use the logger name of the current + as the category parameter. + + + + + + Abstract base class implementation of that + buffers events in a fixed size buffer. + + + + This base class should be used by appenders that need to buffer a + number of events before logging them. + For example the + buffers events and then submits the entire contents of the buffer to + the underlying database in one go. + + + Subclasses should override the + method to deliver the buffered events. + + The BufferingAppenderSkeleton maintains a fixed size cyclic + buffer of events. The size of the buffer is set using + the property. + + A is used to inspect + each event as it arrives in the appender. If the + triggers, then the current buffer is sent immediately + (see ). Otherwise the event + is stored in the buffer. For example, an evaluator can be used to + deliver the events immediately when an ERROR event arrives. + + + The buffering appender can be configured in a mode. + By default the appender is NOT lossy. When the buffer is full all + the buffered events are sent with . + If the property is set to true then the + buffer will not be sent when it is full, and new events arriving + in the appender will overwrite the oldest event in the buffer. + In lossy mode the buffer will only be sent when the + triggers. This can be useful behavior when you need to know about + ERROR events but not about events with a lower level, configure an + evaluator that will trigger when an ERROR event arrives, the whole + buffer will be sent which gives a history of events leading up to + the ERROR event. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Protected default constructor to allow subclassing. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + the events passed through this appender must be + fixed by the time that they arrive in the derived class' SendBuffer method. + + + Protected constructor to allow subclassing. + + + The should be set if the subclass + expects the events delivered to be fixed even if the + is set to zero, i.e. when no buffering occurs. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender is lossy. + + + true if the appender is lossy, otherwise false. The default is false. + + + + This appender uses a buffer to store logging events before + delivering them. A triggering event causes the whole buffer + to be sent to the remote sink. If the buffer overruns before + a triggering event then logging events could be lost. Set + to false to prevent logging events + from being lost. + + If is set to true then an + must be specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the + logging events. + + + The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events. + + + + The option takes a positive integer + representing the maximum number of logging events to collect in + a cyclic buffer. When the is reached, + oldest events are deleted as new events are added to the + buffer. By default the size of the cyclic buffer is 512 events. + + + If the is set to a value less than + or equal to 1 then no buffering will occur. The logging event + will be delivered synchronously (depending on the + and properties). Otherwise the event will + be buffered. + + + + + + Gets or sets the that causes the + buffer to be sent immediately. + + + The that causes the buffer to be + sent immediately. + + + + The evaluator will be called for each event that is appended to this + appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will + immediately be sent (see ). + + If is set to true then an + must be specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the to use. + + + The value of the to use. + + + + The evaluator will be called for each event that is discarded from this + appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will immediately + be sent (see ). + + + + + + Gets or sets the fields that will be fixed in the event. + + + The event fields that will be fixed before the event is buffered + + + + The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values + captured before it can be buffered. See + for details. + + + + + + + Flushes any buffered log data. + + The maximum time to wait for logging events to be flushed. + True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false. + + + + Flush the currently buffered events + + + + Flushes any events that have been buffered. + + + If the appender is buffering in mode then the contents + of the buffer will NOT be flushed to the appender. + + + + + + Flush the currently buffered events + + set to true to flush the buffer of lossy events + + + Flushes events that have been buffered. If is + false then events will only be flushed if this buffer is non-lossy mode. + + + If the appender is buffering in mode then the contents + of the buffer will only be flushed if is true. + In this case the contents of the buffer will be tested against the + and if triggering will be output. All other buffered + events will be discarded. + + + If is true then the buffer will always + be emptied by calling this method. + + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Close this appender instance. + + + + Close this appender instance. If this appender is marked + as not then the remaining events in + the buffer must be sent when the appender is closed. + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + the event to log + + + Stores the in the cyclic buffer. + + + The buffer will be sent (i.e. passed to the + method) if one of the following conditions is met: + + + + The cyclic buffer is full and this appender is + marked as not lossy (see ) + + + An is set and + it is triggered for the + specified. + + + + Before the event is stored in the buffer it is fixed + (see ) to ensure that + any data referenced by the event will be valid when the buffer + is processed. + + + + + + Sends the contents of the buffer. + + The first logging event. + The buffer containing the events that need to be sent. + + + The subclass must override . + + + + + + Sends the events. + + The events that need to be sent. + + + The subclass must override this method to process the buffered events. + + + + + + The default buffer size. + + + The default size of the cyclic buffer used to store events. + This is set to 512 by default. + + + + + The cyclic buffer used to store the logging events. + + + + + The events delivered to the subclass must be fixed. + + + + + Buffers events and then forwards them to attached appenders. + + + + The events are buffered in this appender until conditions are + met to allow the appender to deliver the events to the attached + appenders. See for the + conditions that cause the buffer to be sent. + + The forwarding appender can be used to specify different + thresholds and filters for the same appender at different locations + within the hierarchy. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Closes the appender and releases resources. + + + + Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + + + + Send the events. + + The events that need to be sent. + + + Forwards the events to the attached appenders. + + + + + + Adds an to the list of appenders of this + instance. + + The to add to this appender. + + + If the specified is already in the list of + appenders, then it won't be added again. + + + + + + Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an + . + + + If no appenders can be found, then an + is returned. + + + A collection of the appenders in this appender. + + + + + Looks for the appender with the specified name. + + The name of the appender to lookup. + + The appender with the specified name, or null. + + + + + Removes all previously added appenders from this appender. + + + + This is useful when re-reading configuration information. + + + + + + Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders. + + The appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + Implementation of the interface + + + + + Appends logging events to the console. + + + + ColoredConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream + or the error output stream using a layout specified by the + user. It also allows the color of a specific type of message to be set. + + + By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream. + The property can be set to direct the output to the + error stream. + + + NOTE: This appender writes directly to the application's attached console + not to the System.Console.Out or System.Console.Error TextWriter. + The System.Console.Out and System.Console.Error streams can be + programmatically redirected (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). + This appender will ignore these redirections because it needs to use Win32 + API calls to colorize the output. To respect these redirections the + must be used. + + + When configuring the colored console appender, mapping should be + specified to map a logging level to a color. For example: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any + combination of the following values: + + Blue + Green + Red + White + Yellow + Purple + Cyan + HighIntensity + + + + Rick Hobbs + Nicko Cadell + + + + The enum of possible color values for use with the color mapping method + + + + The following flags can be combined to form the colors. + + + + + + + color is blue + + + + + color is green + + + + + color is red + + + + + color is white + + + + + color is yellow + + + + + color is purple + + + + + color is cyan + + + + + color is intensified + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The instance of the class is set up to write + to the standard output stream. + + + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + + + Add a mapping of level to color - done by the config file + + The mapping to add + + + Add a mapping to this appender. + Each mapping defines the foreground and background colors + for a level. + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the event to the console. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Initializes the options for this appender. + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard output stream. + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard error output stream. + + + + + Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream + + + + + Mapping from level object to color value + + + + + The console output stream writer to write to + + + + This writer is not thread safe. + + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the color it should be displayed as. + + + + Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in. + + + + + + The mapped foreground color for the specified level + + + + + The mapped background color for the specified level + + + + + Initialize the options for the object + + + + Combine the and together. + + + + + + The combined and suitable for + setting the console color. + + + + + Appends logging events to the console. + + + + ConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream + or the error output stream using a layout specified by the + user. + + + By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream. + The property can be set to direct the output to the + error stream. + + + NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or + System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended. + Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender + (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired + behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The instance of the class is set up to write + to the standard output stream. + + + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the event to the console. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console standard output stream. + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console standard error output stream. + + + + + Appends log events to the system. + + + + The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners + are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the + class for details on configuring the + debug system. + + + Events are written using the + method. The event's logger name is passed as the value for the category name to the Write method. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will + flush at the end of each write. + + + The default behavior is to flush at the end of each + write. If the option is set tofalse, then the underlying + stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time. + + + Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results + in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety + trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is + skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not + be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high + price to pay even for a 20% performance gain. + + + + + + Formats the category parameter sent to the Debug method. + + + + Defaults to a with %logger as the pattern which will use the logger name of the current + as the category parameter. + + + + + + Flushes any buffered log data. + + The maximum time to wait for logging events to be flushed. + True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false. + + + + Writes the logging event to the system. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the logging event to the system. + If is true then the + is called. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Writes events to the system event log. + + + + The appender will fail if you try to write using an event source that doesn't exist unless it is running with local administrator privileges. + See also http://logging.apache.org/log4net/release/faq.html#trouble-EventLog + + + The EventID of the event log entry can be + set using the EventID property () + on the . + + + The Category of the event log entry can be + set using the Category property () + on the . + + + There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message + + + When configuring the EventLogAppender a mapping can be + specified to map a logging level to an event log entry type. For example: + + + <mapping> + <level value="ERROR" /> + <eventLogEntryType value="Error" /> + </mapping> + <mapping> + <level value="DEBUG" /> + <eventLogEntryType value="Information" /> + </mapping> + + + The Level is the standard log4net logging level and eventLogEntryType can be any value + from the enum, i.e.: + + Erroran error event + Warninga warning event + Informationan informational event + + + + Aspi Havewala + Douglas de la Torre + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Thomas Voss + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + The name of the log where messages will be stored. + + + The string name of the log where messages will be stored. + + + This is the name of the log as it appears in the Event Viewer + tree. The default value is to log into the Application + log, this is where most applications write their events. However + if you need a separate log for your application (or applications) + then you should set the appropriately. + This should not be used to distinguish your event log messages + from those of other applications, the + property should be used to distinguish events. This property should be + used to group together events into a single log. + + + + + + Property used to set the Application name. This appears in the + event logs when logging. + + + The string used to distinguish events from different sources. + + + Sets the event log source property. + + + + + This property is used to return the name of the computer to use + when accessing the event logs. Currently, this is the current + computer, denoted by a dot "." + + + The string name of the machine holding the event log that + will be logged into. + + + This property cannot be changed. It is currently set to '.' + i.e. the local machine. This may be changed in future. + + + + + Add a mapping of level to - done by the config file + + The mapping to add + + + Add a mapping to this appender. + Each mapping defines the event log entry type for a level. + + + + + + Gets or sets the used to write to the EventLog. + + + The used to write to the EventLog. + + + + The system security context used to write to the EventLog. + + + Unless a specified here for this appender + the is queried for the + security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context + of the current thread. + + + + + + Gets or sets the EventId to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent's properties. + + + + The EventID of the event log entry will normally be + set using the EventID property () + on the . + This property provides the fallback value which defaults to 0. + + + + + + Gets or sets the Category to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent's properties. + + + + The Category of the event log entry will normally be + set using the Category property () + on the . + This property provides the fallback value which defaults to 0. + + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Create an event log source + + + + + This method is called by the + method. + + the event to log + + Writes the event to the system event log using the + . + + If the event has an EventID property (see ) + set then this integer will be used as the event log event id. + + + There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + + Get the equivalent for a + + the Level to convert to an EventLogEntryType + The equivalent for a + + Because there are fewer applicable + values to use in logging levels than there are in the + this is a one way mapping. There is + a loss of information during the conversion. + + + + + Mapping from level object to EventLogEntryType + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the color it should be displayed as. + + + + Defines the mapping between a level and its event log entry type. + + + + + + The for this entry + + + + + The fully qualified type of the EventLogAppender class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + The maximum size supported by default. + + + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/xzwc042w(v=vs.100).aspx + The 32766 documented max size is two bytes shy of 32K (I'm assuming 32766 + may leave space for a two byte null terminator of #0#0). The 32766 max + length is what the .NET 4.0 source code checks for, but this is WRONG! + Strings with a length > 31839 on Windows Vista or higher can CORRUPT + the event log! See: System.Diagnostics.EventLogInternal.InternalWriteEvent() + for the use of the 32766 max size. + + + + + The maximum size supported by a windows operating system that is vista + or newer. + + + See ReportEvent API: + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa363679(VS.85).aspx + ReportEvent's lpStrings parameter: + "A pointer to a buffer containing an array of + null-terminated strings that are merged into the message before Event Viewer + displays the string to the user. This parameter must be a valid pointer + (or NULL), even if wNumStrings is zero. Each string is limited to 31,839 characters." + + Going beyond the size of 31839 will (at some point) corrupt the event log on Windows + Vista or higher! It may succeed for a while...but you will eventually run into the + error: "System.ComponentModel.Win32Exception : A device attached to the system is + not functioning", and the event log will then be corrupt (I was able to corrupt + an event log using a length of 31877 on Windows 7). + + The max size for Windows Vista or higher is documented here: + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/xzwc042w(v=vs.100).aspx. + Going over this size may succeed a few times but the buffer will overrun and + eventually corrupt the log (based on testing). + + The maxEventMsgSize size is based on the max buffer size of the lpStrings parameter of the ReportEvent API. + The documented max size for EventLog.WriteEntry for Windows Vista and higher is 31839, but I'm leaving room for a + terminator of #0#0, as we cannot see the source of ReportEvent (though we could use an API monitor to examine the + buffer, given enough time). + + + + + The maximum size that the operating system supports for + a event log message. + + + Used to determine the maximum string length that can be written + to the operating system event log and eventually truncate a string + that exceeds the limits. + + + + + This method determines the maximum event log message size allowed for + the current environment. + + + + + + Appends logging events to a file. + + + + Logging events are sent to the file specified by the property. + + + The file can be opened in either append or overwrite mode + by specifying the property. + If the file path is relative it is taken as relative from + the application base directory. The file encoding can be + specified by setting the property. + + + The layout's and + values will be written each time the file is opened and closed + respectively. If the property is + then the file may contain multiple copies of the header and footer. + + + This appender will first try to open the file for writing when + is called. This will typically be during configuration. + If the file cannot be opened for writing the appender will attempt + to open the file again each time a message is logged to the appender. + If the file cannot be opened for writing when a message is logged then + the message will be discarded by this appender. + + + The supports pluggable file locking models via + the property. + The default behavior, implemented by + is to obtain an exclusive write lock on the file until this appender is closed. + The alternative models only hold a + write lock while the appender is writing a logging event () + or synchronize by using a named system-wide Mutex (). + + + All locking strategies have issues and you should seriously consider using a different strategy that + avoids having multiple processes logging to the same file. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Rodrigo B. de Oliveira + Douglas de la Torre + Niall Daley + + + + Write only that uses the + to manage access to an underlying resource. + + + + + Write only that uses the + to manage access to an underlying resource. + + + + + Locking model base class + + + + Base class for the locking models available to the derived loggers. + + + + + + Open the output file + + The filename to use + Whether to append to the file, or overwrite + The encoding to use + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + No writes will be made until is called. + Must be called before any calls to , + and . + + + + + + Close the file + + + + Close the file. No further writes will be made. + + + + + + Initializes all resources used by this locking model. + + + + + Disposes all resources that were initialized by this locking model. + + + + + Acquire the lock on the file + + A stream that is ready to be written to, or null if there is no active stream because uninitialized or error. + + + Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it. + Returns a stream pointing to the file. + must be called to release the lock on the output file when the return + value is not null. + + + + + + Releases the lock on the file + + + + No further writes will be made to the stream until is called again. + + + + + + Gets or sets the for this LockingModel + + + The for this LockingModel + + + + The file appender this locking model is attached to and working on + behalf of. + + + The file appender is used to locate the security context and the error handler to use. + + + The value of this property will be set before is + called. + + + + + + Helper method that creates a FileStream under CurrentAppender's SecurityContext. + + + + Typically called during OpenFile or AcquireLock. + + + If the directory portion of the does not exist, it is created + via Directory.CreateDirectory. + + + + + + + + + + Helper method to close under CurrentAppender's SecurityContext. + + + Does not set to null. + + + + + + Hold an exclusive lock on the output file + + + + Open the file once for writing and hold it open until is called. + Maintains an exclusive lock on the file during this time. + + + + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + + The filename to use + Whether to append to the file, or overwrite + The encoding to use + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + No writes will be made until is called. + Must be called before any calls to , + and . + + + + + + Close the file + + + + Close the file. No further writes will be made. + + + + + + Acquire the lock on the file + + A stream that is ready to be written to. + + + Does nothing. The lock is already taken + + + + + + Release the lock on the file + + + + Does nothing. The lock will be released when the file is closed. + + + + + + Initializes all resources used by this locking model. + + + + + Disposes all resources that were initialized by this locking model. + + + + + Acquires the file lock for each write + + + + Opens the file once for each / cycle, + thus holding the lock for the minimal amount of time. This method of locking + is considerably slower than but allows + other processes to move/delete the log file whilst logging continues. + + + + + + Prepares to open the file when the first message is logged. + + The filename to use + Whether to append to the file, or overwrite + The encoding to use + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + No writes will be made until is called. + Must be called before any calls to , + and . + + + + + + Close the file + + + + Close the file. No further writes will be made. + + + + + + Acquire the lock on the file + + A stream that is ready to be written to. + + + Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it. + Return a stream pointing to the file. + must be called to release the lock on the output file. + + + + + + Release the lock on the file + + + + Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the + stream until is called again. + + + + + + Initializes all resources used by this locking model. + + + + + Disposes all resources that were initialized by this locking model. + + + + + Provides cross-process file locking. + + Ron Grabowski + Steve Wranovsky + + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + + The filename to use + Whether to append to the file, or overwrite + The encoding to use + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + No writes will be made until is called. + Must be called before any calls to , + - and . + + + + + + Close the file + + + + Close the file. No further writes will be made. + + + + + + Acquire the lock on the file + + A stream that is ready to be written to. + + + Does nothing. The lock is already taken + + + + + + Releases the lock and allows others to acquire a lock. + + + + + Initializes all resources used by this locking model. + + + + + Disposes all resources that were initialized by this locking model. + + + + + Hold no lock on the output file + + + + Open the file once and hold it open until is called. + Maintains no lock on the file during this time. + + + + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + + The filename to use + Whether to append to the file, or overwrite + The encoding to use + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + No writes will be made until is called. + Must be called before any calls to , + and . + + + + + + Close the file + + + + Close the file. No further writes will be made. + + + + + + Acquire the lock on the file + + A stream that is ready to be written to. + + + Does nothing. The lock is already taken + + + + + + Release the lock on the file + + + + Does nothing. The lock will be released when the file is closed. + + + + + + Initializes all resources used by this locking model. + + + + + Disposes all resources that were initialized by this locking model. + + + + + Default locking model (when no locking model was configured) + + + + + Specify default locking model + + Type of LockingModel + + + + Gets or sets the path to the file that logging will be written to. + + + The path to the file that logging will be written to. + + + + If the path is relative it is taken as relative from + the application base directory. + + + + + + Gets or sets a flag that indicates whether the file should be + appended to or overwritten. + + + Indicates whether the file should be appended to or overwritten. + + + + If the value is set to false then the file will be overwritten, if + it is set to true then the file will be appended to. + + The default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets used to write to the file. + + + The used to write to the file. + + + + The default encoding set is + which is the encoding for the system's current ANSI code page. + + + + + + Gets or sets the used to write to the file. + + + The used to write to the file. + + + + Unless a specified here for this appender + the is queried for the + security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context + of the current thread. + + + + + + Gets or sets the used to handle locking of the file. + + + The used to lock the file. + + + + Gets or sets the used to handle locking of the file. + + + There are three built in locking models, , and . + The first locks the file from the start of logging to the end, the + second locks only for the minimal amount of time when logging each message + and the last synchronizes processes using a named system-wide Mutex. + + + The default locking model is the . + + + + + + Activate the options on the file appender. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + This will cause the file to be opened. + + + + + + Closes any previously opened file and calls the parent's . + + + + Resets the filename and the file stream. + + + + + + Close this appender instance. The underlying stream or writer is also closed. + + + + + Called to initialize the file writer + + + + Will be called for each logged message until the file is + successfully opened. + + + + + + This method is called by the + method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists + and is writable. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + This method is called by the + method. + + The array of events to log. + + + Acquires the output file locks once before writing all the events to + the stream. + + + + + + Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + + + Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + + + Closes the underlying . + + + + Closes the underlying . + + + + + + Closes the previously opened file. + + + + Writes the to the file and then + closes the file. + + + + + + Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable. + + The path to the log file. Must be a fully qualified path. + If true will append to fileName. Otherwise will truncate fileName + + + Calls but guarantees not to throw an exception. + Errors are passed to the . + + + + + + Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable. + + The path to the log file. Must be a fully qualified path. + If true will append to fileName. Otherwise will truncate fileName + + + If there was already an opened file, then the previous file + is closed first. + + + This method will ensure that the directory structure + for the specified exists. + + + + + + Sets the quiet writer used for file output + + the file stream that has been opened for writing + + + This implementation of creates a + over the and passes it to the + method. + + + This method can be overridden by subclasses that want to wrap the + in some way, for example to encrypt the output + data using a System.Security.Cryptography.CryptoStream. + + + + + + Sets the quiet writer being used. + + the writer over the file stream that has been opened for writing + + + This method can be overridden by subclasses that want to + wrap the in some way. + + + + + + Convert a path into a fully qualified path. + + The path to convert. + The fully qualified path. + + + Converts the path specified to a fully + qualified path. If the path is relative it is + taken as relative from the application base + directory. + + + + + + The name of the log file. + + + + + The stream to log to. Has added locking semantics + + + + + The fully qualified type of the FileAppender class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + This appender forwards logging events to attached appenders. + + + + The forwarding appender can be used to specify different thresholds + and filters for the same appender at different locations within the hierarchy. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Closes the appender and releases resources. + + + + Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + + + + Forward the logging event to the attached appenders + + The event to log. + + + Delivers the logging event to all the attached appenders. + + + + + + Forward the logging events to the attached appenders + + The array of events to log. + + + Delivers the logging events to all the attached appenders. + + + + + + Adds an to the list of appenders of this + instance. + + The to add to this appender. + + + If the specified is already in the list of + appenders, then it won't be added again. + + + + + + Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an + . + + + If no appenders can be found, then an + is returned. + + + A collection of the appenders in this appender. + + + + + Looks for the appender with the specified name. + + The name of the appender to lookup. + + The appender with the specified name, or null. + + + + Get the named appender attached to this appender. + + + + + + Removes all previously added appenders from this appender. + + + + This is useful when re-reading configuration information. + + + + + + Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders. + + The appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + Implementation of the interface + + + + + Implement this interface for your own strategies for printing log statements. + + + + Implementors should consider extending the + class which provides a default implementation of this interface. + + + Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore + they would require that the method + be called after the appenders properties have been configured. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Closes the appender and releases resources. + + + + Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + + + + Log the logging event in Appender specific way. + + The event to log + + + This method is called to log a message into this appender. + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of this appender. + + The name of the appender. + + The name uniquely identifies the appender. + + + + + Interface for appenders that support bulk logging. + + + + This interface extends the interface to + support bulk logging of objects. Appenders + should only implement this interface if they can bulk log efficiently. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Log the array of logging events in Appender specific way. + + The events to log + + + This method is called to log an array of events into this appender. + + + + + + Interface that can be implemented by Appenders that buffer logging data and expose a method. + + + + + Flushes any buffered log data. + + + Appenders that implement the method must do so in a thread-safe manner: it can be called concurrently with + the method. + + Typically this is done by locking on the Appender instance, e.g.: + + + + + + The parameter is only relevant for appenders that process logging events asynchronously, + such as RemotingAppender. + + + The maximum time to wait for logging events to be flushed. + True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false. + + + + Interface for UDP connection management. + Only public for unit testing purposes. + Do not use outside of log4net. + Signatures may change without notice. + + + + + Establishes a default remote host using the specified host name and port number. + + The local port number + The remote host to which you intend send data. + The port number on the remote host to which you intend to send data. + + + + Sends a UDP datagram asynchronously to a remote host. + + An array of type System.Byte that specifies the UDP datagram that you intend to send represented as an array of bytes. + The number of bytes in the datagram. + Task for Completion + + + + Wrapper for to manage UDP connections. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance configured with the specified local port and remote address. + + A instance configured with the specified parameters. + + + + Logs events to a local syslog service. + + + + This appender uses the POSIX libc library functions openlog, syslog, and closelog. + If these functions are not available on the local system then this appender will not work! + + + The functions openlog, syslog, and closelog are specified in SUSv2 and + POSIX 1003.1-2001 standards. These are used to log messages to the local syslog service. + + + This appender talks to a local syslog service. If you need to log to a remote syslog + daemon and you cannot configure your local syslog service to do this you may be + able to use the to log via UDP. + + + Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity + is derived from the Level of the logging event. + The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog + values. The facilities list is predefined + and cannot be extended. + + + An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified + by setting the property. The identity (also know + as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the + identity is the application name (from ). + + + Rob Lyon + Nicko Cadell + + + + syslog severities + + + + The log4net Level maps to a syslog severity using the + method and the + class. The severity is set on . + + + + + + system is unusable + + + + + action must be taken immediately + + + + + critical conditions + + + + + error conditions + + + + + warning conditions + + + + + normal but significant condition + + + + + informational + + + + + debug-level messages + + + + + syslog facilities + + + + The syslog facility defines which subsystem the logging comes from. + This is set on the property. + + + + + + kernel messages + + + + + random user-level messages + + + + + mail system + + + + + system daemons + + + + + security/authorization messages + + + + + messages generated internally by syslogd + + + + + line printer subsystem + + + + + network news subsystem + + + + + UUCP subsystem + + + + + clock (cron/at) daemon + + + + + security/authorization messages (private) + + + + + ftp daemon + + + + + NTP subsystem + + + + + log audit + + + + + log alert + + + + + clock daemon + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + Message identity + + + + An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified + by setting the property. The identity (also known + as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the + identity is the application name (from ). + + + + + + Syslog facility + + + Set to one of the values. The list of + facilities is predefined and cannot be extended. The default value + is . + + + + + Add a mapping of level to severity + + The mapping to add + + + Adds a to this appender. + + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + Close the syslog when the appender is closed + + + + Close the syslog when the appender is closed + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity. + + A log4net level. + A syslog severity. + + + + Generate a syslog priority. + + The syslog facility. + The syslog severity. + A syslog priority. + + + + Marshaled handle to the identity string. We have to hold on to the + string as the openlog and syslog APIs just hold the + pointer to the ident and dereference it for each log message. + + + + + Mapping from level object to syslog severity + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the syslog severity that is should be logged at. + + + + + The mapped syslog severity for the specified level + + + + + Appends colorful logging events to the console, using .NET built-in capabilities. + + + + ManagedColoredConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream + or the error output stream using a layout specified by the + user. It also allows the color of a specific type of message to be set. + + + By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream. + The property can be set to direct the output to the + error stream. + + + When configuring the colored console appender, mappings should be + specified to map logging levels to colors. For example: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The Level is the standard log4net logging level while + ForeColor and BackColor are the values of + enumeration. + + + Based on the ColoredConsoleAppender + + + Rick Hobbs + Nicko Cadell + Pavlos Touboulidis + + + + Gets or sets the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + + Add a mapping of level to color - done by the config file + + The mapping to add + + + Each mapping defines the foreground and background colors + for a level. + + + + + + Writes the event to the console. + + The event to log. + + + This method is called by the method. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Initializes the options for this appender. + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard output stream. + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard error output stream. + + + + + Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream + + + + + Mapping from level object to color value + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the color it should be displayed as. + + + + + The mapped foreground color for the specified level + + + + + Gets or sets the mapped background color for the specified level + + + + + Stores logging events in an array. + + + + The memory appender stores all the logging events + that are appended in an in-memory array. + + + Use the method to get + and clear the current list of events that have been appended. + + + Use the method to get the current + list of events that have been appended. Note there is a + race-condition when calling and + in pairs, you better use in that case. + + + Use the method to clear the + current list of events. Note there is a + race-condition when calling and + in pairs, you better use in that case. + + + Julian Biddle + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the events that have been logged. + + The events that have been logged + + + + Gets or sets the fields that will be fixed in the event + + + + The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values + captured before it can be buffered. See + for details. + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + the event to log + + Stores the in the events list. + + + + + Clear the list of events + + + Clear the list of events + + + + + Gets the events that have been logged and clears the list of events. + + The events that have been logged + + + + The list of events that have been appended. + + + + + Appends log events to the OutputDebugString system. + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Writes the logging event to the output debug string API + + the event to log + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Logs events to a remote syslog daemon. + + + + The BSD syslog protocol is used to remotely log to + a syslog daemon. The syslogd listens for messages + on UDP port 514. + + + The syslog UDP protocol is not authenticated. Most syslog daemons + do not accept remote log messages because of the security implications. + You may be able to use the LocalSyslogAppender to talk to a local + syslog service. + + + There is an RFC 3164 that claims to document the BSD Syslog Protocol. + This RFC can be seen here: http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc3164.html. + This appender generates what the RFC calls an "Original Device Message", + i.e. does not include the TIMESTAMP or HOSTNAME fields. By observation + this format of message will be accepted by all current syslog daemon + implementations. The daemon will attach the current time and the source + hostname or IP address to any messages received. + + + Syslog messages must have a facility and a severity. The severity + is derived from the Level of the logging event. + The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog + values. The facilities list is predefined + and cannot be extended. + + + An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified + by setting the property. The identity (also known + as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the + identity is the application name (from ). + + + Rob Lyon + Nicko Cadell + + + + Syslog port 514 + + + + + syslog severities + + + + The syslog severities. + + + + + + system is unusable + + + + + action must be taken immediately + + + + + critical conditions + + + + + error conditions + + + + + warning conditions + + + + + normal but significant condition + + + + + informational + + + + + debug-level messages + + + + + syslog facilities + + + + The syslog facilities + + + + + + kernel messages + + + + + random user-level messages + + + + + mail system + + + + + system daemons + + + + + security/authorization messages + + + + + messages generated internally by syslogd + + + + + line printer subsystem + + + + + network news subsystem + + + + + UUCP subsystem + + + + + clock (cron/at) daemon + + + + + security/authorization messages (private) + + + + + ftp daemon + + + + + NTP subsystem + + + + + log audit + + + + + log alert + + + + + clock daemon + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + This instance of the class is set up to write + to a remote syslog daemon. + + + + + Message identity + + + + An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified + by setting the property. The identity (also known + as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the + identity is the application name (from ). + + + + + + Syslog facility + + + Set to one of the values. The list of + facilities is predefined and cannot be extended. The default value + is . + + + + + Gets or sets the delegate used to create instances of . + + + + + Add a mapping of level to severity + + The mapping to add + + + Add a mapping to this appender. + + + + + + Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon. + + The event to log. + + + This method is called by the method. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + Appends the rendered message to the buffer + + rendered message + index of the current character in the message + buffer + + + + Initialize the options for this appender + + + + Initialize the level to syslog severity mappings set on this appender. + + + + + + Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity. + + A log4net level. + A syslog severity. + + + + Generate a syslog priority. + + The syslog facility. + The syslog severity. + A syslog priority. + + + Generate a syslog priority. + + + + + + Mapping from level object to syslog severity + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the syslog severity that it should be logged at. + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the syslog severity that it should be logged at. + + + + + + The mapped syslog severity for the specified level + + + + Required property. + + + + + + + + + Appender that rolls log files based on size or date or both. + + + + RollingFileAppender can roll log files based on size or date or both + depending on the setting of the property. + When set to the log file will be rolled + once its size exceeds the . + When set to the log file will be rolled + once the date boundary specified in the property + is crossed. + When set to the log file will be + rolled once the date boundary specified in the property + is crossed, but within a date boundary the file will also be rolled + once its size exceeds the . + When set to the log file will be rolled when + the appender is configured. This effectively means that the log file can be + rolled once per program execution. + + + The following additional features have been added: + + Attach date pattern for current log file + Backup number increments for newer files + Infinite number of backups by file size + + + + + + For large or infinite numbers of backup files a + greater than zero is highly recommended, otherwise all the backup files need + to be renamed each time a new backup is created. + + + When Date/Time based rolling is used setting + to will reduce the number of file renamings to a few or none. + + + + + + Changing or without clearing + the log file directory of backup files will cause unexpected and unwanted side effects. + + + + + If Date/Time based rolling is enabled this appender will attempt to roll existing files + in the directory without a Date/Time tag based on the last write date of the base log file. + The appender only rolls the log file when a message is logged. If Date/Time based rolling + is enabled then the appender will not roll the log file at the Date/Time boundary but + at the point when the next message is logged after the boundary has been crossed. + + + + The extends the and + has the same behavior when opening the log file. + The appender will first try to open the file for writing when + is called. This will typically be during configuration. + If the file cannot be opened for writing the appender will attempt + to open the file again each time a message is logged to the appender. + If the file cannot be opened for writing when a message is logged then + the message will be discarded by this appender. + + + When rolling a backup file necessitates deleting an older backup file the + file to be deleted is moved to a temporary name before being deleted. + + + + + A maximum number of backup files when rolling on date/time boundaries is not supported. + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Aspi Havewala + Douglas de la Torre + Edward Smit + + + + Style of rolling to use + + + + + Roll files once per program execution + + + + Roll files once per program execution. + Well really once each time this appender is configured. + + + Setting this option also sets AppendToFile to on the + , otherwise this appender would just be a normal file appender. + + + + + + Roll files based only on the size of the file + + + + + Roll files based only on the date + + + + + Roll files based on both the size and date of the file + + + + + The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence. + + + + + + + Roll the log not based on the date + + + + + Roll the log for each minute + + + + + Roll the log for each hour + + + + + Roll the log twice a day (midday and midnight) + + + + + Roll the log each day (midnight) + + + + + Roll the log each week + + + + + Roll the log each month + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Cleans up all resources used by this appender. + + + + + Gets or sets the strategy for determining the current date and time. The default + implementation is to use LocalDateTime which internally calls through to DateTime.Now. + DateTime.UtcNow may be used on frameworks newer than .NET 1.0 by specifying + . + + + An implementation of the interface which returns the current date and time. + + + + Gets or sets the used to return the current date and time. + + + There are two built strategies for determining the current date and time, + + and . + + + The default strategy is . + + + + + + Gets or sets the date pattern to be used for generating file names + when rolling over on date. + + + The date pattern to be used for generating file names when rolling + over on date. + + + + Takes a string in the same format as expected by + . + May be set to null to disable date formatting. + + + This property determines the rollover schedule when rolling over + on date. + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of backup files that are kept before + the oldest is erased. + + + The maximum number of backup files that are kept before the oldest is + erased. + + + + If set to zero, then there will be no backup files and the log file + will be truncated when it reaches . + + + If a negative number is supplied then no deletions will be made. Note + that this could result in very slow performance as a large number of + files are rolled over unless is used. + + + The maximum applies to each time based group of files and + not the total. + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach + before being rolled over to backup files. + + + The maximum size in bytes that the output file is allowed to reach before being + rolled over to backup files. + + + + This property is equivalent to except + that it is required for differentiating the setter taking a + argument from the setter taking a + argument. + + + The default maximum file size is 10MB (10*1024*1024). + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach + before being rolled over to backup files. + + + The maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach before being + rolled over to backup files. + + + + This property allows you to specify the maximum size with the + suffixes "KB", "MB" or "GB" so that the size is interpreted being + expressed respectively in kilobytes, megabytes or gigabytes. + + + For example, the value "10KB" will be interpreted as 10240 bytes. + + + The default maximum file size is 10MB. + + + If you have the option to set the maximum file size programmatically + consider using the property instead as this + allows you to set the size in bytes as a . + + + + + + Gets or sets the rolling file count direction. + + + The rolling file count direction. + + + + Indicates if the current file is the lowest numbered file or the + highest numbered file. + + + By default, newer files have lower numbers ( < 0), + i.e. log.1 is most recent, log.5 is the 5th backup, etc... + + + >= 0 does the opposite i.e. + log.1 is the first backup made, log.5 is the 5th backup made, etc. + For infinite backups use >= 0 to reduce + rollover costs. + + The default file count direction is -1. + + + + + Gets or sets the rolling style. + + The rolling style. + + + The default rolling style is . + + + When set to this appender's + property is set to , otherwise + the appender would append to a single file rather than rolling + the file each time it is opened. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to preserve the file name extension when rolling. + + + if the file name extension should be preserved. + + + + By default, file.log is rolled to file.log.yyyy-MM-dd or file.log.curSizeRollBackup. + However, under Windows the new file name will lose any program associations as the + extension is changed. Optionally file.log can be renamed to file.yyyy-MM-dd.log or + file.curSizeRollBackup.log to maintain any program associations. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to always log to + the same file. + + + if always should be logged to the same file, otherwise . + + + + By default, file.log is always the current file. Optionally + file.log.yyyy-mm-dd for current formatted datePattern can by the currently + logging file (or file.log.curSizeRollBackup or even + file.log.yyyy-mm-dd.curSizeRollBackup). + + + This will make time based rollovers with a large number of backups + much faster as the appender it won't have to rename all the backups! + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the RollingFileAppender class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Sets the quiet writer being used. + + + This method can be overridden by subclasses. + + the writer to set + + + + Write out a logging event. + + the event to write to file. + + + Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks + if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second) + is need and then appends to the file last. + + + + + + Write out an array of logging events. + + the events to write to file. + + + Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks + if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second) + is need and then appends to the file last. + + + + + + Performs any required rolling before outputting the next event + + + + Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks + if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second) + is need and then appends to the file last. + + + + + + Creates and opens the file for logging. If + is false then the fully qualified name is determined and used. + + the name of the file to open + true to append to existing file + + This method will ensure that the directory structure + for the specified exists. + + + + + Get the current output file name + + the base file name + the output file name + + The output file name is based on the base fileName specified. + If is set then the output + file name is the same as the base file passed in. Otherwise + the output file depends on the date pattern, on the count + direction or both. + + + + + Determines curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point) + + + + + Generates a wildcard pattern that can be used to find all files + that are similar to the base file name. + + + + + Builds a list of filenames for all files matching the base filename plus a file pattern. + + + + + Initiates a roll-over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run. + + + + + Initializes based on existing conditions at time of . + + + + Initializes based on existing conditions at time of . + The following is done + + determine curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point) + initiates a roll-over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run. + + + + + + + Does the work of bumping the 'current' file counter higher + to the highest count when an incremental file name is seen. + The highest count is either the first file (when count direction + is greater than 0) or the last file (when count direction less than 0). + In either case, we want to know the highest count that is present. + + + + + + + Attempts to extract a number from the end of the file name that indicates + the number of the times the file has been rolled over. + + + Certain date pattern extensions like yyyyMMdd will be parsed as valid backup indexes. + + + + + Takes a list of files and a base file name, and looks for 'incremented' versions of the base file. + Bumps the max count up to the highest count seen. + + + + + Calculates the RollPoint for the datePattern supplied. + + the date pattern to calculate the check period for + The RollPoint that is most accurate for the date pattern supplied + + Essentially the date pattern is examined to determine what the + most suitable roll point is. The roll point chosen is the roll point + with the smallest period that can be detected using the date pattern + supplied. i.e. if the date pattern only outputs the year, month, day + and hour then the smallest roll point that can be detected would be + and hourly roll point as minutes could not be detected. + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + Sets initial conditions including date/time roll over information, first check, + scheduledFilename, and calls to initialize + the current number of backups. + + + + + + CombinePath + + + .1, .2, .3, etc. + + + + + Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s). + + set to true if the file to be rolled is currently open + + + Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s). + Resets curSizeRollBackups. + If fileIsOpen is set then the new file is opened (through SafeOpenFile). + + + + + + Renames file to file . + + Name of existing file to roll. + New name for file. + + + Renames file to file . It + also checks for existence of target file and deletes if it does. + + + + + + Test if a file exists at a specified path + + the path to the file + true if the file exists + + + Test if a file exists at a specified path + + + + + + Deletes the specified file if it exists. + + The file to delete. + + + Delete a file if it exists. + The file is first moved to a new filename then deleted. + This allows the file to be removed even when it cannot + be deleted, but it still can be moved. + + + + + + Implements file roll base on file size. + + + + If the maximum number of size based backups is reached + (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups) then the oldest + file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection. + If countDirection < 0, then files + {File.1, ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1} + are renamed to {File.2, ..., + File.curSizeRollBackups}. Moreover, File is + renamed File.1 and closed. + + + A new file is created to receive further log output. + + + If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the + File is truncated with no backup files created. + + + If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is + renamed if needed and no files are deleted. + + + + + + Implements file roll. + + the base name to rename + + + If the maximum number of size based backups is reached + (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups) then the oldest + file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection. + If countDirection < 0, then files + {File.1, ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1} + are renamed to {File.2, ..., + File.curSizeRollBackups}. + + + If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the + File is truncated with no backup files created. + + + If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is + renamed if needed and no files are deleted. + + + This is called by to rename the files. + + + + + + Get the start time of the next window for the current roll point + + the current date + the type of roll point we are working with + the start time for the next roll point an interval after the currentDateTime date + + + Returns the date of the next roll point after the currentDateTime date passed to the method. + + + The basic strategy is to subtract the time parts that are less significant + than the roll point from the current time. This should roll the time back to + the start of the time window for the current roll point. Then we add 1 window + worth of time and get the start time of the next window for the roll point. + + + + + + The actual formatted filename that is currently being written to + or will be the file transferred to on roll over + (based on staticLogFileName). + + + + + The timestamp when we shall next recompute the filename. + + + + + Holds date of last roll over + + + + + The type of rolling done + + + + + How many sized based backups have been made so far + + + + + The rolling mode used in this appender. + + + + + Cache flag set if we are rolling by date. + + + + + Cache flag set if we are rolling by size. + + + + + FileName provided in configuration. Used for rolling properly + + + + + A mutex that is used to lock rolling of files. + + + + + The 1st of January 1970 in UTC + + + + + This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the . + + + This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the . + Used primarily to allow test classes to plug themselves in so they can + supply test date/times. + + + + + Gets the current time. + + The current time. + + + Gets the current time. + + + + + + Default implementation of that returns the current time. + + + + + Gets the current time. + + The current time. + + + Gets the current time. + + + + + + Implementation of that returns the current time as the coordinated universal time (UTC). + + + + + Gets the current time. + + The current time. + + + Gets the current time. + + + + + + Send an e-mail when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors + or fatal errors. + + + + The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on + the value of option. The + keeps only the last + logging events in its + cyclic buffer. This keeps memory requirements at a reasonable level while + still delivering useful application context. + + + Authentication is supported by setting the property to + either or . + If using authentication then the + and properties must also be set. + + + To set the SMTP server port use the property. The default port is 25. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default constructor + + + + Default constructor + + + + + + Gets or sets a comma-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses. + + + + + Gets or sets a comma-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses + that will be carbon copied. + + + + + Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses + that will be blind carbon copied. + + + A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses. + + + + A semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses. + + + + + + Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender. + + + The e-mail address of the sender. + + + + The e-mail address of the sender. + + + + + + Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message. + + + The subject line of the e-mail message. + + + + The subject line of the e-mail message. + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the SMTP relay mail server to use to send + the e-mail messages. + + + The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the + name of the local SMTP server is used. + + + + The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the + name of the local SMTP server is used. + + + + + + The mode to use to authentication with the SMTP server + + + + Valid Authentication mode values are: , + , and . + The default value is . When using + you must specify the + and to use to authenticate. + When using the Windows credentials for the current + thread, if impersonating, or the process will be used to authenticate. + + + + + + The username to use to authenticate with the SMTP server + + + + A and must be specified when + is set to , + otherwise the username will be ignored. + + + + + + The password to use to authenticate with the SMTP server + + + + A and must be specified when + is set to , + otherwise the password will be ignored. + + + + + + The port on which the SMTP server is listening + + + + The port on which the SMTP server is listening. The default + port is 25. + + + + + + Gets or sets the priority of the e-mail message + + + One of the values. + + + + Sets the priority of the e-mails generated by this + appender. The default priority is . + + + If you are using this appender to report errors then + you may want to set the priority to . + + + + + + Enable or disable use of SSL when sending e-mail message + + + This is available on MS .NET 2.0 runtime and higher + + + + + Gets or sets the reply-to e-mail address. + + + + + Gets or sets the subject encoding to be used. + + + The default encoding is the operating system's current ANSI codepage. + + + + + Gets or sets the body encoding to be used. + + + The default encoding is the operating system's current ANSI codepage. + + + + + Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message. + + The logging events to send. + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Send the email message + + the body text to include in the mail + + + + Values for the property. + + + + SMTP authentication modes. + + + + + + No authentication + + + + + Basic authentication. + + + Requires a username and password to be supplied + + + + + Integrated authentication + + + Uses the Windows credentials from the current thread or process to authenticate. + + + + + Trims leading and trailing commas or semicolons + + + + + Send an email when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors + or fatal errors. Rather than sending via smtp it writes a file into the + directory specified by . This allows services such + as the IIS SMTP agent to manage sending the messages. + + + + The configuration for this appender is identical to that of the SMTPAppender, + except that instead of specifying the SMTPAppender.SMTPHost you specify + . + + + The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on + the value of option. The + keeps only the last + logging events in its + cyclic buffer. This keeps memory requirements at a reasonable level while + still delivering useful application context. + + + Niall Daley + Nicko Cadell + + + + Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses. + + + + + Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender. + + + + + Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message. + + + + + Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. + + + + Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. This should be the same + as that used by the agent sending the messages. + + + + + + Gets or sets the file extension for the generated files + + + + + Gets or sets the used to write to the pickup directory. + + + The used to write to the pickup directory. + + + + Unless a specified here for this appender + the is queried for the + security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context + of the current thread. + + + + + + Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message. + + The logging events to send. + + + Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message. + + + + + + Activate the options on this appender. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Convert a path into a fully qualified path. + + The path to convert. + The fully qualified path. + + + Converts the path specified to a fully + qualified path. If the path is relative it is + taken as relative from the application base + directory. + + + + + + Appender that allows clients to connect via Telnet to receive log messages + + + + The TelnetAppender accepts socket connections and streams logging messages back to the client. + The output is provided in a telnet-friendly way so that a log can be monitored over a TCP/IP socket. + This allows simple remote monitoring of application logging. + + + The default is 23 (the telnet port). + + + Keith Long + Nicko Cadell + + + + The fully qualified type of the TelnetAppender class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Gets or sets the TCP port number on which this will listen for connections. + + + An integer value in the range to + indicating the TCP port number on which this will listen for connections. + + + + The default value is 23 (the telnet port). + + + The value specified is less than + or greater than . + + + + Overrides the parent method to close the socket handler + + + + Closes all the outstanding connections. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Create the socket handler and wait for connections + + + + + Writes the logging event to each connected client. + + The event to log. + + + + Helper class to manage connected clients + + + + The SocketHandler class is used to accept connections from clients. + It is threaded so that clients can connect/disconnect asynchronously. + + + + + + Class that represents a client connected to this handler + + + + + Create this for the specified + + the client's socket + + + Opens a stream writer on the socket. + + + + + + Writes a string to the client. + + string to send + + + + Cleans up the client connection. + + + + + Opens a new server port on + + the local port to listen on for connections + + + Creates a socket handler on the specified local server port. + + + + + + Sends a string message to each of the connected clients. + + the text to send + + + + Add a client to the internal clients list + + client to add + + + + Remove a client from the internal clients list + + client to remove + + + + Test if this handler has active connections + + + + + Callback used to accept a connection on the server socket + + The result of the asynchronous operation + + + On connection adds to the list of connections + if there are too many open connections you will be disconnected + + + + + + Closes all network connections + + + + + Sends logging events to a . + + + + An Appender that writes to a . + + + This appender may be used stand alone if initialized with an appropriate + writer, however it is typically used as a base class for an appender that + can open a to write to. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Douglas de la Torre + + + + Gets or set whether the appender will flush at the end + of each append operation. + + + + The default behavior is to flush at the end of each + append operation. + + + If this option is set to false, then the underlying + stream can defer persisting the logging event to a later + time. + + + + Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results in + a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is a safety + trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is + skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not + be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high + price to pay even for a 20% performance gain. + + + + + Sets the where the log output will go. + + + + The specified must be open and writable. + + + The will be closed when the appender + instance is closed. + + + Note: Logging to an unopened will fail. + + + + + + This method determines if there is a sense in attempting to append. + + + + This method checks if an output target has been set and if a + layout has been set. + + + false if any of the preconditions fail. + + + + This method is called by the + method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists + and is writable. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + This method is called by the + method. + + The array of events to log. + + + This method writes all the bulk logged events to the output writer + before flushing the stream. + + + + + + Close this appender instance. The underlying stream or writer is also closed. + + + Closed appenders cannot be reused. + + + + + Gets or set the and the underlying + , if any, for this appender. + + + The for this appender. + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Writes the footer and closes the underlying . + + + + + Closes the underlying . + + + + + Clears internal references to the underlying + and other variables. + + + + Subclasses can override this method for an alternate closing behavior. + + + + + + Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + + + Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + + + Called to allow a subclass to lazily initialize the writer + + + + This method is called when an event is logged and the or + have not been set. This allows a subclass to + attempt to initialize the writer multiple times. + + + + + + Gets or sets the where logging events + will be written to. + + + The where logging events are written. + + + + This is the where logging events + will be written to. + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the TextWriterAppender class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Flushes any buffered log data. + + The maximum time to wait for logging events to be flushed. + True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false. + + + + Appends log events to the system. + + + + The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners + are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the + class for details on configuring the + trace system. + + + Events are written using the System.Diagnostics.Trace.Write(string,string) + method. The event's logger name is the default value for the category parameter + of the Write method. + + + Compact Framework
+ The Compact Framework does not support the + class for any operation except Assert. When using the Compact Framework this + appender will write to the system rather than + the Trace system. This appender will therefore behave like the . + + + Douglas de la Torre + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Ron Grabowski + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will + flush at the end of each write. + + + The default behavior is to flush at the end of each + write. If the option is set tofalse, then the underlying + stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time. + + + Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results + in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety + trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is + skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not + be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high + price to pay even for a 20% performance gain. + + + + + + The category parameter sent to the Trace method. + + + + Defaults to %logger which will use the logger name of the current + as the category parameter. + + + + + + Writes the logging event to the system. + + The event to log. + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Flushes any buffered log data. + + The maximum time to wait for logging events to be flushed. + True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false. + + + + Sends logging events as connectionless UDP datagrams to a remote host or a + multicast group using an . + + + + UDP guarantees neither that messages arrive, nor that they arrive in the correct order. + + + To view the logging results, a custom application can be developed that listens for logging + events. + + + When decoding events send via this appender remember to use the same encoding + to decode the events as was used to send the events. See the + property to specify the encoding to use. + + + + This example shows how to log receive logging events that are sent + on IP address 244.0.0.1 and port 8080 to the console. The event is + encoded in the packet as a unicode string and it is decoded as such. + + IPEndPoint remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0); + UdpClient udpClient; + byte[] buffer; + string loggingEvent; + + try + { + udpClient = new UdpClient(8080); + + while(true) + { + buffer = udpClient.Receive(ref remoteEndPoint); + loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer); + Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent); + } + } + catch(Exception e) + { + Console.WriteLine(e.ToString()); + } + + + Dim remoteEndPoint as IPEndPoint + Dim udpClient as UdpClient + Dim buffer as Byte() + Dim loggingEvent as String + + Try + remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0) + udpClient = new UdpClient(8080) + + While True + buffer = udpClient.Receive(ByRef remoteEndPoint) + loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer) + Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent) + Wend + Catch e As Exception + Console.WriteLine(e.ToString()) + End Try + + + An example configuration section to log information using this appender to the + IP 224.0.0.1 on port 8080: + + + + + + + + + + Gert Driesen + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values. + + + + + Gets or sets the IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which + the underlying should sent the logging event. + + + The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event + will be sent. + + + + Multicast addresses are identified by IP class D addresses (in the range 224.0.0.0 to + 239.255.255.255). Multicast packets can pass across different networks through routers, so + it is possible to use multicasts in an Internet scenario as long as your network provider + supports multicasting. + + + Hosts that want to receive particular multicast messages must register their interest by joining + the multicast group. Multicast messages are not sent to networks where no host has joined + the multicast group. Class D IP addresses are used for multicast groups, to differentiate + them from normal host addresses, allowing nodes to easily detect if a message is of interest. + + + Static multicast addresses that are needed globally are assigned by IANA. A few examples are listed in the table below: + + + + + IP Address + Description + + + 224.0.0.1 + + + Sends a message to all system on the subnet. + + + + + 224.0.0.2 + + + Sends a message to all routers on the subnet. + + + + + 224.0.0.12 + + + The DHCP server answers messages on the IP address 224.0.0.12, but only on a subnet. + + + + + + + A complete list of actually reserved multicast addresses and their owners in the ranges + defined by RFC 3171 can be found at the IANA web site. + + + The address range 239.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 is reserved for administrative scope-relative + addresses. These addresses can be reused with other local groups. Routers are typically + configured with filters to prevent multicast traffic in this range from flowing outside + of the local network. + + + + + + Gets or sets the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which + the underlying should sent the logging event. + + + An integer value in the range to + indicating the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event + will be sent. + + + The underlying will send messages to this TCP port number + on the remote host or multicast group. + + The value specified is less than or greater than . + + + + Gets or sets the TCP port number from which the underlying will communicate. + + + An integer value in the range to + indicating the TCP port number from which the underlying will communicate. + + + + The underlying will bind to this port for sending messages. + + + Setting the value to 0 (the default) will cause the udp client not to bind to + a local port. + + + The value specified is less than or greater than . + + + + Gets or sets used to write the packets. + + + The used to write the packets. + + + + The used to write the packets. + + + + + + Gets or sets the underlying . + + + The underlying . + + + creates a to send logging events + over a network. Classes deriving from can use this + property to get or set this . Use the underlying + returned from if you require access beyond that which + provides. + + + + + Gets or sets the cached remote endpoint to which the logging events should be sent. + + + The method will initialize the remote endpoint + with the values of the and + properties. + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + The appender will be ignored if no was specified or + an invalid remote or local TCP port number was specified. + + + The required property was not specified. + The TCP port number assigned to or is less than or greater than . + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Sends the event using an UDP datagram. + + + Exceptions are passed to the . + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Closes the UDP connection and releases all resources associated with + this instance. + + + + Disables the underlying and releases all managed + and unmanaged resources associated with the . + + + + + + Initializes the underlying connection. + + + + The underlying is initialized and binds to the + port number from which you intend to communicate. + + + Exceptions are passed to the . + + + + + + The TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to + which the logging event will be sent. + + + + + The TCP port number from which the will communicate. + + + + + Assembly level attribute that specifies a repository to alias to this assembly's repository. + + + + An assembly's logger repository is defined by its , + however this can be overridden by an assembly loaded before the target assembly. + + + An assembly can alias another assembly's repository to its repository by + specifying this attribute with the name of the target repository. + + + This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used + as many times as necessary to alias all the required repositories. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified repository to alias to this assembly's repository. + + The repository to alias to this assemby's repository. + + + + Gets or sets the repository to alias to this assemby's repository. + + + + + Use this class to quickly configure a . + + + + Allows very simple programmatic configuration of log4net. + + + Only one appender can be configured using this configurator. + The appender is set at the root of the hierarchy and all logging + events will be delivered to that appender. + + + Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore + they would require that the method + be called after the appenders properties have been configured. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + The fully qualified type of the BasicConfigurator class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Initializes the log4net system with a default configuration. + + + + Initializes the log4net logging system using a + that will write to Console.Out. The log messages are + formatted using the layout object + with the + layout style. + + + + + + Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders. + + The appenders to use to log all logging events. + + + Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders. + + + + + + Initializes the with a default configuration. + + The repository to configure. + + + Initializes the specified repository using a + that will write to Console.Out. The log messages are + formatted using the layout object + with the + layout style. + + + + + + Initializes the using the specified appenders. + + The repository to configure. + The appenders to use to log all logging events. + + + Initializes the using the specified appender. + + + + + + Base class for all log4net configuration attributes. + + + This is an abstract class that must be extended by + specific configurators. This attribute allows the + configurator to be parameterized by an assembly level + attribute. + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor used by subclasses. + + the ordering priority for this configurator + + + The is used to order the configurator + attributes before they are invoked. Higher priority configurators are executed + before lower priority ones. + + + + + + Configures the for the specified assembly. + + The assembly that this attribute was defined on. + The repository to configure. + + + Abstract method implemented by a subclass. When this method is called + the subclass should configure the . + + + + + + Compare this instance to another ConfiguratorAttribute + + the object to compare to + see + + + Compares the priorities of the two instances. + Sorts by priority in descending order. Objects with the same priority are + randomly ordered. + + + + + + Class to register for the log4net section of the configuration file + + + The log4net section of the configuration file needs to have a section + handler registered. This is the section handler used. It simply returns + the XML element that is the root of the section. + + + Example of registering the log4net section handler : + + + +
+ + + log4net configuration XML goes here + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Parses the configuration section. + + The configuration settings in a corresponding parent configuration section. + The configuration context when called from the ASP.NET configuration system. Otherwise, this parameter is reserved and is a null reference. + The for the log4net section. + The for the log4net section. + + + Returns the containing the configuration data, + + + + + + Assembly level attribute that specifies a plugin to attach to + the repository. + + + + Specifies the type of a plugin to create and attach to the + assembly's repository. The plugin type must implement the + interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified type. + + The type name of plugin to create. + + + Create the attribute with the plugin type specified. + + + Where possible use the constructor that takes a . + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified type. + + The type of plugin to create. + + + Create the attribute with the plugin type specified. + + + + + + Gets or sets the type for the plugin. + + + + + Gets or sets the type name for the plugin. + + + + Where possible use the property instead. + + + + + + Creates the plugin object defined by this attribute. + + The plugin object. + + + + + + + Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging repository for the assembly. + + + + Assemblies are mapped to logging repository. This attribute specified + on the assembly controls + the configuration of the repository. The property specifies the name + of the repository that this assembly is a part of. The + specifies the type of the object + to create for the assembly. If this attribute is not specified or a + is not specified then the assembly will be part of the default shared logging repository. + + + This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used + once per assembly. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class + with the name of the repository. + + The name of the repository. + + + Initialize the attribute with the name for the assembly's repository. + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the logging repository. + + + The string name to use as the name of the repository associated with this + assembly. + + + + This value does not have to be unique. Several assemblies can share the + same repository. They will share the logging configuration of the repository. + + + + + + Gets or sets the type of repository to create for this assembly. + + + The type of repository to create for this assembly. + + + + The type of the repository to create for the assembly. + The type must implement the + interface. + + + This will be the type of repository created when + the repository is created. If multiple assemblies reference the + same repository then the repository is only created once using the + of the first assembly to call into the + repository. + + + + + + Assembly level attribute to configure the . + + the type of the provider to use + + + This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only + be used once per assembly. + + + Use this attribute to configure the + without calling one of the + methods. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Assembly level attribute to configure the . + + the type of the provider to use + + + This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only + be used once per assembly. + + + Use this attribute to configure the + without calling one of the + methods. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Gets or sets the type of the provider to use. + + + + The provider specified must subclass the + class. + + + + + + Configures the SecurityContextProvider + + The assembly that this attribute was defined on. + The repository to configure. + + + Creates a provider instance from the specified. + Sets this as the default security context provider . + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the SecurityContextProviderAttribute class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the log message. + + + + + Configures a using an XML tree. + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Automatically configures the using settings + stored in the application's configuration file. + + + + Each application has a configuration file. This has the + same name as the application with '.config' appended. + This file is XML and calling this function prompts the + configurator to look in that file for a section called + log4net that contains the configuration data. + + + To use this method to configure log4net you must specify + the section + handler for the log4net configuration section. See the + for an example. + + + The repository to configure. + + + + Automatically configures the log4net system based on the + application's configuration settings. + + + + Each application has a configuration file. This has the + same name as the application with '.config' appended. + This file is XML and calling this function prompts the + configurator to look in that file for a section called + log4net that contains the configuration data. + + + To use this method to configure log4net you must specify + the section + handler for the log4net configuration section. See the + for an example. + + + + + + + Configures log4net using a log4net element + + + + Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element + supplied as . + + + The element to parse. + + + + Configures log4net using the specified configuration file. + + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the log4net configuration data. + + + The log4net configuration file can possibly be specified in the application's + configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a + normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application). + + + The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the + configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify + a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will + complain. Set the type for the section handler to , for example: + + +
+ + + + + The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the + location is stored in the application's configuration file : + + + using log4net.Config; + using System.IO; + using System.Configuration; + + ... + + XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"])); + + + In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this : + + + + + + + + + + + + + Configures log4net using the specified configuration URI. + + A URI to load the XML configuration from. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the log4net configuration data. + + + The must support the URI scheme specified. + + + + + + Configures log4net using the specified configuration data stream. + + A stream to load the XML configuration from. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the log4net configuration data. + + + Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter. + + + + + + Configures the using the specified XML + element. + + + Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element + supplied as . + + The repository to configure. + The element to parse. + + + + Configures the using the specified configuration + file. + + The repository to configure. + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The log4net configuration file can possibly be specified in the application's + configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a + normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application). + + + The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the + configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify + a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will + complain. Set the type for the section handler to , for example: + + +
+ + + + + The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the + location is stored in the application's configuration file : + + + using log4net.Config; + using System.IO; + using System.Configuration; + + ... + + XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"])); + + + In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this : + + + + + + + + + + + + + Configures the using the specified configuration + URI. + + The repository to configure. + A URI to load the XML configuration from. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The must support the URI scheme specified. + + + + + + Configures the using the specified configuration + file. + + The repository to configure. + The stream to load the XML configuration from. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter. + + + + + + Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes + and reloads the configuration if a change is detected. + + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The configuration file will be monitored using a + and depends on the behavior of that class. + + + For more information on how to configure log4net using + a separate configuration file, see . + + + + + + + Configures the using the file specified, + monitors the file for changes and reloads the configuration if a change + is detected. + + The repository to configure. + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The configuration file will be monitored using a + and depends on the behavior of that class. + + + For more information on how to configure log4net using + a separate configuration file, see . + + + + + + + Class used to watch config files. + + + + Uses the to monitor + changes to a specified file. Because multiple change notifications + may be raised when the file is modified, a timer is used to + compress the notifications into a single event. The timer + waits for time before delivering + the event notification. If any further + change notifications arrive while the timer is waiting it + is reset and waits again for to + elapse. + + + + + + Holds the FileInfo used to configure the XmlConfigurator + + + + + Holds the repository being configured. + + + + + The timer used to compress the notification events. + + + + + The default amount of time to wait after receiving notification + before reloading the config file. + + + + + Watches file for changes. This object should be disposed when no longer + needed to free system handles on the watched resources. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class to + watch a specified config file used to configure a repository. + + The repository to configure. + The configuration file to watch. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Event handler used by . + + The firing the event. + The argument indicates the file that caused the event to be fired. + + + This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired. + + + + + + Event handler used by . + + The firing the event. + The argument indicates the file that caused the event to be fired. + + + This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired. + + + + + + Called by the timer when the configuration has been updated. + + null + + + + Release the handles held by the watcher and timer. + + + + + Configures the specified repository using a log4net element. + + The hierarchy to configure. + The element to parse. + + + Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element + supplied as . + + + This method is ultimately called by one of the Configure methods + to load the configuration from an . + + + + + + Maps repository names to ConfigAndWatchHandler instances to allow a particular + ConfigAndWatchHandler to dispose of its FileSystemWatcher when a repository is + reconfigured. + + + + + The fully qualified type of the XmlConfigurator class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Assembly level attribute to configure the . + + + + This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only + be used once per assembly. + + + Use this attribute to configure the + without calling one of the + methods. + + + If neither of the or + properties are set the configuration is loaded from the application's .config file. + If set the property takes priority over the + property. The property + specifies a path to a file to load the config from. The path is relative to the + application's base directory; . + The property is used as a postfix to the assembly file name. + The config file must be located in the application's base directory; . + For example in a console application setting the to + config has the same effect as not specifying the or + properties. + + + The property can be set to cause the + to watch the configuration file for changes. + + + + Log4net will only look for assembly level configuration attributes once. + When using the log4net assembly level attributes to control the configuration + of log4net you must ensure that the first call to any of the + methods is made from the assembly with the configuration + attributes. + + + If you cannot guarantee the order in which log4net calls will be made from + different assemblies you must use programmatic configuration instead, i.e. + call the method directly. + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default constructor + + + + Default constructor + + + + + + Gets or sets the filename of the configuration file. + + + The filename of the configuration file. + + + + If specified, this is the name of the configuration file to use with + the . This file path is relative to the + application base directory (). + + + The takes priority over the . + + + + + + Gets or sets the extension of the configuration file. + + + + If specified this is the extension for the configuration file. + The path to the config file is built by using the application + base directory (), + the assembly file name and the config file extension. + + + If the is set to MyExt then + possible config file names would be: MyConsoleApp.exe.MyExt or + MyClassLibrary.dll.MyExt. + + + The takes priority over the . + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to watch the configuration file. + + + true if the configuration should be watched, false otherwise. + + + + If this flag is specified and set to true then the framework + will watch the configuration file and will reload the config each time + the file is modified. + + + The config file can only be watched if it is loaded from local disk. + In a No-Touch (Smart Client) deployment where the application is downloaded + from a web server the config file may not reside on the local disk + and therefore it may not be able to watch it. + + + Watching configuration is not supported on the SSCLI. + + + + + + Configures the for the specified assembly. + + The assembly that this attribute was defined on. + The repository to configure. + + + Configure the repository using the . + The specified must extend the + class otherwise the will not be able to + configure it. + + + The does not extend . + + + + Attempt to load configuration from the local file system + + The assembly that this attribute was defined on. + The repository to configure. + + + + Configure the specified repository using a + + The repository to configure. + the FileInfo pointing to the config file + + + + Attempt to load configuration from a URI + + The repository to configure. + + + + The fully qualified type of the XmlConfiguratorAttribute class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + The default implementation of the interface. + + + + Uses attributes defined on the calling assembly to determine how to + configure the hierarchy for the repository. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + + Event raised when a new repository is created. + The event source will be this selector. The event args will + be a which + holds the newly created . + + + + + + Creates a new repository selector. + + The type of the repositories to create, must implement + + + Create a new repository selector. + The default type for repositories must be specified, + an appropriate value would be . + + + is . + does not implement . + + + + Gets the for the specified assembly. + + The assembly use to look up the . + + + The type of the created and the repository + to create can be overridden by specifying the + attribute on the . + + + The default values are to use the + implementation of the interface and to use the + as the name of the repository. + + + The created will be automatically configured using + any attributes defined on + the . + + + The for the assembly + is . + + + + Gets the for the specified repository. + + The repository to use to look up the . + The for the specified repository. + + + Returns the named repository. If is null + a is thrown. If the repository + does not exist a is thrown. + + + Use to create a repository. + + + is . + does not exist. + + + + Creates a new repository for the assembly specified + + the assembly to use to create the repository to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + The repository created. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + The type of the created and + the repository to create can be overridden by specifying the + attribute on the + . The default values are to use the + implementation of the + interface and to use the + as the name of the repository. + + + The created will be automatically + configured using any + attributes defined on the . + + + If a repository for the already exists + that repository will be returned. An error will not be raised and that + repository may be of a different type to that specified in . + Also the attribute on the + assembly may be used to override the repository type specified in + . + + + is . + + + + Creates a new repository for the assembly specified. + + the assembly to use to create the repository to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + The name to assign to the created repository + Set to true to read and apply the assembly attributes + The repository created. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + The type of the created and + the repository to create can be overridden by specifying the + attribute on the + . The default values are to use the + implementation of the + interface and to use the + as the name of the repository. + + + The created will be automatically + configured using any + attributes defined on the . + + + If a repository for the already exists + that repository will be returned. An error will not be raised and that + repository may be of a different type to that specified in . + Also the attribute on the + assembly may be used to override the repository type specified in + . + + + is . + + + + Creates a new repository for the specified repository. + + The repository to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + If this param is then the default repository type is used. + The new repository. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same repository specified will return the same repository instance. + + + is . + already exists. + + + + Test if a named repository exists + + the named repository to check + true if the repository exists + + + Test if a named repository exists. Use + to create a new repository and to retrieve + a repository. + + + + + + Gets a list of objects + + an array of all known objects + + + Gets an array of all repositories created by this selector. + + + + + + Aliases a repository to an existing repository. + + The repository to alias. + The repository that the repository is aliased to. + + + The repository specified will be aliased to the repository when created. + The repository must not already exist. + + + When the repository is created it must utilize the same repository type as + the repository it is aliased to, otherwise the aliasing will fail. + + + + is . + -or- + is . + + + + + Notifies the registered listeners that the repository has been created. + + The repository that has been created. + + + Raises the event. + + + + + + Gets the repository name and repository type for the specified assembly. + + The assembly that has a . + in/out param to hold the repository name to use for the assembly, caller should set this to the default value before calling. + in/out param to hold the type of the repository to create for the assembly, caller should set this to the default value before calling. + is . + + + + Configures the repository using information from the assembly. + + The assembly containing + attributes which define the configuration for the repository. + The repository to configure. + + is . + -or- + is . + + + + + Loads the attribute defined plugins on the assembly. + + The assembly that contains the attributes. + The repository to add the plugins to. + + is . + -or- + is . + + + + + Loads the attribute defined aliases on the assembly. + + The assembly that contains the attributes. + The repository to alias to. + + is . + -or- + is . + + + + + The fully qualified type of the DefaultRepositorySelector class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Defined error codes that can be passed to the method. + + + + Values passed to the method. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + A general error + + + + + Error while writing output + + + + + Failed to flush file + + + + + Failed to close file + + + + + Unable to open output file + + + + + No layout specified + + + + + Failed to parse address + + + + + An evaluator that triggers on an Exception type + + + + This evaluator will trigger if the type of the Exception + passed to + is equal to a Type in . /// + + + Drew Schaeffer + + + + Default ctor to allow dynamic creation through a configurator. + + + + + Constructs an evaluator and initializes to trigger on + + the type that triggers this evaluator. + If true, this evaluator will trigger on subclasses of . + + + + The type that triggers this evaluator. + + + + + If true, this evaluator will trigger on subclasses of . + + + + + Is this the triggering event? + + The event to check + This method returns true, if the logging event Exception + Type is . + Otherwise it returns false + + + This evaluator will trigger if the Exception Type of the event + passed to + is . + + + + + + Flags passed to the property + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Fix the MDC + + + + + Fix the NDC + + + + + Fix the rendered message + + + + + Fix the thread name + + + + + Fix the callers location information + + + CAUTION: Very slow to generate + + + + + Fix the callers windows user name + + + CAUTION: Slow to generate + + + + + Fix the domain friendly name + + + + + Fix the callers principal name + + + CAUTION: May be slow to generate + + + + + Fix the exception text + + + + + Fix the event properties. Active properties must implement in order to be eligible for fixing. + + + + + No fields fixed + + + + + All fields fixed + + + + + Partial fields fixed + + + + This set of partial fields gives good performance. The following fields are fixed: + + + + + + + + + + + + + Interface for attaching appenders to objects. + + + + Interface for attaching, removing and retrieving appenders. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Attaches an appender. + + The appender to add. + + + Add the specified appender. The implementation may + choose to allow or deny duplicate appenders. + + + + + + Gets all attached appenders. + + + A collection of attached appenders. + + + + Gets a collection of attached appenders. + If there are no attached appenders the + implementation should return an empty + collection rather than null. + + + + + + Gets an attached appender with the specified name. + + The name of the appender to get. + + The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the + specified name is found. + + + + Returns an attached appender with the specified. + If no appender with the specified name is found null will be + returned. + + + + + + Removes all attached appenders. + + + + Removes and closes all attached appenders + + + + + + Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders. + + The appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + Appenders may delegate their error handling to an . + + + + Error handling is a particularly tedious to get right because by + definition errors are hard to predict and to reproduce. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as + a parameter. + + The message associated with the error. + The that was thrown when the error occurred. + The error code associated with the error. + + + Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as + a parameter. + + + + + + Prints the error message passed as a parameter. + + The message associated with the error. + The that was thrown when the error occurred. + + + See . + + + + + + Prints the error message passed as a parameter. + + The message associated with the error. + + + See . + + + + + + Interface for objects that require fixing. + + + + Interface that indicates that the object requires fixing before it + can be taken outside the context of the appender's + method. + + + When objects that implement this interface are stored + in the context properties maps + and + are fixed + (see ) the + method will be called. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Get a portable version of this object + + the portable instance of this object + + + Get a portable instance object that represents the current + state of this object. The portable object can be stored + and logged from any thread with identical results. + + + + + + Interface that all loggers implement to support logging events and testing if a level + is enabled for logging. + + + + These methods will not throw exceptions. Note to implementers, ensure + that the implementation of these methods cannot allow an exception + to be thrown to the caller. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the name of the logger. + + + + + Generates a logging event for the specified using + the and . + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The level of the message to be logged. + The message object to log. + the exception to log, including its stack trace. Pass null to not log an exception. + + + This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers. + + + + + + Logs the specified logging event through this logger. + + The event being logged. + + + This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used + by wrappers. + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for a given passed as parameter. + + The level to check. + + true if this logger is enabled for level, otherwise false. + + + + + Gets the where this + Logger instance is attached to. + + + + + Base interface for all wrappers + + + + Base interface for all wrappers. + + + All wrappers must implement this interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Gets the object that implements this object. + + + + + + The Logger object may not be the same object as this object because of logger decorators. + This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process the log events. + + + + + + Interface used to delay activate a configured object. + + + + This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all + options have been set. This is required for components which have + related options that remain ambiguous until all are set. + + + If a component implements this interface then the method + must be called by the container after its all the configured properties have been set + and before the component can be used. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Activate the options that were previously set with calls to properties. + + + + This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all + options have been set. This is required for components which have + related options that remain ambiguous until all are set. + + + If a component implements this interface then this method must be called + after its properties have been set before the component can be used. + + + + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications + + The which created the repository. + The event args + that holds the instance that has been created. + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications. + + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + the that has been created + + + A + event is raised every time a is created. + + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + the that has been created + + + A + event is raised every time a is created. + + + + + + The that has been created + + + The that has been created + + + + The that has been created + + + + + + Interface used by the to select the . + + + + The uses a + to specify the policy for selecting the correct + to return to the caller. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the for the specified assembly. + + The assembly to use to look up to the + The for the assembly. + + + Gets the for the specified assembly. + + + How the association between and + is made is not defined. The implementation may choose any method for + this association. The results of this method must be repeatable, i.e. + when called again with the same arguments the result must be the + save value. + + + + + + Gets the named . + + The name to use to look up to the . + The named + + Lookup a named . This is the repository created by + calling . + + + + + Creates a new repository for the assembly specified. + + The assembly to use to create the domain to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + The repository created. + + + The created will be associated with the domain + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + How the association between and + is made is not defined. The implementation may choose any method for + this association. + + + + + + Creates a new repository with the name specified. + + The name to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + The repository created. + + + The created will be associated with the name + specified such that a call to with the + same name will return the same repository instance. + + + + + + Test if a named repository exists + + the named repository to check + true if the repository exists + + + Test if a named repository exists. Use + to create a new repository and to retrieve + a repository. + + + + + + Gets an array of all currently defined repositories. + + + An array of the instances created by + this . + + + Gets an array of all repositories created by this selector. + + + + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + + Event raised when a new repository is created. + The event source will be this selector. The event args will + be a which + holds the newly created . + + + + + + Test if an triggers an action + + + + Implementations of this interface allow certain appenders to decide + when to perform an appender specific action. + + + The action or behavior triggered is defined by the implementation. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Test if this event triggers the action + + The event to check + true if this event triggers the action, otherwise false + + + Return true if this event triggers the action + + + + + + Defines the default set of levels recognized by the system. + + + + Each has an associated . + + + Levels have a numeric that defines the relative + ordering between levels. Two Levels with the same + are deemed to be equivalent. + + + The levels that are recognized by log4net are set for each + and each repository can have different levels defined. The levels are stored + in the on the repository. Levels are + looked up by name from the . + + + When logging at level INFO the actual level used is not but + the value of LoggerRepository.LevelMap["INFO"]. The default value for this is + , but this can be changed by reconfiguring the level map. + + + Each level has a in addition to its . The + is the string that is written into the output log. By default + the display name is the same as the level name, but this can be used to alias levels + or to localize the log output. + + + Some of the predefined levels recognized by the system are: + + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + Integer value for this level, higher values represent more severe levels. + The string name of this level. + The display name for this level. This may be localized or otherwise different from the name + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified level name and value. + + + + + + Constructor + + Integer value for this level, higher values represent more severe levels. + The string name of this level. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified level name and value. + + + + + + Serialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Gets the name of this level. + + + The name of this level. + + + + Gets the name of this level. + + + + + + Gets the value of this level. + + + + + Gets the display name of this level. + + + + + Returns the representation of the current + . + + + A representation of the current . + + + + Returns the level . + + + + + + + + + Compares levels. + + The object to compare against. + if the objects are equal. + + + + Returns a hash code + + A hash code for the current . + + + Returns a hash code suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data + structures like a hash table. + + + Returns the hash code of the level . + + + + + + + + + Compares this instance to a specified object and returns an + indication of their relative values. + + A instance or to compare with this instance. + + A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the + values compared. The return value has these meanings: + + + Value + Meaning + + + Less than zero + This instance is less than . + + + Zero + This instance is equal to . + + + Greater than zero + + This instance is greater than . + -or- + is . + + + + + + + must be an instance of + or ; otherwise, an exception is thrown. + + + + + + Serializes this object into the provided. + + The to populate with data. + The destination for this serialization. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a specified + is greater than another specified . + + A + A + + if is greater than + ; otherwise, . + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a specified + is less than another specified . + + A + A + + if is less than + ; otherwise, . + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a specified + is greater than or equal to another specified . + + A + A + + if is greater than or equal to + ; otherwise, . + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a specified + is less than or equal to another specified . + + A + A + + if is less than or equal to + ; otherwise, . + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether two specified + objects have the same value. + + A or . + A or . + + if the value of is the same as the + value of ; otherwise, . + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether two specified + objects have different values. + + A or . + A or . + + if the value of is different from + the value of ; otherwise, . + + + + + Compares two specified instances. + + The first to compare. + The second to compare. + + A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the + two values compared. The return value has these meanings: + + + Value + Meaning + + + Less than zero + is less than . + + + Zero + is equal to . + + + Greater than zero + is greater than . + + + + + + + The level designates a higher level than all the rest. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events. + System unusable, emergencies. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events. + System unusable, emergencies. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events + that will presumably lead the application to abort. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events. + Take immediate action, alerts. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events. + Critical condition, critical. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events. + + + + + The level designates error events that might + still allow the application to continue running. + + + + + The level designates potentially harmful + situations. + + + + + The level designates informational messages + that highlight the progress of the application at the highest level. + + + + + The level designates informational messages that + highlight the progress of the application at coarse-grained level. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates the lowest level possible. + + + + + A strongly-typed collection of objects. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Supports type-safe iteration over a . + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Creates a read-only wrapper for a LevelCollection instance. + + list to create a readonly wrapper arround + + A LevelCollection wrapper that is read-only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that is empty and has the default initial capacity. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that has the specified initial capacity. + + + The number of elements that the new LevelCollection is initially capable of storing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified LevelCollection. + + The LevelCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified array. + + The array whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified collection. + + The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified collection. + + The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Type visible only to our subclasses + Used to access protected constructor + + + + + A value + + + + + Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors + + + + + Gets the number of elements actually contained in the LevelCollection. + + + + + Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional + array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + + + + Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional + array, starting at the specified index of the target array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + The zero-based index in at which copying begins. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe). + + false, because the backing type is an array, which is never thread-safe. + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Adds a to the end of the LevelCollection. + + The to be added to the end of the LevelCollection. + The index at which the value has been added. + + + + Removes all elements from the LevelCollection. + + + + + Creates a shallow copy of the . + + A new with a shallow copy of the collection data. + + + + Determines whether a given is in the LevelCollection. + + The to check for. + true if is found in the LevelCollection; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a + in the LevelCollection. + + The to locate in the LevelCollection. + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of + in the entire LevelCollection, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + + Inserts an element into the LevelCollection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which should be inserted. + The to insert. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the LevelCollection. + + The to remove from the LevelCollection. + + The specified was not found in the LevelCollection. + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the LevelCollection. + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. + + true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the LevelCollection. + + An for the entire LevelCollection. + + + + Gets or sets the number of elements the LevelCollection can contain. + + + + + Adds the elements of another LevelCollection to the current LevelCollection. + + The LevelCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current LevelCollection. + The new of the LevelCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a array to the current LevelCollection. + + The array whose elements should be added to the end of the LevelCollection. + The new of the LevelCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a collection to the current LevelCollection. + + The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the LevelCollection. + The new of the LevelCollection. + + + + Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements. + + + + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Supports simple iteration over a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class. + + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + An evaluator that triggers at a threshold level + + the threshold to trigger at + + + This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event + passed to + is equal to or greater than the + level. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + An evaluator that triggers at a threshold level + + the threshold to trigger at + + + This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event + passed to + is equal to or greater than the + level. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Create a new evaluator using the threshold. + + + + This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event + passed to + is equal to or greater than the + level. + + + + + + the threshold to trigger at + + + The that will cause this evaluator to trigger + + + + This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event + passed to + is equal to or greater than the + level. + + + + + + Is this the triggering event? + + The event to check + This method returns true, if the event level + is equal or higher than the . + Otherwise it returns false + + + + Maps between string name and Level object. + + + + This mapping is held separately for each . + The level name is case-insensitive. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Mapping from level name to Level object. The + level name is case-insensitive + + + + + Clear the internal maps of all levels + + + + Clear the internal maps of all levels + + + + + + Looks up a by name + + The name of the Level to look up. + A Level from the map with the name specified, or null if none is found. + + + + Creates a new Level and adds it to the map. + + the string to display for the Level + the level value to give to the Level + + + + + Creates a new Level and adds it to the map. + + the string to display for the Level + the level value to give to the Level + the display name to give to the Level + + + + Adds a Level to the map. + + the Level to add + + + + Gets all possible levels as a collection of Level objects. + + + + + Looks up a named level from the map. + + + The name of the level to look up is taken from this level. + If the level is not set in the map then this level is added. + If no level with the specified name is found then the + argument is added to the level map + and returned. + + the level in the map with the name specified + + + + The internal representation of caller location information. + + + + This class uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate + a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack. + + + The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the + .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not + available on that framework. + + + The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds: + + + "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations. + By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The + debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column + information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace + might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations + that occur during optimization." + + + This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may + not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class based on the current thread. + + + + + + Constructor + + The fully qualified class name. + The method name. + The file name. + The line number of the method within the file. + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class with the specified data. + + + + + + Serialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging + request. + + + + + Gets the file name of the caller. + + + + + Gets the line number of the caller. + + + + + Gets the method name of the caller. + + + + + Gets all available caller information + + + All available caller information, in the format + fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line) + + + + + Gets the stack frames from the stack trace of the caller making the log request + + + + + Serializes this object into the provided. + + The to populate with data. + The destination for this serialization. + + + + The fully qualified type of the LocationInfo class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + When location information is not available the constant + NA is returned. Current value of this string + constant is ?. + + + + + Exception base type for log4net. + + + + This type extends . It + does not add any new functionality but does differentiate the + type of exception being thrown. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + A message to include with the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified message. + + + + + + Constructor + + A message to include with the exception. + A nested exception to include. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified message and inner exception. + + + + + + Serialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Static manager that controls the creation of repositories + + + + Static manager that controls the creation of repositories + + + This class is used by the wrapper managers (e.g. ) + to provide access to the objects. + + + This manager also holds the that is used to + lookup and create repositories. The selector can be set either programmatically using + the property, or by setting the log4net.RepositorySelector + AppSetting in the applications config file to the fully qualified type name of the + selector to use. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Hook the shutdown event + + + + On the full .NET runtime, the static constructor hooks up the + AppDomain.ProcessExit and AppDomain.DomainUnload> events. + These are used to shut down the log4net system as the application exits. + + + + + + Register for ProcessExit and DomainUnload events on the AppDomain + + + + This needs to be in a separate method because the events make + a LinkDemand for the ControlAppDomain SecurityPermission. Because + this is a LinkDemand it is demanded at JIT time. Therefore we cannot + catch the exception in the method itself, we have to catch it in the + caller. + + + + + + Return the default instance. + + the repository to lookup in + Return the default instance + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the argument. + + + + + + Returns the default instance. + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + The default instance. + + + Returns the default instance. + + + + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + The repository to lookup in. + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + + The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the + specified repository. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns + null. + + + + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + + The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the + specified assembly's repository. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the specified assembly's repository) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns + null. + + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository. + + The repository to lookup in. + All the defined loggers. + + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository. + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + All the defined loggers. + + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + + + + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + The repository to lookup in. + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + Retrieves a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + + + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + Retrieves a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + + + + Shorthand for . + + The repository to lookup in. + The of which the fullname will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + + + + + Shorthand for . + + the assembly to use to look up the repository + The of which the fullname will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + + + + + Shuts down the log4net system. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the + default repositories. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Shuts down the repository for the repository specified. + + The repository to shut down. + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + repository for the specified. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Shuts down the repository for the repository specified. + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + repository for the repository. The repository is looked up using + the specified. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + The repository to reset. + + + Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set its default "off" value. + + + + + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + The assembly to use to look up the repository to reset. + + + Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set its default "off" value. + + + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name. + + The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories. + The created for the repository. + + + Creates the default type of which is a + object. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type. + + The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An Exception will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type. + + The assembly to use to get the name of the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + + + + Gets an array of all currently defined repositories. + + An array of all the known objects. + + + Gets an array of all currently defined repositories. + + + + + + Gets or sets the repository selector used by the . + + + The repository selector used by the . + + + + The repository selector () is used by + the to create and select repositories + (). + + + The caller to supplies either a string name + or an assembly (if not supplied the assembly is inferred using + ). + + + This context is used by the selector to look up a specific repository. + + + + + + Internal method to get pertinent version info. + + A string of version info. + + + + Called when the event fires + + the that is exiting + null + + + Called when the event fires. + + + When the event is triggered the log4net system is . + + + + + + Called when the event fires + + the that is exiting + null + + + Called when the event fires. + + + When the event is triggered the log4net system is . + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the LoggerManager class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Implementation of the interface. + + The logger to wrap. + + + This class should be used as the base for all wrapper implementations. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Implementation of the interface. + + The logger to wrap. + + + This class should be used as the base for all wrapper implementations. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the implementation behind this wrapper object. + + + The object that this object is implementing. + + + + The Logger object may not be the same object as this object + because of logger decorators. + + + This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process + the log events. + + + + + + Portable data structure used by + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The logger name. + + + + + Level of logging event. + + + + A null level produces varying results depending on the appenders in use. + In many cases it is equivalent of , other times + it is mapped to Debug or Info defaults. + + + Level cannot be Serializable because it is a flyweight. + Due to its special serialization it cannot be declared final either. + + + + + + The application supplied message. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the thread in which this logging event was generated. + + + + + Gets or sets the UTC time the event was logged. + + + + + Location information for the caller. + + + + Location information for the caller. + + + + + + String representation of the user + + + + String representation of the user's windows name, like DOMAIN\username + + + + + + String representation of the identity. + + + + String representation of the current thread's principal identity. + + + + + + The string representation of the exception + + + + The string representation of the exception + + + + + + String representation of the AppDomain. + + + + String representation of the AppDomain. + + + + + + Additional event specific properties + + + + A logger or an appender may attach additional + properties to specific events. These properties + have a string key and an object value. + + + + + + The internal representation of logging events. + + + + When an affirmative decision is made to log then a + instance is created. This instance + is passed around to the different log4net components. + + + This class is of concern to those wishing to extend log4net. + + + Some of the values in instances of + are considered volatile, that is the values are correct at the + time the event is delivered to appenders, but will not be consistent + at any time afterward. If an event is to be stored and then processed + at a later time these volatile values must be fixed by setting + . There is a performance penalty + for incurred by calling but it + is essential to maintain data consistency. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Douglas de la Torre + Daniel Cazzulino + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + from the supplied parameters. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The repository this event is logged in. + The name of the logger of this event. + + The level of this event. + A null level produces varying results depending on the appenders in use. + In many cases it is equivalent of , other times + it is mapped to Debug or Info defaults. + + The message of this event. + The exception for this event. + + + Except , and , + all fields of are lazily filled when actually needed. Set + to cache all data locally to prevent inconsistencies. + + This method is called by the log4net framework + to create a logging event. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + using specific data. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The repository this event is logged in. + Data used to initialize the logging event. + The fields in the struct that have already been fixed. + + + This constructor is provided to allow a + to be created independently of the log4net framework. This can + be useful if you require a custom serialization scheme. + + + Use the method to obtain an + instance of the class. + + + The parameter should be used to specify which fields in the + struct have been preset. Fields not specified in the + will be captured from the environment if requested or fixed. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + using specific data. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The repository this event is logged in. + Data used to initialize the logging event. + + + This constructor is provided to allow a + to be created independently of the log4net framework. This can + be useful if you require a custom serialization scheme. + + + Use the method to obtain an + instance of the class. + + + This constructor sets this objects flags to , + this assumes that all the data relating to this event is passed in via the + parameter and no other data should be captured from the environment. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + using specific data. + + Data used to initialize the logging event. + + + This constructor is provided to allow a + to be created independently of the log4net framework. This can + be useful if you require a custom serialization scheme. + + + Use the method to obtain an + instance of the class. + + + This constructor sets this objects flags to , + this assumes that all the data relating to this event is passed in via the + parameter and no other data should be captured from the environment. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + This constructor is provided to allow deserialization using System.Text.Json + or Newtonsoft.Json. + + + Use the method to obtain an + instance of the class. + + + This constructor sets this objects flags to . + + + + + + Serialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Gets the time when the current process started. + + + This is the time when this process started. + + + + The TimeStamp is stored internally in UTC and converted to the local time zone for this computer. + + + Tries to get the start time for the current process. + Failing that it returns the time of the first call to + this property. + + + Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the + same process without the process terminating and therefore + without the process start time being reset. + + + + + + Gets the UTC time when the current process started. + + + This is the UTC time when this process started. + + + + Tries to get the start time for the current process. + Failing that it returns the time of the first call to + this property. + + + Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the + same process without the process terminating and therefore + without the process start time being reset. + + + + + + Gets the of the logging event. + A null level produces varying results depending on the appenders in use. + In many cases it is equivalent of , other times + it is mapped to Debug or Info defaults. + + + + + Gets the time of the logging event. + + + The time of the logging event. + + + + The TimeStamp is stored in UTC and converted to the local time zone for this computer. + + + + + + Gets UTC the time of the logging event. + + + The UTC time of the logging event. + + + + + Gets the name of the logger that logged the event. + + + + + Gets the location information for this logging event. + + + + The collected information is cached for future use. + + + See the class for more information on + supported frameworks and the different behavior in Debug and + Release builds. + + + + + + Gets the message object used to initialize this event. + + + The message object used to initialize this event. + + + + Gets the message object used to initialize this event. + Note that this event may not have a valid message object. + If the event is serialized the message object will not + be transferred. To get the text of the message the + property must be used + not this property. + + + If there is no defined message object for this event then + null will be returned. + + + + + + Gets the exception object used to initialize this event. + + + The exception object used to initialize this event. + + + + Gets the exception object used to initialize this event. + Note that this event may not have a valid exception object. + If the event is serialized the exception object will not + be transferred. To get the text of the exception the + method must be used + not this property. + + + If there is no defined exception object for this event then + null will be returned. + + + + + + The that this event was created in. + + + + The that this event was created in. + + + + + + Ensure that the repository is set. + + the value for the repository + + + + Gets the message, rendered through the . + + + The message rendered through the . + + + + The collected information is cached for future use. + + + + + + Write the rendered message to a TextWriter + + the writer to write the message to + + + Unlike the property this method + does store the message data in the internal cache. Therefore + if called only once this method should be faster than the + property, however if the message is + to be accessed multiple times then the property will be more efficient. + + + + + + Gets the name of the current thread. + + + The name of the current thread, or the thread ID when + the name is not available. + + + + The collected information is cached for future use. + + + + + + Returns a 'meaningful' name for the thread (or its Id) + + Name + Meaningful name + + + + Gets the name of the current user. + + + The name of the current user, or NOT AVAILABLE when the + underlying runtime has no support for retrieving the name of the + current user. + + + + On Windows it calls WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name to get the name of + the current windows user. On other OSes it calls Environment.UserName. + + + To improve performance, we could cache the string representation of + the name, and reuse that as long as the identity stayed constant. + Once the identity changed, we would need to re-assign and re-render + the string. + + + However, the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() call seems to + return different objects every time, so the current implementation + doesn't do this type of caching. + + + Timing for these operations: + + + + Method + Results + + + WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() + 10000 loops, 00:00:00.2031250 seconds + + + WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name + 10000 loops, 00:00:08.0468750 seconds + + + + This means we could speed things up almost 40 times by caching the + value of the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name property, since + this takes (8.04-0.20) = 7.84375 seconds. + + + + + + On Windows: UserName in case of success, empty string for unexpected null in identity or Name + + On other OSes: null + + Thrown on non-Windows platforms on net462 + + + + Gets the identity of the current thread principal. + + + + Calls System.Threading.Thread.CurrentPrincipal.Identity.Name to get + the name of the current thread principal. + + + + + + Gets the AppDomain friendly name. + + + + + Additional event specific properties. + + + Additional event specific properties. + + + + A logger or an appender may attach additional + properties to specific events. These properties + have a string key and an object value. + + + This property is for events that have been added directly to + this event. The aggregate properties (which include these + event properties) can be retrieved using + and . + + + Once the properties have been fixed this property + returns the combined cached properties. This ensures that updates to + this property are always reflected in the underlying storage. When + returning the combined properties there may be more keys in the + Dictionary than expected. + + + + + + Gets the fixed fields in this event, or on set, fixes fields specified in the value. + + + + Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed. + It is not possible to 'unfix' a field. + + + + + + Serializes this object into the provided. + + The to populate with data. + The destination for this serialization. + + + The data in this event must be fixed before it can be serialized. + + + The property must be set during the + method call if this event + is to be used outside that method. + + + + + + Gets the portable data for this . + + The for this event. + + + A new can be constructed using a + instance. + + + Does a fix of the data + in the logging event before returning the event data. + + + + + + Gets the portable data for this . + + The set of data to ensure is fixed in the LoggingEventData + The for this event. + + + A new can be constructed using a + instance. + + + + + + Returns this event's exception's rendered using the + . + + + This event's exception's rendered using the . + + + + Returns this event's exception's rendered using the + . + + + + + + Fix the fields specified by the parameter + + the fields to fix + + + Only fields specified in the will be fixed. + Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed. + It is not possible to 'unfix' a field. + + + + + + Looks up a composite property in this event + + the key for the property to lookup + the value for the property + + + This event has composite properties that combine properties from + several different contexts in the following order: + + + this event's properties + + This event has that can be set. These + properties are specific to this event only. + + + + the thread properties + + The that are set on the current + thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread. + + + + the global properties + + The that are set globally. These + properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain. + + + + + + + + + Get all the composite properties in this event + + the containing all the properties + + + See for details of the composite properties + stored by the event. + + + This method returns a single containing all the + properties defined for this event. + + + + + + The internal logging event data. + + + + + Location information for the caller. + + + + + The internal logging event data. + + + + + The internal logging event data. + + + + + The fully qualified Type of the calling + logger class in the stack frame (i.e. the declaring type of the method). + + + + + The fix state for this event + + + These flags indicate which fields have been fixed. + Not serialized. + + + + + Indicated that the internal cache is updateable (ie not fixed) + + + This is a separate flag to fixFlags as it allows incremental fixing and simpler + changes in the caching strategy. + + + + + The key into the Properties map for the host name value. + + + + + The key into the Properties map for the thread identity value. + + + + + The key into the Properties map for the user name value. + + + + + Implementation of wrapper interface. + + + + This implementation of the interface + forwards to the held by the base class. + + + This logger has methods to allow the caller to log at the following + levels: + + + + DEBUG + + The and methods log messages + at the DEBUG level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + INFO + + The and methods log messages + at the INFO level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + WARN + + The and methods log messages + at the WARN level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + ERROR + + The and methods log messages + at the ERROR level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + FATAL + + The and methods log messages + at the FATAL level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + + The values for these levels and their semantic meanings can be changed by + configuring the for the repository. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger. + + The logger to wrap. + + + Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger. + + + + + + Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes + + the repository holding the levels + + + Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes + + + + + + Logs a message object with the DEBUG level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + DEBUG level. If this logger is + DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the DEBUG level + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the DEBUG level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the INFO level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is INFO + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + INFO level. If this logger is + INFO enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the INFO level. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the INFO level including + the stack trace of the + passed as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the WARN level. + + the message object to log + + + This method first checks if this logger is WARN + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + WARN level. If this logger is + WARN enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger and + also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an to this + method will print the name of the but no + stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the WARN level + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the WARN level including + the stack trace of the + passed as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the ERROR level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is ERROR + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + ERROR level. If this logger is + ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger and + also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an to this + method will print the name of the but no + stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the ERROR level + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the ERROR level including + the stack trace of the + passed as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the FATAL level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is FATAL + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + FATAL level. If this logger is + FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger and + also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an to this + method will print the name of the but no + stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the FATAL level + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the FATAL level including + the stack trace of the + passed as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the DEBUG + level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for DEBUG events, + false otherwise. + + + + This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of + disabled log debug statements. + + + For some log Logger object, when you write: + + + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + + + You incur the cost constructing the message, concatenation in + this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not. + + + If you are worried about speed, then you should write: + + + if (log.IsDebugEnabled()) + { + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + } + + + This way you will not incur the cost of parameter + construction if debugging is disabled for log. On + the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you + will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug + enabled twice. Once in IsDebugEnabled and once in + the Debug. This is an insignificant overhead + since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it + takes to actually log. + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the INFO level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for INFO events, + false otherwise. + + + + See for more information and examples + of using this method. + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the WARN level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for WARN events, + false otherwise. + + + + See for more information and examples + of using this method. + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the ERROR level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for ERROR events, + false otherwise. + + + + See for more information and examples of using this method. + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the FATAL level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for FATAL events, + false otherwise. + + + + See for more information and examples of using this method. + + + + + + + Event handler for the event + + the repository + Empty + + + + The fully qualified name of this declaring type not the type of any subclass. + + + + + Used to ensure 'params object?[]?' arguments that receive a null are converted + to an array of one null value so that 'XxxFormat("{0}", null)' will work correctly. + Overloads like 'XxxFormat(message, object? arg0)' are not matched by the compiler in this case. + + + + + provides method information without actually referencing a System.Reflection.MethodBase + as that would require that the containing assembly is loaded. + + + + + + constructs a method item for an unknown method. + + + + + constructs a method item from the name of the method. + + + + + + constructs a method item from the name of the method and its parameters. + + + + + + + constructs a method item from a method base by determining the method name and its parameters. + + + + + + Gets the method name of the caller making the logging request. + + + + + Gets the method parameters of the caller making the logging request. + + + + + The fully qualified type of the StackFrameItem class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + When location information is not available the constant + NA is returned. Current value of this string + constant is ?. + + + + + A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources + + + + A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources + for example with operating system services. This can be used to impersonate + a principal that has been granted privileges on the system resources. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Impersonate this SecurityContext + + State supplied by the caller + An instance that will + revoke the impersonation of this SecurityContext, or null + + + Impersonate this security context. Further calls on the current + thread should now be made in the security context provided + by this object. When the result + method is called the security + context of the thread should be reverted to the state it was in + before was called. + + + + + + The providers default instances. + + + + A configured component that interacts with potentially protected system + resources uses a to provide the elevated + privileges required. If the object has + been not been explicitly provided to the component then the component + will request one from this . + + + By default the is + an instance of which returns only + objects. This is a reasonable default + where the privileges required are not know by the system. + + + This default behavior can be overridden by subclassing the + and overriding the method to return + the desired objects. The default provider + can be replaced by programmatically setting the value of the + property. + + + An alternative is to use the log4net.Config.SecurityContextProviderAttribute + This attribute can be applied to an assembly in the same way as the + log4net.Config.XmlConfiguratorAttribute". The attribute takes + the type to use as the as an argument. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The default provider + + + + + Gets or sets the default SecurityContextProvider + + + The default SecurityContextProvider + + + + The default provider is used by configured components that + require a and have not had one + given to them. + + + By default this is an instance of + that returns objects. + + + The default provider can be set programmatically by setting + the value of this property to a sub class of + that has the desired behavior. + + + + + + Protected default constructor to allow subclassing + + + + Protected default constructor to allow subclassing + + + + + + Create a SecurityContext for a consumer + + The consumer requesting the SecurityContext + An impersonation context + + + The default implementation is to return a . + + + Subclasses should override this method to provide their own + behavior. + + + + + + Provides stack frame information without actually referencing a System.Diagnostics.StackFrame + as that would require that the containing assembly is loaded. + + + + + Creates a stack frame item from a stack frame. + + + + + + Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging + request. + + + + + Gets the file name of the caller. + + + + + Gets the line number of the caller. + + + + + Gets the method name of the caller. + + + + + Gets all available caller information in the format + fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line) + + + + + The fully qualified type of the StackFrameItem class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + When location information is not available the constant + NA is returned. Current value of this string + constant is ?. + + + + + An evaluator that triggers after specified number of seconds. + + + The time threshold in seconds to trigger after. + Zero means it won't trigger at all. + + + + This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period + has passed since last check. + + + Robert Sevcik + + + + An evaluator that triggers after specified number of seconds. + + + The time threshold in seconds to trigger after. + Zero means it won't trigger at all. + + + + This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period + has passed since last check. + + + Robert Sevcik + + + + The UTC time of last check. This gets updated when the object is created and when the evaluator triggers. + + + + + The default time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all. + + + + + Create a new evaluator using the time threshold in seconds. + + + + Create a new evaluator using the time threshold in seconds. + + + This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period + has passed since last check. + + + + + + The time threshold in seconds to trigger after + + + The time threshold in seconds to trigger after. + Zero means it won't trigger at all. + + + + This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period + has passed since last check. + + + + + + Is this the triggering event? + + The event to check + This method returns true, if the specified time period + has passed since last check.. + Otherwise it returns false + + + This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period + has passed since last check. + + + + + + Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers. + + The logger to wrap in a wrapper. + + + Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers. This delegate + is called from the + method to construct the wrapper for the specified logger. + + + The delegate to use is supplied to the + constructor. + + + + + + Maps between logger objects and wrapper objects. + + + + This class maintains a mapping between objects and + objects. Use the method to + look up the for the specified . + + + New wrapper instances are created by the + method. The default behavior is for this method to delegate construction + of the wrapper to the delegate supplied + to the constructor. This allows specialization of the behavior without + requiring subclassing of this type. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + + The handler to use to create the wrapper objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified handler to create the wrapper objects. + + + + + + Gets the wrapper object for the specified logger. + + The wrapper object for the specified logger + + + If the logger is null then the corresponding wrapper is null. + + + Looks up the wrapper it has previously been requested and + returns it. If the wrapper has never been requested before then + the virtual method is + called. + + + + + + Gets the map of logger repositories. + + + Map of logger repositories. + + + + Gets the hashtable that is keyed on . The + values are hashtables keyed on with the + value being the corresponding . + + + + + + Creates the wrapper object for the specified logger. + + The logger to wrap in a wrapper. + The wrapper object for the logger. + + + This implementation uses the + passed to the constructor to create the wrapper. This method + can be overridden in a subclass. + + + + + + Called when a monitored repository shutdown event is received. + + The that is shutting down + + + This method is called when a that this + is holding loggers for has signaled its shutdown + event . The default + behavior of this method is to release the references to the loggers + and their wrappers generated for this repository. + + + + + + Event handler for repository shutdown event. + + The sender of the event. + The event args. + + + + The handler to use to create the extension wrapper objects. + + + + + Internal reference to the delegate used to register for repository shutdown events. + + + + + Formats a as "HH:mm:ss,fff". + + + + Formats a in the format "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459". + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss". + + The date to render into a string. + The string builder to write to. + + + Subclasses should override this method to render the date + into a string using a precision up to the second. This method + will be called at most once per second and the result will be + reused if it is needed again during the same second. + + + + + + Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss,fff". + + The date to render into a string. + The writer to write to. + + + Uses the method to generate the + time string up to the seconds and then appends the current + milliseconds. The results from are + cached and is called at most once + per second. + + + Subclasses should override + rather than . + + + + + + String constant used to specify AbsoluteTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is ABSOLUTE. + + + + + String constant used to specify DateTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is DATE. + + + + + String constant used to specify ISO8601DateFormat in layouts. Current value is ISO8601. + + + + + Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted + as a string. + + + + + Formats a as "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" + + + + Formats a in the format + "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, + "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459". + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Angelika Schnagl + + + + Formats the date without the milliseconds part + + The date to format. + The string builder to write to. + + + Formats a DateTime in the format "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss" + for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37". + + + The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section. + This method will only be called at most once per second. + + + + + + Render a as a string. + + + + Interface to abstract the rendering of a + instance into a string. + + + The method is used to render the + date to a text writer. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Formats the specified date as a string. + + The date to format. + The writer to write to. + + + Format the as a string and write it + to the provided. + + + + + + Formats the as "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff". + + + + Formats the specified as a string: "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff". + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Formats the date without the milliseconds part + + The date to format. + The string builder to write to. + + + Formats the date specified as a string: "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss". + + + The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section. + This method will only be called at most once per second. + + + + + + Formats the using the method. + + + + Formats the using the method. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + The format string. + + + + Formats the using the method. + + + + Formats the using the method. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + The format string. + + + + Formats the date using . + + The date to convert to a string. + The writer to write to. + + + Uses the date format string supplied to the constructor to call + the method to format the date. + + + + + + This filter drops all . + + + + You can add this filter to the end of a filter chain to + switch from the default "accept all unless instructed otherwise" + filtering behavior to a "deny all unless instructed otherwise" + behavior. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Always returns . + + the LoggingEvent to filter + Always returns + + + Ignores the event being logged and just returns + . This can be used to change the default filter + chain behavior from to . This filter + should only be used as the last filter in the chain + as any further filters will be ignored! + + + + + + The return result from + + + + The return result from + + + + + + The log event must be dropped immediately without + consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain. + + + + + This filter is neutral with respect to the log event. + The remaining filters, if any, should be consulted for a final decision. + + + + + The log event must be logged immediately without + consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain. + + + + + Subclass this type to implement customized logging event filtering + + + + Users should extend this class to implement customized logging + event filtering. Note that and + , the parent class of all standard + appenders, have built-in filtering rules. It is suggested that you + first use and understand the built-in rules before rushing to write + your own custom filters. + + + This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be + organized in a linear chain. The + method of each filter is called sequentially, in the order of their + addition to the chain. + + + The method must return one + of the integer constants , + or . + + + If the value is returned, then the log event is dropped + immediately without consulting with the remaining filters. + + + If the value is returned, then the next filter + in the chain is consulted. If there are no more filters in the + chain, then the log event is logged. Thus, in the presence of no + filters, the default behavior is to log all logging events. + + + If the value is returned, then the log + event is logged without consulting the remaining filters. + + + The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the + Linux ipchains. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initialize the filter with the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + Typically filter's options become active immediately on set, + however this method must still be called. + + + + + + Decide if the should be logged through an appender. + + The to decide upon + The decision of the filter + + + If the decision is , then the event will be + dropped. If the decision is , then the next + filter, if any, will be invoked. If the decision is then + the event will be logged without consulting with other filters in + the chain. + + + This method is marked abstract and must be implemented + in a subclass. + + + + + + Gets or sets the next filter in the filter chain. + + + + Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in + the chain to be accessed. + + + + + + Implement this interface to provide customized logging event filtering + + + + Users should implement this interface to implement customized logging + event filtering. Note that and + , the parent class of all standard + appenders, have built-in filtering rules. It is suggested that you + first use and understand the built-in rules before rushing to write + your own custom filters. + + + This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be + organized in a linear chain. The + method of each filter is called sequentially, in the order of their + addition to the chain. + + + The method must return one + of the integer constants , + or . + + + If the value is returned, then the log event is dropped + immediately without consulting with the remaining filters. + + + If the value is returned, then the next filter + in the chain is consulted. If there are no more filters in the + chain, then the log event is logged. Thus, in the presence of no + filters, the default behavior is to log all logging events. + + + If the value is returned, then the log + event is logged without consulting the remaining filters. + + + The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the + Linux ipchains. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Decide if the logging event should be logged through an appender. + + The LoggingEvent to decide upon + The decision of the filter + + + If the decision is , then the event will be + dropped. If the decision is , then the next + filter, if any, will be invoked. If the decision is then + the event will be logged without consulting with other filters in + the chain. + + + + + + Gets or sets the next filter in the chain. + + + + Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in + the chain to be accessed. + + + + + + This is a very simple filter based on matching. + + + + The filter admits two options and + . If there is an exact match between the value + of the option and the of the + , then the method returns in + case the option value is set + to true, if it is false then + is returned. If the does not match then + the result will be . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + when matching + + + + The property is a flag that determines + the behavior when a matching is found. If the + flag is set to true then the filter will the + logging event, otherwise it will the event. + + + The default is true i.e. to the event. + + + + + + The that the filter will match + + + + The level that this filter will attempt to match against the + level. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + + + + Tests if the of the logging event matches that of the filter + + the event to filter + see remarks + + + If the of the event matches the level of the + filter then the result of the function depends on the + value of . If it is true then + the function will return , it it is false then it + will return . If the does not match then + the result will be . + + + + + + This is a simple filter based on matching. + + + + The filter admits three options and + that determine the range of priorities that are matched, and + . If there is a match between the range + of priorities and the of the , then the + method returns in case the + option value is set to true, if it is false + then is returned. If there is no match, is returned. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + when matching and + + + + The property is a flag that determines + the behavior when a matching is found. If the + flag is set to true then the filter will the + logging event, otherwise it will the event. + + + The default is true i.e. to the event. + + + + + + Set the minimum matched + + + + The minimum level that this filter will attempt to match against the + level. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + + + + Sets the maximum matched + + + + The maximum level that this filter will attempt to match against the + level. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + + + + Check if the event should be logged. + + the logging event to check + see remarks + + + If the of the logging event is outside the range + matched by this filter then + is returned. If the is matched then the value of + is checked. If it is true then + is returned, otherwise + is returned. + + + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the event's logger name. + + + + The works very similar to the . It admits two + options and . If the + of the starts + with the value of the option, then the + method returns in + case the option value is set to true, + if it is false then is returned. + + + Daniel Cazzulino + + + + when matching + + + + The property is a flag that determines + the behavior when a matching is found. If the + flag is set to true then the filter will the + logging event, otherwise it will the event. + + + The default is true i.e. to the event. + + + + + + The that the filter will match + + + + This filter will attempt to match this value against logger name in + the following way. The match will be done against the beginning of the + logger name (using ). The match is + case sensitive. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + + + + Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged + + the event being logged + see remarks + + + The rendered message is matched against the . + If the equals the beginning of + the incoming () + then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs + this function will return + allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then + the value of is checked. If it is + true then is returned otherwise + is returned. + + + + + + Simple filter to match a keyed string in the + + + + Simple filter to match a keyed string in the + + + As the MDC has been replaced with layered properties the + should be used instead. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the + + + As the NDC has been replaced with named stacks stored in the + properties collections the should + be used instead. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default constructor + + + + Sets the to "NDC". + + + + + + Simple filter to match a string an event property + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the value for a + specific event property + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The key to lookup in the event properties and then match against. + + + + The key name to use to lookup in the properties map of the + . The match will be performed against + the value of this property if it exists. + + + + + + Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged + + the event being logged + see remarks + + + The event property for the is matched against + the . + If the occurs as a substring within + the property value then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs + this function will return + allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then + the value of is checked. If it is + true then is returned otherwise + is returned. + + + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message. + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + A regex object to match (generated from m_stringRegexToMatch) + + + + + Initialize and precompile the Regex if required + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + when matching or + + + + The property is a flag that determines + the behavior when a matching is found. If the + flag is set to true then the filter will the + logging event, otherwise it will the event. + + + The default is true i.e. to the event. + + + + + + Sets the static string to match + + + + The string that will be substring matched against + the rendered message. If the message contains this + string then the filter will match. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + One of or + must be specified. + + + + + + Sets the regular expression to match + + + + The regular expression pattern that will be matched against + the rendered message. If the message matches this + pattern then the filter will match. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + One of or + must be specified. + + + + + + Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged + + the event being logged + see remarks + + + The rendered message is matched against the . + If the occurs as a substring within + the message then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs + this function will return + allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then + the value of is checked. If it is + true then is returned otherwise + is returned. + + + + + + The log4net Global Context. + + + + The GlobalContext provides a location for global debugging + information to be stored. + + + The global context has a properties map and these properties can + be included in the output of log messages. The + supports selecting and outputing these properties. + + + By default the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of + the current machine. + + + + + GlobalContext.Properties["hostname"] = Environment.MachineName; + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The global properties map. + + + + + The ILog interface is use by application to log messages into + the log4net framework. + + + + Use the to obtain logger instances + that implement this interface. The + static method is used to get logger instances. + + + This class contains methods for logging at different levels and also + has properties for determining if those logging levels are + enabled in the current configuration. + + + This interface can be implemented in different ways. This documentation + specifies reasonable behavior that a caller can expect from the actual + implementation, however different implementations reserve the right to + do things differently. + + + Simple example of logging messages + + ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log"); + + log.Info("Application Start"); + log.Debug("This is a debug message"); + + if (log.IsDebugEnabled) + { + log.Debug("This is another debug message"); + } + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Logs a message object with the level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Logs a message object with the level. + + + + This method first checks if this logger is INFO + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + INFO enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + The message object to log. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the INFO level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted message string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Log a message object with the level. + + + + This method first checks if this logger is WARN + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + WARN enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + The message object to log. + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted message string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Logs a message object with the level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is ERROR + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted message string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Log a message object with the level. + + + + This method first checks if this logger is FATAL + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + The message object to log. + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted message string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + + This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of + disabled log debug statements. + + For some ILog interface log, when you write: + + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + + + You incur the cost constructing the message, string construction and concatenation in + this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not. + + + If you are worried about speed (who isn't), then you should write: + + + if (log.IsDebugEnabled) + { + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + } + + + This way you will not incur the cost of parameter + construction if debugging is disabled for log. On + the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you + will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug + enabled twice. Once in and once in + the . This is an insignificant overhead + since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it + takes to actually log. This is the preferred style of logging. + + Alternatively if your logger is available statically then the is debug + enabled state can be stored in a static variable like this: + + + private static readonly bool isDebugEnabled = log.IsDebugEnabled; + + + Then when you come to log you can write: + + + if (isDebugEnabled) + { + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + } + + + This way the debug enabled state is only queried once + when the class is loaded. Using a private static readonly + variable is the most efficient because it is a run time constant + and can be heavily optimized by the JIT compiler. + + + Of course if you use a static readonly variable to + hold the enabled state of the logger then you cannot + change the enabled state at runtime to vary the logging + that is produced. You have to decide if you need absolute + speed or runtime flexibility. + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + For more information see . + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + For more information see . + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + For more information see . + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + For more information see . + + + + + + + + A flexible layout configurable with pattern string that re-evaluates on each call. + + + This class is built on and provides all the + features and capabilities of PatternLayout. PatternLayout is a 'static' class + in that its layout is done once at configuration time. This class will recreate + the layout on each reference. + One important difference between PatternLayout and DynamicPatternLayout is the + treatment of the Header and Footer parameters in the configuration. The Header and Footer + parameters for DynamicPatternLayout must be syntactically in the form of a PatternString, + but should not be marked as type log4net.Util.PatternString. Doing so causes the + pattern to be statically converted at configuration time and causes DynamicPatternLayout + to perform the same as PatternLayout. + Please see for complete documentation. + + <layout type="log4net.Layout.DynamicPatternLayout"> + <param name="Header" value="%newline**** Trace Opened Local: %date{yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.fff} UTC: %utcdate{yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.fff} ****%newline" /> + <param name="Footer" value="**** Trace Closed %date{yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.fff} ****%newline" /> + </layout> + + + + + + The header PatternString + + + + + The footer PatternString + + + + + Constructs a DynamicPatternLayout using the DefaultConversionPattern + + + + The default pattern just produces the application supplied message. + + + + + + Constructs a DynamicPatternLayout using the supplied conversion pattern. + + The pattern to use. + + + + Gets or sets the header for the layout format. + + the layout header + + + The Header text will be appended before any logging events + are formatted and appended. + + The pattern will be formatted on each get operation. + + + + + Gets or sets the footer for the layout format. + + the layout footer + + + The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events + have been formatted and appended. + + The pattern will be formatted on each get operation. + + + + + A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event + + + + This Layout should only be used with appenders that utilize multiple + layouts (e.g. ). + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructs an ExceptionLayout. + + + + + Activates component options. + + + + Part of the component activation + framework. + + + This method does nothing as options become effective immediately. + + + + + + Gets the exception text from the logging event + + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + the event being logged + + + Write the exception string to the . + The exception string is retrieved from . + + + + + + Interface implemented by layout objects + + + + An object is used to format a + as text. The method is called by an + appender to transform the into a string. + + + The layout can also supply and + text that is appender before any events and after all the events respectively. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Implement this method to create your own layout format. + + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + The event to format + + + This method is called by an appender to format + the as text and output to a writer. + + + If the caller does not have a and prefers the + event to be formatted as a then the following + code can be used to format the event into a . + + + StringWriter writer = new StringWriter(); + Layout.Format(writer, loggingEvent); + string formattedEvent = writer.ToString(); + + + + + + The content type output by this layout. + + The content type + + + The content type output by this layout. + + + This is a MIME type e.g. "text/plain". + + + + + + The header for the layout format. + + the layout header + + + The Header text will be appended before any logging events + are formatted and appended. + + + + + + The footer for the layout format. + + the layout footer + + + The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events + have been formatted and appended. + + + + + + Flag indicating if this layout handle exceptions + + false if this layout handles exceptions + + + If this layout handles the exception object contained within + , then the layout should return + false. Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception + object, then the layout should return true. + + + + + + Extensions for + + Jan Friedrich + + + + writes the specified start tag and associates it with the given namespace and prefix + + Writer + The full name of the element + The namespace prefix of the element + The local name of the element + The namespace URI to associate with the element + + + + Creates an XmlWriter + + TextWriter + XmlWriter + + + + Interface for raw layout objects + + + + Interface used to format a + to an object. + + + This interface should not be confused with the + interface. This interface is used in + only certain specialized situations where a raw object is + required rather than a formatted string. The + is not generally useful than this interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Implement this method to create your own layout format. + + The event to format + returns the formatted event + + + Implement this method to create your own layout format. + + + + + + Adapts any to a + + + + Where an is required this adapter + allows a to be specified. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + The layout to adapt + + + + + Construct a new adapter + + the layout to adapt + + + Create the adapter for the specified . + + + + + + Formats the logging event as an object. + + The event to format + returns the formatted event + + + Uses the object supplied to + the constructor to perform the formatting. + + + + + + Extend this abstract class to create your own log layout format. + + + + This is the base implementation of the + interface. Most layout objects should extend this class. + + + + + + Subclasses must implement the + method. + + + Subclasses should set the in their default + constructor. + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Empty default constructor + + + + Empty default constructor + + + + + + Activate component options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + This method must be implemented by the subclass. + + + + + + Implement this method to create your own layout format. + + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + The event to format + + + This method is called by an appender to format + the as text. + + + + + + Convenience method for easily formatting the logging event into a string variable. + + + + Creates a new StringWriter instance to store the formatted logging event. + + + + + The content type output by this layout. + + The content type is "text/plain" + + + The content type output by this layout. + + + This base class uses the value "text/plain". + To change this value a subclass must override this + property. + + + + + + The header for the layout format. + + the layout header + + + The Header text will be appended before any logging events + are formatted and appended. + + + + + + The footer for the layout format. + + the layout footer + + + The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events + have been formatted and appended. + + + + + + Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions. + + false if this layout handles exceptions + + + If this layout handles the exception object contained within + , then the layout should return + false. Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception + object, then the layout should return true. + + + Set this value to override the default setting. The default + value is true, this layout does not handle the exception. + + + + + + Write the event appdomain name to the output + + + + Writes the to the output writer. + + + Daniel Cazzulino + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the event appdomain name to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the to the output . + + + + + + Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache. + + + + Outputs an item from the . + + + Ron Grabowski + + + + Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + The on which the pattern converter should be executed. + The under which the ASP.Net request is running. + + + Writes out the value of a named property. The property name + should be set in the + property. If no property has been set, all key value pairs from the Cache will + be written to the output. + + + + + + Converter for items in the . + + + + Outputs an item from the . + + + Ron Grabowski + + + + Write the ASP.Net HttpContext item to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + The on which the pattern converter should be executed. + The under which the ASP.Net request is running. + + + Writes out the value of a named property. The property name + should be set in the + property. + + + + + + Abstract class that provides access to the current HttpContext () that + derived classes need. + + + This class handles the case when HttpContext.Current is null by writing + to the writer. + + Ron Grabowski + + + + Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to + convert conversion specifiers in the correct way. + + that will receive the formatted result. + The on which the pattern converter should be executed. + The under which the ASP.Net request is running. + + + + Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache. + + + + Outputs an item from the . + + + Ron Grabowski + + + + Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + The on which the pattern converter should be executed. + The under which the ASP.Net request is running. + + + Writes out the value of a named property. The property name + should be set in the + property. + + + + + + Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache. + + + + Outputs an item from the . + + + Ron Grabowski + + + + Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + The on which the pattern converter should be executed. + The under which the ASP.Net request is running. + + + Writes out the value of a named property. The property name + should be set in the + property. If no property has been set, all key value pairs from the Session will + be written to the output. + + + + + + Date pattern converter, uses a to format + the date of a . + + + + Render the to the writer as a string. + + + The value of the determines + the formatting of the date. The following values are allowed: + + + Option value + Output + + + ISO8601 + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern. + + + + DATE + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459". + + + + ABSOLUTE + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "HH:mm:ss,yyyy" for example, "15:49:37,459". + + + + other + + Any other pattern string uses the formatter. + This formatter passes the pattern string to the + method. + For details on valid patterns see + DateTimeFormatInfo Class. + + + + + + The is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone. + To output the time in Universal time see . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The used to render the date to a string + + + + + Initialize the converter pattern based on the property. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Converts the pattern into the rendered message. + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Pass the to the + for it to render it to the writer. + + + The passed is in the local time zone. + + + + + + Write the exception text to the output + + + + If an exception object is stored in the logging event + it will be rendered into the pattern output with a + trailing newline. + + + If there is no exception then nothing will be output + and no trailing newline will be appended. + It is typical to put a newline before the exception + and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Default constructor + + + + + Write the exception text to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + If an exception object is stored in the logging event + it will be rendered into the pattern output with a + trailing newline. + + + If there is no exception or the exception property specified + by the Option value does not exist then nothing will be output + and no trailing newline will be appended. + It is typical to put a newline before the exception + and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern. + + + Recognized values for the Option parameter are: + + + + Message + + + Source + + + StackTrace + + + TargetSite + + + HelpLink + + + + + + + Writes the value of the for + the event to the output writer. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Writes the value of the for + the to the output . + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + + Write the caller location info to the output + + + + Writes the to the output writer. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the caller location info to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the to the output writer. + + + + + + Writes the event identity to the output + + + + Writes the value of the to + the output writer. + + + Daniel Cazzulino + Nicko Cadell + + + + Writes the event identity to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the value of the + to + the output . + + + + + + Write the event level to the output + + + + Writes the display name of the event + to the writer. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the event level to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the of the + to the . + + + + + + Write the caller location line number to the output + + + + Writes the value of the for + the event to the output writer. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the caller location line number to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the value of the for + the to the output . + + + + + + Converter for logger name + + + + Outputs the of the event. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Gets the fully qualified name of the logger + + the event being logged + The fully qualified logger name + + + Returns the of the . + + + + + + Writes the event message to the output + + + + Uses the method + to write out the event message. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Writes the event message to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Uses the method + to write out the event message. + + + + + + Write the method name to the output + + + + Writes the caller location to + the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the method name to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the caller location to + the output. + + + + + + Converter to output and truncate '.' separated strings + + + + This abstract class supports truncating a '.' separated string + to show a specified number of elements from the right hand side. + This is used to truncate class names that are fully qualified. + + + Subclasses should override the method to + return the fully qualified string. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initialize the converter + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Gets the fully qualified '.' (dot/period) separated name for an event. + + the event being logged + the fully qualified name + + + Overridden by subclasses to get the fully qualified name before the + precision is applied to it. + + + + + + Converts the pattern to the rendered message + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + Render the to the precision + specified by the property. + + + + + The fully qualified type of the NamedPatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Converter to include event NDC + + + + Outputs the value of the event property named NDC. + + + The should be used instead. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the event NDC to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + As the thread context stacks are now stored in named event properties + this converter simply looks up the value of the NDC property. + + + The should be used instead. + + + + + + Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that + derived classes need. + + + Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to + individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for + converting a logging event in a converter specific manner. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Flag indicating if this converter handles the logging event exception + + false if this converter handles the logging event exception + + + If this converter handles the exception object contained within + , then this property should be set to + false. Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception + object, then the property should be set to true. + + + Set this value to override a this default setting. The default + value is true, this converter does not handle the exception. + + + + + + Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to + convert conversion specifiers in the correct way. + + that will receive the formatted result. + The on which the pattern converter should be executed. + + + + Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to + convert conversion specifiers in the correct way. + + that will receive the formatted result. + The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed. + + + + Property pattern converter + + + + Writes out the value of a named property. The property name + should be set in the + property. + + + If the is set to null + then all the properties are written as key value pairs. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the property value to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes out the value of a named property. The property name + should be set in the + property. + + + If the is set to null + then all the properties are written as key value pairs. + + + + + + Converter to output the relative time of the event + + + + Converter to output the time of the event relative to the start of the program. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the relative time to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes out the relative time of the event in milliseconds. + That is the number of milliseconds between the event + and the . + + + + + + Helper method to get the time difference between two DateTime objects + + start time (in the current local time zone) + end time (in the current local time zone) + the time difference in milliseconds + + + + Writes the to the output writer, using format: + type3.MethodCall3(type param,...) > type2.MethodCall2(type param,...) > type1.MethodCall1(type param,...) + + Adam Davies + + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the StackTraceDetailPatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Write the caller stack frames to the output + + + + Writes the to the output writer, using format: + type3.MethodCall3 > type2.MethodCall2 > type1.MethodCall1 + + + Michael Cromwell + + + + Initialize the converter + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Write the strack frames to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the to the output writer. + + + + + + Returns the Name of the method + + + This method was created, so this class could be used as a base class for StackTraceDetailPatternConverter + string + + + + The fully qualified type of the StackTracePatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Converter to include event thread name + + + + Writes the to the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the ThreadName to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the to the . + + + + + + Pattern converter for the class name + + + + Outputs the of the event. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Gets the fully qualified name of the class + + the event being logged + The fully qualified type name for the caller location + + + Returns the of the . + + + + + + Converter to include event user name + + Douglas de la Torre + Nicko Cadell + + + + Convert the pattern to the rendered message + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + + Writes the TimeStamp to the output. + + + + Date pattern converter, uses a to format + the date of a . + + + Uses a to format the + in Universal time. + + + See the for details on the date pattern syntax. + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Writes the TimeStamp to the output. + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Pass the to the + for it to render it to the writer. + + + The passed is in the local time zone, this is converted + to Universal time before it is rendered. + + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + A flexible layout configurable with pattern string. + + + + The goal of this class is to a + as a string. The results + depend on the conversion pattern. + + + The conversion pattern is closely related to the conversion + pattern of the printf function in C. A conversion pattern is + composed of literal text and format control expressions called + conversion specifiers. + + + You are free to insert any literal text within the conversion + pattern. + + + Each conversion specifier starts with a percent sign (%) and is + followed by optional format modifiers and a conversion + pattern name. The conversion pattern name specifies the type of + data, e.g. logger, level, date, thread name. The format + modifiers control such things as field width, padding, left and + right justification. The following is a simple example. + + + Let the conversion pattern be "%-5level [%thread]: %message%newline" and assume + that the log4net environment was set to use a PatternLayout. Then the + statements + + + ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestApp)); + log.Debug("Message 1"); + log.Warn("Message 2"); + + would yield the output + + DEBUG [main]: Message 1 + WARN [main]: Message 2 + + + Note that there is no explicit separator between text and + conversion specifiers. The pattern parser knows when it has reached + the end of a conversion specifier when it reads a conversion + character. In the example above the conversion specifier + %-5level means the level of the logging event should be left + justified to a width of five characters. + + + The recognized conversion pattern names are: + + + + Conversion Pattern Name + Effect + + + a + Equivalent to appdomain + + + appdomain + + Used to output the friendly name of the AppDomain where the + logging event was generated. + + + + aspnet-cache + + + Used to output all cache items in the case of %aspnet-cache or just one named item if used as %aspnet-cache{key} + + + This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies. + + + + + aspnet-context + + + Used to output all context items in the case of %aspnet-context or just one named item if used as %aspnet-context{key} + + + This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies. + + + + + aspnet-request + + + Used to output all request parameters in the case of %aspnet-request or just one named param if used as %aspnet-request{key} + + + This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies. + + + + + aspnet-session + + + Used to output all session items in the case of %aspnet-session or just one named item if used as %aspnet-session{key} + + + This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies. + + + + + c + Equivalent to logger + + + C + Equivalent to type + + + class + Equivalent to type + + + d + Equivalent to date + + + date + + + Used to output the date of the logging event in the local time zone. + To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern. + The date conversion + specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed + between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or + %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is + given then ISO8601 format is + assumed (). + + + The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the + time pattern string of the . + + + For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date + formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings + "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying + , + and respectively + . For example, + %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE}. + + + These dedicated date formatters perform significantly + better than . + + + + + exception + + + Used to output the exception passed in with the log message. + + + If an exception object is stored in the logging event + it will be rendered into the pattern output with a + trailing newline. + If there is no exception then nothing will be output + and no trailing newline will be appended. + It is typical to put a newline before the exception + and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern. + + + + + F + Equivalent to file + + + file + + + Used to output the file name where the logging request was + issued. + + + WARNING Generating caller location information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + identity + + + Used to output the username for the currently active user + (Principal.Identity.Name). + + + WARNING Generating caller information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + + + l + Equivalent to location + + + L + Equivalent to line + + + location + + + Used to output location information of the caller which generated + the logging event. + + + The location information depends on the CLI implementation but + usually consists of the fully qualified name of the calling + method followed by the callers source the file name and line + number between parentheses. + + + The location information can be very useful. However, its + generation is extremely slow. Its use should be avoided + unless execution speed is not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + level + + + Used to output the level of the logging event. + + + + + line + + + Used to output the line number from where the logging request + was issued. + + + WARNING Generating caller location information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + logger + + + Used to output the logger of the logging event. The + logger conversion specifier can be optionally followed by + precision specifier, that is a decimal constant in + brackets. + + + If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding + number of right most components of the logger name will be + printed. By default, the logger name is printed in full. + + + For example, for the logger name "a.b.c" the pattern + %logger{2} will output "b.c". + + + + + m + Equivalent to message + + + M + Equivalent to method + + + message + + + Used to output the application supplied message associated with + the logging event. + + + + + mdc + + + The MDC (old name for the ThreadContext.Properties) is now part of the + combined event properties. This pattern is supported for compatibility + but is equivalent to property. + + + + + method + + + Used to output the method name where the logging request was + issued. + + + WARNING Generating caller location information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + n + Equivalent to newline + + + newline + + + Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or + characters. + + + This conversion pattern offers the same performance as using + non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n". + Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator. + + + + + ndc + + + Used to output the NDC (nested diagnostic context) associated + with the thread that generated the logging event. + + + + + p + Equivalent to level + + + P + Equivalent to property + + + properties + Equivalent to property + + + property + + + Used to output an event specific property. The key to + lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the + pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value + from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value + that is to be included in the log must be specified separately. + Properties are added to events by loggers or appenders. By default, + the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on + which the event was originally logged. + + + If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their + values are printed in a comma separated list. + + + The properties of an event are combined from a number of different + contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched. + + + + the event properties + + The event has that can be set. These + properties are specific to this event only. + + + + the thread properties + + The that are set on the current + thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread. + + + + the global properties + + The that are set globally. These + properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain. + + + + + + + + r + Equivalent to timestamp + + + stacktrace + + + Used to output the stack trace of the logging event + The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed + between braces. For example, %stacktrace{level}. + If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed + + + Output uses the format: + type3.MethodCall3 > type2.MethodCall2 > type1.MethodCall1 + + + This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies. + + + + + stacktracedetail + + + Used to output the stack trace of the logging event + The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed + between braces. For example, %stacktracedetail{level}. + If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed + + + Output uses the format: + type3.MethodCall3(type param,...) > type2.MethodCall2(type param,...) > type1.MethodCall1(type param,...) + + + This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies. + + + + + t + Equivalent to thread + + + timestamp + + + Used to output the number of milliseconds elapsed since the start + of the application until the creation of the logging event. + + + + + thread + + + Used to output the name of the thread that generated the + logging event. Uses the thread number if no name is available. + + + + + type + + + Used to output the fully qualified type name of the caller + issuing the logging request. This conversion specifier + can be optionally followed by precision specifier, that + is a decimal constant in brackets. + + + If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding + number of right most components of the class name will be + printed. By default, the class name is output in fully qualified form. + + + For example, for the class name "log4net.Layout.PatternLayout", the + pattern %type{1} will output "PatternLayout". + + + WARNING Generating the caller class information is + slow. Thus, its use should be avoided unless execution speed is + not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + u + Equivalent to identity + + + username + + + Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently + active user. + + + WARNING Generating caller WindowsIdentity information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + + + utcdate + + + Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time. + The date conversion + specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed + between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or + %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is + given then ISO8601 format is + assumed (). + + + The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the + time pattern string of the . + + + For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date + formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings + "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying + , + and respectively + . For example, + %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE}. + + + These dedicated date formatters perform significantly + better than . + + + + + w + Equivalent to username + + + x + Equivalent to ndc + + + X + Equivalent to mdc + + + % + + + The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign. + + + + + + The single letter patterns are deprecated in favor of the + longer more descriptive pattern names. + + + By default, the relevant information is output as is. However, + with the aid of format modifiers it is possible to change the + minimum field width, the maximum field width and justification. + + + The optional format modifier is placed between the percent sign + and the conversion pattern name. + + + The first optional format modifier is the left justification + flag which is just the minus (-) character. Then comes the + optional minimum field width modifier. This is a decimal + constant that represents the minimum number of characters to + output. If the data item requires fewer characters, it is padded on + either the left or the right until the minimum width is + reached. The default is to pad on the left (right justify) but you + can specify right padding with the left justification flag. The + padding character is space. If the data item is larger than the + minimum field width, the field is expanded to accommodate the + data. The value is never truncated. + + + This behavior can be changed using the maximum field + width modifier which is designated by a period followed by a + decimal constant. If the data item is longer than the maximum + field, then the extra characters are removed from the + beginning of the data item and not from the end. For + example, it the maximum field width is eight and the data item is + ten characters long, then the first two characters of the data item + are dropped. This behavior deviates from the printf function in C + where truncation is done from the end. + + + Below are various format modifier examples for the logger + conversion specifier. + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Format modifierleft justifyminimum widthmaximum widthcomment
%20loggerfalse20none + + Left pad with spaces if the logger name is less than 20 + characters long. + +
%-20loggertrue20none + + Right pad with spaces if the logger + name is less than 20 characters long. + +
%.30loggerNAnone30 + + Truncate from the beginning if the logger + name is longer than 30 characters. + +
%20.30loggerfalse2030 + + Left pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20 + characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters, + then truncate from the beginning. + +
%-20.30loggertrue2030 + + Right pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20 + characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters, + then truncate from the beginning. + +
+
+ + Note about caller location information.
+ The following patterns %type %file %line %method %location %class %C %F %L %l %M + all generate caller location information. + Location information uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate + a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack. + + + + The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the + .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not + available on that framework. + + + + + The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds: + + + "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations. + By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The + debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column + information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace + might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations + that occur during optimization." + + + This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may + not exist at all! Therefore, caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build. + + + + Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific + instance using the method. + + + + This is a more detailed pattern. + %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline + + + A similar pattern except that the relative time is + right padded if less than 6 digits, thread name is right padded if + less than 15 characters and truncated if longer and the logger + name is left padded if shorter than 30 characters and truncated if + longer. + %-6timestamp [%15.15thread] %-5level %30.30logger %ndc - %message%newline + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Douglas de la Torre + Daniel Cazzulino + + + + Default pattern string for log output. + + + + Default pattern string for log output. + Currently set to the string "%message%newline" + which just prints the application supplied message. + + + + + + A detailed conversion pattern + + + + A conversion pattern which includes Time, Thread, Logger, and Nested Context. + Current value is %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline. + + + + + + Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types. + + + + This static map is overridden by the converterRegistry instance map + + + + + + the head of the pattern converter chain + + + + + patterns defined on this PatternLayout only + + + + + Constructs a PatternLayout using the DefaultConversionPattern + + + + The default pattern just produces the application supplied message. + + + Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method + . If you override this method be + aware that it will be called before your is called constructor. + + + As per the contract the + method must be called after the properties on this object have been + configured. + + + + + + Constructs a PatternLayout using the supplied conversion pattern + + the pattern to use + + + Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method + . If you override this method be + aware that it will be called before your is called constructor. + + + When using this constructor the method + need not be called. This may not be the case when using a subclass. + + + + + + Gets or sets the pattern formatting string. + + + + The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which + controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and + conversion specifiers. + + + + + + Create the pattern parser instance + + the pattern to parse + The that will format the event + + + Creates the used to parse the conversion string. Sets the + global and instance rules on the . + + + + + + Initializes layout options. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern. + + The event being logged. + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to. + + + Parses the using the patter format + specified in the property. + + + + + + Add a converter to this PatternLayout + + the converter info + + + This version of the method is used by the configurator. + Programmatic users should use the alternative method. + + + + + + Adds a named pattern converter to this PatternLayout. + + the name of the conversion pattern for this converter + the type of the converter + + + This converter will be used in the formatting of the event. + This method must be called before . + + + The specified must extend the + type. + + + + + + Type converter for the interface. + + + + Supports converting from the interface to + the interface using the . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Can the sourceType be converted to an + + the source to be to be converted + true if the source type can be converted to + + + Test if the can be converted to a + . Only is supported + as the . + + + + + + Converts the value to a object. + + the value to convert + the object + + + If the object is an then the + is used to adapt between the two interfaces, + otherwise an exception is thrown. + + + + + + Extracts the value of a property from the . + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The name of the value to look up in the LoggingEvent Properties collection. + + + + + Looks up the property for . + + The event to format + returns property value + + + Looks up and returns the object value of the property + named . If there is no property defined + with than name then null will be returned. + + + + + + Extracts the date from the . + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the as a . + + The event to format + returns the time stamp + + + The time stamp is in local time. To format the time stamp + in universal time use . + + + + + + Extracts the date from the . + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the as a . + + The event to format + returns the time stamp + + + The time stamp is in universal time. To format the time stamp + in local time use . + + + + + + A very simple layout + + + + SimpleLayout consists of the level of the log statement, + followed by " - " and then the log message itself. For example, + + DEBUG - Hello world + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructs a SimpleLayout + + + + + Initialize layout options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Produces a simple formatted output. + + the event being logged + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + + + Formats the event as the level of the event, + followed by " - " and then the log message itself. The + output is terminated by a newline. + + + + + + Layout that formats the log events as XML elements. + + + + The output of the consists of a series of + log4net:event elements. It does not output a complete well-formed XML + file. The output is designed to be included as an external entity + in a separate file to form a correct XML file. + + + For example, if abc is the name of the file where + the output goes, then a well-formed XML file would + be: + + + <?xml version="1.0" ?> + + <!DOCTYPE log4net:events SYSTEM "log4net-events.dtd" [<!ENTITY data SYSTEM "abc">]> + + <log4net:events version="1.2" xmlns:log4net="http://logging.apache.org/log4net/schemas/log4net-events-1.2> + &data; + </log4net:events> + + + This approach enforces the independence of the + and the appender where it is embedded. + + + The version attribute helps components to correctly + interpret output generated by . The value of + this attribute should be "1.2" for release 1.2 and later. + + + Alternatively the Header and Footer properties can be + configured to output the correct XML header, open tag and close tag. + When setting the Header and Footer properties it is essential + that the underlying data store not be appendable otherwise the data + will become invalid XML. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructs an XmlLayout + + + + + Constructs an XmlLayout. + + + + The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By + default, it is set to false which means there will be no location + information output by this layout. If the option is set to + true, then the file name and line number of the statement + at the origin of the log statement will be output. + + + If you are embedding this layout within an SmtpAppender + then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that + appender as well. + + + + + + The prefix to use for all element names + + + + The default prefix is log4net. Set this property + to change the prefix. If the prefix is set to an empty string + then no prefix will be written. + + + + + + Set whether to base64 encode the message. + + + + By default the log message will be written as text to the xml + output. This can cause problems when the message contains binary + data. By setting this to true the contents of the message will be + base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement + (see ) will not be performed + on the log message. + + + + + + Set whether to base64 encode the property values. + + + + By default the properties will be written as text to the xml + output. This can cause problems when one or more properties contain + binary data. By setting this to true the values of the properties + will be base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement + (see ) will not be performed + on the property values. + + + + + + Initialize layout options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + Builds a cache of the element names + + + + + + Does the actual writing of the XML. + + The writer to use to output the event to. + The event to write. + + + Override the base class method + to write the to the . + + + + + + Layout that formats the log events as XML elements. + + + + This is an abstract class that must be subclassed by an implementation + to conform to a specific schema. + + + Deriving classes must implement the method. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Protected constructor to support subclasses + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with no location info. + + + + + + Protected constructor to support subclasses + + + + The parameter determines whether + location information will be output by the layout. If + is set to true, then the + file name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log + statement will be output. + + + If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender + then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that + appender as well. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether to include location information in + the XML events. + + + true if location information should be included in the XML + events; otherwise, false. + + + + If is set to true, then the file + name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log + statement will be output. + + + If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender + then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that + appender as well. + + + + + + The string to replace characters that can not be expressed in XML with. + + + Not all characters may be expressed in XML. This property contains the + string to replace those that can not with. This defaults to a ?. Set it + to the empty string to simply remove offending characters. For more + details on the allowed character ranges see http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets + Character replacement will occur in the log message, the property names + and the property values. + + + + + + + Initialize layout options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Gets the content type output by this layout. + + + As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml". + + + + As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml". + + + + + + Produces a formatted string. + + The event being logged. + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + + + Format the and write it to the . + + + This method creates an that writes to the + . The is passed + to the method. Subclasses should override the + method rather than this method. + + + + + + Does the actual writing of the XML. + + The writer to use to output the event to. + The event to write. + + + Subclasses should override this method to format the as XML. + + + + + + Layout that formats the log events as XML elements compatible with the log4j schema + + + + Formats the log events according to the http://logging.apache.org/log4j schema. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The 1st of January 1970 in UTC + + + + + Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j + + + + + Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j. + + + + The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By + default, it is set to false which means there will be no location + information output by this layout. If the option is set to + true, then the file name and line number of the statement + at the origin of the log statement will be output. + + + If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender + then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that + appender as well. + + + + + + The version of the log4j schema to use. + + + + Only version 1.2 of the log4j schema is supported. + + + + + + Actually do the writing of the xml + + the writer to use + the event to write + + + Generate XML that is compatible with the log4j schema. + + + + + + The log4net Logical Thread Context. + + + + The LogicalThreadContext provides a location for specific debugging + information to be stored. + The LogicalThreadContext properties override any or + properties with the same name. + + + For .NET Standard this class uses System.Threading.AsyncLocal rather than . + + + The Logical Thread Context has a properties map and a stack. + The properties and stack can + be included in the output of log messages. The + supports selecting and outputting these properties. + + + The Logical Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current call context. + This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log + output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved + when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously. + + + The Logical Thread Context is managed on a per basis. + + + The requires a link time + for the + . + If the calling code does not have this permission then this context will be disabled. + It will not store any property values set on it. + + + Example of using the thread context properties to store a username. + + LogicalThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName; + log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Property called 'user'"); + + + Example of how to push a message into the context stack + + using(LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["LDC"].Push("my context message")) + { + log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'"); + + } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The thread properties map + + + + The LogicalThreadContext properties override any + or properties with the same name. + + + + + + The logical thread stacks. + + + + + This class is used by client applications to request logger instances. + + + + This class has static methods that are used by a client to request + a logger instance. The method is + used to retrieve a logger. + + + See the interface for more details. + + + Simple example of logging messages + + ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log"); + + log.Info("Application Start"); + log.Debug("This is a debug message"); + + if (log.IsDebugEnabled) + { + log.Debug("This is another debug message"); + } + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the default repository) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns null. + + + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + The logger found, or null if no logger could be found. + + + Get the currently defined loggers. + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the default repository. + + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + All the defined loggers. + + + Get or create a logger. + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + + + Retrieves a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns + null. + + + The repository to lookup in. + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + + The logger found, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified + repository. + + + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the repository for the specified assembly) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns + null. + + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + + The logger, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified + assembly's repository. + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository. + + The repository to lookup in. + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + All the defined loggers. + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository. + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + All the defined loggers. + + + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + + + Retrieve a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + The repository to lookup in. + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + + + Retrieve a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Shorthand for . + + + Get the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Shorthand for . + + + Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + The repository to lookup in. + The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Shorthand for . + + + Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Shuts down the log4net system. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the + default repositories. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + Shutdown a logger repository. + + Shuts down the default repository. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + default repository. + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Shuts down the repository for the repository specified. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + specified. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + The repository to shut down. + + + + Shuts down the repository specified. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + repository. The repository is looked up using + the specified. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + + + Reset the configuration of a repository + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + + + Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set to its default "off" value. + + + + + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + + + Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set to its default "off" value. + + + The repository to reset. + + + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + + + Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set to its default "off" value. + + + The assembly to use to look up the repository to reset. + + + Get a logger repository. + + Returns the default instance. + + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the callers assembly (). + + + The instance for the default repository. + + + + Returns the default instance. + + The default instance. + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the argument. + + + The repository to lookup in. + + + + Returns the default instance. + + The default instance. + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the argument. + + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + + + Create a logger repository. + + Creates a repository with the specified repository type. + + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to will return + the same repository instance. + + + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name. + + + + Creates the default type of which is a + object. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories. + The created for the repository. + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type. + + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type. + + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + The assembly to use to get the name of the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + + Gets the list of currently defined repositories. + + + + Get an array of all the objects that have been created. + + + An array of all the known objects. + + + + Flushes logging events buffered in all configured appenders in the default repository. + + The maximum time in milliseconds to wait for logging events from asynchronous appenders to be flushed. + True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false. + + + + Looks up the wrapper object for the logger specified. + + The logger to get the wrapper for. + The wrapper for the logger specified. + + + + Looks up the wrapper objects for the loggers specified. + + The loggers to get the wrappers for. + The wrapper objects for the loggers specified. + + + + Create the objects used by + this manager. + + The logger to wrap. + The wrapper for the logger specified. + + + + The wrapper map to use to hold the objects. + + + + + Implementation of Mapped Diagnostic Contexts. + + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + The MDC class is similar to the class except that it is + based on a map instead of a stack. It provides mapped + diagnostic contexts. A Mapped Diagnostic Context, or + MDC in short, is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log + output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved + when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously. + + + The MDC is managed on a per thread basis. + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the context value identified by the parameter. + + The key to lookup in the MDC. + The string value held for the key, or a null reference if no corresponding value is found. + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + If the parameter does not look up to a + previously defined context then null will be returned. + + + + + + Add an entry to the MDC + + The key to store the value under. + The value to store. + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + Puts a context value (the parameter) as identified + with the parameter into the current thread's + context map. + + + If a value is already defined for the + specified then the value will be replaced. If the + is specified as null then the key value mapping will be removed. + + + + + + Removes the key value mapping for the key specified. + + The key to remove. + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + Remove the specified entry from this thread's MDC + + + + + + Clear all entries in the MDC + + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + Remove all the entries from this thread's MDC + + + + + + Implementation of Nested Diagnostic Contexts. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + A Nested Diagnostic Context, or NDC in short, is an instrument + to distinguish interleaved log output from different sources. Log + output is typically interleaved when a server handles multiple + clients near-simultaneously. + + + Interleaved log output can still be meaningful if each log entry + from different contexts had a distinctive stamp. This is where NDCs + come into play. + + + Note that NDCs are managed on a per-thread basis. The NDC class + is made up of static methods that operate on the context of the + calling thread. + + + How to push a message into the context + + using (NDC.Push("my context message")) + { + ... all log calls will have 'my context message' included ... + + } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically removed + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the current context depth. + + The current context depth. + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + The number of context values pushed onto the context stack. + + + Used to record the current depth of the context. This can then + be restored using the method. + + + + + + + Clears all the contextual information held on the current thread. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + Clears the stack of NDC data held on the current thread. + + + + + + Creates a clone of the stack of context information. + + A clone of the context info for this thread. + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + The results of this method can be passed to the + method to allow child threads to inherit the context of their + parent thread. + + + + + + Inherits the contextual information from another thread. + + The context stack to inherit. + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + This thread will use the context information from the stack + supplied. This can be used to initialize child threads with + the same contextual information as their parent threads. These + contexts will NOT be shared. Any further contexts that + are pushed onto the stack will not be visible to the other. + Call to obtain a stack to pass to + this method. + + + + + + Removes the top context from the stack. + + + The message in the context that was removed from the top + of the stack. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + Remove the top context from the stack, and return + it to the caller. If the stack is empty then an + empty string (not null) is returned. + + + + + + Pushes a new context message. + + The new context message. + + An that can be used to clean up + the context stack. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + Pushes a new context onto the context stack. An + is returned that can be used to clean up the context stack. This + can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the + context. + + + Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword. + + using(log4net.NDC.Push("NDC_Message")) + { + log.Warn("This should have an NDC message"); + } + + + + + + Pushes a new context message. + + The new context message string format. + Arguments to be passed into messageFormat. + + An that can be used to clean up + the context stack. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + Pushes a new context onto the context stack. An + is returned that can be used to clean up the context stack. This + can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the + context. + + + Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword. + + var someValue = "ExampleContext" + using(log4net.NDC.PushFormat("NDC_Message {0}", someValue)) + { + log.Warn("This should have an NDC message"); + } + + + + + + Removes the context information for this thread. It is + not required to call this method. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + This method is not implemented. + + + + + + Forces the stack depth to be at most . + + The maximum depth of the stack + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + Forces the stack depth to be at most . + This may truncate the head of the stack. This only affects the + stack in the current thread. Also it does not prevent it from + growing, it only sets the maximum depth at the time of the + call. This can be used to return to a known context depth. + + + + + + The default object Renderer. + + + + The default renderer supports rendering objects and collections to strings. + + + See the method for details of the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Renders the object to a string. + + The map used to lookup renderers + The object to render + The writer to render to + + + Render the object to a string. + + + The parameter is + provided to lookup and render other objects. This is + very useful where contains + nested objects of unknown type. The + method can be used to render these objects. + + + The default renderer supports rendering objects to strings as follows: + + + + Value + Rendered String + + + null + + "(null)" + + + + + + + For a one dimensional array this is the + array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma + separated list of the elements (using the appropriate + renderer), followed by a close brace. + + + For example: int[] {1, 2, 3}. + + + If the array is not one dimensional the + Array.ToString() is returned. + + + + + , & + + + Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma + separated list of the elements (using the appropriate + renderer), followed by a close brace. + + + For example: {a, b, c}. + + + All collection classes that implement its subclasses, + or generic equivalents all implement the interface. + + + + + + + + Rendered as the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate + renderer). + + + For example: key=value. + + + + + other + + Object.ToString() + + + + + + + + Render the array argument into a string + + The map used to lookup renderers + the array to render + The writer to render to + + + For a one dimensional array this is the + array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma + separated list of the elements (using the appropriate + renderer), followed by a close brace. For example: + int[] {1, 2, 3}. + + + If the array is not one dimensional the + Array.ToString() is returned. + + + + + + Render the enumerator argument into a string + + The map used to lookup renderers + the enumerator to render + The writer to render to + + + Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma + separated list of the elements (using the appropriate + renderer), followed by a close brace. For example: + {a, b, c}. + + + + + + Renders the DictionaryEntry argument into a string. + + The map used to lookup renderers + the DictionaryEntry to render + The writer to render to + + + Render the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate + renderer). For example: key=value. + + + + + + Implement this interface in order to render objects as strings + + + + Certain types require special case conversion to + string form. This conversion is done by an object renderer. + Object renderers implement the + interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Render the object to a string + + The map used to lookup renderers + The object to render + The writer to render to + + + Render the object to a + string. + + + The parameter is + provided to lookup and render other objects. This is + very useful where contains + nested objects of unknown type. The + method can be used to render these objects. + + + + + + Maps types to instances for types that require custom + rendering. + + + + The method is used to render an + object using the appropriate renderers defined in this map, + using a default renderer if no custom renderer is defined for a type. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Renders using the appropriate renderer. + + the object to render to a string + The object rendered as a string. + + + This is a convenience method used to render an object to a string. + The alternative method + should be used when streaming output to a . + + + + + + Render using the appropriate renderer. + + the object to render to a string + The writer to render to + + + Find the appropriate renderer for the type of the + parameter. This is accomplished by calling the + method. Once a renderer is found, it is + applied on the object and the result is returned + as a . + + + + + + Gets the renderer for the specified object type. + + The object for which to look up the renderer. + the renderer for + + + Gets the renderer for the specified object type. + + + Syntactic sugar method that calls + with the type of the object parameter. + + + + + + Gets the renderer for the specified type + + the type to look up the renderer for + The renderer for the specified type, or if no specific renderer has been defined. + + + + Recursively searches interfaces. + + The type for which to look up the renderer. + The renderer for the specified type, or null if not found. + + + + Gets the default renderer instance + + + + + Clears the map of custom renderers. The + is not removed. + + + + + Registers an for . + + The type that will be rendered by . + The renderer for . + + + + Interface implemented by logger repository plugins. + + + + Plugins define additional behavior that can be associated + with a . + The held by the + property is used to store the plugins for a repository. + + + The log4net.Config.PluginAttribute can be used to + attach plugins to repositories created using configuration + attributes. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the name of the plugin. + + + The name of the plugin. + + + + Plugins are stored in the + keyed by name. Each plugin instance attached to a + repository must be a unique name. + + + + + + Attaches the plugin to the specified . + + The that this plugin should be attached to. + + + A plugin may only be attached to a single repository. + + + This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository. + + + + + + Is called when the plugin is to shutdown. + + + + This method is called to notify the plugin that + it should stop operating and should detach from + the repository. + + + + + + Interface used to create plugins. + + + + Interface used to create a plugin. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Creates the plugin object. + + the new plugin instance + + + Create and return a new plugin instance. + + + + + + A strongly-typed collection of objects. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Supports type-safe iteration over a . + + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Creates a read-only wrapper for a PluginCollection instance. + + list to create a readonly wrapper arround + + A PluginCollection wrapper that is read-only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that is empty and has the default initial capacity. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that has the specified initial capacity. + + + The number of elements that the new PluginCollection is initially capable of storing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified PluginCollection. + + The PluginCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified array. + + The array whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified collection. + + The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified collection. + + The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Type visible only to our subclasses + Used to access protected constructor + + + + + + A value + + + + + Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors + + + + + + Gets the number of elements actually contained in the PluginCollection. + + + + + Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional + array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + + + + Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional + array, starting at the specified index of the target array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + The zero-based index in at which copying begins. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe). + + false, because the backing type is an array, which is never thread-safe. + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the at the specified index. + + + The at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + + is less than zero. + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Adds a to the end of the PluginCollection. + + The to be added to the end of the PluginCollection. + The index at which the value has been added. + + + + Removes all elements from the PluginCollection. + + + + + Creates a shallow copy of the . + + A new with a shallow copy of the collection data. + + + + Determines whether a given is in the PluginCollection. + + The to check for. + true if is found in the PluginCollection; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a + in the PluginCollection. + + The to locate in the PluginCollection. + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of + in the entire PluginCollection, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + + Inserts an element into the PluginCollection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which should be inserted. + The to insert. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the PluginCollection. + + The to remove from the PluginCollection. + + The specified was not found in the PluginCollection. + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the PluginCollection. + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + is less than zero. + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. + + true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PluginCollection. + + An for the entire PluginCollection. + + + + Gets or sets the number of elements the PluginCollection can contain. + + + The number of elements the PluginCollection can contain. + + + + + Adds the elements of another PluginCollection to the current PluginCollection. + + The PluginCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current PluginCollection. + The new of the PluginCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a array to the current PluginCollection. + + The array whose elements should be added to the end of the PluginCollection. + The new of the PluginCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a collection to the current PluginCollection. + + The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the PluginCollection. + The new of the PluginCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a collection to the current PluginCollection. + + The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the PluginCollection. + The new of the PluginCollection. + + + + Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements. + + + + + is less than zero. + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + is less than zero. + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Supports simple iteration over a . + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class. + + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + + + + Map of repository plugins. + + The repository that the plugins should be attached to. + + + This class is a name keyed map of the plugins that are + attached to a repository. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Map of repository plugins. + + The repository that the plugins should be attached to. + + + This class is a name keyed map of the plugins that are + attached to a repository. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets a by name. + + The name of the to lookup. + + The from the map with the name specified, or + null if no plugin is found. + + + + + Gets all possible plugins as a list of objects. + + All possible plugins as a list of objects. + + + + Adds a to the map. + + The to add to the map. + + + The will be attached to the repository when added. + + + If there already exists a plugin with the same name + attached to the repository then the old plugin will + be and replaced with + the new plugin. + + + + + + Removes an from the map. + + The to remove from the map. + + + + Base implementation of + + + + Default abstract implementation of the + interface. This base class can be used by implementors + of the interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + the name of the plugin + + Initializes a new Plugin with the specified name. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the plugin. + + + The name of the plugin. + + + + Plugins are stored in the + keyed by name. Each plugin instance attached to a + repository must be a unique name. + + + The name of the plugin must not change once the + plugin has been attached to a repository. + + + + + + Attaches this plugin to a . + + The that this plugin should be attached to. + + + A plugin may only be attached to a single repository. + + + This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository. + + + + + + Is called when the plugin is to shutdown. + + + + This method is called to notify the plugin that + it should stop operating and should detach from + the repository. + + + + + + The repository for this plugin + + + The that this plugin is attached to. + + + + Gets or sets the that this plugin is + attached to. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Default implementation of + + + + This default implementation of the + interface is used to create the default subclass + of the object. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Create a new instance with the specified name. + + The that will own the . + The name of the . If null, the root logger is returned. + The instance for the specified name. + + + Called by the to create + new named instances. + + + + + + Default internal subclass of + + + + This subclass has no additional behavior over the + class but does allow instances + to be created. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified name. + + the name of the logger + + + + Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications. + + The in which the has been created. + The event args that hold the instance that has been created. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + A event is raised every time a is created. + + + The that has been created. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + A event is raised every time a is created. + + + The that has been created. + + + + Gets the that has been created. + + + + + Hierarchical organization of loggers + + + + The casual user should not have to deal with this class directly. + + + This class is specialized in retrieving loggers by name and also maintaining the logger + hierarchy. Implements the interface. + + + The structure of the logger hierarchy is maintained by the + method. The hierarchy is such that children + link to their parent but parents do not have any references to their + children. Moreover, loggers can be instantiated in any order, in + particular descendant before ancestor. + + + In case a descendant is created before a particular ancestor, then it creates a provision node + for the ancestor and adds itself to the provision node. Other descendants of the same ancestor + add themselves to the previously created provision node. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + The properties to pass to this repository. + The factory to use to create new logger instances. + + + + Hierarchical organization of loggers + + + + The casual user should not have to deal with this class directly. + + + This class is specialized in retrieving loggers by name and also maintaining the logger + hierarchy. Implements the interface. + + + The structure of the logger hierarchy is maintained by the + method. The hierarchy is such that children + link to their parent but parents do not have any references to their + children. Moreover, loggers can be instantiated in any order, in + particular descendant before ancestor. + + + In case a descendant is created before a particular ancestor, then it creates a provision node + for the ancestor and adds itself to the provision node. Other descendants of the same ancestor + add themselves to the previously created provision node. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + The properties to pass to this repository. + The factory to use to create new logger instances. + + + + The fully qualified type of the Hierarchy class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the type of the log message. + + + + + Event used to notify that a logger has been created. + + + + + Default constructor + + + + + Construct with properties + + The properties to pass to this repository. + + + + Construct with a logger factory + + The factory to use to create new logger instances. + + + + Has no appender warning been emitted + + + Flag to indicate if we have already issued a warning about not having an appender warning. + + + + + Get the root of this hierarchy + + + + + Gets or sets the default instance. + + + + The logger factory is used to create logger instances. + + + + + + Test if a logger exists + + The name of the logger to lookup + The Logger object with the name specified + + + Check if the named logger exists in the hierarchy. If so return + its reference, otherwise returns . + + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array + + All the defined loggers + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array. + The root logger is not included in the returned + enumeration. + + + + + + Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using + the default factory. + + + If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be + returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and + then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children. + + The name of the logger to retrieve + The logger object with the name specified + + + + Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove + all appenders in all loggers including the root logger. + + + + Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove + all appenders in all loggers including the root logger. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the + application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be + lost. + + + The method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their default. + + + + Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their + default. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to , + sets their additivity flag to and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set its default "off" value. + + + Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset. + + + This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will + block all logging until it is completed. + + + + + + Log the logEvent through this hierarchy. + + the event to log + + + This method should not normally be used to log. + The interface should be used + for routine logging. This interface can be obtained + using the method. + + + The is delivered to the appropriate logger and + that logger is then responsible for logging the event. + + + + + + Returns all the Appenders that are currently configured + + An array containing all the currently configured appenders + + + Returns all the instances that are currently configured. + All the loggers are searched for appenders. The appenders may also be containers + for appenders and these are also searched for additional loggers. + + + The list returned is unordered but does not contain duplicates. + + + + + + Collect the appenders from an . + The appender may also be a container. + + + + + Collect the appenders from an container + + + + + Initialize the log4net system using the specified appender + + the appender to use to log all logging events + + + + Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders + + the appenders to use to log all logging events + + + + Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders + + the appenders to use to log all logging events + + + This method provides the same functionality as the + method implemented + on this object, but it is protected and therefore can be called by subclasses. + + + + + + Initialize the log4net system using the specified config + + the element containing the root of the config + + + + Initialize the log4net system using the specified config + + the element containing the root of the config + + + This method provides the same functionality as the + method implemented + on this object, but it is protected and therefore can be called by subclasses. + + + + + + Test if this hierarchy is disabled for the specified . + + The level to check against. + + if the repository is disabled for the level argument, otherwise. + + + If this hierarchy has not been configured then this method will always return . + See also the property. + + + + + Clear all logger definitions from the internal hashtable + + + + This call will clear all logger definitions from the internal + hashtable. Invoking this method will irrevocably mess up the + logger hierarchy. + + + You should really know what you are doing before invoking this method. + + + + + + Returns a new logger instance named as the first parameter using + . + + The name of the logger to retrieve + The factory that will make the new logger instance + The logger object with the name specified + + + If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be + returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated by the + parameter and linked with its existing + ancestors as well as children. + + + + + + Sends a logger creation event to all registered listeners + + The newly created logger + + Raises the logger creation event. + + + + + Updates all the parents of the specified logger + + The logger to update the parents for + + + This method loops through all the potential parents of + . There 3 possible cases: + + + + No entry for the potential parent of exists + + We create a ProvisionNode for this potential + parent and insert in that provision node. + + + + The entry is of type Logger for the potential parent. + + The entry is 's nearest existing parent. We + update 's parent field with this entry. We also break from + the loop because updating our parent's parent is our parent's + responsibility. + + + + The entry is of type ProvisionNode for this potential parent. + + We add to the list of children for this potential parent. + + + + + + + + Replace a with a in the hierarchy. + + + + We update the links for all the children that placed themselves + in the provision node 'pn'. The second argument 'log' is a + reference for the newly created Logger, parent of all the + children in 'pn'. + + + We loop on all the children 'c' in 'pn'. + + + If the child 'c' has been already linked to a child of + 'log' then there is no need to update 'c'. + + + Otherwise, we set log's parent field to c's parent and set + c's parent field to log. + + + + + + Define or redefine a Level using the values in the argument + + the level values + + Supports setting levels via the configuration file. + + + + + A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level + + + + + Value of the level + + + If the value is not set (defaults to -1) the value will be looked + up for the current level with the same name. + + + + + Name of the level + + + + + Display name for the level + + + + + Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info + + string info about this object + + + + Set a Property using the values in the argument + + the property value + + Supports setting property values via the configuration file. + + + + + Interface abstracts creation of instances + + + + This interface is used by the to + create new objects. + + + The method is called + to create a named . + + + Implement this interface to create new subclasses of . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Create a new instance + + The that will own the . + The name of the . + The instance for the specified name. + + + Create a new instance with the + specified name. + + + Called by the to create + new named instances. + + + If the is null then the root logger + must be returned. + + + + + + Implementation of used by + + The name of the . + + + Internal class used to provide implementation of + interface. Applications should use to get + logger instances. + + + This is one of the central classes in the log4net implementation. One of the + distinctive features of log4net are hierarchical loggers and their + evaluation. The organizes the + instances into a rooted tree hierarchy. + + + The class is abstract. Only concrete subclasses of + can be created. The + is used to create instances of this type for the . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Aspi Havewala + Douglas de la Torre + + + + Implementation of used by + + The name of the . + + + Internal class used to provide implementation of + interface. Applications should use to get + logger instances. + + + This is one of the central classes in the log4net implementation. One of the + distinctive features of log4net are hierarchical loggers and their + evaluation. The organizes the + instances into a rooted tree hierarchy. + + + The class is abstract. Only concrete subclasses of + can be created. The + is used to create instances of this type for the . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Aspi Havewala + Douglas de la Torre + + + + The fully qualified type of the Logger class. + + + + + The parent of this logger. + + + + All loggers have at least one ancestor which is the root logger. + + + + + + Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in. + + + + + Helper implementation of the interface + + + + + Lock to protect AppenderAttachedImpl variable appenderAttachedImpl + + + + + Gets or sets the parent logger in the hierarchy. + + + The parent logger in the hierarchy. + + + + Part of the Composite pattern that makes the hierarchy. + The hierarchy is parent linked rather than child linked. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders. + + + if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders. + + + + Additivity is set to by default, that is children inherit + the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is + set to then the appenders found in the + ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children + of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children + have their additivity flag set to too. See + the user manual for more details. + + + + + + Gets the effective level for this logger. + + The nearest level in the logger hierarchy. + + + Starting from this logger, searches the logger hierarchy for a + non-null level and returns it. Otherwise, returns the level of the + root logger. + + The Logger class is designed so that this method executes as + quickly as possible. + + + + + Gets or sets the where this instance is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets the assigned for this Logger. + + + + + Add to the list of appenders of this + Logger instance. + + An appender to add to this logger + + + If is already in the list of + appenders, then it won't be added again. + + + + + + Get the appenders contained in this logger as an + . + + + A collection of the appenders in this logger. If no appenders + can be found, then a is returned. + + + + + Look for the appender named as + + The name of the appender to lookup + The appender with the name specified, or . + + + + Removes all previously added appenders from this Logger instance. + + + + This is useful when re-reading configuration information. + + + + + + Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders. + + The appender to remove + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + Gets the logger name. + + + + + Generates a logging event for the specified using + the and . + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The level of the message to be logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers. + + + This method must not throw any exception to the caller. + + + + + + Logs the specified logging event through this logger. + + The event being logged. + + + This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used + by wrappers. + + + This method must not throw any exception to the caller. + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for a given passed as parameter. + + The level to check. + + if this logger is enabled for , + otherwise . + + + + This method must not throw any exception to the caller. + + + + + + Gets the where this + instance is attached to. + + + + + Deliver the to the attached appenders. + + The event to log. + + + Call the appenders in the hierarchy starting at . + If no appenders could be found, emit a warning. + + + This method calls all the appenders inherited from the + hierarchy circumventing any evaluation of whether to log or not + to log the particular log request. + + + + + + Closes all attached appenders implementing the interface. + + + + Used to ensure that the appenders are correctly shutdown. + + + + + + This is the most generic printing method. This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers + + The level of the message to be logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Generate a logging event for the specified using + the . + + + + + + Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The level of the message to be logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Generates a logging event and delivers it to the attached + appenders. + + + + + + Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks. + + The event being logged. + + + Delivers the logging event to the attached appenders. + + + + + + Used internally to accelerate hash table searches. + + + + Internal class used to improve performance of + string keyed hashtables. + + + The hashcode of the string is cached for reuse. + The string is stored as an interned value. + When comparing two objects for equality + the reference equality of the interned strings is compared. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Construct key with string name + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified name. + + + Stores the hashcode of the string and interns + the string key to optimize comparisons. + + + The Compact Framework 1.0 the + method does not work. On the Compact Framework + the string keys are not interned nor are they + compared by reference. + + + The name of the logger. + + + + Returns a hash code for the current instance. + + A hash code for the current instance. + + + Returns the cached hashcode. + + + + + + Name of the Logger + + + + + Provision nodes are used where no logger instance has been specified + + + + instances are used in the + when there is no specified + for that node. + + + A provision node holds a list of child loggers on behalf of a logger that does not exist. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Create a new provision node with child node + + A child logger to add to this node. + + + + Add a to the internal List + + Logger + + + + Calls for each logger in the internal list + + Callback to execute + Parant logger + + + + The sits at the root of the logger hierarchy tree. + + + + The is a regular except + that it provides several guarantees. + + + First, it cannot be assigned a null + level. Second, since the root logger cannot have a parent, the + property always returns the value of the + level field without walking the hierarchy. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Construct a + + The level to assign to the root logger. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified logging level. + + + The root logger names itself as "root". However, the root + logger cannot be retrieved by name. + + + + + + Gets the assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy. + + The assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy. + + + Because the root logger cannot have a parent and its level + must not be null this property just returns the + value of . + + + + + + Gets or sets the assigned for the root logger. + + + The of the root logger. + + + + Setting the level of the root logger to a null reference + may have catastrophic results. We prevent this here. + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the RootLogger class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Initializes the log4net environment using an XML DOM. + + The hierarchy to build. + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes the log4net environment using an XML DOM. + + The hierarchy to build. + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements. + + The root element to parse. + + + Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements. + + + + + + Parse appenders by IDREF. + + The appender ref element. + The instance of the appender that the ref refers to. + + + Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return + the appender. + + + + + + Parses an appender element. + + The appender element. + The appender instance or null when parsing failed. + + + Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return + the appender instance. + + + + + + Parses a logger element. + + The logger element. + + + Parse an XML element that represents a logger. + + + + + + Parses the root logger element. + + The root element. + + + Parse an XML element that represents the root logger. + + + + + + Parses the children of a logger element. + + The category element. + The logger instance. + Flag to indicate if the logger is the root logger. + + + Parse the child elements of a <logger> element. + + + + + + Parses an object renderer. + + The renderer element. + + + Parse an XML element that represents a renderer. + + + + + + Parses a level element. + + The level element. + The logger object to set the level on. + Flag to indicate if the logger is the root logger. + + + Parse an XML element that represents a level. + + + + + + Sets a parameter on an object. + + The parameter element. + The object to set the parameter on. + + The parameter name must correspond to a writable property + on the object. The value of the parameter is a string, + therefore this function will attempt to set a string + property first. If unable to set a string property it + will inspect the property and its argument type. It will + attempt to call a static method called Parse on the + type of the property. This method will take a single + string argument and return a value that can be used to + set the property. + + + + + Test if an element has no attributes or child elements + + the element to inspect + true if the element has any attributes or child elements, false otherwise + + + + Test if a is constructible with Activator.CreateInstance. + + the type to inspect + true if the type is creatable using a default constructor, false otherwise + + + + Look for a method on the that matches the supplied + + the type that has the method + the name of the method + the method info found + + + The method must be a public instance method on the . + The method must be named or "Add" followed by . + The method must take a single parameter. + + + + + + Converts a string value to a target type. + + The type of object to convert the string to. + The string value to use as the value of the object. + + + An object of type with value or + null when the conversion could not be performed. + + + + + + Creates an object as specified in XML. + + The XML element that contains the definition of the object. + The object type to use if not explicitly specified. + The type that the returned object must be or must inherit from. + The object or null + + + Parse an XML element and create an object instance based on the configuration + data. + + + The type of the instance may be specified in the XML. If not + specified then the is used + as the type. However the type is specified it must support the + type. + + + + + + key: appenderName, value: appender. + + + + + The fully qualified type of the XmlHierarchyConfigurator class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Basic Configurator interface for repositories + + + + Interface used by basic configurator to configure a + with a default . + + + A should implement this interface to support + configuration by the . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initialize the repository using the specified appender + + the appender to use to log all logging events + + + Configure the repository to route all logging events to the + specified appender. + + + + + + Initialize the repository using the specified appenders + + the appenders to use to log all logging events + + + Configure the repository to route all logging events to the + specified appenders. + + + + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications. + + The that is shutting down. + Empty event args + + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications. + + The that has had its configuration reset. + Empty event args + + + + Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes. + + The that has had its configuration changed. + Empty event arguments. + + + + Interface implemented by logger repositories, e.g. , and used by the + to obtain instances. + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets or sets the name of the repository. + + + + + Gets the map from types to instances for custom rendering. + + + + + Gets the map from plugin name to plugin value for plugins attacked to this repository. + + + + + Gets the map from level names and values for this repository. + + + + + Gets or sets the threshold for all events in this repository. + + + + + Gets the named logger, or null. + + The name of the logger to look up. + The logger if found, or null. + + + + Gets all the currently defined loggers. + + + + + Returns a named logger instance + + The name of the logger to retrieve + The logger object with the name specified + + + Returns a named logger instance. + + + If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be + returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and + then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children. + + + + + + Shuts down the repository, safely closing and removing + all appenders in all loggers including the root logger. + + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the + application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be + lost. + + + The method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Resets the repository configuration to a default state. Loggers are reset but not removed. + + + + This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will + block all logging until it is completed. + + + + + + Logs a through this repository. + + The event to log. + + + This method should not normally be used to log. + The interface should be used + for routine logging. This interface can be obtained + using the method. + + + The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and + that logger is then responsible for logging the event. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether this repository has been configured. + + + + + Collection of internal messages captured during the most + recent configuration process. + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has been shut down. + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset to default. + + + + + Event to notify that the repository's configuration has changed. + + + + + Repository specific properties. + + + + + Gets all Appenders that are configured for this repository. + + + + + Configure repository using XML + + + + Interface used by Xml configurator to configure a . + + + A should implement this interface to support + configuration by the . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initialize the repository using the specified config + + the element containing the root of the config + + + The schema for the XML configuration data is defined by + the implementation. + + + + + + Base implementation of + + + + Default abstract implementation of the interface. + + + Skeleton implementation of the interface. + All types can extend this type. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default Constructor + + + + Initializes the repository with default (empty) properties. + + + + + + Construct the repository using specific properties + + the properties to set for this repository + + + Initializes the repository with specified properties. + + + + + + The name of the repository + + + The string name of the repository + + + + The name of this repository. The name is + used to store and lookup the repositories + stored by the . + + + + + + The threshold for all events in this repository + + + The threshold for all events in this repository + + + + The threshold for all events in this repository + + + + + + RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. + + + RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. + + + + RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. + + + The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and + objects. + + + + + + The plugin map for this repository. + + + The plugin map for this repository. + + + + The plugin map holds the instances + that have been attached to this repository. + + + + + + Get the level map for the Repository. + + + + Get the level map for the Repository. + + + The level map defines the mappings between + level names and objects in + this repository. + + + + + + Test if logger exists + + The name of the logger to lookup + The Logger object with the name specified + + + Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return + its reference, otherwise returns null. + + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository + + All the defined loggers + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository as an Array. + + + + + + Return a new logger instance + + The name of the logger to retrieve + The logger object with the name specified + + + Return a new logger instance. + + + If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be + returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and + then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children. + + + + + + Shutdown the repository + + + + Shutdown the repository. Can be overridden in a subclass. + This base class implementation notifies the + listeners and all attached plugins of the shutdown event. + + + + + + Reset the repositories configuration to a default state + + + + Reset all values contained in this instance to their + default state. + + + Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset. + + + This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will + block all logging until it is completed. + + + + + + Log the logEvent through this repository. + + the event to log + + + This method should not normally be used to log. + The interface should be used + for routine logging. This interface can be obtained + using the method. + + + The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and + that logger is then responsible for logging the event. + + + + + + Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. + + + + + Contains a list of internal messages captured during the + last configuration. + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown. + + + Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown. + + + + Event raised when the repository has been shutdown. + + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset. + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset. + + + + Event raised when the repository's configuration has been + reset to default. + + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed. + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed. + + + + Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed. + + + + + + Repository specific properties + + + Repository specific properties + + + These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis + + + + + Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array. + + All the Appenders + + + Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array. + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the LoggerRepositorySkeleton class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Adds an object renderer for a specific class. + + The type that will be rendered by the renderer supplied. + The object renderer used to render the object. + + + Adds an object renderer for a specific class. + + + + + + Notify the registered listeners that the repository is shutting down + + Empty EventArgs + + + Notify any listeners that this repository is shutting down. + + + + + + Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration reset + + Empty EventArgs + + + Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has been reset. + + + + + + Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration changed + + Empty EventArgs + + + + Raise a configuration changed event on this repository + + EventArgs.Empty + + + Applications that programmatically change the configuration of the repository should + raise this event notification to notify listeners. + + + + + + Flushes all configured Appenders that implement . + + The maximum time in milliseconds to wait for logging events from asynchronous appenders to be flushed, + or to wait indefinitely. + True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false. + + + + The log4net Thread Context. + + + + The ThreadContext provides a location for thread specific debugging + information to be stored. + The ThreadContext properties override any + properties with the same name. + + + The thread context has a properties map and a stack. + The properties and stack can + be included in the output of log messages. The + supports selecting and outputting these properties. + + + The Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current thread. + This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log + output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved + when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously. + + + The Thread Context is managed on a per thread basis. + + + Example of using the thread context properties to store a username. + + ThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName; + log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Property called 'user'"); + + + Example of how to push a message into the context stack + + using(ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("my context message")) + { + log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'"); + + } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The thread properties map + + + The thread properties map + + + + The ThreadContext properties override any + properties with the same name. + + + + + + The thread stacks + + + stack map + + + + The thread local stacks. + + + + + + A straightforward implementation of the interface. + + + + This is the default implementation of the + interface. Implementors of the interface + should aggregate an instance of this type. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Append on on all attached appenders. + + The event being logged. + The number of appenders called. + + + Calls the method on all + attached appenders. + + + + + + Append on on all attached appenders. + + The array of events being logged. + The number of appenders called. + + + Calls the method on all + attached appenders. + + + + + + Calls the DoAppende method on the with + the objects supplied. + + The appender + The events + + + If the supports the + interface then the will be passed + through using that interface. Otherwise the + objects in the array will be passed one at a time. + + + + + + Attaches an appender. + + The appender to add. + + + If the appender is already in the list it won't be added again. + + + + + + Gets all attached appenders. + + + A collection of attached appenders, or null if there + are no attached appenders. + + + + The read only collection of all currently attached appenders. + + + + + + Gets an attached appender with the specified name. + + The name of the appender to get. + + The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the + specified name is found. + + + + Lookup an attached appender by name. + + + + + + Removes all attached appenders. + + + + Removes and closes all attached appenders + + + + + + Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders. + + The appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + List of appenders + + + + + Array of appenders, used to cache the appenderList + + + + + The fully qualified type of the AppenderAttachedImpl class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + This class aggregates several PropertiesDictionary collections together. + + + + Provides a dictionary style lookup over an ordered list of + collections. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Gets the value of a property + + + The value for the property with the specified key + + + + Looks up the value for the specified. + The collections are searched + in the order in which they were added to this collection. The value + returned is the value held by the first collection that contains + the specified key. + + + If none of the collections contain the specified key then + null is returned. + + + + + + Add a Properties Dictionary to this composite collection + + the properties to add + + + Properties dictionaries added first take precedence over dictionaries added + later. + + + + + + Flatten this composite collection into a single properties dictionary + + the flattened dictionary + + + Reduces the collection of ordered dictionaries to a single dictionary + containing the resultant values for the keys. + + + + + + Base class for Context Properties implementations + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property. + + + + + Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types + + + + Pattern converter info class used during configuration by custom + PatternString and PatternLayer converters. + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern in the format string. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the converter. The type must extend . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Subclass of that maintains a count of + the number of bytes written. + + + + This writer counts the number of bytes written. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + The to actually write to. + The to report errors to. + + + Creates a new instance of the class + with the specified and . + + + + + + Writes a character to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written. + + the char to write + + + Overrides implementation of . Counts + the number of bytes written. + + + + + + Writes a buffer to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written. + + the buffer to write + the start index to write from + the number of characters to write + + + Overrides implementation of . Counts + the number of bytes written. + + + + + + Writes a string to the output and counts the number of bytes written. + + The string data to write to the output. + + + Overrides implementation of . Counts + the number of bytes written. + + + + + + Gets or sets the total number of bytes written. + + + The total number of bytes written. + + + + Gets or sets the total number of bytes written. + + + + + + A fixed size rolling buffer of logging events. + + + + An array backed fixed size leaky bucket. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + The maximum number of logging events in the buffer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified maximum number of buffered logging events. + + + The argument is not a positive integer. + + + + Appends a to the buffer. + + The event to append to the buffer. + The event discarded from the buffer, if the buffer is full, otherwise null. + + + Append an event to the buffer. If the buffer still contains free space then + null is returned. If the buffer is full then an event will be dropped + to make space for the new event, the dropped event is returned. + + + + + + Get and remove the oldest event in the buffer. + + The oldest logging event in the buffer + + + Gets the oldest (first) logging event in the buffer and removes it + from the buffer. + + + + + + Pops all the logging events from the buffer into an array. + + An array of all the logging events in the buffer. + + + Get all the events in the buffer and clear the buffer. + + + + + + Clear the buffer + + + + Clear the buffer of all events. The events in the buffer are lost. + + + + + + Gets the th oldest event currently in the buffer. + + + + If is outside the range 0 to the number of events + currently in the buffer, then null is returned. + + + + + + Gets the maximum size of the buffer. + + The maximum size of the buffer. + + + Gets the maximum size of the buffer + + + + + + Gets the number of logging events in the buffer. + + The number of logging events in the buffer. + + + This number is guaranteed to be in the range 0 to + (inclusive). + + + + + + An always empty . + + + + A singleton implementation of the + interface that always represents an empty collection. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. + + + + + + Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection. + + The singleton instance of the empty collection. + + + Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection. + + + + + + Copies the elements of the to an + , starting at a particular Array index. + + The one-dimensional + that is the destination of the elements copied from + . The Array must have zero-based + indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which + copying begins. + + + As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe). + + + true if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false. + + + + For the this property is always true. + + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the . + + + The number of elements contained in the . + + + + As the collection is empty the is always 0. + + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + + As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also + the object. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection. + + + An that can be used to + iterate through the collection. + + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + An always empty . + + + + A singleton implementation of the + interface that always represents an empty collection. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. + + + + + + Gets the singleton instance of the . + + The singleton instance of the . + + + Gets the singleton instance of the . + + + + + + Copies the elements of the to an + , starting at a particular Array index. + + The one-dimensional + that is the destination of the elements copied from + . The Array must have zero-based + indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which + copying begins. + + + As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe). + + + true if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false. + + + + For the this property is always true. + + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the + + + The number of elements contained in the . + + + + As the collection is empty the is always 0. + + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + + As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also + the object. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection. + + + An that can be used to + iterate through the collection. + + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + Adds an element with the provided key and value to the + . + + The to use as the key of the element to add. + The to use as the value of the element to add. + + + As the collection is empty no new values can be added. A + is thrown if this method is called. + + + This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. + + + + Removes all elements from the . + + + + As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A + is thrown if this method is called. + + + This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. + + + + Determines whether the contains an element + with the specified key. + + The key to locate in the . + false + + + As the collection is empty the method always returns false. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection. + + + An that can be used to + iterate through the collection. + + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + Removes the element with the specified key from the . + + The key of the element to remove. + + + As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A + is thrown if this method is called. + + + This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the has a fixed size. + + true + + + As the collection is empty always returns true. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the is read-only. + + true + + + As the collection is empty always returns true. + + + + + + Gets an containing the keys of the . + + An containing the keys of the . + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + Gets an containing the values of the . + + An containing the values of the . + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + Gets or sets the element with the specified key. + + The key of the element to get or set. + null + + + As the collection is empty no values can be looked up or stored. + If the index getter is called then null is returned. + A is thrown if the setter is called. + + + This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. + + + + Wrapper for an + + acts like the wrapped encoding, but without a preamble + + + + + + + wraps the in case it has a preamble + + Encoding to check + encoding without preamble + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Contain the information obtained when parsing formatting modifiers + in conversion modifiers. + + + + Holds the formatting information extracted from the format string by + the . This is used by the + objects when rendering the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Defaut Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified parameters. + + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value. + + + + + Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled. + or not. + + + + + Implementation of Properties collection for the + + + + This class implements a properties collection that is thread safe and supports both + storing properties and capturing a read only copy of the current propertied. + + + This class is optimized to the scenario where the properties are read frequently + and are modified infrequently. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The read only copy of the properties. + + + + This variable is declared volatile to prevent the compiler and JIT from + reordering reads and writes of this thread performed on different threads. + + + + + + Lock object used to synchronize updates within this instance + + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property + + + The value for the property with the specified key + + + + Reading the value for a key is faster than setting the value. + When the value is written a new read only copy of + the properties is created. + + + + + + Remove a property from the global context + + the key for the entry to remove + + + Removing an entry from the global context properties is relatively expensive compared + with reading a value. + + + + + + Clear the global context properties + + + + + Get a readonly immutable copy of the properties + + the current global context properties + + + This implementation is fast because the GlobalContextProperties class + stores a readonly copy of the properties. + + + + + + The static class ILogExtensions contains a set of widely used + methods that ease the interaction with the ILog interface implementations. + + + + This class contains methods for logging at different levels and checks the + properties for determining if those logging levels are enabled in the current + configuration. + + + Simple example of logging messages + + using log4net.Util; + + ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log"); + + log.InfoExt("Application Start"); + log.DebugExt("This is a debug message"); + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the Logger class. + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is INFO + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is INFO enabled, then it converts + the message object (retrieved by invocation of the provided callback) to a + string by invoking the appropriate . + It then proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. //TODO + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is INFO + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is INFO enabled, then it converts + the message object (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is INFO + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is INFO enabled, then it converts + the message object (retrieved by invocation of the provided callback) to a + string by invoking the appropriate . + It then proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. //TODO + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is INFO + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is INFO enabled, then it converts + the message object (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is WARN + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is WARN enabled, then it converts + the message object (retrieved by invocation of the provided callback) to a + string by invoking the appropriate . + It then proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. //TODO + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is WARN + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is WARN enabled, then it converts + the message object (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is ERROR + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is ERROR enabled, then it converts + the message object (retrieved by invocation of the provided callback) to a + string by invoking the appropriate . + It then proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. //TODO + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is ERROR + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is ERROR enabled, then it converts + the message object (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is FATAL + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is FATAL enabled, then it converts + the message object (retrieved by invocation of the provided callback) to a + string by invoking the appropriate . + It then proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. //TODO + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is FATAL + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is FATAL enabled, then it converts + the message object (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Manages an ordered mapping from instances + to subclasses. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Add a to this mapping + + the entry to add + + + If a has previously been added + for the same then that entry will be + overwritten. + + + + + + Looks up the value for the specified level. Finds the nearest + mapping value for the level that is equal to or less than the + specified. + + the level to look up. + The for the level or if no mapping found + + + + Initialize options + + + Caches the sorted list of + + + + + An abstract base class for types that are stored in the + object. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Default protected constructor + + + + + Gets or sets the level that is the key for this mapping. + + + + + Initialize any options defined on this entry + + + + Should be overridden by any classes that need to initialize based on their options + + + + + + Class for assertions + + + + + Ensures that is not and returns the validated value + + Type of + Value to validate + Name of the value + Error message (optional) + Value (when not null) + + + + + Ensures that is not null and an instance of + and returns the validated value + + Type to check for + Value to validate + Name of the value + Error message (optional) + Value (when not null and of the required type) + + + + + + Determines whether this is a fatal exception that should not be handled + + Exception + , if it is a fatal exception, otherwise + + + + Implementation of Properties collection for the + + + + Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread. + The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own . + + + This class stores its properties in a slot on the named + for .net4x, + otherwise System.Threading.AsyncLocal + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Flag used to disable this context if we don't have permission to access the CallContext. + + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + + Remove a property + + the key for the entry to remove + + + Remove the value for the specified from the context. + + + + + + Clear all the context properties + + + + Clear all the context properties + + + + + + Get the PropertiesDictionary stored in the LocalDataStoreSlot for this thread. + + create the dictionary if it does not exist, otherwise return null if it does not exist + the properties for this thread + + + The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the + caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the + caller must clone the collection before doings so. + + + + + + Gets the call context get data. + + The properties dictionary stored in the call context + + The method GetData security link demand, therefore we must + put the method call in a separate method that we can wrap in an exception handler. + + + + + Sets the call context data. + + The properties. + + The method SetData has a security link demand, therefore we must + put the method call in a separate method that we can wrap in an exception handler. + + + + + The fully qualified type of the LogicalThreadContextProperties class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Delegate type used for LogicalThreadContextStack's callbacks. + + + + + Implementation of Stack for the + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The stack store. + + + + + The name of this within the + . + + + + + The callback used to let the register a + new instance of a . + + + + + Internal constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Gets the number of messages in the stack. + + + + The current number of messages in the stack. That is + the number of times has been called + minus the number of times has been called. + + + + + + Clears all the contextual information held in this stack. + + + + Clears all the contextual information held in this stack. + Only call this if you think that this thread is being reused after + a previous call execution which may not have completed correctly. + You do not need to use this method if you always guarantee to call + the method of the + returned from even in exceptional circumstances, + for example by using the using(log4net.LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message")) + syntax. + + + + + + Removes the top context from this stack. + + The message in the context that was removed from the top of this stack. + + + Remove the top context from this stack, and return + it to the caller. If this stack is empty then an + empty string (not ) is returned. + + + + + + Pushes a new context message into this stack. + + The new context message. + + An that can be used to clean up the context stack. + + + + Pushes a new context onto this stack. An + is returned that can be used to clean up this stack. This + can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the + context. + + + Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword. + + using(log4net.LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message")) + { + log.Warn("This should have an ThreadContext Stack message"); + } + + + + + + Returns the top context from this stack. + + The message in the context from the top of this stack. + + + Returns the top context from this stack. If this stack is empty then an + empty string (not ) is returned. + + + + + + Gets the current context information for this stack. + + The current context information. + + + + Gets the current context information for this stack. + + Gets the current context information + + + + Gets a cross-thread portable version of this object + + + + + Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack. + + + + + Constructor + + The message for this context. + The parent context in the chain. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified message and parent context. + + + + + + Get the message. + + The message. + + + Get the message. + + + + + + Gets the full text of the context down to the root level. + + + The full text of the context down to the root level. + + + + Gets the full text of the context down to the root level. + + + + + + Struct returned from the method. + + + + This struct implements the and is designed to be used + with the pattern to remove the stack frame at the end of the scope. + + + + + + The depth to trim the stack to when this instance is disposed + + + + + The outer LogicalThreadContextStack. + + + + + Constructor + + The internal stack used by the ThreadContextStack. + The depth to return the stack to when this object is disposed. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified stack and return depth. + + + + + + Returns the stack to the correct depth. + + + + Returns the stack to the correct depth. + + + + + + Implementation of Stacks collection for the + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Internal constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Gets the named thread context stack + + + The named stack + + + + Gets the named thread context stack + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the ThreadContextStacks class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + LogReceivedEventHandler + + + + + Outputs log statements from within the log4net assembly. + + + + Log4net components cannot make log4net logging calls. However, it is + sometimes useful for the user to learn about what log4net is + doing. + + + All log4net internal debug calls go to the standard output stream + whereas internal error messages are sent to the standard error output + stream. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + The event raised when an internal message has been received. + + + + + The Type that generated the internal message. + + + + + The DateTime stamp of when the internal message was received. + + + + + The UTC DateTime stamp of when the internal message was received. + + + + + A string indicating the severity of the internal message. + + + "log4net: ", + "log4net:ERROR ", + "log4net:WARN " + + + + + The internal log message. + + + + + The Exception related to the message. + + + Optional. Will be null if no Exception was passed. + + + + + Formats Prefix, Source, and Message in the same format as the value + sent to Console.Out and Trace.Write. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Static constructor that initializes logging by reading + settings from the application configuration file. + + + + The log4net.Internal.Debug application setting + controls internal debugging. This setting should be set + to true to enable debugging. + + + The log4net.Internal.Quiet application setting + suppresses all internal logging including error messages. + This setting should be set to true to enable message + suppression. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net internal logging + is enabled or disabled. + + + true if log4net internal logging is enabled, otherwise + false. + + + + When set to true, internal debug level logging will be + displayed. + + + This value can be set by setting the application setting + log4net.Internal.Debug in the application configuration + file. + + + The default value is false, i.e. debugging is + disabled. + + + + + The following example enables internal debugging using the + application configuration file : + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net should generate no output + from internal logging, not even for errors. + + + true if log4net should generate no output at all from internal + logging, otherwise false. + + + + When set to true will cause internal logging at all levels to be + suppressed. This means that no warning or error reports will be logged. + This option overrides the setting and + disables all debug also. + + This value can be set by setting the application setting + log4net.Internal.Quiet in the application configuration file. + + + The default value is false, i.e. internal logging is not + disabled. + + + + The following example disables internal logging using the + application configuration file : + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the LogReceived event when an internal messages is received. + + + + + + + + + Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output. + + + true if Debug is enabled + + + + Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output. + + + + + + Writes log4net internal debug messages to the + standard output stream. + + + The message to log. + + + All internal debug messages are prepended with + the string "log4net: ". + + + + + + Writes log4net internal debug messages to the + standard output stream. + + The Type that generated this message. + The message to log. + An exception to log. + + + All internal debug messages are prepended with + the string "log4net: ". + + + + + + Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output. + + + true if Warn is enabled + + + + + Writes log4net internal warning messages to the + standard error stream. + + The Type that generated this message. + The message to log. + + + All internal warning messages are prepended with + the string "log4net:WARN ". + + + + + + Writes log4net internal warning messages to the + standard error stream. + + The Type that generated this message. + The message to log. + An exception to log. + + + All internal warning messages are prepended with + the string "log4net:WARN ". + + + + + + Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output. + + + true if Error is enabled + + + + Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output. + + + + + + Writes log4net internal error messages to the + standard error stream. + + The Type that generated this message. + The message to log. + + + All internal error messages are prepended with + the string "log4net:ERROR ". + + + + + + Writes log4net internal error messages to the + standard error stream. + + The Type that generated this message. + The message to log. + An exception to log. + + + All internal debug messages are prepended with + the string "log4net:ERROR ". + + + + + + Writes output to the standard output stream. + + The message to log. + + + Writes to both Console.Out and System.Diagnostics.Trace. + + + If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then + the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only + an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains. + + + + + + Writes output to the standard error stream. + + The message to log. + + + Writes to both Console.Error and System.Diagnostics.Trace. + Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported + on the Compact Framework. + + + If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then + the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only + an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains. + + + + + + Subscribes to the LogLog.LogReceived event and stores messages + to the supplied IList instance. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a Win32 native error code and message. + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Create an instance of the class with the specified + error number and message. + + The number of the native error. + The message of the native error. + + + + Gets the number of the native error. + + + The number of the native error. + + + + Gets the number of the native error. + + + + + + Gets the message of the native error. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class for the last Windows error. + + + An instance of the class for the last windows error. + + + + The message for the error number is lookup up using the + native Win32 FormatMessage function. + + + + + + Create a new instance of the class. + + the error number for the native error + + An instance of the class for the specified + error number. + + + + The message for the specified error number is lookup up using the + native Win32 FormatMessage function. + + + + + + Retrieves the message corresponding with a Win32 message identifier. + + Message identifier for the requested message. + + The message corresponding with the specified message identifier. + + + + The message will be searched for in system message-table resource(s) + using the native FormatMessage function. + + + + + + Return error information string + + error information string + + + Return error information string + + + + + + Native Methods + + Jan Friedrich + + + + Formats a message string. + + Formatting options, and how to interpret the parameter. + Location of the message definition. + Message identifier for the requested message. + Language identifier for the requested message. + If includes FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER, the function allocates a buffer using the LocalAlloc function, and places the pointer to the buffer at the address specified in . + If the FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER flag is not set, this parameter specifies the maximum number of TCHARs that can be stored in the output buffer. If FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER is set, this parameter specifies the minimum number of TCHARs to allocate for an output buffer. + Pointer to an array of values that are used as insert values in the formatted message. + + + The function requires a message definition as input. The message definition can come from a + buffer passed into the function. It can come from a message table resource in an + already-loaded module. Or the caller can ask the function to search the system's message + table resource(s) for the message definition. The function finds the message definition + in a message table resource based on a message identifier and a language identifier. + The function copies the formatted message text to an output buffer, processing any embedded + insert sequences if requested. + + + To prevent the usage of unsafe code, this stub does not support inserting values in the formatted message. + + + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the number of TCHARs stored in the output + buffer, excluding the terminating null character. + + + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, + call . + + + + + + Stub for OutputDebugString native method + + the string to output + + + + Open connection to system logger. + + + + + Generate a log message. + + + + The libc syslog method takes a format string and a variable argument list similar + to the classic printf function. As this type of vararg list is not supported + by C# we need to specify the arguments explicitly. Here we have specified the + format string with a single message argument. The caller must set the format + string to "%s". + + + + + + Close descriptor used to write to system logger. + + + + + An always empty . + + + + A singleton implementation of the over a collection + that is empty and not modifiable. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. + + + + + + Gets the singleton instance of the . + + The singleton instance of the . + + + + Gets the current object from the enumerator. + + + Throws an because the + never has a current value. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance. + + false as the cannot advance. + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will always return false. + + + + + + Resets the enumerator back to the start. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection does nothing. + + + + + + Gets the current key from the enumerator. + + + Throws an exception because the + never has a current value. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + Gets the current value from the enumerator. + + The current value from the enumerator. + + Throws an because the + never has a current value. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + Gets the current entry from the enumerator. + + + Throws an because the + never has a current entry. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + An always empty . + + + + A singleton implementation of the over a collection + that is empty and not modifiable. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. + + + + + + Get the singleton instance of the . + + The singleton instance of the . + + + + Gets the current object from the enumerator. + + + Throws an because the + never has a current value. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance + + false as the cannot advance. + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will always return false. + + + + + + Resets the enumerator back to the start. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection does nothing. + + + + + + A SecurityContext used when a SecurityContext is not required + + + + The is a no-op implementation of the + base class. It is used where a + is required but one has not been provided. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Singleton instance of + + + + Singleton instance of + + + + + + Private constructor + + + + Private constructor for singleton pattern. + + + + + + Impersonate this SecurityContext + + State supplied by the caller + null + + + No impersonation is done and null is always returned. + + + + + + Implements log4net's default error handling policy which consists + of emitting a message for the first error in an appender and + ignoring all subsequent errors. + + + + The error message is processed using the LogLog sub-system by default. + + + This policy aims at protecting an otherwise working application + from being flooded with error messages when logging fails. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Ron Grabowski + + + + Default Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + The prefix to use for each message. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified prefix. + + + + + + Reset the error handler back to its initial disabled state. + + + + + Log an Error + + The error message. + The exception. + The internal error code. + + + Invokes if and only if this is the first error or the first error after has been called. + + + + + + Log the very first error + + The error message. + The exception. + The internal error code. + + + Sends the error information to 's Error method. + + + + + + Log an Error + + The error message. + The exception. + + + Invokes if and only if this is the first error or the first error after has been called. + + + + + + Log an error + + The error message. + + + Invokes if and only if this is the first error or the first error after has been called. + + + + + + Is error logging enabled + + + + Logging is only enabled for the first error delivered to the . + + + + + + The date the first error that triggered this error handler occurred, or if it has not been triggered. + + + + + The UTC date the first error that triggered this error handler occured, or if it has not been triggered. + + + + + The message from the first error that triggered this error handler. + + + + + The exception from the first error that triggered this error handler. + + + May be . + + + + + The error code from the first error that triggered this error handler. + + + Defaults to + + + + + String to prefix each message with + + + + + The fully qualified type of the OnlyOnceErrorHandler class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + A convenience class to convert property values to specific types. + + + + Utility functions for converting types and parsing values. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Converts a string to a value. + + String to convert. + The default value. + The value of . + + + If is "true", then true is returned. + If is "false", then false is returned. + Otherwise, is returned. + + + + + + Parses a file size into a number. + + String to parse. + The default value. + The value of . + + + Parses a file size of the form: number[KB|MB|GB] into a + long value. It is scaled with the appropriate multiplier. + + + is returned when + cannot be converted to a value. + + + + + + Converts a string to an object. + + The target type to convert to. + The string to convert to an object. + + The object converted from a string or null when the + conversion failed. + + + + Converts a string to an object. Uses the converter registry to try + to convert the string value into the specified target type. + + + + + + Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type. + + The type to convert from. + The type to convert to. + true if there is a conversion from the source type to the target type. + + Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type. + + + + + + + Converts an object to the target type. + + The object to convert to the target type. + The type to convert to. + The converted object. + + + Converts an object to the target type. + + + + + + Instantiates an object given a class name. + + The fully qualified class name of the object to instantiate. + The class to which the new object should belong. + The object to return in case of non-fulfillment. + + An instance of the or + if the object could not be instantiated. + + + + Checks that the is a subclass of + . If that test fails or the object could + not be instantiated, then is returned. + + + + + + Performs variable substitution in string from the + values of keys found in . + + The string on which variable substitution is performed. + The dictionary to use to lookup variables. + The result of the substitutions. + + + The variable substitution delimiters are ${ and }. + + + For example, if props contains key=value, then the call + + + + string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of key is ${key}."); + + + + will set the variable s to "Value of key is value.". + + + If no value could be found for the specified key, then substitution + defaults to an empty string. + + + For example, if system properties contains no value for the key + "nonExistentKey", then the call + + + + string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of nonExistentKey is [${nonExistentKey}]"); + + + + will set s to "Value of nonExistentKey is []". + + + An Exception is thrown if contains a start + delimiter "${" which is not balanced by a stop delimiter "}". + + + + + + Converts the string representation of the name or numeric value of one or + more enumerated constants to an equivalent enumerated object. + + The type to convert to. + The enum string value. + If true, ignore case; otherwise, regard case. + An object of type whose value is represented by . + + + + The fully qualified type of the OptionConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that + derived classes need. + + + + Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to + individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for + converting a logging event in a converter specific manner. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Protected constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Gets the next pattern converter in the chain. + + + + + Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter + + + The formatting info for this converter + + + + Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter + + + + + + Gets or sets the option value for this converter + + + The option for this converter + + + + Gets or sets the option value for this converter + + + + + + Evaluate this pattern converter and write the output to a writer. + + that will receive the formatted result. + The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed. + + + Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to + convert conversion specifiers in the appropriate way. + + + + + + Set the next pattern converter in the chains + + the pattern converter that should follow this converter in the chain + the next converter + + + The PatternConverter can merge with its neighbor during this method (or a subclass). + Therefore the return value may or may not be the value of the argument passed in. + + + + + + Write the pattern converter to the writer with appropriate formatting + + that will receive the formatted result. + The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed. + + + This method calls to allow the subclass to perform + appropriate conversion of the pattern converter. If formatting options have + been specified via the then this method will + apply those formattings before writing the output. + + + + + + Fast space padding method. + + to which the spaces will be appended. + The number of spaces to be padded. + + + Fast space padding method. + + + + + + Initial buffer size + + + + + Maximum buffer size before it is recycled + + + + + Write an dictionary to a + + the writer to write to + a to use for object conversion + the value to write to the writer + + + Writes the to a writer in the form: + + + {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3} + + + If the specified + is not null then it is used to render the key and value to text, otherwise + the object's ToString method is called. + + + + + + Writes a dictionary to a + + the writer to write to + a to use for object conversion + the value to write to the writer + + + Writes the to a writer in the form: + + + {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3} + + + If the specified + is not null then it is used to render the key and value to text, otherwise + the object's ToString method is called. + + + + + + Write an object to a + + the writer to write to + a to use for object conversion + the value to write to the writer + + + Writes the Object to a writer. If the specified + is not null then it is used to render the object to text, otherwise + the object's ToString method is called. + + + + + + + + + + + Most of the work of the class + is delegated to the PatternParser class. + + + + The PatternParser processes a pattern string and + returns a chain of objects. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + The pattern to parse. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified pattern string. + + + + + + Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters. + + The head of a chain of pattern converters. + + + + Gets the converter registry used by this parser. + + + + + Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps + + the list of all the converter names + + + + Sort strings by length + + + + that orders strings by string length. + The longest strings are placed first + + + + + + Internal method to parse the specified pattern to find specified matches + + the pattern to parse + the converter names to match in the pattern + + + The matches param must be sorted such that longer strings come before shorter ones. + + + + + + Process a parsed literal + + the literal text + + + + Process a parsed converter pattern + + the name of the converter + the optional option for the converter + the formatting info for the converter + + + + Resets the internal state of the parser and adds the specified pattern converter + to the chain. + + The pattern converter to add. + + + + The first pattern converter in the chain + + + + + the last pattern converter in the chain + + + + + The pattern + + + + + The fully qualified type of the PatternParser class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + This class implements a patterned string. + + + + This string has embedded patterns that are resolved and expanded + when the string is formatted. + + + This class functions similarly to the + in that it accepts a pattern and renders it to a string. Unlike the + however the PatternString + does not render the properties of a specific but + of the process in general. + + + The recognized conversion pattern names are: + + + + Conversion Pattern Name + Effect + + + appdomain + + + Used to output the friendly name of the current AppDomain. + + + + + appsetting + + + Used to output the value of a specific appSetting key in the application + configuration file. + + + + + date + + + Used to output the current date and time in the local time zone. + To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern. + The date conversion + specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed + between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or + %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is + given then ISO8601 format is + assumed (). + + + The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the + time pattern string of the . + + + For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date + formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings + "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying + , + and respectively + . For example, + %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE}. + + + These dedicated date formatters perform significantly + better than . + + + + + env + + + Used to output the a specific environment variable. The key to + lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the + pattern specifier, e.g. %env{COMPUTERNAME} would include the value + of the COMPUTERNAME environment variable. + + + The env pattern is not supported on the .NET Compact Framework. + + + + + identity + + + Used to output the user name for the currently active user + (Principal.Identity.Name). + + + + + newline + + + Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or + characters. + + + This conversion pattern name offers the same performance as using + non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n". + Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator. + + + + + processid + + + Used to output the system process ID for the current process. + + + + + property + + + Used to output a specific context property. The key to + lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the + pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value + from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value + that is to be included in the log must be specified separately. + Properties are stored in logging contexts. By default + the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on + which the event was originally logged. + + + If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their + values are printed in a comma separated list. + + + The properties of an event are combined from a number of different + contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched. + + + + the thread properties + + The that are set on the current + thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread. + + + + the global properties + + The that are set globally. These + properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain. + + + + + + + random + + + Used to output a random string of characters. The string is made up of + uppercase letters and numbers. By default the string is 4 characters long. + The length of the string can be specified within braces directly following the + pattern specifier, e.g. %random{8} would output an 8 character string. + + + + + username + + + Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently + active user. + + + + + utcdate + + + Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time. + The date conversion + specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed + between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or + %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is + given then ISO8601 format is + assumed (). + + + The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the + time pattern string of the . + + + For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date + formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings + "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying + , + and respectively + . For example, + %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE}. + + + These dedicated date formatters perform significantly + better than . + + + + + % + + + The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign. + + + + + + Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific + instance using or + . + + + See the for details on the + format modifiers supported by the patterns. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types. + + + + + the head of the pattern converter chain + + + + + patterns defined on this PatternString only + + + + + Default constructor + + + + Initialize a new instance of + + + + + + Constructs a PatternString + + The pattern to use with this PatternString + + + Initialize a new instance of with the pattern specified. + + + + + + Gets or sets the pattern formatting string + + + The pattern formatting string + + + + The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which + controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and + conversion specifiers. + + + + + + Initialize object options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Create the used to parse the pattern + + the pattern to parse + The + + + Returns PatternParser used to parse the conversion string. Subclasses + may override this to return a subclass of PatternParser which recognize + custom conversion pattern name. + + + + + + Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern. + + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + + + Format the pattern to the . + + + + + + Format the pattern as a string + + the pattern formatted as a string + + + Format the pattern to a string. + + + + + + Adds a converter to this PatternString. + + the converter info + + + This version of the method is used by the configurator. + Programmatic users should use the alternative method. + The converter name is case-insensitive. + + + + + + Add a converter to this PatternString + + the name of the conversion pattern for this converter + the type of the converter + + + + Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output writer + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Writes name of the current AppDomain to the output . + + + + + + AppSetting pattern converter + + + + This pattern converter reads appSettings from the application configuration file. + + + If the is specified then that will be used to + lookup a single appSettings value. If no is specified + then all appSettings will be dumped as a list of key value pairs. + + + A typical use is to specify a base directory for log files, e.g. + + + + + ... + + + ]]> + + + + + + + Write the property value to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + null, state is not set + + + Writes out the value of a named property. The property name + should be set in the + property. + + + If the is set to null + then all the properties are written as key value pairs. + + + + + + Write the current date to the output + + + + Date pattern converter, uses a to format + the current date and time to the writer as a string. + + + The value of the determines + the formatting of the date. The following values are allowed: + + + Option value + Output + + + ISO8601 + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern. + + + + DATE + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459". + + + + ABSOLUTE + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459". + + + + other + + Any other pattern string uses the formatter. + This formatter passes the pattern string to the + method. + For details on valid patterns see + DateTimeFormatInfo Class. + + + + + + The date and time is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone. + To output the time in Universal time see . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The used to render the date to a string + + + + + Initialize the converter options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Write the current date to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + null, state is not set + + + Pass the current date and time to the + for it to render it to the writer. + + + The date and time passed is in the local time zone. + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Write an folder path to the output + + + + The value of the determines + the name of the variable to output. + should be a value in the enumeration. + + + Ron Grabowski + + + + Writes a special path environment folder path to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Writes the special path environment folder path to the output . + The name of the special path environment folder path to output must be set + using the + property. + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentFolderPathPatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Write an environment variable to the output + + + + Write an environment variable to the output writer. + The value of the determines + the name of the variable to output. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write an environment variable to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Writes the environment variable to the output . + The name of the environment variable to output must be set + using the + property. + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentPatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Write the current thread identity to the output + + + + Write the current thread identity to the output writer + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the current thread identity to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Writes the current thread identity to the output . + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the IdentityPatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Pattern converter for literal string instances in the pattern + + + + Writes the literal string value specified in the + property to + the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Set the next converter in the chain + + The next pattern converter in the chain + The next pattern converter + + + Special case the building of the pattern converter chain + for instances. Two adjacent + literals in the pattern can be represented by a single combined + pattern converter. This implementation detects when a + is added to the chain + after this converter and combines its value with this converter's + literal value. + + + + + + Write the literal to the output + + the writer to write to + null, not set + + + Override the formatting behavior to ignore the FormattingInfo + because we have a literal instead. + + + Writes the value of + to the output . + + + + + + Convert this pattern into the rendered message + + that will receive the formatted result. + null, not set + + + This method is not used. + + + + + + Writes a newline to the output + + + + Writes the system dependent line terminator to the output. + This behavior can be overridden by setting the : + + + + Option Value + Output + + + DOS + DOS or Windows line terminator "\r\n" + + + UNIX + UNIX line terminator "\n" + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initialize the converter + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Write the current process ID to the output + + + + Write the current process ID to the output writer + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the current process ID to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Write the current process ID to the output . + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the ProcessIdPatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Property pattern converter + + + + This pattern converter reads the thread and global properties. + The thread properties take priority over global properties. + See for details of the + thread properties. See for + details of the global properties. + + + If the is specified then that will be used to + lookup a single property. If no is specified + then all properties will be dumped as a list of key value pairs. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the property value to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + null, state is not set + + + Writes out the value of a named property. The property name + should be set in the + property. + + + If the is set to null + then all the properties are written as key value pairs. + + + + + + A Pattern converter that generates a string of random characters + + + + The converter generates a string of random characters. By default + the string is length 4. This can be changed by setting the + to the string value of the length required. + + + The random characters in the string are limited to uppercase letters and numbers only. + + + The random number generator used by this class is not cryptographically secure. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Shared random number generator + + + + + Length of random string to generate. Default length 4. + + + + + Initialize the converter options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Writes a random string to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + + The fully qualified type of the RandomStringPatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Write the current threads username to the output + + + + Write the current threads username to the output writer + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the current threads username to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Write the current threads username to the output . + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the UserNamePatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Write the UTC date time to the output + + + + Date pattern converter, uses a to format + the current date and time in Universal time. + + + See the for details on the date pattern syntax. + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the current date and time to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + null, state is not set + + + Pass the current date and time to the + for it to render it to the writer. + + + The date is in Universal time when it is rendered. + + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + String keyed object map. + + + + While this collection is serializable, only member objects that are serializable + will be serialized along with this collection. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + properties to copy + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + The that holds the serialized object data. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Because this class is sealed the serialization constructor is private. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key. + + + The value of the property with the specified key. + + The key of the property to get or set. + + + The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable. + If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if + a serialization operation is performed. + + + + + + See . + + + + + Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary + + the key for the entry to remove + + + Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary + + + + + + See + + an enumerator + + + Returns a over the contest of this collection. + + + + + + See + + the key to remove + + + Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary + + + + + + Remove all properties from the properties collection + + + + Remove all properties from the properties collection + + + + + + See + + the key + the value to store for the key + + + Store a value for the specified . + + + Thrown if the is not a string + + + + See + + + false + + + + This collection is modifiable. This property always + returns false. + + + + + + See + + + The value for the key specified. + + + + Get or set a value for the specified . + + + Thrown if the is not a string + + + + A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file + + + + + Property Key + + + + + Property Value + + + + + Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info + + string info about this object + + + + A that ignores the message + + + This writer is used in special cases where it is necessary + to protect a writer from being closed by a client. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Constructor + + the writer to actually write to + + Create a new ProtectCloseTextWriter using a writer + + + + + Attaches this instance to a different underlying . + + the writer to attach to + + + + Does not close the underlying output writer. + + + + + that does not leak exceptions + + + + does not throw exceptions when things go wrong. + Instead, it delegates error handling to its . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + the writer to actually write to + the error handler to report error to + + + Create a new QuietTextWriter using a writer and error handler + + + + + + Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to. + + + The error handler that all errors are passed to. + + + + Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed. + + + true if this writer is closed, otherwise false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed. + + + + + + Writes a character to the underlying writer + + the char to write + + + Writes a character to the underlying writer + + + + + + Writes a buffer to the underlying writer + + the buffer to write + the start index to write from + the number of characters to write + + + Writes a buffer to the underlying writer + + + + + + Writes a string to the output. + + The string data to write to the output. + + + + Closes the underlying output writer. + + + + Closes the underlying output writer. + + + + + + The error handler instance to pass all errors to + + + + + Defines a lock that supports single writers and multiple readers + + + + ReaderWriterLock is used to synchronize access to a resource. + At any given time, it allows either concurrent read access for + multiple threads, or write access for a single thread. In a + situation where a resource is changed infrequently, a + ReaderWriterLock provides better throughput than a simple + one-at-a-time lock, such as . + + + If a platform does not support a System.Threading.ReaderWriterLock + implementation then all readers and writers are serialized. Therefore + the caller must not rely on multiple simultaneous readers. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Acquires a reader lock + + + + blocks if a different thread has the writer + lock, or if at least one thread is waiting for the writer lock. + + + + + + Decrements the lock count + + + + decrements the lock count. When the count + reaches zero, the lock is released. + + + + + + Acquires the writer lock + + + + This method blocks if another thread has a reader lock or writer lock. + + + + + + Decrements the lock count on the writer lock + + + + ReleaseWriterLock decrements the writer lock count. + When the count reaches zero, the writer lock is released. + + + + + + String keyed object map that is read only. + + + + This collection is readonly and cannot be modified. It is not thread-safe. + + + While this collection is serializable, only member + objects that are serializable will + be serialized along with this collection. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Copy Constructor + + properties to copy + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Deserialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Gets the key names. + + An array of all the keys. + + + Gets the key names. + + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key. + + + The value of the property with the specified key, or null if a property is not present in the dictionary. + Note this is the semantic, not that of . + + The key of the property to get or set. + + + The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable. + If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if + a serialization operation is performed. + + + + + + Test if the dictionary contains a specified key + + the key to look for + true if the dictionary contains the specified key + + + Test if the dictionary contains a specified key + + + + + + The hashtable used to store the properties + + + The internal collection used to store the properties + + + + The hashtable used to store the properties + + + + + + Serializes this object into the provided. + + The to populate with data. + The destination for this serialization. + + + Serializes this object into the provided. + + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + + See + + + + + See . + + + + + Removes all properties from the properties collection + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + The number of properties in this collection + + + + + See . + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + A that can be and reused + + + + This uses a single buffer for string operations. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Creates an instance of + + the format provider to use + + + + Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer + + flag + + + + Reset this string writer so that it can be reused. + + the maximum buffer capacity before it is trimmed + the default size to make the buffer + + + Reset this string writer so that it can be reused. + The internal buffers are cleared and reset. + + + + + + Utility class for system specific information. + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Alexey Solofnenko + + + + Is OperatingSystem Android + + + + + Initialize default values for private static fields. + + + + Only static methods are exposed from this type. + + + + + + Gets the system dependent line terminator. + + + + + Gets the base directory for this . + + + + The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI. + + + + + + Gets the path to the configuration file for the current . + + + + The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI. + + + + + + Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current . + + + + + Gets the ID of the current thread. + + + + + Gets the host name or machine name for the current machine. + + + + The host name () or + the machine name () for + the current machine, or if neither of these are available + then NOT AVAILABLE is returned. + + + + + + Gets this application's friendly name. + + + + If available the name of the application is retrieved from + the AppDomain using AppDomain.CurrentDomain.FriendlyName. + + + Otherwise the file name of the entry assembly is used. + + + + + + Get the UTC start time for the current process. + + + + This is the UTC time at which the log4net library was loaded into the + AppDomain. Due to reports of a hang in the call to System.Diagnostics.Process.StartTime + this is not the start time for the current process. + + + The log4net library should be loaded by an application early during its + startup, therefore this start time should be a good approximation for + the actual start time. + + + Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the + same process without the process terminating, however this start time + will be set per AppDomain. + + + + + + Text to output when a null is encountered. + + + + Use this value to indicate a null has been encountered while + outputting a string representation of an item. + + + The default value is (null). This value can be overridden by specifying + a value for the log4net.NullText appSetting in the application's + .config file. + + + + + + Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested. + + + + Use this value when an unsupported feature is requested. + + + The default value is NOT AVAILABLE. This value can be overridden by specifying + a value for the log4net.NotAvailableText appSetting in the application's + .config file. + + + + + + Gets the assembly location path for the specified assembly. + + The assembly to get the location for. + The location of the assembly. + + + This method does not guarantee to return the correct path + to the assembly. If only tries to give an indication as to + where the assembly was loaded from. + + + + + + Gets the short name of the . + + The to get the name for. + The short name of the . + + + The short name of the assembly is the + without the version, culture, or public key. i.e. it is just the + assembly's file name without the extension. + + + Because of a FileIOPermission security demand we cannot do + the obvious Assembly.GetName().Name. We are allowed to get + the of the assembly so we + start from there and strip out just the assembly name. + + + + + + Gets the file name portion of the , including the extension. + + The to get the file name for. + The file name of the assembly. + + + Gets the file name portion of the , including the extension. + + + + + + Loads the type specified in the type string. + + A sibling type to use to load the type. + The name of the type to load. + Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded. + true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false + The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded. + + + If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in + the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using + . + + + If the type name is not fully qualified, it will be loaded from the assembly + containing the specified relative type. If the type is not found in the assembly + then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type. + + + + + + Loads the type specified in the type string. + + The name of the type to load. + Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded. + true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false + The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded. + + + If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in + the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using + . + + + If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the + assembly that is directly calling this method. If the type is not found + in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type. + + + + + + Loads the type specified in the type string. + + An assembly to load the type from. + The name of the type to load. + Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded. + true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false + The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded. + + + If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in + the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using + . + + + If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the specified + assembly. If the type is not found in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies + will be searched for the type. + + + + + + Creates an + + The name of the parameter that caused the exception + The value of the argument that causes this exception + The message that describes the error + + A new instance of the class + with the specified error message, parameter name, and value + of the argument. + + + + + Creates a for read-only collection modification calls. + + The NotSupportedException object + + + + Parse a string into an value + + the string to parse + out param where the parsed value is placed + true if the string was parsed into an integer + + + Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot + be parsed then this method returns false. The method does not throw an exception. + + + + + + Parse a string into an value + + the string to parse + out param where the parsed value is placed + true if the string was parsed into an integer + + + Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot + be parsed then this method returns false. The method does not throw an exception. + + + + + + Parse a string into an value + + the string to parse + out param where the parsed value is placed + true if the string was parsed into an integer + + + Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot + be parsed then this method returns false. The method does not throw an exception. + + + + + + Lookup an application setting + + the application settings key to lookup + the value for the key, or null + + + + Convert a path into a fully qualified local file path. + + The path to convert. + The fully qualified path. + + + Converts the path specified to a fully + qualified path. If the path is relative it is + taken as relative from the application base + directory. + + + The path specified must be a local file path, a URI is not supported. + + + + + + Creates a new case-insensitive instance of the class with the default initial capacity. + + A new case-insensitive instance of the class with the default initial capacity + + + The new Hashtable instance uses the default load factor, the CaseInsensitiveHashCodeProvider, and the CaseInsensitiveComparer. + + + + + + Tests two strings for equality, the ignoring case. + + + If the platform permits, culture information is ignored completely (ordinal comparison). + The aim of this method is to provide a fast comparison that deals with null and ignores different casing. + It is not supposed to deal with various, culture-specific habits. + Use it to compare against pure ASCII constants, like keywords etc. + + The one string. + The other string. + true if the strings are equal, false otherwise. + + + + The fully qualified type of the SystemInfo class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Cache the host name for the current machine + + + + + Cache the application friendly name + + + + + Utility class that represents a format string. + + Nicko Cadell + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information. + A containing zero or more format items. + An array containing zero or more objects to format. + + + + Utility class that represents a format string. + + Nicko Cadell + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information. + A containing zero or more format items. + An array containing zero or more objects to format. + + + + Format + + + + + Args + + + + + Format the string and arguments + + the formatted string + + + + Replaces the format item in a specified with the text equivalent + of the value of a corresponding instance in a specified array. + A specified parameter supplies culture-specific formatting information. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information. + A containing zero or more format items. + An array containing zero or more objects to format. + + A copy of format in which the format items have been replaced by the + equivalent of the corresponding instances of in args. + + + + This method does not throw exceptions. If an exception thrown while formatting the result the + exception and arguments are returned in the result string. + + + + + + Process an error during StringFormat + + + + + Dump the contents of an array into a string builder + + + + + Dump an object to a string + + + + + The fully qualified type of the SystemStringFormat class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Adapter that extends and forwards all + messages to an instance of . + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Creates an instance of that forwards all + messages to a . + + The to forward to + + + + Gets or sets the underlying . + + + + + The in which the output is written + + + + + Gets an object that controls formatting + + + + + Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter. + + + + + Closes the writer and releases any system resources associated with the writer + + + + + + + + + Dispose this writer + + flag indicating if we are being disposed + + + Dispose this writer + + + + + + Flushes any buffered output + + + + Clears all buffers for the writer and causes any buffered data to be written + to the underlying device + + + + + + Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter + + the value to write to the TextWriter + + + Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter + + + + + + Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter + + the data buffer + the start index + the number of characters to write + + + Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter + + + + + + Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter + + the value to write to the TextWriter + + + Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter + + + + + + Implementation of Properties collection for the + + + + Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread. + The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Each thread will automatically have its instance. + + + + + Internal constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property + + + The value for the property with the specified key + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property + + + + + + Remove a property + + the key for the entry to remove + + + Remove a property + + + + + + Get the keys stored in the properties. + + + Gets the keys stored in the properties. + + a set of the defined keys + + + + Clear all properties + + + + Clear all properties + + + + + + Get the PropertiesDictionary for this thread. + + create the dictionary if it does not exist, otherwise return null if it does not exist + the properties for this thread + + + The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the + caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the + caller must clone the collection before doing so. + + + + + + Implementation of Stack for the + + + + Implementation of Stack for the + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The stack store. + + + + + Internal constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + The number of messages in the stack + + + The current number of messages in the stack + + + + The current number of messages in the stack. That is + the number of times has been called + minus the number of times has been called. + + + + + + Clears all the contextual information held in this stack. + + + + Clears all the contextual information held in this stack. + Only call this if you think that this tread is being reused after + a previous call execution which may not have completed correctly. + You do not need to use this method if you always guarantee to call + the method of the + returned from even in exceptional circumstances, + for example by using the using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message")) + syntax. + + + + + + Removes the top context from this stack. + + The message in the context that was removed from the top of this stack. + + + Remove the top context from this stack, and return + it to the caller. If this stack is empty then an + empty string (not ) is returned. + + + + + + Pushes a new context message into this stack. + + The new context message. + + An that can be used to clean up the context stack. + + + + Pushes a new context onto this stack. An + is returned that can be used to clean up this stack. This + can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the + context. + + + Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword. + + using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message")) + { + log.Warn("This should have an ThreadContext Stack message"); + } + + + + + + Returns the top context from this stack. + + The message in the context from the top of this stack. + + + Returns the top context from this stack. If this stack is empty then an + empty string (not ) is returned. + + + + + + Gets the current context information for this stack. + + The current context information. + + + + Gets and sets the internal stack used by this + + The internal storage stack + + + This property is provided only to support backward compatibility + of the . Typically the internal stack should not + be modified. + + + + + + Gets the current context information for this stack. + + + + + Get a portable version of this object + + + + + Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack. + + + + + Constructor + + The message for this context. + The parent context in the chain. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified message and parent context. + + + + + + Get the message. + + + + + Gets the full text of the context down to the root level. + + + + + Struct returned from the method. + + + + This struct implements the and is designed to be used + with the pattern to remove the stack frame at the end of the scope. + + + + + + The ThreadContextStack internal stack + + + + + The depth to trim the stack to when this instance is disposed + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified stack and return depth. + + The internal stack used by the ThreadContextStack. + The depth to return the stack to when this object is disposed. + + + + Returns the stack to the correct depth. + + + + + Implementation of Stacks collection for the + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the named thread context stack. + + + + + The fully qualified type of the ThreadContextStacks class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Utility class for transforming strings. + + + + Utility class for transforming strings. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Write a string to an + + the writer to write to + the string to write + The string to replace non XML compliant chars with + + + The test is escaped either using XML escape entities + or using CDATA sections. + + + + + + Replace invalid XML characters in text string + + the XML text input string + the string to use in place of invalid characters + A string that does not contain invalid XML characters. + + + Certain Unicode code points are not allowed in the XML InfoSet, for + details see: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets. + + + This method replaces any illegal characters in the input string + with the mask string specified. + + + + + + Count the number of times that the substring occurs in the text + + the text to search + the substring to find + the number of times the substring occurs in the text + + + The substring is assumed to be non repeating within itself. + + + + + + Characters illegal in XML 1.0 + + + + + Type converter for Boolean. + + + + Supports conversion from string to bool type. + + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + + True if the is + the type. + + + + + Converts the source object to the type supported by this object + + the object to convert + the converted object + + + Uses the method to convert the + argument to a . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Exception base type for conversion errors. + + + + This type extends . It + does not add any new functionality but does differentiate the + type of exception being thrown. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + A message to include with the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified message. + + + + + + Constructor + + A message to include with the exception. + A nested exception to include. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified message and inner exception. + + + + + + Serialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The conversion destination type. + The value to convert. + An instance of the . + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The conversion destination type. + The value to convert. + A nested exception to include. + An instance of the . + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Register of type converters for specific types. + + + + Maintains a registry of type converters used to convert between types. + + + Use the and + methods to register new converters. + The and methods + lookup appropriate converters to use. + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + This class constructor adds the intrinsic type converters + + + + + Adds a converter for a specific type. + + The type being converted to. + The type converter to use to convert to the destination type. + + + + Adds a converter for a specific type. + + The type being converted to. + The type of the type converter to use to convert to the destination type. + + + + Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type. + + The type being converted from. + The type being converted to. + + The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null + if no type converter is found. + + + + + Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type. + + The type being converted to. + + The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null + if no type converter is found. + + + + + Lookups the type converter to use as specified by the attributes on the + destination type. + + The type being converted to. + + The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null + if no type converter is found. + + + + + Creates the instance of the type converter. + + The type of the type converter. + + The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null + if no type converter is found. + + + + The type specified for the type converter must implement + the or interfaces + and must have a public default (no argument) constructor. + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the ConverterRegistry class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + + True if the is + the type. + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to an encoding + the encoding + + + Uses the method to + convert the argument to an . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Interface supported by type converters + + + + This interface supports conversion from arbitrary types + to a single target type. See . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + true if the conversion is possible + + + Test if the can be converted to the + type supported by this converter. + + + + + + Convert the source object to the type supported by this object + + the object to convert + the converted object + + + Converts the to the type supported + by this converter. + + + + + + Interface supported by type converters + + + + This interface supports conversion from a single type to arbitrary types. + See . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type + + A Type that represents the type you want to convert to + true if the conversion is possible + + + Test if the type supported by this converter can be converted to the + . + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments + + the object to convert + The Type to convert the value parameter to + the converted object + + + Converts the (which must be of the type supported + by this converter) to the specified.. + + + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + true if the conversion is possible + + + Returns true if the is + the type. + + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to an IPAddress + the IPAddress + + + Uses the method to convert the + argument to an . + If that fails then the string is resolved as a DNS hostname. + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + The string is used as the + of the . + + + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + + True if the is + the type. + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to a PatternLayout + the PatternLayout + + + Creates and returns a new using + the as the + . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Convert between string and + + + + Supports conversion from string to type, + and from a type to a string. + + + The string is used as the + of the . + + + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Can the target type be converted to the type supported by this object + + A that represents the type you want to convert to + true if the conversion is possible + + + Returns true if the is + assignable from a type. + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments + + the object to convert + The Type to convert the value parameter to + the converted object + + + Uses the method to convert the + argument to a . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + . To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + + True if the is + the type. + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to a PatternString + the PatternString + + + Creates and returns a new using + the as the + . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + + True if the is + the type. + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to a Type + the Type + + + Uses the method to convert the + argument to a . + Additional effort is made to locate partially specified types + by searching the loaded assemblies. + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Attribute used to associate a type converter + + + + Class and Interface level attribute that specifies a type converter + to use with the associated type. + + + To associate a type converter with a target type apply a + TypeConverterAttribute to the target type. Specify the + type of the type converter on the attribute. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Creates a new type converter attribute for the specified type name + + The string type name of the type converter + + + The type specified must implement the + or the interfaces. + + + + + + Creates a new type converter attribute for the specified type + + The type of the type converter + + + The type specified must implement the + or the interfaces. + + + + + + The string type name of the type converter + + + + The type specified must implement the + or the interfaces. + + + + + + Impersonate a Windows Account + + + + This impersonates a Windows account. + + + How the impersonation is done depends on the value of . + This allows the context to either impersonate a set of user credentials specified + using username, domain name and password or to revert to the process credentials. + + + + + + The impersonation modes for the + + + + See the property for + details. + + + + + + Impersonate a user using the credentials supplied + + + + + Revert this the thread to the credentials of the process + + + + + Gets or sets the impersonation mode for this security context + + + The impersonation mode for this security context + + + + Impersonate either a user with user credentials or + revert this thread to the credentials of the process. + The value is one of the + enum. + + + The default value is + + + When the mode is set to + the user's credentials are established using the + , and + values. + + + When the mode is set to + no other properties need to be set. If the calling thread is + impersonating then it will be reverted back to the process credentials. + + + + + + Gets or sets the Windows username for this security context + + + The Windows username for this security context + + + + This property must be set if + is set to (the default setting). + + + + + + Gets or sets the Windows domain name for this security context + + + The Windows domain name for this security context + + + + The default value for is the local machine name + taken from the property. + + + This property must be set if + is set to (the default setting). + + + + + + Sets the password for the Windows account specified by the and properties. + + + The password for the Windows account specified by the and properties. + + + + This property must be set if + is set to (the default setting). + + + + + + Initialize the SecurityContext based on the options set. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + The security context will try to Logon the specified user account and + capture a primary token for impersonation. + + + The required , + or properties were not specified. + + + + Impersonate the Windows account specified by the and properties. + + caller provided state + + An instance that will revoke the impersonation of this SecurityContext + + + + Depending on the property either + impersonate a user using credentials supplied or revert + to the process credentials. + + + + + + Create a given the userName, domainName and password. + + the user name + the domain name + the password + the for the account specified + + + Uses the Windows API call LogonUser to get a principal token for the account. This + token is used to initialize the WindowsIdentity. + + + + + + Adds to + + the impersonation context being wrapped + + + Helper class to expose the + through the interface. + + + + + + Adds to + + the impersonation context being wrapped + + + Helper class to expose the + through the interface. + + + + + + Revert the impersonation + + + + + Specifies that null is allowed as an input even if the corresponding type disallows it. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.AllowNullAttribute class. + + + + + Specifies that null is disallowed as an input even if the corresponding type allows it. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.DisallowNullAttribute class. + + + + + Specifies that a method that will never return under any circumstance. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.DoesNotReturnAttribute class. + + + + + Specifies that the method will not return if the associated System.Boolean parameter is passed the specified value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.DoesNotReturnIfAttribute class + with the specified parameter value. + + + The condition parameter value. + Code after the method is considered unreachable by diagnostics if the argument to the associated parameter + matches this value. + + + + + Gets the condition parameter value. + + The condition parameter value. Code after the method is considered unreachable + by diagnostics if the argument to the associated parameter matches this value. + + + + + Specifies that an output may be null even if the corresponding type disallows it. + + + + + Specifies that when a method returns System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.MaybeNullWhenAttribute.ReturnValue, + the parameter may be null even if the corresponding type disallows it. + + + + + Initializes the attribute with the specified return value condition. + + The return value condition. If the method returns this value, the associated parameter may be null. + + + + Gets the return value condition. + + + + + Specifies that the method or property will ensure that the listed field and property members have values that aren't null. + + + + + Initializes the attribute with list of field or property members. + + The list of field and property members that are promised to be non-null. + + + + Initializes the attribute with a field or property member. + + The field or property member that is promised to be non-null. + + + + Gets field or property member names. + + + + + Specifies that the method or property will ensure that the listed field and property members have non-null values + when returning with the specified return value condition. + + + + + Initializes the attribute with the specified return value condition and a field or property member. + + The return value condition. If the method returns this value, the associated parameter will not be null. + The list of field and property members that are promised to be non-null. + + + + Initializes the attribute with the specified return value condition and a field or property member. + + The return value condition. If the method returns this value, the associated parameter will not be null. + The field or property member that is promised to be non-null. + + + + Gets field or property member names. + + + + + Gets the return value condition. + + + + + Specifies that an output is not even if the corresponding type allows it. + Specifies that an input argument was not when the call returns. + + + + + Specifies that the output will be non-null if the named parameter is non-null. + + + + + Initializes the attribute with the associated parameter name. + + + The associated parameter name. + The output will be non-null if the argument to the parameter specified is non-null. + + + + + Gets the associated parameter name. + + + + + Specifies that when a method returns ReturnValue, + the parameter will not be null even if the corresponding type allows it. + + + + + Initializes the attribute with the specified return value condition. + + + The return value condition. + If the method returns this value, the associated parameter will not be null. + + + + Gets the return value condition. + + + + + Specifies that this constructor sets all required members for the current type, + and callers do not need to set any required members themselves. + + + + + Attribute to tell Roslyn-Analyzers that a parameter will be checked for + + + + + Indicates that a parameter captures the expression passed for another parameter as a string. + + + + + Name of the parameter whose expression should be captured as a string + + + + + + + + Indicates that compiler support for a particular feature is required for the location where this attribute is applied + + + + + The used for the ref structs C# feature + + + + + The used for the required members C# feature + + + + + The name of the compiler feature + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the compiler can choose to allow access to the location + where this attribute is applied if it does not understand + + + + + Initializes a instance for the passed in compiler feature + + The name of the compiler feature + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies that a type has required members or that a member is required + + + + diff --git a/packages/log4net.3.2.0/lib/netstandard2.0/log4net.dll b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/lib/netstandard2.0/log4net.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0782a95bd Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/lib/netstandard2.0/log4net.dll differ diff --git a/packages/log4net.3.2.0/lib/netstandard2.0/log4net.pdb b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/lib/netstandard2.0/log4net.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96d9a84f9 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/lib/netstandard2.0/log4net.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/log4net.3.2.0/lib/netstandard2.0/log4net.xml b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/lib/netstandard2.0/log4net.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0742e9736 --- /dev/null +++ b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/lib/netstandard2.0/log4net.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27669 @@ + + + + log4net + + + + + Appender that logs to a database. + + + + appends logging events to a table within a + database. The appender can be configured to specify the connection + string by setting the property. + The connection type (provider) can be specified by setting the + property. For more information on database connection strings for + your specific database see http://www.connectionstrings.com/. + + + Records are written into the database either using a prepared + statement or a stored procedure. The property + is set to (System.Data.CommandType.Text) to specify a prepared statement + or to (System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure) to specify a stored + procedure. + + + The prepared statement text or the name of the stored procedure + must be set in the property. + + + The prepared statement or stored procedure can take a number + of parameters. Parameters are added using the + method. This adds a single to the + ordered list of parameters. The + type may be subclassed if required to provide database specific + functionality. The specifies + the parameter name, database type, size, and how the value should + be generated using a . + + + + An example of a SQL Server table that could be logged to: + + create table dbo.Log + ( + Id bigint identity (1, 1) not null, + LogDate datetime not null, + Thread nvarchar(255) not null, + LogLevel nvarchar(50) not null, + Logger nvarchar(255) not null, + LogMessage nvarchar(2000) not null, + Exception nvarchar(2000) null, + constraint Log_PKEY primary key (Id) + ) with (data_compression = page) + + + + An example configuration to log to the above table: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Julian Biddle + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Lance Nehring + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Public default constructor to initialize a new instance of this class. + + + + + Gets or sets the database connection string that is used to connect to + the database. + + + The database connection string used to connect to the database. + + + + The connections string is specific to the connection type. + See for more information. + + + Connection string for MS Access via ODBC: + "DSN=MS Access Database;UID=admin;PWD=;SystemDB=C:\data\System.mdw;SafeTransactions = 0;FIL=MS Access;DriverID = 25;DBQ=C:\data\train33.mdb" + + Another connection string for MS Access via ODBC: + "Driver={Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb)};DBQ=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;UID=;PWD=;" + + Connection string for MS Access via OLE DB: + "Provider=Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0;Data Source=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;User Id=;Password=;" + + + + + The appSettings key from App.Config that contains the connection string. + + + + + The connectionStrings key from App.Config that contains the connection string. + + + + + Gets or sets the type name of the connection + that should be created. + + + The type name of the connection. + + + + The type name of the ADO.NET provider to use. + + + The default is to use the OLE DB provider. + + + Use the OLE DB Provider. This is the default value. + System.Data.OleDb.OleDbConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + + Use the MS SQL Server Provider. + System.Data.SqlClient.SqlConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + + Use the ODBC Provider. + Microsoft.Data.Odbc.OdbcConnection,Microsoft.Data.Odbc,version=1.0.3300.0,publicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089,culture=neutral + This is an optional package that you can download from + http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads + search for ODBC .NET Data Provider. + + Use the Oracle Provider. + System.Data.OracleClient.OracleConnection, System.Data.OracleClient, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + This is an optional package that you can download from + http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads + search for .NET Managed Provider for Oracle. + + + + + Gets or sets the command text that is used to insert logging events + into the database. + + + The command text used to insert logging events into the database. + + + + Either the text of the prepared statement or the + name of the stored procedure to execute to write into + the database. + + + The property determines if + this text is a prepared statement or a stored procedure. + + + If this property is not set, the command text is retrieved by invoking + . + + + + + + Gets or sets the command type to execute. + + + The command type to execute. + + + + This value may be either (System.Data.CommandType.Text) to specify + that the is a prepared statement to execute, + or (System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure) to specify that the + property is the name of a stored procedure + to execute. + + + The default value is (System.Data.CommandType.Text). + + + + + + Should transactions be used to insert logging events in the database. + + + true if transactions should be used to insert logging events in + the database, otherwise false. The default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether transactions should be used + to insert logging events in the database. + + + When set a single transaction will be used to insert the buffered events + into the database. Otherwise each event will be inserted without using + an explicit transaction. + + + + + + Gets or sets the used to call the NetSend method. + + + The used to call the NetSend method. + + + + Unless a specified here for this appender + the is queried for the + security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context + of the current thread. + + + + + + Should this appender try to reconnect to the database on error. + + + true if the appender should try to reconnect to the database after an + error has occurred, otherwise false. The default value is false, + i.e. not to try to reconnect. + + + + The default behaviour is for the appender not to try to reconnect to the + database if an error occurs. Subsequent logging events are discarded. + + + To force the appender to attempt to reconnect to the database set this + property to true. + + + When the appender attempts to connect to the database there may be a + delay of up to the connection timeout specified in the connection string. + This delay will block the calling application's thread. + Until the connection can be reestablished this potential delay may occur multiple times. + + + + + + Gets or sets the underlying . + + + The underlying . + + + creates a to insert + logging events into a database. Classes deriving from + can use this property to get or set this . Use the + underlying returned from if + you require access beyond that which provides. + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Override the parent method to close the database + + + + Closes the database command and database connection. + + + + + + Inserts the events into the database. + + The events to insert into the database. + + + Insert all the events specified in the + array into the database. + + + + + + Adds a parameter to the command. + + The parameter to add to the command. + + + Adds a parameter to the ordered list of command parameters. + + + + + + Writes the events to the database using the transaction specified. + + The transaction that the events will be executed under. + The array of events to insert into the database. + + + The transaction argument can be null if the appender has been + configured not to use transactions. See + property for more information. + + + + + + Prepare entire database command object to be executed. + + The command to prepare. + + + + Formats the log message into database statement text. + + The event being logged. + + This method can be overridden by subclasses to provide + more control over the format of the database statement. + + + Text that can be passed to a . + + + + + Creates an instance used to connect to the database. + + + This method is called whenever a new IDbConnection is needed (i.e. when a reconnect is necessary). + + The of the object. + The connectionString output from the ResolveConnectionString method. + An instance with a valid connection string. + + + + Resolves the connection string from the ConnectionString, ConnectionStringName, or AppSettingsKey + property. + + Additional information describing the connection string. + A connection string used to connect to the database. + + + + Retrieves the class type of the ADO.NET provider. + + + + Gets the Type of the ADO.NET provider to use to connect to the + database. This method resolves the type specified in the + property. + + + Subclasses can override this method to return a different type + if necessary. + + + The of the ADO.NET provider + + + + Connects to the database. + + + + + Cleanup the existing connection. + + + Calls the IDbConnection's method. + + + + + The list of objects. + + + + The list of objects. + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the AdoNetAppender class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Parameter type used by the . + + + + This class provides the basic database parameter properties + as defined by the interface. + + This type can be subclassed to provide database specific + functionality. The two methods that are called externally are + and . + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Default constructor for the AdoNetAppenderParameter class. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of this parameter. + + + The name of this parameter. + + + + The name of this parameter. The parameter name + must match up to a named parameter to the SQL stored procedure + or prepared statement. + + + + + + Gets or sets the database type for this parameter. + + + The database type for this parameter. + + + + The database type for this parameter. This property should + be set to the database type from the + enumeration. See . + + + This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider + will attempt to infer the type from the value. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the precision for this parameter. + + + The precision for this parameter. + + + + The maximum number of digits used to represent the Value. + + + This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider + will attempt to infer the precision from the value. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the scale for this parameter. + + + The scale for this parameter. + + + + The number of decimal places to which Value is resolved. + + + This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider + will attempt to infer the scale from the value. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the size for this parameter. + + + The size for this parameter. + + + + The maximum size, in bytes, of the data within the column. + + + This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider + will attempt to infer the size from the value. + + + For BLOB data types like VARCHAR(max) it may be impossible to infer the value automatically, use -1 as the size in this case. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the to use to + render the logging event into an object for this + parameter. + + + The used to render the + logging event into an object for this parameter. + + + + The that renders the value for this + parameter. + + + The can be used to adapt + any into a + for use in the property. + + + + + + Prepare the specified database command object. + + The command to prepare. + + + Prepares the database command object by adding + this parameter to its collection of parameters. + + + + + + Renders the logging event and set the parameter value in the command. + + The command containing the parameter. + The event to be rendered. + + + Renders the logging event using this parameters layout + object. Sets the value of the parameter on the command object. + + + + + + The database type for this parameter. + + + + + Flag to infer type rather than use the DbType + + + + + Appends logging events to the terminal using ANSI color escape sequences. + + + + AnsiColorTerminalAppender appends log events to the standard output stream + or the error output stream using a layout specified by the + user. It also allows the color of a specific level of message to be set. + + + This appender expects the terminal to understand the VT100 control set + in order to interpret the color codes. If the terminal or console does not + understand the control codes the behavior is not defined. + + + By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream. + The property can be set to direct the output to the + error stream. + + + NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or + System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended. + Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender + (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired + behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application. + + + When configuring the ANSI colored terminal appender, a mapping should be + specified to map a logging level to a color. For example: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any + of the following values: + + Blue + Green + Red + White + Yellow + Purple + Cyan + + These color values cannot be combined to make new colors. + + + The attributes can be any combination of the following: + + Brightforeground is brighter + Dimforeground is dimmer + Underscoremessage is underlined + Blinkforeground is blinking (does not work on all terminals) + Reverseforeground and background are reversed + Hiddenoutput is hidden + Strikethroughmessage has a line through it + + While any of these attributes may be combined not all combinations + work well together, for example setting both Bright and Dim attributes makes + no sense. + + + Patrick Wagstrom + Nicko Cadell + + + + The enum of possible display attributes that can be combined to form the ANSI color attributes. + + + + + + text is bright + + + + + text is dim + + + + + text is underlined + + + + + text is blinking + + + Not all terminals support this attribute + + + + + text and background colors are reversed + + + + + text is hidden + + + + + text is displayed with a strikethrough + + + + + text color is light + + + + + The enum of possible foreground or background color values for + use with the color mapping method + + + + + + color is black + + + + + color is red + + + + + color is green + + + + + color is yellow + + + + + color is blue + + + + + color is magenta + + + + + color is cyan + + + + + color is white + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The instance of the class is set up to write + to the standard output stream. + + + + + Gets the console output stream, one of "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + + Adds a mapping of level to foreground and background colors. + + The mapping to add + + + + Writes the event to the console. + + The event to log. + + + This method is called by the method. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender layout. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Initializes the level to color mappings set on this appender. + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard output stream. + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard error output stream. + + + + + Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream + + + + + Mapping from level object to color value + + + + + Ansi code to reset terminal + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the color it should be displayed as. + + + + Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in. + + + + + + The mapped foreground color for the specified level + + + + Required property. + The mapped foreground color for the specified level + + + + + + The mapped background color for the specified level. Required property. + + + + + The color attributes for the specified level. + + + + + Initializes the options for the object + + + + Combines the and together + and appends the attributes. + + + + + + The combined , and + suitable for setting the ansi terminal color. + + + + + A strongly-typed collection of objects. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Supports type-safe iteration over a . + + + + + Creates a read-only wrapper for a instance. + + list to create a readonly wrapper around + + An wrapper that is read-only. + + + + + An empty readonly static AppenderCollection + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + that is empty and has the default initial capacity. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + that has the specified initial capacity. + + + The number of elements that the new is initially capable of storing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + that contains elements copied from the specified . + + The whose elements are copied to the new collection. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + that contains elements copied from the specified array. + + The array whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + that contains elements copied from the specified collection. + + The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Type visible only to our subclasses + Used to access protected constructor + + + + + + A value + + + + + Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors + + + + + + Gets the number of elements actually contained in the . + + + + + Copies the entire to a one-dimensional + array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + + + + Copies the entire to a one-dimensional + array, starting at the specified index of the target array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + The zero-based index in at which copying begins. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe). + + false, because the backing type is an array, which is never thread-safe. + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Adds a to the end of the . + + The to be added to the end of the . + The new + + + + Removes all elements from the . + + + + + Creates a shallow copy of the . + + A new with a shallow copy of the collection data. + + + + Determines whether a given is in the . + + The to check for. + if is found in the ; otherwise, . + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a + in the . + + The to locate in the . + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of + in the entire , if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + + Inserts an element into the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which should be inserted. + The to insert. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the . + + The to remove from the . + True if the item was removed. + + The specified was not found in the . + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the . + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. + + true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the . + + An for the entire . + + + + Gets or sets the number of elements the can contain. + + + + + Adds the elements of another to the current . + + The whose elements should be added to the end of the current . + The new of the . + + + + Adds the elements of a array to the current . + + The array whose elements should be added to the end of the . + The new of the . + + + + Adds the elements of a collection to the current . + + The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the . + The new of the . + + + + Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements. + + + + + Return the collection elements as an array + + the array + + + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Supports simple iteration over a . + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + + + + Abstract base class implementation of . + + + + This class provides the code for common functionality, such + as support for threshold filtering and support for general filters. + + + Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore + they would require that the method + be called after the appenders properties have been configured. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default constructor + + + Empty default constructor + + + + + Finalizes this appender by calling the implementation's + method. + + + + If this appender has not been closed then the Finalize method + will call . + + + + + + Gets or sets the threshold of this appender. + Defaults to . + + + The threshold of the appender. + + + + All log events with lower level than the threshold level are ignored + by the appender. + + + In configuration files this option is specified by setting the + value of the option to a level + string, such as "DEBUG", "INFO" and so on. + + + + + + Gets or sets the for this appender. + + The of the appender + + + The provides a default + implementation for the property. + + + + + + The filter chain. + + The head of the filter chain. + + + Returns the head Filter. The Filters are organized in a linked list + and so all Filters on this Appender are available through the result. + + + + + + Gets or sets the for this appender. + + The layout of the appender. + + + See for more information. + + + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Gets or sets the name that uniquely identifies this appender. + + + + + Closes the appender and releases resources. + + + + Release any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + This method cannot be overridden by subclasses. This method + delegates the closing of the appender to the + method which must be overridden in the subclass. + + + + + + Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before + delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific + method. + + The event to log. + + + This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A + derived class should override the method + which is called by this method. + + + The implementation of this method is as follows: + + + + + + Checks that the severity of the + is greater than or equal to the of this + appender. + + + + Checks that the chain accepts the + . + + + + + Calls and checks that + it returns true. + + + + + If all of the above steps succeed then the + will be passed to the abstract method. + + + + + + Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before + delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific + method. + + The array of events to log. + + + This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A + derived class should override the method + which is called by this method. + + + The implementation of this method is as follows: + + + + + + Checks that the severity of the + is greater than or equal to the of this + appender. + + + + Checks that the chain accepts the + . + + + + + Calls and checks that + it returns true. + + + + + If all of the above steps succeed then the + will be passed to the method. + + + + + + Test if the logging event should we output by this appender + + the event to test + true if the event should be output, false if the event should be ignored + + + This method checks the logging event against the threshold level set + on this appender and also against the filters specified on this + appender. + + + The implementation of this method is as follows: + + + + + + Checks that the severity of the + is greater than or equal to the of this + appender. + + + + Checks that the chain accepts the + . + + + + + + + + + Adds a filter to the end of the filter chain. + + the filter to add to this appender + + + The Filters are organized in a linked list. + + + Setting this property causes the new filter to be pushed onto the + back of the filter chain. + + + + + + Clears the filter list for this appender. + + + + Clears the filter list for this appender. + + + + + + Checks if the message level is below this appender's threshold. + + to test against. + + true if the meets the + requirements of this appender. A null level always maps to true, + the equivalent of . + + + + + Is called when the appender is closed. Derived classes should override + this method if resources need to be released. + + + + Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + + + + Subclasses of should implement this method + to perform actual logging. + + The event to append. + + + A subclass must implement this method to perform + logging of the . + + This method will be called by + if all the conditions listed for that method are met. + + + To restrict the logging of events in the appender + override the method. + + + + + + Append a bulk array of logging events. + + the array of logging events + + + This base class implementation calls the + method for each element in the bulk array. + + + A subclass that can better process a bulk array of events should + override this method in addition to . + + + + + + Appends logging events. + + The logging events + + + This base class implementation calls the + method for each element in the bulk array. + + + A subclass that can better process a bulk array of events should + override this method in addition to . + + + + + + Called before as a precondition. + + + + This method is called by + before the call to the abstract method. + + + This method can be overridden in a subclass to extend the checks + made before the event is passed to the method. + + + A subclass should ensure that they delegate this call to + this base class if it is overridden. + + + true if the call to should proceed. + + + + Renders the to a string. + + The event to render. + The event rendered as a string. + + + Helper method to render a to + a string. This appender must have a + set to render the to + a string. + + If there is exception data in the logging event and + the layout does not process the exception, this method + will append the exception text to the rendered string. + + + Where possible use the alternative version of this method + . + That method streams the rendering onto an existing Writer + which can give better performance if the caller already has + a open and ready for writing. + + + + + + Renders the to a string. + + The event to render. + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + + + Helper method to render a to + a string. This appender must have a + set to render the to + a string. + + If there is exception data in the logging event and + the layout does not process the exception, this method + will append the exception text to the rendered string. + + + Use this method in preference to + where possible. If, however, the caller needs to render the event + to a string then does + provide an efficient mechanism for doing so. + + + + + + Tests if this appender requires a to be set. + + + + In the rather exceptional case, where the appender + implementation admits a layout but can also work without it, + then the appender should return true. + + + This default implementation always returns false. + + + + true if the appender requires a layout object, otherwise false. + + + + + Flushes any buffered log data. + + + This implementation doesn't flush anything and always returns true + + True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false. + + + + It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null. + + + + See for more information. + + + + + + The last filter in the filter chain. + + + See for more information. + + + + + Flag indicating if this appender is closed. + + + See for more information. + + + + + The guard prevents an appender from repeatedly calling its own DoAppend method + + + + + Used for locking actions by this appender. + + + + + StringWriter used to render events + + + + + Initial buffer size + + + + + Maximum buffer size before it is recycled + + + + + The fully qualified type of the AppenderSkeleton class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Abstract base class implementation of that + buffers events in a fixed size buffer. + + + + This base class should be used by appenders that need to buffer a + number of events before logging them. + For example the + buffers events and then submits the entire contents of the buffer to + the underlying database in one go. + + + Subclasses should override the + method to deliver the buffered events. + + The BufferingAppenderSkeleton maintains a fixed size cyclic + buffer of events. The size of the buffer is set using + the property. + + A is used to inspect + each event as it arrives in the appender. If the + triggers, then the current buffer is sent immediately + (see ). Otherwise the event + is stored in the buffer. For example, an evaluator can be used to + deliver the events immediately when an ERROR event arrives. + + + The buffering appender can be configured in a mode. + By default the appender is NOT lossy. When the buffer is full all + the buffered events are sent with . + If the property is set to true then the + buffer will not be sent when it is full, and new events arriving + in the appender will overwrite the oldest event in the buffer. + In lossy mode the buffer will only be sent when the + triggers. This can be useful behavior when you need to know about + ERROR events but not about events with a lower level, configure an + evaluator that will trigger when an ERROR event arrives, the whole + buffer will be sent which gives a history of events leading up to + the ERROR event. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Protected default constructor to allow subclassing. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + the events passed through this appender must be + fixed by the time that they arrive in the derived class' SendBuffer method. + + + Protected constructor to allow subclassing. + + + The should be set if the subclass + expects the events delivered to be fixed even if the + is set to zero, i.e. when no buffering occurs. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender is lossy. + + + true if the appender is lossy, otherwise false. The default is false. + + + + This appender uses a buffer to store logging events before + delivering them. A triggering event causes the whole buffer + to be sent to the remote sink. If the buffer overruns before + a triggering event then logging events could be lost. Set + to false to prevent logging events + from being lost. + + If is set to true then an + must be specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the + logging events. + + + The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events. + + + + The option takes a positive integer + representing the maximum number of logging events to collect in + a cyclic buffer. When the is reached, + oldest events are deleted as new events are added to the + buffer. By default the size of the cyclic buffer is 512 events. + + + If the is set to a value less than + or equal to 1 then no buffering will occur. The logging event + will be delivered synchronously (depending on the + and properties). Otherwise the event will + be buffered. + + + + + + Gets or sets the that causes the + buffer to be sent immediately. + + + The that causes the buffer to be + sent immediately. + + + + The evaluator will be called for each event that is appended to this + appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will + immediately be sent (see ). + + If is set to true then an + must be specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the to use. + + + The value of the to use. + + + + The evaluator will be called for each event that is discarded from this + appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will immediately + be sent (see ). + + + + + + Gets or sets the fields that will be fixed in the event. + + + The event fields that will be fixed before the event is buffered + + + + The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values + captured before it can be buffered. See + for details. + + + + + + + Flushes any buffered log data. + + The maximum time to wait for logging events to be flushed. + True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false. + + + + Flush the currently buffered events + + + + Flushes any events that have been buffered. + + + If the appender is buffering in mode then the contents + of the buffer will NOT be flushed to the appender. + + + + + + Flush the currently buffered events + + set to true to flush the buffer of lossy events + + + Flushes events that have been buffered. If is + false then events will only be flushed if this buffer is non-lossy mode. + + + If the appender is buffering in mode then the contents + of the buffer will only be flushed if is true. + In this case the contents of the buffer will be tested against the + and if triggering will be output. All other buffered + events will be discarded. + + + If is true then the buffer will always + be emptied by calling this method. + + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Close this appender instance. + + + + Close this appender instance. If this appender is marked + as not then the remaining events in + the buffer must be sent when the appender is closed. + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + the event to log + + + Stores the in the cyclic buffer. + + + The buffer will be sent (i.e. passed to the + method) if one of the following conditions is met: + + + + The cyclic buffer is full and this appender is + marked as not lossy (see ) + + + An is set and + it is triggered for the + specified. + + + + Before the event is stored in the buffer it is fixed + (see ) to ensure that + any data referenced by the event will be valid when the buffer + is processed. + + + + + + Sends the contents of the buffer. + + The first logging event. + The buffer containing the events that need to be sent. + + + The subclass must override . + + + + + + Sends the events. + + The events that need to be sent. + + + The subclass must override this method to process the buffered events. + + + + + + The default buffer size. + + + The default size of the cyclic buffer used to store events. + This is set to 512 by default. + + + + + The cyclic buffer used to store the logging events. + + + + + The events delivered to the subclass must be fixed. + + + + + Buffers events and then forwards them to attached appenders. + + + + The events are buffered in this appender until conditions are + met to allow the appender to deliver the events to the attached + appenders. See for the + conditions that cause the buffer to be sent. + + The forwarding appender can be used to specify different + thresholds and filters for the same appender at different locations + within the hierarchy. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Closes the appender and releases resources. + + + + Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + + + + Send the events. + + The events that need to be sent. + + + Forwards the events to the attached appenders. + + + + + + Adds an to the list of appenders of this + instance. + + The to add to this appender. + + + If the specified is already in the list of + appenders, then it won't be added again. + + + + + + Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an + . + + + If no appenders can be found, then an + is returned. + + + A collection of the appenders in this appender. + + + + + Looks for the appender with the specified name. + + The name of the appender to lookup. + + The appender with the specified name, or null. + + + + + Removes all previously added appenders from this appender. + + + + This is useful when re-reading configuration information. + + + + + + Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders. + + The appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + Implementation of the interface + + + + + Appends logging events to the console. + + + + ColoredConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream + or the error output stream using a layout specified by the + user. It also allows the color of a specific type of message to be set. + + + By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream. + The property can be set to direct the output to the + error stream. + + + NOTE: This appender writes directly to the application's attached console + not to the System.Console.Out or System.Console.Error TextWriter. + The System.Console.Out and System.Console.Error streams can be + programmatically redirected (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). + This appender will ignore these redirections because it needs to use Win32 + API calls to colorize the output. To respect these redirections the + must be used. + + + When configuring the colored console appender, mapping should be + specified to map a logging level to a color. For example: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any + combination of the following values: + + Blue + Green + Red + White + Yellow + Purple + Cyan + HighIntensity + + + + Rick Hobbs + Nicko Cadell + + + + The enum of possible color values for use with the color mapping method + + + + The following flags can be combined to form the colors. + + + + + + + color is blue + + + + + color is green + + + + + color is red + + + + + color is white + + + + + color is yellow + + + + + color is purple + + + + + color is cyan + + + + + color is intensified + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The instance of the class is set up to write + to the standard output stream. + + + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + + + Add a mapping of level to color - done by the config file + + The mapping to add + + + Add a mapping to this appender. + Each mapping defines the foreground and background colors + for a level. + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the event to the console. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Initializes the options for this appender. + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard output stream. + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard error output stream. + + + + + Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream + + + + + Mapping from level object to color value + + + + + The console output stream writer to write to + + + + This writer is not thread safe. + + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the color it should be displayed as. + + + + Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in. + + + + + + The mapped foreground color for the specified level + + + + + The mapped background color for the specified level + + + + + Initialize the options for the object + + + + Combine the and together. + + + + + + The combined and suitable for + setting the console color. + + + + + Appends logging events to the console. + + + + ConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream + or the error output stream using a layout specified by the + user. + + + By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream. + The property can be set to direct the output to the + error stream. + + + NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or + System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended. + Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender + (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired + behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The instance of the class is set up to write + to the standard output stream. + + + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the event to the console. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console standard output stream. + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console standard error output stream. + + + + + Appends log events to the system. + + + + The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners + are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the + class for details on configuring the + debug system. + + + Events are written using the + method. The event's logger name is passed as the value for the category name to the Write method. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will + flush at the end of each write. + + + The default behavior is to flush at the end of each + write. If the option is set tofalse, then the underlying + stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time. + + + Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results + in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety + trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is + skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not + be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high + price to pay even for a 20% performance gain. + + + + + + Formats the category parameter sent to the Debug method. + + + + Defaults to a with %logger as the pattern which will use the logger name of the current + as the category parameter. + + + + + + Flushes any buffered log data. + + The maximum time to wait for logging events to be flushed. + True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false. + + + + Writes the logging event to the system. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the logging event to the system. + If is true then the + is called. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Appends logging events to a file. + + + + Logging events are sent to the file specified by the property. + + + The file can be opened in either append or overwrite mode + by specifying the property. + If the file path is relative it is taken as relative from + the application base directory. The file encoding can be + specified by setting the property. + + + The layout's and + values will be written each time the file is opened and closed + respectively. If the property is + then the file may contain multiple copies of the header and footer. + + + This appender will first try to open the file for writing when + is called. This will typically be during configuration. + If the file cannot be opened for writing the appender will attempt + to open the file again each time a message is logged to the appender. + If the file cannot be opened for writing when a message is logged then + the message will be discarded by this appender. + + + The supports pluggable file locking models via + the property. + The default behavior, implemented by + is to obtain an exclusive write lock on the file until this appender is closed. + The alternative models only hold a + write lock while the appender is writing a logging event () + or synchronize by using a named system-wide Mutex (). + + + All locking strategies have issues and you should seriously consider using a different strategy that + avoids having multiple processes logging to the same file. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Rodrigo B. de Oliveira + Douglas de la Torre + Niall Daley + + + + Write only that uses the + to manage access to an underlying resource. + + + + + Write only that uses the + to manage access to an underlying resource. + + + + + Locking model base class + + + + Base class for the locking models available to the derived loggers. + + + + + + Open the output file + + The filename to use + Whether to append to the file, or overwrite + The encoding to use + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + No writes will be made until is called. + Must be called before any calls to , + and . + + + + + + Close the file + + + + Close the file. No further writes will be made. + + + + + + Initializes all resources used by this locking model. + + + + + Disposes all resources that were initialized by this locking model. + + + + + Acquire the lock on the file + + A stream that is ready to be written to, or null if there is no active stream because uninitialized or error. + + + Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it. + Returns a stream pointing to the file. + must be called to release the lock on the output file when the return + value is not null. + + + + + + Releases the lock on the file + + + + No further writes will be made to the stream until is called again. + + + + + + Gets or sets the for this LockingModel + + + The for this LockingModel + + + + The file appender this locking model is attached to and working on + behalf of. + + + The file appender is used to locate the security context and the error handler to use. + + + The value of this property will be set before is + called. + + + + + + Helper method that creates a FileStream under CurrentAppender's SecurityContext. + + + + Typically called during OpenFile or AcquireLock. + + + If the directory portion of the does not exist, it is created + via Directory.CreateDirectory. + + + + + + + + + + Helper method to close under CurrentAppender's SecurityContext. + + + Does not set to null. + + + + + + Hold an exclusive lock on the output file + + + + Open the file once for writing and hold it open until is called. + Maintains an exclusive lock on the file during this time. + + + + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + + The filename to use + Whether to append to the file, or overwrite + The encoding to use + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + No writes will be made until is called. + Must be called before any calls to , + and . + + + + + + Close the file + + + + Close the file. No further writes will be made. + + + + + + Acquire the lock on the file + + A stream that is ready to be written to. + + + Does nothing. The lock is already taken + + + + + + Release the lock on the file + + + + Does nothing. The lock will be released when the file is closed. + + + + + + Initializes all resources used by this locking model. + + + + + Disposes all resources that were initialized by this locking model. + + + + + Acquires the file lock for each write + + + + Opens the file once for each / cycle, + thus holding the lock for the minimal amount of time. This method of locking + is considerably slower than but allows + other processes to move/delete the log file whilst logging continues. + + + + + + Prepares to open the file when the first message is logged. + + The filename to use + Whether to append to the file, or overwrite + The encoding to use + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + No writes will be made until is called. + Must be called before any calls to , + and . + + + + + + Close the file + + + + Close the file. No further writes will be made. + + + + + + Acquire the lock on the file + + A stream that is ready to be written to. + + + Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it. + Return a stream pointing to the file. + must be called to release the lock on the output file. + + + + + + Release the lock on the file + + + + Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the + stream until is called again. + + + + + + Initializes all resources used by this locking model. + + + + + Disposes all resources that were initialized by this locking model. + + + + + Provides cross-process file locking. + + Ron Grabowski + Steve Wranovsky + + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + + The filename to use + Whether to append to the file, or overwrite + The encoding to use + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + No writes will be made until is called. + Must be called before any calls to , + - and . + + + + + + Close the file + + + + Close the file. No further writes will be made. + + + + + + Acquire the lock on the file + + A stream that is ready to be written to. + + + Does nothing. The lock is already taken + + + + + + Releases the lock and allows others to acquire a lock. + + + + + Initializes all resources used by this locking model. + + + + + Disposes all resources that were initialized by this locking model. + + + + + Hold no lock on the output file + + + + Open the file once and hold it open until is called. + Maintains no lock on the file during this time. + + + + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + + The filename to use + Whether to append to the file, or overwrite + The encoding to use + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + No writes will be made until is called. + Must be called before any calls to , + and . + + + + + + Close the file + + + + Close the file. No further writes will be made. + + + + + + Acquire the lock on the file + + A stream that is ready to be written to. + + + Does nothing. The lock is already taken + + + + + + Release the lock on the file + + + + Does nothing. The lock will be released when the file is closed. + + + + + + Initializes all resources used by this locking model. + + + + + Disposes all resources that were initialized by this locking model. + + + + + Default locking model (when no locking model was configured) + + + + + Specify default locking model + + Type of LockingModel + + + + Gets or sets the path to the file that logging will be written to. + + + The path to the file that logging will be written to. + + + + If the path is relative it is taken as relative from + the application base directory. + + + + + + Gets or sets a flag that indicates whether the file should be + appended to or overwritten. + + + Indicates whether the file should be appended to or overwritten. + + + + If the value is set to false then the file will be overwritten, if + it is set to true then the file will be appended to. + + The default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets used to write to the file. + + + The used to write to the file. + + + + The default encoding set is + which is the encoding for the system's current ANSI code page. + + + + + + Gets or sets the used to write to the file. + + + The used to write to the file. + + + + Unless a specified here for this appender + the is queried for the + security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context + of the current thread. + + + + + + Gets or sets the used to handle locking of the file. + + + The used to lock the file. + + + + Gets or sets the used to handle locking of the file. + + + There are three built in locking models, , and . + The first locks the file from the start of logging to the end, the + second locks only for the minimal amount of time when logging each message + and the last synchronizes processes using a named system-wide Mutex. + + + The default locking model is the . + + + + + + Activate the options on the file appender. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + This will cause the file to be opened. + + + + + + Closes any previously opened file and calls the parent's . + + + + Resets the filename and the file stream. + + + + + + Close this appender instance. The underlying stream or writer is also closed. + + + + + Called to initialize the file writer + + + + Will be called for each logged message until the file is + successfully opened. + + + + + + This method is called by the + method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists + and is writable. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + This method is called by the + method. + + The array of events to log. + + + Acquires the output file locks once before writing all the events to + the stream. + + + + + + Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + + + Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + + + Closes the underlying . + + + + Closes the underlying . + + + + + + Closes the previously opened file. + + + + Writes the to the file and then + closes the file. + + + + + + Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable. + + The path to the log file. Must be a fully qualified path. + If true will append to fileName. Otherwise will truncate fileName + + + Calls but guarantees not to throw an exception. + Errors are passed to the . + + + + + + Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable. + + The path to the log file. Must be a fully qualified path. + If true will append to fileName. Otherwise will truncate fileName + + + If there was already an opened file, then the previous file + is closed first. + + + This method will ensure that the directory structure + for the specified exists. + + + + + + Sets the quiet writer used for file output + + the file stream that has been opened for writing + + + This implementation of creates a + over the and passes it to the + method. + + + This method can be overridden by subclasses that want to wrap the + in some way, for example to encrypt the output + data using a System.Security.Cryptography.CryptoStream. + + + + + + Sets the quiet writer being used. + + the writer over the file stream that has been opened for writing + + + This method can be overridden by subclasses that want to + wrap the in some way. + + + + + + Convert a path into a fully qualified path. + + The path to convert. + The fully qualified path. + + + Converts the path specified to a fully + qualified path. If the path is relative it is + taken as relative from the application base + directory. + + + + + + The name of the log file. + + + + + The stream to log to. Has added locking semantics + + + + + The fully qualified type of the FileAppender class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + This appender forwards logging events to attached appenders. + + + + The forwarding appender can be used to specify different thresholds + and filters for the same appender at different locations within the hierarchy. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Closes the appender and releases resources. + + + + Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + + + + Forward the logging event to the attached appenders + + The event to log. + + + Delivers the logging event to all the attached appenders. + + + + + + Forward the logging events to the attached appenders + + The array of events to log. + + + Delivers the logging events to all the attached appenders. + + + + + + Adds an to the list of appenders of this + instance. + + The to add to this appender. + + + If the specified is already in the list of + appenders, then it won't be added again. + + + + + + Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an + . + + + If no appenders can be found, then an + is returned. + + + A collection of the appenders in this appender. + + + + + Looks for the appender with the specified name. + + The name of the appender to lookup. + + The appender with the specified name, or null. + + + + Get the named appender attached to this appender. + + + + + + Removes all previously added appenders from this appender. + + + + This is useful when re-reading configuration information. + + + + + + Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders. + + The appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + Implementation of the interface + + + + + Implement this interface for your own strategies for printing log statements. + + + + Implementors should consider extending the + class which provides a default implementation of this interface. + + + Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore + they would require that the method + be called after the appenders properties have been configured. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Closes the appender and releases resources. + + + + Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + + + + Log the logging event in Appender specific way. + + The event to log + + + This method is called to log a message into this appender. + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of this appender. + + The name of the appender. + + The name uniquely identifies the appender. + + + + + Interface for appenders that support bulk logging. + + + + This interface extends the interface to + support bulk logging of objects. Appenders + should only implement this interface if they can bulk log efficiently. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Log the array of logging events in Appender specific way. + + The events to log + + + This method is called to log an array of events into this appender. + + + + + + Interface that can be implemented by Appenders that buffer logging data and expose a method. + + + + + Flushes any buffered log data. + + + Appenders that implement the method must do so in a thread-safe manner: it can be called concurrently with + the method. + + Typically this is done by locking on the Appender instance, e.g.: + + + + + + The parameter is only relevant for appenders that process logging events asynchronously, + such as RemotingAppender. + + + The maximum time to wait for logging events to be flushed. + True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false. + + + + Interface for UDP connection management. + Only public for unit testing purposes. + Do not use outside of log4net. + Signatures may change without notice. + + + + + Establishes a default remote host using the specified host name and port number. + + The local port number + The remote host to which you intend send data. + The port number on the remote host to which you intend to send data. + + + + Sends a UDP datagram asynchronously to a remote host. + + An array of type System.Byte that specifies the UDP datagram that you intend to send represented as an array of bytes. + The number of bytes in the datagram. + Task for Completion + + + + Wrapper for to manage UDP connections. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance configured with the specified local port and remote address. + + A instance configured with the specified parameters. + + + + Logs events to a local syslog service. + + + + This appender uses the POSIX libc library functions openlog, syslog, and closelog. + If these functions are not available on the local system then this appender will not work! + + + The functions openlog, syslog, and closelog are specified in SUSv2 and + POSIX 1003.1-2001 standards. These are used to log messages to the local syslog service. + + + This appender talks to a local syslog service. If you need to log to a remote syslog + daemon and you cannot configure your local syslog service to do this you may be + able to use the to log via UDP. + + + Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity + is derived from the Level of the logging event. + The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog + values. The facilities list is predefined + and cannot be extended. + + + An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified + by setting the property. The identity (also know + as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the + identity is the application name (from ). + + + Rob Lyon + Nicko Cadell + + + + syslog severities + + + + The log4net Level maps to a syslog severity using the + method and the + class. The severity is set on . + + + + + + system is unusable + + + + + action must be taken immediately + + + + + critical conditions + + + + + error conditions + + + + + warning conditions + + + + + normal but significant condition + + + + + informational + + + + + debug-level messages + + + + + syslog facilities + + + + The syslog facility defines which subsystem the logging comes from. + This is set on the property. + + + + + + kernel messages + + + + + random user-level messages + + + + + mail system + + + + + system daemons + + + + + security/authorization messages + + + + + messages generated internally by syslogd + + + + + line printer subsystem + + + + + network news subsystem + + + + + UUCP subsystem + + + + + clock (cron/at) daemon + + + + + security/authorization messages (private) + + + + + ftp daemon + + + + + NTP subsystem + + + + + log audit + + + + + log alert + + + + + clock daemon + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + Message identity + + + + An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified + by setting the property. The identity (also known + as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the + identity is the application name (from ). + + + + + + Syslog facility + + + Set to one of the values. The list of + facilities is predefined and cannot be extended. The default value + is . + + + + + Add a mapping of level to severity + + The mapping to add + + + Adds a to this appender. + + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + Close the syslog when the appender is closed + + + + Close the syslog when the appender is closed + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity. + + A log4net level. + A syslog severity. + + + + Generate a syslog priority. + + The syslog facility. + The syslog severity. + A syslog priority. + + + + Marshaled handle to the identity string. We have to hold on to the + string as the openlog and syslog APIs just hold the + pointer to the ident and dereference it for each log message. + + + + + Mapping from level object to syslog severity + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the syslog severity that is should be logged at. + + + + + The mapped syslog severity for the specified level + + + + + Appends colorful logging events to the console, using .NET built-in capabilities. + + + + ManagedColoredConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream + or the error output stream using a layout specified by the + user. It also allows the color of a specific type of message to be set. + + + By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream. + The property can be set to direct the output to the + error stream. + + + When configuring the colored console appender, mappings should be + specified to map logging levels to colors. For example: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The Level is the standard log4net logging level while + ForeColor and BackColor are the values of + enumeration. + + + Based on the ColoredConsoleAppender + + + Rick Hobbs + Nicko Cadell + Pavlos Touboulidis + + + + Gets or sets the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + + Add a mapping of level to color - done by the config file + + The mapping to add + + + Each mapping defines the foreground and background colors + for a level. + + + + + + Writes the event to the console. + + The event to log. + + + This method is called by the method. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Initializes the options for this appender. + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard output stream. + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard error output stream. + + + + + Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream + + + + + Mapping from level object to color value + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the color it should be displayed as. + + + + + The mapped foreground color for the specified level + + + + + Gets or sets the mapped background color for the specified level + + + + + Stores logging events in an array. + + + + The memory appender stores all the logging events + that are appended in an in-memory array. + + + Use the method to get + and clear the current list of events that have been appended. + + + Use the method to get the current + list of events that have been appended. Note there is a + race-condition when calling and + in pairs, you better use in that case. + + + Use the method to clear the + current list of events. Note there is a + race-condition when calling and + in pairs, you better use in that case. + + + Julian Biddle + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the events that have been logged. + + The events that have been logged + + + + Gets or sets the fields that will be fixed in the event + + + + The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values + captured before it can be buffered. See + for details. + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + the event to log + + Stores the in the events list. + + + + + Clear the list of events + + + Clear the list of events + + + + + Gets the events that have been logged and clears the list of events. + + The events that have been logged + + + + The list of events that have been appended. + + + + + Appends log events to the OutputDebugString system. + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Writes the logging event to the output debug string API + + the event to log + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Logs events to a remote syslog daemon. + + + + The BSD syslog protocol is used to remotely log to + a syslog daemon. The syslogd listens for messages + on UDP port 514. + + + The syslog UDP protocol is not authenticated. Most syslog daemons + do not accept remote log messages because of the security implications. + You may be able to use the LocalSyslogAppender to talk to a local + syslog service. + + + There is an RFC 3164 that claims to document the BSD Syslog Protocol. + This RFC can be seen here: http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc3164.html. + This appender generates what the RFC calls an "Original Device Message", + i.e. does not include the TIMESTAMP or HOSTNAME fields. By observation + this format of message will be accepted by all current syslog daemon + implementations. The daemon will attach the current time and the source + hostname or IP address to any messages received. + + + Syslog messages must have a facility and a severity. The severity + is derived from the Level of the logging event. + The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog + values. The facilities list is predefined + and cannot be extended. + + + An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified + by setting the property. The identity (also known + as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the + identity is the application name (from ). + + + Rob Lyon + Nicko Cadell + + + + Syslog port 514 + + + + + syslog severities + + + + The syslog severities. + + + + + + system is unusable + + + + + action must be taken immediately + + + + + critical conditions + + + + + error conditions + + + + + warning conditions + + + + + normal but significant condition + + + + + informational + + + + + debug-level messages + + + + + syslog facilities + + + + The syslog facilities + + + + + + kernel messages + + + + + random user-level messages + + + + + mail system + + + + + system daemons + + + + + security/authorization messages + + + + + messages generated internally by syslogd + + + + + line printer subsystem + + + + + network news subsystem + + + + + UUCP subsystem + + + + + clock (cron/at) daemon + + + + + security/authorization messages (private) + + + + + ftp daemon + + + + + NTP subsystem + + + + + log audit + + + + + log alert + + + + + clock daemon + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + This instance of the class is set up to write + to a remote syslog daemon. + + + + + Message identity + + + + An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified + by setting the property. The identity (also known + as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the + identity is the application name (from ). + + + + + + Syslog facility + + + Set to one of the values. The list of + facilities is predefined and cannot be extended. The default value + is . + + + + + Gets or sets the delegate used to create instances of . + + + + + Add a mapping of level to severity + + The mapping to add + + + Add a mapping to this appender. + + + + + + Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon. + + The event to log. + + + This method is called by the method. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + Appends the rendered message to the buffer + + rendered message + index of the current character in the message + buffer + + + + Initialize the options for this appender + + + + Initialize the level to syslog severity mappings set on this appender. + + + + + + Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity. + + A log4net level. + A syslog severity. + + + + Generate a syslog priority. + + The syslog facility. + The syslog severity. + A syslog priority. + + + Generate a syslog priority. + + + + + + Mapping from level object to syslog severity + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the syslog severity that it should be logged at. + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the syslog severity that it should be logged at. + + + + + + The mapped syslog severity for the specified level + + + + Required property. + + + + + + + + + Appender that rolls log files based on size or date or both. + + + + RollingFileAppender can roll log files based on size or date or both + depending on the setting of the property. + When set to the log file will be rolled + once its size exceeds the . + When set to the log file will be rolled + once the date boundary specified in the property + is crossed. + When set to the log file will be + rolled once the date boundary specified in the property + is crossed, but within a date boundary the file will also be rolled + once its size exceeds the . + When set to the log file will be rolled when + the appender is configured. This effectively means that the log file can be + rolled once per program execution. + + + The following additional features have been added: + + Attach date pattern for current log file + Backup number increments for newer files + Infinite number of backups by file size + + + + + + For large or infinite numbers of backup files a + greater than zero is highly recommended, otherwise all the backup files need + to be renamed each time a new backup is created. + + + When Date/Time based rolling is used setting + to will reduce the number of file renamings to a few or none. + + + + + + Changing or without clearing + the log file directory of backup files will cause unexpected and unwanted side effects. + + + + + If Date/Time based rolling is enabled this appender will attempt to roll existing files + in the directory without a Date/Time tag based on the last write date of the base log file. + The appender only rolls the log file when a message is logged. If Date/Time based rolling + is enabled then the appender will not roll the log file at the Date/Time boundary but + at the point when the next message is logged after the boundary has been crossed. + + + + The extends the and + has the same behavior when opening the log file. + The appender will first try to open the file for writing when + is called. This will typically be during configuration. + If the file cannot be opened for writing the appender will attempt + to open the file again each time a message is logged to the appender. + If the file cannot be opened for writing when a message is logged then + the message will be discarded by this appender. + + + When rolling a backup file necessitates deleting an older backup file the + file to be deleted is moved to a temporary name before being deleted. + + + + + A maximum number of backup files when rolling on date/time boundaries is not supported. + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Aspi Havewala + Douglas de la Torre + Edward Smit + + + + Style of rolling to use + + + + + Roll files once per program execution + + + + Roll files once per program execution. + Well really once each time this appender is configured. + + + Setting this option also sets AppendToFile to on the + , otherwise this appender would just be a normal file appender. + + + + + + Roll files based only on the size of the file + + + + + Roll files based only on the date + + + + + Roll files based on both the size and date of the file + + + + + The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence. + + + + + + + Roll the log not based on the date + + + + + Roll the log for each minute + + + + + Roll the log for each hour + + + + + Roll the log twice a day (midday and midnight) + + + + + Roll the log each day (midnight) + + + + + Roll the log each week + + + + + Roll the log each month + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Cleans up all resources used by this appender. + + + + + Gets or sets the strategy for determining the current date and time. The default + implementation is to use LocalDateTime which internally calls through to DateTime.Now. + DateTime.UtcNow may be used on frameworks newer than .NET 1.0 by specifying + . + + + An implementation of the interface which returns the current date and time. + + + + Gets or sets the used to return the current date and time. + + + There are two built strategies for determining the current date and time, + + and . + + + The default strategy is . + + + + + + Gets or sets the date pattern to be used for generating file names + when rolling over on date. + + + The date pattern to be used for generating file names when rolling + over on date. + + + + Takes a string in the same format as expected by + . + May be set to null to disable date formatting. + + + This property determines the rollover schedule when rolling over + on date. + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of backup files that are kept before + the oldest is erased. + + + The maximum number of backup files that are kept before the oldest is + erased. + + + + If set to zero, then there will be no backup files and the log file + will be truncated when it reaches . + + + If a negative number is supplied then no deletions will be made. Note + that this could result in very slow performance as a large number of + files are rolled over unless is used. + + + The maximum applies to each time based group of files and + not the total. + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach + before being rolled over to backup files. + + + The maximum size in bytes that the output file is allowed to reach before being + rolled over to backup files. + + + + This property is equivalent to except + that it is required for differentiating the setter taking a + argument from the setter taking a + argument. + + + The default maximum file size is 10MB (10*1024*1024). + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach + before being rolled over to backup files. + + + The maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach before being + rolled over to backup files. + + + + This property allows you to specify the maximum size with the + suffixes "KB", "MB" or "GB" so that the size is interpreted being + expressed respectively in kilobytes, megabytes or gigabytes. + + + For example, the value "10KB" will be interpreted as 10240 bytes. + + + The default maximum file size is 10MB. + + + If you have the option to set the maximum file size programmatically + consider using the property instead as this + allows you to set the size in bytes as a . + + + + + + Gets or sets the rolling file count direction. + + + The rolling file count direction. + + + + Indicates if the current file is the lowest numbered file or the + highest numbered file. + + + By default, newer files have lower numbers ( < 0), + i.e. log.1 is most recent, log.5 is the 5th backup, etc... + + + >= 0 does the opposite i.e. + log.1 is the first backup made, log.5 is the 5th backup made, etc. + For infinite backups use >= 0 to reduce + rollover costs. + + The default file count direction is -1. + + + + + Gets or sets the rolling style. + + The rolling style. + + + The default rolling style is . + + + When set to this appender's + property is set to , otherwise + the appender would append to a single file rather than rolling + the file each time it is opened. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to preserve the file name extension when rolling. + + + if the file name extension should be preserved. + + + + By default, file.log is rolled to file.log.yyyy-MM-dd or file.log.curSizeRollBackup. + However, under Windows the new file name will lose any program associations as the + extension is changed. Optionally file.log can be renamed to file.yyyy-MM-dd.log or + file.curSizeRollBackup.log to maintain any program associations. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to always log to + the same file. + + + if always should be logged to the same file, otherwise . + + + + By default, file.log is always the current file. Optionally + file.log.yyyy-mm-dd for current formatted datePattern can by the currently + logging file (or file.log.curSizeRollBackup or even + file.log.yyyy-mm-dd.curSizeRollBackup). + + + This will make time based rollovers with a large number of backups + much faster as the appender it won't have to rename all the backups! + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the RollingFileAppender class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Sets the quiet writer being used. + + + This method can be overridden by subclasses. + + the writer to set + + + + Write out a logging event. + + the event to write to file. + + + Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks + if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second) + is need and then appends to the file last. + + + + + + Write out an array of logging events. + + the events to write to file. + + + Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks + if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second) + is need and then appends to the file last. + + + + + + Performs any required rolling before outputting the next event + + + + Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks + if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second) + is need and then appends to the file last. + + + + + + Creates and opens the file for logging. If + is false then the fully qualified name is determined and used. + + the name of the file to open + true to append to existing file + + This method will ensure that the directory structure + for the specified exists. + + + + + Get the current output file name + + the base file name + the output file name + + The output file name is based on the base fileName specified. + If is set then the output + file name is the same as the base file passed in. Otherwise + the output file depends on the date pattern, on the count + direction or both. + + + + + Determines curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point) + + + + + Generates a wildcard pattern that can be used to find all files + that are similar to the base file name. + + + + + Builds a list of filenames for all files matching the base filename plus a file pattern. + + + + + Initiates a roll-over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run. + + + + + Initializes based on existing conditions at time of . + + + + Initializes based on existing conditions at time of . + The following is done + + determine curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point) + initiates a roll-over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run. + + + + + + + Does the work of bumping the 'current' file counter higher + to the highest count when an incremental file name is seen. + The highest count is either the first file (when count direction + is greater than 0) or the last file (when count direction less than 0). + In either case, we want to know the highest count that is present. + + + + + + + Attempts to extract a number from the end of the file name that indicates + the number of the times the file has been rolled over. + + + Certain date pattern extensions like yyyyMMdd will be parsed as valid backup indexes. + + + + + Takes a list of files and a base file name, and looks for 'incremented' versions of the base file. + Bumps the max count up to the highest count seen. + + + + + Calculates the RollPoint for the datePattern supplied. + + the date pattern to calculate the check period for + The RollPoint that is most accurate for the date pattern supplied + + Essentially the date pattern is examined to determine what the + most suitable roll point is. The roll point chosen is the roll point + with the smallest period that can be detected using the date pattern + supplied. i.e. if the date pattern only outputs the year, month, day + and hour then the smallest roll point that can be detected would be + and hourly roll point as minutes could not be detected. + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + Sets initial conditions including date/time roll over information, first check, + scheduledFilename, and calls to initialize + the current number of backups. + + + + + + CombinePath + + + .1, .2, .3, etc. + + + + + Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s). + + set to true if the file to be rolled is currently open + + + Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s). + Resets curSizeRollBackups. + If fileIsOpen is set then the new file is opened (through SafeOpenFile). + + + + + + Renames file to file . + + Name of existing file to roll. + New name for file. + + + Renames file to file . It + also checks for existence of target file and deletes if it does. + + + + + + Test if a file exists at a specified path + + the path to the file + true if the file exists + + + Test if a file exists at a specified path + + + + + + Deletes the specified file if it exists. + + The file to delete. + + + Delete a file if it exists. + The file is first moved to a new filename then deleted. + This allows the file to be removed even when it cannot + be deleted, but it still can be moved. + + + + + + Implements file roll base on file size. + + + + If the maximum number of size based backups is reached + (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups) then the oldest + file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection. + If countDirection < 0, then files + {File.1, ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1} + are renamed to {File.2, ..., + File.curSizeRollBackups}. Moreover, File is + renamed File.1 and closed. + + + A new file is created to receive further log output. + + + If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the + File is truncated with no backup files created. + + + If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is + renamed if needed and no files are deleted. + + + + + + Implements file roll. + + the base name to rename + + + If the maximum number of size based backups is reached + (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups) then the oldest + file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection. + If countDirection < 0, then files + {File.1, ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1} + are renamed to {File.2, ..., + File.curSizeRollBackups}. + + + If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the + File is truncated with no backup files created. + + + If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is + renamed if needed and no files are deleted. + + + This is called by to rename the files. + + + + + + Get the start time of the next window for the current roll point + + the current date + the type of roll point we are working with + the start time for the next roll point an interval after the currentDateTime date + + + Returns the date of the next roll point after the currentDateTime date passed to the method. + + + The basic strategy is to subtract the time parts that are less significant + than the roll point from the current time. This should roll the time back to + the start of the time window for the current roll point. Then we add 1 window + worth of time and get the start time of the next window for the roll point. + + + + + + The actual formatted filename that is currently being written to + or will be the file transferred to on roll over + (based on staticLogFileName). + + + + + The timestamp when we shall next recompute the filename. + + + + + Holds date of last roll over + + + + + The type of rolling done + + + + + How many sized based backups have been made so far + + + + + The rolling mode used in this appender. + + + + + Cache flag set if we are rolling by date. + + + + + Cache flag set if we are rolling by size. + + + + + FileName provided in configuration. Used for rolling properly + + + + + A mutex that is used to lock rolling of files. + + + + + The 1st of January 1970 in UTC + + + + + This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the . + + + This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the . + Used primarily to allow test classes to plug themselves in so they can + supply test date/times. + + + + + Gets the current time. + + The current time. + + + Gets the current time. + + + + + + Default implementation of that returns the current time. + + + + + Gets the current time. + + The current time. + + + Gets the current time. + + + + + + Implementation of that returns the current time as the coordinated universal time (UTC). + + + + + Gets the current time. + + The current time. + + + Gets the current time. + + + + + + Send an e-mail when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors + or fatal errors. + + + + The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on + the value of option. The + keeps only the last + logging events in its + cyclic buffer. This keeps memory requirements at a reasonable level while + still delivering useful application context. + + + Authentication is supported by setting the property to + either or . + If using authentication then the + and properties must also be set. + + + To set the SMTP server port use the property. The default port is 25. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default constructor + + + + Default constructor + + + + + + Gets or sets a comma-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses. + + + + + Gets or sets a comma-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses + that will be carbon copied. + + + + + Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses + that will be blind carbon copied. + + + A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses. + + + + A semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses. + + + + + + Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender. + + + The e-mail address of the sender. + + + + The e-mail address of the sender. + + + + + + Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message. + + + The subject line of the e-mail message. + + + + The subject line of the e-mail message. + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the SMTP relay mail server to use to send + the e-mail messages. + + + The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the + name of the local SMTP server is used. + + + + The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the + name of the local SMTP server is used. + + + + + + The mode to use to authentication with the SMTP server + + + + Valid Authentication mode values are: , + , and . + The default value is . When using + you must specify the + and to use to authenticate. + When using the Windows credentials for the current + thread, if impersonating, or the process will be used to authenticate. + + + + + + The username to use to authenticate with the SMTP server + + + + A and must be specified when + is set to , + otherwise the username will be ignored. + + + + + + The password to use to authenticate with the SMTP server + + + + A and must be specified when + is set to , + otherwise the password will be ignored. + + + + + + The port on which the SMTP server is listening + + + + The port on which the SMTP server is listening. The default + port is 25. + + + + + + Gets or sets the priority of the e-mail message + + + One of the values. + + + + Sets the priority of the e-mails generated by this + appender. The default priority is . + + + If you are using this appender to report errors then + you may want to set the priority to . + + + + + + Enable or disable use of SSL when sending e-mail message + + + This is available on MS .NET 2.0 runtime and higher + + + + + Gets or sets the reply-to e-mail address. + + + + + Gets or sets the subject encoding to be used. + + + The default encoding is the operating system's current ANSI codepage. + + + + + Gets or sets the body encoding to be used. + + + The default encoding is the operating system's current ANSI codepage. + + + + + Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message. + + The logging events to send. + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Send the email message + + the body text to include in the mail + + + + Values for the property. + + + + SMTP authentication modes. + + + + + + No authentication + + + + + Basic authentication. + + + Requires a username and password to be supplied + + + + + Integrated authentication + + + Uses the Windows credentials from the current thread or process to authenticate. + + + + + Trims leading and trailing commas or semicolons + + + + + Send an email when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors + or fatal errors. Rather than sending via smtp it writes a file into the + directory specified by . This allows services such + as the IIS SMTP agent to manage sending the messages. + + + + The configuration for this appender is identical to that of the SMTPAppender, + except that instead of specifying the SMTPAppender.SMTPHost you specify + . + + + The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on + the value of option. The + keeps only the last + logging events in its + cyclic buffer. This keeps memory requirements at a reasonable level while + still delivering useful application context. + + + Niall Daley + Nicko Cadell + + + + Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses. + + + + + Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender. + + + + + Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message. + + + + + Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. + + + + Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. This should be the same + as that used by the agent sending the messages. + + + + + + Gets or sets the file extension for the generated files + + + + + Gets or sets the used to write to the pickup directory. + + + The used to write to the pickup directory. + + + + Unless a specified here for this appender + the is queried for the + security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context + of the current thread. + + + + + + Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message. + + The logging events to send. + + + Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message. + + + + + + Activate the options on this appender. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Convert a path into a fully qualified path. + + The path to convert. + The fully qualified path. + + + Converts the path specified to a fully + qualified path. If the path is relative it is + taken as relative from the application base + directory. + + + + + + Appender that allows clients to connect via Telnet to receive log messages + + + + The TelnetAppender accepts socket connections and streams logging messages back to the client. + The output is provided in a telnet-friendly way so that a log can be monitored over a TCP/IP socket. + This allows simple remote monitoring of application logging. + + + The default is 23 (the telnet port). + + + Keith Long + Nicko Cadell + + + + The fully qualified type of the TelnetAppender class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Gets or sets the TCP port number on which this will listen for connections. + + + An integer value in the range to + indicating the TCP port number on which this will listen for connections. + + + + The default value is 23 (the telnet port). + + + The value specified is less than + or greater than . + + + + Overrides the parent method to close the socket handler + + + + Closes all the outstanding connections. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Create the socket handler and wait for connections + + + + + Writes the logging event to each connected client. + + The event to log. + + + + Helper class to manage connected clients + + + + The SocketHandler class is used to accept connections from clients. + It is threaded so that clients can connect/disconnect asynchronously. + + + + + + Class that represents a client connected to this handler + + + + + Create this for the specified + + the client's socket + + + Opens a stream writer on the socket. + + + + + + Writes a string to the client. + + string to send + + + + Cleans up the client connection. + + + + + Opens a new server port on + + the local port to listen on for connections + + + Creates a socket handler on the specified local server port. + + + + + + Sends a string message to each of the connected clients. + + the text to send + + + + Add a client to the internal clients list + + client to add + + + + Remove a client from the internal clients list + + client to remove + + + + Test if this handler has active connections + + + + + Callback used to accept a connection on the server socket + + The result of the asynchronous operation + + + On connection adds to the list of connections + if there are too many open connections you will be disconnected + + + + + + Closes all network connections + + + + + Sends logging events to a . + + + + An Appender that writes to a . + + + This appender may be used stand alone if initialized with an appropriate + writer, however it is typically used as a base class for an appender that + can open a to write to. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Douglas de la Torre + + + + Gets or set whether the appender will flush at the end + of each append operation. + + + + The default behavior is to flush at the end of each + append operation. + + + If this option is set to false, then the underlying + stream can defer persisting the logging event to a later + time. + + + + Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results in + a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is a safety + trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is + skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not + be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high + price to pay even for a 20% performance gain. + + + + + Sets the where the log output will go. + + + + The specified must be open and writable. + + + The will be closed when the appender + instance is closed. + + + Note: Logging to an unopened will fail. + + + + + + This method determines if there is a sense in attempting to append. + + + + This method checks if an output target has been set and if a + layout has been set. + + + false if any of the preconditions fail. + + + + This method is called by the + method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists + and is writable. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + This method is called by the + method. + + The array of events to log. + + + This method writes all the bulk logged events to the output writer + before flushing the stream. + + + + + + Close this appender instance. The underlying stream or writer is also closed. + + + Closed appenders cannot be reused. + + + + + Gets or set the and the underlying + , if any, for this appender. + + + The for this appender. + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Writes the footer and closes the underlying . + + + + + Closes the underlying . + + + + + Clears internal references to the underlying + and other variables. + + + + Subclasses can override this method for an alternate closing behavior. + + + + + + Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + + + Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + + + Called to allow a subclass to lazily initialize the writer + + + + This method is called when an event is logged and the or + have not been set. This allows a subclass to + attempt to initialize the writer multiple times. + + + + + + Gets or sets the where logging events + will be written to. + + + The where logging events are written. + + + + This is the where logging events + will be written to. + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the TextWriterAppender class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Flushes any buffered log data. + + The maximum time to wait for logging events to be flushed. + True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false. + + + + Appends log events to the system. + + + + The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners + are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the + class for details on configuring the + trace system. + + + Events are written using the System.Diagnostics.Trace.Write(string,string) + method. The event's logger name is the default value for the category parameter + of the Write method. + + + Compact Framework
+ The Compact Framework does not support the + class for any operation except Assert. When using the Compact Framework this + appender will write to the system rather than + the Trace system. This appender will therefore behave like the . + + + Douglas de la Torre + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Ron Grabowski + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will + flush at the end of each write. + + + The default behavior is to flush at the end of each + write. If the option is set tofalse, then the underlying + stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time. + + + Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results + in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety + trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is + skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not + be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high + price to pay even for a 20% performance gain. + + + + + + The category parameter sent to the Trace method. + + + + Defaults to %logger which will use the logger name of the current + as the category parameter. + + + + + + Writes the logging event to the system. + + The event to log. + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Flushes any buffered log data. + + The maximum time to wait for logging events to be flushed. + True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false. + + + + Sends logging events as connectionless UDP datagrams to a remote host or a + multicast group using an . + + + + UDP guarantees neither that messages arrive, nor that they arrive in the correct order. + + + To view the logging results, a custom application can be developed that listens for logging + events. + + + When decoding events send via this appender remember to use the same encoding + to decode the events as was used to send the events. See the + property to specify the encoding to use. + + + + This example shows how to log receive logging events that are sent + on IP address 244.0.0.1 and port 8080 to the console. The event is + encoded in the packet as a unicode string and it is decoded as such. + + IPEndPoint remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0); + UdpClient udpClient; + byte[] buffer; + string loggingEvent; + + try + { + udpClient = new UdpClient(8080); + + while(true) + { + buffer = udpClient.Receive(ref remoteEndPoint); + loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer); + Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent); + } + } + catch(Exception e) + { + Console.WriteLine(e.ToString()); + } + + + Dim remoteEndPoint as IPEndPoint + Dim udpClient as UdpClient + Dim buffer as Byte() + Dim loggingEvent as String + + Try + remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0) + udpClient = new UdpClient(8080) + + While True + buffer = udpClient.Receive(ByRef remoteEndPoint) + loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer) + Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent) + Wend + Catch e As Exception + Console.WriteLine(e.ToString()) + End Try + + + An example configuration section to log information using this appender to the + IP 224.0.0.1 on port 8080: + + + + + + + + + + Gert Driesen + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values. + + + + + Gets or sets the IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which + the underlying should sent the logging event. + + + The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event + will be sent. + + + + Multicast addresses are identified by IP class D addresses (in the range 224.0.0.0 to + 239.255.255.255). Multicast packets can pass across different networks through routers, so + it is possible to use multicasts in an Internet scenario as long as your network provider + supports multicasting. + + + Hosts that want to receive particular multicast messages must register their interest by joining + the multicast group. Multicast messages are not sent to networks where no host has joined + the multicast group. Class D IP addresses are used for multicast groups, to differentiate + them from normal host addresses, allowing nodes to easily detect if a message is of interest. + + + Static multicast addresses that are needed globally are assigned by IANA. A few examples are listed in the table below: + + + + + IP Address + Description + + + 224.0.0.1 + + + Sends a message to all system on the subnet. + + + + + 224.0.0.2 + + + Sends a message to all routers on the subnet. + + + + + 224.0.0.12 + + + The DHCP server answers messages on the IP address 224.0.0.12, but only on a subnet. + + + + + + + A complete list of actually reserved multicast addresses and their owners in the ranges + defined by RFC 3171 can be found at the IANA web site. + + + The address range 239.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 is reserved for administrative scope-relative + addresses. These addresses can be reused with other local groups. Routers are typically + configured with filters to prevent multicast traffic in this range from flowing outside + of the local network. + + + + + + Gets or sets the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which + the underlying should sent the logging event. + + + An integer value in the range to + indicating the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event + will be sent. + + + The underlying will send messages to this TCP port number + on the remote host or multicast group. + + The value specified is less than or greater than . + + + + Gets or sets the TCP port number from which the underlying will communicate. + + + An integer value in the range to + indicating the TCP port number from which the underlying will communicate. + + + + The underlying will bind to this port for sending messages. + + + Setting the value to 0 (the default) will cause the udp client not to bind to + a local port. + + + The value specified is less than or greater than . + + + + Gets or sets used to write the packets. + + + The used to write the packets. + + + + The used to write the packets. + + + + + + Gets or sets the underlying . + + + The underlying . + + + creates a to send logging events + over a network. Classes deriving from can use this + property to get or set this . Use the underlying + returned from if you require access beyond that which + provides. + + + + + Gets or sets the cached remote endpoint to which the logging events should be sent. + + + The method will initialize the remote endpoint + with the values of the and + properties. + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + The appender will be ignored if no was specified or + an invalid remote or local TCP port number was specified. + + + The required property was not specified. + The TCP port number assigned to or is less than or greater than . + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Sends the event using an UDP datagram. + + + Exceptions are passed to the . + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + Closes the UDP connection and releases all resources associated with + this instance. + + + + Disables the underlying and releases all managed + and unmanaged resources associated with the . + + + + + + Initializes the underlying connection. + + + + The underlying is initialized and binds to the + port number from which you intend to communicate. + + + Exceptions are passed to the . + + + + + + The TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to + which the logging event will be sent. + + + + + The TCP port number from which the will communicate. + + + + + Assembly level attribute that specifies a repository to alias to this assembly's repository. + + + + An assembly's logger repository is defined by its , + however this can be overridden by an assembly loaded before the target assembly. + + + An assembly can alias another assembly's repository to its repository by + specifying this attribute with the name of the target repository. + + + This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used + as many times as necessary to alias all the required repositories. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified repository to alias to this assembly's repository. + + The repository to alias to this assemby's repository. + + + + Gets or sets the repository to alias to this assemby's repository. + + + + + Use this class to quickly configure a . + + + + Allows very simple programmatic configuration of log4net. + + + Only one appender can be configured using this configurator. + The appender is set at the root of the hierarchy and all logging + events will be delivered to that appender. + + + Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore + they would require that the method + be called after the appenders properties have been configured. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + The fully qualified type of the BasicConfigurator class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Initializes the log4net system with a default configuration. + + + + Initializes the log4net logging system using a + that will write to Console.Out. The log messages are + formatted using the layout object + with the + layout style. + + + + + + Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders. + + The appenders to use to log all logging events. + + + Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders. + + + + + + Initializes the with a default configuration. + + The repository to configure. + + + Initializes the specified repository using a + that will write to Console.Out. The log messages are + formatted using the layout object + with the + layout style. + + + + + + Initializes the using the specified appenders. + + The repository to configure. + The appenders to use to log all logging events. + + + Initializes the using the specified appender. + + + + + + Base class for all log4net configuration attributes. + + + This is an abstract class that must be extended by + specific configurators. This attribute allows the + configurator to be parameterized by an assembly level + attribute. + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor used by subclasses. + + the ordering priority for this configurator + + + The is used to order the configurator + attributes before they are invoked. Higher priority configurators are executed + before lower priority ones. + + + + + + Configures the for the specified assembly. + + The assembly that this attribute was defined on. + The repository to configure. + + + Abstract method implemented by a subclass. When this method is called + the subclass should configure the . + + + + + + Compare this instance to another ConfiguratorAttribute + + the object to compare to + see + + + Compares the priorities of the two instances. + Sorts by priority in descending order. Objects with the same priority are + randomly ordered. + + + + + + Class to register for the log4net section of the configuration file + + + The log4net section of the configuration file needs to have a section + handler registered. This is the section handler used. It simply returns + the XML element that is the root of the section. + + + Example of registering the log4net section handler : + + + +
+ + + log4net configuration XML goes here + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Parses the configuration section. + + The configuration settings in a corresponding parent configuration section. + The configuration context when called from the ASP.NET configuration system. Otherwise, this parameter is reserved and is a null reference. + The for the log4net section. + The for the log4net section. + + + Returns the containing the configuration data, + + + + + + Assembly level attribute that specifies a plugin to attach to + the repository. + + + + Specifies the type of a plugin to create and attach to the + assembly's repository. The plugin type must implement the + interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified type. + + The type name of plugin to create. + + + Create the attribute with the plugin type specified. + + + Where possible use the constructor that takes a . + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified type. + + The type of plugin to create. + + + Create the attribute with the plugin type specified. + + + + + + Gets or sets the type for the plugin. + + + + + Gets or sets the type name for the plugin. + + + + Where possible use the property instead. + + + + + + Creates the plugin object defined by this attribute. + + The plugin object. + + + + + + + Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging repository for the assembly. + + + + Assemblies are mapped to logging repository. This attribute specified + on the assembly controls + the configuration of the repository. The property specifies the name + of the repository that this assembly is a part of. The + specifies the type of the object + to create for the assembly. If this attribute is not specified or a + is not specified then the assembly will be part of the default shared logging repository. + + + This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used + once per assembly. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class + with the name of the repository. + + The name of the repository. + + + Initialize the attribute with the name for the assembly's repository. + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the logging repository. + + + The string name to use as the name of the repository associated with this + assembly. + + + + This value does not have to be unique. Several assemblies can share the + same repository. They will share the logging configuration of the repository. + + + + + + Gets or sets the type of repository to create for this assembly. + + + The type of repository to create for this assembly. + + + + The type of the repository to create for the assembly. + The type must implement the + interface. + + + This will be the type of repository created when + the repository is created. If multiple assemblies reference the + same repository then the repository is only created once using the + of the first assembly to call into the + repository. + + + + + + Assembly level attribute to configure the . + + the type of the provider to use + + + This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only + be used once per assembly. + + + Use this attribute to configure the + without calling one of the + methods. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Assembly level attribute to configure the . + + the type of the provider to use + + + This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only + be used once per assembly. + + + Use this attribute to configure the + without calling one of the + methods. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Gets or sets the type of the provider to use. + + + + The provider specified must subclass the + class. + + + + + + Configures the SecurityContextProvider + + The assembly that this attribute was defined on. + The repository to configure. + + + Creates a provider instance from the specified. + Sets this as the default security context provider . + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the SecurityContextProviderAttribute class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the log message. + + + + + Configures a using an XML tree. + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Automatically configures the using settings + stored in the application's configuration file. + + + + Each application has a configuration file. This has the + same name as the application with '.config' appended. + This file is XML and calling this function prompts the + configurator to look in that file for a section called + log4net that contains the configuration data. + + + To use this method to configure log4net you must specify + the section + handler for the log4net configuration section. See the + for an example. + + + The repository to configure. + + + + Automatically configures the log4net system based on the + application's configuration settings. + + + + Each application has a configuration file. This has the + same name as the application with '.config' appended. + This file is XML and calling this function prompts the + configurator to look in that file for a section called + log4net that contains the configuration data. + + + To use this method to configure log4net you must specify + the section + handler for the log4net configuration section. See the + for an example. + + + + + + + Configures log4net using a log4net element + + + + Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element + supplied as . + + + The element to parse. + + + + Configures log4net using the specified configuration file. + + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the log4net configuration data. + + + The log4net configuration file can possibly be specified in the application's + configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a + normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application). + + + The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the + configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify + a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will + complain. Set the type for the section handler to , for example: + + +
+ + + + + The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the + location is stored in the application's configuration file : + + + using log4net.Config; + using System.IO; + using System.Configuration; + + ... + + XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"])); + + + In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this : + + + + + + + + + + + + + Configures log4net using the specified configuration URI. + + A URI to load the XML configuration from. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the log4net configuration data. + + + The must support the URI scheme specified. + + + + + + Configures log4net using the specified configuration data stream. + + A stream to load the XML configuration from. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the log4net configuration data. + + + Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter. + + + + + + Configures the using the specified XML + element. + + + Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element + supplied as . + + The repository to configure. + The element to parse. + + + + Configures the using the specified configuration + file. + + The repository to configure. + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The log4net configuration file can possibly be specified in the application's + configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a + normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application). + + + The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the + configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify + a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will + complain. Set the type for the section handler to , for example: + + +
+ + + + + The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the + location is stored in the application's configuration file : + + + using log4net.Config; + using System.IO; + using System.Configuration; + + ... + + XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"])); + + + In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this : + + + + + + + + + + + + + Configures the using the specified configuration + URI. + + The repository to configure. + A URI to load the XML configuration from. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The must support the URI scheme specified. + + + + + + Configures the using the specified configuration + file. + + The repository to configure. + The stream to load the XML configuration from. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter. + + + + + + Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes + and reloads the configuration if a change is detected. + + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The configuration file will be monitored using a + and depends on the behavior of that class. + + + For more information on how to configure log4net using + a separate configuration file, see . + + + + + + + Configures the using the file specified, + monitors the file for changes and reloads the configuration if a change + is detected. + + The repository to configure. + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The configuration file will be monitored using a + and depends on the behavior of that class. + + + For more information on how to configure log4net using + a separate configuration file, see . + + + + + + + Class used to watch config files. + + + + Uses the to monitor + changes to a specified file. Because multiple change notifications + may be raised when the file is modified, a timer is used to + compress the notifications into a single event. The timer + waits for time before delivering + the event notification. If any further + change notifications arrive while the timer is waiting it + is reset and waits again for to + elapse. + + + + + + Holds the FileInfo used to configure the XmlConfigurator + + + + + Holds the repository being configured. + + + + + The timer used to compress the notification events. + + + + + The default amount of time to wait after receiving notification + before reloading the config file. + + + + + Watches file for changes. This object should be disposed when no longer + needed to free system handles on the watched resources. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class to + watch a specified config file used to configure a repository. + + The repository to configure. + The configuration file to watch. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Event handler used by . + + The firing the event. + The argument indicates the file that caused the event to be fired. + + + This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired. + + + + + + Event handler used by . + + The firing the event. + The argument indicates the file that caused the event to be fired. + + + This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired. + + + + + + Called by the timer when the configuration has been updated. + + null + + + + Release the handles held by the watcher and timer. + + + + + Configures the specified repository using a log4net element. + + The hierarchy to configure. + The element to parse. + + + Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element + supplied as . + + + This method is ultimately called by one of the Configure methods + to load the configuration from an . + + + + + + Maps repository names to ConfigAndWatchHandler instances to allow a particular + ConfigAndWatchHandler to dispose of its FileSystemWatcher when a repository is + reconfigured. + + + + + The fully qualified type of the XmlConfigurator class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Assembly level attribute to configure the . + + + + This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only + be used once per assembly. + + + Use this attribute to configure the + without calling one of the + methods. + + + If neither of the or + properties are set the configuration is loaded from the application's .config file. + If set the property takes priority over the + property. The property + specifies a path to a file to load the config from. The path is relative to the + application's base directory; . + The property is used as a postfix to the assembly file name. + The config file must be located in the application's base directory; . + For example in a console application setting the to + config has the same effect as not specifying the or + properties. + + + The property can be set to cause the + to watch the configuration file for changes. + + + + Log4net will only look for assembly level configuration attributes once. + When using the log4net assembly level attributes to control the configuration + of log4net you must ensure that the first call to any of the + methods is made from the assembly with the configuration + attributes. + + + If you cannot guarantee the order in which log4net calls will be made from + different assemblies you must use programmatic configuration instead, i.e. + call the method directly. + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default constructor + + + + Default constructor + + + + + + Gets or sets the filename of the configuration file. + + + The filename of the configuration file. + + + + If specified, this is the name of the configuration file to use with + the . This file path is relative to the + application base directory (). + + + The takes priority over the . + + + + + + Gets or sets the extension of the configuration file. + + + + If specified this is the extension for the configuration file. + The path to the config file is built by using the application + base directory (), + the assembly file name and the config file extension. + + + If the is set to MyExt then + possible config file names would be: MyConsoleApp.exe.MyExt or + MyClassLibrary.dll.MyExt. + + + The takes priority over the . + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to watch the configuration file. + + + true if the configuration should be watched, false otherwise. + + + + If this flag is specified and set to true then the framework + will watch the configuration file and will reload the config each time + the file is modified. + + + The config file can only be watched if it is loaded from local disk. + In a No-Touch (Smart Client) deployment where the application is downloaded + from a web server the config file may not reside on the local disk + and therefore it may not be able to watch it. + + + Watching configuration is not supported on the SSCLI. + + + + + + Configures the for the specified assembly. + + The assembly that this attribute was defined on. + The repository to configure. + + + Configure the repository using the . + The specified must extend the + class otherwise the will not be able to + configure it. + + + The does not extend . + + + + Attempt to load configuration from the local file system + + The assembly that this attribute was defined on. + The repository to configure. + + + + Configure the specified repository using a + + The repository to configure. + the FileInfo pointing to the config file + + + + Attempt to load configuration from a URI + + The repository to configure. + + + + The fully qualified type of the XmlConfiguratorAttribute class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + The default implementation of the interface. + + + + Uses attributes defined on the calling assembly to determine how to + configure the hierarchy for the repository. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + + Event raised when a new repository is created. + The event source will be this selector. The event args will + be a which + holds the newly created . + + + + + + Creates a new repository selector. + + The type of the repositories to create, must implement + + + Create a new repository selector. + The default type for repositories must be specified, + an appropriate value would be . + + + is . + does not implement . + + + + Gets the for the specified assembly. + + The assembly use to look up the . + + + The type of the created and the repository + to create can be overridden by specifying the + attribute on the . + + + The default values are to use the + implementation of the interface and to use the + as the name of the repository. + + + The created will be automatically configured using + any attributes defined on + the . + + + The for the assembly + is . + + + + Gets the for the specified repository. + + The repository to use to look up the . + The for the specified repository. + + + Returns the named repository. If is null + a is thrown. If the repository + does not exist a is thrown. + + + Use to create a repository. + + + is . + does not exist. + + + + Creates a new repository for the assembly specified + + the assembly to use to create the repository to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + The repository created. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + The type of the created and + the repository to create can be overridden by specifying the + attribute on the + . The default values are to use the + implementation of the + interface and to use the + as the name of the repository. + + + The created will be automatically + configured using any + attributes defined on the . + + + If a repository for the already exists + that repository will be returned. An error will not be raised and that + repository may be of a different type to that specified in . + Also the attribute on the + assembly may be used to override the repository type specified in + . + + + is . + + + + Creates a new repository for the assembly specified. + + the assembly to use to create the repository to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + The name to assign to the created repository + Set to true to read and apply the assembly attributes + The repository created. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + The type of the created and + the repository to create can be overridden by specifying the + attribute on the + . The default values are to use the + implementation of the + interface and to use the + as the name of the repository. + + + The created will be automatically + configured using any + attributes defined on the . + + + If a repository for the already exists + that repository will be returned. An error will not be raised and that + repository may be of a different type to that specified in . + Also the attribute on the + assembly may be used to override the repository type specified in + . + + + is . + + + + Creates a new repository for the specified repository. + + The repository to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + If this param is then the default repository type is used. + The new repository. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same repository specified will return the same repository instance. + + + is . + already exists. + + + + Test if a named repository exists + + the named repository to check + true if the repository exists + + + Test if a named repository exists. Use + to create a new repository and to retrieve + a repository. + + + + + + Gets a list of objects + + an array of all known objects + + + Gets an array of all repositories created by this selector. + + + + + + Aliases a repository to an existing repository. + + The repository to alias. + The repository that the repository is aliased to. + + + The repository specified will be aliased to the repository when created. + The repository must not already exist. + + + When the repository is created it must utilize the same repository type as + the repository it is aliased to, otherwise the aliasing will fail. + + + + is . + -or- + is . + + + + + Notifies the registered listeners that the repository has been created. + + The repository that has been created. + + + Raises the event. + + + + + + Gets the repository name and repository type for the specified assembly. + + The assembly that has a . + in/out param to hold the repository name to use for the assembly, caller should set this to the default value before calling. + in/out param to hold the type of the repository to create for the assembly, caller should set this to the default value before calling. + is . + + + + Configures the repository using information from the assembly. + + The assembly containing + attributes which define the configuration for the repository. + The repository to configure. + + is . + -or- + is . + + + + + Loads the attribute defined plugins on the assembly. + + The assembly that contains the attributes. + The repository to add the plugins to. + + is . + -or- + is . + + + + + Loads the attribute defined aliases on the assembly. + + The assembly that contains the attributes. + The repository to alias to. + + is . + -or- + is . + + + + + The fully qualified type of the DefaultRepositorySelector class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Defined error codes that can be passed to the method. + + + + Values passed to the method. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + A general error + + + + + Error while writing output + + + + + Failed to flush file + + + + + Failed to close file + + + + + Unable to open output file + + + + + No layout specified + + + + + Failed to parse address + + + + + An evaluator that triggers on an Exception type + + + + This evaluator will trigger if the type of the Exception + passed to + is equal to a Type in . /// + + + Drew Schaeffer + + + + Default ctor to allow dynamic creation through a configurator. + + + + + Constructs an evaluator and initializes to trigger on + + the type that triggers this evaluator. + If true, this evaluator will trigger on subclasses of . + + + + The type that triggers this evaluator. + + + + + If true, this evaluator will trigger on subclasses of . + + + + + Is this the triggering event? + + The event to check + This method returns true, if the logging event Exception + Type is . + Otherwise it returns false + + + This evaluator will trigger if the Exception Type of the event + passed to + is . + + + + + + Flags passed to the property + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Fix the MDC + + + + + Fix the NDC + + + + + Fix the rendered message + + + + + Fix the thread name + + + + + Fix the callers location information + + + CAUTION: Very slow to generate + + + + + Fix the callers windows user name + + + CAUTION: Slow to generate + + + + + Fix the domain friendly name + + + + + Fix the callers principal name + + + CAUTION: May be slow to generate + + + + + Fix the exception text + + + + + Fix the event properties. Active properties must implement in order to be eligible for fixing. + + + + + No fields fixed + + + + + All fields fixed + + + + + Partial fields fixed + + + + This set of partial fields gives good performance. The following fields are fixed: + + + + + + + + + + + + + Interface for attaching appenders to objects. + + + + Interface for attaching, removing and retrieving appenders. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Attaches an appender. + + The appender to add. + + + Add the specified appender. The implementation may + choose to allow or deny duplicate appenders. + + + + + + Gets all attached appenders. + + + A collection of attached appenders. + + + + Gets a collection of attached appenders. + If there are no attached appenders the + implementation should return an empty + collection rather than null. + + + + + + Gets an attached appender with the specified name. + + The name of the appender to get. + + The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the + specified name is found. + + + + Returns an attached appender with the specified. + If no appender with the specified name is found null will be + returned. + + + + + + Removes all attached appenders. + + + + Removes and closes all attached appenders + + + + + + Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders. + + The appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + Appenders may delegate their error handling to an . + + + + Error handling is a particularly tedious to get right because by + definition errors are hard to predict and to reproduce. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as + a parameter. + + The message associated with the error. + The that was thrown when the error occurred. + The error code associated with the error. + + + Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as + a parameter. + + + + + + Prints the error message passed as a parameter. + + The message associated with the error. + The that was thrown when the error occurred. + + + See . + + + + + + Prints the error message passed as a parameter. + + The message associated with the error. + + + See . + + + + + + Interface for objects that require fixing. + + + + Interface that indicates that the object requires fixing before it + can be taken outside the context of the appender's + method. + + + When objects that implement this interface are stored + in the context properties maps + and + are fixed + (see ) the + method will be called. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Get a portable version of this object + + the portable instance of this object + + + Get a portable instance object that represents the current + state of this object. The portable object can be stored + and logged from any thread with identical results. + + + + + + Interface that all loggers implement to support logging events and testing if a level + is enabled for logging. + + + + These methods will not throw exceptions. Note to implementers, ensure + that the implementation of these methods cannot allow an exception + to be thrown to the caller. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the name of the logger. + + + + + Generates a logging event for the specified using + the and . + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The level of the message to be logged. + The message object to log. + the exception to log, including its stack trace. Pass null to not log an exception. + + + This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers. + + + + + + Logs the specified logging event through this logger. + + The event being logged. + + + This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used + by wrappers. + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for a given passed as parameter. + + The level to check. + + true if this logger is enabled for level, otherwise false. + + + + + Gets the where this + Logger instance is attached to. + + + + + Base interface for all wrappers + + + + Base interface for all wrappers. + + + All wrappers must implement this interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Gets the object that implements this object. + + + + + + The Logger object may not be the same object as this object because of logger decorators. + This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process the log events. + + + + + + Interface used to delay activate a configured object. + + + + This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all + options have been set. This is required for components which have + related options that remain ambiguous until all are set. + + + If a component implements this interface then the method + must be called by the container after its all the configured properties have been set + and before the component can be used. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Activate the options that were previously set with calls to properties. + + + + This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all + options have been set. This is required for components which have + related options that remain ambiguous until all are set. + + + If a component implements this interface then this method must be called + after its properties have been set before the component can be used. + + + + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications + + The which created the repository. + The event args + that holds the instance that has been created. + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications. + + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + the that has been created + + + A + event is raised every time a is created. + + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + the that has been created + + + A + event is raised every time a is created. + + + + + + The that has been created + + + The that has been created + + + + The that has been created + + + + + + Interface used by the to select the . + + + + The uses a + to specify the policy for selecting the correct + to return to the caller. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the for the specified assembly. + + The assembly to use to look up to the + The for the assembly. + + + Gets the for the specified assembly. + + + How the association between and + is made is not defined. The implementation may choose any method for + this association. The results of this method must be repeatable, i.e. + when called again with the same arguments the result must be the + save value. + + + + + + Gets the named . + + The name to use to look up to the . + The named + + Lookup a named . This is the repository created by + calling . + + + + + Creates a new repository for the assembly specified. + + The assembly to use to create the domain to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + The repository created. + + + The created will be associated with the domain + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + How the association between and + is made is not defined. The implementation may choose any method for + this association. + + + + + + Creates a new repository with the name specified. + + The name to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + The repository created. + + + The created will be associated with the name + specified such that a call to with the + same name will return the same repository instance. + + + + + + Test if a named repository exists + + the named repository to check + true if the repository exists + + + Test if a named repository exists. Use + to create a new repository and to retrieve + a repository. + + + + + + Gets an array of all currently defined repositories. + + + An array of the instances created by + this . + + + Gets an array of all repositories created by this selector. + + + + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + + Event raised when a new repository is created. + The event source will be this selector. The event args will + be a which + holds the newly created . + + + + + + Test if an triggers an action + + + + Implementations of this interface allow certain appenders to decide + when to perform an appender specific action. + + + The action or behavior triggered is defined by the implementation. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Test if this event triggers the action + + The event to check + true if this event triggers the action, otherwise false + + + Return true if this event triggers the action + + + + + + Defines the default set of levels recognized by the system. + + + + Each has an associated . + + + Levels have a numeric that defines the relative + ordering between levels. Two Levels with the same + are deemed to be equivalent. + + + The levels that are recognized by log4net are set for each + and each repository can have different levels defined. The levels are stored + in the on the repository. Levels are + looked up by name from the . + + + When logging at level INFO the actual level used is not but + the value of LoggerRepository.LevelMap["INFO"]. The default value for this is + , but this can be changed by reconfiguring the level map. + + + Each level has a in addition to its . The + is the string that is written into the output log. By default + the display name is the same as the level name, but this can be used to alias levels + or to localize the log output. + + + Some of the predefined levels recognized by the system are: + + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + Integer value for this level, higher values represent more severe levels. + The string name of this level. + The display name for this level. This may be localized or otherwise different from the name + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified level name and value. + + + + + + Constructor + + Integer value for this level, higher values represent more severe levels. + The string name of this level. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified level name and value. + + + + + + Serialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Gets the name of this level. + + + The name of this level. + + + + Gets the name of this level. + + + + + + Gets the value of this level. + + + + + Gets the display name of this level. + + + + + Returns the representation of the current + . + + + A representation of the current . + + + + Returns the level . + + + + + + + + + Compares levels. + + The object to compare against. + if the objects are equal. + + + + Returns a hash code + + A hash code for the current . + + + Returns a hash code suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data + structures like a hash table. + + + Returns the hash code of the level . + + + + + + + + + Compares this instance to a specified object and returns an + indication of their relative values. + + A instance or to compare with this instance. + + A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the + values compared. The return value has these meanings: + + + Value + Meaning + + + Less than zero + This instance is less than . + + + Zero + This instance is equal to . + + + Greater than zero + + This instance is greater than . + -or- + is . + + + + + + + must be an instance of + or ; otherwise, an exception is thrown. + + + + + + Serializes this object into the provided. + + The to populate with data. + The destination for this serialization. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a specified + is greater than another specified . + + A + A + + if is greater than + ; otherwise, . + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a specified + is less than another specified . + + A + A + + if is less than + ; otherwise, . + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a specified + is greater than or equal to another specified . + + A + A + + if is greater than or equal to + ; otherwise, . + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a specified + is less than or equal to another specified . + + A + A + + if is less than or equal to + ; otherwise, . + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether two specified + objects have the same value. + + A or . + A or . + + if the value of is the same as the + value of ; otherwise, . + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether two specified + objects have different values. + + A or . + A or . + + if the value of is different from + the value of ; otherwise, . + + + + + Compares two specified instances. + + The first to compare. + The second to compare. + + A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the + two values compared. The return value has these meanings: + + + Value + Meaning + + + Less than zero + is less than . + + + Zero + is equal to . + + + Greater than zero + is greater than . + + + + + + + The level designates a higher level than all the rest. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events. + System unusable, emergencies. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events. + System unusable, emergencies. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events + that will presumably lead the application to abort. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events. + Take immediate action, alerts. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events. + Critical condition, critical. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events. + + + + + The level designates error events that might + still allow the application to continue running. + + + + + The level designates potentially harmful + situations. + + + + + The level designates informational messages + that highlight the progress of the application at the highest level. + + + + + The level designates informational messages that + highlight the progress of the application at coarse-grained level. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates the lowest level possible. + + + + + A strongly-typed collection of objects. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Supports type-safe iteration over a . + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Creates a read-only wrapper for a LevelCollection instance. + + list to create a readonly wrapper arround + + A LevelCollection wrapper that is read-only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that is empty and has the default initial capacity. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that has the specified initial capacity. + + + The number of elements that the new LevelCollection is initially capable of storing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified LevelCollection. + + The LevelCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified array. + + The array whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified collection. + + The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified collection. + + The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Type visible only to our subclasses + Used to access protected constructor + + + + + A value + + + + + Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors + + + + + Gets the number of elements actually contained in the LevelCollection. + + + + + Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional + array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + + + + Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional + array, starting at the specified index of the target array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + The zero-based index in at which copying begins. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe). + + false, because the backing type is an array, which is never thread-safe. + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Adds a to the end of the LevelCollection. + + The to be added to the end of the LevelCollection. + The index at which the value has been added. + + + + Removes all elements from the LevelCollection. + + + + + Creates a shallow copy of the . + + A new with a shallow copy of the collection data. + + + + Determines whether a given is in the LevelCollection. + + The to check for. + true if is found in the LevelCollection; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a + in the LevelCollection. + + The to locate in the LevelCollection. + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of + in the entire LevelCollection, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + + Inserts an element into the LevelCollection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which should be inserted. + The to insert. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the LevelCollection. + + The to remove from the LevelCollection. + + The specified was not found in the LevelCollection. + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the LevelCollection. + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. + + true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the LevelCollection. + + An for the entire LevelCollection. + + + + Gets or sets the number of elements the LevelCollection can contain. + + + + + Adds the elements of another LevelCollection to the current LevelCollection. + + The LevelCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current LevelCollection. + The new of the LevelCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a array to the current LevelCollection. + + The array whose elements should be added to the end of the LevelCollection. + The new of the LevelCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a collection to the current LevelCollection. + + The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the LevelCollection. + The new of the LevelCollection. + + + + Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements. + + + + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Supports simple iteration over a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class. + + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + An evaluator that triggers at a threshold level + + the threshold to trigger at + + + This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event + passed to + is equal to or greater than the + level. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + An evaluator that triggers at a threshold level + + the threshold to trigger at + + + This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event + passed to + is equal to or greater than the + level. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Create a new evaluator using the threshold. + + + + This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event + passed to + is equal to or greater than the + level. + + + + + + the threshold to trigger at + + + The that will cause this evaluator to trigger + + + + This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event + passed to + is equal to or greater than the + level. + + + + + + Is this the triggering event? + + The event to check + This method returns true, if the event level + is equal or higher than the . + Otherwise it returns false + + + + Maps between string name and Level object. + + + + This mapping is held separately for each . + The level name is case-insensitive. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Mapping from level name to Level object. The + level name is case-insensitive + + + + + Clear the internal maps of all levels + + + + Clear the internal maps of all levels + + + + + + Looks up a by name + + The name of the Level to look up. + A Level from the map with the name specified, or null if none is found. + + + + Creates a new Level and adds it to the map. + + the string to display for the Level + the level value to give to the Level + + + + + Creates a new Level and adds it to the map. + + the string to display for the Level + the level value to give to the Level + the display name to give to the Level + + + + Adds a Level to the map. + + the Level to add + + + + Gets all possible levels as a collection of Level objects. + + + + + Looks up a named level from the map. + + + The name of the level to look up is taken from this level. + If the level is not set in the map then this level is added. + If no level with the specified name is found then the + argument is added to the level map + and returned. + + the level in the map with the name specified + + + + The internal representation of caller location information. + + + + This class uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate + a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack. + + + The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the + .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not + available on that framework. + + + The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds: + + + "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations. + By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The + debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column + information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace + might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations + that occur during optimization." + + + This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may + not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class based on the current thread. + + + + + + Constructor + + The fully qualified class name. + The method name. + The file name. + The line number of the method within the file. + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class with the specified data. + + + + + + Serialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging + request. + + + + + Gets the file name of the caller. + + + + + Gets the line number of the caller. + + + + + Gets the method name of the caller. + + + + + Gets all available caller information + + + All available caller information, in the format + fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line) + + + + + Gets the stack frames from the stack trace of the caller making the log request + + + + + Serializes this object into the provided. + + The to populate with data. + The destination for this serialization. + + + + The fully qualified type of the LocationInfo class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + When location information is not available the constant + NA is returned. Current value of this string + constant is ?. + + + + + Exception base type for log4net. + + + + This type extends . It + does not add any new functionality but does differentiate the + type of exception being thrown. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + A message to include with the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified message. + + + + + + Constructor + + A message to include with the exception. + A nested exception to include. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified message and inner exception. + + + + + + Serialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Static manager that controls the creation of repositories + + + + Static manager that controls the creation of repositories + + + This class is used by the wrapper managers (e.g. ) + to provide access to the objects. + + + This manager also holds the that is used to + lookup and create repositories. The selector can be set either programmatically using + the property, or by setting the log4net.RepositorySelector + AppSetting in the applications config file to the fully qualified type name of the + selector to use. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Hook the shutdown event + + + + On the full .NET runtime, the static constructor hooks up the + AppDomain.ProcessExit and AppDomain.DomainUnload> events. + These are used to shut down the log4net system as the application exits. + + + + + + Register for ProcessExit and DomainUnload events on the AppDomain + + + + This needs to be in a separate method because the events make + a LinkDemand for the ControlAppDomain SecurityPermission. Because + this is a LinkDemand it is demanded at JIT time. Therefore we cannot + catch the exception in the method itself, we have to catch it in the + caller. + + + + + + Return the default instance. + + the repository to lookup in + Return the default instance + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the argument. + + + + + + Returns the default instance. + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + The default instance. + + + Returns the default instance. + + + + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + The repository to lookup in. + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + + The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the + specified repository. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns + null. + + + + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + + The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the + specified assembly's repository. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the specified assembly's repository) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns + null. + + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository. + + The repository to lookup in. + All the defined loggers. + + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository. + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + All the defined loggers. + + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + + + + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + The repository to lookup in. + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + Retrieves a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + + + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + Retrieves a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + + + + Shorthand for . + + The repository to lookup in. + The of which the fullname will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + + + + + Shorthand for . + + the assembly to use to look up the repository + The of which the fullname will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + + + + + Shuts down the log4net system. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the + default repositories. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Shuts down the repository for the repository specified. + + The repository to shut down. + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + repository for the specified. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Shuts down the repository for the repository specified. + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + repository for the repository. The repository is looked up using + the specified. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + The repository to reset. + + + Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set its default "off" value. + + + + + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + The assembly to use to look up the repository to reset. + + + Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set its default "off" value. + + + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name. + + The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories. + The created for the repository. + + + Creates the default type of which is a + object. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type. + + The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An Exception will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type. + + The assembly to use to get the name of the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + + + + Gets an array of all currently defined repositories. + + An array of all the known objects. + + + Gets an array of all currently defined repositories. + + + + + + Gets or sets the repository selector used by the . + + + The repository selector used by the . + + + + The repository selector () is used by + the to create and select repositories + (). + + + The caller to supplies either a string name + or an assembly (if not supplied the assembly is inferred using + ). + + + This context is used by the selector to look up a specific repository. + + + + + + Internal method to get pertinent version info. + + A string of version info. + + + + Called when the event fires + + the that is exiting + null + + + Called when the event fires. + + + When the event is triggered the log4net system is . + + + + + + Called when the event fires + + the that is exiting + null + + + Called when the event fires. + + + When the event is triggered the log4net system is . + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the LoggerManager class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Implementation of the interface. + + The logger to wrap. + + + This class should be used as the base for all wrapper implementations. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Implementation of the interface. + + The logger to wrap. + + + This class should be used as the base for all wrapper implementations. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the implementation behind this wrapper object. + + + The object that this object is implementing. + + + + The Logger object may not be the same object as this object + because of logger decorators. + + + This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process + the log events. + + + + + + Portable data structure used by + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The logger name. + + + + + Level of logging event. + + + + A null level produces varying results depending on the appenders in use. + In many cases it is equivalent of , other times + it is mapped to Debug or Info defaults. + + + Level cannot be Serializable because it is a flyweight. + Due to its special serialization it cannot be declared final either. + + + + + + The application supplied message. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the thread in which this logging event was generated. + + + + + Gets or sets the UTC time the event was logged. + + + + + Location information for the caller. + + + + Location information for the caller. + + + + + + String representation of the user + + + + String representation of the user's windows name, like DOMAIN\username + + + + + + String representation of the identity. + + + + String representation of the current thread's principal identity. + + + + + + The string representation of the exception + + + + The string representation of the exception + + + + + + String representation of the AppDomain. + + + + String representation of the AppDomain. + + + + + + Additional event specific properties + + + + A logger or an appender may attach additional + properties to specific events. These properties + have a string key and an object value. + + + + + + The internal representation of logging events. + + + + When an affirmative decision is made to log then a + instance is created. This instance + is passed around to the different log4net components. + + + This class is of concern to those wishing to extend log4net. + + + Some of the values in instances of + are considered volatile, that is the values are correct at the + time the event is delivered to appenders, but will not be consistent + at any time afterward. If an event is to be stored and then processed + at a later time these volatile values must be fixed by setting + . There is a performance penalty + for incurred by calling but it + is essential to maintain data consistency. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Douglas de la Torre + Daniel Cazzulino + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + from the supplied parameters. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The repository this event is logged in. + The name of the logger of this event. + + The level of this event. + A null level produces varying results depending on the appenders in use. + In many cases it is equivalent of , other times + it is mapped to Debug or Info defaults. + + The message of this event. + The exception for this event. + + + Except , and , + all fields of are lazily filled when actually needed. Set + to cache all data locally to prevent inconsistencies. + + This method is called by the log4net framework + to create a logging event. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + using specific data. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The repository this event is logged in. + Data used to initialize the logging event. + The fields in the struct that have already been fixed. + + + This constructor is provided to allow a + to be created independently of the log4net framework. This can + be useful if you require a custom serialization scheme. + + + Use the method to obtain an + instance of the class. + + + The parameter should be used to specify which fields in the + struct have been preset. Fields not specified in the + will be captured from the environment if requested or fixed. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + using specific data. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The repository this event is logged in. + Data used to initialize the logging event. + + + This constructor is provided to allow a + to be created independently of the log4net framework. This can + be useful if you require a custom serialization scheme. + + + Use the method to obtain an + instance of the class. + + + This constructor sets this objects flags to , + this assumes that all the data relating to this event is passed in via the + parameter and no other data should be captured from the environment. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + using specific data. + + Data used to initialize the logging event. + + + This constructor is provided to allow a + to be created independently of the log4net framework. This can + be useful if you require a custom serialization scheme. + + + Use the method to obtain an + instance of the class. + + + This constructor sets this objects flags to , + this assumes that all the data relating to this event is passed in via the + parameter and no other data should be captured from the environment. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + This constructor is provided to allow deserialization using System.Text.Json + or Newtonsoft.Json. + + + Use the method to obtain an + instance of the class. + + + This constructor sets this objects flags to . + + + + + + Serialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Gets the time when the current process started. + + + This is the time when this process started. + + + + The TimeStamp is stored internally in UTC and converted to the local time zone for this computer. + + + Tries to get the start time for the current process. + Failing that it returns the time of the first call to + this property. + + + Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the + same process without the process terminating and therefore + without the process start time being reset. + + + + + + Gets the UTC time when the current process started. + + + This is the UTC time when this process started. + + + + Tries to get the start time for the current process. + Failing that it returns the time of the first call to + this property. + + + Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the + same process without the process terminating and therefore + without the process start time being reset. + + + + + + Gets the of the logging event. + A null level produces varying results depending on the appenders in use. + In many cases it is equivalent of , other times + it is mapped to Debug or Info defaults. + + + + + Gets the time of the logging event. + + + The time of the logging event. + + + + The TimeStamp is stored in UTC and converted to the local time zone for this computer. + + + + + + Gets UTC the time of the logging event. + + + The UTC time of the logging event. + + + + + Gets the name of the logger that logged the event. + + + + + Gets the location information for this logging event. + + + + The collected information is cached for future use. + + + See the class for more information on + supported frameworks and the different behavior in Debug and + Release builds. + + + + + + Gets the message object used to initialize this event. + + + The message object used to initialize this event. + + + + Gets the message object used to initialize this event. + Note that this event may not have a valid message object. + If the event is serialized the message object will not + be transferred. To get the text of the message the + property must be used + not this property. + + + If there is no defined message object for this event then + null will be returned. + + + + + + Gets the exception object used to initialize this event. + + + The exception object used to initialize this event. + + + + Gets the exception object used to initialize this event. + Note that this event may not have a valid exception object. + If the event is serialized the exception object will not + be transferred. To get the text of the exception the + method must be used + not this property. + + + If there is no defined exception object for this event then + null will be returned. + + + + + + The that this event was created in. + + + + The that this event was created in. + + + + + + Ensure that the repository is set. + + the value for the repository + + + + Gets the message, rendered through the . + + + The message rendered through the . + + + + The collected information is cached for future use. + + + + + + Write the rendered message to a TextWriter + + the writer to write the message to + + + Unlike the property this method + does store the message data in the internal cache. Therefore + if called only once this method should be faster than the + property, however if the message is + to be accessed multiple times then the property will be more efficient. + + + + + + Gets the name of the current thread. + + + The name of the current thread, or the thread ID when + the name is not available. + + + + The collected information is cached for future use. + + + + + + Returns a 'meaningful' name for the thread (or its Id) + + Name + Meaningful name + + + + Gets the name of the current user. + + + The name of the current user, or NOT AVAILABLE when the + underlying runtime has no support for retrieving the name of the + current user. + + + + On Windows it calls WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name to get the name of + the current windows user. On other OSes it calls Environment.UserName. + + + To improve performance, we could cache the string representation of + the name, and reuse that as long as the identity stayed constant. + Once the identity changed, we would need to re-assign and re-render + the string. + + + However, the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() call seems to + return different objects every time, so the current implementation + doesn't do this type of caching. + + + Timing for these operations: + + + + Method + Results + + + WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() + 10000 loops, 00:00:00.2031250 seconds + + + WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name + 10000 loops, 00:00:08.0468750 seconds + + + + This means we could speed things up almost 40 times by caching the + value of the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name property, since + this takes (8.04-0.20) = 7.84375 seconds. + + + + + + On Windows: UserName in case of success, empty string for unexpected null in identity or Name + + On other OSes: null + + Thrown on non-Windows platforms on net462 + + + + Gets the identity of the current thread principal. + + + + Calls System.Threading.Thread.CurrentPrincipal.Identity.Name to get + the name of the current thread principal. + + + + + + Gets the AppDomain friendly name. + + + + + Additional event specific properties. + + + Additional event specific properties. + + + + A logger or an appender may attach additional + properties to specific events. These properties + have a string key and an object value. + + + This property is for events that have been added directly to + this event. The aggregate properties (which include these + event properties) can be retrieved using + and . + + + Once the properties have been fixed this property + returns the combined cached properties. This ensures that updates to + this property are always reflected in the underlying storage. When + returning the combined properties there may be more keys in the + Dictionary than expected. + + + + + + Gets the fixed fields in this event, or on set, fixes fields specified in the value. + + + + Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed. + It is not possible to 'unfix' a field. + + + + + + Serializes this object into the provided. + + The to populate with data. + The destination for this serialization. + + + The data in this event must be fixed before it can be serialized. + + + The property must be set during the + method call if this event + is to be used outside that method. + + + + + + Gets the portable data for this . + + The for this event. + + + A new can be constructed using a + instance. + + + Does a fix of the data + in the logging event before returning the event data. + + + + + + Gets the portable data for this . + + The set of data to ensure is fixed in the LoggingEventData + The for this event. + + + A new can be constructed using a + instance. + + + + + + Returns this event's exception's rendered using the + . + + + This event's exception's rendered using the . + + + + Returns this event's exception's rendered using the + . + + + + + + Fix the fields specified by the parameter + + the fields to fix + + + Only fields specified in the will be fixed. + Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed. + It is not possible to 'unfix' a field. + + + + + + Looks up a composite property in this event + + the key for the property to lookup + the value for the property + + + This event has composite properties that combine properties from + several different contexts in the following order: + + + this event's properties + + This event has that can be set. These + properties are specific to this event only. + + + + the thread properties + + The that are set on the current + thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread. + + + + the global properties + + The that are set globally. These + properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain. + + + + + + + + + Get all the composite properties in this event + + the containing all the properties + + + See for details of the composite properties + stored by the event. + + + This method returns a single containing all the + properties defined for this event. + + + + + + The internal logging event data. + + + + + Location information for the caller. + + + + + The internal logging event data. + + + + + The internal logging event data. + + + + + The fully qualified Type of the calling + logger class in the stack frame (i.e. the declaring type of the method). + + + + + The fix state for this event + + + These flags indicate which fields have been fixed. + Not serialized. + + + + + Indicated that the internal cache is updateable (ie not fixed) + + + This is a separate flag to fixFlags as it allows incremental fixing and simpler + changes in the caching strategy. + + + + + The key into the Properties map for the host name value. + + + + + The key into the Properties map for the thread identity value. + + + + + The key into the Properties map for the user name value. + + + + + Implementation of wrapper interface. + + + + This implementation of the interface + forwards to the held by the base class. + + + This logger has methods to allow the caller to log at the following + levels: + + + + DEBUG + + The and methods log messages + at the DEBUG level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + INFO + + The and methods log messages + at the INFO level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + WARN + + The and methods log messages + at the WARN level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + ERROR + + The and methods log messages + at the ERROR level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + FATAL + + The and methods log messages + at the FATAL level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + + The values for these levels and their semantic meanings can be changed by + configuring the for the repository. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger. + + The logger to wrap. + + + Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger. + + + + + + Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes + + the repository holding the levels + + + Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes + + + + + + Logs a message object with the DEBUG level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + DEBUG level. If this logger is + DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the DEBUG level + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the DEBUG level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the INFO level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is INFO + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + INFO level. If this logger is + INFO enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the INFO level. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the INFO level including + the stack trace of the + passed as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the WARN level. + + the message object to log + + + This method first checks if this logger is WARN + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + WARN level. If this logger is + WARN enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger and + also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an to this + method will print the name of the but no + stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the WARN level + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the WARN level including + the stack trace of the + passed as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the ERROR level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is ERROR + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + ERROR level. If this logger is + ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger and + also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an to this + method will print the name of the but no + stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the ERROR level + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the ERROR level including + the stack trace of the + passed as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the FATAL level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is FATAL + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + FATAL level. If this logger is + FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger and + also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an to this + method will print the name of the but no + stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the FATAL level + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the FATAL level including + the stack trace of the + passed as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the DEBUG + level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for DEBUG events, + false otherwise. + + + + This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of + disabled log debug statements. + + + For some log Logger object, when you write: + + + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + + + You incur the cost constructing the message, concatenation in + this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not. + + + If you are worried about speed, then you should write: + + + if (log.IsDebugEnabled()) + { + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + } + + + This way you will not incur the cost of parameter + construction if debugging is disabled for log. On + the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you + will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug + enabled twice. Once in IsDebugEnabled and once in + the Debug. This is an insignificant overhead + since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it + takes to actually log. + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the INFO level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for INFO events, + false otherwise. + + + + See for more information and examples + of using this method. + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the WARN level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for WARN events, + false otherwise. + + + + See for more information and examples + of using this method. + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the ERROR level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for ERROR events, + false otherwise. + + + + See for more information and examples of using this method. + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the FATAL level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for FATAL events, + false otherwise. + + + + See for more information and examples of using this method. + + + + + + + Event handler for the event + + the repository + Empty + + + + The fully qualified name of this declaring type not the type of any subclass. + + + + + Used to ensure 'params object?[]?' arguments that receive a null are converted + to an array of one null value so that 'XxxFormat("{0}", null)' will work correctly. + Overloads like 'XxxFormat(message, object? arg0)' are not matched by the compiler in this case. + + + + + provides method information without actually referencing a System.Reflection.MethodBase + as that would require that the containing assembly is loaded. + + + + + + constructs a method item for an unknown method. + + + + + constructs a method item from the name of the method. + + + + + + constructs a method item from the name of the method and its parameters. + + + + + + + constructs a method item from a method base by determining the method name and its parameters. + + + + + + Gets the method name of the caller making the logging request. + + + + + Gets the method parameters of the caller making the logging request. + + + + + The fully qualified type of the StackFrameItem class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + When location information is not available the constant + NA is returned. Current value of this string + constant is ?. + + + + + A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources + + + + A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources + for example with operating system services. This can be used to impersonate + a principal that has been granted privileges on the system resources. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Impersonate this SecurityContext + + State supplied by the caller + An instance that will + revoke the impersonation of this SecurityContext, or null + + + Impersonate this security context. Further calls on the current + thread should now be made in the security context provided + by this object. When the result + method is called the security + context of the thread should be reverted to the state it was in + before was called. + + + + + + The providers default instances. + + + + A configured component that interacts with potentially protected system + resources uses a to provide the elevated + privileges required. If the object has + been not been explicitly provided to the component then the component + will request one from this . + + + By default the is + an instance of which returns only + objects. This is a reasonable default + where the privileges required are not know by the system. + + + This default behavior can be overridden by subclassing the + and overriding the method to return + the desired objects. The default provider + can be replaced by programmatically setting the value of the + property. + + + An alternative is to use the log4net.Config.SecurityContextProviderAttribute + This attribute can be applied to an assembly in the same way as the + log4net.Config.XmlConfiguratorAttribute". The attribute takes + the type to use as the as an argument. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The default provider + + + + + Gets or sets the default SecurityContextProvider + + + The default SecurityContextProvider + + + + The default provider is used by configured components that + require a and have not had one + given to them. + + + By default this is an instance of + that returns objects. + + + The default provider can be set programmatically by setting + the value of this property to a sub class of + that has the desired behavior. + + + + + + Protected default constructor to allow subclassing + + + + Protected default constructor to allow subclassing + + + + + + Create a SecurityContext for a consumer + + The consumer requesting the SecurityContext + An impersonation context + + + The default implementation is to return a . + + + Subclasses should override this method to provide their own + behavior. + + + + + + Empty Interface (as replacement for ) + + + + + Empty Attribute (as replacement for ) + + + + + Provides stack frame information without actually referencing a System.Diagnostics.StackFrame + as that would require that the containing assembly is loaded. + + + + + Creates a stack frame item from a stack frame. + + + + + + Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging + request. + + + + + Gets the file name of the caller. + + + + + Gets the line number of the caller. + + + + + Gets the method name of the caller. + + + + + Gets all available caller information in the format + fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line) + + + + + The fully qualified type of the StackFrameItem class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + When location information is not available the constant + NA is returned. Current value of this string + constant is ?. + + + + + An evaluator that triggers after specified number of seconds. + + + The time threshold in seconds to trigger after. + Zero means it won't trigger at all. + + + + This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period + has passed since last check. + + + Robert Sevcik + + + + An evaluator that triggers after specified number of seconds. + + + The time threshold in seconds to trigger after. + Zero means it won't trigger at all. + + + + This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period + has passed since last check. + + + Robert Sevcik + + + + The UTC time of last check. This gets updated when the object is created and when the evaluator triggers. + + + + + The default time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all. + + + + + Create a new evaluator using the time threshold in seconds. + + + + Create a new evaluator using the time threshold in seconds. + + + This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period + has passed since last check. + + + + + + The time threshold in seconds to trigger after + + + The time threshold in seconds to trigger after. + Zero means it won't trigger at all. + + + + This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period + has passed since last check. + + + + + + Is this the triggering event? + + The event to check + This method returns true, if the specified time period + has passed since last check.. + Otherwise it returns false + + + This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period + has passed since last check. + + + + + + Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers. + + The logger to wrap in a wrapper. + + + Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers. This delegate + is called from the + method to construct the wrapper for the specified logger. + + + The delegate to use is supplied to the + constructor. + + + + + + Maps between logger objects and wrapper objects. + + + + This class maintains a mapping between objects and + objects. Use the method to + look up the for the specified . + + + New wrapper instances are created by the + method. The default behavior is for this method to delegate construction + of the wrapper to the delegate supplied + to the constructor. This allows specialization of the behavior without + requiring subclassing of this type. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + + The handler to use to create the wrapper objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified handler to create the wrapper objects. + + + + + + Gets the wrapper object for the specified logger. + + The wrapper object for the specified logger + + + If the logger is null then the corresponding wrapper is null. + + + Looks up the wrapper it has previously been requested and + returns it. If the wrapper has never been requested before then + the virtual method is + called. + + + + + + Gets the map of logger repositories. + + + Map of logger repositories. + + + + Gets the hashtable that is keyed on . The + values are hashtables keyed on with the + value being the corresponding . + + + + + + Creates the wrapper object for the specified logger. + + The logger to wrap in a wrapper. + The wrapper object for the logger. + + + This implementation uses the + passed to the constructor to create the wrapper. This method + can be overridden in a subclass. + + + + + + Called when a monitored repository shutdown event is received. + + The that is shutting down + + + This method is called when a that this + is holding loggers for has signaled its shutdown + event . The default + behavior of this method is to release the references to the loggers + and their wrappers generated for this repository. + + + + + + Event handler for repository shutdown event. + + The sender of the event. + The event args. + + + + The handler to use to create the extension wrapper objects. + + + + + Internal reference to the delegate used to register for repository shutdown events. + + + + + Formats a as "HH:mm:ss,fff". + + + + Formats a in the format "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459". + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss". + + The date to render into a string. + The string builder to write to. + + + Subclasses should override this method to render the date + into a string using a precision up to the second. This method + will be called at most once per second and the result will be + reused if it is needed again during the same second. + + + + + + Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss,fff". + + The date to render into a string. + The writer to write to. + + + Uses the method to generate the + time string up to the seconds and then appends the current + milliseconds. The results from are + cached and is called at most once + per second. + + + Subclasses should override + rather than . + + + + + + String constant used to specify AbsoluteTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is ABSOLUTE. + + + + + String constant used to specify DateTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is DATE. + + + + + String constant used to specify ISO8601DateFormat in layouts. Current value is ISO8601. + + + + + Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted + as a string. + + + + + Formats a as "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" + + + + Formats a in the format + "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, + "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459". + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Angelika Schnagl + + + + Formats the date without the milliseconds part + + The date to format. + The string builder to write to. + + + Formats a DateTime in the format "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss" + for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37". + + + The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section. + This method will only be called at most once per second. + + + + + + Render a as a string. + + + + Interface to abstract the rendering of a + instance into a string. + + + The method is used to render the + date to a text writer. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Formats the specified date as a string. + + The date to format. + The writer to write to. + + + Format the as a string and write it + to the provided. + + + + + + Formats the as "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff". + + + + Formats the specified as a string: "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff". + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Formats the date without the milliseconds part + + The date to format. + The string builder to write to. + + + Formats the date specified as a string: "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss". + + + The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section. + This method will only be called at most once per second. + + + + + + Formats the using the method. + + + + Formats the using the method. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + The format string. + + + + Formats the using the method. + + + + Formats the using the method. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + The format string. + + + + Formats the date using . + + The date to convert to a string. + The writer to write to. + + + Uses the date format string supplied to the constructor to call + the method to format the date. + + + + + + This filter drops all . + + + + You can add this filter to the end of a filter chain to + switch from the default "accept all unless instructed otherwise" + filtering behavior to a "deny all unless instructed otherwise" + behavior. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Always returns . + + the LoggingEvent to filter + Always returns + + + Ignores the event being logged and just returns + . This can be used to change the default filter + chain behavior from to . This filter + should only be used as the last filter in the chain + as any further filters will be ignored! + + + + + + The return result from + + + + The return result from + + + + + + The log event must be dropped immediately without + consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain. + + + + + This filter is neutral with respect to the log event. + The remaining filters, if any, should be consulted for a final decision. + + + + + The log event must be logged immediately without + consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain. + + + + + Subclass this type to implement customized logging event filtering + + + + Users should extend this class to implement customized logging + event filtering. Note that and + , the parent class of all standard + appenders, have built-in filtering rules. It is suggested that you + first use and understand the built-in rules before rushing to write + your own custom filters. + + + This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be + organized in a linear chain. The + method of each filter is called sequentially, in the order of their + addition to the chain. + + + The method must return one + of the integer constants , + or . + + + If the value is returned, then the log event is dropped + immediately without consulting with the remaining filters. + + + If the value is returned, then the next filter + in the chain is consulted. If there are no more filters in the + chain, then the log event is logged. Thus, in the presence of no + filters, the default behavior is to log all logging events. + + + If the value is returned, then the log + event is logged without consulting the remaining filters. + + + The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the + Linux ipchains. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initialize the filter with the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + Typically filter's options become active immediately on set, + however this method must still be called. + + + + + + Decide if the should be logged through an appender. + + The to decide upon + The decision of the filter + + + If the decision is , then the event will be + dropped. If the decision is , then the next + filter, if any, will be invoked. If the decision is then + the event will be logged without consulting with other filters in + the chain. + + + This method is marked abstract and must be implemented + in a subclass. + + + + + + Gets or sets the next filter in the filter chain. + + + + Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in + the chain to be accessed. + + + + + + Implement this interface to provide customized logging event filtering + + + + Users should implement this interface to implement customized logging + event filtering. Note that and + , the parent class of all standard + appenders, have built-in filtering rules. It is suggested that you + first use and understand the built-in rules before rushing to write + your own custom filters. + + + This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be + organized in a linear chain. The + method of each filter is called sequentially, in the order of their + addition to the chain. + + + The method must return one + of the integer constants , + or . + + + If the value is returned, then the log event is dropped + immediately without consulting with the remaining filters. + + + If the value is returned, then the next filter + in the chain is consulted. If there are no more filters in the + chain, then the log event is logged. Thus, in the presence of no + filters, the default behavior is to log all logging events. + + + If the value is returned, then the log + event is logged without consulting the remaining filters. + + + The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the + Linux ipchains. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Decide if the logging event should be logged through an appender. + + The LoggingEvent to decide upon + The decision of the filter + + + If the decision is , then the event will be + dropped. If the decision is , then the next + filter, if any, will be invoked. If the decision is then + the event will be logged without consulting with other filters in + the chain. + + + + + + Gets or sets the next filter in the chain. + + + + Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in + the chain to be accessed. + + + + + + This is a very simple filter based on matching. + + + + The filter admits two options and + . If there is an exact match between the value + of the option and the of the + , then the method returns in + case the option value is set + to true, if it is false then + is returned. If the does not match then + the result will be . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + when matching + + + + The property is a flag that determines + the behavior when a matching is found. If the + flag is set to true then the filter will the + logging event, otherwise it will the event. + + + The default is true i.e. to the event. + + + + + + The that the filter will match + + + + The level that this filter will attempt to match against the + level. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + + + + Tests if the of the logging event matches that of the filter + + the event to filter + see remarks + + + If the of the event matches the level of the + filter then the result of the function depends on the + value of . If it is true then + the function will return , it it is false then it + will return . If the does not match then + the result will be . + + + + + + This is a simple filter based on matching. + + + + The filter admits three options and + that determine the range of priorities that are matched, and + . If there is a match between the range + of priorities and the of the , then the + method returns in case the + option value is set to true, if it is false + then is returned. If there is no match, is returned. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + when matching and + + + + The property is a flag that determines + the behavior when a matching is found. If the + flag is set to true then the filter will the + logging event, otherwise it will the event. + + + The default is true i.e. to the event. + + + + + + Set the minimum matched + + + + The minimum level that this filter will attempt to match against the + level. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + + + + Sets the maximum matched + + + + The maximum level that this filter will attempt to match against the + level. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + + + + Check if the event should be logged. + + the logging event to check + see remarks + + + If the of the logging event is outside the range + matched by this filter then + is returned. If the is matched then the value of + is checked. If it is true then + is returned, otherwise + is returned. + + + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the event's logger name. + + + + The works very similar to the . It admits two + options and . If the + of the starts + with the value of the option, then the + method returns in + case the option value is set to true, + if it is false then is returned. + + + Daniel Cazzulino + + + + when matching + + + + The property is a flag that determines + the behavior when a matching is found. If the + flag is set to true then the filter will the + logging event, otherwise it will the event. + + + The default is true i.e. to the event. + + + + + + The that the filter will match + + + + This filter will attempt to match this value against logger name in + the following way. The match will be done against the beginning of the + logger name (using ). The match is + case sensitive. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + + + + Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged + + the event being logged + see remarks + + + The rendered message is matched against the . + If the equals the beginning of + the incoming () + then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs + this function will return + allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then + the value of is checked. If it is + true then is returned otherwise + is returned. + + + + + + Simple filter to match a keyed string in the + + + + Simple filter to match a keyed string in the + + + As the MDC has been replaced with layered properties the + should be used instead. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the + + + As the NDC has been replaced with named stacks stored in the + properties collections the should + be used instead. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default constructor + + + + Sets the to "NDC". + + + + + + Simple filter to match a string an event property + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the value for a + specific event property + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The key to lookup in the event properties and then match against. + + + + The key name to use to lookup in the properties map of the + . The match will be performed against + the value of this property if it exists. + + + + + + Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged + + the event being logged + see remarks + + + The event property for the is matched against + the . + If the occurs as a substring within + the property value then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs + this function will return + allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then + the value of is checked. If it is + true then is returned otherwise + is returned. + + + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message. + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + A regex object to match (generated from m_stringRegexToMatch) + + + + + Initialize and precompile the Regex if required + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + when matching or + + + + The property is a flag that determines + the behavior when a matching is found. If the + flag is set to true then the filter will the + logging event, otherwise it will the event. + + + The default is true i.e. to the event. + + + + + + Sets the static string to match + + + + The string that will be substring matched against + the rendered message. If the message contains this + string then the filter will match. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + One of or + must be specified. + + + + + + Sets the regular expression to match + + + + The regular expression pattern that will be matched against + the rendered message. If the message matches this + pattern then the filter will match. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + One of or + must be specified. + + + + + + Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged + + the event being logged + see remarks + + + The rendered message is matched against the . + If the occurs as a substring within + the message then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs + this function will return + allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then + the value of is checked. If it is + true then is returned otherwise + is returned. + + + + + + The log4net Global Context. + + + + The GlobalContext provides a location for global debugging + information to be stored. + + + The global context has a properties map and these properties can + be included in the output of log messages. The + supports selecting and outputing these properties. + + + By default the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of + the current machine. + + + + + GlobalContext.Properties["hostname"] = Environment.MachineName; + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The global properties map. + + + + + The ILog interface is use by application to log messages into + the log4net framework. + + + + Use the to obtain logger instances + that implement this interface. The + static method is used to get logger instances. + + + This class contains methods for logging at different levels and also + has properties for determining if those logging levels are + enabled in the current configuration. + + + This interface can be implemented in different ways. This documentation + specifies reasonable behavior that a caller can expect from the actual + implementation, however different implementations reserve the right to + do things differently. + + + Simple example of logging messages + + ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log"); + + log.Info("Application Start"); + log.Debug("This is a debug message"); + + if (log.IsDebugEnabled) + { + log.Debug("This is another debug message"); + } + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Logs a message object with the level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Logs a message object with the level. + + + + This method first checks if this logger is INFO + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + INFO enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + The message object to log. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the INFO level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted message string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Log a message object with the level. + + + + This method first checks if this logger is WARN + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + WARN enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + The message object to log. + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted message string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Logs a message object with the level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is ERROR + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted message string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Log a message object with the level. + + + + This method first checks if this logger is FATAL + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + The message object to log. + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted message string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + + This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of + disabled log debug statements. + + For some ILog interface log, when you write: + + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + + + You incur the cost constructing the message, string construction and concatenation in + this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not. + + + If you are worried about speed (who isn't), then you should write: + + + if (log.IsDebugEnabled) + { + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + } + + + This way you will not incur the cost of parameter + construction if debugging is disabled for log. On + the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you + will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug + enabled twice. Once in and once in + the . This is an insignificant overhead + since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it + takes to actually log. This is the preferred style of logging. + + Alternatively if your logger is available statically then the is debug + enabled state can be stored in a static variable like this: + + + private static readonly bool isDebugEnabled = log.IsDebugEnabled; + + + Then when you come to log you can write: + + + if (isDebugEnabled) + { + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + } + + + This way the debug enabled state is only queried once + when the class is loaded. Using a private static readonly + variable is the most efficient because it is a run time constant + and can be heavily optimized by the JIT compiler. + + + Of course if you use a static readonly variable to + hold the enabled state of the logger then you cannot + change the enabled state at runtime to vary the logging + that is produced. You have to decide if you need absolute + speed or runtime flexibility. + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + For more information see . + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + For more information see . + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + For more information see . + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + For more information see . + + + + + + + + A flexible layout configurable with pattern string that re-evaluates on each call. + + + This class is built on and provides all the + features and capabilities of PatternLayout. PatternLayout is a 'static' class + in that its layout is done once at configuration time. This class will recreate + the layout on each reference. + One important difference between PatternLayout and DynamicPatternLayout is the + treatment of the Header and Footer parameters in the configuration. The Header and Footer + parameters for DynamicPatternLayout must be syntactically in the form of a PatternString, + but should not be marked as type log4net.Util.PatternString. Doing so causes the + pattern to be statically converted at configuration time and causes DynamicPatternLayout + to perform the same as PatternLayout. + Please see for complete documentation. + + <layout type="log4net.Layout.DynamicPatternLayout"> + <param name="Header" value="%newline**** Trace Opened Local: %date{yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.fff} UTC: %utcdate{yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.fff} ****%newline" /> + <param name="Footer" value="**** Trace Closed %date{yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.fff} ****%newline" /> + </layout> + + + + + + The header PatternString + + + + + The footer PatternString + + + + + Constructs a DynamicPatternLayout using the DefaultConversionPattern + + + + The default pattern just produces the application supplied message. + + + + + + Constructs a DynamicPatternLayout using the supplied conversion pattern. + + The pattern to use. + + + + Gets or sets the header for the layout format. + + the layout header + + + The Header text will be appended before any logging events + are formatted and appended. + + The pattern will be formatted on each get operation. + + + + + Gets or sets the footer for the layout format. + + the layout footer + + + The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events + have been formatted and appended. + + The pattern will be formatted on each get operation. + + + + + A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event + + + + This Layout should only be used with appenders that utilize multiple + layouts (e.g. ). + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructs an ExceptionLayout. + + + + + Activates component options. + + + + Part of the component activation + framework. + + + This method does nothing as options become effective immediately. + + + + + + Gets the exception text from the logging event + + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + the event being logged + + + Write the exception string to the . + The exception string is retrieved from . + + + + + + Interface implemented by layout objects + + + + An object is used to format a + as text. The method is called by an + appender to transform the into a string. + + + The layout can also supply and + text that is appender before any events and after all the events respectively. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Implement this method to create your own layout format. + + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + The event to format + + + This method is called by an appender to format + the as text and output to a writer. + + + If the caller does not have a and prefers the + event to be formatted as a then the following + code can be used to format the event into a . + + + StringWriter writer = new StringWriter(); + Layout.Format(writer, loggingEvent); + string formattedEvent = writer.ToString(); + + + + + + The content type output by this layout. + + The content type + + + The content type output by this layout. + + + This is a MIME type e.g. "text/plain". + + + + + + The header for the layout format. + + the layout header + + + The Header text will be appended before any logging events + are formatted and appended. + + + + + + The footer for the layout format. + + the layout footer + + + The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events + have been formatted and appended. + + + + + + Flag indicating if this layout handle exceptions + + false if this layout handles exceptions + + + If this layout handles the exception object contained within + , then the layout should return + false. Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception + object, then the layout should return true. + + + + + + Extensions for + + Jan Friedrich + + + + writes the specified start tag and associates it with the given namespace and prefix + + Writer + The full name of the element + The namespace prefix of the element + The local name of the element + The namespace URI to associate with the element + + + + Creates an XmlWriter + + TextWriter + XmlWriter + + + + Interface for raw layout objects + + + + Interface used to format a + to an object. + + + This interface should not be confused with the + interface. This interface is used in + only certain specialized situations where a raw object is + required rather than a formatted string. The + is not generally useful than this interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Implement this method to create your own layout format. + + The event to format + returns the formatted event + + + Implement this method to create your own layout format. + + + + + + Adapts any to a + + + + Where an is required this adapter + allows a to be specified. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + The layout to adapt + + + + + Construct a new adapter + + the layout to adapt + + + Create the adapter for the specified . + + + + + + Formats the logging event as an object. + + The event to format + returns the formatted event + + + Uses the object supplied to + the constructor to perform the formatting. + + + + + + Extend this abstract class to create your own log layout format. + + + + This is the base implementation of the + interface. Most layout objects should extend this class. + + + + + + Subclasses must implement the + method. + + + Subclasses should set the in their default + constructor. + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Empty default constructor + + + + Empty default constructor + + + + + + Activate component options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + This method must be implemented by the subclass. + + + + + + Implement this method to create your own layout format. + + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + The event to format + + + This method is called by an appender to format + the as text. + + + + + + Convenience method for easily formatting the logging event into a string variable. + + + + Creates a new StringWriter instance to store the formatted logging event. + + + + + The content type output by this layout. + + The content type is "text/plain" + + + The content type output by this layout. + + + This base class uses the value "text/plain". + To change this value a subclass must override this + property. + + + + + + The header for the layout format. + + the layout header + + + The Header text will be appended before any logging events + are formatted and appended. + + + + + + The footer for the layout format. + + the layout footer + + + The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events + have been formatted and appended. + + + + + + Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions. + + false if this layout handles exceptions + + + If this layout handles the exception object contained within + , then the layout should return + false. Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception + object, then the layout should return true. + + + Set this value to override the default setting. The default + value is true, this layout does not handle the exception. + + + + + + Write the event appdomain name to the output + + + + Writes the to the output writer. + + + Daniel Cazzulino + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the event appdomain name to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the to the output . + + + + + + Date pattern converter, uses a to format + the date of a . + + + + Render the to the writer as a string. + + + The value of the determines + the formatting of the date. The following values are allowed: + + + Option value + Output + + + ISO8601 + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern. + + + + DATE + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459". + + + + ABSOLUTE + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "HH:mm:ss,yyyy" for example, "15:49:37,459". + + + + other + + Any other pattern string uses the formatter. + This formatter passes the pattern string to the + method. + For details on valid patterns see + DateTimeFormatInfo Class. + + + + + + The is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone. + To output the time in Universal time see . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The used to render the date to a string + + + + + Initialize the converter pattern based on the property. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Converts the pattern into the rendered message. + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Pass the to the + for it to render it to the writer. + + + The passed is in the local time zone. + + + + + + Write the exception text to the output + + + + If an exception object is stored in the logging event + it will be rendered into the pattern output with a + trailing newline. + + + If there is no exception then nothing will be output + and no trailing newline will be appended. + It is typical to put a newline before the exception + and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Default constructor + + + + + Write the exception text to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + If an exception object is stored in the logging event + it will be rendered into the pattern output with a + trailing newline. + + + If there is no exception or the exception property specified + by the Option value does not exist then nothing will be output + and no trailing newline will be appended. + It is typical to put a newline before the exception + and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern. + + + Recognized values for the Option parameter are: + + + + Message + + + Source + + + StackTrace + + + TargetSite + + + HelpLink + + + + + + + Writes the value of the for + the event to the output writer. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Writes the value of the for + the to the output . + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + + Write the caller location info to the output + + + + Writes the to the output writer. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the caller location info to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the to the output writer. + + + + + + Writes the event identity to the output + + + + Writes the value of the to + the output writer. + + + Daniel Cazzulino + Nicko Cadell + + + + Writes the event identity to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the value of the + to + the output . + + + + + + Write the event level to the output + + + + Writes the display name of the event + to the writer. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the event level to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the of the + to the . + + + + + + Write the caller location line number to the output + + + + Writes the value of the for + the event to the output writer. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the caller location line number to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the value of the for + the to the output . + + + + + + Converter for logger name + + + + Outputs the of the event. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Gets the fully qualified name of the logger + + the event being logged + The fully qualified logger name + + + Returns the of the . + + + + + + Writes the event message to the output + + + + Uses the method + to write out the event message. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Writes the event message to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Uses the method + to write out the event message. + + + + + + Write the method name to the output + + + + Writes the caller location to + the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the method name to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the caller location to + the output. + + + + + + Converter to output and truncate '.' separated strings + + + + This abstract class supports truncating a '.' separated string + to show a specified number of elements from the right hand side. + This is used to truncate class names that are fully qualified. + + + Subclasses should override the method to + return the fully qualified string. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initialize the converter + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Gets the fully qualified '.' (dot/period) separated name for an event. + + the event being logged + the fully qualified name + + + Overridden by subclasses to get the fully qualified name before the + precision is applied to it. + + + + + + Converts the pattern to the rendered message + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + Render the to the precision + specified by the property. + + + + + The fully qualified type of the NamedPatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Converter to include event NDC + + + + Outputs the value of the event property named NDC. + + + The should be used instead. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the event NDC to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + As the thread context stacks are now stored in named event properties + this converter simply looks up the value of the NDC property. + + + The should be used instead. + + + + + + Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that + derived classes need. + + + Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to + individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for + converting a logging event in a converter specific manner. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Flag indicating if this converter handles the logging event exception + + false if this converter handles the logging event exception + + + If this converter handles the exception object contained within + , then this property should be set to + false. Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception + object, then the property should be set to true. + + + Set this value to override a this default setting. The default + value is true, this converter does not handle the exception. + + + + + + Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to + convert conversion specifiers in the correct way. + + that will receive the formatted result. + The on which the pattern converter should be executed. + + + + Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to + convert conversion specifiers in the correct way. + + that will receive the formatted result. + The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed. + + + + Property pattern converter + + + + Writes out the value of a named property. The property name + should be set in the + property. + + + If the is set to null + then all the properties are written as key value pairs. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the property value to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes out the value of a named property. The property name + should be set in the + property. + + + If the is set to null + then all the properties are written as key value pairs. + + + + + + Converter to output the relative time of the event + + + + Converter to output the time of the event relative to the start of the program. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the relative time to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes out the relative time of the event in milliseconds. + That is the number of milliseconds between the event + and the . + + + + + + Helper method to get the time difference between two DateTime objects + + start time (in the current local time zone) + end time (in the current local time zone) + the time difference in milliseconds + + + + Writes the to the output writer, using format: + type3.MethodCall3(type param,...) > type2.MethodCall2(type param,...) > type1.MethodCall1(type param,...) + + Adam Davies + + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the StackTraceDetailPatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Write the caller stack frames to the output + + + + Writes the to the output writer, using format: + type3.MethodCall3 > type2.MethodCall2 > type1.MethodCall1 + + + Michael Cromwell + + + + Initialize the converter + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Write the strack frames to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the to the output writer. + + + + + + Returns the Name of the method + + + This method was created, so this class could be used as a base class for StackTraceDetailPatternConverter + string + + + + The fully qualified type of the StackTracePatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Converter to include event thread name + + + + Writes the to the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the ThreadName to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the to the . + + + + + + Pattern converter for the class name + + + + Outputs the of the event. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Gets the fully qualified name of the class + + the event being logged + The fully qualified type name for the caller location + + + Returns the of the . + + + + + + Converter to include event user name + + Douglas de la Torre + Nicko Cadell + + + + Convert the pattern to the rendered message + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + + Writes the TimeStamp to the output. + + + + Date pattern converter, uses a to format + the date of a . + + + Uses a to format the + in Universal time. + + + See the for details on the date pattern syntax. + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Writes the TimeStamp to the output. + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Pass the to the + for it to render it to the writer. + + + The passed is in the local time zone, this is converted + to Universal time before it is rendered. + + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + A flexible layout configurable with pattern string. + + + + The goal of this class is to a + as a string. The results + depend on the conversion pattern. + + + The conversion pattern is closely related to the conversion + pattern of the printf function in C. A conversion pattern is + composed of literal text and format control expressions called + conversion specifiers. + + + You are free to insert any literal text within the conversion + pattern. + + + Each conversion specifier starts with a percent sign (%) and is + followed by optional format modifiers and a conversion + pattern name. The conversion pattern name specifies the type of + data, e.g. logger, level, date, thread name. The format + modifiers control such things as field width, padding, left and + right justification. The following is a simple example. + + + Let the conversion pattern be "%-5level [%thread]: %message%newline" and assume + that the log4net environment was set to use a PatternLayout. Then the + statements + + + ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestApp)); + log.Debug("Message 1"); + log.Warn("Message 2"); + + would yield the output + + DEBUG [main]: Message 1 + WARN [main]: Message 2 + + + Note that there is no explicit separator between text and + conversion specifiers. The pattern parser knows when it has reached + the end of a conversion specifier when it reads a conversion + character. In the example above the conversion specifier + %-5level means the level of the logging event should be left + justified to a width of five characters. + + + The recognized conversion pattern names are: + + + + Conversion Pattern Name + Effect + + + a + Equivalent to appdomain + + + appdomain + + Used to output the friendly name of the AppDomain where the + logging event was generated. + + + + aspnet-cache + + + Used to output all cache items in the case of %aspnet-cache or just one named item if used as %aspnet-cache{key} + + + This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies. + + + + + aspnet-context + + + Used to output all context items in the case of %aspnet-context or just one named item if used as %aspnet-context{key} + + + This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies. + + + + + aspnet-request + + + Used to output all request parameters in the case of %aspnet-request or just one named param if used as %aspnet-request{key} + + + This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies. + + + + + aspnet-session + + + Used to output all session items in the case of %aspnet-session or just one named item if used as %aspnet-session{key} + + + This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies. + + + + + c + Equivalent to logger + + + C + Equivalent to type + + + class + Equivalent to type + + + d + Equivalent to date + + + date + + + Used to output the date of the logging event in the local time zone. + To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern. + The date conversion + specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed + between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or + %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is + given then ISO8601 format is + assumed (). + + + The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the + time pattern string of the . + + + For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date + formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings + "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying + , + and respectively + . For example, + %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE}. + + + These dedicated date formatters perform significantly + better than . + + + + + exception + + + Used to output the exception passed in with the log message. + + + If an exception object is stored in the logging event + it will be rendered into the pattern output with a + trailing newline. + If there is no exception then nothing will be output + and no trailing newline will be appended. + It is typical to put a newline before the exception + and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern. + + + + + F + Equivalent to file + + + file + + + Used to output the file name where the logging request was + issued. + + + WARNING Generating caller location information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + identity + + + Used to output the username for the currently active user + (Principal.Identity.Name). + + + WARNING Generating caller information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + + + l + Equivalent to location + + + L + Equivalent to line + + + location + + + Used to output location information of the caller which generated + the logging event. + + + The location information depends on the CLI implementation but + usually consists of the fully qualified name of the calling + method followed by the callers source the file name and line + number between parentheses. + + + The location information can be very useful. However, its + generation is extremely slow. Its use should be avoided + unless execution speed is not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + level + + + Used to output the level of the logging event. + + + + + line + + + Used to output the line number from where the logging request + was issued. + + + WARNING Generating caller location information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + logger + + + Used to output the logger of the logging event. The + logger conversion specifier can be optionally followed by + precision specifier, that is a decimal constant in + brackets. + + + If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding + number of right most components of the logger name will be + printed. By default, the logger name is printed in full. + + + For example, for the logger name "a.b.c" the pattern + %logger{2} will output "b.c". + + + + + m + Equivalent to message + + + M + Equivalent to method + + + message + + + Used to output the application supplied message associated with + the logging event. + + + + + mdc + + + The MDC (old name for the ThreadContext.Properties) is now part of the + combined event properties. This pattern is supported for compatibility + but is equivalent to property. + + + + + method + + + Used to output the method name where the logging request was + issued. + + + WARNING Generating caller location information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + n + Equivalent to newline + + + newline + + + Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or + characters. + + + This conversion pattern offers the same performance as using + non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n". + Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator. + + + + + ndc + + + Used to output the NDC (nested diagnostic context) associated + with the thread that generated the logging event. + + + + + p + Equivalent to level + + + P + Equivalent to property + + + properties + Equivalent to property + + + property + + + Used to output an event specific property. The key to + lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the + pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value + from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value + that is to be included in the log must be specified separately. + Properties are added to events by loggers or appenders. By default, + the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on + which the event was originally logged. + + + If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their + values are printed in a comma separated list. + + + The properties of an event are combined from a number of different + contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched. + + + + the event properties + + The event has that can be set. These + properties are specific to this event only. + + + + the thread properties + + The that are set on the current + thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread. + + + + the global properties + + The that are set globally. These + properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain. + + + + + + + + r + Equivalent to timestamp + + + stacktrace + + + Used to output the stack trace of the logging event + The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed + between braces. For example, %stacktrace{level}. + If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed + + + Output uses the format: + type3.MethodCall3 > type2.MethodCall2 > type1.MethodCall1 + + + This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies. + + + + + stacktracedetail + + + Used to output the stack trace of the logging event + The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed + between braces. For example, %stacktracedetail{level}. + If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed + + + Output uses the format: + type3.MethodCall3(type param,...) > type2.MethodCall2(type param,...) > type1.MethodCall1(type param,...) + + + This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies. + + + + + t + Equivalent to thread + + + timestamp + + + Used to output the number of milliseconds elapsed since the start + of the application until the creation of the logging event. + + + + + thread + + + Used to output the name of the thread that generated the + logging event. Uses the thread number if no name is available. + + + + + type + + + Used to output the fully qualified type name of the caller + issuing the logging request. This conversion specifier + can be optionally followed by precision specifier, that + is a decimal constant in brackets. + + + If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding + number of right most components of the class name will be + printed. By default, the class name is output in fully qualified form. + + + For example, for the class name "log4net.Layout.PatternLayout", the + pattern %type{1} will output "PatternLayout". + + + WARNING Generating the caller class information is + slow. Thus, its use should be avoided unless execution speed is + not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + u + Equivalent to identity + + + username + + + Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently + active user. + + + WARNING Generating caller WindowsIdentity information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + + + utcdate + + + Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time. + The date conversion + specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed + between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or + %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is + given then ISO8601 format is + assumed (). + + + The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the + time pattern string of the . + + + For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date + formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings + "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying + , + and respectively + . For example, + %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE}. + + + These dedicated date formatters perform significantly + better than . + + + + + w + Equivalent to username + + + x + Equivalent to ndc + + + X + Equivalent to mdc + + + % + + + The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign. + + + + + + The single letter patterns are deprecated in favor of the + longer more descriptive pattern names. + + + By default, the relevant information is output as is. However, + with the aid of format modifiers it is possible to change the + minimum field width, the maximum field width and justification. + + + The optional format modifier is placed between the percent sign + and the conversion pattern name. + + + The first optional format modifier is the left justification + flag which is just the minus (-) character. Then comes the + optional minimum field width modifier. This is a decimal + constant that represents the minimum number of characters to + output. If the data item requires fewer characters, it is padded on + either the left or the right until the minimum width is + reached. The default is to pad on the left (right justify) but you + can specify right padding with the left justification flag. The + padding character is space. If the data item is larger than the + minimum field width, the field is expanded to accommodate the + data. The value is never truncated. + + + This behavior can be changed using the maximum field + width modifier which is designated by a period followed by a + decimal constant. If the data item is longer than the maximum + field, then the extra characters are removed from the + beginning of the data item and not from the end. For + example, it the maximum field width is eight and the data item is + ten characters long, then the first two characters of the data item + are dropped. This behavior deviates from the printf function in C + where truncation is done from the end. + + + Below are various format modifier examples for the logger + conversion specifier. + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Format modifierleft justifyminimum widthmaximum widthcomment
%20loggerfalse20none + + Left pad with spaces if the logger name is less than 20 + characters long. + +
%-20loggertrue20none + + Right pad with spaces if the logger + name is less than 20 characters long. + +
%.30loggerNAnone30 + + Truncate from the beginning if the logger + name is longer than 30 characters. + +
%20.30loggerfalse2030 + + Left pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20 + characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters, + then truncate from the beginning. + +
%-20.30loggertrue2030 + + Right pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20 + characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters, + then truncate from the beginning. + +
+
+ + Note about caller location information.
+ The following patterns %type %file %line %method %location %class %C %F %L %l %M + all generate caller location information. + Location information uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate + a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack. + + + + The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the + .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not + available on that framework. + + + + + The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds: + + + "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations. + By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The + debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column + information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace + might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations + that occur during optimization." + + + This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may + not exist at all! Therefore, caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build. + + + + Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific + instance using the method. + + + + This is a more detailed pattern. + %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline + + + A similar pattern except that the relative time is + right padded if less than 6 digits, thread name is right padded if + less than 15 characters and truncated if longer and the logger + name is left padded if shorter than 30 characters and truncated if + longer. + %-6timestamp [%15.15thread] %-5level %30.30logger %ndc - %message%newline + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Douglas de la Torre + Daniel Cazzulino + + + + Default pattern string for log output. + + + + Default pattern string for log output. + Currently set to the string "%message%newline" + which just prints the application supplied message. + + + + + + A detailed conversion pattern + + + + A conversion pattern which includes Time, Thread, Logger, and Nested Context. + Current value is %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline. + + + + + + Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types. + + + + This static map is overridden by the converterRegistry instance map + + + + + + the head of the pattern converter chain + + + + + patterns defined on this PatternLayout only + + + + + Constructs a PatternLayout using the DefaultConversionPattern + + + + The default pattern just produces the application supplied message. + + + Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method + . If you override this method be + aware that it will be called before your is called constructor. + + + As per the contract the + method must be called after the properties on this object have been + configured. + + + + + + Constructs a PatternLayout using the supplied conversion pattern + + the pattern to use + + + Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method + . If you override this method be + aware that it will be called before your is called constructor. + + + When using this constructor the method + need not be called. This may not be the case when using a subclass. + + + + + + Gets or sets the pattern formatting string. + + + + The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which + controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and + conversion specifiers. + + + + + + Create the pattern parser instance + + the pattern to parse + The that will format the event + + + Creates the used to parse the conversion string. Sets the + global and instance rules on the . + + + + + + Initializes layout options. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern. + + The event being logged. + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to. + + + Parses the using the patter format + specified in the property. + + + + + + Add a converter to this PatternLayout + + the converter info + + + This version of the method is used by the configurator. + Programmatic users should use the alternative method. + + + + + + Adds a named pattern converter to this PatternLayout. + + the name of the conversion pattern for this converter + the type of the converter + + + This converter will be used in the formatting of the event. + This method must be called before . + + + The specified must extend the + type. + + + + + + Type converter for the interface. + + + + Supports converting from the interface to + the interface using the . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Can the sourceType be converted to an + + the source to be to be converted + true if the source type can be converted to + + + Test if the can be converted to a + . Only is supported + as the . + + + + + + Converts the value to a object. + + the value to convert + the object + + + If the object is an then the + is used to adapt between the two interfaces, + otherwise an exception is thrown. + + + + + + Extracts the value of a property from the . + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The name of the value to look up in the LoggingEvent Properties collection. + + + + + Looks up the property for . + + The event to format + returns property value + + + Looks up and returns the object value of the property + named . If there is no property defined + with than name then null will be returned. + + + + + + Extracts the date from the . + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the as a . + + The event to format + returns the time stamp + + + The time stamp is in local time. To format the time stamp + in universal time use . + + + + + + Extracts the date from the . + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the as a . + + The event to format + returns the time stamp + + + The time stamp is in universal time. To format the time stamp + in local time use . + + + + + + A very simple layout + + + + SimpleLayout consists of the level of the log statement, + followed by " - " and then the log message itself. For example, + + DEBUG - Hello world + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructs a SimpleLayout + + + + + Initialize layout options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Produces a simple formatted output. + + the event being logged + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + + + Formats the event as the level of the event, + followed by " - " and then the log message itself. The + output is terminated by a newline. + + + + + + Layout that formats the log events as XML elements. + + + + The output of the consists of a series of + log4net:event elements. It does not output a complete well-formed XML + file. The output is designed to be included as an external entity + in a separate file to form a correct XML file. + + + For example, if abc is the name of the file where + the output goes, then a well-formed XML file would + be: + + + <?xml version="1.0" ?> + + <!DOCTYPE log4net:events SYSTEM "log4net-events.dtd" [<!ENTITY data SYSTEM "abc">]> + + <log4net:events version="1.2" xmlns:log4net="http://logging.apache.org/log4net/schemas/log4net-events-1.2> + &data; + </log4net:events> + + + This approach enforces the independence of the + and the appender where it is embedded. + + + The version attribute helps components to correctly + interpret output generated by . The value of + this attribute should be "1.2" for release 1.2 and later. + + + Alternatively the Header and Footer properties can be + configured to output the correct XML header, open tag and close tag. + When setting the Header and Footer properties it is essential + that the underlying data store not be appendable otherwise the data + will become invalid XML. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructs an XmlLayout + + + + + Constructs an XmlLayout. + + + + The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By + default, it is set to false which means there will be no location + information output by this layout. If the option is set to + true, then the file name and line number of the statement + at the origin of the log statement will be output. + + + If you are embedding this layout within an SmtpAppender + then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that + appender as well. + + + + + + The prefix to use for all element names + + + + The default prefix is log4net. Set this property + to change the prefix. If the prefix is set to an empty string + then no prefix will be written. + + + + + + Set whether to base64 encode the message. + + + + By default the log message will be written as text to the xml + output. This can cause problems when the message contains binary + data. By setting this to true the contents of the message will be + base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement + (see ) will not be performed + on the log message. + + + + + + Set whether to base64 encode the property values. + + + + By default the properties will be written as text to the xml + output. This can cause problems when one or more properties contain + binary data. By setting this to true the values of the properties + will be base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement + (see ) will not be performed + on the property values. + + + + + + Initialize layout options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + Builds a cache of the element names + + + + + + Does the actual writing of the XML. + + The writer to use to output the event to. + The event to write. + + + Override the base class method + to write the to the . + + + + + + Layout that formats the log events as XML elements. + + + + This is an abstract class that must be subclassed by an implementation + to conform to a specific schema. + + + Deriving classes must implement the method. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Protected constructor to support subclasses + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with no location info. + + + + + + Protected constructor to support subclasses + + + + The parameter determines whether + location information will be output by the layout. If + is set to true, then the + file name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log + statement will be output. + + + If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender + then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that + appender as well. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether to include location information in + the XML events. + + + true if location information should be included in the XML + events; otherwise, false. + + + + If is set to true, then the file + name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log + statement will be output. + + + If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender + then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that + appender as well. + + + + + + The string to replace characters that can not be expressed in XML with. + + + Not all characters may be expressed in XML. This property contains the + string to replace those that can not with. This defaults to a ?. Set it + to the empty string to simply remove offending characters. For more + details on the allowed character ranges see http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets + Character replacement will occur in the log message, the property names + and the property values. + + + + + + + Initialize layout options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Gets the content type output by this layout. + + + As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml". + + + + As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml". + + + + + + Produces a formatted string. + + The event being logged. + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + + + Format the and write it to the . + + + This method creates an that writes to the + . The is passed + to the method. Subclasses should override the + method rather than this method. + + + + + + Does the actual writing of the XML. + + The writer to use to output the event to. + The event to write. + + + Subclasses should override this method to format the as XML. + + + + + + Layout that formats the log events as XML elements compatible with the log4j schema + + + + Formats the log events according to the http://logging.apache.org/log4j schema. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The 1st of January 1970 in UTC + + + + + Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j + + + + + Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j. + + + + The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By + default, it is set to false which means there will be no location + information output by this layout. If the option is set to + true, then the file name and line number of the statement + at the origin of the log statement will be output. + + + If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender + then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that + appender as well. + + + + + + The version of the log4j schema to use. + + + + Only version 1.2 of the log4j schema is supported. + + + + + + Actually do the writing of the xml + + the writer to use + the event to write + + + Generate XML that is compatible with the log4j schema. + + + + + + The log4net Logical Thread Context. + + + + The LogicalThreadContext provides a location for specific debugging + information to be stored. + The LogicalThreadContext properties override any or + properties with the same name. + + + For .NET Standard this class uses System.Threading.AsyncLocal rather than . + + + The Logical Thread Context has a properties map and a stack. + The properties and stack can + be included in the output of log messages. The + supports selecting and outputting these properties. + + + The Logical Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current call context. + This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log + output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved + when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously. + + + The Logical Thread Context is managed on a per basis. + + + The requires a link time + for the + . + If the calling code does not have this permission then this context will be disabled. + It will not store any property values set on it. + + + Example of using the thread context properties to store a username. + + LogicalThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName; + log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Property called 'user'"); + + + Example of how to push a message into the context stack + + using(LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["LDC"].Push("my context message")) + { + log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'"); + + } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The thread properties map + + + + The LogicalThreadContext properties override any + or properties with the same name. + + + + + + The logical thread stacks. + + + + + This class is used by client applications to request logger instances. + + + + This class has static methods that are used by a client to request + a logger instance. The method is + used to retrieve a logger. + + + See the interface for more details. + + + Simple example of logging messages + + ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log"); + + log.Info("Application Start"); + log.Debug("This is a debug message"); + + if (log.IsDebugEnabled) + { + log.Debug("This is another debug message"); + } + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the default repository) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns null. + + + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + The logger found, or null if no logger could be found. + + + Get the currently defined loggers. + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the default repository. + + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + All the defined loggers. + + + Get or create a logger. + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + + + Retrieves a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns + null. + + + The repository to lookup in. + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + + The logger found, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified + repository. + + + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the repository for the specified assembly) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns + null. + + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + + The logger, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified + assembly's repository. + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository. + + The repository to lookup in. + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + All the defined loggers. + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository. + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + All the defined loggers. + + + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + + + Retrieve a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + The repository to lookup in. + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + + + Retrieve a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Shorthand for . + + + Get the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Shorthand for . + + + Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + The repository to lookup in. + The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Shorthand for . + + + Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Shuts down the log4net system. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the + default repositories. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + Shutdown a logger repository. + + Shuts down the default repository. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + default repository. + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Shuts down the repository for the repository specified. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + specified. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + The repository to shut down. + + + + Shuts down the repository specified. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + repository. The repository is looked up using + the specified. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + + + Reset the configuration of a repository + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + + + Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set to its default "off" value. + + + + + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + + + Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set to its default "off" value. + + + The repository to reset. + + + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + + + Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set to its default "off" value. + + + The assembly to use to look up the repository to reset. + + + Get a logger repository. + + Returns the default instance. + + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the callers assembly (). + + + The instance for the default repository. + + + + Returns the default instance. + + The default instance. + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the argument. + + + The repository to lookup in. + + + + Returns the default instance. + + The default instance. + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the argument. + + + The assembly to use to look up the repository. + + + Create a logger repository. + + Creates a repository with the specified repository type. + + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to will return + the same repository instance. + + + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name. + + + + Creates the default type of which is a + object. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories. + The created for the repository. + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type. + + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type. + + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + The assembly to use to get the name of the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + + Gets the list of currently defined repositories. + + + + Get an array of all the objects that have been created. + + + An array of all the known objects. + + + + Flushes logging events buffered in all configured appenders in the default repository. + + The maximum time in milliseconds to wait for logging events from asynchronous appenders to be flushed. + True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false. + + + + Looks up the wrapper object for the logger specified. + + The logger to get the wrapper for. + The wrapper for the logger specified. + + + + Looks up the wrapper objects for the loggers specified. + + The loggers to get the wrappers for. + The wrapper objects for the loggers specified. + + + + Create the objects used by + this manager. + + The logger to wrap. + The wrapper for the logger specified. + + + + The wrapper map to use to hold the objects. + + + + + Implementation of Mapped Diagnostic Contexts. + + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + The MDC class is similar to the class except that it is + based on a map instead of a stack. It provides mapped + diagnostic contexts. A Mapped Diagnostic Context, or + MDC in short, is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log + output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved + when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously. + + + The MDC is managed on a per thread basis. + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the context value identified by the parameter. + + The key to lookup in the MDC. + The string value held for the key, or a null reference if no corresponding value is found. + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + If the parameter does not look up to a + previously defined context then null will be returned. + + + + + + Add an entry to the MDC + + The key to store the value under. + The value to store. + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + Puts a context value (the parameter) as identified + with the parameter into the current thread's + context map. + + + If a value is already defined for the + specified then the value will be replaced. If the + is specified as null then the key value mapping will be removed. + + + + + + Removes the key value mapping for the key specified. + + The key to remove. + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + Remove the specified entry from this thread's MDC + + + + + + Clear all entries in the MDC + + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + Remove all the entries from this thread's MDC + + + + + + Implementation of Nested Diagnostic Contexts. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + A Nested Diagnostic Context, or NDC in short, is an instrument + to distinguish interleaved log output from different sources. Log + output is typically interleaved when a server handles multiple + clients near-simultaneously. + + + Interleaved log output can still be meaningful if each log entry + from different contexts had a distinctive stamp. This is where NDCs + come into play. + + + Note that NDCs are managed on a per-thread basis. The NDC class + is made up of static methods that operate on the context of the + calling thread. + + + How to push a message into the context + + using (NDC.Push("my context message")) + { + ... all log calls will have 'my context message' included ... + + } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically removed + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the current context depth. + + The current context depth. + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + The number of context values pushed onto the context stack. + + + Used to record the current depth of the context. This can then + be restored using the method. + + + + + + + Clears all the contextual information held on the current thread. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + Clears the stack of NDC data held on the current thread. + + + + + + Creates a clone of the stack of context information. + + A clone of the context info for this thread. + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + The results of this method can be passed to the + method to allow child threads to inherit the context of their + parent thread. + + + + + + Inherits the contextual information from another thread. + + The context stack to inherit. + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + This thread will use the context information from the stack + supplied. This can be used to initialize child threads with + the same contextual information as their parent threads. These + contexts will NOT be shared. Any further contexts that + are pushed onto the stack will not be visible to the other. + Call to obtain a stack to pass to + this method. + + + + + + Removes the top context from the stack. + + + The message in the context that was removed from the top + of the stack. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + Remove the top context from the stack, and return + it to the caller. If the stack is empty then an + empty string (not null) is returned. + + + + + + Pushes a new context message. + + The new context message. + + An that can be used to clean up + the context stack. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + Pushes a new context onto the context stack. An + is returned that can be used to clean up the context stack. This + can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the + context. + + + Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword. + + using(log4net.NDC.Push("NDC_Message")) + { + log.Warn("This should have an NDC message"); + } + + + + + + Pushes a new context message. + + The new context message string format. + Arguments to be passed into messageFormat. + + An that can be used to clean up + the context stack. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + Pushes a new context onto the context stack. An + is returned that can be used to clean up the context stack. This + can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the + context. + + + Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword. + + var someValue = "ExampleContext" + using(log4net.NDC.PushFormat("NDC_Message {0}", someValue)) + { + log.Warn("This should have an NDC message"); + } + + + + + + Removes the context information for this thread. It is + not required to call this method. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + This method is not implemented. + + + + + + Forces the stack depth to be at most . + + The maximum depth of the stack + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + Forces the stack depth to be at most . + This may truncate the head of the stack. This only affects the + stack in the current thread. Also it does not prevent it from + growing, it only sets the maximum depth at the time of the + call. This can be used to return to a known context depth. + + + + + + The default object Renderer. + + + + The default renderer supports rendering objects and collections to strings. + + + See the method for details of the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Renders the object to a string. + + The map used to lookup renderers + The object to render + The writer to render to + + + Render the object to a string. + + + The parameter is + provided to lookup and render other objects. This is + very useful where contains + nested objects of unknown type. The + method can be used to render these objects. + + + The default renderer supports rendering objects to strings as follows: + + + + Value + Rendered String + + + null + + "(null)" + + + + + + + For a one dimensional array this is the + array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma + separated list of the elements (using the appropriate + renderer), followed by a close brace. + + + For example: int[] {1, 2, 3}. + + + If the array is not one dimensional the + Array.ToString() is returned. + + + + + , & + + + Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma + separated list of the elements (using the appropriate + renderer), followed by a close brace. + + + For example: {a, b, c}. + + + All collection classes that implement its subclasses, + or generic equivalents all implement the interface. + + + + + + + + Rendered as the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate + renderer). + + + For example: key=value. + + + + + other + + Object.ToString() + + + + + + + + Render the array argument into a string + + The map used to lookup renderers + the array to render + The writer to render to + + + For a one dimensional array this is the + array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma + separated list of the elements (using the appropriate + renderer), followed by a close brace. For example: + int[] {1, 2, 3}. + + + If the array is not one dimensional the + Array.ToString() is returned. + + + + + + Render the enumerator argument into a string + + The map used to lookup renderers + the enumerator to render + The writer to render to + + + Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma + separated list of the elements (using the appropriate + renderer), followed by a close brace. For example: + {a, b, c}. + + + + + + Renders the DictionaryEntry argument into a string. + + The map used to lookup renderers + the DictionaryEntry to render + The writer to render to + + + Render the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate + renderer). For example: key=value. + + + + + + Implement this interface in order to render objects as strings + + + + Certain types require special case conversion to + string form. This conversion is done by an object renderer. + Object renderers implement the + interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Render the object to a string + + The map used to lookup renderers + The object to render + The writer to render to + + + Render the object to a + string. + + + The parameter is + provided to lookup and render other objects. This is + very useful where contains + nested objects of unknown type. The + method can be used to render these objects. + + + + + + Maps types to instances for types that require custom + rendering. + + + + The method is used to render an + object using the appropriate renderers defined in this map, + using a default renderer if no custom renderer is defined for a type. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Renders using the appropriate renderer. + + the object to render to a string + The object rendered as a string. + + + This is a convenience method used to render an object to a string. + The alternative method + should be used when streaming output to a . + + + + + + Render using the appropriate renderer. + + the object to render to a string + The writer to render to + + + Find the appropriate renderer for the type of the + parameter. This is accomplished by calling the + method. Once a renderer is found, it is + applied on the object and the result is returned + as a . + + + + + + Gets the renderer for the specified object type. + + The object for which to look up the renderer. + the renderer for + + + Gets the renderer for the specified object type. + + + Syntactic sugar method that calls + with the type of the object parameter. + + + + + + Gets the renderer for the specified type + + the type to look up the renderer for + The renderer for the specified type, or if no specific renderer has been defined. + + + + Recursively searches interfaces. + + The type for which to look up the renderer. + The renderer for the specified type, or null if not found. + + + + Gets the default renderer instance + + + + + Clears the map of custom renderers. The + is not removed. + + + + + Registers an for . + + The type that will be rendered by . + The renderer for . + + + + Interface implemented by logger repository plugins. + + + + Plugins define additional behavior that can be associated + with a . + The held by the + property is used to store the plugins for a repository. + + + The log4net.Config.PluginAttribute can be used to + attach plugins to repositories created using configuration + attributes. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the name of the plugin. + + + The name of the plugin. + + + + Plugins are stored in the + keyed by name. Each plugin instance attached to a + repository must be a unique name. + + + + + + Attaches the plugin to the specified . + + The that this plugin should be attached to. + + + A plugin may only be attached to a single repository. + + + This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository. + + + + + + Is called when the plugin is to shutdown. + + + + This method is called to notify the plugin that + it should stop operating and should detach from + the repository. + + + + + + Interface used to create plugins. + + + + Interface used to create a plugin. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Creates the plugin object. + + the new plugin instance + + + Create and return a new plugin instance. + + + + + + A strongly-typed collection of objects. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Supports type-safe iteration over a . + + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Creates a read-only wrapper for a PluginCollection instance. + + list to create a readonly wrapper arround + + A PluginCollection wrapper that is read-only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that is empty and has the default initial capacity. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that has the specified initial capacity. + + + The number of elements that the new PluginCollection is initially capable of storing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified PluginCollection. + + The PluginCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified array. + + The array whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified collection. + + The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified collection. + + The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Type visible only to our subclasses + Used to access protected constructor + + + + + + A value + + + + + Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors + + + + + + Gets the number of elements actually contained in the PluginCollection. + + + + + Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional + array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + + + + Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional + array, starting at the specified index of the target array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + The zero-based index in at which copying begins. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe). + + false, because the backing type is an array, which is never thread-safe. + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the at the specified index. + + + The at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + + is less than zero. + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Adds a to the end of the PluginCollection. + + The to be added to the end of the PluginCollection. + The index at which the value has been added. + + + + Removes all elements from the PluginCollection. + + + + + Creates a shallow copy of the . + + A new with a shallow copy of the collection data. + + + + Determines whether a given is in the PluginCollection. + + The to check for. + true if is found in the PluginCollection; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a + in the PluginCollection. + + The to locate in the PluginCollection. + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of + in the entire PluginCollection, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + + Inserts an element into the PluginCollection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which should be inserted. + The to insert. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the PluginCollection. + + The to remove from the PluginCollection. + + The specified was not found in the PluginCollection. + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the PluginCollection. + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + is less than zero. + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. + + true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PluginCollection. + + An for the entire PluginCollection. + + + + Gets or sets the number of elements the PluginCollection can contain. + + + The number of elements the PluginCollection can contain. + + + + + Adds the elements of another PluginCollection to the current PluginCollection. + + The PluginCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current PluginCollection. + The new of the PluginCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a array to the current PluginCollection. + + The array whose elements should be added to the end of the PluginCollection. + The new of the PluginCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a collection to the current PluginCollection. + + The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the PluginCollection. + The new of the PluginCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a collection to the current PluginCollection. + + The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the PluginCollection. + The new of the PluginCollection. + + + + Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements. + + + + + is less than zero. + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + is less than zero. + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Supports simple iteration over a . + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class. + + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + + + + Map of repository plugins. + + The repository that the plugins should be attached to. + + + This class is a name keyed map of the plugins that are + attached to a repository. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Map of repository plugins. + + The repository that the plugins should be attached to. + + + This class is a name keyed map of the plugins that are + attached to a repository. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets a by name. + + The name of the to lookup. + + The from the map with the name specified, or + null if no plugin is found. + + + + + Gets all possible plugins as a list of objects. + + All possible plugins as a list of objects. + + + + Adds a to the map. + + The to add to the map. + + + The will be attached to the repository when added. + + + If there already exists a plugin with the same name + attached to the repository then the old plugin will + be and replaced with + the new plugin. + + + + + + Removes an from the map. + + The to remove from the map. + + + + Base implementation of + + + + Default abstract implementation of the + interface. This base class can be used by implementors + of the interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + the name of the plugin + + Initializes a new Plugin with the specified name. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the plugin. + + + The name of the plugin. + + + + Plugins are stored in the + keyed by name. Each plugin instance attached to a + repository must be a unique name. + + + The name of the plugin must not change once the + plugin has been attached to a repository. + + + + + + Attaches this plugin to a . + + The that this plugin should be attached to. + + + A plugin may only be attached to a single repository. + + + This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository. + + + + + + Is called when the plugin is to shutdown. + + + + This method is called to notify the plugin that + it should stop operating and should detach from + the repository. + + + + + + The repository for this plugin + + + The that this plugin is attached to. + + + + Gets or sets the that this plugin is + attached to. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Default implementation of + + + + This default implementation of the + interface is used to create the default subclass + of the object. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Create a new instance with the specified name. + + The that will own the . + The name of the . If null, the root logger is returned. + The instance for the specified name. + + + Called by the to create + new named instances. + + + + + + Default internal subclass of + + + + This subclass has no additional behavior over the + class but does allow instances + to be created. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified name. + + the name of the logger + + + + Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications. + + The in which the has been created. + The event args that hold the instance that has been created. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + A event is raised every time a is created. + + + The that has been created. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + A event is raised every time a is created. + + + The that has been created. + + + + Gets the that has been created. + + + + + Hierarchical organization of loggers + + + + The casual user should not have to deal with this class directly. + + + This class is specialized in retrieving loggers by name and also maintaining the logger + hierarchy. Implements the interface. + + + The structure of the logger hierarchy is maintained by the + method. The hierarchy is such that children + link to their parent but parents do not have any references to their + children. Moreover, loggers can be instantiated in any order, in + particular descendant before ancestor. + + + In case a descendant is created before a particular ancestor, then it creates a provision node + for the ancestor and adds itself to the provision node. Other descendants of the same ancestor + add themselves to the previously created provision node. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + The properties to pass to this repository. + The factory to use to create new logger instances. + + + + Hierarchical organization of loggers + + + + The casual user should not have to deal with this class directly. + + + This class is specialized in retrieving loggers by name and also maintaining the logger + hierarchy. Implements the interface. + + + The structure of the logger hierarchy is maintained by the + method. The hierarchy is such that children + link to their parent but parents do not have any references to their + children. Moreover, loggers can be instantiated in any order, in + particular descendant before ancestor. + + + In case a descendant is created before a particular ancestor, then it creates a provision node + for the ancestor and adds itself to the provision node. Other descendants of the same ancestor + add themselves to the previously created provision node. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + The properties to pass to this repository. + The factory to use to create new logger instances. + + + + The fully qualified type of the Hierarchy class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the type of the log message. + + + + + Event used to notify that a logger has been created. + + + + + Default constructor + + + + + Construct with properties + + The properties to pass to this repository. + + + + Construct with a logger factory + + The factory to use to create new logger instances. + + + + Has no appender warning been emitted + + + Flag to indicate if we have already issued a warning about not having an appender warning. + + + + + Get the root of this hierarchy + + + + + Gets or sets the default instance. + + + + The logger factory is used to create logger instances. + + + + + + Test if a logger exists + + The name of the logger to lookup + The Logger object with the name specified + + + Check if the named logger exists in the hierarchy. If so return + its reference, otherwise returns . + + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array + + All the defined loggers + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array. + The root logger is not included in the returned + enumeration. + + + + + + Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using + the default factory. + + + If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be + returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and + then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children. + + The name of the logger to retrieve + The logger object with the name specified + + + + Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove + all appenders in all loggers including the root logger. + + + + Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove + all appenders in all loggers including the root logger. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the + application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be + lost. + + + The method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their default. + + + + Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their + default. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to , + sets their additivity flag to and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set its default "off" value. + + + Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset. + + + This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will + block all logging until it is completed. + + + + + + Log the logEvent through this hierarchy. + + the event to log + + + This method should not normally be used to log. + The interface should be used + for routine logging. This interface can be obtained + using the method. + + + The is delivered to the appropriate logger and + that logger is then responsible for logging the event. + + + + + + Returns all the Appenders that are currently configured + + An array containing all the currently configured appenders + + + Returns all the instances that are currently configured. + All the loggers are searched for appenders. The appenders may also be containers + for appenders and these are also searched for additional loggers. + + + The list returned is unordered but does not contain duplicates. + + + + + + Collect the appenders from an . + The appender may also be a container. + + + + + Collect the appenders from an container + + + + + Initialize the log4net system using the specified appender + + the appender to use to log all logging events + + + + Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders + + the appenders to use to log all logging events + + + + Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders + + the appenders to use to log all logging events + + + This method provides the same functionality as the + method implemented + on this object, but it is protected and therefore can be called by subclasses. + + + + + + Initialize the log4net system using the specified config + + the element containing the root of the config + + + + Initialize the log4net system using the specified config + + the element containing the root of the config + + + This method provides the same functionality as the + method implemented + on this object, but it is protected and therefore can be called by subclasses. + + + + + + Test if this hierarchy is disabled for the specified . + + The level to check against. + + if the repository is disabled for the level argument, otherwise. + + + If this hierarchy has not been configured then this method will always return . + See also the property. + + + + + Clear all logger definitions from the internal hashtable + + + + This call will clear all logger definitions from the internal + hashtable. Invoking this method will irrevocably mess up the + logger hierarchy. + + + You should really know what you are doing before invoking this method. + + + + + + Returns a new logger instance named as the first parameter using + . + + The name of the logger to retrieve + The factory that will make the new logger instance + The logger object with the name specified + + + If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be + returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated by the + parameter and linked with its existing + ancestors as well as children. + + + + + + Sends a logger creation event to all registered listeners + + The newly created logger + + Raises the logger creation event. + + + + + Updates all the parents of the specified logger + + The logger to update the parents for + + + This method loops through all the potential parents of + . There 3 possible cases: + + + + No entry for the potential parent of exists + + We create a ProvisionNode for this potential + parent and insert in that provision node. + + + + The entry is of type Logger for the potential parent. + + The entry is 's nearest existing parent. We + update 's parent field with this entry. We also break from + the loop because updating our parent's parent is our parent's + responsibility. + + + + The entry is of type ProvisionNode for this potential parent. + + We add to the list of children for this potential parent. + + + + + + + + Replace a with a in the hierarchy. + + + + We update the links for all the children that placed themselves + in the provision node 'pn'. The second argument 'log' is a + reference for the newly created Logger, parent of all the + children in 'pn'. + + + We loop on all the children 'c' in 'pn'. + + + If the child 'c' has been already linked to a child of + 'log' then there is no need to update 'c'. + + + Otherwise, we set log's parent field to c's parent and set + c's parent field to log. + + + + + + Define or redefine a Level using the values in the argument + + the level values + + Supports setting levels via the configuration file. + + + + + A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level + + + + + Value of the level + + + If the value is not set (defaults to -1) the value will be looked + up for the current level with the same name. + + + + + Name of the level + + + + + Display name for the level + + + + + Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info + + string info about this object + + + + Set a Property using the values in the argument + + the property value + + Supports setting property values via the configuration file. + + + + + Interface abstracts creation of instances + + + + This interface is used by the to + create new objects. + + + The method is called + to create a named . + + + Implement this interface to create new subclasses of . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Create a new instance + + The that will own the . + The name of the . + The instance for the specified name. + + + Create a new instance with the + specified name. + + + Called by the to create + new named instances. + + + If the is null then the root logger + must be returned. + + + + + + Implementation of used by + + The name of the . + + + Internal class used to provide implementation of + interface. Applications should use to get + logger instances. + + + This is one of the central classes in the log4net implementation. One of the + distinctive features of log4net are hierarchical loggers and their + evaluation. The organizes the + instances into a rooted tree hierarchy. + + + The class is abstract. Only concrete subclasses of + can be created. The + is used to create instances of this type for the . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Aspi Havewala + Douglas de la Torre + + + + Implementation of used by + + The name of the . + + + Internal class used to provide implementation of + interface. Applications should use to get + logger instances. + + + This is one of the central classes in the log4net implementation. One of the + distinctive features of log4net are hierarchical loggers and their + evaluation. The organizes the + instances into a rooted tree hierarchy. + + + The class is abstract. Only concrete subclasses of + can be created. The + is used to create instances of this type for the . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Aspi Havewala + Douglas de la Torre + + + + The fully qualified type of the Logger class. + + + + + The parent of this logger. + + + + All loggers have at least one ancestor which is the root logger. + + + + + + Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in. + + + + + Helper implementation of the interface + + + + + Lock to protect AppenderAttachedImpl variable appenderAttachedImpl + + + + + Gets or sets the parent logger in the hierarchy. + + + The parent logger in the hierarchy. + + + + Part of the Composite pattern that makes the hierarchy. + The hierarchy is parent linked rather than child linked. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders. + + + if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders. + + + + Additivity is set to by default, that is children inherit + the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is + set to then the appenders found in the + ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children + of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children + have their additivity flag set to too. See + the user manual for more details. + + + + + + Gets the effective level for this logger. + + The nearest level in the logger hierarchy. + + + Starting from this logger, searches the logger hierarchy for a + non-null level and returns it. Otherwise, returns the level of the + root logger. + + The Logger class is designed so that this method executes as + quickly as possible. + + + + + Gets or sets the where this instance is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets the assigned for this Logger. + + + + + Add to the list of appenders of this + Logger instance. + + An appender to add to this logger + + + If is already in the list of + appenders, then it won't be added again. + + + + + + Get the appenders contained in this logger as an + . + + + A collection of the appenders in this logger. If no appenders + can be found, then a is returned. + + + + + Look for the appender named as + + The name of the appender to lookup + The appender with the name specified, or . + + + + Removes all previously added appenders from this Logger instance. + + + + This is useful when re-reading configuration information. + + + + + + Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders. + + The appender to remove + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + Gets the logger name. + + + + + Generates a logging event for the specified using + the and . + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The level of the message to be logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers. + + + This method must not throw any exception to the caller. + + + + + + Logs the specified logging event through this logger. + + The event being logged. + + + This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used + by wrappers. + + + This method must not throw any exception to the caller. + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for a given passed as parameter. + + The level to check. + + if this logger is enabled for , + otherwise . + + + + This method must not throw any exception to the caller. + + + + + + Gets the where this + instance is attached to. + + + + + Deliver the to the attached appenders. + + The event to log. + + + Call the appenders in the hierarchy starting at . + If no appenders could be found, emit a warning. + + + This method calls all the appenders inherited from the + hierarchy circumventing any evaluation of whether to log or not + to log the particular log request. + + + + + + Closes all attached appenders implementing the interface. + + + + Used to ensure that the appenders are correctly shutdown. + + + + + + This is the most generic printing method. This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers + + The level of the message to be logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Generate a logging event for the specified using + the . + + + + + + Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The level of the message to be logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Generates a logging event and delivers it to the attached + appenders. + + + + + + Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks. + + The event being logged. + + + Delivers the logging event to the attached appenders. + + + + + + Used internally to accelerate hash table searches. + + + + Internal class used to improve performance of + string keyed hashtables. + + + The hashcode of the string is cached for reuse. + The string is stored as an interned value. + When comparing two objects for equality + the reference equality of the interned strings is compared. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Construct key with string name + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified name. + + + Stores the hashcode of the string and interns + the string key to optimize comparisons. + + + The Compact Framework 1.0 the + method does not work. On the Compact Framework + the string keys are not interned nor are they + compared by reference. + + + The name of the logger. + + + + Returns a hash code for the current instance. + + A hash code for the current instance. + + + Returns the cached hashcode. + + + + + + Name of the Logger + + + + + Provision nodes are used where no logger instance has been specified + + + + instances are used in the + when there is no specified + for that node. + + + A provision node holds a list of child loggers on behalf of a logger that does not exist. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Create a new provision node with child node + + A child logger to add to this node. + + + + Add a to the internal List + + Logger + + + + Calls for each logger in the internal list + + Callback to execute + Parant logger + + + + The sits at the root of the logger hierarchy tree. + + + + The is a regular except + that it provides several guarantees. + + + First, it cannot be assigned a null + level. Second, since the root logger cannot have a parent, the + property always returns the value of the + level field without walking the hierarchy. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Construct a + + The level to assign to the root logger. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified logging level. + + + The root logger names itself as "root". However, the root + logger cannot be retrieved by name. + + + + + + Gets the assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy. + + The assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy. + + + Because the root logger cannot have a parent and its level + must not be null this property just returns the + value of . + + + + + + Gets or sets the assigned for the root logger. + + + The of the root logger. + + + + Setting the level of the root logger to a null reference + may have catastrophic results. We prevent this here. + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the RootLogger class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Initializes the log4net environment using an XML DOM. + + The hierarchy to build. + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes the log4net environment using an XML DOM. + + The hierarchy to build. + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements. + + The root element to parse. + + + Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements. + + + + + + Parse appenders by IDREF. + + The appender ref element. + The instance of the appender that the ref refers to. + + + Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return + the appender. + + + + + + Parses an appender element. + + The appender element. + The appender instance or null when parsing failed. + + + Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return + the appender instance. + + + + + + Parses a logger element. + + The logger element. + + + Parse an XML element that represents a logger. + + + + + + Parses the root logger element. + + The root element. + + + Parse an XML element that represents the root logger. + + + + + + Parses the children of a logger element. + + The category element. + The logger instance. + Flag to indicate if the logger is the root logger. + + + Parse the child elements of a <logger> element. + + + + + + Parses an object renderer. + + The renderer element. + + + Parse an XML element that represents a renderer. + + + + + + Parses a level element. + + The level element. + The logger object to set the level on. + Flag to indicate if the logger is the root logger. + + + Parse an XML element that represents a level. + + + + + + Sets a parameter on an object. + + The parameter element. + The object to set the parameter on. + + The parameter name must correspond to a writable property + on the object. The value of the parameter is a string, + therefore this function will attempt to set a string + property first. If unable to set a string property it + will inspect the property and its argument type. It will + attempt to call a static method called Parse on the + type of the property. This method will take a single + string argument and return a value that can be used to + set the property. + + + + + Test if an element has no attributes or child elements + + the element to inspect + true if the element has any attributes or child elements, false otherwise + + + + Test if a is constructible with Activator.CreateInstance. + + the type to inspect + true if the type is creatable using a default constructor, false otherwise + + + + Look for a method on the that matches the supplied + + the type that has the method + the name of the method + the method info found + + + The method must be a public instance method on the . + The method must be named or "Add" followed by . + The method must take a single parameter. + + + + + + Converts a string value to a target type. + + The type of object to convert the string to. + The string value to use as the value of the object. + + + An object of type with value or + null when the conversion could not be performed. + + + + + + Creates an object as specified in XML. + + The XML element that contains the definition of the object. + The object type to use if not explicitly specified. + The type that the returned object must be or must inherit from. + The object or null + + + Parse an XML element and create an object instance based on the configuration + data. + + + The type of the instance may be specified in the XML. If not + specified then the is used + as the type. However the type is specified it must support the + type. + + + + + + key: appenderName, value: appender. + + + + + The fully qualified type of the XmlHierarchyConfigurator class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Basic Configurator interface for repositories + + + + Interface used by basic configurator to configure a + with a default . + + + A should implement this interface to support + configuration by the . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initialize the repository using the specified appender + + the appender to use to log all logging events + + + Configure the repository to route all logging events to the + specified appender. + + + + + + Initialize the repository using the specified appenders + + the appenders to use to log all logging events + + + Configure the repository to route all logging events to the + specified appenders. + + + + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications. + + The that is shutting down. + Empty event args + + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications. + + The that has had its configuration reset. + Empty event args + + + + Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes. + + The that has had its configuration changed. + Empty event arguments. + + + + Interface implemented by logger repositories, e.g. , and used by the + to obtain instances. + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets or sets the name of the repository. + + + + + Gets the map from types to instances for custom rendering. + + + + + Gets the map from plugin name to plugin value for plugins attacked to this repository. + + + + + Gets the map from level names and values for this repository. + + + + + Gets or sets the threshold for all events in this repository. + + + + + Gets the named logger, or null. + + The name of the logger to look up. + The logger if found, or null. + + + + Gets all the currently defined loggers. + + + + + Returns a named logger instance + + The name of the logger to retrieve + The logger object with the name specified + + + Returns a named logger instance. + + + If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be + returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and + then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children. + + + + + + Shuts down the repository, safely closing and removing + all appenders in all loggers including the root logger. + + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the + application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be + lost. + + + The method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Resets the repository configuration to a default state. Loggers are reset but not removed. + + + + This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will + block all logging until it is completed. + + + + + + Logs a through this repository. + + The event to log. + + + This method should not normally be used to log. + The interface should be used + for routine logging. This interface can be obtained + using the method. + + + The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and + that logger is then responsible for logging the event. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether this repository has been configured. + + + + + Collection of internal messages captured during the most + recent configuration process. + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has been shut down. + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset to default. + + + + + Event to notify that the repository's configuration has changed. + + + + + Repository specific properties. + + + + + Gets all Appenders that are configured for this repository. + + + + + Configure repository using XML + + + + Interface used by Xml configurator to configure a . + + + A should implement this interface to support + configuration by the . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initialize the repository using the specified config + + the element containing the root of the config + + + The schema for the XML configuration data is defined by + the implementation. + + + + + + Base implementation of + + + + Default abstract implementation of the interface. + + + Skeleton implementation of the interface. + All types can extend this type. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default Constructor + + + + Initializes the repository with default (empty) properties. + + + + + + Construct the repository using specific properties + + the properties to set for this repository + + + Initializes the repository with specified properties. + + + + + + The name of the repository + + + The string name of the repository + + + + The name of this repository. The name is + used to store and lookup the repositories + stored by the . + + + + + + The threshold for all events in this repository + + + The threshold for all events in this repository + + + + The threshold for all events in this repository + + + + + + RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. + + + RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. + + + + RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. + + + The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and + objects. + + + + + + The plugin map for this repository. + + + The plugin map for this repository. + + + + The plugin map holds the instances + that have been attached to this repository. + + + + + + Get the level map for the Repository. + + + + Get the level map for the Repository. + + + The level map defines the mappings between + level names and objects in + this repository. + + + + + + Test if logger exists + + The name of the logger to lookup + The Logger object with the name specified + + + Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return + its reference, otherwise returns null. + + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository + + All the defined loggers + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository as an Array. + + + + + + Return a new logger instance + + The name of the logger to retrieve + The logger object with the name specified + + + Return a new logger instance. + + + If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be + returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and + then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children. + + + + + + Shutdown the repository + + + + Shutdown the repository. Can be overridden in a subclass. + This base class implementation notifies the + listeners and all attached plugins of the shutdown event. + + + + + + Reset the repositories configuration to a default state + + + + Reset all values contained in this instance to their + default state. + + + Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset. + + + This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will + block all logging until it is completed. + + + + + + Log the logEvent through this repository. + + the event to log + + + This method should not normally be used to log. + The interface should be used + for routine logging. This interface can be obtained + using the method. + + + The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and + that logger is then responsible for logging the event. + + + + + + Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. + + + + + Contains a list of internal messages captured during the + last configuration. + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown. + + + Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown. + + + + Event raised when the repository has been shutdown. + + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset. + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset. + + + + Event raised when the repository's configuration has been + reset to default. + + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed. + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed. + + + + Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed. + + + + + + Repository specific properties + + + Repository specific properties + + + These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis + + + + + Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array. + + All the Appenders + + + Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array. + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the LoggerRepositorySkeleton class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Adds an object renderer for a specific class. + + The type that will be rendered by the renderer supplied. + The object renderer used to render the object. + + + Adds an object renderer for a specific class. + + + + + + Notify the registered listeners that the repository is shutting down + + Empty EventArgs + + + Notify any listeners that this repository is shutting down. + + + + + + Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration reset + + Empty EventArgs + + + Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has been reset. + + + + + + Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration changed + + Empty EventArgs + + + + Raise a configuration changed event on this repository + + EventArgs.Empty + + + Applications that programmatically change the configuration of the repository should + raise this event notification to notify listeners. + + + + + + Flushes all configured Appenders that implement . + + The maximum time in milliseconds to wait for logging events from asynchronous appenders to be flushed, + or to wait indefinitely. + True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false. + + + + The log4net Thread Context. + + + + The ThreadContext provides a location for thread specific debugging + information to be stored. + The ThreadContext properties override any + properties with the same name. + + + The thread context has a properties map and a stack. + The properties and stack can + be included in the output of log messages. The + supports selecting and outputting these properties. + + + The Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current thread. + This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log + output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved + when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously. + + + The Thread Context is managed on a per thread basis. + + + Example of using the thread context properties to store a username. + + ThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName; + log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Property called 'user'"); + + + Example of how to push a message into the context stack + + using(ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("my context message")) + { + log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'"); + + } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The thread properties map + + + The thread properties map + + + + The ThreadContext properties override any + properties with the same name. + + + + + + The thread stacks + + + stack map + + + + The thread local stacks. + + + + + + A straightforward implementation of the interface. + + + + This is the default implementation of the + interface. Implementors of the interface + should aggregate an instance of this type. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Append on on all attached appenders. + + The event being logged. + The number of appenders called. + + + Calls the method on all + attached appenders. + + + + + + Append on on all attached appenders. + + The array of events being logged. + The number of appenders called. + + + Calls the method on all + attached appenders. + + + + + + Calls the DoAppende method on the with + the objects supplied. + + The appender + The events + + + If the supports the + interface then the will be passed + through using that interface. Otherwise the + objects in the array will be passed one at a time. + + + + + + Attaches an appender. + + The appender to add. + + + If the appender is already in the list it won't be added again. + + + + + + Gets all attached appenders. + + + A collection of attached appenders, or null if there + are no attached appenders. + + + + The read only collection of all currently attached appenders. + + + + + + Gets an attached appender with the specified name. + + The name of the appender to get. + + The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the + specified name is found. + + + + Lookup an attached appender by name. + + + + + + Removes all attached appenders. + + + + Removes and closes all attached appenders + + + + + + Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders. + + The appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + List of appenders + + + + + Array of appenders, used to cache the appenderList + + + + + The fully qualified type of the AppenderAttachedImpl class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + This class aggregates several PropertiesDictionary collections together. + + + + Provides a dictionary style lookup over an ordered list of + collections. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Gets the value of a property + + + The value for the property with the specified key + + + + Looks up the value for the specified. + The collections are searched + in the order in which they were added to this collection. The value + returned is the value held by the first collection that contains + the specified key. + + + If none of the collections contain the specified key then + null is returned. + + + + + + Add a Properties Dictionary to this composite collection + + the properties to add + + + Properties dictionaries added first take precedence over dictionaries added + later. + + + + + + Flatten this composite collection into a single properties dictionary + + the flattened dictionary + + + Reduces the collection of ordered dictionaries to a single dictionary + containing the resultant values for the keys. + + + + + + Base class for Context Properties implementations + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property. + + + + + Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types + + + + Pattern converter info class used during configuration by custom + PatternString and PatternLayer converters. + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern in the format string. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the converter. The type must extend . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Subclass of that maintains a count of + the number of bytes written. + + + + This writer counts the number of bytes written. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + The to actually write to. + The to report errors to. + + + Creates a new instance of the class + with the specified and . + + + + + + Writes a character to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written. + + the char to write + + + Overrides implementation of . Counts + the number of bytes written. + + + + + + Writes a buffer to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written. + + the buffer to write + the start index to write from + the number of characters to write + + + Overrides implementation of . Counts + the number of bytes written. + + + + + + Writes a string to the output and counts the number of bytes written. + + The string data to write to the output. + + + Overrides implementation of . Counts + the number of bytes written. + + + + + + Gets or sets the total number of bytes written. + + + The total number of bytes written. + + + + Gets or sets the total number of bytes written. + + + + + + A fixed size rolling buffer of logging events. + + + + An array backed fixed size leaky bucket. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + The maximum number of logging events in the buffer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified maximum number of buffered logging events. + + + The argument is not a positive integer. + + + + Appends a to the buffer. + + The event to append to the buffer. + The event discarded from the buffer, if the buffer is full, otherwise null. + + + Append an event to the buffer. If the buffer still contains free space then + null is returned. If the buffer is full then an event will be dropped + to make space for the new event, the dropped event is returned. + + + + + + Get and remove the oldest event in the buffer. + + The oldest logging event in the buffer + + + Gets the oldest (first) logging event in the buffer and removes it + from the buffer. + + + + + + Pops all the logging events from the buffer into an array. + + An array of all the logging events in the buffer. + + + Get all the events in the buffer and clear the buffer. + + + + + + Clear the buffer + + + + Clear the buffer of all events. The events in the buffer are lost. + + + + + + Gets the th oldest event currently in the buffer. + + + + If is outside the range 0 to the number of events + currently in the buffer, then null is returned. + + + + + + Gets the maximum size of the buffer. + + The maximum size of the buffer. + + + Gets the maximum size of the buffer + + + + + + Gets the number of logging events in the buffer. + + The number of logging events in the buffer. + + + This number is guaranteed to be in the range 0 to + (inclusive). + + + + + + An always empty . + + + + A singleton implementation of the + interface that always represents an empty collection. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. + + + + + + Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection. + + The singleton instance of the empty collection. + + + Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection. + + + + + + Copies the elements of the to an + , starting at a particular Array index. + + The one-dimensional + that is the destination of the elements copied from + . The Array must have zero-based + indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which + copying begins. + + + As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe). + + + true if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false. + + + + For the this property is always true. + + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the . + + + The number of elements contained in the . + + + + As the collection is empty the is always 0. + + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + + As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also + the object. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection. + + + An that can be used to + iterate through the collection. + + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + An always empty . + + + + A singleton implementation of the + interface that always represents an empty collection. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. + + + + + + Gets the singleton instance of the . + + The singleton instance of the . + + + Gets the singleton instance of the . + + + + + + Copies the elements of the to an + , starting at a particular Array index. + + The one-dimensional + that is the destination of the elements copied from + . The Array must have zero-based + indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which + copying begins. + + + As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe). + + + true if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false. + + + + For the this property is always true. + + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the + + + The number of elements contained in the . + + + + As the collection is empty the is always 0. + + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + + As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also + the object. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection. + + + An that can be used to + iterate through the collection. + + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + Adds an element with the provided key and value to the + . + + The to use as the key of the element to add. + The to use as the value of the element to add. + + + As the collection is empty no new values can be added. A + is thrown if this method is called. + + + This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. + + + + Removes all elements from the . + + + + As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A + is thrown if this method is called. + + + This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. + + + + Determines whether the contains an element + with the specified key. + + The key to locate in the . + false + + + As the collection is empty the method always returns false. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection. + + + An that can be used to + iterate through the collection. + + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + Removes the element with the specified key from the . + + The key of the element to remove. + + + As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A + is thrown if this method is called. + + + This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the has a fixed size. + + true + + + As the collection is empty always returns true. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the is read-only. + + true + + + As the collection is empty always returns true. + + + + + + Gets an containing the keys of the . + + An containing the keys of the . + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + Gets an containing the values of the . + + An containing the values of the . + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + Gets or sets the element with the specified key. + + The key of the element to get or set. + null + + + As the collection is empty no values can be looked up or stored. + If the index getter is called then null is returned. + A is thrown if the setter is called. + + + This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. + + + + Wrapper for an + + acts like the wrapped encoding, but without a preamble + + + + + + + wraps the in case it has a preamble + + Encoding to check + encoding without preamble + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Contain the information obtained when parsing formatting modifiers + in conversion modifiers. + + + + Holds the formatting information extracted from the format string by + the . This is used by the + objects when rendering the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Defaut Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified parameters. + + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value. + + + + + Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled. + or not. + + + + + Implementation of Properties collection for the + + + + This class implements a properties collection that is thread safe and supports both + storing properties and capturing a read only copy of the current propertied. + + + This class is optimized to the scenario where the properties are read frequently + and are modified infrequently. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The read only copy of the properties. + + + + This variable is declared volatile to prevent the compiler and JIT from + reordering reads and writes of this thread performed on different threads. + + + + + + Lock object used to synchronize updates within this instance + + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property + + + The value for the property with the specified key + + + + Reading the value for a key is faster than setting the value. + When the value is written a new read only copy of + the properties is created. + + + + + + Remove a property from the global context + + the key for the entry to remove + + + Removing an entry from the global context properties is relatively expensive compared + with reading a value. + + + + + + Clear the global context properties + + + + + Get a readonly immutable copy of the properties + + the current global context properties + + + This implementation is fast because the GlobalContextProperties class + stores a readonly copy of the properties. + + + + + + The static class ILogExtensions contains a set of widely used + methods that ease the interaction with the ILog interface implementations. + + + + This class contains methods for logging at different levels and checks the + properties for determining if those logging levels are enabled in the current + configuration. + + + Simple example of logging messages + + using log4net.Util; + + ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log"); + + log.InfoExt("Application Start"); + log.DebugExt("This is a debug message"); + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the Logger class. + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is INFO + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is INFO enabled, then it converts + the message object (retrieved by invocation of the provided callback) to a + string by invoking the appropriate . + It then proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. //TODO + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is INFO + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is INFO enabled, then it converts + the message object (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is INFO + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is INFO enabled, then it converts + the message object (retrieved by invocation of the provided callback) to a + string by invoking the appropriate . + It then proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. //TODO + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is INFO + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is INFO enabled, then it converts + the message object (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is WARN + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is WARN enabled, then it converts + the message object (retrieved by invocation of the provided callback) to a + string by invoking the appropriate . + It then proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. //TODO + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is WARN + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is WARN enabled, then it converts + the message object (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is ERROR + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is ERROR enabled, then it converts + the message object (retrieved by invocation of the provided callback) to a + string by invoking the appropriate . + It then proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. //TODO + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is ERROR + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is ERROR enabled, then it converts + the message object (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is FATAL + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is FATAL enabled, then it converts + the message object (retrieved by invocation of the provided callback) to a + string by invoking the appropriate . + It then proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The lambda expression that gets the object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. //TODO + + Log a message object with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is FATAL + enabled by reading the value property. + This check happens always and does not depend on the + implementation. If this logger is FATAL enabled, then it converts + the message object (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + The logger on which the message is logged. + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Manages an ordered mapping from instances + to subclasses. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Add a to this mapping + + the entry to add + + + If a has previously been added + for the same then that entry will be + overwritten. + + + + + + Looks up the value for the specified level. Finds the nearest + mapping value for the level that is equal to or less than the + specified. + + the level to look up. + The for the level or if no mapping found + + + + Initialize options + + + Caches the sorted list of + + + + + An abstract base class for types that are stored in the + object. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Default protected constructor + + + + + Gets or sets the level that is the key for this mapping. + + + + + Initialize any options defined on this entry + + + + Should be overridden by any classes that need to initialize based on their options + + + + + + Class for assertions + + + + + Ensures that is not and returns the validated value + + Type of + Value to validate + Name of the value + Error message (optional) + Value (when not null) + + + + + Ensures that is not null and an instance of + and returns the validated value + + Type to check for + Value to validate + Name of the value + Error message (optional) + Value (when not null and of the required type) + + + + + + Determines whether this is a fatal exception that should not be handled + + Exception + , if it is a fatal exception, otherwise + + + + Implementation of Properties collection for the + + + + Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread. + The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own . + + + This class stores its properties in a slot on the named + for .net4x, + otherwise System.Threading.AsyncLocal + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Flag used to disable this context if we don't have permission to access the CallContext. + + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + + Remove a property + + the key for the entry to remove + + + Remove the value for the specified from the context. + + + + + + Clear all the context properties + + + + Clear all the context properties + + + + + + Get the PropertiesDictionary stored in the LocalDataStoreSlot for this thread. + + create the dictionary if it does not exist, otherwise return null if it does not exist + the properties for this thread + + + The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the + caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the + caller must clone the collection before doings so. + + + + + + Gets the call context get data. + + The properties dictionary stored in the call context + + The method GetData security link demand, therefore we must + put the method call in a separate method that we can wrap in an exception handler. + + + + + Sets the call context data. + + The properties. + + The method SetData has a security link demand, therefore we must + put the method call in a separate method that we can wrap in an exception handler. + + + + + The fully qualified type of the LogicalThreadContextProperties class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Delegate type used for LogicalThreadContextStack's callbacks. + + + + + Implementation of Stack for the + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The stack store. + + + + + The name of this within the + . + + + + + The callback used to let the register a + new instance of a . + + + + + Internal constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Gets the number of messages in the stack. + + + + The current number of messages in the stack. That is + the number of times has been called + minus the number of times has been called. + + + + + + Clears all the contextual information held in this stack. + + + + Clears all the contextual information held in this stack. + Only call this if you think that this thread is being reused after + a previous call execution which may not have completed correctly. + You do not need to use this method if you always guarantee to call + the method of the + returned from even in exceptional circumstances, + for example by using the using(log4net.LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message")) + syntax. + + + + + + Removes the top context from this stack. + + The message in the context that was removed from the top of this stack. + + + Remove the top context from this stack, and return + it to the caller. If this stack is empty then an + empty string (not ) is returned. + + + + + + Pushes a new context message into this stack. + + The new context message. + + An that can be used to clean up the context stack. + + + + Pushes a new context onto this stack. An + is returned that can be used to clean up this stack. This + can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the + context. + + + Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword. + + using(log4net.LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message")) + { + log.Warn("This should have an ThreadContext Stack message"); + } + + + + + + Returns the top context from this stack. + + The message in the context from the top of this stack. + + + Returns the top context from this stack. If this stack is empty then an + empty string (not ) is returned. + + + + + + Gets the current context information for this stack. + + The current context information. + + + + Gets the current context information for this stack. + + Gets the current context information + + + + Gets a cross-thread portable version of this object + + + + + Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack. + + + + + Constructor + + The message for this context. + The parent context in the chain. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified message and parent context. + + + + + + Get the message. + + The message. + + + Get the message. + + + + + + Gets the full text of the context down to the root level. + + + The full text of the context down to the root level. + + + + Gets the full text of the context down to the root level. + + + + + + Struct returned from the method. + + + + This struct implements the and is designed to be used + with the pattern to remove the stack frame at the end of the scope. + + + + + + The depth to trim the stack to when this instance is disposed + + + + + The outer LogicalThreadContextStack. + + + + + Constructor + + The internal stack used by the ThreadContextStack. + The depth to return the stack to when this object is disposed. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified stack and return depth. + + + + + + Returns the stack to the correct depth. + + + + Returns the stack to the correct depth. + + + + + + Implementation of Stacks collection for the + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Internal constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Gets the named thread context stack + + + The named stack + + + + Gets the named thread context stack + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the ThreadContextStacks class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + LogReceivedEventHandler + + + + + Outputs log statements from within the log4net assembly. + + + + Log4net components cannot make log4net logging calls. However, it is + sometimes useful for the user to learn about what log4net is + doing. + + + All log4net internal debug calls go to the standard output stream + whereas internal error messages are sent to the standard error output + stream. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + The event raised when an internal message has been received. + + + + + The Type that generated the internal message. + + + + + The DateTime stamp of when the internal message was received. + + + + + The UTC DateTime stamp of when the internal message was received. + + + + + A string indicating the severity of the internal message. + + + "log4net: ", + "log4net:ERROR ", + "log4net:WARN " + + + + + The internal log message. + + + + + The Exception related to the message. + + + Optional. Will be null if no Exception was passed. + + + + + Formats Prefix, Source, and Message in the same format as the value + sent to Console.Out and Trace.Write. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Static constructor that initializes logging by reading + settings from the application configuration file. + + + + The log4net.Internal.Debug application setting + controls internal debugging. This setting should be set + to true to enable debugging. + + + The log4net.Internal.Quiet application setting + suppresses all internal logging including error messages. + This setting should be set to true to enable message + suppression. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net internal logging + is enabled or disabled. + + + true if log4net internal logging is enabled, otherwise + false. + + + + When set to true, internal debug level logging will be + displayed. + + + This value can be set by setting the application setting + log4net.Internal.Debug in the application configuration + file. + + + The default value is false, i.e. debugging is + disabled. + + + + + The following example enables internal debugging using the + application configuration file : + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net should generate no output + from internal logging, not even for errors. + + + true if log4net should generate no output at all from internal + logging, otherwise false. + + + + When set to true will cause internal logging at all levels to be + suppressed. This means that no warning or error reports will be logged. + This option overrides the setting and + disables all debug also. + + This value can be set by setting the application setting + log4net.Internal.Quiet in the application configuration file. + + + The default value is false, i.e. internal logging is not + disabled. + + + + The following example disables internal logging using the + application configuration file : + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the LogReceived event when an internal messages is received. + + + + + + + + + Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output. + + + true if Debug is enabled + + + + Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output. + + + + + + Writes log4net internal debug messages to the + standard output stream. + + + The message to log. + + + All internal debug messages are prepended with + the string "log4net: ". + + + + + + Writes log4net internal debug messages to the + standard output stream. + + The Type that generated this message. + The message to log. + An exception to log. + + + All internal debug messages are prepended with + the string "log4net: ". + + + + + + Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output. + + + true if Warn is enabled + + + + + Writes log4net internal warning messages to the + standard error stream. + + The Type that generated this message. + The message to log. + + + All internal warning messages are prepended with + the string "log4net:WARN ". + + + + + + Writes log4net internal warning messages to the + standard error stream. + + The Type that generated this message. + The message to log. + An exception to log. + + + All internal warning messages are prepended with + the string "log4net:WARN ". + + + + + + Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output. + + + true if Error is enabled + + + + Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output. + + + + + + Writes log4net internal error messages to the + standard error stream. + + The Type that generated this message. + The message to log. + + + All internal error messages are prepended with + the string "log4net:ERROR ". + + + + + + Writes log4net internal error messages to the + standard error stream. + + The Type that generated this message. + The message to log. + An exception to log. + + + All internal debug messages are prepended with + the string "log4net:ERROR ". + + + + + + Writes output to the standard output stream. + + The message to log. + + + Writes to both Console.Out and System.Diagnostics.Trace. + + + If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then + the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only + an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains. + + + + + + Writes output to the standard error stream. + + The message to log. + + + Writes to both Console.Error and System.Diagnostics.Trace. + Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported + on the Compact Framework. + + + If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then + the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only + an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains. + + + + + + Subscribes to the LogLog.LogReceived event and stores messages + to the supplied IList instance. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a Win32 native error code and message. + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Create an instance of the class with the specified + error number and message. + + The number of the native error. + The message of the native error. + + + + Gets the number of the native error. + + + The number of the native error. + + + + Gets the number of the native error. + + + + + + Gets the message of the native error. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class for the last Windows error. + + + An instance of the class for the last windows error. + + + + The message for the error number is lookup up using the + native Win32 FormatMessage function. + + + + + + Create a new instance of the class. + + the error number for the native error + + An instance of the class for the specified + error number. + + + + The message for the specified error number is lookup up using the + native Win32 FormatMessage function. + + + + + + Retrieves the message corresponding with a Win32 message identifier. + + Message identifier for the requested message. + + The message corresponding with the specified message identifier. + + + + The message will be searched for in system message-table resource(s) + using the native FormatMessage function. + + + + + + Return error information string + + error information string + + + Return error information string + + + + + + Native Methods + + Jan Friedrich + + + + Formats a message string. + + Formatting options, and how to interpret the parameter. + Location of the message definition. + Message identifier for the requested message. + Language identifier for the requested message. + If includes FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER, the function allocates a buffer using the LocalAlloc function, and places the pointer to the buffer at the address specified in . + If the FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER flag is not set, this parameter specifies the maximum number of TCHARs that can be stored in the output buffer. If FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER is set, this parameter specifies the minimum number of TCHARs to allocate for an output buffer. + Pointer to an array of values that are used as insert values in the formatted message. + + + The function requires a message definition as input. The message definition can come from a + buffer passed into the function. It can come from a message table resource in an + already-loaded module. Or the caller can ask the function to search the system's message + table resource(s) for the message definition. The function finds the message definition + in a message table resource based on a message identifier and a language identifier. + The function copies the formatted message text to an output buffer, processing any embedded + insert sequences if requested. + + + To prevent the usage of unsafe code, this stub does not support inserting values in the formatted message. + + + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the number of TCHARs stored in the output + buffer, excluding the terminating null character. + + + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, + call . + + + + + + Stub for OutputDebugString native method + + the string to output + + + + Open connection to system logger. + + + + + Generate a log message. + + + + The libc syslog method takes a format string and a variable argument list similar + to the classic printf function. As this type of vararg list is not supported + by C# we need to specify the arguments explicitly. Here we have specified the + format string with a single message argument. The caller must set the format + string to "%s". + + + + + + Close descriptor used to write to system logger. + + + + + An always empty . + + + + A singleton implementation of the over a collection + that is empty and not modifiable. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. + + + + + + Gets the singleton instance of the . + + The singleton instance of the . + + + + Gets the current object from the enumerator. + + + Throws an because the + never has a current value. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance. + + false as the cannot advance. + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will always return false. + + + + + + Resets the enumerator back to the start. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection does nothing. + + + + + + Gets the current key from the enumerator. + + + Throws an exception because the + never has a current value. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + Gets the current value from the enumerator. + + The current value from the enumerator. + + Throws an because the + never has a current value. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + Gets the current entry from the enumerator. + + + Throws an because the + never has a current entry. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + An always empty . + + + + A singleton implementation of the over a collection + that is empty and not modifiable. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. + + + + + + Get the singleton instance of the . + + The singleton instance of the . + + + + Gets the current object from the enumerator. + + + Throws an because the + never has a current value. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance + + false as the cannot advance. + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will always return false. + + + + + + Resets the enumerator back to the start. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection does nothing. + + + + + + A SecurityContext used when a SecurityContext is not required + + + + The is a no-op implementation of the + base class. It is used where a + is required but one has not been provided. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Singleton instance of + + + + Singleton instance of + + + + + + Private constructor + + + + Private constructor for singleton pattern. + + + + + + Impersonate this SecurityContext + + State supplied by the caller + null + + + No impersonation is done and null is always returned. + + + + + + Implements log4net's default error handling policy which consists + of emitting a message for the first error in an appender and + ignoring all subsequent errors. + + + + The error message is processed using the LogLog sub-system by default. + + + This policy aims at protecting an otherwise working application + from being flooded with error messages when logging fails. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Ron Grabowski + + + + Default Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + The prefix to use for each message. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified prefix. + + + + + + Reset the error handler back to its initial disabled state. + + + + + Log an Error + + The error message. + The exception. + The internal error code. + + + Invokes if and only if this is the first error or the first error after has been called. + + + + + + Log the very first error + + The error message. + The exception. + The internal error code. + + + Sends the error information to 's Error method. + + + + + + Log an Error + + The error message. + The exception. + + + Invokes if and only if this is the first error or the first error after has been called. + + + + + + Log an error + + The error message. + + + Invokes if and only if this is the first error or the first error after has been called. + + + + + + Is error logging enabled + + + + Logging is only enabled for the first error delivered to the . + + + + + + The date the first error that triggered this error handler occurred, or if it has not been triggered. + + + + + The UTC date the first error that triggered this error handler occured, or if it has not been triggered. + + + + + The message from the first error that triggered this error handler. + + + + + The exception from the first error that triggered this error handler. + + + May be . + + + + + The error code from the first error that triggered this error handler. + + + Defaults to + + + + + String to prefix each message with + + + + + The fully qualified type of the OnlyOnceErrorHandler class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + A convenience class to convert property values to specific types. + + + + Utility functions for converting types and parsing values. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Converts a string to a value. + + String to convert. + The default value. + The value of . + + + If is "true", then true is returned. + If is "false", then false is returned. + Otherwise, is returned. + + + + + + Parses a file size into a number. + + String to parse. + The default value. + The value of . + + + Parses a file size of the form: number[KB|MB|GB] into a + long value. It is scaled with the appropriate multiplier. + + + is returned when + cannot be converted to a value. + + + + + + Converts a string to an object. + + The target type to convert to. + The string to convert to an object. + + The object converted from a string or null when the + conversion failed. + + + + Converts a string to an object. Uses the converter registry to try + to convert the string value into the specified target type. + + + + + + Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type. + + The type to convert from. + The type to convert to. + true if there is a conversion from the source type to the target type. + + Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type. + + + + + + + Converts an object to the target type. + + The object to convert to the target type. + The type to convert to. + The converted object. + + + Converts an object to the target type. + + + + + + Instantiates an object given a class name. + + The fully qualified class name of the object to instantiate. + The class to which the new object should belong. + The object to return in case of non-fulfillment. + + An instance of the or + if the object could not be instantiated. + + + + Checks that the is a subclass of + . If that test fails or the object could + not be instantiated, then is returned. + + + + + + Performs variable substitution in string from the + values of keys found in . + + The string on which variable substitution is performed. + The dictionary to use to lookup variables. + The result of the substitutions. + + + The variable substitution delimiters are ${ and }. + + + For example, if props contains key=value, then the call + + + + string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of key is ${key}."); + + + + will set the variable s to "Value of key is value.". + + + If no value could be found for the specified key, then substitution + defaults to an empty string. + + + For example, if system properties contains no value for the key + "nonExistentKey", then the call + + + + string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of nonExistentKey is [${nonExistentKey}]"); + + + + will set s to "Value of nonExistentKey is []". + + + An Exception is thrown if contains a start + delimiter "${" which is not balanced by a stop delimiter "}". + + + + + + Converts the string representation of the name or numeric value of one or + more enumerated constants to an equivalent enumerated object. + + The type to convert to. + The enum string value. + If true, ignore case; otherwise, regard case. + An object of type whose value is represented by . + + + + The fully qualified type of the OptionConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that + derived classes need. + + + + Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to + individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for + converting a logging event in a converter specific manner. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Protected constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Gets the next pattern converter in the chain. + + + + + Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter + + + The formatting info for this converter + + + + Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter + + + + + + Gets or sets the option value for this converter + + + The option for this converter + + + + Gets or sets the option value for this converter + + + + + + Evaluate this pattern converter and write the output to a writer. + + that will receive the formatted result. + The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed. + + + Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to + convert conversion specifiers in the appropriate way. + + + + + + Set the next pattern converter in the chains + + the pattern converter that should follow this converter in the chain + the next converter + + + The PatternConverter can merge with its neighbor during this method (or a subclass). + Therefore the return value may or may not be the value of the argument passed in. + + + + + + Write the pattern converter to the writer with appropriate formatting + + that will receive the formatted result. + The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed. + + + This method calls to allow the subclass to perform + appropriate conversion of the pattern converter. If formatting options have + been specified via the then this method will + apply those formattings before writing the output. + + + + + + Fast space padding method. + + to which the spaces will be appended. + The number of spaces to be padded. + + + Fast space padding method. + + + + + + Initial buffer size + + + + + Maximum buffer size before it is recycled + + + + + Write an dictionary to a + + the writer to write to + a to use for object conversion + the value to write to the writer + + + Writes the to a writer in the form: + + + {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3} + + + If the specified + is not null then it is used to render the key and value to text, otherwise + the object's ToString method is called. + + + + + + Writes a dictionary to a + + the writer to write to + a to use for object conversion + the value to write to the writer + + + Writes the to a writer in the form: + + + {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3} + + + If the specified + is not null then it is used to render the key and value to text, otherwise + the object's ToString method is called. + + + + + + Write an object to a + + the writer to write to + a to use for object conversion + the value to write to the writer + + + Writes the Object to a writer. If the specified + is not null then it is used to render the object to text, otherwise + the object's ToString method is called. + + + + + + + + + + + Most of the work of the class + is delegated to the PatternParser class. + + + + The PatternParser processes a pattern string and + returns a chain of objects. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + The pattern to parse. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified pattern string. + + + + + + Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters. + + The head of a chain of pattern converters. + + + + Gets the converter registry used by this parser. + + + + + Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps + + the list of all the converter names + + + + Sort strings by length + + + + that orders strings by string length. + The longest strings are placed first + + + + + + Internal method to parse the specified pattern to find specified matches + + the pattern to parse + the converter names to match in the pattern + + + The matches param must be sorted such that longer strings come before shorter ones. + + + + + + Process a parsed literal + + the literal text + + + + Process a parsed converter pattern + + the name of the converter + the optional option for the converter + the formatting info for the converter + + + + Resets the internal state of the parser and adds the specified pattern converter + to the chain. + + The pattern converter to add. + + + + The first pattern converter in the chain + + + + + the last pattern converter in the chain + + + + + The pattern + + + + + The fully qualified type of the PatternParser class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + This class implements a patterned string. + + + + This string has embedded patterns that are resolved and expanded + when the string is formatted. + + + This class functions similarly to the + in that it accepts a pattern and renders it to a string. Unlike the + however the PatternString + does not render the properties of a specific but + of the process in general. + + + The recognized conversion pattern names are: + + + + Conversion Pattern Name + Effect + + + appdomain + + + Used to output the friendly name of the current AppDomain. + + + + + appsetting + + + Used to output the value of a specific appSetting key in the application + configuration file. + + + + + date + + + Used to output the current date and time in the local time zone. + To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern. + The date conversion + specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed + between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or + %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is + given then ISO8601 format is + assumed (). + + + The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the + time pattern string of the . + + + For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date + formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings + "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying + , + and respectively + . For example, + %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE}. + + + These dedicated date formatters perform significantly + better than . + + + + + env + + + Used to output the a specific environment variable. The key to + lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the + pattern specifier, e.g. %env{COMPUTERNAME} would include the value + of the COMPUTERNAME environment variable. + + + The env pattern is not supported on the .NET Compact Framework. + + + + + identity + + + Used to output the user name for the currently active user + (Principal.Identity.Name). + + + + + newline + + + Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or + characters. + + + This conversion pattern name offers the same performance as using + non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n". + Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator. + + + + + processid + + + Used to output the system process ID for the current process. + + + + + property + + + Used to output a specific context property. The key to + lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the + pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value + from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value + that is to be included in the log must be specified separately. + Properties are stored in logging contexts. By default + the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on + which the event was originally logged. + + + If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their + values are printed in a comma separated list. + + + The properties of an event are combined from a number of different + contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched. + + + + the thread properties + + The that are set on the current + thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread. + + + + the global properties + + The that are set globally. These + properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain. + + + + + + + random + + + Used to output a random string of characters. The string is made up of + uppercase letters and numbers. By default the string is 4 characters long. + The length of the string can be specified within braces directly following the + pattern specifier, e.g. %random{8} would output an 8 character string. + + + + + username + + + Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently + active user. + + + + + utcdate + + + Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time. + The date conversion + specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed + between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or + %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is + given then ISO8601 format is + assumed (). + + + The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the + time pattern string of the . + + + For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date + formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings + "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying + , + and respectively + . For example, + %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE}. + + + These dedicated date formatters perform significantly + better than . + + + + + % + + + The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign. + + + + + + Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific + instance using or + . + + + See the for details on the + format modifiers supported by the patterns. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types. + + + + + the head of the pattern converter chain + + + + + patterns defined on this PatternString only + + + + + Default constructor + + + + Initialize a new instance of + + + + + + Constructs a PatternString + + The pattern to use with this PatternString + + + Initialize a new instance of with the pattern specified. + + + + + + Gets or sets the pattern formatting string + + + The pattern formatting string + + + + The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which + controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and + conversion specifiers. + + + + + + Initialize object options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Create the used to parse the pattern + + the pattern to parse + The + + + Returns PatternParser used to parse the conversion string. Subclasses + may override this to return a subclass of PatternParser which recognize + custom conversion pattern name. + + + + + + Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern. + + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + + + Format the pattern to the . + + + + + + Format the pattern as a string + + the pattern formatted as a string + + + Format the pattern to a string. + + + + + + Adds a converter to this PatternString. + + the converter info + + + This version of the method is used by the configurator. + Programmatic users should use the alternative method. + The converter name is case-insensitive. + + + + + + Add a converter to this PatternString + + the name of the conversion pattern for this converter + the type of the converter + + + + Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output writer + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Writes name of the current AppDomain to the output . + + + + + + AppSetting pattern converter + + + + This pattern converter reads appSettings from the application configuration file. + + + If the is specified then that will be used to + lookup a single appSettings value. If no is specified + then all appSettings will be dumped as a list of key value pairs. + + + A typical use is to specify a base directory for log files, e.g. + + + + + ... + + + ]]> + + + + + + + Write the property value to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + null, state is not set + + + Writes out the value of a named property. The property name + should be set in the + property. + + + If the is set to null + then all the properties are written as key value pairs. + + + + + + Write the current date to the output + + + + Date pattern converter, uses a to format + the current date and time to the writer as a string. + + + The value of the determines + the formatting of the date. The following values are allowed: + + + Option value + Output + + + ISO8601 + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern. + + + + DATE + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459". + + + + ABSOLUTE + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459". + + + + other + + Any other pattern string uses the formatter. + This formatter passes the pattern string to the + method. + For details on valid patterns see + DateTimeFormatInfo Class. + + + + + + The date and time is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone. + To output the time in Universal time see . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The used to render the date to a string + + + + + Initialize the converter options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Write the current date to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + null, state is not set + + + Pass the current date and time to the + for it to render it to the writer. + + + The date and time passed is in the local time zone. + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Write an folder path to the output + + + + The value of the determines + the name of the variable to output. + should be a value in the enumeration. + + + Ron Grabowski + + + + Writes a special path environment folder path to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Writes the special path environment folder path to the output . + The name of the special path environment folder path to output must be set + using the + property. + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentFolderPathPatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Write an environment variable to the output + + + + Write an environment variable to the output writer. + The value of the determines + the name of the variable to output. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write an environment variable to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Writes the environment variable to the output . + The name of the environment variable to output must be set + using the + property. + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentPatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Write the current thread identity to the output + + + + Write the current thread identity to the output writer + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the current thread identity to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Writes the current thread identity to the output . + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the IdentityPatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Pattern converter for literal string instances in the pattern + + + + Writes the literal string value specified in the + property to + the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Set the next converter in the chain + + The next pattern converter in the chain + The next pattern converter + + + Special case the building of the pattern converter chain + for instances. Two adjacent + literals in the pattern can be represented by a single combined + pattern converter. This implementation detects when a + is added to the chain + after this converter and combines its value with this converter's + literal value. + + + + + + Write the literal to the output + + the writer to write to + null, not set + + + Override the formatting behavior to ignore the FormattingInfo + because we have a literal instead. + + + Writes the value of + to the output . + + + + + + Convert this pattern into the rendered message + + that will receive the formatted result. + null, not set + + + This method is not used. + + + + + + Writes a newline to the output + + + + Writes the system dependent line terminator to the output. + This behavior can be overridden by setting the : + + + + Option Value + Output + + + DOS + DOS or Windows line terminator "\r\n" + + + UNIX + UNIX line terminator "\n" + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initialize the converter + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Write the current process ID to the output + + + + Write the current process ID to the output writer + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the current process ID to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Write the current process ID to the output . + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the ProcessIdPatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Property pattern converter + + + + This pattern converter reads the thread and global properties. + The thread properties take priority over global properties. + See for details of the + thread properties. See for + details of the global properties. + + + If the is specified then that will be used to + lookup a single property. If no is specified + then all properties will be dumped as a list of key value pairs. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the property value to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + null, state is not set + + + Writes out the value of a named property. The property name + should be set in the + property. + + + If the is set to null + then all the properties are written as key value pairs. + + + + + + A Pattern converter that generates a string of random characters + + + + The converter generates a string of random characters. By default + the string is length 4. This can be changed by setting the + to the string value of the length required. + + + The random characters in the string are limited to uppercase letters and numbers only. + + + The random number generator used by this class is not cryptographically secure. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Shared random number generator + + + + + Length of random string to generate. Default length 4. + + + + + Initialize the converter options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Writes a random string to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + + The fully qualified type of the RandomStringPatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Write the current threads username to the output + + + + Write the current threads username to the output writer + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the current threads username to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Write the current threads username to the output . + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the UserNamePatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Write the UTC date time to the output + + + + Date pattern converter, uses a to format + the current date and time in Universal time. + + + See the for details on the date pattern syntax. + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the current date and time to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + null, state is not set + + + Pass the current date and time to the + for it to render it to the writer. + + + The date is in Universal time when it is rendered. + + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + String keyed object map. + + + + While this collection is serializable, only member objects that are serializable + will be serialized along with this collection. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + properties to copy + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + The that holds the serialized object data. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Because this class is sealed the serialization constructor is private. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key. + + + The value of the property with the specified key. + + The key of the property to get or set. + + + The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable. + If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if + a serialization operation is performed. + + + + + + See . + + + + + Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary + + the key for the entry to remove + + + Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary + + + + + + See + + an enumerator + + + Returns a over the contest of this collection. + + + + + + See + + the key to remove + + + Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary + + + + + + Remove all properties from the properties collection + + + + Remove all properties from the properties collection + + + + + + See + + the key + the value to store for the key + + + Store a value for the specified . + + + Thrown if the is not a string + + + + See + + + false + + + + This collection is modifiable. This property always + returns false. + + + + + + See + + + The value for the key specified. + + + + Get or set a value for the specified . + + + Thrown if the is not a string + + + + A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file + + + + + Property Key + + + + + Property Value + + + + + Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info + + string info about this object + + + + A that ignores the message + + + This writer is used in special cases where it is necessary + to protect a writer from being closed by a client. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Constructor + + the writer to actually write to + + Create a new ProtectCloseTextWriter using a writer + + + + + Attaches this instance to a different underlying . + + the writer to attach to + + + + Does not close the underlying output writer. + + + + + that does not leak exceptions + + + + does not throw exceptions when things go wrong. + Instead, it delegates error handling to its . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + the writer to actually write to + the error handler to report error to + + + Create a new QuietTextWriter using a writer and error handler + + + + + + Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to. + + + The error handler that all errors are passed to. + + + + Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed. + + + true if this writer is closed, otherwise false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed. + + + + + + Writes a character to the underlying writer + + the char to write + + + Writes a character to the underlying writer + + + + + + Writes a buffer to the underlying writer + + the buffer to write + the start index to write from + the number of characters to write + + + Writes a buffer to the underlying writer + + + + + + Writes a string to the output. + + The string data to write to the output. + + + + Closes the underlying output writer. + + + + Closes the underlying output writer. + + + + + + The error handler instance to pass all errors to + + + + + Defines a lock that supports single writers and multiple readers + + + + ReaderWriterLock is used to synchronize access to a resource. + At any given time, it allows either concurrent read access for + multiple threads, or write access for a single thread. In a + situation where a resource is changed infrequently, a + ReaderWriterLock provides better throughput than a simple + one-at-a-time lock, such as . + + + If a platform does not support a System.Threading.ReaderWriterLock + implementation then all readers and writers are serialized. Therefore + the caller must not rely on multiple simultaneous readers. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Acquires a reader lock + + + + blocks if a different thread has the writer + lock, or if at least one thread is waiting for the writer lock. + + + + + + Decrements the lock count + + + + decrements the lock count. When the count + reaches zero, the lock is released. + + + + + + Acquires the writer lock + + + + This method blocks if another thread has a reader lock or writer lock. + + + + + + Decrements the lock count on the writer lock + + + + ReleaseWriterLock decrements the writer lock count. + When the count reaches zero, the writer lock is released. + + + + + + String keyed object map that is read only. + + + + This collection is readonly and cannot be modified. It is not thread-safe. + + + While this collection is serializable, only member + objects that are serializable will + be serialized along with this collection. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Copy Constructor + + properties to copy + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Deserialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Gets the key names. + + An array of all the keys. + + + Gets the key names. + + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key. + + + The value of the property with the specified key, or null if a property is not present in the dictionary. + Note this is the semantic, not that of . + + The key of the property to get or set. + + + The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable. + If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if + a serialization operation is performed. + + + + + + Test if the dictionary contains a specified key + + the key to look for + true if the dictionary contains the specified key + + + Test if the dictionary contains a specified key + + + + + + The hashtable used to store the properties + + + The internal collection used to store the properties + + + + The hashtable used to store the properties + + + + + + Serializes this object into the provided. + + The to populate with data. + The destination for this serialization. + + + Serializes this object into the provided. + + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + + See + + + + + See . + + + + + Removes all properties from the properties collection + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + The number of properties in this collection + + + + + See . + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + A that can be and reused + + + + This uses a single buffer for string operations. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Creates an instance of + + the format provider to use + + + + Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer + + flag + + + + Reset this string writer so that it can be reused. + + the maximum buffer capacity before it is trimmed + the default size to make the buffer + + + Reset this string writer so that it can be reused. + The internal buffers are cleared and reset. + + + + + + Utility class for system specific information. + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Alexey Solofnenko + + + + Is OperatingSystem Android + + + + + Initialize default values for private static fields. + + + + Only static methods are exposed from this type. + + + + + + Gets the system dependent line terminator. + + + + + Gets the base directory for this . + + + + The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI. + + + + + + Gets the path to the configuration file for the current . + + + + The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI. + + + + + + Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current . + + + + + Gets the ID of the current thread. + + + + + Gets the host name or machine name for the current machine. + + + + The host name () or + the machine name () for + the current machine, or if neither of these are available + then NOT AVAILABLE is returned. + + + + + + Gets this application's friendly name. + + + + If available the name of the application is retrieved from + the AppDomain using AppDomain.CurrentDomain.FriendlyName. + + + Otherwise the file name of the entry assembly is used. + + + + + + Get the UTC start time for the current process. + + + + This is the UTC time at which the log4net library was loaded into the + AppDomain. Due to reports of a hang in the call to System.Diagnostics.Process.StartTime + this is not the start time for the current process. + + + The log4net library should be loaded by an application early during its + startup, therefore this start time should be a good approximation for + the actual start time. + + + Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the + same process without the process terminating, however this start time + will be set per AppDomain. + + + + + + Text to output when a null is encountered. + + + + Use this value to indicate a null has been encountered while + outputting a string representation of an item. + + + The default value is (null). This value can be overridden by specifying + a value for the log4net.NullText appSetting in the application's + .config file. + + + + + + Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested. + + + + Use this value when an unsupported feature is requested. + + + The default value is NOT AVAILABLE. This value can be overridden by specifying + a value for the log4net.NotAvailableText appSetting in the application's + .config file. + + + + + + Gets the assembly location path for the specified assembly. + + The assembly to get the location for. + The location of the assembly. + + + This method does not guarantee to return the correct path + to the assembly. If only tries to give an indication as to + where the assembly was loaded from. + + + + + + Gets the short name of the . + + The to get the name for. + The short name of the . + + + The short name of the assembly is the + without the version, culture, or public key. i.e. it is just the + assembly's file name without the extension. + + + Because of a FileIOPermission security demand we cannot do + the obvious Assembly.GetName().Name. We are allowed to get + the of the assembly so we + start from there and strip out just the assembly name. + + + + + + Gets the file name portion of the , including the extension. + + The to get the file name for. + The file name of the assembly. + + + Gets the file name portion of the , including the extension. + + + + + + Loads the type specified in the type string. + + A sibling type to use to load the type. + The name of the type to load. + Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded. + true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false + The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded. + + + If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in + the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using + . + + + If the type name is not fully qualified, it will be loaded from the assembly + containing the specified relative type. If the type is not found in the assembly + then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type. + + + + + + Loads the type specified in the type string. + + The name of the type to load. + Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded. + true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false + The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded. + + + If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in + the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using + . + + + If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the + assembly that is directly calling this method. If the type is not found + in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type. + + + + + + Loads the type specified in the type string. + + An assembly to load the type from. + The name of the type to load. + Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded. + true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false + The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded. + + + If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in + the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using + . + + + If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the specified + assembly. If the type is not found in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies + will be searched for the type. + + + + + + Creates an + + The name of the parameter that caused the exception + The value of the argument that causes this exception + The message that describes the error + + A new instance of the class + with the specified error message, parameter name, and value + of the argument. + + + + + Creates a for read-only collection modification calls. + + The NotSupportedException object + + + + Parse a string into an value + + the string to parse + out param where the parsed value is placed + true if the string was parsed into an integer + + + Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot + be parsed then this method returns false. The method does not throw an exception. + + + + + + Parse a string into an value + + the string to parse + out param where the parsed value is placed + true if the string was parsed into an integer + + + Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot + be parsed then this method returns false. The method does not throw an exception. + + + + + + Parse a string into an value + + the string to parse + out param where the parsed value is placed + true if the string was parsed into an integer + + + Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot + be parsed then this method returns false. The method does not throw an exception. + + + + + + Lookup an application setting + + the application settings key to lookup + the value for the key, or null + + + + Convert a path into a fully qualified local file path. + + The path to convert. + The fully qualified path. + + + Converts the path specified to a fully + qualified path. If the path is relative it is + taken as relative from the application base + directory. + + + The path specified must be a local file path, a URI is not supported. + + + + + + Creates a new case-insensitive instance of the class with the default initial capacity. + + A new case-insensitive instance of the class with the default initial capacity + + + The new Hashtable instance uses the default load factor, the CaseInsensitiveHashCodeProvider, and the CaseInsensitiveComparer. + + + + + + Tests two strings for equality, the ignoring case. + + + If the platform permits, culture information is ignored completely (ordinal comparison). + The aim of this method is to provide a fast comparison that deals with null and ignores different casing. + It is not supposed to deal with various, culture-specific habits. + Use it to compare against pure ASCII constants, like keywords etc. + + The one string. + The other string. + true if the strings are equal, false otherwise. + + + + The fully qualified type of the SystemInfo class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Cache the host name for the current machine + + + + + Cache the application friendly name + + + + + Utility class that represents a format string. + + Nicko Cadell + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information. + A containing zero or more format items. + An array containing zero or more objects to format. + + + + Utility class that represents a format string. + + Nicko Cadell + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information. + A containing zero or more format items. + An array containing zero or more objects to format. + + + + Format + + + + + Args + + + + + Format the string and arguments + + the formatted string + + + + Replaces the format item in a specified with the text equivalent + of the value of a corresponding instance in a specified array. + A specified parameter supplies culture-specific formatting information. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information. + A containing zero or more format items. + An array containing zero or more objects to format. + + A copy of format in which the format items have been replaced by the + equivalent of the corresponding instances of in args. + + + + This method does not throw exceptions. If an exception thrown while formatting the result the + exception and arguments are returned in the result string. + + + + + + Process an error during StringFormat + + + + + Dump the contents of an array into a string builder + + + + + Dump an object to a string + + + + + The fully qualified type of the SystemStringFormat class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Adapter that extends and forwards all + messages to an instance of . + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Creates an instance of that forwards all + messages to a . + + The to forward to + + + + Gets or sets the underlying . + + + + + The in which the output is written + + + + + Gets an object that controls formatting + + + + + Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter. + + + + + Closes the writer and releases any system resources associated with the writer + + + + + + + + + Dispose this writer + + flag indicating if we are being disposed + + + Dispose this writer + + + + + + Flushes any buffered output + + + + Clears all buffers for the writer and causes any buffered data to be written + to the underlying device + + + + + + Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter + + the value to write to the TextWriter + + + Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter + + + + + + Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter + + the data buffer + the start index + the number of characters to write + + + Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter + + + + + + Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter + + the value to write to the TextWriter + + + Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter + + + + + + Implementation of Properties collection for the + + + + Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread. + The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Each thread will automatically have its instance. + + + + + Internal constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property + + + The value for the property with the specified key + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property + + + + + + Remove a property + + the key for the entry to remove + + + Remove a property + + + + + + Get the keys stored in the properties. + + + Gets the keys stored in the properties. + + a set of the defined keys + + + + Clear all properties + + + + Clear all properties + + + + + + Get the PropertiesDictionary for this thread. + + create the dictionary if it does not exist, otherwise return null if it does not exist + the properties for this thread + + + The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the + caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the + caller must clone the collection before doing so. + + + + + + Implementation of Stack for the + + + + Implementation of Stack for the + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The stack store. + + + + + Internal constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + The number of messages in the stack + + + The current number of messages in the stack + + + + The current number of messages in the stack. That is + the number of times has been called + minus the number of times has been called. + + + + + + Clears all the contextual information held in this stack. + + + + Clears all the contextual information held in this stack. + Only call this if you think that this tread is being reused after + a previous call execution which may not have completed correctly. + You do not need to use this method if you always guarantee to call + the method of the + returned from even in exceptional circumstances, + for example by using the using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message")) + syntax. + + + + + + Removes the top context from this stack. + + The message in the context that was removed from the top of this stack. + + + Remove the top context from this stack, and return + it to the caller. If this stack is empty then an + empty string (not ) is returned. + + + + + + Pushes a new context message into this stack. + + The new context message. + + An that can be used to clean up the context stack. + + + + Pushes a new context onto this stack. An + is returned that can be used to clean up this stack. This + can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the + context. + + + Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword. + + using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message")) + { + log.Warn("This should have an ThreadContext Stack message"); + } + + + + + + Returns the top context from this stack. + + The message in the context from the top of this stack. + + + Returns the top context from this stack. If this stack is empty then an + empty string (not ) is returned. + + + + + + Gets the current context information for this stack. + + The current context information. + + + + Gets and sets the internal stack used by this + + The internal storage stack + + + This property is provided only to support backward compatibility + of the . Typically the internal stack should not + be modified. + + + + + + Gets the current context information for this stack. + + + + + Get a portable version of this object + + + + + Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack. + + + + + Constructor + + The message for this context. + The parent context in the chain. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified message and parent context. + + + + + + Get the message. + + + + + Gets the full text of the context down to the root level. + + + + + Struct returned from the method. + + + + This struct implements the and is designed to be used + with the pattern to remove the stack frame at the end of the scope. + + + + + + The ThreadContextStack internal stack + + + + + The depth to trim the stack to when this instance is disposed + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified stack and return depth. + + The internal stack used by the ThreadContextStack. + The depth to return the stack to when this object is disposed. + + + + Returns the stack to the correct depth. + + + + + Implementation of Stacks collection for the + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the named thread context stack. + + + + + The fully qualified type of the ThreadContextStacks class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Utility class for transforming strings. + + + + Utility class for transforming strings. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Write a string to an + + the writer to write to + the string to write + The string to replace non XML compliant chars with + + + The test is escaped either using XML escape entities + or using CDATA sections. + + + + + + Replace invalid XML characters in text string + + the XML text input string + the string to use in place of invalid characters + A string that does not contain invalid XML characters. + + + Certain Unicode code points are not allowed in the XML InfoSet, for + details see: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets. + + + This method replaces any illegal characters in the input string + with the mask string specified. + + + + + + Count the number of times that the substring occurs in the text + + the text to search + the substring to find + the number of times the substring occurs in the text + + + The substring is assumed to be non repeating within itself. + + + + + + Characters illegal in XML 1.0 + + + + + Type converter for Boolean. + + + + Supports conversion from string to bool type. + + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + + True if the is + the type. + + + + + Converts the source object to the type supported by this object + + the object to convert + the converted object + + + Uses the method to convert the + argument to a . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Exception base type for conversion errors. + + + + This type extends . It + does not add any new functionality but does differentiate the + type of exception being thrown. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + A message to include with the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified message. + + + + + + Constructor + + A message to include with the exception. + A nested exception to include. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified message and inner exception. + + + + + + Serialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The conversion destination type. + The value to convert. + An instance of the . + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The conversion destination type. + The value to convert. + A nested exception to include. + An instance of the . + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Register of type converters for specific types. + + + + Maintains a registry of type converters used to convert between types. + + + Use the and + methods to register new converters. + The and methods + lookup appropriate converters to use. + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + This class constructor adds the intrinsic type converters + + + + + Adds a converter for a specific type. + + The type being converted to. + The type converter to use to convert to the destination type. + + + + Adds a converter for a specific type. + + The type being converted to. + The type of the type converter to use to convert to the destination type. + + + + Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type. + + The type being converted from. + The type being converted to. + + The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null + if no type converter is found. + + + + + Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type. + + The type being converted to. + + The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null + if no type converter is found. + + + + + Lookups the type converter to use as specified by the attributes on the + destination type. + + The type being converted to. + + The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null + if no type converter is found. + + + + + Creates the instance of the type converter. + + The type of the type converter. + + The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null + if no type converter is found. + + + + The type specified for the type converter must implement + the or interfaces + and must have a public default (no argument) constructor. + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the ConverterRegistry class. + + + Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the + log message. + + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + + True if the is + the type. + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to an encoding + the encoding + + + Uses the method to + convert the argument to an . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Interface supported by type converters + + + + This interface supports conversion from arbitrary types + to a single target type. See . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + true if the conversion is possible + + + Test if the can be converted to the + type supported by this converter. + + + + + + Convert the source object to the type supported by this object + + the object to convert + the converted object + + + Converts the to the type supported + by this converter. + + + + + + Interface supported by type converters + + + + This interface supports conversion from a single type to arbitrary types. + See . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type + + A Type that represents the type you want to convert to + true if the conversion is possible + + + Test if the type supported by this converter can be converted to the + . + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments + + the object to convert + The Type to convert the value parameter to + the converted object + + + Converts the (which must be of the type supported + by this converter) to the specified.. + + + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + true if the conversion is possible + + + Returns true if the is + the type. + + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to an IPAddress + the IPAddress + + + Uses the method to convert the + argument to an . + If that fails then the string is resolved as a DNS hostname. + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + The string is used as the + of the . + + + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + + True if the is + the type. + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to a PatternLayout + the PatternLayout + + + Creates and returns a new using + the as the + . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Convert between string and + + + + Supports conversion from string to type, + and from a type to a string. + + + The string is used as the + of the . + + + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Can the target type be converted to the type supported by this object + + A that represents the type you want to convert to + true if the conversion is possible + + + Returns true if the is + assignable from a type. + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments + + the object to convert + The Type to convert the value parameter to + the converted object + + + Uses the method to convert the + argument to a . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + . To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + + True if the is + the type. + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to a PatternString + the PatternString + + + Creates and returns a new using + the as the + . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + + True if the is + the type. + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to a Type + the Type + + + Uses the method to convert the + argument to a . + Additional effort is made to locate partially specified types + by searching the loaded assemblies. + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Attribute used to associate a type converter + + + + Class and Interface level attribute that specifies a type converter + to use with the associated type. + + + To associate a type converter with a target type apply a + TypeConverterAttribute to the target type. Specify the + type of the type converter on the attribute. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Creates a new type converter attribute for the specified type name + + The string type name of the type converter + + + The type specified must implement the + or the interfaces. + + + + + + Creates a new type converter attribute for the specified type + + The type of the type converter + + + The type specified must implement the + or the interfaces. + + + + + + The string type name of the type converter + + + + The type specified must implement the + or the interfaces. + + + + + + Specifies that null is allowed as an input even if the corresponding type disallows it. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.AllowNullAttribute class. + + + + + Specifies that null is disallowed as an input even if the corresponding type allows it. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.DisallowNullAttribute class. + + + + + Specifies that a method that will never return under any circumstance. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.DoesNotReturnAttribute class. + + + + + Specifies that the method will not return if the associated System.Boolean parameter is passed the specified value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.DoesNotReturnIfAttribute class + with the specified parameter value. + + + The condition parameter value. + Code after the method is considered unreachable by diagnostics if the argument to the associated parameter + matches this value. + + + + + Gets the condition parameter value. + + The condition parameter value. Code after the method is considered unreachable + by diagnostics if the argument to the associated parameter matches this value. + + + + + Specifies that an output may be null even if the corresponding type disallows it. + + + + + Specifies that when a method returns System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.MaybeNullWhenAttribute.ReturnValue, + the parameter may be null even if the corresponding type disallows it. + + + + + Initializes the attribute with the specified return value condition. + + The return value condition. If the method returns this value, the associated parameter may be null. + + + + Gets the return value condition. + + + + + Specifies that the method or property will ensure that the listed field and property members have values that aren't null. + + + + + Initializes the attribute with list of field or property members. + + The list of field and property members that are promised to be non-null. + + + + Initializes the attribute with a field or property member. + + The field or property member that is promised to be non-null. + + + + Gets field or property member names. + + + + + Specifies that the method or property will ensure that the listed field and property members have non-null values + when returning with the specified return value condition. + + + + + Initializes the attribute with the specified return value condition and a field or property member. + + The return value condition. If the method returns this value, the associated parameter will not be null. + The list of field and property members that are promised to be non-null. + + + + Initializes the attribute with the specified return value condition and a field or property member. + + The return value condition. If the method returns this value, the associated parameter will not be null. + The field or property member that is promised to be non-null. + + + + Gets field or property member names. + + + + + Gets the return value condition. + + + + + Specifies that an output is not even if the corresponding type allows it. + Specifies that an input argument was not when the call returns. + + + + + Specifies that the output will be non-null if the named parameter is non-null. + + + + + Initializes the attribute with the associated parameter name. + + + The associated parameter name. + The output will be non-null if the argument to the parameter specified is non-null. + + + + + Gets the associated parameter name. + + + + + Specifies that when a method returns ReturnValue, + the parameter will not be null even if the corresponding type allows it. + + + + + Initializes the attribute with the specified return value condition. + + + The return value condition. + If the method returns this value, the associated parameter will not be null. + + + + Gets the return value condition. + + + + + Specifies that this constructor sets all required members for the current type, + and callers do not need to set any required members themselves. + + + + + Attribute to tell Roslyn-Analyzers that a parameter will be checked for + + + + + Indicates that a parameter captures the expression passed for another parameter as a string. + + + + + Name of the parameter whose expression should be captured as a string + + + + + + + + Indicates that compiler support for a particular feature is required for the location where this attribute is applied + + + + + The used for the ref structs C# feature + + + + + The used for the required members C# feature + + + + + The name of the compiler feature + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the compiler can choose to allow access to the location + where this attribute is applied if it does not understand + + + + + Initializes a instance for the passed in compiler feature + + The name of the compiler feature + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies that a type has required members or that a member is required + + + + diff --git a/packages/log4net.3.2.0/log4net.3.2.0.nupkg b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/log4net.3.2.0.nupkg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..670761d86 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/log4net.3.2.0.nupkg differ diff --git a/packages/log4net.3.2.0/package-icon.png b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/package-icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b596e668 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/log4net.3.2.0/package-icon.png differ